LIST

OF THE

CON TRIBIUTORS,

With References to the several Articles contributed by each.

Page

Apams, Henry, F.LS.

Descriptions of a New Genus aad of Eighteen New Species

or Polhisks:* “(Plates Tyr mn Sore Gee ie te sa es sss POR ae

Description of a New Species of Fusus................ 110

List of Additional Species of Land and Freshwater Shells

collected by Mr. E. Bartlett in Eastern Peru, with Descrip-

tions of New Species. (Plate XXVII.) ................ 374

Descriptions of Ten New Species of Land and Freshwater

Shells collected by Robert Swinhoe, Esq., in China and For-

WosH. “Chiate wey tly OM Nate ee ee easter tise e's 377

Descriptions of Two New Species of African Land-shells.

(Pilate URN aay) PGs. Ss Pee aes OF. Peis ST B78

Descriptions of Twenty-six New Species of Shells collected

by Robert McAndrew, Esq., in the Red Sea. (Plate XLVIII.) 788

Descriptions of Two New Genera and Five New Species of

Diaelis, Sbaate: Malawi rat. Mtoe waits + « elmmatoelers a aes

Auuport, Morton, F.Z.S., F.L.S.

Brief History of the Introduction of Salmon (Sa/mo salar)

and other Salmonide@ to the Waters of Tasmania.......... 14

Additional Notes on the Introduction of Salmonide into

Tasmania

Anpverson, Dr. Joun, F.Z.S.

Extract from a Letter concerning the Dolphin of the Ira-

wady ...

Extract from a Second Letter concerning the Dolphin of

PHeCAWHOW: «Wu sce) es mcer ce

Barrp, Wiiu1am, M.D., F.R.S.

Description of a New Genus and Species of Shells from

Whydah, on the West Coast of Africa, with some Remarks

on the Genus) roto of Defrance .. .../. cele sere-is ine

Barsoza vu Bocacs, Prof. J. V., F.M.Z.S.

Note sur une nouvelle espéce de Pélican ..........--.-

Note sur le jeune de l’année du Pelecanus sharpet ......

Bartiett, A. D., Superintendent of the Society’s Gardens.

Remarks on the Habits of the Panda (/urus fulgens) in

CUA ce stan cae Be a cue aioe”: div cmiemia id's 45a Seas

Brazier, Joun, C.M.ZS.

Descriptions of Three New Species of Marine Shells from

the Australian Coast......

Notes on Gracula kreffti ....

Descriptions of Ten New Species of Land-shells collected

by Mr. W. F. Petterd, of Hobart Town, Tasmania........

Notes on two Australian Land-shells ................

Butuer, Artuur G., F.LS., F.Z.S.

List of Diurnal Lepidoptera collected by Mr. ese in

Northern India ...... shiewce

Note on the Abnormities in the Neuration of the Hind

Wings in Acrea andromacha

Page

790

769

Page

CamsBrinGe, The Rey. O. P., C.M.Z.S.

Monograph of the Genus Idiops, including Descriptions of

several Species new to Science. (Plate VIII.) .......... 101

Supplementary Notice on the Genus Idiops. (Plate VIII.) 152

On some New Genera and Species of draneidea. (Plate

DV caustics = tits st penne A eRe ai thy Freche, RAMEE 728

Notes on a Collection of Arachnida made by J. K. Lord,

Esq., in the Peninsula of Sinai, and on the African borders of

fhe Red Sea.” (PlateD,.) »3; ban -atiines eee lk 818

Connon, T. 8, M.D., F.B.8., F.1.8.

Description of a New Generic Type of Entozoon from the

Aard Wolf (Proteles) ; with Remarks on its Affinities, espe-

cially in reference to the question of Parthenogenesis...... 9

Exhibition of an Entozoon from the Aard Wolf (Acantho-

chetlonewd Aracunculordes) a i cia nile Omi ees aes Bugle poe

Covucu, Jonatuan, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S.

Description of a New British Mollusk (Aplysia melanopus) 173

Cox, James, M.D., C.M.Z.S.

Descriptions of Seventeen New Species of Land-shells from

the South-Sea Islands, in the Cabinet of Mr. John Brazier of

SyMMey oN an esok iis cia as dak eo ease an OR

Descriptions of Eight New Species of Shells from Australia

and the Solomon Islands. (Plate XVI.)................ 170

Cunnincuam, Rosert O., M.D., F.L.S., C.M.Z.S.

Notes on some Points in the Anatomy of Three Kingfishers

(Ceryle stellata, Dacelo gigas, and Alcedo ispida). (Plate

Letter from, on the Habits of the Manatee in captivity .. 798

Darwin, CHAr.es, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

Note on the Habits of the Pampas Woodpecker (Colaptes

CAPA) SS RPP AN D's Tt atale talmeihea steele meet MD

Day, Francis, Surgeon H.M. Indian Army, F.Z.S., F.LS.

On the Freshwater Fishes of Burmah.—Part II. ......

Notes on some Fishes from the Western Coast of India. .

On the Fishes of the Andaman Islands ..............

Dresser, H. E., F.Z.S., and Suarpsg, R, B.

On some new or little-known points in the Economy of the

Common Swallow (Hirundo rustica)

Notes on Lanius excubitor and its Allies...........

Enxiot, Danrex G., I'.L.S., F.Z.S.

Descriptions of some new Genera and Species of Birds

belonging to the Families Formicariide, Pachycephalide,

and Sylvide.” (Plates KIX. & XK.) oo eee sts wee

Description of new Species of Pheasants from the Province

of Yarkand, Eastern Turkestan, and from the Island of For-

RIDES ay tor ties see ens cet i As at hoe tie orcas cts

Ernst, Dr. A., C.M.Z.S.

Letter from, describing certain Zoological Specimens ob-

tained in and around Caracas

Finscu, Dr. Orro, C.M.Z.S.

Description of a New Species of Penguin. (Plate XXV.)

On a Collection of Birds from the Island of Trinidad... .

Finscu, Dr. O., C.M.Z.S., and Hartuavus, Dr. G., F.M.Z.S.

On Lobiospiza notabilis, a remarkable new Finch from the

Navigator's Tslands. \ (Pinte XIE) oe. coat cose ek cee

FLower, WiiuiAmM Henry, F.R.S., F.L.S., V.P.Z.S., Conser-

vator of the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons

and Hunterian Professor.

Exhibition of a Drawing of a Cetacean taken off the Coast

of Cornwall

817

Vii

Page

Additional Note on a Specimen of the Common Fin-whale

(Physalus antiquorum, Gray, Balenoptera musculus, auct.)

stranded in Langston Harbour, Nov. 1869 .............. 330

On the Anatomy of Hlurus fulgens, Fr. Cuvier ........ 752

Gou.p, Joun, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

Exhibition of a new Pigeon (Otidiphaps nobilis)........ 4

Exhibition of, and Remarks upon, some Specimens of

Watercouzels: (Cinelus ie 2521, 98.. Uet OOR P84

Remarks on a Collection of Humming-birds made by Mr.

Buckley in Ecuador, and Descriptions of two new Species.. 803

Gray, Joun Epwarp, Ph.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S.

Notes on the Skulls of the Genus Orca in the British

Museum, and Notice of a Specimen of the Genus from the

REVCMGNES Shao se ase eam eee gene ad Due a's opi 70

Notes on Tortoises in the British Museum, with Descrip-

tions of some new Species, (Plates XXXII. & XXXIV.) 653

Notes on three Species of Tortoises living in the Society’s

Gardens: (Pinfes 0b. SX Uke) io sies eins 2 bioieie mittee 5 0-s 706

Descriptions of two new Tortoises from India, in the Col-

Ipciiomor 1. ©. serdong ad. vo pderieais sects mre claGy sian ey FOB

On the Family Dermatemyda, and a Description of a living

Species in the Gardens of the Society. (Plate XLII.) .... 711

Notes on a Specimen of Cyclanosteus senegalensis living in

the Society’s Gardens. (Plate XLIII.) ................ 717

Notes on Bartlettia, a new Species of Freshwater Tortoises

belonging to the Family Peltocephalide .............+4. 718

Notes on the Species of RAinoclemmys in the British Museum 722

Notes on the arrangement of the Genera of Delphinoid

MP eR ere ep leis eae wee vey as 6a ovine ae os) aerate alee 772

Description of an Adult Skull of Lupleres goudoti.

Prelate) (ied trator y= ee es De eee a. ee

Notes on Hapalemur simus, a new Species lately living in

the Gardens of the Society. (Plate LIT.) .............. 828

vill

Page

Grey, Sir Groree, K.C.B., F.Z.S8.

Letter from, containing remarks on a letter of Dr. Haast . 116

Gutuiver, Grorer, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

On the Size of the Red Corpuscles of the Blood of Mos-

chus, Tragulus, Orycteropus, Ailurus, and some other Mam-

malia, with Historical,Notices ). 2.000. 02058 oe whee 82

On the Taxonomic Characters afforded by the Muscular

Sheath of the @sophagus as regards Sauropsida and other

PRC or en en nn a SE he on ele eth ate cainy ee 283

On certain points in the Anatomy and Economy of the

Pree reese a oe g BS. Ss a ayqqa gs Oo) See ee ee

GuntTHeER, ALBERT, M.D., Ph.D., F.BS., F.Z.S.

Note on the Locality of Megalixalus infrarufus ........ 150

Notes on Prototroetes, a Fish from Fresh Waters of the

ANIStnMEMENe MON Uy rene 2d Gee haves eerste oo sks some 150

Second account of Species of Tailless Batrachians added to

the Collection of the British Museum, (Plate XXX.) .... 401

Description of a new Indian Lizard of the Genus Calotes.

(Elsie REV). ete SS PPS. See Coe

On the Occurrence of Lates ealcartfer in Australia...... 824

Haast, Dr. Juxius, F.R.S.

Letter on the Discovery of Cooking-pits and Kitehen-

middens in Canterbury Settlement, Middle Island, New Zea-

land. Communicated with Remarks, by Prof. Owen, F.R.S.,

NZS ip Cis Sone iiencin, Nok TRREIS oe Pa a c 53

Hamiuton, Epwarp, M.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S.

Extract from a Letter received from Capt. F. Hamilton

concerning the Andanen’ Monkey, ooo cccc< ss wwns,s cone 220

Harrtine, JAaMes Epmunp, F.Z.S.

Exhibition of a specimen of the Dusky Redshank ...... 221

age

P t=)

Marriavs, Dr. G., F.M.Z.S., and Finscu, Dr. O., C.M.Z.S.

On Lobdiospiza notabilis, a remarkable new Finch from the

Navigator’s Islands. (Plate XLIX.) ................-. 817

Hawkes, Dr. J., F.Z.S.

Communication from, respecting a case of hernia ventri-

Sula sain City HIME ths on Sn ae Veena ae enn! be OeA

Hupson, Wituiam H., C.M.Z.S.

Letter on the Ornithology of Buenos Ayres............ 87

Second Letter on the Ornithology of Buenos Ayres .... 112

Third Letter on the Ornithology of Buenos Ayres ...... 158

Fourth Letter on the Ornithology of Buenos hy 332

Fifth and Sixth Letters on the Ornithology of Buenos Ayres 545

Seventh Letter on the Ornithology of Buenos Ayres: ....° G71

Eighth letter on the Ornithology of Buenos Ayres. sss 748

Ninth Letter on the Ornithology of Buenos Ayres ...... 798

Krerrt, Gerarp, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S., Curator and Secretary of

the Australian Museum, Sydney, New South Wales.

Description of a gigantic Amphibian allied to the Genus

Lepidosiren, from the Wide-Bay District, Queensland .... 221

Notes on the Skeleton of a rare Whale, probably identi-

cal with Dioplodon sechellensis..........0....00000.-.. 426

Lecce, W. Vincent, F.Z.S.

Notes on a Malurine Bird from Ceylon................ 673

Litrorp, Lorp, F.Z.S.

Letter from, respecting Otus capensis ................ 2

Marsuatt, C. H. T., and Marsuattu, G. F. L.

Notes on the Classification of the Capitonide.......... 117

Meyer, Avotr Brernuarp, M.D.

Some Remarks on the Poison-glands of the Genus Callophis 368

Page

Mivart, Sr. Georesr, F.R.S., F.Z.S., Lecturer on Compa-

rative Anatomy at St. Mary’s Hospital.

On the Axial Skeleton of the Urodela................. 260

On the Myology of Chameleon parsonii .............. 899

Morir, James, M.D., F.G.S., F.L.S., Late Prosector to the

Society.

Additional Memoranda as to the Irregularity in the Growth

of Salmon:. \(Plated 4.) ecconek 3c uae ert). o)..89 ee 30

On a Larval @strus found in the Hippopotamus ...... 77

Note on a Specimen of Aquila barthelemyi recently living

ais the Societys Gardens oo at a! feud tasty ngs Quin: see Oe

Notes on the Anatomy of the Prongbuck, Antilocapra

OIL LCAN OM rad er foteantede we her a aveial wie oleLlohelete felis tare. oye ajniin allot 334

On the Saiga Antelope, Saiga tartarica (Pall.) .......-. 451

Notice of a Memoir on the Anatomy of the Walrus .... 544

On Phoca grenlandica, Mill.: its Modes of Progression

and its Anatomy. (Plate XXXII.) ..........-s00. --. 604

On a probably New Species of Tenia from the Rhinoceros 608

On a case of Variation in the Horns of a Panolian Deer.. 611

Notice of a Memoir on the Manatee...............4--. 747

Notice of the Second Part of a Memoir on the Anatomy of

therSea-lion «ihe tecse carson oc ewe Re eae oie cae

Newton, Aurrep, M.A., V.P.Z.S., Professor of Comparative

Anatomy and Zoology in the University of Cambridge.

Exhibition of a Skin of the North-American Zonotrichia

albicollas ShotaneScolands sctesunincs eek wees ke eee 52

On Cricetus nigricans as a European Species. (Plate

Exhibition of Skins of Falcons from Alaska............ 384

Exhibition of a Chick of Anarhynchus frontalis .....+.. 673

Owen, Ricuarp, M.D., D.C.L., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., ee

F.Z.8., Superintendent of the Natural-History Collec-

tions, British Museum.

Remarks on Dr. Haast’s Letter on the Discovery of Cook-

ing-pits and Kitchen-middens in Canterbury Settlement,

Middle Island, New: Zealand s:.)-. alee) fea 53

Notice of his Fifteenth Memoir on Dinornis .......... 128

Notice of his Sixteenth Memoir on Dinornis .......... 334

Preasr, W. Harper, C.M.Z.S.

Remarks on the Genus Triphoris (Desh.), with Descriptions

Piviewre pereei tai aes LL eS Ma Ss ee 773

Perrin, J. B.

Notes on the Anatomy of Balenoptera rostrata........ 805

Peters, Wiuuiam, M.D., Ph.D., F.M.Z.S.

Notice of a Memoir on Pectinator .................. 673

Puayrair, Lieut.-Col., F.Z.S., H.M. Consul-General in

Algeria.

Note on a Freshwater Fish from the Neighbourhood of

LE a Bile OES RS ah Ne ah a 85

Row ey, Grorcr Dawson, M.A., F.Z.S.

Exhibition of Specimens of the Siberian Lark, and of some

pumer tare Tritt Wards sie ite eee vine Ge coun, a' Sines an opm’ 52

SaLvIN, Ospert, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S.

On some Collections of Birds from Veragua.—Part II.

(Plate XVII.) . DRM Ss Recess os + tals opie ee

(See also Benaven and SaLvin. )

Sanpers, ALFRED, M.R.C:S., F.Z.S,

Notes on the Myology of Platydactylus japonicus...... 413

Saunpers, Howarp, F.Z.S.

Exhibition of Nestlings of the Booted Eagle .......... 544

xil

Sciater, Poinire Lutiey, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to wo

the Society.

Notices of recent Additions to the Menagerie . real 1

Remarks on the Hairy Tapir (Tapirus shay? of the

ColuMbinnVANUES Season usec eee cee ee es ee ce en ee esse" on

On some new or little-known Birds from the Rio Parana.

Relate LIL.) ~. Reese PS Eat as oe nee 57

On Additions to the Menagerie in January 1870. (PlateV.) 86

Exhibition of a ey of a ike, described Lemur

(Propithecus damanus) . . Se tie geet jaar aes

Notice of a Memoir on the Deer of the Old World...... 114

Remarks on the Arrangement and Distribution of the

Cervide . igeiee . ld

On Additions to the Shige’ in a a 1870. " (PlateX. ) 125

Further Remarks on the Locality of Amherst’s Pheasant.. 128

Exhibition of a Coloured Drawing of a remarkable Pigeon

(Otidiphaps nobilis) .. 1. .0.ccceces sees were sees rete ee 157

Notice of the arrival in the Society’s Gardens of living

Specimens of two newly described Species of Phasianide.

Gites KEV. NVC) See ede PEA en Sone ees 162

Further Notes on the Cuckoos of the Genus Coceyzus .. 165

On Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in March 1870. 219

On Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in April 1870, and

Description of Canis lateralis. (Plate XXIII.).......... 279

Notices of some new or little-known Species of South-

American: Birds <a ial sig Ae ey nd lek RAE Gusinctue RN ee 328

Report on Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of May, and Description of Cervus alfredi. (Plate

p. 0.015 10 eee eee re cee i

Reports on Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in June,

July, August, and September 1870, and Description of

Buceros subcylindricus. (Plates XXXV.-XXXIX.)...... 663

Exhibition of a Specimen of Ceratodus forsteri

Reports on Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in October

Gnd November 1670 2.0 cc nee ones ene es erase ae 796

xiii

Descriptions of three apparently new Species of Tyrant-

birds of the Genus Z/ainea, with Remarks on other known

LEE Ce Ne eee RE CCA) eee eS

Sciater Partie Lutyvey, and Savin, OsBerrt.

Characters of new Species of Birds collected by Dr. Habel

in the: Galapagos: Islands 1; ow2n fs o.4). WOU. Kina.

Synopsis-of the Oractde.). 200042 ADS) Be

On some recent Additions to the Avifauna of Mexico...

On Venezuelan Birds collected by Mr.~A. Goering.

¢Plates X EVi;, FRAAE, Will + sina ae. RES RA ee apt.

On Birds collected by Mr. George M. Whitely on the

@oastof Honduras. .:6. = 5 oie’ « wales ake Md Widizin te MEE

Descriptions of five new Species of Birds from the United

States of Columbia. ~ (Plate LIJIT.) ...5 02.0.0... .. 05005

Saarpr, R. B., F.L.S., Librarian to the Society.

On the Genus Pelargopsis, Gloger_...........+.0005.

On Campephaga anderssoni, an apparently undescribed

Species of this Genus from South-Western Africa. (Plate 1V.)

On the Birds of Angola.—Part II. (Plate XIII.)......

On the Hirundinide of the Ethiopian Region..........

Exhibition of a Specimen of Podoces panderi ..........

Contributions to the Ornithology of Madagascar.—Part I.

CP ibe De Wiles) ok 5 eae alate ela 6 oa oe 6 onc a

Suarpe, R. B., and Dresser, H. E.

On some new or little-known points in the Economy of

the Common Swallow (Hirundo rustica)...........+..45

Notes on Lanius excubitor and its allies ..............

Sowersy, G. B., F.L.S.

Descriptions of forty-eight new Species of Shells. (Plates

Rhy eh poweots ea Ps AY

Swinuog, Ropert, F.Z.S., H.B.M. Consular Service.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a skin of a Mantchurian

Tigerand ‘Chinese. Leopard’... 2...) 010 2 ULERY

On a new Deer from China. (Plates VI. & VII.)......

Page

831

840

142

286

334

. 384

244

590

249

XIV

Remarks on the Locality of Amherst’s Pheasant........ Th

On the Pied Wagtails of China.—Part I............... 120

On a new Species of Accentor from North China. (Plate

Te. a. TAAL Dust mare ne iE ae 124

On the Pied Wagtails of China.—Part II. ............ 129

Descriptions of seven new Species of Birds procured during

a Cruise up the River Yangtsze (China). (Plate XI.) .... L3l

On the Plovers of the Genus gialites found in China.

CE iaceeeUh,)) 25 Mi ced. “Has esiog <.alie ith <ianlecimetm o. apie 136

On the Mammals of Hainan. (Plate XVIII.) ........ 224

List of Reptiles and Batrachians collected in the Island of

Hainan (China),-with Notes: sic: igs... Wee. tae 239

Note on Reptiles and Batrachians collected in various parts

de China; + (Plate- ST) fey SI re.) RRS ee

Zoological Notes of a Journey from Canton to Pekin and

WNL reine -alicte wr ne Bc aac agate Y he aia acne hale eel 427

List of Birds collected by Mr. Cuthbert Collingwood during

a Cruise in the China and Japan Seas, with Notes ........ 600

Catalogue of the Mammals of China (south of the River

Yangtsze) and of the Island of Formosa ..-...........-- 615

TEGETMFIER, WiLL1AM BERNHARD, F.Z.S.

Exhibition of living Specimens of the Axolotl .......... 160

THEOBALD, WiLL1AM (of the Geological Survey of India).

Observations on a paper by Dr. Gray, entitled ‘* Notes on

the Faunly and ‘Genera Of "TOrtoises”” . o.:. spo came so « alae 674

Tristram, Rev. Henry Baker, M.A., F.L.S., C.M.Z.S.

Exhibition of Skins of Aquila nevioides and of other Indian

ODT Co ae oe See SME CUTER

Exhibition of Skins of Lusciniola melanopogon and other

Tudian Warblenss, sea ae ete. Nee Sr

Wuire, Rosert B., C.M.Z.S.

Letters from, concerning the Hairy Tapir (Tapirus roulini)

of the*hichlands af Columbia; ): 7. cjack -isst-« aihaeatee ee) Ol

XXVII.

XXVIII.

XXIX.

XXX.

XXXI.

XXXII.

LIST OF PLATES.

Page

New Land and Marine Shells .......4......2-0005 5

SOUT C Soa, i aes: | aee © Fae imeem 30

Corynhisten a Qlaudingcrayecgtstetorna athe alociat 2 «ss. 4 57

Campephaga anderssoni..... 06sec ec ee neve een neee 69

Rig il 2 Hy lobates lars cmt imekiiceatcsitaetos otis

Fig. 2. ROOLOCK kre aT8c gt ne lias 5 < SS ee

EL Un Op OtES tn ermis i.e ain tele Opn, aeatee Me els ss aes 89

pRB HGUULLS epics I ace: Ue nas cities ;

Wew Species af Tettense ic. as aati acs hp whe w= afarest 101

ACcEentor enythT Op geUus: san xoceieie lyme ss ssha «= 34s > 124

Macrapius’ eriiGescensiciass isha viscaneitls «che exsyatere > += «leh 126

TsQNAUS WALTENT A AAI. -tensyagina heise s Ae casiale SEER 131

AY GGL eS OT LUI GE oes ro spe cles versie aieasess ilove bass aal 6 136

Bigs Ll RiansarsusWONteUTd ealeces) seis are s.Siaie\ess <<< 142

Fig. 2. ACTON USO sroyaiex alav-seiete sixtalh clvievess eiratecr’s ae

Lophophorus selatert SLOG UOIERC. CORES hc aL 162

Ceri ornis BULA armtaale- «ts cleleiels: «is sieicis are, us alos ete eee

New Shells from Australia and the Solomon Islands.. 170

Map of Central America ..........0cececveeceees 175

DRED US UOINATMUS wercy Neverthe ata fete nee) Pak asl yaleleelao¥e- aia ed

Clytorhynchus pachycephaloides ............+-4.

Clyfoctantes: alimitrag tere Gare ds vse ess dein 4 0008 a

ING Wa SHE Mai eres rclekeren ts leet ai ciss ofa: = aietre a oie eitilroe’ sya Sh ee 249

CONSE THIDERIES) | (atin tel Wards es vie wale, Wee! Pe Wo cee Oe 279

Myolepy of Kinenishersisiaies |. '.0.c0). evs cle sot eceinn se 280

Dasyrhamphus hercwlisi.. 0.2.22 600 ese cee o eae 322

CPLCEIUSERIG RICANS! aia cfs e'o\ twice «<0! o'« xoh2 ws. 61/o c\ala wie 331

ANEW eS EU Sate. Netra cpaieetey anete tate a cats, cori. oFe Myjeleieys nee ae 374

(CEILS CliiRai ln dow oie Boe lee CARE Er ens Uce ccc: © 381

MEU SHOE OTIS! CLOSSLCU2'c\ xtvta tela flare «\fa)'0i« \vsolele/s|eieletais)/ehors 384

Figs. 1, 2. Nannophryne variegata ...........55. | 401

We ee ILO TR ORQUM COs sis) «01> « 've,0/she) fareteteielalacela sss j

Trimeresurus Mucrosquamatus ....eceecreceeceeeas 409

604

Phoca grenlandica

Site sw es) ea) eS ads, wleie wie) aVenmie ©.@ 8 c/a we 6

XV1

Plate Page

XXXIII. Peltastes platynotus ......0cecsevves Sean bios aC ;

ROX CRELOUINAERDUNST ides salads vs wie ¥ os Wess s 4/8 oles =

PRONSNV nim IVI CLCUS) LEONUITUS) nin aleusts sveVels ia eal onctaysia acs o x(aNetafelopavers 664

RORONGV Me CUO O OUT TRCISLET:D tay aie o'n):cle\ ni /iota sc) sue /e.(c «e's elem spnie

XXXVII. Metopiana peposacd .......ccccsvccccessvsencs 666

MNOVIT. —Dafilacspimicauda, sea. ees ace leaks wee one so oe

OXON | BU CenasSUDCYTINMTACUS wvace) a.0i0 iaje ofere ans dian wis) oieiaepeieie 668

Kee pe MEST UO: CHILCUSIS cls atlas forse oie sis as siSaneis a's o7s ity

XLI. —— elephantopus 1... 0. cc nccsvcce ccescccccecs 106

MMM Mi Chlonemysiaononmts, ,s< ccahescsieysiahs/andieliiess, olovel seers oes 711

XLII. Cyclasnosteus senegalensis ........ 6. secre reve vevas 717

XLIV. New Genera and Species of Araneidea.............. 728

Fig. A. Calotes jerdont, Sve vee ye cee cee nae

ae 3 Fig. B. MARE s.0 ahi ts 4. eV IA 6 az ehre 18

, Fig. 1. Chlorospingus goeringt ... +... eeeeeeeeee

os ee 2. Diglossa gloriosa...... MPR. Pb 779

XLVII. Urochroma dilectissima ...... TR CaSO OO HOR Rt «20.

XDAVALITS » News bixotie shellssratacte cee cess re ere corelele st ols sveveietae 788

XMLIX. Lobiospizanotabilis. wivccces esse vtec ceee eves cede 817

L. New Spiders from Sinai and Massowa ..........+++5 818

LI. Eupleres goudoti..........+- ata mrotetnate sieinca cle /stenstts 824

LIL. Hapalemur simus.....0cccccccececsssssccvsses Broce)

Fig. 1. Tyranniscus leucogonys......+.++0e2eeeee

LUI. JB 2 CHIEF CLCCDS I. alsteieieateretere «aes Tee ale ole 840

Fig. 3. improbus ....+-- iba pupdochagchun

%® The numbering of these two figures has been accidentally reversed in the

letterpress, p. 784.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

January 13, 1870.

John Gould, Esq., F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

The Secretary called the attention of the Meeting to certain addi-

tions to the Society’s Menagerie during the months of November

and December last. These were :—

1. Six Water-tortoises (Hmys), presented by the Rev. Basil Wil-

berforce, November 27th. Upon being taken to the British Museum

for identification, four of these animals proved to belong to a new

species, which had been described by Dr. Gray at the Society’s

Meeting in December under the name Emys flavipes* ; and the two

others to a species described by Dr. Gray at the Society’s Meeting

on the 11th of November as Mauremys laniariat. It was unfortu-

nate that Mr. Wilberforce was unable to state the localities of these

specimens, which had been purchased from various dealers during

the last ten years, some of them having been in his possession for the

whole of that period.

2. A specimen of a rare American Monkey, the Ouakari (Bra-

chyurus ouacari, Spix), obtained from the forests of the Rio Negro

by Lewis Joel, Esq., C.M.Z.S., H.B.M. Vice-Consul at Ciudad

Bolivar, Venezuela, and deposited in the Society’s Gardens by Mrs.

Joel, December 16th. One specimen of this Monkey had been pre-

viously living in the Society’s Gardens, in 1847, an original drawing

* P. Z. 8. 1869, p- 643. Tt P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 499.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1870, No. I.

2 LETTER FROM DR. A. ERNST. (Jan. 13,

of which by Mr. Richter was now in the Society’s Library*. Mr.

Sclater remarked that he had little doubt that the Szmza melano-

cephala of Humboldt (Rech. Zool. i. p. 316, t. xxix.) was really

intended for the same animal, as it was obtained in the same locality

(that is, from the Upper Rio Negro), and it was hardly likely that

two so nearly allied species could coexist in the same district, the

species of this group being remarkable for their distribution in defi-

nitely limited geographic areas.

The following extract was read from a letter addressed to Mr.

Sclater by Lord Lilford, F.Z.S. :—

“TI notice that in the last part of the Zoological Society’s ‘ Pro-

ceedings,’ p. 276, you say that the Otus capensis sent to me by

Major Irby last year was captured on the Rock of Gibraltar. This

is a mistake; it was the Bubo maximus (which arrived at the Gardens

at the same time with Oéus capensis) which was caught in one of

the galleries in the Rock. The Otus capensis was one of several

which Major Irby shot near Casa Vieja, about fifty miles west of

Gibraltar, beyond Tarifa. I have just received from Major Irby a

very fine skin of the same species from Tangier. From what I can

make out, this bird migrates northwards irregularly in autumn.

Major Irby found five or six in a marsh in October 1868, and has

failed to find them, or hear of them, in that locality, or elsewhere

in Spain, in spring or summer. It is not a common bird near

Tangier.”

The Secretary read the following extracts from a letter addressed

to him by Dr. A. Ernst, C.M.Z.S., dated Caracas, August 20th,

1869 :—

“A few days ago one of my collectors brought me a fine male

specimen of the Echimys cristatus, Desm. It was shot in a spot

called the Palmar, which is about 4500 feet above the level of the

Caribbean Sea. The animal appears to be very rare in the imme-

diate neighbourhood of Caracas ; but I was told it was pretty abun-

dant in the hotter regions of the valley of the Tuy river. Its vulgar

name is ‘Catiragitia.” The colour agreed pretty well with the only

description I was able to find in my books (Boitard, Le Jardin des

Plantes, Mammiféres, p. 345). I took the following measurements :

—From tip of nose to root of tail 28 centim.; tail 22 centim.; dis-

tance between the ears 4 centim.; distance between the eyes 23

centim. ; tip of nose to the line between the ears 5 centim. ; cireum-

ference of body in its thickest part 16 centim. The animal was shot

from a tree; its habits are therefore arboreal, as generally in this

enus.

“‘Of Bats I obtained the Vespertilio lucifugus, Leconte. In the

higher part of the river Catuche, about 6000 feet above the sea, a

* Cf. Dr. Gray’s remarks, P. Z. 8. 1849, p. 9, where there is a woodeut taken

from this drawing.

+ Cf. Wallace, P. Z. 8. 1852, p. 108.

eee ee

1870.] MR. SWINHOE ON THE SKIN OF A MANTCHURIAN TIGER. 3

dozen of specimens were captured in a small grotto. Most of them

were young animals; there was only one full-grown male amongst

them. All the specimens were thickly covered by a species of Myc-

teribia ; but I was unable to classify it for want of literary apparatus.

My identification of the Vespertilio mentioned rests on the memoir

on American Bats published by Allen in vol. vii. of the Smithsonian

Mise. Collect. 55.

«‘ The last steamer from Ciudad Bolivar brought, amongst other

things, a few specimens of the Fulgora laternaria, L. My corre-

spondent repeats in his letter the fables the Indians relate with re-

spect to this innocent insect; but though he mentions the most

marvellous things, he does not speak of any emanations of light. I

think such negative evidence is worthy to be taken notice of.

“And last, but not least, I have to add a few lines with respect to

a species of Sywilla which was captured by a fisherman at La Guayra,

the sea-port of this town. It is certainly a species closely allied to

Sq. mantis; but I think it different. There are no traces of the

six dorsal lines ; the segments are perfectly smooth, whitish, with the

exception of the anterior margin, which is of a greyish-blue colour.

The posterior margin of the fifth gill-bearing articulation is mi-

nutely toothed; the following shows teeth on both edges; and this

last segment has in the middle an oval protuberance of a bluish-grey

colour, 14 inch long, and nearly 4 inch broad. The posterior edge

of the same segment has on each side three strong inwardly bent

teeth, and, between these, two groups of united small teeth. The

claws are armed with eight large teeth, excepting the large curved

point of the claw. The carapace of the thorax has a deep and broad

notch on the posterior edge, and four rather faintly impressed lon-

gitudinal lines. The underside of the animal is white; there are

distinct bluish markings at the root of the spines in the claws.

Length 22 centim. from the point of insertion of the eyes to the pos-

terior edge of the last segment.

«I hope these indications will be sufficient for an identification of

the animal with some described species. In case it should not be so,

I will try to send you our specimen over to have it duly examined

and described.”

Mr. Swinhoe exhibited the skin of a Mantchurian Tiger (Felis

tigris?), measuring 7 feet 8 inches from the nose to the root of the

tail, and placed alongside of it the skin of a specimen from India.

He pointed out that, with the exception of the face, which had as

short hair as that of the Bengal Tiger, the whole of the body of the

Mantchurian beast was covered with long softish hairs, and that there

was a shaggy ruff about its neck. The specimen exhibited was of a

pale colour, with the stripes narrow and indistinct, especially about

the shoulders and the hips. Its tail had four narrow longitudinal

streaks on the upper surface for the first foot of its length, the next

foot was banded irregularly, and the terminal foot regularly, with

black and flavescent, ending with a broad black tip. This was the

northern race of Tiger, which was tracked by the hunters among

4 REV. H. B. TRISTRAM ON AQUILA N&vioipes. [Jan. 13,

the snows of Mantchuria and Corea. It did not wander south of

Peking, but had occurred near Lake Baikal in Siberia, and, it was

said, even in the neighbourhood of St. Petersburg. Mr. Swinhoe

regretted that he had not yet succeeded in getting its skull. He

added that on a former occasion, some years ago, he had exhibited

to the Society a skin of the true Bengal Tiger, which was procured

at Amoy. This southern race was found from Canton to Shanghai.

Mr. Swinhoe also showed the skin of a Leopard from the province

of Kwangtung, very richly coloured and marked, but otherwise agree-

ing with the Leopard of India; and at the same time laid before the

Meeting the skins of an adult and young of the northern Leopard,

which Dr. Gray some time since (P. Z. S. 1862, p. 262, Pl. xxxmt.)

had described as new ( Leopardus japonensis), from a skin said to have

come from Japan. Mr. Swinhoe remarked that this Leopard dif-

fered from the southern race also in its long shaggy hair, in the

greater amount of white about it, in its bushy tail, its pale colour,

and in the confused massing together of the black spots and circles.

The young specimen had all the characters of the adult, except that

the markings were indistinct and more in the form of spots.

Mr. Swinhoe stated that the skin before them was procured at

Peking, and that the animal was found wild on the western hills

near Peking, and in the country to the north (Mantchuria), extend-

ing probably to Corea and the island of Saghalien, and perhaps to

Northern Japan. It seemed to him that if the northern Leopard was

to be recognized as a distinct race worthy of a specific name, so also

should the Tiger be. He would do his best to procure the skull of

this race, as also that of the northern Leopard, and expected that

the osteological characters would confirm the differences shown by

the skins.

Mr. Swinhoe also produced the stuffed skin of a Leopardus bra-

chyurus from Formosa, in which the tail was somewhat long, proving

that this race is more akin to Z. macrocelis than had been anticipated.

Mr. Gould exhibited, and made remarks upon, a specimen of the

very remarkable new Pigeon which he had recently described under

the name Ot¢idiphaps nobilis*, supposed to be from New Guinea.

The Rev. H. B. Tristram exhibited two skins of Aquila nevioides

from India, and made the following remarks on them :—

“‘T have the pleasure to submit for exhibition two specimens of

Aquila nevioides, recently sent to me from Etawah, N. W. Provinces

of India, by my friend Mr. W. G. Brooks, C.E. Mr. Brooks had

noticed a peculiarly ruddy Eagle in his neighbourhood for some

months before he obtained his first specimen; and the bird not

being on any Indian list, or recorded from the East, imagined he

had discovered a new species. I heard from him last week that he

has just obtained a third specimen near Etawah.

* Ann. Nat. Hist. ser, 4, vol. y. p. 62 (1870).

GB Sowerby lith M & N Hanhart imp

oz)

NEW LAND & MARINE SHELL

1870.] MR. H. ADAMS ON NEW SHELLS. 5

** Mr. Gurney observes that the specimens now exhibited ‘ appear

to be male and female of the true A. nevioides, identical with those

found in Africa. I have never seen this larger race from India pre-

viously, or, at least, have never recognized it if I have seen it.

“© «The occurrence of these two birds in India raises a curious

question of nomenclature. 4. nevioides is undoubtedly far more

“ fulvescens”’ in its average plumage than the allied smaller Indian

race, which you and I have been in the habit of identifying with

Aquila fulvescens of Gray.

« « But as it now seems that the true A. nevioides occurs in India,

is it not most probable that A. fulvescens, Gray, is in reality a

synonym of A. nevioides, and that the smaller allied but less

fulvescent bird, which is peculiar to India, should be termed Aquila

vindhiana of Franklin, without the synonym of 4. fulvescens?’

*T also exhibit a singular specimen, received from Mr. Brooks at

the same time, which Mr. Gurney considers to be a female of 4.

vindhiana of an unusually dark colour, attributable to the plumage

being newly acquired atter a recent moult. This bird has been

considered by Mr. A. Hume to be 4. nevia, and by others A.

hastata.”

The following papers were read :—

1. Descriptions of a New Genus, and of Eighteen New

Species of Mollusks. By Henry Apams, F.L.S.

(Plate I.)

Genus Nesta, H. Ad.

Testa oblongo-ovali, superne convewa, apice terminali, subincurvo,

extus decussata, sulco dorsali in fissuram desinente; apertura

margine crenulato.

Nesta canpipa, H. Ad. (Plate Pidies lp :l a)

N. testa oblongo-ovali, tenui, lirulis elevatis tenuissimis concentricis

et radiantibus concinne decussata, nivea; sulco dorsali lateribus

distinctis, transverse striato, fissura antica valida ; apertura mar-

gine postico paulum incrassato, omnino delicate crenulata.

Long. 53, lat. 3, alt. 12 mill.

Hab. Rea Sea (Coll. M‘Andrew).

This pretty and delicate little form appears to be allied to Zeidora,

A. Ad.; but the peculiar internal septum, which is a marked cha-

racteristic of that genus, is absent in Nesta. It may be considered

a communicating link between Zetdora and Emarginula.

The genus Zeidora was obtained by my brother in Japan, where

also he met with another singular shell, Morchia obvoluta, of which

two specimens have been dredged by Mr. M‘Andrew in the Red

Sea.

6 MR. H. ADAMS ON NEW SHELLS. [Jan. 13,

Corsuta suucutosa, H. Ad. (Plate I. fig. 2.)

C. testa solida, acuminato-ovata, albida, subequivalvi, sulcis con-

centricis subdistantibus ornata ; umbonibus medianis, prominenti-

bus, proximatis ; latere antico ovali, latere postico acuminato ;

margine dorsali antice subincurvo, postice arcuato, margine ven-

trali vix sinuato ; declivitate umbonali valde angulata.

Long. 9, alt. 6, lat. 6 mill.

Hab. Red Sea (Coll. Mf‘ Andrew).

TeLuina (TELLINELLA) vircuLata, H. Ad. (Plate I. fig. 3.)

T. testa solidiuscula, subovali, subequilaterali, concentrice conferte

lirata, liris postice rugose lamellosis, albida, radiis rubro-fuscis

interruptis picta; latere antico ovali, latere postico ad extremi-

tatem subtruncato ; plica valida; margine dorsali antice leviter

arcuato, postice vir recto ; margine ventrali convexo, postice sub-

sinuato ; intus albida, ad marginem obscure radiata.

Long. 25, alt. 20 mill.

Hab. Red Sea (Coll. M‘ Andrew).

TeLuipora pusiuua, H. Ad. (Plate I. fig. 4.)

T. testa parva, subtriangulari, solida, concentrice lamellosa, et inter

lamellas tenuissime radiatim striata; lamellis subirregularibus,

subremotis, ad latus posticum serratis, pallide flava; umbonibus

submedianis, acutis, compressis ; margine dorsali antice subincur-

vato, postice subarcuato ; margine ventrali convexo, postice sinuato

et angulato; flecura conspicua; valva utraque convexa.

Long. 10, alt. 10, lat. 4 mill.

Hab. Red Sea (Coll. M‘Andrew).

The two other known species of this genus, viz. 7’. burneti and T.

erystallina, are from Mazatlan and West Columbia. In the former,

one valve is convex and the other slightly concave, while in 7’. ery-

stallina and T. pusilla both valves are convex.

Lucrnopsis (Lasonxarria) ELEGANS, H. Ad. (Plate I. fig. 5.)

L. testa parvula, tenui, ovato-quadrata, alba, lineis incrementi con-

spicuis, remotis, et striis tenuissimis confertis divaricantibus, in-

terstitiis indentatis insculpta ; umbonibus medianis, approximatis,

prominentibus ; lunula elongato-ovali, linea angusta circumscripta;

extremitate antica ovali, extremitate postica latiore, via conveza,

cum margine dorsali angulum subarcuatum formante ; margine

ventrali subrecto.

Long. 11, alt. 10, lat. 5 mill.

Hab. Red Sea (Coll. M‘Andrew).

SEMELE MACANDRES, H. Ad. (Plate I. fig. 6.)

S. testa oblongo-ovali, inequilaterali, solidula, albida, lumellis

erectis tenuibus concentricis ornata, interstitiis minutissime ra-

diatim striatis; umbonibus prominentibus, postmedianis, contiguis ;

margine dorsali postice subrecto, antice incurvato, margine ven-

1870. ] MR. H. ADAMS ON NEW SHELLS. 7

trali arcuato ; extremitate posteriore subovali, cum margine dor-

sali angulum formante, extremitate anteriore rotundata ; valvis

ad marginem ventralem compressis, postice fleruosis et angulo

dorsali curvato instructis.

Long. 23, alt. 18, lat. 9 mill.

Hab. Red Sea (Coll. M‘ Andrew).

Cuione PuLCHELLA, H. Ad. (Plate I. fig. 7.)

C. testa transversim ovali, solidula, convexa, equilaterali, lamelilis

concentricis erectis ornata, ad extremitatem posticam validis et

granulosis, inter lamellas radiatim striatis, carnea, rubro marmo-

rata; umbonibus medianis ; lunula angusta, bene impressa ; intus

rubra.

Long. 10, alt. 53, lat. 33 mill.

Hab. Red Sea ( Coll. M‘ Andrew).

Lorires pecussata, H. Ad. (Plate I. fig. 8.)

L. testa subglebosa, solidula, striis tenuibus, elevatis, confertis, con-

centricis et radiantibus decussata, alba; umbonibus submedianis,

elevatis, acutis, approximatis, antrorsum versis ; margine interno

concinne crenulato.

Long. 9, alt. 11, lat. 9 mill.

Hab. Red Sea (Coll. M‘dAndrew).

Perna Fuuterpa, H. Ad. (Plate I. fig. 9.)

P. testa transversa, elongato-ovata, tumida, castanea, nitida, area

mediana pallidiore ; umbonibus subterminalibus, contiguis, viola-

ceis; margine dorsali in medio obtuse angulato, margine ventrali

antice convero, postice parum incurvaio; superficie valvarum

sulco levi radiatim bipartita.

Long. 28, alt. 15, lat. 11 mill.

Hab. Red Sea (Coll. M‘Andrew).

Limopsis concinna, H. Ad. (Plate I. fig. 10.)

L. testa solidula, subovali, subequilaterali, concentrice irregulariter

lirata, radiatim confertissime tenuissime siriata, alba; umbonibus

submedianis, prominentibus, incurvatis ; latere antico rotundato,

latere postico longiore, ad extremitatem subangulato ; denticulis

cardinalibus utringue ad 5; margine intus crenato-sulcato.

Long. 4, alt. 4, lat. 22 mill.

Hab. Canary Islands (Coll. M‘Andrew).

Lim#a pectinaTa, H. Ad. (Plate I. fig. 11.)

L. testa solidula, triangulari-ovata, subequilaterali, subauriculata,

alba, costis radiantibus ad 19, rotundatis, elevatis, imbricatis or-

nata, interstitiis concentrice laminatis ; margine crenato ; umbo-

nibus prominulis ; area ligamenti vir eacavata ; margine cardinali

vie obliquo, recto, denticulis ad 11 utringue instructo.

Long. 24, alt. 3, lat. 2 mill.

Hab. Red Sea (Coll, M‘Andrew).

MR. H. ADAMS ON NEW SHELLS. (Jan. 13,

Mewanorpes swinHor!, H. Ad. (Plate I. fig. 12.)

M. testa elongato-turrita, tenuiuscula, spiraliter costata, costis ad

basim evanidis, sursum longitudinaliter plicata, epidermide nigro-

fusca induta, decollata; anfr. ad 10 superstitibus, subplanatis,

infra suturam excavatis ; apertura acuminato-ovali, antice pro-

ducta, callo columellari mediocri, intus cerulescente.

Diam. 14, alt. 43 mill.

Hab. Hainan (Mr. Swinhoe).

Birnynta rosusta, H. Ad. (Plate I. fig. 13.)

B. testa late profundeque rimata, ovato-conica, solidula, oblique

irregulariter striata et sublente transversim levissime striatula,

olivacea, truncata ; anfr. superstitibus ad 4, convexiusculis ; aper-

tura subovali, postice angulata, antice subcanaliculata ; perist.

continuo, recto, margine dextro intus subcalloso, columellari in-

crassato.

Diam. 8, alt. 13 mill.

Hab. Hainan (Mr. Swinhoe).

Rumrina (Susuuina) TerEs, H. Ad. (Plate I. fig. 14.)

R. testa turrita, tenuiuscula, oblique minutim striata, pallide fulva ;

spira elongata, apice obtuso, sutura subcanaliculata; anfr. 9,

convexiusculis, ultimo basi attenuato, 4 longitudinis paulo supe-

rante ; columella arcuata, basin aperture non attingente, subtrun-

cata; apertura subovali; perist. simplici, acuto, margine deatro

sinuato.

Long. 25, diam. 6 mill. Ap. 7 mill. longa, 33 lata.

Hab. Hainan (Mr. Swinhoe).

Hewrx (CAMa@NA) HAINANENSIS, H. Ad. (Plate I. fig. 15.)

H. testa imperforata, globoso-turbinata, solidula, irregulariter ru-

gosa et cicatricosa, flava, fasciis variis rufo-castaneis ornata ;

spira turbinata, apice obtuso ; anfr. 6, convexiusculis, ultimo non

descendente ; apertura lunato-ovali ; columella subverticali, brevi,

dilatata; perist. expanso, reflexiusculo, marginibus callo tenui

junctis.

Diam. maj. 40, min. 37, alt. 40 mill. 3

Hab. Hainan (Mr. Swinhoe).

PrEROCYCLOS HAINANENSIS, H. Ad. (Plate I. fig. 16.)

P. testa depressa, late umbilicata, tenuiuscula, leviter striata, fulvo-

lutea, epidermide cornea, laminis distantibus dispositis induta ;

spira paulum elevata, apice prominulo ; anfr. 5, rotundatis, ultimo

non descendente ; apertura obliqua, circulari; perist. duplicato,

interno superne breviter inciso, externo expanso, supra sinum

latiusculo, subcucullato. Op. arctispirum, extus concaviusculum,

marginibus anfractuum laciniatis.

Diam. maj. 15, min. 12, alt. 10 mill.

Hab. Hainan (Mr. Swinhoe).

1870. ] DR. T. S. COBBOLD ON A NEW ENTOZOON. 9

Buuimuxus pAMarRENsIs, H. Ad. (Plate I. fig. 17.)

B. testa vir rimata, oblonga, solida, longitudinaliter plicoso-striata,

plicis obtusis, subarcuatis, albida, interdum strigis corneo-fuscis

ornata ; spira superne attenuata, apice obtuso, corneo ; anfr. 103,

convexiusculis, ultimo 2 longitudinis equante ; apertura subovali,

basi angulata; perist. recto, calloso, marginibus callo junctis,

columellari dilatato, appresso.

Long. 24, lat. 9 mill.

Hab. Damara Land (Coll. H. Ad.).

This species is allied to B. tauricus, Lang., but differs from it in

being less rimate, and in the spire being attenuated at the upper part.

Butimutus pyem£us, H. Ad. (Plate I. fig. 18.)

B. testa rimato-perforata, ovata, solida, alba, striis longitudinalibus

et spiralibus minutissimis obsolete decussata ; spira brevi, convexo-

conica, apice obtuso, sutura impressa; anfr. 6, convexis, ultimo 4

longitudinis @quante; columella subverticali; apertura ovali ;

perist. recto, crasso, margine columellari arcuato, dilatato, reflexo,

perforationem subtegente.

Long. 13, diam. 8 mill.

Hab. Damara Land (Coll. H. Ad.).

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE I.

Figs. 1, la. Nesta candida, p. 5.

. Corbula suleulosa, p. 6.

. Tellina (Tellinella) virgulata,

p- 6.

4. Teilidora pusilla, p. 6.

5. Lucinopsis (Lajonkairia) ele-

gans, p. 6.

6. Semele macandree, p. 6.

7. Chione pulchelia, p. 7.

8. Loripes decussata, p. 7.

9. Perna fulgida, p. 7.

. Limopsis concinna, p. 7.

. Limea pectinata, p. 7.

. Melanoides swinhoet, p. 8.

. Bithynia robusta, p. 8.

. Rumina (Subulina) teres, p. 8.

. Helix (Camena) hainanensis,

p. 8.

. Pterocyclos hainanensis, p. 8.

. Bulimulus damarensis, p. 9.

pygmaeus, p. 9.

2. Description of a new Generic Type of Entozoon from the

Aard Wolf (Proteles) ; with Remarks on its Affinities,

especially im reference to the question of Parthenogensis.

By T. S. Cosson, M.D., F.R.S., F.L.S.

On the 4th of November last I received from Professor Flower,

F.R.S., a small bottle containing some Nematode worms, accom-

panied by a letter stating that the parasites had been “ found loose

in the peritoneal cavity of Proteles cristatus.’”’ The mere circum-

stance that the carnivorous ‘“ host’ had never before been properly

anatomized, naturally led Mr. Flower to suppose that the worms

would prove new to science; and this inference could hardly fail to

be strengthened by the rather uncommon fact of the occurrence of

hn vr

10 DR.T. S. COBBOLD ON A NEW ENTOZOON. (Jan. 13,

round worms in large numbers in the general serous cavity of the

abdomen. Moreover there had to be taken into consideration the

peculiarities of the digitigrade mammal thus infested, its compara-

tive rarity, and also its limited area of geographical distribution,

these several influences being unquestionably concerned in the ‘‘ fixa-

tion,” so to speak, of the specific form likely to be encountered. It

is not surprising therefore that our anticipations in the above rela-

tion should have been more or less completely verified; and ac-

cordingly it turns out that we here encounter a new genus of inter-

nal parasites offering peculiarities of structure, and apparently also

of habit, which on the whole suggest a slight approximation to the

ordinary filarine genera, on the one hand, but with a closer con-

nexion with the remarkable genus Dracunculus on the other. When

all the facts bearing upon the genetic relations of the Guinea-worm

come to be fully known, it may then turn out that my determina-

tions, in respect of the affinities of the new worm, are somewhat wide

of the mark; but, in the meantime, the following data will show

the grounds on which I have provisionally asserted this alliance.

All the specimens received by me, thirty-four in number, were

females ; therefore, in the absence of any knowledge of the corre-

sponding male parasites, the following characters must be regarded

as applicable only to one of the sexes :—

Order NEMATODA, Rud.

Suborder Nem. Proctrvucaa, Dies.

Family Firarrpea, Dies.

Subfamily CaErLonemrp14, Dies.

ACANTHOCHEILONEMA, g. n.

Head furnished with three spinous lips; body filiform ; female

endoparasitic in mammals.

A. DRACUNCULOIDES, sp. n.

Body smooth, finely attenuated in front, uniformly thick below ;

head sharply pointed when the lips are closed, obtuse when exserted ;

neck spirally twisted in four or five circles ; tail abruptly truncate,

with a solitary, central, very slightly projecting lobe; no reproduc-

tive orifice visible.

Length 13" to 23"; general breadth 1,” to J”.

This combined generic and specific description, though sufficient

for future identifications, may, I think, be profitably supplemented

by other particulars relating to size, external form, and general

organization, amongst. which I have remarked the following :—The

head immediately beneath the insertion of the lips measures so little

as the ;,/,,” in diameter, whilst the neck proper gives only twice

the same amount of thickness. The tail is fully 3,” in breadth, its

feebly pronounced central lobe being no more than the 54," wide at

the base. The mature eggs, or those containing more or less per-

1870. ] DR. T. S. COBBOLD ON A NEW ENTOZOON. 11

fected embryos, present an average length of -1," by <1,” in width;

but the fully developed embryos, when set free and unrolled, give an

average measurement of ;1." from head to tail. The larvee, how-

ever, are remarkably thin, the longest of them not exceeding the ston"

in thickness ; yet, notwithstanding their smallness, they have already

attained the general form of their parents, the finely pointed anterior

extremity of the body scarcely exceeding the To009. 1 diameter.

In this connexion, I must also not omit to mention that on re-

moving the batch of parent worms from the phial in which they

were sent, I observed several of them to be adhering to one another,

the various points of union being marked by the presence of minute

particles of débris. To the naked eye these particles presented a

pale yellow colour, their irregular outline and general aspect sug-

gesting that they were only patches of mucus, connective tissue,

or something of that sort derived from the “host” during dissec-

tion. However, to my astonishment, on microscopically examining

one of these little masses, measuring about the 1,” in length, I

found it to consist of thousands of embryos agglutinated together.

So consolidated had they become by the action of the spirit in

which they were preserved, that I had the greatest difficulty in

isolating any one of them; and since, also, they were, individually,

much shrivelled and twisted, their measurements could not be very

accurately taken. Making all due allowance for contractions and

alterations of shape, I did not find that their separate total lengths

perceptibly exceeded that of the embryos obtained from the interior

of the parent worms. In the mass they were coiled upon themselves

and each other in inextricable confusion. I purposely dwell upon

these apparently trivial matters because it seems to me of the highest

importance to ascertain whether the escaped embryos were, or were

not, caught in the act of migrating. They may have accumulated

only as the result of accidental evacuation from specimens of the

parent worms injured during the dissection of the “host ;” in this

case, however, though the egg-envelopes would naturally have disap-

peared, I should probably have noticed some of the freed embryos ina

less perfectly developed condition than that in which all of them actu-

ally appeared to be. Those who are acquainted with the migratory

habits of the Nematode Entozoa will readily conclude that these

embryos were, at the time of the “host’s” death, accomplishing

what, in other cases, has been appropriately termed a “first active

wandering” on their own account; and probably a passive trans-

ference to some unknown intermediary bearer would, had they lived,

have been essential to the further development of these particular

larvee. Be that as it may, in the matter of ascertaining their mode

of actual escape (supposing them to have obtained their freedom

naturally) there yet remains the rather awkward circumstance that

I have not yet succeeded in procuring evidence of the existence of

any reproductive outlet in the body of the parent worm.

In establishing a new genus for the reception of this interesting

form of Entozoon, some explanation is certainly necessary. At once,

therefore, I may remark that 1 should have preferred to designate

12 DR.T. 8. COBBOLD ON A NEW ENTOZOON. _ [Jan. 13,

the genus as Tricheilonema; and, indeed, I had already so written

it, when I afterward found that the late C. M. Diesing had already

employed the same generic title for a parasite of a somewhat differ-

ent type. In his final revision of the Nematoda, communicated

to the Vienna Academy in 1860, he places this Nematode (de-

scribed in his ‘Systema Helminthum’ as a species of Filaria) as

the type of his new genus Tricheilonema; whilst, unfortunately, in

the Introduction or Conspectus of the same revision, this genus,

Tricheilonema, appears under the synonym of Schizocheilonema.

This complication of terms is vexatious—the more so since his term

Tricheilonema would have been much more suitable for the designa-

tion of our new parasite than for the particular form of Filaria

there described as having been obtained from the cesophagus of an

Austrian Snake. On the other hand, since Diesing’s ready method

makes no pretentions towards a natural classification of the Entozoa,

and since, also, in the present state of our knowledge, it is much

more convenient to utilize his system of arrangement than those of

other systematists, there is the less reason to regret the necessary

introduction of a new generic term. If Schneider’s system be more

natural, it is, at all events, much less complete. Without further

apology, therefore, on this score, I may also remark upon the great

difficulties surrounding a natural classification of the parasitic Nema-

todes. The variety of characters they display, especially at different

stages of their growth, the remarkable disparity of size occasionally

shown by the sexes, to say nothing of the still more astonishing

fact that the adult female Entozoon may itself occur in two totally

distinct forms—all these peculiarities, not to mention many others

(associated with or depending upon their migratory habits), add to the

difficulties of taxonomy. These instances of dimorphism, it is true,

are now no longer believed to be confined to the Nematode Entozoa,

certain Entomostraca, Aphides, and Bees; nevertheless the recent

additions on this head are mainly a confirmation of the remarkable

discoveries of Leuckart and Mecznikow in respect of the life-phases

and development of Ascaris nigrovenosa. In this connexion one

may particularize the observations of Prof. Leuckart respecting

sexual dimorphism as it occurs in Coccus and in Chermes, of Prof.

Hackel, who finds the naked-eyed Geryoniade@ capable of producing

(from the walls of the stomach) medusoids totally unlike their

parents, and of Prof. Claus in respect of the Nematode Leptodera

appendiculata. It was reserved, however, for Prof. Claparéde to

discover proofs of the existence of similar phenomena amongst the

Annelids properly so called. By arecently published brochure (which

the author has kindly sent me), I gather that the occurrence of two

distinct sexual forms presented by Nereis dumerilit does something

more than confirm the statements of the above-named authorities,

since the dimorphic phases of this singular Annelid have something

about them altogether peculiar, if not unique*. The sexually mature

Nereis, we are told, loses for a time its sexuality, increases in size

* Recherches sur des Annélides (p. 38). Tiré des Arch. des Sci. de la Bibl.

Dniy. Oct. 1869,

1870. } DR.T. S. COBBOLD ON A NEW ENTOZOON. 13

and segmentation, then becomes sexual again, and ultimately has the

power of transforming itself into a Heteronereis. This would signify

little, perhaps, if the two phases were only slightly different in

character ; but it must be borne in mind that they represent type

forms of genera hitherto regarded as utterly disconnected and

entirely distinct. If Prof. Claparéde’s observations and conclusions

should be verified and extended by further researches, we shall have

fallen upon another page of fruitful discovery bearing upon the so-

called law of “alternate generation.’ In touching upon these genetic

phenomena, my object is to bring about a probable explanation in

connexion with the development of the parasitic species now before

us. From the first, my suspicions were roused by peculiarities of

structure observable in Acanthocheilonema which forcibly reminded

me of Dracunculus. Knowing as we do, to some extent, the sexual

characteristics of this aberrant parasite, and keeping in view, at the

same time, Prof. Schneider’s interpretation of cognate facts displayed

by the singular genus Spherularia, it occurred to me that the characters

exhibited by Acanthocheilonema afforded indications of a new and

important link in the complex chain of Nematode affinities. Thus

all the specimens I have examined are females; the oral, anal, and

reproductive apertures are either entirely obliterated, or, from their

closure and excessive minuteness, have escaped observation ; whilst

the whole parasite may be summarily described as an elongated sac,

crammed from end to end with embryos in all stages of development.

It should not be forgotten that, for a long time, the mouth and even

the intestinal tract of Dracunculus escaped detection, and at the

present hour (notwithstanding Bastian’s remarkable discoveries in

this relation) the existence of an anal outlet has not been actually

demonstrated. The alimentary canal of dAcanthocheilonema is

visible throughout the greater part of its course, but not in the im-

mediate vicinity of the head. One noticeable difference between the

two genera consists in the fact that whereas in Dracunculus the em-

bryos lie free in all stages of growth in the uterine cavity, in Acan-

thocheilonema they are still surrounded by a chorional envelope.

Our new species is therefore an ovoviviparous Entozoon belonging,

like Dracunculus, to that category of Nematodes which are parasitic

only during the propagative state. It is, I believe, maintained by

Schneider in the case of Spherularia (his views, however, being op-

posed to those given by Sir John Lubbock in his admirable memoir

on this genus), and by Bastian in the case of Dracunculus, that the

mode of propagation in these wormis is entirely asexual, this opinion

having received the general support of Prof. Huxley. For my own

part I wish to say that when, in 1864, with a full knowledge of the

facts brought forward as regards the Guinea-worm, I offered a contrary

interpretation of the phenomena, I did so from no other motive than

that of honest conviction; and even now I hold that an exclusively

agamogenetic mode of propagation for these worms cannot be suc-

cessfully maintained. Keeping before us those recent and important

additions to our knowledge to which I have here called attention, I

am of opinion that Dracunculus, in the form commonly known, will

14 MR. MORTON ALLPORT ON THE (Jan. 13,

turn out to be but one of two phases of the same female, the para-

sitic, in contradistinction to the non-parasitic, form, having the power

of reproducing agamogenetically. Probably it will eventually ap-

pear that other worms known to us only in the female condition are

forms of this character. Provisionally I place Spherularia and

Acanthocheilonema in this category ; and should my conception of

their parthenogenetic relations be ultimately proven correct, we shall

have arrived at the solution of many difficult problems which have

been put forward by writers and investigators. For example, as

regards the Guinea-worms, Prof. Bastian very naturally asks,

“* Why are females only discovered in the human body ?”’ and again,

‘Is there one species of Dracunculus only, or are there many, corre-

sponding with different species of microscopic Filaride?” If my

interpretation of the facts be correct, these aud suchlike questions

are at once satisfactorily answered. If, as Carter supposes, Urolabes

palustris be the progenitor of Dracunculus medinensis, there can be

no impropriety in asserting a similar genetic relation for many allied

forms. Not merely may we look to such antecedents in favour of

the species already mentioned, but I have little hesitation in

claiming a corresponding origin for the so-called “‘Loa”’ (Dracunculus

loa, T. 8. C.), which infests the eyes of Negroes of the Angola coast—

and for the Filaria (Dracunculus ethiopicus, Dies.) of Valenciennes,

found in the cellular tissue of the extremities and abdomen of a

Carnivore from Cordofan (felis guttata). Both of the above are

known to science only in the female state ; and the same may be said

of many other filarine species whose origin, migratory habits, and

final destinations necessarily remain, in the present state of our

knowledge, a mere matter of conjecture. In conclusion, therefore,

let me repeat that I regard Acanthocheilonema as a parthenogenetic

female whose embryos probably gain access to the outer world by

first entering the intestinal canal of the “ host,”’ ultimately passing

out by the natural passages. In the free state, like Rhabditis, they

probably give rise to a new progeny by the ordinary sexual process,

all or part of this progeny becoming parasitic and parthenogenetic

females.

3. Brief History of the Introduction of Salmon (Salmo salar)

and other Salmonide to the Waters of Tasmania. By

Morton Atuport, F.Z.S., F.L.8.

In the year 1841 the late Mr. Frederick Chalmers, of Brighton in

Tasmania, who was then Master of a vessel trading from London,

applied to Dr. Mackenzie, of Kinellan, by Dingwall, Ross-shire,

Scotland, with a view to obtaining Salmon-fry for transport to Tas-

mania. The fry were not obtained in time for the departure of the

vessel, as appears by letters published in the ‘ Proceedings’ of the

Royal Society of Tasmania (vol. i. p. 281); aud this abortive attempt

would scarcely be worth recording but for the curious fact that even

1870.] INTRODUCTION OF SALMON INTO TASMANIA. 15

then Dr. Mackenzie suggested the sending impregnated roe as more

likely to lead to success than any attempt to carry the living fish.

The Doctor’s description of his method of impregnating the roe from

fresh-killed fish by rubbing it and the milt together would, however,

astonish a modern pisciculturist as much as his notion that the

impregnated spawn placed in a basket of gravel and hung in the

ship’s tank could possibly live many days in tropical weather.

In the year 1848 a gentleman belonging to the Tasmanian Survey

Department, Mr. James Ludovick Burnett (then on leave of absence

in England), visited Mr. Young, of Inverness-shire, manager of the

Duke of Sutherland’s Salmon-fisheries, and consulted him on the

practicability of introducing Salmon and Trout into Tasmania. Mr.

Young suggested two methods for trial—one, to bring out the spawn ;

and the other, to bring young fish. On the whole, Mr. Young gave

the preference to the latter method, which is the more remarkable

as from the account of one of his experiments it is clear that he had

accidentally been upon the verge of discovering the very method which,

after many years, led to success. In the experiment alluded to,

Mr. Young caused the fecundated ova, packed in baskets of gravel,

to be hung in a running stream at different distances from the

shore. During a severe frost one or two of the baskets nearest the

bank, and which were in comparatively still water, were frozen hard

on the surface, and Mr. Young supposed that the vitality of the eggs

was destroyed; but he let them remain, and discovered that the only

effect of the reduced temperature was to delay the hatching of the

ova for several days.

On August 13, 1849, Sir William Denison, then Lieutenant-Go-

vernor of Tasmania, wrote to Earl Grey on the subject of the intro-

duction of Salmon, and in his letter mentioned that several attempts

had been made to bring out the spawn, but they hadall failed. Un-

fortunately no official record seems to have been kept of such at-

tempts ; but they were probably made in some of the vessels employed

in the convict-service, and entrusted to men who took little or no

interest in the experiment. A long correspondence afterwards took

place on the subject, which was wound up on May 16, 1850, by a

letter from Earl Grey declining to take any further steps in the matter

on the ground that the project of fitting up a welled smack to carry

out the living fish, as finally suggested by Mr. Young, would involve

too great an expense.

Mr. Burnett and Sir William Denison still firmly believed that

Salmon were to be brought out; and that belief culminated in the

first attempt, of which any detailed record can be found, to trans-

ort Salmon-ova to Tasmania. The Home Government employed

Mr. Gottlieb Boccius, under whose superintendence a large oval tub

was constructed of wood cased in lead, capable of containing sixty

gallons of water besides the requisite quantity of gravel ; and on the

31st of January, 1852, this tub, containing 50,000 ova of Salmon and

Trout, was shipped on board the ‘ Columbus’ at London, and slung

below and on one side of the fore hatchway.

Mr. Boccius, who himself procured the ova, gave minute directions

16 MR. MORTON ALLPORT ON THE (Jan. 13,

as to the change of the water at fixed intervals, and warned the cap-

tain of the vessel that he might expect the Trout-ova to hatch about

the 15th and the Salmon-ova about the 20th of April. On the Ist

of March, however, in latitude 14° 30’ north and longitude 26° west,

the ova of both began to hatch, and continued to do so for about a

fortnight, after which time the water became thick and putrid, the

weather being intensely hot. As the ship approached colder lati-

tudes, the water gradually cleared, but no symptoms of life appeared

in the tub; and when the vessel arrived in Tasmania, Dr. Milligan,

then Secretary of the Royal Society of Tasmania, and Mr. J. L.

Burnett carefully examined, first the water in the tub, and then the

gravel, but without finding any traces of either spawn or fish.

Mr. Burnett, in an admirably written account of this experiment,

published in the ‘ Proceedings’ of the Royal Society of Tasmania’

(vol. ii. p. 288), suggested that in future the temperature of the

water in which the ova are placed should, if practicable, be regulated

by means of ice.

From a letter from the Duke of Newcastle to Sir William Denison,

dated the 2nd of June, 1853, enclosing a voluminous report from

Dr. Boccius on the causes of failure, it appears that the cost of

the experiment in the ‘Columbus’ was £300, which was charged to

the land-fund of the colony.

On the 12th of June, 1852, J. C. Bidwell, Esq., Commissioner

of Crown Lands in New South Wales, forwarded to His Excellency

Sir William Denison a paper entitled ‘ Notes on the Establishment

of Salmon and other Fish in the Rivers of Tasmania and New Zea-

land,” which paper was published in the ‘ Proceedings of the Royal

Society of Tasmania’ (vol. ii. p. 326). The following extract will

show that Mr. Bidwell was the first person who recommended the

exact process by which success was ultimately attained more than

ten years afterwards, though several have claimed the merit of the

discovery at a later date. ‘‘ On mentioning the subject of the intro-

duction of fish from foreign countries to the late Earl of Derby, he

informed me that he had been extremely unsuccessful in his attempts

to breed exotic fish in England ; and I do not think that there is an

instance of any fish not belonging to the Cyprinide having been

successfully established as colonists in any country ; but I believe

the want of success may have arisen almost’entirely from the small

number of individuals, which, if imported alive, it would be at an

time possible to turn loose, and that if thousands could be liberated

at once, the chances would be in favour of any predaceous fish es-

tablishing itself in a new river in any suitable climate. Now to do

this it would be necessary to bring and hatch the spawn. And I

think that by packing spawn in ice there would be no difficulty in

preserving its vitality for a much longer time than would be required.

It is not probable that the vitality of fish-spawn would be destroyed

even by freezing ; but by merely packing it in ice there would be no

danger of actual freezing, as the ice would always be in a melting

state.”

Thus the whole difficulty was foreseen and provided against ; and

1870. ] INTRODUCTION OF SALMON INTO TASMANIA. 17

it seems marvellous now that Mr. Bidwell’s suggestion was uot earlier

acted upon; but after the paper was read, it was little likely to attract

attention, as it was indexed in the volume referred to under the letter

B simply as a letter from J. C. Bidwell on the introduction of fish,

and was only recently brought to light in the close search for every

scrap of information relating to the early history of the Salmon ex-

periment.

Karly in the year 1858 the Royal Society of Tasmania appointed

a committee of the Fellows to consider certain questions submitted

by the then Colonial Secretary relative to the introduction of Salmon

into Tasmania and the payment of a reward of £500 voted by the

Tasmanian Parliament for such introduction. The report of this

committee, dated the 16th of March, 1858, amongst other things,

strongly urged on the Government the necessity of providing breed-

ing-ponds for the deposition of ova or fry on their first arrival in the

Colony ; and on this suggestion the Government afterwards acted.

In the year 1859 Mr. James Arundel Youl, a gentleman who from

that date expressed his conviction of ultimate success, and has exhi-

bited untiring zeal and industry in the management of such portions

of the various attempts as had to be conducted in Great Britain, pre-

vailed upon a body of gentlemen in England, known as the Austra-

lian Association, to take up the cause; and ultimately they despatched

about 50,000 Salmon-ova in the ship ‘S. Curling’ from Liverpool,

bound to Melbourne, under the charge of one Alexander Black.

The ‘S. Curling’ sailed on the 25th of February, 1860, having

fifteen tons of Wenham-Lake ice in an ice-house on board to keep

down the temperature of the water supplied to the apparatus in which

the ova were placed ; but on the 24th of April, and the fifty-ninth day

out, the last of the ice melted and the last ovum died, no practical

knowledge whatever having been derived from the experiment. By

some accident no intimation of the intention to despatch ova by the

ship ‘8. Curling’ reached Tasmania till after the departure of the

vessel from England ; but upon the intelligence being received, and

to prevent the loss of any ova which might have arrived, the Govern-

ment caused suitable ponds to be rapidly constructed on the banks

of a small stream known as the “ North-west Bay River,” about twelve

miles from Hobart Town. , These ponds were ultimately abandoned

in favour of a more suitable site.

In the year 1860 the question of the introduction of Salmon was

referred to a joint committee of both Houses of the Tasmanian Le-

gislature; and, acting upon a suggestion of that committee, the

Government afterwards appointed a body of Honorary Commissioners

to whose management the whole experiment was thenceforth in-

trusted.

The next attempt was made in 1862, in the ‘ Beautiful Star,’ a

small iron vessel of 120 tons burden, built fora steamer, but sent out

under canvas.

An ice-house was built between decks, and very elaborate appa-

ratus of two kinds prepared for the reception of the ova, 50,090 in

number. In the ice-house a deal box containing ova packed in wet

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1870, No. II.

18 MR. MORTON ALLPORT ON THE (Jan. 13,

moss was imbedded, at the suggestion of Mr. C. H. Moscrop, Ma-

nager of the Wenham-Lake Ice Company, London, as appears by a

letter from that gentleman published in the ‘ Times’ of the 13th of

July, 1863. The management during the voyage was intrusted to

Mr. William Ramsbottom, who had been engaged in Melbourne and

sent to England for the purpose. On the 4th of March, 1862, the

« Beautiful Star ’ left London, and on the 8th was compelled, through

stress of weather, to put back to the Downs; in this short period

from 6000 to 7000 of the ova died. On the 13th of March the

screw propeller was carried away, which compelled her to put back

to Scilly for repairs. The vessel left Scilly on the 24th of March,

and encountered a furious gale in the Bay of Biscay on the 27th,

during which time the ova were destroyed in vast numbers. Fine

weather succeeded the gale; but it was manifest, from the delays

already experienced and the bad sailing-qualities of the vessel, that

the ice could not hold out even to get through the tropics. At the

end of April and beginning of May the temperature of the water

began to rise, and many of the ova died on the point of hatching, a

large number with the head of the fish protruding. On the 8th of

May Mr. Ramsbottom, much against his will, was compelled to enter

the ice-house to procure blocks of ice, which he placed in the deck-

tank, thus reducing the temperature of the water. After using a

considerable portion of ice, Mr. Ramsbottom came upon the deal box

which had been placed in the ice-house, the lid being broken by the

rolling about amongst the ice. Lifting out some of the moss, Mr.

Ramsbottom thought the ova looked healthy, and procured a vessel

of clean water and placed ova and moss together init. To his utter

astonishment he found nineteen living and healthy ova, which he

carefully transferred to the trays in the suspended apparatus.

On the 17th of May the ice was finished; on the same day the

temperature of the water rose to 65°, and the last of the ova died,

seventy-four days from the commencement of the voyage, and eighty-

eight days from the taking of the spawn from thefish. Towards the

end of April from three to six of the ova were hatched per day ; and

thirty of those hatched appeared in perfect health; one lived ten

days. Theovataken from the deal box lived nine hours longer than

any of the others, and withstood a higher temperature.

Taking into consideration the pertmacity with which a portion of

the ova retained life for seventy-four days in spite of the disastrous

circumstances to which they were subjected during this voyage, the

Tasmanian Salmon Commissioners felt certain that the ova could be

introduced, and made a strong appeal to the Government of the

Colony to repeat the experiment. Upon receiving Mr. Ramsbot-

tom’s report, they decided upon sending him to England expressly

to try the experiment of packing ova in ice with a view of retarding

their development; and this experiment was accordingly tried in

London under the direction of Mr. Youl during the winter of 1862

and 1863.

The wonderful success of that trial, showing that ova may be

1870.] INTRODUCTION OF SALMON INTO TASMANIA. 19

hatched safely after being buried in ice 150 days, has been fully

published to the world; but why this was likely to prove successful

has not perhaps been publicly explained. Even Mr. Frank Buck-

land, in his book on fish-hatching, speaks of freezing the ova, and

thereby greatly misleads his readers. It was long ago shown that

actually to freeze ova was to kill them in a few days, or, at most, weeks.

The question then was, how could they be kept at an equable tem-

perature just above the freezing-point? Ifa block of ice (the sen-

sible temperature of which is 32° Fahrenheit) be immersed in water

of a higher temperature, a portion of the ice will melt until the heat of

the water falls to 32° F., but no more of the ice will be afterwards

melted until the temperature of the water is again raised. If the

ice could cool the water below 32°, a portion of the water would be

frozen ; but to effect this, a further portion of the ice must be melted,

and water at 32° is not capable of melting ice. If vessels contain-

ing creams be immersed in ice for a month, no change takes place

in their contents ; but convert a portion of the surrounding ice to

water by the admixture of any deliquescent salt, and the submerged

creams are instantly frozen. Therefore by this beautiful provision

of nature any substance above the freezing-point buried in ice can

never fall to the freezing-point till the ice next to it is converted

to water ; and so long as any ice remains, the buried substance will

continue ata low temperature certainly, but above the freezing-point ;

and to this principle success was due.

After many interviews with the owners of various ships, Mr. Youl

(to whom Tasmania is greatly indebted for his determined perseve-

rance in this respect) received the munificent offer from Messrs.

Money, Wigram, and Co. of 50 tons of room gratis in their clipper-

ship ‘Norfolk,’ bound to Melbourne. An ice-house capable of

holding 30 tons was built in a situation admirably chosen for the

purpose—on the lowest deck, amidships, and equidistant from stem

and stern, in the position in which the motion of the vessel would

be least felt. With much difficulty, and at the cost of great per-

sonal exertion on the part of all concerned, ahout 90,000 ova of the

Salmon (Salmo salar) and about 1500 ova of the Trout (Salmo fario)

were obtained and safely packed in deal boxes, each a foot long, 8

inches wide, and 4 inches deep. In some of the boxes a layer of

charcoal was first placed on the bottom, then a layer of moss damped

in pure water ; then ova were lightly placed on the moss, and the

whole covered with another layer of damp moss, upon which the lid

was screwed down. Inthe remaining boxes the charcoal was omitted,

the packing otherwise being the same. Through the lid and bottom

of each box several small holes were drilled; and all the ova were

packed in 181 boxes. The boxes were next placed on the bottom

of the ice-house, which was filled up with Wenham-Lake ice, and

the whole securely closed. All being complete, the vessel sailed

from London towards the end of January 1864, and left Falmouth

on the 28th of that month. On the 15th of April the ‘ Norfolk’

arrived in Melbourne. On the next day the ice-hotise was opened

and the small boxes unpacked. The lid of one box was then re-

20 MR. MORTON ALLPORT ON THE (Jan. 13,

moved by Mr. Ramsbottom with fear and trembling ; but, to his great

satisfaction, a large number of the imbedded ova were found to be

alive. Eleven of the small boxes were then left in Melbourne; and

the remaining 170 were placed on board Her Majesty’s colonial

steam-ship ‘ Victoria,’ in large open packing-cases with holes drilled

in the bottoms. Broken ice was placed on the tops of the small

boxes in each packing-case, larger ice was piled on the cases, and the

whole were then covered with bags of sawdust and blankets; about

half the ice had melted during the voyage. On the 17th of April

the ‘ Victoria’ left Melbourne, and arrived at Hobart Town on the

20th. The packing-cases and ice (of which latter there still re-

mained more than ten tons) were then carefully placed on a barge

packed as before, and were towed to New Norfolk, twenty miles

further up the Derwent than Hobart Town, by the steamer ‘ Emu,’

which was detained till a late hour on the night of the 20th on pur-

pose. From New Norfolk the barge was towed by boats to the falls

three miles further up the river on the morning of the 21st; and

the packing-cases were then landed and slung on stout poles and

carried by hand to the ponds already prepared at the river “ Plenty,”

three miles further up. The remaining ice was transferred to the

ponds in carts, the contents of each being well covered with straw.

The first batch of cases arrived at the ponds about the middle of the

day on Thursday the 21st of April, 1864, ninety days after the

placing of the ova on board the ‘ Norfolk.’

On their arrival, Mr. Ramsbottom immediately proceeded to pre-

pare the grayel-beds for the reception of the ova. A slight descrip-

tion of the ponds is here necessary. These ponds are twenty-six

miles from Hobart Town, and were arranged in accordance with

designs brought from the Stormontfield establishment on the Tay.

Water is led from the river Plenty by a race to a small plot of

erass-land above flood-mark. Sluices are placed on this race to

regulate the supply of water. From the main race a smaller one

leads directly into the clearing-pond, which is circular, about five

feet deep, and forty feet in diameter. Thence the water is led by

two covered wooden troughs into an open wooden trough at right

angles with the covered troughs. From the open wooden trough

small sluices let off the water in any quantity desired directly into

the gravel hatching-beds. These consist of wooden boxes about

5 feet long by 2 feet wide. There are twelve of them, arranged in

four rows. The water passes with a slight fall into the upper

end of the first box in each row, over the lower end of that box

into the upper end of the second box, and so on to the lowest,

where the water from each row passes over a series of shallow

gravelly pools to a pond about 120 yards long and 40 feet wide,

varying in depth from 2 to 9 feet. All the surplus water from the

clearing-pond also finds its way into this larger pond by a covered

drain, ensuring a permanent supply of clear cool water. All the

entrances to and exits from the pond and hatching-beds are care-

fully guarded by covering them with perforated zine. As the day

on which the first of the ova arrived at the Plenty was warm, with a

1870.] INTRODUCTION OF SALMON INTO TASMANIA. 21

bright sun shining, a tent was erected over the gravel-beds, the

temperature of the water in which was found to be 55° Fahr. Ice

was then freely placed in the transverse open trough at the upper

end of the gravel-beds and the temperature thus reduced to 44°.

About four o’clock on Thursday, the 21st of April, the first box of

ova was opened, and, to the dismay of Mr. Ramsbottom, a very large

proportion of the eggs were dead; but in the second and third boxes

affairs looked more hopeful, and by the time a dozen were unpacked

it was manifest that a large proportion would be saved. In unpack-

ing, as soon as the lid of each box was unscrewed, the top layer of

moss was quickly removed, and the lower layer of moss with the ova

was then lifted out, and at once turned upside down on to the cool’

water running over the gravel-beds. By this means the ova soon

separated from the moss, and distributed themselves amongst the

gravel, after which the moss was carefully removed bit by bit. The

unpacking was continued by candle-light through a great portion of

Thursday night, and was renewed at daylight on Friday morning.

By Friday night the last of the boxes were fivished, and Mr. Rams-

bottom calculated that about 35,000 living and healthy ova were

safely deposited. Of these, only about 300 were Trout-ova, which

were placed in a separate gravel-bed constructed on purpose and

closed at each end by perforated zinc. The percentage of living

ova varied greatly in the different boxes; but the largest number

were invariably found in the boxes in which the ova were more thinly

scattered amongst the moss, and had been subjected to ouly just

enough pressure to keep them steady.

During the unpacking on Thursday night several living ova were

unavoidably picked out and left in the heaps of damp moss beside

the gravel-beds through the night. On searching the heaps of moss

on Friday morning, several ova were recovered from amongst the

moss, and one or two from the stones underneath, and transferred

safely to the water.

Bedded in the moss of one of the boxes an English Wasp was

found, which evinced slight signs of animation. On placing the in-

sect in the sun for a few minutes it became quite lively and walked

quickly away. It is true that wasps are scarcely desirable subjects

for acclimatization, but surely this circumstance ought to teach us a

useful practical lesson as to introducing valuable insects and other

similar organisms, especially in their embryonic stages.

A few of the boxes of ova had been placed in the vaults of the

Wenham-Lake Ice Company for six weeks before the ‘ Norfolk’

sailed ; and in these boxes, though a larger percentage of ova were

dead, the eyes of the fish were distinctly visible in those which were

living, the development of the embryo having reached a higher stage.

Before the whole of the ice was used up, the temperature of the

water of the river Plenty fell to 42°, and averaged about 47°

for some time afterwards. The only object in cooling the water with

ice at first was to prevent the transition of temperature being too sud-

den. For several days after the deposition of the ova Mr. Rams-

bottom was busily engaged in removing all dead ova and pieces of

22 MR. MORTON ALLPORT ON THE (Jan. 13,

moss, charcoal, &c. from the gravel-beds; and for some time after-

wards the average death-rate was a mere fraction ; but it increased as

the hatching approached.

On the 4th of May, 1864, Mr. Ramsbottom had the high gratifi-

cation of seeing the first Trout burst its egg in Tasmanian water, and

on the following day the first Salmon.

The ova continued to hatch until the 15th of June, 1864, by which

time Mr. Ramsbottom (then appointed Superintendent at the ponds)

estimated the number of young Salmon at about 3000, and of young

Trout at about 50. There are two reasons for the vast difference

between the estimated number of living ova and the number of

‘hatched fish :—one, that a large percentage of the most healthy-

looking ova turned out absolutely barren through defective impreg-

nation; another, that a large number of deaths occur at the very

point of hatching, the embryo dying without being able to free itself

from the ege. Early in August the perforated zinc guards at the

lower ends of the breeding-boxes were removed and the Salmon-fry

permitted to drop down with the stream into the shallows at the

upper end of the large Salmon-pond, whence they gradually found

their way to the pond itself.

By the end of August several of the Trout (all of which, up to

this time, had remained in the trough in which they were hatched)

died, and many others showed symptoms of disease. As no cause

could be traced for this mortality, a gravelly rill was constructed at

the upper end of the clearing-pond, and the entrances to and exits

from the whole were guarded with perforated zinc. The Trout were

then transferred to the rill; and it was ascertained that so many had

hidden away under the gravel that, instead of 50, close upon 300

young fish were counted. In the clearing-pond the young Trout

continued to thrive, and grew amazingly, no deaths being observed.

Amongst the Salmon the mortality was, up to this time, trifling, being

confined to such few weak fish as were driven against the perforated

zine guards and had not strength to fight against the stream.

On the 4th of October, 1864, a leak was discovered, by which a

large run of water found its way from the Salmon-pond into the

Plenty ; and, fearing lest the Salmon should have been escaping, the

Superintendent placed a box in such a manner as to intercept any

fish passing through. One was soon found in the box, and an

attempt was unsuccessfully made to remedy the leak. From the 7th

to the 25th of October a trench was cut across the place where the

leak occurred, and the defective place puddled, and the leak ultimately

stopped; but during these nineteen days 240 fry were captured

which had passed through, and it is certain that a very large number

had previously reached the Plenty.

Till March 1865 everything continued to progress in a satisfac-

tory manner at the ponds; the young fish, which had been at first

supplied with boiled liver powdered fine, were now almost entirely

fed on gentles, and up to the 10th of March exhibited all the ap-

pearance of vigorous health. From the 10th to the 15th of March no

less than forty parr died; all of them appeared plump, well-grown

1870. } INTRODUCTION OF SALMON INTO TASMANIA, 23

fishes; and it was difficult to assign any reason for their deaths.

Owing to an unusually hot and dry autumn, the Plenty was very

low, and the temperature of the water rose above its ordinary summer

heat. This may have been the cause of the mortality, especially as

the Salmon-pond then consisted almost entirely of still water; and

the Commissioners therefore determined to liberate the bulk of the

parr at once. Up to the 19th of March nine more fish died ; and on

that and the two following days the pond was lowered, and 419

Salmon parr were liberated into the River Plenty, halfa mile above its

junction with the Derwent.

Fourteen of the smallest fishes caught were retained in the pond ;

and a number which could not be caught, and of which number no

accurate estimate could be made, still remained. Many of the

parr liberated exceeded 5 inches in length, being then ten months old.

Every thing progressed favourably from the end of March ; and on

the 23rd of October, 1865, the first fish which had assumed the

Smolt dress was seen in the Salmon-pond, and between that time and

the end of the year thirty-three fine Smolts were liberated. In Ja-

nuary, 1866, some alterations were made in the clearing-pond ; thirty-

eight Trout (Salmo fario) were then liberated into the Plenty, 133

being returned to the pond.

The Tasmanian Government, encouraged by the success of the

attempt in the ‘ Norfolk,’ determined to obtain a second shipment,

that no chance might be lost of rapidly carrying the undertaking to

a successful issue; and on the 8th day of February, 1866, the ship

‘Lincolnshire’ left Plymouth bound for Melbourne, having on board

about 103,000 ova of Salmon (Salmo fario) and 15,000 ova of Sea-

trout (Salmo trutta) stowed in an ice-house of rather larger capa-

city, but of much the same construction as that built in the ship

‘Norfolk’ for the same purpose two years before. The whole of the

arrangements for shipping were superintended by Mr. James A.

Youl, who again exhibited the determined zeal upon which so much

depended in the former experiment. The method of packing the

ova in the boxes and the boxes in the ice-house was identical with

that adopted in the ‘Norfolk.’ After a rather long passage of

seventy-nine days, the ‘ Lincolnshire’ arrived at Hobson’s Bay on the

30th of April, 1866, and the ova and ice were at once transhipped

to the steamship ‘ Victoria,’ again most liberally placed at the dis-

posal of the Tasmanian Salmon Commissioners by the Victorian

Government, and arrived in the Derwent on the 4th of May, and by

8 p.m. on the following day the last of the ova were placed in the

hatching-boxes at the Plenty, the water, by the help of the remain-

ing ice, being reduced to 45° F.

One remarkable fact in this experiment was the forward state of

the larger portion of the ova, the fish being distinctly visible, fur-

nishing abundant proof that a large number, at any rate, had been

successfully impregnated. This was especially observable in the

Sea-trout, the pupils of the eyes in which last stood out as black

spots on a yellowish-white ground, the enveloping tissue being more

transparent than in Salmon-ova.

21 MR. MORTON ALLPORT ON THE [Jan. 13,

The proportion of living ova deposited was estimated at above

45 per cent. of all sent out. Since the deposition of the ova in

April, 1864, several great improvements had been effected by the

Commissioners in the arrangements at the Plenty, the chief of which

was the alteration of the gravel in the breeding-boxes. ‘To explain

the change and the advantages of the present plan, it must be re-

membered that in its own rivers the Salmon chooses for its spawning-

beds shallow rapids running over a bottom of coarse river-gravel,

consisting of pebbles weighing from half a pound to three or four

pounds, the spaces between which are of course large enough to per-

mit the ova to roll down to depths varying from a few inches to a

foot and a half. This is no doubt a wise provision of nature for the

protection of the ova and the helpless young fry from their innume-

rable natural enemies, but has serious objections in artificial rearing.

To begin with, it is absolutely impossible, in the first instance, to

separate the dead from the living ova; all must be rapidly trans-

ferred to the water together, and the dead ova gradually picked out

afterwards. In 1864 numbers of dead and living ova together got

out of sight between the interstices of the gravel purposely made to

resemble as nearly as possible the natural spawning-beds, and much

of the living ova was assuredly destroyed by contact with that which

was decomposing, to say nothing of the ill effects which the decay-

ing ova would have upon the water generally. Again, it is now an

ascertained fact that a considerable admixture of atmospheric air is

indispensable in hatching the ova of most of the Salmonide, and

that, consequently, the further the ova are from the surface of the

water, the more tumble and splash you must have in the water to

drive bubbles of air through and amongst the gravel. It follows

that if in artificial rearing the ova are allowed to get some 3 or 4

inches down into the gravel, a sharp stream of water must be directed

over the artificial beds to supply them with the air necessary—but

that if it is desired to keep the ova in sight, they must be placed on

fine gravel, and an even, gentle stream of water about an inch or an

inch and a half in depth must flow through the beds. As in the

artificial process the boxes are thoroughly guarded from all possible

enemies, the advantages are so manifestly in favour of keeping the

ova in sight, that the Commissioners replaced the coarse gravel for-

merly used by an even bed of very fine pebbles on which the ova

rested about an inch from the surface of the stream, which was made

to flow gently and evenly through the boxes. The result was, that

the moment an egg became opaque, or, in other words, died, it was

removed, and all danger to the neighbouring ova was avoided. Be-

sides this alteration, a long series of gravelly rapids, with a few deep

places interspersed, was added to the lower end of the Salmon-pond,

and a new circular pond with a gravelly rill attached was constructed

for the Salmon-trout.

On the 8th of May, 1866, the first Salmon-ovum per ‘ Lincoln-

shire ’ hatched, and on the 12th of the same month the first Sea-trout

ovum. By the time all were hatched the Superintendent reported

that he had counted up to 4490 Salmon-fry and 496 Sea-trout fry,

1870. ] INTRODUCTION OF SALMON INTO TASMANIA. 25

and estimated those he had been unable to count of the Salmon-fry at

about 1500.

In July, 1866, all the remaining parr, seventy-seven in number, of

the shipment per ‘Norfolk’ were liberated; and every fish showed

distinctly the approaching change to the Smolt form.

On the 3rd of July ova and milt were taken from the first pair of

Trout (S. fario) which ever arrived at maturity in Australia, By

the 7th of August fourteen females had been stripped, yielding about

4050 ova. Shortly afterwards five pairs of Trout (ten of the thirty-

eight fish turned into the Plenty) were observed constructing rids in

that river. The Trout in the river were considerably larger than the

largest in the clearing-pond, though several of the latter weighed

more than a pound each.

During July and August, 1866, a large number of deaths took

place amongst the fry from the last shipment of ova; the total loss

being 470 Salmon-fry and 65 Salmon-trout fry.

On the 30th of September, 1866, the Trout-ova taken from the

fish in the clearing-pond commenced hatching ; but a large number

of eggs proved barren.

During August the fry, both of Salmon and Salmon-trout, ex

‘Lincolnshire,’ were permitted to escape into the large pond and the

rill attached, with the exception of a few pairs of Salmon-trout, re-

tained in the pond and rill purposely-constructed for them in the hope

that spawn might be obtained without the previous migration to the

sea. From the end of September the operations at the ponds were

simply repetitions of what had taken place with regard to the first

experiment, some variety occurring through the addition of the

Salmon-trout and the occasional capture of large Trout in the Plenty.

One was taken on the 13th of January, 1867, 173 inches in length

and weighing three pounds.

Although the bulk of the Smolts of the first shipment left the

river in October and November, 1865, and should, according to

most authorities, have returned as Grilse in the February follow-

ing, no report reached the Commissioners of any thing resembling

Grilse having been seen. Mr. Ramsbottom always maintained

that the Smolts did not return as Grilse in three months, but

that they would return in one year and three months; and so con-

vinced was he of the correctness of this view, that he made no sys-

tematic watch for the fish in 1866. The mere fact that no report

of the fish being seen reached the Commissioners by no means

proves that they did not return in February 1866; for it must be

remembered that, under the most favourable view of the case, not

more than 1000 or 1500 Smolts can have left the Plenty, and were

thenceforth distributed over a river but little smaller than the Severn

in England, and into which numbers of large tributaries, admirably

suited for Salmon, emptied themselves.

In February and March 1867 fifteen persons, including Mr,

Ramsbottom, reported that they had seen Salmon or Grilse in the

fresh waters of the river Derwent. Several of these witnesses were

gentlemen of high respectability ; and it is impossible to conceive that

26 MR. MORTON ALLPORT ON THE (Jan. 13,

they could have been mistaken, because no indigenous fish in the

fresh waters of the Derwent (except Eels) ever exceeds one foot in

length or weighs more than three-quarters of a pound.

Mr. Ramsbottom began early in February 1867 to walk morning

and evening from his house to the Derwent and back (more than two

miles each way) to one likely spot, keeping a regular systematic

watch for the Grilse; and the following extract from his journal of

March 15 will serve to show the deep interest he took in his work.

“Tt is with feelings of thankfulness that I can now say I have

this day seen a Salmon in the Derwent.

“This morning, after an early breakfast, I started off, for the sixty-

ninth time, to the river to look for Salmon. At about 10 a.m. my

assistant, J. Stannard, came to me at the Dry Creek and told me

that Lumsden (water-bailiff) had seen no less than half a dozen

Salmon playing about in the long pool where he was on the look-out

this morning. This joyful news again put new life into me; and I

at once started off for the spot, as I now meant to see a Salmon if

one was to be seen at all during the day. Ata little before 12 I

took a seat on a log which is in the river about 15 feet from the side,

in order to command a good view; here I sat for about two hours

under a burning sun, when I heard a kind of rush behind and rather

below me. I looked round, and saw it was the motion of a large

fish, but could not persuade myself it wasa Salmon. In twenty

minutes more I saw the partial rise of a fish, head and breast out of

water, but could not be sure yet as to whether this was a Salmon or

not, as the fish rose at too great a distance from me, and did not

make the same splash in the water as I thought a Salmon ought to

do; yet the fish looked larger than any I had before seen in these

waters, so that I now got very uneasy in mind, sometimes doubt-

ing, and at other times believing, they must really be the Salmon ;

and in this excited and perplexed state of mind I was kept until

3.40 p.m., when, to my exceeding great joy, I was delighted to see

nothing else but a Salmon jump clean out of the water, show himself

broadside on ; and, judging from his appearance, I should call him

a Grilse of about 5 lbs. weight. On seeing the Salmon, it is im-

possible for me to describe my joyful feelings.”

Three days afterwards (on the 18th of March) Mr. Ramsbottom

saw seven fish rise in the pool above mentioned, two of which he

stated positively were Salmon. On the 17th of June, 1867, a large

male Trout was found dead in the Plenty. It wasa spent fish, much

knocked about probably by fighting with other males: it measured

193 inches in length, and weighed 3} lbs. This fish was just three

years old.

During June, July, and August of 1867 the Trout (Salmo fario)

were again stripped of their spawn. artificially, about 11,500 ova

having been taken from forty-seven fish. After this spawning several

of the spent fish were killed and eaten by a family of Yellow-bellied

Beaver-rats (Hydromys chrysogaster) which found their way to the

rill, but which were ultimately trapped and destroyed.

A large supply of this season’s rout-ova was sent to Victoria and

1870. ] INTRODUCTION OF SALMON INTO TASMANIA. 27

New Zealand ; and on the 14th of September the residue commenced

hatching. About 2000 young fish were ultimately distributed from

this source amongst suitable streams in various parts of Tasmania.

A report having reached the Commissioners that Salmon had

been seen at Dunrobin, thirty miles further up the river than

its junction with the Plenty, Mr. Ramsbottom was despatched

to the spot, and learnt that a young man, a native of the colony,

who knew nothing whatever of Salmon, had a month before stated

to his employer that he had seen a pair of very large fish on one of

the shallows of the river. Mr. Ramsbottom questioned this young

man very closely ; and his accurate description of what he saw left no

doubt on Mr. Ramsbottom’s mind that a pair of Grilse had actually

spawned in the upper waters; and though the river was too high

from recent rain to find the rid, the spot pointed out was one as

well suited for spawning-ground as any in the world.

On the 19th of October (the majority of the parr hatched from

the shipment of ova per ‘ Lincolnshire’ having assumed the Smolt

dress) the perforated zine obstructions were permanently removed ;

and such of the fish as chose to leave found their way from time to

time into the Plenty, and thence to sea.

On the 10th of November, 1867, Mr. Ramsbottom left the ponds

at the Plenty with 270 Trout-fry in an apparatus of his own arran-

ging, and landed in Melbourne on the 15th with 248 living fish, a

feat in pisciculture which had probably never been surpassed, and

which again proved his peculiar fitness for the position he filled.

During the months of February and March 1868 the river Derwent

was unusually high, heavy rains having fallen upon the mountain-

ranges in which its western tributaries rise ; and partly on this account,

and partly on account of the serious illness of the Superintendent

(Mr. Ramsbottom), no regular watch was kept for the return of the

fish : two or three reports only of their having been seen (one from

an authentic source) reached the ears of the Commissioners.

On the 27th of June, 1868, a Trout (S. fario) was caught in the

Plenty, 26 inches long, and weighing 9} lbs.

As a large number of the Trout-ova artificially taken during the

seasons of 1866 and 1867 proved barren, whereas the eggs naturally

deposited in the rill almost invariably contained fish, it was deter-

mined to remodel the rill at the upper end of the Trout-pond, and

to make it resemble as nearly as possible a series of natural spawning-

beds. This was done, and a temporary fence was erected down

each side as a shelter, from which the fish could be observed and to

prevent their being disturbed while on the spawning-beds. During

the winter of 1868 no spawn was taken artificially, but the whole of

the Trout were left to their own devices. For more than a month

pairs of fish could be seen day after day making their rids and depo-

siting the ova. When the last of the fish had spawned, a perforated

zine guard was fixed across the lower end of the rill, and the old

fish thus prevented from leaving the Trout-pond and interfering with

the ova or young fish. Large numbers of the ova being required for

distribution in Victoria, New Zealand, and Tasmania, the water in

28 MR. MORTON ALLPORT ON THE (Jan. 13,

the rill was occasionally lowered, a rid or two opened, and the ova

carefully picked out by means of a curved glass tube. Scarcely a

dead egg was found; and from one shipment of 800 ova sent to New

Zealand, 750 fry were liberated at four months old. In due course

the rill became alive with thousands of Trout-fry, which were dis-

tributed in numbers of suitable streams and lakes in divers parts of

Tasmania. Another large shipment of Trout-fry was also successfully

transported to Victoria in Mr. Ramsbottom’s apparatus, under the

personal superintendence of Mr. John Buckland, one of the Salmon

Commissioners, who, out of 226 taken from the ponds, delivered 225

healthy fish to the Acclimatization Scciety in Melbourne, thus ac-

complishing even a greater feat than that performed by Mr. Rams-

bottom the year before. During this season the numbers of fish

seen spawning in the Plenty were amazing ; and for several miles up

the river, rids were to be seen on every suitable spot. Some of

these rids were from 8 to 10 feet long, and must have been formed by

enormous fish.

During the winter of 1868 Mr. Ramsbottom, who had long been

suffering from lung-disease, became much worse, and sailed for

Sydney on leave of absence, in the hope that the change might

benefit him; but he died in September, universally regretted by all

who knew him or took any interest in the Salmon experiment.

In reporting the death of their excellent Superintendent to the

Government, the Salmon Commissioners unanimously expressed their

sense of his great merit and the loss which they and the enter-

prise in which they were engaged had sustained in his death.

In October 1868 the residue of the parr brought by the ‘ Lin-

colnshire’ put on their silvery scales, and took their departure

from the pond seawards in the form of Smolts.

During the summer of 1868 and 1869 reports of Salmon or Grilse

having been seen were numerous; and in March of the latter year,

the river being low and bright, the fish were seen so frequently

at a favourite pool near the entrance of the Plenty, that numbers

of people used to spend the evening watching for them; and on

one occasion no less than twenty people were gratified by seeing

several large fish, which could only be Salmon, sporting on the sur-

face and occasionally breaching above the water. Amongst others,

several residents on and near the river, who had always been most

sceptical as to the presence of Salmon in the Derwent, became con-

verted, and strongly condemned in others that disbelief which they

themselves had fully concurred in but a short time before.

At this time the Commissioners and others made many unsuccess-

ful attempts to capture a fish that had returned from the sea. The

cause of failure can be readily understood by any one who has seen

a large river, the banks of which are, for the most part, ina state of

nature. There being an absence of large indigenous fish, no motive

has hitherto existed for clearing the dead timber from the stream or

the living scrub from the banks; and before either the angler or the

net-fisherman can ply his calling successfully, considerable expense

must be incurred in preparing suitable stations. 1t might be thought

1870. ] INTRODUCTION OF SALMON INTO TASMANIA. 29

that at any rate it would not be difficult to hook a fish, even if it

could not be landed ; but it must be remembered that the fish to be

caught were yet few in number, and that small indigenous fish swarm

in myriads, furnishing such a supply of food that no bait will be

likely to tempt the Salmon till this profusion is somewhat thinned.

It is possible that Grilse or Salmon might have been taken in the

tidal waters between Hobart Town and New Norfolk, a great part of

which has been and could be worked with seine nets; but the local

fishermen had so denuded the river of indigenous species of fair size

by excessive netting at all seasons, that they had been for several years

compelled to use nets of so small a mesh that even aSmoltcould not pass

through; and rather than run the risk of sacrificing the whole experi-

ment by the destruction of any of the small consignments of Smolts

sent seaward, the Commissioners exercised the power given them by

the Legislature, and closed the river above Hobart Town altogether

from the time the first batch of Smolts entered the brackish water.

All attempts to take fish having failed, when the first rains of winter

came on and the fish proceeded further up the river, the Commis-

sioners came to the conclusion that the first undeniable proof they

should now get of the success of the experiment would be the cap-

ture of Parr or Smolts in the coming spring, as such Parr or Smolts

could only be the progeny of fish returned from sea, the last of the

Smolts from the transported ova having left the ponds in the spring

of 1868 and being therefore either dead or approaching grilsehood.

In June 1869 the Trout again commenced spawning in their rill;

and towards the end of the same month five pairs of the Salmon-

trout (Salmo ¢trutta) formed rids on the shallows attached to their pool,

which shallows are now, in October, alive with their fry. The suc-

cess of this portion of the experiment may therefore be considered

as complete as that of the Trout (8. forio), as a noble river, the

Huon, has been purposely left unstocked, with the intention of

turning into it all the Salmon-trout fry except those retained for

a breeding-stock.

About the middle of October 1869 a strong freshet came down

the Derwent, the result of heavy rains at its sources; and on the

night of the 21st of October four fishermen were hauling their

seine on a sea-beach about two miles below Hobart Town, and on the

opposite side of the estuary of the Derwent. At one of the hauls

almost the only fish in the net was a well-grown healthy Salmon-

smolt over 10 inches in length, and which, though taken in water

as salt as the ocean, had but lately left fresh water; for the silvery

scales rubbed off at the slightest touch, showing the colouring

of the parr beneath. Half an hour later, and on a beach a mile

nearer the town, a second Smolt, not quite so large as the first, was

captured. The seine net used was a large-meshed one of an inch

from knot to knot, which accounts not only for the capture of a

single Smolt at each haul, though they are usually gregarious, but

also for the unusual size of the specimens; the probability is that

the net had in each instance surrounded a school, but that the or-

dinary-sized fish had easily passed through, while these two, larger

30 DR. J. MURIE ON IRREGULARITY [Jan. 13,

than their brethren, had been dragged out. The fishermen, well

knowing that these were not indigenous fish, made a shrewd guess

at the nature of their capture, and, on the 22nd of October, brought

them to the Salmon Commissioners, who at once pronounced them

veritable Smolts*.

Before concluding, it may be well to state that the whole of the

expenses hitherto incurred in the conduct of the experiment be-

tween January 1860 and October 1869 amount to £8835 12s. 2d.

Of this sum, £6990 11s. 2d. was paid by the Tasmanian Government,

£995 1s. by the Victorian Government, £200 by the Acclimatiza-

tion Society of Victoria, £300 by the Provincial Government of

Canterbury, New Zealand, £200 by the Provincial Government of

Southland, New Zealand, and £150 by the Provincial Government

of Otago, New Zealand. Credit must also be given to the Victorian

Government for the large amount which must have been expended

in freight had not H.M.C.S.S. ‘ Victoria’ been twice so lib~

placed at the disposal of the Tasmanian Salmon Commissioners.

4, Additional Memoranda as to Irregularity in the Growth

of Salmon. By James Muniz, M.D., F.L.S., Prosector

to the Society.

(Plate II.)

PRELIMINARY NOTICE.

When I communicated to the Society some observations in con-

nexion with the supposed arrest of development of the Salmon (see

P. Z.S. 1868, p. 247), I purposely held back memoranda in support

of the view therein enunciated. Having, as it were, registered the

data occurring within my own ken, my further intention was to in-

stitute a series of experiments, with the object of crucially testing

the truth or fallacy of the doctrine.

Unforeseen circumstances happened, depriving me of that auxi-

liary assistance necessary for the fulfilment of the requisite conditions.

But it is probable that other parties may be favourably placed to try

the issue of experiments, to set the matter at rest; hence I make

note of what seems a feasible plan.

I propose that some one resident close to a Salmon river should

obtain a quantity of impregnated and undoubted Salmo-salar ova—

some of this to be forwarded, and deposited in the tanks at the Gar-

dens, where, after hatching, careful notes of the growth and changes

&c. are to be made; due precaution also to be taken that batches of

the young fish shall be placed under varied circumstances, 7. e. as

respects the size of the reservoir, food, &c.; on the other hand, the

* [One of these “Smolts” was sent home to be exhibited when the present

paper was read, but upon being submitted to Dr. Giinther’s examination was

dekeannes by him to be a dwarfed example of Salmo trutta, and not a S. salar.

“‘SCTIONON TVS

dun .2ereH NF mip Pp neelacgs

sai P= ih 2 kl _

1g70.1, :,° IN THE GROWTH OF SALMON, 31

remainder of the ova left in charge of the correspondent to receive

widely different treatment—hatching to be carried on in the open

air, and the tiny fish, once out, confined in a pond. Reared to the

Smolt condition, when the migratory restlessness occurred, some

might be marked and allowed to go seaward, the condition of those

left behind being noted. During the second or third season, as the

case might be, others to be allowed to depart, whilst a few are per-

manently retained in the pond.

Three years or less from the commencement of the experiment,

in the event of a marked grown Grilse or Salmon being caught,

specimens from the Society’s tanks, the open-air pond, and it to be

rigidly compared side by side. In the intervals specimens of the

progressive ages and stages to be preserved in spirits, and, as apparent

changes take place, figures and annotations thereon duly registered.

The result of experiments conducted somewhat in the above

fashion would, I consider, conclusively prove whether or not Salmon

are temporarily or definitely arrested in their development when

retained for a considerable period in fresh water. At all events all

chance of the denial of the parentage of the fish would be obviated.

Or, again, if the breeders of Salmon, say at the stock-ponds in

Perthshire, could be induced to fertilize the ova of a full-grown

Salmon, and transmit the same to the Society, I venture to say the

ova would be attentively watched during the process of hatching,

and afterwards the phenomena and stages of growth duly recorded.

Furthermore, could the bodies of the parents, male and female, be

likewise transmitted to London for identification, all possibility of

error would be prevented. As appears plain from what has happened

with those already reared in the Zoological Gardens, it is of the

utmost importance that the parents should bear witness of the ova

being those of genuine Salmo salar.

It is, indeed, much to be desired that some such well-attested obser-

vatious should be pursued ; for notwithstanding the asseverations of

several trustworthy observers, subsequently to be cited, there still

remains a lurking suspicion that error of data may have crept in.

I urge therefore upon pisciculturalists, and such as are interested

in solving a physiological, or, rather, zoological problem of high value,

the benefit science would derive from the authentication or denial of

the alleged circumstantial evidence. This is my plea for intruding

the above suggestions and further memoranda upon the Society.

I trust that this second notice may stir up those at home, or fish-

rearers abroad, to follow out the investigation.

I may premise that I have not entered on the task in a contro-

versial mood, but to incite further research on the matter. More-

over it is possible those interested in the question may wish to refer

to the data, be they merely asserted or be they proven, concerning

the rearing and detention in pure fresh water for so long a period of

fish considered to be Salmon.

It may be pardonable on my part, then, to examine more narrowly

than heretofore the grounds of opinion, favourable or adverse, espe-

cially as the whole matter is one involving biological laws of the

32 DR. J. MURIE ON IRREGULARITY [Jan. 13, »

highest consequence as regards the determination of species, sup-

posed transition of allied forms, and questionable hybridity.

With these remarks I proceed to reproduce my previously sup-

pressed discussion of facts and published data.

AFFIRMATION.

I. The historical evidence.—What points to the truth of this

(7. e. that the fish described are Salmon) has already been given (see

P.Z. 8. 1868, p. 247); but it undoubtedly contains a weak point ;

otherwise the whole matter were settled. While the ova received in

the Gardens on the 8th January, 1863, may have, as related, veritably

undergone all the subsequent changes ascribed, this does not prove

their being in the first instance ova of Salmo salar. Messrs. Buck-

land and Bartlett assume them to have been so, and add validity

by stating that the size and appearance of the ova convinced them

of their genuineness ; for the ova of the Great-Lake Trout differ suffi-

ciently to be recognized by the naked eye.

As a sequel to the heretofore described specimens, it is most im-

portant to note that one of the fish produced from the ova of the

Rhine Salmon, hatched in the Gardens in February, 1863, died on

the Ist December, 1867. It was sent to Mr. Frank Buckland, who

found on examination that it was a pregnant female. He states

that 117 ova, nearly ripe, were present in the abdominal cavity,

lying perfectly loose therein. This female weighed 4 oz., and mea-

sured 83 inches in length. Mr. Buckland believes “that, had this

fish lived another fortnight or three weeks, these ova would have

been quite fit to be deposited in a nest, after the fashion of an ordi-

nary full-grown salmon that had made its two or three journeys

from the fresh water to the sea”’ *.

Il. Eeternal resemblances to Salmon.—It can hardly be denied

that, so far as external appearance is concerned, the fishes bear the

stamp of young Salmon in the Parr condition. This applies more

especially to that figured as No. 1 (Pl. xxi. P. Z. S. 1868); the

other, No. 2 (/.¢.), is more brindled and spotted than is commonly

the case in the Parr; but this in part may be due to the nature of

its habitation. The form of the bodies, the relative dimensions of

snout to head, head to body, shortness of maxillary, colour of adi-

pose fins, dentition, shape of caudal fins, and contour of preeopercu-

lum all agree with Salmo salar, and not with other species of Salmo.

III. Published statements and experiments.—Reference to a few

of the better substantiated cases of Salmon reared and continuously

kept in fresh water may be interesting at this juncture.

1. Yarrell (Brit. Fishes, vol. i. p. 172, 3rd edit. 1859) mentions

that a Scottish landed proprietor in 1831 put some Salmon-fry into

a freshwater pond. These were taken out in 1833, to all appearance

* See an account of this interesting specimen in ‘ Land and Water’ for Dee. 7,

1867, vol. iv. p. 820. Preserved in spirits as a preparation, this same fish was

shown at the Meeting the evening the former paper was read. It now forms one

of the series in the Museum of Fish-culture at the Horticultural Gardens.

1870.] IN THE GROWTH OF SALMON, 33

Salmon. They weighed from 2 to 3 Ibs. each; their flesh was pale

in colour.

2. The same acute naturalist has published a separate volume

‘On the growth of Salmon in Freshwater’ (1839), wherein six

coloured illustrations of fish of the natural size, at various stages

during the first two years of their growth, are given. The speci-

mens figured show very well the progressive growth and change of

dress with age. Yarrell remarks that there is a comparative defi-

ciency of general growth in the older specimens. One of the

largest measured 14 inches long and weighed 14 ounces.

3. Lloyd states that near Katenberg there is a salmon-fishery.

“These salmon are bred in the lake, and, in consequence of cata-

racts, cannot have access to the sea.”” They are small in size and

inferior in flavour.

4. I may as well here quote the opinion of another eminent Scan-

dinavian pisciculturist, Prof. Rasch, of the Christiania University.

Writing to an English friend *, among other matters he says, ‘‘ The

assertion of some of your countrymen that the Salmon cannot be

acclimatized so as to become entirely a freshwater fish is quite at

variance with the results of experiments we have made in Norway.

Some years ago Hetting hatched out numbers of Salmon-ova, which

he subsequently turned loose in the Tyri-fiord; and during the last

two years fish have been caught in that lake, resembling in every

respect ‘Salmon proper.’ It is impossible for them, as you know,

to return thither, even should they succeed in reaching the sea.

‘As regards acclimatizing Salmon to fresh water, our enclosures at

Greffsen+ are too small. But if in larger pieces of water it be

only possible to prevent their first migration to the sea after they

have assumed the Smolt dress, they will readily accustom them-

selves to their freshwater home. And should the water be a very

large lake, such as Ladoga, Werner, Peipus, and as rich in nourish-

ing food, the freshwater Salmon will then attain about the same size

as the Salmon of the sea.”

5. Mr. George Anderson, of Glasgow, communicated the follow-

ing authentic case to the ‘ Field’ (see 23rd and 30th June, 1866) air

This gentleman obtained in 1862 about thirty specimens of Salmon

parr from the well-known Stormontfield Salmon-ponds§. The

fish, as he observes, were then two years old, but had not put on

the Smolt dress preparatory to migration.

Twenty-nine of the Parr were placed in a freshwater pond well

supplied with Minnows and other food. In June 1866 the pond

* Who, under the initials “ N. R. B.,” has published the letters in ‘ Land and

Water,’ vol.i. pp. 221-245 (March 31st and April 7th, 1866).

f An establishment close to Christiania.

{ Iam indebted to Mr. Charles Darwin for calling my attention to this in-

teresting notice.

§ A pretty sure guarantee that the fish were the young of Salmo salar, as it is

not at all likely that the trained eyes of Mr. Buist and other experts would be

deceived in them—nor, indeed, that ova specially destined to stock the river

Tay, and not, as in Huningue, exported, should be chosen from other than pure-

bred Salmon.

Proc. Zoox. Soc.—1870, No. LI.

34 DR. J. MURIE ON IRREGULARITY (Jan. 13,

was run off, when three good-sized Salmon were found to have sur-

vived ; these were bright, lively, and healthy, but ill-grown. One

of these specimens sent to London weighed 15 oz., measured 144

inches in its greatest length, and had a girth of 63 inches. The

head was 3% inches from the snout to the extremity of the oper-

culum, and appeared large enough for a 5-lb. fish.

It is greatly to be regretted one of these three unusually interest-

ing specimens was not preserved in spirits and forwarded to the

British Museum.

6. Lastly, I shall advert to an account, by Mr. Frank Buckland,

of a ‘Salmon that had never seen the sea’”’*. This specimen was

obtained from the river Wye in 1862, in the Parr condition, and

transferred to a pond through which a streamlet of water ran. Four

years afterwards it was taken out as a Salmon 11 inches long.

IV. Irregularity of growth.—The life-history of Salmo salar, as

all admit, is a most extraordinary one. The exceeding rapidity of

their growth between their descent to and return from the sea is

marvellous. But there are still two points as remarkable, viz. that

a retardation of development is far from uncommon; and, on the

other hand, causes occasionally ensue seeming as it were to stimu-

late and quicken the usual accession of growth. Since Shaw’s ex-

periments on the growth of Salmon-fry +, other observers have

noted, and, in fact, it is now universally known to all those practically

conversant with artificial Salmon-culture, that of the first year’s

Smolts only some migrate seawards, while many of them remain

behind in the fresh water. In the second year it also occasionally

happens that in some fish no desire of migration ensues; but the

accession of migratory instinct takes place in the ensuing season, or

even later. In other words, some Smolts ripen earlier than others,

and those remaining behind, which are slower in their seasonal mi-

gratory instinct, remain apparently stationary as to growth. The

cause of the retardation of the migratory stimulus, so far as I am

aware, has not been satisfactorily accounted for; but clear evidence

exists that the young self-detained Salmon are little or no larger .

than their brethren a year or two younger. Their development is

more or less retarded for the time being—but not necessarily con-

tinuously so; for as soon as migration occurs, the usual growth

concomitant with a sea-water visit takes place. Here, then, we have,

from natural causes, retention and arrest of growth of young Salmon

in a comparatively healthy condition in fresh water for two years or

more. If such a fact or premise be granted, it seems to follow, as

a necessary consequence, that if Salmon arrived at the Parr condition

be prevented from migrating, they either remain stunted or increase

in magnitude in a very diminutive ratio compared with their fellows

that have spent a season in the sea-water.

Regarding increase of size generally, and also unusual accretion

of growth, in Salmonoids, this, as most authorities agree, is greatly,

if not entirely, dependent on the abundance or scarcity of food,

* Figured and described in ‘Land and Water,’ vol. i. June 2, 1866.

t Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. vol. xiy. ke.

36 DR. J. MURIE ON IRREGULARITY [Jan. 13,

and the extent of the water in which they abide. Many facts might

be adduced in support of this ; but one of recent occurrence may

serve the purpose of illustration*. The experiments at Stormont-

field, in Perthshire, already adverted to, are too well known to need

further comment ; suffice it to say that there can be little doubt of

these ponds containing the produce of genuine Salmo salar. On

the 20th of May 1868, at the above piscicultural establishment,

“Peter of the Pools” (the nom de plume of an experienced Salmon-

rearer) observed great variation in the size of the smolts of the

same age—some of the two year-old fish being fully a fourth larger

than others, and their bodies proportionally plump. This increased

growth was found to be dependent on their feeding on molluscous

animals; for in the pond which the large Smolts inhabited vast

quantities of Limneus peregra had taken up their abode among the

aquatic plants.

NEGATION.

I. Not true Salmon?—I had Dr. Giinther’s permission to state

that in his opinion the specimens reared in the Gardens (cf. P. Z. 8.

1868, p. 247) are not true Salmo salar, as he considers their history

a doubtful one, and furthermore, in some respects, they disagree

with the characters assigned by him to that species. He justly lays

stress upon the weak point that the ova may or may not have been

the produce of a female Salmo salar, and may or may not have been

impregnated by the milt of a male of the same species. He thinks

that among the immense numbers of Salmon-ova yearly sent off

from the hatching-establishment at Huningue on the Rhine, there is

likelihood of mixture occasionally occurring in the transit, and also

that fish which are not true Salmon may be mistaken for them and

thus error arise. The chance that fortuitous circumstances might

give rise to the last-mentioned error has already to some extent been

admitted. It is well to remember, however, that Salmon-ova are

distinguishable from those of the Great-Lake Trout, with which they

may have been most readily confounded, by their greater size and

deeper yellowish tint.

Now as regards constant characters defining the species, and

thereby, by the absence of such, excluding the imperfectly developed

specimens from being considered as representatives of Salmo salar,

Linn., I shall take three into consideration—the number of the ver-

tebree, of the cacal appendages, and of the scales; the other six

characters which Dr. Giinther considers trustworthy in the classifi-

cation of the Salmonide are not so applicable in the present instance.

A tabular view, moreover, may be more readily appreciated ; hence

I place in series the formulze appertaining to true Salmon, our two

specimens, and such forms as are the most likely to have been intro-

duced into the Gardens and mistaken for Salmon. The formule are

* See ‘ The Field,’ June 13, 1868.

+ Through Mr. Tegetmeier’s interest, the proprietors of ‘The Field’ have

kindly permitted me the use of their woodcuts illustrating the phenomenon here

cited (see p. 35).

1870.] IN THE GROWTH OF SALMON. 37

taken from Dr. Giinther’s catalogue; but the upper and lower trans-

verse or oblique series of scales are expressed here in separate columns,

and the numbers within brackets are extremes incidentally noted in

his description of typical specimens in the collection.

Taste A.

Scales.

Verte- ig ain te Transy. series.

Beco: immediately | Dorsal fin | Lateral line

above lat. line. | to Jat. line |to ventral fin

(obliquely). | (obliquely).

Salmoisalar 2. sesses~-scsqertecasveses 59 53-70 120 22-26 19-22

—— — ?, Zool. Soc. spec. No.1.) 59 48-50 120-122 19 (21?) 18

— —?, Zool. Soc.spec. No.2.) 60 | ese 120 Pie ee wea et cor.

Peat TGR Es GESTS ih Ree: 59-60 | [46] 49-61 |120[117] 24-26[30] [36-34 [22]

—cambricus . 59 39-47 120-125[117-130]|27 [25-28] |38-40[20-24]

— fario gaimardii .........00000. 59-60 | 33-46 120 [124] 27-30 [26] [22]

Se eit Eee 57-58 | 38-47[51] |120[117-127] |26-80 [23-31] [21-27]

— carpio (Lake Garda) .........). .....- 40-50 POS Pee VAR AR Sent. MiP aed

— remanus (Lake Geneya)...... 57-59 | 45-52 115-128 26-28-36 = || seeeee

— rapii (Lake Constance) ...... 59-60 | 48-54 120 Bimoe — ae A ees

—— lacustris (Lake Constance)...| 60-61 | 60-61 120 26-0 LL oe Oe

Tested by the number of vertebree, the doubtful specimens in

question may either be S. salar or any other of the species enume-

rated, excepting S. fario ausonit.

The numerical excess or diminution of the pyloric appendages

points in the present case to the probability that the two fish are not

Salmon. The numbers 48-50 are considerably below the minimum

of S. salar, but come within the range of the Central-European Lake

Salmonoids—to wit, the four last mentioned in the table; likewise

S. trutta.

One of the most constant characters is said by Dr. Ginther to be

the size and consequently relative numbers of the scales. In our

specimens the horizontal series of these, 120-122, does not exclude

the notion of their being Salmon ; neither does it show if they are, or

are not, specifically separate. The numbers, however, do not tally

with the minimum or maximum of several of the species (vide Table

A), and in this rather agree than otherwise with S. salar.

Of the transverse or, rather, somewhat oblique series of scales

superior to the longitudinal medio-lateral line, and counted in a row

from the dorsal fin to the said lateral line, one specimen (that desig-

nated No. 1, P. Z. S. 1868, p. 251) possesses nineteen, possibly more,

as shall presently be explained; the other specimen (No, 2, J. ¢.)

twenty-two. The latter number is given by Dr. Giinther as the nu-

merical minimum of S. salar; the former falls three short of it.

Hence, as regards this differentiating character, No. 1 apparently

38 DR. J. MURIE ON IRREGULARITY [Jan. 13,

isnot a Salmon. It must be borne in mind, moreover, that in my

previous communication I stated that the number of scales counted in

the specimen was not rigidly accurate, those given as transversely

inclined to the long axis of the body being decidedly under rather

than above the precise amount. I say so advisedly ; for on reexa-

mining specimen No. 1, and taking a linear row of scales slightly in

advance of the point previously chosen, and therefore more in ac-

cordance with Giinther’s plane of obliquity, I find that twenty-one

or twenty-two (?) are definable. But howsoever this may be, the

penultimate column to the right of the table here given (p. 37)

conclusively demonstrates that, even in limited numbers of scales,

the dubious specimens in question agree less with the undernoted

species of Salmo than with S. salar.

Lastly, this remark applies with still greater force to the scales

counted linearly from the lateral line to the ventral fin, with the

proviso that those of the lake fishes of mid-Europe are unrecorded.

II. Uncertainty of the species.—Upon this point it need only be

said that, if not Salmo salar, it is most remarkable, and fatally telling

to the denial of parentage, that the fish correspond to none of the

European types, either in size, markings, or other distinguishing

characteristics. Had therefore a mistake happened as to the recog-

nition of the ova, this would have ultimately rectified itself in the

development of the specific characters applicable to adult piscine

form.

Ill. The question of hybridity—As respects hybridity, which

Dr. Giinther suggests may-be the case with those specimens reared

in the Gardens, it becomes rather an important item of deliberation.

On what grounds can it be assumed we have hybrid fish to deal

with, granting, for the time being, no set line of demarcation proving

their identity with a single specific form can be given?

1. The produce of different species may have been fertilized at the

Rhine fish-hatching establishment.

2. Instances of hybrids among certain of the Salmonidee are stated

to be of no uncommon occurrence.

3. Our specimens possess resemblances to none of the well-esta-

blished forms, but have appearances indicating intermediate origin.

As experiments prove, the fertilization of the ova of one piscine

form with the milt of another distinct species is beyond controversy

exemplified in hybrids between the Salmon and the Trout. It

is needless therefore to shirk the reasonable contingency of inter-

mixture of breed having accidentally or intentionally supervened.

Against such a circumstance it can be advanced that, so far as is

known, the authorities at Huningue did not with intent form a

cross breed and transmit the impregnated ova of such to this

country as pure Salmo salar. Moreover, to the practised eyes of

Buckland and Bartlett, the ova were those of Salmon; and the

period of hatching coincided with that of that fish rather than with

that of the Great-Lake Trout, Charr, Salmon-trout, or Common

Trout, received in the beginning of the same year, 1863. This fact

also tends adversely to the presumption of accidental hybridity.

1870. ] IN THE GROWTH OF SALMON. 39

Dr. Giinther himself professes to have been sceptical concerning

hybrid Salmonoids under natural conditions, until convinced, through

the Rev. Augustus Morgan, of a cross between the Sewin (S. cambri-

cus) and the River-trout (S. fario)*.

It is said “These hybrids are so numerous in the Rhymney and

other rivers of South Wales, and so variable in their characters, that

the passage from one species to the other may be demonstrated in

an almost unbroken series, which might induce some naturalists to

regard both species as identical.” They retain the migratory impulse

seawards, and are sexually developed in the autumn,—when young,

are like Trout—when older, Sewin. On their first ascent from the

sea they are slightly smaller, but closely resemble Sewin. On their

second migratory return they are darker and redder than either

supposed parent. These equivocal hybrids, W. Peel, Esq., of

Taliaris Park, retained for years in a freshwater pond, where they

grew from 15 to 18 inches long, but remained sterile. Males pre-

ponderate.

It is not stated precisely on what evidence these fishes claim hybri-

dity, more than that they bear resemblances to both species. Indeed,

from Dr. Giinther’s own descriptions, the Sewin characters prepon-

derate. If, therefore, Siebold’s observations, checked by Widegren’s

subsequent data (viz. that some individuals of every Salmonoid

species are very late in being sexually developed, or have as it werea

longer temporary immaturity, and during such period differ from

those normally developed), be applied to this instance of hybridism,

it may on such grounds be maintained that the said hybrids are

after all nothing but retarded examples of S. cambricus.

Taken in this light, these so-called hybrids offer coincident ana-

logies to the retarded conditions assumed to occur in S. salar, and

notably in those two specimens which have formed the basis of the-

present paper.

It seems to me also a legitimate inference that the two fishes reared

in our aquarium are Salmon, inasmuch as they differ in a far greater

degree from all other European species than from S.salar. Indeed,

as 1s broadly admitted in the British-Museum Catalogue, p. 3, of the

genus Salmo, “The almost infinite variations of these fishes are

dependent on age, sex and sexual development, food, and the pro-

perties of the water ;” hence this very same reasoning which de-

monstrates peculiarities in the two Salmonoids and brood in question,

logically points to their immaturity, retardation, or masking of the

normal adult characters of the species. If their entire growth has

been prejudicially influenced by continuous retention in fresh water,

so may a defect or abnormal number of scales (two transversely) and

pyloric appendages (three or four) be but the concomitant effect of

unnatural development.

Suppose, again, our oft-quoted Garden specimens were a cross

breed between any two well-known species, freshwater or marine,

there remains still a wide loophole of doubt why they have remained

so very small-sized. No European species whatever, to my know-

* See B. M. Cat. of Fishes, vol. vi: p. 8.

40 DR. J. MURIE ON IRREGULARITY [Jan. 13,

ledge, are so stunted when full-grown. Thus it follows that either

lessened dimension is a result of hybridity, or the two specimens a

distinct species per se.

In a conversation with my colleague Mr. Bartlett concerning this

same question of hybridism and the size of the offspring, I received

such information, based on his long experience among animals, that

I think it worthy of incorporation in the present paper. From

it some hints applicable to fish may be derived, or at least borne in

mind, in discussing piscine forms.

His proposition is, ‘That among all hybrids of vertebrated ani-

mals there is a marked increase of size.’ In no instance coming

under his observation has the offspring been smaller than both its

parents. In other words, it is always larger than the lesser-sized

parent ; that is, supposing inequality of dimensions between the

parents to exist.

Among Mammals the following examples may be cited :—

1, Hybrids between Horse and Ass; 2, the Common Zebra and

Common Ass; 3, Burchell’s Zebra and the Common Ass; 4, the

Wild Ass (Equus onager) and the Zebra; 5, the Bactrian and Com-

mon Camel; 6, the Alpaca and Llama; 7, the Yak and Zebu; 8, the

Barbary and Red Deer; 9, the Rhesus and Bonnet Monkey; 10,

the Black-fronted and Yellow-cheeked Lemurs (L. nigrifrons and

L. xanthomystax) ; 11, Bennett’s and the Rufous Kangaroo (Hal-

maturus bennettit and H. ruficollis).

Among Birds :—

12. Hybrids between the Common Canary and the following, viz.

the Greenfinch, the Goldfinch, the Linnet, and the Siskin.

13. Among the Galinaceous Birds, hybrids between the Com-

mon Pheasant and the Silver Pheasant, the Gold Pheasant and the

Bar-tailed Pheasant; also hybrids between the Common Pheasant

and the Common Fowl, the Guinea-fowl and the Black Grouse.

14. Hybrids between the Black Cock and the Wood-grouse ; in

this case the offspring is termed Tetrao medius because of the con-

stancy of this very peculiarity as regards size.

15. Of Struthious Birds one cross only has come under Mr.

Bartlett’s notice, namely a hybrid between the Great-billed and the

Common Rhea. Curiously enough, this offspring was larger than

either of the parents.

16. Among Waterfowl a very large number might be adduced

as evidence ; but the subjoined may suffice :— Hybrids between the

Common Goose and the Chinese species, the Canada, the White-

fronted, and the Barnacle Goose (indeed cross breeds amongst va-

rious sorts of Domestic and Wild Geese have many times been observed

by him) ; hybrids between the Common Wild Duck, the Wigeon,

the Pintail, the Teal, and the Muscovy Duck. These and other

instances of Waterfowl have frequently come under his notice ; and in

all cases the afore-mentioned law applies.

As respects fishes, authentic observations upon hybrid progeny are

meagre ; but I may quote some experiments made at Stormontfield.

In November and December 1857 provision was made for hatching

1870. ] IN THE GROWTH OF SALMON. 41

in separate compartments the artificially impregnated ova of :—1,

Parr and Salmon ; 2, Grilse and Salmon; 3, Grilse pure; 4, Salmon

pure. It was found, when the young of these different matches came

to be examined early (in April 1859), that the size of each kind

varied alittle, Mr. Buist*, Superintendent of Fisheries, informing us

that :—1st, the produce of Salmon with Salmon are 4 in. in length ;

2nd, Grilse with Salmon 34 in.; 3rd, Grilse with Grilse 33 in.; 4th,

Parr with Grilse 3 in.; 5th, Smolt from large pond 5 in.”

Unfortunately these experiments do not apply to the instance in

point, hybridity ; but they show that intercrossing between the, so

to speak, imperfect form though sexually developed fish and the

mature individual gives rise to diminished offspring ; whereas two

mature specimens produce young which, at least in their earlier

stage, are of larger growth. The result, though seemingly dispara-

ging to what Mr. Bartlett has stated of mammals and birds, is in

reality not against it; for his remarks have reference to the adult

hybrid and not to the juvenile condition.

ADDENDA.

Whilst I have freely used data tendered by friends, it is right for

me frankly to state they do not concur in the sum total of my de-

ductions ; for these therefore I am alone responsible. It gives me

pleasure, though, to make known some of their views, as evincing

both concord and disagreement with those held by myself.

The following is a report of a statement by Mr. Buckland,

which I immediately wrote out and obtained full liberty to publish.

** Salmon-ova are generally deposited from the middle of December

until the middle of January.

** Young fish of the first year may be observed in the spawning-

streams about May. In July and August they are as big as Min-

nows. The mothers risk their own lives for the safety of their

progeny ; they make every effort to get to places where food is abun-

dant for their young. Some of those hatched, say, at Christmas

put on the Smolt coat in the following spring; but the great ma-

jority of these young fish do not go to the sea till the spring of what

may be considered their second year. They have then attained the

dimensions of a Sprat.

“If a shoal of Smolts be examined whilst they are passing down,

some will be seen to be only of the size of Minnows, whereas others

will be quite as large as Sprats ; the little ones are those of the first

year’s brood, the big ones of the second year’s series.

‘Some Smolts remain to the third year; but these differ very much

from their brethren, their residence in the fresh water giving them

quite a Trout-like appearance. These latter are found as long as

5 or 6 inches, and are called ‘Heppers’ in the west of England.

They are beautiful fish, with well-developed Parr-markings, and

much more common in the west of England than in the north of

England. It is possible that these ‘ Heppers’ remain in the upper

* A writer in the ‘Illustrated London News,’ April 19, 1862.

42 DR. J. MURIE ON IRREGULARITY (Jan. 13,

waters because no suitable floods occur for them to come down;

and hence they are obliged to stay an extra year in fresh water.

It may be that these fancy Parr-markings are a provision of nature

for concealment when in the young state.

«There is good evidence of a second migration of Smolts in the

month of September. This is quite a new fact; but Mr. Buckland

is fully inclined to believe it, because he is of opinion that as yet no

universal law can be defined as respects migration of Salmon.

“« Nature seems to anticipate the deaths of a large number during

their migratory ascent and descent, so that a Salmon river, like

Jacob’s ladder, has fish most months of the year, some going up and

others going down. If nature sent all the Smolts of the first year

into the sea in the spring of the second year, some accident might

happen and all be destroyed.

«Tt happens instead that the crop of full-grown Salmon becomes

due about the fifth year from those reared in the first year; thus

a certain number are always coming into condition.

« As respects the return of Grilse, these are equivalent or pro rata

to the descent of the Smolts. It is not at all a likely circumstance,

from what is known of the return numbers, that the large quantities

which as Smolts arrive in the sea in the spring of the second year

will ascend in July and August of the same year. But there can

be no question that they sometimes do so, if Sir William Jardine’s

remarks on Salmonidee be consulted.

“ Furthermore, it is a curious circumstance that in 1867 no Grilse

came back from the sea throughout the entire United Kingdom.

Concerning this fact a consultation was held at Mr. Buckland’s

rooms, and among those present were several experienced Scottish

netters. The opinions expressed were very diverse, and may be

arranged numerically thus :—

«1, Some held that the fish had never been hatched.

«2. Some concluded they never went down.

«3. Others believed the fish were all destroyed in the sea.

«4, Others conceived that the deficiency of return Grilse was

caused by an unusual natural phenomenon unknown to man, yet

wide-spread.

«5, Several parties expressed themselves that the fish would re-

turn early in the summer and autumn of 1869; and, strange to say,

they did come back in enormous numbers at the time specified.

Indeed the Irish fisheries in 1869 have far surpassed most of the

previous seasons, and particularly in the vast preponderance of Grilse

compared with Salmon. Some of the Grilse were large; but the

majority were not much, if any, larger than their ordinary dimen-

sions.

“In estimating the value of a Salmon-fishery, the calculation

ought to be based upon an epoch of five years, or a quinquennial

period. A generation of men is counted by thirty years; so in like

manner a generation of Salmon ought to be estimated at five years.

Some say, however, nine years ; but the law of probability is rather

in favour of five years.

1870.] IN THE GROWTH OF SALMON. 43

“The term arrest of development of the Smolt, Mr. Buckland

thinks, is not a scientific term. Nature has ordained that the fish

should not grow more than a certain size in fresh water; that is to

say, there is a maximum of growth and size in the Smolt. The

transmutation of the Smolt into a Salmon takes place in the sea.

Here, for the first time, we find that wonderful provision (which

Mr. Buckland lays great stress on), the storing of fat on the pyloric

appendages. Smolts have no fat on the pyloric appendages; but

Grilse have. Non-migratory Salmonidee have no pyloric fat; but

Sea-trout possess it.

“The reason why Smolts will never become Salmon in fresh

water has some relation to this development into the superior

from the inferior stage of organization. This stage is not necessary

for life. Salmon will live a long time in fresh water in the inferior

condition, yet never pass over the line of demarcation between the

two stages, unless conditions for the perfection of the secondary form

be present. This is shown in the fact that nature actually orders

a new coat for the creature when it passes from the one condition of

things to the other.

“If the migratory instinct is impeded by human intervention,

the dress assumed at such times disappears, and the fish (by a happy

provision of Providence) continues to wear its Parr-coat, which, as

the fish gets bigger, becomes increased in intensity. The ‘Heppers’

already spoken of exemplify this.

“The arrest of development is a term, therefore, which can

only strictly be applied to Salmon in the sea, inasmuch as the

arrest is simply the first natural stage of the progressive series of

growths. Such stages of Salmon-growth have a parallel in the

changes of insect-form: thus egg =ovum, caterpillar =parr, chry-

salis =Smolt, and the butterfly =Salmon, may be said to be the

analogous stages whereby insect and Salmon pass from the imperfect

to the perfect condition.”

Among what I have classed as addenda comes, as undernoted, a

Table of dimensions (B). In the first notice (P. Z. S. 1868, p. 253)

I was only able to give in detail those of specimen No. 1; but

No. 2 has died since, and thus permitted its linear measurements

to be taken. I have placed alongside these five other specimens,

four of which are nearly similar in length, and the other that of a

full-grown fish. These are specimens described individually by Dr.

Giinther in his Catalogue, and have been chosen by me to illustrate

the proportional sizes and relations of the parts of the body to each

other in an immature Salmon, a Sewin, a quasi-hybrid, a 8. nigri-

pinnis, and a fully developed 8. salar. As the fractions used in

the Catalogue are chiefly given in fourths, eighths, and sixteenths of

an inch, I have converted these into decimals, enabling comparison

between my two specimens and them more readily to be drawn

therefrom.

Columns I. and II. relate to the Society’s specimens, described in

the previous paper.

Column III. relates to a young male Salmon (Parr), from the

44 DR. J. MURIE ON IRREGULARITY [Jan. 13,

Kulder (a rocky mountain-stream joining the river Tyne, in North-

umberland), with the testicles fully developed.

Column IV. to a Sewin, or Bull Trout (S. cambricus) from the

Rhymney. A male in the Smolt state, before going down the

sea.

Column V. gives the admeasurements of one of the so-called

hybrids between the Sewin (8. cambricus) and the River-trout (S.

fario). ‘A young female from the Towey, caught in the month

of August.”

Column VI. gives those of a male specimen of the S. nigripinnis,

with testicles well developed. “From Llyn Gadr, caught in the

month of August.”

Column VII. gives those of a perfect-conditioned male Salmon

from the river Tweed.

TABLE B.

I. Il. Ill. Iv. v. VI. vil.

iS} ) ao | gms ier) acd

B Ole ol EY ee | a | ee ee

@ O19 .o/ Sl agiga| Sa] sa

STAiST A] Se | Qe | ee | Se] SH

se adbeast cht BC BSc

eae a) ga | 28 | "2 | Se | ae

NIN == P= = Wel R= fib pe y=

in. in. in. in. in. in. in.

Motallengeth vec. ccteeseessdeces 65 | 76 | 65 | 687 | 7:50] 8:00 | 46:0

Greatest depth of body ...... ee 1:2 1-43 | 1:37 | 1:50 | 1:62 | 11:50

Length of the head ............ 14 1:2 1:57 | 1:43 | 1:56 |) 1°75 | 10°50

Least depth of tail ............ se 0:6 0:56 | 0°56 | 062 | O75 | 3:33

Distance from end of snout to

BV.Oeb ae tlesyoee.aheee enn 03 | 0-45 | 0:37 | 0°37 | 0°37 | 0:37 | 450

Length of maxillary bone...... 06 | 0°75 | 0-43 | 056 | 062) 0°75 | 3:75

Distance between eye and prx-

opercular angle............... 05 | 037 | 0:50 | 0:50 | 0:62] 3:33

Greatest width of operculum.. 0-4 | 0:37 | 0:37 | 037 | 037 | 2:12

Greatest depth of operculum.. 075 | 0-43 | 0:50 | 050} 056} 30

Distance between occiput and

origin of dorsal fin ......... 1:75 | 1:62] 1:87 | 1°75 | 1:87 | 14:0

Distance between end of dorsal

and root of caudal fin ...... ... | 240} 2:06 | 2:31 | 25 | 2:87 | 15:0

Length, base of dorsal ,.,......} 0-9 0-85 | 0:75 | 0°75 | 0°75 | O87 | 466

Greatest height of dorsal ......!_ 1-2 ee 087 | O81 | 1:00} 1:12] 450

Length of pectoral ............ 1:2 13 | 1:25 | 1:00} 1:25) 1:37) 5:50

Distance between roots of pec-

toral and ventral ............ 16 1:8 1:62 | 1:87 | 2:00 | 2:00 | 12:5

Length of ventral fin ....,.... 09 | 0-87 | 0-75 | 087 | 112) 466

Distance between root of ven-

tral and origin of anal...... 1:2 | 1:15) 10 | 1:00] 137] 1:37 | 105

Length of the anal ............ 08 | O8 | 056} 0-43] 056 | 062] 3:33

Length of longest caudal ray.. isi 1:06 | 0:87 | 1:12 | 1:25 6:00

Length of middle caudal ray.. 0°55 | 0°43 | 0°56 | 056 | 062

Between the Society’s two specimens there is a close agreement,

the head of No. 1, however, being proportionally and absolutely the

longest. The Parr (III.) corresponds to both, the main disagree-

1870.] IN THE GROWTH OF SALMON. 45

ment being in the less depth of the operculum, and smaller size of

the dorsal and anal fins.

The Sewin, excepting in a smaller ventral fin, is almost inter-

mediate between the three foregoing. The hybrid (?) varies in

proportional dimensions little from the preceding; the head may

be considered a trifle longer than in them, as also the distance

betwixt the dorsal and caudal fins, betwixt the pectoral and ventral

fins, and betwixt the ventral and anal. Considering that the speci-

men of S. nigripinnis is a shade larger fish, its admeasurements

wonderfully harmonize with the five already mentioned.

What, therefore, appears to be elicited is that, pari passu, the

fishes No. 1 and No. 2, fully four and five years old respectively,

are almost identical in the relative proportions of their bodies with

what may be assumed much younger Parr, Sewin Smolt, hybrid

Sewin, and the so-called S. nigripinnis.

Taking column VII. into consideration, and contrasting it with

III., the relative growths of the several parts of the Salmon’s body

to each other (from the Parr to the adult condition) are proved to be

unequal in ratio. The total lengthening of the body, in the instances

cited, is =7 times. The depth of the body increases x8. The

head elongates X7°6. The least depth of the tail has an increment

= x59. The distance from the end of the snout to the eye enlarges

x 121 times, or in the male the anterior segment of the face is

proportionally excessively developed, a fact not at variance with the

proportion between adult male and female Salmon. The maxillary

bone grows in length x 8°7._ The distance between the eye and the

opercular angle increases nine times from the Parr to the adult stage

asa Salmon. The operculum widens x 5-7, and its depth becomes

=x/7. Betwixt the occiput and the dorsal fin the intervening

space lengthens by x8*7, and that betwixt the dorsal and caudal

fin 7°2 times. The elongation basally of the dorsal fin is = x 6:2,

and its height = x51. The pectoral fin lengthens x 4-4; but

the increase of distance between the roots of the pectoral and ventral

fins is = X7*7. The elongation of the ventral fin proceeds to x 5°3

times, whereas the distance between the root of the ventral and the

origin of the anal fin becomes = x 10°5. The anal fin grows 5:9

times as long, the longest caudal ray x 5:6.

The above data are of course only approximate, as from the

comparison of only two specimens it would be unfair to draw con-

clusive deductions ; but, taken for what they are worth, computation

gives the following general results :—

1. The average measurements of the development of the body,

head, occiput to dorsal fin, dorsal to caudal, and pectoral to ventral

fins are as 7°44 to 1.

The amount of divergence between the ventral and anal fins,

10-5 to 1, is much greater than the foregoing maximum and mini-

mum, an anomaly possibly dependent on sex.

2. The ratio of increase of the maxillary and the eye to that of the

operculum averages 8°85 to 1.

3. The average elongation of the fins is as 5°26 to 1.

46 DR. J. MURIE ON IRREGULARITY [Jan. 13,

4, The depth of the body and root of tail differ as regards aug-

mentation, the former being as 8 to 1, the latter as 5°9 to 1.

5. Between the width and depth of the operculum, respectively

5:7 and 7 to 1, the horizontal to vertical increase is inversely to

what obtains in the body.

Availing one’s self of these considerations, and comparing speci-

mens I. and II. with III. (Table B), it will be seen, more especially in

the older fish, II., that the maxillary bone and distance from snout

to eye are proportionally larger than in the Parr. The same may

be said as regards growth of the operculum, more particularly its

depth. The distance between the ventral and anal fins is also

sensibly greater. Thus those parts which in the adult, ceteris pari-

bus, show the greatest relative accretion are, curiously enough, in the

Salmonoids reared in fresh water, the parts which have most incre-

ment. From this it follows that whilst a general arrest of develop-

ment, retardation of growth, or whatsoever the term used, has oc-

curred from the altered physical circumstances, still the proportional

magnitude of the parts has kept pace with that of a normally deve-

loped adult Salmon favoured by visits to the sea.

GENERAL CONCLUSIONS.

The main fact at issue—Can Salmo salar live for series of years

in fresh water without access to the sea ?—if not settled beyond cavil,

has, I venture to think, in this and the preceding paper, been tole-

rably well substantiated. At least the evidence of many observers

has been given; so that it remains for those who discountenance

the view to show the fallacy of the data, and prove on evidence as

reliable that the contrary is the true state of the case. This does not

interfere with the necessity of further experiments being tried. For

my own part, I am quite willing to bow acknowledgment to which-

ever side the truth lies on—though, after an impartial consideration,

I cannot escape or reason away the strong presumptive allegations

positively confirming the opinion. To me they are reasonable, be-

cause based on what, in homely parlance, are deemed everyday occur-

rences. The principle in the life-history of the Salmon which seems

at variance with its customary habits is in reality not so; what takes

place as a general rule is here but temporarily departed from. In

the physical constitution of animals, the limits assigned to the well-

being of the individual are not so rigidly exact as a mathematical

problem ; hence, to judge rightly, we must know all, or be prepared

to confute abnormal phases of existence. In the present instance

the choice of credence lies between testimony harmonious with laws

regulating the primary growth of Salmon, and suppositions framed

on circumstances we have but an imperfect knowledge of, unless it

be satisfactorily shown that the statements of such a truthful ob-

server as Yarrell, or the instance recorded by Anderson, are fictitious

or egregiously false.

Those who deny that some Salmon, few or many, can permanently

accommodate themselves to a freshwater residence for a comparatively

1870.] IN THE GROWTH OF SALMON. 47

long period, seem to have lost sight of the value of several important

points and consequent deductions.

1. That, in the natural condition, Salmon-fry do not all attain

vigorous adolescence at the same period ; still more so is their irre-

gularity as regards perfect maturity.

2. That the periodical accession of the migratory impulse does not

affect all alike, either as to time or season.

3. That those which do remain behind in the rivers for two seasons

or more grow, relatively speaking, no larger than their juniors in age.

4. That the very fact of their abnormal retarded growth may

account for several peculiarities as to organization, which divergence

from the type has been put down to specific difference or hybridity.

5. That the admission of the uncertainty of the species (reared

in the Gardens) strengthens the presumption of their being S. salar,

when it has been demonstrated that their characteristic affinities are

closer to that than to any other form.

6. That the belief in the hybridity of Salmonoids under natural

conditions is, as yet, based on data less stable than the assertion

that Salmon can abide long in fresh water: hence such an argument

presents feeble opposition.

7. That not only does an occasional lengthened stay in fresh

water accord with known habits, but, inversely, a more than ordinary

protracted stay in sea-water occurs at times. In the instance men-

tioned (anted, p. 42), the majority of the return Grilse had grown

no larger than those sojourning only a few months in the salt-water.

This circumstance tells weightily in support of a temporary cessation

of growth happening equally when Salmon dwell longer than the

normal period either in the river or the sea.

8. That the fact of Salmon periodically tenanting sea and stream

does not absolutely enforce migration under immediate penalty of

death. The bodily improvement consequent on the change, how-

ever, is tantamount to its being needful to their ample development ;

ergo, causes checking the migratory impulse are coincident with the

abeyance of growth.

9. That marine fish, other than migratory Salmonoids, have sur-

vived freshwater confinement.

10. That numerous instances can be adduced showing that fish of

several sorts remain relatively feeble or thrive vigorously, according

to limited space and nourishing food being withheld or granted to

them. Salmon offer no exception.

1]. That in well-attested cases fish confined to tanks are predis-

posed to variability—this notably in the Cyprinide, which present

no very distant family relationship to the Salmonidee, whence it may

be assumed that such phenomena in the latter would be likely to

supervene.

12. That in animals which exhibit peculiar phases of transforma-

tion or rapid changes at epochs of their life, exemplified in some

Echinodermata and Insecta among invertebrates, and certain Batra-

chia* among vertebrates, physical agents play an important part in

* Vide Higginbottom’s experiments (Phil. Trans. 1850, p. 434, pl. 32).

48 DR. J. MURIE ON IRREGULARITY [Jan. 13,

the retardation or hastening of development. So, therefore, tempo-

rary arrest of growth in Salmonoids is but an expression of the same

law ; and it is worthy of special note that Salmon-ova preserved

in ice are hatched later than when placed in a more suitable tem-

perature.

13. That the proportional growth of head to body &c. of Sal-

monoids confined in fresh waters bears a diminished, though steady,

ratio to that between Parr and adult Salmon. Thus it would seem

that the same disposition as to the growth of parts is manifest, but

antagonized or hampered by the unnatural conditions extant.

14. That solid evidence is published of sexually mature male Sal-

monParr being frequently met with in natural conditions. Experimen-

tally, milt from such has impregnated Grilse-ova, the brood resulting

showing diminution of early growth compared with Salmon-milt

and ova, Grilse with Salmon, and Grilse with Grilse. It may be con-

jectured, therefore, that the produce of the former parents would be

much more likely to evince variation as regards development and

migratory instinct than would fry derived from full-formed fish.

15. That such legitimate though unequal unions should perad-

venture happen, may very plausibly be assumed to be the case,

rather than that hybridism between specifically different forms,

spawning at separate dates, does often ensue.

The above fifteen points, even when sifted and divested of extrane-

ous remarks and unguarded assertions, still form a compendium

which materially urges the following convictions :—(a) That though

as a rule Salmon necessarily spend periods of their life in sea-water,

circumstances may conduce to this being postponed temporarily or

indefinitely. (j3) That a very appreciable arrest of growth is the

consequence where retention to a limited area of water obtains.

I leave it as an open question, whether S. salar may not vigorously

grow aud multiply in extensive lakes and running streams, though,

I may add, the preceding convictions prepare the mind for that

belief.

Respecting the term ‘arrest of development,” which my friend

Mr. Buckland holds can only significantly be applied to a Sea-salmon,

and in itself is not scientifie, I entirely disagree with him. I grant

the phrase is one seldom if ever used by ichthyologists or in practical

natural history ; but in pathological anatomy, and the kindred subject

of malformations or teratology, it isof greatimport. The celebrated

Russian embryologist Wolff suggested the term, and the no less

famous comparative anatomist J. F. Meckel followed, and first used

the expression ( Bildungshemmung) commonly adopted by succeeding

writers on malformations—a sufficient guarantee for its scientific

accuracy.

The dwarf formation, abnormal diminutiveness, or retardation of

growth that affects the Salmon in question is essentially due to

a congenital or acquired arrest in the growth or development of the

organs or system generally. Growth may be checked either in the

embryo condition or subsequently to birth ; and the latter appears to

be the case with the fish under immediate consideration. That is

1870. ] IN THE GROWTH OF SALMON. 49

to say, after the fry have reached a certain grade of maturity and

bulk, causes (nature of food and retention in a limited volume of

fresh water) induce malnutrition or derangement of nutrition, hin-

dering normal growth. Had the Salmonoids gone to the sea and re-

turned stunted, the term “arrest”’ would still be partially applicable,

inasmuch as normal evolution from the embryonic to the full-formed

animal would have been interfered with, or remained stationary short

of completion. The phrase would be equally a happy one, viewing

the development of Salmon as a series of stages of progressive growth,

as Mr. Buckland puts it; for as some physiologists limit “‘ growth”

solely to increase of size, and ‘‘ development”? to structural change*,

the idea of progressive advance in the Salmon would sanction the

‘arrest of development”’ as a most suitable term.

Should future researches support the facts and views it has herein

been endeavoured to establish, obviously many species at present

adopted in the nomenclature of the genus Salmo may require ma-

terial modification. For doubtless it would follow that the same

fish, under different grades and shades of development, has been

distinctly and separately named, as, indeed, H. Widegrent has already

attempted to show, and has partly been supported and opposed by

Malmgrent and Giinther. The geographical distribution of the

group as now understood might need revision. It would likewise

strike at the root of living transitionary species, and be the clue

whereby a path through the labyrinthine variations of the Salmonidze

would lead to a better knowledge and study of the group. Assumed

hybridity of Salmonoids must necessarily require a much broader

body of evidence, and more vigorous scrutiny of data, than has hitherto

been accorded it. Although it may be said that fish-spawn presents

far greater accessibility to the fecundating influence of the milt of a

different species than does the union of the germinal products of

higher Vertebrata, still the line of demarcation must rest sharply

somewhere; otherwise no such thing as specific identity would be

recognizable in the produce; instead of hybrids being rare, or in

the minority, as now obtains, they would soon be in overwhelming

majority, and reduce the present faint distinctions of the Salmonidz

to a chaos.

On the other hand, can it be that in this variability from a com-

mon stock we have tracings of the elimination of natural species ?

Has the inherent organization, permitting some individuals to survive

changed conditions, alone the utility of preserving the race, or does

it carry with it the elements of structural variety, whereby ultimate

scission from the primary type is effected ?

There are not wanting able defenders of views of an entirely oppo-

site character; but in whatever direction the opinion leads, the force

* See some pertinent remarks thereon in Darwin’s ‘Animals and Plants under

Domestication,’ vol. ii. p. 389.

+ Gfvers. Vetensk. Akad. Forhandl. 1863.

{ Kritisk Gifversigt af Finlands Fisk-Fauna: Helsingsfors, 1863. Translated,

Wiegm. Archiv, 1864, and reviewed, Record of Zool. Lit. 1864, p. 178, by

Giinther.

Proc. Zooxt Soc.—1870, No. IV.

50 ON IRREGULARITY IN THE GROWTH OF SALMON. [Jan. 13,

of Professor Agassiz’s * expressions (himself adverse to the transmuta-

tion theory) cannot be denied. In treating of the relations between

animals and plants and the surrounding world, he says, ‘ And yet,

without a thorough knowledge of the habits of animals, it will never

be possible to ascertain with any degree of precision the true limits

of all those species which descriptive zoologists have of late admitted

with so much confidence into their works. And, after all, what does

it matter to science that thousands of species, more or less, should

be described and entered into our systems if we know nothing about

them!” . . .‘*Then we may learn with more precision how far the

species described from isolated specimens are founded in nature, or

how far they are only a particular stage of growth of other species ;

then we shall know, what is yet too little noticed, how extensive the

range of variation is among animals observed in their wild state,

or rather, how much individuality there is in each and all living

beings.”

No decided answer can be given to the questions at issue while so

much of the commoner facts in the life-history of the Salmonidee

are conjectural. Every scrap of information based on accurate ob-

servations is needed to unravel the phenomena, whether dependent

on reasons physiological or physical, teleological or pangenetical.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE II.

Ntustrations of the variable growth of Salmonoids in tanks of fresh water.

Fig. 1. Young of the Great-Lake Trout (Salmo lacustris?), being one among

others reared from a batch of ova from Huningue, near Basle, and

presented to the Society by Mr. Frank Buckland, 9th or 10th March,

1869. The specimen was nine months old, haying been hatched about

the middle of March; and the drawing was taken immediately after

death, on the 15th December, 1869, natural size, 7. e. 3°3 inches long.

A few of the same brood were somewhat larger, others smaller.

Fig. 2. A young Salmon (?) from Rhine ova, received as above. Length 1-95 inch ;

natural dimensions: sketched 14th December, 1869.

Fig. 3. Another specimen of the same batch of Salmon (?), and corresponding

to fig, 2 in age, viz. about 9 months. Natural size, =2°7 inches, and,

as in fig. 1, figured immediately after death.

The brackets, respectively lettered a, 6, between the preceding figures,

indicate the length (3:1 inches) of one of nine good-sized specimens of

the same brood of Salmon (?), which died on the 6th October, or some-

where betwixt 6 and 7 months old. Had they lived until the middle

of December, doubtless they would have grown as large as the Great-

Lake Trout here represented.

Fig. 4. Salmon (?) from Rhine ova, fully 2 years old, which, like the above, was

reared and retained in the Society’s freshwater aquarium at the Re-

gent’s Park. Hatched February 1866, died 14th April, 1868.

The figure, natural size and colour, taken immediately after death,

shows the assumption of the silvery Smolt-coat, indicative of the mi-

gratory impulse.

* An Essay on Classification (London, 1859), pp. 85, 86.

1870.] MR. SCLATER ON TAPIRUS ROULINI. 51

January 27, 1870.

Professor Newton, V.P., in the Chair.

Mr. Sclater read extracts from several letters addressed to him by

Mr. Robert B. White, C.M.Z.S., concerning the Hairy Tapir (Zapi-

rus roulini*), specimens of which Mr. White was endeavouring to

procure for the Society’s Menagerie. In a letter dated Popayan,

8th June, 1869, Mr. White wrote as follows :—

“During the past two months I have been several times on the

central Cordillera, to the Volcano of Puracé and elsewhere, and have

thought that it would be highly interesting to the Society to get

specimens of the Tapir which is found there. Boussingault speaks

of it, 1 think; but owing to the stupidity of the natives, the tales

told about the animal are so absurd as to throw discredit on its ex-

istence. They are very shy, and I have not been able to get near

them, but have seen them at a distance of half a mile, with a tele-

scope, bathing themselves in a small lake. I have also seen the foot-

prints, the excrement, and the skins occasionally brought in by the

Indians. From this I can say that this Tapir is about the size of

the ordinary one, greyish black, with very powerful snout and hoofs.

It is never found at a lower elevation than 3500 metres above the

sea-level, where the temperature is 6° to 10° Cent., and it exists up

to 4200 metres. It would therefore be easy to acclimatize it in Eng-

land ; for it constantly freezes in the Cordillera at 4000 metres. These

animals are rarely killed, because the skin only sells for about 3s. ;

but last week I bought a Bear’s skin from an Indian, who some-

times kills Tapirs.”

Mr. Sclater remarked that this Tapir was a very rare animal, and

that he believed that there was no complete specimen of it in any

European collectiont. It appeared to have been first discovered,

about 1828, by Dr. Roulin, during his residence at Bogota{, on the

Paramos of Quindiu and Suma Paz. A second French naturalist,

M. Justin Goudot, who was in New Granada about 1842, had given

us some particulars concerning the life and habits of this Tapir in a

memoir published in the ‘Comptes Rendus’ of the Academy of

Sciences of Paris (vol. xvi. p. 331, 1843). M. Goudot met with the

animal at an elevation of from 1400 metres to 4400 metres (being

nearly up to the snow-level) on the Peak of Tolima.

The only other original authority that mentioned this animal was

* The first Latin specific name applied to this Tapir appears to be roulini of

Fischer (Syn. Mamm. Add. p. 406), 1829. Wagler’s term v2/losus (Syst. d. Amph.

p- 17) is one year later; and the earlier French writers merely call the animal

Tapir pinchaque.

+ [In reply to inquiries, M. Alphonse Milne-Edwards kindly informs me that

the collection of the Jardin des Plantes includes only two crania of this Tapir—

one obtained by M. Roulin in 1828, and the other by M. Goudot in 1843.—

Ly Lise

{ See Cuyier’s report on M. Roulin’s memoir (Ann. Sci. Nat. xvii. p. 107),

and M. Roulin’s memoir itself (Ann. Sci. Nat. xviii. p. 26).

52 PROF. NEWTON ON ZONOTRICHIA ALBICOLLIS. {[Jan. 27,

Tschudi, who, however, gave its occurrence in Peru (Faun. Peruan.

Mamm. p. 213) from hearsay, not having himself observed it.

According to the native reports, it was found in Peru, on the eastern

slope of the minor Cordilleras, at an elevation of from 7000 to

8000 feet above the sea-level.

Mr. Sclater remarked that the acquisition of a living specimen of

this animal would be of great interest to science, and announced

that the Council had already placed a sum of money at the disposal

of Mr. White for the purpose of making preliminary investigations.

In laying before the Meeting a skin of the North-American Zono-

trichia albicollis, which had been shot near Aberdeen on the 17th

of August 1867*, and sent for exhibition by Mr. W. C. Angus of

that town, Professor Newton called attention to the practice of many,

or most, ornithologists in this country, who are prone to give the

name of ‘ British birds’ to all such species as occur from time to

time in the United Kingdom. This practice he deemed to be very

injudicious, as it tended to confound every correct notion as to the

geographical distribution of species—one of the most important

subjects with which naturalists had to deal. Without venturing at

present to draw a positive line of demarcation, he thought that at

any rate those species of birds which confessedly do not breed within

the limits of the zoogeographical region in which the British islands

lie should on no account be termed “ British,” and that it should be

a matter for future deliberation how far the same title might pro-

perly be given even to species which certainly do breed within the

same limits. Speaking accurately, the term ‘ British’? should be

restricted to those species of birds which for a longer or shorter

period of the year actually ixhadit the British islands. But Prof.

Newton was inclined to think that this rule might be relaxed in the

ease of certain European or even North-Asiatic species which,

though apparently only chance stragglers, might reasonably be re-

garded, in the absence of more complete observations, as occurring

much oftener without attracting attention; and added that it was

quite possible that some of these, which had been noticed the most

frequently, were in fact regular annual visitors to this country.

Dr. Cobbold, F.R.S., exhibited specimens of, and made remarks

upon, the new Entozoon from the Aard-wolf, described at the last

Meeting of the Society, and proposed to be called Acanthocheilonema

dracunculoides (vide antea, p. 9).

Mr. G. Dawson Rowley, F.Z.S., exhibited, and made the follow-

ing remarks upon, a specimen of the Siberian Lark (Alauda sibirica,

Gmelin) and other rare British birds :—

‘«T have the pleasure to exhibit to the Society a specimen of the

* Vide Proceedings of the Natural-History Society of Glasgow, vol. i. part 1,

p. 209, plate.

1870.] PROF. OWEN ON THE EXTINCTION OF DINORNIS. 53

Siberian Lark (Alauda sibirica, Gmelin; the Alauda leucoptera ot

Pallas). It was caught near Brighton, November 22, 1869, out of

a flock of about two dozen of Hmberiza nivalis, and is a female.

This is, as far as I know, the first of this species ever captured in

Great Britain.

“I also place before the Meeting a Wild Canary (I’ringilla cana-

viensis), taken in a clap-net November 20, 1869. How such a bird

arrived in this country I cannot say.

‘“‘ The third bird which I have to show is a Lapland Bunting (Zm-

beriza calearata).

“These three birds are recorded in the January number of the

‘Zoologist’ this year as Fringilla nivalis, Emberiza rustica, and

Fringilla citrinella. With the aid of Professor Newton, when we

saw the Lark on the Ist of January, I assigned to it its true desig-

nation. Various Northern species have lately occurred at Brighton,

in addition to Alauda sibirica, such as Emberiza pusilla, Emberiza

rustica, Turdus atrigularis, and Pyrrhula erythrina, all of them of

considerable interest.”

The following papers were read :—

1. Letter on the Discovery of Cooking-pits and Kitchen-

middens in Canterbury Settlement, Middle Island, New

Zealand. By Dr. Jutrus Haast, F.R.S. Communicated,

with Remarks, by Prof. Own, F.R.S., F.Z.S., &e.

As most of the information on record respecting Dinornis is to be

found in the publications of the Zoological Society of London, I use

the liberty given me by my esteemed correspondent Dr. Haast,

F.R.S., to submit to the same Society the accompanying letter of

October 20th, 1869, received January 8th, 1870 :—

“ Canterbury Museum,

Christchurch, N. Z.,

October 26, 1869.

“* My pear Proressor Owen,—I have to thank you very much

for your kindness in sending me Parts XI. and XII. of your Memoirs

on Dinornis, which I received by last mail, and which I have read

with great interest. Concerning the age of remains of the Dinornis

robustus, described in the first, I have not visited the locality where

they were found, but am certain that they must have been buried in

very dry sand, because I have no doubt that the species of Dinornis

have been extinct many hundreds of years—an opinion which I

formed some years ago from the manner of their occurrence, as well

as from the fact that the Maories, the present inhabitants of New

Zealand, have no traditions about them. Some time ago I sent a

paper on some prehistoric remains of New Zealand to Sir Charles

Lyell, in which I have treated of the subject. Since then I have

been so fortunate as to find a large Moa-hunters’ encampment, with

54 PROF. OWEN ON THE EXTINCTION OF DINORNIS. (Jan. 27,

their cooking-places and kitchen-middens, covering more than forty

acres, near the mouth of the River Kakaia, where I have made ex-

tensive excavations. The results, which I shall publish as soon as

some other work which I have in hand will allow me, will be consi-

dered not uninteresting, as they give us not only an insight into the

habits of a primitive people who hunted (and, I may say, extermi-

nated) the Dinornis, but have also brought to light their rough

stone implements. These are either pieces of hard sandstone broken

off from large boulders in a peculiar manner, or made of flint or,

rather, hard siliceous rocks, chipped very roughly, and generally the

exact counterpart of those found at Amiens. Some of them are,

however, chipped only on one side, the other side being perfectly

flat. I have drawings made for publication of some of the most

characteristic ones. The cooking-places or ovens are built like those

of the Maories, and are now covered by from 6 to 8 inches of silt

and vegetable soil.

«But what is still more striking is the state in which the Moa

bones are found. JI collected from some of the kitchen-middens all

the bones, and brought them to Christchurch to sort them; and

the result was a very interesting one; in every respect it coincided

with that obtained by the excavations at Glenmark. If you will

look at the list in the ‘Transactions of the New-Zealand Institute’

(vol.i. p. 89), you will observe that by far the greater number of bones

belonged to D. caswarinus (45), the next to D. didiformis (37), and

then to D. ecrassus (14). The same proportional occurrence is

also found in the case of the kitchen-middens—D. casuarinus pre-

dominating, and D. didiformis and D. crassus following in numbers.

There are also some bones of D. elephantopus (13) and of a small

Palapteryx ingens (belonging to several specimens), but none of D.

giganteus and D. robustus.

«‘ The leg-bones are all broken, the tibize on both sides near the

end, so as to get out the marrow or the contents of the hollow of the

bone. At the same time both ends are generally scooped out, so as

to suggest at once that the Moa-hunters used a flint flake as a spoon

to get the animal eatable matter out of those parts of the bone which

were more difficult to break. The middle portion of the tibize is

nearly always broken into small fragments; and I found near the

kitchen-middens several large flat stones and also others of an oblong

form, which had doubtless been used for the purpose of smashing

them. Femora and metatarsi of specimens belonging to D. casua-

rinus and D. didiformis are partly broken in the centre, partly on

both sides; but those of D. crassus and D. elephantopus, owing to

their pachydermal form and the narrow hollow inside, are generally

only broken in the centre, and in many cases are still intact, as not

offering sufficient inducement for taking the trouble. The skulls are

invariably scooped out from below to get at- the brain. The pelvic

and sternal bones are always in fragmeuts.

“‘There were also bones of the native Dog, of Seals, Sea-gulls,

and the tympanic bones of several species of Whales amongst them,

1870.] PROF. OWEN ON THE EXTINCTION OF DINORNIS. 55

but no human bones; so that it seems certain that the inhabitants

of these islands who hunted the Moa were not cannibals. There

were, with the exception of sharp flakes of flint and obsidian, no

stone implements which could have been used as weapons for warfare

or chase; and I suppose, therefore, that these people manufactured

wooden ones for such purposes, and that they caught the birds in

pits or snares. I found also some pieces of translucent quartz, rock-

crystal, chalcedony, agate, and cornelians, but not the least sign of

greenstone or nephrite. It is therefore evident, although the Moa-

hunter obtained flint from different and distant parts of this island,

and obsidian from the northern island, that the use of the nephrite

was not known, and that they had never visited the west coast.

«Another proof of the primitive character of this people may be

adduced from the total absence of ornaments of any kind made of a

substance of permanent character. ‘There were, however, two ulnz

of the Albatros, broken in the centre, which had both been neatly

bored near the proximal end, and consequently might have been

used as amulets or for ornament ; but I hope that further researches

will give us a still greater insight into the life of this remarkable

prehistoric people. I shall not fail to send more specimens from

these kitchen-middens to England, so that you may be able to exa-

mine them; and I trust that this preliminary communication will

not be without interest to you. Should you consider these notes of

sufficient importance to lay before the Geological or any other

Society, I shall be very glad if you would do so.

«I am expecting very anxiously the result of your examination

of the bones sent to Mr. Flower, of which doubtless the British

Museum has kept those which were wanted for the completion of

the collection.

“Your twelfth Memoir, containing the description of bones of D.

maximus, was particularly useful to me, because I observed that my

No. 18 is not only your D. maximus, but that the three leg-bones of

Major Michael belong to the identical specimen of which we have

the pelvis, right femur, tibia and fibula, and the two first dorsal

vertebree in our Museum. It is thus evident why we could not

succeed in finding the other bones, since they had been taken out of

the drain, as I expected all along. I should like very much to

obtain a cast of the tibia and metatarsus of your D. maximus to com-

plete our leg; and if you like, I will send you a cast of the fibula.

The fragment of metatarsus found in the drain belonged, as I sus-

pected, to the same specimen. I thought and hoped that the bones

you had described as of D. maximus belonged to a specimen of which

we possess some phalanges and a few vertebre, and of which the

leg-bones disappeared mysteriously from Glenmark. The men in

excavating the drain got three leg-bones out, which they considered

to have been 7 feet to 7 feet 6 inches together in length. Mr.

Moore inspected them, and confirmed this statement. The men

placed the bones carefully in the grass ; but when they returned after

dinner to work, the bones were gone. I hope they will turn up some

time. Should you like a drawing, with dimensions, of the pelvis,

56 PROF. OWEN ON THE EXTINCTION OF DINORNIS. [Jan. 27,

which is in perfect condition, please to tell me, and I shall have it

prepared as soon as possible.

‘* Believe me, my dear Professor Owen,

* Your’s most faithfully,

“Prof. R. Owen, F.R.S., « Jutrus Haast.”

British Museum, London.”

In perusing with much interest the foregoing letter, I jotted down

a few notes that occurred to me, and send the following as an

Appendix to Dr. Haast’s remarks :—

In the traditions of the Maories, handed down by tales and chaunts

from father to son, collected and translated by Governor Sir George

Grey, K.C,B., are some relating obviously to the Moa*. Through

how many generations such traditions had travelled there is no evi-

dence. Neither does Dr. Haast communicate in the foregoing inter-

esting letter the other alleged facts on which conviction could rest

as to the indubitableness of the extinction of the species of Dinornis

“many hundred years ago,” If the “‘ manner of their occurrence”

relates to the depth “6 or 8 inches of vegetable soil” covering the

‘‘ cooking-places or ovens,” that evidence is insufficient as to their

date.

The native oven and contiguous heap of bones discovered by Mr.

Cormack in the North Island of New Zealand, in the bay Opito, on

the east coast, were covered by a “stratum of sand” of 3 feet depth.

The “kitchen-midden” there was chiefly of remains of Dinornis,

with bones of smaller birds and of fishes; and, with reference to the

former, it is significant of a knowledge of the ‘‘ traditions,” that Mr.

Cormack’s ‘native attendant remarked that they were the remains

of the food cooked here at a former period and eaten by the then

native inhabitants” {.

The geological judgment, to which Mr. Cormack defers, as to the

{ime required for the accumulation of 3 feet of drift-sand over a

cooking-oven on a sand-cliff by the sea-shore would not be favour-

able to assigning to it a date of “several hundred years.” Mr,

Cormack does not notice any human remains or works in his

“‘ kitchen-midden ;’’ nor were any of the former in the collection of

bones transmitted to me. Dr. Haast’s negative evidence is the more

valuable, since remains of the human skeleton were evidently sought

for, and would have been recognized by so accomplished a naturalist

and anatomist. I conclude, therefore, whatever may be the date of

these Moa feasts, that the moderate or middle-sized species of these

large birds were then in numbers sufficient to stave off that fell famine

which at or near the epoch of their extinction drove the Maories to

cannibalism. But upon this point, and in the absence of the more

gigantic species of Dinornis from the “ovens” and “ middens”’ dis-

covered by Dr. Haast, I may refer to the concluding paragraph of

my first memoir “on Dinornis” (Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. iii. p. 270).

* See Sir George Grey’s remarks, below, p. 116.—Ep.

+ “On Dinornis,” Part VI. (Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. iv. p. 146).

+ Ib. p. 146.

M & N lianhart imp

} Smit ith

1870.] MR. P.L. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM THE PARANA, 57

I will only add that the cranium of the Dinornis, tom. cit. pl. 38.

fig. 41, that figured in vol. iv. pl. 24. fig. 4, and a few other muti-

lated crania not figured show the basal aperture which Dr. Haast

rightly, I believe, conjectures to have been made for the purpose of

extracting the brain.

2. On some new or little-known Birds from the Rio Parana.

By P. L. Sctarer, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to

the Society.

(Plate III.)

The authorities of the Smithsonian Institution have kindly sub-

mitted to my examination a small collection of bird-skins from various

parts of South America, belonging principally to the difficult groups

of Tyrannide, Dendrocolaptide, and others, which it is almost im-

possible to determine without the assistance of a large series of

named specimens. Amongst these are several skins obtained during

the second American expedition to the Rio Parana, under the com-

mand of Capt, T. J. Page, U.S.N., in 1859-60. Some of these be-

long to very interesting species, such as Casiornis rubra (Vieill.),

Hapalocercus pectoralis (Vieill.)*, Stigmatura budytoides (Latr. et

d’Orb.)t, Euscarthmus margaritaceiventris (Lafr. et d’Orb.), and

Empidagra suiriri (Vieill.). Two others, which have particularly

attracted my attention, are a specimen of the scarce Synallaxine form

Coryphistera alaudina of Burmeister and a rather obscure Tyrant-

bird, which I propose to describe as new.

The single skin of Coryphistera alaudina (Plate III.) is the only

example that I have ever seen of this bird besides the original spe-

cimens of Burmeister, which were obtained in the neighbourhood of

the city of Parana. It is marked “ Vermejo, Feb. 1860,” by which,

I suppose, is intended the Rio Vermejo—a confluent of the Paraguay

above its junction with the Parand. It agrees generally with Bur-

meister’s description (La Plata-Reise, ii. p. 470), and belongs, with-

out doubt, to a well-marked and rather isolated form, to be located,

as Burmeister has arranged it, near to Synallazis and Anumbius, but

presenting some points of analogical resemblance to the Crested Larks.

Burmeister does not notice the white lores and eye-ring and the

chestnut ear-coverts, which form a conspicuous feature in this bird ;

but his description is otherwise generally accurate.

Of the Tyrant-bird above alluded to, there is likewise only a single

skin, labelled ‘male: Corumba, Brazil, July 1859”. Its colour

* Cf. Pelzeln, Orn. Bras. p. 103.

+ Cf. Sclat. et Salv. P. Z. S. 1866, p. 188.

{ Corumba is a Brazilian settlement on the Upper Paraguay in the province of

Matto-Grosso, about 120 miles above Coimbra. See Page’s ‘ La Plata, the Argen-

tine Confederation, and Paraguay’ (New York, 1859), p. 187.

58 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM THE PARANA. [Jan. 27,

somewhat reminds one of Sayornis; but it appears to belong struc-

turally to Cnipolegus, and I propose to call it

CNIPOLEGUS CINEREUS, Sp. nov.

Obscure cineraceus fere unicolor, tectricum alarum et secundario-

rum marginibus angustis paulo dilutioribus ; fronte, oculorum

ambitu, et cauda tota nigricantibus ; remigum externorum api-

cibus angustatis, acutis, eorum omnium pogoniis internis in parte

basali et maculis quibusdam hypochondriorum absconditis albis:

vostro nitenti-corneo, pedibus obscure carneis: long. tota 5-3

poll. Angl., ale 2°3, caude 2°5, tarsi 0°75.

Hab. Corumba, in ripis fl. Paraguay superioris.

Mus. Smithsoniano, no. 16,355.

Cnipolegus cinereus.

This bird agrees in every essential part of its structure with the

smaller species of Cnipolegus forming the section Sericoptila, but

may be distinguished at once by its nearly uniform dark cinereous

colouring, with paler brownish edgings to the wing-coverts and

secondaries. ‘he bill is like that of Cnipolegus unicolor, differing

only in being slightly narrower. As in the last-named species,

also, the outermost primaries are very narrow throughout their

length and pointed at their extremities. The fourth primary is

longest, slightly exceeding the fifth, the outer three being gra-

duated.

The tail is nearly square, the outer rectrices being but little shorter

than the median. ‘The feet are those of the other Cnipolegi, but

perhaps rather more slender.

1870. | DR. W. BAIRD ON PROTOMA KNOCKERI. 59

3. Description of a new Genus and Species of Shells from

Whydah, on the West Coast of Africa, with some Re-

marks on the Genus Proto of Defrance. By W. Bairp,

M.D., F.R.S., &c.

The British Museum has just received, through the kindness of

Mrs. Knocker, of Exmouth, a series of shells collected by her late

husband, Captain H. H. Knocker, R.N., C.M.Z.S., at Whydah and

the Bight of Benin on the west coast of Africa. Amongst these is

a species belonging to the family Turritellidze, which I at first con-

sidered might be referred to the genus Proto of Defrance. Upon

more mature examination, however, of that genus as established by

the French author mentioned above, I now believe this mollusk to be

distinct and fairly entitled to be described as a new genus. I have

therefore named it Protema, from its resemblance to one of the spe-

cies referred to that genus and from the slit in the under lip*. It

may be thus defined :—

PROTOMA, nov. gen.

Testa turrita, Apertura ovalis, labro inferiore acute inciso.

Operculum circulare, corneum, multispirale.

Pio.

Fig. 2 Protoma knockeri, Baird.

, dorsal aspect.

3 Operculum.

* Proto and Topi, a slit.

60 DR. W. BAIRD ON PROTOMA KNOCKERI. [Jan. 27,

As yet, we have only one species; and I propose naming it after

its discoverer. It may be thus defined :—

PROTOMA KNOCKERI.

Testa elongato-subulata, transversim dense sulcata, sulcis minutis;

anfractibus sedecem, planulatis, suturis distinctis; apertura

ovalis, labro infra aperturam acute inciso; operculum circu-

lare, parvum, multispirale, corneum.

Long. 23 poll.

Hab. Whydah, west coast of Africa (Capt. H. H. Knocker, R.N.).

This species resembles in some respects, generically, the Proto

cathedralis of Defrance. It is much smaller than that shell, how-

ever; the sulci or ridges are much finer and more numerous; and

there are no large circular ribs or sulci at the base of the last whorl.

Instead of merely an emargination on the under lip, this part of the

shell is more sharply cut or incised, and the slit is more profound.

The operculum, which fortunately exists in one specimen, is small,

circular, and resembles that of Mesalia or Turritella. It is difficult

to say what the colour is, as in the largest specimen we possess the

shell is brown, while in all the others it is quite white or colourless.

Remarks on the Genus Proto of Defrance.

Taking the Turritella cathedralis of Brongniart to be the type,

as Deshayes (in the last edition of Lamarck’s ‘ An. sans Verteb.’)

asserts it to be, of the genus Proto of Defrance, I was at first induced

to consider the shell just described a species of that genus. A

further examination, however, has decided me to alter my opinion, as

the following observations will show.

In 1815, in the eleventh volume of the ‘ Linnean Transactions,’

Leach established the genus Proto for a particular species of amphi-

podous Crustacea. This name has since then been adopted by

Desmarest (in 1825), Johnston, A. White (in his ‘ Catalogue of the

Crustacea in the British Museum’), and by Spence Bate (in his

‘ Catalogue of the Amphipoda in the British Museum’).

In the same year (1815) the name of Proto was given by Oken,

in his ‘ Lehrbuch,’ to a genus of Annelidan worms belonging to the

Naiadina. This ‘genus was subsequently adopted by CErsted in

Kroyer’s ‘ Tidsskrift’ in 1843, and by Johnston in his ‘ Catalogue of

the Non-parasitical Worms in the British Museum.’ Grube, however,

considers the genus Proto to be synonymous with another genus esta-

blished by Oken in the same work, and called by him Dero. If this

synonymy be correct and the genus Dero be adopted, we shall then

have no difficulty in giving precedence to the genus formed by Leach.

To render the word Proto, however, still more perplexing, Defrance

gave the same name to a genus of shells. Inthe ‘ Dict. des Sc. Nat.

vol. xliii. (published in 1825), this author defined his genus; and

about the same time it made its appearance in De Blainville’s ‘ Ma-

nuel de Malacologie.’ As the species upon which Defrance founded

his genus was figured by him (and reproduced by Blainville in the

1870.] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE GENUS PELARGOPSIS. 61

work mentioned above), under the name of Proto maraschinii, we find

it represented as having the mouth perfectly round, and no appear-

ance is shown of the slit or incision in the lower lip; neither is there

any mention made of this character in his description. The genus

Proto is defined by him as a shell having “a round mouth formed

by the reunion of the left lip, which, passing circularly to that of the

right side, terminates higher up towards the middle of the last whorl.”

It is also described as having the lower part of each whorl with a

raised band round it, as in many of the species of the genus Terebra.

The Proto maraschinii is said by him to be recent. The other spe-

cies which have been referred to this genus are apparently quite

different, both in the mouth and the body of the shell, and must be

separated from it. They may possibly enter as species into the

genus which I have now formed; and it is somewhat remarkable, if

so, that no recent species have hitherto been found. However this

may be, the name Proto having been previously used by Leach for a

crustacean, and since then adopted by several carcinologists, must

stand ; and it has the precedence of Defrance’s name by ten years.

In the same collection of shells made by Captain Knocker two or

three specimens of a turritelliform shell occur, which agree in shape

and size (about 9 lines long) with the Proto maraschinii as figured

by Defrance. They are, however, so worn and rubbed, that it is

impossible to ascertain exactly their identity.

I may also remark that a species of shell, Cardita ajar, occurring

in the same collection (from the Bight of Benin) is likewise found

fossil in the Miocene formation in Europe.

4, On the Genus Pelargopsis, Gloger.

By R. B. Suarpe.

In pursuance of the plan I before proposed to myself, of laying

before the Society short synopses of the various genera of Kingfishers

which are more or less obscure, I have now the pleasure of submit-

ting a review of the genus Pelargopsis, or Stork-billed Kingfishers.

By most authors these Kingfishers have been included in the genus

Halcyon ; but in my opinion they are more closely allied to Ceryle,

to the larger members of which latter genus they bear unmistakable

affinity. There is probably no group in the whole family of the

** Alcedinidz ” which is involved in greater confusion than the pre-

sent genus, consequent, apparently, on the close affinity of one spe-

cies to another, and on the refusal of ornithologists to grant specific

rank to the various well-characterized races of the brown-capped

section of the genus, and likewise from the wrong identifications of

the species of the older authors. I have endeavoured in the present

paper to dispel the existing confusion ; and by treating the various

so-called “‘races” as good species, which, in my humble opinion,

they decidedly constitute, a much clearer idea of the genus Pelar-

gopsis may be arrived at. *

62 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE GENUS PELARGOPSIS. ([Jan. 27,

I therefore propose to divide and classify the different species as

follows. All the birds enumerated in the “ clavis” present some

distinguishing characteristic, while there are others which will not

admit of a separate diagnosis ; and these are therefore considered in

the light of races or subspecies.

Ge, RROSULO DICTO) Waasadeccnuseedosenedsacccsacomnscsscesanedscncdegenrny oes 1. melanoryncha.

b. Rostro rubro.

a’. Scapularibus bDrunneis ......eeecseseceeeeceeecneeececeeees 2. amauroptera.

4'. Scapularibus cyaneis aut viridi-cyaneis.

a’. Capite haud pileato, collo postico concolori.

a’. Major: supra viridi-cyanea ............ 3. gouldi.

6’. Minor: supra letissime cyanea......... 4. leucocephala.

4". Capite indistincte pileato, ochrascenti-cinereo 5. fraseri.

ce’. Capite distincte pileato.

a'’, Pileo haud cyaneo lavato.

a''"'. Pileo saturate brunneo ......... 6. gurial.

6", Pileo albescenti-cinereo......... 7. burmanica.

5". Pileo pallide brunneo, viridi-cyaneo di-

Stincteavato ieiisiee. . I. Moa 8. floresiana.

I may state that the idea of separating these Kingfishers into dif-

ferent species has not been hastily conceived by me; on the con-

trary, the conclusions obtained in the present paper are the result of

several months’ patient study with a very large series of specimens

at my command from all localities. It has, indeed, before been

mooted whether these birds ought not to be separated as species ;

and Lord Walden has expressed his opinion (P. Z. 8S. 1866, p. 553)

that the variations in plumage were also coincident with changes of

locality.

1, PELARGOPSIS MELANORYNCHA (Temm.).

Alcedo melanoryncha, Temm. Pl. Col. 391 (1826); Schl. Mus.

Pays-Bas, Alced. p. 15 (1863); id. Vog. Ned. Ind. dAlced. pp. 10,

47, pl. 2 (1864).

Halcyon melanoryncha, Gray, Gen. of Birds, i. p. 79 (1846); Bonap.

Consp. Gen. Av. i. p. 155 (1850); Cass. Cat. Hale. Phil. Mus. p. 10

(1852); Wall. Ibis, 1860, p. 142, et P. Z. S. 1862, pp. 335, 338.

Hylcaon melanoryncha, Reich. Handb. diced. p. 18, t. ccexcix.

f. 3074 (1851).

Ramphalcyon melanoryncha, Bonap. Consp. Vol. Anis. p. 10

(1854).

Entire body cream-colour, a little deeper on the throat, and ap-

proaching to pale orange on the abdomen and under tail-coverts;

forehead dusky grey, the base of a few feathers on the crown also

slightly showing this colour ; cheeks and ear-coverts more decided

dusky grey, the feathers narrowly edged or washed with cream-

colour; middle of the back, scapularies, and wing-coverts brownish,

washed with dull green, the latter narrowly edged with cream-colour

at the tip; quills dark brown, the inner web white at the base, the

basal half of the outer web of the primaries and the whole of the

outer web of the secondaries dusky green ; tail dusky green above,

dark brown beneath; bill black ; feet dusky; eyes dark brown.

1870.] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE GENUS PELARGOPSIS. 63

Total length 14 inches, of bill from front 3-3, from gape 3°5, wing

5:9, tail 3°7, tarsus 0°45, middle toe 1°1, hind toe 0°5.

Hab. Celebes and Sula Islands ( Wallace).

This is the most distinct species of the genus, easily recognizable

by its jet-black bill. It appears to be by no means rare in the island

of Celebes, several beautiful specimens having been forwarded to me

from thence by my friend Mr. W. T. Fraser, from one of which the

above description has been taken.

2. PELARGOPSIS AMAUROPTERA (Pears.).

Halcyon amauroptera, Pears. Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1841, p. 635;

Blyth, Ann. Nat. Hist. xii. p. 94 (1843); Gray, Gen. of Birds, i.

p- 79 (1846); Blyth, Cat. Birds Mus. As. Soc. Beng. p. 313 (1849);

Bonap. Consp. Gen. Av. i. p. 155 (1850); Cass. Cat. Hale. Phil.

Mus. p. 10 (1852); Horsf. and Moore, Cat. Birds Mus. E. I. Co.

i. p. 124 (1854); Jerdon, Birds of India, i. p. 224 (1862); Blyth,

Ibis, 1866, p. 347.

Ramphalcyon amauroptera, Reich. Handb. Aleced.p.17, t. cecclxxxi.

f. 3407 (1851); Bonap. Consp. Vol. Anis. p. 10 (1854).

Pelargopsis amauroptera, Cab. & Heine, Mus. Hein. Th. ii. p. 157

(1860).

Entire head, neck, and under surface of the body yellowish cinna-

mon; upper part of the back, scapularies, and wing-coverts choco-

late-brown ; entire back and rump silvery cobalt ; quills chocolate-

brown, the inner web light cinnamon at the base; tail-coverts and

tail chocolate-brown, darker underneath ; bill and feet sealing-wax

red. Total length 13 inches, of bill from front 3, from gape 3-5,

wing 5°8, tail 4, tarsus 0°5, middle toe 1, hind toe 0°5.

Hab. Bengal (Sundurbuns especially); Arakan ; Tenasserim pro-

vinces ; very abundant along the eastern coast of the Bay of Bengal,

not yet observed on the western. Not rare in the vicinity of Cal-

cutta (Blyth), Assam (Mus. H. B. Tristram).

I cannot understand how this very distinct and clearly characterized

species could ever have been united under any circumstances to the

more common P, gurial. The whole distribution of the colouring and

the brown scapularies at once distinguish it. My description is from

an Assamese specimen, kindly lent me by the Rev. H. B. Tristram.

3. PELARGOPSIS GOULDI, sp. n.

Whole head and neck and the whole of the under surface of the

body rich ochre ; upper part of the back, scapularies, wing-coverts,

upper tail-coverts, and upper surface of the tail green, slightly in-

clining to blue on the latter ; whole of the back and rump silvery

cobalt ; quills blackish, the inner web pale orange at the base, the

exterior web of the primaries and nearly the whole of both webs of

the secondaries bright cobalt ; bill rich vermilion; feet dark red.

Total length 13 inches, of bill from front 3°2, from gape 3°6,

wing 6, tail 3°5, tarsus 0°5, middle toe 1, hind toe 0°5.

Hab. Philippines, Island of Luzon (Cuming; mus. J. Gould).

64 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE GENUS PELARGOPSIS. [Jan. 27,

This new species forms the second of the uncapped section of the

genus Pelargopsis, the other being the P. leucocephala (Gm.) from

Borneo. From this latter species it is distinguished by its much

larger size, and by the green colour of the upper surface of the body,

this being in P. leucocephala of a rich ultramarine.

Mr. Blyth has referred to this bird as being the only species to

which the much-disputed name of Jeucocephala is really referable.

The specimen on which Mr. Blyth made this remark is a Manilla

specimen collected by the late Mr. Cuming, and now in the Derby

Museum at Liverpool. Mr. T. J. Moore, the well-known curator

of the above-named museum, very kindly sent me the bird to exa-

mine. I found it apparently quite identical with a specimen in

Mr. Gould’s collection from Manilla; but, from long exposure to

light, the Liverpool specimen has become so bleached that all the

rich ochre colour has completely vanished from the head, leaving

that portion white, whence Mr. Blyth’s remarks.

I consider this species to be very distinct from the Javan species

and from the Bornean, and propose to call it after Mr. Gould, who

has always most kindly assisted me in my study of Kingfishers.

4, PELARGOPSIS LEUCOCEPHALA.

Martin-pécheur de Java, Buff. Pl. Enl. 757.

Alcedo javana, Bodd. Tabl. Pl. Enl. 757 (1783, ex Buff.).

White-headed Kingfisher, Lath. Syn. i. pt. ii. p. 678 (1782).

Alcedo leucocephala, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 456 (1788, ex Lath.) ;

Lath. Ind. Orn. i. p. 248 (1790); Bonn, etVieill. Enc. Méth. i. p. 288

(1823); Shaw & Nodd. Nat. Mise. pl. 793 (1807).

Halcyon leucocephala, Steph. Gen. Zool. viii. p. 100 (1826) ;

Bonap. Consp. Gen. Av. i. p. 154 (1850); Sclater, P. Z. S. 1863,

. 213.

R Alcedo javanica, Shaw, Gen. Zool. viii. p. 67 (1811).

Halcyon javana, Gray, Gen. of B.i. p. 79 (1846).

Halcyon javana (part.), Pelz. Reise d. Nov. Vog. p. 49 (1865).

Bakaka and Rajah udong of the natives of Banjermassing

(Motley).

Head and back of the neck pale ochre; back of the neck richer

ochre ; upper part of the back and scapularies ultramarine, with a

faint greenish lustre ; lower part of the back extremely rich cobalt ;

wing-coverts rich ultramarine; quills dark blackish brown, the

inner web pale ochre at the base, the basal half of the outer web of

the primaries and the whole of the outer web of the secondaries very

rich ultramarine ; tail rich ultramarine above, black beneath ; throat

and cheeks pale ochre; rest of the under surface of the body rich

ochre, a few of the flanks washed with ultramarine; bill dark-seal-

ing-wax red ; feet dark red. Total length 13 inches, of bill from

front 3, from gape 3°3, wing 5°8, tail 3°3, tarsus 0°45, middle tue

0-1, hind toe 0°45.

Hab. Borneo, Sarawak (Wallace); Banjermassing (Motley) ;

Labuan ( Moéley).

As Lord Walden has suggested (P. Z. S. 1866, p. 553), the bird

1870.] | MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE GENUS PELARGOPSIS. 65

figured by Buffon (7. c.) as the Martin-pécheur de Java agrees very

well with the Bornean Pelargopsis ; and as the description also ac-

cords with the same bird, I see no reason to refuse the conclusion

forced upon us in this manner. On this plate is founded the Alcedo

javana of Boddaert ; but this name must be dropped as inapplicable,

and the term Jeucocephala, the next in order of priority, be sub-

stituted.

5. PELARGOPSIS FRASER], Sp. 0.

Ispida capitis bone spei, Briss. Orn. iv. p. 488.

Alcedo capensis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 180 (1766, ex Briss.) ;

Bon. et Vieill. Ene. Méth. i. p. 285 (1823).

Haleyon capensis, Bonap. Consp. Gen. Av. i. p. 154 (1850) ;

Eyton, P. Z. S. 1839, p. 101.

Ramphaleyon javana, Reich. Handb. Alced. p. 7, t. eecxcviii. b. fig.

3406 (1851, nec Bodd.).

Halcyon javana, Cab. & Heine, Mus. Hein. Th. ii. p. 156 (1860,

nec Bodd.).

Halcyon javanica, Cass. Cat. Hale. Phil. Mus. p. 11 (1852, nec

Shaw).

Halcyon javana (part.), Pelz. Reise d. Nov. Vég. p. 49 (1865).

Alcedo leucocephala, Horsf. Trans. Linn. Soc. xii. p. 174 (1822,

nec Gm.).

Halcyon leucocephalus, Blyth, Cat. Birds Mus. As. Soc. Beng.

p- 46 (1849) ; Bonap. Consp. Gen. Av.i. p. 154 (1850); Horsf. &

Moore, Cat. Birds Mus. E.-I. Co. i. p. 123 (1854, pt.); Moore,

P.Z.S. 1854, p. 268.

Burong-Kaha of the natives of the Malay peninsula (Zyton).

Tengke-Buto of the Javans (Horsfield).

Head indistinctly capped, ashy brown, strongly washed with pale

ochre ; space between the bill and the eye, cheeks, and ear-coverts

more decidedly ashy grey; sides and back of the neck ochre; upper

part of the back and scapularies indigo-blue, with more or less of a

greenish tinge ; whole of the back rich cobalt ; wing-coverts blue,

with a slight greenish lustre ; quills pale brown, the inner web light

ochre at the base, the outer web, especially of the secondaries, in-

digo; tail indigo above, black beneath ; under surface of the body

ochre, tinged with whitish on the throat; bill dark sealing-wax red ;

feet dark red. Total length 14 inches, of bill from front 3°3, from

gape 3°7, wing 6:2, tail 3°8, tarsus 0°45, middle toe 1, hind

toe 0°45.

Hab. Java (Horsfield, Wallace); Malacca (mus. &. B. S.); Penang

(Cantor; mus. R. B. 8.).

a. Sumatran race.

Alcedo leucocephala, Raffi. Trans. Linn. Soc. xiii. p. 293 (1822).

Baug Kaha of the natives of Sumatra (Raffles).

Hab. Sumatra (Raffles, Wallace).

The Sumatran race of P. fraseri is much smaller, the blues slightly

more intense, but the bird appears to be not specifically separable.

Proc. Zooxu. Soc.—1870, No. V.

66 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE GENUS PELARGOPSIS. [Jan. 27,

After carefully comparing a skin of the adult Javan bird with

Brisson’s elaborate description, I believe that his “Ispida capitis

bone spei” was really taken from a Javan specimen. Consequently

the species stands primarily as Alcedo capensis, Linn. But in the

face of the manifest incongruity of such an appellation, I believe

myself justified in proposing a new name for the bird, and I therefore

take the opportunity of connecting with it the name of my friend

Mr. W. T. Fraser, of Soerabaya, Java, to whom I am indebted for

many kind remittances of Javan Kingfishers.

It is very seldom that we meet with a specimen of P. fraseri with

any thing like a distinct cap. Mr. Wallace’s collection, however,

contains a specimen obtained by himself in Eastern Java which has

the cap very distinct, like the bird figured by Professor Reichenbach

(1. c.). The species, however, differs from P. burmanica by always

having an admixture of ochre, sometimes very distinct, in the feathers

of the head.

6. PELARGOPSIS GURIAL.

Halcyon gurial, Pears. Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1841, p. 633 (deser.

orig.); Blyth, Cat. Birds Mus. As. Soc. Beng. p. 47 (1849); Bonap.

Consp. Gen. Av. i. p. 155 (1850); Irby, Ibis, 1861, p. 228 ; Blyth,

Ibis, 1865, p. 30.

Ramphaleyon gurial, Reich. Handb. Alced. p. 16, t. eccexxvi.

(1851).

Pelargopsis gurial, Cab. & Heine, Mus. Hein. Th. ii. p. 156

(1860).

Halcyon capensis, Jerd. Madr. Journ. 1840, p. 231; Blyth, Ann.

Nat. Hist. xii. p. 94 (1843).

Halcyon brunniceps, Jerd. Madr. Journ. 1844, p. 143.

Halcyon leucocephalus (part.), Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Birds Mus.

E.-I. Co. p. 123 (1854).

Halcyon leucocephalus, Jerdon, Birds of India, i. p. 222 (1862);

Day, Land of Perm. p. 460 (1863) ; Beav. Ibis, 1865, p. 407; Blyth,

Ibis, 1866, p. 347.

Gurial of the Bengalese (Pearson).

Mala-poyma of the natives of Malabar (Jerdon).

Head dark chocolate-brown; sides of the neck and a collar en-

circling the same pale ochre; upper portion of the back and sca-

pularies dull green; rest of the back rich greenish cobalt; wing-

coverts dull green with a faint blue lustre; quills black, the inner

web yellowish white at the base, the outer edge of the whole of the

feathers greenish blue; tail greenish blue above, black beneath ;

under surface of the body ochre, palest on the throat ; bill very dark

sealing-wax red; feet dull red. Total length 14 inches, of bill

from front 3°1, from gape 3°7, wing 6°4, tail 3°6, tarsus 0°5, middle

toe 1°], hind toe 0°5.

Hab, All India, from the extreme south to Bengal and Ceylon;

common in Malabar; rarely seen in the Carnatic and upon the table-

land ; occasionally found in Central India and the Northern Circars ;

1870.) MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE GENUS PELARGOPSIS. 67

most abundant in Bengal, but apparently not found, or rare, in the

north-west (Jerdon).

a. Assamese and Nepaulese race, with the head a little lighter

brown.

Haleyon leucocephalus, Horsf. P. Z. S. 1839, p. 156; Gray, Cat.

Fiss. Brit. Mus. p. 55 (1848, pt.); Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Birds Mus.

E.-I. Co. p. 123 (1854).

Haleyon capensis, J. E. & G. R. Gray, Cat. Birds and Mamm. of

Nep. p. 56 (1846).

Haleyon gurial, J. KE. & G. R. Gray, Cat. Birds and Mamm. of

Nep. p. 24 (1863).

6. Malacca race. Much smaller. Head much darker and gene-

rally glossed, sometimes also a slight blue lustre being apparent.

This race must ultimately be separated specifically, and I name it

provisionally Pelargopsis malaccensis. Its nearest ally is P. gurial ;

but it is altogether smaller, the blues are always much brighter, and

it must be remembered that true P. gurial never really approaches

the range of this Malacca bird. Between the ranges of the two spe-

cies intervene P. burmanica and P. amauroptera.

Professor Schlegel states, in his ‘‘ Catalogue,” that a Nepaulese

specimen in the Leyden Museum is “ absolument semblable aux indi-

vidus de Java.’ This statement, which seems to have taken Mr.

Blyth by surprise (vide ‘Ibis,’ 1866, p. 347), certainly astonished

me considerably. I think, however, that there must be a mistake

in the labels of the specimens examined by the learned Professor ;

for I have in my collection a Stork-billed Kingfisher from Assam,

which agrees in every respect with specimens in the British Mu-

seum from Nepaul, presented by Mr. Hodgson, from whom also

Professor Schlegel obtained his specimen. These birds differ a little

in the colour of the cap, which is a shade lighter brown than in true

P. gurial from India, but I have never seen an adulé Javan speci-

men with such a clearly defined cap.

Reichenbach, in the letterpress of his work, refers to “ t. ecexcix.

fig. 3075” as being the figure of Ramphalcyon gurial. This is a

mistake, as this figure is a copy of Buffon’s plate 757 (P. leucoce-

phalus of this paper), and the reference given in the list of plates to

Reichenbach’s work, viz. “t. ececxxvi. fig. 3158” is really the re-

presentation of R. gurial.

7. PELARGOPSIS BURMANICA, Sp. n.

Halcyon leucocephalus, Gould, P. Z. S. 1859, pp. 151, 152;

Schomb. Ibis, 1864, p. 247; Beav. Ibis, 1866, p. 221; Walden,

P. Z.S. 1866, p. 553; Beav. Ibis, 1867, p. 318.

Halcyon leucocephalus (part.), Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Birds Mus.

E.-I. Co. i. p. 123 (1854).

? Ramphaleyon capensis, Reich. Handb. Alced. p. 16, t. ceexcix.

f. 3072, 3073 (1851).

Head, which is distinctly capped, clear albescent grey ; sides of the

neck and a collar encircling the same very deep ochre; upper part of

68 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE GENUS PELARGOPSIS. [Jan. 27,

the back and scapularies dull green, with a faint blue lustre here

and there ; whole of the back very rich cobalt ; wing-coverts green-

ish, more distinctly washed with blue; quills brown, the inner web

pale ochre at the base, the exterior web, especially of the secon-

daries, externally edged with bright blue; tail bright blue above, dark

brown beneath; entire under surface very deep ochre; bill dark

vermilion; feet dark red. Total length 14 inches, of bill from

front 3:4, from gape 3°7, wing 6, tail 3-8, tarsus 0°5, middle toe

1, hind toe 0°5.

Hab. Tavoy, Tenasserim Provinces (Briggs); Burmah (Blyth ;

mus. Lord Walden); Siam (Schomburgk ; Mouhot;mus. J. Gould) ;

Andaman Islands (Tyétler, Beavan).

This species may be distinguished at a glance by the colouring of

the cap, which is always of a light grey, very different from the dark

brown cap of P. gurial. Its principal habitat seems to be Burmah,

whence it ranges into Siam to the eastward, and perhaps into the

Malayan peninsula to the southward.

The plates of Reichenbach’s work are so inaccurate that it is only

doubtfully that I refer the figures given in his ‘ Tabule’ to the

present species. Its range is stated by him to be the Cape of Good

Hope, South and South-eastern Africa generally (Dresden Mu-

seum), which statement naturally does not aid one in a correct de-

termination of the locality of the specimens figurede

8. PELARGOPSIS FLORESIANA, sp. nov. Flores Kingfisher.

Martin-pécheur du Cap de Bonne Espérance, Buff. Pl. Enl. 590.

Halcyon leucocephalus, Wald. P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 484 (nee Gm.).

Halcyon capensis, Swains. Classif. of B. ii. p. 335 (1837, nec

Linn.).

Head (distinctly capped) pale brown, with a bluish-green lustre ;

cheeks, sides of the neck, and a collar encircling the back of the

neck pale ochre; upper part of the back and scapularies ultramarine

with a tinge of green; back rich cobalt, deepening into ultrama-

rine on the rump and upper tail-coverts; quills brownish black,

the inner web pale ochre at the base, the outer web, especially of the

secondaries, washed with blue; tail rich blue above, black beneath ;

under surface of the body deep ochre, much paler on the throat ;

bill dark sealing-wax red, black at the tip; feet dark red. Total

length 13:5 inches, of bill from front 3:2, from gape 3°7, wing 5:7,

tail 3:6, tarsus 0°45, middle toe 1, hind toe 0°45.

Hab. Flores (Wallace).

In all specimens of the Stork-billed Kingfisher that I have examined

from the island of Flores, there has always been a very distinct

greenish lustre on the head; and as the colour of the cap is always

a pale brown, and these characters appear to be constant, I do not

hesitate to separate it specifically,

Buffon’s plate represents the bird with a green head ; I have care-

fully compared an adult Flores specimen with the description given

by him, and it agrees very well indeed ; so that I think it extremely

probable that the present species formed the subject of his plate. I

P29. 16/2 Ie

M & N Hantart inip

JSmithth

CAM PEP H B GA AN DE, R S S O N [

1870.] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON CAMPEPHAGA ANDERSSONI, 69

do not consider Buffon’s Martin-pécheur du Cap de Bonne Espé-

rance to be the same bird as Brisson’s ‘“‘Ispida capitis bone sper”

(= A. capensis, Linn.); and I think it probable that Buffon hastily

referred his bird to Brisson’s species, the exact localities of both

being unknown.

Table of the Geographical Distribution of the Genus Pelargopsis.

Indian Region. —

egion.

Indian Chinese Indo-Malay ||Cele-| Timor

Asia. Asia. Islands. bes. | group.

Peep aa |

= A.

= g =z. a s

A/a o a} =

ols Sitti | Bla S| Sli | hE lho] Shes

| Sl e/ 8) 5/2/8) 21 8l8 Sls| (Sl SlSi4i8iais

= |S 3 | Fle | S/S wle|s/Sla lola 2\S

S/S 2(S\2 (5s |8(s S1EE |S alas |sisiz

Sldlazla|4|< iain laalalS lala loja|alele

1. P. melanoryncha ...... eae foee| ten BB al PTS BR ae Sears ie el es aa

Pobe bap eOULG a ven necacs se eer Sectece|nes BEANS Riera orale [ese senosebeeetaes oes | ¥ lia

4. P. leucocephala......... pee ic pe Bal bea| a bad eae Nas acne ac oi

Wag AMPASELE Beet ack teenee ee Eel Se: Messteee |e: pele ee | scloetae. LRKE Bea] endl

6. P. gurial ........-....0- *|%

a. Assamese race ...|...|...| * | * | || |

b. Malacean race y |

(P. malaccensis) | Ee H | |

7. P. burmanica...........- Py ae Pe yd Oe 2 ba fe | |

8. P. floresiana ...........5 sesfeesfecelecs|eeserefecs|sesleceloeeeer|ea: seeleee ene|/ene praise

5. On Campephaga anderssoni, an apparently undescribed

Species of this Genus from South-western Africa. By

R. B. SHARPE.

(Plate IV.)

In the last collection made by the late Mr. C. J. Andersson from

Damara Land and the adjacent district of Ovampo, I found the bird

which forms the subject of the present paper. So far as I can make

out, it is not included by Dr. Hartlaub in his elaborate paper on the

Campephagine (‘“ Monographische Studien iiber die Gruppe der

Campephaginen, von Dr. G. Hartlaub,” Journ. f. Orn. 1865, p. 153).

According to the descriptions given in the learned doctor’s mono-

graph, the Damara bird would appear to be closely allied to Campe-

phaga frenata (Heugl. Journ. f. Orn. 1864, p. 255) from the Bogos

country ; but it differs conspicuously in the colour of the throat. I

therefore propose to call it after Mr. Andersson, whose untimely

70 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE GENUS ORCA. (Jan. 27,

death will not fail to be regarded by every one as a most serious loss

to the cause of African ornithology.

CAMPEPHAGA ANDERSSON], sp. n. (Plate IV.)

C. supra pulchre cinerea, uropygio paullo pallidiore ; remigibus

cinerascentibus, secundariis externe cinereo lavatis et gracillime

albo marginatis ; rectricibus mediis cinereis, reliquis nigris albo

terminatis, duobus extimis albo marginatis : fronte basali et re-

gione oculari albis, loris nigricantibus: subtus purissime alba,

gutture circumscripte pallide cinereo.

Long. tot. 9 poll. Angl., al. 5:4.

Hab. in terra Damarensi.

Above delicate grey, a little lighter on the rump; wing-coverts

uniform with the back ; quills ashy brown, exteriorly margined with

white; the outer web of the inner secondaries light grey, the innermost

secondaries being entirely of this colour; tail black, narrowly tipped

with white, the two middle feathers ashy grey, with obscure cross

markings in some lights, the outer rectrix having the outer web

white ; the base of the forehead and the feathers in front of and

round the eye white; the space between the base of the bill and the

eye black ; the entire under surface of the body pure white, the throat

with a crescent-like band of clear grey, cutting off the chin from the

breast, both of these being pure white; bill and feet black. Total

length 9 inches, of bill from front 9°7, wing 5°4, tail 4°*7, tarsus 0°85.

Hab, Ovaquenyama, Damara Land, June 25th, 1867 (C. J. An-

dersson ; spec. in mus. R. B. S.).

Besides an apparent difference in the extent of white on the ex-

terior tail-feathers, this new species seems at once to be distinguished

from Campephaga frenata by the colour of the throat, which in

this latter species, according to Dr. Hartlaub’s description (/. ¢.), is

entirely obscure greyish ashy.

6. Notes on the Skulls of the Genus Orca in the British

Museum, and notice of a Specimen of the Genus from

the Seychelles. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S.

Mr. Swinburne Ward_has kindly sent a very beautiful skull of a

* Killer”’ taken in the sea near the Seychelles Islands.

To determine this skull:I have been induced to compare the

skulls of the genus in the British Museum, which it is very necessary

to do from time to time, as specimens gradually accumulate, and

often arrive when I am occupied on other subjects, and consequently

are put aside for future examination.

In this examination I have observed that in the ‘ Catalogue of Seals

and Whales’ I have confounded the skull described under the name

of Orca capensis with one from the North Pacific, the former being

the true Orca capensis, and the skull now received from the Sey-

chelles Islands being of the same species.

1870.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE GENUS ORCA. Fis

The skull figured in the ‘ Zoology of the Erebus and Terror’ under

the name of O. capensis is from a specimen received from the Zoolo-

gical Society, to which it was presented by Capt. Delville, who said

he obtained it in the North Pacific(?). It is quite a different species,

for which I propose the name of Orca pacifica. I doubt its being

from the North Pacific, as I believe there is a skull of the same

species in the Paris Museum, collected by M. Eydoux, and said to

come from Chili.

This reexamination has convinced me, and also, I believe, Mr.

Flower, that the skull described under the name of Orca intermedia

belongs to a very small species, and is not “the skull of a very

young individual, probably of one of the large species,” as Mr. Flower

supposed, apparently from the examination of the figure (see Flower,

P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 425). Indeed, when the animal is known, I should

not be at all astonished if it should prove to be a large species of

Electra rather than of Orea, or perhaps a new genus.

The examination of the four skulls of Orea found on the English

coast show they belong to two very distinct species, one with a much

more attenuated beak than the other. °

The Orca brevirostris, Owen, is only known from the skull of a

very young animal. I have formed for it the genus Orcaella, and

consider that it belongs to the tribe Delphinina, and not Orcadina

(see Gray, ‘ Synopsis of Whales and Dolphins,’ p. 7).

I. The beak from the notch before the orbit the same length as from

the notch to the condyles ; the width at the notch three-fifths of

the length of the beak. The occipital end of the skull slightly

concave ; condyles of moderate size; lower jaw broad on the

sides, very thick and solid in front. Orca.

A. The beak of the skull tapering and narrow in front, end

narrow. GLADIATOR.

1. Orca STENORHYNCHA. (Fig. |, p. 72, and fig. 3, p. 74.)

Orca gladiator, Gray, Cat. Seals and Whales, p. 279.

North Sea. Skeleton from Weymouth, and a skull from the

English coast. B.M.

Intermaxillaries narrow in the middle and rather dilated in front,

but the extent of dilatation varies in the two specimens.

B. Beak of the skull spatulate ; sides of the hinder half nearly

parallel, of the front half arched and converging ; end rounded,

middle rather wider than at the notch. Orca.

2. Orca CAPENSIS, Gray, Cat. Seals and Whales, p. 283. (Fig. 2,

p- 73, and fig. 4, p. 75.)

Delphinus orca, Owen.

Grampus gladiator, Smith, South-African Zool. p. 126.

Hab. Cape of Good Hope (Viney, B.M.; Villette, Mus. Coll. Surg.

no. 1139); Seychelles Islands (Swinburne Ward).

In the Cape specimen the intermaxillaries are nearly of the same

DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE GENUS ORCA.

Fies 1.

Orca stenorhyncha,

{Jan. 27,

1870. | DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE GENUS ORCA.

Orca capensis.

4 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE GENUS ORCA. [ Jan. 27,

Fig. 3.

Orea stenorhyncha.

DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE GENUS ORCA.

wi)

‘Bg

Orca capensis.

“NI

76 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE GENUS ORCA. [Jan. 27,

width in the whole of their length ; in the Seychelles skull they are

contracted in the greater part of their length, and rather dilated in

front.

3. ORCA LATIROSTRIS.

Delphinus orca, Cuv. Oss. Foss. v. tab. 22. fig. 4 (skull).

The skull very similar to that of the Gane. species, but much

smaller; but the beak is rather narrower, the intermaxillaries mo-

derately broad, slightly dilated in front.

Hab. North Sea.

An adult skull from the coast of Essex (361 a), and another with-

out the lower jaw, are in the British Museum.

These skulls of the smaller British or, rather, European Orca are

distinguishable from those of O. gladiator by the smaller size and

the broader, rounder nose—and from the skulls of the Cape-of-Good-

Hope species by being of a much smaller size, and having a depressed

crown of the head.

I believe the skull figured under the name of Delphinus orca by

Cuvier, Oss. Foss. vol. v. tab. 22. figs. 3, 4, represents this species,

from the form of the beak and the narrowness of the occiput: this

figure has been copied by various British and other authors.

” Gervais, i in the ‘ Zoology and Paleontology of France,’ figures the

skull of a young De/phinus orca, taken on the coast of Cette, which

is now in the Museum of Paris. It appears to belong to this spe-

cies, or it may be that the Orca of the Mediterranean does not grow

to the usual size; or, again, it may be of a different species, for the

skull is only fifty-eight centimetres long and thirty broad.

4. ORCA MAGELLANICA.

Orca magellanica, Burmeister, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3.

vol. xviii. p. 101; An, Mus. Publ. de Buenos Ayres, vol. i. p. 373,

tab. 22.

Hab. Patagonia (Mus. Buenos Ayres).

This species, according to the figure, is very like Orca latirostris.

Il. The beak from the notch before the orbit the same length as from

the notch to the condyle ; width at the notch two-thirds the en-

tire length of the beak. Intermawillaries very narrow, slightly

dilated in front ; brain-cavity broad ; occiput deeply concave.

Lower jaw very broad on the sides, very thick and solid in front.

Opuysta, Gray, Synopsis of Whales and Dolphins, p. 8.

5. ORCA PACIFICA.

Delphinus globiceps, Grant, P. Z.S. 1833, p. 65.

Delphinus orca, Kydoux, Mus. Paris.

Orca capensis, Gray, Zool. Erebus and Terror, p. 34, tab. 9, not

Cat. Seals and Whales, p. 283.

Orca (Ophysia) capensis, Gray, Synopsis of Whales and Dolphins,

p. 8, tab. 9 (skull).

Hab. North Pacific (Capt. Delville, R.N.).

Skull, from the Zoological Society’s collection.

1870.| DR. MURIE ON AN GSTRUS FROM THE HIPPOPOTAMUS. 77

III. The beak of the skull from the notch rather shorter than from

the notch to the condyle, depressed, flat above, gradually

tapering in front; the width at the notch two-thirds of the

entire length of the beak. Lower jaw slender, narrow and

thin in front. FERESA.

§. Orca INTERMEDIA.

Orca intermedia, Gray, Cat. Seals and Whales, p. 283; Zool.

Erebus and Terror, p. 34, tab. 8 (skull).

Hab. ?

This is the skull of a very small species of the genus. It is

evidently one of a full-grown animal, and yet it is not so large as the

skull of a newly born specimen of the other species. Mr. Flower,

judging from the figure, believed it to be the skull of a very young

animal; but on examining the skull along with me he became satis-

fied, from the solidity and definite form of the bones, that it is the

skull of a full-grown though not aged specimen.

This skull has many resemblances to the skull of some of the

species of Electra; the teeth are much smaller than those of Orca.

The following are the measurements of the different skulls of the

genus in the collection of the British Museum; they are carefully

taken with calipers by Mr. Edward Gerrard.

O. stenorhyncha. hips saa O. pacifica. packed

3616. | d6le. |1065d,¢.| 361 a. 1065 a. 362 a.

7 Ee site i in. lin.) in. lin.} in. lin.}in. lin.| in. lin. | in, lin.

en rom end of nasa or & : “

Eatin of occipital condyle iSO OBA s0H83 VO) B65 By deed

Length of nose ............ 17 6/18 6/22 6117 0} 18 0 | 7 O

of tooth-line ........ 13 6/14 0/16 0/138 O} 14 6 | 4 9

of lower jaw ........ 27 6)30 0/31 0/26 O| 29 6 }1l 38

Breadth at the notch ....... 10 6/11 O}12 0/10 O; 12 6} 4 9

at the orbit ........ 18 0;19 6/20 0/18 O}; 21 0] 8 6

—at temple above ..../18 0/19 6/20 0/18 0} 20 0] 9 O

—at middle of beak....| 9 0);10 O}11 0} 9 6) 10 0] 3 6

—-—— at intermaxillaries ..| 3 3] 3 3/ 4 6} 3 3] 3 6] 0 9

——_—s—

7. On a Larval Gstrus found in the Hippopotamus. By

James Muriz, M.D., F.L.S., F.G.S., &c., Prosector to

the Society.

Neither in the comprehensive ‘ Monographie der Mstriden’ of

Frederich Brauer (Vienna, 1863), nor in the writings of others who

have treated of species of the Gstrid family of Diptera, in the larval

or imago state, do I find any mention that the Hippopotamus occa-

sionally serves as a nidus for the immature insect. For this reason

I place the following observation of such a case on record.

A number of the orders of Mammalia are subjects whereon or

78 DR. MURIE ON AN G&STRUS FROM THE HIPPOPOTAMUS. [Jan. 27,

within the bodies of which the ova of CEstridz are reared, and none

more frequently so than the Artiodactyla. It is not, therefore, to be

wondered at that the Hippopotamus, belonging to this group, should

be so troubled.

During two years’ sojourn in the countries bordering the Upper

White Nile, our party met with and shot at innumerable Hippopo-

tami; but only in two instances were the animals with certainty

killed and the bodies secured. As may easily be understood, when-

ever Hippopotami are seen in the river within range, they are fired

at by the voyagers; consequently the animals are shy. Most often

under cover of night do they freely snort, and approach close to the

vessels. When shot at or hit they quickly disappear ; so it is diffi-

cult to tell whether they have received a mortal wound or not.

I may further incidentally mention that I have partaken of the flesh,

which is beef-like in fibre, but sweeter to the taste. It is peculiar

in containing a vast amount of watery or sanguineo-serous element.

Thus on being cooked it shrinks very much, and when dried in the

sun in strips diminishes in volume in a most extraordinary manner.

The adult Hippopotamus from which the grub in question was

extracted was killed in the river Ayi, near Wayo, in Moro, lat.

4° 46'N. and long. 30° 26’ 20” E., on the 30th January, 1863. It

was the day following ere the body was recovered, it having floated

some little distance down stream from where it was shot. The cra-

nium in a rough condition alone was brought to camp, the entrails

and flesh of the body having been cut up piecemeal and carried off

by the Negroes. Whilst ridding the skull of parts liable to decom-

pose I dissected out both eyes, and among the fatty and fibrous

tissues of the left orbit was surprised to find a large maggot. For

the moment I was inclined to regard it as the produce of a Blowfly,

and was amazed at what seemed the excessively rapid growth of the

Blowfly’s ova; for the Hippopotamus at this time had not been

slain above forty hours. More extended examination of the parts,

however, convinced me this could not be the case, as the larva was

solitary, situated deeply within the orbit, and differed materially

from the common maggot.

I thereupon made sketches of the specimen, of the natural size ;

and these have been reproduced in the accompanying figures.

Larva from the orbit of Hippopotamus. Nat. size.

A. Upper view. B. Abdominal surface. C. Anal extremity.

The characters may be given as undernoted.

Colour yellowish white. Body cylindrical, tapering obtusely at

1870.] DR. MURIE ON AN GSTRUS FROM THE HIPPOPOTAMUS. 79

either end. Extreme long diameter 0°9 inch, and its greatest trans-

verse one (3 inch. Some ten or more slightly raised ridges surround

the body ; ventrally these are covered with short fine hairs or sete.

On the abdominal surface, close to the head, are two hooklets, by

which the animal fixes itself to the flesh. There are two prominent

black spots at the anal extremity, beneath these a lip-like projection

(the anus), the lower part of which has minute spines; and in this

view (C) two nipple-like limbs stand out on each side.

Herr Brauer, /. ¢. p. 276, has given a very useful tabular statement

of the various orders, families, and species of mammals in which

Cistrid larvee have been found. There is added to each mammalian

species the name of the insect, and the part of the body where it was

located. Throughout the work there is a full detail of the history,

synonyms, &c. of the species ; and a copious résumé of the literature

on the subject precedes the descriptive text.

From his classified Table the subjoined list is drawn ; but the pre-

sent arrangement is altered, and the orders, genera, and species of

mammals adapted to our Society’s ‘ List of Vertebrated Animals,’

for 1866. Some of the common names have been taken from

Dr. Gray’s Catalogue of Mammalia in the British Museum, 1843.

The object, then, of the following list is to call the attention of

anatomists at home, naturalists, sportsmen, Fellows of the Society,

and others abroad to the circumstance that any larvee found by them

in cutting up or skinning animals other than those here given, per-

chance may belong to a species of insect new to science. At all

events every observation must add to a better knowledge of the life-

history of those already known.

Whilst entomologists have acquaintance with the imago insect,

they often lack information as to the larval form, which those en-

gaged in different pursuits might supply.

List of Mammals in which Qstri larve have been found.

BIMANa.

Man. Homo sapiens, L.

QUADRUMANA.

Monkeys. Stmie platyrrhine, genus et sp.?

CARNIVORA.

Domestic Dog. Canis familiaris, L.

Striped Hyena. Hyena striata, Zimm.

Jaguar. Felis onca, L.

Common Badger. Meles taxus, Schreb.

RopeEnNTIA.

Brazilian Squirrel. Sciurus estuans, Linn.

Squirrel. Sczurus aureogaster, Cuv.

Hackee. Scturus (Tamias) lysteri, Ray.

80 DR. MURIE ON AQUILA BARTHELEMYI. [Jan. 27,

Marsh-Hare. Lepus palustris, Bachman.

Hare. Lepus, sp?

Sadajac. Lagomys alpinus, Desm.

Fur-country Pouched Rat. Saccophorus borealis, Rich.

ARTIODACTYLA.

Common Camel. Camelus dromedarius, L.

Domestic Sheep. Ovis aries, L.

Siberian Wild Sheep. Caprovis argali (Pall.).

Domestic Goat. Capra hircus, L.

Wild Goat. Capra egagrus, Gm.

Sassaby. Acronotus lunatus, Burch.

Riet Bok. Heleotragus reduncus, H. Smith.

Gazelle. Gazella dorcas, L.

Saiga Antelope. Saiga tartarica, Pall.

D’seren. Procapra gutturosa, Pall.

White-tailed Gnu. Catoblepas gnu, Gm.

Brindled Gnu. Catoblepas gorgon, H. Smith.

Domestic Ox. Bos taurus, L.

Cape Buffalo. Bubalus caffer, Sparr.

Moose or Elk. Cervus alces, L.

Red Deer. C. elaphus, L.

Fallow Deer. C. dama, L.

Mule Deer. C. macrotis, Say.

Roebuck. C. capreolus, L.

Reindeer. Rangifer tarandus, L.

Musk-deer. Moschus moschiferus, L.

Hippopotamus. H. amphibius, L.

PERISSODACTYLA.

Common Horse. Equus caballus, L.

Domestic Ass. £. asinus, L.

The Mule. £. mulus.

Two-horned Rhinoceros. Rhinoceros bicornis, L.

Burchell’s Rhinoceros. R&R. simus, Burch.

MarsupIALiA.

Opossum. Didelphys philander, L.

8. Note on a Specimen of Aquila barthelemyi recently living

in the Society’s Gardens. By James Muniz, M.D.,

Prosector to the Society.

The following letter from Mr. Gurney to me explains itself. I

shall only preface a memorandum on the receipt and disposal of the

specimen as far as the Society is concerned.

The example of Aquila barthelemyi, Jaub., referred to was obtained

1870.] DR. J. C. COX ON NEW LAND SHELLS. 81

from St. Victoire, France. It was purchased by the Society 30th

April, 1866, and died 13th November, 1869. It proved to be a male

on dissection. The specitic wing-markings being absent when the

body was received by me, I thought proper to place it in Mr. George

Gray’s hands for identification, This gentleman pronounced it, as

appearing to him, no other than A. chrysaétos, Linn. The skin, being

in poor condition, was not kept ; but the skeleton was retained by him

for the National Osteological Collection. In case that any doubts

might hereafter arise regarding the specimen, I considered that the

history of the bird should be attached to the skeleton as well as

published. Mr. Gurney coincided with me in this opinion, and at my

request kindly forwarded the accompanying note for that purpose.

“ Noy. 24, 1869.

“My Dear Sir,—You will find in the volume of the ‘Ibis’ for

1864, p. 339, the account of two young specimens of 4. barthelemyi

which came into my possession in 1857, and the survivor of which

six or seven years afterwards obtained the white scapular spots

which are found close to the junction of the wing with the body in

the Eagle to which the above name has been assigned.

“These marks were very beautiful and conspicuous when I wrote

the paper in the ‘Ibis’ above referred to; but subsequently to the

specimen passing into the hands of the Zoological Society in 1866,

they seem to have disappeared, and I conclude from what you tell

me that they were not apparent in the bird at the time of death.

“I doubt much whether Aguila barthelemyi be a race entitled to

specific rank, but whatever it be, the bird in question which passed

from my possession to that of the Zoological Society, and of which

the skeleton is now in the British Museum, undoubtedly belongs to

it, and is entitled to the name of 4. barthelemyi, if that name be

recognized as of specific value. “Tam, &e.,

“J. H. Gurney.”

9. Descriptions of Seventeen New Species of Land Shells

from the South-Sea Islands, in the Cabinet of Mr. Joun

Brazier of Sydney. By Dr. James C. Cox, C.M.Z.S.

1. Hevirx ALLecta.

Shell with a deep open funnel-shaped umbilicus, depressedly orbi-

cular, thin, uniformly closely and strongly striated, the strize of a

dull, dark-reddish chestnut-colour ; spire flat; whorls 43 to 5, con-

vex, the last not descending in front; suture deep and excavated ;

aperture rounded ; peristome simple, obtuse, columellar margin di-

lated.

Diam., greatest 0°10, least 0°08 ; height 0-04 of an inch.

Hab. Upolu, Navigator’s Islands ; found on the mountains, under

decayed wood (Brazier).

Proc. Zoox. Soc.—1870, No, VI.

82 DR. J. C. COX ON NEW LAND SHELLS. {Jan. 27,

2. HEeLIx WANGANENSIS.

Shell perforated, depressed, thin, hyaline, smooth, and shining,

of an amber-brown colour; spire almost flat ; whorls 5, flattened,

very slowly increasing in size, last not depressed, rounded at the

base; suture strongly marked; aperture lunate; peristome simple,

thin; columella dilated, concealing the slight perforation.

Diam., greatest 0°31, least 0°21; height 0°22 of an inch.

Hab. Wanga, San Christoval, Solomon Islands; on the mountains,

under leaves (Brazier).

3. HELIX QUINTALA.

Shell imperforate, lenticular, greenish yellow, thin, transparent,

flattened above ; whorls 8, slowly increasing, the last sharply keeled,

not descending in front, base rounded and excavated in the middle,

irregularly rugosely striated above, smooth below the keel; suture

shallow, but rather broad; aperture narrowly angularly lunate ;

peristome simple; columella scarcely dilated.

Diam., greatest 0°14, least 0°12; height 0-08 of an inch.

Hab. Norfolk Island; found in the pine-forests, under leaves in

damp places (Brazier).

This species is closely allied to H. lizardensis, Pfr., and, at Mr.

Brazier’s request, is named in honour of Mr. Arthur Quintala, jun.,

of Norfolk Island.

4. Hewix HELVA.

Shell flattened, deeply and widely umbilicated, pale red, uniformly

striated with coarse, regular, rather widely separated rib-like striz ;

whorls 43 to 5, rounded, the last descending gradually in front ;

aperture lunately rounded, margins joined by a dark callus; peri-

stome obtuse, not reflected.

Diam., greatest 0°10, least 0°08 ; height 0:04 of an inch.

Hab. Aneiteum, New Hebrides; found under a log of wood

(Brazier).

5. Hewrx arbDuA.

Shell minutely umbilicated, turbinately globose, yellowish brown,

thin, smooth, slightly shining; spire obtusely conical; whorls 6,

markedly convex, the last not descending in front; base rounded ;

suture deep; aperture roundly lunate; peristome simple, somewhat

expanded at the columella.

Diam., greatest 0°12, least 0°10; height 0°11 of an inch.

Hab. Erumanga, New Hebrides; found under a log of wood

near the sea.

6. HELIX VANNZE-LAVE.

Shell imperforate, conoidly depressed, dark yellowish horn-colour,

smooth, shining ; spire broadly conoid ; whorls 54, only slightly con-

vex, last not descending, base convex; suture shallow; aperture

1870.] DR. J. C. COX ON NEW LAND SHELLS. 83

lunate ; peristome thin, simple, columellar margin a little dilated

above.

Diam., greatest 0°14, least 0:12; height 0-11 of an inch.

Hab. Aneiteum, New Hebrides ; found under decaying leaves near

the sea-shore (Brazier).

7. Hewrx sororia.

Shell imperforate, depressedly globose, thin, smooth, shining,

throughout light olive-yellow; spire slightly elevated; whorls 5,

moderately convex, slowly increasing in size, last not descending in

front, base rounded, narrowly margined at the suture; aperture

ovately rounded ; peristome simple, columellar margin only slightly

dilated.

Diam., greatest 0°15, least 0°13 ; height 0-09 of an inch.

Hab. Ovalau, Fiji Islands ; found under leaves on the mountains

(Brazier).

8. Heuix sANSITUs.

Shell conical, narrowly umbilicated, regularly spirally striated,

striz slightly raised and granular, thin, light brown; spire raised

and pointed; whorls 6, gradually increasing, the last sharply and

prominently keeled, flattened at the base, which is also granularly

spirally striated ; peristome simple, thin.

Diam., greatest 0°11, Jeast 0°10; height 0-09 of an inch.

Hab. Vanna Lava, Banks’s Group ; found inland, under decayed

leaves in very wet places; also found at Viti Levu, Fiji, inland, in

similar localities (Brazier).

9. HELIX EXAGITANS.

Shell plano-convex, flat above, convex below, deeply and openly

umbilicated, pale brown-yellow, upper surface irregularly finely stri-

ated across the whorls; whorls 5, rapidly increasing, last not de-

pressed in front, sharply keeled ; peristome simple, thin.

Diam., greatest 0:09, least 0°06; height 0:04 of an inch.

Hab. Norfolk Island; found in damp places in the pine-forests,

under leaves (Brazier).

10. Hewix TUTUILLA.

Shell depressedly conical, imperforate, of a dull pale brown, above

finely granular, smooth and shining below ; spire conical, obtuse ;

whorls 5, rounded, slowly increasing in size, last not depressed, not

keeled, base rounded ; suture broad and channelled ; peristome thin,

roundly lunate.

Diam., greatest 0°12, least 0°10; height 0°09 of an ineh.

Hab. Tutuilla, Navigator’s Islands ; found in wet places, under

leaves, near the sea (Brazier).

11. HeLrx ANTELATA,.

Shell depressedly conical, perforated, dull reddish brown, smooth ;

84 DR. J. C. COX ON NEW LAND SHELLS. [ Jan. 27,

spire obtuse, suture narrow, not excavated; whorls 5, last whorl

inflated at the base, and excavated round the perforation ; . peri-

stome simple, thin, columellar margin dilated at its insertion.

Diam., greatest 0-12, least 0°10; height 0-10 of an inch.

Hab. Aneiteum, New Hebrides; found under leaves near the sea

(Brazier).

12. Hewix PATESCENS.

Shell imperforate, globosely depressed, thin, transparent, pale

straw-coloured, shining, finely rugosely striated; spire conically

raised; whorls 32 to 4, the last rapidly increasing, much inflated at

the base, and banded with a faint broad brown band; aperture

oblique ; peristome simple, thin, rounded.

Diam., greatest 0°16, least 0°12; height 0°12 of an inch.

Hab. Norfolk Island, under leaves in damp places (Brazier).

13. Hewix DEPSTA.

Deeply, rather widely, and openly umbilicated, discoid, thin, light

yellowish brown; spire almost flat, suture well defined ; whorls 43,

roughly arcuately striated above, much smoother below, slowly in-

creasing in size, the last very slightly angled and a little depressed

at its termination ; aperture oblique, lunately rounded ; peristome

simple, not thickened, columellar margin not expanded.

Diam., greatest 0°23, least 0°19; height 0-13 of an inch.

Hab. Norfolk Island; under leaves in damp places (Brazier).

14. Hex RETARDATA.

Shell deeply, openly, but narrowly umbilicated, thin, transparent,

hyaline, pale horn-colour ; apex of spire raised ; whorls 5, gradually

increasing, last not depressed, smooth and unsculptured ; peristome

lunately rounded, columellar margin a little dilated and reflected.

Diam., greatest 0°16, least 0°12; height 0-12 of an inch.

Hab. Aneiteum, New Hebrides; found under dead leaves near to

the sea-shore (Brazier).

15. DrrPLOMMATINA WISEMANI.

Shell sinistral, callously rimate, elongately oval, pupiform, light

yellowish brown ; apex acute ; whorls 5, very finely obliquely, closely,

and regularly costulate, third and fourth becoming rapidly tumidly

enlarged, last contracted and subascendent ; aperture subcircular,

much expanded, thick, shining, and porcellaneous; margins joined

by a thick expanded callus.

Breadth 0°05, height 0°11 of an inch.

Hab. Wanga, San Christoval, Solomon Isles (Brazier); found on

the mountains, in damp places, under leaves.

Named, by Mr. Brazier’s request, after Commodore Wiseman.

16. DiIpLOMMATINA BRAZIERI.

Shell rimate, cylindrically acuminate, of a dull white colour ; spire

1870.] LIeEUT.-COL, PLAYFAIR ON A NEW FISH FROM ADEN. 85

acute ; whorls 63, regularly increasing, crossed by rather prominent,

straight, widely separated ribs, the last contracted and ascendent ;

aperture ovately circular, thick, callous, and shining ; margins formed

by a thick callus continuous with the aperture,

Breadth 0-04, height 0-08 of an inch.

Hab. Wanga, San Christoval, Solomon Islands; found on the

mountains, in damp places (Brazier).

17. CycLosToMA BRAZIERI.

Shell pyramidal ; spire acute and elevated, apex rose-red ; whoris

5, round, under the lens very faintly spirally striated, dark cinnamon-

colour ; suture deep ; umbilicus deep and narrow; aperture circular ;

peristome plain, scarcely thickened. Operculum solid, very concave

outwardly, with prominent circular ridges.

Breadth 0°13, height 0°16.

Hab. Upolu, Navigator’s Islands ; found on the mountains, under

decaying logs (Brazier).

10. Note on a Freshwater Fish from the Neighbourhood of

Aden. By Lieut.-Col. Prayrair, F.Z.S., H.M. Consul-

General in Algeria.

I am indebted to the kindness of my successor at Aden, Captain

Goodfellow, for several specimens of a Cyprinoid fish recently disco-

vered in South Arabia.

During all the years I resided there I never heard of its existence,

and I was fully convinced that the streams of that region, which are

almost if not entirely dry in summer, and which even in the cold

season are lost in the sand before reaching the sea, were destitute of

fishes.

Not long ago the Sultan of Lahej, whose territories touch Aden,

and of which, indeed, the latter once formed a part, sent to the

Political Resident a jar of fishes, which he had caught in one of his

streams, and which he suggested should be put into the ancient

reservoirs, recently restored, and then full of rain-water.

This was done, and in a very short time the fishes increased both

in number and size; and it is of these that Capt. Goodfellow for-

warded the specimens before mentioned.

I was at first inclined to regard it as a new species of Discogna-

thus, chiefly from the fact that it has four and a half series of scales

between the lateral line and the root of the ventral fin, whereas the

only other known species nearly resembling it had but two or two

and a half.

My friend Dr. Ginther, however, who has compared it with

numerous specimens of D. lamta in the National collection from

various localities between Nepaul and Palestine, has no doubt that it

is referable to that remarkable species.

86 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [Feb. 10,

The following is a description of the specimens :—

Height of body considerably more than length of head, which is

one-fifth of the total length without caudal. Head depressed ; its

width is five-sixths of its length ; eye very small; interorbital space

half the length of the head; width of mouth less than that of in-

terorbital space ; labial disk well developed.

Barbels four in number, the upper nearly double the diameter of

theeye. Four and a half longitudinal series of scales between the

lateral line and the root of the ventral.

Pectoral as long as head, terminating at about its own length be-

fore root of ventral. Caudal deeply emarginate, lobes equal.

Colour silvery, darker above ; a black spot behind upper end of

gill-opening; tip of snout blackish; no lateral band; no darker

spot at base of caudal.

Length 5 inches.

February 10, 1870.

John Gould, Esq., F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

The Secretary called the attention of the Meeting to the following

additions to the Menagerie during the month of January :-—

1. A specimen of the Great Northern Diver (Colymbus glacialis),

captured in Cornwall, and presented to the Society by A. R. Hunt,

Esq., January 6th. The bird, which was believed to be the first

specimen of the species ever obtained by the Society alive, had been

rather shy at first, but had been gradually induced to feed, and now

seemed likely to do well. It appeared to be a bird of the year.

2. A small Armadillo, purchased January 15th of Mr. E. Paddi-

son. This Armadillo, which Mr. Sclater referred with some doubt

to the Little Armadillo (Dasypus minutus), was stated to have been

captured on the eastern slope of the Andes of La Plata, at an ele-

vation of 3000 feet, in 35° 15'S. lat.

3. Five Brown Tritons (Geotriton fuscus), from the vicinity of

Spezia in Italy, purchased January 22nd, and believed to be the first

specimens of this Batrachian exhibited in the Society’s collection.

4. A female Potto ( Perodicticus potto), purchased January 24th,

making a pair of this scarce Lemurine form now living in the So-

ciety’s collection.

The Secretary likewise reported that Mr. G. S. Rodon had pre-

sented to the Society the survivor of the two White-handed Gibbons

(Hylobates lar) which he had deposited in the Society’s Gardens

on the 17th of November last—and that since the death of its fellow

this animal had been placed in the same cage as the Hoolock Gibbon

(Hylobates hoolock), presented by Mr. Grote, so that the two species

might now be seen and compared together. A drawing (Plate V.)

was exhibited, representing these two animals.

1870.] LETTER FROM MR. W. H. HUDSON. a7

The following letter, addressed to the Secretary by Mr. William H.

* oe

Hudson*, was read : “Buenos Ayres, Dec. 14, 1869.

** My pear Sir,—Probably I shall not be able to send any more

birds to the Smithsonian Institution. The specimens I may find

leisure to collect can be disposed of in Buenos Ayres; but should I

meet with any thing new I will forwaid it to the Zoological Society

of London. I was well pleased with your favour of November 9th,

expressing your desire to see my notes on the birds I have collected ;

and should this letter and others I shall shortly send contain any

thing of interest I shall be glad.

“Though the pampas of this part of the republic are all but en-

tirely bare of trees, the swampy margins of the Rio de la Plata are

covered with an almost impenetrable thicket from two to four miles

in width. In this wood neither the thorny Curumamnel nor the

gigantic Ambu, that flourish on the open plains, are found; but its

trees and shrubs and many of its herbs are natives of the northern

states of La Plata, the Chaco, and Paraguay. The seeds have been

brought from those countries by the river, or on the Camalote—a

species of water-lily that grows round the islands of the Parana and

its tributaries. These plants accumulate on the water year by year

till they form vast floating islands, and are ultimately torn from their

moorings by the floods, carried hundreds of miles down the river,

and stranded on its low shores. These migratory islands bring with

them not only the seeds of northern vegetation, but colonies of in-

sects, reptiles, and other animals. I have known the Cierno, Jaguar,

Aquard, and Carpincho, and other large mammals, also large Ser-

pents and Alligators, to have been thus brought down and landed

within a few miles of the city of Buenos Ayres. Such large animals

soon disappear; but smaller ones remain, so that in this forest

Snakes and Batrachians are found of different species from those of

the neighbouring plains—also insects, whose great size and gaudy

colours prove their northern origin. The reptiles maintain their

existence apparently within narrow limits; but many of the insects

(particularly the Lepidoptera) become widely distributed, and show,

by the dimmer colours and diminished size of many individuals, the

modifying influences of climate and other physical conditions. The

strips of vegetation stretching so far into this country from the

northern wooded regions have also greatly promoted the distribution

of birds.

“There are but a very few species of true ‘ Pampas-birds.’ This

name I apply to Anthus correndera, Centrites niger, the Red-breasted

Lark (Tenioptera), and all those kinds especially adapted to the

conditions of the Pampa. These species avoid trees, and find their

subsistence, roost, and breed on the ground. But the woody fringe

to the river above mentioned has served as a grand highway by

which most of our small birds have been introduced into this country.

* See articles by Messrs. Sclater and Salvin on Mr. Hudson’s collections

(P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 137, 1869, p. 158 and p. 631), and Mr. Hudson’s letter (P. Z. S.

1869, p. 432). -

88 LETTER FROM MR. W. H. HUDSON. | Feb. 10,

Thus the nearer we apprvach to this wood the more numerous do

these species become, while in the wood itself, narrow as it is, there

are many species never met with elsewhere. Possibly as many as

two-thirds of all the species inhabiting Buenos Ayres are to be

found within its limits.

“J obtained here many specimens of the Cuckoo to which you

have called my attention (Coccyzus cinereus). This bird was ori-

ginally discovered in Paraguay, and is considered by Dr. Burmeister

to be arare species. Perhaps it has but recently found its way to this

country. Last summer (1868) I met with it for the first time ; and

the same year the first and only specimen ever in the museum of

this city was obtained. Even within my recollection many birds

and insects once seldom met with have become common. Some of

our large Wasps, Weevils, and Butterflies have not been with us

long; and whole orchards are at present being destroyed by the

Capricorn Beetle—an insect totally unknown a few years ago.

“To return to the Coccyzus cinereus; the large blood-red eye of

this bird, contrasting well with the soft bluish colour of the plumage,

gives it a most interesting appearance. I have not yet succeeded in

finding its nest. Like the common Cuckoo, it is retiring in its habits,

concealing itself in the densest foliage; but it cannot be attracted

like the other species by mimicking its call. It has a song (which

it will sometimes repeat at short intervals for half a day) like the

mourning of our little Dove, being a succession of long and plaintive

notes. It has, besides, a different note—loud, harsh, and sudden,

so much resembling the ery of another bird (the Anabates /ophotes)

that I have been frequently deceived by it.

“<The last-mentioned bird is, I think, very uncommon im this

region. The only specimen in the museum here was brought from

the province of San Luis. It has the wildest disposition and greatest

love of concealment, of any bird I have ever met.

«Last summer, while trying to obtain specimens, I sometimes

heard the ery of an individual repeated at long intervals, or of a pair

answering each other, and I frequently spent half a day vainly in

watching for and pursuing them. Once only I succeeded in getting

a glimpse of one at the moment it started screaming from a tree. I

was, fortunately, able to secure it, and have it still in my collection.

This specimen was a male; the whole plumage a yellowish brown,

rather deeper than that of the Oven-bird (Furnarius). It is also

somewhat larger than that bird. The body was stout, the head

crested, the eyes were white and small, bill and legs blue. The tail-

feathers were stiff, like those of the Woodpecker, and frayed at the

ends, as if they had been used in the same manner ; the bill was also,

like the Woodpecker’s, hard, sharp, and straight.

“Another bird of very interesting habits, and never seen away

from the river-wood, is Icterus pyrrhopterus. They appear in small

flocks in September, but soon scatter, and are seen during summer

in pairs or singly.. The male is considerably larger than the female,

its colour an intenser black, the brown spot on the shoulder larger.

It is exceedingly restless, incessantly flying from tree to tree, cling--

ale

UPL AS Tt

alPP FLOM L

P ZS. 1870. PLVIT

J Smit ith Bes li

HYDROPOTES INERMIS

1870.] MR. R. SWINHOE ON A NEW DEER FROM CHINA. 89

ing to the boles or branches in various attitudes, and searching with

its hard curved bill for insects under the decayed bark. When thus

engaged it utters a great variety of chirps and guttural sounds, in-

terspersed with short agreeable notes. It has also a continuous

song, low and varied, with a peculiar ventriloquism in some notes

which gives the listener a confused idea that the performer approaches

and retires when singing. The first bird of this species I shot was

but slightly wounded in the wing, and fell into a stream; to my

great surprise it began singing as it floated about on the surface of

the water, and even when I had taken it out continued to sing at

intervals in my hand. I subsequently found a nest of this bird; it

was about 7 inches deep, composed entirely of lichens curiously

woven together, and suspended from the twigs of a low tree. The

male and female fluttered round me, manifesting great anxiety (though

there were no eggs in the nest), and uttering a rapid succession of

notes, very different from their usual song. But what was most

surprising in this singing to express their trouble was the close re-

semblance of every note to those of some other bird, generally of one

of our common songsters (such as Turdus rufiventris, Mimus calan-

dria, and others). In a few days I returned to the spot to secure

the nest and observe them again, but found, to my sorrow, nest and

birds had disappeared. Perhaps Icterus pyrrhopterus possesses the

faculty of imitation ; at the time I heard this pair I thought it could

not be otherwise, but I have not observed them long enough to be

positive. Certainly they are incapable of expressing their passions

by harsh or loud notes. “I am, Sir, truly yours,

“ WititriAm H. Hupson.”’

The following papers were read :—

1. On a new Deer from China.

By R. Swinuog, F.Z.S.

(Plates VI. & VIL)

While in Formosa I was informed by a gentleman there, who had

lived at the port of Chinkiang, that a Hog-backed Deer, with coarse

hair, was common on an island in the river Yangtsze and afforded

excellent sport to the European residents during the winter. From

my friend’s description, I supposed the animal to be Hyelaphus por-

cinus of India, and communicated the fact to Mr. P. L. Sclater,

who read my notice to this Society on the 27th June, 1865 (see

P. Z. S. 1865, p. 510). Last winter I had the opportunity of

visiting Shanghai, and found this so-called Hog-deer in the market,

and then saw it to be quite a distinct species, without horns, and of

great interest. I have brought home with me the skin and skull of

a buck, and the skulls of two does. These I beg to exhibit to this

Meeting, and to propose for this new Deer the specific term of inermis,

from its hornless state, and to place it under a new genus, for which

90 MR. R. SWINHOE ON A NEW DEER FROM CHINA. [Feb. 10, -

I would suggest the name Hydropotes, or Water-drinker, from the

love of the animal for marshy ground.

HyDROPOTES, gen. nov.

General form of skull very similar to that of Moschus—there being

no elevated ridges along the supraorbital margin, and the brain-case

being narrow and somewhat elongate. Lachrymal fossa small, en-

tirely confined to the lachrymal bone, the maxillary not participating

in its formation. Supraorbital foramen situated in a groove extend-

ing further backwards than forwards, as in Cervulus. No prolonga-

tion of the frontal bones whatever.

The nearest allies to this genus are, as far as the cranial characters

are concerned, Pudu humilis, of Chili, and Mosehus moschiferus, L.,

of N.E. Asia. The Pudu has got a much larger and deeper lachry-

mal fossa, in which the maxillary participates ; the distance of the

lachrymal fossa from the foramen supramavillare is much less than

the length of the lachrymal fossa, whilst in this new genus the

distance is much greater.

The affinity of this genus to Moschus, is shown by the fact that

Moschus has no lachrymal fossa whatever—a character so general in

the Deer group.

Upper canine teeth, in the male, tusk-like, as in Moschus, but not

so developed ; in the female quite small.

Incisors on the lower jaw eight, the two centrals large and flat-

tened, the three lateral on each side smaller, graduating in size out-

wardly ; all arranged in fan-form.

Molars unfortunately not fully developed in any of my skulls,

though the animals were capable of breeding at this age. ‘

The crania of the females are smaller, but show no peculiarities,

except in the undeveloped nature of the canine teeth above noticed.

Hair coarse and stiff, combining the characters of Moschus and

Pudu, as also do the feet.

HypRoportes INERMIS, sp. nov. (Plate VI.)

Measurements taken from the stuffed skin of an animal about

three-quarters grown :—Length from nose to rump 29 inches, of tail 3,

of fore leg from shoulder 18, of hind leg 20, across the eye *7, across

the nose ‘7; length of head 6°75, of ear 33, of canine tooth 1-1.

General colour light chestnut, stippled with black, redder on the

head and back of ears. Round the nose, eyebrow, chin, and throat

pure white. Inside of ear light buff, whiter near base; its outer

edge, at tip, black. Neck paler, its under portion plain-coloured.

Shoulder, fore and hind legs, and tail light brownish chestnut. Belly

pale buff-white. The chestnut colouring of the upper parts deepens

along the back and pales downwards on the sides.

The hair of the nasal region very short. At the corner of the

lower lip springs a tuft of stiff white hairs. Bristles about the

muzzle short and few. Eye small. Ears well clothed inside. Hair

coarse and stiff, of the neck and rump the longest. Each hair of

1870.] MR. R. SWINHOE ON A NEW DEER FROM CHINA. 91

the upper body is flattened, and undulates from side to side, or is

zigzag in its length, giving it in some veiws quite a spiral appearance.

I notice the same peculiarity in the corresponding hair of the Mos-

chus. ach of these hairs in our animal is white from its base for

the greater part of its length, then blackish brown, ending with a light

chestnut tip; thus, the hairs overlapping each other, the chestnut

tips give the general ground-colour, and the blackish rings the

stippling.

Fore leg. Length of hoof in front 1°25, breadth of each segment

*75; length of hind toe *75, its breadth °45, raised about ‘75 above

the sole of the foot.

Hind leg. Length of hoof 1:18, breadth of each segment °63;

length of hind toe *60, its breadth °45, raised above sole of foot 1°30.

The above description is taken from a buck bought in the market

at Shanghai on the 30th November 1868, and consequently in its

winter coat.

In coloration and outward appearance the little Pudu comes much

nearer to our species than does the bristly-looking brown Moschus.

It is also chestnut-coloured, stippled with black and red on the head

and ears; but its rump and tail are red (which are not so in our

animal), and the male carries horns. Dr. Giinther has kindly

assisted me in working out the affinities of this animal.

In the large riverine islands of the Yangtsze above Chinkiang these

animals occur in large numbers, living among the tall rushes that are

there grown for thatching and other purposes. The rushes are cut

down in the spring ; and the Deer then swim away to the main shore

and retire to the cover of the hills. In autumn, after the floods,

when the rushes are again grown, they return with their young and

stay the winter through. ‘They are said to feed on the rush-sprouts

and coarse grasses, and they doubtless often finish off with a dessert

from the sweet-potatoes, cabbages, &c. which the villagers cultivate on

the islands during winter. They cannot, however, do much damage

to the latter, or they would not be suffered to exist in such numbers

as they do; for the islands have their villages and a pretty numerous

agricultural population. Fortunately for the Deer, the Chinese have

an extraordinary dislike for their flesh. I-could not ascertain why ;

but it must be from some strange superstition, as the Celestials are

otherwise pretty nearly omnivorous. The Deer are killed only for

the European markets, and sold at a low price. Their venison is

coarse and without much taste, but is considered tolerable for want

of better; it is the only venison procurable in Shanghai. The

animal itself gives sport to the gunner ; and numbers are slaughtered

every winter by the European followers of Nimrod, in the name of

sport. Their numbers, however, do not appear to get much thinned ;

they are reported to be very prolific breeders. A friend of mine

assured me that he witnessed the gutting of a female that was shot

by one of his party on a late excursion, and that she was found to

contain stv embryo young. This single fact, however, is not suffi- _

cient to establish the ordinary gestation of this species ; on the con-

trary, it was probably an extraordinary case; but it was the only

92 MR. GULLIVER ON THE BLOOD-CORPUSCLES. [Feb. 10,

instance I could get of a pregnant specimen having been examined.

The large number of immature animals usually seen in a herd of

them seems to show that they have some means of reproducing not

common to other Deer.

On my cruise up the river Yangtsze with Admiral Sir Henry

Keppel last year in H.M.S. ‘Salamis,’ we called at Chinkiang, and,

taking on board some of the residents at that port, steamed a few

miles further up, and landed at Deer Island for a little shooting. A

goodly party of officers and others were with us, and the Deer were

well disturbed that day ; no bullets were allowed, for fear of accidents,

and only fowling-pieces used with large shot. A large patch of

rushes still stood, and there were plenty of Deer ; but only ezght were

brought back to the ship, though doubtless many more were injured.

They crouch in the reeds and long grass, admitting pretty close ap-

proach, and then, rising with a bound, spring away. ‘They were

generally put up singly or in twos and threes. In running they cock

their ears, round their fore legs, bend up their hind legs, hog their

rumps, and scurry away with little quick leaps, very much after the

manner of a Hare. The heavy shot soon bowled them over. When

they ran across the cultivated fields, the Chinese shouted after them

and set their barking curs to pursue them. _

The Chinese at Shanghai call this animal the Ke; but at Chinkiang

they are named Chang—the classical term for the Muntjac (Cervulus

reevesi). The Chinese dictionary compiled under authority of the

Emperor Kanghe describes the Ke as “ Stag-like, with feet resem-

bling those of a Dog, has a long tusk on each side of the mouth, and

is fond of fighting.”

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate VI.

Hydropotes inermis.

Puate VII.

Fig. 1. Skull of male Hydropotes inermis.

2. Skull of female Hydropotes inermis.

2. On the Size of the Red Corpuscles of the Blood of Mos-

chus, Tragulus, Orycteropus, Ailurus, and some other

Mammalia, with Historical Notices. By Grorce Gut-

LIVER, F.R.S.

Measurements, Scale, and Woodcut.—The present, like all my

former measurements, are given in vulgar fractions of an English

inch. Of the scale to the woodcut each division of one-fifth of an

inch is equivalent to one four-thousandth of an inch micrometrical

or linear admeasurement, being the same scale as that to which the

figures are engraved in the reports cf my lectures, in the ‘ Medical

1870.] MR. GULLIVER ON THE BLOOD-CORPUSCLES. 93

Times and Gazette’ from August 1862 to December 1863, and in

the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society for February 25, 1862.

In the subjoined woodcut are represented dried red blood-disks of

four Mammalia, to wit:—1l. Tragulus javanicus; 2. Moschus mos-

chiferus ; 3. Cervus alces; 4. Orycteropus capensis. Figures 1 and 4

show specimens of the smallest and largest of these corpuscles yet

known among Mammalia; and figures 1, 2, and 3 some marked

differences in the size of the corpuscles of Ruminantia.

4000ths. (__1 1 n 1 sy bel eayoeld Sh » 1 | of anInch.

Red Blood-Corpuscles.

Fig. 1. Tragulus javanicus. Fig. 3. Cervus alces.

2. Moschus moschiferus. 4, Orycteropus capensis.

Moschus moschiferus.—Through the courtesy of Professor Flower,

I have examined the blood of the female of this species that died at

the Zoological Gardens on the 26th of October, 1869; and the

result affords an interesting complement to or illustration of my ori-

ginal observations on the blood-disks of Tragulidze and some other

Ruminants. Their mean size in Cervus alces is +, of an inch.

Of the blood-disks of Moschus moschiferus, the report to him of my

examination was to the effect that this species appeared to be no near

relation to those three ‘‘ Musk-deer”’ of which I had formerly exa-

mined the blood, that M. moschiferus could hardly belong to the

same genus as that which includes those three species, and that

there was no appreciable difference of size between the blood-disks

of M. moschiferus and those of Cervus nemorivagus.

From thirty-one measurements of the red blood-corpuscles of

Moschus moschiferus their average diameter was found to be -j4>

of an inch; and an independent measurement by Professor Flower

and Mr. Moseley made them closely of the same size. The extreme

sizes observed by me were <2, and =, of an inch. And thus,

with this animal, the Ibex, Brocket-deer, and Tragulus, my observa-

tions show that we have three or four genera at present known with

blood-disks smaller than those of the Goat.

Though these corpuscles of Moschus moschiferus are so small as

at once to declare the Ruminant order to which this animal belongs,

they may be seen at a glance to be at least a third larger than those

of Tragulus, and little more than half the size of the blood-disks of

Cervus alces. And how close is the correspondence in this respect

94 MR. GULLIVER ON THE BLOOD-coRPUSCLES. [Feb. 10,

between these corpuscles of Moschus moschiferus and those of Cer-

vus nemorivagus will appear by a comparison of fig. 2 in the above

woodcut with fig. 7 in the ‘ Proceedings’ of the Zoological Society

above cited. In M. moschiferus uone of the blood-corpuscles pre-

sented those curious and irregular shapes which I have described

and figured in certain Cervidee (Lond. and Edin. Phil. Mag. Nov.

1840, and Proc. Zool. Soc. Feb. 25, 1862, fig. 7).

Tragulus.—The average diameter of the blood-disks of T. javani-

: : 1 . . 1

cus and T. meminna 18 x35; of an inch, and the extreme sizes Ties

and 5656 of an inch; and of 7. stanleyanus the average size of the

corpuscles is a of an inch. These measurements of the smallest

known blood-disks of Mammalia are here quoted from my Tables

for comparison.

Orycteropus capensis.—Not long after the death of the true Musk-

deer died an Orycteropus and Ailurus; and I am also indebted to

Prof. Flower for an opportunity of examining the blood of these two

animals. We made a cursory examination together of their blood-

disks, and easily saw that those of Orypteropus were much the

largest. But the power of the instrument then used was insufficient,

and I completed the examination at home.

After my discovery of the large size of the red blood-corpuscles of

Myrmecophaga and Bradypus (Proc. Zool. Soc. June 11, 1844, and

Jan. 24, 1854), the similar magnitude of the corresponding cor-

puscles of Orycteropus was expected ; and they are certainly among

the largest known in Mammalia. From many measurements the

average diameter of the red blood-corpuscles of Orycteropus capensis

proves to be no less than 3,55 of an inch, with many gradations

between the few two extremes of one-third smaller and one-third larger

than the average size. Such varieties of size are common in the

blood-disks of single species throughout the Vertebrate subkingdom.

The red blood-corpuscles of Orycteropus are so nearly of the same

size as those of the Elephant and Myremecophaga that it would be

difficult to distinguish these three animals by their blood-disks, as

will appear by comparing fig. 4 of the above woodcut with figs. 6

and 9 in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society for Feb. 25, 1862.

Ailurus fulgens.—The average size of the blood-disks is 4757

of an inch, thus nearly corresponding with those of Procyon, Nasua,

and Meles; but its next neighbour, Cercoleptes, in the zoological

systems, has blood-disks so much smaller as to indicate that it may

be but an aberrant member of that family which includes Adlurus.

Import and Relations of the Size of the red Blood-corpuscles.—

Previously to my researches it was commonly said, after Hewson, that

the size of the blood-disks has no relation to that of the species—and

truly, if regard be had only to such different animals as the Mouse

and Horse. But my measurements clearly proved that there is so

far such a relation in Mammalia of one natural order or family that

the smallest blood-disks occur in the small species and the largest

blood-disks in the large species of that order or family. Among

Rodents, e. g., I discovered the largest blood-disks in the great

1870.] MR. GULLIVER ON THE BLOOD-CORPUSCLES, 95

Capybara, and the smallest in the tiny Harvest-mouse ; while in the

whole class of Birds the rule in this respect, in conformity with the

comparative uniformity of their general organization, proved to be

like that rule for a single order of Mammalia. .On the contrary,

with such greater divergences of general organization as occur in

Reptiles and Fishes there are corresponding diversities in the blood-

disks.

And the present observations conform to this view as to the size of

the red blood-corpuscles in a mammalian order. Among Ruminants

the woodcut shows these corpuscles smallest in the diminutive Tra-

gulus, larger but still small in the bigger Moschus, with much

increase of size in the great Moose-deer. And they are largest of

all in the biggest Edentata, so that this order is now proved to be

characterized by larger blood-disks than have yet been found in as

many different genera of any other order of Mammalia.

In many species of different orders there may be such a near ap-

proximation in the size of the corpuscles as to make them worthless

as diagnostics between one order and another. For example, some

of the larger Ruminants could not be distinguished by this character

from several Fere. In the Seal, indeed, these corpuscles are about

the same size as in Man, and only slightly smaller in the Otter and

Dogs; but in the Paradorures and Viverras the blood-disks are not

larger than in the Wapiti, Elk, and Sambur Deer, and in the Au-

rochs and other Oxen.

But in closely allied and true members of a single natural family

the characters of the blood-disks, as already shown, may afford an

excellent diagnostic between that and another family. In such a

family the blood-disks are so much alike that their size, ceteris

paribus, is only largest among the big species and smallest among

the little species. Shortly after the discovery by M. Mandl of the

oval shape of the red blood-corpuscles of the Dromedary and Paco,

I confirmed it, and discovered that these corpuscles have the same

shape in all the other members of this family—also that, notwith-

standing tne oval figure of these blood-disks, they resemble those of

other Ruminants in structure and size, and by no means approach

in either of these respects to the oval corpuscles of pyrenzematous

vertebrates (Med. Chir. Trans. Nov. 26, 1839, vol. xxiii.).

But when the blood-disks of one species differ remarkably in size

from those of several other species of a single natural family, that

species, ceteris paribus, is likely to be an aberrant one in its general

organization. All my observations support this view, as is exempli-

fied by Hyrax capensis, Bassaris astuta, Cercoleptes caudivolvulus,

and other Mammalia. And we have already seen that Moschus, if

still included with Tragulus, would be an equally remarkable in-

stance. Again, my discovery of the singular minuteness of the

blood-disks of Tragulidze would indicate that this is really a distinct

natural family, though I know not that we have any other group of

equally small Ruminants for comparison.

The opinion that the size of the blood-disks is connected with the

kind of food on which the animal lives has never been confirmed.

96 MR. GULLIVER ON THE BLOOD-CoRPUSCLES. [Feb. 10,

This is one of Professor Owen’s views,—a “ generalization”’ from a

preposterous insufficiency of observations. After informing us that

the rule is generally applicable to the placental and marsupial Mam-

malia, he adds that, ‘the blood-disks of the marsupial species which

derives its nourishment from the greatest variety of organized sub-

stances, as the Perameles, which subsists on insects, worms, and the

farinaceous and succulent vegetables, are larger than those of the

(Spotted) carnivorous Dasyure, and those of the herbivorous Kan-

garoo, the blood-disks of the latter, like those of the placental Ru-

minant, being the smallest’? (Lond. Med. Gazette, Dec. 20, 1839,

p. 475). How completely this view is at variance with the facts

may be seen in my Tables of Measurements, of which he sometimes

quotes the French translation by Prof. Milne-Edwards. The blood-

disks are largest of all in the Elephant, a purely vegetable feeder, and

in the Edentates, which do not subsist on the greatest variety of or-

ganized substances ; while among Marsupials there are some species

living on one kind of food, the Ursine Dasyure, e.g., that have larger

blood-disks than those of the more omnivorous Perameles. They

are larger in the piscivorous Seals and Otter than in the Pig, an animal

well known to subsist on quite as great a variety of organized sub-

stances as the Perameles ; while the blood-disks of the Pig are not

larger than those of the Tapir, Rhinoceros, and Ass, three other

Pachyderms and well-known vegetable feeders. And similar exam-

ples are afforded by Birds and lower Vertebrates.

No wonder, then, that a writer entertaining such opinions as to

the food and blood-disks should embrace the additional error that

their gradations of size are “ insignificant” or ‘‘ unimportant.”

But, notwithstanding his conclusions, the truth is that this question

of size is both significant and important. In systematic zoology we

have already seen that the size of the corpuscles frequently affords a

good diagnostic, both of one order from another and between genera

or species of a single order or family; as I have more fully shown

in the Appendix to Gerber’s ‘Anatomy,’ in the Notes to Hewson’s

Works, in various numbers of the ‘ Philosophical Magazine’ from

1839-42, in the second volume of the ‘Journal of Anatomy,’ and

still further in the ‘ Proceedings’ of the Zoological Society—with

illustrative engravings in the volume for 1862 (p. 91), and in the

‘ Medical Times and Gazette’ from August 1862 to December 1863.

And in a physiological point of view the size of the blood-disks is

still more important and significant in relation to respiration and

animal heat, as described in Lecture IX., reported in the ‘ Medical

Times and Gazette’ for January 17, 1863, and in the abstract of an-

other of my lectures in ‘Scientific Opinion’ for December 8, 1869.

Indeed a field of experimental inquiry is thus opened which will

surely yield a rich harvest when properly cultivated. What, for

example, is the precise relation of animal heat to the proportion of

the whole blood to the body? What is the relation of that heat to

the proportionate quantity or aggregate bulk of the blood-disks to

the other parts of the blood? How far is the animal heat affected,

ceteris paribus, by the size of the bload-disks? I know of no exact

1870. ] MR. GULLIVER ON THE BLOOD-CORPUSCLES, 97

experiments relating to these points, save the few valuable but frag-

mentary ones of that eminent physiologist the late John Davy. In

short, the relation of animal heat to the size and proportion of the

red corpuscles of the blood still requires an ample and careful set of

experiments. From all that is at present known it appears that,

ceteris paribus, the smaller these corpuscles the greater will be the

heat of the animal, since a minute subdivision of a given bulk of them

will afford a corresponding increase of their aggregate surface for the

transit of oxygen. The comparative smallness of the blood-disks of

the diminutive species of a family of Mammals and of the class of

Birds may be a provision against the greater proportionate loss of

heat in the little members of such family or class.

Dr. Davy has shown that warm-blooded fishes have a large pro-

portion of blood and red corpuscles, while that proportion is remark-

ably less in fishes that are but little warmer than the water in which

they live. And to this excellent observer we are indebted for precise

experiments on the increase of the heat in Man when the circulation

of the blood is hastened through the lungs and body. The warmth

of the Python during incubation at the Society’s Gardens, as shown

by the important observations of Dr. Sclater (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1862,

p- 365), was probably due to accelerated circulation of the blood,

and increased chemical action connected therewith, as in a fever. In

one of his interesting experiments, Dr. Sclater found the temperature

of the female Python as high as 96°, and of her male mate 76°,

while the air of their den was only 60°. Such facts, with Dr. Davy’s

discovery of the regular warmth of certain Fishes, as much invalidate

Prof. Owen’s distinction of “‘ Heematocrya”’ and ‘‘ Heematotherma,”’

as, according to his statement, the air-cavity of the humerus of the

Pterodactyle ‘breaks down” Cuvier’s distinction of Birds from

Lizards by the air-passages in the bones.

Historical Notices.—The records of discovery concerning the

constituents and properties of the blood make but a sorry chapter in

its written history, and one, indeed, that had better remained

unwritten than overwhelmed, as it was, with confusion and injustice.

In the Introduction and Notes to Hewson’s works, it was part of my

duty to correct Prof. Owen’s contributions to such mistakes ; and I

now regret that the common truth of a branch of physiological

history and my own just claims still require vindication from his

pretensions and the indiscreet zeal of his friends.

The early tables of measurements by Prevost, Dumas, or others,

exemplified the smallness of the blood-disks of Ruminants in those of

the Sheep, Goat, or other members of the order. And the red

blood-corpuscles of the Goat were the smallest known before my

discovery, read at the Med. Chir. Soc. Nov. 26, 1839, of their

singular minuteness in 7’ragulus ; while my measurements thereof,

and of the blood-disks of the Camels and several other Ruminants,

and of the Marsupials, were, as then noted by the Editor, commu-

nicated to the ‘ Philosophical Magazine’ just three days previously.

Yet these plain truths are always suppressed by Prof. Owen in order

to support his own pretensions to the discovery and his amusing

Pxtoc. Zoo. Soc.—1870, No. VII.

98 MR. GULLIVER ON THE BLOOD-CoRPUSCLES. [Feb. 10,

declaration that “This generalization has not been affected by later

observations.”

He does not scruple to borrow without acknowledgment from my

Tables of Measurements (Comp. An. ii. 184); though hinting more

than once that they are “insignificant ’’ or ‘‘ unimportant,” and this

under cover of references to the French translation of them by

Milne- Edwards and not to my own original version.

Indeed, to this illustrious physiologist Prof. Owen refers on this

question, as both Milne-Edwards and his son Alphonse Milne-

Edwards have been moved to make the emphatic assertion that the

minuteness of the blood-disks of Tragulus was discovered by Prof.

Owen. But this is a misstatement, as the very reference made in its

behalf, to the ‘London Medical Gazette,’ 1839-40, will prove. A

careful search throughout those volumes, not excepting the curious

zoologico-anthropological characteristics in the ‘ Extra Limites,”

vol. ii. p. 671*, will fail to find mention of more than a single Tra-

gulus ; and that occurs, with his first notice of the blood of Camels,

in the number for December 20, 1839: all the few measurements in

that paper were by Mr. Bowerbank ; and “ Moschus pygmeus’’ is the

only Tragulus mentioned therein.

But, as Prof. Owen has long since well known, my observations

on the minuteness of the blood-disks of Tragulus, on the shape

and size of those of certain Camels, and on their structure in this

whole family, were read, as before said, at a meeting of the Medico-

Chirargical Society on the 26th of November previously, published

in the 23rd volume of the Transactions of that Society, and, with

my description of the same corpuscles of Marsupials, in the ‘ Dublin

Medical Press’ of November 27, in the ‘London and Edinburgh

Philosophical Magazine’ of December 1, all of the same year, and in

several other periodical works either of the first day of December,

or at least before the date of Prof. Owen’s paper. And of his ac-

quaintance with my paper that had been read at the Medico-Chi-

rurgical Society on the 26th of November, he has left published

proof in a footnote to his own paper of the succeeding 20th of

December, in which he quotes mine of the preceding 26th of No-

vember as to the lymph-globules of Tragu/us and the Camels, but

omits any notice of my description therein of the blood-disks of those

animals ; only he says that the minuteness of the blood-disks of Mos-

chus pygmeus is such as he “had anticipated ;” and so, no doubt,

he had, with my published proof of that minuteness before him.

In the foregoing notices an attempt has been made to assert the truth

respecting a branch of physiological history to which the best part

of my life has been devoted. Should it be supposed that I have now

been influenced only by considerations personal to myself, I can but

truly deny the imputation, and refer in proof to my published

writings, im which quite as much zeal has been shown in defending

the rights of Davies, Hewson, and others from unjust aggression as I

have here exercised in behalf of my own just claims. Had private

persons been the authors of the errors now corrected, they might

have passed, like several similar ones, without notice ; but Professor

1870. ] ON THE FRESHWATER FISHES OF BURMAH. 99

Milne-Edwards is one of the most eminent comparative anatomists

and physiologists in Europe, and Professor Owen is the Superin-

tendent of the Natural-History Departments of the British Museum.

3. On the Freshwater Fishes of Burmah.

By Francis Day, F.Z.S., F.L.S8.—Part II.*

OpHIOCEPHALUS AUROLINEATUS, Sp. Nov.

D. 53. P.18. V.6. A. 36. C.14. L. 1. 66. L. tr. 7.

Length of head nearly 7, of caudal ;%;, height of body +%, of the

total length.

Diameter of eves 4 of length of head, 1 diameter from end of

snout, 17 diameter apart.

The posterior extremity of the maxilla extends to below the pos-

terior margin of the orbit. Thirteen rows of scales between the

orbit and the angle of the preopercle. Shields on top of head of

moderate size.

Teeth numerous, villiform, in jaws, vomer, and palate.

Colour dark purplish black, with an orange stripe commencing

at the snout and passing through the eye along the side and above

the lateral line to the upper half of the tail.

Hab. One specimen, 354; inches, was taken at Moulmein. Although

the natives asserted it to be a common species, a second specimen

was not obtained. It may prove to be the young of the O. marulius,

H. B., from which, however, it appears to differ considerably.

LABEO NEILLI, sp. nov.

B.ifi. D. oy. P.15. V.9. A. 2/5. C.19. L134. L. tr. ze

Length of head nearly 4, of caudal 3, height of body #?, of dorsal

fin 4 of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter # of length of head, 13 diameter from end of

snout, 2 diameters apart.

Snout rounded and smooth, it scarcely overlaps the mouth, which

is of moderate width; no lateral lobe; lips thin, only slightly re-

flected, they are both fringed with two, three, or more rows of well-

developed puapillee internal to the outer fringe. The rostral barbels

do not reach the orbit ; the maxillary extend to beneath its centre.

Body compressed.

Fins. The dorsal arises before the ventral, and much nearer the

snout than the base of the caudal, which latter is deeply forked.

Upper margin of dorsal slightly concave.

Teeth pharyngeal, 5, 4, 3/3, 4, 5, plough-shaped.

Scales. Four and a half rows between lateral line and the base of

the ventral fin.

Gill-rakers very short.

* For Part I. see P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 614.

100 ON THE FRESHWATER FISHES OF BURMAH. [Feb. 10,

Colours. Greyish yellow, darkest above, every scale having a dark

spot at its base. Fins yellowish orange; dorsal darkest in its lower

half, a darkish spot near the root of the caudal fin, and another, ill-

defined one at the commencement of the lateral line.

Hab. Sittoung and Billing, whence I procured seven specimens up

to six inches in length. I have named the species after my esteemed

correspondent A. B. Neill, Esq., F.Z.S.

Barsus (BARBODES) STEVENSONII, sp. nov.

B. iii. D. 3/9. P.17. V.9. A.3/5. C.19. L.1. 27. L. tr. 43/5.

Length of head 2, of caudal nearly 7, height of body § of the

total length.

Eyes. Diameter 2 of length of head, 1 diameter from end of snout,

1 diameter apart.

Body elongated, compressed. Dorsal profile but little elevatea.

Interorbital space flat. Upper jaw longest. Maxillary barbels

extending to below the posterior margin of the orbit; the rostral

ones are shorter.

Fins. The dorsal arises before the ventral, and midway between

the snout and the base of the caudal; its third undivided ray is

smooth, weak, and articulated in its whole extent ; the fin is slightly

lower than the body. Caudal forked.

Scales. Two and a half rows between the lateral line and base of

the ventral fin.

Colours. Silvery ; a black spot at the base of the caudal.

Hab. Akyab. Given to me by Col. Stevenson amongst several

other species; and I have named it after its discoverer.

Barsus (Punrius) puntio, H. B.

B. iii. D. 3/8. P.15. V.9. A. 2/5. C.21. L.1. 23. L. tr. 4/4.

Length of head 3, of caudal 2, height of body nearly 3 of the

total length.

Eyes. Diameter 2 of length of head, ? of a diameter from end of

snout, 1 diameter apart.

Mouth small, destitute of barbels. Dorsal profile rises to the

origin of the dorsal fin.

Fins. Dorsal commencing midway between the anterior margin of

the orbit and the base of the caudal, rather in advance of the ven-

trals; its third undivided ray is smooth, weak, and articulated.

Caudal deeply forked.

Lateral line incomplete, only extending along a few scales. Two

rows and a half of scales between it and the base of the ventral

fin.

Colours. Silvery ; a deep wide black band encircles the free por-

tion of the tail, and includes the tip of the anal. Dorsal fin orange

tipped with black.

Hab. Five specimens captured at Sittoung. I have redescribed

the species, as its existence has been doubted, apparently not having

been taken since Hamilton Buchanan’s time.

PZ. 3.1870. PL VEL

056%

AT Hollick del? et lth.

New species of Idiops.

1870.] REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON THE GENUS IDIOPS. 101

SEMIPLOTUS MODESTUS, sp. nov.

ene 19.74/20 P15:)*V, 9. Ae /6.- CF 1927 LT. 52-34.

L. tr. 73/73.

Length of head 2, of caudal 2, height of body nearly 4 of the

total length.

Eyes. Diameter + of length of head, 1 diameter from end of snout,

14 diameter apart.

Snout broad, obtuse, with several open pores on either side.

Mouth transverse, inferior. The posterior extremity of the maxilla

extends to beneath the middle of the orbit. No horny substance on

the jaws. Lower jaw not covered by lip. A knob at the symphysis.

Slight motion between the maxillary and intermaxillary bones. No

barbels.

Teeth pharyngeal, 4, 3, 2/2, 3, 4.

Colours. Silvery, darkest in the upper half of the body. Ven-

trals and anal tipped with orange.

Hab. Hill-ranges of Akyab, whence Col. Stevenson procured for

me two specimens, of 44 and 53 inches respectively in length.

Remarks.—This species appears intermediate between the genera

Semiplotus and Cyprinion; for it nearly agrees with the former in

the slight motion of the upper jaw, absence of barbels, &c., whilst

it likewise resembles the latter in having a serrated dorsal spine,

although it has no horny edge to the lips or barbels. However,

those two genera, with this intermediate species, appear to pass so

naturally one into the other that I would suggest they should only

be regarded as subgenera.

4. Monograph of the Genus Jdiops, including Descriptions

of several Species new to Science. By the Rev. O. P.

CAMBRIDGE.

(Plate VIII.*)

In publishing descriptions of new species of a little-known genus,

it seemed a fit opportunity to incorporate with them the substance

of what has already been made known upon the subject by Conti-

nental arachnologists ; the present paper will therefore comprise the

characters of the genus, and of the only two species of it hitherto

known, in addition to the descriptions of the new species.

The genus Idiops was first characterized (in 1830) by M. Perty

(Del. An. Art. Bras. p. 197); but it appears to have been overlooked

by Baron Walckenaer, who seems to have hastily concluded M. Perty’s

spider to have been a species of the genus Sphasus (see Walck. Ins.

Apt. tom. i. p. 379, Paris, 1837). It is surprising that Walcke-

naer should not have recognized in M. Perty’s figures and lucid de-

scription a species of a new and well-marked genus of the family

* For description of this Plate, see the end of the supplementary paper on the

same subject, below p. 157.—Eb.

102 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON THE GENUS IDI0Ps. [Feb. 10,

Mygalides. Subsequently M. Guérin-Méneville (without any re-

ference at all to the genus established by M. Perty) founded the

genus Acanthodon upon another Spider, undoubtedly congeneric with

that upon which the genus Idiops had been previously established

(see ‘ Arachnides du Voyage de la Favorite,’ and ‘ Revue Zoologique,’

1838, p. 10). This genus, Acanthodon, was afterwards, in the

Supplement to his history ‘Des Arandides,’ included in ‘Ins. Apt.’

tom. ii. p. 234, by Baron Walckenaer, who also seems to have over-

looked its identity with Idiops. Since that time nothing appears to

have been published upon it. The present occasion, therefore, seems

a fit one for the re-establishment of M. Perty’s genus, and the recti-

fication of the erroneous reference to his species by Walckenaer in

the work above quoted (Ins. Apt. tom. i. p. 379, where the specific

name of Perty’s Spider is also erroneously given as Idiops aculeatus,

whereas the name given it in Del. An. Art. Bras. is Idiops fuscus).

Of the species* which are now included in the genus Idiops,

three (Idiops fuscus (Perty), I. kochit, n. sp., I. petitii (Guérin)),

are from two widely separated localities in South America (Brazil

and the Amazons); the fourth (I. sigillatus, nu. sp.) is from the

Swan River, West Australia, and in many respects a most remark-

able species ; the fifth is from Beiriit in Syria.

Fam. MYGA.IpDEs.

Gen. Ip1ors.

Idiops, Perty, Del. Anim. Artic. Bras. p. 197, 1830-34.

Acanthodon, Guérin, Arachnides du Voyage de la Favorite, cl.

viii. pl. 16. figs. 1-8 ; Revue Zool. 1838, p. 10; Walck. Ins. Apt.

tom. li. p. 234.

Characters of the Genus.—Cephalothorax large, oval, in some

species uniformly convex above ; in others the caput is more or less

elevated, and the sides as well as the thoracic portion depressed.

Eyes unequal in size and disposed in three transverse rows, 2, 2,

and 4; this last row, the hindmost, is much the longest, curved,

and not far behind the second, or intermediate row; while the fore-

most one is placed at a considerable distance in front, and only just

above the insertion of the falees; they may also be described (see

Guérin, l. e. sup.) as disposed in two groups,—the first placed on the

anterior margin of the cephalothorax, and composed of two eyes near

to each other ; the second considerably behind and forming a longish

narrow transverse oval figure, composed of six eyes.

Falces strong, promiment, and generally armed at their extremi-

ties on the upperside with a group of short strong spines.

Mazille cylindrical, divergent, almost entirely destitute of any

prominence on their inner extremities, so that (like many others of

the Magalides) the palpus appears to spring from the very extremity

of the maxilla.

* Vide supplementary notice, in which other new species are described,

posted, p. 152.

1870.] REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON THE GENUS IDIOPS. 103

Labium small, oblong, rather narrower at the apex than at the base.

Legs strong, variously armed with spines, and terminating with

three claws, the two superior ones of which are sometimes pectinated.

Palpi long, strong, and armed with spines ; in the female sex pedi-

form, and ending with a simple curved claw; in the males termi-

nating with palpal organs, which in general structure resemble

closely those of the male sex in all known species of the Mygalides,

viz. a corneous bulb slightly attached to the underside of the digital

joint, and prolonged into a variously formed, but generally simple,

spinous projection.

M. Guérin remarks that nothing is known of the habits of his

species I. petitii; the striking similarity, however, in one portion of

its structure (viz. the strong and peculiar spines on the palpi, legs, and

falces) seemed to indicate a habit similar to that of Cteniza, Latvr.,

Atypus (Latr.), aud Actinopus (Perty), 7. e. the formation of a tubular

silken domicile in a hole dug out of the earth, and closed probably

by a hinged lid: this habit has been verified in respect to one of the

new species described below (I. syriacus) ; and thus M. Guérin’s

concluding observation, “ Elle doit étre fouisseuse comme certaines

Mygales et comme les Atypes,” has received a striking confirmation

in fact.

1. Ip1ors FUSCUS.

Idiops fuscus (Filarie mygaloides), Perty, Del. An. Art. Bras.

p. 197, pl. 39. f. 5.

Sphasus idiops, Walck. Ins. Apt. tom. i. p. 379.

Male adult, length 43 lines.

Cephalothorax suboval, but slightly convex above.

Eyes eight, unequal in size; two small ones situate in front, then

two of larger size, and behind these four small oues, placed in a

curved line.

Legs long, rather strong, attenuate towards the tarsi; relative

length 1, 4, 2, 3.

Palpi almost as long as the cephalothorax and abdomen, first joint

forming the maxillz, last joint in the male inflated and unguiculate.

Abdomen oval; sternum small, flat, subcircular. The whole

spider is of a dusky black colour ; the coxe of the legs testaceous ;

tarsired. At first sight similar to “ Actinopus tarsalis,” but in struc-

ture and position of the eyes wholly dissimilar; on the underside

the colour is testaceous brown.

Hab. Brazil.

In the above description, M. Perty omits a strong specific character,

well shown in the figure, viz. the strong and tumid radial joints

of the palpi.

2. Ipiors Kocut, n.sp. (Plate VIII. fig. 1.)

Male adult, length 73 lines.

Cephalothorax large, oval, transversely truncate before, and mode-

rately convex above ; the lateral and posterior margins of the caput are

104 REY. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON THE GENUS IDIops. [Feb. 10,

confluent with the thoracic region; the normal furrows and inden-

tations are strongly marked, the median depression indicating the

junction of the caput and thorax being very deep and curved. The

colour of the cephalothorax (as also of the whole Spider except the

abdomen) is a deep black brown, tinged with reddish, the abdomen

being of a dull yellow-brown, blackened by numerous longish bristly

black hairs, mingled with the shorter ones of a different colour ; the

cephalothorax is furnished with bristly black hairs, which chiefly

follow the directions of the normal indentations.

Eyes eight, disposed in three transverse rows, seated on a slightly

elevated and somewhat circular area: the two front rows consist

each of two eyes; the third or posterior row consists of the four

smallest eyes, and is much the longest and curved, the curve being

directed backwards ; the eyes of this third row may be described as

in two pairs, those of each pair being contiguous to each other, and

forming the extremity of the row; the eyes of the two front rows

form an oblong rectangular figure, whose transverse width is the

shortest ; the eyes of the first row are close above the fore margin of

the caput, and are the largest of the eight, but the line formed by

them is only equal in length to that formed by the eyes of the second

row, which last are seated on whitish tubercles and, being smaller

than those of the front row, are therefore separated by a wider

interval. Several strong black bristles spring up behind the eyes

and arch forwards over them; and another, issuing from the centre

of the area formed by the two front rows, arches backwards in a

direction contrary to those before mentioned.

Legs long and strong, the femora of those of the third pair being

specially stout and tumid; they are furnished with blackish bristly

hairs and a few spines; their relative length is 4, 1, 2, 3, the length of

those of the fourth pair being 18 lines, and of those of the third pair

12 lines; beneath the two superior terminal claws of the tarsi is a

compact brush, or small scopula of hairs, which prevented its being

ascertained whether a third (or inferior) claw was present or no; the

superior claws appeared to be destitute of pectinations ; it was not,

however, easy to observe this with accuracy; the tibiee of the first

pair of legs are furnished with several spines, of which one is much

stronger than the rest, and issues from a small corneous prominence

of the tibial joint.

Palpi long and strong, similar in colour and armature to the legs ;

cubital joint rather clavate, humeral strong and curved ; radial longer

than the cubital, and rather densely furnished beneath with long

bristly hairs ; digital joint narrow, oblong, a little constricted about its

middle part; from beneath the hinder extremity of this joint spring

the palpal organs, which are small and consist of a nearly circular

red-brown corneous bulb prolonged into a sort of beak, directed

rather outwards, and terminating in a filiform slightly curved point.

Falces moderately strong and prominent, furnished with hairs,

bristles, and a cluster of short black spines near their inner extre-

mities.

Maville long, cylindrical, divergent.

1870.] REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON THE GENUS IDIOPS. 105

The labium was almost concealed; but it was apparently very

small, though similar in form to that of Idiops fuscus.

Sternum somewhat oval in form, but much broader behind than

before.

Abdomen small, oval, very convex above, hairy, and of a dull

yellow-brown colour, rendered blackish above by numerous bristly

black hairs longer than the rest ; the plates of the spiracles (four in

number) are of a paler colour than the rest of the abdomen; the

spinners are also four in number; those of the superior pair being

much the longest and strongest, and biarticulate.

An adult male of this Spider was received through Mr. Janson

from Pebas (Amazons, South America); it seems to be nearly allied

to Idiops fuscus (Perty), but is much larger, and differs both in the

relative size and disposition of the eyes, as well as in the structure of

the palpi. In connecting this species with the name of Dr. Ludwig

Koch of Niirnberg, I desire to pay a slight tribute of respect to one

of the keenest and ablest of living arachnologists.

3. Iprops sigiLLatus, n. sp. (Plate VIII. fig. 2.)

Male adult, length 9 lines.

Cephalothoraz broad, nearly circular, and depressed; caput short,

as if truncated before, and its junction with the thoracic region

marked by a deep, transverse, and somewhat curved indentation ;

the other normal furrows and indentations are also pretty strongly

marked ; the colour of the cephalothorax is ‘a dark yellowish brown,

and it is sparingly clothed with yellow-grey adpressed hairs, as well

as some short black spiny bristles; a number of strongish black

spines and spiny bristles also form a sort of border round its lateral

margins.

Eyes eight, placed on a black tubercular eminence of no great

height, on the fore part of the caput; they are disposed in three

transverse rows, 2, 2, and 4; those of the foremost row are the

largest of the eight, near together, and situated immediately above

the insertion of the falces; those of the second row are much smaller,

and at some distance behind the former, with which they form an

oblong rectangular figure, and occupy the summit of the tubercular

eminence; not far behind these the four remaining eyes form the

third row, which is much the longest and slightly curved (the curve

directed backwards); the lateral eyes of this row are large, but

rather less in size than those of the first row; the two central eyes

are small (the smallest of the eight), and are further from each

other than each is from the lateral on its side. From the centre of

the rectangle formed by the eyes of the first and second rows, one

or two strong, spiny, black bristles rise almost perpendicularly,

curving a little backwards; two other bristles of the same kind, but

shorter, spring up in a transverse line between the central eyes of

the third row, and have their points directed forwards.

Legs moderately long, strong; relative length 4, 1, 2,3; they are

of a reddish yellow-brown colour, and are furnished with hairs,

bristles, and black spines of varied length and strength: the tibize

106 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON THE GENUS IDIOPs. [Feb. 10,

of the first pair have two strong, black, tubercular, corneous promi-

nences near their extremities on the inner side; the hinder one of

these is by far the longest and strongest ; both are furnished with

bristles, and at their extremities are some short, strong, blunt, black

spines. Each tarsus ends with three claws; the two upper ones are

conspicuous, curved, and pectinated; the lower one is small, sharply

bent downwards, and not easy to be seen.

Palpi long, strong, similar to the legs in colour, and remarkable

in their structure and armature; the cubital joints are short, and

larger at their fore than at their hinder extremities; on their outer

sides, rather underneath, is a sort of longitudinal irregular furrow

or suture of a pale colour, with a slight prominence near the middle ;

the radial joints are more than double the length of the cubitals,

curved, very strong, and tumid, especially towards their hinder ex-

tremities ; about the middle of their outer sides is a strong, pro-

minent, tubercular projection, obtuse at its extremity, which (toge-

ther with the underside) is furnished with very short, strong, blunt,

black spines; about halfway between this projection and the ex-

tremity of the joint is another, prominent, slender, and cylindrical,

of a paler colour than the other, and with a few, very short, tuber-

culiform, black spines near its extremity ; the digital joint is rather

shorter than the cubital, of an oblong form, very slightly concave

beneath, and with its anterior extremity strongly emarginate, or

rather produced on either side, mostly so on the inner one. The

palpi are furnished with hairs, bristles, and spines; a group of long

and strong bristly hairs occupies the underside of the radial joint

near its hinder extremity ; and the fore extremity of the digital joint

is armed with some strong black spines. The palpal organs consist of

a long, strong, and tortuous corneous process of a red-brown colour,

mixed with whitish; this process is somewhat bulbiform near its

base, and terminates with a small, bluntish continuation; in a state

of rest this organ extends backwards nearly to the hinder extremity

of the radial joint.

Falces moderately strong, prominent, of a red-brown colour, hairy,

and armed with a small group of short strong spines near their

extremities on the upperside.

Mazille strong, cylindrical, divergent, and having the palpi issu-

ing from their extremities; they are thickly fringed on their inner

sides with reddish-yellow hairs.

Labium very small, short, rather broader at its base than at its

apex, which is rounded.

Sternum large, oblong-oval, much narrower before than behind ;

this part (with the labium and maxillz) is similar to the legs in

colour; the sternum is also furnished with strong, prominent, bristly

hairs, and four smooth, oval, reddish patches or spots form a curved

transverse row across its centre, the curve directed backwards.

Abdomen broad-oval, narrower before than behind; it projects

over the base of the cephalothorax, is tolerably convex above, round,

and abruptly terminated at its hinder extremity; it is of a deep

dusky-brown colour, its sides and upper part strongly rugulose, the

1870.] REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON THE GENUS IDIOPS. 107

wrinkles being sinuous, and with a longitudinal direction; each

wrinkle is armed with a single and more or less complete row of

short, strong, prominent, black spines; the hinder extremity of the

abdomen has four largish, round, bare, black, slightly impressed

patches, like seals; the two upper ones are the largest, and are

wider apart than the two lower ones; the four form very nearly a

square. The spinners (four in number) are short; the superior ones

being the longest, strongest, and apparently biarticulate; the four

spiracles are connected with conspicuous disks or plates of a reddish-

brown colour, mixed with yellowish.

An adult male of this very distinct and remarkable Spider was

received through Mr. S. Stevens, from the Swan River, West Aus-

tralia, in 1864.

4. IDIOPS PETITII.

Acanthodon petitii*, (Guérin-Méneville) Voyage de la Favorite,

el. vill. pl. 16. figs. 1-8 ; Walck. Ins. Apt. tome ii. p. 234.

Female adult, length 14 lines.

Cephalothorax elongate-oval, contracted and elevated before, flat-

tened on the sides and behind.

Eyes eight, disposed in two separate groups; the first, situated on

the anterior margin of cephalothorax, is composed of two large eyes

very near to each other, and placed on a tolerably strong tubercle; the

second group is much further back, placed upon a strongish eminence,

and forming a very narrow, transverse, oval figure; this group con-

sists of six eyes, the two hindmost ones being rather the smallest.

Palpi long, strong, and pediform, almost as strong as the legs,

and armed beneath with short, strong spines, forming a sort of rake

(rdteau).

Legs longish and strong; relative length 4, 1, 2, 3; those of the

first two pairs armed beneath the two last joints with short, strong

spines similar to those beneath the palpi; each tarsus ends with

three claws, the two superior ones much curved, and armed beneath,

towards their base, with a strong tooth; the inferior claw is much

smaller than the superior ones.

Falces prominent, and armed in front with a group of strong spines.

Mazille and labium similar in form to those of Idiops fuscus.

Abdomen oval, hairy, of a pale dull brown colour, with some

largish yellow spots beneath, near the branchial openings ; the colour

of the cephalothorax, legs, and falces is a lively chestnut-brown,

shining, and as if varnished. Spinners four in number and unequal

in size. Branchial openings four in number, and placed in the usual

position beneath the fore part of the abdomen.

Hab. Brazil.

5. Iprops syrracus, n. sp. (Plate VIII. fig. 3.)

Female immature, length 33 lines.

The general colour of this species is yellow-brown, the cephalo-

* Named after Dr. M. Petit de la Saussaie, by whom it was discovered and

presented to M. Guérin.

108 MR. J. BRAZIER ON NEW MARINE SHELLS. ___[Feb. 10,

thorax and falces being rather darker than the legs and palpi, and

the abdomen having a duller whitey-brown hue; the hinder part of

the caput is elevated or protuberant, the thoracic portion and sides

being depressed ; the eyes are similarly placed to those of the fore-

going species ; those of the two foremost rows form an oblong figure,

whose width is considerably less than its length, and its fore extre-

mity a little wider than its hinder one; the two central eyes of the

hinder row are much further apart from each other than each is from

the lateral on its side; the eyes of this row are of a bright pearly-

white lustre, and larger than the rest (which are dark-coloured), the

external ones being apparently the largest of the eight. From the

centre of the long-oval figure formed by the six hinder eyes springs

a long, tolerably strong, erect, black bristle, and from the highest

part of the caput (behind the eyes) spring two other similar bristles

directed forwards; the legs are short, strong, and taper rapidly to

their extremities; those of the third pair are rather the strongest ;

they are armed with hairs, bristles, and strong spines, the latter

being especially beneath those of the first and second pairs; their

relative length is 4, 3, 1, 2, thus differing in this respect from all the

foregoing species; but there seemed very little, if any, difference in

length between those of the first and second pairs. Each tarsus

ends with three claws, the inferior one being very small, the superior

pair having apparently but one strong tooth beneath, like those of

Idiops petitii; the falces are strong, prominent, and armed with a

group of powerful spines at their extremities on the uppersides.

The mazille are furnished with bristles and short spine-like promi-

nences, of which last there are also several at the apex of the labium.

The abdomen is rather large, oval, and convex above, furnished spa-

ringly with hairs, and of a whitish yellow-brown colour. Spinners

four in number; the superior ones stout, biarticulate, but not very

long; the inferior ones very small.

This Spider was dug out of a bank close to Beirit, by myself, in

May 1864; it was ina tubular web spun in a cylindrical hole formed

in the earth, and closed at the entrance, on the surface of the bank,

by a hinged lid, similar to that of some other species of the Myga-

lides.

5. Descriptions of Three new Species of Marine Shells from

the Australian Coast. By Joun Braziur, C.M.Z.S.

VouuTa (AULICA) WISEMANI, 0. sp.

The shell differs in a great many respects from V. pulchra, Sow.

The first three whorls, forming the apex, are minutely granular ;

fourth, tubercle slightly raised, straight and very sharp-pointed,

orange-coloured blotches at the suture; fifth with the tubercles raised,

sharp-pointed, tipped with orange, fine orange-coloured blotches at

the suture, tubercles white between; basal whorl with five promi-

nent tubercles at the angle, sharp-pointed, tipped with orange, be-

1870.) MR. J. BRAZIER ON NEW MARINE SHELLS. 109

tween the tubercles white, below the white runs an irregular inter-

rupted orange band in blotches, white between; towards the base

there run from the edge of the lip to the pillar eight irregular large

orange-coloured blotches, intermediate spaces trigonal-shaped and

white; minute round and oblong brown dots promiscuously scattered

all over the shell (at first sight appearing as if it had been done by

artificial means) ; four plaits on the columella, first three plaits con-

spicuous, lower plait scarcely visible, not extending over on the

columella, as in V. pulchra, but more slanting ; flesh-coloured enamel

on the base, but very much puckered ; edge of lip tinged with bright

orange; interior of aperture flesh-coloured. The red longitudinal

lines so characteristic at the sutures in VY. pulchra and punctata are

wanting in this: although the differences between V. pulchra and

V. wisemani are of so nice a character, they are nevertheless uniform

and constant.

Length 3 inches, apert. 2 inches 3 lines long, breadth 1 inch 6 lines.

Hab. Islands on north-east coast of Australia (Coll. Brazier),

Var. With irregular orange blotches, and trigonal-shaped white

spots promiscuously scattered over the shell (Coll. Hargraves, Coz,

Rossiter). .

I have named the species after my esteemed friend Commodore

Sir William Wiseman, C.B., formerly of H.M.S. ‘Curacoa,’ who

afforded me all the assistance that lay in his power when I went

with him through the South-Sea Islands on a most delightful cruise

of four months engaged in collecting specimens of natural history &c.

Convs COOKI, 0. sp.

Shell turbinated, rather thick, inflated, smooth, marked with red-

dish undulating lines running longitudinally; spire convex, apex

blunt; whorls six, strongly striated between the sutures; upper

edge of basal whorl white, rounded, and marked with red undulating

lines, sometimes straight; lip thin, crenated; base ridged, tipped

with white; aperture light blue.

Length 10 lines, breadth 53 lines.

Hab. Captain Cook’s Landing-place, Botany Bay; amongst the

rocks (Coll. Brazier, Hargraves).

This species very much resembles a young non-coronated speci-

men of O. princeps. The curious undulating hieroglyphical mark-

ings are peculiar to C. cooki. The lines that run across C. infrenatus

and C. aplustre, Reeve, are not to be found in C. cooki. I obtained

my specimen at the spot where Captain Cook landed in 1770. My

friend Mr. W. H. Hargraves obtained two specimens at Cape Solan-

der, Botany Bay, New South Wales.

CoNUS ROSSITERI, 2. sp.

Shell turbinated, thin, shining, transversely finely striated under

the lens, longitudinally blotched with chestnut-brown, white, and

light blue; spire slightly convex, apex pointed; whorls seven to

eight ; upper edge of basal whorl splashed with white arrow-shaped

110 MR. H. ADAMS ON A NEW SPECIES OF Fusus. [Feb. 10,

spots, alternating with dark square chestnut spots ; very finely striated

between the sutures; dark interrupted chestnut band across the

centre f the shell, below the band faint whitish spots; base ridged,

tipped with white, with a dark red band above the white; lip thin,

slightly flexuous, edged with brown; interior of aperture white and

brown.

Length 8 lines, breadth 4 lines.

Hab. Cape Solander, Botany Bay, New South Wales (Coll.

Brazier).

This pretty little shell I have named after my friend Mr. R. C.

Rossiter, now of New Caledonia, who spent many pleasant hours

with me dredging in the harbour of Port Jackson. It is allied to

C. gilvus, Reeve, but much smaller. ;

6. Description of a New Species of Fusus.

By Henry Apams, F.L.S.

Fusus ventricosvus, H. Ad.

F. testa fusiformi, solidula, longitudinaliter rugose striata, costis

obtusis inequalibus, ad peripheriam majoribus, versus apicem

Fusus ventricosus.

fusco-nodosis cincta, flavido-alba; anfr. 8, convexis, prope su-

turam excavatis; apertura ovata; labro simplici, intus sub-

suleato; labio calloso, intus nodulis elongatis instructo, antice

1870.] MR. R. SWINHOE ON AMHERST’S PHEASANTS. 111

libero, late expanso, umbilicum falsum formante ; rostro bre-

viusculo, recurvato, canali aperto, sinuoso.

Long. 130, diam. 60 mill.

Hab. L’Agulhas Bank, Cape of Good Hope.

This species of the genus Fusus is remarkable from its ventricose

form, recurved rostrum, and from the columellar lip being much

expanded at the fore part of the aperture, thus giving it the appear-

ance of being umbilicated. It was dredged on the L’ Agulhas Bank,

off the Cape of Good Hope, and has been placed in my hands for

description by Mr. Cutter, of Great Russell Street. One specimen.

only was obtained.

February 24, 1870.

Dr. E. Hamilton, V.P., in the Chair.

A communication was read from Mr. R. Swinhoe, F.Z.S., stating

that when at Hankow last summer he had ascertained from H.M.

Consul in that city that some living Amherst’s Pheasants (Thau-

malea amherstie) which had passed that way to England had been

received from a French priest, Monseigneur Chauveau, Bishop of

Sebastopolis, who was stationed at Ta-tsien-leou, on the Tibetan

frontier. Mr. Swinhoe had been permitted to take a copy of M.

Chauveau’s letter upon the subject, which ran as follows :—

“You may possibly at this moment wait for a letter about the

Lady Amherst’s Pheasants. Our exertions have been successfu!

enough ; and we have to-day in my little mountain-home (so well

known to Mr. Cooper) nine Lady Amherst’s Pheasants, some of

them in a perfectly good state, some in a Jess suitable condition.

These birds are exceedingly common in our hills, but exceedingly

cunning likewise. When they perceive, say the natives, in any cor-

ner of the hill a small handful of Indian corn or rice, suspecting a

snare they do not approach easily, but endeavour with their long

tails to sweep away some of the corn in order to eat it without

danger. Unfortunately we cannot, at any rate or by any means

whatever, save the old ones; they refuse every kind of food. If

you present them any thing they will never eat, but they peck your

fingers and wound you cruelly; their captivity irritates them, say

our good Chinamen. The young ones, on the contrary, appear to

be very gentle birds, eating corn or rice in your hand without fear.

They have magnificent tails, 24 inches in length generally.” '

In reference to this communication, Mr. Sclater remarked that

there could be no doubt that these birds were those subsequently

received by Mr. Stone, and for some time deposited in the Society’s

Gardens* ; and pointed out the position of Ta-tsien-leou on the slope

* See P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 468.

112 LETTER FROM MR. W. H. HUDSON, [ Feb. 24,

of the Yung-lin mountains, between Tibet and the Chinese province

of Sechuen.

Mr. P. L. Sclater exhibited, and made remarks on, a specimen of

a newly described Lemur of the genus Indris from Madagascar,

which had been placed in his hands by Mr. A. J. F ranks, jun., for

that purpose. This animal was stated to have been discovered by

Mr. Van Dam during his recent explorations in North-eastern Ma-

dagascar, and to have been described by Mr. F. Pollen, C.M.Z.S8.,

under the name Propithecus damanus.

A second letter on the ornithology of Buenos Ayres*, addressed

to the Secretary by Mr. William H. Hudson, was read. It was as

follows :— “ Buenos Ayres, December 22nd, 1869.

‘“*Srr,—A few days ago I wrote you a letter, in which I spoke of

the wood bordering on the Plata, and of some of its birds. I will

now send you another letter on the same subject.

“South of the city of Buenos Ayres, the low shore of the river is

from six to eight miles in width ; but for more than half this width the

portion furthest from the river is frequently inundated, and covered:

with reeds and aquatic plants. Passing this there occurs a strip of

light and dry land, running parallel with the river, composed chiefly

of fossil shells, and grown over with a forest of low trees. In some

places this high ground is extremely narrow; in others there are

great breaks in it, through which the river passes when greatly

swollen. In this strip of forest may be found all the birds inhabit-

ing Buenos Ayres that perch on trees, not even excepting the Pampas

Woodpecker (Colaptes campestris), of which Mr. Darwin has so

unfortunately said:—‘ It is a Woodpecker which never climbs a

tree’ (Origin of Species, p. 165). I will reserve for another letter

an account of this interesting bird. Between the strips of high

ground I have mentioned and the river itself is a low swampy region,

often flooded, and covered with sayus-trees, interspersed with beds

of aquatic shrubs, canes, and reeds. Though there is here in sum-

mer a tropical profusion of splendid flowers, the sombre foliage of

the trees, and sere withering colour of the reeds, give it a peculiarly

sad and desolate appearance. This sayus-swamp is a great breeding-

place for the Carranchos (Polybori) and other Hawks, of which

there are great numbers of all the species known in this country,

But in this region I have met with a very few species of the small

birds found on the pampas. This part of its fauna, like its vege-

tation, being derived from the north, differs from that of the adjacent

country. All such species as are found exclusively in the riverine

forest which I have described may be considered as reaching the ex-

treme southern limit of their geographical range at about one degree

south of the city of Buenos Ayres. I will now tell you what I have

learned of some of these, and will mention others in future.

* See anted, p. 83, for Mr. Hudson’s first letter—Ep.

1870.} LETTER FROM MR. W. H. HUDSON. 113

“1. Bathmidurus variegatus (Burm.).—I have met with but one

individual of this prettily mottled Flycatcher. There is no example

in the Buenos-Ayres Museum. It is probably very rare in La Plata,

but is, I believe, found in Brazil.

“2. Tyrannus aurantio-atro-cristatus (Lafr. et d’Orb.).—Of this

species I have also obtained only one specimen. Its flight was like

that of the 7. melancholicus. It was of a uniform dusky colour,

with a golden crest. The specimen in the Buenos-Ayres Museum

was brought from Entre Rios.

3. Fluvicola albiventris (Spix). The Buenos-Ayres Museum

has specimens of this bird from Brazil; but I have met with several

individuals here. The black upper and snowy-white lower plumage

render it conspicuous ; but though so small a bird, it is extremely

shy of approach, and has a rapid flight. It frequents the borders of

streams, and breeds in the thick bushes of sarandi growing in the water.

Its only note is a low ticking, uttered when the nest is approached.

“4, Synallaxis albescens*.—The specimens in the Buenos-Ayres

Museum of this bird were obtained in South Brazil. I met with it

frequently in the ¢ola- and sayus-woods, where it unfailingly disco-

vers itself by its loud, harsh, incessant note. It has also in the

pairing-season a low strange song, very different from the usual shrill

trilling notes of all its tribe. It leaves us in the winter.

“5. Synallaxis egithaloides.—There is no example of this bird in

the Buenos-Ayres Museum. Its colour is a yellowish brown. I met

with a few individuals of it in some beds of a peculiar reed, of which

the only other inhabitants were the Limnornis curvirostris. Though

only about half the size of that bird, in notes and habits, as well as

in habitat, it is exactly similar.

**6. Lepidocolaptes atripes.—This bird, remarkable for its extra-

vagantly long bill, I have observed in the ¢ola-woods. Their notes

are exceedingly lond aud shrill; their flight, while passing from

tree to tree, rapid, low, and undulating. They invariably alight on

the bole of a tree, and sit upright with the head thrown far back, or

run round and up the trunk searching for insects in the dead bark.

They arrive here late in the spring.

“7. Thamnophilus argentinus.—Inhabits the sayus-swamps, but

is not common. Its low and trilling note is very peculiar, and is

more like the song of a night insect than that of a bird.

“8. Poospiza albifrons (Vieill.).--Inhabits the sayws-woods and

reed-beds, but is a rare bird, and resembles in colour the yellow

withered herbage which it frequents. I have never heard it sing.

The allied species, the Poospiza nigro-rufa, is much more common,

frequenting the ¢ola-woods, and often met with in orchards and

hedges at a distance from the river. It is a pretty bird, the ruddy

brown throat and breast and the straw-coloured line over the eye

contrasting well with the dark upper plumage. It feeds and makes

its nest on the ground, but loves to sit in a bush or low tree, and

has a sweet and lively song.

* Tam now a little doubtful whether the single skin thus named (P. Z. 8. 1868,

p- 141) was not rather S. spixi, of which three examples occurred in Mr. Hudson’s

third collection (see P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 632).—P. L. 8.

Proc. Zoox. Soc.—1870, No. VIII.

1l4 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE CERVIDE. [ Feb. 24,

«9. Tanagra cyanoptera.—This bird frequents the to/a-woods.

They come in small flocks in spring, but are afterwards seen in pairs.

Its note is low and plaintive. The absence of every colour but blue

is the most remarkable characteristic of this bird, even its feet and

bill being almost the same pale blue as the eitire plumage. The

Tanagra striata is a much more common bird.

“©10. Stephanophorus leucocephalus (Vieill.).—A very beautiful

bird; in size, shape, and habits like the last. There is no end to

the beautiful contrasts of colours in birds; but in few species do

they present so lovely an appearance as in this, with the uniform

deep rich Prussian blue of its plumage, and the cap of silvery-white

feathers with the crimson spot in its centre. It is met with frequently

in the fo/a-woods in summer. There is nothing remarkable in the

low, chattering song of the male, often repeated for hours while the

female is sitting.

“11. Guiraca glauco-cerulea.—This bird, characterized by its

thick bill, is much smaller than the last, but resembles it somewhat

in its dark blue colour and low continuous song. It is a rare bird,

inhabiting the sayus-swamps, and feeding on the ground on buds

and seeds.

“12, Amblyrhamphus holosericeus.—A common bird in sayus-

swamps, found in flocks and remaining with us all the year. The

English residents here have called it ‘Chisel-bill,’ from its bill, formed

for extracting insects from the soft stem of decayed reeds, resembling

that instrument in shape. Its clear and mellow whistle has also

won for it the name of ‘ Buellero’ (Ox-driver). All its notes are

soft, sweet, and flute-like. The plain red of its head and neck, con-

trasted with the shining black of the other plumage, gives to it a

striking and beautiful appearance. Its nest is built in the reeds or

shrubs growing in the water; the eggs are four, pale blue and spotted

with black ; the young birds are entirely black.”

Mr. P. L. Sclater read a paper on the Deer of the Old World

living in the Society’s Menagerie. Amongst these there were stated

to be examples of several recently described and very little-known

species, of which coloured drawings were exhibited.

This paper will be printed in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’

Mr. Sclater then made some remarks on the arrangement of the

family Cervide, which he proposed to divide, mentioning only their

most obvious external characters, into eight genera, as follows :—

Subfam. I. Cervinz.

Cornua decidua: dentes canini parvi aut nulli.

a. Rhinarium pilosum.

Cornuainiutroquesexw). 5 Seeiis ec. il tet ee doth te eee 1. Rangifer.

Vicsaban PATHUIEDOTBATIG sah URS. Jase. sath acstehnaele 2. Alces.

}, Rhinarium nudum.

@. Corns palmMatamatcre acdeck -cpceedes.c+euanae ooaseaceseans 3. Dama,

2’. Cornua non palmata.

Canad anprecsensy. eee seeps .Wabes dh. ces enaey ae asdeae 4. Cervus.

Cauda extusiullay hac. we os ae seaten te owbinnk- See 5. Capreolus.

1870. ] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE CERVID&. 115

Subfam. II, Cervuin2.

Cornua decidua: dentes canini maris exserti ................2.265 6. Cervulus.

Subfam. III. Moscuin.

Cornua nulla: dentes canini maris exserti.

Apparat MOsehifero WWWO F22....-2..-sceessostacsee ss cemananses 7. Hydropotes.

Apparatu maris moschifero)..: j2...0voc).,<s2d-nnaedaataeeees sens 8. Moschus.

In conclusion, Mr. Sclater pointed out the geographical distri-

bution of the known species of the genus Cervus. The total number

of Cervi recognized as probably valid species were twenty-three in

the Old World and seventeen in the New World, namely :—

Cervi of the Old World.

a. CERVUS

elaphus, ex Europa et Asia bor.

wvanthopygus, ex Asia orient.

affinis, ex mont. Himalayanis.

cashmeerianus, ex Cashmiria.

maral, ex Caucasia.

barbarus, ex mont. Atlantis.

6. SIKA

7. mantchuricus, ex Sina bor.

8. faévanus, ex ins. Formosa.

9. stka, ex Japonia.

aouhkwn—

c. ELAPHURUS

10. davidianus, ex Sina bor.

d. Rucervus

11. duvaucelli, ex Ind. Brit.

12. schomburghki, ex Siam.

13. eldi, ex Ind. Malayana.

e. Rusa

14. aristotelis, ex Ind. Brit.

15. equinus, ex Ind. Malay. Sumatra et Borneo,

16. swinhoii, ex ins. Formosa.

17. rusa, ex Java.

18. moluccensis, ex ins. Moluccis.

19. perondi, ex Timor.

20. marianus, ex ins. Philippin.

21. kuhlii, ex ins. Bavianis.

J. Hyevarnus

22. porcinus, ex Ind. Brit. et Malayana.

g. Axis

23. avis, ex Ind. Brit. et Malayana.

116 LETTER FROM SIR GEORGE GREY. (Feb. 24,

Cervi of New World.

a. Cervus

1. canadensis, ex Amer. bor.

6. CaRIACUS

. virginianus, ex Am. bor. orient.

. leucurus, ex Amer. bor. centr.

. mexicanus, ex Mexico et Guatemala,

. macrotis, ex Am. bor. centr.

. columbianus, ex Am. bor. occident.

gymnotis, ex Venezuela.

. savannarum, ex Guiana.

aS A)

c. BLASTOCERUS

9. paludosus, ex Brasil. et Paraguay.

10. campestris, ex Brasil. et Paraguay.

d. FURCIFER

11. antisiensis, ex Andibus Boliv. et Perny.

12. chilensis, ex And. Peruv.

e. Coassus

13. nemorivagus, ex Guiana.

14. rufus, ex Brasil.

15. rufinus, ex Venezuela et Nov. Granada.

16. toltecus, ex Mexico.

f. Pupu

17. pudu, ex Chilia.

The Secretary read the following letter, which had been addressed

to him by Sir George Grey, K.C.B., F.Z.S., in reference to Prof.

Owen’s communication ofa letter from Dr. Haast read at the

Meeting on January 27th* :—

“1 am much obliged to you for calling my attention to Dr. Haast’s

statements. I see that he has found some kitchen-middens on the

banks of the Rakaia river in the Middle Island of New Zealand,

which contained bones of the Moa, the Native Dog, the Seal, the

Whale, and also of Sea-Gulls.

«These bones were found in cooking-places or ovens built like

those of the Maories, and are now covered by from six to eight

inches of silt and vegetable soil.

*‘T have often found Moa-bones under similar circumstances,

sometimes covered by a greater depth of soil; but I have regarded

the ovens as of comparatively recent construction. These ovens are

Polynesian cooking-places ; the Australian and several other savage

races cook their food in quite a different way.

«Along with Moa-bones I have several times found bones of the

* See anted, p. 53.

1870.]} MESSRS. MARSHALL ON THE CAPITONID. 117

Kakapo (Strigops), a bird now extinct in the districts where I found

the ovens, exactly as the Moa is.

“I have seen many hundreds of old ovens undistinguishable from

those in which Moa-bones were found; and in some of these cases

the natives were able to tell me the circumstances under which way-

parties or travellers had formed these very ovens many years since.

I would observe that the native word ‘Moa’ is a Polynesian word,

and the very word which new comers to the islands of New Zealand

would have been likely to apply to the Dinornis, if they had found

it in existence there. The natives all know the word Moa as de-

scribing the extinct bird; and when I went to New Zealand twenty-

five years ago, the natives invariably spoke to me of the Moa as

a bird well-known to their ancestors. They spoke of the Moa in

exactly the same manner as they did of the Kakapo, the Kiwi, the

Weka, and an extinct kind of Rails in districts where all these birds

had disappeared.

‘Allusions to the Moa are to be found in their poems, sometimes

together with allusions to birds still in existence in some parts of

the islands. For instance, in page 9 of ‘Ko nga Moteatea, me nga

Hakirara o nga Maori’*, you will find a man speaking of the death

of all his sons, who says, ‘Ka ngaro, i te ngaro, a te moa’ (‘ they

have disappeared as completely as the Moa’); and, again, at page 324

of the same work you will find in another poem as follows :-—

*¢ Kua rongo ’no au,

Na Hikuao te Korohiko

Ko te rakau i tunua ai te Moa.’

“‘That is, ‘I have heard, indeed, that from Hiknao was the Koro-

hiko, the tree or shrub with which the Moa was cooked.’

“Probably the meaning is, that the boughs, leaves, and flowers

of that tree were used to cover up the flesh of the Moa in the oven

where it was cooked. In the same poem the Weka (Ocydromus

australis) is immediately afterwards alluded to.

‘From these circumstances, and from former frequent conversations

with old natives, I have never entertained the slightest doubt that

the Moa was found by the ancestors of the present New-Zealand

race when they first occupied the islands, and that, by degrees, the

Moa was destroyed and disappeared, as have been several other wing-

less birds from different parts of New Zealand.”

The following papers were read :—

1. Notes on the Classification of the Capitonide.

By C. H. T. Marswatt and G. F. L. Marswatu.

In examining the classification of this family for our forthcoming

monograph, a few points have occurred to us which we should wish

to bring to the notice of ornithologists,

We have primarily grouped the Capitonidee into three well-defined

* New Zealand: printed by Robert Stokes, Wellington, 1853. 1 vol. 8vo.

118 MESSRS. MARSHALL ON THE CAPITONID&. [Feb. 24,

subfamilies, of which the following diagnoses will furnish distin-

guishing characteristics :—

oF With the upper mandible toothed or notched ...... Pogonorhynchine.

. With margin of mandible smooth ; rictal bristles

strongly eayeloped leer ia, secre. canth ta teeanst ote Megalemine.

e. With margin smooth; rictal bristles rudimentary

QU AW ADEN Ci. at hacrs tuys to sst en uite vane d slemanmundnldny Capitonine.

The first subfamily is represented in Africa and America; the se-

cond in Asia and Africa; the third is common to all three continents.

The ornithology of Asia and America has received so much atten-

tion, and the facilities for research are comparatively so great, that

but little remains to be done in the way of classification ; and, with

the exception of cancelling a few of Bonaparte’s genera, of which we

are unable to give sufficient diagnoses, we have retained the existing -

arrangement.

In the American group we have re-united Eubucco of Bonaparte

with Capito of Vieillot.

In the Asiatic group, Cyanops and Chotorea of Bonaparte are

merged in Megalema of Agassiz.

The ornithology of Africa, on the other hand, is considerably less

developed, the opportunities for study aud research being few and

precarious; it contains types of all three subfamilies, and nearly

half of the known species, including the most aberrant forms, are

found there: among these is one species which we are unable to

identify with any of the received generic types, and which presents

sufficient structural peculiarities to found a new genus, for which

we propose the following name and diagnosis :—

STACTOLAMA.

Type S. anchiete (fig. 1, p. 119).

1. Rictal bristles rudimentary or wanting.

2. Bill with the margin smooth.

3. Culmen acute, inflated.

The first and second features identify it with the subfamily of

Capitoninee ; the third distinguishes it from Caloramphus and the

remaining genera. 8. anchiete is the only species as yet known;

it is one of the latest discoveries, and was described and figured in

the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society for 1869, p. 436, as Buccanodon

anchiete, by Prof. J. V. Barboza du Bocage. The genus Bucca-

nodon of Verreaux belongs to the subfamily Megaleemine, and has

the rictal bristles fully developed ; it is similar in form and appear-

ance to Xylobucco of Bonaparte, with which we have included it,—

Xylobucco, the older name, being retained, while Buccanodon sinks

into a synonym (see figs. 3 & 4, p. 119).

The genus Trachyphonus of Ranzani, contains two very distinct

types,—T’. margaritatus, on the one hand, having a comparatively

sleuder, elongated, and much compressed bill, with a fully developed

occipital crest (see fig. 5, p. 119); on the other hand, 7. purpuratus

(fig. 6), having a short stout bill, with the culmen strongly arched,

1870.) MESSRS. MARSHALL ON THE CAPITONID&. 119

‘ Lal

Fig. 1. Fig. 2.

Fig. 3. Fig. 4.

Fig. 1. Stactolema anchiete. Fig. 3. Xylobuceo duchaillua.

2. Barbatula leucolemna. 4. scolopaced.

Fig. 5. Trachyphonus margaritatus.

purpuralus.

120 MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE [Feb. 24,

and no trace of a crest. In fact the marked differences between

them are so great that, were there no other species to serve as a

link, we should unhesitatingly propose the latter as the type of a

new genus. The link is found in 7’, cafer of Le Vaillant, which has

the occipital crest fully developed, but in different specimens presents

almost every gradation between the two forms of bill. A specimen

received yesterday from Mr. J. H. Gurney settles the question, having

the bill in shape precisely similar to 7’. purpyratus.

The genus Trachyphonus has been included with Capito of Vieillot

by Schlegel; but this arrangement leads rather to confusion, as the

latter is confined to America and differs in the length of tail, which

averages two-thirds the length of the wing, while in the former it is

as long or longer, and the genus is confined to Africa.

Buccanodon of Verreaux, of which there is but a single species

(B. duchaillui), we are unable to maintain; it agrees exactly with

Xylobueco scolopacea, the type of Xylobucco of Bonaparte, as will

be seen by the figures (p. 119). This latter genus is closely allied to

Barbatula of Lesson; but as there is no good connecting-link known

at present, we have retained them both.

2. On the Pied Wagtails of China.

By R. Swryuog, F.Z.S.—Part I.

Without comparison of specimens, Indian authors have referred

their white-faced black-backed Wagtail to the Motacilla luzonensis

of Scopoli ; and putting faith in Blyth’s identification of the ordinary

Chinese bird, I have followed suit with ours. Two other races of

the same type having been lately procured by me in China I have

been led to study this group, and now beg to offer the result of my

investigations to the Society.

Not being able to procure a specimen of the Philippine bird, I have

nothing to go upon except Scopoli’s and Somnerat’s descriptions.

Sonnerat procured from Luzon and described a grey-backed pied

Wagtail, which he tells us is closely allied to the grey-backed pied

Wagtail of Europe; but he gave it no name. His description

(Voyage 4 la Nouvelle Guinée, 1776, vol. i. p. 61) runs thus :—“ It

differs very little from the Grey Wagtail of Europe ; it is of the same

size and nearly the same plumage, and absolutely the same habits;

the top of the head or the part which answers to the forehead, round

the beak, throat, and cheeks are white ; the back of the head, all the

hind neck, base of the neck in front, and upper breast are black ;

the ack is ashy grey, the belly is white. There is on each wing a

broad white longitudinal spot, which extends from the bend of the

wing, or the bastard-wing, across the entire wing ; the large quills

are black, edged with a white border all round, except the outermost

quill, which is quite black ; the tail is black above, whitish below ;

the two outer rectrices of each side are white ; the beak and feet

are black, iris hazel.’’

1870.] PIED WAGYIAILS OF CHINA. 121

This grey-backed species Scopoli actually diagnoses as black-

backed, thus :—

* 105. Motacilla (luzonensis) nigra; fronte, gula, pectore, ab-

domine et fascia alarum albis.

* Oculi intra aream albam. Pone oculos linea alba, sursum ar-

cuata. Rectrix prima alba.

“In insula Luzon, p. 60, tab. 29 (referring to the plate in Son-

nerat’s work).”—Delicie Flore et Faune insubrice, by J. A.

Scopoli, 1786, part ii.

With such a wrong diagnosis of characters this name can scarcely

stand for the grey-backed pied Wagtail of Luzon, to which it evi-

dently refers. There may be also a black-backed species in Luzon

to which this description would in all probability apply. At all

events, through Sonnerat we now know that it refers to a grey-

backed species similar to and of the same size as M. alba of Europe.

Such a bird is M. dukhunensis, Sykes, of India, and not the small

black-backed type hitherto identified with the Philippine species

and bearing Scopoli’s name. We must therefore adopt for the

Indian species the term M. lJeucopsis, Gould (P. Z. S. 1837, p. 78).

Moraci.ua LEvcopsis, Gould.

Length of wing 3°7, of tail 3°75, of tarse*92. Upper parts from

centre of crown black. Wing-coverts broadly margined with white,

concealing the black of their bases and forming a pure white bar

across the wing. Tertiaries and winglet broadly edged, secondaries

conspicuously edged and tipped, and primaries edged to their curve

and lightly tipped with white. Axillaries and broad under edges to

quills white. Upper tail-coverts more or less edged exteriorly with

white. Tail black, the outermost feather pure white, the next with a

black border to its inner web. Breast with a black band not ea-

ceeding + inch in breadth. Bill and legs black.

Ha6. in India.

The above description is taken from Mr. Gould’s type specimen

and another in his collection.

In China, from Canton to Shanghai, occurs a race of the above bird

which is to be distinguished from the Indian by its whole breast being

black. This I have hitherto considered the same as the species of

India, but will now separate as

MOoTACILLA FELIX, sp. nov.

Length of wing 3°6, of tail 3-6, of tarse °92. General plumage

very similar to the last. ‘The tail has the outermost feather as well

as the one next to it bordered on the inner web with black; but

among my large series I have a specimen or two in which the outer-

mest is wholly white. The most notable difference is in the breast,

which in full summer plumage is black, the black extending upwards

till it reaches about 3 inch from the base of the gonys of the bill.

Winter and summer this black is conspicuously large. In some

specimens a few black speckles show themselves on the white of the

122 MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE [Feb. 24,

throat, but in no bird of my collection from the coast is the throat

black.

Motacilla felix.

Fig. 2.

Motacilla felix, var. sechuenensis.

In my late trip up the Yangtsze at Wooshan and Yunyang (over

1000 miles from the coast in Western China) I procured at the end

of April examples of apparently the same bird with the throat and

1870.] PIED WAGTAILS OF CHINA. 18

chin also quite black. The two forms are otherwise so alike that I

cannot possibly separate them specifically, but will distinguish the

blackest bird as M. felix, var. sechuenensis (from Szechuen, the

province in which it occurred).

From the Amoor, V. Schrenck describes a Wagtail as M. alba,

var. paradoxa, that looks like another race of this section.

We come, lastly, to an ally of this black-backed group, but with

somewhat the face of Mr. Gould’s grey-backed M. personata of

India (Birds of Asia, part 13), for which I beg to propose the name

MorTacILLA FRANCISI, sp. nov.

Length of wing 3°55, of tail 3-7, of tarse -93. General colour

the same as in M. felix. Its main difference lies in the black being

more advanced towards the forehead in a line with the front corner of

the eye, then stretching back, leaving a white eyebrow and advancing

at a sharp angle over the ear-coverts to the rictus of the bill; an

intervening border between it and the eye and the throat white.

Fig. 3.

Motacilla francisi.

I got an adult male of this species on the 19th May last, near

Chungking city in Szechuen. I had previously got it at Hainan in

undeveloped plumage ; but in this plumage the black markings on

the cheeks and on the dotted line under the eye are sufficient to

distinguish it from M. felix, which is otherwise so like it. In the

Hainan specimen the third outer tail-feather has a long white blotch

of white on its inner web, and the wings are more broadly edged

with white than in the Szechuen bird. A second example from

Hainan, more immature still, wants the tail-blotch, but shows some

dark markings on the cheeks. I consequently take the Hainan and

Szechuen birds to be the same. I have dedicated this species to

Mr. Robert Francis, one of the two delegates of the Shanghai Cham-

ber of Commerce who accompanied me up the Yangtsze.

124 MR, R. SWINHOE ON A NEW ACCENTOR. (Feb. 24,

I will in conclusion briefly recapitulate the main characters of this

black-backed group of the /eucopsis type. General characters the

same in all, as given above.

1. Motacilla leucopsis, Gould, With narrow black pectoral band.

India.

2. M. felix, sp. nov. With the whole breast black. South

China (Canton to Shanghai).

3. M. felix, var. sechuenensis. Breast-black to the bill. Western

China (Szechuen).

4. M. francisi, sp. nov. Breast, ear-coverts, and moustache

black. China. Extreme west and south (Szechuen and Hainan).

3. On a New Species of Accentor from North China.

By R. Swinuog, F.Z.S.

(Plate IX.)

On my journey back from Mongolia to Peking in the Prefecture of

Seuen-hwafoo, which is a tract of country enclosed by two portions

of the Great Wall, we halted on the 26th September, 1868, at a place

called Kemeih, and climbed up the sides of a high mountain, on the

top of which stood a monastery. We were in pursuit of the Rock-

partridge (Caccabis chukar), when a party of red-tailed birds whisked

past us and, perching near, kept flying from rock to rock, uttering

loud notes. We secured one, and then continued our chase after the

Partridges. A few days later I saw another small flock of the same

species among the rocks of the fine mountain-pass that leads through

the Nankow Gate to the Peking plain. The bird procured was an

Accentor of the alpinus type, most nearly allied to A. nipalensis of

Hodgson.

ACCENTOR ERYTHROPYGIUS, sp. nov. (Plate IX.)

Head, neck, and breast smoke-grey ; lores and under eye mottled

with white. Throat for nearly an inch downwards white, with nar-

row bars of black. Lesser and greater coverts and winglet black,

with a large spot of white tipping each feather. Secondary quills

black, margined for the greater part of their length with yellowish

brown, and broadly tipped with light chestnut terminating with white;

on the tertiaries the chestnut brightens, and increases in extent, and

the terminal white spots are conspicuous. Primaries blackish

brown, edged with light yellowish brown, browner near their bases,

and lightly tipped with white. Back light yellowish brown, with

broad brown centres to the feathers. Scapulars brownish chestnut,

with a median streak of blackish brown and a small white tip

to each feather. The yellowish brown of the back soon brightens

into brownish chestnut, which is rich and conspicuous on the upper

tail-coverts, the longest of which have black centres. Tail brown-

ish black, the outer rectrix with the greater part of its outer

NTOACOUH LA

wT FEE |

OL8

[

1870.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 125

web brownish chestnut, with a broad white tip to the inner web ;

the rest of the rectrices, except the two centrals, have their outer

webs tipped with chestnut, their inner webs with white, and they

are narrowly edged with light yellowish brown; the two centrals

are more broadly edged and have broad chestnut marks on both

outer and inner webs towards the tips. Axillaries dusky, the carpal

edge being barred with black and white like the throat. Under-

parts light yellowish brown, many of the flank-feathers being deep

chestnut-brown with white margins, and the abdominal feathers

with blackish V-shaped bars and white margins. Under tail-coverts

blackish chestnut, with broad white margins and tips.

Bill blackish brown, ochreous-yellow on the sides of the basal half

of the lower mandible. Iris chestnut. Legs and toes ochreous, with

light-brown claws.

Length about 7°5 inches, wing 4:2, tail 3, bill in front *55, tarse

*85.

This handsome species may be at once distinguished from its

nearest ally, the Accentor nipalensis, by the chestnut colour that

marks its rump, upper tail-coverts, and tail, by its greyer head

and neck, and by the markings of the flanks and belly. decentor

altaicus, Brandt, and A. alpinus, L., are also members of this group

of mottled-throated Accentors.

The only other Accentor that has been found in China is the 4.

montanellus, Pall., of which Pére David has sent me two specimens

procured in the neighbourhood of Peking.

March 10, 1870.

John Gould, Esq., F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

The Secretary spoke of the additions to the Menagerie during

the month of February, and called particular attention to the fol-

lowing :—

1. A Brown Hyzena (Hyena brunnea) from South Africa, pur-

chased of a London dealer on February 7th, being the second speci-

men of this rather rare Carnivore ever possessed by the Society.

The previous specimen (which was a female, purchased in 1853) had

died on the 14th of August, 1866.

2. A Cape Grass-owl (Scelostrix capensis) from South Africa,

purchased February 7th. And

3. A Cape Horned Owl (Budo capensis), purchased the same day.

Both these birds were believed to be the first specimens of their re-

spective species exhibited in the Society’s Menagerie.

4. A Kangaroo, purchased of a London dealer on the 25th of

February, and presenting the appearance of being a young animal

126 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. | Mar. 10,

of a species allied to the Red Kangaroo (Macropus rufus), about

half-grown. After careful examination, Mr. Sclater had failed in

his endeavours to associate this specimen with any described species,

and therefore proposed as its temporary designation

MaAcRroPUS ERUBESCENS, sp. nov. (Plate X.)

General size and appearance that of a young female Red Kan-

garoo (Macropus rufus), but rather larger than the specimen of the

latter species born in September last (with which it is now asso-

ciated), and ears distinctly larger, and fur thinner and longer,

Macropus erubescens.

Body above pinkish grey, mixed with black hairs, except on nape and

upper back ; below paler, mesially white. Tail pale brown. Hands

and feet blackish. Ears large, on the outer surface blackish, and

nearly naked or sparingly covered with very short blackish hairs, as

in M. melanops. Vertical stripe between the ears and nose black.

Hab. Vicinity of Lake Hope, 200 miles in the interior from Port

Augusta, head of Spencer’s Gulf, South Australia.

Obs. Mr. Gould, in his ‘Mammals of Australia’ (Intr. p, xxix),

1870.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 127

seems not quite decided about the distinctness of Macropus major

and M. melanops. We have now pairs of both these species living

and breeding in the Society’s Gardens; and if, as I believe, the latter

are rightly named, I think there can be little doubt as to these two

animals being distinct. Besides its much smaller size, black face,

&c., M. melanops is readily distinguishable by its nearly naked ears,

which are merely sparingly covered with short blackish hairs. In

this latter character M. erubescens closely resembles it.

5. A Collared Fruit-bat (Cynonycteris collaris), born in the Gar-

dens February 27th.

Cynonycteris collaris, fem. cum catulo.

128 MR. SCLATER ON AMHERST’S PHEASANT. _ [Mar. 10,

The male of this Fruit-bat had been purchased on the 27th of

May, 1868*, and had been placed in a cage in the Monkey-house

along with two other Fruit-bats (Pteropus medius and P. polioce-

phalus). On the Ist of November, 1869, a female of the same spe-

cies was obtained by purchase from a dealer at Liverpool, and placed

in the same cage (see P. Z. S. 1869, p. 602). The pair immediately

became friendly together, and usually remained in a separate corner

of the cage, but were never positively seen to copulate. It is there-

fore possible, though not very probable, that the female might have

been pregnant when received.

The young one was born covered with short smooth hairs of a

nearly uniform pale cinereous, darker at the tips. It hung by its

hind-claws to the lower part of the body of the mother, with its

mouth usually attached to one of the two mamme, which are placed

on the pectoral muscle beneath the wing, as represented in the

drawing (p. 127).

This was believed to be the first recorded instance of any of the

Chiroptera having been observed to breed in captivity.

Prof. Owen read a paper, containing descriptions of various bones

of Aptornis defossor, A. otidiformis, Notornis mantelli, and Dinornis

curtus, obtained from deposits in various parts of New Zealand, and

forming the fifteenth part of his series of memoirs on the extinct

birds of the genus Dinornis and its allies.

This paper will be published in full in the Society’s * Transactions.’

Prof, Flower exhibited a drawing of a Cetacean animal lately

captured in a Mackarel-net off the coast of Cornwall, which he iden-

tified with Globiocephalus rissoanus (Delphinus rissoanus, Laurill.),

a species hitherto only known to occur in the Mediterranean. The

specimen was stated to be an adult female, about 11 feet long.

Prof. Flower proposed to give a detailed description of the ex-

ternal characters, and an account of the osseous structure of this

interesting Cetacean, as soon as its skeleton is prepared.

In reference to Mr. Swinhoe’s communication at the last Meeting

on the locality of the Amherst’s Pheasant (Thaumalea amherstiet),

Mr. Sclater stated that Mr. J. J. Stone had kindly placed in his

hands copies of two letters addressed by Monseigneur Chauveau,

Bishop of Sebastopolis and Vicar Apostolic of Lhassa, to Mr. Med-

hurst, the English Consul at Hankow, one of which was the letter

spoken of by Mr. Swinhoe. There could be no doubt, therefore,

that the birds collected by Monseigneur Chauveau were the same as

those which ultimately reached Mr. Stone, and that this Pheasant is

‘exceedingly common” on the hills bordering the western part of

* See, for notice of its arrival, P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 404.

+ See anted, p. 107.

1870.] MR. R. SWINHUE ON CHINESE WAGTAILS. 129

the Chinese province of Szechuen, beyond the town of Ta-tsien-loo,

through which runs one of the great routes to Lhassa.

According to information received from Mr. Stone, it seemed

probable that the collections of bird-skins received in Paris, which

contained the new Impeyan (Lophophorus lV’ huysi), the new Itha-

ginis (I. geoffroyi*), and the new Crossoptilon (C. drouyniit), had

been also made in the same district, which would thus appear to be

a country of no ordinary interest as regards its Phasianide.

The following papers were read :-—

1. On the Pied Wagtails of China.

By Rosert Swinuog, F.Z.S.—Part II.

At the last Meeting of the Society a paper of mine was read on

the Pied Wagtails of China (see anted, p. 120). In that I confined

my attention to the Motacille with white faces and black backs.

In the present notice I wish to make the list complete by adding the

other species of the group that I have met with in that empire.

4. MoraciLLa FRONTATA, Sp. Nov.

The only specimen of this was a male procured in Amoy on the

30th November, 1866. I reported the occurrence in my “ Notes on

Amoy Ornithology” (Ibis, 1867, p. 390). . It is a small species,

in form more nearly related to M. ocularis, mihi, than to M. felix,

mihi, but wants the black eye-streak of the former.

Length about 7 inches; wing 3°4; tail 3:5; bill °45, short and

slender ; tarse °83, with small feet and claws. Wing blacker than in

M. felix, with the winglet and primaries only slightly edged with

white. Tail similar. The upper parts are becoming black. The

crown and nape black ; forehead also black, the bases of the feathers

white. The nuchal black advances to the ear-coverts, and a broad

erescent of the same marks the breast. What the full nuptial plu-

mage would be, it is not easy to guess; but I fancy the whole face

and neck would be black, leaving only the eyebrow and throat white.

Its greatest peculiarity is in the black forehead, which characterizes

M. lugubris, Pall., of Western Siberia, and M. maderaspatana of

Bengal, but is not possessed by any of the others of our Chinese

Wagtails.

I was at first inclined to think that this bird might be a cross be-

tween M. ocularis and M. felix (see Ibis, J. c.); but the black forehead

prevents this supposition. I am now of opinion that it is a good

species, with a habitat of its own, but, like most of the Pied Wagtails,

that it moves about in winter, and has thus strayed to Amoy.

5. MoraciLua ocuxaris, Swinhoe, P. Z. S. 1863, p. 17.

This species with a grey back I have from various localities from

* Verreaux, Bull. Soc. Acclim, Paris, 1867, p. 709.

+ Verreaux, Nouy. Arch. d, Mus. iy. Bull. p. 85, pl. 3.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1870, No. IX.

130 MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE WAGTAILS. _[ Mar. 10,

Hainan to Peking; it also occurs in Formosa. It is resident in all

the places that I have observed it, and is probably the M. albeola,

var. kamschatica, of Pallas. I have already described it (P. Z. S.

l. c.), and now exhibit a diagram of the head and neck in full breed-

ing-plumage.

Motacilla ocularis.

6. MoraciLua sapontica, Swinhoe, P. Z. S. 1863, p. 17.

This Japanese ally of the last, distinguished by its black back and

much whiter wing, is only a winter visitant to the coasts of China

and Formosa. In P. Z. S. (J. ¢.) a description will be found of it.

I gave it a new specific name (Ibis, 1863, p. 85, note), as both lugens

and lugubris had already been applied to the very different western

species. I have brought the plate illustrating this bird in the

‘Fauna Japonica’ to show how much the summer dress of this dif-

fers from that of our Chinese M. ocularis.

7. MoTAcILLA DUKHUNENSIS, Sykes?

In Szechuen, 1100 miles up the Yangtsze, I several times observed

a grey-backed Wagtail with a white face, about the size and appear-

ance of the M. alba of Europe. On more than one occasion I saw

it feeding full-fledged young. Unfortunately, however, I did not

secure a specimen. It is more likely to have been the Indian than

the European race of this group of Wagtails, and therefore I refer it

with a query to the former.

This ends our list of Pied Wagtails, which shows a goodly series.

1870. } MR. R. SWINHOE ON NEW CHINESE BIRDS. 131

2. Descriptions of seven new Species of Birds procured

during a cruise up the River Yangtsze (China). By R.

Swinuoe, F.Z.S.

(Plate XI.)

The following new species of birds were obtained by me during a

voyage up the River Yangtsze in the spring of last year.

1. Lantus WALDENI, sp. nov. (Plate XI.)

Crown, hind neck, and upper back clear bluish grey. Frontal

band stretching above and below the eye, and covering the entire

ear-coverts, deep black. Back, scapulars, rump, and upper tail-

coverts fine brownish chestnut, transversely barred with black.

Wing-feathers hair-brown, broadly margined with chestnut-brown, a

few of the coverts having black bars, and the tertiaries a wash of

chestnut with faint bars; the primaries are a darker brown, with

narrower edgings. ‘Tail chestnut-brown, faintly barred, the four

outer rectrices on each side being tipped with white. Upyer parts,

axillaries, and carpal edge of wing a pretty cream-colour, almost

primrose in some specimens; under edges of the inner webs of re-

miges pale salmon-colour. Four out of my five males show a few

immature bars on the tibial feathers ; and one has a long cream patch

on the lores, while another has just the indication of it.

One of the two females has immature bars on the sides of the

under parts, has a large cream patch on the lores, and a white half-

eyebrow in rear of the eye-line. The other has the basal half of the

under mandible pale, a smaller lore spot, the white half-eyebrow,

and but a touch of bars on the sides of the breast.

Only one of the males shows the white half-eyebrow, and this the

most fully adult one. We may say, then, that the sexes are alike,

the males being more richly coloured.

Length about 6°75; wing 3-4; tail 3°1, outermost rectrix being

“65 shorter than the centrals; bill in front -6, its depth *33; tarse

*83. Sexes of about equal size.

Bill deep blackish indigo. Eyes large and full, with blackish-

brown irides. Legs pale leaden, with a fleshy tinge.

I first saw this species in Fungtoo Hien, Szechuen, on the Sth of

May. ‘They were chattering in the trees in notes very similar to

those of L. lucionensis. All those first procured were males. On

the 11th of May, at Changshow Hien, further up the river, I got

the first female; and on the 20th, at Chungking, they were paired

and beginning to breed, and I observed plenty of them. When at

Peking some months before, I noticed a single specimen in Pére

David’s museum, which had been procured in that neighbourhood.

The nearest ally of this interesting little Butcher-bird* is the Lanius

* Since the aboye was read I have seen an adult L. magnirostris, Less., of

Malacca, in Lord Walden’s colle@tion, which leads me to believe that our Szechuen

bird is that species in summer plumage. All the Malacca specimens that I have

seen, from their light bills, are evidently in winter plumage, and in most cases

immature.

132 MR. R. SWINHOE ON NEW CHINESE BriRDS. [Mar. 10,

magnirostris, Less., of Malacca and Sumatra. I have much plea-

sure in dedicating this novelty to our President, Viscount Walden.

2. ABRORNIS FULVIFACIES, Sp. nov.

Forehead and face orange-buff. Upper parts olive-green. The

feathers of the crown and occiput long and broad, with broad median

blackish-brown streaks. Wings light hair-brown, broadly margined

with olive-green. Rump primrose-yellow, greenish on upper tail-

coverts. Tail pale olive-brown, broadly margined, especially on the

basal half, with olive-green. Under parts dull white, yellowish on the

chin, with a large patch of blackish mottling on the throat. A slight

band crossing the breast, tibial feathers, and vent greenish yellow.

Axillaries yellowish, with yellow carpal edge. Under edges of quills

primrose-white. Sexes similar.

Bill brownish ochre, brown on culmen and tip of lower mandible,

with black rictal bristles two-thirds the length of the bill. Iris rich

brown. Legs and claws brownish ochre.

Length 3°3; wing 1:95; tail 1°7, of ten nearly equal feathers ; bill

in front *24, its breadth at base ‘12; tarse -55; fore toes small, with

small claws ; hind toe large and long in proportion, with strong claw.

Wing: first quill -82, second ‘4, third ‘15 shorter than fourth

to seventh, which are nearly equal and longest.

This bird is nearly related to Abrornis albogularis, Hodgs., and

A. castaneiceps, Hodgs., of Nepal and Sikhim. Both my speci-

mens have only ten feathers in the tail. Jerdon does not speak of

the number of rectrices in the two Himalayan species.

In the bamboo-groyes that lined the mountainous sides of the

river in Szechuen, about Chungchow and above, I often noticed

this diminutive bird. The male utters a long-drawn plaintive whistle,

and they chase one another with short chattering notes. On the

10th of May I watched a couple of them in an open copse in front

of a cottage; they were picking up and carrying about small bits of

straw, no doubt to build their nest with. They were so tame that

they allowed me to come within a yard of them. I had not the

heart to shoot them.

3. ZOSTEROPS SUBROSEUS, Sp. Nov.

Close to Z. simplex of South China in general colour and appear-

ance. Has a shorter and straighter bill; a yellow forehead ; a black

line from above the rictus to the fore angle of the eye, encroaching on

the white ring. Its wing is edged with darker green. Its axillaries

white, with less yellow on the carpal edge. Its under parts greyish

white, bluer grey on the sides of the breast, and dingier on the flanks.

But the great mark of difference is in its having its belly and the

sides thereof washed with a pretty rose-colour.

Bill indigo-black on upper mandible and apical third of lower,

basal two-thirds pale indigo-grey. Irides light reddish brown, with

whitish outer ring. Legs light lavender-leaden, with dingy yellowish

soles and under surface of claws.

Length of male about 4 inches; wing 2°25; tail 1°7; bill *35;

tarse °6.

1870. } MR. R. SWINHOE ON NEW CHINESE BIRDS. 133

I got my single specimen of this species at Hankow from a bird-

catcher, who was picking the birds off the trees in the foreign settle-

ment by means of a little bird-lime stuck to the top of a bamboo-pole.

He had secured only one of this species, but had plenty of Munie

and young Sparrows.

4. PARUS VENUSTULUS, sp. nov.

Head, throat, breast, neck, and back deep black, glossed with

bluish purple. Cheeks and sides of neck, edges of central occipital

feathers, a large spot on centre of nape, and some of the upper dor-

sals at tips, white. A little yellow washes the nuchal and dorsal

white. Lower back, rump, and scapulars fine bluish grey, touched

with yellowish green. Wing-coverts and tertiaries deep black ; the

lesser coverts tipped with large spots of white, the greater coverts

and tertiaries with light greenish yellow. Quills dark hair-brown ;

secondaries margined with yellowish green, and lightly tipped with

white; primaries yellowish green at basal margins, narrowly edged

with white further upwards, and tipped with whitey-brown. Upper

tail-coverts deep black, faintly tipped with green. Tail black, deeper

and richer on basal half, edged with greenish grey on apical portion,

and tipped with yellowish; the fifth rectrix with white on central

edge, increasing outwardly to the first or outermost, which has the

greater part of basal half of outer web white. Under parts fine sul-

phur-yellow, olivaceous on the sides and flanks. Avxillaries and carpal

edge yellowish white. Under edges of inner webs to quills white.

Bill indigo-black. Irides blackish brown. Legs, toes, and claws

deep lead-colour. Bill typical, but large and thick for so small a

species. Tail graduated inwardly or forked, the central rectrices °1

shorter than the outermost. Wing: first quill very short ; second °2

shorter than the third and fourth, which are nearly equal and longest.

Length about 4 inches; wing 2°65; tail 1°6; bill -35, thick ‘15;

tarse ‘64. Claws curved, strong; hind claw moderate.

This charming species occurred throughout the precipitous moun-

tain-gorges through which the great river runs from Kweifoo in

Szechuen to Ichang in Hoopih. I found it at the latter place in

company with Parus minor. It is a very active little species, and

has quite a peculiar sibilant note. Its yellow belly recalls Parus

monticola of the Himalayas, but it wants the black mesial stripe.

I could scarcely believe at first that I had got a distinct species, as in

Formosa we find the P. insperatus, which is little more than a race

of the P. monticola, and I expected that a black and yellow Tit from

Central China would be either that or the Himalayan bird itself.

5. AlGITHALUS CONSOBRINUS, sp. nov.

Male. Crown light grey, with a few blackish streaks and a few

broader white ones. A black line runs over the bill, lores, under

the eye, over the ear-coverts, and a little beyond. Above the black

over the bill a white line occurs, passing in a distinct eyebrow over and

beyond the eyes. Under the black line a white one starts from the

base of the lower mandible, and extends onward to meet the eyebrow

white beyond the black ear-coverts. Back and scapulars light russet

134 MR. R. SWINHOE ON NEW CHINESE BIRDS. [Mar. 10,

buff, a deep russet or maroon collar stretching across the hind neck.

Wing-coverts blackish brown; the lesser broadly margined with

russet buff, the greater on basal half with deep russet, on apical half

with light buff. Winglet and primaries hair-brown, narrowly edged

with brownish white, the secondaries broadly so, russet at base of

edgings, increasing greatly on the tertiaries, which are nearly white,

the brown being washed with chestnut and confined to the neigh-

bourhood of the shafts. Lower back well tinged with buff. Upper

tail-coverts whitey-brown, with blackish median streaks. Tail hair-

brown, with light buff edgings to the feathers. Under parts pale

russet buff, nearly white on the throat, deep russet or maroon on the

sides of the breast adjoining the nuchal collar ; buff on the carpal joint

and along the sides of the body. Under edges to quills buff-white.

Female. Dingy grey on the head and hind neck, the dark specks

on the crown smaller. Back darker and dingier. The nuchal collar

and the lateral breast-spot missing. Eye-stripe brown instead of

black; the white above and below the stripe less pronounced.

Otherwise similar to the male, but not so bright.

Bill long-conical and pointed, flesh-white, washed with blackish

on the culmen and gonys, darker on the former. The male’s bill

is darker than the female’s. Eyes black. Legs strong, deep dingy

indigo-grey, including feet and claws.

Length 4 inches; wing 2°25, first quill diminutive, second and

third equal and longest, fourth a trifle shorter. Tail 1°75, of twelve

feathers narrowing to a point at tips, and graduated inwardly or

forked; centrals ‘25 shorter than outermost. Bill in frout °35, to

gape ‘44; tarse ‘56; hind toe °28, its claw*25.

Walking through the immense market-town of Sha-she, on the

river below Ichang, I spied a pair of these little Penduline Tits in a

cage on a shop counter. I was told that they were captured in the

neighbourhood. I consider the discovery of this species most inte-

resting, as affording a case analogous to that of Cyanopica, which

appears restricted to Spain and Portugal in Europe and then turns up

in China about the Yangtsze and northwards, extending to Japan, in a

somewhat modified form. The Penduline Tit occurs only in South

Europe; and we find it again rather changed on the banks of the

Yangtsze 850 miles from the sea.

Aigithalus pendulinus of Europe has a great deal shorter and

smaller bill than the Chinese bird, the black cheek-stripe is more ex-

tended, and the white eyebrow and moustache are wanting. The

deep russet spreads over the back, scapulars, and wing-coverts.

6. EMBERIZA ELEGANTULA, Sp. Nov.

Female allied to that of #. elegans, Temm., but smaller, with less-

distinct crest, longer and more Luspiza-like bill, with the streaks and

spots darker and more decided.

Upper parts brownish grey, the feathers on the crown with deep-

brown median streaks ; on the hind neck marks of chesnut-brown ;

on the back and scapulars broad median black streaks, changing

sidewards on each feather into chesnut-brown. Eyebrow yellowish

white, becoming richer and extending into a bright yellow band across

1870. ] MR. R. SWINHOE ON NEW CHINESE BIRDS. 135

the occiput, which is almost concealed by the long coronal feathers ;

lores, under eye, and ear-coverts brown; throat and breast light

brownish buff, the latter marked with short streaks of brown. Axil-

laries and remaining under parts white, broad black and brown streaks

running along the flanks and at the base of the tibiee. Wing-coverts

black, narrowly edged with brownish grey, and tipped with creamy

white, forming a double bar across the wing; quills hair-brown, nar-

rowly margined with pale reddish brown ; the tertiaries blacker, with

their edgings broader and washed with rust-colour ; inner edges to

quills whitish ; outermost tail-feather white, with the apical two-thirds

of outer web pale brown ; second rectrix brown on outer web, white

only on apical two-thirds of inner web, making a sharp angle at the

shaft with the brown which thence mounts obliquely towards the

tip; rest of the rectrices, except the two central, deep brown; the

centrals brownish grey, edged paler, with brown stems.

Bill blackish grey, darkest on the apical two-thirds. Irides deep

brown. Legs yellowish flesh-colour, with brownish claws.

Length about 53 inches ; wing 2°65; tail 2°5; bill -63, its depth

at base "18; tarse ‘62; hind toe °30, claw ‘25.

The female above described is the only specimen I procured. It

was shot on the sides of the mountain-gorge near Kweichow, the

westernmost city of Hoopih province on the Yangtsze, on the 18th

April, 1869. I took it at first for the female of L. chrysophrys,

but it is more nearly allied to Z. elegans than to that species. Mr.

Tristram, after carefully examining and comparing my specimen, pro-

nounced it distinct, and urged me to describe and name it at once.

7. PHASIANUS DECOLLATUS, Sp. nov.

Male. Differs from P. torquatus of China in having the crown

deep brown, its feathers margined with bronzed reflections ; in having

no white superciliary mark, and no indications of a white collar. The

bare red skin of the face is very small. Entire neck fine duck-green,

with purple reflections. The feathers of the upper back differ from

those in P. torquatus in having their centres black, with a narrow

median yellowish streak and broad chestnut cross mark. Those of the

breast are a duller chestnut, with their black margins reflecting green

instead of purple. The black bars of the tail are about the same

distance apart, but are much broader.

Bill pale lemon-yellow, slightly tinged with brown. Iris yellow.

Eyelid blood-red, fringed with black. Face-skin blood-red, speckled

with black. Legs light bluish grey, with brown-tinged toes and claws,

the latter tipped with black.

Length of wing 9°25 inches ; of tail about 18; bill in front 1°38 ;

tarse 2°65.

On the 13th of May, 1869, the day after our arrival at Chungking-

foo in Szechuen, the servant returned from the market with this

Pheasant. He fortunately showed it to me before he handed it to the

couk. I was at once struck by the absence of the collar, and tried

to get more specimens, but without success. The natives declared

that they had never seen the Pheasant with the white collar. I con-

sider the want of the collar a very striking peculiarity, as, among the

136 MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE PLOVERS. { Mar. 10,

large number of Chinese Pheasants that I have seen from various parts

of China, I have never met a collarless specimen, nor have I ever

heard of such a thing. I have, moreover, been assured by friends at

home that if in a descendant of a cross between P. colchicus and P.

torquatus any mark of the latter remains, it is sure to be accompanied

by a white collar. But, independent of the lack of the neck-ring, I

have shown that there are other characters to distinguish the species.

It is impossible to presume that our bird could be a cross between

the two mentioned species ; for between the habitats of our new

species and the P. colchicus the broadly collared P. mongolicus has

place. Dr. Anderson of Calcutta procured from Yunnan, the neigh-

bouring province to Szechuen, a collarless species that answers to a

cross produced between P. colchicus and P. versicolor of Japan! It

would surely be absurd for one moment to suppose that these two

from such distant localities could have met in that wild Mohamme-

dan stronghold. I have a Pheasant from Hankow, 750 miles lower

down the river than Chungking. This agrees with the ordinary P.

torquatus in every respect, except that its broad white collar is broken

in the front of the neck, the two ends of the ring being three-quarters

of an inch apart. In the markings of the tail the pale-flanked For-

mosan variety of P. torguatus comes nearest to our bird, the bars

on the tail of that race being broader and further apart than is ordi-

nary in Chinese specimens.

3. On the Plovers of the Genus gialites found in China.

By R. Swryuog, F.Z.S.

(Plate XII.)

Section I. Ringed Plovers.

On ascending the River Yangtsze into the Province of Szechuen I

noticed on the rocky and sandy flats, exposed by the falling water,

a species of Sand-plover that I had not met before. I took it at first

for 4g. geoffroyi; but the note it uttered as it rose and flew away

was peculiar. It occurred singly or in pairs in May, and was, I

believe, breeding, though I did not succeed in finding its eggs. It

was shy of approach and somewhat scarce. I was fortunate enough

to procure two males and one female. It belongs to the group with

double pectoral band, which is represented in America and Africa

by £9. vociferus (Linn.) and 4. tricollaris (Vieill.) respectively.

I propose to name it in honour of Mr. J. E. Harting, who has made

the Limicole his especial study, and whose kind assistance I have to

acknowledge.

1, ASGIALITES HARTINGI, sp. nov. (Plate XII.)

Forehead, ring round the neck, and under parts pure white.

Upper parts light greyish brown. <A broad black patch occurs above

the forehead from eye to eye, edged in rear with a narrow indistinct

white line. Streak from bill to eye, and continued under the eye

1870.] MR. Rh. SWINHOE ON CHINESE PLOVERS. 137

over the ear-coverts, brown more or less mixed with black. A pure

white half-eyebrow above the ear-coverts. On hind neck, below the

white ring, a broad black ring extending across the breast ; below

this a narrow white pectoral bar, succeeded by a broad one of brown

more or less mixed with black. Lower edge of wing white; greater

wing-coverts broadly margined at their tips with the same. Winglet

deep hair-brown. Quills lighter hair-brown, edged and tipped

paler; inner secondaries broadly edged with white. Tail light

brown; the two central feathers entirely so, but of a much darker

hue near their tips; the rest with a broad white tip, succeeded by a

blackish-brown broad bar, the black mounting higher on the outer

side of the shaft, and the white increasing towards the outermost

feather, of which the edge of the outer web, its entire basal portion,

and its shaft are white.

Bill blackish brown, the basal third of its lower mandible orange-

yellow. Eyelid orange-yellow; eye full and dark. Legs pale

ochreous, deeper on toes, with black claws.

Length about 8 inches; wing 5°75; tail 3°2; bill in front *8; naked

tibia °65 ; tarse 1°2; middle toe (claw ‘17) 12, outer toe (claw *15)

*88, inner toe (claw ‘14)°7. A slight web occurs between the outer

and middle toes, running in a deep curve from the first joint of the one

to that of the other. The feet extend when stretched backwards to a

little beyond the tail ; the wings fall a quarter of an inch short of it.

This species is much smaller than Agialites vociferus, and about

a third bigger than Ay. tricollaris, but has a longer bill than either.

In the black and white markings of the head and neck and tail, and

in the shape of the last, these three species have much in common,

but they differ so much in other respects that there is no chance of

confounding them one with another.

Mr. Harting drew my attention to a species of Plover from India

with the double pectoral band, which he thought at first might be

the same as my Chinese species. He took the pains to search up

all the references alluding to it, and has kindly permitted me to

peruse them. The species is described by Latham (Ind. Ornith. ii.

p- 750) as Charadrius indicus ; and there is a specimen of it in the

Leyden Museum from Nepaul. It turns out to be smailer and quite

distinct from ours. A description of the Nepaulese specimen is

given in the ‘ Mus. des Pays-Bas,’ Cursores, p. 25.

2, AXGIALITES HIATICULA (Linn.).

Pére David had a specimen of the European Ringed Plover in full

summer plumage in his museum at Peking. It had been procured

in the neighbourhood of the Chinese capital. I have never met with

it on the South-China coast.

3. AKGIALITES CURONICUS (Gm.)*.

Aigialites minor (Meyer).

* This would appear to be the larger form of Little Sand-plover, or Ayialites

intermedius (Ménétriés) = Charadrius hiaticula of Pallas. The smaller form,

Aig. minor (Meyer)= Ch. curonicus, Beseke= Ch. minutus, Pallas, has not yet

occurred in China, but is known from India, and has been met with in England.

138 MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE PLOVERS. __ [Mar. 10,

This little Plover is a common winter visitant to all parts of the

China coast. I procured it as far south as Hainan. In 1860 1

found it breeding at Talien Bay; and lately I saw it in May up the

Yangtsze, in Szechuen. I have looked through my series, and find

them all of one species, identical with birds shot in England. A

specimen from India is also the same. Jerdon gives a smaller race,

Bg. minutus (Pall.), as occurring also in India. This I have never

seen in China.

A, JAGIALITES CANTIANUS (Lath.).

The true Kentish Plover comes down the Chinese coast in winter

in great numbers; and I have a good series of them. They vary

somewhat in the length of their bills; so I find does the home bird.

I have one shot at Amoy in April, which is in full summer plumage

and not to be distinguished from an English bird shot in May,

kindly lent me by Mr. Harting for comparison. I have also skins

from India sent me by Mr. Blyth. Amoy ¢: Bill in front -65 inch ;

wing 4:4; tarse 1°05. Bill black. Legs deep leaden-grey.

5. ANGIALITES DEALBATUS, Sp. Nov.

Under this name I propose to distinguish the form of Kentish

Plover that is resident on the south coast of China, including For-

mosa and Hainan (see P. Z. S. 1863, p. 52).

Bill black, with an ochreous-yellow spot at base of lower mandible.

Legs light yellowish brown or flesh-colour. In other respects like

a washed-out Ag. cantianus.

¢. Bill *75 inch; wing 4°45; tarse 1°07.

The male in summer plumage always has the latero-pectoral

patch more or less black, as also the band over the white forehead.

The loral streak sometimes shows in pale rufescent brown, some-

times in black spots, and is rarely entirely wanting. The crown has

generally some rufescence ; and a rufescent tinge often washes over

the back.

The female in July has a slight rufescence on the head, and a

rufescent brown breast-patch. She seldom acquires any of the dark

markings of the male.

I procured five specimens of this resident race in Hainan in March,

and they were all marked as in summer. In Amoy they generally

lose the dark markings in winter.

I have hitherto merely marked this bird as a variety of the Kentish

Plover; but as Cassin has separated a similar local form found in

California and on the South-American coast, I think it as well to

distinguish our bird. The bill and the legs afford the only reliable

characters for discrimination. No one can doubt the fact of our

local form being derived from 4g. cantianus, and that the influence

of climate and other local causes have effected a change in the con-

stitution of the bird. It affects to acquire the breeding-plumage of

its progenitor, but its system is apparently too weak ; yet it breeds

and multiplies, and seems otherwise a healthy race. In some spe-

cimens of true 4g. cantianus IJ notice a paleness at the base of the

1870. ] MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE PLOVERS, 139

lower mandible, and also in some a paleness of the tarse, both of

which by a little intensifying would produce the results characterizing

our species. Judging from these, I should consider that it is not

long since our southern residents separated from their northern

brethren, and remained behind to colonize the coast of the south.

If the separation be so recent, it is rather curious that the southern |

residents receive each winter the visits of their northern brethren

without inducing any of the latter to abide with them, or without

being induced themselves to return to the home of their forefathers.

Want of strength to return to the north may have induced the first

individuals to settle in the south; and their offspring may naturally

have preferred to continue in their birthplace, in the warm climate

they had been reared in.

For the sake of comparison with the above Chinese bird, I will add

a notice on a specimen of Aig. nivosa (Cassin), d, from Peru in

summer dress, from Mr. Harting’s collection.

Bill in front *65 inch; wing 4; tarse 1. Bill and legs shorter

and more slender than in 4g. cantianus. Wants the loral black

streak. Wings shorter. Has a washed-out appearance on the upper

parts. Crown only tinged with chestnut. Legs paler. From 2g.

dealbatus it differs in its much smaller bill, and shorter tarse and

toes—but, like it, seems to be only a climatal race of 42g. cantianus,

derived probably in a similar way.

Aigialites niveifrons (Cuv., Less. Tr. d’Ornith. p. 543) of South

Africa appears to be another analogous derivative of the same main

species.

I was at first under the impression that yialites perronit

(Miiller) of Java was another race of Ag. cantianus. But in this I

am mistaken. Dr. Schlegel, of Leyden, has kindly supplied me with

a specimen in the summer and another in the winter plumage, and

I will here briefly note their peculiarities.

Charadrius perronii, Miiller, Verhandl. Rather smaller than

Bg. minor, with a thicker bill, longer tarse, and shorter wing.

Summer plumage.—Has a narrow black band over the white fore-

head. The loral streak is black, but does not meet over the bill, nor

does it stretch under the eye; ear-coverts black. The frontal black

is not edged posteriorly with white; but there is a white line above

the ear-coverts. The crown is pale chestnut-brown, as in ig. can-

tianus, with a broad white nuchal collar, succeeded by a broad black

band, which retains its breadth to the sides of the breast, but be-

comes very narrow across the breast. The back and wings are light

brown tinged with rufous. The greater wing-coverts and secondary

quills are edged with white; and the shafts of the primaries, with

the tips of the inner ones, are white. The tail-coverts and the six

central tail-feathers are blackish brown. The two outer tail-feathers

are pure white; the third pale brown edged with white. The bill is

black, with a spot of pale ochreous at the base of the lower mandible.

The legs look as if they had been pale yellowish brown.

Length of adult male about 6 inches; wing 3°85; tail 2; bill in

front °56; tarse 1; middle toe (claw *17) *75.

140 MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE PLOVERS. — [Mar. 10,

Winter plumage.—Light brown above, with a rufous tinge on

the sides of the head. A narrow band of white runs across the

forehead and over to the top of the eye; it then turns rufous, and

so passes over the ear-coverts. The loral streak is light reddish

brown. The nuchal white ring is indistinctly indicated, being marked

-with light rufous, which is also the colour of the breast-patch, and

runs faintly across the breast. The rest of the under parts are

white ; and the wings and the tail have the same markings as in the

adult.

Section II. Red-breasted.

6. ASGIALITES MONGOLUSs (Pall.).

Charadrius mongolus, Pall. Reise, iii. p. 700.

Charadrius mongolicus, Pall. Zoograph. ii. p. 136.

On the South-China coast this bird is a rare winter visitant; but

in Hainan I found small parties of them on two occasions in March

1868, and procured two examples in winter dress. In May of the

same year numbers of them were exposed in the market at Shanghai

in summer plumage ; I preserved one. The Hainan and the Shanghai

birds agree, and are doubtless of the same species, and identical with

the bird which Middendorff met with in large flocks on the 30th of

June in the neighbourhood of the débouchement of the River Uda

into the Sea of Ochotsk (see Midd. Reise, 1843-44, p. 211). Our

bird answers well to his description and plate. He recognizes this

species as distinct from Ch. pyrrhothoraz, Temm., of Russia, and

from Ch. asiaticus (caspius), Pall., and adds (p. 212) that the longer

tarse of the latter (39 millims.) makes it easily distinguishable in any

dress from the 4g. mongolicus.

I will here give a description of my Hainan and Shanghai birds.

4g. mongolus (Pall.). Winter plumage. Hainan. Upper parts

light greyish brown. Loral streak, ear-coverts, and latero-pectoral

patch more or less marked with brown. A faint brown bar runs

across the breast. Forehead, eyebrow, chin, throat, and under parts

white. Wing hair-brown; lower edge of joint, broad margins and

tips to greater coverts, margins to secondaries broadening inwardly,

basal halves of outer webs of sixth and remaining primaries, first

quill-shaft entirely, the others more or less, white. Upper tail-

coverts: central feathers light brown margined with white, the side

ones pure white. Tail: first or outer rectrix white, with an oblong

longitudinal spot of pale brown on the inner web; second light

brown, with white shaft and tip ; the rest darker brown, with brown

shafts and white tips, the white decreasing on the two ceutrals.

Bill black. Legs deep blackish grey, claws black. ;

Length of wing 5:4 inches ; tail 2°5; bill in front ‘75; tarse 1:18;

middle toe (claw *17) °85.

In summer (Shanghai specimen) the upper parts deepen in colour.

A light rusty chestnut-colour marks the upper forehead, runs round

the crown, and forms a broad nuchal collar extending across the

breast and colouring the greater part thereof. The white of the

1870. ] MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE PLOVERS. 141

forehead is diminished in size and divided in its centre by a narrow

black line; a black line runs across above the white over the eye to

the ear-coverts, and another below the white above the bill to the

eye, and under it over the ear-coverts. A little white occurs under

the eye, and a little above it in the eyebrow, which is for the most

part rufous.

7. ANGIALITES GEOFFROYI (Wagler).

This is not a rare bird on the South-China coast, where it appears

early, departing late. It is also found on the shores of Formosa.

Specimens from India and Java agree with the Chinese form. It

can at once be told from the two above by its larger size, louger legs,

and disproportionately big bill.

Winter plumage generally as in 4g. mongolus. Tail: first rec-

trix white, with a faint spot of brown on inner web towards tip;

second white, with a light wash of brown along the middle of each

web, deepening towards the tip, which is white; the rest all brown,

with white tips, the two centrals having less white. The upper tail-

coverts are of the colour of the back, but their side feathers are

broadly fringed with white. Tbe brown of the central rectrices is

deeper than in 4g. mongolus.

Length of wing 5°75 inches; tail 2°5; bill 93; tarse 1-5; middle

toe (claw *18) -95.

Some of these were also in the Shanghai market in May in full

summer plumage. The one I preserved is in coloration very similar

to the nuptial dress of My. mongolus, but has the rusty chestnut-

colour tinging the crown and all the upper parts. The black line

that divides the white above tie bill is a good deal broader than in

my Shanghai specimen of 47g. mongolus.

8. ANGIALITES VEREDUs (Gould).

This finishes the series of this genus that have been found in

China. It was originally described from Australia. In 1863 we

discovered a specimen of it in the East-India Museum, from Java,

registered by Dr. Horsfield as Cursorius isabellinus; and now Mr.

Gould has it in summer dress from Shanghai (China). I have never

met with it myself. I will close this paper by giving a description

of the Shanghai specimen, which Mr. Gould has very kindly lent me

for the purpose.

Charadrius veredus, Gould. Summer plumage (specimen from

Shanghai, China). Forehead, throat, belly, and under tail-coverts

white. A black rim to the front angle of the eye. Face and eye-

brow white washed with light chestnut. Hind neck light chestnut,

extending with a broad band of deeper colour across the breast,

which darkens downwardly into a deep maroon, with a large black

central spot on its lower edge. Crown and upper parts yellowish

brown, the feathers on the former edged paler. Lesser wing-coverts,

tertiaries, and upper tail-coverts of the same hue as the back, edged

with light brownish chestnut. Greater coverts and secondaries light

brown, margined at tips with white, the rest of the wing deeper

142 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE BIRDS OF ANGOLA. [Mar. 10,

hair-brown ; shaft of first primary white, of second only on apical

half; shaft of the rest rich brown. Tail: first or outer rectrix

white on the outer web and tip; second only on the tip, the rest of

the feather being very pale brown ; the remaining rectrices are darker-

coloured and have ochreous tips.

Bill black. Legs apparently ochreous, with darker toes and black

claws.

Length about 93 inches ; wing 6°25 ; tail 2°75 ; bill *94 ; tarse 1°8.

This large species connects the red-breasted Ayialitides with

Eudromias.

4. On the Birds of Angola.—Part IT.

By R. B. Suarpz, F.L.S. &e.

‘(Plate XIII.)

I have now the pleasure of bringing to the notice of the Society a

second collection of birds from this locality, forwarded to me by Mr.

Monteiro (cf. P. Z. S. 1869, p. 563). Most of the specimens are from

Benguela, the southern province of Angola, a few being from the Rio

Dande. The last-named locality is about halfway between Loanda

and Ambriz, and, I believe, has never before been visited for the

purposes of collecting. The whole of the present collection was

purchased by Mr. Monteiro of Heer Sala, a Dutch naturalist now in

Angola. The interesting notes usually added on the habits of the

birds by Mr. Monteiro are therefore wanting ; but a few particulars

as to the colouring of the soft parts, irides, &c. are given on the

labels and are recorded in the present paper.

The collection from Benguela appears to have been formed between

the 30th of October and the 31st of December, 1868, at Kattenbella,

and that from the Rio Dande between the end of January and the

middle of July 1869.

I have, as before, referred to the papers on Angolan ornithology

by Mr. Monteiro, Dr. Hartlaub, and Professor Barboza du Bocage ;

and a dagger (+) is attached to the species believed to be recorded

from Angola for the first time.

From Kattenbella.

NECTARINIA GUTTURALIS.

Nectarinia gutturalis (Linn.) ; Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1669, p. 566.

Two males. December 8th and 10th, 1868. Eve black ; bill and

feet black.

AEDON P@NA.

Male. December 31st, 1868. Eye black ; bill and feet black.

I was at first inclined to consider this an undescribed species ; but

on comparing my bird, in company with Dr. Tristram, one of our

I LANIARIUE

(

TEIRI

i, Jor ERAS

M&N

Aanbarl. unp

1870.] | MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE BIRDS OF ANGOLA. 143

first authorities on the Sylviide, with specimens of Aédon pena

(Smith) from Damara Land, we came to the conclusion that it was

not advisable to separate them. The head is browner, and the upper

surface of the body generally darker than in the last-named species ;

but as the specimen is in somewhat worn plumage, I think it best

to wait for the arrival of additional examples before deciding on its

specific distinctness from Aédon pena.

MOorTacILLA VIDUA.

Motacilla vidua, Sund. ; Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 567.

Male. October 31st, 1868. Eye black ; bill and feet black.

EUROCEPHALUS ANGUITIMENS.

Eurocephulus anguitimens, Smith, Mont. P. Z. S. 1865, p. 93;

Bocage, Jorn. Acad. Lisb. i. p. 334.

Female. November Ist, 1868. Eye black ; bill and feet black.

PASSER DIFFUSUS.

Passer diffusus (Smith), App. to Rep. of Exp. p. 50.

Passer simplex, Layard, Birds of S. Afr. p. 205 (nee Sw.), e¢

Bocage, Jorn. Acad. Lisb. p. 153 (?).

Male. October 31st, 1868. Eye brown ; beak black ; feet pale

yellowish.

Judging from the limited material I have been able to obtain, I

am very much inclined to think that the present species has often

been mistaken for the true Passer simplex, Swains., the occurrence

of which in South Africa I am inclined to doubt. Thus Dr. Hart-

laub and Mr. Layard record P. simplex from Southern Africa.

There seem to me to be three closely allied but representative species,

—P. simplex from Western Africa, P. swainsoni from North-eastern

Africa, and P. diffusus from South-western and Southern Africa.

Passer swainsoni appears to be distinct from P. simplex, and has

not the whitish throat and abdomen of the latter species, besides

being considerably larger. Passer diffusus, on the other hand, is

somewhat larger than P. simplex, and has the abdomen and throat

very pure white. I subjoin the dimensions of the two specimens

contained in the present collection along with those of P. simplex

and P. swainsoni, taken from birds in my own collection.

Long. tot. rostr. al.

in. in. in.

meoreeapesus. ANSOIR 6.22... 28. eee: 5°5 0°5 3°2

Baer aaypueus. “ANON .0%.\5 oe a es 5 6:0 0°5 2.25

e. P. simpler. River Gambia .......... 5°0 0°45 2°85

d. P. swainsoni. Abyssinia ............ 6:7 0°5 3°45

+LAGONOSTICTA MINIMA.

Estrelda minima, Vieill.; Hart]. Orn. Westafr. p. 144.

One male specimen.

144 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE BIRDS OF ANGOLA. [Mar. 10,

VIDUA PRINCIPALIS.

Vidua principalis, Linn. ; Hartl. Orn. Westafr. p. 136.

Vidua decora, Hartl. THis 1862, p. 340.

a. ‘Male. December 2nd, 1868. Eye black ; beak red ; feet black.

6. “Male. December 9th, 1868.

ec. “Male. January Ist, 1869.

d. “Female. January Ist, 1869.”

Dr. Hartlaub (/.c.) has separated the southern Vidua principalis

under the name of Vidua decora, on account of the supposed absence

of the black chin-spot. I am sorry that I cannot agree with him

on this point, but my conclusion is based upon the examination of

a large series of specimens in my own collection. Dr. Hartlaub also

considers Vidua decora to be somewhat smaller. I therefore give

the measurement of the wing in the birds now lying before me.

1. Katenbella (Sala), December 9th, 1868. Least possible indi-

cation of a chin-spot. Wing 2°8 inches.

2. Katenbella (Sala), December 2nd, 1868. Chin-spot very plainly

developed. Wing 2°95.

3. West Africa (Fraser). Chin-spot plain. Wing 2°65.

4. Natal. Chin-spot just becoming visible. Wing 2°85.

5. River Gambia. Chin-spot very plain, broad, and extending

nearly 0°3 inch down the throat. Wing 2-7.

6. Fantee. Chin-spot very plain. Wing 2°75.

7. Fantee. Chin-spot distinct. Wing 2°75.

8. Fantee. No chin-spot at all. Wing 2°8.

9, Otjimbinque, Damara Land, November 17th, 1869 (Andersson).

Small chin-spot. Wing 2°9.

10. Damara Land (Andersson). Small chin-spot. Wing 2°9.

11. Cape Colony (Layard). No chin-spot. Wing 2°8.

From the above measurements it will be seen that great variation

in size prevails, even in birds from identical localities. The black

chin-spot seems to be equally variable, being present in southern

specimens, while northern specimens are also found without it. As far

as my own experience goes, there is only one species, viz. Vidua princt-

palis, found in West and South Africa, and the black chin-spot is

only assumed in the height of breeding-plumage.

HyPHANTORNIS CINCTA.

Hyphantornis cincta, Cass. ; Mont. P. Z. S. 1865, p. 93 ; Bocage,

Jorn. Acad. Lisb. i. p. 139.

Male. October 30th, 1868. Eye red; beak black; feet light

yellow.

Toccus MONTEIRI.

Toccus monteiri, Hartl. P. Z.S. 1865, p. 87; Mont. P. Z.S.

1865, p. 91.

Male. December 31st, 1869. Eye pale lilac-colour; beak red;

feet black.

1870. ] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE BIRDS OF ANGOLA. 145

HALCYON SENEGALENSIS.

Haleyon senegalensis (Linn.); Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1869, p. 568, e¢

Monogr. dlced. pt. 7.

Two males and two females. November 30th and December 1 (th,

i808. Eye black ; feet black.

MEROPS SUPERCILIOSUS.

Merops superciliosus, Linn. ; Gray, Hand-l. of B. i. p. 99.

Dr. Otto Finsch, in his very elaborate little essay on a collection

of birds from Natal (Journ. f. Orn. 1867, p. 237), has very carefully

gone into the question of the identity of Merops superciliosus, M.

egyptius, and M. chrysocercus. I entirely agree with him, and

believe that M. superciliosus is nothing but the young bird. Although

the dull bronzy brown of this so-called species would seem at first a

good character whereby to separate it, yet it must be noted that in

‘every specimen [ have yet examined there has always been here and

there a blue lustre to be seen on the back, indicating an approach to

a more mature stage of plumage. In the so-called M. superciliosus

the line below and above the eye is always pure white, as also is the

chin ; but generally a blue lustre is very apparent on the eye-stripes ;

and in adult birds (JZ. egyptius) very often a white feather or two

may be distinguished among the blue superciliary feathers.

I subjoin the dimensions of the specimens in my collection.

Long. tot. rostr. al.

in, in, in.

a. 3. Madagascar (Verreaux) .......... 12°0 17 5-4

Bere s Heypt.( Shelley)... nia 2 daeies oes ++, Ad7 bef 5°8

c. Eeyvpt. Gaus, Be Bu Sessa l) » «,sis.0spee L129 1*7 5°7

d, Keypt.(mue.. HBOS.) oo3 ese ot 12°3 i187 6°1

e. d. Ondonga (Andersson) ............ 10°2 WEF 6:0

FS. Q. Ondonga (Andersson) ............ 9:2 1°35 5°5

9: PA CSH) otk, @ Scien i642) LOB 1°65 5'4

A. River Gambia (mus. R. B. 8.)...... 10°5 sb 5°8

i. River Gambia (mus. R. B.S.)...... 89 1-4 5:3

Specimens f and 7 are possibly breeding females and have no long

tail-feathers, which will account for the disparity in their length when

compared with the other specimens.

CENTROPUS SUPERCILIOSUS.

Centropus superciliosus, Riipp.; Mont. P. Z.S. 1865, p. 91;

Bocage, Jorn. Acad. Lisb. i. p. 326.

a. Male. November 30th, 1868. Eye red ; beak and feet black.

CHRYSOCOCCYX CUPREUS,

Chrysococcyx cupreus (Bodd.); Gray, Gen. of B. ii. p. 463.

Chrysscoccyx auratus (Gm.) ; Hartl. Orn. Westafr. p. 190.

a, b. Two males. December Ist and 9th, 1868. Eye red; beak

and feet black.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1870, No. X.

146 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE BIRDS OF ANGOLA. [Mar. 10,

PsITTACULA ROSEICOLLIS.

Psittacula roseicollis (Vieill.) ; Mont. P. Z.S. 1865, p. 94; Finsch,

Papag. i. p. 640.

Agapornis roseicollis, Boc. Jorn. Acad. Lisb. i. p. 336.

Male. October 30, 1868. Eye red; beak pale green; feet pale

lilac-colour.

GyPOHIERAX ANGOLENSIS.

Gypohierax angolensis (Gm.) ; Hartl. Orn. Westafr. p. 1.

Female. December 10th, 1868. Eye yellow; bill very pale

green; feet greyish.

Knowing that Mr. J. G. Keulemans had observed this bird during

his residence in the Cape-Verd Islands, I applied to him for a

note on its habits; and I have much pleasure in subjoining the de-

tails which he kindly forwarded to me.

«This is one of the most abundant birds of prey in the Cape-

Verd Islands. It is chiefly seen in those islands where there is but

little vegetation, and seems to prefer rocky ground and bare moun-

tains for its habitation. These birds are always found in company,

groups of six to fifteen in number being ordinarily seen together.

From daybreak to sunset, troups are seen flying at different elevations,

circling round and round for hours without moving their wings.

Their flight is Vulture-like ; and I always observed that when five or

more individuals were circling in the air, another body was seen flying

about a hundred feet above them; still higher another flock was

observed, and so on until the highest flocks were but faint white

specks in the distance. When on the ground they walk, but when

in ahurry hop like a Magpie. They sometimes sit, half sleeping, on

a bare rock or on the ground, but on the least alarm they fly up

suddenly and go a long way before they settle.

«The continual persecution and destruction of these birds by the

inhabitants has made them exceedingly shy and suspicious, so that

it is very difficult to approach them ; early in the morning, however,

I sometimes managed to get near them. The best way to shoot

them is when they fly near the ground, which they sometimes do

when in pursuit of rats or mice. The sexes seem to be alike in

coloration ; but I believe the females are larger than the males, as I

always observed some little difference in the size of the birds.

“Young birds are brown, some of them irregularly spotted with

white, probably when moulting or changing their plumage. I once

received a young bird in the down; it was of a dirty white colour,

but the bill, legs, and iris were like the old birds. In the adult the

colour of the bill is bluish, with a yellowish-pink cere and nostrils ;

lees dirty pink and irides pure white. On one of the rocks to the

north of the island of St. Vincent there has been a nest for several

years; this rock is nearly 80 feet high, and when seen from a dis-

tance it has the appearance of a man sitting, whence it is called by

the inhabitants ‘ John Look-out’ ! .

‘Qn John’s Head is the nest of Gypohierax angolensis ; and this is

1870.; MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE BIRDS OF ANGOLA. 147

the only nest to be seen in St. Vincent. It is enormously large and

high, something like nine feet in diameter, and is composed of dead

branches. An old pair of birds breed here every year ; and, according

to the inhabitants, three young ones are duly hatched and fly in

March or April. A remarkable fact is, that, of the great number of

these Eagles which inhabit these islands, only one pair is found

breeding, while the other ones still remain flying about as usual, and

do not seem to pair or go elsewhere to breed.

**T once found another nest high up in the mountains, but could only

observe it from a distance, as it was placed in an inaccessible position

and there was no way of getting near it. The chief food of this

species consists of rats, mice, lizards, sometimes big grasshoppers,

but seldom fish, though they often skim over the water.

“The native name on St. Vincent for this bird is ‘ Gaivotta,’ on St.

Tago ‘ Falcao.’”

TRERON CALVA.

Treron calva, Temm. ; Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1869, p. 570.

Two males. December 25th, 1868. Eye pale blue; beak red,

with the point white ; feet yellow.

CoruRNIX HISTRIONICA.

Coturnizx histrionica, Hartl.; Bocage, Jorn. Acad. Lisb. ii. p. 46;

Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1869, p. 564.

a. Male. November 29th, 1868.

6. Male. December 2nd, 1868. Eye brown; beak black; feet

light yellow.

ORTYGOMETRA ANGOLENSIS.

Ortygometra angolensis, Hartl. Ibis, 1862, p. 335 ; Bocage, Jorn.

Acad. Lisb. i. p. 148.

Male. December 12th, 1868. Eye red; beak pale green; feet

pale lilac-colour.

HIMANTOPUS MELANOPTERUS.

Himantopus melanopterus, Meyer; Bocage, Jorn. Acad. Lisb. i.

p. 329.

Male and female. November 5th, 1868. Eye red; beak black ;

feet red.

+PoDICEPS NIGRICOLLIS.

Female. November 15th, 1868. Eye red; beak and feet black.

Apparently new to the avifauna of Western Africa, as I cannot find

any record of the Eared Grebe having occurred there. The specimen

is in winter plumage.

HyDROCHELIDON FISSIPES.

Hydrochelidon fissipes (Linu.) ; Gray, List of Br. B. p. 243 (1863).

Female. November 5th, 1868. Eye black ; feet red ; beak black.

148 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE BIRDS OF ANGOLA. [Mar. 10,

From the Rio Dande.

CossyPHA HEUGLINI.

Cossypha heuglinii, Hartl. Journ. f. Orn. 1866, p. 37.

Bessornis heuglinii, Heugl. Orn. N. O. Afr. i. p. 375, tab. 13.

Male and female. April 25th, 1869. Eye black; beak and feet

black.

This species, if proved to be the same as Cossypha intermedia,

Cabanis, which seems likely, will be found to possess a very extended

range.

ORIOLUS LARVATUS.

Oriolus larvatus, Licht. ; Mont. Ibis, 1862, p. 235, e¢ P. Z. 8.

1865, p. 93.

Oriolus rolleti, Salvad.; Heugl. Orn. N. O. Afr. p. 404.

Male. June 24th, 1869.

A single specimen of the small race of Oriolus larvatus. The whole

question of these races is discussed in a paperon the African Ortolide,

published in the April number of the ‘ Ibis.’

MOorTACILLA VIDUA.

Motacilla vidua, Sund. ; anted, p. 143.

Two males. April 19th, 1869.

PRIONOPS TALACOMA.

Prionops talacoma, Smith ; Mont. Ibis, 1862, p. 337.

Female. March 7th, 1869. Eyelids yellow; bill black; feet

reddish.

DicruRUS, sp.

Female. April 25th, 1869.

A young bird, on which I do not give a decided opinion until [

have more material to decide upon.

LANIARIUS MONTEIRI, sp. n. (Plate XIII. fig. 1.)

L. affinis L. ictero, sed statura paullo robustiore, dorso satura-

tiore, ala breviore, et precipue superciliis albis conspicue di-

stinguendus.

Entire head and neck blue-grey ; back and scapularies rich olive-

green, the feathers of the rump margined with clear yellow; wing-

coverts spotted with whitish yellow; quills black, margined exter-

nally with rich olive-green, some of the primaries being edged with

whitish yellow, the innermost secondaries being broadly tipped with

a bar of whitish yellow ; tail olive-green, tipped with whitish yellow ;

lores, feathers round the eye, and a broad eyebrow, extending over

the ear-coverts and down the sides of the neck, pure white; entire

under surface rich lemon-yellow.

Compared with L. icterus (Plate XIII. fig. 2) the present species

is at once distinguished by the very broad white eyebrow in addition

1387).] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE BIRDS OF ANGOLA. 149

to the somewhat shorter wing and larger size. The following are

the comparative measurements (in inches) of the two species :—

Long. tot. al. rostr.

Mert CIONCEUT. . AUER. so ne ons ai cn os 9°5 4:2 1-3

2. L. icterus. R. Gambia.............. 10°0- 5-0 1:2

3. DL. icterus. Casamanze.............. 10°0 4°8 Leg,

Anh. icterus, W,. Africa... i... s<in-- 9°5 4°9 2

The primaries in L. monteiri seem hardly to have attained their

full growth. The specimen is marked a female.

VIDUA PRINCIPALIS.

Vidua principalis, Linn. ; anted, p. 144.

Male. July 15th, 1869.

This bird appears to be in full winter plumage, and agrees very

well with a male bird in my collection, which was shot at Otjimbinque,

Damara Land, by the late Mr. Andersson, on July 8th, 1866.

Toccus MELANOLEUCUS.

Toccus melanoleucus (Licht.) ; Bocage, Jorn. Acad. Lisb. ii. p. 45.

Two males. July 4th, 1869. Eye red; beak red; feet black.

IRRISOR ERYTHRORHYNCHUS.

Trrisor erythrorhynchus (Lath.) ; Mont. Ibis, 1862, p. 334.

Male. April 25th, 1869. Eye black; bill and feet red.

HALCYON SENEGALENSIS.

Halcyon senegalensis (Linn.) ; Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 568, e¢

Monogr. Alced. pt. 7.

Two females. July 10th, 1869. Eye black; feet black.

CERYLE MAXIMA.

Ceryle maxima (Pall.) ; Sharpe, Monogr. Alced. pt. 6.

Male. July 8th, 1869. Eye black; bill and feet black.

CENTROPUS SUPERCILIOSUS.

Centropus superciliosus, Hempr.; anted, p. 145.

Five males. April 18th—2Ist, 1869.

+CiIRCAETUS CINERASCENS.

Circaétus cinerascens, Von Mill. Naum. 1851, Heft iv. p. 27, e¢

Deser. Nouv. Ois. d’Afr. pl. 6 (1853).

Circaétus zonurus, Pr. Wirt. MS.; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. p. 8

(1856), et Orn. N. O. Afr. i. p. 86, tab. 3 (1869).

Male. January 28th, 1869. Eye red; feet yellow.

It seems to me a manifest injustice to Baron von Miller, who

duly published a description of this bird in 1851, to allow his name

to be superseded by the MS. name of the Duke of Wiurtemberg,

150 DR. A. GUNTHER ON MEGALIXALUS INFRARUFUS, [Mar. 10,

which may have existed in MS., but was not published for some

years after v. Miiller’s.

MELIERAX MONOGRAMMICUS.

Melierax monogrammicus (Temm.).

Micronisus monogrammicus, Bocage, Jorn. Acad. Lisb. i. p. 331,

et ii. p. 47.

Female. April 19th, 1869. Eye red; feet yellow.

TURTUR ERYTHROPHRYS.

Turtur erythrophrys, Sw. ; Mont. P. Z.S. 1865, p. 94; Bocage,

Jorn. Acad. Lisb. i. p. 337, il. p. 46.

Male. June 17th, 1869. Eye red; beak black ; feet red.

+PERISTERA AFRA.

Peristera afra (Linn.) ; Hartl. Orn. Westafr. p. 197.

Male. April 19th, 1869. Eye black ; beak black ; feet red.

PARRA AFRICANA.

Parra africana, Gm. ; Mont. P. Z.S. 1865, p. 90 ; Bocage, Jorn.

Acad. Lisb. i. p. 148,

Male and female. June 23rd, 1869. Eye black ; feet blue ; beak

black.

ARDETTA STURMI.

Ardetta sturmii, Wagl.; Bocage, Jorn. Acad. Lisb. vol. 11. p. 46.

Male. May 20th, 1869.

5. Note on the Locality of Megalixalus infrarufus.

By Dr. A. Ginruen, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

The Tree-frog which I described under the name of Megalixalus

infrarufus, in the Proceedings of this Society for 1868 (p. 485), proves

to be a species from Mahé, one of the Seychelle Islands. We are

indebted for its discovery to Prof. E. Perceval Wright, who, on his

return placed the examples in my hands, unfortunately without a

label indicating their origin, which, after the lapse of a few months,

had been forgotten.

6. Notes on Prototroctes, a Fish from Fresh Waters of the

Australian Region. By Dr. A. Ginruer, F.R.S.,

“¥.Z.5., &.

In the year 1864, I described a new genus of freshwater fishes

from southern Australia, from the indifferently preserved skin of a

1870.] DR. A. GUNTHER ON FROTOTROCTES. 151

single example which was obtained for the British Museum in a col-

lection of fishes sent from Victoria to the International Exhibition in

1862 (Fish. v. p. 382). I then associated it with Haplochiton, a

genus inhabiting cold fresh waters of Tierra del Fuego, of the Falk-

land Islands, and of the southern parts of the South American con-

tinent. The characters, as far as they could be observed, seemed to

warrant the propriety of uniting the two genera into a family, Haplo-

chitonide ; and for the new genus the name of Prototroctes (in

allusion to its Salmonoid affinities) was proposed. A few days ago

two perfect specimens of the latter genus, preserved in spirits, were

submitted to my examination* ; and I am now enabled to complete

the description of the generic characters, as well as to add a second

species to the genus.

These fishes have entirely the appearance of Coregonus. The body

is covered with cycloid scales of moderate size ; the first dorsal short,

immediately behind the middle of the length of the fish, and imme-

diately behind the insertion of the ventral fins; adipose fin small,

opposite to the end of the anal, which is not much longer than the

dorsal. Caudal fin forked. The structure of the mouth is entirely

different from that of Coregonus ; it is of moderate width, and cleft

to below the eye ; the snout is pointed, with a mesial notch to receive

the soft skinny end of the lower jaw ; the intermaxillary and maxillary

are intimately attached to each other along their whole length, and

the margin of the upper jaw is formed by the intermaxillary only.

The upper jaw is provided with a series of minute teeth, slightly bent

inwards, very similar to those of Mugil, not anchylosed to the bone,

but imbedded in a cartilage with which the intermaxillary bone is

covered. Lower jaw with a series of minute teeth, which are more

distantly placed than those of the upper, and inserted in the bone

itself: a layer of horny substance, such as is found in many Cyprinoids,

intervenes between the upper and lower jaws, and is easily detached

from the lower. Vomer and palatine bones with a single series of

minute teeth ; tongue on each side with a series of small recurved

teeth. Gills four. Pseudobranchie none. Branchiostegals six,

short, broad, as in Coregonus. Air-bladder large, simple. Stomach

eeecal, slightly more muscular in its cardiac and pyloric portions than

in the middle. Pyloric appendages none. Intestinal tract of moderate

length, one-half longer than the entire fish. Peritoneum of a deep

black colour. Both our examples are unfortunately males, so that

the condition of the ovaries and oviduct is still unknown: it seems

that the testicle is developed on the left side only, where it forms a

long, broad, and very thin lamina; a vas deferens connects this

lamina with another smaller one situated in the hindmost part of the

abdominal cavity. Urogenital orifice with a very small and short

tube.

It is evident from this description that the union of Haplochiton

and Prototroctes in one family is perfectly justified, although the pre-

* They were in the first instance (Nov. 1869) sent by the Westland Natural-

ists’ Society of New Zealand to Mr. Buckland, who eventually requested me to

give an opinion about them.

152 REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON THE GENUS IDIOPs. [Mar. 10,

sence of the pseudobranchize cannot be retained among the family

characters, and is limited to the former genus. Prototroctes stands in

the same relation to Haplochiton as Coregonus does to Salmo; and

however the Haplochitonide may differ from the Salmonide in the

structure of the jaws and intestinal tract, it is a most remarkable

fact that the fresh waters of the southern hemisphere are inhabited

by two genera with adipose fins, so extremely similar in outward ap-

pearance to the northern Salmonoids.

The species from Southern Australia is called Prototroctes marena,

and distinguished by having about eighty transverse series of scales

along the body. The second species, from New Zealand, is very

closely allied to it, but more elongate and having smaller scales.

D. 12. A. 19. Transverse series of scales 100. The height of the

body is nearly one-fifth of the total length (without caudal); the

head is as small as in the other species, its length being contained

six and a half times in the total (without caudal) ; the same uniform

coloration as in Coregonus. For this species I propose the name of

Prototroctes oxyrhynchus.

The fish were sent with the denomination ‘‘ Mountain-Trout ;”

therefore it appears that they inhabit the fresh waters of the moun-

tainous interior of New Zealand. The stomach and intestines were

crammed full of a clayey mud, which may have been taken in on

account of nutritive matter contained in it, or which may be the

remnants of worms which had fed on mud.

7. Supplementary Notice on the Genus Jdieps.

By the Rev. O. P. CamBrince.

(Plate VIII.)

Since writing the communication upon the genus Idiops read at

the Society’s Meeting on the 10th ult.*, I have discovered, in the

collection of Arachnida at the British Museum, three additional unde-

scribed species—one from the same locality as that from which Idiops

sigillatus was received (Swan River, Australia), the two others from

Africa (one from its eastern the other from its southern portion)

The distribution of this genus thus appears to be exceedingly wide,

comprising Syria, different parts of South Ameriea, Africa, and

Australia.

The following are the descriptions that I have been enabled to

make of these additional species :—

Iprops MEADII, n sp. (Plate VIII. fig. 4.)

Male adult: length 10 lines; length ‘of cephalothorex 6 lines,

breadth of ditto 43 lines.

The whole of this Spider, except the abdomen, is of a deep and

somewhat bistre-brown colour. The cephalothorax is of a broad

* See anted, p. LOL.

1870.]| REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON THE GENUS IDIOPS. 153

oval form, truncate before, and depressed above ; the hinder por-

tion of the caput is very slightly raised, and the normal furrows

and indentations are strongly marked; the furrow denoting the

junction of the caput and thoracic segment is very deeply indented,

and of a curved form, the curve directed backwards: the surface of

the cephalothorax is finely, profusely, and almost wholly covered

with minute tubercular granulations; it is otherwise destitute of

clothing or armature.

The eyes are normal in number and position: they are placed on

two slightly raised or tubercular elevations ; one, immediately above

the falces, is occupied by the two foremost eyes, the other (and

larger one), at some distance behind the former, is occupied by the

remaining six eyes: the two foremost eyes are about an eye’s dia-

meter above the lower margin of the clypeus; they are the largest

of the eight, and are very near together (less than half an eye’s

diameter), but considerably removed from the two behind them,

which form the second row; these are further apart than those of

the foremost (or first) row, the four forming a narrow oblong figure,

rather wider behind than before: the hindermost (or third) row is

composed of four eyes, in a strongly curved transverse line, the

curve directed backwards ; the two central eyes of this row are the

smallest of the eight, and are further apart from each other than

each is from the lateral eye on its side.

Falces moderate in length and strength, prominent, and curved

in profile; they are furnished towards their extremities, on the

upperside, with bristly hairs, and a group of short, strong, black

spines. ;

Legs strong, moderate in length, which is relatively 4, 1, 2, 3,

1 and 4 not differing much ; they are sparingly furnished with hairs

and bristles; and a few small black spines occupy the undersides of

tibie, tarsi, and metatarsi ; the tibize of the first pair are inordinately

strong, enlarging gradually to their fore extremity, near which, on

the inner side, is a strongish corneous enlargement ; close in front

of and beyond this is another of a similar but stronger and more

marked character, and of an abruptly bent form: each tarsus ends

with three curved claws ; the two superior ones much the strongest,

and pectinated at their base, the inferior one small and apparently

destitute of pectinations.

Palpi strong, rather long, and furnished with bristly hairs ; the

radial is much longer than the cubital joint, and very tumid in its

form, its hinder portion being almost globular. This joint has a

prominence near the middle of its outer side armed with a row of

short, strong, tooth-like black spines; the digital joint is short,

and has a blunt-pointed prominence at its outer extremity, and

some strong spines at its extremity on the upperside; the palpal

organs are strong and prominent, consisting of a corneous lobe,

elongated into a strong, bent (but not twisted) corneous apophysis,

which diminishes in size to its extremity, where it is bifid, the lower

limb of the bifid portion being much the longest, and curved, the

upper one very slight, but both sharp-pointed.

154 REV. O, P. CAMBRIDGE ON THE GENUS IDIops. [ Mar. 10,

Mazille strong, divergent, with a rudimentary point or promi-

nence at their extremities on the inner side. ‘The /adium and

sternum present no deviation from the normal structure.

The abdomen is small, very convex above, and projects a little

over the base of the cephalothorax ; it is of a deep but dull brown

colour, and very sparingly furnished with hairs; the spiracular

plates (four in number) are large, and similar to the legs in colour :

the abdomen was a good deal shrunken in behind, so that it was

not easy to get a full view of the spinners; but their number was

four, and those of the superior pair appeared to be much longer

and stronger than those of the inferior.

The example (an adult female) from which the above description

was made is in the British-Museum collection ; it was captured by

the late Captain Speke (in East Africa) during his expedition to the

sources of the Nile, and presented to the British Museum by Earl

Russell. It is nearly allied to Idiops sigillatus, which it resembles

in the general form of the palpi; but it may at once be distinguished

from that genus by the entire absence of a spiny armature on the

cephalothorax and abdomen, as well as by the want of the four

peculiar seal-like markings so characteristic of the abdomen of J. sigil-

latus. It is with a strong and grateful remembrance of past assist-

ance in the study of Spiders, that I give to this species the name of

Mr. Meade, of Bradford, Yorkshire.

IpIops BLACKWALLIJ, n. sp. (Plate VIII. fig. 5.)

Male adult: length 11 lines; length of cephalothorax 52 lines,

breadth of cephalothorax 52 lines.

This conspicuous Spider is of a deep black-brown colour, the

cephalothorax and upperside of the abdomen being densely clothed

with a silky adpressed pubescence of a silvery-white colour, offering

a striking contrast to the dark (nearly black) colour of the legs

and palpi; mingled with this pubescence, on the upperside of the

abdomen, are hairs of a yellowish hue towards its fore part, and

others of a brownish mouse-colour towards its hinder part : near the

middle of the upperside there appeared to be a largish pale-yellow

spot or patch; but this was not traceable with accuracy, owing to

the shrunken state of the abdomen: the sides and under part melt

gradually from the hue of the upperside into a deep mouse-brown :

the spiracular plates (four in number, and glabrous) differ from each

other in colour, those of the anterior pair being dark yellow-

brown, while those of the posterior pair are of an orange-yellow

colour.

The cephalothoraz is depressed above (without any elevation of

the occipital portion of the caput), and of a broad-oval form, nar-

rowest in front, where it is less distinctly truncate, and proportion-

ately rather narrower than in some other species; the hinder part

is very broad, and indented on its posterior margin; the form of

the cephalothorax is thus heart-shaped, blunt at its narrower end,

and nearly resembles that of Idiops kochii.

1870.]| REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON THE GENUS IDIOPS. 155

The eyes are situated upon a single oval tubercular elevation, im-

mediately above the fore margin of the caput. This elevation is

furnished with some strong, curved, spine-like bristles before and

behind. The grouping of the eyes is normal, though more com-

pact than in Idiops meadii and JI. sigillatus: the two forming the

foremost row are close above the fore margin of the caput: those of

the second row (also two in number) are the largest of the eight,

and seated on the summit of the elevation; they are nearer to-

gether, though forming a rather longer row that the two foremost

eyes: those of the third (or hinder) row are four in number, and

small; they form two pairs, a pair occupying each extremity of the

row ; the eyes of each of these pairs are contiguous to each other,

thus leaving a wide interval between the two pairs: those of the

first and second rows form nearly a square, whose transverse dia-

meter is rather shorter than its longitudinal, and its fore side the

shortest.

The legs are very strong, and moderately long, their relative

length being 4, 1, 2, 3; the difference between 1, 2, and 3 is slight ;

the actual lengths of 4 and 1 are 20 and 15 lines respectively : they

are thickly clothed with brown-black hairs and inconspicuous

spines: the metatarsi and tarsi are furnished beneath with pads of

close-set hairs ; those on the tarsi are peculiarly arranged, leaving a

longish narrow oval hollow along the centre of the pad: the tibiee

of the first pair are armed at their extremity, rather underneath on

the inner side, with a strong, curved, corneous projection, termina-

ting with spiny bristles and sharp tooth-like spines ; just above this

projection is a short, strongish, tooth-like spine, which in this

species occupies a position similar to that occupied in Idiops meadii

by a second corneous process.

The palpi are moderately long, strong, and furnished, like the

legs, with hairs and spines: the radial joint is longer, but not

stronger than the eudztal ; it is furnished thickly, and very conspicu-

ously beneath, with long hairs and spines: the digital jot has a

pad or tuft of close-set hairs at its extremity ; and the palpal organs

consist of a nearly circular corneous bulb, prolonged in a slightly

tortuous form, and terminating with two points, of which one is

longer than the other and curved. These organs bear considerable

resemblance to those of Dysdera erythrina (Walck.).

The falces have their profile abruptly curved; they are promi-

nent, but moderate in length and strength, of a dark colour, and

thickly furnished with mouse-grey hairs, among which are a few of

a blackish hue ; the extremities have no spines on their uppersides ;

and the hairs are so arranged as to form, with the dark ground,

longitudinal bands or stripes.

The mazille are long and cylindrical, but have a protuberant

point at their inner extremities; they are furnished on the inner

sides with a fringe of strong bright-reddish hairs.

Labium small, oblong, rounded at its apex.

Sternum small, narrow-oval, very little wider behind than before,

156 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON THE GENUS IDIOPS. [Mar. 10,

The spinners were hidden beneath the dense hairy covering of

that portion of the abdomen.

This fine and distinct species is described from a specimen in the

British-Museum collection, received from the Swan River, Australia.

In its general form and character it mostly resembles Idiops kochu

(a native of South America); but it may readily be distinguished

from all yet known species of the genus by the striking contrast of

its colours. The specific name conferred upon it needs no explana-

tion to those who are aware of Mr. John Blackwall’s long and

unwearied labours in the field of araneological science.

Ipiors THORELLII, n. sp. (Plate VIII. fig. 6.)

Male adult: length 44 lines; length of cephalothorax 23 lines,

breadth of cephalothorax 2 lines.

The fore part (including the legs and palpi) of this Spider is of an

orange-yellow-brown colour; it is very sparingly furnished with

hairs, and the legs have a few fine spines. The abdomen is dark

yellow-brown ; the form of the cephalothorax is a broad but regular

oval, depressed above; the normal furrows and indentations are

fairly marked. The eyes are seated in the normal position upon two

tubercular elevations, as in Idiops meadii; the two which form

the first row are the largest of the eight, and very near together ;

they are situated close above the frontal margin, and form, with

those of the second row, a narrow oblong figure, whose hinder width

is the greatest ; the two intermediate eyes of the hinder row are the

smallest of the eight, and much further from each other than each

is from the end one on its side. The falces are moderate in length

and strength, and are armed with a group of strongish spines near

their extremities on the upperside. The palpi are long and strong:

the radial joint is very strong, longer than the cubital, and tumid

behind ; it has a prominence on the middle of the outer side, armed

with small tooth-like spines ; near the outer extremity of this joint

is another prominence, smaller, but similarly armed: the palpal

organs consist of a large, globular, corneous lobe, prolonged into

a not very large, nor very long-pointed, curved, beak-like projec-

tion: the form of the maxillze and labium is normal ; but the sternum

is of a somewhat pentagonal form, moderate in size, and broader

behind than before. The /egs are moderate in length and strength ;

their relative length is 4, 1, 2, 3; the tibie of the first pair

have two corneous projections near their extremities on the inner

side; and each tarsus terminates with three claws, of which the

two superior ones are pectinated, and the inferior one much the

smallest.

A single example of this species is in the British-Museum col-

lection.

Hab. South Africa. Its small size, as well as its colours and

structure, will readily distinguish it from others of the genus. The

specific name given to it is that of Dr. T. Thorell, Adj. Prof. Zool.

Univ. Upsale, and a distinguished araneologist.

1870. ] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON OTIDIPHAPS NOBILIS. ie

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE VIII.

Fig. 1. Idiops kochii, 3, p. 103.

a. Fore-right view of cephalothorax and falces.

6, c. Palpus in two positions.

d. Profile, without legs or palpi.

e. Natural length of Spider.

2. Idiops sigillatus, 3, p. 105.

a. Fore-right view of cephalothorax and falces.

6, Underside of cephalothorax, showing maxillx, labium, and sternum.

ce, é. Palpus in two positions.

d. Leg of first pair.

f. Hinder portion of abdomen.

g. Profile, without legs or palpi.

h. Natural length of Spider.

3. Idiops syriacus, 9, p. 107.

a. Fore-right view of cephalothorax and falces.

6. Profile, without legs or palpi.

c. Natural length of Spider.

4. Idiops meadit, g, p. 152.

a. Fore-right view of cephalothorax and falces.

5, c. Palpus in two positions.

d. Leg of first pair.

e. Profile, without legs or palpi.

5. Idiops blackwallii, 8, p. 154.

a. Fore-right view of cephalothorax and falces,

4, c. Palpus in two positions.

d. Leg of first pair.

e. Profile, without legs or palpi.

Ff. Underside of tarsus and metatarsus.

6. Idiops thorellit, 3, p. 156.

a. Leg of first pair.

6, Fore-right view of cephalothorax and falces.

c, e. Palpus in two positions,

d. Tarsal claws.

f. Natural length of Spider.

g- Profile, without legs or palpi.

March 24, 1870.

Dr. E. Hamilton, V.P., in the Chair.

Mr. P. L. Sclater exhibited a coloured drawing, forwarded to him

by Dr. S. Salvadori of Turin, C.M.Z.S., representing a bird which

that naturalist had proposed to describe as a new genus and species

of Megapodes, but which was evidently the remarkable Pigeon re-

cently named by Mr. Gould Otidiphaps nobilis (Aun. N. H. 4th

series, vol. v. p. 62,1870; cf. P. Z.S. anted, p.4). Dr. Salvadori

had received the specimen in a box of skins bought at Singapore,

but stated to have been brought from Macassar. All the other

birds in this box (fifty-eight in number, belonging to forty different

158 LETTER FROM MR. W. H. HUDSON. [Mar. 24,

species) were well-known inhabitants of New Guinea and the neigh-

bouring islands, with the single exception of Hrythrura trichroa

(Kittl.), not hitherto recorded as a Papuan species.

A third letter* on the ornithology of Buenos Ayres, addressed to

the Secretary by Mr. W. H. Hudson, C.M.Z.S., was read :—

«There are four Woodpeckers met with in this country [Buenos

Ayres]. Two of these (Picus mixtus and Chrysoptilus chlorozostus)

you have seen in my collections. To both these birds the natives

have given the vulgar name ‘ Come-palo,’ or ‘ Woodeater.’ Both

of these species are quite common in the places they frequent, and

are occasionally seen in the thickets south of the Rio Salado; but

this is the extreme southern limit of their range, and they prefer

the Sayus forests bordering on the Rio de la Plata. Chrysoptilus

chlorozostus is sometimes seen to alight on the ground, apparently

for the purpose of feeding on worms and ants. Its cries are, when

the bird is excited, loud, rapid, and shrill; at other times it modu-

lates them to notes exceedingly soft and sorrowful.

“The third species (the Carpintero blanco, or White Carpenter+)

affords another illustration of the influence of the riverine wood in

introducing new species from the north to this country; for this

bird, which is a native of the northern states of La Plata, is occa-

sionally found within a few miles of the city of Buenos Ayres,

though never, to my knowledge, south of it. Probably the diver-

gence from the typical mottled colours of the Woodpeckers is greater

in this species than in any other. I am not acquainted with its

habits.

«The fourth species is the ‘Carpintero;’ more widely distributed

and better known than the other members of the genus to which it

belongs, and also of great interest in reference to the erroneous

account of its habits in Mr. Darwin’s work, which makes it worthy

of particular attention. However close an observer a naturalist may

be, it is not possible for him to know much of a species from seeing

perhaps one or two individuals in the course of a rapid ride across

the pampas. Certainly, if Mr. Darwin had truly known the habits

of the bird, he would not have attempted to adduce from it an argu-

ment in favour of his theory of the origin of species. In Chap. VI.

of his well-known work on this subject the author speaks of the

altered habits, caused by change of habitat and other extraneous

circumstances, and infers that it would be an easy matter for natural

selection to step in and alter an animal’s structure so as to make a

new species of it, after its habits have been so altered. He then

proceeds to ask whether ‘there can be a more striking instance

of adaptation given than that of a Woodpecker for climbing trees

and for seizing the insects in the chinks of the bark;’ and, in

reference to this, states that there is a Woodpecker inhabiting the

plains of La Plata, ‘where not a tree grows,’ and which is conse-

* For Mr. Hudson’s previous letters see anted, p. 87 et p. 108.

+ [Leuconerpes dominicanus.—P. L. 8.]

1870. ] LETTER FROM MR. W. H. HUDSON. 159

quently a ‘ Woodpecker which never climbs a tree’ (Origin of Species,

4th ed. ch. vi. pp. 212, 213).

“The perusal of the passage quoted by one acquainted with the

bird referred to and its habits might induce him to believe that the

author had purposely wrested the truth in order to prove his theory ;

but as Mr. Darwin’s ‘ Researches’ were written long before the theory

of natural selection was conceived, and abound in similar misstate-

ments when treating of this country, the error must be attributed to

other causes. The facts are, that besides orchards, and groves of

willow, poplar, &c., which have been planted wherever the plains are

settled, there is also the continuous wood, which I have already de-

scribed, growing on the shores of the La Plata.

** South of Salado River the numbers of wild trees have given a

name to a large department of this province. There is also in the

vicinity of Dolores, 150 miles south of Buenos Ayres city, a very

extensive forest. All these wouds are frequented by the Carpintero,

where he may be observed climbing the trees, resting on his stiff

and frayed tail-feathers, and boring the bark with his bill as other

Woodpeckers do. But his favourite resort is to the solitary Omdbu,

a tree found over a great extent of the plains of Buenos Ayres.

This tree attains a considerable size; there is one situated within

fifty paces of the room I am writing in that has a trunk which

measures at a height of 3 feet above the ground 30 feet in circum-

ference. This very tree was for years a breeding-place for several

Carpinteros, and still exhibits on its trunk and larger branches scars

of old wounds inflicted by their bills. The wood of the Ombu is

very soft; and the Carpintero invariably bores for breeding where

it is green and sound. The hole it forms runs horizontally about

9 inches into the tree, then slants upward a few inches more, and at

the end of this passage a round chamber is excavated to receive the

eggs.

a The Carpintero frequently lights on the ground, where it is

seen to feed on ants and larvee, and is sometimes found several miles

distant from any trees. This, however, is very rare; and it is on

such occasions always apparently on its way to some tree or trees in

the distance. It very rarely takes a long flight, but travels by very

easy stages. These circumstances have led to its being described as

living exclusively on the ground. Outlying the regions abounding

in trees, and which I have described as the habitat of the Carpintero,

there are vast tracts in the southern and western portions of Buenos

Ayres where, in truth, ‘not a tree grows;’ but in these regions the

Carpintero is never seen. It is not only the erroneous account of

this bird’s habits that makes Mr. Darwin’s mention of it peculiarly

unfortunate, but also because this bird rather affords an argument

against the truth of Mr. Darwin’s hypothesis. Mr. Darwin describes

it as a perfect Woodpecker, not only in conformation, but in its eo-

louring, undulatory flight, and shrill obstreperous cries. It is plain,

then, that natural selection has left it unaltered; and is it not rea-

sonable to suppose that, if there was such an agency in nature, it

would have done something to alter this species, placed as it is in a

160 MR. TEGETMEIER ON SIREDON MEXICANUS. [ Mar. 24,

situation so badly adapted for its structure and habits? But, in

truth, natural selection has done absolutely nothing for our Wood-

» pecker. Its colours are not dimmed, nor its loud notes subdued ;

but even when it traverses the open country it calls about it the

enemies from which it has little chance to escape. Natural selection

has not endowed it, for its safety, with the instinct of concealment,

so common in the true pampas birds. Its peculiar flight also, so

admirably adapted for gliding through the forest, here only excites

the rapacious birds to pursuit. In fact, the residence of this species

in a region of which the conditions seem inimical to its preserva-

tion, so far from modifying, seems rather to have intensified its cha-

racteristics. Compared with the other Woodpeckers of this portion

of South America, in structure, size, colour, voice, and flight, it is

the type of the genus. The habit of occasionally perching on the

ground it possesses in common with other species; but it never

roosts on the ground, like the true pampas birds ; never builds a nest

or burrows in banks, like the Patagonian Parrot; nor ventures on to

those vast and treeless plains that border on its habitat. Scarcity

of provisions and seeking for trees better adapted for breeding, with,

perhaps, other reasons, have probably led to the distribution of this

species over a great extent of country.

“«« Twenty years ago, which is as far back as my recollection extends,

the Carpintero was rather a common bird; but it has now become

so very rare, that for the last four years I have met with only three

individuals.”

Mr. Tegetmeier exhibited living specimens of the Axolotl (Sire-

don mexicanus), one of which (fig. 1, p. 161) had undergone the

metamorphosis described by M. Aug. Duméril in the ‘Annales des

Sciences Naturelles’ for 1867.

This animal had hitherto been regarded as a perennibranchiate

amphibian, as it breeds freely in the larval state, and in Mexico

appears to be only known in that condition, although many natural-

ists have suspected it to be the larva of a large Salamander.

The specimens exhibited were hatched in the summer of 1868,

and kept under similar conditions, without any change taking place

beyond a steady increase of growth, during the succeeding winter and

summer of 1869. Inthe autumn one only out of five began to change ;

the external gills disappeared, the jaws became much more pointed,

and the skin assunied a singularly mottled appearance. The animal

did not leave the water, but, when the temperature was warm, usually

breathed by standing erect against the side of the aquarium and

elevating the nostrils above the surface, respiration being effected

by the very rapid movement of the skin of the lower jaw. During

cold weather it usually remained submerged, rising at intervals to

the surface to breathe.

Mr. Tegetmeier also exhibited some microscopic slides, on which

were mounted portions of the excessively thin cuticle of the feet of

the animals, that had been shed like a glove, the skin of the toes

being partly inverted,

| 1870. ] MR. TEGETMEIER ON SIREDON MEXICANUS.

Ao " (litt! Lt)

i] ii i

TZ |

| hy iy

| tl) yi |

Proe. Zoou. Soc.—1870, Ne.

C \ =

nytt 1 ATi

| NV vil HHH!

f ) al |

1 \

i i i

XI.

L61

Fig. 1. Siredon meaicanus, metamorposed.

Siredon mexicanus, in normal state.

Fie. ¢

162 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON NEW PHEASANTS. [Mar. 21,

The following papers were read :—

1. Notice of the arrival in the Society’s Gardens of living

Specimens of two newly described Species of Phasianide.

By P. L. Scuatzr, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to

the Society.

(Plates XIV., XV.)

Since the last Meeting, the Society’s collection of living Phasia-

nidee has been enriched by the acquisition of the original typical

specimens of two very fine species of the genera Lophophorus and

Ceriornis, which have been lately described as new by Dr. Jerdon.

The discovery of these remarkable additions to the list of known

Pheasants is a matter of so much interest that I venture to offer to

the Meeting a few remarks upon the subject, in connexion with

the drawings of these splendid birds which I now exhibit.

In October last Dr. T. C. Jerdon, the well-known Indian natura-

list, addressed to me a letter ftom Shillong, a new sanitarium on

the Khasya Hills in- Upper Assam, stating that he had obtained

from the hill-ranges in the neighbourhood of Suddya a skin of a

Tragopan (Ceriornis), distinct from either of the well-known Indian

species, but which he believed might be C. temminchii of China, and

had seen a living example of an Impeyan from the same Hills, which

he regarded as probably new to science, and proposed to call Lopho-

phorus sclatert. 'This letter was accompanied by an enclosure upon

the same subject for publication in ‘The Ibis,’ which was duly

forwarded to the editor of that journal, and appeared in the last

number*,

In a subsequent communication, received through Dr. J. Anderson,

our excellent correspondent and honorary agent at Caleutta, Dr.

Jerdon informed me that, in the interests of the Society, he had

begged of Major Montagu, of the Bengal Staff Corps, the fortunate

possessor of the new Impeyan, the living bird in question, as also a

living example of the so-called Ceriornis temminckii, in the same

gentleman’s possession, and had forwarded them to Calcutta to Dr.

Anderson for transmission to the Society. Dr. Jerdon likewise

stated that, since he last wrote, having had an opportunity of con-

sulting authorities, he had convinced himself that the Ceriornis was

distinet from C. temminckii, and, in a notice sent to the ‘ Journal

of the Asiatic Society of Bengal,’ had proposed to call it Ceriornis

blythit.

It is to Major Montagu, therefore, that the Society are primarily

indebted for these two splendid birds, which reached us in safety

on the 12th inst., though our best thanks are likewise due to

Dr. Jerdon and Di Anderson for their kind assistance in the matter,

and to Mr. William Jamrach, who most liberally undertook to con-

vey them home, under his personal care, and has delivered them

to us in excellent condition.

* See ‘ Ibis,’ 1870, p. 147, and J. A. 8. B. 1870, p. 61.

1870.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON NEW PHEASANTS. 163

The new Impeyan Lophophorus sclateri, as will be seen by the

figure which I now exhibit (Plate XIV.), is at once distinguishable from

the L. impeyanus of the Himalayas, as also from the more recently

discovered L. ?huysi* of Szechuen by well-marked characters. The

sides of the head are widely naked, and covered with bright blue skin.

The top of the head is covered with short curly feathers of a bright

green; and there is no appearance at all of the remarkable crest

whence the genus has obtained its name, though it is just possible

that this may be developed at a later period, for other indications

lead me to believe that our specimen is not quite adult. The

general colour of the plumage is velvety black, above glossed with

green, and with coppery on the nape and wing-coverts. The lower

back and upper tail-coverts are pure white, with some longitudinal

black shaft-streaks. The tail-feathers are dark chestnut, terminated,

I believe, by a narrow white end-band—although this is not distin-

guishable in our specimen, from the imperfect state of the tail; but

it is mentioned by Dr. Jerdon, and there were some indications of it

when the example first arrived. The bill is long and curved, and

the feet large, as in the other Impeyans. The beak is of a yellow-

ish horn-colour, the legs and feet dark horn-colour, the irides dark

brown.

There can be no doubt, I think, that the present bird belongs

to a species perfectly distinct from the two previously known mem-

bers of the genus, and forms a third of this magnificent group of

Phasianidze,

Our example of this bird, which is the only individual of the

species yet obtained, was received from the Mishmi Hills in Upper

Assam, the same locality that has produced the remarkable mam-

mal Budorcas tazicolor.

Not less easily distinguishable from its congeners hitherto known

is Ceriornis blythii, of which I likewise exhibit a figure (Plate XV.).

Amongst the described species of the genus it most nearly resembles

Ceriornis caboti, being below mesially of a nearly uniform colour,

somewhat as that species, and not distinctly ocellated as in the

three other members of the genus. It is, however, to be recognized

at first sight by the splendid golden yellow of the naked face and

throat. It is not very easy to describe a living bird with accuracy ;

but no description of this species having yet appeared in this coun-

try, I have drawn up the subjoined diagnosis, which may be useful,

until an opportunity occurs of making a better one.

CERIORNIS BLYTHII. (Plate XV.)

Ceriornis temminckii, Jerdon, Ibis, 1869, p. 147.

Ceriornis blythit, ej. J. A. S. B. 1870, p. 60.

Supra rubescenti-brunneus, nigro variegatus et albo ocellatus,

capite, collo undique et pectore aurantiaco-castaneis; vilta

verticali lata et fascia utrinque auriculart nigris :, facie et gula

nuda splendide aureis, hac in parte imfertore nitide viride-

* For notice and figure of this species see P. Z.S. 1868, p. 1, pl. 1.

164 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON NEW PHEASANTS. _ [ Mar. 24,

scente, inde a pectore linea nigra divisa : abdomine cineraceo-

Susco, obsolete variegato, hypochondriis albo ocellatis: tec-

tricibus alarum et tibiis imis castaneis: cauda intus lacteo-

alba nigro terminata, evtus fusca: rostro (in ave viva) nigro,

pedibus rubido-carneis : iride obscure brunnea: crassitie fere

specierum reliquarum.

Hab. in Assamia superiore (Jerdon).

Vivario. Soc. Zool. Londinensis.

The present bird will therefore form a fifth member of the genus

Ceriornis, of which the species now known to science will stand

as follows :—

1. Cerrornis saTyrA (Gould, B. Asia, pt. xx.).

Hab. Southern slopes of the Himalayas of Nepaul, Sikim, and

Bhotan, at an elevation of from 6000 to 9000 feet.

Pairs of this Tragopan were first received by the Society in 1863.

They bred in the Gardens in 1864 and the following years, and we

had good hopes of their becoming permanent denizens of our aviaries* ;

but, I am sorry to say, these expectations have not been fulfilled,

and we have since lost the whole of these birds. Nor, I believe, have

the sister societies on the Continent been more successful in the

present case.

2. CeRIORNIS MELANOCEPHALA (Gould, B. Asia, pt. vii.).

Hab. Southern slopes of North-western Himalayas, at an eleva-

tion of from 6000 to 9000 feet, Kumaon, Gurwhal, and Cashmere.

3. CERIORNIS TEMMINCKII (Gould, B. Asia, pt. xxi.).

Hab. Hills of Eastern and Northern Szechuen, extending thence

into Central China.

Monseigneur Chauveau sent skins of this Ceriornis from the hills

above Ta-kien-liou along with those of Lophophorus (huysi and

Ithaginis geoffroyt (Bull. Soc. Accl. 1867, p. 705). Living exam-

ples were likewise obtained by Mr. Medhurst to the north of Han-

kow along with those of Reeves’s Pheasant.

4. Cerrornts caporti (Gould, B. Asia, pt. x.).

Hab. Hills of Quang-sze, Southern China.

The original specimen of this bird was obtained at Macao, and

for some years was the only individual known of the species. Mr.

Swinhoe subsequently purchased a living example in a bird-shop at

Hong-kong (see ‘Ibis,’ 1865, p. 350), and has reason to believe it

was brought down the Hong-kiang, or West River, from the hills of

the interior of Quang-sze, where there is a fine unexplored country.

5. CERIORNIS BLYTHII.

Hab. Hills of Upper Assam, at the head of the valley (Jerdon).

* Cf. Wolf & Selater, Zoological Sketches, ii. pl. xxix.

1870.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE GENUS COCCYZUS. 165

2. Further Notes on the Cuckoos of the Genus Coccyzus.

By P. L. Scrarrr, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the

Society.

In an article “ On the Species of the American Genus Coccyzus,”’

published in this Society’s ‘ Proceedings for 1864 (p. 119 e¢ seqq.), I

separated from Coceyzus americanus a Jamaican specimen, under the

name of C. Gairdi, distinguishing it by the absence of rufous colour

on the outer wing-margins, smaller size, purer white colour below,

and other minor differences. Since that time Mr. W. T. March, so

well known by his excellent notes on the birds of Jamaica *, has

kindly sent me several skins of the Coceyzus americanus of that

island for comparison, and I have also obtained other specimens of

this bird from various localities. After carefully examining all these,

I have come to the conclusion that C. dairdi is not tenable as a spe-

cies, the skin on which it was founded being in fact merely an indi-

vidual variety of C. americanus.

I have also been lately able to compare together a larger series of

the two ‘‘ Mangrove Cuckoos,”’ Coccyzus seniculus sive minor and

C. nesiotes, than I had formerly been able to examine, and am now

of opinion that the latter so-called species of Cabanis and Heine is

not fairly separable from the former.

This reduces the number of species of Coccyzus, as given in my

list (P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 120), by two. On the other hand we must

add Coccyzus cinereus of Vieillot, of which, as already stated in these

Proceedings}, 1 have lately examined several specimens, and which

proves to be a most distinct species, and Coceyzus ferrugineus of

Gould, which was omitted in my former list. This raises the total

number of valid species to eight again, which may be arranged as

follows :— «

A. Species cauda valde graduata ; mandibula ad basin flava.

a. Supra pallide cinerei unicolores.

dem ina, aus pe eens hu antes nc aeeeesonscapaccsse case 1. americanus.

6’. Infra ochraceuss332 3. - Pee 2 eae! 2. minor.

6. Supra rufus: pileo cinereo ...........cscceeeseeeeeees 3. ferrugineus.

B. Species cauda valde graduata; rostro nigro.

a. Supra fusci.

a’, Pileo concolori: subttis albus................4. 4. erythrophthalmus.

b’. Pileo cinereo : subtus ochraceus.........-..... 5. melanocoryphus,

6, Supra subtusque rufus: pileo plumbeo ............ 6. landsbergi.

C. Species cauda fere aquali: rostro nigro.

@,Pectore pallide.cinore |<... .s...-c02s-4.0seasessn: osa00s 7. cinereus.

ipa POLORE VEE LO RU Of saeiabaiv tec |s spate dee asels sche s> ae caceae 8. pumilus.

1. CoccyzUs AMERICANUS.

Cuculus americanus, Linn. 8. N. i. p. 170.

Cuculus carolinensis, Wils. Am. Orn. iv. p. 13, pl. 28. f. 1.

Coccyzus pyrrhopterus, Vieill. Enc. Méth. p. 1343.

* Proc. Acad. Se. Phil. 1863, pp. 150 et 283.

t P. Z.S. 1869, p. 633.

166 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE GENUS Coccyzus. | Mar. 24,

Coccyzus americanus, Bp. Consp. p. 111; Gosse, B. Jam. p. 279 ;

Sel. et Salv. Ibis, 1860, p. 43; Gundlach, Rep. F. N. 1. p. 295;

Sclater, P. Z. S. 1860, p. 252, 1864, p. 120; Newton, Ibis, 1859,

p. 149; Léotaud, Ois. de Trin. p. 350.

Coecygus americanus, Baird, B. N. Am. p. 76; Cab. J. f. O.

1862, p. 167; Cab. et Hein. Mus. Hein. iv. p. 75.

Coceyzus dominicus, Baird, Proc. Ac. Phil. 1863, p. 64.

Coccyzus bairdi, Sclater, P.Z.S. 1864, p. 120; Pelzeln, Orn. Bras.

p- 273.

Supra fuscus, fronte cinerascente : remigibus intus rufis: subtus

albus: rectricibus lateralibus nigris albo late terminatis, duabus

mediis dorso concoloribus : rostro superiore nigro, inferiore ad

basin aurantiaco: long, tota 11, ale 5°5, caude rectr. med.

5°8, ext. 3°5 poll. Angl.

Hab. North America, Eastern States to Missouri plains (Baird) ;

Mexico, Orizaba (Sallé); Cuba (Gundlach) ; Jamaica (Gosse §

March) ; Ste. Croix (Newton); Trinidad (Léotaud); Guatemala

(Salvin) ; Costa Rica (v. Frantzius); Panama (M‘Cleannan) ;

Bogota (Mus. P. L. 8.) ; S. Paulo, Brazil (Natt.).

I have examples of this species in my collection from the United

States, Mexico, Jamaica, and Bogota. In Salvin and Godman’s col-

lection are others, from the United States, Guatemala, and Panama.

I have also compared those in the British Museum from various

localites.

The rufous colour of the primaries does not always extend through

to the outer webs, but varies in amount. In the skin which I called

bairdi (supposing it to be the dominicus, Baird nec auct.) it does not

show on the outer web at all.

I have a “ Bogota’’ skin certainly referable to this species, so that

it may probably straggle further south occasionally, aud may be the

species called by Pelzeln’C. bairdi (Orn. Bras. p. 273), which was

obtained by Natterer in the province of S. Paul, S.E. Brazil.

2. CoccyzuUS MINOR.

Coucou des Paletuviers de Cayenne, Buff. Pl. En). 813.

Cuculus minor, Gm, 8. N. i. p. 411.

Cuculus seniculus, Lath. Ind. Orn. i. p. 219.

Coccyzus seniculus, Vieill. Enc. Méth. p. 1346; Sclater, Cat. Am.

B. p. 323; Taylor, Ibis, 1864, p. 170; Gosse, B. Jam. p. 281 ;

Newton, Ibis, 1859, p. 150; Sallé, P. Z.S. 1857, p. 234; Sclater,

P.Z.S. 1861, p. 79, et 1864, p. 121 ; Cab. et Hein. Mus. Hein. iv.

p- 78; Pelz. Orn. Bras. p. 273.

Coccyzus helviventris, Cab. in Schomb. Guian., iii. p. 714.

Coccygus minor, Baird, B. N. Am. p. 78; Gundlach, Rep. F. N.

1. pe 295.

ai iegs dominicus, Sclater, Cat. Am. B. p. 323.

Coccyzus nesiotes, Cab. et Hein. Mus. Hein. iv. p. 78; Taylor,

Ibis, 1864, p. 170; Sclater, P.Z. 8. 1864, p. 121.

Coccyzus minor, Léotaud, Ois. de Trin. p. 353; Bryant, Pr. Boston

Soc. N. H. x. p, 254, xi, p: 96.

1870.) MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE GENUS COCCYZUS. 167

Supra fuscus, fronte cinerascente : regione auriculari nigricante :

subtus pallide fulvus : rectricibus lateralibus nigris, albo late

terminatis, mediis duabus dorso concoloribus = rostro superiore

nigro, inferiore ad basin aurantiaco: long. tota 12, ale ores

caude rectr. med. 6*2, lat. 3°7.

Hab. Florida (Audubon) ; Cuba (Gundlach) ; Jamaica (Gosse) ;

8. Domingo (Sallé); Porto Rico (Bryant) ; Sta. Cruz (Newton) ;

Dominica (Taylor); S. Lucia (Mus. P. T. S.); Guadeloupe et

Martinique (Mus. Paris) ; Honduras (Whitely) ; Chiriqui (Kellett,

Mus. Brit.); Trinidad (Léotaud) ; Cayenne (Mus. Brit.); Brit.

Guiana (Schomb.) ; Cajutata near Pard (Natt.).

I have seven skins of this Cuckoo in my collection from Jamaica,

S. Domingo, Porto Rico, Honduras, and S. Lucia. I have also

examined those in the British Museum, from Chiriqui, Trinidad, and

Cayenne, and am now of opinion that they are all referable to one

species. For this we must employ the specific name minor, imposed

by Gmelin upon Buffon’s Pl. Enl. 813, which unmistakably repre-

sents the species.

When I wrote my American catalogue I was inclined to believe

there might be two allied species of this form—an insular one, which

I then termed dominicus, and a continental one, distinguishable

principally by its thicker bill, which I considered to be the true

minor (sive seniculus). In my paper on the genus, written in 1864,

I retained this view, merely adopting for the species previously

termed dominicus the name nesiotes, under which Cabanis and

Heine had then described it.

Having now had an opportunity of examining more specimens, I

have come to the conclusion that there are no sufficient grounds for

maintaining these two supposed species as distinct. The differences

consist chiefly in general dimensions and size of the beak ; but there

is much variation in both these particulars. The type cf Cabanis

and Heine’s C. nesiotes, as pointed out by Dr. Bryant (P. B. S. N.

H. x. p. 255), is probably a young bird.

3. Coccyzus FERRUGINEUS.

Coccyzus ferrugineus, Gould, P. Z. S. 1843, p. 105, et Zool. Voy.

Sulphur, p. 46, pl. 29; Bp. Consp. i. p..97.

Nesococcyx ferrugineus, Cab. et Hein. Mus. Hein. iy. p. 79.

Rufus, pileo cineraceo : subtus pallide fulvus : alis extus rufis ;

caude rectricibus externis pallide fulvis, ad apicem albicanti-

bus ; prowimis utrinque versus apicem nigricante brunneo sub-

obsolete notatis, duabus mediis dorso concoloribus - rostro ni-

gricante, mandibula ad basin Jlava: long. tota 10, ale 5:2,

caude 6.

Hab. Cocos Island, Pacific.

The typical specimen of this species is now in the British Museum,

and is the only individual yet obtained, as far as I know, Cocos

Island being far out of the track of ordinary collectors. The bird

appears to me to be a true Coccyzus, though with somewhat of the

rufous colouring of a Piaya. T have placed it in the yellow-billed

168 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE GENUS Coccyzus. [ Mar. 24,

section of the genus, to which it clearly belongs if this mode of

division be adopted ; but as regards the indistinct colour of the rec-

trices it approaches more nearly to C. erythrophthalmus.

4, CoccyzUs ERYTHROPHTHALMUS.

Cuculus erythrophthalmus, Wils. Am. Orn. iv. p. 16, pl. 28. fig. 2.

Coccyzus erythrophthalmus, Bp. Consp. p. 111; Sclater, P. Z. 8S.

1859, p. 252; 1864, p. 122, et Cat. Am. B. p. 323; Léotaud, Ois.

de Trin. p. 352 ; Sel. et Salv. Ibis, 1860, p. 276; Lawrence, Ann.

L. N. Y. vii. p. 477; Gundlach, Rep. F. N. i. p. 295.

Coceygus erythrophthalmus, Baird, B. N. Am. p. 77; Cab. et

Hein. Mus. Hein. iv. p. 76.

Supra fuscus, eneo sake subtus albus: rectricibus pallide

cinereis, albido terminatis: rostro nigro: long. tota 11, ale

5°5, caude rectr. med. 6, lat. 3°5.

Hab. Eastern United States to Missouri plains (Baird) ; Cuba,

rarely (Gundlach) ; Mexico (Sallé); Panama (M‘Cleannan) ; Bo-

gota (Mus. P. L. 8.) ; Trinidad (Léotaud); Ucayali (Hauawell).

This Cuckoo goes very far south, probably, however, only on its

winter migration. It does not appear to visit the Antilles, except

Cuba, and that rarely.

5. CoccyzUS MELANOCORYPHUS.

Coucou, Azara, Apunt. il. p. 365. no. 267.

Coecyzus melanocoryphus, Vieill Nouv. Dict. vii. p. 271, et Ene.

Méth. p. 1344; Sclater, Cat. Am. B. p. 323; P. Z. S. 1864, p. 122,

et 1866, p. 100 ; Scl. et Salv. P. Z.S. 1866, p. 195, 1867, p. 977,

et 1869, p. 633; Pelz. Orn. Bras. p. 273.

Cuculus melanorhynchus, Cuy. in Mus. Par.; Less. Tr. d’Orn. i.

p. 141.

Cuculus seniculus, Max. Beitr. iv. p. 348.

Coccyzus seniculus, Burm, Syst. Ueb. il. p. 267; et La Plata-

Reise, ii. p. 444.

Coccygus melanocoryphus, Cab. et Hein. Mus. Hein. iv. p. 77.

Piaya melacorypha, Léotaud, Ois. de Trin. p. 349.

Supra fuscus, pileo cinereo; regione auriculari nigra: subtus

pallide ochraceus: rectricibus nigris albo terminatis, mediis

duabus dorso concoloribus: rostro nigro: long. tota 11, ale

4:6, caude rectr. med. 5°8, lat. 3°5.

Hab. Buenos Ayres, Conchitas (Hudson); Parana and Tucuman

(Burm.); Paraguay (Azara); S8.E. Brazil (Maz.); Rio et S. Paulo

(Natt.) ; Borba (Natt.); Ucayali (Bartlett); Pebas (Hauaxwell) ;

Cayenne (Mus. P. L. 8.) ; Trinidad (Léotaud); Lima, W. Peru

(Nation).

This Coccyzus has also an extensive range in South America, as

will be seen from my list of localities. I have compared skins from

Lima, Cayenne, Pebas, S.E. Brazil, and Buenos Ayres. The tinge

of ochraceous colour below varies, as also the cinereous colour of the

head ; but the species may be always distinguished from C. minor

(with which it has been confounded) by its black beak.

1870.| MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE GENUS COCCYZUS. 169

6. CoccyzUS LANDSBERGI.

Coccyzus landsbergi, Bp. Consp. p. 112; Cab. et Hein. Mus.

Hein. iv. p. 79; Sclater, P. Z.S. 1864, p. 122.

Supra brunnescenti-rufus, pileo cinereo ; alis extus rufis: subtus

dilutior, pallide rufus: cauda eneo-nigra, rectricibus quatuor

lateralibus albo late terminatis: mediis duabus dorso conco-

loribus: long. tota 10°4, ale 4:5. caude 5:6.

Hab. 8. Martha, New Granada.

Mus. Brit.

7. CoccyZUS CINEREUS.

Lil ceniciento, Azara, Apunt. il. p. 368. no. 268.

Coceyzus cinereus, Vieill. N. D. dH. N. viii. p. 272, et E. M.

p. 1344; Bp. Consp. i. p. 112; Burm. Syst. Ueb. ii. p. 268; Hartl.

Ind. Az. p. 17; Scl. et Salv. P. Z.S. 1869, p. 633.

Coecygus cinereus, Burm. P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 634.

Fuscescenti-cinereus, subtus pallide cinereus, ventre medio albi-

cante: subalaribus et crisso ochracescentibus: rectricibus fuscis,

versus apicem nigricantibus, albo anguste terminatis ; rostro

nigro: long. tota 9, ale 4:1, rectr. med. 3°11, lat. 3°7.

Hab. Paraguay (Azara) ; vic. of Buenos Ayres (Hudson).

This Coccyzus has been sometimes supposed to be the same as C.

melanocoryphus, but is in fact, as recently pointed out by Dr. Bur-

meister, a most distinct species, having the lateral rectrices but

slightly shorter than the middle pair. From what Mr. Hudson

states (P. Z. S. 1870, p. 88) it would appear to have only lately

become a denizen of the riverain forest near Buenos Ayres.

8. Coccyzus PUMILUS.

Coccyzus pumilus, Strick]. Orn. Contr. 1852, p. 28, pl. 82; Sclater,

Cat. Am. B. p. 323; Cab. et Hein. Mus. Hein. iv. 79; Scl. P. Z.S.

1864, p. 122.

Fuscescenti-cinereus, pileo cinereo: subtus ad imum pectus fer-

rugineus, ventre albo, subalaribus et crisso ochracescentibus :

cauda fuscescenti-cinerea, nigro late terminata, indealbo anguste

marginata: rostro nigro: long. tota 9, ale 4, caude rectr.

med. 4°2, lat. 3°8.

Hab. Trinidad (Strickl.) ; Venezuela, Bogota (Mus. S.-G.).

Mr. Strickland gives the locality of this Cuckoo as Trinidad ; and

I have a skin received in a collection which was stated to have come

from that island. But I have some reason to believe that it is

doubtful whether this bird really occurs in Trinidad. It is not men-

tioned by Léotaud, and many birds from the adjoining districts of

Venezuela reach us in so-called “ Trinidad ”’ collections.

Messrs. Salvin and Godman have a “‘ Bogota ” skin of this Cuckoo,

which shows that it is also found in the neighbouring republic of

New Granada.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1870, No. XII.

170 DR. J. C. COX ON NEW AUSTRALIAN SHELLS. [Mar. 24,

3. Descriptions of eight new Species of Shells from Australia

and the Solomon Islands. By Jamgs C. Cox, M.D.,

C.M.Z.S.

(Plate XVI.)

1. Hexrx RAInBrIRDI, Cox. (Plate XVI. fig. 1.)

Shell deeply openly umbilicated, globosely turbinate, rather thin,

faintly striated, dark chestnut-brown, almost black, ornamented by

two broad dark yellow bands about the centre of the whorls, and one

round the umbilicus, which is much excavated and broadly funnel-

shaped ; spire broadly conoid, obtuse ; whorls 63 to 7, convex, last

deflected in front; aperture oblique, roundly lunate; lip dark and

metallic at the margin, broadly expanded and somewhat reflected ;

margins approximating, joined by a thin callus; columellar margin

much expanded, overhanging the broad, open, funnel-shaped umbi-

licus.

Hab. Mount Dryander, Port Denison, Queensland.

Diameter—greatest 1°75, least 1°20; height 1°35 inch.

This fine species, named after its discoverer, was sent to me as

Helix mitchelle, Cox, which in general appearance it much re-

sembles ; it is, however, easily distinguished by its less conical shape,

and by its being openly umbilicated, whereas H. mitchelle has a

covered umbilicus.

2. Hexurx THATCHER], Cox. (Plate XVI. fig. 2.)

Shell deeply and openly umbilicated, depressedly globose, rather

solid, finely obliquely striated, dull horny yellow, ornamented with a

broad, dark chestnut band below the suture, with five or six fine

dark lines round the centre of the whorls, and also a dark undefined

zone round the umbilicus, which is of the same colour; this dark

coloration extends across the last whorl in a broad undefined band

along the margin of the aperture, and joins the band beneath the

suture; spire flatly conoid ; whorls 63, flattened, the last becoming

much inflated, rapidly enlarged and a little depressed in front ; base

flat; aperture oblong-oval, large, oblique, livid white within; lip

slightly thickened and everted, of a lighter colour than the interior ;

margins approaching, joined by a thin dark callus ; columellar margin

much dilated, half concealing the umbilicus.

Hab. Mount Bersaker, Rockhampton, Queensland (Raindird).

Diameter—greatest 1°60, least 1°20; height 1°15 inch.

An interesting species, of an intermediate form between Helix ap-

pendiculata and H. incei, but easily distinguished from either by the

marked inflation of the last whorl.

3. Hewrx nov#-GEorGIENSIS, Cox. (Plate XVI. fig. 3.)

Shell imperforate, globosely depressed, surface corrugated and

shiny, white, ornamented with 5 or 6 narrow brown bands; apex

of spire bluntly rounded; whorls 4, rapidly increasing in size, each

P.Z.S 1870. Pl XVI

G.B Sowerby lith M & N Hanhart imp

NEW SHELLS FROM AUSTRALIA & SOLOMON ISLANDS.

1870.] DR. J. C. COX ON NEW AUSTRALIAN SHELLS. 171

flatly sloping to the centre, causing a subcarinated appearance ; last

whorl suddenly reflected in front, and contracted near the aperture ;

aperture very oblique, ear-shaped, margin ivory-white, flatly ex-

panded, the brown bands on the last whorl abruptly terminating at

the base of the expanded lip ; margins approaching, joined by a thin

callus; columellar margin slightly dilated, and inclining to be tuber-

culated within.

Hab. New Georgia, Solomon Isles.

Diameter—greatest 0°95, least 0°70 ; height 0°55 inch.

4, Hextix macGrecort, Cox. (Plate XVI. fig. 4.)

Shell very widely umbilicated, flatly discoidal, quite flat on the

upper surface, widely excavated below, pale yellow brown ; whorls 10

or 11, very slowly increasing, having a coiled-up appearance as in

H. polygyrata, coarsely striated; last whorl keeled above, rounded

below, slightly dilated and much deflected in front ; suture margined ;

aperture very oblique, ovately rounded; lip with an irregular mar-

gin, very slightly thickened, not reflected.

Hab. New Ireland (Brodie).

Diameter—greatest 0°93, least 0°32; height 0°23 inch.

This species so much resembles the smaller varieties of H. poly-

gyrata that it need not be mistaken for any other species ; its coiled-

up, money-like appearance would at once attract attention. I have

named it in honour of my late friend Capt. MacGregor, who for

several years was a most enthusiastic collector among the Solomon

group of islands.

5. Hetrx cHancet, Cox. (Plate XVI. fig. 5.)

Shell imperforate, conoid, faintly striated from above downwards

with straight strie, and longitudinally striated with more distinct wavy

striee, white, ornamented -on the centre of the whorls with a broad

brown band, and round the base with a broad brown zone; spire

pyramidal, black at the apex ; whorls six, the last rapidly increasing

in size and inflated, suddenly deflected in front, and contracted be-

hind the lip; aperture large, irregularly ovately rounded, margins

approaching, lip slightly thickened and reflected ; columellar margin

moderately dilated and excavated, and darkened by a black callus.

Hab. Ysabel Island, Solomon Islands.

Diameter—greatest 1°30, least 1°07; height 1°25 inch.

This handsome species is an intermediate form between Helix

coniformis of Férussac and H. louisiadensis of Forbes, but is of a

more decidedly trochiform appearance.

6. Hexix convicta. (Plate XVI. fig. 6.)

Shell imperforate, solid, orbicularly conoid, transversely faintly

striated, and decussated with fine longitudinal striz, pale yellowish

white, ornamented with two narrow brown bands, one near the

centre of the whorls, the other immediately below the suture, which

is rather impressed ; spire broadly conical, apex obtuse ; whorls 63,

172 DR. J. C. COX ON NEW AUSTRALIAN SHELLS. [Mar. 24,

gradually increasing in size, last depressed in front; aperture ro-

tundately lunate; peristome white, expanded, margins slightly ap-

proaching ; columellar margin ivory-white, triangularly expanded and

fused into the body of the shell.

Diameter—greatest 0°90, least 0°73 ; height 0°74 inch.

Hab. Nichol Bay, Western Australia.

7. BULIMUS SAN-CHRISTOVALENSIS. (Plate XVI. fig. 7.)

Shell rimately perforate, conically ovate, club-shaped ; spire elon-

gated and proportionally slender, moderately thin, rather finely

transversely malleated, pale brown, apex pink, abundantly and irre-

gularly ornamented with triangular or irregular longitudinal zigzag

markings; whorls 5, the last inflated and forming three-fourths

the length of the shell; aperture elliptically oval; peristome pink,

shortly expanded and very slightly thickened; columellar margin

dilated and divided into two pillars—one, the larger and more highly

coloured, prominent, and running spirally within the body of the

shell, the second running forward toward the insertion of the oppo-

site end of the peristome and becoming blended with a callus of

union; in some specimens a tooth exists between the spiral internal

pillar of the columella and the insertion of the opposite end of the

peristome.

Diameter 1°20, length 1°60; aperture 1°45 long, 0°60 inch broad.

Hab. San Christoval, Solomon Islands.

8. Reciuzia HARGRAVESI*. (Plate XVI. fig. 8.)

Shell imperforate, pyriform, thin, scalariform, greenish horn-

colour, shining, transversely obsoletely striated, and very indistinctly

banded; whorls 64-7, markedly rounded, and separated by a deep

suture; aperture ovately rounded; peristome thin, simple; colu-

mellar margin thickened and expanded.

Hab. Miall River, Port Stephens, N.S.W.

Diameter—greatest 0°90, least 0°67 ; length 1°53; aperture 0°65

long, 0°50 inch wide.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XVI.

Fig. 1. Helix rainbirdi, p. 170.

2. Helix thatcheri, p. 170.

3, 3a. Helix nove-georgiensis, p. 170.

4, 4a. Helix macgregori, p. 171.

5. Helix chancet, p. 171.

6. Helix convicta, p.171.

7. Bulimus san-christovalensis, p. 172.

8. Recluzia hargravesi, p. 172.

* [Mr. H. Adams, who has been kind enough to look over this paper for Dr.

Cox, remarks that this shell is pelagic, and was probably found at or near the

mouth of the river, whither it had been driven by the winds from the sea.—Eb. |

1870.] PROF. BARBOZA DU BOCAGE ON A NEW PELICAN. 173

4, Note sur une nouvelle espéce de Pélican.

Par J. V. Barsoza pu Bocaesz, F.M.Z.S. &e.

PELECANUS SHARPEI, nov. sp.

Supra albus, collo imo, interscapulio et tergo viv roseo tinctis ;

subtus cinnamomeo lavatus, macula magna pectorali cinna-

momeo-castanea ; fronte valde tumida; plumis frontalibus an-

gulum acutum antice formantibus ; crista cervicali brevi, erecta ;

rostro flavo, medio et lateribus nigricantibus, apice margini-

busque rubris; genis nudis rubentibus; sacco gulari virides-

centi-flavo ; pedibus sordide carneis.

Hab. Angola.

Deux individus d’Afrique occidentale (Angola) en plumage de

noces. Ils difftrent beaucoup par la taille. Le plus grand dépasse

en dimensions un exemplaire, qui existe au Muséum de Lisbonne, du

P. onocrotalus 3, provenant des mers d’Europe et acheté il ya

longtemps 4 M. Verreaux ; l’autre a & peu pris la taille de celui-ci.

Ils appartiennent évidemment par la disposition des plumes fron-

tales 4 la section qui comprend P. onocrotalus, P. mitratus, et P.

Javanicus ; mais je crois impossible de les rapporter 4 aucune de ces

espéces.

Le P. onocrotalus en est bien distinct par l’existence d’une eréte

occipitale pendante et par la teinte jaune-clair de la tache qui lui

recouvre le jabot pendant la saison des amours.

Le P. mitratus, d’aprés Mr. Sclater, est facile 4 reconnaitre par sa

taille plus petite, 4 son plumage d’un blanc pur et 4 sa longue créte

occipitale, caractéres qui ne se retrouvent pas chez nos spécimens.

En outre Mr. Jerdon (Birds of India, iii. p. 856) lui donne pendant

l’époque des noces une tache jaune au jabot.

Quant au P. javanicus, Horsf., qui n’est pas généralement admis,

Mr. Sclater le décrit, d’aprés Mr. Blyth, comme ne portant jamais

de créte pendante 4 locciput ni de renflement au front, et ayant les

couvertures alaires et les tertiaires liserées de noir, le bec d’un bleu

livide et la tache pectorale d’un jaune foncé. A lexception de

Pabsence de créte occipitale, tous les autres caractéres ne conviennent

pas & notre espéce.

Je profite de cette occasion pour rendre 4 Mr. Sharpe un témoi-

gnage public de mon admiration pour ses travaux, en lui dédiant

cette espéce.

5. Description of a new British Mollusk, Aplysia melanopus.

By Jonaruan Covcn, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S.

A couple of molluscous animals were brought to me on the 3rd

of January (1870), having been thrown on shore within the har-

bour of Polperro (on the east coast of Cornwall), in a severe storm.

One of them was in a good state of preservation; but the other was

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1870, No. XIII.

174 MR. J. COUCH ON APLYSIA MELANOPUS. [ Mar. 24,

greatly bruised and mutilated, and was thus deprived of the lively

colours which the first possessed. As I have never seen the species

before, I have judged these animals worthy of particular notice ; and

I think that the more perfect example is deserving of a minute

Fig. 1.

Aplysia melanopus, nat. size.

a, mouth ; 4, ¢, tentacles; d, reproductive organ (this and the eye scarcely

visible in the woodcut) ; e, foot, of a dark colour.

Fig. 2.

Nucleus.

Shell of Aplysia melanopus, showing nucleus to be nearly central.

description, as also of a place in the British Museum. Measured

in a straight line, its length is 43 inches ; it is very plump, especially

posteriorly, where, in girth, it measures 6 inches. That part which

forms the head projects; and in front of it is the mouth (a), which

: PZ.S.1870, Pl. Xvi

LiMo

ern Mn

° Mineral xX

Hiss ihVAaMy nll WS

yyy Hi4)) AN

Gu Lf of: Pan

ware

ae Ane tw

sib Ante fo

neo fghedien y

1870. ] MR. O. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. 175

opens perpendicularly, with prominent lips or jaws, that on the left

side being of a fine blue colour, and the other red. At a short

distance behind this, on each side, is a folded and slightly thickened

membrane (4); and still further back, above, there is a more slender

process on each side (the tentacles) (¢) ; while rather below the first

named, on the right side only, is a smaller red process, encompassed

at its root with a bluish circle (reproductive orifice?) (d). The eye

is small, scarcely to be discerned, and is situated near the root of

the more posterior process of the two already named. The body, on

which these processes are placed is of a decided yellow colour, and

ends in an oval mantle of rather small dimensions, with a border

that constitutes the gills; while the more extended lateral portion,

which is of a lively yellow colour, is separated from the dorsal by a

line or groove, which seems to form the line of distinction between

it and the sexual organs. A border or separated fold of this lateral

division, of a bright red colour, proceeds forward from the hind-

most border of the mantle, where there appears to be an opening

into the body, to end on the side, at about half its length. The

foot (e) is of dark brown colour, a little the widest in front, and

slightly projecting behind, where the lateral portion of the body

also slopes down, a small portion of the latter having above it a

curved line of separation. The whole of the body, with the excep-

tion of the mantle and foot, is marked with tints of red on the

brilliant yellow surface.

Of the other example above referred to, the colours had all been

resolved into a dull brown, and the foot was much puckered. I

could not discover in the lips or jaws any roughness or firmness as

of teeth ; and the single lateral process at the side of the neck was

absent. The internal plate (fig. 2) is in figure half an oval, 2

inches wide, thin, subcartilaginous, and marked with faint lines di-

verging from the straight border. Almost, but not exactly, at the

middle of its upper portion was a slight prominence or projection,

but so injured as not to be accurately defined. Its surface was very

slightly tinged with brown.

6. On some Collections of Birds from Veragua.

By Ossert Savin, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c.—Part II.

(Plate XVII.)

Since my former communication * to the Zoological Society upon

this subject, the same collector, Enrique Arcé, who furnished the

materials for my paper, has been working industriously at the Or-

nithology of Veragua, and has accumulated so much material in

my hands that I now deem it expedient to draw up a report on the

additions made to my former list. Besides mentioning the species

added to the catalogue of the birds of Veragua, I have again inserted

* P. Z. 8. 1867, pp. 129-161.

176 MR. 0. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. [ Mar. 24,

into the present list the species concerning which fresh information,

whether of distribution or classification, has been acquired. Al-

though the greater number of species recorded in my former paper

are here re-introduced, a considerable addition to our knowledge of

their local distribution is made, and our information of the whole

subject brought down to the most recent date in a complete form.

Since 1867 Arcé has had the field to himself, no other naturalist

having worked in his immediate district; though in the adjoining

country of Costa Rica the Messrs. Carmiol and others have continued

their assiduous labours, I have, then, nothing to add to the history

of the literature of the birds of Veragua. The birds (of Arcé’s col-

lecting) described in these Proceedings since 1867 by Mr. Sclater

and myself will all be inserted in their places ; so it is unnecessary to

enumerate them here.

That no small success has attended Arcé’s labours will be manifest

on referring to the total number of species of birds now given as in-

habitants of Veragua. Nor are the novelties few or insignificant.

The result shows that even the most limited areas of this rich coun-

try, when diligently examined, seldom fail to reveal some striking

novelty, the existence of which in some cases could have in no way

been anticipated, every gap in the distribution of allied forms being

apparently filled in. The whole number of new species described

since 1867, together with those now given, amounts to nineteen.

Their names are as follows:—Thryothorus semibadius, Buthraupis

arcei, Pyranga testacea, Tachyphonus nitidissimus, T. chrysomelas,

Chlorospingus punctulatus, C. hypopheus, Grallaria princeps, Lep-

totriceus superciliaris, Empidonax atriceps, Chiromacheris auran-

tiaca, Antrostomus saturatus, Chetura fumosa, Lophornis adorabi-

lis, Selasphorus torridus, S. ardens, Eupherusa egregia, Chloronerpes

simplex, Melanerpes chrysauchen.

Besides these nineteen species, five others are now added to the

Central-American fauna, viz. Leistes guianensis, Pseudocolaptes

boissoneauti, Thamnophilus immaculatus, Stenopsis cayennensis,

and Urubitornis solitaria.

The genera now first introduced into the Central-American fauna

are Buthraupis, Leptotriccus, Leistes, Pseudocolaptes, Stenopsis,

and Urubitornis.

My first paper on the birds of Veragua records the occurrence

of 216 species of birds in that country*. This number Arcé has

now exactly doubled, by having transmitted no less than 216 ad-

ditional species, thus raising the whole number to 432. It is more

than probable that this number will be considerably increased ; for

in Costa Rica 520 species are recorded as inhabitants of that

country, whilst on the Panama Railway-line the number is about

400.

Of these 432 species, 113 are not included in the Costa-Rican list,

and at least 70 more are found at Panama which have not as yet been

recorded from either Veragua or Costa Rica. From these figures we

* The actual number is 220, from which 4 (viz. nos. 37, 93, 159, and 206)

must be deducted, the species being now otherwise determined.

1870.] MR. O. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. 177

get 703 species as an approximate estimate of the number of species

included in the whole bird-fauna of Central America south of the

Lake of Nicaragua. Considering how imperfectly several orders

must be represented, we shall certainly not be estimating the whole

number too highly if we place it at 720 species.

The superficial area of Central America south of the Lake of

Nicaragua is about 38,000 square miles, or an area about equal to

two-thirds that of England and Wales; yet in this limited extent

of country we find a considerably greater number of birds than in

the whole of Europe ; in fact, the number nearly equals that of the

whole continent of America, north of Mexico.

The names of the places visited by Arcé in his collecting-expedi-

tions are Calovevora, Calobre, Chitra, Boqueti de Chitra, Castillo,

Laguna del Castillo, and Cordillera del Chucu. Many of these places

are unmarked on the best map I can find, viz. that of Codazzi, pub-

lished in Bogoté in 1864; but from Arcé’s letters I gather they are

all situated in one district, near Calobre and Santiago de Veraguas,

and are in what is called El Mineral de Veraguas. I also infer that

Arcé’s collecting-ground has been almost, if not entirely, on the

southern, or that slope of the main Cordillera which stretches towards

the Pacific Ocean.

The later collections, which bear the localities Mina de Chorcha,

Bugaba, and Volean de Chiriqui, were all made since Arcé reached

David, the principal village of the district of Chiriqui. These

collections, too, were formed on the southern slope of the Volcano,

the highest point reached being about 6500 feet above the sea.

level.

I hope yet to be able to fill in, on the accompanying map (Plate

XVII.), all the names of the places above mentioned. In the

meantime, those already supplied will give the general position of

the districts explored.

The publication by Mr. Lawrence of ‘A Catalogue of the Birdy

found in Costa Rica’ (Ann. Lye. N. Y. ix. pp- 86-149) supplies

an important addition to our knowledge of the isthmian avifauna,

and enables me to review in a more complete manner the generaliza-

tions I ventured to make respecting the relationship the birds of

Veragua bear to those of the surrounding countries.

In my former paper I stated that the portion of Veragua then

explored showed that, as regards its birds, a rather stronger nume-

rical affinity was exhibited towards Panama than towards Costa

Rica, and a slightly closer comexion with the more northerly

portions of Central America than with the adjacent southern conti-

nent. But, owing to the incompleteness of our knowledge at the

time of the bird-fauna of Costa Rica, I somewhat mistrusted the re-

sult shown by the facts at my disposal. Partly owing to the explo-

ration of the district of Chiriqui, and partly to the large amount of

distributional knowledge acquired by the publication of Mr. Law-

rence’s list, the relationship between bird-life in Veragua and in the

adjoining countries now assumes to a great extent a different aspect.

The bonds of union with Costa Rica are drawn much more close ;

178 MR. O. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. [Mar. 24,

and, further, it now appears that the connexion with the Isthmus

of Panama is hardly greater than with the more northern portions

of Central America. These results may be exhibited as follows in

a tabular form :—

Total number of species found in Veragua, 432.

Number of Veraguan species also found in

South America ...... 179, or 41 per cent of the whole.

BAAN o oys 6. cross as a,c, 238, or 55 a as

Costa Rica .......... 317, or 74 ap a

Guatemala and Mexico 210, or 49 ss ee

North America ...... 60, or 14 ip Be

I find that the number of birds which are not found outside the

limits of Panama, Veragua, and Costa Rica, or that part of Central

America included between the Isthmus of Darien and the Lake of

Nicaragua, is altogether about 175 species; or, if we take the whole

bird-fauna of this district, at say 720, 25 per cent. are peculiar.

These 175 species are distributed as follows :—

Number peculiar to

Panama... 2. 15, or 33 per cent. of the ascertained fauna.

Veragua...... 29, or 7 e i

Costa Rica.... 35, or 7 ry He

Veragua and Costa Rica have in common.... 49 species

Veragua and Panama ss zi jizz ess

Veragua, Panama, and Costa Rica ,, PR} Mae

Costa Rica and Panama eS REP ie a >:

Add peculiar species......-. 79

175

Thus, viewing this section of the Isthmus as a whole, we find that,

without making any deductions whatever, no less than 25 per cent.

of its bird-population is unrepresented specifically in any other por-

tion of the adjoining regions. When, however, we take a portion of

this country and compare it with the rest of the whole district, we

find that the greatest amount of peculiarity does not exceed 7 per

cent.; and the least amount reaches as low as 32 per cent.

The characteristic elements of the Central-American fauna consist

not so much in the amount of generic peculiarity, which is very

small, but in the fact that a very considerable portion of South-

American forms are here represented, not as specifically identical, but,

in a large number of instances, as definably distinct in degrees of

varying value. The element of the Central-American bird-fauna to

be traced to the northern continent, on the other hand, maintains a

very different relationship to the bird-fauna of that continent. With

the exception of a few species isolated in the mountains of the higher

1870.) MR, O. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. 179

portions of the Isthmus, and some others, we find that northern forms

found in Central America are specifically identical with northern

species, and that their presence is due in a great measure to migration

during the winter season. As regards numbers, we find a gradual

diminution as we proceed away from North America. These

migrants, however, are everywhere present, some few passing still

further south into the equatorial provinces of the southern continent.

Costa Rica and Veragua, with Panama, possess these characteristics

of the Central-American fauna in the highest degree. It is here we

find the greatest number of South-American genera represented ; but

the species are to a considerable extent not the same as the continental

species.

We find, too, a considerable number of northern migrants, most

of which are specifically identical with northern birds.

In endeavouring to account for the facts as we find them, by

changes in past times in the physical features of the Isthmus, we seem

to require :—1st. A union between Costa Rica, Veragua, and Panama

with the southern continent, when those united lands possessed in

common a much larger number of species specifically the same than

at present. During this time the oceans may have been united north

of Costa Rica. 2nd. The long duration of Costa Rica and Veragua

as a “continental ”’ island, during which time the union of the two

oceans has been of greater extent. This period must be long enough

to have established specific differences much as we now find them.

3rd. The emergence of the whole Isthmus in its present form.

These requirements seem to fall in fairly with what has been

demanded in other branches of natural science. Dr. Duncan* re-

quires a union in Miocene times between the oceans to account for

the specific identity of certain corals; Dr. Giinther+, too, requires a

union between the oceans to account for the specific identity of 30

per cent. of the fish now found on both sides of the Isthmus.

The union here demanded will suit my first and second require-

ments, I only regulate the amount; and as for the period when it

took place, the fixing it to Miocene times would seem to answer to

the requirements of the birds.

That all the peculiar features of so varied a fauna can be accounted

for by this theory I do not pretend to say. The changes in the

physical features of the Isthmus indicated by the numerous minor

modifications of existing species, belong to the most recent events in

geological history. To account for the greater differences observable

we must go deeper into the abyss of geological time, where light at

present is barely perceptible.

Catharus griseiceps.

Chitra ; Calovevora; Calobre.

1. CarHARUS MEXICANUS, Bp. ; Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 1.

Calovevora ; Cordillera del Chucu.

* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. xix. 1863, p. 455,

+ Trans. Zool. Soe. vi. p. 397.

180 MR. 0. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. [Mar. 24,

Contrary to my expectations (P. Z. 8S. 1867, p. 132), it appears

that this species is found in Veragua, as well as the next following,

which is also met with in Costa Rica (Lawr. Ann. Lye. N. Y. ix.

p- 90). Arcé has sent us two specimens.

Catharus fuscater.

Calovevora; Cordillera del Chucu.

- 2. Turpvus atic1#, Baird, Rev. Am. B. p. 21.

V. de Chiriqui.

A single specimen from the southern slope of the Volcano of

Chiriqui agrees accurately with a specimen thus named by Prof.

Baird in our collection, received from the Smithsonian Institution.

This Thrush has not as yet been noticed in Mexico or Guatemala ;

but in Costa Rica its occurrence is recorded (Lawr. Ann. Lye. N. Y.

ix. p. 91).

Turdus grayt.

Chitra ; V. de Chiriqui.

Turdus tristis (Sw.) ; Scl. & Salv. Ex. Orn. p. 145. 1. leucau-

chen, Scl. ; Salv. P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 132.

Calovevora; Calobre; Boquete de Chitra; V. de Chiriqui.

A typical specimen from Bullock’s Mexican collection, marked

“‘ Turdus tristis’’? in Swainson’s MS., now in the Museum of the

University of Cambridge, fully confirms the view taken (Ex. Orn.)

as to the bird called 7’. assimilis, Cab., being identical with 7’. tristis

of Swainson.

Turdus obsoletus.

The acquisition of additional specimens from Costa Rica tend to

confirm Mr. Lawrence’s view that the sexes of this species are similar

in plumage, and that the bird is allied to 7. grayi rather than to the

section containing such species as have the male black and the female

brown.

3. Turpus niGREscENS, Cab. J. f. Orn. 1860, p. 324.

Y. de Chiriqui.

Evidently a highland species. It has hitherto only been noticed

in the woods of the Voleano of Yrazu, in Costa Rica, and similar

localities. Arcé has forwarded a pair. The sexes, as marked by him,

are quite similar in coloration.

Rhodinocichla rosea.

Calovevora; Chitra; Mina de Chorcha.

4. My1apEsTEs MELANOPS, Salv. P. Z.S. 1864, p. 580, t. 36.

Calovevora; Cordillera del Chucu.

5. THRYOTHORUS FASCIATOVENTRIS, Lafr.; Scl. & Salv. P. Z. 8.

1864, p. 346.

Bugaba.

This fine species is also found in Costa Rica (Lawr. Ann. Lye.N. Y.

1870. ] MR. O. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. 181

ix. p. 92). Arcé obtained several specimens, in some of which the

cross markings on the under parts are almost obsolete.

6. THRYOTHORUS SEMIBADIUS, Sp. 0.

Supra intense castaneus, fronte et capitis lateribus albis, plumis

singulis nigro marginatis: alis et cauda nigris extus badio

transfasciatis, tectricibus alarum minoribus albo transvittatis :

subtus albus, a pectore usque ad caudam nigro transfasciatus,

gula pure alba, hypochondriis postice castaneo lavatis: rostro

corneo mandibula pallidiore ; pedibus nigricantibus : long. tota

5°3 poll. angl., ale 2°6, caude 2:0, rostri a rictu 0°9, tarsi 0°9.

Fem. .Omnino mari similis.

Hab. Bugaba (drcé).

Obs. Species distincta, 7’. nigricapillo Scl. forsan affinis, sed pileo

nigro carens.

This species belongs to the section Thryophilus, Baird, having an

open and not operculated nostril. It has no very near allies, but

somewhat resembles 7’. nigricapillus and T. castaneus, Lawr., both

of which, however, are black-headed species, and have the under

parts less densely and regularly marked. Arcé has forwarded us both

sexes of this Wren from the district of Chiriqui.

7. TuryoTHorvus mopEstvs, Cab. J. f. Orn. 1860, p. 409.

Bugaba.

Specimens from this locality resemble the Panama race (Baird,

Rev. Am. B. p. 131).

Thryothorus rufalbus.

Calovevora; Chitra; Castillo.

Thryothorus rutilus.

Boqueti; Calovevora ; Bugaba.

This species, though common in Veragua, has not yet been met

with in Costa Rica.

Henicorhina leucosticta.

Boqueti de Chitra ; Cordillera del Chucu.

8. Hentcornina Leucopurys (Tsch.). Heterorhina leuco-

phrys, Baird, Rev. Am. B. p. 118.

Calovevora ; Chitra ; Cordillera del Chucu; Mina de Chorcha.

Prof. Baird (J. c.) recognizes two races of this form; but after a

close examination of our series of specimens, which includes examples

from Bogota, I confess I do not think he has established his case.

In all the differential characters brought forward I find variation in

different individuals, so that the nine specimens before me, if sepa-

rated, cannot be grouped in a definite manner. It is true, I may not

have the species called by Baird H. leucophrys; but a single Costa-

Rica skin, and several from Veragua, seem to agree very well with

his description. Our Guatemalan specimens are darker on the head

than others from Bogota; the Veraguan examples are variable in

this respect, as also in the amount of dark striations on the throat.

182 MR. O. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. [ Mar. 24,

Baird, with some doubt, refers Mexican and Guatemalan specimens

to Merulaxis griseicollis, Lafr. (R. Z. 1840, p. 103), a species Sclater

considers, with Lafresnaye himself, to be a Scytalopus (Cat. Am. B.

p- 168), and to belong to the Pteroptochide. Though not alto-

gether satisfactory, I must say I think Lafresnaye’s description suits

the Scytalopus better than the Henicorhina, no mention whatever

being made of the conspicuous markings on tne sides of the head in

the present bird. Taking Baird’s list of localities, the evidence af-

forded by the distribution of this Wren is all in favour of there being

but one species.

9. CistoTHORUS ELEGANS, Scl. & Salv.?; Baird, Rev. Am. B.

p. 146.

Bugaba.

A single specimen in abraded plumage seems to belong to this

species. The bill, however, is very robust, and the head exhibits

none of the longitudinal light markings to be seen in C. elegans. As

regards the colouring of the lower back and uropygium, the chief

distinguishing character between C. elegans and C. palustris, this

skin agrees very fairly with the former. The specimen is not in

a condition good enough to enable me to determine it satisfactorily.

10. PoxiorrTiLA SUPERCILIARIS, Lawr.; Baird, Rev. Am. B.

p. /I.

Bugaba.

Mniotilta varia.

Calovevora; Cordillera del Chucu ; V. de Chiriqui.

11. Paruta 1nornata, Baird, Rev. Am. B. p. 171.

Boqueti de Chitra ; V. de Chiriqui.

12. Paruwa GutTurRALs (Cab.), J. f. Orn. 1860, p. 329; Baird,

Rev. Am. Birds, p. 172.

V. de Chiriqui.

Arcé’s last collection contains three specimens of this beautiful

species, which are the first I have ever seen. According to Arcé’s

dissections, both sexes have the interscapular region black ; but in

the female this character is neither so extensive nor so regular in

form as in the male.

Helminthophaga chrysoptera.

Calovevora.

Helminthophaga peregrina.

Calovevora ; V. de Chiriqui.

Dendreca pennsylvanica.

Chitra; Calovevora; V. de Chiriqui.

13. Denpra@ca vireNs (Gm.); Baird, Rev. Am. B. p. 182.

V. de Chiriqui.

1870.] MR. O. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. 183

14. Denpraca c#rvuLxa (Wils.) ; Baird, Rev. Am. B. p. 191.

Calovevora.

Dendreca blackburnie.

Calovevora; Chitra; Calobre; Cordillera del Chucu; V. de

Chiriqui.

Dendreca estiva.

Calovevora ; Chitra; Calobre ; Cordillera del Chucu ; Bugaba.

15. Myioprocres pusittus (Wils.) ; Baird, Rev. Am. B.

p- 240.

V. de Chiriqui.

16. HenicocicHLa NOVEBORACENSIS (Gm.); Baird, Rev. Am.

B. p. 215.

Calovevora.

17. HeNnicocicHLa LupoviciANA (Aud.); Baird, Rev. Am. B.

p- 217.

Bugaba.

18. HeNIcocIcHLA auROCcAPILLA (L.); Baird, Rev. Am. B.

p- 214.

V. de Chiriqui.

Basileuterus mesochrysus.

Chitra ; Calobre.

19. BasILEUTERUS CULICIVoRUs (Licht.); Baird, Rev. Am. B.

p- 240.

Calovevora.

20. BasILEUTERUS BivitTatTus (Lafr. & D’Orb.), Salv. Ibis,

1870, p. 108. B. melanotis, Lawr. Ann. Lye. N. Y. ix. p. 95.

Cordillera del Chucu.

21. BasILEUTERUS MELANOGENYS, Baird, Rev. Am. B. p. 248.

V. de Chiriqui.

A very well marked and distinct species, hitherto only known

from the highlands of Costa Rica.

Basileuterus uropygialis.

Bugaba.

Setophaga ruticilla.

Calovevora; Chitra.

22. SETOPHAGA AURANTIACA, Baird, Rev. Am. B. p. 261; Salv.

Ibis, 1869, p. 313.

Calovevora ; V. de Chiriqui.

This species is exceedingly closely allied to S. verticalis (D’Orb.

& Lafr.), the under surface of which, however, is lemon- rather than

184 MR. 0. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. [Mar. 24,

orange-coloured, This difference is well shown by a very bright-

coloured specimen from Chiriqui, which has also the forehead and

sides of the crest deep black, instead of plumbeous, the other distinc-

tive character pointed out by Prof. Baird.

23. HirunpoO HOoRREORUM, Barton; Baird, Rev. Am. B.

p. 294.

Calobre ; V. de Chiriqui.

24. Arricora cyANoLevca, Vieill. A. cyanoleuca, var. mon-

tana, Baird, Rev. Am. B. p. 310.

Calovevora.

25. STELGIDOPTERYX FULVIPENNIs (Scl.) ; Baird, Rev. Am. B.

p- 316; Salv. Ibis, 1870, p. 108.

Calovevora.

Two examples, agreeing with Costa-Rican and Guatemalan speci-

mens.

26. STELGIDOPTERYX UROPYGIALIS (Lawr.). 8S. fulvigula,

Baird, Rev. Am. B. p. 317.

Chitra.

Agrees with Panama specimens.

Vireosylvia flavoviridis.

Chitra ; Mina de Chorcha ; Bugaba,

27. VIREOSYLVIA PHILADELPHICA, Cass.; Baird, Rev. Am. B.

p- 340.

Chitra.

28. ViREOSYLVIA FLAVIFRONS (Vieill.); Baird, Rev. Am. B.

p- 346.

Calovevora ; V. de Chiriqui.

29. HyLopuitus ocuraceicers, Scl.; Baird, Rev. Am. B.

p- 376.

Bugaba.

Hylophilus viridifiavus.

Bugaba.

Hylophilus decurtatus.

Castillo ; Chitra; Calovevora.

30. ViREOLANIUS PULCHELLUS, Scl. & Saly. Ex. Orn. p. 13, t. 8.

Calovevora.

31. CycLoRHIS SUBFLAVESCENS, Cab. J. f. Orn. 1860, p. 405 ;

Baird, Rev. Am. B. p. 388.

V. de Chiriqui.

1870. ] MR. O. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. 185

32. Pritoconys caupatus, Cab. J. f. Orn. 1860, p. 402; Sel.

& Salv. Ex. Orn. p. 11, t. 6.

V. de Chiriqui.

Arcé has sent two fine male specimens of this bird from the

southern slope of the voleano of Chiriqui, a new and more southern

locality for this beautiful species.

33. Diciossa pLumBgEA, Cab. J. f. Orn. 1860, p. 411.

V. de Chiriqui.

As in the case of the last-mentioned species, the occurrence of

Diglossa plumbea in the Chiriqui voleano indicates a more southern

range for this hitherto purely Costa-Rican bird.

The female of D. plumbea, as might have been anticipated, is not

distinguishable from that of D. baritula, Wagl. It is olivaceous

brown above, with dark ochraceous edgings to the wing-coverts and

secondaries ; beneath it is light brown, with an olive tinge over the

breast and sides.

34. Dacnis venustTaA, Lawv.

Bugaba.

35. Dacnis cayana (Linn.) ; Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 50.

Mina de Chorcha.

I can detect no differences whatever between an adult male from

this locality and a specimen from Pebas, Upper Amazons, which has

been called D. cayana (Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1867, p.977). Two

immature males from Chepo are somewhat intermediate between D.

cayana and D. ultramarina, Lawr., inclining rather to the former.

I should have expected that D. ultramarina would have alone repre-

sented this form in Central America, but such does not appear to be

the case.

Chlorophanes guatemalensis.

Calovevora ; Boqueti de Chitra ; Bugaba.

Cereba carneipes.

Calovevora ; Castillo; Chitra; Cordillera del Chucu ; Bugaba.

Cereba lucida.

Bugaba.

Certhiola luteola.

Cordillera del Chucu; Bugaba.

36. CHLoROPHONIA CALOPHRYS (Cab.); Scl. & Salv. Ex. Orn.

p. 135, t. 68.

Calovevora; Cordillera del Chucu ; V. de Chiriqui.

A highland species, hitherto only observed in Costa Rica.

37. EUPHONIA ELEGANTIsSIMA, Bp.; Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 56.

Calovevora.

186 MR. O. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. [Mar. 24,

38. Evpnonta minvtaA, Cab.?; Scl. Cat. Am. B. p.57. E. mi-

nuta, Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1860, p. 275.

Calovevora ; Bugaba.

Two adult male specimens sent by Arcé agree accurately with the

single example I obtained at Coban in 1859. The yellow forehead is

rather darker in colour and greater in extent than in a Bogotan speci-

men of E. minuta. Inthe white crissum, in the markings of the tail-

feathers, and in the tint of the upper surface, I can trace no differ-

ence, and therefore think it best not to describe the bird under a new

name, believing that did I do so I should only be adding to the con-

fusion introduced into the group by Cabanis, whose descriptions of

the Costa-Rican species, being in several instances based upon imma-

ture birds, are very unsatisfactory and perplexing.

39. Eupnonia Graciuis (Cab.); J. f. Orn. 1860, p. 333.

Bugaba; V. de Chiriqui.

The original specimens upon which Cabanis founded this species

were all immature. We now have what I believe to be the adult, of

which I give the following description :—

Supra cum gutture toto cerulescenti-nigra : alis extus viridi-eneo

tinctis: fronte, pilei dimidio antico et corpore subtus luteis :

cauda nigra immaculata : long. tota 3°8, ale 2°3, caude 1:3,

tarsi 0°65.

Obs. E. concinne affinis, sed fronte lutea nec nigra et colore supra

ceerulescentiore facile distinguenda.

40. EupHoNIA LUTEICAPILLA (Cab.); J. f. Orn. 1860, p. 332.

Boquete de Chitra; Bugaba.

A very pretty and distinct species, of which we have received

several specimens, both from Veragua and also from Panama (Paraiso

Station). The female may be described as follows :—

Supra olivacea: alis caudaque nigris, extus olivaceo limbatis :

subtus flava, medialiter clarior, hypochondriis olivaceo indutis.

Euphonia crassirostris.

Chitra ; Boqueti de Chitra; Calovevora.

The undetermined specimen (No. 37 of my previous list) is an

immature bird of this species.

Euphonia anne.

Cordillera del Chucu ; Calovevora.

41. Eupuonta Goutnt, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 60.

Bugaba; V. de Chiriqui.

Calliste icterocephala.

Calovevora; Boqueti de Chitra; Cordillera del Chucu; V. de

Chiriqui.

Calliste gyroloides.

Calovevora ; Boqueti de Chitra ; Cordillera del Chucu ; Bugaba ;

V. de Chiriqui.

1870.] MR. O. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. 187

Calliste francisce.

Calovevora; Chitra; Laguna del Castillo; Mina de Chorcha ;

Bugaba.

42. CauuistE pow, Salv. P. Z.S. 1863, p. 168; Scl. Ibis, 1863,

p- 451, t. 12.

Cordillera del Chucu. .

The sexes of this species, as marked by Arcé, hardly differ. The

male is somewhat brighter in plumage than the female.

43. Cauutste GuTrata, Bp.; Sclater, Mon. Calliste, t. 10.

V. de Chiriqui.

44. Bururavupis arc, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1869, p. 439,

31.

Cordillera del Chucu.

Tanagra diaconus.

Calovevora; Chitra.

Ramphocelus dimidiatus.

Calovevora; Chitra; Castillo; Cordillera del Chucu; Mina de

Chorcha.

The last-mentioned locality, in the neighbourhood of Chiriqui,

seems to be the most northern limit of the range of this species, as

in Costa Rica it has not yet been observed.

Ramphoceelus passerinit.

Mina de Chorcha; Bugaba.

This species, on the other hand, seems to attain its most southern

limit in the neighbourhood of Chiriqui.

45. PyranGA RUBRA (L.).

Calovevora.

Pyranga estiva.

Calovevora; Chitra; Boqueti de Chitra; Cordillera del Chucu.

Pyranga testacea, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 388. P. hepa-

tica, Salv. P. Z. S. 1867, p. 139.

Calovevora ; Chitra ; Boqueti de Chitra.

This species has also been found in the vicinity of Belize, British

Honduras (Ridgway, Pr. Ac. Phil. 1869, p. 133).

46. PyRANGA ERYTHROMELANA (Licht.).

Calovevora ; V. de Chiriqui.

47, PYRANGA BIDENTATA, Sw.

V. de Chiriqui.

Phenicothraupis vinacea, Lawr. Proc. Ac. Phil. 1867, p. 94;

Ann. Lye. N. Y. ix. p. 99. P. rubica?, Salv. P. Z. S. 1867, p. 139.

Calovevora ; V. de Chiriqui.

188 MR. O. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. [Mar. 24,

Lanio leucothoraz.

Calovevora; Chitra ; Cordillera del Chucu; Bugaba; V. de Chi-

riqui.

Eucometis spodocephala.

Bugaba; Mina de Chorcha.

With two adult specimens of this species, Arcé has sent a bird that

I for some time considered to be an undescribed member of this

genus, as the head and throat are of precisely the same tinge of oli-

vaceus as the back, instead of being plumbeous as in adult birds of

E. spodocephala. As I can detect no other differences whatever,

except smaller dimensions, and the bird shows some signs of imma-

turity, I now think that it may be a young individual of the above

species. The sex is not marked; but it cannot be the normal adult

female of E. spodocephala, as we have dissected specimens both of

that species and Z. cristata, which have shown that the sexes do

not differ in coloration in this group.

48. TACHYPHONUS NITIDISSIMUS, sp. 0.

Nitenti-niger, crista aurantiaca, tectricibus alarum minoribus et

subalaribus albis: rostro nigro, mandibule basi albicante, pedi-

bus fuscis.

Fem. Olivacea, subtus flavescentior : alis et cauda fuscis, extus

olivaceo limbatis : long. tota 5°5, ale 2°8, caude 2°4, tarsi 0°75.

Hab. Bugaba (Arcé).

Obs. Affinis T. delattrii et T. luctuoso, sed ab hoc colore niten-

tiore et subalaribus albis, ab illo crista aurantiaca differt.

A very distinct species, curiously combining the characters of the

two species above mentioned. In size it is also intermediate, being

smaller than 7. delattrii and larger than 7. luctuosus. Arcé has

sent several specimens, all from the district of Chiriqui.

49. TACHYPHONUS CHRYSOMELAS, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1869,

p. 440, t. 32.

Cordillera del Chucu.

50. CHLOROSPINGUS PUNCTULATUS, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1869,

p. 440.

Cordillera del Chucu.

51. CHLoROosPINGUS HYPOPHZUS, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1868,

p- 389.

Calovevora; Chitra; Boqueti de Chitra.

52. CHLOROSPINGUS ALBITEMPORALIS, Lafr.; Scl. & Salv.

P. Z. S. 1868, p. 630.

V. de Chiriqui.

Arremon aurantiirostris.

Cordillera del Chucu; Mina de Chorcha ; Bugaba.

Buarremon crassirostris.

Cordillera del Chucu.

1870.] MR. O. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. 189

53. BuARREMON CHRYSOPOGON (Bp.).

Castillo; V. de Chiriqui.

Buarremon brunneinuchus.

Calovevora; V. de Chiriqui.

54. PezoreTes CAPITALIS, Cab. J. f. Orn. 1860, p- 415.

V. de Chiriqui.

This appears to be a rare species, as none of the collectors of the

Smithsonian Institution have yet met with it. When in Costa Rica,

Arcé was fortunate enough to obiain two specimens in the Volean de

Cartago ; these are the only others have seen. With the exception

of the tarsi and toes being rather stronger, Pezopetes does not differ

from Buarremon, in which genus it might be very properly included.

Saltator magnoides.

Calovevora; Chitra; Mina de Chorcha; Bugaba ; V. de Chiriqui.

Saltator isthmicus.

Chitra.

55. HepDYMELES LUDOVICIANUS.

V. de Chiriqui.

56. Paructicus TrprAuis, Lawr. Ann. Lye. N. Y. viii. p. 478.

Calovevora; Chitra; Boqueti de Chitra ; Calobre.

Guiraca concreta.

Calovevora ; Boqueti de Chitra ; Bugaba.

Oryzoborus funereus.

Calovevora.

57. SPERMOPHILA INTERMEDIA, Cab. Mus. Hein.i. p. 149. S.

schistacea, Lawr. Ann. Lyc. N. Y. viii. p. 10.

Bugaba.

Agrees with specimens in Sclater’s collection from Cayenne,

Venezuela, and Bogota.

Spermophiia semicollaris.

Bugaba.

A specimen from this locality is without the white collar across

the throat ; others, from Calovevora, Chitra, and Mina de Chorcha,

have this collar, but to a variable extent: I suppose these last

should be called §. collaris, Lawr. One of the Chitra specimens has

the rump quite white. Judging from seven specimens before me,

and seeing that the amount of white forming the collaris variable, I

find great difficulty in assigning my specimens to the species described

by Mr. Lawrence as Spermophila hicksi, S. semicollaris, §. collaris,

and S. fortipes, ail of which are found on the Panama Railway-line

or at Chiriqui. Concise diagnostic characters of these four birds

would be useful, and would afford a better opportunity of judging

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1870, No. XIV.

190 MR. 0. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. [Mar. 24,

whether the grounds for their separation are based upon sufficiently

constant characters.

From Mr. Lawrence’s descriptions I gather that S. semicollaris

has a white patch on each side of the neck, but no collar interrupting

the uniform black of the chin, throat, and breast. S. collaris has a

narrow white collar. S. Aicksi has the throat white and a collar

uniling with it. S. fortipes has a white patch on each side of the

neck connected with a narrow collar, and thus differs from S. seme-

collaris, but resembles S. col/aris, with which it is not compared..

Have we here really more than one variable species ?

Volatinia gacarina.

Chitra.

Phonipara pusilla.

Chitra.

Cyanospiza ciris.

V. de Chiriqui.

58. CyanospizA CYANEA (Linn.) ; Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 107.

Calovevora.

59. ZoNoTRICHIA PILEATA (Bodd.).

Calovevora; Chitra; V. de Chiriqui.

Embernagra striaticeps.

Calovevora; Chitra; Bugaba.

Euspiza americana,

Chitra.

60. CHrysoMITRIS MEXICANA (Sw.); Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 124.

This species ranges as far south as Panama (Scl. & Salv. P. Z.S.

1864, p. 353). The presence of C. columbiana, Lafr. (Lawr. Ann.

Lye. N. Y. ix. p. 103) in Costa Rica is at present hypothetical.

Ocyalus wagleri.

Chitra ; Calobre.

61. OsTINOPs CRISTATUS.

Bugaba.

This is the most northern locality yet recorded for this wide-

ranging species. It is found at Panama but not in Costa Rica.

Cacicus microrhynchus.

Bugaba.

Cassiculus prevosti.

Calovevora ; Calobre.

Icterus baltimorensis.

Calobre.

Icterus giraudi.

Chitra ; Castillo.

1870.] MR. O. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. 191

62. Leistes GuIANENsIS (Linn.) ; Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 138.

This common South-American species has not hitherto been

noticed in Central America. Arcé’s specimens differ in no way from

Guiana and Bogota examples.

63. MoLorurus &NeEvs (Wagl.) ; Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 135.

Chitra ; Calobre.

A Central-American species occurring in Costa Rica, but not yet

noticed at Panama.

64. QuiscaALUS MACRURUS, Sw. ?

Calovevora ; Calobre.

Two males sent by Arcé are smaller than Guatemalan specimens

attributed to this species, but do not otherwise differ. They agree

in dimensions with a specimen from Panama in our collection,

Sturnella ludoviciana.

Castillo ; Calovevora ; V. de Chiriqui.

65. Cassiprx oryzrvora (Gm.); Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 142.

Calovevora ; Chitra ; Calobre.

This common species has not yet been sent from Costa Rica. In

Guatemala it is abundant in the lowland forests of Vera Paz in the

vicinity of the clearings.

66. Cyanocorax AFFINIS, v. Pelz. ; Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 145.

Calobre ; Bugaba.

The only member of the Corvidee in Veragua and Panama. Its

range does not extend to Costa Rica.

Sclerurus mexicanus.

Calovevora.

This species, now found to inhabit portions of the southern con-

tinent as well as Mexico, will almost certainly occur in Costa Rica,

where, however, its presence has not yet been discovered.

67. SyNALLAXIS ERYTHROPS, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1860, p. 66; Lawr.

Ann. Lye. N. Y. ix. p. 105.

V. de Chiriqui.

The four specimens forwarded by Arcé all agree with one another,

and with Sclater’s type specimens, with which 1 have compared them.

We possess a specimen of Synallaxis from Costa Rica (Carmiol),

which agrees accurately with Mr. Lawrence’s description of his 8,

rufigenis (Ann. Lyc. N. Y. ix. p. 105). The bird is in immature

plumage, and may possibly turn out to be a young state of S. ery-

throps, though I hardly think so. Still the immature plumages of

Synailaxis are so perplexing that I throw out this suggestion to

pesace a further examination should additional specimens come to

and.

192 MR. 0. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF vERAGUA. [Mar. 24,

68. AUTOMOLUS PALLIDIGULARIS, Lawr.; Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S.

1864, p. 354.

Boqueti de Chitra ; Bugaba.

69. PsruDOCOLAPTES BOISSONEAUTI (Lafr.); Scl. Cat. Am. B.

p- 156.

Cordillera del Chucu.

A single immature specimen from the above locality agrees fairly

with Bogota specimens of this species. It is not improbable, however,

that, when we see adult examples, differences may be found.

70. ANABAZENOPS VARIEGATICEPS, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 159.

V. de Chiriqui.

A Mexican and Guatemalan species, found also in Costa Rica, and

here at probably the southern limit of its range.

71. ANABAZENOPS SUBALARIS, Scl.; Salv. Ibis, 1870, p. 110.

A. lineatus, Lawr. Ann. Lye. N. Y. vil. p. 127, et ix. p. 106.

Calovevora.

72. XeENops HETERURUS, Cab.; Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 159; Salv.

Ibis, 1569, p. 319.

V. de Chiriqui.

This species hardly differs from the Brazilian X. rutilus, Licht.

It also occurs in Costa Rica (Salv. l. c.).

Xenops mexicanus.

Calovevora ; Bugaba.

Margarornis brunnescens.

Chitra ; Cordillera del Chucu.

Costa-Rican agree with Veraguan specimens of this bird and with

the type in Sclater’s collection.

73. Sirrasomus OLivacevus (Max.). S. sylviotdes, Lafr. et auct. ;

Lawr. Ann. Lye. N. Y. ix. p. 106.

Calovevora; V. de Chiriqui.

We have already given (Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1868, p. 630) our

reasons for uniting the Central-American with the Amazonian and

Brazilian species described by Prince Max under the above name.

74. GLYPHORHYNCHUS PECTORALIS, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1864,

p- 304.

Bugaba ; Mina de Chorcha; V. de Chiriqui.

75. DENDROMANES ANABATINUS, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 161.

Bugaba.

A Mexican and Guatemalan species, but not yet observed in Costa

Rica. A single example sent by Arcé agrees fairly with Guatemalan

skins; it is, however, rather darker in general tint, somewhat larger,

and has the bill blacker.

1870. | MR. O. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. 193

76. DeENDROMANES HOMOCHROUS, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 162.

V. de Chiriqui.

This species, in Guatemala at least, is frequently found associating

with the last on the same tree, where they assemble, perhaps half a

dozen together, to feed on ants.

77. DENDROMANES ATRIROSTRIS (Lafr. & D’Orb.); Scl. & Salv.

P. Z. S. 1864, p. 355.

Chitra.

Also found in Costa Rica, but not further north.

Dendrocolaptes sancti-thome.

Bugaba.

78. DeNDRORNIS NANA, Lawr.; Scl. & Salv. P. Z.S. 1864,

p. 355.

Calovevora; Bugaba.

Agrees with Panama specimens referred to this species.

Dendrornis lacrymosa.

Bugaba ; V. de Chiriqui.

Dendrornis erythropygia.

Calovevora; Boqueti de Chitra; Cordillera del Chucu ; Bugaba,

V. de Chiriqui.

79, PicoLartes compressus, (Cab.) J. f. Orn. 1861, p. 243;

Salv. Ibis, 1869, p. 314.

Mina de Chorcha ; Bugaba.

This lowland forest species is distributed over the whole of Central

America, from Mexico to this point; it is not, however, found at

Panama. This species was formerly considered by writers on Central-

American ornithology (except Cabanis) to be the P. lineaticeps of

Lafresnaye (see Cabunis, /. ¢.).

80. PicoLapTes arFinis (Lafr.); Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 166.

V. de Chiriqui.

This species, unlike the last, frequents only the forests of the up-

land districts of Central America and the forest-belts of the higher

volcanoes. It occurs at intervals from Mexico to Veragua, keeping,

however, its specific characters with great constancy.

81. X1IPHORHYNCHUS PUSILLUS, Scl. P. Z. S. 1860, p. 278.

Boqueti de Chitra.

Three specimens of this curious form sent by Arcé agree with the

type of X. pusi/lus in Sclater’s collection, and present none of those

perplexing variations observable in X. ¢trochil/irostris and its allies.

Xiphorhynchus pusillus may be readily recognized hy its dark

coloured bill, which is not red, as in some allied species, nor black

as in X. procurvus, Temm. The plumage, too, is dark-coloured, and

the elongated stripes are narrow. The species is not smaller than

194 MR. 0. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. [Mar. 24,

some other members of the genus, as its name would imply, but

even exceeds Bogota specimens of X. trochilirostris in our collection.

The sexes, as determined by Arcé, are quite alike.

82, OxYRHYNCHUS FRATER, Scl. & Salv. Ex. Orn. p. 131, t. 66.

Calovevora ; Chitra.

For a full account of this bird see our plate, J. e.

Cymbilanius lineatus.

Calovevora; Calobre ; Mina de Chorcha.

83. THAMNOPHILUS IMMACULATUS, Lafr.; Salv. Ibis, 1870,

p- 114.

Calobre; Calovevora ; V. de Chiriqui.

This species, of which Arcé has sent both sexes, is also found in

Costa Rica as well as in New Granada. It has not yet been noticed

at Panama.

84. THAMNOPHILUs PuNCTATUS, Cab. J. f. Orn. 1861, p. 241.

Mina de Chorcha, Bugaba, V. de Chiriqui.

Originally described from Costa Rica, whence we have a single

skin collected by Carmiol. The bird appears to be commoner in

the district of Chiriqui, where Arcé has obtained us a good supply

of specimens.

85. THAMNOPHILUS RADIATUS, Vieill.

Chitra ; Calovevora.

Specimens from these localities agree with others from Panama

ascribed to this species (see Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1864, p. 355.).

Thamnophilus affinis,Cab. T. doliatus, Scl. P. Z.S. 1856, p. 141.

Bugaba.

Specimens agreeing with this northern race having been sent from

the district of Chiriqui, it follows that Bridges’s specimens must also

be ascsibed to the same race.

Thamnophilus bridges.

Mina de Chorcha; Bugaba.

On reaching the Chiriqui district, the original habitat of this

species, Arcé at once obtained specimens. The same species also

occurs in Costa Rica (Lawr. Ann. Lyc. N. Y. ix. p. 107).

86. THAMNISTES ANABATINUS, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1860, p. 299.

Calovevora; Bugaba.

Arcé’s determination of the sexes of this species confirms the view

originally taken, that the individuals which possessed the ferruginous

dorsal spot were males. Costa-Rican and Veraguan specimens agree

with the types from Vera Paz.

Dysithamnus semicinereus.

Calovevora; Chitra; Calobre; V. de Chiriqui.

1870.] MR. 0. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. 195

Myrmotherula menetriesi.

Calovevora; Chitra; Bugaba; V. de Chiriqui.

The undetermined species, no. 93 of my previous list, is, I think,

a female of this species, which is the only member of the genus

Arcé has yet sent us from Veragua. Mr. Lawrence enumerates

four species of this genus as found in Costa Rica, two of which I

have nut yet seen; the two others are also found at Panama, and

may therefore belong to Veragua, but have hitherto escaped notice.

I may also mention that we possess a skin collected by Carmiol in

Costa Rica, which does not differ from these Veraguan birds, to

which we have applied the above name.

87. ForMIcIvoRA BoUCARDI, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 183.

Bugaba.

Ramphocenus rufiventris.

Calobre ; Bugaba.

Ramphocenus semitorquatus.

Calovevora.

Cercomacra tyrannina.

Mina de Chorcha; Bugaba.

88. MyRMECIZA IMMACULATA, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 357.

Bugaba.

Agrees with Panama specimens. The species is also found in

Costa Rica (Lawr. Ann. Lye. N. Y. ix. p. 109).

89. Prruys sicotor, Lawr.; Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1864, p. 257.

Bugaba.

This species is also found in Costa Rica (Lawr. J. c.). Arcé’s speci-

mens agree with others from Panama, whence the types were

obtained.

90. GyMNocICHLA NupDICcEPS, Cass.; Scl. & Salv. P. Z.S. 1864,

p- 356, et 1869, p. 417.

Mina de Chorcha; Bugaba.

Specimens, including examples of both sexes, from the district of

Chiriqui, agree with Panama skins of the true G. nudiceps, Cassin.

A little further north, in Costa Rica, the race Sclater and I described

as G. chiroleuca is found, which extends onwards into Honduras.

91. Formicarius HOFFMANNI (Cab.); J. f. Orn. 1861, p. 95;

Salv. P. Z.S. 1566, p. 75.

Bugaba.

This bird seems to be much more abundant at Panama than fur-

ther to the northward, as no additional specimens have been obtained

in Costa Rica since the original examples were sent to Berlin by

Dr. Hoffmann.

196 MR. 0. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. [ Mar. 24,

Grallaria princeps, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1869, p. 418. G. gua-

temalensis, Salv. P. Z.S. 1867, p. 146.

Calovevora; V. de Chiriqui.

Since describing this species, Arcé has sent us another specimen,

agreeing accurately with the two from which our characters were

drawn (/.s.¢.).

Grallaria perspicillata.

Mina de Chorcha; V. de Chiriqui.

Pittasoma michleri.

Calovevora.

Grallaricula costaricensis.

Calovevora; Chitra.

Attila sclateri.

Calovevora; V. de Chiriqui.

92. PLATYRHYNCHUS ALBOGULARIS, Scl. P. Z.S. 1860, p. 68, et

Cat. Am. B. p. 207; Salv. Ibis, 1869, p. 314.

Calovevora; Chitra; Calobre.

A specimen from Costa Rica (Carmiol) and others from the above

localities agree accurately with Sclater’s types of this species. As

yet the bird has not been seen at Panama.

Platyrhynchus superciliaris.

Bugaba.

Todirostrum cinereum.

Calovevora; Calobre ; Mina de Chorcha; Bugaba.

93. ONCOSTOMA CINEREIGULARE, Sel. P. Z. S. 1856, p- 295, et

Cat. Am. B. p. 208.

Bugaba.

Here, as in Costa Rica, the northern race of this form prevails.

At Panama we find O. olivaceum, Lawr.

94. EuscaRTHMUS SQUAMICRISTATUS (Lafr.); Scl. Cat. Am. B.

p- 209.

Calobre ; Chitra; Boqueti de Chitra; V. de Chiriqui.

This species, abundant in Veragua, appears to be equally common

in Costa Rica, though at Panama it does not seem to occur.

95. LeprorrRiccus SUPERCILIARIS, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1868,

p- 389.

Chitra ; Calovevora.

As yet Arcé has not sent any additional specimens of this species.

96. MionecTes oxivacevus, Lawr. Ann. Lye. N. Y. ix. p. 111;

Salv. Ibis, 1869, p. 314.

Calovevora ; Chitra; Boqueti de Chitra; V. de Chiriqui.

Mionectes oleagineus.

Calovevora; Boqueti de Chitra; Bugaba.

1870. ] MR. O. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. 197

97. Leropocon piteatus, Cab. J. f. Orn. 1865, p. 414. LZ.

amaurocephalus, Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1860, p. 399.

Calovevora.

98. Lepropocon supercriiaris, Cab. in Tsch. F. P. p. 161,

t. 10. f.2; Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 214.

Calovevora; Bugaba; V. de Chiriqui.

Specimens of this species have also been sent us from Costa Rica.

They do not differ from Ecuadorean examples in Sclater’s collection,

which he has referred to this species, though Cabanis (Mus. Hein.

li. p. 55) has separated the New-Granadan bird as L. poliocephalus,

without having reexamined Peruvian examples.

99. CAMPTOSTOMA FLAVIVENTRE, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1864,

p. 358.

Bugaba.

A single specimen agrees with our Panama types. At Realejo, in

Nicaragua, I found the more northern C. imberée, Scl.

Tyranniscus parvus.

Calovevora; Chitra ; Boqueti de Chitra; Bugaba; V. de Chiriqui.

Elainea subpagana.

Chitra.

100. Exatnea Franrzit, Lawr. Ann. Lye. N. Y. viii. p. 173.

V. de Chiriqui.

Two specimens of this Elainea agree with a typical specimen

received from the Smithsonian Institution.

101. Exarnea pracens, Sel. P. Z.S. 1859, p. 46, et Cat. Am. B.

ie 207.

Calovevora ; Chitra; Boqueti de Chitra.

Legatus albicollis.

Chitra; Bugaba.

Myiozetetes columbianus.

Calovevora ; Chitra; Bugaba.

Rhynchocyclus brevirostris, Cab. Orn. Not. i. p. 249; Sel. Cat.

Am. B. p. 220. R. griseimentalis, Lawr. Ann. Lyc. N.Y. ix. p.112.

Calovevora; Bugaba; V. de Chiriqui.

I am quite unable to detect any tangible differences between Costa-

Rican, Veraguan, and Guatemalan specimens of this form. Whether

R. mesorhynchus, Cab. J. f. Orn. 1865, p. 414, is really separable from

R. brevircstris of Mexico, I have no materials to determine. There

is a curious feature in the formation of the fist primary in this

group of the genus, which is not shared by the R. su/phurescens

section: the shafts of the outer web are slightly recurved and

pointed, and form a stiff pectinated edge. The determination of the

sexes in our specimens is not very satisfactory ; but as I find that a

198 MR. 0. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. [Mar. 24,

number of specimens have the outer web of the ordinary type, I

conclude that this peculiar feature is an attribute of the male only.

Rhynchocyclus flavo-olivaceus.

Calovevora.

Myiodynastes nobilis.

Chitra ; Calobre ; Bugaba.

102. Hypermirris HEMICHRYSUS, Cab. J. f. Orn. 1861, p. 246.

Myjiodynastes superciliaris, Lawr. Ann. Lyc. N. Y. viii. p. 470.

Chitra ; Calovevora ; Calobre.

Muscivora mexicana.

Calovevora ; Mina de Chorcha; V. de Chiriqui.

Myiobius sulphureipygius.

Calobre ; Bugaba; V. de Chiriqui.

103. Myionrus arricaupus, Lawr. Ibis, 1863, p. 183.

Calovevora.

This species, as well as the last mentioned, occur in Veragua. A

single specimen from the above locality quite agrees with Panama

specimens.

Myiobius nevius.

Calovevora.

Myiobius erythrurus.

Bugaba.

104. MirREPHORUS AURANTIIVENTRIS, Lawr. Ann. Lyc. N. Y.

viii. p. 174.

Calovevora.

105. EmMpIDONAX ATRICEPS, Sp. n.

Supra fuscus: uropygio et collo postico paulo dilutioribus, pileo

totonigro: alis et cauda nigro-fuscis, secundartis et tectricibus

alarum majoribus sordide albo marginatis, rectricibus utrinque

extimis extus albo limbatis: subtus ochraceo-fuscus, gula et

ventre imo ulbicantibus, loris et macula postoculari albidis:

campterio et subalaribus sordide albis: rostri maxilla nigra,

mandibula flava, pedibus nigris: long. tota 4°5, ale 2°3, caude

2:0, tarsi 0'6.

Hab. Volcan de Chiriqui (drcé).

Obs. Species distincta, pileo nigro facile dignoscenda.

Arcé’s collection from Chiriqui contains two specimens of this

species, which, though a true Hmpidonaz, is quite distinct in its

coloration from any species 1 am acquainted with.

106. Empiponax FLAvESCcENS, Lawr. Ann. Lye. N. Y. viii.

p- 133.

Calovevora; V. de Chiriqui.

This species is closely allied to HZ. bairdi, Scl., but differs in

1870.] MR. 0. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. 199

having a larger bill, and in the more ochraceous tinge of the upper

and under plumage. The markings on the wings, too, are ochre, and

not olivaceous as in EL. bairdi.

107. EmprpoNax FLAVIVENTRIS, Baird ; Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 229.

Calovevora.

108. Conropus BRACHYTARSUS (Scl.) ; Cat. Am. B. p. 231.

Calovevora.

109. Conropus RICHARDSONI (Sw.); Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 231.

Calovevora ; Bugaba; V. de Chiriqui.

This species has ea recorded as occurring both in Costa Rica

and Panama. I am not sure that I am right in referring these

Veraguan specimens to C. richardsont. The confusion in which

these sombre-coloured Contopodes are involved makes their determi-

nation very unsatisfactory.

110. Contopus BorEALIs (Sw.); Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 230.

Calobre.

111. Myrarcuus PANAMENSIS, Lawr. Ann. Lye. N. ‘Y. Vii.

p- 295; Scl. & Salv. P. Z.S. 1864, p. 360.

Calovevora.

A single specimen agreeing with Panama skins.

Myiarchus nigricapillus.

Chitra.

Tyrannus melancholicus.

Calovevora ; Castillo; Calobre.

Milvulus tyrannus.

Calovevora; Castillo ; Calobre.

Tityra personata.

Calovevora ; Bugaba.

112. Trryra FRasERI, Kp.; Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1867, p. 757.

Bugaba.

113. PAcHYRHAMPHUS ALBOGRISEUS, Scl. P. Z. S. 1857, p. 78.

Calovevore ; Bugaba.

Specimens of both sexes, agreeing with Sclater’s types.

Pachyrhamphus cinereiventris.

Calovevora; Bugaba.

Lipaugus unirufus.

Bugaba.

Lipaugus holerythrus.

Calovevora; Chitra; Boqueti de Chitra; V. de Chiriqui.

200 MR. 0. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. [Mar. 24,

114. HereroPpeLMA vER=pPacis, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1860,

p- 300.

Castillo ; Calovevora; Bugaba; V. de Chiriqui.

Rather darker in colour than Guatemalan specimens (typical), but

not otherwise distinct.

115. Prera MENTALIS, Sel.

Mina de Chorcha; Bugaba.

Pipra leucocilla.

Calovevora ; Chitra ; Boqueti de Chitra.

Pipra leucorrhoa.

Calovevora; Laguna del Castillo; Bugaba; V. de Chiriqui.

Pipra cyaneocapilla.

Bugaba ; V. de Chiriqui.

Chiroxiphia lanceolata.

Castillo ; Calovevora; Chitra; Boqueti de Chitra ; Calobre ; Mina

de Chorcha.

116. CHIROMACHZERIS AURANTIACA, Sp. Nn.

Supra olivacea, pileo toto, interscapulio et alis nigris, collo postico

et corpore subtus lete aurantiacis, primariis extus et cauda oli-

vaceo indutis : rostro nigro, pedibus carneis.

Fem. olivacea, uropygio et corpore subtus dilutiortbus : long. tota

3:8, ale 1°8, caude@ 1:2, tarsi 0°75.

Hab. Mina de Chorcha et Bugaba (Arcé).

Obs. C. vitelline similis, sed statura minore, ventre aurantiaco nec

olivaceo, et colore subtus saturatiore aurantiaco facile dignoscenda.

In the distribution of its colours this species much resembles

C. vitellina (Gould); but the distinctions given above suffice to show

that it must be considered a different species.

That a distinct race of Chiromacheris should now be found in

Veragua is remarkable, seeing that in Costa Rica we find the Central-

American C. candei, whilst at Panama C. vitellina occurs.

Arcé has sent a sufficient number of specimens to prove that the

characters given above are quite constant.

117. CorrnGa aAMABILIs, Gould?

Bugaba.

I doubt whether an immature specimen of a Cotinga from Chiriqui

is really referable to C. amadilis; but as that species is stated to be

found both in Costa Rica and at Panama, it is more than probable

that it should also occur at Chiriqui.

This specimen is much darker than a female example of C. ama-

bilis from Vera Paz; and the edgings of the feathers both above and

below are pale cinnamon-colour, instead of grey. The tail, too, is

tipped with the same colour.

Chasmorhynchus tricarunculatus.

Calovevora.

1870.] MR. O. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. 201

Cephalopterus glabricollis.

Calovevora; Calobre.

Momotus lessoni.

Chitra; Mina de Chorcha; Bugaba; V. de Chiriqui.

Momotus martit.

Calobre.

Ceryle amazona.

Calovevora ; Chitra.

Ceryle cabanisi.

Calovevora; Calobre.

Galbula melanogenia.

Mina de Chorcha; Bugaba; V. de Chiriqui.

The southern range of this species does not seem to pass the

district of Chiriqui. Arcé has not sent a single specimen from

Calobre or any of the neighbouring localities.

118. MaracopTiLa PANAMENSIS, Lafr. R. Z. 1847, p. 79.

Mina de Chorcha ; Bugaba; V. de Chiriqui.

After comparing together about forty specimens of Malacoptile

from various parts of Central America and Western Ecuador, Mr.

Sclater and I have come to the conclusion that it is not possible to

distinguish more than two species within these limits. As already

hinted in our paper on Panama Birds (P. Z. S. 1864, p. 363), the

paler-plumaged birds (M. inornata, Du Bus, and M. poliopis, Scl.)

are females of the rufous forms which we have hitherto referred to

M. verepacis and M. panamensis.

In the northern form, for which the term inornata is the oldest

and must be adopted, the male is distinguishable by the rufous

colouring extending nearly uniformly over the whole surface below,

being slightly paler on the lower belly, and bearing very slight

traces of dark markings on the margins of the feathers. In the

southern form, for which the name panamensis must be retained, the

breast alone is clear ferruginous, and is succeeded below by strongly

mottled plumage, formed by the black lateral margins of each

feather; the lower belly is pale fulvous, nearly white. These cha-

racters are still more strongly marked in the specimens from Western

Ecuador in Sclater’s collection. The females of the two forms are

so exactly alike that it is not possible to distinguish them.

Of the northern form (M. inornata) all the specimens we have

seen are from Guatemala. The birds from Costa Rica, Veragua,

Panama, and Western Ecuador all belong to the southern form

(M. panamensis), to which it seems M. costaricensis (Cab. J. f. Orn.

1862, p. 172) must be united.

119. Bucco pysont, G. R. Gray ; Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 269.

Mina de Chorcha; Bugaba.

This species, though recorded both from Guatemala and Panama,

has not yet appeared in the Costa-Rica lists.

202 MR. O. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. [Mar. 24,

Trogon caligatus.

Castillo ; Calovevora.

120. Trogon Barrp1, Lawr. Ann. Lyc. N.Y. ix. p. 119; Salv.

Ibis, 1869, p. 316.

Bugaba.

We have now both sexes of this fine species, of which the male

only appears to have been previously known. The female I now

describe as follows :—

Schistaceo-nigra, alis caudaque paulo obscurioribus et extus, nist

in rectricibus quatuor mediis, albo transfasciatis: ventre et

crisso coccineis.

121. TroGon PUELLA, Gould.

V. de Chiriqui.

Though found in Costa Rica, this is the most southern locality yet

recorded fur the occurrence of this species.

Trogon aurantiiventris.

Calovevora ; Castillo.

The range of this species, which is abundant in the eastern parts

of Veragua (Calovevora &c.), quite overlaps that of T. puel/a, a few

individuals occurring as far north as Vera Paz. ‘The two species are

only to be distinguished by one having the underparts red, the other

orange-yellow.

Trogon atricollis.

Calovevora; Chitra; Bugaba; V. de Chiriqui.

Trogon clathratus.

Calovevora.

The range of this species is now shown to extend to Costa Rica

(Lawr. Ann. Lyc. N. Y. ix. p. 119).

Trogon massena.

Bugaba ; V. de Chiriqui.

Pharomacrus mocinno.

Pharomacrus costaricensis, Cab. J. f. Orn. 1869, p. 313.

Calobre ; Calovevora ; V. de Chiriqui.

In an editorial note to Dr. v. Frantzius’s paper on Costa-Rica

birds, Dr. Cabanis proposed the separation of the Costa-Rican from

the Guatemalan Quezal, and gave the former the name P. costart-

censis. One of the distinctions pointed out consists in the number of

elongated tail-coverts, the Guatemalan bird having, as stated, six, the

Costa-Rican four. The former, too, is said to be of a more golden

tinge on the upperside in certain lights, the latter being rather

bluish. There can be little doubt that the tail-coverts attain a

greater length and breadth in the Guatemalan bird; but the number

which exceed the length of the rectrices is never more than four,

though another pair of elongated feathers sometimes reach as far as

the extremity of the tail, The length of these plumes varies much ;

1870.] MR. O. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. 203

indeed their growth is seldom quite symmetrical ; and therefore this

character cannot be relied on as specific in every case. As regards

the colour, I notice the difference pointed ont in some instances, but

not in all; so that this character, too, is untrustworthy. It is true

that the general tendency of the Costa-Rican race is to have shorter

and narrower caudal plumes than the Guatemalan ; but this is all that

can be said, and I do not think it possible to give unfailing characters

by which the two races can be distinguished with certainty.

122. Nycrisrus samarcensis (Gm.); Scl. P. Z. S. 1866, p. 129.

A fine specimen of this species agrees with Jamaican examples in

Sclater’s collection, but is somewhat smaller than the Guatemalan

skin, whose dimensions are given by Sclater (/.c.). Cabanis (J. f. Orn.

1869, p. 314, note) seems to consider N. cornutus, Vieill., distinct

from N. jamaicensis, but assigns no reasons. Sclater places the

former name as a synonym of N. jamaicensis, and looks upon the

Jamaican aud continental birds as one and the same species. As the

dimensions of several specimens are given in Sclater’s monograph, I

add the measurement of this specimen: long. tota 15-0, ale 11-0,

caudze 8:0, lat. rostri 2-2. It will be seen that these measurements

almost exactly correspond with those of one of the Jamaican skins

before referred to.

123. CHORDEILES POPETUE, Vieill.

Calovevora.

A single skin agrees with North-American examples. The species

likewise occurs at Panama (Scl. & Salv. P. Z.S. 1864, p. 364).

124. ANTROSTOMUS CAROLINENSIS (Gm.); Scl. P. Z. S. 1866,

p- 136.

V. de Chiriqui.

Also found in Guatemala and Costa Rica, but not southward of the

point here recorded.

125. ANTROSTOMUS SATURATUS, sp. n.

3. Nigricans, rufo maculatus : alis nigris, extus solum rufo nota-

tis, speculo alari nullo: subtus niger, rufescente transfasciatus,

vitta gulari alba nulla, maculis albidis in medio ventre positis :

cauda nigra rufo transfasciata: rectricibus tribus utrinque

externis albo late terminatis, setis rictalibus longissimis: long.

tota 8:5, ale 6°1, caude 48.

Hab. V. de Chiriqui (Arcé).

Obs. A. nigrescenti (Cab.) (Scl. P. Z. S. 1866, p. 138) affinis,

sed rectricibus latiore albo terminatis, vitta quoque gulari et speculo

alari absentibus, distinguendus.

This species, although I have compared it to A. nigrescens, be-

longs to section A of the Antrostomi, according to Sclater’s arrange-

ment (/. c. p. 136), having no white bar nor markings of any sort

on the wing. It is of about the same size as A. nigrescens. The

single skin sent does not show any white bar upon the throat but

204 MR. O. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. [ Mar. 24,

there are slight indications of white markings, so that it is possible

this band may be found in other examples.

126. STENoPSsIS CAYENNENsSIS (Gm.), Scl. P. Z. S. 1866,

p. 140.

Calovevora.

A pair of Goatsuckers sent by Arcé agree fairly with the speci-

mens thus named in Sclater’s collection. “The coloration of the tail,

however, of the male exhibits rather less white than the Tobago

specimen.

127. NycTipRomus GUIANENSIS (Gm.); Scl. P. Z. S. 1866,

p. 144.

Calovevora; Mina de Chorcha; Bugaba.

128. Cuzrura zonaris (Shaw); Scl. P. Z.S. 1865, p. 609.

Chitra ; Calovevora.

The occurrence of this species here was to be expected. No

Swifts are recorded as found either in Costa Rica or Panama, though

doubtless this species, C. ru¢ila, Vieill., and the species I now describe

may all be met with.

129. CH£TURA FUMOSA, Sp. L.

Fumido-nigra, abdomine paulo dilutiore, uropyyio et gula cine-

rascente fuliginosis, cauda nigra: long. tota 4:5, ale 4:1,

caude 1°75.

Hab, Bugaba (Arcé).

Obs. C. cinereiventri similis, sed corpore subtus fuliginoso nec

cinerascente distinguenda.

This species has a black tail like C. spinicauda and C. cinerei-

ventris, but differs from both in the colour of the uropygium, which

is smoky-orown, whereas in C. cinereiventris this portion of the

plumage is clear ashy, and in C. spinicauda it is white. It is also

darker beneath than either of these birds (see Scl. P. Z. S. 1865,

p- 6:2).

Eutoxeres salvini, Gould, Ann. N. H. 4th ser. i. p. 455 (1868).

E. aquila, Salv. P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 152.

Calovevora.

Arcé has sent specimens of this singular species in some numbers.

The grounds on which Mr. Gould seeks to establish three species of

this form, it must be confessed, are very slight; but as far as I can

see (and I have examined a number of specimens), the characters

given are quite constant. The present bird is the same as that

figured in the ‘ Monograph of the Trochilide’ under the name £.

aquila.

130. Guiaucis rucKERI, Gould, Mon. Troch. i. t. 11, Intr. p. 39.

Mina de Chorcha.

This appears to be a rare species in Veragua, though more abundant

1870.] MR. O. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. 205

on the Panama Railway and in Costa Rica, the northern limit of its

range.

131. PaaérHoRNIS LoNGIROsTRIS (Delatt.); Gould, Mon.

Troch. i. t. 19, Intr. p. 42.

Bugaba.

Two specimens of this common Central-American species have at

last been obtained by Arcé. The bird seems also to be rare in Costa

Rica, from which country I have received specimens since I wrote

the note on P. emilie (P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 152).

Phaéthornis emilie.

Calovevora ; Boqueti de Chitra; Cordillera del Chucu.

132. CAMPYLOPTERUS HEMILEUCURUS (Licht.) ; Gould, Mon.

Troch. t. 45, Intr. p. 52.

Calovevora; Chitra; Cordillera del Chucu.

By no means. an uncommon species in Veragua. The specimens

sent. by Areé differ in no way from Guatemalan and Mexican

examples.

Pheochroa cuviert (Delatt. et Bourc.) ; Gould, Mon. Troch. t. 52,

Intr. p. 55.

Bugaba.

A single specimen only. The bird is common on the Panama Rail-

way-line and about the eastern shores of the gulf of Nicoya in Costa

Rica. In Guatemala this species is replaced by P. roberti, which,

however, is only found in the forest-region of northern Vera Paz.

Oreopyra calolema.

Calovevora ; Cordillera del Chucu; V. de Chiriqui.

Oreopyra leucaspis.

V. de Chiriqui.

On reaching the voleano of Chiriqui, the locality whence Warsze-

wiez obtained the original specimen of this species, Arcé procured

an interesting series of skins of it. He writes me word that the fe-

males are like the females of Oreopyra calolema, and have the breast

cinnamon. If this view is correct, we should have three species with

females very closely resembling one another, viz. O. /eucaspis, O. ci-

nereicauda, and O. calolema; and then the true O. castaneiventris

(Anthocephnla? castaneiventris, Gould) will in all probability be the

female of O. leucaspis. A close examination of a number of speci-

mens of the so-called O. castaneiventris shows that Chiriqui speci-

mens are of a brighter green above, and have the uropygium coloured

uniformly with the back. In districts where O. calolema alone occurs,

Specimens of the so-called O. castaneiventris have the back of a duller

green, and the uropygium tinged with bluish; the bill, too, appears

to be somewhat shorter. So far as our present knowledge extends,

the geographical distribution of the three species is as follows :—

Oreopyra leucaspis is restricted to the volcano of Chiriqui, O. cine-

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1870, No. XV.

206 MR. O. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. [Mar. 24,

reicauda is found only in the mountainous district round Cartago in

Costa Rica, while O. calolema embraces the range of both these

species, and extends beyond into the district of Calobre in Veragua.

Thus, if the females of these species closely resemble one another,

we ought to find two varieties both around Cartago and Chiriqui, but

only one in the vicinity of Calobre ; and such to some extent appears to

be the case. How far the females of O. leucaspis and O. cinereicauda

differ, I have no means of showing; but I think that the differences

pointed out above define the females of O. leucaspis and O. calolema.

On this view the birds which have been called castaneiventris must

be assigned as follows : —

O. teucaspis, Gould, P. Z. 8. 1860, p. 312; Mon. Troch. iv.

t. 264, Intr. p. 141. Trochilus castanewventris, Gould, P. Z. 8.

1850, p. 163. Anthocephala castaneiventris, Gould, Mon. Troch.

iii. t. 203, Intr. p. 115. Metallura castaneiventris, Reich.

V. de Chiriqui.

According to the strict law of priority this bird should bear the

name O. castaneiventris ; but as this title applies only to the female,

about which so much uncertainty exists, the more recent appellation

leucaspis is much preferable.

The different stages of plumage of young males of O. leucaspis

are very interesting. In some the white throat is only partially

developed, the rest of the gorget being dark bronzy black. In others

a few blue feathers are scattered over the white, but are more fre-

quently seen, even in more adult birds, round the edge of the throat.

Others, again, have green feathers rather thickly dispersed over the

white, while the feathers of the crown show every shade from dull

green to the brilliant coronet of the adult bird. According to Arcé’s

dissections, not one of these birds is a female; and I believe he is

right, and that the young males, just as in Hustephanus stokesi, never

assume, not even in the earliest dress, the female garb.

O. crneR4EIcAuDA, Lawr. Ann. Lyc. N.Y. viii. p. 485, et ix. p.125.

O. castaneiventris, Lawr. Ann. Lyc. N. Y. ix. p. 124 (? partim).

Mountains of Costa Rica (Carmiol).

The female of this species probably resembles that of O. Jeucaspis

very closely. I have not seen any specimens of it as yet. Without

examining all the Costa-Rica skins which have been called O. cas-

taneiventris, it would be impossible to say whether females of the two

Costa-Rica species have been confounded to constitute a third species ;

but I think it is not improbable. This point can only be settled by

a reexamination of the skins in question.

O. cALoLaMaA, Salv. P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 584, 1867, p. 153; Lawr.

Ann. Lye. N. Y. ix. p. 125. 0. venusta, Lawr. Ann. Lye. N. Y.

vill. p. 484. O. castaneiventris, Salv. P. Z. 8.1867, p.153; Lawr.

Ann. Lye. N. Y. ix. p. 125 (? partim).

V. de Cartago, Candelaria, Costa Rica; V. de Chiriqui, Cordillera

de Tolé, Calovevora, Cordillera del Chucu, Veragua.

1870.] MR. 0. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. 207

In the view I here adopt, all the cinnamon-breasted birds from

Calobre &c. belong to this species. Whether all those collected in

Costa Rica belong to the same remains to be seen. We have only

two males as yet from the volcano of Chiriqui.

Lampornis veraguensis.

Calobre ; Cordillera del Chucu.

This Humming-bird has a very restricted range, answering nearly

to that of Chiromacheris aurantiaca described above. At Panama

the common Z. mango (Linn.) is found, and in Costa Rica the Gua-

temalan L. prevosti (Less.), L. veraguensis occupying a small area

between the two.

Heliodoxa jacula.

Calovevora; Boqueti de Chitra.

Thalurania venusta.

Calovevora ; Chitra ; Boqueti de Chitra.

Microchera albo-coronata.

Cordillera del Chucu.

133. LopHornis DELATTRII (Less.); Gould, Mon. Troch. t. 121,

Intr. p. 84.

Castillo ; Laguna del Castillo.

Apparently common at certain seasons in this locality.

134. LopHORNIS ADORABILIS, sp. n.

Supra nitenti-virescens : dorso postico albo, uropygio purpureo

tincto: alis brunneo-nigris : cauda rufa extus viridescente lim-

bata et rectricibus mediis eodem colore terminatis: fronte et

ptleo medio albis, plumis illius erectis et cupreo terminatis,

plumis hujus elongatis in fila productis et cristam albam for-

mantibus : subtus gule totius viridescentis plumis lateralibus

longissimis, supra dorsum retroductis ; pectore albo, ventre et

crisso rufis, illo antice viridescente mixto: rostri basi carnea,

apice fusco, pedibus fuscis: long. tota 2°7, ale 1:55, caude

rectr. med. 1:0, rectr. lat. 0°9, rostri a rictu 0°55.

Fem. capite et regione auriculari nigris: gula tota alba viridi-

@neo parum punctata: cauda fascia lata subapicali nigra trans-

vittata, rectricibus mediis medialiter viridescente tinctis : long.

caude rectr. med. 0°8, lat. 0°65.

Hab. Bugaba; V. de Chiriqui (Arcé).

This beautiful species is singularly distinct from any of its con-

geners, but perhaps belongs rather to the ZL. magnifica group than

to that containing L. helene. In the whole genus, however, no other

member has the erectile feathers on the forehead, the thread-like

white plumes of the crest, or the long pointed feathers of the throat,

which all combine to render this bird most distinct when compared

with its allies.

The first specimen obtained by Arcé was a female, which, though

208 MR. 0. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. [Mar. 24,

evidently belonging to a distinct species, I hesitated to describe.

This specimen was shot at Bugaba. The last collection includes

the male, which Arcé tells me his brother David obtained high up

on the voleano of Chiriqui. That so fine a bird should have remained

so long undiscovered seems singular; but the fact, I think, shows that

the range of the species is extremely limited.

No less than two other species of Lophornis are found in this por-

tion of Central America, viz. :—L. helene, the Mexican and Guate-

malan bird, which is also to be met with in Costa Rica; and the

southern L. delattrii, which seems tu be abundant about Calobre

and on the Isthmus of Panama.

Gouldia conversi.

Calovevora.

135. TrocuiLus cotusris, L.; Gould, Mon. Troch. t. 131,

Intr. p. 86.

V. de Chiriqui.

Though this species is found sparingly in Costa Rica, this is quite

the most southern locality yet recorded for it, being doubtless the

furthest point reached by a few individuals in their winter migration.

Arcé has sent us a male in abraded plumage, and three females.

136. SELASPHORUS TORRIDUS, Sp. 0.

Supra virescens: alis purpurascenti-nigris: loris rufis, regione

parotica rufa, nigro commixta: subtus gula tota nitente lilacino-

rubra, plumis lateraliter elongatis: pectore, ventre medio et

crisso albis, hypochondriis viridescente lavatis: cauda nigra,

rectricibus lateralibus intus fere ad apicem rufo marginatis,

rectrice extima utringue macula parva in pogonio interno prope

apicem rufa notata, rectricibus mediis viridescente lavatis :

rostri maxilla nigra, mandibule basi carnea, pedibus fuscis :

long. tota 2°7, ale 1°6, caud@ 1°1, rostri a rictu 0°65.

Fem. pileo obscuriore, plumis singulis totius gule fusco medialiter

punctatis ; hypochondriis rufescentibus : cauda nigra, basi rufa,

rectricibus tribus lateralibus albo terminatis, tertia et quarta

extus rufo marginatis, mediis omnino viridescentibus.

Hab. V. de Chiriqui (Arcé).

The coloration of the throat of this species is peculiar, having a

somewhat faded appearance. The tint is not brilliant red as in

S. scintilla, nor does it resemble the gorget of S. platycercus, but

is altogether of a more lilac hue. However, six males, sent by Arcé,

are all so exactly alike that I cannot but suppose that the normal

colour of the throat is shown. The lateral plumes of the throat, too,

are elongated, rerninding one of Afthis heloise, and thus render the

species distinct from all Selasphori except S. scintilla, from which

it differs widely in other respects. The most nearly allied species

appears to be S. flammula, Salv. (P. Z. S. 1864, p. 586), which, how-

ever, has a differently coloured throat, as well as distinctive characters

in the tail.

1870. MR. O. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. 209

137. SELASPHORUS ARDENS, Sp. n.

Supra viridescens: loris et regione parotica rufis, hac nigro mixta :

subtus gula lete nitente rubra, sicut in Selasphoro platycerco :

pectore toto, ventre medio et crisso albis: cauda sicut in specie

precedente, rectricibus mediis purpurascenti-nigris rufo limbatis

solum exceptis: rostro toto nigro: long. tota 2°8, ale 1:55,

caude 1°15, rostri a rictu 0°65.

Mas hornot. gula fusco maculata: cauda nigra, basi rufa et

rectricibus quatuor externis rufo terminatis, mediis viridescen-

tibus, rufo marginatis.

Hab. Calovevora et Castillo (Arcé).

This species has the throat coloured just as in S. platycercus, which

is in other respects a very different species. Its nearest allies, how-

ever, are S. flammula and S. torridus, described above ; but it differs

from both in the coloration of the throat, and also in having the

central tail-feathers black, edged with rufous instead of green; this

latter distinction is more conspicuous when the tail is compared with

that of S. fammula. The wholly black bill and the absence of the

elongated gular feathers distinguish it from S. torridus.

The male sent by Arcé is not in quite perfect plumage, but is so

far satisfactory as to show a few faded feathers on the throat. These

are bronzy, and quite different in colour from the gorget-feathers of

either S. fammula or S. torridus.

Selasphorus scintilla.

V. de Chiriqui.

The original specimens of this species were obtained by Warsze-

wiez in this locality, where Arcé seems to have found the bird

occurring abundantly.

138. Dortcua BryantT#, Lawr. Ann. Lye. N. Y. viii. p. 483,

et ix. p. 123.

Castillo; Laguna del Castillo; Cordillera del Chucu; V. de Chiriqui.

This fine species seems to be more abundant about Castillo than

in the district of Chiriqui. Judging from the specimens sent by

Arcé, the males are much more numerous than the females.

Clais merritti (Lawr.), Ann. Lyc. N. Y. vii. p.110. C. guimedi,

Salv. P. Z. S. 1867, p. 155.

Castillo ; Calovevora; Chitra; Laguna del Castillo; Bugaba; V.

de Chiriqui. ;

Mr. Gould tells me that he now considers the Central-American

form of this bird to be distinguishable from southern examples,

The distinction is indeed slight ; but, so far as I can see, southern

examples always have the blue of the head and throat considerably

deeper in tint.

Heliothrix barroti.

Boqueti de Chitra; Bugaba; V. de Chiriqui.

I fail to detect amongst the species forwarded by Arcé from the

above localities any specimens answering to the species described by

210 MR. 0. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. [Mar. 24,

Gould as H. violifrons (H. barroti, Mon. Troch. t. 217; H. violifrons,

Intr. p. 122), and conclude that Carthagena, and not Veragua, must

be its proper habitat.

139. PerasopHora CyYANoTIS (Boure.); Gould, Mon. Troch.

t. 228, Intr. p.125. P. cabanisi, Lawr. Ann. Lye. N. Y. ix. p. 126.

Calovevora ; Chitra; V. de Chiriqui.

The differences pointed out by Cabanis and Lawrence between

Costa-Rican and New-Granadan specimens of this bird appear to .

me to be exceedingly slight; and, so far as a considerable series of

specimens show, the points of distinction are not so constantly pre-

sent as seems requisite for the recognition of specific difference

between the two races.

140. PerasopHoRA DELPHINEZ (Less.); Gould, Mon. Troch:

t. 229, Intr. p. 125.

Calovevora.

This species is sparingly distributed throughout Central America,

as far north as Coban in Vera Paz.

Heliomaster longirostris.

Calovevora ; Chitra; Laguna del Castillo; Cordillera del Chucu.

Thaumantias chionurus.

Calovevora; V. de Chiriqui.

Amazilia riefferi.

Calovevora; Cordillera del Chucu.

Erythronota niveiventris.

Calovevora ; Chitra ; Cordillera del Chucu; V. de Chiriqui.

The range of this species seems almost entirely restricted to

Veragua. We have a single specimen which was collected on the

Panama Railway-line by the late Mr. J. M‘Leannan.

141. EvpHervusa ecreeia, Sel. & Salv. P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 389 ;

Lawr. Aun. Lye. N. Y. ix. p. 146.

Since the above species was described we have received numerous

specimens, both from Costa Rica and Veragua. The adult bird is

exceedingly like HZ. eximia of Guatemala, but seems to differ con-

stantly in the greater amount of white on the rectrices. Mr.

Lawrence has given (J. c.) a carefully drawn account of the specific

differences between the two species.

142. EUPHERUSA NIGRIVENTRIS, Lawr. Proc. Ac. Phil. 1867,

p. 232.

Cordillera del Chucu.

Arcé procured specimens of both sexes of this remarkable species

in the above locality. The female, which has not yet been charac-

terized, may be described as follows :—

Supra viridescens, pileo paulo obscuriore : subtus sordide alba, hy-

1870. | MR. O. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. 211

pochondriis vix viridescente tinctis : alis purpurascenti-nigris,

secundartis ad basin rufis: cauda sicut in mari.

143. CurysuRONIA ELICLE (Boure. & Muls.).

Chitra; Bugaba.

144, DamopniLa suLiz (Bourc.).

Calovevora.

145. Damoprnita aMaBILts, Gould.

Bugaba; V. de Chiriqui.

Specimens from these places differ from Costa-Rica and Panama

skins in having a longer bill, and apparently in the greater brilliancy

of the lustrous crown. These differences are hardly sufficient to

justify a separation of the species.

Sapphironia ceruleigularis.

Castillo; Laguna del Castillo; Calobre ; Cordillera del Chucu.

Chlorolampis assimilis.

Castillo ; Calovevora ; Cordillera del Chucu; V. de Chiriqui.

Diplopterus nevius.

Calovevora ; Chitra; Mina de Chorcha.

Piaya mehleri.

Castillo ; Calovevora.

146. CroropHaca sutcrirostRis, Sw.; Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 320.

Calovevora ; Castillo.

147. CrororHaca ant, L.; Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 320.

Mina de Chorcha.

With the exception of the Antilles, this is the most northern

locality yet recorded for this species.

Ramphastos carinatus.

Chitra.

148. RAMPHASTOS TOCARD, Vieill.; Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 325.

Bugaba ; V. de Chiriqui.

149. Preroctossus Frantz, Cab. J. f. Orn. 1862, p. 333.

Bugaba; V. de Chiriqui.

This Toucan seems to be a very distinct species. Specimens sent

by Arcé agree with others from Costa Rica. Can the bird called P.

erythropygius by Mr. Lawrence, in his ‘ Catalogue of Hicks’s Chiriqui

Collection’ (Ann. Lye. N. Y. viii. p. 179), be the same species?

Selenidera spectabilis.

Calovevora.

Aulacorhamphus ceruleogularis.

Calovevora.

212 MR. 0. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. [Mar. 24,

150. Cavrro BourcieRt (Lafr.); Salv. Ibis, 1870, p. 111.

V. de Chiriqui. ; hte

Arcé has forwarded two specimens of this species, one_of which is

marked as a male.

151. Prcumnus oxtvaceus, Lafr.; Malh. Mon. Pic. t. 120;

Sundey. Consp. Av. Pic. p. 104.

? P. granadensis, Lawr. Ann. Lye. N.Y. vii. p. 333 (Panama).

Mina de Chorcha; Bugaba.

Both sexes of this species have been obtained by Arcé. These

skins, and one we have from Panama, agree with New-Granadan

(Bogoté) examples, which seem to answer fairly to Lafresnaye’s

description.

Campephilus hematogaster.

Calovevora.

Campephilus malherbit.

Calovevora.

152. Picus sarpinit, Malh.; Sundev. Consp. Av. Pic. p. 17.

V. de Chiriqui.

Chloronerpes caboti.

Cordillera del Chucu.

153. CHLORONERPES CANIPILEUS (Lafr. & d’Orb.); Scl. Cat.

Am. B. p. 339; Sundev. Consp. Av. Pic. p. 69.

Cordillera del Chucu ; V. de Chiriqui.

Specimens from Veragua agree better with New-Granadan than

with Costa-Rican and Guatemalan examples.

154. CHLORONERPES SIMPLEX, sp. n.

Q. Oleagineo-virescens : pileo, gula et pectore paulo obscuriort-

bus, nucha rubra: pectore viridi-albido guttato: abdomine pallide

virescente, nigricante transfasciato : alis custaneis, extus dorso

concoloribus, primariorum et secundariorum apicibus nigris,

remigibus omnibus nigro transfasciatis: cauda nigra extus

dorso concolori: tectricibus subalaribus castaneis: rostro et

pedibus plumbeis : long. tota 6°7, ale 4:3, caude 2°6, rostri a

rictu 0°95, tarsi 0'7.

Hab. Bugaba (drcé).

Obs. C. aurulento affinis quoad alarum picturam, sed capitis colo-

ribus valde distinctus. ,

This species, of which Arcé has as yet sent only a single female

specimen, belongs to the same section as C. aurulentus (Licht.), in-

asmuch as the chestnut markings of the wing-feathers are interrupted

by black bands (in this species, however, hardly reaching across the

feathers). The absence of the yellow throat, the red rictal spot, and

the yellow band stretching backwards from the base of the bill under

the eye, render further comparison with that species unnecessary.

1870. ] MR. O. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. 213

Judging from Mr. Lawrence’s description of C. eallopterus (Ann.

Lyc. N. Y. vii. p. 476), this species would seem to be allied to the

bird there described ; but the characters given, such as the presence

of “a yellow band from the bill, along the side of the head, under the

eye, below which is a band of olive-brown; throat pale fulvous with

dusky spots, and lower part of abdomen and under tail-coverts pale

rufous,’ seem to preclude the possibility of the bird I now describe

being the female of C. callopterus.

Chloronerpes cecilia.

Mina de Chorcha.

155. MELANERPES CHRYSAUCHEN, Sp. n.

Supra niger, dorso medio et uropygio albis, illo nigro maculato :

loris, fronte et nucha flavis, pileo medio coccineo: alis nigris,

intus albo notatis, cauda nigra: subtus albidus, flavo lavatus,

ventre medio coccineo, hypochondriis et crisso nigro transfa-

sciatis: rostro et pedibus plumbeis: long. tota 6°5, ale 4:5,

caude 2°5, rostri a rictu 1*1, tarsi 0°7, dig. med. cum ung.

0°95.

Fem. mari similis, sed pileo medio vitta nigra transfasciato, colore

coccineo absente.

Hab. Bugaba (Arcé).

Obs. M. flavifronti Vieill. similis, sed loris et nucha flavis, ventre

imo solum coccineo facile distinguendus.

This well-marked species, of which Arcé has sent specimens of

both sexes, seems certainly more nearly allied to the Brazilian M.

flavifrons than to its nearer neighbours M. cruentatus and M. rubri-

Jrons. From M. flavifrons it may be easily distinguished by the

broader black band behind the eye, and by the lores being entirely

yellow instead of black. Moreover in the present bird the throat is

not so clear a yellow, and the red is confined to the lower belly and

does not spread over the whole central portion of the abdomen.

156. MeLaNeRPEs Formicivorus (Sw.); Scl. Cat. Am. B.

p- 341.

V. de Chiriqui.

A single male specimen agrees with Costa-Rican, Guatemalan, and

Mexican skins. Sundevall (Consp. Av. Pic. p. 51), following Mal-

herbe, gives Panama as a locality for M. flavigularis, Scl. This I

conceive to be an error, as no specimen of it has been yet sent by the

collectors on the Isthmus ; moreover this form of Melanerpes is only

found in the highlands, M. formicivorus seldom descending below

an elevation of 5000 feet above the sea-level.

Centurus tricolor.

Calovevora ; Castillo ; Chitra.

157. Ara miviraris (L.); Finsch, Papag. i. p. 396.

Calovevora.

214 MR. 0. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. [Mar. 24,

158. Conurvus ocuxaris, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1864, p. 367.

Calobre.

The receipt of a number of specimens of this Conurus from

Panama and Veragua shows that the species described (J. c.) as

distinct from OC. pertinux is, in these localities at least, quite con-

stant in coloration. Admitting the difficulty in separating all the

forms on which C. pertinax, C. chrysogenys, &c. are founded, I

think that Dr. Finsch (Papag. i. p. 506) has gone too far in the

opposite direction in uniting them all, even C. vantholemus, Sel.,

under C. pertinax.

159. Conurus HOFFMANNI, Cab.; Sel. & Salv. Ex. Orn. p. 161,

t. 81; Finsch, Papag. i. p. 553.

V. de Chiriqui.

160. Brorocerys Tovi (Gm.); Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 99.

Bugaba ; V. de Chiriqui.

16]. Curysoris GUATEMALA, Hartl.; Finsch, Papag. ii. p. 562,

to.

Bugaba; V. de Chiriqui.

162. CurySOTIS DIADEMATA, Spix.

Calovevora; Bugaba.

Pionus menstruus.

Calobre ; Mina de Chorcha ; Bugaba.

163. IpYcTER AMERICANUS.

Mina de Chorcha.

164. Mitvaco cuimacuia (Vieill.).

Calobre.

No member of this genus has hitherto been found go far north as

Veragua, though we possess a specimen of the same species as the

present from Chepo on the Isthmus of Panama, where it was shot

by Arcé in 1864.

165. HerpeETOTHERES CACHINNANS (L.).

Boqueti de Chitra; Calobre.

166. Urvusirornis souitaria (Tsch.), F. P. p. 94,t.2; Verreaux,

P, Z. 8. 1856, p. 145.

Calobre.

The acquisition of an immature skin of this species makes another

important addition to the Accipitres of Central America. The

specimen is not in good condition and is an immature bird, but it

agrees well with the bird described by J. Verreaux as in the immature

dress of Urubitornis solitaria.

1870.) MR. 0. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. 215

167. URUBITINGA ANTHRACINA (Nitzsch).

Chitra ; Bugaba.

Spizactus ornatus.

Calovevora.

168. Sprzaiirus TYRANNUS (Max.).

Calobre.

Leucopternis ghiesbreghti (Du Bus) ; Scl. & Salv. Ex. Orn. p. 121.

Calovevora ; Chitra; Bugaba,

169. Burgeo BoreEALis (Gm.).

Chitra ; Calobre ; V. de Chiriqui.

170. Bureo atsicaupatus, Vieill. ; Strickl. Orn. Syn. p. 35.

Calovevora ; Chitra.

171. Burrso peENNSYLVANICUS, Wils.

Boqueti de Chitra ; Calovevora ; Calobre ; V. de Chiriqui.

172. Bureo sracnyurvs, Vieill. Asturina brachyura, Strickl.

Orn. Syn. p. 42.

Calovevora.

Two specimens in adult (black) plumage. This species belongs to

Buteo rather than to Asturina, the wings being longer and more

pointed than those of typical Asturine.

Asturina ruficauda, Scl. & Salv. Ex. Orn. p.175, t. 88. 4. mag-

nirostris, Salv. P. Z.S. 1867, p. 158.

Calovevora; Bugaba.

173. HypoTRioRcHIs COLUMBARIUS (Linn.); Strickl. Orn. Syn.

p- 92.

Calobre ; V. de Chiriqui.

This northern species also ranges into South America, and has

been found both in Venezuela and New Granada.

174. HyporriorcHis DEIROLEUCUS (Temm.); Pl. Col. 348.

Bugaba.

Arcé has sent a fine adult male specimen of this rare species, which,

however, occurs both in Costa Rica and Guatemala.

Hypotriorchis rufigularis.

Calovevora; V. de Chiriqui.

Tinnunculus sparverius.

Calobre ; V. de Chiriqui.

175. ACcCIPITER BICOLOR (Vieill.) ; Scl. & Salv. Ex. Orn. p. 137,

t. 69.

Chitra ; Boqueti de Chitra ; Calovevora; V. de Chiriqui.

216 MR. 0. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. [ Mar. 24,

176. AccieiTeR Fuscus (Gm.).

V. de Chiriqui.

177. IscHNOSCELES NIGER (Du Bus); Strick]. Orn. Syn. p. 125.

Mina de Chorcha.

All Central-American specimens of this form that I have seen have

the dark plumage described under the above name.

178. MicrastuR GUERILLA, Cass.; Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1869,

p- 367.

Calovevora.

179. Micrasrur semiTrorquatus (Vieill.); Scl. & Salv. P. Z. 8.

1869, p. 365.

Mina de Chorcha.

180. Cyminpis CAYENNENSIS (Gm.) ; Strick]. Orn. Syn. p. 128.

Bugaba.

Ictinia plumbea.

Calovevora ; Calobre.

Elanoides furcatus.

Calovevora.

181. Circus Hupsonicus (L.).

V. de Chiriqui.

182. Buso vireinianus (Gm.).

Chitra.

183. Scorps nupiPes (Vieill.) ; Scl. & Salv. Ex. Orn. p. 102.

Calobre.

A specimen of this rare species from the above locality agrees

accurately with the Costa-Rican specimen referred to in our article

on this genus.

184. Scops BrastLianus (Gm.); Scl. & Salv. Ex. Orn. p. 102.

Calovevora ; Chitra; Calobre.

Lophostriz stricklandi.

Bugaba.

185. Punsatrix TrorquatTa (Daud. ).

Chitra ; Castillo; Bugaba.

186. CiccaBa virGata (Cass. ).

Chitra ; Calovevora ; Calobre ; Bugaba.

187. CiccaBA NIGROLINEATA, Scl. Trans. Z. S. iv. p. 268, pl. 63.

Boqueti de Chitra.

Two specimens, agreeing with others from Guatemala.

1870. ] MR. O. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. 217

Glaucidium phalenoides, Vieill.

Calobre.

188. CorumBa ALBILINEA, G. R. Gray.

Chitra; Boqueti de Chitra; Calovevora ; Calobre ; V. de Chiriqui.

Agrees with New-Granadan and Costa-Rican specimens.

Columba rufina.

Calovevora ; Chitra; Bugaba.

189. CotumBa speEcrosa (Gm.).

Bugaba.

190. Corumga susvinacea, Lawr. Ann. Lye. N. Y. ix. p. 135.

Calovevora.

191. CotumBA NiIGRIROSTRIS, Scl.

Bugaba.

Though these two species are found together in both Costa Rica

and Veragua, they seem to be quite distinct, C. subvinacea being

much more rufescent than C. nigrirostris.

192. ZENAIDURA CAROLINENSIS (L.).

Calobre.

Chamepelia rufipennis.

Chitra ; Calobre ; Bugaba ; Mina de Chorcha.

193. PERIsTERA CINEREA (Temm.).

Calovevora; Mina de Chorcha; Bugaba.

194. Lepropriza casstn1, Lawr.

Bugaba ; V. de Chiriqui.

Leptoptila verreauat.

Calobre ; Bugaba.

Geotrygon chirtquensis, Scl.; Scl. & Salv. Ex. Orn. p. 123, t. 62.

Castillo ; Calovevora ; Calobre ; V. de Chiriqui.

195. GEoTRYGON monTANa (Linn.).

V. de Chiriqui.

Chamepetes unicolor, Salv.

Calovevora.

Ortalida cinereiceps, G. R. Gray, List Gall. in Brit. Mus. p. 12

(1867). Ortalida poliocephala, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 371;

Salv. P. Z. S. 1867, p. 161; Lawr. Ann. Lye. N. Y. vii- p. 333,

ix. p. 139.

Castillo.

Odontophorus leucolemus.

Calovevora.

218 MR. 0. SALVIN ON THE BIRDS OF VERAGUA. [ Mar. 24,

196. OponTopHORUS MARMORATUS, Gould; Sel. & Salv. P. Z.S.

1864, p. 371.

Bugaba,

Agrees with Panama specimens.

197. OponTropHoRvus GuTTATUS, Gould.

V. de Chiriqui.

Tinamus robustus.

Bugaba.

198. Cryprurus MESERYTHRUS, Scl.; Scl. & Salv. Ex. Orn.

p- 93, t. 47.

Chitra.

199. ARDEA CHRULEA, L.

Castillo.

200. EGreTTA CANDIDISSIMA (Gm.).

Castillo.

201. BuroripEs viRESCENS (L.).

Chitra ; Calobre.

202. TiGRISOMA CABANISI, Heine; Scl. & Salv. Ex. Orn. p. 95,

t. 48.

Laguna del Castillo.

203. CANCROMA COCHLEARIA, L.

Mina de Chorcha.

Eurypyga major.

Cordillera del Chucu ; V. de Chiriqui.

Parra melanopygia, Scl. P. Z. 8S. 1856, p. 283.

Calobre ; Castillo.

204. Parra HYPOMELENA, Gray & Mitch. Gen. B. t. 159; Sel.

P. Z. S. 1856, p. 283.

Calobre.

Both these species have been sent by Arcé. They are much more

nearly allied than appears at first sight. Some specimens of P. hypo-

melena show purple-brown feathers on the back, and thus indicate

a tendency to the assumption of an intermediate state of plumage

leaning towards P. melanopygia. 1 think it probable that a large

series of specimens would show every gradation of plumage between

P. hypomelena and P. melanopygia, including also P. intermedia

(described in Sclater’s paper, J. ¢.).

In Costa Rica the true P. gymnostoma, Wagl., occurs, which may

at once be distinguished by the frontal caruncle being divided poste-

riorly into three lobes, and by the total absence of the rictal caruncle.

1870.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 219

205. PorzaNna CAROLINA (L.); Sel. & Salv. P. Z. 8.1868, p. 450.

V. de Chiriqui.

206. Furica AMERICANA, Gm.; Scl. & Salv. P. Z. 8.1868, p- 468.

Laguna del Castillo.

207. ANGIALITES VOCIFERUS (L.).

V. de Chiriqui.

208. GAMBETTA MELANOLEUCA (Gm.).

Chitra.

209. RuYACcOPHILUS SOLITARIUS (Wils.).

Castillo; V. de Chiriqui.

210. GALLINAGo wiILsonI (Temm.).

Chitra.

211. QueRQUEDULA piscors (L.).

Laguna del Castillo.

212. FuLIGULA AFFINIS (Forst.).

Castillo.

213. PHALACROCORAX BRASILIANUS (Gm.).

Phalacrocoraz, sp.?, Salv. Ibis, 1866, p. 200.

Castillo.

214. PLorus ANHINGA (Linn.).

Castillo.

215. PopitymBus popiceps (Linn.).

Castillo.

216. Popiceprs pomrnicus (L.).

Castillo ; Chitra.

April 28, 1870.

John Gould, Esq., F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

The Secretary called the attention of the Society to the following

additions to the Menagerie during the month of March :—

1. A male specimen of Sclater’s Impeyan (Lophophorus sclateri),

presented by Major Montagu, Bengal Staff Corps, and received

March 12th.

2. A male Blyth’s Tragopan (Ceriornis blythi), presented by the

same gentleman, and received on the same date.

220 LETTER FROM DR. J. ANDERSON. [Apr. 28,

Mr. Sclater had already read before the Society his notes on these

two interesting birds (see anted, p. 162).

3. Four young Hornbills, which had been obtained by Mr. William

Jamrach during his recent visit to Malacca and Sumatra, and ap-

peared to be all young birds of the last breeding-season. ‘Two of

these Mr. Sclater had provisionally determined as being a male and

a female of the Plait-billed Hornbill (Buceros plicatus), although it

appeared possible that the smaller female bird obtained at Malacca

might be referable to the nearly allied species Buceros subrujicollis

of Blyth, if, indeed, this were really to be considered distinct from

B. plicatus. The third Hornbill, from Sumatra, appeared undoubt-

edly referable to the female of Buceros gracilis (Temm. Pl. Col.

535); the fourth to Buceros bicornis.

4. Four Burrowing Owls (Pholeoptynx cunicularia), presented by

George Wilks, Esq., C.M.Z.S., of Buenos Ayres, and received

March 19th, being the only specimens of this interesting species

ever received, except the one previously presented by Mr. Wilks in

1868 (cf. P. Z. S. 1868, p. 261).

5. A Wood-loving Antelope (Cephalophus sylvicultrix), purchased

of a dealer March 24th, and believed to be the first specimen of this

beautiful Antelope, which was formerly living in the Knowsley Me-

nagerie, ever received by the Society.

Dr. E. Hamilton communicated the following extract from a letter

lately received from his nephew, Capt. Francis Hamilton, of the 21st

Regt., commanding detachment at Port Blair, Andaman Islands :—

“All of us here have been much amused by the account of the so-

called ‘Andaman Monkey’ (Macacus andamanensis) lately received

by the Zoological Society*. But in point of fact there are no Mon-

keys indigenous to the Andaman Islands. One of the superintendents

brought some Monkeys to this island (Ross), which got loose; and

‘Andaman Jenny’ is one of them. There are three others still left ;

they live among the commissariat sheds. There are two old ones

and one young. They were brought from the mainland of Burmah.”

The following extract was read from a letter addressed to the

Secretary by Dr. J. Anderson, F.Z.S., dated Indian Museum, Cal-

cutta, 15th March, 1870 :—

‘«T have succeeded at last in procuring a specimen of the Irawady

Dolphin from Bhamoo, six hundred miles from the sea. I am in-

debted to my friend Capt. Burns for it. He found it newly stranded

on an island opposite Bhamoo, and, according to my instructions,

had it packed in salt and arsenic and sent down by a special boat to

Mandalay, whence it was forwarded to me by steamer. It arrived

in capital condition after a journey of twelve hundred miles.

“It belongs to the genus Globiocephalus, and internally has all

the characters of G. indicus of Blyth; but its skull has certain well-

marked features that separate it from the latter.

* See P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 467.

1870. ] MR. G. KREFFT ON CERATODUS FORSTERI. 221

‘* My specimen measured seven and a half feet in length, and,

from its much worn teeth and the condition of its skull, appears as

if it had attained full growth, whereas G. ¢ndicus reaches up to from

fifteen to twenty feet in length. I have only just received it; so I

am not in a position to say much about it.

** Before this specimen reached me I was fully convinced, from my

observations on the Irawady, that its Cetacean was a round-headed

species.”

Mr. Harting exhibited an unusually fine specimen of the Dusky

Redshank (Totanus fuscus) in summer plumage. This had been

stated to have been killed on the Thames, near Surbiton, but was

subsequently discovered to have been sent from Holland.

The Rev. H. B. Tristram exhibited two skins of Luscioniola me-

lanopogon (‘Temm.), killed by Mr. Brookes near Etawah (north of

Agra) in Central India, being the first instance of this rare species

having been obtained in India, Mr. Tristram also exhibited some

other rare Indian warblers.

The following papers were read :—

1. Description of a gigantic Amphibian allied to the Genus

Lepidosiren, from the Wide-Bay district, Queensland.

By Gerarp Krerrt, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S., Curator and Se-

cretary of the Australian Museum, Sydney, New South

Wales.

The discovery of a species of Lepidosiren in Australia will no

doubt take the scientific world by surprise—the more so as this newly

found amphibian has a dentition different from that of Lepidosiren,

and closely resembling the teeth of certain fossil Sharks described

by Agassiz under the generic term of Ceratodus (Recherches sur les

Poissons Fossiles, tome iii. p. 129). On this ground, and being

convinced that the various species of animals classed under the name

of Ceratodus were not sharks, but amphibians, I shall adopt Prof.

Agassiz’s name, and describe the Australian amphibian, in honour of

its discoverer, the Hon. William Forster, M.C.A., as

CERATODUS FORSTERI.

In general shape the specimen before me (fig. 1), which is somewhat

mutilated and without intestines, resembles the Lepidosiren annec-

tens. It is nearly 3 feet in length, has a broad flat head, small

eyes, and four limbs in the shape of flappers. The body is covered

with large cycloid scales, ten rows on each side, the third row from

above marked, but not very distinctly, as a lateral line. There is a

large gill-opening before each pectoral limb, containing well-developed

branchize (on account of the state of the specimen, however, a care-

ful examination of them was impossible), and a rather large pair of

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1870, No. XVI.

Fig. 1.

222

MR. G. KREFFT ON CERATODUS FORSTERI.

[Apr. 28,

Fig. 2. Lower jaw of ditto, from above.

s. Symphysis.

3. Left ramus of lower jaw, seen from the front.

Fig. 1. Ceratodus forsteri, side view.

a eee

1870.] MR. G. KREFFT ON CERATODUS FORSTERI, 223

nostrils just below the upper lip, communicating by a short tube

with the roof of the mouth.

The skeleton is partly ossified, partly cartilaginous, the vertebrae

being pure cartilage, and the ribs hollow tubes filled with a carti-

laginous substance. The palate and upper part of the skull are

bone, and the head is covered with two enormous scales. The

tongue is very small, and attached to what I believe to be a large

hyoid bone ossified externally. The rays which support the dorsal

and caudal fins consist of two or more quill-like hollow tubes filled with

and held together by cartilage. Numerous rays branch off from the

limbs, forming broad flappers, which have some resemblance to those

of a Porpoise, but are covered with small scales. The teeth are

very interesting; and the dental plates will be found in form (and

substance, probably, also) to approach the teeth of the geuus with

which I have provisionally classed this animal.

The incisors are two, restricted to the upper jaw; they are flat,

slightly bent, with the upper front margin cut away and the hinder

one denticulated. A little behind the incisors the first and largest

limb of the dental plate appears ; it is almost parallel with the palate ;

the second joint or limb branches outward, being smaller than the

first, and so on to the sixth and last, which is only half the size of

the fifth. The inner margin of the dental plate is rounded off; and

the two together form a triangle (if a line is drawn at their base)

with serrated outer sides. The lower jaw (fig. 2) is provided with

corresponding plates ; the incisor teeth are wanting, and the two rami

are only joined by tough skin. The opening of the mouth is not

very large; and the jaws appear to work in a curious manner, which

is best described by working two sections of a cog-wheel horizontally,

one down upon the other, to which motion the flexibility of the lower

jaw appears to be well adapted.

This short description of one of the most interesting animals ever

discovered in Australia must suffice at present. I have no doubt

that many and better accounts will be given of it when well-preserved

spirit-specimens have come to hand.

Postscript.—lt is strange that a curious creature like this, which

was well known to the early settlers at Wide Bay and other Queens-

land districts, should so long have escaped the eyes of those inter-

ested in natural history. I remember that Mr. William Forster men-

tioned a “fish” with cartilaginous backbone years ago, and that I

expressed an opinion that he must be mistaken. This animal is

excellent eating, has Salmon-coloured flesh, and at certain seasons

will rise to a fly; so that the northern squatters have named it the

Burnett or Dawson Salmon, from its habits and from the rivers in

which it is principally found. The poor bush-cooks who dressed

these “Salmons” could have made a small fortune, had they pre-

served the heads and sent them to Sydney.

It is only during certain seasons that this amphibian takes bait ;

at other times it cannot be induced even to nibble. I think, how-

ever, that during this latter period the animals are buried in the

224 MR.R.SWINHOE ON THE MAMMALS OF HAINAN. [Apr. 28,

mud. The native name is Baramvonda or Baramoondi. We know

as yet nothing about its habits, or the metamorphoses the young

undergo; and I have been informed that the specimen from which

the present description is taken is by no means a large one. Mr.

Forster tells me that he has heard of specimens taken in the Dawson

fully 6 feet in length.

2. On the Mammals of Hainan.

By R. Swinuog, F.Z.S.

(Plate XVIII.)

On the 9th of December, 1869, I had the pleasure of reading

before the Society a paper on the Cervine Animals of Hainan. I

now desire te give a list of the remaining Mammals that I saw or

heard of during my visit to that island.

1. Brack Ave. Hylobates pileatus, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1861, p. 136,

pl. xx1.? Wooyuen of the Chinese of Hainan.

In the Chinese Gazetteer of the Kiungshan district of Hainan I

found among the list of Mammal products of the island a species of

Gibbon thus described :—‘‘ Yuen. Male black, female white; like

a Macaque but larger, with the two forearms exceedingly long. -

Climbs to tree-tops and runs among them backwards and forwards

with great agility. If it falls to the ground, it remains there like a

log. Its delight is in scaling trees, as it cannot walk on the ground.

Those desiring to rear it in confinement should keep it among trees ;

for the exhalations of the earth affect it with diarrhcea, causing

death ; a sure remedy for this, however, may be found in a draught

made of the syrup of fried Foo-tsze (seeds of Abrus precatorius,

Linn.).””’ An extract from the work Pun Yu liang che is here inserted,

giving the various Yuens known to the author:—‘‘ There are three

kinds of Yuens—the Golden-Silk Yuen, which is yellow, the Jade-

faced Yuen, which is black, and the Jet-black Yuen, which has the

face also black. The Golden-Silk and the Jade-face are both diffi-

cult to procure.” The Gazetteer then continues :—‘ Hainan has

also the Rock-Yuen. It is small, about the bigness of one’s fist. If

allowed to drink water, it grows in size. This is also called Black

Yuen, and is now likewise difficult to obtain.”

In a later edition of the Gazetteer the following is added :—

«From its love for climbing and its mild disposition it is called

Yuen’’ (two meanings of the phonetic part of the character). The

work Pe-ya remarks, ‘The Yuen does not usually walk along the

ground ;”’ the Gazetteer therefore observes that it cannot walk ; but

those that have lately kept it in confinement have noticed that it oc-

casionally drops on to the ground of its own inclination, and runs

backwards and forwards in as lively a manner as the Meshuy [ Loris

gracilis (Shaw)]. We consequently cannot accept the statement

in the Gazetteer.

1870.] MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE MAMMALS OF HAINAN. 225

Du Halde (Description de la Chine, a.p. 1735, tome i. p. 230), in

an account of the natural productions of Hainan, writes :—‘‘ Among

the animals that the island produces is seen a curious species of Great

Black Ape, whose physiognomy somewhat approaches the human

face; so well are the features marked ; but this species is rare.”’

Having learnt of the existence of this Black Ape in Hainan, I

naturally never ceased to inquire after it. Every one knew that

such an animal did exist, and many had seen it; but they all spoke

of the great difficulty of keeping it alive. At Taipingsze (Central

Hainan) the wonderful stories that were told about it showed that

the Yuen was not often seen there. The magistrate of that district

assured me, with a serious face, that it had the power of drawing into

its body its long arm-bones, and that when it drew in one arm it pushed

out the other to such an extraordinary length that he believed the

two bones united in the body ; and he said that the bones of the arm

were used for chopsticks. At Lingshuy (S.E£. Hainan) the magis-

trate knew the animal and had kept it alive. His military colleague

was in the hill-districts, but he would be back in a few days; and if

we could wait, the magistrate thought he could get us a live specimen

of the Ape. At all events, he would procure the animal and take

it with him for us to Canton, whither he hoped to go before long.

We could not, of course, wait, and we never heard of the mandarin

or his good intentions again. At Nychow (S. Hainan) the commo-

dore’s secretary told me that only a few days previous to our visit

he had had one alive, but that it had died, and he had had it buried.

At my request he had the remains looked for. The top of the skull

was all that was found; the dogs had destroyed the rest. He gave

me this fragment, as also a pair of u/ne of an older animal, which

he was going to turn into chopsticks (the Chinese ‘ knife and fork,”

so to speak). Qn our return to the capital of Hainan a rumour

reached us that one existed in confinement in the city. The admiral

there took the matter in hand and did his best to secure it for us.

But the rumour was false; no such animal could be found; so we

had to leave Hainan with only the fragments above mentioned of

this much desired Wooyuen.

The portion of the skull obtained is that of a very young animal,

and is therefore of not much value for determining the species. But

the uln@ are apparently adult, and are certainly those of a species

of Hylobates.

Length of ulna of adult 11°4 inches.

On the 9th of April, 1861, a paper was read by Dr. J. E. Gray

before this Society on a collection of Mammals &c. made by M.

Mouhot in Cambodia (P. Z.S. d.c.), in which a species of Hylobates

(i. pileatus) was described from an island off Cambodia. ‘There is

a fine stuffed group of this in the Mammal Gallery of the British

Museum, showing the varieties of colour spoken of by the Chinese

author, which, as Dr. Gray points out, are due to age and sex. This

species from Cambodia must be closely related to, if not identical

with, the Wooyuen of Hainan.

The jet-black Rock-Yuen referred to in the Gazetteer may possibly

226 MR. R.SWINHOE ON THE MAMMALS OF HAINAN. [Apr. 28,

be Presbytes maurus (Schreber). There is a specimen of this in the

British Museum, brought from Canton by Mr. J. Reeves.

2. THe Reppisu-Grey Monkey. Macacus erythreus (Schre-

ber).

Du Halde (op. cit.) says that in Hainan “ there are Grey Monkeys,

which are very ugly and very common.” The Chinese Gazetteer

has the following :—‘‘ How (or Monkey). The She-show (Notes

on Animals) states that the Monkey has no stomach, but digests its

food by jumping about. According to ancient authors, Kiungchow

abounds in Monkeys, and its people make a trade by selling young

ones.”

About the jungles of Nychow (S. Hainan) Monkeys were very

common. On our landing, abreast of the ship we saw a large party

of them on the beach, which at once retired into a grove above high-

water mark. We watched them running along the boughs of the

trees and jumping from branch to branch. The discharge of a

fowling-piece soon made them scurry away into the thicket; but

every now and again their heads would appear from the higher bushes

watching the movements of the enemy. At last, when they observed

that our presence implied actual danger to themselves, they climbed

the hills and posted themselves about conspicuous rocks, where they

chattered and grunted out of danger. Their cries were very like

those of Macacus cyclopis, mihi, of Formosa. In the neighbourhood

of Nychow city we found a large number of them in a thick wood

that surrounded the hovel of a Le native, and one of our party suc-

ceeded in knocking over a fine female with a cartridge. Its irides

were yellowish brown tinged with green. Eyes somewhat oval.

Face long, narrow, with a somewhat projecting mouth; the skin

tinged with reddish yellow, and sprinkled with short silky buff-

coloured hair, longer and coarser on the lips, chin, and cheeks. A

few long black hairs were scattered on the centre of the forehead and

on the space beneath the eyes. -The ear was well developed, and thinly

clothed with hair.

Skull, 9 .—The mouth projects | inch in front of the line of the

orbital ridge. Height of the skull, from top of frontal bone to angle

of the lower jaw, 2°6 inches; from orbital ridge to the same 2°43;

length of lower jaw 2°15; hind corner of malar arch to front of in-

cisors 2'45; from ditto to occipital crest 1:5; greatest diameter of

rounded orbit *9 ; breadth of skull, from one malar arch to the other,

2:6; across base of brain-case 2°25. Nasal aperture shaped like a

subverted cone; vertical length ‘65, greatest breadth -42. Central

pair of incisors of upper jaw about one-third larger than those of

lower. Only fourteen teeth in each jaw; the four hind molars not

yet acquired. The frontal bone slopes rapidly backwards from the

orbital ridge, rising only a little in its centre, and thus leaves a very

inclined forehead.

Vertical length of ear 1:3, breadth -9; bare palm 1°85 long,

1:1 broad; middle finger 1°2 long ; length of sole 3-2, breadth 1°5.;

Length of body 15 inches; of entire arm to tips of fingers about

1870.] MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE MAMMALS OF HAINAN, 227

10; of leg about 11; of tail 7, thin, with harsh adpressed hair pro-

jecting 13 inch beyond tip of bone.

The short coarse hair of the head commences from the orbital

ridge, leaving no forehead. Head, arms, and back olive-grey, rufes-

cent on the first and last, browner on the arms. Fingers clothed to

end of first digits, the rest bare and fleshy-brown in colour, with a few

scattered hairs and long brown claw-like nails; basal portions of

the hair bluish grey. Under neck, breast, and belly dingy yellowish.

Rump, thighs, and base of tail yellowish chestnut ; yellowish brown

on legs, feet, and rest of tail. Toes covered with longish hairs.

Buttocks bare—with a bright red callosity on each side, of an irregular

oval form, with the smallest end downwards, 1 inch long by °6 in

greatest breadth.

The Chinese General at Nychow (S. Hainan) gave me a live young

specimen of this species; but, as it had had its tail chopped off, I

did not trouble to have it forwarded to England.

Judging from the single adult female brought home by me, the

Hainan Monkey does not appear to be separable from the Macacus

erythreus (Schreber) of Bengal, of which there are many examples

in the Society’s Gardens.

3. Hovuss-Bat. Vesperugo abramus (Temm.) [V. akokomali],

Monograph. de Mamm. t. ii. p. 232.

I only procured one small Bat at Hainan—the species which

roosted under the eaves of the house in the city wherein I was quar-

tered. Dr. Peters, of Berlin, has kindly determined the species. It

is a common House-bat in Nagasaki, Japan.

The Gazetteer places the Bats at the end of the list of birds, as is

usual with Chinese authors, and says, ‘‘ Peenfoo, or Bat, shaped

like a Mouse, has thin flesh-wings uuiting the four legs and extend-

ing to the tail. In winter stows away; in summer comes out. In

daytime lies prostrate ; in night flies. One name for it is Foo-yeh,

or Belly-wings. It is now called the Feishoo, or Flying-mouse.”’

4, Asiatic Civer. Viverra zibetha, L.

The Indian Civet occurs in China from Canton to Shanghai. I

have not detected it in Formosa. In Hainan I procured two flat

skins at Lingmun (Central Hainan), a place of barter between the

Chinese and the independent Le. One is that of a full-sized animal,

the other of one about two-thirds grown. The younger animal is

blacker between the shoulders, with distinct markings on the sides

and rump. In the older animal these markings have almost entirely

disappeared. This is mentioned in the Gazetteer as the Heangle,

or Fragrant Fox.

5. Tae Litre Civer. Viverricula malaccensis (Gmelin).

I obtained a skin of this animal at the same place as the last. Its

black markings are somewhat confused. It is a common species in

South China, as well as in Formosa. The Gazetteer calls it the

Mao-hwa-le, or Fox with cat-like markings.

228 MR. R.SWINHOE ON THE MAMMALS OF HAINAN. [Apr. 28,

6. Tur Muncoos. Herpestes, sp.?

One evening at Kiungchow I observed a Mungoos running along a

bank outside the city wall. Later on I saw a skin of apparently the

same species hanging up in a garden at Shuyweisze (Central Hainan)

to serve as a scarecrow. Its hair was yellowish grey mottled with

black. I cannot from recollection identify the species. I have not

noted any species of Herpestes in China; but Dr. Gray has described

an Herpestes rutilus from Cambodia (P. Z. 8.1861, p. 136). The

Mungoos is, I think, the Cha-le of the Gazetteer.

7, Tue CLoupep Tiger. Felis macrocelis (Temm.). Neofelis

macrocelis, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 266.

The skin of this Cat was shown to me in the mountains as having

been procured in that neighbourhood ; and I was told that the true

Leopard also occurred in Hainan. The Hainan Gazetteer admits

both species. It says, “Pao, or Leopard, resembling a Tiger in

form, with white face and round head. Those with spots like cash

(Chinese coin) are called the ‘Golden-cash Leopard’ (Leopardus

varius); those with spots shaped like the mint-leaf are called ‘ Mint

Leopard’ (L. macrocelis). They dread Snakes. The poet Hwai

Nantsze has the following couplet :—‘ Snakes command the Leopard

to stand: all creatures have their masters.’ ”’

8. Tae Musxy Tree-civet. WHelictis moschata, J. E. Gray,

P. Z. S. 1830, p. 94; 1865, p. 153.

I have but one skin from Hainan, which wants the large white

spot between the eyes. The white line from between the ears to

beyond the shoulders is narrow and indistinct. The dark parts of

the head are brown, without any tinge of blackish. Hind neck,

front of fore and hind legs plain brown, without the white grizzly

appearance; the brown is darker on the hind neck and between the

shoulders ; the down at the root of these hairs light brownish buff.

The under parts, cheeks, and ears are pale buff, deeper-coloured on the

down beneath. Whiskers brown; a few of the shorter ones white.

The British Museum has a specimen from Canton, which is co-

loured like ours and wants the nasal white spot.

9. Tue Cuinese Otter. Lutra chinensis, Gray.

Skin of an animal about half-grown. Hair short, with down at

roots. Upper parts brown, with down of lighter shade; the brown

extending to the muzzle, down the front of the legs over the toes ;

tail the same colour. Sides of face and underparts generally brown-

ish white, with light-buff-brown down. Ears small and rounded,

edged with brownish white ; the whiskers about the muzzle and face

the same colour. Claws light brown. This seems to be the same

as the Otter found throughout South China, which Dr. J. E. Gray

has distinguished from the Indian Otter (L. indica, Gray).

“Ta, like a Dog, but with a bristly mouth, hair fine ; enters water

without getting wet; delights in catching fish.””—Gazetteer.

1870.] MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE MAMMALS OF HAINAN. 229

10. Tur Craw.ess Orrer. donyzx leptonyx (Horsf.). A. hors-

fieldi, Gray, Mag. Nat. Hist. i. p. 580 (1837).

I heard of a second species of Otter in Hainan that lived among

the mountains. The Gazetteer speaks of it thus :—‘ There is a race

produced by the mating of the common Otter with the female Yuen

(Hylobates), called the Cha-kia (Mountain-Otter). Their bones are

found in caverns, and yield an antidote to the poison used on arrow-

heads by the savage tribes. People wounded by arrows grind to

powder a small quantity and apply it to the wound; the powder at

once stops the effect of the poison.” [ procured three skins of this

animal at the trading-station above referred to, and saw at once that

it was quite distinct from the common Otter.

Two of the skins are of adults, the third of an animal about two-

thirds grown.

There appear to be two groups of Otters with minute pointless

claws classed under the genus donyz, the one to be distinguished from

the other by longer and more fully webbed toes. ‘To the former of

these belong Luéra leptonyz, Horsf., from Java, and donyzx horsfieldi,

Gray, from Malacca; which two Dr. J. E. Gray subsequently united

as Aonyw leptonyx (P. Z.8.1865, p. 130). To the latter belong the

Lutra indigitata, Hodgs., from Nepaul, and certain specimens in the

Museum trom Madras.

My Hainan skins agree in the form of the foot and in the texture

of the fur with the fine specimen from Wellesley (Malacca) on

which Dr. Gray founded his Aonyzx horsfieldi; but the tail in the

Hainan race is much longer, and it wants the pure white throat of

the other, and differs also in the tone of its brown colouring. The

skull of the Malacca specimen is in the skin. The Hainan race

appears to me to be distinct from this, apparently, its nearest ally ;

but it is impossible to establish a species of Otter without a com-

parison of skulls, and I have none of the Hainan kind. I will there-

fore content myself with giving a description of the appearance of

the skins.

Adult. General colour rich brown, except the throat, underneck,

and breast, which are whitish, the down of the latter parts being

light brown. Hairs shorter and the down more abundant than in

Lutra chinensis. Down of the upper parts the same rich brown on

surface as the hairs, whitish at base. Ears small and oval, the same

colour in front and behind as the back, with a pale outer edge.

Muzzle and cheek-whiskers stiff and brown. Length from muzzle

to root of tail 20 inches; length of tail 13 inches; from ear to eye

2 inches, from eye to nostril 1°25. ‘The hind feet alone are te-

maining ; their claws are without points, and truncated, the toes are

well webbed, and there is a broad hollow space between the sole-

pads and the ends of the toes. Sole-pad to tip of fourth toe -9;

length of sole 1-9, greatest breadth °75.

The young animal is softer and washed with buff throughout.

Its ears have no light edging; and its throat, underneck, and breast

are light brownish chestnut. Its whiskers are blacker.

From ZL. chinensis the Hainan Aonyzr differs in the texture and

230 MR. R.SWINHOE ON THE MAMMALS OF HAINAN. [Apr. 28,

colour of its fur, in its broader and flatter ear, its minute abrupt

nails, and its much smaller size.

By its long well-webbed toes and shape of underfoot it approaches

Lutra; but in the blunt form of the claws it is a true donyz.

The first toe of the hind foot is proportionally much longer than

in L. chinensis ; its second and fifth are nearly equal, reaching to

the middle of the second digit of the third and fourth toes, which

are also nearly equal in length. The immature skin has the right

hind foot remaining, which shows the same build of toes and nails.

While at Amoy in 1867 I procured a live Otter, from a ship which

brought it from Saigon, Cochin China. When alive it was very tame,

and followed its keeper about like a Dog. It was handled and

caressed without its ever attempting to bite; but when put into a

cage, or otherwise confined, it uttered a loud unceasing cry, which

was most annoying. From the shortness of its head and its small

size it was distinguishable at a glance from the common Chinese

species. It would eat almost any thing in the way of food. This

specimen has the peculiar short claws of Lutra leptonyx of Hors-

field, but has a shorter, deeper-brown fur, and diminutive toes.

Dr. J. E. Gray has examined the skull, and pronounced it not to

differ from that of a specimen from India, figured in P. Z. S.

1865, p. 130; and its external form, I find, agrees with that of skins

of the short-toed race from Madras in the British Museum. Dr.

Jerdon (Mamm. of India) does not separate the Indian donyw from

that of Java; no more does Dr. J. E. Gray, though the latter con-

siders A. indigitata (Hodgs.), of Nepaul, distinct. Unfortunately,

there is no skull of the Nepaulese animal in the Museum; but the

skin there has a similar foot to that of the Madras Otter above re-

ferred to, but differs in being paler with lighter underparts.

Short-toed Otter from Saigon, ¢. Length 26 inches; tail 93

length of head 4, from ear to ear across head 3, eye (outer angle) to

eye across head 1:1; fore leg (shoulder to tip of toes) 7°8, ulnar joint

to tip of toes 4°25; hind leg 9, tibial joint to tip of toes 3:4; sole

of fore foot 1:25, from sole to tip of fourth toe beyond °4, breadth

of sole *75; length of hind sole 1-6, toes beyond *5, breadth of hind

sole 65. Toes imperfectly webbed.

Lips, cheeks, sides of neck, throat, and face-bristles buff-white.

The rest of the fur dark brown, paler on the underparts, and much

so on the chest. Down short and close, yellowish or buff-white on

the lighter parts, browner on the upper or darker parts. Pelage very

short and glossy. Ears small and rounded, covered with short hair.

Hair on fore feet extremely short, on tail short and close.

11. Tar Tureetan Buack Bear. Ursus tibetanus (F. Cuv.).

A large black shaggy skin was shown me in Hainan as having been

taken from an animal in that island. I judged it to be of this spe-

cies rather than of Ursus malayanus, Horsf. Bears are shot with

poisoned arrows by the wild tribes of the mountains. The Hainan

Gazetteer has the following passage :—‘‘ Heung [or Bear] is fond of

climbing trees and panting. Its gall in spring is in its heel, in

1870.] MR. &. SWINHOE ON THE MAMMALS OF HAINAN. 231

summer in its belly, in autumn in its left paw, in winter in its right

paw. About its heart there is a white fat like jade, the taste of

which is extremely fine; this is usually called ‘ Bear’s white. In

winter the Bear lies torpid and does not eat. When hungry it licks

its own paws, and thence the goodness in the paws.

“The Gazetteer of Kiungchowfoo says that Hainan produces Pig-

bears, Dog-bears, Horse-bears, and Man-bears, alike in the body but

differimg in the head. Horse-bears are very large. Man-bears are

not often seen.

“The old authors say that the Bear has great strength and is

given to devouring children, The Le men attack and capture them,

a whole tribe uniting in the attack. Where Bears are plentiful the

place has no peace. The gall-bladder is of a transparent colour, like

rice-grains, and if stuck through with grass-stalks and put into water

the best kinds will spin round quite fast. These are good for dis-

solving all poisons.”

12. Tue Musk-rat. Sorex myosurus, Pall.

The Musk-rat was common in the houses in the capital city, and

I was often disturbed in my room at night by its clinking note. It

is found in all the large towns in South China and Formosa, being

transported about in junks with the cargo.

13. Swinnor’s Wuare. Balenoptera swinhoii, J. E. Gray,

P. Z. S. 1865, p. 725.

I had heard much of the Whale-fisheries in the Hainan seas, and

was in hopes that we should see some of the operations in connexion

with them; but the season had passed. We saw, however, one or

two large Whales off the west coast of Hainan. We made inquiries

about their bones at every fishing-port we touched at, but only suc-

ceeded in getting one rib, which is now in the British Museum. It

was the only remnant of a Whale that had been captured by some

fishermen on the west coast of Hainan. The oil of the animal

had been melted down, the flesh eaten, and the rest of the bones

chopped up for manure.

This large Chinese Rorqual appears to spend its winter in the seas

about Hainan and in the Gulf of Tonquin. It must there produce

its young; for in May it is seen with its calf in the Namoa Straits

(near the port of Swatow), and remains in that neighbourhood and

about the Formosan channel till the north-easters set in at the end

of October, when it wends south-westwards again.

A good account of the pursuit and capture of this species is given

in the ‘Chinese Repository’ of November 1843, Art. IV., “ Notices

of the Whale Fishery in the Chinese Seas, as conducted by the in-

habitants of the coasts.”

14. Rep-BeLiiep Squirre. Sciurus castaneiventris, Gray,

Cat. Mamm. Brit. Mus. 1843, p. 142.

S. erythreus, Pall.; Swinh. Mamm. of Formosa, P. Z. 8.1862, p.11.

Length of body, from snout to root of tail, 73 inches; length of

232 MR.R.SWINHOE ON THE MAMMALS OF HAINAN. [Apr. 28,

tail to tips of hairs at end 9 inches. Underside of legs, breast, and

belly deep chestnut, in some rich and glossy, in others dull and in-

clined to maroon colour; the chestnut distinctly divided from the

upper colour, and not blending with or shading into it. In some

the chestnut extends to the throat, in others it is entirely wanting

there; others, again, have it in greater or less extent. ‘The amount

of chestnut on the underparts also varies. In one of my specimens

this colour springs from the pit of the arm and runs to the base of

the thigh, thus ranging on either side of the underparts in two

broad distinct lines; a second specimen has these lines blending

across the belly. The hair of the upper parts is yellowish olive-

grey, fretted with black, each hair being banded alternately with

black and yellowish olive-grey, having the latter colour at the tip in

the hair of the sides, but the black at the tip in the hair of the back.

The long hairs of the tail are similarly, but more broadly, banded,

the yellowish grey becoming nearly white towards the end of the

tail, and the black conspicuous. The tail in all except one of my

specimens is bushy. In this one the hairs are worn short, and the

apical half of the tail has the appearance of being banded alternately

with black and yellowish grey. Ears small and somewhat angular.

Moustache-bristles black. Iris deep blackish brown. Toes blacker

than the general colour. In the colouring of the upper parts some

specimens are blacker and glossier, some greener in the olive tint,

and some washed with chestuut-buff.

This Red-bellied Squirrel, which I first got in Formosa, I have

since found in the Fokien mountains. In Hainan it was common

about the gardens under the north wall of Kiungchow city; and I

also met with it in almost every place that we visited, both in the

interior and along the coast. In one place, on the 26th of March, I

discovered its nest in a small tree near a village. It seemed in every

respect like the nest of our Red Squirrel at home. It contained one

half-grown young one, which jumped out and escaped.

The Gazetteer calls this Squirrel ‘‘ The Too-shoo (or Poisonous

Rat), of a size larger than a Rat, with a bushy tail. Bites the

areca-nuts.”

15. SMALy StrRIPED SquirRREL. Seiurus m‘clellandi, Horsf.

Length of body 57 inches; tail to end of hairs 53, Rat-like, with

hair longer than on the body, an inch long at the tip. Upper fur

and tail yellowish brown, lightly freckled with blackish, the black

predominating on the tail. Back with a central black line extending

from between the shoulders to the bend of the rump; on each side

of it a light indistinct yellowish-brown stripe, followed laterally by

one of chestnut-brown, then by one of light yellowish buff, and lastly

by another of chestnut-brown. Lars small, angular, black on back,

and tipped on the hind side of the apical angle with longish white

hairs. Underparts dingy whitish buff, with smoke-grey bases to

the hairs; the bases to the hairs of the upper parts much deeper

grey. Some specimens are washed on the upper parts with chestnut,

richly on the rump; others are blacker, with the dorsal stripes

1870.) MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE MAMMALS OF HAINAN. 233

blended. The amount of black on the tail also varies. The under-

parts of some are duskier, of others tinged with rose-colour, and of

others, again, more decidedly buff.

Like the last, this little Striped Squirrel is found in Formosa, in

the Tingchow mountains of Fokien, and in Hainan. In the latter

island I first detected it in the forests of the interior; but I observed

it later in most woody places, especially where the Areca- and Cocoa-

nut occurred. It runs with great agility along the ground and up

the trunks of trees, but it descends trees slowly and awkwardly.

It is, however, quite an arboreal species. Dr. J. E. Gray considers

the South China species the same as the Himalayan animal ; so that

it has rather an extended range.

The Gazetteer calls this the ‘‘ Hill-rat, shaped like a Rat, but

incapable of hurting rice.”

16. Common Rat. Mus decumanus, Pall.

Common at Kiungchow city, and in all the large towns we visited.

** Shoo [or Rat], of all hole-frequenting vermin the biggest thief.

If it eats salt it gets light in body. If it eats arsenic it quickly dies.

The skins of the larger ones are used for furs, which are called ‘furs

of the Heavenly Deer.’ ’”’—Gazetteer.

17. Rep Freitp-mouse. Mus badius, Blyth?

I picked up near the capital city the mutilated body of a Field-

mouse, with coarse yellowish chestnut hair above, and white beneath.

The specimen was too bad to preserve. I refer it, with doubt, to

Blyth’s species from Burmah.

18. SuscresteD Porcurine. Hystrix hodgsoni, Gray, P. Z.S8.

1847, p. 101.

One of our party picked up a Porcupine’s quill in the jungle at

Nychow (S. Hainan). It is black, with white at tip and base, and

answers to the dorsal quills of the Chinese animal which I have

brought home from the Fokien province (China), and which appears

to be an adult of the Himalayan species, hitherto only known from

immature crestless examples. The Chinese specimen shows a small

crest on the back of the head.

The Chinese call the Porcupine the Haochoo (Bristly Pig) and

Fung-che. The Hainan Gazetteer says it is ‘like a Dog, lives in

holes in the ground; has the hair black and sharp, like awls, 4 or

5 inches long; and a large tail. When attacked, it shoots its thorny

bristles at its aggressors.”

19. Tue Hainan Hare. Lepus hainanus, sp.nov. (Plate XVIII.)

We did not meet the Hare at all in our rambles in Hainan; but a

Mandarin’s son in the capital city gave me a live specimen taken in

the neighbourhood, which I was surprised to find very different from

the small species (L. sinensis of Gray) that ranges from Canton to

Peking. The Hainan Hare is of about the same size as the Chinese,

but has a smaller and rounder head, is more brightly coloured and

234 MR. R.SWINHOE ON THE MAMMALS OF HAINAN. [Apr. 28,

differently marked, and, instead of having coarse hair, has a soft

woolly fur more like that of LZ. timidus. Indeed it is strange that

so warmly clad a species should be found in such low latitudes.

Back, shoulders, and rump light yellowish brown, tinged with

chestnut and fretted with black, the imdividual hairs having a band

of yellowish and a long tip of black. On the rump the long hairs

are closer together, and the black unites to form irregular bands

and streaks. Down at root of hairs brownish grey. Round the

nose, forehead, between the ears, and cheeks the main colour as

above, all fretted more or less with black, the black forming an irre-

gular mark on the cheek in rear of the eye-line. Anterior edge of

eyelids and a patch in front of it white. Ear in front brown, with

a few of the hairs tipped with yellowish ; behind pale buff, blackish

brown at tip, with a white margin; front borders of ear white.

Throat, breast, belly, under tail, and inner surface of hind legs pure

white ; inner surface of fore legs less distinctly so. Hind neck light

rust-colour, with a broad line of a deeper and richer hue of the same

down its centre, making together a conspicuous patch. A broad

band of rusty yellowish brown runs across the under neck and chest,

sprinkled with a few black hairs; fore legs a richer hue of the same

inclining to tile-red. Hind legs brown. Sides of body light chest-

nut-brown with few black hairs. Soles of feet light dingy brown ;

nails brown. Tail brownish black on upper surface. Moustache-

bristles, some black and some white, and some half and half.

In its coloration this species may be at once distinguished from

L. sinensis, Gray, by its white throat and much whiter underparts,

by its broad nuchal patch and black upper surface of tail, and by the

white borders to its ears. The coarse hair on its soles is a dull tawny,

and not the bright ferruginous that marks those parts in L. sinensis.

Total length about 14 inches; of tail to tip of hairs 3; of fore

leg 4°75; of femur 3°75, of tibia to end of toes 34; of ear 3;

breadth of eye °6.

Skull much shorter than a skull of L. sinensis of the same age,

but of nearly equal breadth, rounding uniformly backwards, and the

nasal bones sloping gradually forwards and downwards, giving the

head a rounded appearance. Incisive opening above palate nar-

rower at base. Posterior edge of palate with a rounded nasal spine,

the same part being smoothly convex in L. sinensis. Occipital

bone above the foramen magnum nearly flat, with but a slight

central ridge. Supraorbital process small and placed back. Molars

5—5 : Peas °

smaller and narrower, =. Anterior upper incisors without the

deep groove which characterizes these teeth in the genus Lepus, but

marked with several narrow indistinct ridges. Lower jaw short and

high. Incisors 5.

Dimensions.—Length from front of incisors to projection of occi-

pital crest 2°85; breadth from molar to molar 1°45, between orbits

*62; from foremost molar to front of incisors ‘85; greatest breadth of

brain-case | inch ; height of skull (crown to base of lower jaw) 1°80.

The peculiar form of the upper incisors in the Hainan Hare is worth

1870.] MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE MAMMALS OF HAINAN. 235

noticing. A skull of L. ruficaudatus, Geof., from India, in the Mu-

seum of the Royal College of Surgeons, has similar upper incisors.

Fig. 1. Skull of Lepus hainanus, from behind.

2. Ditto, from before.

3. Ditto, upper view.

4. Ditto, side view.

The nearest ally of our species appears to be L. peguensis, Blyth

(J. A.S. xxiv. 471, and J. A. S. xxi. 359), “from the east side of

the range of mountains dividing Arakan from the valley of the Irra-

waddy,”’ which, however, is a larger animal, has “the paws black

underneath,” “a large blackish terminal patch to the ear,’ and

“towards the tail above a strong tinge of ash-colour.” - Blyth adds,

236 MR. R.SWINHOE ON THE MAMMALS OF HAINAN. [Apr. 28,

in a footnote to the second reference, ‘‘ Hares are unknown in Arakan

and in the Tenasserim provinces, also throughout the Malayan penin-

sula and archipelago, with the exception of Lepus nigricollis, F. Cuv.,

in Java, which has most probably been introduced from 8S. India or

Ceylon, as it doubtless likewise has in the Mauritius; but we have

met with several notices of Hares in the Indo-Chinese countries, even

in Cochin-China, the species being as yet undetermined.”

The Gazetteer says of the Too (or Hare), “In the Buddhist books

it is called Shay-hia; is as large as a fox and of a brownish colour ;

its anus has nine apertures; the female gets impregnated by licking

the bristles of the male.”

20. WHITE-WHISKERED WILD Boar. ?Sus leucomystax,Temm.

et Schleg. Faun. Japon.

I heard of a Wild Hog occurring in the island, but never got

sight of it. The Hainan Gazetteer speaks of it as if it were the

ordinary Wild Boar, and merely quotes from the Puntsao (the great

Chinese Herbal) the following remarks in illustration :—‘** Yaychoo

(Wild Pig), Kow Tungshe says, is in form like the domestic Pig, but

has a small belly, long feet, and brown hair; roams about in herds.

The hunters dare only shoot arrows at the hindmost animal ; if they

hit the foremost, or one in the centre of the herd, the rest scatter

and wound the sportsmen. The pork of the Wild Boar is red, like

horse-flesh, but is more excellent eating than that of tame Pig.”

Du Halde (op. cit.) tells of the ‘ Cochons-marrons (which are a

species of Wild Boar)’’ being very common there.

At Yu-lin-kan (S. Hainan) the Le people trap the Wild Pigs by

clearing a space on the edge of the jungle and enclosing it with a

wooden stockade, with an opening on one side. The stockade is

angular; and at each angle is built a cone-shaped trap, formed of

strips of wood, pointing outwards and downwards. The Pigs that

venture inside the stockade are driven, and in their attempt to escape

jump head foremost into these wooden pockets, and, not being able

to back out of them in their hurry, are easily taken.

At the bartering-place. Lingmun (Central Hainan) I picked out

two Pigs’ skulls from a lot of bones brought in by the Le to dispose

of to the Chinese for manuring-purposes. These skulls are evidently

not of a wild Pig.

Du Halde must mean by “ Cochons-marrons” runaway, or feral,

domestic pigs; but it is scarcely probable that a large island like

Hainan has been stocked by runaway pigs. I did not see any pecu-

liar Pig in the possession of the Le people, nor did I hear of any.

21. Scary AnT-EATER. Manis dalmanni, Sundevall.

Pholidotus dalmanni, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 366.

I procured the skins of an adult and of a young Scaly Ant-eater at

Hainan, which have much in common with the South-China species.

Adult. Total length 33 inches; tail 12°75 inches. Ears deve-

loped much as in the Chinese species. Scales rather darker. Red-

dish hair on underparts, and between scales much darker. Scales

sf.

1870.] MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE MAMMALS OF HAINAN, 237

of the three lowest series on sides of body between fore and hind

legs carinated, or with a longitudinal ridge down the centre of each.

A few on hind leg also keeled, but less distinctly.

Young. Total length 16 inches ; tail nearly 6 inches. Scales very

pale, whereas in the young of the Chinese species they are very dark.

Lateral scales with prominent keels; those on hind leg more or less

distinctly so. Scales small and uniform in adjustment, and with

complete edges; those of the adult jagged, and broken at edge.

Two small bundles of stiff hair project over each scale on the right

and left of the overlapping apex of the scale behind.

I have a series of skins and bones of the Manis from Amoy and

Formosa, which, together with the two above skins, I have handed

over to Dr. Giinther of the British Museum, who has offered to

make a special study of them.

The Gazetteer gives, “The Chuen-shan-kia (or Hill-borer), also

called Ling-le (or Mountain Carp), like a small Crocodile (Tow),

and resembling a Carp with legs. Burrows in the hills, and enters

into water. Delights in eating ants.”

This closes the list of Hainan Mammals actually seen or procured

in whole or part by myself. But to make the paper as complete as

T can, I will quote the remaining matter in the Hainan Gazetteer on

the subject, taking it in the order of the Chinese work.

“Wild Cattle——These are domestic cattle that have for long had

the run of the numerous mountains and peaks of the neighbouring

Le. These have originated from cattle that were let loose to pasture

and not collected to their stalls each night. Their dispositions have

become wild, and they flee from the sight of man. To obtain them

it is necessary to shoot them with a gun.”

* Seao kow, or Small Dog.’’—The old edition of the Gazetteer

does not describe it. Of the group classed under the character Le

(or Fox) we are told there are “several kinds.” Besides the Heangle

(Viwerra zibetha), the Mao-hwa-le (Viverricula indica), the Pe hia le

and Chale (which I take to be Helictis moschata and the Herpestes

respectively), it gives the Chih le, or Red Fox. Some of my compa-

nions declared they saw.a Fox at Nychow ; but when cross-examined

they were not confident it was a genuine Fox. The Chinese term for

Vulpes is Hoo le; and I do not think the writer would refer to the true

Fox, which is a well-known animal in China, under any other name.

“ Tsze-wei (or Hedgehog), shaped like a Rat, with the whole body

covered with spines.” I found a Hedgehog common in North

China (Tientsin and Peking), but I have never seen it in the south.

“The Gold-cash Pao (or Leopardus varius, Gray).” See above,

under Felis macrocelis.

“Chai, resembling a Dog (Kow) with a long tail. Lang, like a

(Keuen) Dog, with pointed head and high cheek-bones.” Both Chai

and Lang are applied to Wolves in books ; in speaking it is customary

to couple them together. I take the first to imply a species of Lupus,

and the other Nyctereutes procyonides, Gray ; but it is very ques-

tionable whether either occurs in Hainan.

“* Cattle-—There are two kinds, called Water-Cow and Yellow

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1870, No. XVII.

238 MR. R.SWINHOE ON THE MAMMALS OF HaINAN. [Apr. 28,

Cow.” The Water-Cow is the ordinary Chinese Buffalo, used for

tillage and draught throughout the warmer parts of China. In

Central Hainan (Taipingsze) nearly all I saw were albinoes—that is,

had pink flesh, white hair, and red eyes.

The term Yellow Cow refers in South China to a small, short-

horned, straight-backed breed, which used to occur wild in Formosa

a century or two ago. I saw few of these, however, in Hainan.

Most of the domestic cattle there were more or less humped, and

seemed to be a cross between the Yellow Cow and the Indian humped

breed. They were of much the same size as the Yellow Cow, but

were in many cases brindled and patched like our home cattle. The

South-China cattle are generally of a uniform yellowish-brown or

black colour, sometimes with more or less white on the head, feet,

and belly.

‘“‘ Horses.—There are many white and sorrel-coloured. A work

on geography of the former Han dynasty describes Tanurh and

Choogai (divisions into which the Chinese possessions in Hainan

were then divided) as having neither Tigers nor Horses. The old

Gazetteer also says, ‘ Horses do not count among the natural pro-

ductions of Hainan.’ In the present day Tigers do not exist there,

but Horses are produced in abundance.”’ The said Horses are, of

course, only Ponies of the small South China breed, with well

moulded and compact limbs, rather large head, and long tail. They

are not much used, except by officials.

“Yang (or Goat).—There are Hill-goats and Manure-goats. ©

The former are driven out to pasture over the land and find their

own food. The latter are shut up when small in floored and covered

pens, and fed on cut grass and leaves. Their feet never touch the

ground. They grow very fat and are excellent in flavour.” All the

Goats I saw pasturing on the hills were black, with yellow irides.

Their hair was rather short and coarse, their horns about the length

of the head; and they had the usual chin-tuft. It is the ordinary

breed of South China and Formosa.

“Yu shoo, also called Séng shoo, with a long body and large tail,

is capable of suppressing Snakes and Vipers; is also fond of seizing

Rats, birds, and poultry. In the work Kwang ya it is called Shoo-

lang (Rat Wolf). The following verse from the Chuen-tsze refers

to this creature:—‘Can the Ke-ke (warrior’s charger) catch Rats

like the Leseng?’”? This is the Mustela sibirica, Pallas. Where

the House-rat is abundant in Chinese towns this Weasel is pretty

sure to occur also. It is as common in Amoy as in Tientsin.

“ Kow (Dog).—These are yellow, black, white, banded, all colours.

Those that hang the feet with soles upturned are called Keuen.

Those with long muzzles can be used for tilling the fields.” The

commonest Dog kept by the Chinese in Hainan is the one generally

seen in South China, a larger breed of what is known as the “ Wolf

Dog” in England. There was another race, with shorter and blunter

head, short hair usually of a brindled colour, of rather larger make,

and bigger-boned. There were also what appeared to be Mongrels

between these two. I have noticed the second race as also occurring

1870.] MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE REPTILES OF CHINA. 239

about the towns and villages of South China. The Aborigines appear

to have no peculiar Dog of their own.

“Choo (Pig).—Ears small, hoofs short. The white-necked variety

is looked on with dislike.’ These small white and pied Pigs are

reared in great quantity in Hainan, and a large trade is done in them

with Canton, where the larger black race of South China, with long

head and drooping ears, hollow back, and hanging belly, is compa-

ratively scarce. It is the Hainan Pig that has been introduced into

England, through Canton, as the ‘‘small China Pig ;’’ and there is

certainly a strong family likeness between the pretty Hainan race

and the Berkshire breed at home.

*‘ Mao (or Domestic Cat).—Cannot endure fleas or lice on its skin,

Cats that have nine holes inside the mouth will catch Rats the four

seasons through.’ The Cats that I saw in the towns of Hainan were

of the small short-haired race reared in Canton and throughout

Southern China—very similar to the ordinary London Cat, but

rather smaller.

3. List of Reptiles and Batrachians collected in the Island

of Hainan (China), with Notes. By Roserr Swinnoer,

F.Z.8.

I. Sauria.

1, VARANUS DRACENA (L.); Giinther, Reptiles of Brit. Ind. p. 65.

This large Lizard appears to be common in the interior of Hainan,

and is eaten by the Chinese. I procured the skin of a good-sized

specimen, and the foot of a smaller one. Dr. Giinther has deter-

mined them to be of this species, which before was only known to

occur in India, from Nepaul to Ceylon. I have not met with it in

any other part of China.

2. MABOUIA CHINENSIS (Gray); Giinth. op. et. p. 83.

The Chinese Skink is common in Hainan, and in China generally

south of the Yangtsze. It is also abundant in Formosa, and in the

dry sandy millet-fields of the Pescadore Islands, where, however, it

seems always to remain of a small size. The large Chinese specimens

are sometimes richly marked with orange on the sides of the neck.

3. Perrp1a Peroni (Dum. et Bibr.); Giinth. op. czt. p. 110.

The noisy House-gecko, Gecko japonicus (Dum. et Bibr.), did not

enliven the walls of houses in Kiungchow city ; but in its place this

small species was occasionally seen. It seems to be silent. The best

specimen I have brought was captured on the wall of the Taotai’s

waiting-hall at night. It was catching the flies attracted by the

light of a lamp. Dr. Giinther quotes this species as occurring in

Mauritius, Penang, and Ceylon; but this is its first occurrence

within Chinese bounds.

240 MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE REPTILES OF CHINA. [Apr. 28,

4. Draco, sp.?

The little Flying Lizard appears only to be found in the jungly

district of Nychow (South Hainan), where it is an article of trade.

The natives say that it is usually met with during spring in the forests

in pairs flying from tree to tree. They are caught with a net; and

when one is taken the other falls to the ground and allows itself to be

captured without difficulty. They are pinned out like Butterflies and

dried for the market. Their chief use is to hasten childbirth, the

dried reptile being placed on the forehead of the woman in labour.

They are called Fei-shay, or “ Flying Snake,”’ and sell for one shilling

apiece. I bought six of the prepared specimens; but Dr. Giinther

says that in their dried state it is impossible to determine the species.

5. CALOTES VERSICOLOR (Daud.); Giinth. op. cit. p. 140.

This long-tailed green Tree-lizard, with a combed back, was very

common in all the woody parts of the island, and I secured a good

series. It is very agile in its movements, running with great celerity

along the ground and up trees, and leaping from bough to bough

like a Squirrel. The Chinese are very loth to touch it, declaring it

to be venomous.

6. Liotepis GuTTatus, Cuv.; Giinth. op. cit. p. 154.

On the low sandy hill, partly covered with Cocoa-nut trees, that

bounds on the south the Lingshuy lagoon (S. E. Hainan) I first met

with this large, showy, white-spotted Lizard. They were very nu-

merous, and the sandy soil was riddled with their holes. They lay

basking in the sun, and when disturbed would run with great speed to

the mouths of their holes, where they would stop short and turn their

heads about. If not satisfied with what they saw, they popped at

once into their holes. If surprised far from their holes, they spring

into the air while running, and, expanding the loose red skin of their

sides, skim along the surface of the sand for a considerable distance

(say, often twenty yards at a time) and thus reach their retreats at

greater speed. Their flight is not continued by flaps, but seems to be

merely a long sustained leap, the body being made buoyant by the

expanded side skin, and is analogous to the flight of the Flying-fish.

They have a peculiar smell about them, which affects the taste of

their flesh ; and they are in consequence not eaten by the Chinese,

except when in great distress for food. I met them again in the

Nychow district, and in many warm sandy nooks along the west

coast—never in the neighbourhood of woods, and I do not believe

that they ever scale trees. We saw hundreds of them, and took great

interest in watching their habits.

The British Museum has specimens of this Lizard from the Ma-

layan peninsula, from Mergui, from Cambodia, and from China.

II. Ophidia.

7. Simotes or Oxigopon, sp.?

A red Snake about 1} foot in length, Dr. Giinther says, belongs

1870.) | MR. R. SWINHOE ON THE REPTILES OF CHINA. 241

to one or the other of these genera, but its head is so injured that

he cannot determine it.

8. TRorpipoNoTUs sToLaTus (L.); Giinth. op. cit. p. 266.

This common Indian species, which may be distinguished by the

longitudinal white stripe it carries on each side of its back, was

abundant in Hainan, as it is elsewhere in South China.

9. PyrHon mouuRws (L.); Giinth. op. cit. p. 331.

Two large Pythons were exposed in the market for sale at Tai-

pingsze (Central Hainan) in February. They had been taken in

the neighbourhood, and I was told that the country people often

brought them in. They were confined merely by a straw rope

twisted round the neck. The natives declare that they are not

hurtful to man; and are easily caught by throwing over their heads

a noose of twisted grass, and may with this be led about without

danger. They call them Vang, and take them for the sake of their

skin, heart, and liver. The skin is used chiefly for making drums,

banjos, and other musical instruments ; and the heart and liver, when

dried and pounded, for stimulative medicine. They offered the live

ones to me for 1200 copper cash (5s.) each, provided I would return to

them the hearts and livers. This was the day after the market-day,

when the countrymen had left, and I could get no one to slaughter

the monsters ; so I contented myself with the couple of flat skins that

I had already purchased at the bartering-station further among the

mountains, which were quite sufficient to show the species.

Du Halde, in his great work on China, says of Hainan, “ The

reptiles cannot be dangerous there, seeing the confidence with which

the islanders walk day and night on the plains and in the middle of

the thick wood, without arms and with nearly always naked feet.

There are, however, Snakes and Vipers of a prodigious size; but as

they are very timid, a simple movement or the least cry drives them

to a distance.”

Ill. Batrachia.

10. Rana Escutenta, L.; Giinth. op. cit. p. 408.

Very common about the rice-fields, and offered in most of the

Hainan markets as an article of food. I did not preserve specimens.

11. Rana eraciuis, Wiegm.; Ginth. op. cit. p. 409.

A common species in Hainan, and, indeed, all over South China.

Found on marshy ground and about the edges of rice-fields.

12. Hyza curnensis, Giinth. op. cit. p. 409.

Occurs in the woods of the island. It is generally observed sitting

motionless on a leaf, and, from its green colour, often escapes de-

tection.

In conclusion, I have to record my thanks to Dr. Giinther for

examining and determining all the species named in this list.

242 MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON NEW BIRDS. [Apr. 28,

4. Descriptions of some new Genera and Species of Birds

belonging to the Families Formicariidz, Pachycephalide,

and Sylviide. By D. G. Exxioz, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e.

(Plates XIX., XX.)

CLYTORHYNCHUS PACHYCEPHALOIDES, sp. et gen. nov. (Plate

XIX.)

Clytorhynchus yenus novum Pachycephalinarum ; rostrum com-

pressum, subdescendens, ad apicem incurvum ; gonys recurvus,

fortiter ascendens; remiges secundus, tertius et quartus fere

a@quales et longissimt.

3d. Ex toto brunneus; subtus pallidior vie rufescenti-viridis :

rectricibus apice albis ; rostro et pedibus plumbeis.

Hab. New Caledonia.

Upper parts dark rufous-brown, slightly brighter upon the fore

part of head andrump. Primaries brownish black ; secondaries and

tertials like the back, with the edges of the outer webs reddish.

Four central feathers of the tail blackish brown for their entire length,

the remainder lighter brown, with the ends white, most extensive on

the first and second, where it includes both webs, and is about half

an inch in length, becoming much less on the third, and is repre-

sented on the fourth only by a round spot on the tip of the inner

web. Underparts light rufous-brown, slightly darker on the flanks.

Bill strong; upper mandible slightly hooked, lower with a decided

upward curve, lead-colour at base; the cutting-edges of both mandi-

bles and point horn-colour. Feet lead-colour, claws horn-colour.

Total length 63 inches; wing 33, tail 3, tarsus 3, bill at gape 2.

This curious species, which represents an entirely new genus of

the family Pachycephalide, holds the same relative position to this

family as the Yanga sxenopirostris of La Fresnaye (Xenopirostris

la fresnayus, Bon.) does to that of the Laniide. It is a native of

New Caledonia ; and the unique specimen from which my description

was taken is now contained in the collection of the Museum of Natural

History of New York.

CLYTOCTANTES ALIXII, sp. et gen. nov. (Plate XX.)

Clytoctantes genus novum Thamnophilinarum ; rostrum magnum,

compressum, subrecurvatum ; culmen rectum, apex non incur-

vus; gonys recurvus, fortiter ascendens; remiges quartus,

quintus, sextus et septimus fere aquales et longissimi; pedes

graciles, ungues longiores quam in genere Neoctautes.

3. Capite et gula nigris, dorso abdomineque plumbeis; alis

Suscescentibus ; cauda brunneo-nigra ; macula magna intersca-

pulart alba; rostro nigro, mandibula inferiore ad basin albi-

cante ; pedibus nigris.

gd juv. Niger, rufo-brunneo tinctus; capite saturatius rufo ;

regione parotica castanea.

Hab. Rio Napo.

~G Reulemans lith

/ art Im

1870.] MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON NEW BIRDS. 243

3. Upper part of head blackish ; throat, ear-coverts, and upper

part of breast intensely black. Back and lower part of breast very

dark slate-colour, almost black. Tail brownish black. A concealed

white spot in the centre of the back. The feathers of the rump

very long and soft. Primaries blackish brown ; secondaries lighter

brown. Bill large, very straight on the culmen, black on the upper

mandible; under mandible with a very strong upward curve, com-

mencing at the base, and, in the specimen, extending beyond and

above the point of the upper mandible, dark lead-colour. The form

of the lower mandible in this specimen is probably abnormal, as it

shows no indication of protruding in the bill of the young male before

me. Legs and feet black ; claws very long and slender, black.

Total length 64 inches; wing 33, tail 23, bill at gape 1, tarsus 43.

A young male, just commencing to throw off the colours of the

female has the head and upper of neck and throat rich chestnut-

brown interspersed with the black feathers of the adult. Back and

underparts lead-colour, the tips of the feathers reddish brown. Tail

black. Bill like the male, but slightly broader, the under mandible

not extending beyond the upper. Feet and tarsus black, claws long

and slender.

Total length 6 inches; wing 3, tail 23, bill at gape 1, tarsus +4.

Hab. Rio Napo.

This extraordinary form of Formicariide is apparently an exag-

geration of Mr. Sclater’s genus Neoctantes*, to which it seems to

be nearest allied. In many respects resembling the members of the

genus Thamnophilus, it yet differs greatly from them in the form of

the bill, and shape and size of the feet and claws. In appearance

it resembles Neoctantes niger, but is more of a plumbeous colour

than that species ; and the bill is larger, straighter upon the culmen,

and the under mandible more decidedly and abruptly curved upward.

The feet are larger, and the claws much longer and more curved.

I have named the species after Dr. Alix, of Paris, well known for

various scientific publications.

The examples from which my description was taken are contained

in the fine collection of the Museum of Natural History of New

York.

CALAMOHERPE SUBFLAVESCENS.

Olivaceo-brunneus : subtus flavescens ; linea superciliari flava ;

hypochondriis et pectore superiore olivascentibus ; tectricibus

alarum et remigibus brunneis; mandibula flava, mazilla

brunnea.

Hab. Dahouria.

Entire upper parts olive-brown ; a line over the eye yellow; under-

parts yellow, brown upon the flanks. Wings and tail dark olive-

brown. Lower mandible yellow; upper dark brown. Tarsi and

feet flesh-colour.

Total length 63 inches; wings 3, tail 3, tarsus 1, bill 56.

This bird, which is apparently undescribed, comes from Dahouria,

* Described P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 572.

244 MESSRS. SHARPE AND DRESSER [Apr. 28,

in Central Asia, and was received in a collection of other species by

Madame Verdey. It seems closest allied to the C. fumigata of

Swinhoe from China, but differs from it in the following characters,

which readily serve to distinguish it from that species. The upper

plumage of C. fumigata is chestnut-brown, instead of olive-brown

as in the present bird, which has no trace of chestnut ; the super-

ciliary stripe in C. fumigata is white, in this species it is yellow ; the

throat and underparts of C. subflavescens are yellow, while those of

its ally are white. These are sufficient to indicate the differences

which exist, although others occur*.

The specimen described is the only one I have seen; and I have

no information regarding the economy or habits of the species.

5. On some new or little-known points in the Economy of

the Common Swallow (Hirundo rustica). By R. B.

SHarpe, F.L.S. &c., and H. E. Dresser, F.Z.S. &c.

In examining a large series of the Common Swallow (Hirundo

rustica) for our proposed work on the Birds of Europe, some peculiar

facts have come under our observation, which do not seem to have

been previously recorded by other ornithologists ; and we therefore

lose no time in bringing them before the notice of the public. In

order to place the result of our observations in as clear and concise

a manner as possible before our readers, we think it best to give the

following diagnoses of the specimens on which our conclusions have

been based. We take this opportunity of returning our best thanks

to Mr. Frederick R. Surtees, to whom we are indebted for the spe-

cimens from South Africa, which have been the means of our

making the discovery of the curious phases of plumage through

which the Common Swallow passes on leaving northern latitudes.

The Rev. Dr. Tristram has also, with his usual kindness, sent us

his specimens of Swallows collected by him in Palestine.

No. 1. (Taken from a nest at Highgate, near London, on the

22nd of June, 1869.) Frontlet (extending backwards over the eye)

and throat very pale sienna; space between the bill and the eye, as

well as the cheeks, black ; entire upper surface dusky steel-blue ; quills

blackish, edged externally with greenish blue, as also the tail, which

is almost square, the spots on the latter white, tinged faintly with

buff ; a band extending across the lower part of the throat and chest

dusky black with scarcely any blue refiection ; rest of the under

surface of the body white, tinged with delicate buff, flanks dusky ;

bill blackish, yellow along the gape; feet dark brown. Total length

4-3 inches ; wing 3:1; tail measured to tip of outer-feather 1-3.

* Since writing the above I have been shown by Lord Walden a specimen of

C, fasciolata, Gray (P. Z. 8. 1860, p. 349), from Batchian, which resembles my

bird still more closely than C. fumigata, but differs in having a much larger bill

and in the colour of the upper parts and tail. The two species can readily be

distinguished from each other,

1870.] ON THE COMMON SWALLOW. 245

No. 2. (Young, shot near Chichester by R. B. Sharpe on the

23rd of August, 1869.) Above dusky steel-blue; forehead and eye-

brow very pale sienna ; least wing-coverts narrowly margined with

pale sienna, as also are some of the inner greater wing-coverts ; tail

forked, the spots tinged with buff towards the shaft ; throat pale

sienna; band across the breast narrow, very dusky and mixed with

sienna, which latter colour is very prominent on some of the

feathers ; under surface of the body pale buff, flanks a little dusky.

Total length 6°2 inches; wing 4°8; tail, measured to tip of outer

feather, 2°6.

Another young bird, caught at Highgate on the 24th of September,

1869, differs in having the underparts a little less buff, the throat

and frontlet deeper sienna.

No. 3. (Obtained in the Cape Colony by Mr. F. R. Surtees, and

given tous by him; mus. R. B.S.) Upper surface dusky brown,

especially on the head, washed sparingly with steel-blue; quills and

tail dusky brown with scarcely any greenish reflection, shafts dirty

brownish white; the form of the frontlet marked with pale whitish

feathers extending backwards above the eye; throat quite white, with

a tinge of rufous, apparently the remains of a red feather, on a few

of the feathers on the sides of the neck ; below the white throat a

band of dusky-brown feathers rather broad and mixed with a few

pale rusty-coloured feathers in the centre; rest of the under surface

of the body white, with just a tinge of buff on the lower part of the

belly. Total length 6-2 inches ; wing 4:7; tail, measured as before,

2°65. This bird is probably a late-bred bird; his plumage is

thoroughly bleached. He is just beginning to moult and put on his

spring plumage; but no signs are apparent of the new feathers on

the head and throat, the new feathers having a dark shaft.

No. 4. (In changing plumage, from the Cape, also obtained by

Mr. Surtees.) Above deep steel-blue, except the head, which is

dusky brown, with a cluster of small blue feathers on the nape and

sides of the head, and a few scattered over the crown; forehead only

indicated by a fulvous mark, as in the preceding bird ; cheeks brown,

just slightly washed with blue; quills blackish brown distinctly

washed with bright greenish steel-blue, the first primaries worn and

dull brown with light brown shafts (N.B. These have not been

shed, while the other quills are lately donned); tail-feathers

blackish brown washed with greenish steel-blue, the spots pure

white without a tinge of buff; one outer feather lately put on and

having a dark shaft, all the shafts of the others being light brown;

chin white with a few red feathers here and there, rest of the

throat chestnut ; a rather narrow breast-band, dark brown, becom-

ing distinctly glossed with bright steel-blue, a few reddish feathers

coming in the centre ; rest of the under surface of the body pure

white with a suffusion of buff, deepest on the under wing- and tail-

coverts. Total length 6-6 inches; wing 4°6; tail, as before, 3-1.

No. 5. (Also obtained by Mr. Surtees ; mus. H. E.D.) Similar

to the foregoing, but shows the coming rufous forehead, distinctly

indicated by a frontlet of pale sienna, the upper surface brilliant

246 MESSRS. SHARPE AND DRESSER [Apr. 28,

steel-blue, but the head all brown, except a few blue feathers coming

on the side; first primaries unmoulted, as also are some of the se-

condaries and tail-feathers ; the throat almost entirely rufous, except

the chin, which still remains somewhat whitish; breast-band be-

coming distinct, a few rufous feathers intermixed, washed with deep

steel-blue; rest of the under surface of the body deep buff, especially

on the under wing- and tail-coverts, which are almost chestnut.

The quills and tail are too much abraded to give satisfactory mea-

surements.

No. 6. (Male, shot at the Knysna by the late Mr. C. J. Anders-

son on the 2nd of January, 1866 ; mus. R. B.S.) Apparently a

bird of the previous year putting on its full spring plumage, as it has

a trace of the swollen yellow skin at the gape; upper plumage very

bright steel-blue, and the red forehead well marked ; no trace of white

on the throat, and the breast-band dark steel-blue with red feathers

intermixed; under surface of the body rich buff, especially dark on

the under wing- and tail-coverts ; the quills and tail abraded and not

thoroughly moulted, though the new feathers are coming rapidly.

No. 7. (Sent from the Cape Colony by Mr. E. L. Layard ; mus.

R. B.S.) Apparently about the same age as the last specimen, but

the head brownish, only just beginning to assume the steel-blue

appearance, the rest of the upper surface very bright steel-blue ;

frontlet distinctly marked but very narrow; throat and breast-band

as in the last specimen, but the under surface of the body white, with

a faint buff tinge on the under wing- and tail-coverts; quills and

tail only partially moulted, much worn.

Nos. 8 and 9. (Male and female, shot at Cookham, in Berkshire,

by Mr. J. Ford, on the 19th of April, 1869 ; mus. R. B.S.) Above

most brilliant steel-blue; quills and tail washed with greenish steel-

blue; forehead and throat deep chestnut ; band on the breast steel-

blue; under surface deep buff, particularly on the under wing- and

tail-coverts. Total length 8 inches; wing 51; tail to tip of outer

feather 4°5. The female is somewhat smaller, the frontlet and throat

not quite so deep, the belly white, and the tail shorter, with the spots

on the latter smaller. Total length 7 inches; wing 4°9; tail 37.

No. 10. (Female, fully moulted, obtained in Natal by Mr. Ayres ;

mus. H. B. Tristram.) Similar to No. 9 (2), excepting that the

head is duller, the feathers of the crown being slightly intermixed with

brown, and the frontlet and throat not of such a deep rufous colour.

No. 11. (Male, shot at Tiberias on the 27th of February, 1864,

by Mr. Tristram.) Differs in no way whatsoever from No, 8 (¢).

From the examination of these specimens the following conclu-

sions are derived ; and we earnestly beg our ornithological readers to

assist us in the further elucidation of this most complicated ques-

tion ; but we must remark that it will be necessary to have a large

series of carefully authenticated specimens before the subject can be

approached. We have at the present moment a series of forty-five

skins lying before us from all portions of the globe where Hirundo

rustica is found.

1870. ] ON THE COMMON SWALLOW. 247

REMARKS.

1. The Common Swallow on leaving the nest has a pale sienna

frontlet and throat, the upper plumage very dull, and the entire

breast suffused with pale buff ; the band on the chest very dusky,

but large for the size of the bird. This plumage slightly intensifies

as the bird gets older; and on leaving this country the chest-band is

more distinct, the upper plumage more suffused with blue, and the

throat and frontlet of a darker tinge; the outer tail-feathers and

primaries also become more elongated (cf. descriptions of spec. 1

and 2, supra, pp. 244, 245).

2. When the young bird arrives in Southern Africa its plumage

has undergone a complete change, which may be called the winter

plumage of the bird of the year (cf. description of spec. 3, supra,

p- 245); the throat is white with the very faintest tinge of rufous,

abdomen white, breast-band broad, but pale brown, the upper sur-

face dusky brown washed with blue, and the entire head brown, with

very slight blue reflections.

There is no doubt that this stage of dress is arrived at by the gradual

bieaching of the young feathers, and the full plumage is regained dy

an entire moult. This is shown especially by the quills, those of

the old plumage being worn and pale in colour, the shafts being

nearly white, whereas the new feathers, some of which, in our speci-

mens above mentioned, are always to be found alongside of the old

quills, have black shafts. The long primaries are the last to be

shed.

3. The adult specimens of Hirundo rustica, which pass the win-

ter in Southern Africa, have the breast white; and as the period of

the migration northward approaches, this becomes suffused with buff,

and is very distinct when the bird begins its northward journey. On

arriving in Europe both sexes (?), the male certainly, have the breast

and, particularly, the under tail-coverts buff, the frontlet and throat

rich chestnut, the breast-band and upper surface much more bril-

liant blue than when it leaves the Cape. In the male the buff con-

tinues during the summer, getting paler towards the autumn; but

the breeding female is always pure white underneath.

4. We may here call attention to the curious fact that though

the young on leaving the nest has a frontlet of pale sienna, so com-

plete is the process of bleaching through which the bird passes

before reaching the Cape that on its arrival there all traces of the

rufous frontlet have disappeared, and there is a mere indication of a

frontlet by the presence of a few pale buff-coloured feathers. At

the spring moult the red forehead is resumed.

Before concluding the present essay we have a few words to add

respecting the supposed variety of the Common Swallow to which

the name of Hirundo riocouri has been given. We have examined

several carefully authenticated specimens of this bird; and we fully

believe it to be a distinct species, possessing a very limited range.

Indeed we do not hesitate to say that its occurrence in Europe is

very doubtful, and that its admission into the European avifauna

248 ON THE COMMON SWALLOW. [Apr. 28,

has yet to be thoroughly confirmed. The statements of Professor

Blasius, which are reproduced in Dr. Bree’s ‘ Birds of Europe’ (vol.

iii. p. 171), need confirmation as to its interbreeding with the

Common Swallow and being generally found in Europe ; for we have

every reason to believe that the adult spring plumage of H. rustica,

when the under surface is deeply suffused with buff, has been mis-

taken for H. riocouri. The latter bird may always be distinguished

from the Common Swallow by the uniform chestnut tint of the whole

under surface below the chest-band, and also by the spots on the

tail being of a pale rufous colour and not white. The range of the

H. riocouri is limited to Palestine and Egypt, extending not further

south than Nubia; and in these countries it is not migratory. In

confirmation of the above remarks we may quote from the writings

of Dr. von Heuglin (Orn. N. O. Afr. p. 152) and Dr. Tristram (Ibis,

1867, p. 361).

“ Hirundo cahirica,’’ writes the former author, “in mode of

nidification and song, as far as I know, hardly differs from H. rus-

tica; but it is a resident in Egypt, though not so further south *.

It breeds in the months of January to April. In Arabia 1 have

observed the true H. rustica, but not in the bright-breasted plumage,

which latter, however, I have never found in the breeding-season in

company with H. eahirica.”

We also add his remarks on H. rustica (Orn. N. O. Afr. p. 151).

“Tn the beginning of March to early in May, and between August and

October, this bird is frequently seen in companies on the migration,

often mixing with other species along the Nile and the Red Sea, and

even on the true steppes. On the 15th of November, 1857, I even

observed on the Somali coast a flight of migrating Chimney-Swal-

lows, and believe that they extend their migrations far to the south

of the equator, according to Ayres to Natal. Amongst the Chim-

ney-Swallows which are found during the summer on the Red Sea I

have never observed H. cahirica.”’

Dr. Tristram says (/. e.)—‘* Hirundo cahirica remains the whole

year, and is found both on the coast (in the maritime plains) and

throughout the length of the Jordan valley. No one can observe

this bird in the Holy Land without being satisfied of its distinctness

from Hirundo rustica. It is true we can give no other diagnosis

than the difference of coloration on the lower parts, these being

chestnut instead of white or brownish white ; but of the hundreds of

Swallows of both sexes to be seen throughout the winter not one of

the common sort could be detected. There is neither fading nor

intensifying of the chestnut lower plumage at any time of the year.

Specimens shot atall seasons are preciselysimilar. In spring their

numbers rapidly increase ; and from the middle of March they become

distributed over the whole country, the higher as well as the lower

grounds, while along with them appear many of our common species.

In the higher grounds these perhaps predominate ; in the lower cer-

tainly the Hirundo cahirica is most numerous. I never could detect

* A specimen from Nubia, collected by Riippell, is in the Leyden Museum,—

R. B.S.

1870.] MR. G. B. SOWERBY ON NEW SHELLS. 2419

the two sorts interbreeding, though the nest and eggs are precisely

similar.”

In conclusion we beg to state that we by no means wish positively

to deny the occurrence of the true H. cahirica in Europe. On the

contrary we believe it very possibly does occur within European

limits ; but at the same time all the so-called European specimens

of H. eahirica that we have seen have been H. rustica in spring

dress. We shall be most glad to receive any authentic specimens

of H. cahirica from any part of Europe, that we may be certain on

the subject before including it in our ‘ Birds of Europe.’

6. Descriptions of Forty-eight new Species of Shells.

By G. B. Sowzrsy, F.L.S.

(Plates XXI., XXII.)

CRASSATELLA SUBQUADRATA.

C. testa oblongo-subquadrata, valde compressa, solida, pallide rube-

scente, castaneo obscure radiata, ad umbones purpureo biradiata,

intus albida, extus concentrice minute striata, liris angulatis sub-

distantibus, ad angulum quadratis sculpta ; latere postico longiu-

sculo, obtuse angulato, post angulum complanato, margine dorsali

recto, subdeclivi; latere antico breviusculo; margine dorsali utringue

concavo-complanato ; margine interno levi.

Hab. Agulhas Bank, S. Africa.

Mus. Taylor.

CRASSATELLA FOVEOLATA.

C. testa obliqua, crassa, tumida, rostrata, pallida, castaneo maculata,

intus partim castanea, extus costellis validis rotundis subdistanti-

bus medio tumidiusculis concentricis lirata, interstitiis profundis ;

laiere postico oblique producto, elevatim angulato, eleganter ro-

strato, post angulum castaneo ; umbonibus elevatis, prominentibus,

acutis, margine dorsali utringue declivi, excavato ; margine interno

denticulato ; epidermide fusca.

Hab. China Seas.

Mus. Taylor.

This shell resembles C. sudeata, but differs from it in being more

pointedly beaked and more distantly and deeply grooved. All the

ridges in this species follow the lines of growth; but in C. suleata

they become excentric towards the margin.

CRASSATELLA CREBRILIRATA.

C. testa ponderosa, obliqua, subcompressa, pallide fulvescente, ob-

scurissime radiata, umbones versus rubescente, intus pallidissime

rosacea; latere postico oblique producto, angulato, post angulum

complanato, margine terminali oblique truncato; latere antico

250 MR. G. B. SOWERBY ON NEW SHELLS. [Apr. 28,

brevissimo, margine dorsali utrinque valde declivi excavato ; mar-

gine interno obscurissime denticulato.

Hab. Agulhas Bank, S. Africa. 15 fathoms.

Mus. Taylor.

SoLENELLA suBzqQuaLis. (Pl. XXI. fig. 5.)

S. testa subovata, subequilaterali, tumidiuscula, breviuscula, latere

postico lato, obsolete biangulato, inter angulos radiatim subde-

presso, margine dorsali rectiusculo, margine ventrali abrupte sur-

sum acclivi ; latere antico angustiusculo obtuso, margine dorsali

subdeclivi, margine ventrali abrupte sursum acclivi.

Hab. Rio Janeiro.

Mus. Leckenby.

This third species of its genus is intermediate between the former

two in its lateral proportions. In S. norrissii the anterior is much

the shorter side; in S. cumingii the posterior is the shorter. The

present species is equilateral.

LEDA IRRADIATA.

L. testa parva, ovata, radiatim nitente, minute concentrice lirata,

tumida, subequilaterali ; latere postico subacuminato, versus ter-

minum radiatim vix depresso ; latere antico acuminato, ad termi-

num arcuatim elevato ; lunula lata.

Hab. China Seas.

Mus. Taylor.

A pretty little species, showing a brilliant irradiation resembling

that of the cat’s-eye jewel.

DoLABRIFERA BRAZIERI.

D. testa recta, planiuscula; apice elevato, recto, crasso, intus ro-

tundato, convexo, extus concavo ; margine postico declivi, concavo,

margine labiali rectiusculo, antice incurvo, sinuato ; margine sinis-

trali rectiusculo.

Hab. Northhead, Botany Bay (Mr. Brazier).

Only two specimens of this, the first species of the genus found on

the south-west coast of Australia, were taken by Mr. John Brazier.

No note seems to have been made of the character of the animal; but

the shell, which is large, differs from that of other known species.

HeELICcINA MANGOENSIS.

H. testa pallide lutea, supra aurantia, trocheformi; anfractibus con-

vexis, infra medium carinatis, supra carinam spiraliter liratis,

infra carinam subplanulatis, leviusculis ; carina lata, declivi,

subtus vie crenulata; apice obtuso ; apertura trigona; margine

basali convexiusculo.

Hab. Mango Island, Fijis (Mr. Brazier).

Unfortunately only one specimen of this remarkable Helicina has

beck taken. It is similar to H. josephine, but much more convex

above.

1870. ] MR. G. B. SOWERBY ON NEW SHELLS. 251

AMATHINA TRIGONA.

A. testa parva, solida, superne complanata, medio carinis duabus di-

stantibus divergentibus, et infra medium costellis tribus spiraliter

radiata, infra costas planata ; apice parvo, acuminato ; apertura

> magna, trigona; margine basali declivi, oblique producto.

Hab. Tongataboo, Friendly Islands (Mr. Brazier).

This new dmathina has two widely diverging principal keels or

ribs, above which is a broadly flattened, depressed area, and below

which are several small ribs and a plain space.

ELENCHUS DILATATUS.

E. testa brevi, subcinerea, spiraliter subdistanter lirata ; spira brevi ;

anfractibus quatuor, ultimo lato ; apertura dilatata, viridi-ceruleo

tridescente.

Hab. New Zealand (Mr. Brazier).

Remarkable for the expansion of the last whorl.

SoLARIELLA UNDATA.

S. testa subdepressa, umbilico rotundo usque ad apicem perforata,

margaritacea, pallide rubescente, spiraliter tenuiter lirata, supra

prope suturam angulata ; medio anfractuum carina rotundato-angu-

lata, angulis distanter rubro maculatis ; interstitiis rubro undato-

lineatis.

Hab. Agulhas Bank, S. Africa.

Mus. Taylor.

CyLLENE RUBRO-LINEATA.

C. testa ovato-acuminata, albido-fulvescente, ad dorsum pallide pur-

purea; spira breviuscula, acuminata ; anfractibus numerosis, longi-

tudinaliter oblique liratis ; apertura longitudine spiram superante,

intus castanea, labio columellari late reflexo linea rubra circum-

scripto ; labio externo intus striato, extus post marginem incras-

sato; sinu antico parvo.

Hab. 2

Mus. Taylor.

Typuis pupLicatus. (Plate XXI. fig. 1.)

T. testa ovato-acuminata, inter varices castanea, varicibus arcuatim

recurvis cum tubis interstitialibus junctis, tubas latas complanatas

duplicatas efformantibus ; spira acuminata ; apertura subrotunda ;

canali elongato, clauso.

Hab. China Seas.

A second example of the peculiar form first presented by T. ar-

cuatus, Hind., in which the varix is bent back towards the intersti-

tial tube so as to form a double varix with a single opening. In the

present case the union is less complete, and the opening part of the

tube is broad, flattened, and contracted in the middle, so as to

appear duplicate.

252 MR. G. B. SOWERBY ON NEW SHELLS. [Apr. 28,

RAPA BULBIFORMIS.

R. subglobosa, albido-subviridi, infra spiraliter imbricato-lirata ;

spira producta ; anfractibus 6, rotundis ; apertura pyriformi, an-

gustiuscula ; labio infra crenulato.

Hab. Tongataboo, Friendly Islands.

This shell was found by Mr. Brazier in a large hole in a coral-reef,

on a piece of sponge, in five-feet water. It has a much more pro-

duced spire than the known species, with rounded whorls.

Fusus RUBRO-LINEATUS.

F. testa breviuscula, pallide rubescente, castaneo bifasciata, distanter

spiraliter rubro lineata, tenuiter striata ; spira breviuscula; an-

fractibus septem, costis longitudinalibus subdistantibus rotundis

spiraliter liratis ornatis, superne fascia castanea lata cinctis; aper-

tura subovata, in canalem subelongatum terminante.

Hab. Agulhas Bank, S. Africa.

Mus. Taylor.

TEREBRA TENUISCULPTA.

T. testa angustissima, elongata, fusca, saturatiore flammulata, vel

albida castaneo pallide flammulata; anfractibus compressis, supra

prope suturam liris spiralibus inequalibus prominentibus granoso-

moniliformibus cinctis, infra cancellatis, ultimo infra angulum tenui-

ter sculptis.

Hab. China Seas.

Mus. Leckenby.

Esurna PERFORATA. (Plate XXI. fig. 2.)

E. testa rotundato-pyramidata, maculis magnis fulvidis undatis, medio

anfractuum truncatis, infra medium in series duas dispositis,

subrotundis, brevibus picta; spira breviuscula, apice purpureo ;

anfractibus breviusculis, rotundis ; canali suturali lato, profunde,

excavato ; umbilico latissimo, usque ad apicem spiraliter excavato,

medio spiraliter calloso ; apertura parva ; labio columellari levi-

ter arcuato.

The deep, wide canal and short rounded whorls, an arrangement

of spots differing from all the other species’, and a spiral groove at

the lower part of the whorl, resembling only that in ZL. formose,

Sowb., render this a very remarkable shell. It has a very wide and

perforating umbilicus, in which it is only nearly approached by Z.

spirata, Linn., and a spiral umbilical callus resembling that in H.

eanaliculata.

TURRITELLA EXCAVATA. (Plate XXI. fig. 3.)

T. testa attenuata, acuminata, tenuiuscula, sublevigata, albida, medio

anfractuum castaneo, spiraliter fasciata ; anfractibus subelongatis,

medio excavatis, supra prope suturam angustatis, tumidis, infra

latis, inflatis, rotundatis ; apertura subpyriformi, labio profundis-

sime et late supra medium emarginata.

Hab, Agulhas Bank.

1870. ] MR. G. B. SOWERBY ON NEW SHELLS. 253

This shell is figured in Reeve’s Monograph as a variety of 7’. ewo-

leta, from which species, however, it is quite distinct.

TURRITELLA PUNCTICULATA.

T. testa robusta, pallide fulva, liris spiralibus numerosis validis,

rotundatis, minute punctato-maculatis, et interstitiis sulcatis

sculpta; anfractibus rotundatis, numerosis, flammulis fuscatis

ornatis, ultimo subangulato, infra angulum planiusculo.

Hab. Agulhas Bank, 8. Africa.

Mus. Taylor.

PLEUROTOMA LATIFASCIATA.

P. testa attenuata, albida, fasciis latissimis fumeo-castaneis duabus

cincta ; spira elongata ; anfractibus numerosis, brevibus, spiraliter

striatis, medio albifasciatis, supra ad suturam granoso-uniliratis,

tum excavatis, medio angulatis, costellis longitudinalibus numero-

sis ornatis, ultimo infra granoso-lirato ; apertura brevi, angusti-

uscula, sinu haud profundo.

Hab. Hongkong.

Mus. Taylor.

PLEUROTOMA LATERCULATA.

P. fusiformi, solida, levigata, longitudinaliter costata, maculis qua-

dratis rubris tessellata ; spira pyramidata ; anfractibus medio an-

gulatis, ad angulum carinis duabus, ad costas tuberculatis ; aper-

tura subpyriformi, labio extus incrassato, prope suturam emar-

ginato.

Hab. China Seas.

Mus. Taylor.

PLEUROTOMA ALBICARINATA.

P. testa angusta, scabriuscula, fusca, supra medium acute carinata,

ad carinam alba ; anfractibus supra et infra carinam acute unili-

ratis, ultimo medio subcarinato, infra carinam liris acutis et inter-

stitiis longitudinaliter crenulatis sculpto ; columella rectiuscula ;

lubio ad carinam albam acute emarginato.

Hab. Manzanilla.

Mus. Taylor.

This shell differs from P. oxytropis in being laterally much more

compressed, in being much shorter above the keel, which is sharp

and white, and in being altogether more closely sculptured.

CLAVATULA TUMIDA.

C. testa crassa, subfusiformi, pallide rubescente, epidermide tenui sub-

viridi induta; spira mucronata, convexiuscula, aperturam longitudine

superante ; anfraciibus declivibus, medio concavis uniliratis, supra

prope suturam tuberculatis, infra oblique tuberculato-costatis ;

ultimo obtuse angulato, infra angulum tumidiusculo, levigato ;

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1870, No. XVIII.

254 MR. G. B. SOWERBY ON NEW SHELLS. * (Apr. 28,

apertura alba, castaneo picta, postice acuminata, antice lata, trun-

cata; labio supra medium subacute emarginato.

Hab. Agulhas Bank, 8S. Africa.

Mus. Taylor.

YLAVATULA GRACILIOR.

(:. testa elongata, pyramidata, crassa, sub epidermide fulva, prope su-

turam albo fasciata ; spira pyramidata, attenuata; anfractibus 12,

leviter angulatis, ad suturam tumidiusculis, posticis 6, ad angu-

lum oblique tuberculatis, anticis oblique undulatis ; apertura brevi,

antice et postice alba, medio fulva, termino obtuso, sinu labit po-

stico profundo, subquadrato.

Hab. ?

Mus. Taylor.

The spire in this species is more elongated than in the preceding,

and it has no tumid part anterior to the obtuse and not very promi-

nent angle. Also it has no convexity in the spire. From Cl. tacus

it differs in the much greater elongation of the spire, and also in

not having the tumid varix at the top of each whorl which charac-

terizes that species.

DEFRANCIA SECTA.

D. testa albida, fusiformi, acute cancellata ; apertura ovata, canali

subelongato ; labio ad suturam sinu angusto elongato secto.

Tab. China.

Mus. Taylor.

MANGELIA CLAVATA.

M. testa elongate fusiformi, pallida, supra et infra fulvo fasciata ;

spira elongata, acuminata ; anfractibus angulatis longitudinaliter

costatis, spiraliter striatis ; apertura clavata ; labio externo post

marginem valide unicostato, canali caudali elongato.

Hab. China Seas.

Mus. Taylor.

In general appearance resembling Mangelia gracilis of our seas,

but more elegantly fusiform, with longer and more tapering canal.

METULA TRIFASCIATA.

M. testa angusta, mitriformi, minute cancellata, pallidissime fulva,

fusco pallido trifasciata ; apertura spiram longitudine equante ;

iabio minute crenulato.

Hab. Bay of Bengal.

Mus. Leckenby.

MARGINELLA OBTUSA.

M. testa ovato-oblonga, grisea, longitudinaliter inconspicue strigata ;

spira planulata, marginata ; anfractu ultimo prope terminum anti-

cum marginato; apertura angusta; columella sexplicata, plicis

crassis, albis, tribus posticis elevatis, horizontalibus, tribus anticis

1870.] MR. G. B. SOWERBY ON NEW SHELLS. 255

obliquis; labio crasso, intus subcrenato, extus reflexo, planato-mar-

ginato.

Hab. ——?

MIrTrRA MEDIOMACULATA.

M. testa columbelliformi, rubra, supra et infra late castaneo fasci-

ata, medio anfractuum fascia alba, rubro undatim maculata ;

spira breviuscula, acuminata ; anfractibus brevibus, superne longi-

tudinaliter crebriliratis, ultimo infra sulcato.

Hab. Mauritius.

Mus. Taylor.

Conus Latercunatus. (Pl. XXII. fig. 3.)

C. testa elongato-subcylindracea, liris complanatis duplicatis, macu-

lis quadratis ornatis cincta et maculis magnis latis trifasciata ;

sulcis intermediis albis ; spira concavo-acuminata, anfractuum

angulo acute unilirato, punctis fuscis, parvis, regularibus ornato ;

anfractibus spire concavis, spiraliter striatis, minutissime cancel-

latis, flammis fuscatis maculatis.

Hab. ?

Beautifully tessellated with square, regular brown spots, and

sculptured with white grooves between duplicate ridges.

Conus supMarRGiNatTus. (Pl. XXII. fig. 6.)

C. testa parva, angusta, albida, nitida, antice attenuata, sulcis acutis

numerosis cincta ; lateribus viv convexis ;-anfractibus ad angulum

lira unica marginatis ; apertura angusta, labio medio convevius-

culo.

Hab. 2

Mus. Taylor.

Conus pLanitiratus. (PI. XXII. fig. 1.)

C. testa subturbinata, usque ad angulum spiraliter subdistanter sul-

cata (infra profundius), maculis oblongo-quadratis et macularum

undatarum fasciis tribus cincta, infra angulum tumidiuscula, angulo

acuto ; spira subconvexa, prope apicem acuminata, flammis fuscis

subspiraliter continuis ornata, spiraliter striata et minutissime

cancellata.

Hab. (3

v Conus surrusus. (Plate XXII. fig. 9.)

C. testa turbinata, solida, pallida, roseo pallidissime suffusa et obscu-

rissime fasciata, spiraliter striata ; spira lata brevi, angulo obtuso,

undulato.

Hab. New Caledonia.

This shell has no very remarkable characters, yet-is quite unlike

any other Cone on the whole. Its colour is a delicate rose-blush on

a creamy ground.

256 MR. G. B. SOWERBY ON NEW SHELLS. [Apr. 28,

CoNUS MITREZFORMIS, var. PUP£FORMIS. (Pl. XXII. fig. 2.)

C. testa angusta, cylindrica, albida, obscurissime striata.

Hab. Mauritius.

The more eylindrical form and more produced spire of specimens

recently brought from the Mauritius, as compared with the original

and subseqnently published figures, led at first to the belief that

they represented a distinct species. Most of the old specimens in

cabinets agree with Bruguiére’s figure, being thick at the upper part

and granulated. The new variety is finely striated, with the colour-

ing more continuous.

Conus rurrirus. (PI. XXII. fig. 14.)

C. testa elongata, tenui, utrinque eleganter pyramidata, rosea, flam-

mulis rubescentibus infra medium interruptis ornata, ad basim

acuminata, striata; spira producta, gradata, acuminata; anfra-

ctibus obscurissime undatis, acutissime angulatis, concavis, apice

mamillato ; apertura rosea, labio postice profunde sinuato.

Hab. Agulhas Bank, 8. Africa.

At first sight, this Cone is slightly suggestive of C. papillaris, but

it has straight sides, a much more elevated and turreted spire,

of which the sharply angulated whorls are not coronated, only very

obscurely undated.

Conus FLoRIDENSI!s. (Pl. XXII. fig. 11.)

C. testa solida, subfusiformi, alba, levi, ad angulum lata, infra angu-

lum fascia latissima subaurea longitudinaliter flammulata et macu-

lis fuscis lineatim dispositis cincta ; spira pyramidali, gradata,

producta, flammis castaneis brevibus ornata; apertura angusta,

labio postice profunde sinuato.

Hab. Florida (Mr. Waters).

A beautifully coloured shell, with moniliform markings, some-

what resembling C. delessertianus in general appearance.

Conus TeGuLatus. (Plate XXII. fig. 12.)

C. testa subangusta, distanter et equaliter sulcata, inter sulcos plani-

lirata, super sulcos maculis linearibus in fasciis duabus majoribus

longitudinaliter flammulata, sulcis concentrice sculptis ; spira con-

cavo-acuminata, angulo acuto; anfractibus spiraliter striatis et

concentrice cancellatis.

Hab. China Seas.

The chestnut linear spots, arranged in longitudinal flame-like

bands, and thickened in two spiral bands, give a tessellated appear-

ance to this pretty little suleated shell.

Conus TENuIsuLcatus. (Pl. XXII. fig. 10.)

C. testa parva, acuminata, medio et infra tenuiter et distanter sulcata,

albida, griseo fasciata, maculis castaneis seu fulvis medio et infra

bifasciata; spira acuminata ; anfractibus angulatis, maculatis.

Hab, ?

1870. ] MR. G, B. SOWERBY ON NEW SHELLS. 257

Differing from other shells of similar general appearance in the

narrow sulci of the middle and lower part of the last whorl.

¥ Conus corrvueatus. (Pl. XXII. fig. 7.)

C. testa parva, acuminata, liris duplicatis, subrugosis, granulatis et

interstitiis minutissime sculptis cincta; supra et infra medium pal-

lide griseo fasciata, strigis minutis fuscatis variegata; spira acu-

minata; anfractibus cancellatis, acute angulatis, angulis concinne

Susco punctatis.

Hab. ?

A more slender and much more finely sculptured shell than C.

verrucosus, with the edges of the whorls neatly spotted with brown.

Conus SOWERBYI, var. SUBZQUALIS. (PI. XXII. fig. 5.)

C. testa utrinque subequaliter acuminata, medio acutangulata.

Hab. China Seas.

Described at first for this paper as a new shell, being remarkable

for the length of its spire. It resembles C. precellens in form, but

with less numerous ribs, and having the interstices very beautifully

sculptured. The spire nearly equals the body of the shell in length.

In C. acutangulatus the sulci are few, aud the intervening spaces flat.

Conus sEmisutcatus. (Pl. XXII. fig. 13.)

C. testa parva, utrinque acuminata, levigata, fumeo-fuscata, infra

medium distanter plano-sulcata, versus extremitatem acuminatim

coarctata ; spira acutissime angulata, concavo-acuminata; anfra-

ctibus plano-concavis, versus apicem moniliferis.

Hab. ?

A little brown shell with whorls beaded near the apex.

Conus GeMMutatus. (Pl. XXII. fig. 8.)

C. testa parva, albida, utrinque subequaliter acuminata, costellis

rotundis subrugosis lirata, interstitiis profundis, striis tenuibus

longitudinaliter sculpta ; spira exserta, producta, valde acuminata ;

anfractibus numerosis, papillis rotundis regularibus gemmuli-

Sormibus coronatis ; apertura angusta, labio postice profunde

sinuato.

Hab. China Seas.

A most wonderful fusiform little Cone, with a very produced spire,

the whorls of which are beautifully beaded with gem-like papille.

Conus RARIMACULATUS. (PI. XXII. fig. 4.)

C. testa albida, ucute angulata, levigata, hic illic castaneo macu-

lata; spira obscure cancellata, acuminata, flammulis castaneis

picta.

Hab. China Seas.

A whitish smooth shell, with very few spots of chestuut.

STROMBUS MIRABILIS. (Pl. XXI. fig. 4.)

S. testa elongato-fusiformi, ad spiram et anfractum ullimum casta-

258 MR. G. B. SOWERBY ON NEW SHELLS. [Apr. 28,

neo fasciata, inter fascias fusco angulatim et undatim strigata, ad

dorsum castaneo saturatiore et magis suffuso picta; spira elongata ;

anfractibus 12 circa, quorum 7 apicalibus subrotundis longitudi-

naliter costatis, spiraliter inter costas striatis, 3 ad 4 ultimis levi-

bus, angulatis, ultimo in canalem caudalem attenuatum valide re-

trorsus tortuosum terminante; columella laevigata, arcuata, labio

albo, late expanso, alato, ad canalem anticum emarginato, prope

canalem unilobato, inter lobum et alam sinu maximo emarginato,

ala levigata, rectiuscula, incrassata, in lobum superne elevata, tum

profunde emarginata, ad anfractum ultimum elevata.

Hab. Ceylon.

This very magnificent shell has at first sight the appearance of a

gigantic S. vittatus, being similarly marked and of a similar general

form. In that species, however, the whorls of the spire are sul-

cated close to the suture, and the slightly winged outer lip is striated

and bent inwards at the upper angle, showing nothing like the

smooth broad-lobed wing seen in our S. mirabilis. Our shell is

further characterized by a very large sinus, between the lower part

of the wing and the terminal lobe of the outer lip next to the canal,

which is curiously curved backwards. The specimen is now in the

possession of Mr. G. B. Sowerby, jun.

MITRA INTERSCULPTA.

M. testa attenuata, alba, flammis longitudinalibus rubro-fuscis picta,

costellis spiralibus angulatis basi crenulatis subdistantibus et liris

minutis interstitialibus crenulatis cincta; ultimo anfractu oblongo ;

spira breviuscula ; anfractibus 6, moderate conveais.

Hab. Mauritius.

Mus. Taylor.

MIrTRA PRETEXTA.

M. testa oblongo-ovata, equaliter liris longitudinalibus crebris et

costellis spiralibus cancellata, albido-subc@rulea, zonis fuscatis

tribus distantibus margine punctatis et maculis interstitialibus

distantibus majoribus ornata, anfractu ultimo spiram longitudine

equante ; spira producta ; anfractibus 10, conveais, prope suturam

rotundis prominentibus ; apertura fumeo-fusca, intus lirata.

Hab. 2

Mus. Taylor.

MirrA CORBICULA.

M. testa breviuscula, turrita, costellis subrugosis spiralibus et liris

irregularibus, frequenter duplicatis cancellata, albida seu pallide

Sulvo-rubescente, ad angulum anfractuum distanter nigro ocellata,

ad medium anfractus ultimi fascia frequenter bipunctata cincta,

infra medium subirregulariter punctata ; spira elongata ; anfracti-

bus angulatis, anfractu ultimo brevi.

Hab. Mauritius.

Mus. Taylor.

This species resembles M. rugosa—a Tankervillian shell, believed

1870. ] MR. G. B. SOWERBY ON NEW SHELLS. 259

to be unique ; but it differs materially in form, the spire being much

longer than the body-whorl. It also has longitudinal ridges, and is

much more neatly and regularly marked.

MITRA INTERSTRIATA.

M. testa fusiformi, acuminata, costis distantibus levigatis longitudi-

nalibus et striis spiralibus interstitialibus sculpta, albida; anfractu

ultimo in medio aureo latifasciata, supra et infra fasciam inter

costas rubro maculato.

Hab, China Seas.

Mus. Taylor.

MITRA DIMIDIATA.

M. testa brevi, liris distantibus, levigatis, rotundis, longitudinalibus,

et striis elevatis spiralibus interstitialibus sculpta; spira et aii-

Sractu ultimo usque ad medium albis, infra aurantiacis.

Hab. ——?

Mus. Taylor.

MirRA UMBONATA.

M. testa brevissima; spira anfractum ultimum longitudine equante,

alba, turrita; anfractibus supra medium angulatis, costis acule

bituberculatis armatis; anfractu ultimo ad medium rubro late cin-

gulato, costis paucis supra acute bituberculatis infra crenulatis

eé supra canalem costa spirali tuberculata armato.

Hab. ?

Mus. Taylor.

DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.

Prats XXTI.

uae NG, b, Typhis duplicatus, Sowb., p. 2

. Eburna perforata, Sowb., p. 3B"

Turritella excavata, Sowb., p. 252.

. Strombus mirabilis, Sowb., p. 257.

. Solenella subequalis, Sowb., p. 250.

Orr co bo

Prats XXII.

. Conus planiliratus, Sowb., p. 255.

—- mitreformis, Brug., var. _pupeformis, Sowb., p. 256.

laterculatus, Sowb., p. 255.

rarimaculatus, Sowb. »p. 257.

-—— sowerbyi, Rve., var. subequalis, p. 257.

—— submarginatus, Sowb., p. 255.

corrugatus, Sowb., p. 257.

— gemmulatus, Sowb., p. 257.

suffusus, Sowb., p. 255.

10. —— tenuisulcatus, Sowb., p- 256.

Jloridensis, Sowh., p. 256.

12. ——- tegulatus, Sowb., p. 256.

semisulcatus, Sowb., p 257

14. —— turritus, Sowb., p. 256.

Fig.

SO/DO' ST So uy G9 BO rt

260 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [Apr. 28,

7. On the Axial Skeleton of the Urodela.

By Sr. Grorce Mrvart, F.R.S.

In this communication I shall confine my observations to the spinal

column, neglecting for the present the skull, together with the man-

dibular, hyoidean, and branchial arches*.

* In a communication read before the Linnean Society on the 21st of April

of the present year, I stated my views as to the general and serial homologies of

the vertebrate skeleton.

I said that the axial system in its most developed form might be considered

as consisting of three longitudinal series of parts, continued for a greater or less

extent along each side of the vertebral axis.

The upper longitudinal series of parts on each side together form the system

of epaxial parts.

The middle longitudinal series of parts on each side together form the system

of paraxial parts.

The inferior longitudinal series of parts on each side together form the system

of hypaxial parts.

Epaxial parts were defined as “parts embracing the cerebro-spinal axis, or

parts serially homologous with parts which embrace that axis.”

Paraxial parts were defined as ‘ parts external to and more or Jess tending to

embrace the pleuro-peritoneal cavity, or parts serially homologous with parts

which are so situated in the trunk.”

Hypaxial parts were defined as ‘‘ parts placed between the skeletal axis and

some part of the pleuro-peritoneal cavity, or serially homologous with parts so

situated.

By epaxial parts I denote the neural arches and lateral walls of the brain-case.

By paraxial parts I denote transverse processes, ribs (both upper and lower

of fishes), and sternal bones or cartilages.

By hypaxial parts I denote both hypapophyses, whether exogenous or auto-

genous, and also visceral arches, however complex.

By ‘visceral arches” I mean the system of arches forming the hyobranchial

apparatus, and also the mandible, the palato-quadrate arch, and the trabecule

cranii.

In this latter respect I follow the happy and original suggestion of Professor

Huxley, as far as regards the resemblance of the trabecule cranii to the other

visceral arches; but I venture to differ from him as far as regards the general

homology of these visceral arches, which I regard not as ribs (¢. e. paraxial parts),

but as hypaxial elements of the skeleton. The position of the heart and aortic

roots, with regard to the branchial arches, is, I submit, fatal to their costal

character.

The external branchial cartilages of Sharks, and the branchial basket of the

Lamprey, however, may really represent costal elements,

In the paper referred to, I gave my reasons for considering the subcaudal

arches of fishes to be generally of more or less mixed paraxial and hypaxial

nature, differentiation, in this respect, being, I believe, less complete in that

class.

This radiating system of skeletal parts of the trunk corresponds to the radiating

system of spinal nerves, first pointed out by Professor Huxley in his last course

of Hunterian Lectures, the epaxial parts corresponding with the ascending

nerves, the hypaxial parts with the nerves of the inner ventral laminz of the

embryo (i. ¢. with the sympathetic), and the paraxial parts corresponding with

the nerves of the outer ventral laminze. Moreover, as there are nerves passing

directly outwards (above the abdominal nerves), so it was suggested that there

may be an upper and lower series of paraxial parts, perhaps coalescing to form

the ribs of the higher vertebrata.

If this view of the visceral arches be accepted, then the nerves accompanying

1870. | AXIAL SKELETON OF THE URODELA. 261

All the species of the order agree in possessing a spine made up,

in the adult condition, of more or less similar vertebrae varying in

number from 45 to 112, according to the species or individual.

These vertebrze increase slightly and very gradually in size from the

second vertebra till about the middle of the body. Thence they

decrease again, at first gradually and slightly, but afterwards rapidly,

and to such a degree that the last ones are only minute rudimentary

ossicles. With the exception of the genus Siren, these vertebree

may be arranged in four categories.

1. Cervical.—This includes only one vertebra, namely that which

articulates with the skull.

2. Dorsal.—This includes almost all the trunk-vertebree, 7. e. all

the vertebrze behind the cervical vertebra, and anterior to the sacral

vertebra or vertebrze.

3. Sacral.—This includes the vertebra or vertebrze to which the

pelvis is attached.

4. Caudal._—This includes all the vertebrze posterior to the sacral

vertebra or vertebree.

In the exceptional genus just mentioned (Siren) there is no sacral

vertebra, and a cervical, and more or less arbitrarily divided dorsal

and caudal regions are all that can be distinguished.

Very rarely two contiguous vertebree will more or less completely

anchylose together. I have observed this in the large species Crypto-

branchus japonicus, where sometimes the last two presacral are fused

together, and sometimes the sacral and the first caudal. -In a skeleton

in the British Museum both these unions occur, so that the four

originally distinct vertebree form actually but a pair, though each

shows evident signs of its complex nature.

Every vertebra, except the abortive ones towards the end of the

tail, consist of a body (centrum), and of a neural arch ossified, I

believe, continuously with it. The neural arches constitute epaxial

parts.

Every vertebra, except the cervical one and the very last caudal

vertebrze, is furnished with lateral prolongations, never uniting below

and forming complete arches, except by the intervention of the limb

those arches (the vagus &c.) seem to be serially homologous with that portion

of the spinal nervous system which is called sympathetic.

The chevron bones of Mammals, Reptiles, and Amphibia I stated to be, in

my opinion, hypaxial parts, and serially homologous with those hypapophysial

processes which are so largely developed in the Pelican and the Great Auk, and

which, in their azygos condition, are evidently situated in the line of suspension

of the inner laminz of the ventral plates of theembryo. According to this con-

ception, in vertebrates generally we have, at the anterior end of the axial skeleton,

hypertrophied epaxial and hypaxial parts, z. ¢. the brain-case and visceral arches.

Further back we have hypertrophied paraxial parts with much diminished

hypaxial ones. Finally, towards the hinder end of the body (except in tailless

forms) we have, in vertebrates above fishes, a reappearance of hypaxial elements

generally accompanied by coexisting but distinct paraxial parts. In fishes, in

the same region, we have generally paraxial parts in union with more or less of

the hypaxial element, or we have paraxial parts only, or, much more rarely, only

hypaxial parts.

262 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE (Apr. 28,

girdles, and by means of membrane. These lateral structures con-

stitute paraxial parts.

These paraxial parts, unlike the neural arches, are not only always

incomplete below, but they are not usually ossified continuously with

the centra respectively supporting them, but generally consist of

two parts—a transverse process and a rib—the rib being somewhat

moveably articulated to the distal end of the transverse process. The

ribs end freely, except those articulated with the pelvic bones, which

are intercalated parts of the appendicular skeleton. Certain vertebree

have transverse processes only, their free ends more or less widely

diverging. This is the case with the caudal vertebree, except the

first two or three of them (which sometimes support ribs), and

also occurs in many trunk-vertebree of Amphiuma, Proteus, and

Stren.

The caudal vertebree, except the first one or two and the very last,

have almost always inferiorly extending processes and arches, con-

tinuously ossified like the neural arches above them, which moreover

they resemble, more or less closely, in shape and proportions. They

are probably serial homologues of subcentral processes of the trunk-

vertebrae ; and the whole of these inferior structures belong to a

system of hypazial parts*, and are the hypapophyses. That such

subcentral processes really do answer serially to the caudal hypapo-

physes behind them, is well shown in Siren, where the vertebra in

front of that which bears large hypapophyses is furnished with a

pair of smallebackwardly projecting processes exactly like those of

Spelerpes rubra, but at the same time developed from the posterior

end of the ridges, which unquestionably represent the hypapophyses

of the vertebre next behind (fig. 14).

Sometimes instead of, or besides, lateral processes, the inferior

surface of a centrum will develope a median longitudinal bony ridge.

Such a structure is to be seen in the third and fourth vertebree of

Stren (fig. 13, Hy), the second and third vertebree of Menobranchus,

and in many of the trunk-vertebree of Proteus and Amphiuma. This

ridge is hypaxial, and may also be spoken of as hypapophysialt, as

sometimes in Stren and Menobranchus it seems, by becoming medianly

grooved, to divide into a pair of hypapophyses. The propriety of

regarding the subcaudal arches and processes as distinct from paraxial

parts is justified by the frequent coexistence of the latter together

with subcaudal arches in the tail. Moreover these arches are un-

doubtedly the representatives of the ‘chevron bones’ of the Croco-

dile ; and these latter were found by Professor Goodsir¢ to be, at the

root of the tail, enclosed within the backwardly continued peritoneal

folds and abdominal cavity, thus removing them altogether from the

* As before said, I believe the hyobranchial apparatus, jaws and trabecule, to

also belong to the system of hypaxial parts.

+ The way in which the osseous extension (of the under surface of the centrum)

related to the great arterial channels is represented by a single process, by a

pair of processes, or by a triple development, is well shown by Professor Owen

(Memoir on the Megatherium, Phil. Trans. 1851, part 2. plate lii. figs. 48-51).

{ Edinb. New Phil. Journal, January 1857, p. 128.

1870.] AXIAL SKELETON OF THE URODELA. 263

category of paraxial parts. Were they really hzemal arches (7. e. re-

presentatives of the membranous connexions between the distal ends

of the two series of ribs), we should have to adopt the somewhat

violent conception that the lower parts of the hzemal arches of the

tail are detached from their proximal portions, and fixed directly to

the under surface of each supporting centrum. For if the caudal

vertebree from before backwards are examined, it will be seen that

the first hypapophysial arch is not formed by the bending down of

the transverse processes, or by an extension of ossification along the

membrane, connecting the distal ends of such transverse processes,

but that it arises suddenly beneath the centrum. This is well shown

in the sixty-fourth vertebra of Amphiume (fig. 1). In this vertebra

Under view of last trunk- and anterior caudal vertebrae of Amphiwma (No. 579 4

in College of Surgeons’ Museum*).

Hy. Hypapophysis.

the caudal hypapophysis first makes its appearance as a long process

on each side, the two processes being medianly disunited below, and

distinct from the transverse process, which exists as completely in

this vertebra as in the one preceding it.

The three systems of parts, epaxial, paraxial, and hypaxial, are

variously united together respectively.

The epaxial parts, or neural arches, are serially connected together

by means of special articular processes, eygapophyses. Lach ver-

tebra is provided with two of these in front and two behind, the

posterior pair of which have their articular surfaces directed down-

wards, and somewhat obliquely outwards (fig. 16), reposing on the

upturned and somewhat inwardly directed surfaces of the anterior

zygapophyses of the vertebra next behind. The cervical vertebra

forms an exception, inasmuch (fig. 19) as it has no anterior zyga-

pophyses, but has special modifications for articulation with the

skull.

The paraxial parts are never serially connected together, but by

muscular or connective tissue, except the occasional coalescence of

such parts in the sacral region.

The hypaxial parts in the tail form with each other serial con-

nexions more or less simulating those existing between the successive

neural arches.

* The figures of specimens in the Museum of the College of Surgeons have

been drawn by the kind permission of the authorities of that institution.

264 ; MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [Apr. 28,

CENTRA, OR VERTEBRAL BopIeEs.

The bodies of the vertebree unite together by the entire circum-

ference of each of their juxtaposed surfaces, and sometimes by those

surfaces also, according to the form and condition of the latter.

Each vertebral body consists of a small bony cylindroidal structure,

the antero-posterior extent of which considerably exceeds its trans-

verse diameter, which latter about equals its vertical dimension.

The length is generally less than twice the breadth ; it is about that

in the mid trunk-vertebree of Menobranchus, more thau that in those

of Amblystoma, and very much more in those of Proteus, Some-

times, as in dmb/ystoma and notably in Proteus, the centrum is

greatly constricted towards its middle, so as to appear to consist of

two cones joined together at their apices, like an hour-glass. The

posterior end of each vertebral body is always unossified, and pre-

sents a bony concavity filled with gelatinous tissue. Very often the

anterior surface of each centrum, except that of the cervical vertebra

(hereafter described), is also similarly conditioned, the vertebre being

biconcave. Such vertebree are found in Siren, Proteus, Menobran-

chus, Menopoma, Amphiuma, Amblystoma, Plethodon, Aneides, &c.

On the other hand, in Salamandra, Triton, Pleurodeles, Chioglossa,

Taricha, Spelerpes rubra, &c. the part answering to the anterior cup

is not only ossified, but ossification extends continuously and more

or less thoroughly into the sott structure filling the cup of the cen-

trum next in advance; so that each vertebral body comes to have

a rounded convexity projecting from its anterior surface, and thus to

articulate with its neighbour’s by an opisthoccelous ball-and-socket

joint.

Proccelous vertebrze do not exist in any species of Urodele.

The most posterior centra are sometimes in the form of small

rings, the central part of each being unossified and filled with a softer

tissue. The centra are commonly (fig. 14) perforated below by small

openings for blood-vessels. A centrum may be continuously ossified

-with a neural arch above, a transverse process on each side, and

hypaxial processes in an hypaxial arch below.

NEURAPOPHYSES.

The laminz which ascend on each side to embrace the spinal cord

always, in the fully adult condition, unite together above and form

a complete neural arch. In the Axolotl, however, the neural arch

of the first vertebra (the cervical vertebra) long remains medianly

cleft ; and in the Urodela generally a more or less deeply extending

median notch very frequently divides the posterior part of each neural

arch ; this is particularly marked in Siren (fig. 2). At the point of

junction of the neural laminz (that is, along the summit of each neu-

ral arch) a more or less marked antero-posteriorly directed ridge is

usually to be detected. This ridge is sometimes very little developed,

as in the trunk-vertebree of Salamandra, Proteus, and most others.

On the other hand, it is a very elevated process in the trunk-ver-

1870. | AXIAL SKELETON OF THE URODELA, 265

Dorsal view of four trunk-vertebra of Stren (No. 5768 in Museum of College

of Surgeons).

e, Capitular process. ¢. Tubercular process. 7. Interzygapophysial ridge.

Lateral view of four trunk-vertebrae of Siren (No. 5768 in Museum of College

of Surgeons).

ce. Capitular process. ¢. Tubercular process. 7. Interzygapophysial ridge.

tebree of Siren (figs. 3 & 8), Amphiuma (fig. 4), Pleurodeles, Triton

palmatus, and some other forms. Very often the neural ridges of

the caudal vertebree are lofty in species which have the neural ridge

of their trunk-vertebree quite inconspicuous. This is the case, e. 7.,

in Triton cristatus, Chioglossa, &c. Processes from the margins of

Side view of 28rd, 24th, 25th, and 26th vertebre of Amphiuma (No. 5794

in College of Surgeons’ Museum).

H. Hyperapophysis. ¢. Capitular process. ¢. Tubercular process.

the posterior median notch of the neural arches of the trunk-verte-

bree often project backwards and more or less conspicuously upwards,

preeminently so in Proteus (in spite of the low neural crest of that

form), also in Amphiuma (figs. 5 & 17, H) (where the processes are

very distinct though short) and Spelerpes rubra, and more or less so in

Triton palmatus, Pleurodeles waltlii, &c. This condition is always

still more marked in the caudal region, where in Spelerpes rubra

266 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [Apr. 28,

these conspicuous productions of the neural arch* ascend almost

vertically, as they do in some of the posterior caudal vertebrae of

Siren (fig. 8), and tend to do in those of Amphiuma. The summit

of the neural arch in Urodela is never produced into a long bony

Fig. 5.

Dorsal view of 23rd, 24th, 25th, and 26th vertebree of Amphiuma.

H. Hyperapophysis. c. Capitular process. 7. Tubercular process.

pointed process, as it is in so many higher vertebrata ; but sometimes

the middle of its hinder margin projects slightly backwards, as in

Menobranchus ; and sometimes, as in Menopoma, Cryptobranchus,

and Menobranchus (fig. 10), the posterior part of the caudal neural

arches are produced into long processes inclined obliquely backwards

over the succeeding vertebree; but they are hollow and open at the

summit, and are no doubt continued in cartilage. Sometimes again

the posterior part of each neural arch, whether of the trunk or of

the tail, is marked by a vacuity, pit, or depression, as if for the im-

plantation of the end of a cartilaginous rod or spinous process ; this

is found in Cryptobranchus aud Menopoma. In Amblystoma each

neural arch of the posterior trunk-vertebree possesses two such pits

placed side by side in the same transverse horizontal line as if for two

cartilaginous neural spines ; and the same structure obtains through-

out the caudal vertebree. In the Axolotl the trunk neural arches

Dorsal view of three caudal vertebree (sixth to eighth postsacral) of Axolotl,

from specimen No. 582c in Museum of College of Surgeons.

have, from before backwards, successively longer and longer neural

spines; but each one has a concave depression at its tip, as if it were

continued in cartilage. The caudal vertebre in the same form, from

the fourth backwards, have each bifold neural spines, as in the trunk-

and all caudal vertebrae of Amblystoma; and each is concave at its

* These parts appear to correspond with those mammalian processes for

which I have proposed the term hyperapophyses (P. Z, S, 1865, p. 576), and the

presence of which often serves as a good osteological character for zoological

groups. See Cambridge Journal of Anatomy and Physiology, vol. 11. pp. 143-154.

1870.] AXIAL SKELETON OF THE URODELA. 267

summit, and in the fresh state has evidently a cartilaginous conti-

nuation (fig. 6). Rarely (as sometimes in Menobranchus) the neural

arches, towards the end of the tail, each develope two neural spines,

one in front of the other.

As has been said, almost every neural arch has four zygapophyses ;

but the-cervical vertebra has only the two posterior ones. In the tail

these processes are all developed on the anterior caudal vertebre,

but the posterior processes abort at about the fifth or sixth caudal

vertebra in Menobranchus, and at about the seventh in Cryptobran-

chus. In other forms, however, they extend far back—e. g. to the

last vertebra but four in Aneides, to the last but five in Triton cris-

tatus, and to the last but nine in Siren. The anterior zygapophyses

continue to be developed for a longer distance, being traceable in

Aneides to the last vertebra but four, and in Cryptobranchus to the

last but three. In Amphiuma both continue to the very small verte-

bree near the end of the tail.

A longitudinal ridge (figs. 3, 7, 8, 177), more or less marked,

Dorsal view of last trunk- and anterior caudal vertebrae of Amphiuma.

Hy. Hypapophysis. 7. Interzygapophysial ridge.

generally extends along each side of each neural arch between the

two zygapophyses of the same side. This interzygapophysial ridge

is most marked in Amphiuma and Siren (fig. 17 and fig. 3), espe-

cially in the latter. In other forms it is but little so in the trunk-

vertebra, though often becoming prominent in the caudal ones, as

notably in Chioglossa.

Lateral view of anterior caudal last trunk-vertebrz of Siren (No. 5768 in

Museum of College of Surgeons).

¢e. Capitular process. ¢. Tubercular process. 7. Interzygapophysial ridge.

TRANSVERSE PROCESSES.

With the exception of the cervical vertebra and of all the caudal

vertebree except the first few, each centrum gives out on each side a

large and conspicuous transverse process. More or less completely

rudimentary transverse processes are to be traced throughout the

268 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE | Apr. 28,

greater number of the caudal vertebree, and in the genera Proteus,

Menobranchus, and Siren (fig. 18) in the cervical vertebra also.

Generally the fully developed transverse processes are more or less

cylindrical or somewhat compressed from before backwards, their long

diameter, however, extending outwards and more or less (fig. 15, c)

obliquely backwards, as in Menopoma, Cryptobranchus, Salamandra,

&c. Sometimes, however, as in all the transverse processes of Siren

(fig. 9, c), except the first one or two, and as in the posterior ones

of Proteus and the middle ones of Amphiuma (fig. 16), each one,

though very short, is wide, 7. e. much extended from before backwards.

Each such transverse process springs generally from about the

middle of each centrum’s length, but sometimes, as in most posterior

truuk-vertebree of Siren (figs. 14 & 9) and Amphiuma (figs. 1 & 16),

mainly from near the anterior end of each vertebra, and sometimes,

as in the anterior trunk-vertebree of Amphiuma, Menobranchus, and

Siren (fig. 13), from near the hinder end of each.

The backward inclination of the distal end of each transverse process

is sometimes rather more marked at the anterior part of the series, as

in Siren, Amphiuma, Menopoma, and Cryptobranchus. Each of these

fully developed transverse processes is more or less excavated by a

groove or depression on its anterior surface, and another one on its

posterior face ; and these excavations are often such as to cause more

or less of a division of the distal part of such transverse process into

a superior portion and an inferior part. It is also to be observed

that each transverse process at its point of origin from the vertebra, is

connected below with the centrum of such vertebra, while above it is

continuous with its neural arch and more or less distinctly continuous

with the interzygapophysial ridge. Thus each transverse process

may be regarded as made up of two parts, each ending distally

in a more or less distinct process, the upper one of which is called

the upper or tubercular process *, while the lower one is termed

the lower or capitular one. Similarly it will be convenient to speak

of the rib as made up of two portions, a superior tubercular part

and an inferior or capitular one. When the transverse process is

nearly cylindrical, as in Salamandra and most forms, these two com-

ponent parts are of about equal antero-posterior extent ; but some-

times, as in the middle trank-vertebree of Amphiuma (figs. 4 & 5),

Proteus, and Siren (fig. 2), the capitular part is much wider from

before backwards than is the tubercular part. The same is observ-

able in a less degree in Menobranchus and Aneides. When (as in

Siren after the first nine vertebre) the tubercular process is also

wide, and the groove before mentioned almost or entirely confined to

the front surface, where it is immense, the transverse process assumes

the form of two triangular plates (of which the upper is the smaller)

united to the centrum by one margin and to each other by their

two posterior edges, leaving a space between them which widens as

they (the plates) diverge forwards (fig. 3, c.7). This space or fossa,

* By analogy with the condition of higher vertebrates in which the rib has a

“tubercle” and a “head ” respectively articulating with parts homologous with

those here described.

1870.] AXIAL SKELETON OF THE URODELA. 269

open in front, is thus bounded internally by the centrum, superiorly

by the tubercular process, and inferiorly by the capitular one.

Underview of four trunk-vertebre of Siren (No. 5762 in Museum of College

of Surgeons).

ce. Capitular process. Hy. Hypapophysis.

The distal end of each trunk- transverse process is provided with

two superimposed articular surfaces for corresponding parts of each

rib; these surfaces may be in close apposition, as in Cryptobranchus

and others, or they may be separated by the before-described distal

tendency to bifurcation of the transverse process as in Menobranchus,

Amblystoma, and others. The only exceptions are offered by many

of the trunk-vertebrze of Siren, Proteus, and Amphiuma, in which

forms only the more anterior trunk-vertebree support ribs. The

transverse process of the last trunk-vertebra (which is connected

indirectly with the pelvic girdle) is generally stouter than the others.

In the caudal region this part generally undergoes a marked

change, though sometimes, as in Oryptobranchus and Menopoma, the

transverse processes of the caudal vertebra remain much the same

(except successively decreasing in size) as their anterior homotypes—

the first two, at least, having still the double distal articular surface.

In most cases, however, as in Menobranchus, the process becomes

more pointed at its free extremity, and generally, in the anterior

caudals, projects more or less directly outwards and but little back-

wards also, unlike the more anterior transverse processes. Some-

times, as in Siren (fig. 8), the tubercular part of the transverse process

becomes entirely suppressed at the second, third, or fourth caudal

vertebra provided with large hypapophyses, while the capitular part

remains traceable for a variable distance further back along the

tail, even to the last vertebra but thirteen in Siren*. In Crypto-

branchus every trace of a transverse process disappears at the ninth

or tenth caudal vertebra, if not earlier, and at the seventh or eighth

in Menopoma, and sixth or seventh in Menobranchus. Sometimes,

as in Salamandra, traces of the transverse process exist almost

to the end of the tail.

Occasionally, as in Triton palmatus and Pleurodeles waltlii, and

others, the caudal transverse processes soon cease to project much

outwards, but are to be distinguished for a very long distance as

ridges connecting the interzygapophysial ridge above with the

* E.g. in Brit. Mus. specimen.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1870, No. XIX.

270 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [Apr. 28,

oblique one which traverses (in a downward and backward direction )

the outside of each hypapophysial arch. This condition is perhaps

best exemplified in the caudal vertebrae of Chioglossa, where the

transverse process is in just such a condition as would be one of

those of the midtrunk of Siren, if its tubercular and capitular parts

were so reduced as to be mere prominent ridges on the side of the

centrum instead of strongly projecting, more or less horizontal plates.

Thus in Siren we have the tubercular process extending downwards

and backwards from the interzygapophysial ridge and ending in a

backwardly projecting process, which is also the termination of the

capitular process, the free edges of the plates forming an angle open

forwards. Now in Chioglossa we have a ridge (the representative

of the tubercular part of the transverse process) running downwards

and backwards from the interzygapophysial ridge, and terminating

in a backwardly projecting process, which process is also the termi-

nation of another ridge which runs forwards and downwards from it,

and is the representative of the capitular part of the transverse pro-

cess. This latter ridge, as it descends, unites with the ridge tra-

versing obliquely the outside of the hypapophysial arch, and termi-

nating behind and below in one of the posteriorly projecting pro-

cesses of that arch hereafter described.

Lateral view of anterior caudal vertebrae of Menobranchus (No. 582.4 in College

of Surgeons’ Museum),

¢. Tubercular process. c¢, Capitular process. Hy. Hypapophysis.

Sometimes both the capitular and tubercular parts of the transverse

process are to be seen distinctly projecting out (though of small

size) one above the other (fig. 10, c. ¢), from the side of a caudal ver-

tebra, as e. g. sometimes, at least, in the fourth caudal vertebra of

Menobranchus. Occasionally a certain osseous connexion exists be-

tween the caudal transverse process and the hypapophysial arch, or

caudal hypapophyses. This is the case sometimes in the first one or

two vertebree of Siren which possess hypapophyses.

In Menobranchus also a bony connexion distinctly exists, in the

third and fourth caudal vertebree, between the root of the hypapo-

physial arch on each side and the under surface of the capitular

process above it (fig. 15). This shows a certain degree of imperfection

in the separation of the hypaxial part of the skeleton from the

paraxial part.

1870. | AXIAL SKELETON OF THE URODELA. 271

The transverse processes at their roots, 7. e. near their origin from

the centrum, are often traversed by a canal passing from behind

forwards and transmitting an artery. This is well seen in Crypto-

branchus, Menopoma, Menobranchus, and Salamandra.

Riss.

With the exception of the genera Amphiuma, Siren, and Proteus,

all the transverse processes of the dorsal* and sacral regions support

ribs, and not unfrequently the anterior caudal ones also.

The first vertebra of all, however, even when furnished with a

rudimentary transverse process, remains always destitute of such bony

appendages.

The ribs form a series of evlindroidal bones (figs. 11, 12, 13 & 18),

each extending outwards and more or less downwards and backwards,

and ending distally in a free pointed termination, with the exception

of the single pair attached (one on each side) to the hip-girdle.

They never have cartilaginous or osseous parts attached to their distai

ends and answering to the sternal ribs or cartilages of most higher

vertebrates. Rarely, as in more or fewer of the ribs of Avoloél and

Amblystoma, they extend rather upwards and backwards. The

number of ribs varies from five or six pairs in Amphiumat, eight in

Siren t, seven, eight, or nine in Proteus § (if the second vertebra bears

any) to some twenty-one or twenty-two pairs (counting the caudal

ribs) in Menobranchus and Cryptobranchus. Proximally the ribs

very commonly bifurcate into two short and nearly equal branches,

diverging from each other at a more or less acute angle (fig. 12).

These branches are placed one above the other, and are attached

respectively to the tubercular and capitular parts or processes of the

respective transverse processes. The upper branch of this fork may

Lateral view of first four vertebrae of Siren (No. 576B in Museum of College

of Surgeons).

thus be called the tubercle (¢uberculum) of the rib, and the lower

branch its head (eapitulum). When, as in Siren, Menopoma, and

Cryptobranchus, the distal articular surtaces of the transverse pro-

cesses are near together, the proximal ends of the ribs do not bifurcate,

* Rusconi represents none to the first dorsal of Proteus.

+t Cuv. Mém, du Mus. vol. xiv. 1827, p.9. ‘The College of Surgeons speci-

men looks as if it had had ten pairs at least.

{ Cuv. Oss. Foss. 4th edition, vol. x. p. 350.

§ Cuvier (/oc. cit. p. 358) says seven, counting from the second vertebra. Rus-

coni represents seven, beginning with the third vertebra: the last is so small as

to be with difficulty detected. -

272 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [Apr. 28,

but nevertheless show indications of separation exactly corresponding

to the distal ends of the transverse processes to which they are at-

tached, having two superimposed articular surfaces when the last-

mentioned processes have such, and presenting a longitudinal groove

in front and hehind each rib, the two grooves being most marked at

the proximal end of the rib, and vanishing distally.

The number of trunk ribs which thus bifurcate proximally is

sometimes as many as eighteen* on each side; but the number is

subject to some variation even in the same species. Thus in some

individuals of Salamandra maculata (fig. 12) I have found three ribs

(on each side) thus bifureating, in others six ; and in Triton cristatus

twelve pairs of ribs will sometimes be thus conditioned. It is always,

however, towards the anterior and posterior ends of the trunk that

this bifurcation tends to disappear, and mainly towards its posterior

end, the bifurcation generally commencing at the second vertebra

when the first one has its proximal end undivided. The sacral rib

rarely bifureates}, and it generally differs from the preceding ones

by its greater stoutness, though it is usually short. The rmbs in

general maintain a tolerable equality of length throughout the

trunk ; very rarely (only in Taricha) the ribs increase markedly in

length towards the middle of the body, and then as obviously be-

come again shorter. In Avolotl the second, third, or fourth is the

longest pair, and thence backwards they markedly decrease in length

to the sacral, which is suddenly much longer again. Occasionally

they are very short indeed, being much less in length than the ver-

tebree to which they are attached ; this is the case especially in Pro-

teus, Amphiuma, and Siren, where they are rudimentary (the poste-

rior ones being quite so) and, as has been said, few in number. In

Spelerpes, Amblystoma, and especially Plethodon, they are very short

indeed, never, except very slightly, exceeding a single vertebra in

length. Generally they do not equal in length two midtrunk-ver-

tebree of the same individual; but P/eurodeles differs from all the

other Urodela in the length and strength of its ribs, the longer ones

considerably exceeding the length of two of the longest vertebree of

the body.

As has been said already, ribs are not unfrequently developed be-

hind the sacrum. I have seen two such pairs in Glossoliga poireti,

and traces of such in Plethodon and Amblystoma; one at least is

sometimes present in Menobranchus, and often two and sometimes

three (if not more) pairs are present at the root of the tail in Meno-

poma and Cryptobranchus. These postsacral ribs, however, never

bifurcate at their proximal ends, and they are always short and more

or less rudimentary.

The first rib of all is generally stouter as well as shorter than the

ribs of the trunk which follow after (fig. 11). Not unfrequently it

developes a process from its outer or upper side towards its distal -

end ; this process projects outwards and somewhat upwards, aud very

rarely is so considerable as almost to equal in size the remainder of

* Spelerpes rubra, British Museum.

t It does so in Spelerpes rubra and Amblystoma punctatum in Brit. Mus.

1870. ] AXIAL SKELETON OF THE URODELA. 273

the rib beyond the point from which it starts (figs. 11 & 12). In

this case the rib may be truly said to bifureate distally.

Lateral view of sixth vertebra of Salamandra (No. 5898 in Museum of College

of Surgeons), showing rib bifurcating at each end.

ec. Capitular process. ¢. Tubercular process.

A similar process is also sometimes developed from the same part

of the ribs next succeeding ; but it is rarely to be traced beyond the

fourth pair of ribs, and diminishes in size as we proceed from before

backwards, and in many forms is not to be detected at all, as far as

I have observed, e. g. Menopoma, Cryptobranchus, Menobranchus,

Aneides, Spelerpes rubra, and Plethodon.

Though, as has been said, the ribs of the opposite side are never

connected together by hard parts, but only by membranous prolon-

gations, yet in the middle line of the anterior part of the body there

is in many Urodela a solid structure answering to the sternum of

higher animals, and connected with the membranous prolongations

of the ribs.

Tue STERNUM.

This part is a constant structure in adult Urodela, except in Pro-

teus, Menobranchus, and perhaps Siren. It is rhomboidal in shape,

about as broad as long, and with an apex turned forwards. Some-

times, e. g. Salamandra, there is a short xiphoid process, which ex-

tends backwards from the middle of its hinder margin. Rarely (e. g.

Azolotl) that margin is medianly notched.

Each side of the sternum is more or less deeply grooved for the

reception of the coracoid lamella, and the inner lip of each groove is

much more developed than the outer one.

The sternum never ossifies in any Urodele, and originally it is

always formed within the coracoids. This might be expected to be

the case from the fact that the sternum is a portion of the paraxial

skeletal system which the pectoral girdle externally surrounds. But

Mr. Parker* has actually verified by observation this primitive con-

dition of the sternum, and proved that the lateral parts of the struc-

ture, which embrace the coracoid lamellze externally, are subsequent

and secondary outgrowths of a structure which is at first completely

internal to the shoulder-girdle. These secondary growths are so

large that ultimately the sternum comes to lie outside the coracoids +.

* See ‘Shoulder-girdle,’ p. 65, :

t Parker, 7. c. pl. 3, fig. 14.

274 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [Apr. 28,

HypapopHyseEs.

That system of inferior arches, or parts of such, which is in more

immediate relation with the great dorsal artery attains in the Uro-

dela its full development only in the caudal region, where it appears

as the hypapophyses and hypapophysial arches. In the trunk the

most anterior indication of this system of parts is found (1) in the

anterior trunk vertebrae of Siven and Amphiuma (fig. 13), and more

Under view of first four vertebra of Siren (No. 5768 in Museum of College of

Surgeons).

Hy. Hypapophysis.

or less in Menobranchus (beginning with the second or third ver-

tebra), where there is a median antero-posteriorly extended subcentral

crest, and (2) in certain small bifold processes found in Amphiuma

(fig. 16) and Spelerpes rubra. These processes may project for-

wards, as in the first-named genus, from the anterior margin of the

under-surface of each centrum, except the first three, close to the

anterior end of the hypapophysial ridge; or, as in Spelerpes rubra,

they may project backwards from the hinder part of the under sur-

face of all the praecaudal vertebrae, except the first and the last one

ortwo. This ridge is more or less divided (fig. 14) medianly into

Under view of transitional vertebrae (from trunk to tail) of Stren (No. 576 8B in

Museum of College of Surgeons).

Hy. Wypapophysis.

two in that vertebra of Siren which precedes the first one. provided

with conspicuous hypapophyses, and also in the second vertebra, and

in the second and third of MWenobranchus. The first caudal vertebra

is always destitute of any hypapophysis*; and very often the second

* In a skeleton of Cryptobranchus japonicus in the British Museum the ap-

parent first caudal is really the second one, the true first caudal has coalesced with

the sacral vertebra. This really second caudal has a long hypapophysis on one

ane although the transverse process is furnished with a distinct though

small rib. :

1870.] AXIAL SKELETON OF THE URODELA. 279

caudal is in the same case; but at the third, or sometimes the second

caudal, this process suddenly reappears, greatly increased in size and

generally united with its fellow of the opposite side, forming the first

hypaxial arch. Such arches (figs. 1 & 15) are always present in the

Under view of anterior caudal vertebree of Menobranchus (No. 5824 in College

of Surgeons’ Museum).

ce. Capitular process. Hy. Hypapophysis.

_ caudal vertebre, except in Siren; but there, though the caudal hypa-

pophyses remain medianly disunited below, yet each is broad antero-

posteriorly, as well as much vertically extended (fig. 8, Hy). The

hypaxial arches are sometimes narrow from before backwards, though

much elongated from above downwards; this is the case in Meno-

poma, Cryptobranchus, Menobranchus (fig. 10, Hy), and Proteus.

In the three first-named genera especially they are produced ob-

liquely backwards and downwards into long inferior spines, even

exceeding in length the neural spinous processes above them, and

are similarly bony cylinders unossified at their summits. In Azolot/

and Amblystoma the hypaxial arches repeat the characters offered

by the neural ones, inasmuch as each is provided with a pair of di-

verging sockets (fig. 6) apparently for the reception of two cartila-

ginous spines placed side by side.

The posterior margin of these hypaxial or hypapophysial arches

Hy. Hypapophysis.

is often medianly notched like the corresponding margin of the

epaxial or neural arches above. This correspondence is often further

inereased by the frequent development of a median longitudinal

hypaxial crest, which, bifurcating at the notch, is continued forwards

276. MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [Apr. 28,

into each arm of the notch (fig. 16), ending in two strongly project-

ing processes, like the similarly conspicuous productions of the caudal

neural arches before described. These processes are also especially

marked in Proteus, Amphiuma (fig. 17), and Spelerpes rubra, and

more or less so in Triton palmatus, Pleurodeles waltlii, &e. In

Spelerpes rubra these prominences descend almost vertically, corre-

sponding with the position of their vertical homologues above. The

median inferior crest is often more vertically extended than is the

corresponding neural one, as is the case in the species last men-

tioned (except Amphiuma, where there is hardly any median inferior

crest, and then only in the very posterior caudals) and in Aneides.

These backwardly projecting lateral processes extend over the anterior

part of the hypaxial arch next behind, and thus somewhat simulate

posterior zygapophyses ; but these arches have no true articular

processes, as is well seen in such forms as Cryptobranchus, Meno-

poma, and Amphiuma, where the contrast is marked. Very generally,

as in Triton, Amphiuma (fig. 17), Pleurodeles, and, above all, in

Fig. 17.

Last trunk- and anterior caudal vertebree of Amphiuma (No. 579 a in College of

Surgeons’ Museum).

H. Hyperapophysis. Hy. Hypapophysis. 7. Interzygapophysial ridge.

Chioglossa, an oblique ridge extends backwards and downwards from

the anterior point of attachment of each half of the hypaxial arch to

the backwardly projecting inferior process of the same side. These

ridges appear to be the only parts of the hypapophyses that are left

in those forms in which the hypapophysial arches are very narrow.

They somewhat resemble the interzygapophysial ridges of the caudal

neural arches, but are more oblique in direction.

Tue CervicaL VERTEBRA.

The vertebra which comes first and articulates in front with the

skull differs importantly from all the vertebree which succeed it.

Like the others, it constantly presents a centrum which is concave

behind, and from which a continuous, ascending neural arch is de-

veloped. But not only are there no hypapophyses, but transverse

processes are completely absent, except in Szren (fig. 18), Proteus,

and Menobranchus ; and in these genera they are quite rudimentary,

while the vertebra is invariably destitute of any costal appendage or

rib. But it is the anterior face of the vertebra which is most re-

markable. This presents on each side (at the junction of one half

1870. | AXIAL SKELETON OF THE URODELA. 277

of the neural arch with the body) a large concave articular surface

which receives one of the projecting articular processes or condyles

of the posterior end of the skull. Moreover the median part of the

vertebra, instead of presenting either a concavity (like the hinder

Fig. 18.

Dorsal view of first four vertebrx of Siren (No. 5768 in College of Surgeons’

Museum),

surface) or a rounded articular ball (like that always present in the

other vertebrae of Opisthoccelous forms such as Salamandra, Triton,

&e.) exhibits between the two anterior large articular concayities a

small or considerable median process* (fig. 19). This projects for-

wards and fits into a recess at the base of the skull between the two

posterior (occipital) condyles, and generally bears on each side of it

a small articular facet; but sometimes these two facets are united

into one continuous articular surface on the inferior aud infero-lateral

aspects of the process.

Lateral, dorsal, and under view of first vertebrx of Amphiuma (No. 579 4 in

Museum of College of Surgeons).

This azygos part attains its maximum of development in Amphiuma.

It is small in Axoloél, but at its minimum in Menobranchus and

Proteus, especially the latter. As far as I have observed or been

informed, no bony or cartilaginous part is ever developed between

the neural arch of the cervical vertebra and the skull; that is to

say, if this cervical vertebra is really the axis, then the neural arch

of the atlas vertebra of higher vertebrates is quite absent in the

Urodela. The size of the cervical vertebra, as compared with that

of succeeding vertebre (e. g. with the third) varies somewhat.

In most cases the two vertebrae are of nearly equal length and

size; but in Amphiuma the cervical vertebra is rather smaller than

the third; and it is much so in Menobranchus and Proteus, in the

last especially, where it is very remarkable for its small size.

* It is the presence of this process which renders it probable that the cervical

vertebra is an axis vertebra, and not an atlas one.

278 ON THE AXIAL SKELETON OF THE URODELA. [Apr. 28,

DorsaL VERTEBRE.

The vertebree interposed between the cervical vertebra and the

sacrum vary in number from twelve (Taricha) to sixty-three (Am-

phiuma). They are always the largest vertebrae of any one indivi-

dual axial skeleton.

All have neural arches and anterior and posterior zygapophyses.

Except in Siren, Proteus, and Amphiuma, all these vertebre sup-

port a transverse process and a rib on each side of the body.

Some few forms have small hypapophysial processes (e. g. Spe-

lerpes), or single median ridges, or such ridge more or less cleft lon-

gitudinally. The various parts and processes of the vertebree have

been already described.

SacrAL VERTEBRA.

Never more than one vertebra is normally connected with the

hip-girdle; but not very unfrequently the ilium of one side is

connected with the transverse process of one vertebra, while the

other ilium attaches itself to another vertebra. The transverse

process of the sacral vertebra is generally stout, as also the an-

nexed rib. The latter is especially predominant, as compared with

the ribs in advance of it, in Avolotl. In Proteus and Amphiuma

this vertebra is without arib. In no genus does it develope a hypa-

pophysial process.

CaupAL VERTEBRE.

These vertebrae always decrease in size successively from before

backwards ; the last ones are often merely little bony ossicles without

processes of any kind. The number.of caudal vertebre varies from

22 in Cryptobranchus japonicus *, and sometimes in Menobranchus,

to about 43 in Amphiuma or 53 in Siren. All except the more pos-

terior ones are provided with neural arches and, with the exception

of the first one or two, with hypapophyses. These latter unite to

form hypaxial arches in all the species except Siren. Transverse

processes are sometimes to be traced for a great distance along the

tail, as in Stren, Chioglossa, &ec. Sometimes, as in Cryptobranchus

and Menopoma, every trace of them disappears at the seventh or eighth

caudal vertebra. Sometimes both tubercular and capitular processes

stand out distinctly one above another, as occasionally in the fourth

vertebra of Menobranchus (fig. 10, c, ¢). Small ribs are sometimes

attached to the first caudal vertebra, and also to the one or two

following ones, as in Menopoma and Cryptobranchus.

Anterior and posterior zygapophyses are always developed in the

anterior caudals, and continue backwards for a variable, sometimes

(e. g. in Amphiuma) for a great extent. But it is here unnecessary

to recapitulate details as to the various parts and processes of these

vertebrae, which have already been given under the various preceding

headings.

* In Brit. Mus.

vo}

1870.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 2

May 12, 1870.

Professor Newton, V.P., in the Chair.

The Secretary read notices of the more important additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of April, and called particular

attention to :—

1. A female Rusine Deer, purchased April 13th, and stated to

have been received from the Philippines.

The Rusine form of Deer of the Philippines was still very imper-

fectly known. The present animal was of small size, about equalling

that of the Hog-deer (C. porcinus), but more slender in form. It

was very dark in colour, being of a nearly uniform dark brown ; the

ears short and rather rounded, apparently naked on the outside.

Round the eye was a pale mark; the tail beneath and insides of

thighs were white; and the white metatarsal gland-patches were

very prominent.

This Deer had been for the present designated Cervus marianus—

the Deer of the Marianne Islands (upon which this term had been

founded by Desmarest), having been stated to have been introduced

into those islands from the Philippines *.

2. A Jackal, purchased April Ist, and stated to have been brought

from the River Fernand Vas, south of the Gaboon, and to be the

animal referred to in Du Chaillu’s ‘Explorations and Adventures in

Equatorial Africa’ (p. 243) in the following passage : —

“* Before we got to town again I shot a Mboyo, a very shy animal

of the Wolf kind, with long yellowish hair and straight ears. I

have often watched these beasts surrounding and chasing small game

for themselves. The drove runs very well together; and as their

policy is to run round and round, they soon bewilder, tire out, and

capture any animal of moderate endurance.”

Mr. Sclater stated that he had in vain endeavoured to find a name

for this very distinctly marked species of the genus Canis. There

did not appear to be any specimen at all resembling it in the British

Museum. It was not possible to describe it accurately from the

living individual ; but the animal appeared to be at once distinguish-

able from every described species of the genus by the black and

white stripe extending along the flanks, and the very long black tail

with a distinct white termination. Mr. Sclater proposed as a tem-

porary designation for this species the name of the Side-striped

Jackal (Canis lateralis), and exhibited a drawing by M. Keulemans

(Plate XXIII.) representing it. Its general size and appearance was

that of the Black-backed Jackal (Canis mesomelas), from which,

however, it was readily recognizable by its sharper and more pointed

snout, the distinct side-stripes, and the long, white-tipped tail.

* See Quoy et Gaim. Zool. Voy. Uranie, p. 33.

+ Since this notice was written I have received a letter from Dr. Peters (to

whom I had sent a copy of the number of the ‘Illustrated London News’ of

April 30th, containing a figure of this animal, p. 465), suggesting that the species

280 DR. R. O. CUNNINGHAM ON THE [May 12,

3. A Sooty Crow-shrike (Strepera fuliginosa, Gould) from Aus-

tralia, purchased April 13th; believed not to have been previously

exhibited, and making the third species of this peculiar Australian

genus now living in the Society’s Gardens. The other two species

represented were the Grey Crow-shrike (Strepera anaphonensis) anil

the Pied Crow-shrike (Strepera graculina).

4, An Angulated Tortoise (T'estudo angulata) from South Africa,

believed to be the first individual of this rare species obtained alive

by the Society.

5. A Vulturine Guinea-fowl (Numida vulturina) from Brava, on

the Somali coast of Eastern Africa, presented to the Society by Dr.

John Kirk, C.M.Z.S. Dr. Kirk had despatched from Zanzibar in

a steamer to Marseilles, vid the Suez Canal, a single female of this

fine Guinea-fowl, along with a small collection of other animals, the

remainder of which were expected to arrive in a few days. Living

specimens of this Guinea-fowl had already reached the Zoological

Gardens of Hamburg; but this was the first individual that had

been brought alive to England. The Council had taken steps to

endeavour to obtain, through Dr. Kirk’s kind agency, a further

supply of specimens of this bird, which, if successfully acclimatized,

would prove a great ornament to our poultry-yards.

The following papers were read :-—

1. Notes on some Points in the Anatomy of three Kingfishers

(Ceryle stellata, Dacelo gigas, and Alcedo ispida). By

Rosert O. Cunnincuam, M.D., F.L.S., C.M.Z.S.

(Plate XXLV.)

In the course of three seasons spent in the Strait of Magellan

and the channels on the west coast of Patagonia, I had several op-

may be Canis adustus of Sundevall, described ‘ Kong]. Vet. Ak. Forh.’ 1846,

p. 121, as follows :—

“ Canis adustus, n. griseus, varieyalus, pilis dorsi crassis, ante apicem nigrum

late albis (curvatis) ; cauda nigricante, apice alba, pilis terram attingentibus ;

auriculis extus fuscis. Affinis C. mesomele et preserlim C. antho, Crzm.

Sat gracilis, capite angustato, elongato ( fere ut in C. familiati grajo), linea

faciali recta. Dentes, ut in C. variegato et affinibus, sat vulpini ; tubere allo,

interno in d. ferino superiore. Pili dorsi et laterum fere ut in C. variegato

colorati sed in adultis, quos habemus, parte alba sat crassa, curvala, apiculo

nigro hie illic amisso, indeque speciem pilorum igne adustorum prebentes.

Cauda basi pallida, dein vero pilis pallidis, apice longe niyris. Apex caude

pilis tolis albis. Pulluli habent pilos corporis lenues, simplices, minus albos,

caudam vero ut in adullis coloratam. <Adultus 785 mm.-+ cauda 330 (e.

pilis 430); planta ec. u. 170. <Altitudo dorsi 450, caput 185. Habitat in

Caffraria interiore.”

This animal was also met with by Dr. Peters in Mozambique (Reise n. Moz.

Mamm. p. 25), and by Dr. Welwitsch in Angola (ef. P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 400); but

in neither case were perfect specimens obtained.

Dr. Peters (who is much better acquainted with African Mammals than I am)

is very probably right in his identification; but it may be remarked that Sundevall

says nothing about the lateral stripes, which are very noticeable and yery peculiar

in this Jackal—P. L, S.

P.Z.S.1870.P1. XXIV

M.& N.Hanhart, pump

MYOLOGY OF KINGFISHERS.

1870. ] ANATOMY OF THREE KINGFISHERS, 281

portunities of examining specimens of Ceryle stellata, which is not

uncommon in these dreary regions, and may frequently be observed

perched on the branch of a tree overhanging the water, keeping a

vigilant look-out for its fiuny prey. It occasionally utters a harsh

stridulant note, and appears to be a bird of a bold disposition, an

individual on more than one occasion having alighted on the lower

rigging of the ship and remained there composedly for some time.

While skinning a specimen shot at Port Otway in the Gulf of

Pefias, in the month of April 1868, my attention was arrested by

what appeared to me a peculiarity in one of the superficial muscles

of the back of the neck, 7. e. the biventer cervicis. This muscle,

which I have had an opportunity of examining in a variety of birds

of different orders, generally differentiates itself from the other

spinal muscles at the lower portion of the cervical region, and, ex-

tending throughout the entire extent of the neck, is inserted into a

prominent ridge on the occiput. As a rule it consists of an upper

and lower muscular portion or belly separated by an intermediate

strong tendon of varying extent. The greatest part of this tendon,

as well as the lower muscular portion, is finely bound down along

the back of the spine by a strong aponeurotic sheath, which, how-

ever, permits of a free gliding motion within it. Of the two muscular

portions, the lower, according to Meckel, who has described some of

the principal modifications of this muscle in the third volume of his

‘System der vergleichenden Anatomie,’ is much the larger; but

this is not the case in the Kingfishers, according to my observations.

On carefully dissecting the muscles in several specimens of Ceryle stel-

lata, I found that the corresponding muscles of opposite sides were

united at the junction of the tendon with the upper muscular por-

tion by a narrow but strong transverse tendon (see Plate XXIV.

fig. 1), and that, in addition to this, a strong membrano-tendinous

junction was likewise present between them at their insertion into

the occiput. As I had never observed this connexion between the

opposite muscles in any of the other birds examined by me, I was

anxious to procure specimens of some other species of Kingfishers

in order to ascertain whether the like peculiarity obtained in them

also ; and this I have been enabled to do through the kindness of my

friend Mr. Sharpe, who has furnished me with specimens of our

common Kingfisher (d/cedo ispida) and the Laughing Jackass of

Australia (Dacelo gigas). On dissecting an example of the former

of these birds (shot in the beginning of February of this year), I found

that a considerable space, filled with fat, intervened between the

biventer of each side, and that there was no trace of a tendinous

union between them (see Plate XXIV. fig. 3); further that the

aponeurotic sheath binding down the lower portion of the muscle to

the spine was very feebly developed. In the latter bird (Plate XXIV.

fig. 2) the muscles lay closer together, and there was a very strong

aponeurotic sheath, but no tendinous connexion. It is therefore

not improbable that this may be either a generic or specific pecu-

liarity ; how arising, or for what purpose provided, 1 am not prepared

to say.

282 ON THE ANATOMY OF THREE KINGFISHERS. [ May 12,

I may add a few remarks on some other points in the anatomy of

the three birds. The tongue of Ceryle stellata and that of Alcedo

ispida bear a close general resemblance to each other and differ widely

in form from that of Dacelo gigas. In the first two (figs. 1 & 2) it

is broad, thin, flat, and sharply acuminate at the tip, while in Dacelo

(fig. 3) it is much thicker proportionally and of a sagittate form.

cr /

Fig. 1. Tongue of Ceryle stellata: b, basihyal; uv, urohyal; 2, hypohyal; ec, ce-

rato-hyal ; c’, cartilaginous piece.

2. Tongue of Alcedo ispida.

3. Tongue of Dacelo gigas.

he bronchial tubes in Alcedo ispida are considerably longer propor-

tionally than those of Dace/o gigas. In the latter bird a well-marked

subtriangular pale yellowish-red gland exists at the external side of

the origin of each bronchus ; and traces of a similar structure exist in

the former. The length of the cesophagus in Dacelo gigas is 54

inches, and that of the intestinal canal 27 inches. There are no

ceca. The diameter of the first portion of the intestine, which was

distended with food, greatly exceeded that of the succeeding por-

tions in the specimen examined. The dimensions of the digestive

tube in dlcedo I could not accurately ascertain, as the viscera were

considerably injured ; but Macgillivray, who has figured the digestive

organs of this species not very satisfactorily (the form of the tongue

being incorrectly given, and the stomach represented as much more

muscular than it is in reality), states the length of the cesophagus as

3 inches, and that of the intestine as 103 inches. The liver was

larger in proportion and more elongated in form in the specimen of

Alcedo than in that of Dacelo. The specimen of Dacelo examined

was a female which had died in the beginning of February ; and the

left ovary was of a narrow oblong form, its length being 3} lines,

and its breadth 13 line. The oil-glands of Dacelo and Alcedo

differ considerably : in the latter the gland is deeply divided into two

lobes, while in the former the anterior margin is only slightly exca-

1870. | ON THE @SOPHAGUS OF SAUROPSIDA. 283

vated. As I have not made an examination of the osteology of these

birds, I will merely point out that there is a remarkable osteological

difference in the orbit of Dacelo from that of Alcedo and Ceryle,

which is at once apparent on removing the skin from the crown of

the head, the lachrymal bone in the former bird attaining the deve-

lopment so characteristic of the Falconidee and Strigidz, in which it

contributes to roof-in the eye.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XXIV.

Fig. 1. Muscles of back of neck of Ceryle stellata: a, a’, upper and lower bellies

of biventer cervicis (aponeurotic sheath removed on each side); *, trans-

verse tendon ; 4, longus colli posticus ; ce, complexus.

2. Muscles of back of neck of Dacelo gigas: a, a’, upper and lower bellies of

biventer cervicis; b, aponeurotic sheath retained on left side; ce, tra-

pezius; d d, latissimus dorsi.

3. Muscles at back of neck of Alcedo ispida: a, a’, upper and lower bellies

of biventer cervicis (aponeurotic sheath removed).

4, Viscera of Dacelo: a, trachea; b, bronchus; ¢, gland ; d, esophagus; ¢

lymphatic gland; f, heart; g, liver; %, stomach; @, conyolutions of

intestine; *, cloaca.

5. Oil-gland of Dacelo gigas.

6. Oil-gland of Alcedo ispida.

7. Orbit of Dacelo: 7, lachrymal.

8. Orbit of Alcedo: 7, lachrymal.

2. On the Taxonomic Characters afforded by the Muscular

Sheath of the Gisophagus as regards Sauropsida and

other Vertebrata. By Grorce Guuuiver, F.R.S.

This paper is intended to show that the subject of it deserves

more attention than it has yet received ; to which end some of the

results of my observations will be briefly noticed, referring for more

particulars to my descriptions in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological

Society ’ for September 10, 1839, June 14, 1842, and April 22, 1869.

And if, by now again calling attention to the question, it should

receive such additional investigations as may lead to a more accurate

and extensive knowledge of the taxonomic value of the cesophageal

sheath, the object of the present communication will be attained.

Although more than a quarter of a century has passed since the

observations above cited proved that either the comparative distri-

bution, or presence, or absence, of the transversely striped muscular

fibre of the cesophagus may afford good diagnostics between certain

large groups and subsections of Vertebrates, and Leydig has con-

firmed my results as to the deficiency of this fibre in the cesophageal

sheath of Sauropsida, these facts have not yet been entertained in the

books of systematic zoology and comparative anatomy.

This neglect may have been caused by the complete investigation

of the subject being somewhat tedious, requiring extensive examina-

tions with good instruments, and relating to morphological arrange-

se is

284 MR. G. GULLIVER ON THE [ May 12,

ments of which neither the significance nor the importance is very

obvious. Besides, in the current ‘ Anatomy of Vertebrates,’ the de-

scriptions in this department are either so perfunctory or dogma-

tically incorrect as to repel research. Thus we have no notice what-

ever of the kind of muscular fibre composing the cesophageal sheath

of any vertebrates, except when, in a comparison of this sheath of

certain birds with that of ruminant mammalia (ii. p. 158, ni. p. 470),

there occurs the singular notice that in this order the muscular fibres

of the cesophageal coat ‘are of the striated kind.’”’ Hence the false

doctrine might arise that the intimate structure of this muscular

sheath is generally insignificant throughout the vertebrate subking-

dom, and that the sheath of striated muscular fibre of the cesophagus

in Mammalia is confined particularly to the order Ruminantia ;

whereas the cesophageal sheath of ‘striped muscle is by no means

confined in Mammalia to the Ruminants; for it exists more or less

throughout the class, as well as in Fishes. Besides the Ruminants,

several different orders or families of Mammalia have a sheath of this

striated fibre extending all along the oesophagus to or even on the

cardia, as may be well. seen, for example, in Rodents, Bears, and

many others; while this avd of muscle in Man, Quadrumana,

Felidze, the Horse, and several more Mammalia stops on the ceso-

phagus much short of its cardiac end. ‘The comparison of the mus-

cular coat of the cesophagus of Owls, and other Raptorial Birds that

regurgitate their food in “castings,” with the corresponding sheath

in Ruminants is erroneous; for this sheath is deficient in the striated

muscular fibre in Owls and other birds, while striated muscle com-

poses the chief portion of the coat of the cesophagus of Ruminants.

Though numberless observations may be required to obtain and

methodize all the facts, very easy and simple examinations will

suffice for single diagnoses; just as, by an inspection of one part, we

can arrive at the whole character of a plant or animal which had

originally been determined by far more extensive researches. Con-

stant differences in morphological arrangements are not the less

important because we happen to be ignorant of their meaning. To

define the exact value in taxonomy of the muscular sheath of the

cesophagus requires far more extensive researches than I have been

able to complete; but my observations show that it certainly

affords valuable characters.

Comparative anatomists have long since perceived many resem-

blances between birds and reptiles; and of late Professor Huxley

(Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, p. 415 e¢ seg.) has so more particularly deter-

mined the characters common to these two classes as to form them

into his one great group of ‘Sauropsida.”” Accordingly he describes

more exactly and comprehensively than had been previously done

those points in which the two classes, constituting that one primary

group, agree together and differ from Mammalia. But both he and

his predecessors have neglected the cesophageal sheath, although it

appears probable, from the observation cited above, that this pre-

sents good characteristics.

In short, in those observations the transversely striated muscular

1870.] (@SOPHAGUS OF SAUROPSIDA. 285

fibre was not found to compose the sheath of the cesophagus of either

Birds or Reptiles, while a coat of this fibre was always seen to invest

more or less of the cesophagus of Mammalia and Fishes. Here,

then, is a remarkable character in which Birds and Reptiles agree

together and differ from Mammals and Fishes.

Nor is it less noteworthy that while Sauropsida are thus distin-

guished by the absence of striated muscular fibre on the cesophagus,

they are, on the other hand, equally distinguished by the presence

of this fibre within the eye. At least I have never found striated

muscular fibres in the eye of any mammal or fish, nor have I ever

failed to find those fibres in the eyes of Sauropsida; and this agrees

with the older observations of other anatomists. But further re-

searches are yet required on this subject.

So, too, of the cesophageal sheath, both in the larval and perfect

states, of Batrachia. As of Lepidosiren, a reputed fish, the blood-

disks, according to my observations (Ann. Nat. Hist. October 1848,

and Proc. Zool. Soc. 1862, fig. 17, p. 101), have a Batrachian

character, it would be interesting and instructive to compare the

cesophageal sheath of this creature with the same part of other

allied vertebrates. In my note-book occurs the following account :

—‘ Dec. 14, 1848. Lepidosiren from the West Coast of Africa:

cesophagus membranous, wide and very dilatable, many striated

muscular fibres mixed with smooth ones on the gullet backwards, as

far as the hind end of the pericardium; the cesophagus a third of

an inch further back, and thence to the stomach, quite destitute of

any thing like striated muscular fibre.” This examination is at

present worthless, from a want of the comparisons above mentioned,

but may prove valuable whenever they are made.

As already noticed, I have never found the whole cesophagus of

Fishes and Mammalia destitute of a sheath of striated muscular

fibre; and in certain sections of the class Mammalia the extent of

that sheath is so different as to afford, so far as my observations

have gone, good diagnostics. Thus in the Rodentia and Ruminantia

this striated fibre does, and in Man and Quadrumana does not, invest

the cardiac end of the cesophagus. And in different sections of one

and the same order there may be similar differences; of the Car-

nivora, e.g., the striated muscular fibre does not clothe the cardiac

extremity of the cesophagus in the Felidae, but extends quite to that

termination in the Urside.

That such differences are always invariable cannot, in the present

state of our knowledge, be peremptorily affirmed; but that they are

constant in many vertebrates is certain. How far such characters

may tend to favour the validity of the great group of Sauropsida,

or of only the two primary vertebrate sections of Pyrenzemata and

Apyreneemata (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1862, p. 91, and Journ. Anat. and

Phys. v. 2), remains to be seen by the light of more knowledge.

Finally, when all the diagnostics between Sauropsida and Mam-

malia are well and truly reviewed, it now appears that the characters

furnished by the intimate structure of the muscular fibre must receive

_ more attention than has hitherto been given to them.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1870, No. XX.

286 MR. R.B. SHARPE ON ETHIOPIAN HIRUNDINID&. [May 12,

3. On the Hirundinide of the Ethiopian Region.

By R. B. Suarez, F.L.S., Libr. Z.8., &e.

I propose in the present paper to give an outline of the African

Swallows; and as I possess a very good series of specimens in my

private collection, I am induced to hope that these notes may be

of some service to the future student of these difficult birds. So

slight is at present our knowledge of the different species of Swallows

that I cannot expect the present attempt to be by any means perfect,

especially as there still remain some few species, of which I have

been unable to examine specimens. Nevertheless I venture to hope

that the labour bestowed upon it will in some small measure con-

duce to the benefit of ornithological science, and that it may prove

the groundwork on which some more experienced writer may build

a surer structure. I have endeavoured to work out the subject in

the manner which Messrs. Sclater and Salvin have pursued in

their well-known ‘‘ Synopsis of the American Rallide’’ *. A more

useful contribution to ornithology has, in my opinion, never been

published ; and were every essay to be prepared in the same accurate

and careful manner, the student would have little difficulty in the

determination of those species at present so puzzling.

It is by no means an easy task to define clearly tangible characters

by which the various genera of the Hirundinide may at once be

distinguished. The most efficient treatment of their classification

that | have met with is the arrangement proposed by Professor

Baird in his ‘ Review of American Birds;’ but from his having

chiefly American Swallows to deal with, his conclusions are not

always satisfactory when such genera as are strongly represented in

the Old World have to be considered. I shall, however, more than

once have to express my indebtedness to his painstaking exposition

of the family Hirundinide, throughout the course of the present

aper.

e It is very curious to note the close affinity of some of the forms

found in the African continent with those found in the Nearctic, and

more especially the Neotropical, region. As arule the affinities of

Africa are closer to South America; but with the Swallows the op-

posite is the case, and the balance of relationship is in favour of North

America, especially in the instance where a South-African species,

Petrochelidon spilodera, is so closely allied to the North-American

P. lunifrons, as at first to have been mistaken for it. As in the

New World, so in Africa a group of rough-winged Swallows is found;

and so different in form are these from all the other Hirundinide

that it is proposed to separate them as a separate subfamily, Psali-

doprocnine, to include the African genus Psalidoprocne and the

American genus Stelgidopteryz.

Hitherto all authors on African ornithology have included among

the Hirundinide one or more species of Adticora; but this genus, I

* P.Z 8. 1868, p. 442.

1870.] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON ETHIOPIAN HIRUNDINID&, 287

firmly believe, is not represented in the Ethiopian Region. It must

be remembered that the type of the genus Aéticora is the Hirundo

fasciata of Gmelin, a Brazilian species, remarkable for its small

round nostrils, which are devoid of any overhanging membrane.

Professor Baird states that the only two specimens of 4. fasciata

examined by him had only ten tail-feathers: but this must have

been accidental ; for I examined the large series recently brought home

by Mr. Edward Bartlett from the Peruvian Amazons, and every bird

had its full complement of twelve tail-feathers. Admitting that

Petrochelidon, which is represented in Africa, is a distinct genus

from Atticora, which I consider to have been satisfactorily proved

by Professor Baird, I submit that a species of true A¢ticora has yet

to be discovered :n Africa, until which time the genus must be

banished from the catalogue of its avifauna.

In the consideration of the rest of the family I follow Professor

Baird in deeming the nostrils to be the chief distinguishing charac-

teristic, and particular attention must be paid to the presence or

absence of an overhanging membrane on the upper edge of the nos-

tril. In the true Swallows and Martins itis always present, while in

the Atticora group it is not developed. The genera and subgenera

included by Professor Baird in this latter group are Progne, Pheo-

progne, Petrochelidon, Atticora, Notiochelidon, Neochelidon, Pygo-

chelidon, and Stelgidopteryx, of which number, however, the learned

Professor only admits Petrochelidon, Atticora, and Stelgidopteryx

as worthy of generic rank. As before mentioned, it is my intention

to separate the latter genus along with Psalidoprocne as a distinct

subfamily. It is, however, more with Professor Baird’s second

group of Swallows, in which he includes the genera and subgenera

Hirundo, Tachycineta, Cotyle, and Callichelidon, that we have to

deal in the present paper, inasmuch as, Tachycineta and Cal-

lichelidon being admitted to be only subgenera, we have left

Hirundo and Cotyle, both of which are strongly represented in the

Ethiopian Region. I think, however, Professor Baird has laid too

much stress on the small tuft of feathers on the inner base of the

tarsus as a generic character of Cotyle; for in our common Sand-

Martin (Cotyle riparia), the only American species of the genus, this

is indeed very strongly developed, but in every other species of the

genus that I have seen it is absolutely wanting, and should there-

fore be taken as of specific rather than of generic importance. The

genus Chelidon is easy to distinguish, by reason of the densely fea-

thered tarsi. Waldenia has been lately proposed by me for the

reception of the Hirundo nigrita of Gray. My friend Dr. O. Finsch

thinks that this bird is only subgenerically separable from Progne ;

but although in many respects there is a resemblance, yet in the

bareness of the upper joint of the tarsus in Waldenia is very different

from Progne, which has it densely feathered, and this character

alone is of strong generic importance. I have in conclusion to

thank the many kind friends who have lent me specimens or other-

wise assisted me in the preparation of the present paper.

Treating the subject in precisely the same manner as Messrs,

288 MR.R.B. SHARPE ON ETHIOPIAN HIRUNDINIDE. [May 12,

Sclater and Salvin in their excellent paper before referred to, I first

divide the Hirundinide into two subfamilies, as follows :—

a. primarii primi pogonio externo valde serrato......... Psalidoprocnine.

b. primarii primi pogonio externo levi ........-++seeeee- Hirundinine,

These two subfamilies appear to contain 38 African species, be-

longing to 7 genera, viz. :—

Psalidoprocniné.......+. l genus: 4 species.

Hirundininé .......... 6 genera: 34 species.

Subfam. I. PsaLipopRocNiIn&.

Genus 1. PSALIDOPROCNE.

Type.

Psalidoprocne, Cab. Mus. H.'Th. i. p. 48 (1850). P. holomelena.

Pristoptera, Bon. Riv. Contemp. Tor. 1857, p. 4. P. pristoptera,

Clavis specierum.

a. pileo nigro.

a’, cauda fureata.

@/7, Subalavibus WIPTISs<...c-ssserscescssenssseerassens 1. holomelena.

6, subalaribus Albis \...5..0..ccrscssseacisasrerensses 2. pristoptera.

Of WeaUd a MMe OTA nscos- esr sssnaers tienes ydecmerss sweet 3. nitens.

B.: pileotalbo.2 2. 2...32.dccnseeccetevscernadeconreeseessvecroseoes 4. albiceps.

1. PSALIDOPROCNE HOLOMELAENA.

Hirundo holomelas, Sundev. G2fv. Vet. Ak. Férh. Stockh. 1850,

p- 108 (descr. orig.) ; Hartl. Journ. f. Orn. 1855, p. 360; Grill,

Zool. Anteckn. p. 36 (1858); Layard, Ibis, 1864, p. 134; Gray,

Hand-l. of B. 1. p. 70 (1869).

Atticora holomelas, Cass. Cat. Hirund. Phil. Acad. p. 6 (1852);

Hartl. Orn. Westafr. p. 25 (1857); Layard, B. of South Afr.

p. 57 (1867).

Psalidoprocne holomela, Bonap. Rivist. Contemp. Torin. 1857, p. 4.

Psalidoprocne holomelena, Sclater, P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 108.

Atticora hamigera, Cass. Proc. Phil. Acad. 1850, p. 57, pl. 12

(descr. orig.).

Psalidoproene cypselina, Cab. Mus. Hein. Th. i. p. 48 (1850,

descr. orig.); Mull. Journ. f. Orn. 1855, p. 4.

Atticora obscura, Temm. MS. in Mus. Ludg., undé

Atticora obscura, Hartl. Journ. f. Orn. 1855, p. 35 (deser. orig.);

id. Orn. Westafr. p. 26 (1857); id. Journ. f. Orn. 1861, p. 103.

Hirundo obscura, Hartl. Journ. f. Orn. 1855, p. 360; Gray,

Hand-l. of B. i. p. 71 (1869).

Male. Above dark greenish black, deepest in the centre of the

back and on the breast ; quills deep black with a slight greenish

lustre, the outer web of the first primary distinctly serrated ; tail

dark greenish black, long, and deeply forked; bill black ; feet brown.

Total length 5°4 inches, of wing 4°], tail 3, tarsus 0°3, middle toe

0:3, lateral toes 0:2.

Female, Similar to the male, but smaller and somewhat more

1870.] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON ETHIOPIAN HIRUNDINIDE. 289

dusky, the outer edge of the external primary not serrated*, and

the tail less forked.

Hab. Cape Colony (Layard, Surtees) ; Swellendam (Cairncross) ;

Knysna (Andersson); Natal (Ayres); Gold Coast, Saccondé (Pel,

Mus. Lugd.); Ashantee (Mus. Brit.).

As the typical specimens of the present species came from Natal,

I have thought it best to describe a bird from that locality; and I

have therefore taken my description from a fine male, collected

by Mr. Ayres in Natal, and kindly lent to me by the Rev. H. B.

Tristram. There are also specimens from Natal in the British

Museum, and Mr. Gray is inclined to keep them distinct from the

Cape-Colony specimens ; but I cannot agree to separate them, as the

only difference is the slightly brighter ‘plumage of the Natal bird.

This I take to be a seasonal distinction ; for the adult specimen from

the Gold Coast in the Leyden } Museum is equally brightly glossed.

Although this Swallow is apparently a migrant, the exact range of

its migration is not yet quite satisfactorily defined. Mr. Cairncross,

who has contributed some interesting notes to Mr. Layard’s ‘ Birds

of South Africa,’ states in that work that, although met with in the

neighbourhood of Swellendam, it does not appear to breed there.

Mr. Layard himself observed the bird in the Knysna district ‘* appa-

rently breeding in holes in the banks, but he was unable to investi-

gate its doings more closely.” Specimens of Psalidoprocne obscura

(Temm.), which species is nothing but the young of the present

species, are in the British and Leyden Museums. I have examined

the type of Temminck’s Atticora obscura in the latter collection,

and am satisfied about this identification. The original specimen

was collected by Pel along with fully adult birds of Ps. holomelena

on the Gold Coast. I may mention that Mr. G. R. Gray also agrees

with me in considering the Aéticora obscura of Hartlaub to be only

the young of Psalidoprocne holomelena ; nor will this conclusion, I

believe, be called in question by any one who examines the birds in

the British Museum.

I subjoin the measurements of the West-African specimens above

mentioned, in juxtaposition with a large series in my own collection

from Southern Africa.

No.|Sex.} Locality. Authority. ye Al. Caud. Remarks.

de, sets || AO. Boutry. S| Peliten ase es A) AUS HO Gl hoe

Pata MACCONAG. co sa. dele «ove « 64 | 3-7 |....| | Types of Ps. ob-

3. |....| Elmina Nagtlas SAO aD” |Pe scura (Temm.).

4.| g | Caffraria....| Wahlberg oy” Wk a a ae

5. |....| Ashantee Mus. Brit 44 | 34 | 23

Gulia Natale. ....5% Atyare sie scajsial 54 | 41 | 3:0

7. | ¢ |S. Africa....| Layard ..../ G0 | 43 | 3:25

‘Sista ey aye Rend a a Se ORlea|! Aah loses

OFF 3 ee--| Surtees ....| 63 | 44 | 3:6

10. | g | Knysna ....| Andersson ..} 5:8 | 4:35) 3°6

TM aes eee 4 «.| D8 |, 43] 3:3

12.| ¢ n - 5:5 | 435) 3:25

13. | 9 a ar = 53 | 38 | 2°7

a as ie 51 | 4-0 | 24

15. | 9 Ay 3 Se | oom 2c0

* In the genus Ste/gidopteryx also the female differs from the male in not

haying the outer primary serrated.

290 MR. R.B. SHARPE ON ETHIOPIAN HIRUNDINID&. [May 12,

Specimens 1 to 4 are in the Leyden Museum ; and I am glad to see

that no. 3, which has been more recently received than Temminck’s

types, has been labelled by Professor Schlegel H. holomelena. This

shows that he holds the same opinion as myself ; for if Psalidoproene

obscura were a distinct species from Ps. holomelena, the bird sent

by Governor Nagtlas from Elmina would belong to the former species,

as it is absolutely identical in coloration with the type—that is to

say, is more dusky underneath than ordinary adult Ps. holomelena.

Colonel Grant, in his ‘ Walk across Africa’ (p. 127), speaks of a

Swallow having been observed, a// élack in colour, which Drs.

Finsch and Hartlaub, in their new work on East-African Ornithology,

suggest may possibly have been Ps. obscura. Dr. Th. von Heuglin,

in his ‘Ornithologie Nord-Ost Afrika’s’ (p. 148), goes further and

includes it (with a query) as a species occurring within his limits,

but on no other authority than the quotation from Colonel Grant’s

work. I cannot see that there is any good reason for supposing

that this was the bird observed ; and it is just as likely to have been

a sex of Ps. albiceps.

2. PSALIDOPROCNE PRISTOPTERA.

Hirundo pristoptera, Ripp. N. Wirb. t. 39. fig. 2 (1835, descr.

orig. ).

une pristoptera, Gray, Gen. of B. i. p. 58 (1845); id. Cat.

Fiss. Brit. Mus. p. 21 (1848); Bonap. Consp. Gen. Av. i. p. 337

(1850) ; Mill. Journ. f. Orn. 1855, p. 4; Heugl. Journ. f. Orn.

1861, p. 420, et 1863, p. 4; Brehm, Reise nach Habesch, p. 208

(1863).

Chelidon pristoptera, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 22 (1845).

Chelidon (?) pristoptera, Heugl. Syst. Uebers. p. 17 (1856).

Psalidoprocne pristoptera, Sclater, P. Z.S. 1864, p. 109 ; Heugl.

Orn. N.-O. Afr. p. 148 (1869) ; Blanf. Geol. & Zool. Abyss. p. 349

1870).

( “ Atticora albiscapulata, Riipp.,” Boie, Isis, 1844, p. 172.

Atticora albiscapulata, Gray, Hand-l. of B. i. p. 73 (1869).

Pristoptera typica, Bonap. Rivist. Contemp. Torin. 1857, p. 4.

Above glossy blue-black, with a greenish tinge on the wings and

tail; quills greenish black, the inner web dusky ; tail much forked,

greenish black above, dusky underneath ; under surface of the body

glossy blue-black; under wing-coverts white. Total length 5:5

inches ; of bill from front 0°2, from gape 0°4; wing 4°4; tail 3:0;

tarsus 0°35, middle toe 0°4, hind toe (0-2, lateral toes 0°25.

Hab. North-eastern Africa ; Galla Country, Central and North-

ern Abyssinia to 17° N. (Heuglin) ; Dongolo, Tigré (Blanford).

According to Von Heuglin, this species is a migratory bird in

Abyssinia, and appears about the end of April or the beginning of

May in the localities above given. It lives in pairs in the rocky

parts of the country from 4000 to 10,000 feet above the sea, breeds

abcut the beginning of July in holes in the rocks, and lays two white

eggs. It has two broods a year. Von Heuglin (/.c.) also gives

some more, very interesting details respecting its habits.

1870.) MR. R. B, SHARPE ON ETHIOPIAN HIRUNDINID&. 291

The description and measurements are taken from an adult speci-

men kindly lent me by Mr. Blanford. He shot it himself on the

15th of May, 1868, at Dongolo in the province of Tigré, at an ele-

vation of 6500 feet. He also informs that he saw it occasionally in

the highlands of Abyssinia and also in the Anseba valley, but never

below 4000 feet elevation.

3. PSALIDOPROCNE NITENS.

Atticora nitens, Cass. Proc. Acad. Philad. 1857, p. 38 (descr.

orig.) ; Hartl. Orn. Westafr. p. 261 (1857); Cass. Proc. Acad.

Philad. 1859, p. 33; Hartl. Journ. f. Orn. 1861, p. 103; Du

Chaillu, Equat. Afr. p. 472 (1861).

Above glossy greenish black, very bright and distinct both above

and below; quills dark brown, glossed with greenish above, as also

is the tail, which is quite square; bill black; feet light brown.

Total length 4°3 inches, wing 3°8, tail 2°2.

Hab. Muni and Ogobai Rivers, Gaboon (Du Chaillu).

This is a beautiful little Swallow, of apparently a more robust

build than either Ps. holomelena or Ps. pristoptera, which, by rea-

son of their long forked tails, have a graceful and slender appearance.

The plumage of the present species is also much more brilliant and

glossy. The description and measurements are from a very fine skin

in the British Museum, from West Africa.

4, PSALIDOPROCNE ALBICEPS.

Psalidoprocne albiceps, Sclater, P. Z.S. 1864, p. 108, pl. xiv. ;

Heugl. Orn. N.-O. Afr. p. 147.

Atticora albiceps, Finsch & Hartl. Orn. Ost-Afr. p. 133 (1869).

I am unable to give a detailed description of this beautiful Swallow,

as the original specimen, which was preserved in spirit and presented

by Dr. Sclater to the British Museum, cannot now be found. The

following is Dr. Sclater’s original description :—

“ P, nigra, pileo et gula summa albis.

“Long. tot. 5°5, ale 4:2, caude rectr. ext. 3:1, rectr. med, 2°2

oll.

“Capt. Speke has brought home in spirit from Uzinza a single

example of this apparently new Swallow of the section Psalidoprocne.

It seems to form a third of this little African group, which is dis-

tinguished from true Hirundo by its long cleft tail, short tarsi, small

feet, and the saw-like margination of the outer edge of the first

primary.”

Colonel Grant has mentioned it in his ‘ Walk across Africa’

(p. 127), and has also very kindly favoured me with a note :—

‘Extract from my journal dated ‘ Usui, Central Africa, Oct. 16,

1861. Black Swallow with white forehead and throat under the

jaw, with forked tail. Black Swallow, smaller*. Seen together

about scarped rocks; at least it was here I first observed them.”

* This is the bird referred by Von Heuglin to Ps, obscura. I think it just as

likely to be the female of Ps. albiceps.

292 MR. R.B.SHARPE ON ETHIOPIAN HIRUNDINIDE. [May 12,

Subfam. II. Hirunpininz&.

Conspectus generum Hirundininarum.

@. tAYSIS PlUMOSIS. «0466.00 0%» ose anes salen cise snes cece 2. Chelidon.

é. tarsis nudis.

a’, naribus supra membrano haud obtectis.

@. naribus rotundatis <...5..0..sccece cr as ee 3. Petrochelidon.

Gi nari bus sOValUpUs mer ele t-lolsieinlelelelstelernietelereicatcle 4, Phedina.

2’. naribus supra membrano obtectis.

a'', rectrice extima haud producta ..........+. 5. Cotyle.

6’, vectrice extima producta; cauda furcata.

a'", tarso superiore nudo .........+++4. 6. Waldenia.

é'"'. tarso superiore plumoso............ 7. Hirundo.

Genus 2. CHELIDON. Type.

Chelidon, Boie, Isis, 1822, p. 550.......... .. Ch. urbica.

Clavis specierum.

a. pogonio interno rectricis extimz fuliginoso-nigra...........- 1. urbica.

&. pogonio interno rectricis extime basin versus albo notato .... 2. albigena.

]. CHELIDON URBICA.

Chelidon urbica, Riipp. Neue Wirb. p. 106 (1835); ad. Syst.

Uebers. p. 22 (1845) ; Bolle, Journ. f. Orn. 1854, p. 460; Mull.

Journ. f. Orn. 1855, p. 3; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. p. 17 (1856) ; zd.

Journ. f. Orn. 1861, p. 419; Brehm, Reise nach Habesh, p. 272

(1863); Heugl. Orn. N.-O. Afr. p. 168; Blanf. Geol. & Zool.

Abyss. p. 349 (1870).

Hirundo urbica, Keul. Ned. Tijdschr. iii. p. 384 (1866).

Hab. North-eastern Africa and Arabia (Heuglin, av. migr.);

Koomayli (Blanford); Cape Verde Islands (Bolle); Ilha do Principe

(Keulemans).

Dr. von Heuglin states that this species is “a bird of passage in

North-eastern Africa and Arabia, in February and March, and again

from August to the beginning of October, partly singly, partly in

great flocks, in company with other species.’ Mr. Blanford shot a

female at Koomayli on the 2nd of February, 1868.

Dr. Bolle (/. c.) refers to its appearance in the Cape Verde

Islands in great swarms in April 1852 at Fuertaventura. They dis-

appeared as suddenly as they came. The most extraordinary fact

in relation to the migration of the present bird is its occurrence in

Prince’s Island, on the West Coast of Africa. Here Mr. Keulemans

shot it under the circumstances mentioned in the accompanying note

with which he has favoured me :—

** During the month of January I was living at a plantation about

1500 feet above the sea-level, and I was one evening very much

surprised to see a Swallow flying round my house. I had before

often seen Swifts (Cypselus abyssinicus), but uever a Swallow

before in that neighbourhood. As it was rather late in the evening,

and I had no small shot in my gun, I was obliged to let it go, hoping

to see it again afterwards. Fearing lest I might lose the chance of

1870.) MR. R. B. SHARPE ON ETHIOPIAN HIRUNDINIDA, 293

getting the bird, I stayed at the plantation the whole of the next day,

keeping a sharp look-out, till at last my patience was rewarded by

observing the Swallow about 5 o’clock in the afternoon flying round

in company with the Swifts. As it came once pretty near, a well-

directed shot secured the bird; but, as bad luck would have it, the

upper mandible and almost the entire head were blown away by the

discharge, so that it was quite spoilt for preserving. However

curious the appearance of a House-martin so far south may have

been, there was no question about the identity of the species, the

feathered legs setting all doubts on this point at rest. The natives

of Prince’s Island who saw me kill the bird were as much surprised

as myself, never having seen the species before on the island. I

may add that this was the only time I met with Hirundo urbica

during my travels in Western Africa.”

2. CHELIDON ALBIGENA.

Chelidon albigena, Heugl. Journ. f. Orn. 1861, p. 419; ed. Orn.

N.-O. Afr. p. 169 (1869).

Ch. offinis Ch. urbice, sed rectrice extima macula alba basin

versus notata distinguenda.

Hab. Bogos Country (Von Heuglin).

Never having seen the present bird, I am unable to furnish a

detailed description. According to Dr. von Heuglin it is allied to

Chelidon urbica, but differs in the circumscribed cheek-stripe, the

searcely forked tail, the colour of the abdomen, and the white spot

on the inner web of the outer tail-feather. This last character

appears to me to be the most striking, and will serve to distinguish

the species. Dr. von Heuglin obtained his specimens in the neigh-

bourhood of Keren in the Bogus Country, where, however, it was

not met with by Messrs. Blanford and Jesse.

Genus 3. PETROCHELIDON. Type.

Petrochelidon, Cab. M. Hein. Th. i. p.47(1857). P. melanogaster.

1. PETROCHELIDON SPILODERA.

Hirundo spilodera, Sundey. CEfv. Kongl. Vet. Akad. Forh.

Stockh. 1850, p. 108 (descrip. orig.) ; Gray, Hand-l. of B. i. p. 70

(1869).

Phedina spilodera, Bonap. Rivist. Contemp. Torin. 1857, p. 4.

Hirundo lunifrons, Layard, B. of 8. Afr. p. 56 (1867, errore).

Hirundo alfredi, Hartl. Ibis, 1868, p. 153, pl. 4 (descrip. orig.).

Head dark brown, obscurely glossed with dark blue; lighter

brown towards the nape; back and scapularies deep blue, the

feathers edged latitudinally with white, giving a striped appear-

ance to the whole back, the scapularies and wing-coverts just faintly

edged with rusty white ; the lower part of the back blue, not marked

with the stripes; rump and upper tail-coverts pale rufous; wing-

coverts and quills brownish black, a slight blue:gloss on the latter and

294 MR.R.B, SHARPE ON ETHIOPIAN HIRUNDINID&. [May 12,

on the extremities of the quills; tail brownish black, also slightly

glossed with blue; a patch of feathers in front of the eye pale

sienna; cheeks, ear-coverts, and sides of the neck dark blue; chin

white, throat tinged with sienna and covered with little black spots,

below this a blackish band marked with whitish ; under surface of

the body white, washed on the upper part of the breast and on the

flanks with sienna, a few scattered black spots on the breast ; under

tail-coverts and vent pale rufous, some of the former entirely black,

and the others rufous with a blackish spot. Total length 5:9 inches ;

of bill from front 0°4, from gape 0°6 ; wing 4°5; tail 2°1; tarsus 0°5,

middle toe 0°45, hind toe 0:2.

Hab. Middleburg, Cape Colony (Jackson, Layard); Transvaal

(Ayres).

The exact locality of the specimens originally described by Prof.

Sundevall is not given; but, as they were collected by Wahlbeig,

it is most probable that they came from Caffraria or Natal.

I had for a long time been puzzled as to what the true Hirundo

spilodera of Sundevall really was; and I was therefore delighted

to find at Leyden one of the typical specimens collected by Wahl-

berg and received in exchange from the Stockholm Museum. I at

once saw that the lately described Hirundo alfredi of Hartlaub was

identical, as any one will admit who compares the two diagnoses.

That of Prof. Sundevall is given in the ‘ Gfversigt’ of the Stock-

holm Academy ; and as this work is often inaccessible to the working

ornithologist, I reproduce his description here verbatim, merely

adding that to the student of African ornithology the paper by the

learned Professor is one of the highest interest, as it contains an

account of Wahlberg’s ornithological discoveries in Southern Africa.

A set of the ‘ @fversigt’ is in the Society’s library.

The following is Sundevall’s description (J. e.) :—

‘‘HrRUNDO SPILODERA, n. sp. Fusca, dorso ceruleo-nitido,

albo vario ; uropygio crissoque fulvis, gutture pectoreque an-

tico fulvis nigro maculatis. Cauda fusca, immaculata, tantum

leviter emarginata, pennis obtusis. Caude tectrices maxime

nigre. Lora fulva. Nares rotundate. Ala 112, tars. 12;

cauda 58.”

This, placed side by side with the diagnosis of Hirundo alfredi,

leaves no doubt as to the identity of the two birds. The descrip-

tion given by me is taken from the afore-mentioned specimen in

the Leyden Museum, which is a male from Caffraria (Wahlberg).

Mr. Gurney is no douht right in supposing that the bird figured in

the ‘ Ibis’ is an adult ; but the plate, obliterating as it does all trace

of the peculiar striped appearance of the back, destroys the identity

of the species.

In order to make assurance doubly sure, I wrote to my friend

Dr. Tristram, who very kindly sent me for examination the type of

Hirundo alfredi, so that I have now carefully examined the ty-

pical specimens of both Hirundo spilodera and H. alfredi, and

am satisfied of the complete identity of the two species.

1870.) MR. R. B. SHARPE ON ETHIOPIAN HIRUNDINIDE, 295

Genus 4. PHepina. Type.

Phedina, Bonap. Riv. Contemp. Tor. 1857, p.4 .. P. borbonica.

Clavis specierum.

a, tectricibus subcaudalibus albis medio late brunneo striatis 1. borbonica.

&. tectricibus subcaudalibus fere omnino albis ............046 2. madagascariensis,

1. PHEDINA BORBONICA.

Hirondelle de Vile de Bourbon, Buff. Pl. Enl. 544. fig. 2.

Wheat-Swallow, Lath. Syn. ii. pt. 2. p. 581 (1783, ex Buff.).

Hirundo borbonica, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 1017 (1788, ex Buff.);

Lath. Ind. Orn. ii. p. 580 (1790); Gray, Gen. of B. i. p. 58

(1845) ; Schl. & Poll. Faun. Madag. Ois. p. 68 (1868); Gray,

Hand-l. of B. i. p. 71 (1869).

Cotyle borbonica, Bonap. Consp. Gen. Av. i. p. 342 (1850).

Phedina borbonica, Bonap. Rivist. Contemp. Torin. 1857, p. 4;

Newt. Ibis, 1861, p. 271; Maill. Notes Réun. p. 162 (1862);

Newt. Ibis, 1862, p. 270, et 1863, p. 340; Coq. Alb. de la Réun.

1865, pp. 19, 20, fig. 2.

Above dark greyish brown, the centres of the feathers marked

down the shaft with a narrow streak of black, very distinct on

the rump ; wing-coverts dark blackish brown ; quills black above,

greyish underneath ; tail blackish brown above, dark brown beneath,

paler on the inner web; lores black ; cheeks, sides of the neck, and

of the breast greyish brown, with darker shaft-stripes; rest of the

under surface of the body white, longitudinally striped with dark

brown, the upper part of the breast and flanks somewhat greyish ;

bill black; feet brown. ‘Total length 5-4 inches, of wing 4°65,

tail 2.

According to the late M. Coquerel, a variety of this bird is met

with in Réunion; but Mr. Pollen has stated his opinion that this

is but a stage of plumage of the ordinary species.

The description and measurements are taken from a specimen

kindly lent me by Prof. Newton. It is a male procured by his

brother (Mr. Edward Newton) in the Mauritius on the 18th of

June, 1862. In the ‘Ibis’ for 1862 the last-named gentleman

states that “since the hurricane of February 1861, which lasted for

six days, he did not see a single specimen of Phedina borbonica in

this island. They were never very numerous.” Subsequently he

writes (Ibis, 1863, p. 340), “TI may here mention, with reference

to my remark (Ibis, 1862, p. 270, note) that the hurricane of

1861 has not entirely exterminated this species in Mauritius, but it

is certainly much rarer; for at the locality in the district of Sa-

vanne, where I have observed it to be most plentiful, I remained

for ten days, in June 1862, and never observed more than three

at once, and as they were always at the same place, they might

have been the same individuals.”

2. PHEDINA MADAGASCARIENSIS.

Phedina madagascariensis, Hartl. Faun. Madag. p. 27 (1861).

296 MR. R.B. SHARPE ON ETHIOPIAN HIRUNDINIDE. [May 12,

Phedina, sp., Roch & E. Newt. Ibis, 1862, p. 270; E. Newt.

Ibis, 1863, p. 340.

Above rather pale brownish grey, the shafts of all the feathers

being distinctly marked; wing-coverts and quills blackish brown,

the latter paler underneath ; tail dark brown, somewhat lighter on

the inner webs; lores black ; cheeks, sides of the neck, and breast

greyish brown with darker shaft-stripes ; rest of the under surface

of the body white, with thin longitudinal stripes, the lower part of

the abdomen and under tail-coverts pure white, the shafts of the

feathers only indicated by a narrow line of brown; sides of the

breast and flanks greyish brown; bill black ; feet dark brown.

Total length 5°5 inches, of wing 4°7, tail 0°2.

Hab. Madagascar (Hartlaub).

Dr. Hartlaub, in 1561, separated the Phedina from Madagascar

as a distinct species, though no direct evidence had been received

till recently to confirm this decision. Lately, however, I had the

pleasure of receiving, in a small collection of birds sent from North

Madagascar by Mr. Crossley, two specimens of this species; and the

colour of these birds is certainly paler than in the Mauritius speci-

mens, and the abdomen and under tail-coverts are nearly pure white.

I therefore keep the two birds distinct ; and it should be remembered

that on both occasions of his visiting Madagascar Mr. Edward

Newton saw a Phedina flying about which he believed to be distinct

from the bird of Réunion, with which he was well acquainted.

Genus 5. CoTyLe. Type.

Cotile, Boie, Isis, 1822, p. 550 ....... Rn Oo Ay TA CE

Biblis, Less.

Clavis specierum.

a. torque pectorali.

a’. tectricibus subalaribus brunneis ..............eseeeeceeeeeeres 1. riparia,

2’. tectricibus subalaribus albis.

a’. major: rectrice extima versus apicem alba ......... 2. eques.

4". minor: rectrice extima omnino brunnea ............ 3. cincta.

d, torque pectorali nullo.

a‘, majores: rectricibus albo maculatis.

a'', pectore superiore cum gula immaculata rufescenti-

bus: subtus saturate nigricanti-brunnea ......... 4, fuligula.

b". gula alba vel pallide fulvescente.

a’’’, gula brunneo notata .......s.seeseeeeenecee eens 5. rupestris.

db!" gula albicante, immaculata..............:esee 6. obsoleta.

/. minor: rectricibus immaculatis ...........ceccceereeeeeeeeees 7. paludicola.

1. CoryLE RIPARIA.

Cotyle riparia (Linn.); Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 22 (1845);

Sclater, Contr. to Orn. 1852, p. 124; Mill. Journ. f. Orn. 1855,

p- 5; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. p. 17 (1856); Heugl. Orn. N.-O. Afr.

p. 165 (1869); Finsch & Hartl. Orn. Ost-Afr. p. 145.

Cotyle littoralis, Hempr. & Ehr. in Mus. Berol. (teste Heuglin).

Adult male. Above dark earthy brown, a little paler on the lower

part of the back and upper tail-coverts; throat and cheeks white,

1870.] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON ETHIOPIAN HIRUNDINIDE. 297

extending on to the sides of the neck; abdomen and under tail-

coverts white; upper part of the breast, flanks, and under wing-

coverts dark earthy brown, with a slight dash of grey; bill black ;

feet dark brown. Total length 5 inches, of wing 3°9, tail 1-9.

Young. Similar to the adult, but not such a deep brown, and

having the wing-coyerts, secondary quills, and lower part of the back

edged with fulvous ; the breast-band not nearly so dark as in the

adult, and edged with grey, the brown colour not extending so di-

stinctly on to the flanks, so that the greater part of the breast is

white; bill black; feet dark brown. ‘Total length 4-5 inches, wing

3°9, tail 1°7.

This, our well-known Sand-martin, only extends into North-east-

ern Africa. Dr. von Heuglin states that it is rather rare in N.E.

Africa and Arabia.

2. CoTyYLE EQUES.

Cotyle eques, Hart]. P. Z. S. 1866, p. 325.

Hirundo torquata, Keul. Ned. Tidschr. iii. p. 384 (1866).

Hab. Ilha do Principe (Dohrn, Keulemans).

I have never seen a specimen of this bird, which, however, would

seem to be distinct from Cotyle cincta by reason of the white spot on

the outer tail-feather. Mr. Keulemans gives me the accompanying

details respecting it :—

“I observed this species for several days in Prince’s Island. The

first time was in June, when I found a pair flying along the shores of

the bay which is near the town of the island. They were very tame,

and were continually resting on the twigs of some small tree or bush.

This species did not seem to be very strong on the wing; for after flying

up and down for a few moments, both birds repeatedly rested for some

time. I shot one, which proved to be the female ; but, judging from

what I saw of the living birds, the male did not appear to differ in

colour. I unfortunately did not secure the latter; for, immediately

on the fall of his mate, he flew up high in the air and disappeared.

In September I saw another individual sitting in exactly the same

place where I had already killed the previous one, but I was obliged

to abstain from shooting it, for fear of hitting some nigger boys who

were in the neighbourhood. The call-note of this bird is like that

of Hirundo rustica; but I did not hear any song. The present

species is known to the inhabitants as an occasional visitor, and is

called by some of them Pascusha, by others Undurinha. They also

assert that it is found all through the year in the high mountains in

the interior of the island, and comes sometimes to the shore.”

3. CoTyLE CINCTA.

Hirondelle brune a collier du Cap de Bonne Espérance, Buff. Pl.

Enl. 723.

Hirundo cincta, Bodd. Tabl. Pl. Enl. p. 45 (1783, ex Buff.).

Cotyle cincta, Gray, Gen. of B. i. p. 60 (1845); id. Cat. Fiss,

Brit. Mus. p. 30 (1848); Horsf. & Moore, Cat. B. Mus. E.-I. Co.

298 MR. R. B.SHARPE ON ETHIOPIAN HIRUNDINIDZ&. [May 12,

i. p. 97 (1854) ; Layard, B. of S. Afr. p. 58 (1867); Gurney, Ibis,

1868, p. 43; Heugl. Orn. N.-O. Afr. 1. p. 164 (1869); Finsch &

Hartl. Orn. Ostafr. p. 144 (1870); Blanf. Geol. & Zool. Abyss.

p- 349 (1870).

Brown-collared Swallow, Lath. Gen. Syn. ii. p. 577.

Hirundo torquata, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 1022 (1788); Lath. Ind.

Orn. ii. p. 579 (1790) ; Bon. et Vieill. Enc. Méth. ii. p. 522 (1823).

Cotyle torquata, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 22 (1845); Bonap.

Consp. Gen. Av. i. p. 342 (1850); Mull. J. f. 0.1855, p.4; Heugl.

Syst. Uebers. p. 17 (1856) ; zd. Ibis, 1859, p. 339; id. Peterm.

Mitth. 1861, p. 21.

Adult. Above greyish brown, darker on the head and paler on

the rump, where the dark shafts of the feathers become plainer ;

quills dark brown, the secondaries edged at the tip with whitish, tail

dark brown, narrowly margined with whitish, no spots on the inner

webs; lores black ; ear-coverts dark brown; a patch of feathers

extending from the nostrils to the eye, throat, breast, under wing-

and tail-coverts pure white; a band across the breast and thighs

brown; bill black; feet dark brown; eye hazel. Total length

6 inches, of wing 4°8, tail 2°0.

Young. Similar to the adult, but has the plumage somewhat

darker ; rump very pale brown with a light rufous tinge; the whole

of the upper surface, quills, and the band on the breast with rusty

edgings to the feathers; bill dark horny brown; feet brown. Total

length 6 inches, wing 4:7, tail 2°0.

Hab. N.E. Africa (Riippell, Heuglin); Natal (Mus. R. B.S.) ;

Cape Colony (Layard).

This species must stand as Cotyle cincta (Bodd.), as this name,

founded on Buffon’s 723rd plate, takes precedence over Gmelin’s

name of torquata, also founded on the same plate. The name of the

latter, however, has generally been assigned by writers on North-

eastern Africa to the Abyssinian bird, either by an oversight or from

a supposition that it was distinct from the South-African form. I

have had the opportunity of comparing an Abyssinian specimen with

a series of skins in my collection from Natal and the Cape Colony,

and I am unable to detect any characters whereby to distinguish

them specifically. The Abyssinian bird is just a trifle larger, but in

my opinion it cannot in any way be separated from the South-Afri-

can species to which Boddaert’s name is primarily referable.

The present species is distinguished from all the other Sand-

martins (1) by its large size, (2) by the pure white under the wing-

coverts. With the exception of this latter difference, it is a large

edition of our Common Sand-martin (Cotyle riparia), of which it is

the southern representative, as Mr. F. R. Surtees well remarked to

me in one of his letters.

As regards its occurrence in N.E. Africa, Dr. von Heuglin writes

as follows :—‘ This bird is a migrant in N.E. Africa. Riippell

found it in Barakit, I at Adowa, Mareb, Provinces of Dembea and

Eifag, from early in May, through the rainy season, and in October

at a marsh hetween Tedjura and Ghubet-harab on the Adail coast.”

1870.] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON ETHIOPIAN HIRUNDINID&. 299

4, CorTyLE FULIGULA.

LI’ Hirondelle fauve, Levaill. Ois. d’ Afr. v. p. 156, pl. 246.

Hirundo fuligula, Licht. in Forst. Descr. Anim. p. 55 (1844);

Grill, Zool. Anteckn. p. 36 (1858).

Cotyle fuligula, Gray, Gen. of B. i. p. 60 (1845); éd. Cat. Fiss.

Brit. Mus. p. 29 (1848); Bonap. Consp. Gen. Av. 1. p. 342 (1850) ;

Cab. Mus. Hein. Th. i. p. 164 (1850); Cass. Cat. Hirund. Phil.

Acad. p. 12 (1853); Sundev. Crit. om Levaill. p. 52 (1857); Mull.

Journ. f. Orn. 1855, p. 5; Hartl. Orn. Westafr. p. 28 (1857);

Hartl. Journ. f. Orn. 1861, p. 103; Layard, Birds of S. Afr. p. 57

(1867); Bocage, Jorn. Lisb. 1868, p. 40; Heugl. Orn. N.-O. Afr.

i. p. 164 (1869); Gray, Hand-l. of B. i. p. 73 (1869).

Hirundo hyemalis, Forst. Descr. Anim. p. 55 (1844).

Above dark greyish brown, having a faint olive-green gloss in cer-

tain lights, paler on the rump and upper tail-coverts, the shafts of

latter being distinctly marked ; wing-coverts dark brown, with the

same olive-green gloss as the back in some lights ; quills dark brown,

grey underneath ; tail rather paler brown, all the feathers except the

two centre ones having a conspicuous white spot on the inner web,

this being exceedingly small or sometimes wanting altogether on the

outermost rectrix; lores dark blackish brown; entire throat and

breast deep fulvous; flanks and abdomen dark brown tinged with

fulvous; under wing-coverts fulvous; bill and feet black. Total

length 5°7 inches, wing 5:3, tail 2-0.

Hab. South Africa (Layard) ; Damara Land (Andersson) ; Angola

(Henderson) ; Abyssinia (Mus. Brit.) ; Nubia (Verreaur).

When fully adult there is no mistaking this species, the deep

fulvous throat, in some specimens quite rufous, and the general

robust form of the bird being quite sufficient to distinguish it from

all the African species of Cotyle. The absence of spots on the throat

serve to separate it from C. rupestris, with which I have every reason

to believe it has been confounded by some writers. Inthe Cape Colony

it would appear to be not uncommon. I have a specimen in my col-

lection, obtained by the late Mr. C. J. Andersson at Daviep in Da-

mara Land ; and it has been obtained by Signor Anchieta at Biballa.

There are certainly two distinct subspecies of the present bird, a

northern and a southern form, the latter of course being the true C.

fuligula. The British Museum also contains several specimens from

N.E. Africa. But I cannot agree that the two forms from Southern

and North-eastern Africa are positively identical. The Abyssinian sub-

species is always smaller and darker. The following table gives the

measurements of six specimens, amongst which are those of two birds

in the British Museum from the last-named locality :—

Total

length. Wing. Tail.

1. Cotyle fuligula. Abyssinia........ 52 48 2°2

7 Saar aa copier Beene 5 4'6 2°2

See An cf South Africa .... 6°0 5°2 272

oe Ss 3 » Mecca d, 53 2°25

bide oi fs ayer any 5°3 2°2

bg"; a Damara Land.... 5°'8 5:0 2°25

300 MR. R.B. SHARPE ON ETHIOPIAN HIRUNDINIDE. [May 12,

Now, although there are evident differences in the two birds, I do

not think it well to give a separate name to the northern bird, as

there are already so many of these races in Africa which have

received distinct appellations, and, as far as my experience goes, this

practice has caused much confusion.

As I remark hereafter, I believe that Dr. Finsch was not quite

correct in assigning a specimen brought home by Mr. Jesse from

Abyssinia to the present species.

5. CoTyLEe RUPESTRIS.

Cotyle rupestris (Scop.); Brehm, Journ. f. Orn. 1853, p. 452 ;

Mill. Journ. f. Orn. 1855, p. 5; Tristr. Ibis, 1867, p. 368;

Heugl. Orn. N.-O. Afr. p. 163 (1869); Blanf. Zool. Abyss. p. 350

(1870).

Above pale greyish brown, darker on the head; wing-coverts and

quills dark brown, showing in some lights a faint greenish gloss ;

tail very dark brown, the two middle and two outermost tail-feathers

unspotted, the others with an oval white spot on the inner web;

throat and breast buffy white, the former thickly marked with small

spots of brown, the rest of the under surface of the body rather dark

brown with a tinge of buff throughout ; under wing- and tail-coverts

very dark brown, edged at the tip with fulvous white ; bill black ;

feet light brown. Total length 5:3 inches, wing 5:1, tail 1-8.

Hab. N.E. Africa. Rare in Egypt (Brehm); Abyssinia, Senafé

(Blanford).

The above description is taken from a European specimen, and

must not be too implicitly relied on for exact correspondence with

the bird from North-eastern Africa, But I described a specimen of

true C. rupestris advisedly, inasmuch as I am not convinced as to

the absolute specific identity of the form occurring in Africa with

that which occurs in Southern Europe. On the contrary, my

belief is that, like C. fuligula, there are two subspecies of C. ru-

pestris—one the true C. rupestris from Southern Europe, the other

a diminutive subspecies, darker in plumage altogether, occurring in

North-eastern Africa (Blanford), probably Egypt (Addams), Pales-

tine certainly (Zristram), India probably (Jerdon, B. of Ind. i.

p- 166), and certainly China (Swinhoe). The probability of the

correct identification of the Indian and Egyptian birds depends on

future observation ; but I have myself examined specimens from the

other localities. Mr. Blanford’s Abyssinian bird, shot near Senafé,

at an elevation of 7500 feet, belonged certainly to the small race of

C. rupestris, and I could not distinguish it from others in the

British Museum.

The bird which Dr. Finsch identified in Mr. Jesse’s collection as

Cotyle fuligula does not really belong to that bird or to its northern

subspecies, but to the small race of C. rupestris. It has spots on

the throat, and is exactly similar to a bird in Lord Walden’s col-

lection from Jericho. I very much question the occurrence of true

Cotyle fuligula away from Southern Africa; and therefore I think

that the bird thus named by Verreaux from Nubia (Hartl. J. f. O.

1870.] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON ETHIOPIAN HIRUNDINIDZ. 301

1861, p. 103) likewise belongs to the small dark-coloured sub-

species of C. rupestris.

6. CoTYLE OBSOLETA.

Cotyle obsoleta, Cab. Mus. Hein. Th. i. p. 50 (1850); Mill.

Journ. f. Orn. 1855, p. 5; Hartm. Journ. f. Orn. 1863, p. 238;

Gray, Hand-l. of B. i. p. 74 (1869).

Cotyle rupestris, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 22 (1845); Vierth.

Nauman. 1855, "p. 471; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. p. 17 (1856);

Taylor, Ibis, 1859, p. 47; Heugl. Peterm. Mitth. 1861, p. 21;

Adams, Ibis, 1864, p. 14; Hartm. Journ. f. Orn. 1864, p. 387.

Cotyle cahirica, Brehm, Journ. f. Orn. 1853, p. 163, et Extrah.

p- 96.

Cotyle palustris, Tristr. Ibis, 1867, p. 363 (nec Steph.).

Cotyle paludibula, Tristr. Ibis, 1869, p. 437 (nec Riipp.).

Above very pale greyish brown, dark on the head and nape;

wing-coverts and quills darker brown, with light edgings to the

feathers, these being narrow in adult, broad in young birds; rump

and upper tail-coverts very pale greyish brown; tail-feathers light

greyish brown, with a white spot on the inner web of all the feathers

except the two middle and two outer rectrices; chin whitish, un-

spotted ; throat and breast white with a very faint fulvous tinge ;

under tail-coverts darker greyish brown, with faint edgings of pale

brown ; under wing-coverts greyish brown mottled with white ; bill

dark brown; feet light brown. ‘Total length 5 inches, wing 4°65,

tail 1°75.

Hab. Resident in Egypt, Nubia, and Abyssinia, as also on the coast

and Sinaitic mountains (Heuglin) ; Egypt (Brehm); Nubia, Fifth

Cataract of the Nile (Galton, spec. Mus. Brit.) ; Syria (Bartlett) ;

Palestine (Tristram).

I had already in my collection a Syrian specimen obtained by Mr.

Edward Bartlett which I had ncted as different from the usual C. ru-

pestris ; and after some research I found that it must be the Cotyle

obsoleta of Cabanis from North-eastern Africa. This species is said

to be exceedingly close to C. rupestris, but distinctly smaller and

paler in colour. The underside from the chin to below the breast

is almost pure white, the spots on the throat wanting ; and the red-

dish blush is much more faintly developed, or is more or less ab-

sent altogether ; hence the colour of the belly and vent appears

more uniform with the colour of the breast. The white spots on

the tail are smaller. This is a very good diagnosis indeed, and

exactly illustrates the difference between C. rupestris and C.

obsoleta.

The present bird appears to be the common Crag-martin of

Egypt, and has been united by almost all writers on the ornitho-

logy of that country to the larger and darker-coloured C. rupestris.

The latter species appears to be rare in Egypt, although it is

noticed by Dr. Brehm, and is also probably the bird to which Dr.

_ Leith Adams (J. c.) refers when he says :-—‘‘ Some males are darker

in plumage than others; this 1 noted particularly in one individual

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1870, No. XXI.

302 MR.R.B. SHARPE ON ETHIOPIAN HIRUNDINID&. [May 12,

shot in Upper Egypt.’ Cotyle obsoleta also occurs in Palestine,

according to Dr. Tristram (/.c.), who, however, confounds it with

C. palustris. More recently he refers again to the same subject

(Ibis, 1869, p. 437), and, while admitting the distinctness of the

bird in question from C. rupestris and C. fuligula, proposes to call

it by Riippell’s name, C. paludibula.

Now it appears to me that the name C. paludibula, as it stands

in the ‘Systematische Uebersicht,’ is nothing more than a mis-

print for C. paludicola (=C. palustris), which, though Dr. Tris-

tram does not seem to be aware of the fact, occurs in North-eastern

Africa, identical in form with true C. paludicola from South Africa.

Again, Riippell evidently refers to the last-named bird under the

name of paludibula ; for his C. rupestris is said to be ‘‘ common in

Egypt the whole year,” which we know applies to C. obsoleta, but

not to true C. rupestris (Scop.); and therefore his C. paludibula

cannot be C. obsoleta. I have endeavoured to set the matter right

in the list of synonyms given above.

7. CoTryLE PALUDICOLA.

Hirondelle des Marais ou la Burnette, Levaill. Ois. d’Afr. v.

p. 158, pl. 246. fig. 2 (1806).

Hirundo paludicola, Vieill. Nouv. Dict. 2ae éd. xiv. p. 511

(1817) ; id. Enc. Méth. ii. p. 523. no. 19 (1823); Guérin in Ferr.

et Gal. Voy. en Abyss. ili. p. 242 (1847); Des Murs, Voy. en

Abyss. p. 79 (1847).

Cotyle paludicola, Sundev. om Levaill. p. 52 (1857); Grill,

Zool. Anteckn. p. 36 (1858); Heugl. Ibis, 1859, p. 339; Kirk,

Ibis, 1864, p. 320.

Cotyle paludibula, Riipp. Neue Wirb. p. 106 (1835) ; id. Syst.

Uebers. p. 22 (1845); Heugl. Syst. Uebers. p. 17 (1856).

Hirundo palustris, Steph. Gen. Zool. x. p. 101 (1817).

Cotyle palustris, Cab. Mus. Hein. Th. i. p. 49 (1850); Bonap.

Consp. Gen. Av. i. p. 34 (1850); Miill. Journ. f. Orn. 1855,

p- ae Layard, Birds of S. Afr. p. 58 (1867); Gurney, Ibis, 1868,

p. 464.

Above brown, with lighter edgings to the wing-coverts and se-

condaries ; throat and breast greyish brown, sides of the body a

little darker brown; under wing-coverts brown mixed with white ;

abdomen and under tail-coverts pure white. Total length 4-7 inches,

wing 4:0, tail 2°1.

Young birds are a little more reddish in colour, and have the

upper plumage mottled. I am indebted to the Rev. H. B. Tristram

for the loan of a specimen of the curious variety of this Martin

from the Transvaal territory. It has not a trace of white on the

abdomen.

Hab. Abyssinia (Mus. Berol.); Transvaal (Ayres); Cape Colony

(Layard, Ayres).

It is doubtful which name ought really to be applied to this

species, viz. paludicola of Vieillot, or palustris of Stephens, both

founded on Leyaillant’s plate, and both published in the year

1870.] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON ETHIOPIAN HIRUNDINIDE. 303

1817. I prefer to retain that of Vieillot, as the names of this

author are generally recognized for Levaillant’s figures. I think

Mr. George Robert Gray is wrong * in referring the bird called by

Riippell O. paludibula to C. fuligula (Licht.) ; for Riippell di-

stinctly quotes Levaillant’s plate 158. fig. 2, not fig. 1, as being the

same species. It is evident that he has written Vieillot’s name

from memory, and thus published it as paludibula instead of palu-

dicola. We again writes in this way in the ‘Syst. Ubersicht,’ and

Von Heuglin apparently copies the mistake.

8. CoryLEe MINOR?

Cotyle minor, Cab. Mus. Hein. Th. i. p. 49 (1850).

Hab. North-eastern Africa (Mus. Hein.).

According to Dr. Cabanis this Martin approaches C. riparia and

C. palustris in form and colour, but is larger than the former and

smaller than the latter, and differs from both in the form of the tail,

and also in the colour of the underside, as in this species both the

grey breast-band and white throat are wanting. The chin and throat

down to below the breast are yellowish grey.

I have now a specimen lying before me of what I take to be this

species, brought from Abyssinia by Mr. Blanford, and I cannot see

that it is really distinct from Cotyle paludicola. It appears to be

identical with a Natal specimen of the latter in my own collection,

with the exception of the length of the wing, which is longer in my

Natal bird. I cannot perceive, even in the rather unsatisfactory

diagnosis of Dr. Cabanis, any real characters whereby the species

may be distinguished from C. palustris; but as I dislike to unite

any species together without full evidence of their identity, I prefer

to keep the present bird distinct, supposing that the Abyssinian

specimen examined by me may, after all, not be the trne C. minor,

but C. palustris, which Dr. Cabanis also had in Heine’s Museum

from North-eastern Africa at the time he separated the former

bird.

The specimen lent me by Mr. Blanford was shot by him on

Lake Ashangi, where he informs me it was rare. The measure-

ments are as follows :—

Whole length. Wing. Tail. Tarsus. Middle toe.

1. C. minor(?) .. 4°5 3°9 1074 0°3 :

2. C. palustris .. 4°6 4:0 2°0 0°3 0-4

Genus 6. WALDENIA. Type.

Waldenia, Sharpe, Ibis, 1869, p. 461 .......... W. nigrita.

1. WALDENIA NIGRITA.

Hirundo nigrita, Gray, Gen. of B. pl. 20 (1845); zd. Cat. Fiss.

Brit. Mus. p. 27 (1848); Allen and Thomps. Exp. Niger, ii. p. 498

(1848); Cass. Cat. Hirund. Mus. Philad. Acad. p. 3 (1853) ;

* Cat. Fiss. Brit. Mus. p. 30.

304. MR. R. B. SHARPE ON ETHIOPIAN HIRUNDINIDE. [May 12,

Hartl. Journ. f. Orn. 1855, p. 360; Cass. Proc. Phil. Acad. 1859,

p- 33; Du Chaillu, Eq. Afr. p. 472 (1862); Gray, Hand-l. of B. i.

p- 71 (1869).

Atticora nigrita, Bonap. Consp. Gen. Av. i. p. 337 (1850) ;

Hartl. Journ. f. Orn. 1853, p. 398; Miill. Journ. f. Orn. 1855,

p- 3; Hartl. Orn. Westaf. p. 25 (1857).

Waldenia nigrita, Sharpe, Ibis, 1869, p. 461.

Above glossy purplish blue; chin dusky ; throat white; rest of

the under surface of the body purplish blue, but more dusky than

the back ; tail distinctly washed with dark blue above, underneath

brownish black, the greater part of the inner web white ; bill black ;

feet brown. Total length 4°5 inches; of bill from front 0°35, from

gape 0°6; wing 4°3; tail 1°6; tarsus 0°35, middle toe 0°4, hind

toe 0-2.

Young. Dusky purplish blue, the white throat-spot not quite so

large, the tail square, or only slightly forked, and the white spots on

the inner web oval and small.

Hab. Fantee (Pel) ; Rio Boutry (Pel); Calabar (Mus. Paris) ;

R. Niger (Thompson) ; Camma River (Du Chaillu) ; Gaboon (Mus.

R. B.S.).

The Me that this species ought to be generically separated

was entertained long ago by the late Mr. Cassin, who wrote in 1859

as follows :—

‘This fine species seems to indicate a distinct subgeneric group,

having the bill and form of typical Hirwndo, with a shorter tail.

Its colour, too, pure black, with the throat white, is quite cha-

racteristic.”

Genus 7. Hirunpo.

Type.

Hirundo, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 343 (1766) .... H. rustica.

Cecropis, Boie, Isis, 1826, p. 971........---.-- H. capensis.

Uromitrus, Bonap. Rivist. Contemp. Torino, 1857,

Be Aine wre tree Be ataielate On hin es RCE tae ae aye a

Hemicecrops, Bonap. Rivist. Contemp. 1857, p.4 H. dimidiata.

Lillia, Boie, Journ. f. Orn. 1858, p. 364........ HH, rufula.

Clavis specierum.

A. dorso postico et uropygio cxruleis.

a. capite ceruleo: fronte rufa.

a’, gula intense rufa.

a’. majores: subcaudalibus rufis vel rufa

tinctis.

a', subtus alba, rufo tincta, caudze

MACUIG Al DIS 2008-5 ceosmensee saeco as 1. rustica.

6’, subtus intense castanea, caudze ma-

culis fulvo tinctis............+..e0 2. riocourt.

6’. minores.

ec”, subcaudalibus nigricanti-fuscis ... 3. angolensis.

d’”, subcaudalibus purissime albis ... 4. lucida.

é'. gula alba.

e''. major: torque pectorali distincto ......... 5. albigularis.

d’”. minor: torque pectorali interrupto ...... 6. ethiopica.

1870.) MR. R. B. SHARPE ON ETHIOPIAN HIRUNDINIDS. 305

&. capite toto ceruleo,

e'. subtus albze.

e’’, secundariis externe albis ....... Rbivapen senses 7. leucosoma.

f". secundariis externe ceruleis, primariis

CONCOLOMDUS a¢-cacnaness sastnesseNaaes tapes . dimidiata.

st RUDUUIS Co LOB tisentaaee seer «Aesmecmn anna eeeet can tes 9. atrocerulea.

oe, eapite tofompallide rofo’. 0.2. sts-cdsscedostanenececuccesess 10. jilifera.

B. dorso postico et uropygio fuscis, capite fusco .............4 ll. griseopyga.

C. dorso postico rufo, uropygio albescente........sssssseeseersees 12. rufula.

D. dorso postico et uropygio rufis, concoloribus.

a. capite creruleo.

a', subtus albicantes.

a’, major: striis pectoralibus obsoletis ...... 13. melanocrissa,

6", minor: striis pectoralibus distinctis .. ... 14. domicella.

6'. subtus rufze.

¢’, majores: gula albicante.

a’. maculis caudalibus nullis ......... 15. senegalensis.

é'', maculis caudalibus albis ............ 16. monteiri.

d'', minores: gula rufa.

e”, coloribus intensioribus: torque nu-

chali rufo interrupto ............ 17. semirufa.

d”', minor: torque nuchali nullo ...... 18. gordoni.

d. capite rufo,

a’. major: subtus tenuiter striolata ..........0+++++ 19. eucullata.

6’. minor: subtus late striolata ...........ssssseeeeeees 20. puella.

1. HrtruNDO RUSTICA.

Hirundo rustica, Linn.; Jard. Ann. Nat. Hist. 1846, p. 86;

Strickl. and Sclater, Contr. to Orn. 1852, p. 144; Miill. Journ. f.

Orn. 1855, p.4; Grill, Zool. Anteckn. p. 35 (1858) ; Hartl. Journ.

f. Orn. 1861, p. 103; Heugl. Orn. N.-O. Afr. i. p. 151 (1869) ;

Finsch & Hartl. Orn. Ost-Afr. p. 134 (1870).

Hirundo cahirica, Cass. Proc. Acad. Philad. 1859, p. 32.

Hab. North-Eastern Africa (Heuglin); Gold Coast (Pel); Old

Calabar (Jardine); Gaboon (Verreaur); Camma River (Du Chaillu);

Damara Land (Andersson); Cape Colony (Layard, Surtees); Natal

(Ayres).

The few references given above are some not included in the other-

wise very complete list of synonyms given by Dr. von Heuglin in his

work on the Birds of North-Eastern Africa. To the account given

by myself and Mr. Dresser (anted, p. 244) I cannot add anything. I

think, however, that there cannot be the slightest doubt that the

bird supposed to be Hirundo cahirica by ornithologists, from West-

ern Africa, is only H. rustica shot in full spring plumage on its way

northwards.

2. Hrrunpbo RIOCOURI.

Hirundo riocouri, Sav. Descr. de Egypte, p. 270, pl. 4. fig. 4

(1813, deser. orig.); id. Deser. 2° éd. p. 339 (ce. 1820); Cab. Mus.

Hein. Th. i. p. 46 (1850); Sharpe and Dresser, P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 247.

Cecropis riocouri, Boie, Isis, 1826, p. 971; Riipp. Syst. Uebers.

p- 22 (1845); Heugl. Syst. Uebers. p. 16 (1856).

Hirundo savignii, Steph. Gen. Zool. x. p. 90 (1817).

Hirundo cahirica, Licht. Verz. Doubl. p. 58 (1823) ; Gray, Gen.

306 MR. R.B.SHARPE ON ETHIOPIAN HIRUNDINID#&. [May 12,

of B. i. p. 57 (1845); Bonap. Consp. Gen. Av. i. p. 338 (1850);

Cass. Cat. Hirund. Phil. Acad. p. 2(1852); Mill. Journ. f.Orn. 1855,

p- 4; Bonap. Rivist. Contemp. Torin. 1857, p.4; Cass. Proc. Acad.

Philad. 1859, p. 33; Blas. Naum. 1859, p. 254; Hartl. Journ. f.

Orn. 1861, p. 103; Tristr. Ibis, 1862, p. 278; Antin. Cat. Coll.

Uce. p. 26 (1865); Blyth, Ibis, 1866, pp. 237, 336; Gurney, Ibis,

1866, p. 423; Taylor, Ibis, 1867, pp. 56, 57; Tristr. Ibis, 1867,

p- 361 ; Saunders, Ibis, 1869, p. 396 ; Heugl. Orn. N.-O. Afr. p. 152;

Gray, Hand-l. of B. i. p. 68 (1869); Elwes and Buckl. Ibis, 1870,

. 200.

‘ Hirundo boissoneauti, Temm. Man. d’Orn. iv. p. 652 (1840);

Linderm. Voég. Griechenl. p. 119 (1860).

Cecropis boissoneauti, Brehm, Journ. f. Orn. 1853, p. 452.

Hirundo rustica, var. orientalis, Schl. Rev. Crit. p. xviii (1844) ;

Adams, Ibis, 1864, p. 14.

Hirundo rustica, var. savignii, Bree, B. of Eur. iii. p. 170.

Above rather dull steel-blue; quills washed externally with dull

greenish steel-blue ; tail brownish black, glossed on the upper sur-

face with dull greenish steel-blue, all the spots on tbe inner webs of

the feathers pale buff; forehead chestnut ; space between the bill

and the eye black; throat and entire under surface chestnut; a

broad band across the upper part of the breast dusky black, washed

with steel-blue; bill black; feet dark brown. Total length 6:5

inches, wing 4°5, tail 3.

Hab. Egypt (Taylor, Adams, et al.); Palestine, on the coast (in the

maritime plains) and throughout the length of the Jordan valley

(Tristram) ; Nubia (Riippell) ; ? Greece (Lindermayer) ; ? Constan-

tinople (Robson).

The limited range which I allow to this species will doubtless be

surprising to some ornithologists who are accustomed to believe that

H. riocouri occurs and breeds with H. rustica in various portions of

Europe, and, further, that it has occurred in England. Notwith-

standing that it is in direct contradiction to the opinion of Professor

Blasius, who is worthily considered one of our first authorities on

European ornithology, I venture to suggest that Hirundo riocouri

is strictly a South-eastern European bird, possessing a very limited

range, and that all the specimens set down as this species which have

occurred in Western Europe are nothing but the full spring plumage

of Hirundo rustica. I have seen so many specimens marked in

collections as the former bird which are nothing more than H.

rustica, that I confess I require more positive evidence before I can

bring myself to believe that H. riocourt occurs as other than an ac-

cidental visitor away from Egypt and Palestine. This bemg my

conviction, I fear that Professor Blasius has been mistaken in sup-

posing that it breeds regularly in Western Europe and pairs with H.

rustica. Again, however, on the other hand, the learned Professor

states that Mr. Olph-Galliard exhibited at a meeting in Céthen a

specimen of the supposed H, riocouri taken at St. Gothard ; and he

also states that he had received specimens from Europe as intense in

colour as African skins (Naumannia, 1859, p.254). As regards the

1870.] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON ETHIOPIAN HIRUNDINIDE. 307

occurrence of the bird on the St. Gothard, it is just possible that a

specimen may have been taken there, and that it may occur as an

accidental visitor, since Mr. Howard Saunders (1. c.) has found an

undoubted specimen of H. riocowri in the Museum at Catania. That

the species is really an occasional migrant to the west, appears to me

most probable, for the same reason that Chettusia leucura, another

Egyptian bird, occurs in Malta; but I cannot but believe that the

more common Hirundo rustica in the spring plumage, when the

underparts are a very bright rust-colour, has often been mistaken

for the true H. riocouri. If this really prove to be the case, the

statement made by Professor Blasius, and reproduced by Dr. Bree,

will require some modification. Its occurrence in Greece, where it is

said to breed, appears to rest on pretty good authority ; but I should

like to see specimens from that country.

The types of Temminck’s H. boissoneauti are stated by him to have

come from Greece and Tripoli; and he gives the habitat of the bird

as Andalucia and Greece, and probably the northern portion of

Africa. I omitted to examine Temminck’s types when at Leyden, but

would suggest that, as in the case of the Tschagra Shrike (Telephonus

cucullatus) the existence of the present species in Spain is imaginary.

In Mr. George Robert Gray’s ‘Genera,’ and in Mr. Bree’s ‘ Birds

of Europe,’ this bird is said to be the Hirundo savignyi of Leach.

I cannot find the description. In Tuckey’s Expedition to the Congo

(p. 407), the present species is stated to have been procured, and is

included on this authority in Dr. Hartlaub’s work on the ornitho-

logy of Western Africa. I much question the correct identification

of the specimens, and have not included Congo in my list of localities.

Again, Mr. Cassin has stated that the Philadelphia Museum has a

specimen from Monrovia, and also that Du Chaillu collected it on

the River Camma. In both these instances I believe the full spring

plumage of H. rustica to have been mistaken for H. cahirica.

In conclusion, I beg leave to assert that I by no means wish to

deny the occurrence of H. cahirica in any of the localities mentioned

by various authors, but that at present the evidence does not satisfy

me. I shall, however, be the first to retract my views on receiving

satisfactory information for the extension of the geographical distri-

bution of this species of Swallow.

The bird from Eastern Siberia mentioned by Pallas (Zoogr. Ross.-

As. i. p. 530), and suggested by Prof. Schlegel as being probably the

present species (Rev. Crit. p. xviii.), is the Hirundo horreorum of

North America, of which I have specimens in my collection from

Lake Baikal.

3. HiruNDO ANGOLENSIS.

Hirundo angolensis, Bocage, Jorn. Acad. Lisb. 1868, p. 47;

Sharpe, P. Z.S. 1869, p. 567, pl. xliii.; Bocage, Jorn. Acad. Lisb.

1869, p. 339.

Forehead, throat, and upper part of the breast deep brick-red ;

_ entire upper surface rich steel-blue, having a greenish lustre in some

lights ; tail gradually forked, the two middle feathers steel-blue, the

308 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON ETHIOPIAN HIRUNDINIDH. [May 12,

whole of the inner web white, except a black border at the tip; a

narrow interrupted band across the breast, below the red throat,

steel-blue ; rest of the breast and under tail-coverts ash-coloured, a

little paler in the centre of the breast, the under tail-coverts washed

with rufous, each feather margined with pale grey, and having a little

heart-shaped blue mark before the end of the feather, the black shaft

being also strongly defined; under wing-coverts dark ashy grey,

washed on the edge of the wing with steel-blue; beak and legs

black.

Hab. Angola: Huilla, Pungo-Andongo, Ambaca (Anchieta), Am-

briz (Monteiro).

4. HiruNpbo LUCIDA.

Hirundo lucida, Verr. Journ. f. Orn. 1858, p. 42 ; Hartl. Journ.

f. Orn. 1861, p. 103; Gray, Hand-l. of B. i. p. 68 (1869) ; Sharpe,

P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 567.

Above most brilliant steel-blue, inclining to indigo ; wing-coverts

dark blackish brown, glossed with steel-blue above, the innermost

cubital feathers with a white spot on the inner web; tail deep steel-

blue, all the feathers except the two middle ones for the most part

pure white on the inner web, so that the tips and the part immedi-

ately edging the graduated extremity of the feather is black; a di-

stinct though narrow frontlet and the entire throat deep brick-red ; a

band across the breast, below the red throat, bright steel-blue, broad

at the sides and narrow in the centre of the breast; rest of the

under surface of the body pure white, with a few dusky feathers on

the flanks, and marked with narrow blue lines, more distinct in some

specimens than in others; bill and feet black.

Hab. River Gambia (Mus. R. B. S.).

5, HirunbDo ALBIGULARIS.

Hirundo albigularis, Strick]. Contr. Orn. 1849, p. 17, pl. 15.

Hirundo albigula, Bonap. Consp. Gen. Av. i. p. 338 (1850) ;

Mill. Journ. f. Orn. 1855, p. 4; Gurney, Ibis, 1865, p. 264;

Layard, Birds of 8. Afr. p. 55 (1867); Gray, Hand-l. of B.i. p. 68

(1869).

Hirundo rufifrons, Less. Traité d’Orn. p. 268 (1831, nec Vieill.) ;

Grill, Zoolog. Anteckn. p. 34 (1858).

Above deep purplish blue ; quills dark blackish brown, with a faint

gloss on the upper surface; the innermost cubital feathers marked

on the interior web with a greyish white spot ; tail blackish brown,

the two centre feathers unspotted, but all the others marked on the

inner web with a large patch of white; forehead deep chestnut ;

space between the bill and the eye and ear-coverts dusky black ;

throat, cheeks, and sides of the neck white; below the throat a

broad band of purplish-blue feathers, broad at the sides and narrow

in the centre of the breast ; the rest of the under surface of the body

dull white, greyish on the flanks ; bill black ; feet dark brown.

Hab. Cape Colony (Layard); Natal (Ayres).

1870.] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON ETHIOPIAN HIRUNDINID, 309

6. HirunpDO £THIOPICA.

Hirundo ethiopica, Blanf. Ann. Nat. Hist. 1869, p. 329; Gray,

Hand-l. of B. i. p. 401 (1869); Blanf. Zool. Abyss. p. 347 (1870).

Hirundo albigularis, Heugl. Orn. N.-O. Afr. p. 153 (1869).

Cecropis rufifrons, Vierth. Naum. 1853, p- 20; Brehm, Journ.

f. Orn. 1853, p. 453, et Extrah. p. 96; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. p. 16

(1856); Vierth. Naum. 1857, p. 110; Brehm, Reise nach Habesch,

p- 209 (1863),

Hirundo rufifrons, Des Murs in Lefebvr. Voy. in Abyss: Zool.

p.78(1845); Heugl. Journ. f. Orn. 1861, p. 420, et 1863, p- 168;

Hartm. Journ. f. Orn. 1864, p. 152.

Above purplish blue ; forehead deep chestnut ; lores sooty black ;

cheeks dull black, slightly glossed with purplish blue ; quills brownish

black, paler on the under surface, the upper surface glossed with

dark greenish steel-blue ; the inner cubital feathers marked with a

whitish spot on the inner web; tail blackish brown, above glossed

with dark greenish steel-blue, all but the two central feathers having

an oblong white spot on the inner web; under surface pearly white,

with a crescent-shaped mark of purplish blue feathers on each side of

the upper part of the breast, not forming a complete band ; under

tail-coverts white, some of the shafts conspicuously indicated, and a

small black spot on the outer web of some of the longest ; bill black ;

feet dark brown. Total length 5 inches, wing 4°1, tail 2:5.

Hab. N. E. Africa (Heuglin, Blanford).

7. HirvUNDO LEUCOSOMA.

Hirundo leucosoma, Swains. Birds of W. Afr. ii. p. 74 (1837) ;

Fras. P. Z. S. 1843, p. 51; Gray, Gen. of B. i. p. 58 (1845) ; id.

Cat. Fiss. Brit. Mus. p. 24 (1848); Bonap. Consp. Gen. Av. i.

p- 339 (1850); Hartl. Journ. f. Orn. 1853, p- 398; Mill. Journ.

f, Orn. 1855, p. 4; Hartl. Orn. Westafr. p- 27 (1857), et Journ.

f. Orn. 1861, p. 103; Sharpe, Ibis, 1869, p- 188; Gray, Hand-l.

of B. i. p. 70 (1869).

Chelidon leucosoma, Boie, Isis, 1844, p- 171.

Hemicecrops leucosoma, Bonap. Rivist. Contemp. Torin. 1857,

p. 4.

Above dark glossy blue; a white longitudinal bar on the wing,

which is produced by the inner secondaries being for the most part

broadly edged externally with pure white; tail graduated, dark

blue above, dusky beneath, all the feathers except the two middle

ones marked with white on the inner web, the exterior feathers

having a large oval spot, which gradually gets smaller on the

feathers as they approach the centre of the tail, till in the two next

to the central feathers it is reduced to a small oval spot; entire

under surface with the under wing- and tail-coverts pure white ; bill

and feet black. Total length 4:8 inches, of bill from front 0:3,

from gape 0°45; wing 4:0; tail 1-8; tarsus 0°3; middle toe 0:4,

hind toe 0:2, lateral toe 0-2.

Hab. Fantee (Sharpe); Accra (Fraser); Gaboon (PV. erreaux).

310 MR.R.B. SHARPE ON ETHIOPIAN HIRUNDINID&. [May 12,

Swainson gives no definite locality for his specimen, though we

may conclude it is from Senegal, like most of his other West-Afri-

can birds. It does not seem to have occurred there, however, from

the record of other collectors, and the three localities mentioned

above are the only ones that can positively be depended upon.

It is a pretty little species, closely allied to H. dimidiata, Sund.,

with which Grill (Zool. Anteck. p. 36) seems to have confounded

it ; but it may always be distinguished by the conspicuous white

alar bar, and the white on the tail.

8. HiruNbDo DIMIDIATA.

Hirundo dimidiata, Sundev. @fv. Kongl. V. Ak. Stockh. 1850,

p- 107; Hartl. Ibis, 1862, p. 144; Layard, B. of S. Afr. p. 56

(1867); Chapm. Trav. in S. Afr. ii. p. 410 (1868); Layard, Ibis,

1869, p. 72; Gray, Hand-l. of B. i. p. 71 (1869).

Hirundo scapularis, Cass. Proc. Acad. Phil. v. pl. 12 (1850) ;

ad. Cat. Hirund. Phil. Acad. p. 2 (1853).

Hemicecrops dimidiata, Bonap. Rivist. Contemp. Torin. 1857, p.4.

Hemicecrops scapularis, Bonap. Rivist. Contemp. Torin. 1857, p. 4.

Hirundo leucosoma, Grill, Zool. Anteckn. p. 36 (1858, nec Sw.).

Adult. Above purplish blue; quills brownish black, grey on the

inner web, the innermost of the greater wing-coverts white, forming

a white spot, which, however, is generally concealed by the scapu-

laries ; occasionally in very old birds a small white spot also appears

on the innermost secondaries; tail brownish black, without any

spots, glossed on the upper surface with dark blue, with a faint

greenish lustre; entire under surface silky white, having in some

specimens a certain woolly appearance, greyish in certain lights; on

each side of the upper part of the breast a patch of dark blue

feathers ; bill black, feet brown. ‘Total length 5°5 inches, wing 4:2,

tail 2°6, tarsus 0°4.

Young. Not nearly so bright above, and more distinctly tinged

with greenish ; the white spot on the greater wing-coverts either

absent altogether, or, when present, of a dull greyish colour and

very little developed.

Though belonging to the same section of the’genus Hirundo ; the

present bird is certainly quite distinct from H. leuwcosoma, Sw., as

it has no white on the tail-feathers, whereas the latter species has the

greater part of the inner web white, as in H. lucida. We may re-

gard these Swallows as showing a slight aberration from true Hi-

rundo and inclining to Waldenia, which is also a short-tailed Swal-

low ; and in its turn Waldenia leads to Progne.

The late Mr. Cassin named this bird scapularis; and from the

figure given (/. ¢.) it would seem as if it really possessed white

scapulars, but this is a misnomer ; for on none of the true scapulars

does this white appear. When I first began this paper I had very

few specimens of Hirundo dimidiata for comparison ; but through

the kindness of Mr. Layard and Mr. Surtees I have recently had

several in all stages of plumage from apparently the young bird,

when no trace of the white patch can be discerned, up to the very old

1870.] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON ETHIOPIAN HIRUNDINIDR. 311

bird, where the white patch is very fully developed. I was there-

fore nearly sure that Professor Sundevall’s H. dimidiata and Mr.

Cassin’s H. scapularis were one and the same Species in different

stages of plumage; but as neither in the original description of

Prof. Sundevall nor in that given by Mr. Layard (/. c.) is any men-

tion made of this little white patch of feathers, I wrote to the

former gentleman to ask him if the type specimens possessed the

peculiarity. Every communication of Prof. Sundevall’s is always

read with great interest by ornithologists, so that I make no apology

for giving his answer in his own words.

“Stockholm, Oct. 24, 1869.

“My pear Srr,—With regard to your last letter (of Oct. 13th), I

must mention that I have always considered the Hirundo scapularis

of Cassin to be the same as my A. dimidiata. But in describing the

bird I had only three specimens, two males and a female, from Port

Natal, of which one went to Leyden in 1853 in exchange, and the

other two (g ) are still here. Now these two specimens have

the whitish mark on the wings so small and so well hidden by the

Scapulars that I had not observed it in the least ; and probably it

was the same in the third specimen ; otherwise I should not have

given it away. Afterwards (in 1857) I received another specimen,

a male from the Knysna (Eastern Cape Colony), which has the

white mark very large and apparent, but in the natural situation of

the feathers it is perfectly hidden by the scapulars ; and I do not be-

lieve this character will denote a specific difference, as it seems to

me to be merely an individual variation. I have seen one more

specimen from Knysna and one from Damara-land, which had both

very conspicuous white marks. The species seems to be spread

over the whole of Southern Africa (and probably breeds in the

north) ; and if your specimens are from this quarter of the world, I

think they will certainly be the above-named species. In my spe-

cimen from Knysna the white mark is a little greyish, and consists

of the last two greater tectrices of each wing: the last is almost

wholly whitish ; the next has only the interior (dorsal) web whitish.

Besides, the last little cubital feather (that is the last of the so-

called tertiaries) is clouded with grey at the base, with a little white

basal spot, which I do not observe in the Natal birds ; this marking,

however, is covered by the whitish tectrices. With regard to the

Natal birds, there is a little difference in the extent of white in the two

specimens. The mark is well-defined, and not at all as represented

in Cassin’s figure, where it is much too large and undefined. In my

two specimens from Port Natal the marks are very small and greyish,

only forming a spot on the inner web of the two mentioned feathers,

and is a little different in the two birds. I think my name of dimi-

diata must be retained, as it is published in the April part of our

*@fversigt’ for 1850, Cassin’s description being published in

the June part of the Philadelphia ‘ Proceedings’ of the same year.

The same remark applies to my H. holomelas and his A, hamigera.

To the description of the H. dimidiata I would add that the under.

side is tolerably pure white when seen directly or straight in front ;

312 MR. R.B. SHARPE ON ETHIOPIAN HIRUNDINID&. [May 12,

but seen a little from behind, it has a conspicuous greyish lustre,

like that of a piece of silk. “Tam, &e.,

«°C. J. SUNDEVALL.”

To the above remarks of the learned Swedish Professor I do not

think I can add any thing.

9. HirRUNDO ATROCZRULEA.

Hirundo atrocerulea, Sund. CGEfv. Kong. Vet. Akad. Férh. 1850,

p- 107; Gurney, Ibis, 1863, p. 152; Layard, Birds, of S. Afr.

p- 55 (1867); Gurney, Ibis, 1868, p. 152; Gray, Hand-l. of B. i.

p- 70 (1869).

Entirely glossy blue-black, a little more dusky underneath ; the

shafts of the primaries and tail-feathers white and very plain on the

underside; bill black ; feet dark brown. Total length 7*2 inches ;

of bill from front 0°3, from gape 0°5 ; wing 4°5; tail 4°6 ; tarsus 0°35,

middle toe 0:4, hind toe 0°2.

Hab. Lower Caffraria (Wahlberg); Natal (Wahlberg, Ayres).

Professor Sundevall considers this Swallow to be of the same

form as H. rustica. I differ from him ; for I think it comes nearest

to H. filifera, which it greatly resembles in the extreme length and

wire-like elongation of the outer tail-feathers. At any rate, it is

one of the most remarkable Swallows yet known, and it is to be re-

gretted that it is at present so rare in collections. My description

and measurements are taken from a specimen collected by Wahlberg

in Natal, received in exchange from the Stockholm Museum.

10. HiruNDO FILIFERA.

Hirundo filifera, Steph.; Cab. Mus. Hein. Th. i. p. 46 (1850) ;

Heugl. Journ. f. Orn. 1862, pp. 288, 298; Kirk, Ibis, 1864, p. 320;

Heugl. Orn. N.-O. Afr. i. p. 155 (1869).

Ubromitrus filifera, Brehm, Reis. Habesch, p. 209 (1863).

Hirundo filicauda, Mill. Journ. f. Orn. 1855, p. 5.

Cecropis filicauda, Brehm, Journ. f. Orn. 1853, p. 452.

Cecropis filicaudata, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 22 (1845); Heugl.

Syst. Uebers. p. 14 (1856); Antin. Cat. Ucc. p. 26 (1865).

Hirundo ruficeps, Licht. Verz. Doubl. p. 68 (1823); Ferr. et Gal.

Voy. Abyss. Zool. iii. p. 242 (1847).

Hirundo smithii, Leach, App. to Tuckey, Voy. Congo, p. 407

(1818); Mill. Journ. f. Orn. 1855, p. 4; Hartl. Orn. Westafr.

p- 26 (1857), et Journ. f. Orn. 1861, p. 103.

Hirundo fuscicapilla, Heugl. Orn. N.-O. Afr. p. 154 (1869).

Hirundo velocissima, Pr. Wurt. MS. (teste Heuglin).

Hirundo anchiete, Bocage, Jorn. Lisb. 1867, p. 150 (deser. orig.)

et p. 331.

Crown of the head bright chestnut ; feathers before and round the

eye dull black; ear-coverts, nape, and entire upper surface rich

purplish blue; quills dark blackish brown, paler on the inner web,

the upper surface glossed with deep steel-blue; tail black, the outer

1870.] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON ETHIOPIAN HIRUNDINIDA. 313

web elongated and much attenuated, two centre feathers purplish

blue, unspotted, the rest having a roundish white spot on the inner

web; under surface white, faintly tinged with pink on the throat

and upper part of the breast ; a crescent-shaped patch of feathers on

each side of the latter dull purplish blue; bill black ; feet dark brown.

Total length 5:7 inches, wing 4°3, tail 2°85.

Young. Crown dull brown; rest of the upper surface of the body

brown, glossed with dull blue; tail quite square, or only slightly

emarginate ; underparts white, beautiful light pink on the throat

and upper part of the breast.

Hab. Casamanze (Leconte); Chisalla Island, Congo (Tuckey) ;

Benguela (Auchieta); Zambesi (Kirk); Dongola, Berber, Kordofan,

Bahr-el-azrag, and Abyssinia between 2500 and 3000 feet altitude

(Heuglin) ; Agula (Blanford).

Lord Walden considers that no differential characters can be found

to separate the Indian and African examples of this species. As

regards myself, I have not seen a sufficient number of specimens from

Africa to warrant my giving a decisive answer on this point ; but as

far as my experience goes I am inclined to differ from his lordship.

I have examined several specimens from Africa, but have never

met with any one so fine as those which we get from India; but on

the other hand, I have seen Indian specimens not fully grown which

it would be impossible to distinguish from the ordinary run of Afri-

can specimens. The description and measurements are taken from a

bird, apparently fully adult, from the Zambesi, in Lord Walden’s col-

lection. That of the young is taken from a specimen in the British

Museum, collected by Livingstone at Tette.

11. HirunpDo GRISEOPYGA.

Hirundo griseopyga, Sunder. GEfv. Kongl. V. Akad. Forh. Stockh.

1850, p. 107 (descr. orig.); Layard, B. of S. Afr. p. 55 (1867).

Atticora griseopyga, Heugl. Orn. N.-O. Afr. p. 149 (1869).

Atticora melbina, Verr. Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1851, p- 310

(deser. orig.) ; Strickl. Contr. to Orn. 1851, p. 163; Hartl. Journ.

f. Orn. 1853, p. 398; Mill. Journ. f. Orn. 1855, p- 3; Hartl. Orn.

Westafr. p. 25 (1857); Cass. Proc. Phil. Acad. 1859, p. 33; Hartl.

Journ. f. Orn. 1861, p. 103.

Hirundo melbina, Strick]. Contr. to Orn. 1851, p-. 131.

Atticora cypseloides, Heugl. Journ. f. Orn. 1862, p. 297, et 1864,

p- 276.

Entire head, lower part of back, and rump dull brownish grey ;

middle of the back and wing-coverts dark blue; quills brownish

black glossed with dull blue; tail dull brown, glossed above with

blue ; lores black ; a narrow line of feathers extending backwards

over the eye whitish; cheeks and ear-coverts dull grey-brown;

under surface of the body milky white, the sides of the upper part of

the breast being greyish brown; bill and feet pale brown. Total

length 5:8 inches, of wing 3°9, tail 3-3.

Hab, Natal (Wahlberg); Gaboon (Verreaux); Camma River

(Du Chaillu) ; Cape Lopez (Du Chaillu) ; Abyssinia (Heuglin).

314. MR. R.B. SHARPE ON ETHIOPIAN HIRUNDINID. [May 12,

Of this rare bird I have only seen the single specimen in the Bri-

tish Museum, from which I have taken the above description. The

nostrils being rather injured in this specimen, I can hardly give a

decided opinion ; but from what I could see, I am not at all sure that

this species is a typical Hirundo. It seems likely that Drs. Finsch

and Heuglin, who agree in uniting the West-African with the South-

African bird, are right in this identification ; but I cannot speak with

certainty, as I have never seen specimens from both localities.

12. HrirUNDO RUFULA.

Hirundo rufula, Temm.; Brehm, Journ. f. Orn. 1853, p. 453.

Cecropis rufula, Vierth. Naum. 1855, p. 472.

Cecropis alpestris, Heugl. Syst. Uebers. p. 16 (1856).

Hirundo alpestris, Heugl. Orn. N.-O. Afr. i. p. 158 (1869) ;

Blanf. Abyss. p. 346 (1870).

Head and upper part of the back rich purplish blue, with the

usual white streaks on the top of the back; wing-coverts like the

back, but slightly duller ; quills blackish brown, grey on the inner

web, the outer web glossed with dull purplish blue, having a slight

greenish tinge ; lower part of the back sienna, shading into very pale

fulvous on the rump; upper tail-coverts rich purplish blue; tail

blackish brown, glossed on the upper surface with purplish green ;

space between the bill and the eye pale fulvous; a narrow line of

feathers extending backwards over the eye, ear-coverts, sides of the

neck, and a collar encircling the neck sienna, very deep in some

specimens ; cheeks and entire under surface pale fulvous-white,

covered with small longitudinal streaks marking the shaft of the

feather, these streaks disappearing on the abdomen; the apical por-

tion of the under tail-coverts purplish green; bill black; feet dark

brown. Total length 7 inches, wing 4°8, tail 4-0.

Hab. Egypt (Brehm) ; Nubia (Brehm) ; Koomayli (Blanford).

This species is not included in Riippell’s list; but the above-

mentioned authorities entitle it to a place in the avifauna of North-

eastern Africa.

I prefer keeping this species under the name of Hirundo rufula of

Temminck, inasmuch as there can then be no doubt as to the bird

intended, and I am pretty certain that two distinct species have been

confounded under the variously assigned names of H. alpestris, Pall.,

H. daurica, Linn., and H. rufula, Temm. I can by no means posi-

tively determine what the Swallow intended by the two first-named

authors really is; but as no mention is made of the pale-coloured ramp

which forms so striking and important a feature in the bird now

under consideration, I cannot consider it to be identical with Pallas’s

species. At the same time I have a specimen of H. rufula, identical

with others from Palestine, in my collection from Dauria; but unless we

receive positive information that no other Swallow, save H. rufula, is

found in Dauria, whence came Pallas’s type, we gain nothing; and

until I am in possession of a larger series of these Cecropine Swallows

to settle the matter, I prefer to employ Temminck’s name, as then

there can be no confusion.

1870.] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON ETHIOPIAN HIRUNDINIDE. 315

13. HiruNDO MELANOCRISSA.

Cecropis melanocrissus, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 22 (1845); Des

Murs in Lefebvr. Voy. Abyss. Zool. p. 79 (1849); Mill. Journ. f.

Orn. 1855, p. 5; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. p. 16 (1856).

Hirundo melanocrissa, Gray, Hand-l. of B. i. p. 69 (1869).

Hirundo rufula (pt.), Bonap. Consp. Gen. Av. i. p. 339 (1850).

Above deep indigo-blue glossed with purple, the usual white lines

on the upper part of the back; feathers in front of the eye black ;

a narrow line of feathers from the base of the bill extending back-

wards over the eye, sides of the neck and round the nape and

forming an interrupted nuchal collar deep sienna; rump paler

sienna; quills brownish black, glossed with greenish steel-blue ;

upper tail-coverts deep steel-blue; tail-feathers brownish black,

glossed with greenish above; cheeks and throat pale buffy white,

the shafts of the feathers marked by small black lines; rest of the

body buff, with faint marks; the apical end of the under tail-coverts

glossy blue-black, having the appearance of a black crissum; bill

black ; feet dark brown. Total length 7 inches, of wing 4°7, tail 3°6.

Hab. North-Eastern Africa.

This species appears to be confined to North-Eastern Africa, where

we learn from Dr. von Heuglin that it is found chiefly in pairs

throughout the rainy season up to February in Central Abyssinia,

both in the mountains and in the valleys. Mr. Blanford also pro-

cured it in Abyssinia.

Professor Barboza du Bocage must surely be mistaken in the

locality (Cape-Verde Islands) assigned by him to a specimen in the

Lisbon Museum. [If really from the west coast of Africa at all, it

would most likely be H. domicella.

The description and measurements are taken from a fine specimen

procured at Undel Wells.

14. HrrunDO DOMICELLA.

Hirundo domicella, Finsch & Hartl. Orn. Ostafr. p. 143 (1870) ;

Heugl. Orn. N.-O. Afr. p. 159 (1869).

Hirundo melanocrissa, Hartl. Orn. Westafr. p. 27 (1857) ;

Heugl. J. f. O. 1863, p. 168 (var.) ; Antin. Cat. Coll. Uce. p. 25

(1865), nec Riipp.

Head, back, and scapulars deep indigo ; feathers in front of the

eye black ; a thin narrow line of bright rufous extending over this

line to the eye; ear-coverts and sides of the neck rich rufous, ex-

tending round the neck and forming a narrow collar ; the feathers

on the upper back loose, so that a few of the margins show, giving

a striped appearance ; wing-coverts dull steel-blue ; quills brownish,

slightly glossed with dull steel-blue, paler on the under surface and

on the inner edge of the secondaries ; lower part of the back and

rump uniform rich sienna; upper tail-coverts glossy steel-blue ;

tail forked, black above, paler beneath, glossed on the upper sur-

face with greenish steel-blue ; under surface of the body white, ful-

vous on the breast and abdomen, and marked on the breast with a

316 MR. R.B. SHARPE ON ETHIOPIAN HIRUNDINID&. [May 12,

few very narrow black strie ; under tail-coverts glossy steel-blue ;

under wing-coyverts white.

Hab. N.E. Africa (Heuglin); Casamanze (Verreaux); River

Gambia (Mus. R. B. S.).

15. HrrunpDo SENEGALENSIS.

Hirondelle & ventre roux de Sénégale, Buff. Pl. Enl. 310.

Hirundo senegalensis, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 345 (1766) ; Swains.

B. of W. Afr. ii. pl. 6 (1837); Jard. Contr. to Orn. 1849, p. 4;

Bonap. Consp. Gen. Av. i. p. 339 (1850); Hartl. Journ. f. Orn.

1853, p. 399; Heugl. Orn. N.-O. Afr. p. 156 (1869) ; Mill. Journ.

f. Orn. 1855, p. 4; Hartl. Orn. Westafr. p. 27 (1857); id. J. f. O.

1861, p. 103; Gray, Hand-l. of B. i. p. 69 (1869).

Hirundo rufula, Gould, Birds of Eur. pl. 55 (1837, nec Temm.).

Cecropis senegalensis, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 22 (1845) ; Cass.

Cat. Hirund. p. 3 (1853) ; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. p. 16 (1856).

Hirundo melanocrissus, Heugl. Journ. f. Orn, 1862, p. 297 (nec

Riipp.).

Above purplish blue; sides of the head and back of the neck,

almost forming a nuchal cellar, as well as the entire ramp, deep

sienna; quills dull black, slightly glossed with blue; upper tail-

coverts dull pnrplish blue ; tail-feathers black, unspotted; throat

and cheeks buffy white, as also are the under wing-coverts; rest of

the underparts deep chestnut; bill black; feet very dark brown.

Total length 9 inches, wing 5:7, tail 4°2.

Hab. Senegal (Mus. Philad.) ; River Gambia (Mus. Brit.) ;

Casamanze (Verreaux) ; Fantee (Gordon) ; Ashantee (Mus. Brit.) ;

N.E. Africa, up to 14° lat. (Heuglin).

16. HrrunpDoO MONTEIRI.

Hirundo monteiri, Hartl. Ibis, 1862, p. 340, pl. 11; Gurney,

Ibis, 1863, p. 116; Kirk, Ibis, 1864, p. 320; Gray, Hand-l. of B.

i. p. 69 (1869); Bocage, Jorn. Acad. Lisb. ii. p. 40 (1868); dd.

1869, p. 339; Finsch & Hartl. Orn. Ostafr. p. 139 (1870).

Male. Above glossy blue-black, the head capped and united

to the nape by a broad interrupted band of blue-black feathers ;

a narrow line of feathers from the base of the nostrils to the eye

dusky black; space below this line, and the base of the beak,

cheeks, and ear-coverts, whitish, tinged with grey on the latter;

lower part of the back and rump deep chestnut ; upper tail-coverts

blue-black ; quills dusky brown, with a dark greenish-blue lustre

on the upper surface ; tail greenish blue above, blackish underneath,

with an oblong white spot ou the inner web of the exterior tail-

feathers; throat and under wing-coverts white, tinged with light

rufous ; a triangular patch of feathers on the side of the head

extending from the eye backwards, nearly encircling the head, and

extending down the sides of the neck very bright rufous ; shoulders

and sides of the chest dark blue-black, like the back; breast and

under tail-coverts deep rufous, with a black spot near the tip of the

1870.] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON ETHIOPIAN HIRUNDINIDZ. 317

two interior feathers of the latter ; thighs white ; bill black; feet

dark brown.

Young. Above blue-black, but not so rich or so glossy as in

the adult; quills and tail dusky brown, with scarcely any percepti-

ble gloss on the upper surface ; lower part of the back pale rufous ;

throat, cheeks, and under wing-coverts pure white; sides of the

neck and breast rufous, but not so rich as in the adult ; under tail-

coverts rufous, the basal half of the two interior feathers black.

Hab. Angola, Massangano and Cambambe (Monteiro); Biballa

(Anchieta) ; Ambaca (Anchieta) ; Damara-land (Andersson) ; Zam-

besi (Kirk).

This fine species was first discovered by Mr. Monteiro in Angola,

and would seem to be by no means uncommon in Damara-land, whence

several specimens were sent to Europe by the late Mr. C. J. An-

dersson, principally from the vicinity of Elephant Vley in that

country. © It has since been procured by Dr. Kirk in the Zambesi ;

and the description given above of the young bird is taken from a

specimen sent home by him, and now in Lord Walden’s collection.

17. HitruUNDO SEMIRUFA.

Hirundo semirufa, Sund. Gify. Kong. Vet. Akad. Forh. 1850,

p- 107; Sharpe, Ibis, 1869, p. 188; Ayres, Ibis, 1869, p. 290;

Gray, Hand-l. of B.i. p. 69 (1869).

Above dark blue, inclining to indigo; rump chestnut ; upper tail-

coverts dark blue; quills black, brownish underneath, glossed above

with dark blue; tail black glossed with blue above, every feather,

except the two centre ones, having a very large white spot on the

inner web ; space between the bill and the eye velvety black ; cheeks

and ear-coverts deep blue-black ; entire under surface chestnut, very

deep on the flanks and abdomen ; under wing-coverts fulvous ; edge

of the wing fulvous mottled with black ; bill black ; feet dark brown.

Hab. Natal (Wahlberg, Mus. R. B. S.); Transvaal (Ayres).

18. HiruNDO GORDONI.

Hirundo melanocrissa, Jard. Contr. to Orn. 1849, p. 4 (nee Riipp.).

Hirundo gordoni, Jard. Contr. to Orn. 1851, p. 141, et 1852,

p- 47; Mill. Journ. f. Orn. 1855, p. 4; Hartl. Orn. Westafr. p. 27

(1857) ; id. Journ. f. Orn. 1861, p. 103; Sharpe, Ibis, 1869, p. 188.

Cecropis gordoni, Cass. Proc. Phil. Acad. 1859, p. 33.

Above glossy indigo-blue, duller on the wing-coverts; quills

brownish black, glossed above, especially on the secondaries, with dark

blue; rump sienna; upper tail-coverts dark indigo; tail brownish

black washed with dull indigo above, the inner webs of all but the

six central feathers having a large white patch; entire under surface

sienna, a little paler on the throat, thighs, and under wing-coverts; bill

black ; feet dark brown. Total length 6°5 inches ; wing 4°5; tail 4.

Hab. Gambia (Mus. Brem.) ; Fantee (Gordon); Abomey ( Fra-

ser); Ashantee (Mus. Brit.); Gaboon (Verreaux); Ogobai River

(Du Chaillu).

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1870, No, XXII.

318 MR. R, B. SHARPE ON ETHIOPIAN HIRUNDINID&. | May 12,

19. HiruNbo CUCULLATA.

Hirondelle & téte rousse du Cap de Bonne Espérance, Buff. Pl.

Enl. 723. f. 2.

Hirundo cucullata, Bodd. Tabl. Pl. Enl. p. 45 (1783, ex Buff.) ;

Gray, Gen. of B. i. p. 58 (1845); éd. Cat. Fiss. Brit. Mus. p. 23

(1848); Mill. Journ. f. Orn. 1855, p. 4; Jard. Edinb. N. Phil.

Journ. n.s. ili. p. 241 (1856); Gray, Hand-l. of B. i. p. 69 (1869) ;

Heugl. Orn. N.-O. Afr. i. p. 162 (1869).

Hirundo capensis, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 1019 (1788, ex Buff.) ;

Bonap. Consp. Gen. Av. i. p. 339 (1850); Grill, Zool. Anteckn.

p- 34 (1858); Layard, Birds of S. Afr. p. 54 (1867); Bocage,

Jorn. Lisb. 1868, p. 47.

Cecropis capensis, Boie, Isis, 1826, p. 971; Cab. Mus. Hein. Th.

i. p. 47 (1850).

Head intense sienna, the base of the feathers blue-black, showing

occasionally a few markings of this on the crown ; upper part of the

back and scapulars brilliant steel-blue, on the extreme upper part

at the back of the neck marked with white, this appearance being

caused by the whitish edging of the feathers; wing-coverts deep

steel-blue, the edge of the wing marked with white, especially on the

primary coverts, which are all edged with white; quills brownish

black, lighter on the inner web, washed exteriorly with dark greenish

steel-blue ; lower part of the back pale sienna, much paler on the

upper tail-coverts, where it is nearly white, the outermost upper

tail-coverts steel-blue ; tail brownish black glossed with dark greenish

steel-blue, the middle feathers without any white spot on the inner

web, the next two on each side with a small white spot on the inner

web, and so on till the last, which have a very large white spot ;

beneath fulvous white, the shaft of each feather strongly marked

with brown, these shaft-stripes being very small on the throat and

cheeks; the sides of the body washed with pale sienna; under tail-

coverts white, with very distinct shaft-stripes. Total length 7-8

inches; of bill from front 0°35, from gape 0°5; wing 5:1; tail 4-1;

tarsus 0°6; middle toe 0°5, hind toe 0°35.

Young. Head dark brownish sienna, very pale on the sides of the

neck, the base of the feathers conspicuously showing, so that a

quantity of blue-black diamond-shaped marks appear on the head ;

back and scapulars steel-blue, with the white edgings to the feathers

showing conspicuously on the upper part of the back; wing-coverts

dark blackish brown, edged at the tip with pale sienna; quills

blackish brown glossed with deep greenish steel-blue, the secondaries

tipped with pale sienna; rump pale sienna, the white edging to the

rump not very distinct, the shafts of all the feathers clearly defined ;

the blue upper tail-coverts edged with sienna; tail dark blackish

brown glossed above with deep greenish steel-blue, the outer feathers

not very long, but having the white spot on the inner web very large

as in the adult, decreasing in size as it approaches the two centre

feathers, which are unspotted; under surface of the body white

tinged with fulvous, deepest on the flanks and abdomen, the shafts

1870.] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON ETHIOPIAN HIRUNDINIDA. 319

of the feathers very broad and plain, but thicker and not giving such a

striped appearance in the adult ; bill dark brown; legs flesh-colour.

Hab. Cape Colony (Layard); Natal (Jardine); Transvaal (Ayres);

Mossamedes (Sala, Mus. Lugd.) ; Huilla (.duchieta).

20. HiruNDO PUELLA.

Hirundo puella, Temm. in Faun. Japon. Aves, p. 33 (1842, deser.

orig.); Heugl. Orn. N.-O. Afr. p. 160 (1869); Grav, Hand-l. of B.

i. p. 69 (1869); Finsch & Hartl. Orn. Ostafr. p. 160 (1870).

Hirundo abyssinica, Guér. Rev. Zool. 1843, p. 322 (deser. orig.) ;

id. in Ferr. et Gal. Voy. en Abyss. iii. p. 240, t. 1U (1847); Des

Murs in Lefebvr. Voy. Abyss. Zool. p. 77 (1845) ; Gray, Gen. of B.

i. p. 58 (1845); Bonap. Consp. Gen. Av. i. p. 340 (1850); Hartl.

Journ. f. Orn, 1853, p. 399, et 1855, p. 360; Mill. Journ. f. Orn.

1855, p. 4; Hartl. Orn. Westafr. p. 28 (1857), et Journ. f. Orn.

1861, p. 103; Kirk, Ibis, 1864, p. 320.

Cecropis abyssinica, Cass. Cat. Hirnnd. Phil. Acad. p. 3 (1853) ;

Brehm, Reise nach Habesch, p. 209 (1863).

Cecropis striolata, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 18, t. 6 (1845, deser.

orig. ).

Dictnits striolata, Gray, Cat. Fiss. Brit. Mus. p. 23 (1848);

Jard. Contr. to Orn. 1848, p. 4; Horsf. & Moore, Cat. Birds Mus.

E.-I. Co. i. p. 94 (1854).

Head and back of neck pale sienna; back and scapulars brig!it

steel-blue ; wing-coverts duller steel-blue; lower part of the back

and rump deep sienna; quills brownish black, glossed with du'l

greenish blue; tail-feathers brownish black, glossed above with

greenish steel-blue, all the feathers except the centre ones having a

large white spot on the inner web; underneath fulvous-white, pro-

fusely marked with broad longitudinal stripes of dark brown; under

wing-coverts deeper fulvous ; bill black ; feet dark brown.

Hab. North-Eastern Africa (Heuglin); Fantee (Gordon); Rio

Boutry (Pe/); Ashantee (Mus. Brit.).

Compared with H. cucullata, the present bird is much smaller

and more slender, the head and rump are darker sienna, and the

breast is much more thickly striped than in the southern species.

The Tables herewith appended will give some idea of the geogra-

phical distribution of Swallows throughout the Ethiopian region ;

-and it is worth noting that the curious representation of a species by

one or more subspecies or races, so well known to every student of

African ornithology, was never more fully elucidated than in the genus

Hirundo as exhibited throughout the Ethiopian region. Thus—

Hirundo albogularis has its representative H. ethiopica.

H. dimidiata + = KA H. leucosoma.

Hi. melanocrissa £ 3 * HI. domicella.

HI. senegalensis 2 = HH. monteiri.

HI, semirufa as of a H. gordoni.

H. cucullata oe ms re HM. puella.

320 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON ETHIOPIAN HIRUNDINID#. [May 12,

Table showing the Geographical

| ' Regio

| —

Be : Subregio

| Subregio $10 :

| Abyssinica. Mosambi- | Subregio

cana.

| Bogos Land.

| Senaar.

| S. Africa.

| Transvaal Republic.

| N.H. Africa.

* | Natal.

| Nubia.

| Somali Land.

| Kordofan.

| Abyssinia.

| H. Africa.

| Melinda.

| Zanzibar.

| Mosambique.

| Zambesi.

| Caffraria.

1. Psalidoproene holomelsna .........|... El seeteae| tral ans

2. -—— pristoptera................:eeeeee eden eas|ses|ese|e<|gae

aN HL) 0 pe ancaoanons conve cada epaded foe 205 Ped fase f08 ae ede oe bu br orl]

4. Albicepsincpate arene eassees BAS 30.5] nad) 6-8 cot hige| ool eel ee) bo

5. Chelicdon urbica ..........cceeeseseeeeee BF | iseelecel aadiseale cele sel es

. —— albigena .......cccecsssceceeneerens SoA eces bode:

. Petrochelidon spilodera ............ ssu[se[ues|sta/eae(see]s os|ese[ 26s dea] Ses os Meiealemet Oe eel cae

: madagascariensis ...........06++ seal set] oe elev] vee] ood|acclaceloee sins] seat aeateaeieme| cael cael aes

10. Cotyle riparia,........sccsccceeeeereeees * | %

13. —— fuligula .......... Soctanhacninee ake Pelictte labclessiars

rupestris...... Seneenaateeeieeshoeet Mel secleet| eat] oo] tee

ODSOLGLAI caregeadse costar scenester Pool Be i baer Fey cs

paludicola .........ssscssecseee Resitaslas

TMNEMOLS a's ace grees op sones ah omece Bee |aaehe

18. Waldenia nigrita .........s0..eeeee Sersltoa ab a| vote stetintog | atl lel sts [ata |aatonsal ees yee em «ler Pal

19) Harundo rusticdes..coscsssocs-sccsscems Sea el i |e let's gale ss eral ae [ao aera ora Re eect stele aioe

MIOCOULL Leechs hea ieaees accor aces. #|...| *

ANSOICUEIS| sort .saceacerereseeees PA se ed Reel Res aod Ged od fost bag ice hol eee! see hot Real oa -

DD I —— JUCIU Ase. dekse nbs ones Eset ttens ee ee Re Crd Bel el sl ned eel cee c(i cn eee eon Ae,

23. —— albigularis ...........0.....:cceeee won\ao\s Salets o| 29s) eee cel cel wel soe were | ae eee

24. —— exthiopica ...........06 ents Sapeeel sr LES oeclepeteanfie

25. [BUCOSOMA.lesccscoccacceeegstesg|seelscalee|secloea] osc sad ase] cool gowtag ol teal ame) ee) tac tea ee

26. MLINAIOTACD, %. cetcccsscecssehc ost ansel a Bed Very ed hard ae Pe eed bel ee a ee Lt

27. atrocserulea « ......s.ss.ceeccceees|eae Sek Ele, Uae

98, —— filiferd....cccecccesecesesere Be ees ee isola el Mee eee beers

29. PTISEOPY Wie ncceccascsseecessise-cin-|ari|ncc|see) ‘eluent rc

30. PUULG 5. cae cea Se snosseedeneasec cscs Se ME 2 lee Las Le

Bulk ME]ANOCYISSA ...c00.seeeeeeecerees Pr alnee | weellerecl eee tee

32. Gomiucella eo ce atk. AAS Hcl Beto Bet eel Ge Be BS ae Ge) Gaclisce bee eel Me tecic

34. MON Pele Uanrcettentes cans es Ueenee Se locales -|sacl cel ce eltoec lace! seal eae See eee foes ee tee ea a

on: BOMMIPULBn crore erect ects. Be es FE ae) el ee) i Sel BS ee id bee oe is

36, == POrdON I... ii ieew av eace scenes Bs) ee) ae) Be Oe els bis at |

37. .——poeneullata Wi oy.retaer bat .sanam eee Si ead (elo a Re eens eed erg ce

38. === piel ate, Bhan. cu cmoces stern anne anfit: |» «tf eae] dara] aol SLE aces

* KK KOK:

KK KK KE

‘snTqLneyy | *

“uorunpy | *

‘avosesepe yyy | Dok

‘SpuBySsT OLOUTOD |

‘soqjempdag |

‘spurysy apie, -aduy | : *

“wiquivdoueg | :

‘ozuvulesry | ; ee : :

‘owssig | i a ae

‘quoaT vatLaIG | : am: ; :

“$8¥OD PID | ; ae : —ie PEs ae

midunsy | Ae : oe

: ‘aaqueysy | * : oF : : — ____.

‘aoqung | > ; = Piet A : :

321

Subregio

Madagas-

cariensis

Subregio Guineensis.

: : i * : tox x x

‘ ‘suooroutey |: : 2 ies : : G : —s

& ‘aequeg |} ; cae * : a

am ‘Og Opuvusag |: : ae ; ; :

3 “purysy seourtg |: * Pag Se nes : : : ar aacaae

= ; 5 7 ae — 2 : : cae : :

5 asvmogg 38 |: : hana i : : ae ae

a ‘uooqey | i * | a: +s Se aoe a a tea

a ‘osuvory | a: VaEte oe % Do : 3 ; ; :

E iuop | PS Se ae

& ‘gjosuy |: of : tees Sater aan : ae a7

x - ony Mie AS ore oie aaa? AS

4 w& ‘ejondueg | : : ar : ie Fs

‘puey odureag | : 3 : a = oa : s 7 ae

‘puey vavureg |: : ea a ares Tee 7 SRE aE

ton O

1870.] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON ETHIOPIAN HIRUNDINID.

~ A

: 3 3 od ‘puey wnbeureyy year |: : ;

= ie}. 4 OOM: SMS egt sh cee

2/2 / & | -pueypenbemey ot] i: : : ie el

le ‘Hioegetep | #),c__ 2. 3,1) ee

322 DR. O. FINSCH ON A NEW PENGUIN. [May 12,

4. Description of a new Species of Penguin.

By Dr. O. Fiyscu, C.M.Z.S.

(Plate XXV.)

In a collection of birds received for inspection from the Counts

Turati, of Milan, I was pleased to find a specimen of a Penguin,

belonging to the genus Dasyrhamphus, which I take without hesi-

tation to be a very fine and well-marked species. I propose to call

this very interesting bird after the Count Ercole Turati, the pro-

prietor of one of the richest and most extensive private collections

in Europe.

DasyRHAMPHUS HERCULIS, Sp. nov.

All the upper surface, from the angle of the mouth along the

sides of neck to the edge of the humerus, and along the sides of the

body to the tibia dark slate-coloured; the shafts of the feathers

glossy black ; all the under surface, from the chin, silky white ; upper

surface of wing slate-coloured, somewhat paler than the back; the

primaries and secondaries white, forming a narrow white edging ;

under surface of wing pure white, with an angulated dark streak at

the base of the humerus; the lower mandible at base bordered with

a narrow band of brownish slate; bill horn-black, with a pale reddish

sony and edge of the basal portion of the upper mandible; feet

dirty orange: claws horny black.

Long. tota 24", alze tot. 7, caudee 3” 3’, rostri a fronte 133’", a

rictu 1” 10'", tarsi 15'”, dig. med. 1” 9'", ej. unguis 9", dig. int. 15"

ej. unguis 83", dig. ext. 1” 7'", ej. ung. 73’”.

The exact Iecality of this Penguin is unknown; but there can be

no doubt that it is from the Antarctic Seas.

This second species of a very interesting subgroup of the family

Ptilopteri much resembles D. adelia, Hombr. & Jacq. (Voy. Pole

Sud, pl. 30; Gray, Ereb. & Terr. pl. 28), but is at once distinguish-

able by having the sides of the head, chin, and throat pure white ;

these parts being in D. adele slaty blue, like the back. The British

Museum also possesses a specimen of this white-throated species, as

Mr. G. R. Gray kindly informs me, labelled D. adelie, jun.; but there

can be scarcely any doubt of its being specifically distinct, the present

bird showing no signs of being immature.

5. Characters of new Species of Birds collected by Dr. Habel

in the Galapagos Islands. By P. L. Scrarer, M.A.,

Ph.D., F.R.S., and Ospert Sarvin, M.A.

Dr. Habel, of New York, having placed in our hands for examina-

tion a collection of birds formed during a recent visit to the Gala- —

pagos, we lose no time in submitting to the Society the characters

1870.] ON NEW GALAPAGOAN BIRDS. 323

of the new species which it contains, in order that Dr. Habel may

have the credit of their discovery. We may state that we are pre-

paring for publication a memoir on the avifauna of this group of

islands, in which we propose to embrace what has previously been

recorded on this subject, as well as the results of Dr. Habel’s arduous

investigations. We trust that this memoir will be deemed suitable

for the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’

In the meantime, however, to show the extent of Dr. Habel’s

collection, we add the subjoined summary of its contents, specifying

under the head of each species the number of specimens obtained in

each of the three islands in which birds were collected.

= | Ba

aaa Lee J Tord

| 2 fae ee 28 |

a || = a

| oa|25 (22/3: | 35

| SA |/AS/44)/48 | as

| 1.| Mimus melanotis, Gow/d...... aaa 1 se | wee 2 3

| 2.| Dendreca aureola, Gould ...... ae|fy OF 2 7 63 |

| 8.) Certhidea olivacea, Gould .......- LT ee 1 18 |

| 4. FUSER. SPi he sepateseepneate srece nae tel ae af 4

| 5.| Geospiza strenua, Gould ........... 1 49 12 1 63

| 6. fortis, Gould cesses BR ed bee MM lane

ire fuliginosa, Gould.......06-..++. 28 Hood ngs ot Pa) 33

| 8.|-—— dentirostris, Gould ............| -.. +4 5 se 5 |

| 9.| parvula, Gould ...........0--- Se LOS 29 39 |

| 10.} Camarhynchus variegatus, sp.n....) ... 3A 8S ae 16 |

| 11. | abel; 8p: 0s 6.55.2 sscetamens== LB BE Boma a 7

| 12. psittaculus, Gould ...,2.....- Nae cath pce Ree 1

13. | ——— prosthemelas, sp. n............- Le PeeWee. *) 2 oc teas

14, | Cactornis scandens, Gould ......... 33 che) ||P se 33

asx assimilis, Gould ............... oe oe "lear ess ae 3

| 16. abingdoni, sp. Nn. .........-..-+ 2 | 2

UWE pallida, Spitls. sracerneeaver-o=- 2 seb 2

18.| Pyrocephalus nanus, Gould ...... Me 3 ze 1 28

19. | Myiarchus magnirostris, Gould 16 1 1 1 19

20. | Craxirex galapagoensis, Gould 6 2 ae 8

| 21,| Otus galapagoensis, Gould ......... 6 wae 6

22.) Strix punctatissima, Gowld ......... 1 | 1 2

23. | Zenaida galapagoensis, Gowld...... coh Bie! ae 9

24.| Porzana spilonota, Gould ......... 11 | ee je dl

25.| Adgialitis semipalmata, Bp.......... 3 | | 1 4

26.| Heematopus palliatus, Tem. ...... 3 | 3

27. | Strepsilas interpres, Linn. ......... 5 hey, i <6

28. | Himantopus nigricollis, Viez//. 2 | lees 2

29.| Tringa minutilla, Vieill. ............ 2 OPE Z

30.| Calidris arenaria (Linn.) .......-. ily SF 1

_ 31.) Totanus brevipes, Vieill. ............ daa bye il 2

| 32.| Numenius hudsonicus (Ldzth.)...... 2 | oer 2

| 33.| Larus fuliginosus, Gowld............ De | 1 3

34,| Ardea herodias, Linm. ....0+.2..-.0+ Dies} stp - 5

| 35.| Nycticorax pauper, sp. n............. | 2 “ 2

_ 86. | Butorides javanicus ................. 2 | oA 2

| 87.) Dafila bahamensis (Linn.) .........| 3 . 3 |

SS eae —}" =" ai

| 267 | 94 | 84 | 15 | 460 |

324 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN [May 12,

Certhidea fusca.

1. CERTHIDEA FUSCA, sp. nov.

Supra fusca, subtus grisescenti-albida: subalaribus et remigun

marginibus internis albis: rostro et pedibus nigris: long.

tota 3°7, ale 2-0, caude 1:5, rostri a rictu 0°5, tarsi 0°8 poll.

Angl.

Hab. Abingdon and Bindloes Islands, Galapagos archipelago.

Obs. Similis C. olivacee, sed rostro graciliore, colore, sicut pedum,

imgro et veste magis fusca distinguenda.

Fig..2,

Camarhynchus variegatus.

2. CAMARHYNCHUS VARIEGATUS, Sp. nov.

Supra sordide olivacea fusco variegata, alis caudaque nigricanti-

bus, vemigibus extus anguste fusco marginatis: capite toto

undique et corpore subtus ad medium pectus nigris: ventre

sordide ochraceo in summa parte nigro variegato; rostro et

1870. ] ON NEW GALAPAGOAN BIRDS. 325

pedibus nigris : long. tota 5°5, ale 3°3, caud@a 2:1, rostri a

rictu 0°55, tarsi 1-1.

Q. Supra fusca, subtus sordide ochracea, a mento usque ad

ventrem nigricante frequenter variegata: rostro pallide cory-

lino, pedibus nigris.

Hab. Abingdon and Bindloes Islands.

Obs. Major quam C. psittaculus et capite nigro insignis, sed

rostro, quoad formam, fere simili. Remiges secundus tertius et

quartus fere sequales, et longissimi.

Camarhynchus habeli.

3. CAMARHYNCHUS HABELT, Sp. nov.

Supra olivaceo-grisea: alis caudaque fuscis griseo marginatis :

capite undique cum pectore toto nigris ; ventre lactescenti-albo :

subalaribus et remigum marginibus internis albis: rostro valde

compresso, culmine utrinque sulcato ; colore sicut pedum nigro :

“long. tota 5'6, ale 2°8, caude 1°8, rostri a rictu 0°5, tarsi 0-9.

2. Grisea, subtus albida, capite nigro omnino carens.

Hab. Abingdon and Bindloes Islands.

Obs. Preecedenti affinis, sed minor, et rostro magis compresso et

maculis abdominis nullis.

4. CAMARHYNCHUS PROSTHEMELAS, Sp. nov.

Supra niger : dorso olivaceo tincto: alis extus et cauda fuscis ;

colore pallidiore limbatis: subtus niger, ventre toto pallide

olivaceo : rostro rubello, pedibus fuscis.

Q. Supra olivaceo-fusca, alis caudaque saturate fuscis, illarum

marginibus dilute fuscis: subtus ochraceo-albida : long. tota 3°7,

ale 2°4, caude 1:5, rostri a rictu 0°4, tarsi 0'8.

Hab. Indefatigable Island.

Obs. Species parva, cujus feminam solam Habelus asportavit ;

326 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN [May 12,

marem autem in Museo Britannico, ex itinere Darwiniano receptum,

sed nunquam descriptum invenimus. Statura valde minore et rostro

brevi et minus incurvo a preecedentibus distinguenda.

Fig. 4.

Camarhynchus prosthemelas.

Fig. 5.

Cactornis abingdoni.

5. CACTORNIS ABINGDONI, Sp. Noy.

Fuscescenti-niger, alis caudaque nigris fusco anguste limbatis ;

subtus niger, ventre fuscescentiore et griseo variegato : tectrt-

cibus subalaribus nigricantibus: rostro elongato, incurvo, nigro :

1870. | ON NEW GALAPAGOAN BIRDS

327

pedibus obscure fuscis: long. tota 5:0, ale 2°8, caude 1-6,

rostri a rictu 0°8, tarsi 0:9.

Hab. Abingdon Island

Obs. Proxima C. scandenti, sed rostro elongato, magis compresso,

nigro differt.

Fig. 6.

Cactornis pallida,

6. CaACTORNIS PALLIDA, sp. nov

Supra olivaceo-fusca, alis caudaque obscure fuscis, dorsi colore

anguste limbatis: subtus pallide ochravea: tectricibus suba-

laribus et remigum marginibus internis albis: rostro pallide

corneo, pedibus nigris: long. tota 4°7, ale 2°7, caude 1°7,

rostri a rictu 0°65, tarsi 0°9

Fem. mari similis.

Hab. Indefatigable Island.

Obs. Colore ab omnibus distincta, sed fornia avis haud adulta.

Attamen mas et femina, specimina sola que nobis adsunt, vestitu

omnino congruunt.

7. NYCTICORAX PAUPER, Sp. NOV

Nycticorax violaceus, G. R. Gray, Zool. Voy. Beagle, iii. p. 128.

Similis N. violaceo, sed omnino minor, et precipue in dorso multum

obscurior : dorst plumis elongatis non, sicut in N. violaceo,

griseo marginatis, sed saturate cinereo-nigris, unicoloribus

long. tota 16, ale 2:2, caude 4, rostri a rictu 3°2, tarsi 3:3

Hab. Indefatigable Island

Hujus Nycticoracis specimina duo sola, quorum neutrum adultum,

habemus, sed ad speciem Americe meridionalis vulgarem vix refe-

renda esse censemus

328 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON NEW AMERICAN BIRDS. [May 12,

6. Notices of some new or little-known Species of South-

American Birds. By P. L. Scuarer, M.A., Ph.D.,

F.R.S., Secretary to the Society.

I beg leave to offer to the Society some remarks on new or rare

American birds that have lately come before me, including the de-

scription of the fine new Woodpecker of the genus Melanerpes.

The species of which I have to speak are four in number, namely :—

1. THRYOTHORUS RUFIVENTRIS.

Thryothorus rufiventris, Natt. MS.

Thryothorus galbraithi, Pelzeln, Orn. Bras. p. 47.

Murino-brunneus, uropygio rufescente lavato: alis extus et cauda

nigro distincte transfasciatis ; superciliis elongatis, albis ; re-

gione auriculari alba nigro striato: subtus gutture albo, abdo-

mine rufescente, medialiter paulo dilutiore: long. tota 5:0,

ale 2°6, caude \°7, rostri a rictu ‘85 poll. Angl.

Hab. Brasil. prov. Goiaz et Matto-Grosso (Natt.).

Similis 7’. longirostri, sed rostro breviore, rectiore, et colore cor-

poris supra minus rufescente distinguendus.

Herr von Pelzeln has referred this Wren, of which I have a single

Nattererian specimen, received in exchange from the Imperial Cabi-

net, to Thryothorus galbraithi of Lawrence. But the latter bird, of

which I possess several Panama examples, is in my opinion nothing

more than a slight local form of Thryothorus leucotis, Lafr. (7.

albipectus of my American Catalogue), a wide-ranging Guianan and

Amazonian species. I have examined skins of it from Cayenne, the

Island of Marajo, near Para (Wallace), the Ucayali, Bogota, and 8.

Martha, New Granada. I cannot distinguish between those from

the last-named locality and Fraser’s specimens from Western Ecua-

dor and the Panama bird, upon which Mr. Lawrence’s name gal-

braithi was founded, aud regard the examples from all the localities

above mentioned as referable to the same species.

Under these circumstances, I propose to restore to the present

bird (which is wholly distinct from 7’. /eucotis, and much more

nearly allied to J. /ongirostris) the name by which it was desig-

nated in Natterer’s MS.

2. PHILYDOR CONSOBRINUS, Sp. nov.

Supra brunneus, pileo toto cum fronte et cauda tota castaneo-

rufis, pileo paulo obscuriore: alis nigricantibus, extus rufo,

dorso fere concolori, marginatis, intus, precipue ad basin, cum

subalaribus pallide castaneis: subtus magis dilute brunneus,

lateraliter obscurior, in pectore et gutture medio dilutior : ros-

tro nigricante, mandibula versus apicem corylina : pedibus fu-

scis: long. tota, 7:0, ale 3:4, caude rectr. ext. 2°3, med. 3:1,

tarst 1°85, rostri a rictu 1:0.

Hab. in Nova Granada int.

1870.] MR. P. L, SCLATER ON NEW AMERICAN BIRDS. 329

This species is nearly allied to P. columbianus, Cab., and P. pan-

erythrus*, mihi, but is easily distinguishable from both these spe-

cies by its dark chestnut-red cap. In P. columbianus the head

above is greenish cinereous, with a definite pale brown superciliary

stripe ; in P. panerythrus it is olivaceous brown, like the back. In

both the latter species also the wings are of a much brighter chest-

nut-red, and the colour below is more rufescent.

I have two skins of this Philydor, exactly similar, of the usual

“‘ Bogota’? make. I have had them for some time, but have never

been able to find a name for them. There is a third specimen in

the collection of Messrs. Salvin and Godman.

This bird is also not unlike P. ¢urdinus of Von Pelzeln in general

colour, but is again distinguishable by its rufous head.

3. CHEZTURA BRACHYCERCA, Scl. et. Saly. P. Z. S. 1867, p. 758,

pl. xxxiv.

Since our publication of the description of this Chetura, Mr.

Salvin has obtained an undoubtedly Cayenne skin of the same spe-

cies. This has led me to refer again to Buffon’s figure of his

Hirondelle & queue pointue de la Lousiane (Pl. Enl. 726. fig. 2),

upon which Temminck (Tableau Méthodique, p. 78) established his

Cypselus poliurus. I have also carefully re-examined a typical

specimen of Acanthylis brachyura, Jardine, in my own collection,

and have come to the conclusion that all these synonyms are refer-

able to one species. But the Brazilian bird, which I have hitherto

referred to Cypselus poliurus of Temminck, is quite different, and

may be called cinereceauda—A canthylis cinereicauda, Cassin, being

the earliest synonym certainlyt referable to it.

These two species will therefore now stand as follows :—

(1) CHa&ruRA POLIURA.

Hirondelle a queue pointue de la Lousiane, Buff. Pl. Enl. 726. tig. 2.

Cypselus poliurus, Temm. Tabl. Méth. p. 78.

Acanthylis brachyura, Jard. Ann. N. H. ser. 1, vol. xviii. p. 120.

Chetura brachycerca, Scl. et Salv. P. Z.S. 1867, p. 758, pl. xxxiv.

Hab. Amazonia, Xeberos (Bartlett); Cayenne (Mus. S.-G.) ;

Tobayo (Jardine) ; Trinidad (I’insch).

Dr. Finsch informs me that he has lately received a skin of this

species in a collection from Trinidad.

(2) Cuarura CINEREICAUDA.

? Vencejillo, Azava, Apunt. ii. p. 513.

? Hirundo oxyura, Vieill. N. D. xiv. p. 473, et E. M. p. 331.

Cypselus pelasgius, Max. Beitr. iil. p. 347.

* Philydor panerythrus, mihi, P. Z. 8. 1862, p. 110, was erroneously termed

semirufus in the Supplement to my American Catalogue, p. 360. I cannot dis-

tinguish it from the Costa-Rican skins which Mr. Salvin refers to Awtomolus

rufescens, Lawr. Ann. L. N.Y. viii. p. 345.

1 If Azara’s “iencejil/o,” Apunt. ii. p. 513, be proved to be the same as the

Brazilian bird, an older name will be oxywra of Vieillot.

330 PROF. FLOWER ON THE COMMON FIN-WHALE. [May 12,

Acanthylis cinereicauda, Cassin, Pr. Ac. Se. Phil. v. p. 58, pl. 13.

fig. 2 (1858).

Acanthylis oxyura, Burm. Syst. Ueb. ii. p. 366.

Chetura poliura, Sclater, Cat. A. B. p. 283, P.Z.S. 1863, p. 101,

et 1865, p. 611; Pelzeln, Orn. Bras. p. 16.

Hab. Weod-region of S.E. Brazil (Max. et Burm.), Prov. S.

Paulo and Matto-Grosso (Natterer).

Although these two birds have been confounded under one name,

through the difficulty of recognizing Buffon’s bad figure, they are

very easily distinguishable upon comparison.

The second species has a much longer tail, and is cinereous below

instead of sooty black with slight bronzy reflections.

4. MELANERPES PULCHER, Sp. Nov.

Niger, fronte lata alba, flavicante tincta, pileo supero toto et

nucha coccineis: capitis lateribus nigris: dorsi linea media et

uropygio albis ; alarum plumis omnibus in pogonio interno albo

transfasciatis: cauda niyra, rectricum pogoniis internis albo

punctatis : subtus griseus, a pectore ad ventrem imum albo

nigroque transfasciolatis ; plaga ventrali media coccinea : sub-

alaribus albis nigro maculatis : rostro et pedibus nigris : long.

tota 7°), ale 4-2, caud@e 2°3, rostri a rictu 1°2.

Fem. Pileo nigro et nucha coccinea flavo marginata differt.

Hab. in rep. Columbiana, prope Bogota.

Obs. Proximus M. chrysaucheni Salvini, sed pileo maris coccineo,

feminz nigro, et corpore subtus a crisso usque ad summum pectus

transfasciato differt.

I have lately purchased a pair of this fine new Woodpecker in

Paris; and Mr. Salvin has a female from the same dealer, They

are all ‘‘ Bogota”’ skins.

The species is a near ally of the Melanerpes chrysauchen from

Veragua, lately described by Mr. Salvin *, but differs as above men-

tioned. It is somewhat doubtful, perhaps, whether it should be

placed in the genus Melanerpes or Centurus, which are certainly

closely allied ; but as Mr. Salvin has referred his species to the

former genus, I have followed his lead. It may be remarked that

in all the typical Centuri the wings are banded externally, whereas

in these, as in other species of Melanerpes, they are uniform.

7. Additional Note on a Specimen of the Common Fin-

whale (Physalus antiquorum, Gray; Balenoptera mus-

culus, auct.) stranded in Langston Harbour, Nov. 1869.

By W. H. Frower, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., &c.

In a notice of this animal, published in the ‘ Proceedings’ of the

Society for 1869, p. 604, the external characters alone are described.

Having recently had an opportunity of examining some of the bones,

* Anted, p. 213.

ith

\euleman.

2.16

1870. | PROF. A. NEWTON ON CRICETUS NIGRICANS. 331

I am enabled to add that the diagnosis then made of the species is

quite confirmed, and that the specimen was very nearly, but not quite,

adult, the epiphyses of the bodies of the vertebrae having become

united throughout the caudal and the greater part of the lumbar,

but not in the thoracic and cervical regions. The transverse processes

of the cervical vertebrae, from the second to the sixth inclusive, are

joined at their extremities, so as to form complete rings. The

seventh has no inferior process. There are fifteen pairs of ribs; the

first with a very short capitular process, the second and third with

long capitular processes ; the fifteenth rudimentary on both sides,

as in the skeleton now in the Alexandra Park. The sternum is in the

form of a short broad cross, the xiphoid process being less developed

than usual; its greatest breadth is 23 inches, its length 154 inches.

The skeleton belongs to Mr. D. Harris, of the ‘‘ Museum Gar-

dens,”’ near Kingston Church, Portsea, where, when the preparation

of the bones is completed, it is to be mounted and exhibited.

8. On Cricetus nigricans as a European Species.

By Aurrep Newron, M.A., V.P.Z.S., &.

(Plate XXVI.)

The skin of a small Rodent, brought from Turkey in Europe, and

lately presented to the Museum of the University of Cambridge by

Mr. Thomas Edward Buckley, B.A., of Trinity College, and a Fel-

low of this Society, was clearly of a species not generally included

as a member of the European fauna by writers who have made that

subject their especial study. My friend Mr. Edward Alston, who

has paid particular attention to the smaller mammals, on the speci-

men being shown to him, speedily recognized in it the Cricetus

nigricans of Brandt; but as he arrived at this conclusion only from

the description given in Wagner’s Supplement to Schreber’s great

work *, and as, so far as I know, no other examples of the species

exist in this country, I thought it safest to forward the specimen

to Professor Peters, who has kindly informed me that, except being

brighter in colour, he did not find the least difference between it

and types of that species in the Berlin Museum. I accordingly

now have the pleasure of exhibiting the specimen and of offering a

few remarks on the species.

Cricetus nigricans, Brandt, was first described, in 1832, by Mé-

nétriés, in his well-known ‘ Catalogue’y, as having been procured by

him on the mountains of the Caucasus. In a review of this work,

three years later, Dr. Gloger t expressed his opinion that it was not

* Die Stugethiere u. s. w. von Schreber, Supplementband, iii. p. 451. Er-

langen: 1843.

+ Catalogue raisonné des objets de zoologie recueillies dans une Voyage au

Caucase, &ec. p. 22. St. Pétersbourg: 1832.

t Jahrbiicher fiir wissenschaftliche Kritik, No. 88 (May 1835) pp. 718, 719.

332 LETTER FROM MR. W. H. HUDSON. [ May 26,

a good species, identifying it with the black variety of the Common

Hamster, Cricetus vulgaris, Desm., mentioned by several authors,

and among them by Pallas, w ho (Zoogr. R.-As. i. pp- 161, 162)

says of Caucasian examples, ‘‘ corpus subtus seepe griseo-contami-

natum et macule laterales ad collum minus evidenter albee.” Upon

this, in the following year, Prof. Brandt communicated to the Aca-

demy of Sciences of St. Petersburg a fuller description of the ani-

mal*, maintaining its specific validity and promising a figure of it,

which, though spoken of four years later by Prof. von Nordmann,

was, I suspect, never published. This naturalist adds that the

species (the value of which he does not question) lives also ‘sur

les montagnes de |’Awhasie”’ [Abasia]. About the same time Drs.

Keyserling and Blasius included the species in their excellent book +

but did not increase our knowledge of it. Three years later, Wagner,

in the work already mentioned, recognized it without doubt as a

good species; and the matter, if even then questionable, must be

considered to have been finally set at rest by a subsequent contri-

bution, in 1854, from Prof. Brandt to the St. Petersburg Academy,

wherein § he described and showed by figures the cranial and dental

differences existing between C. nigricans and C. vulgaris.

The validity of the species being thus finally established, I think

its occurrence so far to the westward of any previously recorded

habitat may interest some members of the Society. I have only to

add that Mr. Buckley informs me that his example was “one of a

pair killed on the 27th of April, 1869, in a corn-field (the corn being

about four inches high) at Shitangik, a station on the Varna and

Rustchuk railway, in Bulgaria,’ and that ‘the animals were very

slow in their movements.”

May 26, 1870.

G. R. Waterhouse, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.

A fourth letter|| on the ornithology of Buenos Ayres, addressed to

the Secretary by Mr. W. H. Hudson, C.M.Z.S., was read :—

‘** Buenos Ayres,

“ March 17, 1870.

“*My pear Srr,—On the 9th of this month we were visited by a

terrible storm, which lasted three days, a cold and violent south-

west wind prevailing. After it had subsided, I could not but notice

* Bull. Acad. Sc. St. Pétersbourg, i. (1836) p. 42.

t Voy. Démidolf, Zoologie, i. p. 42. Paris: 1840.

i | W irbelth. Eur. (Braunschweig, 1840), pp. 1x, 39.

§ Bull. Phys. Math. Acad. Se. St. Pétersbourg, xiv. (1854) pp. 182-184.

; See anted, p. 158.

1870. | LETTER FROM MR. W. H. HUDSON. 333

the effects it had had on the migration of our summer and winter

birds. All the species of Plover had disappeared, with the exception

of a few individuals ; and these were so bruised by the wind that they

could hardly raise themselves from the ground. Most of the small

birds had also disappeared before their usual time of departure ; but

of some species the young remained.

* Storms and other sudden changes in the temperature are probably

the immediate causes of migration in most of the birds that visit the

Pampas. Those that are very regular in their coming and going—

such as the Currincha (Pyrocephalus rubineus), the Summer Red-

breast (Letstes superciliaris), the Tijereta (Milvulus violentus), one

of our Swallows, the Humming-birds, and a few others—are the latest

to appear, and the earliest to depart.

‘In the others, the irregularity in the time of migration is the

greater the longer the species remains with us—it being, perhaps,

greatest in the common Blackbird (Molothrus bonariensis), which

sometimes remains all winter and sometimes leaves us early in

autumn. The Asquita (Centrites niger) and the Cinclodes fuscus

are almost the first winter birds to appear ; but I have not yet seen

one individual of either of these species, while some usually late

comers, such as Thinocorus rumicivorus and Tenioptera variegata,

are plentiful since the storm. The last species has appeared in such

numbers that I saw more individuals during an hour’s ride a few

days ago than I usually see in the course of an entire winter.

“ Tenioptera variegata is one of the most interesting of the Pata-

gonian birds that visit us in this season, or, indeed, of all the trne

Pampas birds. ‘The other species of the genus or subgenus to which

this bird belongs, the Tenioptere irrupero, coronata, and dominicana,

in every thing closely resemble each other. But J. variegata,

although, in structure, it has a general resemblance to these, and also

possesses their melancholy, whistling note and rapid, graceful flight,

in some respects differs from them very materially. It.is somewhat

larger, has a straighter bill, more pointed wings ; and its prevailing

colour is chocolate, instead of white. It does not quietly watch for

its food nor hop on the ground like the 7’. dominicana, but, like the

Plover, runs rapidly along the ground in search of insects. Unlike

the others, this T’nioptera is also sociable, quarrelsome, and sportive

in its habits, frequently chasing its fellows and pursuing Hawks and

other large birds, sometimes with an appearance of great animosity,

and often wheeling about them as if in play. I have watched it

associating with birds so different in walk and flight that it ap-

parently cost it much trouble to keep their company. It has, when

flying, a very pretty appearance, even if it is not what Dr. Burmeister

calls it, ‘the prettiest bird in this country.’ But naturalists, like

kings, have their favourites, and this species is evidently his. It is

rapid and easy in all its motions and exceedingly active ; it takes to

flight very frequently, and occasionally alights for a moment on a

thistle-top, but never on reeds and shrubs, the favourite resting-

place of the white Tenioptera.

“It is remarkable that its note, which always sounds as if pro-

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1870, No. XXIII.

334 DR. J. MURIE ON THE [May 26,

ceeding from a great distance, however near, is only’ heard early on

still damp mornings.

‘As I have little leisure at present, I will defer speaking of the

white Tenioptere till my next letter.

«Very truly yours,

« «'W. H. Hupson.”

Prof. Owen read a paper on Dinornis, containing notices of some

of the internal organs of certain species of this genus, together with

a description of the brain and of some nerves and muscles of the

head of Apteryx australis.

This paper, which forms the 16th part of Prof. Owen’s series of

Memoirs on the extinct birds of the genus Dinornis and their allies,

will be published in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’

Mr. R. B. Sharpe exhibited, on behalf of Lord Lilford, F.Z.S., a

specimen of the rare Podoces panderi of Fischer. This bird had been

first described by Fischer de Waldheim, and was one of the chief

zoological results of the journey from Orenburg to Bokhara, details

of which were given by Eversmann (Reise von Orenburg nach Buch-

ara) in 1823, and afterwards by Meyendorff (Voyage d’Orenbourg

& Boukhara) in 1826. In these works the only specimen procured

by the travellers on this expedition was stated to have been obtained

in the desert of Kisilkoom.

Mr. Sharpe stated his belief that the bird, on further examination,

would prove to be a Desert Starling, allied probably to the genus

Pastor, or, perhaps more strictly, to the South-African genus Dz/o-

phus, but it appeared to exhibit characters also pointing towards the

genus Certhilauda.

The following papers were read :—

1. Notes on the Anatomy of the Prongbuck, Antilocapra

americana. By James Muriz, M.D., F.L.S., F.G.S.,

&c., Prosector to the Society.

1. Prevtiminary Nore.

It might with some justice be affirmed that, among others, two fea-

tures specially characterize the present epoch of zoological science.

1. One is an unceasing search for the so-called aberrant, interme-

diate or passage forms, either between genera, families, or orders, nay

even between the supposed firmly established classes* of animals.

* Proe, Roy. Instit. of Gt. Brit. 7th Feb. 1868, “On the Animals which are

most nearly intermediate between Birds and Reptiles,” by Prof. Huxley—a lec-

ture as remarkable for its scope of generalization as for its terseness of language.

Since this note was written other papers tending in the same direction, published

by that naturalist, as well as the celebrated American, Prof. Cope, have come

under my notice. Vide Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Noy. and Dee. 1867 ;

the Proc. Boston Nat. Hist. Soc. June 1869; and, lastly, Quart. Journ. Geol.

Soe. Lond. Nov. 10, 1869.

1870. | ANATOMY OF THE PRONGBUCK. 535

2. The other feature is the constant endeavour to rearrange and

place in natural systematic position ill assorted groups.

The recent writings of Darwin and his opponents, doubtless, have

stirred up the desire of investigating those seeming barriers of de-

marcation between forms; while the onward accumulation of ma-

terial and facts necessitates constant change and intercalation among

groups but impartially known.

A very good instance in point is the animal upon the anatomy of

which the following notes have been made,

The Cabrit or Pronghorn Antelope of naturalists has passed

under several generic names, the most critical account of which is

to be found in Dr. Richardson’s ‘ Fauna Boreali-Americana,’ p. 261.

As my colleague Mr. Bartlett, however, has remarked, “ None*,

however, appear to have hesitated to place it among the hollow-

horned Ruminants,” until he himself offered evidence to prove

“that the Prongbuck is not a true bovine animal.’’ His reasons «

for adducing cervine, indeed multiple affinities to the Prongbuck

instead of those previously accorded it, are based on the annual

deciduous nature of its horns, and the total absence of false hoofs

and glands—the former phenomenon having been first lucidly de-

scribed and published by him in our ‘ Proceedings’ for 1866.

Dr. Gray+t has called attention to a statement of Dr. Marsh’st

as early as 1841, respecting this annual shedding of the horns ; and

it seems also that Dr. Canfield § informed Dr. Spencer Baird (of the

Smithsonian Institution) in 1858 of the phenomenon. The hints

given by these observers ||, however, were fruitless and not generally

credited by naturalists until Mr. Bartlett led the way to the impor-

tance of the facts.

Pondering over the apparent isolation of the characters of the

animal in question, Dr. Sclater§/ suggested ranking it as a separate

family of the order Ruminantia, under the title of Antilocapride,

equivalent to the Camelopardalide. About the same time Dr. Gray **

made a somewhat similar proposition, and demonstrated with some

care his ideas of the difference in nature of the horn of the so-calied

Antilocapride, Girafide, and Cervide.

Under these circumstances the anatomical structure possesses

some interest—and the more so as, excepting a very imperfect de-

scription of the skull by Dr. Richardson++, and short cranial charac-

* Blainville and Rafinesque excepted, who place it under Cervus—the former,

Nouv. Bull. Soc. Phil. 1816, p. 80.

t Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1866, vol. xviii. p. 324.

{ Ina letter to Dr. Pickering, see U. S. Exploring Expedition, Vnguiata, p. 63.

§ Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 105.

| As also Weinland (Zvol. Garten, 1863, p. 255) and Martin (“Die Hornbil-

dung bei der Mazama Antelope,” bid. 1864, p. 254). The former considers the

cast horns as abnormal; the latter that the new horn-tip grows downwards.

Dr. Ginther has drawn my attention to these observations, otherwise uninten-

tionally overlooked by me (vide his Record, 1865, p. 45).

4] Brit. Assoc. Rep. 1866, and abstract Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1866, p. 401.

** Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1866, p. 326.

tt Op, cit. p. 265.

336 DR. J. MURIE ON THE [May 26,

ters by Turner*, nothing heretofore has been published regarding

its osteology and viscera.

With these preliminary remarks I proceed to sum up the general

conclusions arrived at by me, leaving the technical description of

structures for after consideration. This method of arrangement,

though contrary to the general custom, I have deemed preferable

in the present instance.

2. DEDUCTIONS.

The examination of the internal anatomy and osteology of the

Prongbuck, although not revealing any passingly strange difference

of structural organization from other Ruminantia, yet affords addi-

tional evidence to that already known of its exterior—namely, that

it does not comport with all those characters considered specially

to belong to the family of Antelopes.

The distinctive attribute of Deer undoubtedly is the deciduous

nature of their horns; but in the hornless females this diagnostic

is oftentimes absent, so that other parts of the organization must be

brought to bear in forming a judgment of the creature’s relations.

The male and female Prongbuck both possess horns; and, as

Bartlett and Canfield have proved, they are annually deciduous.

Does this not collate it to the Deer according to the ordinary accep-

tation, and segregate it from the Antelopes, or, more widely speak-

ing, from the Bovidze, Ruminants with persistent horns ?

Were the systematic place and family relationship of the Prongbuck

alone to be decided by the single feature of its horns being shed and

renewed periodically, that it is a Deer would be unquestionable,

Considered in a broader phase, by reference to the totality of its

structures, the question, Is it a Deer? can best be answered by the

verdict, Not proven.

If neither a strict bovine nor cervine form, it is needless to search

for nearer affinities; for no other group singly possesses conforma-

tion nigher than the said families.

The numerous modifications linking or interblending Anéilocapra

between the hollow- and solid-horned Ruminants, including the

Giraffe, certainly stamp it with singularity. Few of the existing

mammalian fauna more beautifully show and exemplify by a com-

bination of characters how insensibly gradated are the groups which

zoologists so strenuously separate, divide, and subdivide, as if a

trifling cordon imposed a sufficient barrier of distinction on what

doubtless is a natural series.

My estimable friend Mr. Bartlett judiciously recognized in the

Prongbuck affiliation towards the Deer tribe in gait and exterior

generally, besides noting that the coat equally pertained to that

group as well as to sheep. The soundness of his judgment I have

tested in the minute structure of the hair. Weighed in this scale,

the balance preponderates in favour of the genus Ovis.

In the disposition and possession or in the want of certain cuta-

neous gland-patches in the Prongbuck, a side light is shed on the

* P. Z. S. 1850, p. 174, Dicranocerus.

1870. ] ANATOMY OF THE PRONGBUCK, 337

animal’s physiological relations or affinities, which, if not weighty, at

all events have their value.

There being neither a suborbital gland (crumen), osseous fossa for

the same, nor inguinal sacs and pores, points consequentially to forms

exhibiting a kindred build. The total deprivation of the former

shows but a remote alliance to the cervine structural peculiarities—

though it does not necessarily constitute it an Antelope ; for a large

section of the Antelopes possess a crumen. But a minor series,

chiefly of the Goat-like forms, have it not ; and to this group, then,

the Prongbuck would be linked—a union which is strengthened by

the fact that such Antelopes as are distinguished by the absence of

inguinal sacs and pores come under the same group.

Among Ruminants the Chamois is noted as having a glandular

sac which opens behind the ear, though some authors indicate Pro-

capra as having a postcorneal sinus. In the possession of a sub-

auricular skin-gland Antilocapra announces organic relation. More-

over the rank hircine odour from the above, as well as the circum-

stance of a glandular tail-patch, decidedly point to Capra.

In brief, were the place of the Prongbuck to be assigned by the

number, situation, and secretion of its skin-glands alone, I should

without hesitation rank it among or close to the Goats.

Casting a glance among the viscera and other internal soft struc+

tures of Antilocapra, the subjoined points demand attention. There

being a gall-bladder severs it from the Cervidz and allies it with the

Bovide. The stomach having four fully developed cavities, there

being no water-chambers in the rumen, and no ileo-czeal gland ex-

clude it severally from the Tragulide, Camelidee, and Giraftide,

The tongue might either belong to a Goat, an Antelope, or a Stag,

though probably more like that of the two former than the latter. In

the non-development of Cowper’s glands, in the manner of the termina-

tion of the vasa deferentia, and in the bluntish form of the glans penis,

the generative organs denote consanguinity with the Deer, where

such structural conditions preponderate in the group. The con-

struction of the larynx has a sort of medium tendency of divergence,

the general type being cervine, though the short upper cornua would

rather signify kindred with the Chamois and some Antelopes. As

to the liver, its having a gall-bladder takes the Prongbuck away

from the Cervi, which have no such reservoir.

Regarding dental characters, I can see no obvious distinction be-

tween the teeth-pattern of the Cabrit and the family Antilopide.

The appendicular skeletal segments show long limbs of a strong

but manifestly fine and delicate construction, such alone as belong to

the light fleeting Antelope tribe ; for in all Deer, Goats, and Sheep

of similar size, relatively much stouter leg-bones pervade.

In groups of the Ruminants there is considerable variation in the

sternum, according as its component pieces are broad or narrow and

the preesternum compressed or flat. As a rule the elementary parts

are broader in Deer than in Antelopes ; and in this moderate breadth

to length the Prongbuck follows the latter. It also agrees with

them im the form of its pelvis.

338 DR. J. MURIE ON THE [May 26,

As a whole, it may be said that in its skeleton minus the skull it

differs little if at all from most Antilopidee, and in less or greater de-

grees is unconformable to the other horned and hornless Ruminantia.

When the cranium is studied and made a subject of analysis as

to its taxonomie relations, oddly enough it perplexes, by the confor-

mation of its structure and bearings to different Ruminant groups.

The horn-cores in composition and place are those of the tribe Bo-

vide—not situated, however, as in the Oxen, the majority of Ante-

lopes, the Sheep, and the true Goats, but after the fashion of the small

section of the so-called Caprine Antelopes—that is, erect and supra-

orbital ; but they differ from those of the latter group and closely

simulate true Goat’s horn-cores in their breadth and compression.

We detect antilopine or caprine formation in the non-depression

of the lachrymal bone, in the jutting-out of the orbits, in the con-

tour of the horizontal palatal plate, in the convexity of the glenoid

surface, in the rather rudimentary development of the postarticular

ridge, and, lastly, in the ensheathment of the styloid process.

To mateh these, diagnostic points as conspicuously cervine (and

partially true bovine) obtain. There are the general flattening of

the upper surface of the skull, the bifurcate, pointed, and widely

posterior nasals, the great size of the supraorbital fissure, the

forking of the subanterior portion of the maxilla, the large supra-

orbital foramen, the nearly vertical and relatively flat supraoccipi-

tal, the differently set and ridged condyle, the broad triangular

flattish and small tuberculate basioccipital, and, finally, the mode-

rate-sized triangular auditory bulla.

There is yet to be added to the specialities of this anomalous

Ruminant the Giraffe characters of (1) no false hoofs (met with,

however, in Calotragus campestris), and (2) Deer-pronged and

periodically shed horns.

Now, from a review of the foregoing anatomy and externals of the

Prongbuck, if I were asked by a single term to denote what the

animal is, I should be obliged to Germanize the English phraseology

and name it a Giraffe-hoofed, Sheep-haired, Deer-headed, Goat-

glanded Antelope—an expression however rugged, yet explicit

enough to baffle those who are sceptical of gradational forms.

This much for the first premise from which I started, and which

bears out significantly in living forms those tentative remarks con-

cerning the interblending of ruminant types which the excellent

M. Albert Gaudry utters in his general considerations of the

* Animaux Fossiles de l’Attique”’ (Paris, 1862, p. 356).

In regard to the second premise, its place—judging from the

totality of structure (excluding the brain, not examined), it appears

to me that the proposal to rank the Cabrit as a family per se (Anti-

locapride) merits attention. Notwithstanding what has been said of

transitional forms, the present career of biological inquiry has not

yet arrived at the stage when limited divisions can be dispensed

with, although lines of demarcation are broken apace. Provisionally,

therefore, and for aught I can say to the contrary, the single genus

and species Antilocapra americana may preside as the type of a

1870.] ANATOMY OF THE PRONGBUCK. 339

family. Still I am far from the opinion that it will long remain in

solitary grandeur ; for I am convinced that its more aberraat features

are but bridges, the further connecting end of which temporarily

appears hazy to us from our present circumscribed point of view.

I append such characters (see also Gray and Turner) of the limited

group in question as at present appear to me reliable from the

known data. I coincide with Messrs. Sclater and Gray as to the

family value of the periodically deciduous horns, but do not agree

with the former authority (A. N. H. p. 403) in recognizing absence

of false hoofs as peculiar to the Giraffe and Prongbuck. Dr. Gray

explicitly states of the Steinbok, “ False hoofs none”? (Cat. Mam.

Brit. Mus. “ Furcipeda,” 1852, p. 71); and specimens which I have

examined enable me to corroborate this assertion.

Family ANT1LocaPRID&, Sclater.

Horns hollow, forked, and periodically deciduous.

Dentition.—I. =. C. S. P.M. 3 (or G42). M. 53

32 (or 362).

Genus ANTILOCAPRA, Gray.

Horns in ¢ and Q, supraorbital; core osseous and cancellated ;

sheath semicorneous, with agglutinated hairs. False hoofs none.

Cutaneous glands caprine; crumen absent. Nose ovine, hairy.

Skull cervine in form ; no suborbital depression ; fissure wide, length-

ened ; supraorbital foramen large; nasals furcate, widest poste-

riorly ; orbit slightly elevated above face ; masseteric ridge low ;

auditory bullae moderate, compressed, angular ; supraoccipital per-

pendicular and concave ; basioccipital tubercles abortive ; styloid en-

sheathed ; glenoideum convex. Mandibular angle widely rounded.

Appendicular skeleton relatively slender. A gall-bladder. Larynx

without internal pouching; and thyroid cartilages not prominent.

Cowper’s glands absent; prostate bifid. Incisors subequal, sloping ;

molars without supplemental lobes.

Hab. California.

3. OBSERVATIONS ON EXTERIOR Potnts.

The outward zoclogical characters of the Prongbuck have been

accurately commented on by C. Hamilton Smith*, Richardson +,

Gray t, Audubon and Bachman§, Cassin||, and others, and good

figures of the animal and of the horns given by several of the above

writers. The talented pencil of Mr. Wolf has also delineated the

Society’s specimen while it lived in the Gardens (see P. Z. S. 1867,

pl. xvi1.). Stuffed skins of the horned male and female and of the

* Trans. Linn. Soe. vol. xiii. p. 13, tab. 2.

t Loe. cit. p. 266, pl. 21.

t Knowsley Menagerie, 19.

§ Quadrupeds of N. America, vol. ii. p. 493, pl. Ixxvii.

| U.S. Explor. Exped. vol. viii. p. 667 (1853-56).

340 DR. J. MURIE ON THE [May 26,

young animal are exhibited in the wall-cabinets of the British

Museum ; so that little remains to be added on my part.

Much stress has been laid by Mr. Ogilby* on the presence or ab-

sence of cutaneous glands as indicative of affinities among the hol-

low-horned Ruminants. I made a careful search, therefore, for these

on the dead body of the Prongbuck; and the subjoined is the result: —

1. No crumen or suborbital sinus was discovered, as all previous

writers have averred.

2. There is, however, a cutaneous gland which exudes a yellow

glutinous secretion, situated an inch and a half below the ear. Dr.

Richardson evidently alludes to this when he says, ‘‘ there is a

dark blackish-brown spot at the angle of each jaw, which exhales a

strong hircine odour’’+.

3. No inguinal sacs exist, thus verifying Ord{ and Dr. Gray’s§

character of the genus.

4. In a footnote to his paper, Mr. Bartlett|| says, “A gland of

considerable size exists in the back of this animal, immediately over

the white patch.”” My examination confirms his observation. Dr.

Canfield J has even more pointedly referred to this when speaking

of the glands as “one over the junction of the sacrum with the

spine, 6 or 8 inches anterior to the tail.”

5. The last-quoted author, in the living animal, says, furthermore,

‘the Antelope has a very peculiar odour, strong and (to. some

persons) offensive. This comes principally from the glands in the

white part of the breech. One of these is placed over each pro-

minence of the ischium, below and on each side of the tail;’’ another,

as above referred to, No. 4. This statement was substantiated in

the dead body of our animal.

6. On both hind limbs, at the hock, behind the joint, and rather

to the outside of the leg, there is another cutaneous secreting-gland.

7. Interdigital sacs exist on all four limbs.

The cutaneous glands of Antilocapra americana may be thus ex-

pressed :—Preseut, in pairs, 1 postmandibular or subauricular,

1 ischial, 1 hock, 2 interdigital: total 10 glands. Absent (but occa-

sionally present in other ruminants), suborbital and inguinal.

In a review of the structures of the Saiga I have shown that the

hair, among other characters, differentiates it from members of the

antilopine group, and, so far as hirsute clothing is concerned,

proves it to be a Sheep. When the same test is applied to the

Prorgbuck, the microscopic texture reveals, of a verity, that its hair

also is very unlike that of the Antelopes, say, for instance, Cuvier’s

Gazelle. In the accompanying woodcut (fig. 1) 4 and B delineate

the minute textural composition of the hair of Antilocapra americana

from two regions of the back. Though differing in absolute magni-

tude, that from the head being the smaller, they yet agree in the

delicate nature of the cortical substance and large-sized hexagonal

* Brit. Assoe. Rep. 1853, and Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. iii. p. 60.

t Op. cit. p. 267. { Jour. de Phys. 1818.

§ Cat. Mam. Brit. Mus. || Loc. cit. p. p. 721.

"| Loc. cit. p. 106,

1870.] ANATOMY OF THE PRONGBUCK. 341

cell-structure of the medulla. The cell-walls are serrate ; as is shown ;

but under a higher power, viz. 250 diameters, the transverse section,

exhibited in C, brings out still further the markedly denticular cha-

racter of each medullary cell. The finer hairs to which the term

wool is applicable are depicted in D.

Microscopic hair-structure of the Prongbuck.

A. Portion from the crupper, seen lengthwise. B.A portion, from the occiput.

C. Transverse section, cell of the medulla. D. Two fibres of the wool.

The measure of modification contradistinguishing the hair of the

antilopine, cervine, ovine, and hircine families is as follows. In

Cuvier’s Gazelle (Gazella cuvierii), which, for our comparison, may be

taken as a fair type of what zoologists class as an Antelope, each

hair has a proportionally thick cortex, and the medullary tissue

is composed of minute, rather irregular-outlined, compressed cells,

ranged transversely to the long diameter of the hair.

In the Red Deer (Cervus e/aphus) an equally good example of the

cervine type,-I find that, relatively to the calibre of the hair, the

cortical envelope is only moderately thick, whilst the cellular medulla,

in proportion to that of the Gazelle or Antelopes generally, is con-

siderably increased. The medullary cells also have large, regular-

sided, roundish or subhexagonal-contoured walls, not so squeezed

together as in Gazella and its allies. In the Wapiti and other un-

doubted Deer an identical pattern prevails, the only obvious change

being in the size of the cells, which slightly vary in different species.

In all Sheep, with but slight specific modification, the hair shows

a vast augmentation as respects medulla to cortex, the latter being

very thin contrasted with the former. The cells of the medulla are

much Jarger than in Deer, and preeminently so compared with those

of Antelopes. Selecting the fleece of the Argali (Ovis ammon), as

affording a fair example of the hair of the Sheep kind (and it is by

no means an extreme instance), it demonstrates the said relative

increment in the size of the cells and corresponding diminution

of the wall cortex. In this ovine species the medullary cells,

from a pure hexagonal contour, assume a tendency to an elliptical

figure.

Te the Goats a form of hair-structure is met with intermediate

between that of Antelopes and Deer. Exemplifying the hircine

342 DR. J. MURIE ON THE [May 26,

family by the Markoor (Capra megaceros, Hutton), that noble-looking

Himalayan Goat, the elementary composition of the hair under the

same microscopic power as the preceding may be thus defined. The

entire thickness of the hair is less than in the Red Deer and greater

than in Cuvier’s Gazelle ; the cortical substance is relatively about

equal in depth to the last and decidedly greater than in the former

or in the Wapiti Deer. The medulla bears an increase of ratio

with the Gazelle’s, but a decrease compared with the other two forms.

The cells are much smaller than in the Deer, though larger than in

the Antelopes; and, as if manifesting closer affinities to the latter,

besides their narrow transversely ovate character, they further simu-

late that type in their compression in the direction of the long axis

of the hair-tube.

Reverting to the hair of the Prongbuck, it thus becomes evident

that it is widely dissimilar in its constituent elements to the Antelope

and Goat families. In some respects it approaches nearer to the

Deer tribe, though still far from akin. The closest alliance, as far as

the hair is concerned, is towards Sheep, though it may be noted that

in the marked denticulate condition of the medullary cells it is im-

pressed with a character of its own.

The form of the upper lip in the hollow-horned Ruminants Ogilby

has assumed to be a guide of considerable importance, inasmuch as

from it we can discriminate affinities of resemblance exercising in-

fluence, not only on the animal’s habits and economy, but vesting the

premaxillaries with special characters. The Prongbuck belongs to his

section of browsers in having no mufille, and a hairy nose of the ovine

or antilopine tvpe, as Gray duly appends to its generic characters.

Concerning the horns, or rather the process whereby they are

shed, Mr. Bartlett’s and Dr. A. Canfield’s observations are most

satisfactory, and excellently related. I agree, however, with Drs.

Gray and Sclater as to the nearer structural resemblance of the horns

to those of the Bovide than the Cervide, notwithstanding their

deciduous nature. Indeed, as Buffon* has asserted of the Ox, and

Ogilbyt of the Oryx, Singsing, and Leucoryx, these ruminants

offer an example of corneous exfoliation. The last-mentioned

authority expresses himself as having verified Buffon’s observations,

which the great French naturalist’s contemporaries ridiculed. After

comparing the structure of the young and mature bovine’s horns,

Ogilby says, “As in the case of the second dentition, the permanent

organ is developed under, or rather within, the other, and, by its

growth, gradually carries it upwards, and supports it like a sheath or

scabbard. The young horn, thus severed from the vessels which

formerly supplied it with nutriment, dries up, bursts, from the ex-

pansion of the permanent horn within it, and exfoliates in large

irregular stripes, leaving the latter with the finely polished surface

and solid, sharp, attenuated points which distinguish them. As far

as my observations enable me to judge, this exfoliation takes place

only once during the life of the animal, and that at the period of ado-

lescence, immediately before the appearance of the first annulus.”

* Hist. Nat. t. iv. p. 459. + Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. ii. p. 53.

1870. | ANATOMY OF THE PRONGBUCK. 343

Thus the extraordinary phenomenon of deciduous hollow horns in

the Prongbuck receives a rootlet of explanation ; and turns out to be

a remote degree rather than a perfect anomaly of kind as respects the

development and succession of the supposed permanent horns of the

Bovide.

Curiosity, a trait of character manifested in the Goats above all

other Ruminants, is a predominant feature in the Prongbuck.

Richardson (/. ce. p. 265) telis how the Indians dress themselves in a

white shirt, flutter a white rag, or lie down and kick up their heels ;

and by these means the animals most readily approach.

4. Parno.tocicaL REMARKS.

The history of the Society’s male Prongbuck has already been

published by Mr. Bartlett (/. c. p. 719); but I may in this place add

a few words respecting the cause of death. For some time previously

to the event the hind limbs exhibited failing power, inducing a

tottering unsteady gait ; and ultimately complete paralysis ensued.

During the lengthened illness great wasting of the body took place.

The morbid appearances revealed on sectio cadaveris were eularge-

ment of and deposition of firm gritty matter within the lymphatic

glands ; those of the mesentery and at the root of the lungs were as

big as damsons. Distributed throughout the pulmonary tissue, simi-

lar tubercular concretions existed in considerable numbers. A few

hydatid cysts were found in the omentum ; and some small nematoid

worms had imbedded themselves within the peritoneal abdominal

wall. The lungs were slightly congested, but the abdominal organs

rather pallid and bloodless, The precise lesion producing the

paralysis was not elucidated ; for the skeleton intact was desired for

the British Museum, where it is now deposited. From an examina-

tion of the caudal vertebrze, after maceration, these appear to have

been affected by scrofulous changes; and within the pelvis, on the

right side, at the junction of the ilium, ischium, and pubes, there is

a nodule of spongy exostosis.

Our damp cold English climate is considered to have a very prejudi-

cial effect upon animals confined in a menagerie. But in the case of

the Prongbuck we have the evidence of Dr. Canfield that scrofulous

disease followed by inflammation of the joints and lameness, occur

frequently among young captured specimens in their native habitat,

California. From this I would infer an inherent predisposition, apart

from climatic or dietetic influences.

5. Ora AND LARYNGEAL REGION.

On viewing the soft palate in position from below, together with

the teeth and alveoli of the upper jaw, the whole has a remarkably

bottle-shaped outline. Posteriorly the wider palatal surface is smooth,

or with only dotted glandular puncta. The narrower anterior half

of the palate is traversed by a slightly wavy median groove, the

surfaces of the lateral ridges sloping gently towards it. There

344 ' “DR. J. MURIE ON THE [May 26,

are twenty-two of these slightly raised and irregularly curved trans-

verse ridges on either side of the longitudinal median furrow ; and

each ridge possesses a finely crenate hinder free margin. The most

anterior one and the two posterior denticulated ridges are much

shorter than the others. On the left side two at least of the ridges

merge into each other inwardly.

Pies 2.

Tongue of the Prongbuck.

A. Dorsal aspect, half natural dimensions. ZB and C. Segments of the tip and

dorsum near root, magnified to show papillary structures. jl and /l*, fili-

form, fg, fungiform, and c, cireumvallate papille.

A widish oval-shaped anterior palatine canal is situated in the

middle of the smooth front part of the palate; and terminally the

free border is slightly incised.

1870.] ANATOMY OF THE PRONGBUCK. 345

The mouth is sparingly lined with flat moderate-sized papille as

in the Sheep. The faucial membrane is well supplied with mucus-

glands. The tonsils, enclosed in a chamber, are each about the size

of a pea, and open, as in the Giraffe, by a single wide fossa in the

recess on either side behind the faucial pillars, and very slightly in

advance of the tip of the epiglottis.

The uvula descends slightly, and is continuous laterally with a

raised musculo-membranous ring guarding the pharyngeal opening; so

that when the parts are in natural position an approach is discernible

to that remarkable sphincter grasping of the cetacean larynx; only,

of course, in the Prongbuck the epiglottis and arytenoids are quite

diminutive. The pharyngeal constrictors are of moderate thickness,

but nevertheless well marked.

Anteriorly the tongue, more Antelope- or Goat- than Deer-like,

has a greyish hue—but beneath is of a dull leaden tinge, darker at

the sides of the root or where the whitish papilla are shortest and

sparsest. It is spatular in figure, slightly narrowest about the

middle, and thins very much at the broadly rounded apex. Length

63 inches, and from 1} to 13 inch in breadth: the free portion be-

yond the frenum under ordinary conditions measures 2 inches.

Fully more than the anterior half of the dorsum is so crowded with

short flattened cuspidate retrocumbent or filiform papille (7) as to

simulate the pile of velvet ; these increase in size in the middle line

behind and towards the prominent part of the root, where they form

a crescent-shaped patch, the horns directed backwards. Posteriorly

the papillz gradate into flattened elevations. The patch above

mentioned forms a prominent feature in the tongue of both the Ox

and Sheep.

A long strip of separate papillee circumvallatee (c), some forty or

more in number, are found on each lateral aspect of the dorsum, abreast

of the papillary patch already spoken of, and behind to the very root.

Each is glandular, of a black colour, depressed centrally, and sur-

rounded by a deep fossa. The representatives of fungiform papillze

(fg) appear as black dots scattered over the entire dorsum, with the

exception of the root. As Prof. Owen* describes in the Giraffe, these

obtuse papillz: appear ‘‘ somewhat sparingly scattered as coarse grains

of gunpowder ;”’ only they are necessarily smaller in the Prongbuck.

The larynx does not present any striking external feature such as

the great thyroid enlargement of Antelope gutturosat and Hyomos-

chus aquaticust, nor internal peculiarity of the subepiglottidean

pouching met with in Gazella dorcas§ and Tarandus rangifer.

Indeed, so far as general construction is concerned, it might equally

belong to either the Cervide or Bovide.

The sketch C, fig. 3, enables the upper view of the parts to be un-

derstood. The epiglottis (Zp) is a broad, almost crescent-shaped leaf-

let, the apex, however, being slightly acuminate. In natural position

Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. ii. p. 224.

Vid. Pallas, Spic. Zool. tab. iii. fig. 16.

Flower, P. Z.S. 1867, p. 956.

Meckel, Anat. Comp. x. p. 604.

t+ + *

346 DR. J. MURIE ON THE {May 26,

it is 0-8 inch broad and about as much in length or fore and aft dia-

meter; glandular impressions stud its surface. There are well-marked

fossee or upper laryngeal pouches (/.p) between it and the thyroid

ale. The superior aperture of the larynx (ap) is narrow, and 0°8

inch long. Between it and the aforesaid pouches are two broad

rovghish prominences, together having a V-shaped outline; these

elevations are due to the large arytenoids and cartilages of Santorini

or Wrisberg ? with superimposed fatty tissue and membrane.

As fig. A shows, the thyroid cartilage (7') is of moderate height

(1°3 inch), breadth 1°5 inch, and obtuse in front, the pomum being

bulbous but not very prominent. The upper or anterior cornu is

remarkably short, barely projecting above the very shallow concave

upper border. The posterior border is more deeply scooped out

above, but reversely arched below. The inferior cornu is a cartila-

ginous rod half an inch long. Excepting a narrow deepish notch

close to the inferior cornu, the lower border of the thyroid is straight.

The front portion of the cartilage is of much firmer consistence than

the lateral plates ; the latter are flat and without any marked oblique

ridge.

The hinder shield of the cricoid (Cr) is slightly more than 1:2 inch

in vertical, and exactly that in transverse diameter. The surface is

broadly convex in the same directions. The upper and lower mar-

gins are each widely rounded, the former being mesially concave, but

the latter convex, and without any narrowed elongation. The infe-

rior cornu is articulated a line above the lower lateral and wide-

sweeping arciform border. ‘The anterior ring completing the cricoid

is some ("3 inch broad throughout, and very moderately bent down-

wards or towards the trachea. The cricoid is altogether composed

of a thicker substance than is the thyroid cartilage; its antero-

posterior diameter is 1*7 inch, the front ring projecting as much as

(but no more than), the boss of the pomum Adami.

Each arytenoid (fig. 3 B, A) is a solid cartilagmous body of a

trihedral figure, and 0:7 inch in extreme diameters. Individually

the faces and borders are slightly concave. Upon the summit the

cartilage of Santorini (S), or (Wrisberg?) projects. This is com-

posed of soft yellow elastic ligament, narrow and falciform in figure,

and reaches in a tapering manner 0°3 inch behind the arytenoid car-

tilage. Its thickish part is close upon an inch long.

There is, however, an apparent continuation of the same yellow

elastic substance as a thin band, downwards and forwards, from the

anterior apex of the arytenoid to the immer thyroid fossa, and consti-

tuting the inferior thyro-arytenoid ligament or true vocal cora. These

cords approximate in front, but leave behind them a wide wedge-

shaped inferior aperture of the larynx or rima glottidis. The supe-

rior thyro-arytenoid ligaments, or false vocal cords, are not well pro-

nounced, but still traceable from the fatty tissue above the corni-

cula laryngis towards the epiglottis.

The membrane between the false and true vocal cords is smoothish

and perfectly free from sinuses or ventricles. I observed, though,

on the inner mucous surface of the cricoid, and in part on the wall

1870.] ANATOMY OF THE PRONGBUCK. 347

of the trachea, a few irregular-contoured glandular-like depressions

(g!., g1*) ; but these I am inclined to consider merely of pathological

import.

Structure of the larynx of the male Prongbuck.

A. Side view, with attached hyoid bone. Sk. Stylo-hyal. C.. Cerato-hyal.

Bh. Basihyal. Th. Thyro-hyal. 8. g!. Origin of the stylo-glossus muscle,

&e. S.g?. A second. upper portion, which goes to the root and side of

tongue. Hp. Epiglottis. p. Wrisbergian? projections. 47. Arytenoi-

deus muscle. 7. Thyroid cartilage. Cr. Cricoid cartilage. ¢r. Trachea;

and * denotes the lateral ridging of the cartilage rings. w. Portions of the

- superior laryngeal nerve.

B. Section of the larynx—half of the thyroid alx and tracheal rings being

sliced through and partially removed to show the interior structure, vocal

muscles, arytenoid and other cartilages. 4. Arytenoid cartilage. S. Car-

tilage of Santorini; and, above this, p, fatty Wrisbergian? projection.

Th. a, Lower, and Th, a2, Upper thyro-arytenoid muscles. ZL.c a. Lateral

crico-arytenoideus. g/., g/.* Glandular depressions of pathological origin ?

The remaining letters apply as in Fig. 4: a portion of the inferior cornu

remains on the cricoid cartilage.

C. Laryngeal aperture, looked at from above and behind. ap. Aperture of

larynx, with the projections from the Wrisbergian? cartilages. 1. p. La-

ryngeal pouch.

There is a double thyro-arytenoid muscle, the lower (Th. a') being

of equivalent volume to the upper (7. a*); and both are strong

muscular bands. The superior partly overlaps the inferior portion

posteriorly ; and together they occupy the outer surface of the aryte-

noid cartilage, except so much as is taken up by the under-mentioned

muscle.

This, the lateral crico-arytenoid muscle (L.c. a), has a longish

narrow belly, arising partly tendinous from the upper edge of the

348 DR. J. MURIE ON THE [May 26,

side or middle third of the cricoid cartilage, and being inserted into

the outer arytenoidal facet.

The fleshy digastric arytenoideus muscle (4r) is of considerable

thickness, much expanded at the posterior face of the arytenoid car-

tilages, and narrow at their middle line of junction.

I may record of the crico-thyroid and the posterior crico-arytenoid

muscles that they each are broad, fleshy, of medium thickness, and

respectively, along with a well-developed kerato-cricoideus which is

present, cover the entire surface of the cricoid cartilage.

Of the extrinsic laryngeal muscles I need say nothing.

The osseous pieces composing the hyoidean arch correspond in

number with those of Antelopes; the bones are slender rather than

otherwise. Relatively the stylo-hyal (S.A) is long, namely, 2°8

inches ; its proximal end has a considerable-sized dependent quadrate

plate, and a broadish short upward styloid process, lengthened, how-

ever, by a tip of cartilage. The epihyals are ossified, and each

0°5 inch long. The cerato-hyals (C.A), with a long diameter of

(0-7 inch, are slightly curvilinear and intermediate‘in stoutness between

the preceding and the thyro-hyals. The basihyal (B./) is narrow,

notable by a prominent tuberous rostrum and partially cartilaginous

body. The thyro-hyals are connected to the thyroid ate by a car-

tilaginous terminal rod; the length of their ossified part is equal to

that of the cerato-hyal.

6. PuLMONO-VASCULAR STRUCTURES.

The trachea consists of 56 cartilaginons rings counted to the bi-

furcation, but at the high division of the bronchus 45. Inu the Sheep

there are altogether some 50 in number.

The left lung possesses three lobes, the lowermost, as usual, being

the largest. The right lung is divided into five segments, the four

upper and smaller ones being long, narrow, and widely separated at

their roots. The uppermost one of these receives a separate bron-

chus at 24 inches above the ordinary bifurcation.

The heart conforms to the type of ruminants generally. The

inferior vena cava enters behind and to the left; the fossa ovalis is

closed, and the eustachian valve large. The superior vena cava has a

thickish circular muscular layer as it enters the auricle. The auri-

cles are relatively of small size compared with the ventricles. The

valves agree with those of the Sheep; but there is a more than or-

dinary fibrous network crossing between the lower walls of the left

ventricle. A firm cartilaginous body (the bone of the heart) 0°3

inch long, lies at the anterior base of the aorta, beneath the tricuspid

valves.

The heart has little fat on its surface. It is slightly elongated in

form, and fully 4 inches in length from base to apex.

The aorta, after sending off the small cardiac branches, is single

for a distance of 1°3 inch, and then bifurcates, the left larger trunk

forming the arch and descending aorta. The ductus arteriosus is

situated 0°8 inch from the above division. The right trunk, the

1870. | ANATOMY OF THE PRONGBUCK. 349

arteria innominata, proceeds for about a couple of inches, and then

sends off a single branch, which immediately separates into the left

brachial and vertebral arteries. Half an inch further on, the inno-

minata splits into three branches, viz. the right brachial, the right

vertebral, and the common carotid. The latter is nearly an inch

long, and then splits into the right and left carotids and a thyroid

branch.

7. Digestive TRACT AND GLANDS.

The stomach consists of four compartments, placed in relation to

each other in the ordinary ruminant fashion.

The paunch presents considerable proportions when distended,

being about a foot in longitudinal and transverse diameter; and its

lower end is bifid. The cesophagus, itself narrow and 21 inches long,

enters the paunch at its upper and left corner ; but it is also partly

directed into the left end of the reticulum, as in the Sheep.

The internal thickened folds which partially subdivide the paunch

correspond with those of Ovis; but the lower one to the right is

placed rather more transversely, and does not slant upwards. This

gives a greater relative size to the upper compartment of the right

half of the rumen in the Prongbuck.

The papille lining the mucous coat are of two kinds. One sort,

the longest and largest, are found in the hollows and corner pouches ;

these vary from 01 to 0°3 inch long, and are club-shaped, with a

roughened warty exterior. The second kind are much smaller,

shorter, and closely set, and, together, give a granular appearance

to the surface; they occupy chiefly the ridges.

Besides these villi or papillze, I observed a series of glandular-like

bodies scattered widely throughout this first cavity. These were

subcircular, cauliflower-like elevations, ranging from 0!-2!" tu 0!°3!"'

inch in diameter, and 0°1 to 0°15 inch in height. On section they

seemed aggregations of papillze, but with thickened basal submucous

tissue. Although describing these last along with the healthy villous

structure, I have reason to believe them a morbid product.

The subglobular reticulum has a less restricted neck than in

the Sheep. It is between 6 and 7 inches in its long diameter, and

about 4 across. As seen in front, after removal of the stomach

from the abdomen, the reticulum partially hides the psalteriam ; the

lower end of the cesophagus and a small portion of the left end of

the abomasus also dip behind it. The cells forming the reticula-

tions are rather irregular in size and form, though chiefly hexagonal.

They range from 0-2 to 0°3 inch in diameter, and are remarkably

shallow. The papillee are acuminate, the largest being found at the

summits of the ridge-like boundaries.

The psalterium is 3 inches long by 13 inch wide. It has the usual

ruminant plications with intervening shorter ones, covered with

short, thick-set, mamillary villi.

The fourth cavity, or abomasus, possesses a double curve, and is,

as usual, a long cylindrical cavity, narrowing as it approaches the

pylorus. The rugz are fully developed, and longitudinal in direction

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1870, No. XXIV.

350 DR. J. MURTE ON THE [May 26,

as far as the first curve, after which they become chiefly transverse,

and are much smaller. The pyloric orifice is circular, less than

1 inch in diameter. The fourth stomach is about 15 inches long,

and from 13 to 33 in diameter.

The total length of the intestinal canal was 68 feet 93 inches,

whereof the small intestines measured 50 feet 5 inches, and the

great gut 18 feet 45 inches. The simple czecum was 15 inches long,

and varied from 14 inch in diameter to 25 inches near its termi-

nation. No ilio-czecal gland, as obtains in the Giraffe, was noticed

in the Prongbuck.

Liver, with portion of the duodenum.

PR. vight, and LZ. left lobe. C. Caudallobe. Sp. Lobus spigelius. Gb. Gall-

bladder. d.ch. Ductus communis choledochus. C./. Coronary ligament.

Ve. Vena cava. D. Duodenum. Ta, Portion of the pancreas.

The liver (fig. 4) is only of moderate size and thickness, and is

somewhat flattened. It is mainly divided by an anterior marginal

fissure into a larger right and smaller left lobe ; but there is also

present a considerably elongated lobus caudatus and a very diminu-

tive lobus spigelius. ‘he entire organ is remarkably free from notches

or emarginations.

The right lobe (2), fully 8 inches long by 4 broad, contains the

gall-bladder (Gé.), and to the right of it the caudate lobe. The

latter (C.) is irregularly tongue-shaped, flat, 43 inches long by

about 1 inch broad, and lies across the right lobe, its tip overhang-

ing the right free margin of the viscus.

The lobus spigelius (Sp.) is represented by a very thin and small

lappet or lobulus, placed near the transverse fissure, and immediately

to the left of the left hepatic duct.

The left lobe (LZ) occupies the remainder of the organ. Its di-

mensions are 6 inches long by 4 across.

1870. ] ANATOMY OF THE PRONGBUCK. 301

Agreeing with Antelopes, but differing from Deer, there is in the

Prongbuck a small pyriform gall-bladder (G2), which lies upon the

surface of the right lobe, rather to the left of its middle, but not

reaching the upper margin.

The cystic duct, an inch long, joins the right hepatic ; and almost

immediately after, these turn off at a right angle, the left hepatic

duct joining to form the ductus communis choledochus (d. ch), which

is fully an inch song, and penetrates the duodenum at 5 inches from

the pylorus.

The vena cava (Vc), of moderate calibre, passes, as usual, along

the inferior or attached margin of the liver.

As compared with Ovis, the hepatic structures of Antilocapra

differ in being relatively thinner and smaller, in the greater length

of the caudate lobe (which in the Sheep does not overlap the right

margin), in the diminished capacity of the gall-bladder, its median

position on the right lobe, and its not reaching the free margin.

The Chamois’s liver stands a remove further from the Prongbuck.

In it the left lobe, and not the right, has the greatest magnitude.

The mesial marginal fissure dividing these is wide and deep ; the gall-

bladder is very capacious, and reaches considerably beyond the outer

border, partialiy within the fissure ; the caudate lobe is short and

thick.

8. PARTS CONNECTED WITH GENERATION.

The surface of the kidneys are smooth; their figure bean-shaped,

but rather roundish than flattened ; length fully 23 inches. The

hilus ends in a deep and long sinus, subdividing into fine calyces.

The pyramids of Malphigi are rounded, and half a dozen in number ;

the cortical substance is 0°2 inch thick.

The ureters (w, fig. 5) penetrate the under surface of the wall of

the urinary bladder at the commencement of the neck and outside

the vasa deferens.

On reaching rather beyond the middle of the base of the bladder,

the vasa deferentia (V’.d.) enlarge, approach, and lie alongside each

other in the median line, closely invested by a dense areolar sheath.

They proceed, adherent, and like asingle flattened tube, on the neck

of the bladder, towards and between the lobes of the prostate.

The bilobed prostate gland (Pr.) lies on the under surface, and at

the proximal end of the membranous portion of the urethra. Each

flattish, bean-like lobe is half an inch long ; and the two, by their

position, form a compressed horseshoe figure, fully half an inch

wide, embracing the terminal portion of the vasa deferentia.

I have preferred to term the bodies above described glandulze

prostatic, though perfectly aware they have been regarded, by such

a competent authority as Rudolph Leuckart, as vesiculze seminales

in other ruminants. Leuckart’s very able article, ‘ Vesicula pro-

statica,’’ in the ‘ Cyclopedia of Anatomy and Physiology,’ vol. iv.,

is immediately followed by a clearly reasoned paper by my old friend

S. R. Pittard, on the “ Vesiculze seminales; and I abide by his

352 DR. J. MURIE ON THE [May 26.

remark regarding the organs in question in Ruminantia, when he

says :—‘“‘It is far from improbable that they are both the one and

the other—prostate and vesicule at orice.”

The terminal enlargement of the vasa deferentia in the Prongbuck

may correspond to what Leuckart figures as the Weberian organ, or

uterus masculinus, in the Deer; and I ought further to observe that

I did not detect that differentiation of the said organ from the vasa

differentia which obtains in some he-Goats.

The membranous portion of the urethra, 23 inches long, tapers at

either end, but throughout is broadish, flattened, and possesses a

deep longitudinal furrow below. The compressor urethra muscle

(cu) is of great thickness, and its transverse fibres constitute a

continuous arch, tucked into the under groove, from the neck of the

bladder to the urethral bulb.

Fig. 5.

Urino-generative organs of male Antilocapra.

A, Reduced side-view of urinary bladder and urethral canal. w. Ureters, cut

short. V7.d. Vas deferens. Pr. Prostate gland. C.u. Compressor urethree ;

penis cut short, portion of the retractor muscle, R.p, being left. B.c.

Bulbo-cavernosus, and J. c. Ischio-cavernosus muscles.

B. Distal end of penis, about natural size. p. Preputium. m.w. Meatus

urinarius. J. p.* Insertion of retractor penis.

Cowper’s glands appear to be absent ; at least I could find no such

enlarged prominent bodies as are found in the Chamois, Goat, and

some other ruminants. The Prongbuck thus agrees with the Deer,

where these glands are wanting. The place of these Cowperian

bodies may, however, be supplied by a bilinear, long patch of minute

1870. ] ANATOMY OF THE PRONGBUCK. 353

ducts or crypts, which are found on the floor of the urethral cavity,

at its anterior half, in the membranous groove between the inferior

portions of the compressor muscle (ew). The glandular tubes open

by separate puncta within the urethra. Where these terminate at

the bulb and narrowing of the urethral passage, there is a semilunar

free fold of membrane, forming a short cul-de-sac 0:2 inch deep.

The bulbo-cavernosus (B. c), the ischio-cavernosus (I. ¢), and the

retractores penis muscles (2. p, R. p*) are each fairly developed.

The preputium (p) is attached by a freenum 0:9 inch from the

tip of the penis. The glans is relatively thick posteriorly, but flat-

tened in front; the tip being of an expanded spatular figure, with

the corpus spongiosum and meatus urinarius (m. u) barely projecting

beyond the terminal border, and not forming a long, free, whip-like

process, as in some ruminants.

The testes are small, each being under 14 inch long.

9. OsTEOLOGY.

Condition of the Bones.—I have strong reasons for suspecting

that the unhealthy condition of the body affected the bones; but if

not, these are remarkable for their lightness and porosity throughout

the whole skeleton; indeed, as Mr. Gerrard, Sen., remarked, no

ruminant skeleton of equal size possesses such delicacy of osseous

texture. Comparing the other crania of the Prongbuck in the

British Museum with our specimen, they did not feel nearly so light,

but nevertheless sufficiently attested such absence of solidity that

some might infer it as a quality predominant in the bony frame of

this creature.

If one were to speculate upon this fact, it might be given as one

reason for the extraordinary fleetness of the creature. Their rapi-

dity of speed is related as something marvellous. ‘Travellers agree

that they outstrip a swift horse. Audubon’s account* is unique ; men- ~

tioning the several gaits, he concludes, ‘‘ While so rapidly do their

legs perform their graceful movements in propelling their bodies

over the ground, that, like the spokes of a fast-turning wheel, we can

hardly see them, but instead observe a gauzy or film-like appearance

where they should be visible.

A. The Cranium.

(a) Skull as a whole.—In profile (fig. 6, B) the cranium is remark-

ably elongate antero-posteriorly, and shallow vertically. The summit

and base run almost in parallel lines, so as to give great flattening or

shallowness from above downwards. This is very unlike most of

the living Cervidee and Bovide, where the frontal region is lofty and

slopes downwards and forwards often sharply. Some of the Bovines

(Bubalus, for example) have a tendency to upper levelling of the skull ;

and among Antelopes such genera as Oreas and Alcelaphus exhibit

lowness in the cranial vault ; but in all of these the resemblance is

* Op. cit. p. 198.

354 DR. J. MURIE ON THE [May 26,

chiefly due to the depressed rearward angle at which the horns come

off. Some fossil forms, however, more markedly agree with the

Prongbuck in the above respect, the Antilope paleindica of Falconer

to wit.

The Deer, as a group, may be said to have a depressed skull; in

such forms as the Reindeer and the Elk it is very obvious.

The seeming affinity of the Prongbuck to the Giraffe, in their both

being deprived of false hoofs, is dispelled, so far as contour of skull

is concerned (the former being deficient in the median frontal protu-

berance so peculiar to the latter), as well as limitation of great frontal

sinuses and breadth of cheek to naso-premaxillary region. Apart

from these structural considerations, however, there are other cranial

characters equally significant, which demonstrate that the family type

of their skulls is not so entirely removed from each other as a hasty _

inspection is apt to infer.

In Antilocapra, as in Oreas and some other Strepsiceres, the

parieto-occipital is short compared with the very lengthened maxillo-

premaxillary region. The orbit, subcircular, of fair size, if not large,

has its optic axis directed outwards, and but very slightly upwards

and forwards. The horn-cores, which stand erect, as in the Chamois,

present, in this aspect, a broad dagger-shaped outline, and are im-

planted directly above the orbit, from its middle to beyond the rear.

If the skull in this view be divided into five equivalent perpendicular

segments, the occipito-temporal area would occupy one, the orbito-

jugal region another, and the anterior three would consist of the

lachrymal and naso-maxillary bones.

In the erect-horned Rupicapra, where the occiput is short, the

front of the orbit comes to about the middle of the skull. In many

small Antelopes it reaches little short of this ; but in the Strepsicerine

group the face is proportionally elongated, as in Antilocapra. In

Deer, as a rule, the facial lengthening is considerable, as in the

Prongbuck ; but there is this difference, that the postcranial segment

is far greater than in the latter.

From the top (fig. 6, 4), excepting in the very different disposition

of the horn-cores, the outline of the skull approaches less to the

Giraffe than to most Cervidee, whilst it does not partake entirely of

the Antelope features—even to the Strepsicerine group, which other-

wise, in side view, have some points in common. A close resemblance

can be traced, however, in the Sassaby (Damalis lunatus, H. Smith),

though this Bovine Antelope markedly disagrees in possessing an

elevated and not flattened intercorneal ridge.

The individuality of upper contour in the Prongbuck’s skull is in

some measure owing to the abbreviation of the parietal segment,

moderate breadth of the frontals, increased, however, by the out-

standing orbits, and by the long steadily continued naso-maxillary

rostrum, which in most Antelopes and Deer has a decided wedge

shape. The horn-cores, as seen looking down upon them, are broad

and pass ont far beyond the orbital periphery. The nutritious fora-

mina at their base (s o f) are large and allow the light to descend

quite through the orbit. The so-called supra- or anteorbital fissures

1870. | ANATOMY OF THE PRONGBUCK. 395

(f), as in the Cervidee and the Giraffe, are of great magnitude, and

in the Prongbuck might not inaptly be compared in shape and rela-

tive position to the vacuities in the sounding-board of a violin. The

anterior nasal opening is as capacious as in the Deer generally, but

deviates a little in figure, as it is lower and obviously extends further

back.

Vertex and profile views, minus the horns, of the skull of the male Antilocapra

which lived in the Gardens.

sof. Supraorbital foramen. f. Fissure.

356 DR. J. MURIE ON THE [May 26,

A posterior view of the cranium minus the mandible (as fig. 7, B,

illustrates) brings out very well the odd implantation of the horns,

basal width apart, and prominent postfrontal flattening. The orbits

outlie squarely; and both the horns and horn-cores (¢) uprise

boldly.

(2) Component parts of the skull.—The long nasals abut against

each other with a considerable convexity, toned down, however, by a

flattening longitudinally of the summit of the arch. They are in-

serted into the frontals by a semilunar naso-frontal suture ; and their

outer margins from behind forwards are bounded respectively by the

large suborbital fissures, maxillaries, and a small portion of the pre-

maxillaries. As Turner notes, they are widest posteriorly ; towards

their middle there is some lateral constriction, and forwards near

their tips they gently broaden. The extremity of each is incised by

a semilune, so that together, quite in front, they present a broad

biconcave edge.

In the top flattening of the nasals, their posterior width, and bifur-

cate tips the Prongbuck follows the Deer and not the Antelopes.

From the absence of a suborbital fossa, unusual extension forwards

of the superior maxillary (Mz) and more than ordinary dilatation of

its ascending or nasal process, the bone presents a remarkably pro-

minent but throughout level cheek-surface ; and this gives rather a

cylindrical contour to the rostral portion of the face.

Whilst there is well-marked masseteric roughness, there is no

ridge rising before the orbit, or only a very indistinct indication of

such. The crescentie infraorbital foramen is large but low, and opens

a little above in front of the first premolar. The anterior palatal por-

tions of the maxille are characterized by the very elevated sharp

ridge running from the alveolus forwards.

A feature more akin to Deer than to Antelopes is the way in

which the anterior palatal portion of the maxillary forks and em-

braces the outer limb of the preemaxilla(Pmz). This is more marked

in some Prongbuck skulls than in others ; but in all the coadaptation

of the bones, or the sutural line, manifests cervine instead of bovine

construction.

In Deer the upper canine tooth is implanted in the said fork or

angle; and though, in the adult Cabrit, there is no such tooth ex-

tant, yet the bifurcation of the bone may be interpreted as a fore-

shadowing of the Stag’s dental development.

Each preemaxilla is of a fair size; and its ascending limb articu-

lates with and between the nasal and maxillary, in a narrow wedge-

form an inch or so in length. The ascending or outer limb is nar-

rowish throughout, the horizontal or inner one slender, and their

flattish anterior angle of junction moderately expanded.

The jugal or malar bone (Jw), 3 inches long and 1j in greatest

depth, offers an elliptical outline, a large portion of which constitutes

a cheek-buttress. The zygomatic splint posterior to the orbit agrees

with that of the Chamois in its uncommon shortness. The segment

of the lachrymal contributing to the orbital ring forms no more

than an eighth of the cireuit; here the lachrymal is broadest, ta-

1870. | ANATOMY OF THE PRONGBUCK. 397

pering forwards almost to a point, which reaches the hinder border

of the ascending or nasal portion of the maxilla. The surface of

the bone is smooth and not impressed for the reception of a

crumen ; and its superior border is excluded from touching the nasal

by the intervention of a large open space or fissure (/).

The lachrymal of the alpine Gems answers to the above, but

the fissure is reduced to a minimum. Most Deer have the bone

broadly triangular and deeply sunk for the reception of the sub-

orbital gland. The facial plate of the os unguis in the Camelopard

is relatively small. In the Antelopes the lachrymal varies accord-

ing to the presence or absence of infraorbital fossa and fissure ; but

in most instances its breadth anteriorly is relatively greater than in

the Prongbuck.

The interspace between the frontal, nasal, lachrymal, and maxil-

lary bones, denominated the suborbital fissure (/, fig. 6, 4), is in the

Prongbuck, as in most Deer and in the Giraffe, a proportionally

extensive area—differing thus from the Bovide, where it is notable

rather by its diminutive size or absence than conspicuous by its

dimensions. The space in question is a shallow depression floored

by a thin, smooth, delicate osseous plate, which overlies the post-

turbinal bone, and partly of the frontal sinuses. It has an elongate

sinuous or f-shape, 1°8 inch in antero-posterior diameter, and 0°4 inch

in breadth at the widest point. Its anterior horn terminates obtusely

or in a rounded manner; the posterior one narrows more, and

diverges considerably from its fellow of the opposite side. The

fronto-lachrymal suture passes outwards half an inch behind the

posterior angle of the fissure.

Those Antelopes with a suborbital fissure have it elliptical and

very diminished as regards length and breadth from the foregoing ;

a few examples (Damalis pygarga, Gray, for one) have it placed far

forwards. It is large in all Deer, and broadly triangular; but ex-

ceptionally it is found partially lyriform, as obtains in the Chinese

long-tailed species, Klaphurus davidianus, Alph. Milne-Edwards.

In the Giraffe it is a large crenated-edged oval.

The frontal, or fore part of the vault of the skull, is broad and

remarkably flat, rising, however, a very little towards the coronal

suture. The width between the horn-cores is from 2? to 3 inches.

At their inner base, well forwards, is a very large elliptical supra-

orbital foramen (s o f, fig. 6, 4), which enters quite through the

roof of the orbit; a superficial shallow groove for a venous sinus

passes betwixt the foramen and the lyrate supraorbital fissure.

_ The compressed dagger-shaped horn-cores (ce, fig. 7, B), flattened

from without inwards, thickest behind, and narrow-edged in front,

spring well nigh directly over the orbit, and with divergently inclined

postures, overtop the eye, the tips being 9 inches apart. They are

each 5 inches long, and at their broadest part, or where the prong

is given off, measure, in different crania, from 1°5 to 2 inches in

diameter. From the lateral position whence the osseous horn-sup-

ports start, the orbito-frontal rings are partly deprived of that

salient configuration which essentially belongs to them.

358 DR. J. MURIE ON THE [ May 26,

Each parietal (Pa, fig. 7, B) constitutes a broad but low arch; the

narrow anterior crescentic angle, as in other ruminants, goes down

between the squamous postfrontal and orbito-sphenoid elements to

meet the alisphenoid.

The squamous element of the temporal bone, agreeably to the

low form of the brain-case, is not deep. The convexity of the

bone is moderate, and the upper sutural arch long and a little raised.

The foramen, situated at the root, and upper surface of the zy-

goma, common to the Ruminants, in the Prongbuck, as in the An-

tilopidee and Ovidee, is wide to excess ; and the perforation is seen

to run superficially or within the diploé of the cranium, and to

communicate with the mastoidal cells. The articulating surface or

glenoid facet (g/), moreover, is more bovine- than cervine-shaped ;

only that the bounding ridge behind and the tubercle and post-

glenoidal ridge are not so prominently developed as in the former.

The external auditory canal (4w) is large, and sticks upwards and

backwards prominently.

With the discrimination displayed in all his papers, the late Mr.

Turner points out ‘that in the Moschidz and Cervide the styloid

process becomes free almost immediately at the base of the audi-

tory process, while in the Bovide or Cavicorn Ruminants it is

enclosed more or less completely for some distance in the down-

ward and forward direction.” Antilocapra claims kindred with

the latter family in the disposition of its styloid process, which is

shortandensheathed. But, furthermore, the moderately enlarged tym-

panic (Ty) does not agree with that ofits supposed ally, the Chamois,

where it is remarkably triangular and compressed. Neither does it

display a roundish inflated character as does the Antelopes’, excepting

the caprine group. On the contrary, in spite of the styloid ensheath-

ment, the tympanic element of the Prongbuck, as far as my ob-

servations go, is singularly cervine or Goat-like in its development.

The paramastoid process (Pmd) is short, moderately wide antero-

posteriorly, and does not underhang or pass beyond the condyles.

It is thick-rooted, or has a considerably high rough mastoidal emi-

nence behind the auditory canal.

I have alluded, in the general views of the skull, to the perpendi-

cular character of the supraoccipital plane, and may further note that

it is surmounted by a narrow transverse portion suturally connected

with the parietals. The truncation of the supraoccipital (So) is not

only very apparent, but it absolutely inclines forwards below. ‘The

spine and occipital protuberance are each well marked. The former

is broad, moderately raised, and the muscular impressions on each

side are deep rough coneavities. The superior curved line forms a

wide, sharp-edged, and regularly formed arch, terminating laterally

in the short paramastoids, at the root of which posteriorly a short

shallow groove is discernible.

The condyles possess two distinet articular planes, which meet in

a mesial raised acute line, whose direction is parallel with the pos-

terior border of the paramastoid. Both facets, as in Deer, are rela-

tively flat, the hinder one nearly vertical, the fore one directed ob-

1870. | ANATOMY OF THE PRONGBUCK. 359

liquely forwards and outwards, though approaching its fellow of the

opposite side.

The hollow between the condyle and paramastoid is wide, but only

moderately deep. The condyloid foramen is hidden well forwards.

Fig. 7.

Al. Basis cranii, and B. view from behind of skull of Society’s g Prongbuck.

Mv. Maxilla. Pax. Premaxilla. Pl. Palatine. Ju. Jugal. Bs. Basisphenoid.

Bo. Basioccipital. Ho. Exoceipital. Ty. Tympanic. Pmd. Paramastoid.

Au. Auditory. gl. Glenoid articular surface. So. Supraoccipital. Pa.

Parietal. O. Orbit. c. Horn-core. p- Prong of horn on left side; the

right hern has been removed.

360 DR. J. MURIE ON THE [May 26,

The basioccipital (Bo) is an inch broad behind, continued for-

wards with a steady reduction of breadth to the junction of the basi-

sphenoid (Bs). There is a trace of a middle longitudinal ventral crest

with wide muscular concavities on either side of it. The so-called

posterior tubercles of the basioccipital are badly represented, though

not perfectly obsolete as are the anterior tubercles.

No shadow of doubt crosses my mind as to the pattern of the

entire occipital bone, which is modelled precisely as in the Cervidee.

The supraoccipital in the Antelopes is protuberant and convex ; the

condyles have a more rounded mesial division ; either the posterior

or anterior tubercles of the basioccipitals are well developed, the latter

often very convex and prominent. In Ovide and Capride the basi-

occipital is flat but wide, quadriform, with pronounced fore-and-aft

tubercles. The superocciput in Oxen offer some resemblances to the

Deer and Prongbuck, but their basiocciput is distinctly different in

having well-developed tubercles and a deep groove between them.

There is a moderate narrowing forwards of the basisphenoid (Bs)

in proportion to the breadth of its occipital end, and the bone agrees

with many Deer and some Antelopes in the amount of convexity

and lateral guttering.

The pterygoid plates and processes are thin, widely apart, and

with obsolete hamular processes. The alisphenoid is narrow fore

and aft, and the sphenoidal fissures are of great size. The orbito-

sphenoid plates are less depressed or scooped out than in most simi-

lar-sized Ruminants ; and as a consequence the orbit appears less

deep than in many forms.

The horizontal plates of the palatines (PZ) together form about

the hinder fourth area of the entire hard palate. Their sinuous

maxillo-palatine suture presents a wide arch, interrupted by wide

posterior palatal foramina. Between the last molar, retrocedent an-

trial process, and the wall of the posterior nares there is an unusually

deep notch or interspace.

The vomer is very stout, the inferior turbinate bones uncom-

monly long and inflated.

Three skulls of Antilocapra americana in the British Museum

vary so very little as regards dimensions, that I have thought the

one obtained from the Gardens might suffice, as undernoted, to in-

dicate general admeasurements.

inches.

Extreme lengilt, (eee pietiiy Mea 4S GIs 6 on aye tee eins 11-3

Extreme breadth, viz. diameter at posterior rim of orbit .... 5°7

Diameter opposite hinder ends of premaxillaries .......... 2°0

Highest perpendicular without mandible, mid-horns........ 3°6

Height (or depth), vertical, with penultimate upper molar .. 3°3

Greatest ‘lenpth of maale. oc o55 wi eg > 2012 0s ole nines nine a bee 4°2

Distance from anterior upper premclar to tip of premaxillaries 3°7

2:9

Length of row of grinding-teeth.........-.. 0000 eee eens

Distance between occipital foramen and semilunar border of

the; DOSterter MAaNGNGtoca Me nes Si ae. aye os Nip Th ek eee

Dis ebers 10 fyON Late caste eae cos ican Bon a canal aS CaP anal Bes 1:7

1870.] ANATOMY OF THE PRONGBUCK. 361

inches.

Vertical depth of the anterior nares ..........0.+.00000. Lez

Vertical depth of the posterior nares) ...........-0..00. 1‘6

Distance between tips of horn-cores ............ 00.0005. 9-0

Benat tet hat enre ty ts2 Gj «tgs Aa tye dak hie inwas 0 5:0

Its greatest breadth—that is, where srs is i off—in dif-

ferent skulls from .... sthys erate outoy 22°0

Distance between roots of oe ACOLES A Si2ise ao taat Oe iS. s-6 Bien 2:5

(ce) Inferior maxillary bone.—Dr. Gray’s figure of the mandible

(Cat. of Mam. B. M. 1852, tab. xv. fig. 1, Dieranoceros furcifer),

though small, sufficiently indicates the peculiarities of outline dis-

tinguishing this bone. As is therein shown (and in the present

fig. 6, B), the direction in which the ramus rises and recedes from

the body i is more backwardly oblique than in most Ruminants; and

this is rendered the more apparent by the unusual rounding-off of

the angle. ‘The coronoid process is long, narrow, and straicht, or

wanting in that convexity of its upper border met with in most Cer-

vidze and Bovide. The sigmoid notch is both short and shallow,

and the rather flat-topped facet of the small condylar head almost

deficient in neck, whilst its transverse and antero-posterior diameters

are not great. The ramal angle, as mentioned above, is the reverse

of prominent, and possesses in some specimens a widish but shallow

emargination towards the body end.

The dental portion of the body is only moderately deep behind,

and is concave below forwards to the diastema. Thisis long, later ally

compressed, and relatively deep, with a sharp upper border ; the

terminal incisive expansion is of moderate breadth.

The dimensions of the mandible are :—

inches.

Extreme length fromcoronoid process to cutting-edge of incisors 10

Length from the angle to the roots of the incisors ........

Distance from the front of symphysis to first premolar... .. .

Haw of lower erindine-tecta. ve on. pee yep een as SoRe

Vertical height, a line being dropped from coronoid process . .

Penotn or COrouoid. PrOCess’ o3. 52st stad ek eet et

Depth of the bone at the middle of the last molar ........

Breadth of the bone at'the angle 27.0000. 002003. 0 00.

(d) The skull of Rupicapra contrasted with that of Antilocapra.—

The Prongbuck has been closely associated with the Chamois by

most classificators of the Artiodactyla, chiefly because of the upright

and supraorbital position of the horns, and recurvation of their tips.

Mr. Turner, who, in his ‘ Generic Subdivision of the Bovidee,’ has

dwelt more generally on the characters of the skull, still considers

them in some degree allied, and follows Dr. Gray in ranking them

and others under the title of caprine Antelopes. The cranium of

each, no doubt, has some characters in common ; but in many points

the differences are as well pronounced.

Among other features, the skull of the Chamois compared with

that of the Prongbuck shows the following divergences :—1. The

a ea ay ee or

akUNNH SH

362 DR. J. MURIE ON THE [May 26,

nasals narrow forwards much more and taper to a point, as in the

Goatsand Antelopes. 2. Thesupraorbital fissureis minute. 3. The

supraorbital or antecorneal foramen is small. 4. The horns are round,

more erect, and prongless. 5. The premaxillary does not articulate

with the nasal. 6. The frontal region is much rounder and more

highly arched. 7. The masseteric ridge ascends high before the orbit.

8. It wants the anterior palato-maxillary valley so conspicuous in the

Prongbuck. 9. The horizontal plate of the palate-bone is relatively

shorter. 10. In the Chamois the palatine arch of the posterior nares

is narrow and acute, in the Prongbuck widish and rounded. 11. In

the first of these the basioccipital and the basisphenoid are much

flatter than in the second. 12. The auditory bulle are very small

and compressed, much more Goat-like by many degrees than are

those of Antilocapra. 13. The paramastoid of the Chamois greatly

exceeds that of the last-mentioned genus, and is more pointed.

14. The glenoidal articulation is convex to its outer edge, and the

posterior transverse ridge is rudimentary. 15. The occiput is anti-

lopine and not cervine in its character, inasmuch as it is prominently

convex. 16. The condyles are rounded or not so sharply mesially

ridged into a partially double facet as in the Prongbuck and Deer ;

and they jut rearwards and not so much downwards as in these.

17. The foramen magnum is decidedly very large.

(e) Dentition.—As respects the deciduous dentition of the Prong-

buck my observation is confined to a skull of an apparently adult

animal in the College of Surgeons’ Museum. In the said specimen,

No. 3713, the three upper and lower deciduous premolars present

(corresponding to the second, third, and fourth premolars of other

Bovidee ?) are partially uprooted and about to be replaced by their

successors. The permanent successors seem nearly equally advanced ;

the canines less so. Judging of the age of the animal by the cha-

racter of the horns, I should be inclined to think the change of den-

tition in the Prongbuck coincidentally approximates to what obtains

in the Sheep.

The dental formula and series throughout are facsimiles of what

is met with in the majority of Antelopes.

The upper molars have smooth shallow outer concavities and low

ridges. The hindermost tooth has a posterior tubercle. There

are neither supplementary enamel columns nor lobules in these. nor

in the lower molars. The median central crescents are of moderate

size and simple.

The premolars of the superior and inferior maxille are fair-sized,

increasing from the first to the third.

The three mandibular true molar teeth have their longitudinal

enamel ridges ill defined ; the concave internal depressions are very

shallow. The outer lobes of the teeth are more angular than rounded.

The crescentic fissures of the grinding-surface are simple.

The incisors are sloping, subequal, and not equal-sized as Turner

mentions ; for the middle ones are moderately expanded at the tips

and slightly larger than those outside.

1870. ] ANATOMY OF THE PRONGBUCK. 363

B. The Extremities.

(a) Anterior limb.—Little deviation in the form of the scapula

from that of ordinary ruminants is perceptible; it is of a long iso-

sceles triangular shape, with a flat smooth blade, short neck, and

well-developed spine (mesoscapula of Parker) an inch high at the

middle. A tuberous but compressed coracoid process barely pro-

jects beyond the deeply scooped glenoid cup; but no acromion

extension is definable as obtains in Bovide. The spine is situated

anteriorly to the mesial line, so that the suprascapular is one-third

less in width than the infrascapular fossa. The axillary border does

not present a gutter and slope into the subscapular facies as is the

rule in Artiodactyla, but, instead, forms a flat flange or shelf of bone

2 an inch broad at right angles from it, and whereon the teres major

muscle arises. The bone of the scapula is 73 inches in long dia-

meter, and 4 inches broad at the vertebral border; a semiossified

cartilage (Parker’s suprascapular segment) extends 1 inch beyond.

The humerus is shorter than the scapula by 0°3 inch. It has a

moderately stout smoothish shaft, the upper half of which on cross-

section would yield an antero-posterior subelliptical circumference,

but its lower half a transverse one. A depressed articular semi-

lunar head diverges backwards at almost right angles to the shaft’s

axis. The large inflated inner tuberosity, like the head, is flattish

atop ; the bicipital groove is broad, elevated rather than depressed,

with a wide excavation to its inner side for the insertion of the sub-

seapularis. The outer tuberosity, ruminant-like, is a massive three-

sided eminence raised 3 an inch higher than the capitulum ; and it

partially overarches the bicipital groove, though not at all so sharply

in-turned as in the Mazama (Aploceros americanus).

A smooth broadish boss marks the place of insertion for the supra-

spinatus muscle ; and an oblique deltoid ridge is amply represented.

A minute nutritious foramen enters on the outside of the shaft at

the commencement of its lower third.

Laying the radius of the Prongbuck (which measured 7:8 inches

long) side by side with that of a Fallow Deer of equivalent length,

I observed the former had a narrower rounder shaft, and this gave

to its proximal and distal extremities a more expanded character.

The less convex but broader shaft of the Dama implied greater

strength throughout.

The shaft of the ulna is adnate to the above, it being a thin deli-

cate bony splint, complete, however, from above downwards, and

terminating in a well-developed trihedral styloid process. The ole-

cranon is of good size. The entire ulnar bone measures 93 inches.

From the limb-bones having been wired together in position

before I had access to the skeleton, I was unable to compare the

individual carpal and tarsal bones with those of other forms. The

number, however, appears to agree with the typical ruminants and

not with the aberrant Giraffe and Camel—there being in the carpus

a scaphoid, Iunare, cuneiform, and pisiform in the proximal row,

and a trapezoides and os magnum in the distal one.

364 DR. J. MURIE ON THE [May 26,

The cannon-bone of the pectoral extremity is an elegant subcircular

rod, 8°1 inches long, and grooved behind for more than three-quarters

of its proximal length.

The six phalanges of the digits present no features worthy of re-

mark, further than that they have sesamoid bones appended _poste-

riorly behind their articulating surfaces. The first phalanx is

1-8 inch, the second 1 inch in length.

(6) Posterior linb.—The formation of the pelvis is of the same

long, narrow, and light build characterizing both Antelopes and Deer.

The brim has a blunt oval figure, the conjugate diameters being,

however, nearly equal. The elongated neck of the ilium has a blade

with moderately broad wings, and everted anterior superior spinous

processes (a.s.sp); the external muscular impressions on this are

divided mesially by an elevated ridge. The acetabulum is wide,

shallow, and with deep synovial notch. The symphysial portion of

the pubic bones is flattish, wide, and indeed rather broad above ; it

is 3 inches long, with a roughened symphysis ; the subpubic angle

is obtuse. There is only a moderate expansion of the usual tripodal-

figured ruminant ischium ; the tuber ischii (ti) is broadly rounded,

and not prominent as is the external ischial spine (e. sp).

The pelvic measurements are as undernoted :—

inches.

Extreme length from the anterior carry ‘sees process to

tuberosity of ischium .... he RUDE IE

Greatest breadth (crests of ilia). .

Distance between external ischial spines

Brim of pelvis (ant. post. diam.) ..........

Brim of pelvis (transverse diam.) . ; he

From centre of acetabulum to tip of crest of ilium :

Symphisis pabis:/s.wadanaclteutiwe wat feeeuGen ue

wehwowoo@m

acoub pron

The head of the femur is subglebular and small. The great tro-

chanter, laterally flattened, rises 3 an inch higher than the head. The

trochanteric fossa is, as in other ruminants, wide, but only moderately

deep. The stoutish shaft, though less so than in Dama vulgaris, has

usually a slight forward bend; and the nutrient foramen obliquely

penetrates the front of the shaft at its upper fourth. The linea aspera

is both broad and well defined. Though the distal extremity of the

thigh-bone does not offer such comparative magnitude as in the Gi-

raffe, its condyles nevertheless are large and backwardly extending ;

the outer is the larger and most tuberose. The groove and pit for

the popliteus muscle is not so well marked as in Dama vulgaris.

As regards the fibula, in its non-development of shaft, depending

spicule representing its upper extremity or head, and inferior kidney-

shaped and separate bone homologous with its styloid process the

structure resembles that of Sheep.

The tibia has a length of 10°3 inches. The head is large, the

anterior tuberosity or cnemial prominence moderate and sharp-

edged in front. The groove for the tibialis-anticus tendon is deep

and broad. The shaft is stoutish, convex anteriorly, but doubly

1870.]} ANATOMY OF THE PRONGBUCK. 365

grooved and ridged posteriorly for the attachment of the long flexor

muscles. The internal malleolus is large, triangular, and flat.

The tarsus consists of os calcis, astragalus, adnate cuneiforms,

scaphoids, and a cuboid.

Fig. 8.

The male pelvis: a. s. sp. Anterior superior spinous process; ¢. sp. External

ischial spine or tuberosity ; ¢. 2. Tuber ischium.

The conjoined metatarsals of the hind limb or cylindrical cannon-

bone, as in the majority of Antelopes and Deer, evinces a greater

tendency to duplicity than does its equivalent bone of the pectoral

extremity—this by its being grooved throughout in front, but not

deeply cleft. There is also longitudinal grooving in its after surface,

but only in its lower part, the gutter being shallow. This cannon-

bone measures 8-7 inches in long diameter, and shows a very slight

lateral flattening of the shaft. There is an entire absence of acces-

sory splints, or rod-spicules, corresponding to extra metatarsals, and

the same may be said of the metatarsal segment of the fore limb.

The osseous conformation thus tallies with the outer aspect of the

legs in deprivation of false hoofs.

The digits and their additional sesamoidea are completely identical

with those of the fore foot.

C. Vertebral Column and Thorac.

(a) Spine.—The vertebral elements present in the spinal column

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1870, No. XXV.

366 DR. J. MURIE ON THE [May 26,

are 35. Several of the last caudal, it may be noted, are wanting,

having been injured during the process of maceration; so 37 to 38

may more truly be considered the total number. Of those present,

7 are cervical, 13 dorsal, 6 lumbar, 4 sacral, and 5 caudal.

The cervicals are distinguished by their great size, compared with

the other spinal regions. The 5 hinder ones interlock with each

other by well-marked opisthoccelian articulations. This is not un-

common in a partial degree among ruminants, but is best observed

in the Camelidee and Giraffidee.

The atlas is appreciably flattened and broad. Its condylar arti-

cular surface is low and without the outer double notch of the Goats

and Sheep. The transverse process is a thin wide plate of bone,

ending backwardly in a rounded flattish process. The vertebral fora-

men pierces it vertically, and then horizontally passes through the

neural arch. A rudiment of a neural spine exists at the middle of

the bone, flanked forwardly by two deepish grooves. The body has

a moderate-sized hypapophysial keel.

The axis has a neurapophysis an inch high, which runs the entire

length of the vertebra; anteriorly the spine projects as a process

forwards, but posteriorly is truncate. A sharp-pointed barb-like

anapophysis overlaps the third vertebra. here is a well-marked

keel, more fully developed, however, in the third, fourth, and fifth

cervicals. The vertebral foramen perforates the neural arch in front.

Neural spines are wanting in the third and fourth vertebree ; but,

as in most ruminants, it is developed in the fifth, and lengthened in

the sixth and seventh. The laminar arches of the third, fourth,

and fifth are marked by a postmedian depression as well as lateral

ones. The second, third, and fourth cervicals are the longest. The

pleurapophysial element of the transverse process of the sixth cervical

is unusually broad.

The dorsal vertebree, in a bird’s-eye view, are seen steadily to de-

crease from the cervical towards the lumbar region. The centre of

movement of the spine hinges on the tenth dorsal vertebra ; this is

shown by the change of direction forwards in the neurapophysis.

The first dorsal spinous process is of considerable length; and

from it to the third they increase in size; between this latter and

the sixth they remain nearly uniform in length, and slope sharply

backwards.

The next four gradually shorten. The last three dorsal neurapo-

physes are broader and directed forwards.

A metapophysis in the form of a tubercle is developed on the first

dorsal vertebra, enlarges on to the third, then remains small as far as

the eleventh. The twelfth and the thirteenth increase in magnitude

and approach the prominent plate-like form found in the lumbar

region. The dorsal vertebral region measures 133 inches.

The bodies of the six lumbar vertebre are subequal in size. Their

transverse processes are only of moderate breadth, but very long,

and subequal from the second to the sixth. The neurapophyses, on

the other hand, are very broad, of nearly uniform height, and curve

forwards. The metapophyses are prominent and thick ; the inter-

1870. ] ANATOMY OF THE PRONGBUCK. 367

spinal muscular fossee deep. Between the last lumbar and first

sacral vertebral lamina there is a large lozenge-figured interspace.

The funnel-shaped sacrum has a length of 31 inches; and its

anterior transverse diameter is almost as much. The sacro-iliac syn-

chondrosis is formed by a single articulation of the foremost verte-

bral element; it possesses but a diminutive neural process. The

three hinder vertebrze belonging to the sacrum are partly anchylosed,

and possess spines subequal in height; their transverse processes

are anchylosed, so as to form a tapering vertical plate of bone par-

allel with and as high as the neural spines.

The caudal vertebrae, as already mentioned, were imperfect, five

alone being present, the small terminal factors having been lost.

Those extant, together 44 inches in length, were remarkably porous,

evincing a diseased condition or atrophy of the cancellous tissue.

The first or anterior caudal possessed broad transverse processes of

bony plates, but gave off no backwardly extending zygapophyses ;

the remaining vertebral bodies diminished in size, but each had long

slender prominent spicula passing distally.

~mSt,

Ventral view of the sternum and sternal ribs.

p.st. Presternum, mm. st. Mesosternum. «. Xiphosternum.

(6) Chest.—The eight elementary constituent parts of the sternum

are partially coalesced, so that it appears to be composed of but five

separate pieces. Of these the foremost are narrow, stout, and cylin-

droid, the middle and hindmost on the contrary wider and thin.

The manubrium or preesternum ( p. s¢) of Parker* is bifid anteriorly.

It is a short stout bone, with an upward projecting boss between the

first two ribs. The thick vertically narrow second and the rather

wider third elements are ossified together; the fourth and fifth

expand in breadth but diminish in thickness. The sixth, seventh,

and eighth foetal segments are firmly united, the seventh or post-

mesosternal being the broadest of the whole series.

The xiphosternum or ensiform piece (“) is a long, flat, and strong

process of bone, narrowing considerably at its distal and finally

truncated extremity.

Eight sternal ribs or costal cartilages on each side abut against

the lateral margins of the sternum.

The ribs number thirteen pairs, of which eight are true and five

false. The first two are nearly straight or with but slight arching.

* «The Shoulder-girdle and Sternum in the Vertebrata,’ Ray Soe, 1868.

368 MR. A. B, MEYER ON THE POISON-GLANDS OF FISH. [May 26,

The three or four hinder ones are slenderer than the others in ad-

vance, which are broad but only moderately strong. It is not until

the ninth is reached that the maximum of length is obtained.

The hyoid bones have been described along with the laryngeal

apparatus (anted, p. 348).

2. Some Remarks on the Poison-glands of the Genus Caillo-

phis. By Avoty Bernuarp Meyer, M.D.

In a paper published in the ‘ Monatsberichte der k. preuss. Akad.

d. Wiss. Berlin,’ March 1869, I gave a description of the large

poison-glands of two snakes belonging to the Asiatic Elapide,

namely, Callophis intestinalis, Laur., and C. bivirgatus (Boie).

These glands are situated in the body-cavity itself, and occupy from

one-third to even one-half of the whole length of the snake, and, in

consequence thereof, influence the situation of the intestines, push-

ing them back towards the tail. I did not find these poison-organs

in C. maculiceps, Gthr., nor in C. calligaster (Hemibungarus, Pet.).

Afterwards J. Reinhardt observed (Vidensk. Medd. fra den Natur-

hist. Forening i Kbhvn. 1869, n. 6-8) that also C. gracilis, Gray,

and C. m‘clellandii, Reinh., do not possess these glands, but only

the usual apparatus. When I published my first paper I had had

no opportunity of examining these snakes, but I have now taken

advantage of the extensive materials in the British Museum and of

the kindness of Dr. Giinther to extend my researches over all the

known species of the genus Callophis (except C. gaponicus, Gthr., of

which there is only one, typical specimen).

I can confirm Reinhardt’s statement of the absence of the poison-

glands in question in C. gracilis and C, m‘clellandii, and have found

that all the other species of this genus likewise do not possess the

glands, viz. C. trimaculatus, Daud., C. annularis, Gthr., and C. ni-

grescens, Gthr. Likewise Megerophis flaviceps, Reinh., a snake

which resembles strikingly C. bivirgatus (var. tetratenia, Bleeker),

except in the vertebral scales and the head-shields, does not possess

this peculiarity, but only the usual gland,

I found, however, the gland in all the varieties of C. intestinalis

and C. bivirgatus, viz. in var. malayana (Elaps thepassii, Bl.), as

already stated by Reinhardt, in var. philippina and var. melanotenia,

Bl., of C. intestinalis, and in var. tetratenia, Bl., of C. bivirgatus.

We can therefore affirm that only the Callophides of the islands in

the Malay archipelago, and of the Philippine Islands (which inhabit

the Malayan peninsula too, and C. intestinalis also Central India),

possess this large poison-apparatus, whereas the Callophides of

Central India and the Malayan peninsula do not possess them.

Whether it be allowable to found on this character a generic

difference or not, can only be decided after further researches on

the skeleton &c. of these snakes, which I am prevented now from

undertaking, as I am about to depart for the Malay archipelago.

1870.] SURGEON F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. 369

But it seems probable that other points of structure, not yet known,

may correspond with this character, which will enable us to find out

the natural affinities of these snakes. In the highest degree remark-

able is it at all events that C. gracilis does not possess this poison-

gland, as it resembles C. intestinalis in such a manner that only

after exact examination the differences of colour and marking are

visible. Can we here have to do with a case of mimicry? as it might

be of advantage for C. gracilis to mimic C. intestinalis, more formi-

dable in consequence of the poison-apparatus. I may remark that

C. intestinalis has a wide area of distribution, whereas C. gracilis

has only been found at Pinang and Singapore; and we know, from

the researches of Messrs. Bates and Wallace, that all mimicked spe-

cies are widely spread and plentiful, while the mimicking species are

rare and confined to a restricted region. Perhaps, too, the great

resemblance between Megerophis flaviceps and Callophis bivirgatus

(var. ¢e¢ratenia) is another example of mimicry, the latter having

this formidable poison-apparatus, and M. flaviceps not, and the latter

being rare, the former very plentiful. But only further observations

can determine whether this explanation is a right one or not.

That C. japonicus, Gthr., possesses the large poison-gland is not

probable, as it approaches in its characters to Hemibungarus, which

does not possess it.

3. Notes on some Fishes from the Western Coast of India.

By Surgeon Francis Day, F.Z.S., F.L.S., Madras Army.

Having received" leave last February to proceed from Madras to

Europe, I availed myself of the opportunity of crossing that Presi-

dency by rail to Beypore on its western or Malabar coast. Passing

on to Calicut, I obtained a few fishes there, when, finding it would be

a week before the steamer could arrive, I paid a flying visit to Vithry

in the Wynaad range of hills, as there were several questions respect-

ing the fishes of that mountain-range which I was desirous of solving.

With respect to some of these I believe I have been successful ; a few,

however, must still remain for further inquiry and future investi-

gators.

Arriving off Mangalore I received a small but very interesting

collection of the fishes of South Canara, from H. E. Thomas, Esq.,

C.S., the collector of the district, who has paid great attention to the

finny inhabitants of his range.

In the following remarks it is not my intention to refer to all the

species I obtained, but merely to those apparently new, or respecting

which I have a few remarks to record.

Family Percip2.

AMBASSIS THOMASSI, sp. nov.

Bi vin D. 7|5. P. 15. Vi 1/5. A, 3/10, C,.15..1.1.38, Late, 6/13.

Length of head 2, of caudal 7, height of body } of total length.

370 SURGEON F, DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. | May 26,

Eyes. Diameter not quite 3 of length of head, ? of a diameter

from end of snout, 3 a diameter apart.

The posterior extremity of the maxilla extends to under the centre

of the orbit. Vertical and double edge of horizontal limb of pree-

opercle and also margin of interopercle strongly and evenly serrated.

Nine strong teeth directed posteriorly, along the lower edge of the

przeorbital. One spine at the posterior superior margin of the orbit ;

the lower two-thirds of the orbital edge serrated.

Teeth fine, in jaws, vomer, and palate.

Fins. Second dorsal spine strong, and as long as the head, without

the snout. Caudal deeply forked.

Lateral line continuous.

Colours. Greenish, shot with silvery ; no lateral silvery band.

Hab. Calicut and Mangalore. I have named the species after

Mr. Thomas, who obtained the finest specimen, 34 inches long.

Family NANDID&.

Banpis pario, Ham. Buch.

Bari D. ot Pad Void [ec (God be4 d Ta le 26s

Lateral line absent in this species, which otherwise closely resem-

bles the B. buchanani.

Hab. Wynaad range of hills.

Family OpHI0CEPHALID.

OpHIOCEPHALUS DIPLOGRAMME, Day.

B.v. D.43. P.15. V.6. A. 27. 0.15. L.1.112. Ltr. oS,

I received a specimen 8 inches long from Mr. Thomas, and was

informed the species was not uncommon in Canara.

In the adults the reddish colours fade, but the bands are very

distinct.

Family CoRoMIDEs.

I obtained both the Htroplus suratensis, Bl., and the 2. macu-

latus, Bl., at Calicut.

Family Srrur1pD&.

CALLICHROUS BIMACULATUS, Bl.

Having, through the kindness of Dr. Giinther, been enabled to

examine the typical specimen of this fish from Dr. Bleeker’s collec-

tions, no difference is apparent.

Macrontes ARMATUvS, Day.

? Bagrus montanus et malabaricus, Jerdon.

Hab. Wynaad and fresh waters of the plains, also Mangalore.

Family Cyprinip&.

LEPIDOCEPHALICTHYS BALGARA, H. B.

2 Cobitis carnaticus, Jerdon.

1870.] SURGEON F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. 371

This fish is very similar to the L. thermalis ; but in this species

the dorsal fin, consisting of 8 rays, is opposite to the ventrals, in the

latter it is in advance of them.

Colours. Body dotted with rows of black spots; a black ocellus at

the upper margin of the base of the caudal fin; six to eight rows of

black spots along the dorsal fin, and about ten more bruoken-up lines

of spots on the caudal, which is cut nearly square.

The suborbital spine becomes minute in this species when adult.

Hab. Wynaad.

NEMACHEILUS SINUATUS, sp. nov.

Beis Dore ge. « Be 12. Vo Bi uAy 2(B0s CaS:

ai of head 4, of caudal 4, height of body 4 of the total

ength.

Kyes situated in the middle of the length of the head, 2 diameters

from end of snout, 13 diameter apart.

Barbels long and thin.

Scales distinct.

Lateral line ceases opposite the end of the dorsal fin.

Fins. Dorsal arises slightly in advance of the ventrals, and mid-

way between the snout and the base of the caudal, which last is cut

square, but some of the outer rays are rather shortened.

Colours. Body olive, with irregular vertical brown bands, having

shorter intermediate ones. A black ocellus exists at the base of the

upper portion of the caudal fin. Dorsal yellow, with three or four

rows of black spots. Caudal orange, with four sinuous black >-shaped

bars with an inverted centre.

Hab. Wynaad.

LABEO NIGRESCENS, Sp. Nov.

Bem, Ds2/)4. Badde Vi. 9, As,2/5. C2). Golyd6qlieth,G/7-

Length of head 4, of caudal +, height of body 2 of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter + of length of head, 2 diameters from the end of

snout. .

Snout rather swollen, rounded, and somewhat projecting over

the lower jaw; a small lateral lobe; glands over the whole of the

snout. A very distinct labial fold both above and below, a deep

transverse groove across the chin; lower lip deeply fringed. The

rostral barbels reach to beneath the anterior margin of the orbit,

the maxillary to below its posterior third.

Fins. Upper margin of dorsal fin straight; the pectoral extends

to the ventral, which latter fin reaches the anal. Anal rather

elongated anteriorly, and if laid backwards it reaches the base of the

caudal, which latter fin is deeply forked.

Seales. Four and a half rows between the lateral line and the base

of the ventral fin.

Colours. Deep brown, each scale with a black spot at its base.

Fins black.

Hab. Mangalore.

372 SURGEON F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. [May 26,

The Crossocheilus reba, H. B., exists in the Wynaad and South

Canara rivers.

Barsus (BARBODES) JERDONI, Sp. nov.

Bemis s8/92 -P. 17. VS E019. a. 28>" ay, ae

Length of head 1, of caudal 3, height of body } of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter + of length of head, 1 diameter from end of snout.

Body compressed, a considerable rise to the base of the dorsal fin.

The maxilla extends to under the anterior margin of the orbit.

Four thin barbels, the maxillary pair as long as the orbit, the rostral

a little shorter.

Fins. Dorsal arises midway between the snout and the base of the

caudal ; its third ray is entire, osseous, weak, not enlarged, and as

long as the head without the snout. Caudal forked.

Scales. Four rows between the lateral line and the ventral fin.

Colours. Silvery ; fins tipped with black.

Hab. Mangalore.

Barsus (BARBODES) PULCHELLUS, sp. Dov.

B. iii. D. 4/9. P.17. V.10. A.3/6. C.19. L.1.30. L. tr. 6/53.

Length of head 2, of caudal +, height of body 3, of dorsal fin 3 of

the total length.

Eyes. Diameter # of length of head, 1} diameter from the end of

the snout.

There is a very gradual rise from the snout to the base of the

dorsal fin.

Interorbital space nearly flat. The anterior two-thirds of the

preeorbital covered with large mucous pores. Four fine barbels, the

maxillary pair being the longest, equalling one-third of the length of

the head. Mouth of moderate width.

Teeth pharyngeal, crooked, pointed, 4, 3, 2/2, 3, 4.

Fins. Dorsal arising slightly anterior to the ventral and rather

nearer to the snout than the base of the caudal fin; its upper border

is concave, it is two-thirds the height of the body, its last undivided

ray being weak, smooth, and articulated. Anal of moderate size.

Caudal deeply forked.

Scales. Four rows between the lateral line and the base of the

ventral fin.

Lateral line nearly straight.

Colours. Deep grey, with darker bases to each scale. A black

band runs from the eye to the centre of the base of the caudal fin.

Hab. I received one stuffed specimen, 173 inches long, from

Mr. Thomas, C.S., who found the species frequenting the inland

streams.

Barus (BAaRBopEs) mosaL, H. Buch.

Mahseer.

Dr. Giinther, in his ‘ Catalogue of Fishes,’ vol. vii. p. 130, places

the B. tor, H. B., as one of the synonyms of the B. mosal, H. B.

1870.] SURGEON F. DAY ON INDIAN FISHES. 373

The species, if it is distinct, which exists in South Canara, is the

B. mosal, H. B., whilst I have taken the B. tor in the Bowany and

also in Orissa. In the Calcutta Museum are two specimens of the

latter variety.

The question is, are the B. morsal and the B. tor the same? and

this must be decided by fresh investigations in India. The difference

between the two does not depend on age, as I have examined both

from 6 to 30 inches in length; neither does it depend on season,

which I have not found to exercise any influence: it may be due to

sex ; but I doubt it.

The number of rays, scales, and the proportions of the two fishes,

posterior to the eye, appear to be identical ; but the great differences

are in advance of that organ.

In the B. tor the snout is pointed and compressed, the lower jaw

being the shortest, the mouth is somewhat deeply cleft, whilst car-

tilaginous thick lips exist in both jaws, forming a lobe above and

below; the summit of the head is mostly flattened.

In the B. mosal the snout is rounded and not compressed, the

jaws of equal length, the mouth is not deeply cleft, and there are no

thickened cartilaginous lips. The summit of the head is convex.

Both Barbus (Barbodes) conirostris, Giinther, and Barbus (Bar-

bodes) carnaticus, Jerdon, were found to be common in the Wynaad

and rivers around their bases. They were also received from Man-

galore. It appears not improbable that Barbus mysorensis, Jerdon,

is the same as B. conirostris, Ginther.. The species I termed

B. dubius, I find, has five series of scales between the lateral line and

the base of the ventral fin.

Barsus (Capoeta) AMPHIBIUS, C. & V.

Systomus carnaticus, Jerdon.

Cuvier and Valenciennes have stated their species has no lateral

blotch on the side of the tail, whilst the B. carnaticus has one.

Having examined several of my fresh specimens, with an old one in the

British Museum, in which the lateral blotch appears to have become

bleached, no difference is apparent.

Barsus (Carports) AruLivs, Jerdon.

I find, on examining a large number of fine specimens of this

species, obtained in the Wynaad, that it has a maxillary pair of fine

long barbels.

Barixivs GATENSIS, C. & V.

? Opsarius malabaricus, Jerdon.

Barilius rugosus, Day.

Having obtained numerous specimens of this fish from the rivers

of the Western Ghauts, whence Cuvier’s also were procured, I find it

apparently identical with the B. rugosus of the Neilgherries. The

remark in Cuv. & Val., however, that the cheek is entirely covered

by the suborbital ring, is erroneous; a portion equal to about one-

374 MR. H. ADAMS ON PERUVIAN SHELLS. [May 26,

fourth of the height of the third suborbital bone is left uncovered.

My reason for supposing this fish may be Opsarius malabaricus,

Jerdon, is that I found it very numerous, as Jerdon remarks, in “the

streams that run from the Western Ghauts into North Malabar,” and

that it was the only species of the genus which I could find there,

whilst the difference is that the O. malabaricus is said to have four-

teen dorsal rays. If they are not the same, Jerdon has entirely over-

looked this common species, which I think is very improbable; con-

sequently D. 14 I believe to be a misprint for D. 10.

BaRILIUS CANARENSIS.

Opsarius canarensis, Jerdon.

B. iii. D. 2/10, P.15. V.9. A.2/13. C. 21. L.1.38. L. tr. 9/4.

Length of head 2, of caudal 2, height of body j of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter } of length of head, more than one diameter

from end of snout.

This species is very similar to the B. gatensis, C. & V., differing,

however, in a few points: there are a smaller number of rays in the

dorsal fin; the inferior lobe of the caudal is the longest ; the lower

jaw is less broad ; and the dorsal commences midway between the

snout and the base of the caudal.

Scales. Two and a half rows between the lateral line and the base

of the ventral fins.

Colours. Greenish above with purple reflections, golden on the

sides and beneath ; a double row of large green spots along the sides

as far as the base of the anal, when they become single; dorsal,

caudal, and anal dark grey, with broad white margins.

Hab. Mangalore.

DANIO MALABARICUS.

Perilampus malabaricus, Jerdon (male).

Perilampus canarensis, Jerdon (female).

Are identical with Danio micronema, Bleeker. I obtained numerous

specimens in the localities where Dr. Jerdon records having collected

his. Danio alburnus, Heckel, is probably the same, the barbels

having been overlooked.

4, List of Additional Species of Land and Freshwater Shells

collected by Mr. E. Bartlett in Eastern Peru, with

Descriptions of New Species. By Henry Apams, F.L.S.

(Plate XXVII.)

Fam. MELANIID.

1. PacuycuEILus uns, Lea.

2. Visex (Dorissa) aauariis, liceve.

1870. | MR. H. ADAMS ON PERUVIAN SHELLS. 375

Fam. AMPULLARIID&.

3. Pomus sprxu1, D’Orb.

4. Pomus coLUMBIENSIS, Sow.

5. Pomus coLUMELLARIS, Gould.

Fam. Heticip2,

6. SuccrnEa ELoNGATA, Drap.

7. Rumrna (OpeAs) CUENCANA, Pfr.

8. Rumina (Opeas) micra, D’Orb.

9. Cuausitia (NENA) EPIstomium, Kust.

10. SoLaRopsis CASTELNAUI, Hupé.

11. AMMONOCERAS THOMasI, Pfr.

12. OpHi0oGyRA ENTODONTA, Pfr.

13. Buximus ostoneus, Mill.

14, Orostomus (Drymzvus) sTriGaTus, Sow.

15. Orostomus (DryMvs) simiLaRis, Moric.

16, Orosromus (DrymMzvs) saccatus, Pfr.

17. Orosromus (LEIOSTRACUS) RECTILINEARIS, Pfr.

18. Orosromus (LEIosTRACUS) GUEINZII, Pfr.

19. ToRNATELLINA (LEPTINARIA) ANTILLARUM, Shuttl.

Fam. Limnz1D.

20. PLanorsis (HELIsoMA) TENAGOPHILUS, D’ Orb.

21. Puanorsis (HELIsoMA) PEREGRINUS, D’Orb.

22. PLaNorBis (SPIRORBIS) ANATINUS, D’Orb.

Fam. CycLoPHORID&.

23. CycCLOPHORUS CROSSEANUS, Hidalgo.

24, APEROSTOMA BARTLETTI, sp. nov. (Plate XXVII. figs. 1, 1a).

A. testa late umbilicata, depressa, solidiuscula, confertim plicatulo-

striata, sub epidermide fulva albida, ad suturam albo fasciata ;

spira modice elevata, sutura impressa; anfr. 6, convewiusculis,

ultimo circa umbilicum costa prominente instructo ; apertura obli-

qua, subcirculari, intus albida ; perist. continuo, recto, subacuto,

superne angulatim producto, margine columellari subcanaliculato.

Opere. ?

Diam. maj. 21, min. 19, alt. 14 mill.

25. BourciERA FRASER], Pfr.

iy 1@5%

376 MR. H. ADAMS ON PERUVIAN SHELLS. [May 26

Fam. HeLicinip2.

26. Hexicrna (OLiGyRA) ZEPHYRINA, Duel.

27. Hexicina (OLigyRA) RoTUNDA, D’Orb.

Fam. PRosERPINIDZ.

Genus CyaNng, gen. nov.

Testa imperforata, helicineformis, depresso-globosa, nitida ; colu-

mella truncata ; apertura sublunaris ; perist. simplex, rectum.

In Cyane the base of the columella is truneate, instead of being

furnished with a spiral plait, as in Ceres and Proserpina; and both

the palatal and parietal laminze are wanting. It appears to be inter-

mediate between Proserpina and Proserpinella, in which latter genus,

according to Mr. Bland, the columellar margin is quite simple.

28. CYANE BLANDIANA, sp. nov. (Plate XXVII. figs. 2, 2a.)

C. testa depresso-globosa, tenui, diaphana, nitida, concentrice minu-

tissime et confertissime punctulato-striata, lutea vel fulva; spira

convexo-conoidea, apice obtuso, sutura distincta ; anfr. 5, via con-

vevis, ultimo basi paulo convexiore, medio excavato ; apertura obli-

qua, sublunari ; columella callosa, leviter arcuata, ad basin trun-

cata; perist. recto, tenui.

Diam. maj. 8, min. 7, alt. 53 mill.

Fam. Unrionip&.

29. Anoponta (LAMpROSCAPHA) TENEBRICOSA, Lea.

30. MonoconDyLZA (PLAGIODON) SEMISULCATA, sp. nov.

(Plate XXVII. fig. 3.)

M. testa transversa, ovato-trigona, solida, ventricosa, valde inequi-

laterali ; margine dorsali arcuato; margine ventrali sinuato ;

latere antico circulari; latere postico elongato, oblique ovato ;

umbonibus tumidis, incurvis, erosis; superficie valvarum concen-

trice rugose striata, ad aream medianam radiatim sulcata, epider-

mide subrugosa olivaceo-nigra induta; intus margarita alba et

iridescente.

Long. 34, alt. 25, lat. 18 mill.

An example of this species, but of larger size (the result probably

of age), and in which the radiating furrows on the valves are almost

obsolete, was before obtained by Mr. Bartlett, and in the list of

the shells then collected by him, which I communicated to the

Society, was referred to by me, with doubt, as M. (Plagiodon) isocar-

dioides, Lea. On comparing, however, the specimens since obtained

with Lea’s figure and description in the Philadelphia ‘ Proceedings,’

although possessing the same general character, they are, I consider,

distinct, Lea’s shell being much shorter compared with its altitude,

and the surface of the valves being entirely smooth.

P. Z.S.1870.P1. XXVI

33 “

GB. Sowerby hth M& N Hanhart imp.

1870. ] MR. H. ADAMS ON CHINESE SHELLS. 377

5. Descriptions of Ten New Species of Land and Freshwater

Shells collected by Robert Swinhoe, Esq., in China and

Formosa. By Henry Apams, F.L.S.

(Plate XXVII.)

1. Hexix (PLecrorrorts) curistin£, H.Ad. (Plate XXVII.

figs. 4, 4a.)

H. testa late et profunde umbilicata, sinistrorsa, tenui, subdiscoidea,

oblique irregulariter plicato-striata, sub lente minutissime granu-

lata, albida, supra strigis diffusis fulvis ornata, ad peripheriam

albo fasciata, infra fulvo cingulata; spira subplanata, sutura

mediocriter impressa ; anfr. 6, convewiusculis, lente accrescentibus,

ultimo antice breviter descendente, angulato, basi convexiore ; um-

bilico conico, anfractus usque ad apicem exhibente, intus fulvo ;

apertura obliqua, lunari, margine dextro expansiusculo, basali

incrassato, expanso.

Diam. maj. 25, min. 22, alt. 12 mill.

Var. carinifera. Minor, anfractu ultimo acute carinato ; umbilico

minore.

. ih

Hab. Ichang and Fungsiang gorges, China.

2. Hexrx (PLEcToTROPIS) MARIELLA, H. Ad. (Plate XXVII.

fig. 5.)

H. testa aperte umbilicata, depresso-lenticulari, tenui, subarcuatim

irregulariter rugose striata et sub lente minutissime granulata,

pallide fulva ; spira paulum convexa, sutura marginata; anfr. 44,

ultimo breviter descendente, carinato, carina acuta, compressa,

albida, basi convexiore; umbilico mediocri, profundo ; apertura

perobliqua, angulato-ovali; perist. expanso, albido, marginibus

proximis, callo arcuato tenui junctis, basali vix incrassato.

Diam. maj. 18, min. 16, alt. 74 mill.

Var. aquila. Minor, fulva; spira elatiore, anfractu ultimo minus

convexo.

Hab. chang and Fungsiang gorges, China.

3. Hexix (AcustA) previsprra, H. Ad. (Plate XXVII. fig. 6.)

H. testa anguste umbilicata, depresso-orbiculata, pertenui, fragili,

Sulvo-cornea, pellucida, oblique striata; spira brevi, apice obtuso,

sutura impressa ; anfr. 5, subplanatis, ultimo antice non descen-

dente, carinato, subtus tumido ; apertura lunari, margine dextro et

basali vix expanso, columellari dilatato, reflexo, umbilicum semi-

tegente.

Diam. maj. 17, min. 15, alt. 11 mill.

Hab. Ichang gorge, China.

4. Hexix (Acusta) nora, H. Ad. (Plate XXVII. fig. 7.)

H. testa perforata, depresso-globosa, tenui, rugose striata, fulvida ;

378 MR. H. ADAMS ON CHINESE SHELLS. [May 26,

spira conoidea, apice obtuso, sutura impressa ; anfr. 43, conveais,

rapide accrescentibus, ultimo obsolete angulato, magno, antice de-

scendente, basi subcompresso ; apertura ovali, marginibus proat-

matis, dextro expansiusculo, basali simplici, columellari dilatato,

reflexo, perforationem fere occultante.

Diam. maj. 11, min. 9, alt. 8 mill.

Hab. Ichang gorge, China.

5. Hetrx (Camena) constantim, H. Ad. (Plate XXVII.

figs. 8, 8a.)

H. testa umbilicata, depressa, tenui, oblique plicata, rufo-fulva ; spira

subplanata, apice parum elevato, sutura leviter impressa, submar-

ginata ; anfr. 53, planiusculis, ultimo antice non descendente,

compresso-carinato, basi convexo ; umbilico mediocri, profundo ;

apertura obliqua, rotundato-lunari ; perist. expanso, pallidiore,

marginibus conniventibus, callo tenui junctis.

Diam. maj. 25, min. 21, alt. 13 mill.

Hab. Ichang gorge, China.

6. Hexrx (Satsuma) aupipa, H. Ad. (Plate XXVII. fig. 9.)

H. testa subobtecte perforata, conoidali, tenui, oblique leviter striata

et sub lente transverse tenuissime striatula, albida ; spira conica,

apice oblusiusculo ; anfr. 6, subplanatis, ultimo carinato, antice

non descendente, basi paulum convexo, pone aperturam modice con-

stricto ; apertura obliqua, subquadrato-lunari ; perist. tenui, ex-

panso, margine dextro fleruoso, basali strictiusculo, columellari

superne reflexo, perforationem tegente.

Diam. maj. 14, min. 12, alt. 15 mill.

Hab. Taiwan, Formosa.

This species, which is allied to H. japonica, forms another addition

to the section Satsuma of A. Adams.

7. Cuaustnia (PHa&DUSA) BENSONI, H. Ad. (Plate XXVII.

fig. 10.)

C. testa breviter rimata, fusiformi, solida, capillaceo-striata, sericea,

fulva, ad suturam pallidiore ; spira a medio attenuata, apice acuti+

usculo, sutura anguste marginata ; anfr. 11, convewiusculis, ultimo

angustiore, subsoluto ; apertura verticali, subpyriformi ; lamella

supera marginali, infera profunda, furcata; lunella imperfecta ;

plicis palatalibus pluribus, suprema elongata ; perist. continuo,

albo, expanso et reflexiusculo.

Long. 18, diam. 4 mill.

Hab. Ichang gorge, China.

8. CycLorus Tatvanus, H. Ad. (Plate XXVII. figs. 11, lla.)

C. testa umbilicata, suborbiculata, tenut, striatula, sublevigata, rufo-

brunnea, superne strigis fulguratis castaneis obliquis picta, et ad

peripheriam unifasciaia ; spira brevi, apice prominulo ; anfr. 4%,

conveais, ultimo descendente ; umbilico lato, perspectivo ; apertura

parum obliqua, circulari, intus fusco-violacea ; perist. continuo,

1870. | MR. H. ADAMS ON AFRICAN SHELLS. 379

subduplicato, interno brevi, recto, ad marginem columellarem sub-

continuo, externo annulato, expanso. Operc. normale.

Diam. maj. 16, min. 14, alt. 9} mill.

Hab. Taiwan, Formosa.

9. MELANIELLA BREVICULA, H. Ad. (Plate XXVII. fig. 12.)

M. testa ovoidea, decollata, solidula, longitudinaliter oblique striata

et lineis nonnullis vix elevatis cincta, olivaceo-fusca, interdum nigro-

castaneo fasciata ; spira anfr. superstitibus 3, convexiusculis, su-

tura impressa ; anfractu ultimo inflato ; apertura ampla, pyri-

JSormi, antice producta, teste longitudinis } equante ; intus ceru-

lescente ; columella callosa, alba.

Long. 17, lat. 10 mill.

Hab. Amoy, China.

10. Dreissena swinHoel, H.Ad. (Plate XXVII. fig. 13.)

D. testa solidiuscula, arcuatim triangulo-cordiformi, nitida, plicis

rugosis, irregularibus, concentricis et costis medianis paucis radi-

antibus munita, castanea ; apicibus terminalibus, proximis, com-

pressis ; valvis fastigio umbonali valde elevato, acuto, sinuato ;

margine dorsali arcuato, portione ligamentali recta ; margine ven-

trali incurvato, in medio hiante ; intus livescente.

Long. 14, lat. 9, alt. 5 mill.

Hab. On rocks in the Yangtsze river at Kweifoo, China.

6. Descriptions of Two New Species of African Land Shells.

By Henry Apams, F.L.S.

(Plate XXVII.)

1. Hexrx (Corttia) pAmarensis, H. Ad. (Plate XXVII.

figs. 14, 14a.)

H. testa umbilicata, discoidea, solidula, oblique confertissime capil-

laceo-striata, supra albido-fulva, infra albida, ad peripheriam pal-

lide fulvo fasciata ; spira convexa, apice obtuso, sutura impressa ;

anfr. 6, convexiusculis, ultimo antice soluto, subito descendente,

peripheria subcostato-carinato, basi convexo, juxta aperituram com-

presso; apertura perobliqua, angulato-circulari ; perist. continuo,

late expanso, lamina parietali valida intrante et dentibus tribus

obtusis profundis illi oppositis munito.

Diam. maj. 9, min. 7, alt. 4 mill.

Hab. Damara Land, South-west Africa (Coll. Angas).

This species is closely allied to H. seulpturata, Gray, which is

from the same locality.

2. Ennea (Gonospira) rINGENS, H. Ad. (Plate XXVII.

fig. 15.)

E. testa rimata, fusiformi, ovata, solida, longitudinaliter confertim

380 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [June 9,

striata, albida; spira elongato-conica, apice acutiusculo, sutura

anguste marginata; unfr. 8, convexiusculis, ultimo ¥ longitudinis,

antice ascendente, basi compresso, pone aperturam trisulcato ;

apertura subverticali, reniformi, ringente ; columella profunde tri-

dentata; perist. continuo, expanso, ad parietem appresso, lamina

valida intrante juxta angulum purietis ; margine columellari late,

profunde et depresse sinuato ; margine dextro superne sinuato,

lamellis pluribus, quarum 4 longioribus, intrantibus munito.

Long. 14, diam. 6 mill.

Hab. Sierra Leone, West Africa (Coll. E. Higgins).

This species is somewhat near HL. cyathostoma, Pfr., from Old

Calabar, and is peculiar from the deep and depressed sinus in the

left margin of the aperture.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XXVII.

Fig. 1, la. Aperostoma bartletti, p. 375.

2, 2a. Cyane blandiana, p. 376.

3 Monocondylea (Plagiodon) semisulcata, p. 376.

4, 4a, Helix (Plectotropis) christine, p. 377.

By (Plectotropis) mariella, p. 377.

6. (Acusta) brevispira, p. 377.

7. (Acusta) nora, p. 377.

8, 8a. —— (Camena) constantie, p. 378.

9. —— (Satsuma) albida, p.378.

10. Clausilia (Phedusa) bensoni, p. 378.

11, lla. Cyclotus taivanus, p. 378.

12. Melaniella brevicula, p. 379.

13. Dreissena swinhoei, p. 379.

14, 14a. Helix (Corilla) damarensis, p. 379.

15, Ennea (Gonospira) ringens, p. 379.

June 9, 1870.

George Busk, Esq., F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society's Menagerie during the month of May :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of May 1870 was 200, of which 45 were

by birth, 54 by presentation, 83 by purchase, and 18 were animals

received simply on deposit. The total number of departures during

the same period, by death and removals, was 75, showing a net addi-

tion of 125 individuals to the collection during the month.

The most noticeable arrivals during the month were :—

1. A male Deer, received May 5th along with a collection of

other animals transmitted to the Society from Singapore by H.R.H.

the Duke of Edinburgh. This Deer, of which the exact locality has

ie»

1870.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 381

not as yet been ascertained, is certainly different from any other Deer

of which we have previously received living examples, nor am I abie,

after diligent search, to find any described species to which it can be

referred. It is obviously most nearly allied to the Cervus avis, but

is at once distinguishable by its smaller size, smaller ears, and gene-

ral colour, which is of a dark chocolate. Under these circumstances

I propose to confer upon it a temporary specific name, and to call it,

after His Royal Highness the Prince. who has sent it home,

Cervus aLrrepr. (Plate XXVIII.)

General shape and appearance that of a small Cervus avis, but of a

nearly uniform dark chocolate-brown colour, darker round the breast ;

whole sides of body ornamented with about six rows of not very

distinctly marked pale yellowish spots; dorsal line and upper surface

of tail not spotted ; belly and under surface of limbs and throat pale

yellowish brown, or fawn-colour. Head pale brown, darker between

the horns ; outer surface of ears black, sparingly covered with hair ;

inner surface of ears rather thickly covered with whitish hairs.

Orbital sinus large and well developed, and surrounded with blackish

hairs. Ears short and small. Mufile naked, wide, and very moist.

Chin and upper part of throat pale yellowish white. Gland on

metatarsus indicated by a small spot. Height 2 feet 6 inches;

length of ear, frem opening to tip, 3; inches; length of tail

33 inches.

Hab. Malayan peninsula, or adjoining islands (?).

Viv. Soe. Zool. Londin.

2. Three Bladder-nosed Seals (Cystophora cristata). On the

6th inst. we obtained by purchase, out of a whaling ship that had

come into Dundee, two males and one female of the Bladder-nosed

Seal (Cystophora cristata), of which I am not aware that living

examples have previously been exhibited alive in this country. These

animals are all quite young, but still show marked differences in

colouring and in other particulars from the species of the genus Phoca.

The curious inflation of the nose is at present but very slightly

developed, but may nevertheless be observed occasionally when the

head is protruded from the water.

3. Two Bernier’s Ibises (Ibis Lernieri) from Madagascar, obtained

by purchase from the Société d’ Acclimatation of Paris. ‘The Sacred

Ibis of Madagascar has been generally united to the Ibis ethiopica

(s. religiosa) of the African continent*. Judging, however, by the

present examples, there would appear to be ample grounds for specific

distinction. The Madagascar bird, as will be apparent from the

sketch now exhibited, and as any one who will take the trouble to

examine the living birds will see more plainly, is at once distinguish-

able by the much less extent of the naked black skin upon the head

(the white feathers ascending nearly to the top of the neck), by the

longer and slenderer bill, and by the waite iris. In the numerous

specimens of Ihis ethiopica that have been in the Society's Gardens

* Cf. Finsch et Hartl. Vog. Ostafr. p. 733.

Proc. Zooxu. Soc.—1870, No. XXVI.

382 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. | June 9,

Fig. 1.

Lhis bernieri.

Fig. 2.

This ethiopica.

1870.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 383

the iris has been invariably black. Under these circumstances |

propose to adopt for the Madagascar bird the name Bonaparte has

suggested for it (Consp. ii. p. 151). I may remark that M. Gran-

didier (Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1868, p. 1) speaks of the Madagascar

bird as a variety, abd mentions its white iris and some other minor

ap oe

Two Guineafowls, received on tne same day from the Socicte

Fiodlopiaie d’ Acclimatation, belonging to the section allied to Numida

cristata, forming the genus Gutter a of Wagler. These are the

typical specimens on which Mr. Elliot (Ibis, 1870, p. 300) has esta-

blished his Numida verreauxt, and will form the subjects of his

figures of this species in his forthcoming work on the Phasianide,

The locality from which these specimens were obtained is said to

have been Natal.

5. A Black-headed Conure (Conurus nandaya), probably from

Paraguay or the upper La Plata, being the first example of this

scarce Parrot that I have ever seen alive.

6. A young male of the Black Wallaroo (Osphranter robustus,

Gould, Mamm. of Austr. ii. pl. 11), being, as I believe, the first in-

dividual of this fine large Kangaroo that has reached the Society’s

Gardens alive. ‘This animal was obtained by purchase from Mr.

Hagenbeck, of Hamburg, on the 16th of May.

rag male of the very singular Huia-Bird of New Zealand (Hete-

ralocha gouldi *), obtained by purchase on the 18th of May. Much

interest attaches to this form on account of the extraordinary varia-

tion of the bill in the two sexes. We may hope that an anatomical

examination of this bird, when it dies, may enable us to decide as to

its place in the Natural System, which has hitherto been undeter-

mined. Judging from external appearance, [ should be inclined to

place it either with the Corvide or with the Meliphagide.

The present specimen is said to have been obtained in the interior

of the North Island, sixty miles north of Wellington.

8. A Tuatera Lizard (Sphenodon punctatum), purchased May

£0th. A specimen of this extraordinary Lizard has been once before

living in the Society’s Gardens, having been deposited there by Dr.

Giinther in 1868+. The present specimen is said to have been ob-

tained from one of the islands on the northern coast of the island,

probably one of those mentioned in Dr. Bennett’s note (P. Z. 8.

1869, p. 227).

9. Three Buff Laughing Kingfishers (Dacelo cervina, Sharpe,

Monogr. dlced. pt. 8), from North Australia, being the first exam-

ples of this species ever brought alive to Europe.

10. An example of a rare Macaque (Macacus ocreatus), purchased

May 3lst. This Monkey seems never yet to have been obtained by

any collector ; and its exact locality is unknown, though I suspect it

to be from Celebes or from one of the Philippines. It is figured in

these ‘ Proceedings’ (1860, p. 420, pl. Lxxit.), and in Wolf and

Sclater’s ‘ Zoological Sketches’ (ii. pl. 1).

* Neomorpha gouldi, Gould, B. of Austr. iy.. pl. xix.

t See P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 530.

3384 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON BIRDS FROM MADAGASCAR. [June 9,

Prof. Newton, V.P., exhibited a series of large Falcons from

Alaska, sent to him for determination by Prof. Baird, For. Memb.,

Assistant-Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution. Some uncer-

tainty had hitherto prevailed as to the form of large Falcon which

inhabited tie north-west of America, or indeed any of the territory

lying to the west of Hudson’s Bay ; but it would appear likely, from

the statement of Richardson (Faun. Bor.-Am. ii. p. 28), that in

some parts at least of that tract Falco candicans breeds. The birds

from Alaska Prof. Newton referred without doubt to I. islandicus,

though belonging to the darker phase of that form. He also adverted

to the fact that in the lately published list of Alaskan birds by

Messrs. Dall and Bannister* this large Falcon was included under

the name of Falco sacer, Forst. (Phil. Trans. 1772, pp. 383, 423),

remarking that, as had been previously shown (Ibis, 1862, p. 51,

note), the species to which this name referred was certainly not a

Falco at all as the genus is now restricted, and that, if Forster’s

diagnostic character, ‘‘iris yellow” (on which great stress was laid),

could be trusted at all, the bird was most likely that which is gene-

rally known as Astur atricapillus.

Mr. Gould exhibited, and made remarks on, some specimens of

Water-ouzels (Cinelus) killed in Norfolk, pointing out that these

birds differed from the ordinary Cinclus aquaticus of Scotland,

Wales, and Ireland, and agreed with the Scandinavian form called

Cinclus melanogaster +.

Dr. J. Hawkes, F.Z.S8., communicated a note on a case of hernia

ventriculi in a common Canary-Finch (Crithagra canariensis).

The following papers were read :—

1. Contributions to the Ornithology of Madagascar.—Part I.

By R. B. Suarpg, F.L.S., Libr. Z.S8., &c.

(Plate XXIX.)

I have recently been favoured by Mr. Cutter, Natural- History

Agent, of 35 Great Russell Street, Bloomsbury, with the inspection

of a collection of birds formed by Mr. A. Crossley in the northern

portion of Madagascar. Ornithologists are greatly indebted to Mr. C.

Ward of Halifax, who, at his own expense, equipped Mr. Crossley for

this expedition. As might be expected from the list of birds furnished

by M. A. Grandidier (Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1867, pp. 319, 353,

385, 417), the ornithology of this portion of Madagascar is of great

interest ; and I have therefore put together a few notes on the birds

contained in the present consignment. Before I saw the collection,

the British Museum had made their selection and had secured seve-

* Transactions of the Chicago Academy of Sciences, i. p. 271 (1869).

r Cf, Stevenson’s Birds of Norfolk, i. p. 69; and Salvin in Ibis, 1867, p. 115.

—LLD.

1). Keulemans Lith M

) 1 Haohac

1870.] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON BIRDS FROM MADAGASCAR. 385

ral unique specimens ; but on my expressing a wish to be allowed to

include in the present paper the names of the birds taken by the

Museum, Mr. George Robert Gray not only very kindly showed me

the whole of the skins obtained by him, but, on finding that I de-

scribed two of them as new, he most handsomely withdrew the

names he was himself intending to bestow on them in favour of

mine. I have only to return him my best thanks for the assistance

he has rendered to me in its preparation. To Professor Newton my

thanks are due for lending me several rare specimens of Madagascar

birds for comparison.

Mr. Cutter informs me that Mr. Crossley first made a trip into

the province of Vohima, in the northern corner of the island; but on

this excursion he does not seem to have collected many birds. After-

wards returning to Tamatave, he proceeded inland to Antananarivo

and thence northwards to Nossi Vola, which, he informs me, is to the

south-east of Lake Alovt. Here, and at Saralalan, a place about

seven or eight miles to the eastward of Nossi Vola, most of the birds

were collected.

I have referred to the following works and papers in the course of

the present essay.

1. Dr. Hartlaub’s Ornithologischer Beitrag zur Fauna Madagas-

car's, Svo. Bremen, 1861.

2. Notes on Birds observed in Madagascar. By S. Roch and E.

Newton. (Part I., Ibis, 1862, p. 265; PartII., Ibis, 1863, p. 165.)

3. On the Mammals and Birds collected in Madagascar by Dr.

Charles Meller. By P. L. Sclater, M.A. &c. (P.Z.S. 1863, p. 160 )

4. Notes on a second visit to Madagascar. By Edward Newton,

C.M.Z.S. (Ibis, 1863, pp. 333, 452.)

5. List of Animals collected at Mohambo, Madagascar, by Mr.

W. T. Gerrard. By Alfred Newton, M.A. &c. (P. Z.S. 1865,

p- 832.)

6. Notes sur les Mammiféres et les Oiseaux observés & Madagas-

car, de 1865 4 1867, par Alfred Grandidier. (Rev. et Mag. de Zool.

1867, pp. 319, 353, 385, 417.)

7. Recherches sur la Faune de Madagascar et de ses dependances

d’aprés les déconvertes de Fr. P. L. Pollen et D. C. van Dam. 2”

partie. Mammiféres et Oiseaux, par H. Schlegel et Fr. P. L. Pollen,

4to. Leyde, 1868.

Fam. Turpip®.

|. HypsipeTes OUROVANG.

ITypsipetes ourovang (Gm.); Tartl. Faun. Madag. p. 44 (1861) ;

Roch and KE. Newt. Ibis, 1862, p. 273; Sel. P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 163 ;

KE. Newt. Ibis, 1863, p. 347; A. Newt. P. Z. S. 1865, p. 835;

Grand. Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1867, p. 359.

Hypsipetes urovang, Schl. & Poli. Faun.Madag. Ois. p. 296 (1868).

2. TyLAs EDUARDI.

Tylas eduardi, Wartl. P. Z. 8. 1862, p. 152, pl. xvur.

Tylas eduardsi (err.), Grand. Rey. et Mag. de Zool. 1867, p. 359.

386 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON BIRDS FROM MADAGASCAR. [June 9,

Turdus goudoti, Verr. Nouv. Arch. i. p. 77, pl. v. fig. 2 (1866).

*Nossi Vola. Native name Kankimave.”

“Female. Saralalan, Nov. 19th, 1869. Local.”

M. Grandidier (/. ¢.) states that the original specimen of this

species was not adult, and that the birds obtained by him in Mada-

gascar differed materially from the description given by Dr. Hartlaub.

The specimens procured by Mr. Crossley seem to be ‘intermediate in

plumage between the type specimen and the bird figured (J. c.) as

Turdus goudoti, but do not have the white collar so distinct. If,

as M. Grandidier asserts, the original Ty/as eduardi is a young

bird, we may conclude that the white collar is characteristic of the

old bird.

I would remark upon what appears to be a curious case of mimicry

in regard to this species, as compared with Vanga polleni, Schl. (Faun.

de Madag, Ois. p. 174: 1868). The specimen before me agrees

very well ‘With the description given by the learned Professor ; and I

really supposed I had a specimen of Vanga polleni before me, till

Professor Newton identified the bird as Tylas eduardi. All I can say

is that, if Tylas eduardi, Hartl., and Vanga polleni are two distinct

species, we have a case of mimicry which is almost unrivalled for

interest ; for it is evident that the Shrike assumed the plumage of

the more peaceful Thrush because it doubtless served him well in

pursuit of his prey.

Fam. TIMALIIDE.

OXxyYLABES, gen. nov.

Rostrum elongatum, apicem versus compressum; maxilla mandi-

bulam paullo superante : dertro recto, apice decurvato: gonyde

ascendente setis brevibus ad basin mandibule : naribus ovalibus

supra parvo membrano obtectis.

dle rotundate, remige primo brevi, secundo et tertio gradatim

longioribus ; quarto, quinto, secto et septimo equalibus et lon-

gissimis.

Cauda longa, rectricibus duodecim, externa brevissima, duabus

proximis gradatim longioribus, sex mediis longissimis et sub-

aequalibus.

Pedes robustissimi, unguibus validis ; tarso scutellato, digito exrte-

riore quam interior paullo longiore, halluce ambos superante.

The subjoined woodcut illustrates the characters of this new genus.

The type is

3. OxXYLABES MADAGASCARIENSIS.

Ellisia? adage arate (Briss.) ; Hartl. Faun. Madag. p. 37

(1861).

“Nossi Vola. Native name Cerun-cerun. Eye brown. \ Con-

tents of stomach insects.”

This bird appears to me to be without doubt the Rossignol de

Madagascar of Brisson; and Professor Newton, who compared the

1870.] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON BIRDS FROM MADAGASCAR. 387

birds along with me with Brisson’s description, agrees that we must

have here the species described by him. ‘The only point in which it

does not absolutely agree is in the white spot behind the eye, which

Brisson describes as fuscous; and he takes no notice of the white

lores. This, however, will not warrant us in supposing that the pre-

sent bird is not identical with the species described by Brisson, as

will be seen from the following facts. I have now two specimens

before me which differ from each other in some respects. In one

the rufous on the head and breast is very distinct and pure, the lores

and the spot behind the eye very pure white, as also the throat. This

I take to be the adult male. The other bird is altogether duller in

plumage, the spot behind the eye very small and dirty white in

colour, while the lores are of such a dull white as hardly to be di-

stinguished from the sides of the head, and I do not think could pos-

sibly be so, if the skin were not very carefully prepared. This spe-

cimen, which I take to be the female bird, agrees admirably with

the descriptions of Brisson and Hartlaub.

Fig. 1.

Oxylabes madagascariensis,

I subjoin the descriptions of two birds now before me.

Male (?). Head rich sienna, obscurely fringed with brown on the

forehead ; lores and a spot behind the eye pure white; ear-coverts

duller sienna; upper surface of the body olive-green, inclining to

rufous on the sides of the neck ; quills pale greyish brown, margined

exteriorly with olive-green, especially the secondaries, the inner-

most of which are entirely of a dull olive-green colour; tail dull

388 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON BIRDS FROM MADAGASCAR. [June 9,

olive-green, rather lighter on the under surface ; throat pure white ;

upper part of the breast and centre of the abdomen pale rufous,

becoming lighter on the latter; flanks olive-green ; bill dark horn-

brown, nearly black on the upper mandible and on the basal half of

the lower mandible; the tip of the latter and edge of the former

pale yellowish white; legs dark horn-brown, claws light brown.

Total length 6°3 inches; of bill from front 0°6, from gape 0°88 ;

wing 2°7; tail 2°5; tarsus 0°9.

Female (?). Generally similar to the last, but somewhat duller and

more greenish on the upper surface; the head obscurely marked

with dark brown, and the sienna of the head not well defined; the

lores and the spot behind the eye dirty white and indistinct ; throat

white tinged with yellow; the rufous of the breast paler, less ex-

tended, and the middle of the abdomen yellowish olive. Total

length 6:2 inches; of bill from front 0°6; wing 2°5 ; tail 2°45.

Fam. NECTARINIID.

4. NECTARINIA SOUIMANGA.

Nectarinia souimanga (Gm.); Hartl. Faun. Madag. p. 52 (1861) ;

Roch and E. Newt. Ibis, 1862, p. 272; Scl. P. Z. S. 1863, p. 162;

E. Newt. Ibis, 1863, p. 342; A. Newt. P. Z. S. 1865, p. 834;

Grand. Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1867, p. 355; Schl. & Poll. Faune

Madag. p. 70 (1868).

Several specimens of this Sun-bird were in the collection.

Fam. HirunpDINID2&.

5. PHEDINA MADAGASCARIENSIS.

Phedina madagascariensis, Hartl. Faun. Madag. p. 27 (1861).

Hirundo borbonica, Schl. & Poll. Faun. Madag. Ois. p. 68 (1868).

““Nossi Vola, Oct. 19th and 28th, 1869. Native name Chiden

Chiden. Eyes brown. Three eggs. Local.”

Dr. Hartlaub (/. c.) separates the Madagascar Phedina from the

true Ph. borbonica, on account of its being somewhat lighter-

coloured, having a longer wing and tarsus, and also on account of its

almost uniform white under tail-coverts. Professor Schlegel (J. ec.)

indorses Dr. Hartlaub’s opinions to some extent, but observes that

the difference of size mentioned by the worthy doctor was only acci-

dental, but that the coloration of the Madagascar birds was some-

what lighter, and especially with regard to the whiter under tail-

coverts.

Mr. Crossley brought two specimens, both differing in extent of

colour from a Mauritius specimen given me by Professor Newton.

The Madagascar birds are certainly lighter in colour; but, as regards

size, they are, if anything, smaller than the one from the Mauritius. I

notice one difference, however, in the tail-coverts which seems to have

escaped the attention of both Dr. Hartlaub and Professor Schlegel ;

this is that, in addition to the much whiter colour of the under tail-

1870.] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON BIRDS FROM MADAGASCAR. 389

coverts in the Madagascar bird, they seem to be a good deal longer

than in the species from Mauritius. This may be accidental and

exist in my specimens alone, but, if found to be constant, would add

another link in the present very slight chain of evidence as to the

specific distinctness of the two birds. A full description of my Mada-

gascar specimens is given in my paper on the African Swallows

(P. Z. S. 1870, p. 296).

Fam. MuscicaPiID&.

6. TERPSIPHONE MUTATA.

Tchitrea holosericea (Temm.); Hartl. Faun. Madag. p. 45 (1861).

Tchitrea mutata (Linn.) ; Hartl.. Faun. Madag. p. 45 (1861);

Scl. P. Z. S. 1863, p. 163; A. Newt. P. Z. S. 1865, p. 835 ; Grand.

Rev. et Mag. de Zool. p. 385.

Muscipeta mutata, Schl. & Poll. Faun. Madag. Ois. p. 76 (1868).

Tchitrea pretiosa, Less.; Hartl. Faun. Madag. p. 46 (1861) ;

E. Newt. Ibis, 1863, p. 347.

*Nossi Vola, Oct. 22nd, 1869. Native name Skate. Eyes

black or dark blue.”

The changes which this species goes through are wonderful.

Specimens in all stages of plumage are contained in the present col-

lection, exhibiting all the differences portrayed by Professor Schlegel

in his plates (/. ¢.).

Fam. Lanip.

7. CEBLEPYRIS MAJOR, sp. n.

C. affinis C. cane, sed conspicue major, coloribus saturatioribus,

et rectricibus albo latiore marginatis.

The specimens sent by Mr. Crossley are very much larger than

ordinary specimens of Campephaga cana; and both Mr. G. R. Gray

and Professor Newton agree with me that the species is distinct from

the bird collected by Messrs. Pollen and Van Dam in N.E. Mada-

gascar, of which we have a considerable series in this country. In

the last-mentioned birds the wing measures barely 4 inches in length,

while in the specimens just received it reaches 4:4 inches, and, in

addition to the longer wing, the whitish-grey tips to the tail-feathers

are very much broader.

8. ARTAMIA VIRIDIS.

Leptopterus viridis (Gm.); Hartl. Orn. Madag. p. 48 (1861) ;

Roch and E. Newt. Ibis, 1862, p.273; E. Newt. Ibis, 1863, p. 348;

A. Newt. P. Z. S. 1865, p. 835.

Artamia viridis, Grand. Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1867, p. 386 ;

Schl. & Poll. Faun. Madag. Ois. p. 84, pl. 27.

‘‘Saralalan, Nov. 20th, 1869. Native name Vorun sasat.”

I cannot perceive any characters whereby the present bird may be

generically separated from Artamia leucocephala, the type of the

genus Artamia.

390 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON BIRDS FROM MADAGASCAR. [June 9,

9. CALICALICUS MADAGASCARIENSIS.

Calicalicus madagascariensis (Linn.) ; Hartl. Faun. Madag. p. 50

(1861); Grand. Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1867, p. 386.

Lanius madagascariensis, Schl. & Poll. Faun, Madag. Ois. p. 99.

Aylophorba ruticilla, Scl. P. Z. S. 1865, p. 326, pl. 12.

““Nossi Vola, Nov. 13th, 1469, and Saralalan, Nov. 18th, 1869.

Native name Tit k’rush. Eyes dark blue.”’

Mr. Crossley has sent two males. This bird appears to be rare

in collections, and was not obtained by Mr. Edward Newton or his

companions. M. Grandidier states that it is only found in the

woods, singly or in pairs.

10. DicruRUS FORFICATUS.

Dicrurus forficatus (Linn.) ; Hartl. Faun. Madag. p. 49 (1861);

Roch & E. Newt. Ibis, 1862, p. 274; E. Newt. Ibis, 1863, p. 348 ;

Sel. P. Z.S. 1863, p. 163; A. Newt. P. Z. 8S. 1865, p. 834; Grand.

Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1867, p. 386; Schl. & Poll. Faun. Madag.

Ois. p. 79.

“Nossi Vola. Eyes red. Native name Ry-luv.”

Every one interested in the Dicruride should read the entertain-

ing account of the habits of the present bird, as detailed by Messrs.

S. Roch, E. Newton, Pollen, and Van Dam, the particulars adduced

by the last-named authors being especially worthy of perusal. The

habits, mode of breeding, and form of nest are thoroughly Shrike-

like.

All the specimens sent by Mr. Crossley were in fine condition, the

plumage being especially bright and glossy. I have also in my col-

lection a specimen from Madagascar, purchased from the ‘ Maison

Verreaux ;” but the exact part of the island in which it was collected

is not specified. This bird is somewhat smaller, has a much slighter

crest, and has the whole plumage less bright ; indeed it would seem

to constitute a small race of Dicrurus forficatus. This is worth no-

ticing, though no one would wish, in the face of the difference of

measurements brought forward by Professor Schlegel as occurring

in specimens from the same locality, to separate the two birds as di-

stinct species.

Fam. ZosTeEROPID.

11. ZosTEROPS MADAGASCARIENSIS.

Zosterops madagascariensis (Linn.); Hartl. Faun. Madag. p. 40

(1861); Sel. P. Z. S. 1863, p. 163; E. Newt. Ibis, 1863, p. 346;

A. Newt. P. ZS. 1865, p. 834; Grand. Rev. et Mag. de Zool.

1867, p. 357; Schl. & Poll. Faun. Madag. p. 71, pl. 19 (1868).

** Tamatave.””

Fam. SYLVIADZ.

12. ErRogssa TENELLA.

Eroessa tenella, Hartl. P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 219; Grand. Rev, et

1870.| MR. R. B. SHARPE ON BIRDS FROM MADAGASCAR. 391

Mag. de Zool. 1867, p. 357; Schl. & Poll. Faun. Madag. Ois. p. 92,

pl. 18 (1868).

This bird is beautifully represented in Professor Schlegel’s plate in

the ‘ Faune de Madagascar ;’ and he states in this work that in the

form of its beak it resembles Zosterops and the Phylloscopi in style

of coloration, but that the wings present a very different conforma-

tion, approaching rather in this respect the genera Calicalicus and

Newtonia. In my opinion, however, its nearest allies are the South-

African genera Hremomela and Dryodromas, it being, indeed, very

close indeed to the latter genus, as appears from a comparison of

Eroessa tenella with Dryodromas flavidus. Both genera possess

well-marked hairy tufts on the feathers of the nape, this peculiarity

being very prominent in Lroessa, less developed in Dryodromas, and

apparently altogether wanting in HLremomela. The tarsus, more-

over, is long and the leg robust in Dryodromas, but is altogether

different from that of Hroessa, where the foot is small and weak and

- the tarsus short.

13. CisTICOLA MADAGASCARIENSIS.

* Drymeca madagascariensis, Hart]. Faun. Madag. p. 53 (1861,

descr. orig.); Roch & E. Newt. Ibis, 1862, p. 272; E. Newt. Ibis,

1863, p. 343; Scl. P. Z. S. 1863, p. 162.

Cisticola madagascariensis, A. Newt. P. Z. S. 1865, p. 835;

Grand. Rey. et Mag. de Zool. 1867, p. 357; Schl. & Poll. Faun.

Madag. Ois. p. 91 (1868).

“*Nossi Vola. Native name Chinsen.”’

14, Evista TYPICA.

Ellisia typica, Hartl. Faun. Madag. p. 37 (1861); E. Newt.

Ibis, 1863, p. 344; Scl. P. Z. S. 1863, p. 162; A. Newt. P.Z.S.

1865, p. 835; Grand. Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1867, p. 358.

Drymeca ellisii, Schl. & Poll. Faun. Madag. Ois. p. 91, pl. 28.

fig. 2 (1868).

*Nossi Vola. Nov. 10th, 1869. Eyes brown. Insects in the

stomach.”

I am not sure that a detailed English description of the present

bird has ever been furnished ; and asdiagnoses in our own language are

always useful as an auxiliary help to the determination of any species,

I subjoin the description of a fine specimen sent by Mr. Crossley in

the present collection.

Above olive-brown, inclining to green on the head and nape, but

becoming decidedly brown on the rump and upper tail-coverts;

quills brownish black, margined exteriorly with olive-brown, espe-

cially on the secondaries, which are almost entirely of this colour,

but are very dark; tail dark brown, with cross bands which are

only conspicuous in certain lights, the shafts of the feathers

black above, whitish brown beneath; lores yellowish; cheeks and

ear-coverts brown varied with yellowish; throat whitish, on the

lower part a few longitudinal dull brown markings; rest of the un-

392 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON BIRDS FROM MADAGASCAR. [June 9),

der surface of the body dusky olive-brown, yellowish down the

centre; edge of the carpal joint yellowish white, bill horn-brown,

the lower mandible yellow; feet horn-brown, claws pale yellowish

brown. Totallength 6:2 inches; of bill from front 0°5 ; wing 2:4;

tail 2°9 ; tarsus 0°8.

The intensity of the yellow on the throat and olive-brown on the

under parts varies in specimens. In the female bird mentioned by

Mr. E. Newton (/. ¢.), and the specimen of which has been lent to

me by Professor Newton, the throat is nearly white, the longitudinal

marks on the upper part of the breast very distinct, and the abdo-

men pale yellowish olive, all the colours being clearer than in the

specimens in my own collection.

I would here remark that Drymeca morelii, Pollen (Gray’s

‘ Hand-list,’ no. 2748), is the present bird (/. c. no. 2845). This

oversight, which was pointed out to me by Mr. Gray himself, is not

due to any fault of his, as the following facts will show. In the

course of last year Mr. Gray received from Mr. Pollen a specimen

of Ellisia typica, labelled in Mr. Pollen’s own handwriting Drymeca

morelii ; and being at work on his ‘ Hand-list’ at the time, he placed

the bird in the genus Drymeca, supposing that the description was

published in Holland aud would in due time make its appearance in

this country. No description, however, appeared, the bird being

afterwards recognized to be Hilisia typica* by Mr. Pollen; but the

names had already been printed before the mistake could be rectified.

Mysracornts (nov. gen. Sylviidarum).

Rostrum gracile, elongatum, compressum, dertro recto, gonyde

versus apicem paullo ascendente, setis rictalibus nullis ; naribus

oblongis linearibus.

Ale moderate, rotundate, remige primo brevi, secundo et tertio

gradatim longioribus, quarto, quinto et sexto equalibus et lon-

gissimis. :

Cauda fere quadrata, rectricibus 10, mediis paullulo longioribus.

Pedes graciles, tarso longo, haud scutellato ; digitis lateralibus

subequalibus, exteriore ad basin medio conjuncto ; unguibus de-

bilibus.

This genus comes very near to Tatare and Macrosphenus, but has

the bill more compressed, and may at once be distinguished by the

absence of all rictal bristles.

The name Mystacornis was suggested to me by Mr. G. R. Gray ;

and I have adopted it, as it well expresses the configuration of the

head of the typical species.

15. Mysracornis crossteyt. (Plate XXIX.)

Bernieria crossleyi, Grand. Rey. et Mag. de Zool. 1870, p. 50.

* Fxactly the same circumstances will account for Saaicola arborea, Pollen

(Gray’s ‘ Hand-list, no. 3280), which is Newfonia brunneicauda (1. c. no. 4846),

appearing in the ‘ TTand-list.’

1870.| MR. R. B. SHARPE ON BIRDS FROM MADAGASCAR. 393

3 ad. M. supra olivaceus, fronte et capitis lateribus ardesiacis :

linea lata per oculum eunte nigra: macula parva supraoculari

et linea a basi mandibule orta et ultra regionem paroticam

producta pure albis: remigibus nigricanti-brunneis, extus

brunnescenti-olivaceo lavatis: gula saturate nigricanti-arde-

siaca : pectore pallide ardesiaco, abdomine versus albicante :

abdomine imo pure albo: corporis lateribus olivaceis : rostro

nigro : pedibus corneo-brunneis.

2 ad. A mari diversa: supra omnino olivacea, capite summo

concolori: capitis lateribus sordide ardesiacis: regione paro-

tica nigricante : genis cum gutture toto et pectore medio albi-

cantibus : caterum fere ut in mari colorata.

Mystacornis crossley?.

Adult male. Above olive-brown ; forehead and sides of the head

slaty-grey ; feathers in front of the eye, encircling the latter and ex-

tending beyond the ear-coverts, deep black ; a little line of feathers

above and below the eye, as well as a line of feathers along the cheeks,

white; quills blackish brown, margined exteriorly with olive-brown,

especially the secondaries, which are almost entirely of the latter

colour; tail olive-brown; entire throat dark slaty grey, almost

black ; breast paler grey, becoming whiter towards the lower parts ;

abdomen pure white; flanks and under wing-coverts olive-brown ;

under tail-coverts white ; bill black ; feet pale horny brown. Total

length 6 inches; of bill from front 0°8, from gape 1; wing 2°7;

tail 1°7; tarsus 0°9.

Adult female. Head and entire upper surface olive-brown, some-

what inclining to green; sides of the head commencing from the

394 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON BIRDS FROM MADAGASCAR. [June 9,

base of the upper mandible pale grey; ear-coverts black; cheeks

white; throat white, somewhat tinged with grey on the upper part

of the breast; middle of the belly white; flanks olive-brown ; under

tail-coverts white, broadly edged with olive-brown. Total length 6

inches ; of bill from front 0°8, from gape 1; wing 2°9; tail 2°7;

tarsus 0°9.

“© a, 6b. Male and female. Nossi Vola, Oct. 28th, and Nov. 12th,

1869. Native name Surat ala. Eyes black.

“¢e, Saralalan, Nov. 16th, 1869.”

16. PRATINCOLA SIBYLLA.

Pratincola sybilla (Linn.); Hartl. Faun. Madag. p. 38; Roch

& E. Newt. Ibis, 1862, p. 272.

Pratincola sibylla, E. Newt. Ibis, 1863, p. 345; Sel. P. ZS.

1863, p. 163; A. Newt. P. Z.S. 1865, p. 836.

Pratincola pastor, Grand. Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1867, p. 359.

Saxicola torquata, Schl. & Poll. Faun. Madag. Ois. p. 93.

**Vodirat, 25 miles N.W. of the capital. Native name Fittat.

Male and female.”

I must confess that it is with some little surprise that I have found

the Stonechat of Madagascar united without a question to the Stone-

chat of Europe, Asia, and Africa ; for Professor Schlegel unites under

the heading of Sazicola torquata, the following birds, which most of

us are accustomed to regard as distinct species :—Pratincola rubicola

(Linn.), P. stbylla (Linn.), P. indica, Blyth, P. hemprichi (K. &

B.), P. pastor (Voigt), P. albofasciata (Riipp.), P. borbonica

(Bory). It seems to me that, of these, there can be little question

that P. hemprichi, of which I have seeu several specimens, P. albo-

JSasciata, and P. borbonica are all certainly distinct: and I do not

wish to go into the question in the present inquiry; but having a

goodly series of all the others, I think that a few remarks on them may

be of some service to ornithologists. Now, as regards the distinct-

ness of P. indica from our P. rubicola, | would state that I do not

wish to separate these two species, although in the breeding males

of the latter the red of the breast is more deep and extends further

on to the abdomen than in Indian birds. For the absolute settle-

ment of this question it will be necessary to compare a series of

males and females shot in Europe and in India at precisely the same

period of the year; and especial attention would have to be directed

to the birds shot in the Punjab and North-western Provinces,

where the Desert Region, which carries with it so many of our Euro-

pean forms to be included in the “ Birds of India,’ ends, and the

true Indian fauna commences. [ would call the attention of Mr.

Hume and the various other ornithologists who are now doing good

work in that country to the probable existence of a small race of

Pratincola indica inhabiting the hills near Simla. A pair in my col-

lection from that locality are decidedly smaller than ordinary P. in-

dica.

Next, as regards Pratincola torquata (Pr. pastor, auct.), Profes-

sor Schlegel states that specimens from the Cape, Southern Siberia,

1870.] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON BIRDS FROM MADAGASCAR. 395

China, and Japan do not present the least differences. I regret that

I cannot agree with him as to the identity of the South-African

birds, which appear to contain constant characters whereby they

may be at once distinguished. The male always has a conspicuous

white rump, far more so thanin P. rudicola ; and this white rump is

exhibited in the female of P. torquata, but is altogether wanting in

the female of P. rubicola. I have a series of both species before me.

Lastly, as regards P. stbylla, which I have always looked upon as

one of the most distinct of all the true Stonechats. The nearest ally

of the Madagascar bird is, as might be expected, P. torquata; but it

may be distinguished by the pure white belly and under tail-coverts,

and the more sharply defined lower margin of the rufous breast,

which seems to form a band of red, whereas in P. torquata it gra-

dually shades off into the buff of the abdomen. Comparing the

females of the two species together, that of the Madagascar bird is

altogether greyer in tint above, and not so strongly tinged with buff

on the abdomen.

17. Corsycuus Pica.

Copsychus pica, vy. Pelz.; Hartl. Faun. Madag. p. 38 (1861);

Grand. Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1867, p. 368; Schl. & Poll. Faun.

Madag. p. 95 (1868).

“Nossi Vola, Nov. 10th, 1869. Native name Frttat ala.’

*Vodirat, 25 miles N.W. of Antananarivo.”

Fam. Moraci.uip.

18. MoracrtLua FLAVIVENTRIS.

Motacilla flaviventris, Verr. ; Hartl. Faun. Madag. p. 39 (1861) ;

Roch & E. Newt. Ibis, 1862, p. 273; Scl. P. Z. S. 1863, p. 163;

E. Newt. Ibis, 1863, p. 346; Grand. Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1867,

p- 389.

In plumage this bird seems a connecting-link between the Pied

Wagtails and our Grey Wagtail (Motacilla sulphurea), and possesses

characters uniting the two sections of the genus Motacilla. In habits

it appears strikingly similar to the last-named species.

Fam. PLoce1p2.

19. PLOCEUS PENSILIS.

Nelicurvius pensilis (Gm.); Hartl. Faun. Madag. p. 54 (1861);

E. Newt. Ibis, 1863, p. 349; Grand. Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1867,

- 388.

: Ploceus pensilis, Schl. & Poll. Faune Madag. Ois. p. 108 (1868).

“© Nossi Vola, Nov. 11th, 1869. Native name Foode ala.’’

This Weaver-bird differs conspicuously in the sexes, the male hav-

ing a beautiful black head, while the female has the head dusky

olive, relieved by bright yellow cheeks, forehead, and eyebrow. 1

give a detailed description of the adult male and female, and also of

a young male,

396 MR. R.B. SHARPE ON BIRDS FROM MADAGASCAR. |June 9,

3 ad. Head velvety black; nape rich orange; upper surface of

the body olive-green, lighter on the rump and sbading into brownish

olive on the upper tail-coverts ; quills brownish black, the inner web

grey at the base, the outer web of the primaries narrowly edged with

bright olive-green ; the secondaries more broadly, the innermost ones

being almost entirely olive-green; tail brownish black, each feather

marked exteriorly with brownish olive ; chin black ; entire throat and

sides of the neck rich golden yellow, becoming deeper on the lower

part of the throat ; below the throat a narrow band of feathers olive-

green like the back ; rest of the under surface of the body dark slaty

grey ; vent and under tail-coverts chestnut ; under wing-coverts light

grey, marked with olive-green.

2 ad. Head olive-green, bright yellow on the forehead and over

the eye; space between the bill and the eye and the ear-coverts

deep brown, the latter distinctly washed anteriorly with golden yel-

low ; throat and upper part of the breast, sides of the latter, extend-

ing backwards and forming a neutral collar, rich golden yellow; re-

mainder of the plumage as in the male.

3 juv. Head, nape, and entire upper surface olive-green ; a line

of feathers extending backwards from the bill over the eye bright

golden yellow; space between the bill and the eye dull black ;

cheeks and ear-coverts pale yellow, strongly tinged with olive-green ,

throat and sides of the neck rich golden yellow, but no nuchal collar,

a few yellow feathers appearing here and there indicating where the

collar will ultimately come.

Fam. STURNID.

20. HarRTLAUBIA MADAGASCARIENSIS.

Hartlaubia madagascariensis (Linn.); Hartl. Faun. Madag.

p- 52 (1861); Roch & E. Newt. Ibis, 1862, p. 275; Scl. P. Z. 8.

1863, p. 163; E. Newt. Ibis, 1863, p. 349; A. Newt. P. Z. 8S. 1865,

p- 836; Schl. & Poll. Faun. Madag. Ois. p. 105 (1868).

Hartlauba madagascariensis, Grand. Rev, et Mag. de Zool. 1867,

p: 357.

Several specimens.

Fam. PaRADISIIDE.

Subfam. PHrLepirrinz&.

21. PHILePITTA CASTANEA.

Philepitia sericea, Hart]. Faun, Madag. p. 42 (1861).

Philepitta geoffroyi, Hartl. Faun. Madag. p. 42 (1561).

Brissonia nigerrima, Hartl. Faun. Madag. p. 42 (1861).

Philepitta jala, Grand. Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1867, p. 356; Schl.

& Poll. Faun. Madag. Ois. p. 87 (1868).

Philepitta castanea (Mill.); Gray, Hand-l. of B. i. p. 297 (1869).

The genus Philepitta stands preeminently forward as one of those

peculiar forms which Madagascar produces, and the affinities of

which it is so very hard to determine; but its present position in the

1870.j MR. R. B. SHARPE ON BIRDS FROM MADAGASCAR. 397

ornithological system seems to me certainly open to question. Mr.

George Robert Gray, in his recent ‘Hand-list,’ places it in the

family Pittide ; but with these birds it appears to me to have no

direct affinity, as it wants the extraordinary development of foot so

characteristic of these birds. Prince Bonaparte places it near the

African genus Dilophus with apparently more discrimination ; but in

habits it essentially differs, for Dilophus is Starling-like in all its

economy. I should prefer to keep Philepitta away from the Turdide

altogether, and to class it near the Paradise-birds, of which family it

may be considered an aberrant genus. Indeed it seems to form a

separate subfamily, which may be called Philepittine.

If there is really no mistake in assigning Miiller’s name of castanea

to the present bird, I can only give the learned Professor very little

credit for discrimination—a point in which I feel sure that the most

ardent admirer of the golden rule of priority, which so ruthlessly

obliges us to allow the names of this “disturber” of ornithological

nomenclature, would agree with me.

Four or five males of this beautiful bird were sent in the present

collection, mostly in the fully black plumage figured by Professor

Schlegel (J. c. fig. 1) ; one or two, however, had a few yellow edgings

to the feathers, the last remains of the immature plumage. Judging

from this fact, it would appear that the Brissonia nigerrima of Hart-

laub, the original type of which is figured by Professor Schlegel (/. ¢.

fig. 2), is the young male assuming the adult dress.

22. CAPRIMULGUS MADAGASCARIENSIS.

Caprimulgus madagascariensis, Sganz.; Hartl. Faun. Madag.

p- 25 (1861); E. Newt. Ibis, 1863, p. 340; A. Newt. P. Z. S. 1865,

p. 834; Grand. Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1867, p. 353; Schl. et Poll.

Faun. Madag. p. 64 (1568).

Fam. Mrropip.

23. MEROPS SUPERCILIOSUS.

Merops superciliosus, Linn. ; Hartl. Faun. Madag. p. 31 (1861) ;

E. Newt. Ibis, 1863, p. 340; A. Newt. P. Z.S. 1865, p. 834; Grand.

Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1867, p. 355; Schl. & Poll. Faun. Madag,

Ois. p. 60.

Three specimens are in the present collection ; and an examination

of them entirely confirms the opinion expressed by Dr. Finsch (J. f.

O. 1867, p. 237) and upheld by myself (P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 145), that

the Madagascar Bee-eater is identically the same as the continental

_ species.

Fam. CoraciaD&.

Subfam. Coracianz.

24. Eurysromus GLaucurus (Miller).

Eurystomus madagascariensis, Hartl. Faun. Madag. p. 27 ; Roch

& E. Newton, Ibis, 1862, p. 270; E. Newt. Ibis, 1863, p. 341;

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1870, No. XXVII.

398 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON BIRDS FROM MADAGASCAR. [June 9,

Grand. Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1867, p. 354; Schl. & Poll. Faun.

Madag. Ois. p. 103 (1868).

Subfam. LeprosoMIn&.

25. LePTosOMA DISCOLOR.

Leptosomus afer (Gm.); Hartl. Faun. Madag. p. 63 (1861);

S. Roch & E. Newt. Ibis, 1863, pp. 166, 167; E. Newt. Ibis, 1863,

p. 453; Schl. & Poll. Faun. Madag, Ois. p. 54 (1868).

Leptosoma discolor, Slater, P. Z. 8S. 1863, p. 628; A. Newt.

P. Z. 8S. 1865, p. 834; Grand. Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1867, p. 354.

A female specimen.

26. BRACHYPTERACIAS LEPTOSOMUS.

Brachypteracias leptosomus (Less.); Hartl. Faun. Madag. p. 28

(1861); E. Newt. Ibis, 1863, p. 341; Grand. Rev. et Mag. de ae

1867, p. 354.

One specimen, secured for the national collection.

27. ATELORNIS PITTOIDES.

Atelornis pittoides (Lafr.); Hartl. Orn. Madag. p. 29 (1861);

Roch & E. Newton, Ibis, 1862, p. 271; E. Newt. Ibis, 1863, p. 341.

Brachypteracias pittoides, Grand. Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1867,

p. 354.

*“Nossi Vola and Saralalan. Native name Vorum Seak. Ivis

brown. Quite local.”

Mr. Crossley has sent several specimens of this rare bird. I shall

reserve my remarks on this species for a paper I am now preparing

on the African Ooraciada, which will very shortly be ready.

Fam. ALCEDINID2.

28. CorRYTHORNIS CRISTATA.

Corythornis cristata, Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1869, p. 568.

Corythornis vintsioides, Scl. P. Z. S. 1863, p. 162; Newton,

P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 834; Sharpe, Monogr. Alc. pt. 5 (1869).

Alcedo vintsioides, Grand. Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1867, p. 354.

The full synonymy of this species is given in my ‘ Monograph ;’

but I have added one or two references which escaped my notice at

the time.

29. IsPIDINA MADAGASCARIENSIS.

Ispidina madagascariensis (Linn.); Sharpe, Monogr. Ale. pt. 4

(1869).

Dacelo madagascariensis, Grand. Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1867,

p. 354.

‘*Nossi Vola, November 13th, 1869. Saralalan, November 19th,

1869. Native name Birsi ala. Eyes dark brown.”

1870.] MR. R. B, SHARPE ON BIRDS FROM MADAGASCAR, 399

Fam. Cucunip&.

30. Cova CRISTATA.

Coua cristata (Linn.); Hartl. Faun. Madag. p. 62 (1867); Roch

& E. Newt. Ibis, 1863, p. 166; Grand. Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1867,

p- 392; Schl. & Poll. Faun. Madag. Ois. p. 57.

Serisomus cristatus, E. Newt. P. Z. S. 1865, p. 834.

One specimen.

31. CucuLUS ROCHII.

Cuculus canorus, Desjard. P. Z. 8. 1832, p. 111.

Cuculus rochii, Hartl. P. Z. 8. 1862, p. 224 (descr. orig.) ; Roch

& Newt. Ibis, 1863, p. 166; E. Newt. Ibis, 1863, p. 453; Schl. &

Poll. Faun. Madag. Ois. p. 53.

Cuculus himalayanus, Grand. Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1867, p. 418.

One specimen.

Fam. STRIGIDZ.

32. Scops RUTILUS.

Scops rutilus, Pucher.; Hartl. Faun. Madag. p. 22 (1861).

Scops menadensis, Grand. Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1867, p. 320;

Schl. & Poll. Faun. Madag. Ois. p. 49 (1868).

One specimen, secured by the British Museum.

Fam. CoLuMBID&.

33. FUNINGUS MADAGASCARIENSIS.

Funingus madagascariensis (Linn.) ; Hartl. Faun. Madag. p. 64

(1861); Sel. P. Z.S. 1863, p. 164; Roch & E. Newt. Ibis, 1863,

p. 167; Grand. Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1867, p. 418.

Ptilopus madagascariensis, Schl. & Poll. Faun. Madag. p. 113

(1868).

One specimen.

Fam. PHASIANID.

34. NuMIDA TIARATA.

Numida tiarata(Bp.); Hart]. Faun. Madag. p. 68 (1861); Roch.

& E. Newt. Ibis, 1863, p. 168; E. Newt. Ibis, 1863, p. 454; A.

Newt. P. Z. S. 1865, p. 836; Grand. Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1867,

p- 418; Sch. & Poll. Faun. Madag. Ois. p. 118 (1868).

One specimen, which has been secured by the British Museum.

Fam. ScOLOPACID.

35. GALLINAGO BERNIERI.

Gallinago bernieri, Pucher.; Hartl. Faun. Madag. p. 78 (1861);

Roch & E. Newt. Ibis, 1863, p. 172; A. Newt. P. Z.S. 1865, p. 837;

Grand. Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1868, p. 4.

One specimen.

36. RuyNCH#A CAPENSIS.

Rhynchea capensis (Linn.) ; Hartl. Faun. Madag. p. 78 (1861) ;

400 MR.R.B. SHARPE ON BIRDS FROM MADAGASCAR. [June 9,

Roch & E. Newt. Ibis, 1863, p. 172; E. Newt. Ibis, 1863, p. 457 ;

Grand. Rey. et Mag. de Zool. 1868, p. 4.

Rhynchea variegata, Schl. & Poll. Faun. Madag. Ois. p. 131

(1868).

One specimen.

37. CoRETHRURA INSULARIS, Sp. n.

2. Supra nigra, pallide rufo striata: scapularibus, tectricibus

alarum, dorso imo uropygioque rufo fasciolatis et irregulariter

vermiculatis: remigibus saturate brunneis, secundartis rufo,

sed primariis haud vermiculatis: cauda saturate castanea,

nigro fasciata: loris pallide ochraceis: genis ochraceis, nigro

maculatis: gutture toto pallide echraceo, immaculato : pectore

superiore rufescenti-ochraceo, nigro et (in pectore medio) albo

variegato: corpore reliquo inferiore nigro, pallide ochraceo

transfasciato. Long. tot. 6°5 poll., ale 2°85, rostri a fronte 0°5.

*“Nossi Vola. Eyes dark. Contents of stomach insects.”

The present bird seems to be the female of an undescribed species

of Corethrura; and it is very interesting to find a species of this

truly African form in the island of Madagascar. Mr. G. R. Gray

has drawn my attention to the fact that Messrs. Schlegel and Pollen

have included Crex jardinei in their work (Faun. Madag. Ois.

p- 161) as occurring in Madagascar ; but I do not see on what au-

thority. I do not for a moment believe the present bird will belong

to any of the South-African species*.

Fam. RaLuipz.

38. BreNsIs MADAGASCARIENSIS.

Biensis madagascariensis (Verr.); Hartl. Faun. Madag. p. 79

(1861); S. Roch & E. Newt. Ibis, 1863, p. 173; A. Newt. P. Z.S.

1865, p. 837.

Rallus madagascariensis, Grand. Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1868, p. 4.

‘«‘Nossi Vola, October 19th, 1870.”

39. RALLUS BERNIERI.

Rallus gularis, Cuv.; Schl. & Poll. Faun. Madag. Ois. p. 134

(1868).

Rougetius bernieri, Bp.; Hartl. Faun. Madag. p. 79 (1861);

Sel. P. Z. S. 1863, p. 165; E. Newt. Ibis, 1863, p. 458; A. Newt.

P. Z. S. 1865, p. 837.

Rallus bernieri, Grand. Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1868, p. 4.

Three or four specimens were sent, in one of which the rufous of

the neck is spreading over (or, perhaps, disappearing from) the white

throat. This stage of plumage has not yet been accounted for.

* M. Jules Verreaux, who has seen the specimen since the description was

written, believes that it is the Corethrura cinnamomea (Less.), from West Africa

(Hartl. Orn. Westafr. p. 242); but, with all due deference to so good an autho-

rity, I still believe that the Madagascar bird will, on the comparison of speci-

mens, prove distinct.

P Z.S. 1870. Pl. XXX

eons Adult

NANNOPHRYNE VARIEGATA.

A HYLA (LITORIA) AUREA, VAR.

1870. | - DR. A. GUNTHER ON BATRACHIANS, 401

Fam. ANATIDA.

40. SARCIDIORNIS AFRICANA.

Sarkidiornis africana (Eyton); Hartl. Faun. Madag. p. 81(1861);

Grand. Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1867, p. 5.

Anas melanotus, Schl. & Poll. Faun. Madag. Ois. p. 142 (1868).

One fine male specimen.

2. Second account of Species of Tailless Batrachians added

to the Collection of the British Museum. By Dr. A.

Gtnruer, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

(Plate XXX.)

In the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society, 1868, p- 478, I commenced

to enumerate the species of Tailless Batrachians added to the col-

lection of the British Museum since the publication of the ‘ Catalogue

of Batrachia Salientia.’ I am now able to add only six to the

uumber then given. The total number of Species amounts now to

319*, and that of typical specimens to 127.

The species added to the collection are the following :—

CLinoTaRsus RoBUSTUS (Mivart). ——? St. G. Mivart, Esq.

Creratopurys MEGASTOMA (Spix)t. Surinam. Hr. Kappler.

Cystienataus T&ntatus (Girard). Chiloé. Dr. Cunningham.

NANNOPHRYNE VARIEGATA (g. et sp. n.). Coasts of Magellan

Straits. Dr. Cunningham.

Buro namatiticus (Cope). Costa Rica. Mr. Higgins.

Hyva corracea (Peters). Surinam. Hr. Kappler.

TOMOPTERNA NATALENSIS (Smith).

We have lately received this species from Madagascar. On com-

paring the example with Prof. Cope’s description of 7’. /abrosa (1868)

from the same island ; I am inclined to think that they are identical,

or, in other words, that T. labrosa=T. natalensis.

NANNOPHRYNE (g. n. BRACHYCEPHALIN.).

In habit similar to a young Toad. Teeth none. Tongue elliptic,

entire behind. No tympanum or cavum tympani. Apophysis of

the sacral vertebra dilated. A pair of parotoids on each side, besides

* According to a statement of Prof. Peters (Monatsb. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, 1869,

April), the Berlin Museum is richer than the British Museum with regard to the

number of species, as it contained 325 species in the year 1869.

+ This species has a slight transyerse crest between the eyes.

402 MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON NEW PHEASANTS. _— [June 9,

other smaller similar glands scattered on the body and legs. Hind

toes slightly webbed. A blunt tubercle at the base of the first toe.

NANNOPHRYNE VARIEGATA. (Plate XXX. figs. 1 & 2.)

Head of moderate width. Snout short, about as long as the

diameter of the eye; no canthus rostralis, loreal region sloping.

Choanze very small. An ovate, well-defined parotoid gland behind

the eye; another smaller at some distance behind it. There are

other similar but very small glands on the crown of the head, on the

sides of the neck, on the back, and one on the calf of the leg. In

young examples all these glands are very indistinct. The length

of the body equals the distance between the vent and the end of

the first toe. Subarticular tubercles but slightly developed ; meta-

tarsus with two tubercles; no fold along the tarsus. Toes flattened,

third and fifth equal in length; web very narrow.

The young is black, prettily ornamented with about five well-

defined green, nearly white, bands, which run along the back, but

are rather irregular on the head. Also the legs are black, with

irregular green stripes and spots. Lower parts greenish, mottled

with black, both colours being distributed in about equal proportions.

In old examples the ornamental colours are indistinct ; and they may

be uniformly brown, with scarcely a trace of the pretty coloration of

the younger state.

Specimens of this Frog were taken by Dr. Cunningham, the

Naturalist of the Magellan Straits’ Expedition at Puerto Bueno,

Port Grappler, and in Eden Harbour. The largest is 35 millims.

long, the hind limb being 47, and the fourth toe 13 millims. long.

Liroria AuREA. (Plate XXX. fig. 3.)

Hyla aurea, auct.

A number of examples received from tropical parts of Australia, of

the north as well as west, belong to a very marked variety of this

widely distributed species. The bluish spots on the back are smaller

and more numerous than in the type, and more distinctly marked,

with a darker edge; and the lower sides are densely reticulated with

black. Groin and inside of the thighs black, with white spots.

The black reticulations are the more developed the larger the indivi-

dual; and very young specimens have the lower parts white, entirely

immaculate.

The figure represents an old example of this Frog.

3. Description of new Species of Pheasants from the Province

of Yarkand, Eastern Turkestan, and from the Island of

Formosa. By D. G. Exuior, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e.

Through the kindness of Capt. C. H. 'T. Marshall, Bengal Staff

Corps, I have been enabled to examine a small collection of mam-

1870. ] MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON NEW PHEASANTS. 403

mals and birds, brought by Mr. Robert Shaw from the distant pro-

vince of Yarkand, Eastern Turkestan. Mr. Shaw, although perhaps

not the first European who has penetrated this country, is certainly,

I believe, the only Englishman who has succeeded in getting away

from it with his head on his shoulders. There were but few species

brought by him: among the mammals there are some probably

new to science ; I hope to give a list of them shortly. Of birds there

were only five specimens, four Pheasants and one Tetraogallus

himalayensis. The Pheasants represent two new species, which I

propose to call P. shawit and P. insignis. They belong to the true

Phasianus, and may be described as follows.

PHASIANUS SHAWIT, Sp. nov.

Pileo summo nitide viridi ; collo postico et gutture toto, genis et

colli lateribus purpurascente et viridi variantibus ; dorso summo

aureo-metallico, plumis macula apicali saturate indigotica nota-

tis ; dorso imo saturate castaneo, albo et nigro parum variegato

et maculis paucis indigoticis notato, sub certa luce viridi nitente ;

tectricibus supracaudalibus saturate castaneis unicoloribus,

scapularibus aureo-castaneis, dorso proximis albo et nigro con-

spicue fasciatis: tectricibus alarum fere albis, majoribus late

castaneo marginatis : remigibus pallide brunneis, secundariis

albo marginatis ; interioribus rufo marginatis, primariis intus

albo fasciatis, extus albo lavatis et variegatis : cauda rufo-

brunnea irregulariter nigro fasciata, subtus albo et nigro va-

riegata: pectore superiore metallice aureo-castaneo, plumis

omnibus indigotica marginatis : pectore reliquo aureo-castaneo

saturatiore ; hypochondriis aureis nitente purpureo terminatis :

abdomine sordide brunneo, nigricante: rostro fluvido.

Top of head and occiput brown, changeable to purple and green

in different lights; rest of head, throat, and neck green, changing

to blue and purple. No white ring round the neck. Feathers of

upper part of back black at base running about two-thirds the

length; shaft and adjacent part of middle of the feather white ;

between the black and the metallic golden brown edging is dull

chestnut ; each feather tipped with metallic blue. Scapulars, for

the most part, chestnut, with small spots of metallic blue at the tip ;

bases of the feathers grey, shaft and centre white; between this

white and the brown edging a bar of black. Shoulder white, a few

feathers variegated with black, principally in the centre of the fea-

thers. Some of the greater coverts long and broadly margined with

chestnut. Secondaries pale brown, outer web slightly washed with

rufous on the edge, mottled in the centre with fulvous and black.

Rump chestnut-red, covered in some lights with greenish reflec-

tions ; the ends of the feathers, which are very long, hiding the upper

coverts, deep unchangeable red. Feathers of the upper part of the

breast broad (with a rich blue spot in the centre at tip), deep rich

chestnut, margined with brilliant blue. Feathers of lower part of the

breast broader, and rather lighter in colour, bordered also with blue.

Flanks golden brown, with a brilliant dark blue spot in the centre at

404 MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON NEW PHEASANTS. [June 9,

the tip. Abdomen brownish black. Under tail-coverts red. Central

tail-feathers rufous brown, with short narrow black bars next the

shaft, but not on the same line on both webs, and continued across

the web by a bar of chestnut joining the black. Outer webs of lateral

feathers similar; inner webs light brown, mottled with black, and

barred at regular intervals with the same colour. Bill yellowish horn-

colour. Feet and tarsi greyish.

Total length from base of bill to tail 16 inches ; wings 9 inches ;

tail about 15 inches, bill, culmen 1j in., at gape 14 in.; tarsus 23

in. ; middle toe 2 in.

Hab. Yarkand, Eastern Turkestan.

This interesting species appears to be very common in Yarkand, as

Mr. Shaw states that he shot many of them, and, indeed, mistook it

for the common Phasianus colehicus. To one who had not been

accustomed to examine Pheasants at all critically this conclusion would

be a very natural one, although the P. shawii differs in almost every

respect from the better-known species. It is one of the most in-

teresting discoveries yet made among the gallinaceous birds, af-

fording links in the chain of descent, connecting the various species

of true Phasianus together, which were heretofore entirely wanting.

There is strong reason to believe that this new form of P. shawii is

the original stock (looking at the subject in a Darwinian point of

view) from which all the known species of Phastanus have sprung.

By the newly discovered forms of P. sladeni, Andersson MS., from the

province of Yun-nan, it would appear to exhibit the direction towards

P. versicolor, and through Mr. Swinhoe’s P. decollatus to the true

P. torquatus, as known to ornithologists. On the other hand, by

the next species, P. insignis, it bears off to P. mongolicus ; and it

would require only a few degrees of change for it to be merged in

P. colchicus. Of course this is theoretical at present, as some ne-

cessary localities, from which we can naturally expect to receive other

new forms supplying the remaining links still required are yet un-

explored ; but if we are to suppose that all true Pheasants have but

one origin or source, all the information which has thus far been

gathered upon the subject apparently leads us to the belief that

the form now designated as P. shawit will have to be accepted as

the one from which all the rest have sprung.

The species is a very handsome one, and peculiar from the almost

uniform golden-yellow hue of the upper parts, and would be a most

desirable acquisition, together with the other species already obtained,

to parks and preserves.

Both the examples of this species, brought by Mr. Shaw, are males

and precisely similar. The female is unknown.

PHASIANUS INSIGNIS, Sp. nov.

Mas. Colli plumis ad basin nigris, parte mediana saturate cas-

tanea, apicibus latis nitenti-viridibus ; dorso toto et scapu-

laribus letissime aureo-castaneis, fascia nigra una utrinque

notatis, macula nitente viridi trianguiart conspicue punctatis,

rhachidibus albis: dorso imo uropygioque saturate castaneis :

a be

1870.] MR. D. G, ELLIOT ON NEW PHEASANTS. 405

tectricibus alarum albis, intimis castaneo marginatis, exterioribus

nigro et brunneo variegatis; remigibus pallide brunneis, ful-

vescenti-albo fasciatis: cauda rufo-brunnea nigro anguste et

regulariter fasciata ; rectricibus exterioribus, precipue pogonio

interno, nigro variegatis: pectore medio splendide aureo-ca-

staneo, nitente viridi late terminatis : hypochondriis splendide

aureis, apicibus conspicue nitenti-viridibus: abdomine imo

tibtisque nigris: subcaudalibus castaneis paullo viridi niten-

tibus.

Foeem. Fulvo-brunnea, pallide rosaceo passim induta: dorsi plumis

cinerascenti-brunneo marginatis, ante apicem fascia fulva,

parte mediana rufo et nigro fasciata: remigibus pallide brun-

neis nigro transfasciatis: cauda rosaceo-brunnea, nigro trans-

Sfasciata : subtus rosaceo-fulva ; hypochondriis fasciis latis

nigris conspicue notatis.

Male. Feathers of the neck black at base, deep chestnut in the

centre, and broadly tipped with brilliant green: back and scapulars

golden chestnut, with a triangular black bar starting from the shaft

about a third of its length from the tip; shaft white; a triangular

spot at the tip brilliant green; back and rump deep rich chestnut-

red ; wing-coverts white, margined at the lower half with fulvous.

Tail reddish brown, barred equally and at regular intervals with

black for about half the width of the web, outer half barred with

chestnut ; lateral feathers reddish brown on the outer webs, greyish

brown on the inner, barred regularly with black. Underside of

tail-feathers chestnut, barred broadly and distinctly with black.

Upper part of breast brilliant golden chestnut, broadly tipped with

shining green; flanks bright golden, with the ends of the feathers

covered with a large triangular spot of brilliant shining green ; centre

of abdomen and thighs black ; under tail-coverts chestnut, tips washed

with shining green; feet and tarsus blackish brown.

Length from end of neck to rump 10 inches; wing 11 inches ;

tail 20 inches.

Female. General colour buff, tinged with a rosy hue ; feathers of

the back edged with ashy brown, before a band of yellowish, which

is repeated two or three times, interrupting the black which runs

along the shaft. Primaries pale brown barred with brownish black ;

tail rosy brown, barred irregularly with black; breast dark buff;

flanks rosy buff, conspicuously spotted with black.

Hab. Yarkand.

This fine bird, which may be considered a second species of the

group containing P. mongolicus, is even more brilliant in plumage

than its ally, and will doubtless be considered hereafter the most

beautiful of all the members of the restricted genus Phasianus.

The feathers of the breast and flanks shine with the most brilliant

metallic colours, and the living bird must be a splendid object.

Unfortunately the two skins brought by Mr. Shaw are without the

heads, and I am unable to give a description of that important part

of the body; but as that portion varies but slightly in the true

Pheasants, it would not be at all hazardous to suppose that the P.

406 MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON NEW PHEASANTS. | June 9,

insignis would resemble very closely in its head and neck the P.

mongolicus, with the important exception that it will probably be

without the white ring so conspicuous in its ally—as the feathers of

the neck, which remain in the specimen in my possession show the

commencement of the metallic blue and green hues so prevalent in

the true Pheasants, but no indication whatever of any white. Al-

though an ally of P. mongolicus, and equally large in size, it differs

from that species in nearly every particular of markings and colour,

being very much more brilliant in the hues of its plumage, and the

metallic spots larger and more conspicuous. The under surface of

the tail-feathers is very dark chestnut, and conspicuously barred

with black, this part of its ally being rather faintly marked.

The female resembles the hen of P. mongolicus in its general ap-

pearance, but is readily distinguishable by a rosy hue, which is pre-

valent over the entire plumage.

This beautiful species was obtained by Mr. Shaw at Yarkand; but

I am unable to state to what portion of the province it is restricted ;

for we cannot suppose it inhabits precisely the same locality as the

previously described species.

PHASIANUS FORMOSANUS, Sp. nov.

Mas. Ph. pileo ochraceo-cinerascente viridi-nitente; fronte nigra;

macula parva infraoculari et altera ad basin mandibule cum

regione auriculart purpureo-nigris; facie nuda _ scarlatina ;

torque nuchali metallice viridi; striga superciliari et cinctu

collari albis, hoc supra viridi terminato: dorso superiore lete

stramineo, plumis omnibus macula triangulari nitenti-viridi

notatis: scapularibus castaneis, parte basali fusca nigro

variegata, parte mediana alba nigro lineata: tectricibus alarum

pulchre cinereis: remigibus brunneis, externe cinerascente la-

vatis et albo irregulariter notatis : secundariis castaneo lavatis:

dorso postico cinereo, nigro et ochraceo vermiculato ; tectricibus

supracaudalibus cinereis ochraceo tinctis: cauda parte me-

diana ochrascenti-cinerea, rufo externe marginata, late nigro

supra partem cineream, rufo supra partem castaneam fasciata :

gutture toto et colli lateribus nigris viridi micantibus : pectore

castaneo, lilacino nitente, plumis anguste indigotico marginatis-

pectoris lateribus pallide stramineis saturate indigotico termi-

natis ; pectore medio nigro, viridi nitente ; abdomine nigro.

Fom. Supra nigricans ; collo postico castaneo, plumis albo et nigro

versus apicem fasciatis; subtus fulvescens.

Male. Forehead dark green ; stripe over each eye, commencing at

the end of the green spot on the forehead and reaching to the occiput,

white ; top of head aud nape light green; throat and neck metallic

green, blue in some lights ; a narrow white collar, interrupted in front,

passing round lower part of the neck ; upper part of back yellowish

buff, basal half of the feathers black, except along the shaft, where

it is buff, and the outer edges and a large triangular spot at the tip,

brilliant green; scapulars broad, with their centres yellowish white,

mottled with black at the basal end, but perfectly tree from mottling

1870.] MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON NEW PHEASANTS. 407

elsewhere, this separated from the broad chestnut margin by a line

of black ; secondaries dark brown, mottled with buff and black, and

very broadly margined with dark chestnut on the upper ones, the

edges of rest yellowish brown; primaries dark brown, irregularly

barred with yellowish white on both webs; back and rump light

green mottled with buff and dark green. Upper part of breast deep

rich red, purple in certain lights, margined with dark blue, and a

triangular spot of the same in the centre at the tip; flanks white,

the ends of the feathers dark metallic blue; abdomen dark green

separated from the white of the flanks by a line of deep chestnut

composed of the inner webs of the lowest flank-feathers. Thighs

black ; under tail-coverts red. Central tail-feathers pale green in the

ceutre, chestnut on the edges, the green barred with broad black

bands close together, these changing to chestnut on the edges;

lateral feathers similar, but mottled with buff and black on the inner

webs, and terminal portion of the outer web without bars ; bill pale

greenish yellow ; tarsi and feet brownish ; irides white.

Length 14 inches; wings 93 in.; tail 12}in.; tarsi 2} in.; mid-

dle toe 1? in.

Female. Head pale buff, much blotched with black on the crown,

and rosy on the cheeks ; upper part of back dark chestnut, with a

terminal irregular bar of black and tipped with white ; rest of upper

parts black, the feathers margined with reddish buff, and the shafts

buff; tail buff, closely barred with black, and mottled on the edges

with the same; wings lighter than the back, the buff being more

prominent, but similarly marked; primaries dark brown, and barred

with yellowish buff as in the male ; upper part of breast dark buff

with a reddish tinge, some of the feathers with black longitudinal

lines ; rest of underparts dark buff faintly mottled with brown.

Length 13in.; wing 8 in.; tail 8in.; tarsus 2 in. ; bill 1j in.

This is the common Pheasant of the Island of Formosa, and,

although resembling the well known P. torquatus of China, differs

from it, in both the sexes, by many and striking characteristics.

The male differs from that of P. torquatus by the narrow ring on the

neck, the conspicuously broad white superciliary stripe, the light-

coloured mantle, the scapulars with their largely developed white

centres free from mottling, the green rump (blue in its ally), the

white flank-feathers, the broadly barred short tail, and by the white

eye, which, as I am informed by Mr. Swinhoe, is a constant charac-

ter. Some of the above-mentioned distinctions might be regarded

by some as evidences of albinism ; and if there were but a single spe-

cimen marked, the supposition might be an important one; but all

those brought by Mr. Swinhoe agree together in their markings,

and he tells me that all of this form upon the island also agree with

these types. The female possesses equally peculiar markings to

distinguish her from the hen of P. torguatus, being much darker—

in fact, almost black upon the upper parts.

This species, although undoubtedly of the same origin as the P.

torquatus, has, from the physical causes operating upon it peculiar

to its island home, undergone in the course of time the changes

408 MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON NEW PHEASANTS. [June 9,

which now present themselves to us, and which make it readily re-

cognizable wherever seen. Although to some it may be deemed

hardly entitled to a specific rank, yet it is certainly worthy of some

appellation to enable it to be distinguished when mentioned ; and as

binominal names are the only ones admissible, it becomes necessary

to give it specific rank, rather than to describe it as a variety. The

true torquatus of China is not known in Formosa. In my Mono-

graph of the Phasianidz, now publishing, I shall give a Plate showing

both sexes of this species, drawn by Mr. Wolf, which will exhibit its

characteristics more clearly than my description has.

The discovery of these new species increases the number of true

Pheasants now known to ornithologists to nine, a list of which is

here given.

1. PHASIANUS COLCHICUS.

Phasianus colchicus, Linn. et auct.

Hab. Mingrelia, the Ancient Colchis; River Ilia, Caucasus; Lake

of Apollonia near Broussa, Albania; Gulf of Salonica, Mtolia.

2. PHASIANUS SHAWII.

Phasianus shawii, Elliot, P. Z. 8S. 1870.

Hab. Province of Yarkand, Eastern Turkestan.

3. PHASIANUS INSIGNIS.

Phasianus insignis, Elliot, P. Z.S. 1870.

Hab. Province of Yarkand, Eastern Turkestan.

4. PHASIANUS MONGOLICUS.

Phasianus mongolicus, Brandt, Bull. Acad. Scien. St. Pétersb.

vol. ill. p. 54.

Hab. Altai and Tarbagatai Mountains ; Gobi Desert, south of the

Tangnu Mountains, Mongolia; Boukhara.

5. PHASIANUS TO RQUATUS.

Phasianus torquatus, Gmel. Syst. Nat. (1788), t. 1. p. 742.

Hab. Eastern China, from Transbaikalia, Amoorland, into South-

ern China; Provinces of Hankow, Tientsin, Foochow, and Pekin.

6. PHASIANUS FORMOSANUS.

Phasianus formosanus, Elliot, P. Z. S. 1870.

Hab. Island of Formosa.

7. PHASIANUS DECOLLATUS. ;

Phasianus decollatus, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 135.

Hab. Eastern part of the province of Szechuen,

8. PHASIANUS SLADENI.

Phasianus sladeni, Anderss. MS.

Hab. Western borders of the province of Yunan.

GH.¥Ford

Trimeresuru S}

1870.P] XXXI.

bee Ziars

W.West imp.

Ecrosquamatus.

1870.] PROF. BARBOZA DU BOCAGE ON PELECANUS SHARPEI. 409

9. PHASIANUS VERSICOLOR.

Phasianus versicolor, Temm. Plan. Col. 486 & 493.

Hab, Japan.

4. Note sur le jeune de l’année du Pelecanus sharpei*.

Par. J: V. Barsoza pu Bocacs, F.M.Z.S. &e.

Teinte générale d’un brun-roussatre foncé ou couleur chocolat,

noiratre sur la téte, d’un ton plus clair (roussatre) sur le bas du dos,

le roupion, le bas-ventre et les couvertures supérieures et inférieures

de la queue; couvertures supérieures et inférieures des ailes d’un

brun-noiratre avec une large bordure roussatre ; remiges primaires

presque noires ; remiges secondaires et tertiaires ainsi que les plumes

de la queue, d’un brun clair au milieu et d’un gris blanchatre vers

les bords ; bec d’un jaune sale vers la base, d’un brun plus ou moins

foneé dans le reste de son étendue; poche gutturale ainsi que les

tarses d’un brun clair.

Dimensions. Longueur totale 1°46, aile 0°68, bec 0°35, tarse 0-145.

Habitat. L’ Afrique occidentale, Angola.

Obs. Degland décrit les jeunes de l’année du P. onocrotalus dun

cendre blanchatre & la tete, au cou et en dessus ducorps; d’un cendré

foncé au dos, aux scapulaires et aux couvertures alaires, avec les

bordures d'une teinte plus claire; remiges noiratres; bec et partie

nue de la gorge et des joues livides ; pied brun-cendré ; iris brun.

Mr. Elliot (P. Z. S. 1869, p. 579) dit ce qui suit :—

«The young during the first year are uniform greyish brown, the

lanceolate feathers of the breast being entirely wanting.”

5. Note on Reptiles and Batrachians collected in various

parts of China. By R. Swinnog.

(Plate XXXI.)

1. PLATYSTERNUM MEGACEPHALUM, Gray; Giinth. Reptiles of

Brit. Ind. p. 43.

I procured a single specimen of this curious tortoise in a bird-shop

at Canton. It is brought down the West River from the western

parts of Kwangtung Province and from Kwangse. As recorded, the

head, limbs, and tail are not capable of retraction within the shell ; the

tail is protected by curling under the right margin of the carapace.

I kept my specimen alive through the winter without food.

2. DERMATOCHELYS COoRIACEA (L.).

In the warm waters round Formosa the Green and the Tortoise-

shell Turtles frequently occur ; but these seldom show themselves in

* See the description of this species anéed, p. 173,

410 MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE REPTILES, [June 9,

the colder seas of the China coast. During the years I spent at

Amoy I never heard of a Turtle being captured but once; this was

in October 1859. It was a large old specimen of this species, of a

yellowish madder-colour. I wanted to buy it to preserve ; but nothing

would induce the fishermen to sell it for this purpose. They said a

Turtle never appears on the China coast except when some great

calamity is imminent, and to avert this good men must deliver it -

from its captors and set it free. A Chinese firm in the town volun-

teered to do the good act. They purchased the Turtle, had Chinese

characters cut on its back, signifying “set free for ever,’ which

were filled in with vermilion, and, decking it with ribbons, took it in

a boat in great state, with drums beating, to the outer limits of the

harbour, where it was dropped into the sea. They said that if

caught again the inscription on its back would protect it from meet-

ing with further rough treatment.

The Turtle is with the Chinese an emblem of longevity.

3. CRocopbILus, sp. ?

In February 1869 some Chinese were exhibiting in the native city

of Shanghai what they called a Dragon, which they declared had

been dug out of a hole in the province of Shense. It was a young

Crocodile about 4 feet long, which they kept in tepid water. They

made so much money by showing it that they refused to sell it. I

cannot, of course, guess its species; but I nevertheless think the

fact worth recording, as evidence that a species of this group does

occur in China.

4. TACHYDROMUS SEPTENTRIONALIS, Giinth. J. ec. p. 70.

One specimen caught on the top of the city wall of Nanking. The

Museum has specimens from Ningpo. It isa ground-Lizard, hiding

under stones.

5. Eremias araus (Peters).

Very common in the cultivated fields about Peking. The Museum

has specimens procured by me in 1860; but mention of these was

omitted when the Society was made acquainted with the specimens

collected by me during the North-China campaign (see P. Z, 8.

1861, p. 391).

6. Mansoura CHINENSIS (Gray), Giinth. /.¢. p. 83.

Specimens from the Pescadores. Very common about the millet-

fields of the largest Pescadore Island. A small race, and much spotted™

with black.

7. Eumeces mopestvs, Giinth. J. c. p. 87.

Found on the rocky bank of the Yangtsze river in a gorge in

eastern Szechuen, 1300 miles from the sea. Before known only

from Ningpo.

1870. | MR. R, SWINHOE ON CHINESE REPTILES. 411

8. GrecKo saronicus (Dum. & Bibr.), Giinth. J. ¢. p. 103.

From Chungkingfoo on the Yangtsze, in eastern Szechuen, 1459

miles from the sea. Found inside houses in the city, clinging to the

walls, also on the trees in gardens. Delights in uttering its “ chuck-

chuck ” note, especially in rainy weather. It is abundant in Taiwan-

foo, Formosa.

9. IApaALURA SwinHot, Giinth. /.c. p. 133.

This comb-backed Tree-lizard was before only known from the

woods of South Formosa. On my late expedition up the Yangtsze I

found it on the rocks among woods near Chungkingfoo. It must

therefore have a wide range across China.

10. Evapnis Taniurvus, Cope; Giinth. /. ¢. p. 242.

Captured at Shanghai. Has been procured before at Ningpo, in

the Chikiang Province.

11. Troprponotus quincuncratus, Russell; Giinth. 7. e.p.260.

Dr. Giinther says that this is the most widely distributed species

of the Indian Water-snakes, extending from Mesopotamia to the

south of China. My specimens are from Amoy.

12. TrRoprponortus sto.atus (Linn.), Giinth. J. c. p. 266.

From Amoy. This is by far the commonest Water-snake in

Amoy and in Tamsuy (Formosa). In the latter place the country

lads brought it to me by scores at a time.

13. HypsirHINA PLUMBEA (Boie), Giinth. J. c. p. 280.

From Amoy, where it is by no means common.

14. HypstrHIna ENHYpDRISs, Russell; Giinth. /. c. p- 281.

Also procured at Amoy.

15. HypstrHINa CHINENS!S, Gray; Giinth. J. c. p. 283.

Captured at Ichang, 1111 miles up the Yangtsze river. The British

Museum has specimens from China ; but it is not known from what

part of China.

16. Hypropuis cyanocincra, Russell; Giinth. J. c. p. 367.

This common Sea-snake is often floated into the small harbour of

Takow, S.W. Formosa. My specimens are from there.

,.. 17. TRIMERESURUS MUCROsQUAMatTUs (Cantor): Giinth. J, ¢.

p- 390. (Plate XXXI.)

From Formosa. Dr. Giinther has made this out to be the species

described by Cantor as Trigonocephalus mucrosquamatus (P. Z. S.

1839, p. 32), from Assam, from comparison of it with Cantor’s

drawing, the original specimen having been lost and no other since

procured. Its occurrence in Formosa is somewhat singular. The

two fine large specimens I have brought home were the only indi-

412 MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE REPTILES, [June 9,

viduals I came across. One was brought to me from the interior ;

the other was captured at Takow, in the hall of a neighbouring

Mandarin’s office, having descended from the roof, in which it was

lodged, by a rope on to a hanging lamp in pursuit of geckos (Gecko

japonicus). It was tinted all over with blood-colour.

The specific characters of this snake, as kindly furnished to me

by Dr. Giinther, are :—

Scales in 25 rows, with a very strong keel to the tip, where it

sometimes slightly projects. Ventral plates 217-220. Upperside

of the head with very small granular scales; a series of larger ones

along the canthus rostralis. Eleven upper labials, the second form-

ing the anterior wall of the pit. Body brown, with a dorsal series

of subrhombic, sometimes confluent spots; another series of similar

more rounded spots along the lower part of the side. Each spot is

of a dark brown colour, with a black margin, and generally a narrow

white edge. Abdomen marked with brownish, each ventral shield

having an ovate whitish spot on each side.

18. TRIMERESURUS ERYTHRURUS (Cantor), Giinth. /. ¢. p. 386.

From Takow, Formosa. This is the first occurrence of this little

green viper in Formosa. I have seen it frequently at Amoy ; it is a

bush-loving species, climbing to the top of plants, and coiling itself

round the stems and leaves. Being of a fresh-green colour, it is not

easy to detect; and while catching insects I have very narrowly

escaped brushing my hand over the poisonous creature. The Chinese

declare its bite to be fatal.

19. Hatys sLomuorrit (Boie), Ginth. /. c. p. 393.

A specimen of this spotted brown Viper was brought on board the

gunboat by some of the crew who had been on shore at Ichang, on

the Yangtsze. It is known from Japan and Formosa ; but this is the

first instance of its occurrence in China proper.

20. Rana Gracixis, Wiegm.; Giinth. /.c. p. 409.

From Ichang. A common Frog in the rice-fields.

21. Rana sitvatica, Leconte; Giinth. l.c. p. 409.

From Ichang. Found in woods, among the dead leaves and decay-

ing herbage.

22. DipLopELMA PULCHRUM (Hallon) ; Giinth. 7. c. p. 417.

From Ichang. I have met this wee Frog in various parts of China

and Formosa. During the rains of spring and midsummer it occurs

in thousands about grassy places. It does not resort much to wet

rice-fields.

23. HyLoraNna MACRODACTYLA, Giinth. /.¢. p. 424.

From Ichang. Does not climb trees, but keeps much to the damp

ground about woods.

1870.| ON THE MYOLOGY OF PLATYDACTYLUS JAPONICUS. 413

6. Notes on the Myology of Platydactylus japonicus. °

By Atrrep Sanpers, M.R.C.S., F.Z.8.

If one may judge from treatises on Comparative Anatomy recently

published, the muscles of the Lacertilia do not appear to have re-

ceived a great deal of attention. This consideration has emboldened

me to lay the following notes on the myology of Platydactylus

japonicus before the Zoological Society,—the more so as this species

differs considerably in the arrangement of its muscular system from

the Iguana tuberculata, the myology of which was described in a

paper by Mr. St. George Mivart, published in the Society’s Proceed-

ings in 1867.

Hyo-mandibular.—On the ventral aspect of the throat are seen

two superficial skin-muscles, the most anterior of which arises by

means of a tendinous raphe covering the glosso-hyal, being thus

united to its fellow of the opposite side; and passing directly outwards

through the fibres of the mylo-hyoid, it is inserted into the supple-

mentary or coronoid and opereular pieces of the mandible immediately

beneath the posterior teeth.

The next muscle slightly overlaps the last anteriorly, and arises

from the basihyal at the point where the anterior horns are given off,

and from a thin aponeurosis over the hyomandibular, and also from

one covering the trachea behind the same point. As far back as op-

posite the posterior end of the mandible it is divisible into three

distinct portions; the posterior passes outwards and upwards, and

spreads out into a thin layer, which is inserted into the superficial

fascia at the back of the head, intimately connected with the tra-

pezius. The anterior portion forms a thin Jayer, covering the external

pterygoid, and is inserted into the supraangular piece of the mandible;

its posterior fibres are collected into a thicker mass, which passes

upwards and rather backwards behind the mandible, and is inserted

into the aponeurosis of the side of the neck and the complexus. The

middle portion passes upwards within the mandible, and is inserted

into the extremity of the terminal segment of the anterior cornu

(cerato-hyal) of the os hyoides, close to the attachment of the latter

to the exoccipital. This latter part perhaps represents stylo-hyoid.

Mylo-hyoid arises from the body of os hyoides (basihyal) and from

the posterior cornu (thyro-hyal) as far outwards as the external ptery-

goid, leaving a space through which that muscle passes. The fibres

run forward, and are inserted into the whole length of the dentary

piece of the mandible, with the exception of a small portion anteriorly

close to the symphysis ; it is also attached to the fascia covering the

anterior point of the glosso-hyal ; it is situated deeper than or above

the preceding muscular layers.

Genio-hyo-glossus arises from the posterior cornu of the os hyoides

just beyond its articulation with the basihyal; and passing forward,

its superficial fibres are inserted into the symphysis of the mandible,

while the deeper ones go to the side and back of the tongue; the

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1870, No. XXVIII.

414 MR. A. SANDERS ON THE [June 9,

superficial fibres also join those of the opposite side in a raphe cover-

ing the glosso-hyal.

Submentalis arises from the inferior surface of the dentary piece

immediately outside and a short distance behind the symphysis, and

is inserted into mucous membrane lining the floor of the anterior part

of the mouth, and into the side of the tongue outside the genio-hyo-

glossus.

Thyro-hyoid arises from the basihyal, and is inserted into the

outer circumference of the thyroid cartilage.

Cerato-hyoid arises from near the distal extremity of the thyro-hyal,

and, passing downwards internal to the mandible, it is inserted into

the segment of the cerato-hyal.

Omo-hyoid arises from the anterior border of the clavicle for

about half its length, extending upwards to the claviculo-scapular

articulation, and, passing forwards and downwards, it is inserted,

broad and thin, into the posterior edge of the basihyal and thyro-

hyal.

Sterno-hyoid arises from the interclavicle thick and fleshy, and,

passing forwards, spreads out into a thin plane of muscular fibres,

which is inserted entirely into the thyro-hyal dorsad of the last.

Sterno-cleido-mastoid arises from the posterior edge of the trans-

verse apophysis of the interclavicle, and is connected with the anterior

edge of the sternum by means of a tough membrane; passing upwards

and forwards across the clavicle, it receives a small muscular slip

from that bone, and is inserted into the extremity of the exoccipital

behind its articulation with the os quadratum.

Temporal is a very thick and powerful muscular mass, arising,

behind, from the anterior surface of the os quadratum, above from

the squamosal and parietal, and in front from the frontal; the an-

terior fibres run directly downwards, the posterior downwards and

forwards ; and all are inserted into the articular, supraangular, and

coronoid pieces of the mandible.

Neuro-mandibular.—This muscle appears to correspond with one

of that name in serpents. It arises broad from the aponeurosis of the

back of the head and edge of the complexus, and is inserted narrow

into the posterior extremity of the articular piece of the mandible.

External pterygoid arises fleshy from the lower surface of the

posterior part of the pterygoid bone, and tendinous from the posterior

border of the anterior part of the same bone; it forms a rounded

muscular mass enclosing the posterior part of the mandible, and is

inserted into the external surface of the supraangular, and upper sur-

face of the posterior part of the articular piece ; this last part also

arises from the lower end of the posterior side of the os quadratum.

Internal pterygoid.—A. triangular muscle with its apex directed

upwards arises from the anterior point of the prootic, and from the

columella, and is inserted into the inner border of the articular piece

of the mandible behind the coronary process ; this muscle has no

connexion with the pterygoid bone. Within this are two remarkable

muscles ; the more external arises from a point at the lower surface

of the parietal, just above the articulation of the prootic with the

;

1870. | MYOLOGY OF PLATYDACTYLUS JAPONICUS. 415

columella, covered in by the membrane which connects the upper

edge of that bone with the parietal, at the point of attachment of the

membrane corresponding to the alisphenoid, and is inserted into the

upper border of the pterygoid, behind the columella. The other

muscle is internal, and arises from the membranous alisphenoid, be-

neath the last, in front of the exit of the third division of the fifth

nerve, also from a membranous expansion attached to the external

apophysis of the basisphenoid, and is inserted into the inner border

of the pterygoid bone within and behind the last muscle, extending

as far backwards as the inner border of the os quadratum ; but it is

not actually attached to this bone. Is it possible that these two

muscles represent the tensor and laxator tympani? Their origins cor-

respond to a certain extent; but the insertions are different. It is true

that the latter approaches very closely to the os quadratum, which,

although not the malleus, is next door to it. They seem to present

as much correspondence as can be expected in a skull so widely

different from that of mammals.

Digastric.—A thin muscle arising from the posterior front of the

parietal and squamosal, immediately in front of the exoccipital ; it

passes downwards over the latter and behind the os quadratum, and

developes a slender tendon, which is inserted into the extreme

posterior point of the articular piece of the mandible. This appears

to correspond to the posterior belly of the digastric.

Pectoralis major arises from the whole length of the middle line of

the sternum, from about the centre of the interclavicle, as far as the

end of the xiphisternum. The posterior fibres also arise from the

rectus abdominis by means of a tendinous intersection ; it is inserted

into the summit of a hook-like process on the lower and outer surface

of the humerus immediately beyond the humero-scapular articula-

tion, which appears to correspond to the greater tuberosity, and into

the surface of the bone beyond it.

Deltoid arises from the lower anterior and upper surfaces of the

inner or lower extremity of the clavicle; it turns back between it

and the coracoid, passing in front of the former, and covering the

anterior part of the shoulder; it is inserted into the outside of the

humerus, immediately beyond the head of the bone and in front of

the outside head of the triceps.

Supraspinatus arises from the anterior half of the coracoid, and is

inserted into the anterior point of the head of the humerus, in front

of the insertion of the pectoralis major. This is called epicoraco-

humeral by Mr. Mivart ; nevertheless I would venture to suggest

that it corresponds to the supraspinatus, because it arises from the

coracoid, and that process, attached as it is to the anterior part of the

scapula, would point to the supraspinous fossa.

Teres minor arises from the anterior border of the scapula, at its

junction with the coracoid, just dorsad of the coraco-scapular fenestra ;

it is attached to the capsule of the joint, and is inserted into the

upperside of the head of the humerus, immediately. beyond its arti-

culation ; it is bound down at its insertion by an aponeurosis attached

to the long head of the triceps, and is covered over by the deltoid.

416 MR. A. SANDERS ON THE [June 9,

Infraspinatus arises from the whole upper border of the scapula

proper in a semicircular manner ; a few of the anterior fibres arise

from the internal surface of the bone; the fibres converge, and are in-

serted into the outside of the humerus beyond its head, dorsad of the

insertion of deltoid, the interior part of the insertion being between the

insertions of the two last muscles. This appears to correspond with

the infraspinatus, by the same line of argument; if the coracoid

points to the supraspinous fossa, the scapula would point to the

infraspinous fossa. Mr, Mivart has called it the second part of the

deltoid; but in this animal it has a separate insertion from that muscle.

In addition the above arguments in favour of this view, I would draw

attention to the arrangement of the insertions of these three muscles,

which correspond in a striking manner with the arrangement of the

three analogous muscles in mammals.

Biceps is represented only by the coracoid head. It arises, broad

and fleshy, from the anterior and inner half of the articular border of

the coracoid, and from the surface of bone behind it. In passing

over the shoulder-joint it developes a broad thin tendon ; beyond

that point it again becomes fleshy, and in the arm it is thick and

round ; it is inserted by a narrow tendon into the upper part of both

radius and ulna, in conjunction with and on the distal side of the

insertion of brachialis anticus.

Coraco-brachialis brevis arises broad and fleshy dorsad of the last,

from the posterior and inner half of the articular border of the cora-

coid, and from the surface of bone outside it; passing close under the

humero-scapular articulation, it is inserted into the inner side of the

shaft of the humerus for nearly two-thirds of its length.

Coraco-brachialislongus arises behind this, from the posterior angle

of the coracoid bone, and, passing down inside the arm, it is inserted,

narrow, into surface of bone immediately above the inner condyle of

the humerus.

Brachialis anticus arises from the whole length of the flexor surface

of the humerus, commencing beyond the insertion of the supra-

spinatus, and is inserted entirely into the proximal part of the ulna,

together with part of the biceps-tendon.

Trapezius consists of two portions, united together by a thin layer

of muscular fibre. The anterior portion arises from the side of the

complexus in conjunction with the neuro-mandibularis; the posterior

part is attached to the general aponeurosis covering the dorsal mus-

cles, extending back as far as the fourth dorsal vertebra: this part is

inserted into the scapula immediately dorsad of the claviculo-scapular

articulation ; the anterior part is inserted into the upper third of the

clavicle.

Latissimus dorsi arises from the spinous processes of the vertebree,

from the seventh, or last but one, cervical to the fourteenth dorsal,

both inclusive ; the anterior fibres are directed straight downwards,

and the posterior obliquely downwards and forwards, to be inserted

into the upper surface of the humerus, occupying one-third of its

extent beyond the head.

Triceps has four origins, the outer section arising by two heads, one

—

1870.) MYOLOGY OF PLATYDACTYLUS JAPONICUS. 417

from the humerus immediately beyond the insertion of the deltoid,

the other dorsad of the insertion of the infraspinatus, commencing

immediately distad of the insertion of the teres minor. The scapular

section, or long head, arises from the posterior edge of the scapula,

just above the glenoid cavity, by a flat tendon, which is further

strengthened by an aponeurosis, which is attached to the head of the

humerus, binding down the teres minor ; the inner section occupies

the internal surface of the humerus, commencing beyond the sub-

scapularis, between coraco-brachialis and latissimus dorsi. The

united muscular mass of these origins occupies the dorsal surface of

the humerus, and is inserted into the proximal extremity of the ulna,

developing a sesamoid bone or olecranon in the tendon.

Levator scapule arises by two heads, one from the scapula aud

clavicle, close to the articulation between those two bones, the other

from the cartilaginous suprascapular; they pass forwards, and are

inserted together into the transverse process of the first cervical

vertebra or atlas.

Subscapularis arises from a small part of the outer surface of the

scapula covered by the infraspinatus, and from the whole internal

surface of that bone, with the exception of the posterior superior

angle, and from the interior inferior angle of the suprascapula, also

from the upper two-thirds of the inner surface of the coracoid ; the

fibres converge and are inserted into the inner and lower edge of the

head of the humerus, close to the capsular ligament. This evi-

dently corresponds to the subscapularis; and perhaps the dorsal

part to the teres major, as it is partially separable from the re-

mainder at its insertion, which is a trifle beyond that of the rest of

the muscle.

Sterno-coracoidalis arises from the anterior and lower part of the

internal and lower surface of the coracoid, oceupying rather more

than one-sixth of its superficies, slightly overlapping the edge of the

last muscle, and is inserted into the antero-lateral edge of the sternum.

Some of its fibres proceed further back, and are inserted into the

anterior extremity of xiphisternum and into the cartilages of the

second and third sternal ribs.

Serratus consists of two distinct parts. The anterior section arises

from the whole length of the suprascapula, and, passing downwards

and forwards, is inserted by three slips into the expanded termina-

tions of the three anterior cervical ribs. The posterior section arises

from the postero-inferior border of the scapula and suprascapula,

and, passing downwards and backwards, is inserted into the extre-

mities of the fourth and fifth cervical ribs. From this there is a

continuation in the same direction to the xiphisternum and cartilages

of the fourth and fifth sternal ribs, the whole being parallel with the

fibres of the obliquus externus abdominis.

Flexor carpi radialis arises from the upper part of the inner or

flexor condyle of the humerus, and from the proximal two-thirds of

the radius, and is inserted into a bone of the carpus which appears

to correspond with the seaphoid.

Flexor carpi ulnaris arises from the lower part of the inner condyle

418 MR. A. SANDERS ON THE [June 9,

of the humerus and from the whole length of the ulna, and is inserted

into the pisiform bone.

Flexor sublimis digitorum arises from the strong tendinous arch,

one end of which is attached to the pisiform bone and the other

to the scaphoid, and from the palmar fascia ; it immediately divides

into five muscular slips, each of which is attached to a tendon of the

flexor profundus and to the head of the metacarpal bone of its re-

spective digit ; although this is not perforated by the long tendon, it

represents the perforatus, as it will be seen, when we come to the foot,

that the corresponding muscle there allows the long tendon to pass

between its two heads.

Flexor profundus digitorum arises from the middle portion of the

inner condyle of the humerus and from the lower two-thirds of the

ulna; passing beneath the annular ligament, it becomes developed

into a broad expansion, which, in the palm, divides into four long

tendons, going to the terminal phalanx of the pollex, second, third,

aud fourth digits. The fifth digit has a long tendon to itself, which

is given off high up in the forearm.

Pronator quadratus arises from the whole length of the ulna, and

is inserted into the distal half of the radius, occupying the place of

the interosseous membrane.

Flexor accessorius digitorum.—There are four muscular slips

which may be thus called; two of them arise from the tendinous

expansion of the long flexor, and, forming very fine tendons, are

inserted into the last phalanx but two of the third and fourth digits

respectively. Two other slips arise from the bone of the carpus

which appears to represent the cuneiform, and from others, in the

first row ; one of these joining the long tendon, developes, in addition,

a tendon of its own, which is inserted into the penultimate phalanx of

the second digit ; it has also a muscular insertion into the base of the

first phalanx of the same digit ; the other slip is simply attached to

the long tendon going to the pollex, without having one of its own.

Lumbricales.—There are five muscles which correspond to the

lumbricales—viz. one on each side of the fourth, one on each side

of the third, and one on the ulnar side of the second digit.

Abductor quinti digiti arises from the pisiform bone, and is in-

serted into the whole length of the ulnar edge of the metacarpal

bone of the fifth digit.

Abductor pollicis arises from scaphoid, and is inserted into the

whole length of metacarpal bone of pollex.

Beneath these there are five palmar interossei, which radiate from

the first row of bones of carpus, and are inserted into the heads of

the metacarpal bones of their respective digits, one for each.

Supinator longus arises from the lower third of the outer edge of

the humerus, above the condyle, and is inserted into the distal two-

thirds of the radius.

Supinator brevis arises from the outer condyle distad of the last,

and is inserted into nearly the whole length of the radius.

Extensor carpi radialis arises from the outer condyle of the hu-

merus next to the last muscle, and, forming a long slender tendon,

1870.] MYOLOGY OF PLATYDACTYLUS JAPONICUS. 419

is inserted into the scaphoid bone of the carpus; it does not quite

correspond to ext. carp. rad., but it does so more nearly than to any

other extensor of the forearm.

Extensor carpi ulnaris arises by two heads, one from the distal

extremity of the outer condyle of the humerus, the other from the

proximal half of the ulna; it is inserted into the pisiform bone and

the base of metacarpal of the fifth digit.

Letensor communis digitorum arises tendinous from the outer

condyle between the last two muscles, and muscular from the whole

length of the ulna, as far as its distal articulation; in the middle of

the forearm it forms a thick fleshy mass, which soon divides into

three broad tendons, which are inserted into the heads of the second,

third, and fourth metacarpal bones; the one to the second sends a

slip to be attached to the fascia covering the metacarpal bone of the

pollex; in another specimen this part was divided into two, giving

the appearance of five tendons instead of three.

Interossei dorsales.—Each digit has two dorsal interossei, one on

each side; they are inserted into the penultimate phalanx, being

united together on the dorsum by a raphe ; this is a feature they all

have incommon. Their origins are as follows :—The one on the ulnar

side of the fifth digit arises from metacarpal bone of the same; that

of the radial side from the tendon of the extensor digitorum, and

also from the same metacarpal bone. The one on the ulnar side of

the fourth digit arises from the same tendon with last, and also from

its own metacarpal bone; the radial one of this digit from its own

metacarpal bone. The one on the ulnar side of the third digit from

the middle tendon of the extensor and its own metacarpal bone ;

the radial one of this digit from the ulnar side of the head of the

metacarpal bone of the second digit. The ulnar of the second digit

from its own metacarpal bone and extensor tendon; its radial from

the metacarpal bone of pollex in conjunction with the single one

belonging to the latter.

Extensor ossis metacarpi pollicis arises from the distal end of the

ulna for one-fourth of its length, and passing across the forearm it

is inserted into the whole length of the radial side of the metacarpal

bone of the pollex.

Extensor brevis digitorum arises from the bone of the carpus re-

presenting the cuneiform, and immediately divides into five slips ;

the first passes across the hand to be inserted into the base of the

first phalanx of the pollex; each of the other four slips ends in a

slender tendon, which is inserted into the penultimate phalanx of

each of the other digits.

Compleaus is the superficial muscle of the back of the neck. It

is a distinct continuation forward of the longissimus and spinalis

dorsi, and is inserted into the fascia covering the temporal muscle,

into the supraoccipital and neural spine of the first vertebra, and

also into the membrane which fills up the, space between the parietal

and the supra- and exoccipitals.

Trachelo-mastoid is a continuation forward of the longissimus

dorsi. It also arises from the zygapophysis of the first cervical

420 MR. A. SANDERS ON THE [June 9,

vertebra, and from the furrow between the zygapophyses and trans-

verse processes of the two following vertebrae. It is inserted into

the lower border and external end of the exoccipital.

Cervicalis ascendens is the continuation forward of the sacro-lum-

balis. It also arises from the surface of the second and third cervical

ribs, and is inserted into the transverse process of the first cervical

vertebra and basioccipital above the insertion of the longus colli.

Sacro-lumbalis arises from the posterior extremity of the ilium,

and is attached to all the ribs between the points corresponding to

the angles and the insertion of the longissimus dorsi.

Longissimus dorsi begins at the transverse process of the fifth

caudal vertebra, interdigitating with the first caudal muscle; it has

an attachment to the posterior end of the ilium, and is inserted into

the bases of all the ribs between the last muscle and the zygapophyses

of the vertebree as far forward as the fourth cervical.

Spinalis dorsi commences between the inner point of the first caudal

muscle and the neural spine of the fifth caudal vertebra, and is inserted

into the neural spines of all the vertebra as far as the fourth cervical,

occupying the space between the neural spines and the zygapo-

physes; a small slip is continued forward beyond the fourth cer-

vical, attached to the neurapophyses of the three anterior cervical

vertebree.

Rectus posticus arises from the neural spines of the second, third,

and fourth cervical vertebrze ; it is directed outwards, and is inserted

into the upper and inner surface of the exoccipital, within and above

the trachelo-mastoid.

Rectus anticus major arises from the point of the external apo-

physis of the basioccipital, and is inserted into the hypapophysis

and side of centrum of the first cervical vertebra, and in the same

way into the rest as far as the sixth, and into the side of the cen-

trum of the seventh.

Scealenus arises from the side of the centrum of the second cervical

vertebra dorsad of the last muscle, and is inserted into the cervical

ribs from the first to the fifth, enclosing them in a triangular mus-

cular mass, also into the sides of the bodies of the vertebrze belonging

to these ribs; behind it is continuous with the intercostals.

Rectus abdominis arises behind from a tendinous arch extending

from the hook-like process of the pubis in front of the femoro-pelvic

articulation to the ischium, which might be called ischio-pubic

ligament, and is inserted by means of a fibrous membrane into the

posterior extremity of the xiphisternum, and into the cartilage of

the sixth sternal rib. It has six tendinous intersections running

transversely across its fibres and occupying the whole thickness of

the muscle. An offshoot is given off just beyond the most posterior

intersection, which goes to be inserted into the hook-like process of

the pubis; this appears to represent the pyramidalis.

External oblique arises by fourteen digitations, each loosely at-

tached to a rib at the external edge of the sacro-lumbalis ; the first

digitation belongs to the seventh cervical vertebra, towards the

middle line ; it is inserted behind to the hook-like process of the

1870. ] MYOLOGY OF PLATYDACTYLUS JAPONICUS. 42]

pubis, and in front to the sides of the rectus abdominis ; its fibres

are directed from behind forward and towards the dorsal surface.

Intercostals are the layer of muscles next internal to the last ;

they are united behind with the internal oblique and transversalis to

form an arch over the external and back part of the thigh; they

occupy the spaces between all the ribs from the sides of the rectus

and sternum to the vertebra, anteriorly they are continuous with

the scalenus ; their fibres are directed forward and slightly towards

the dorsal surface.

Internal oblique and transversalis are situated between the ribs

aud the viscera. Posteriorly they are united together and to the

intercostals as above mentioned; dorsad they are attached to the

angles of the ribs internally, at the place where the external oblique

is attached externally ; ventrad they are attached to the side of the

rectus abdominis, and, in front of that, to the end of the fourth

sternal rib, to the xiphisternum, and to the postero-lateral edge of

the sternum. Anteriorly they extend as far as the fourth cervical

rib. The fibres of the internal oblique are directed obliquely for-

wards and towards the ventral surface; those of the transversalis go

transversely across the body.

Quadratus lumborum arises from the anterior edge of the sacrum.

It is attached to the sides of six lumbar and the last dorsal vertebree,

and encloses all the lumbar ribs in a thick muscular mass, which

terminates anteriorly at the last dorsal rib.

Retrahentes costarum line the whole dorsal surface of the abdo-

minal cavity in front of last muscle. They consist of muscular slips

separable by dissection, each arising from a centrum of a vertebra,

and passing ventrad of the rib of its own vertebra ; and that of the

next one in front is inserted into the next but one, interdigitating

with the transversalis and internal oblique ; the most anterior one is

attached to the centrum of the first dorsal vertebra and to the fourth

cervical rib, and the last to the twelfth dorsal.

Sartorius occupies the greater part of the ventral aspect of the

thigh. It arises from the hook-like process of the pubis in front of

the acetabulum, also from the whole length of the ilio-pubic liga-

ment; it has a broad muscular insertion into the lower or inner side

of the tibia, occupying one quarter of its proximal end.

Gracilis arises from the side of the ischial symphysis and from the

ventral part of a tendinous intersection which connects the posterior

point of that bone with the posterior end of the ilium, and which

seems to represent the tuber ischii; it is inserted partly tendinous

and partly fleshy into the tibia, beneath the last muscle.

Transversus perinei is a small muscle in front of the cloaca, arising

from the proximal side of the above-mentioned tendinous intersection,

and is inserted into a cartilaginous rod attached to the posterior end

of the ischium, and into the skin anterior to the cloaca.

Semimembranosus arises from the tendinous intersection dorsad

of the gracilis, and is inserted into the tibia on the inner side of the

internal lateral ligament, and nearer the head of the bone than the

gracilis. There are two separate muscles which, perhaps, represent

422 MR. A. SANDERS ON THE [June 9,

the ligament of Winslow and the popliteal aponeurosis: the one

arises from the tendinous intersection in common with the semi-

membranosus, and is inserted by a long tendon into the external

side of the head of the tibia, between it and the head of the fibula, in

immediate contact with the joint; the other arises from ischium, in

front of and close to the last, and is inserted by a shorter tendon

into the interarticular cartilage of the joint.

Semitendinosus arises, in conjunction with semimembranosus,

from the tendinous intersection, and is inserted by a broad thin

tendon into the head of the tibia.

Pelvo-tibialis arises from the edge of the pubis at a point behind

the hook-like process of that bone, to which it is attached by a strong

aponeurosis, and passing obliquely across the thigh it reaches the

popliteal space, where it suddenly becomes tendinous and penetrates

the knee-joint, being inserted into the head of the tibia between it

and the fibula, external or anterior to the attachment of the section

of semimembranosus mentioned above. This appears to correspond

in insertion to the muscle called ‘‘ biceps” by Mr. Mivart; but in

this animal it is quite on the ventral aspect of the thigh; so I have

ventured to give it a distinct name.

Pectineus arises by a membranous expansion, attached to the an-

terior point of the ischial symphysis and to the ischio-pubic ligament,

and is inserted into the ventral surface of the shaft of the femur,

occupying about the middle third.

Rectus femoris arises by two heads :—one from the surface of the

pubis immediately anterior to the cotyloid cavity, and from the

capsule of the hip-joint ; and the other from a varying extent of the

ilium, in this case from two-thirds of its length. They join together

and form a fleshy mass covering the anterior and dorsal surtace of

the thigh ; the whole is inserted into the tuberosity of the tibia by

means of a tendon containing a sesamoid bone. Being unable to

decide whether the iliac origin of the muscle represents the gluteus

maximus or not, I have preferred to leave the text as it has been

written.

Biceps femoris arises from the ilium immediately behind the

superior origin of the rectus; it is inserted into the fibula on the

proximal side of its central point by a flat tendon, which is covered

by the peroneus brevis.

Coccygeus.—There are three muscles which have attachments

corresponding to this muscle. The one which may be called superior

arises from the extremities of the transverse processes of the five

anterior caudal vertebree, and is inserted into the posterior extremity

of the ilium ; it has two interdigitations with the first caudal muscle.

Coccygeus medius arises from the sides of the six anterior caudal

vertebrze ventrad of the transverse processes, and is inserted into the

tendinous intersection internal and behind the semitendinosus, its

anterior border forming a straight line from that point to the first

caudal vertebra. In the Iguana Mr. Mivart calls this the pyrifor-

mis; but here it has not the slightest attachment to the femur, and

so could hardly represent that muscle.

1870.] MYOLOGY OF PLATYDACTYLUS JAPONICUS. 423

Coccygeus inferior arises from the hemal spines of the third,

fourth, and fifth caudal vertebra, and is developed into a broad

vertical tendon attached to the centra of the first and second caudal

vertebrae, and to the sacrum, which with its fellow of the opposite

side forms a partition between the two halves, embracing and being

attached to the posterior end of the cloaca; the anterior extremity

of the free edge of this tendon is inserted into the postero-external

angle of the ischium.

Pyriformis is situated between the coccygeus medius and inferior,

arises trom the centra of the first six caudal vertebrz, and from the

heemapophyses of the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth, and passing

forward through the tendinous intersection it ends in a flat tendon,

which winds round the trochanter, and is inserted into the femur at

its base on the anterior surface ; before arriving at the femur it gives

off a long and slender tendon, which passes down the thigh to join

the aponeurosis covering the flexor muscles of the leg.

Quadratus femoris arises from the posterior point of the ilium,

between the origin of the biceps femoris and the insertion of the

coccygeus superior ; passing directly towards the ventral surface, it

joins the tendon of the last muscle, and in addition is inserted into

the posterior edge of the trochanter by a tendon of its own.

Iliacus arises from the concave ventral surface of the pubis and

from the membrane, filling up the space between it and the ischium ;

superficially it is divisible into three portions; but the divisions do

not run deep; the fibres converge and are inserted into the summit

of the trochanter, having somewhat the aspect of the subscapularis.

I have ventured to call this iliacus on account of its insertion, its

origin, although coming from the proper direction, beiug from a

different bone to the one it ought to be in order to make the analogy

complete.

Adductor brevis.—This muscle regarded superficially looks as if

it formed part of the iliacus ; but dissected deeper it is found to have

a separate insertion; it arises from the side of the ischium, and is

inserted into a fossa on the dorsal side of the trochanter, internal to

the insertion of the quadratus femoris.

Capsularis arises from the postero-lateral margin of the ischium,

covered by the last muscle, and is inserted into the dorsal part of

the capsular ligament of the femoro-pelvic articulation.

Adductor magnus arises on the internal or dorsal surface of the

pelvis by three heads :—one from the anterior border of the ischium ;

the other from the internal surface and anterior edge of the pubis,

appearing on the ventral aspect; the other from the membrane

between the two bones. The fibres converge, and passing over the

front of the ilium through the arch formed by the abdominal muscles

are inserted into the ventral aspect of the shaft of the femur for

nearly one-half of its length, ventrad of the crureus and dorsad of

the pectineus. The action of the muscle being to adduct and flex

the thigh upon the pelvis, it seems more nearly to correspond with

the adductor than with any other.

Gluteus medius arises from the ilium, in front of the origin of the

424 MR. A. SANDERS ON THE [June 9,

biceps femoris, and is inserted into the dorsal surface of the femur

dorsad of the crureus, on a line corresponding to the insertion of the

last muscle ; in its course it is situated in close juxtaposition to the

capsular ligament of the hip-joint.

Vastus and crureus.—The externus arises in intimate fusion with

the crureus; it commences narrow immediately behind the head of

the femur, between the insertions of the adductor magnus and the

gluteus medius, and covers the outer and upper surface of the bone.

The internus is smaller, and arises from about half the ventral sur-

face of the femur. They are inserted with the rectus into the patella.

Extensor tarsi arises from the middle half of the tibia, being

superficial to all the other muscles of the flexor side of the leg; it

crosses the limb obliquely, and is inserted into the base of the meta-

tarsal bone of the fifth digit, and fascia covering the tarsus.

Flexor perforatus arises narrow from the fibular condyle of the

humerus, and, forming a broad muscular mass in the leg, it is inserted

partly tendinous and partly muscular into an apophysis of the cuboid

bone of the tarsus, and is continued into the plantar surface of the

foot by means of five muscular fasciculi, which are inserted into the

metatarsal bones by two heads, between which the long flexor-ten-

dons pass; the one belonging to the fourth digit is also mserted into

the base of the first phalanx; that of the fifth has in addition an

attachment along the whole length of its metatarsal bone.

Flexor longus digitorum arises from the peroneal condyle of the

humerus in conjunction with the last, and also from the interarticular

cartilage of the knee-joint, also from the proximal half of the fibula ;

it is inserted into three-fourths of the length of the tibia, which

part, perhaps, represents the popliteus. Continuing down the leg it

developes a broad tendon, occupying the plantar surface of foot,

dorsad of the last ; here it divides into four long tendons, which are in-

serted into the terminal phalanx of the pollex and of the second, third,

and fourth digits; the long tendon belonging to the fifth digit is

given off from the muscle about the middle of the leg, and, passing

round the projecting apophysis of the cuboid, goes to the terminal

phalanx of that digit.

Flexor accessorius digitorum.—There are four muscular slips

which may be collectively called by this name. The one belonging

to the fourth digit arises from the tendon of the long flexor going to

that digit, and gives off a tendon of its own inserted into the base of

its third phalanx; the slip belonging to the third digit arises from

the cuboid bone; those of the second and hallux from the cunei-

form (these join the long tendon); those of the second and third

digits have in addition slender tendons, which are inserted into the

second phalanges of those digits.

Lumbricales.—There are five—one on the peroneal side of the

second digit, one on each side of the third digit, one on each side of

the fourth digit.

Adductores digitorum form the third layer in the sole of the foot.

They consist of four muscular slips arising from the cuboid; three

evoss the plantar surface and are inserted into the peroneal side of

1870.] MYOLOGY OF PLATYDACTYLUS JAPONICUS. 425

the base of the first phalanx of the hallux, and of the second and third

digits; the fourth is inserted by two heads, one of which goes to

the head of the metatarsal bone, and the other to the side of the first

phalanx of the fourth digit.

Interossei plantares.—Four in number ; three fill up the spaces

between the metatarsals of the first three digits, the fibres going

obliquely from the fibular to the tibial side; the other arises from

the cuboid and goes to the metatarsal bone of the fourth digit with-

out entirely filling up the space.

Tibialis anticus is visible both on the flexor and extensor sides of

the leg; it arises from the surface of the tibia for nearly its whole

length, and is inserted into the metatarsal bone of the hallux.

Peroneus longus arises from distal half of the fibula on the flexor

side, and is inserted fleshy into the cuboid close to its articulation

with the fifth digit; from this it gives off a broad tendinous expan-

sion, which is inserted into the cuneiform bone, covering the tarsus

beneath the flexor tendons ; from its extreme point on the tibial side

arises a small muscle, which is inserted into the head of the meta-

tarsal bone of the hallux.

Peroneus brevis arises from the distal two-thirds of the outer

surface of the fibula, and is inserted into the cuboid bone of the

tarsus; it also sends a tendon to the back of the foot, which is in-

serted into the extremity of the metatarsal bone of the fourth digit.

Extensor longus digitorum arises from the anterior aspect of the

peroneal condyle of the femur by a flat tendon; it forms a thick

belly in the leg, partially divisible into two, and ends by two flat

tendons, which are inserted into the metatarsal bones of the second

and third digits. If this muscle were situated in the forearm it

might be called ext. carp. rad. long. et brev.

Extensor ossis metatarsi hallucis arises from the distal end of

fibula, and crossing the tarsus is inserted into the whole length of

the tibial side of the metatarsal bone of the hallux.

Extensor brevis digitorum arises from the peroneal side of the bone

of the tarsus corresponding with the united astragalus and calca-

neum. It consists of four radiating fasciculi: the first crosses the

foot and ends in a tendon, which is inserted into the penultimate

phalanx of the hallux; the second is inserted in like manner into

the penultimate phalanx of the third digit, the third into the third

phalanx of the fourth digit ; the fourth fasciculus is intimately united

to the dorsal interosseus of the fifth digit, its tendon being inserted

into the second phalanx of that digit.

Interossei dorsales.—Two muscles arise together from the dorsal

surface of the metatarsal bone of the hallux: one goes to the tibial

side of the hallux, being inserted into the whole length of its meta-

tarsal bone and phalanges; the other goes to the tibial side of the

second digit. The interosseus of the fibular side of the hallux arises

from the tibial side of the metatarsal bone of the second digit. Two

muscles arise together from the dorsal side of the second metatarsal

bone: one forms an extensor for that digit, and is inserted by a long

tendon into its penultimate phalanx ; the other forms an interosseus

426 MR. KREFFT ON DIOPLODON SECHELLENSIS. [June 9,

for the tibial side of the third digit; this latter arises in addition

from nearly the whole length of the metatarsal bone of the second

digit. The interosseus for the fibular side of the second digit arises

from a smal] portion close to the head of its own metatarsal bone,

left unoccupied by the last muscle; the one for the fibular side of

the third digit arises from the whole length of the same side of its

own metatarsal bone; the one for the tibial side of the fourth digit

arises from the same side of its own and the base of the metatarsal of

the third digit ; that of the fibular side of this digit arises close to the

head of its own metatarsal bone on the same side. ‘he interosseus of

the fibular side of the fifth digit arises from the cuboid; that of the

tibial side from the extremity of the fourth metatarsal bone and

from the whole length of its own. These are all attached to the

sides of the phalanges of their respective digits, uniting together

over the dorsum, and are inserted into the penultimate phalanx,

precisely in the way that occurs in the hand.

7. Notes on the Skeleton of a a rare Whale, probably iden-

tical with Dioplodon sechellensis. By Gurarp Krerr,

C.M.Z.8., F.L.8., &e.

A few days ago I purchased for the Australian Museum the nearly

perfect skeleton of a small Whale, which I believe is the Dioplodon

sechellensis, whereof the skull and lower jaw only have been yet known.

The specimen is not yet cleaned; but I do not wish to delay giving a

short account of the number and size of its vertebre and ribs.

The total length of the skeleton, without cartilage, is 14 feet 8 inches ;

the head measures 2 feet 53 inches in length, and the lower jaw

2 feet 3 inches in length. The first three cervical vertebre are

anchylosed ; the next one is more or less free; and the remaining

three are anchylosed again. The dorsals are ten in number, the

last bearing a short rib 8 inches in length. Five of these ribs are

jointed direct to the sternum ; the following two meet the cartilage

of the fifth rib.

The sternum is composed of four pieces 20 inches long, with a

width of between 5 and 7 inches. It is not yet sufficiently cleaned

to enable me to have it photographed; this, however, will be done

as soon as possible, and copies forwarded to the Society. The lum-

bars number twenty, the last nine having V bones attached. The

fifth lumbar is 173 inches high, 4 inches wide at the top, and

114 inches at the base, including the side processes. The eleventh

lumbar is the widest, being 4? inches at the top.

The caudals probably amounted to 13; but five of these are miss-

ing ; the base one is very small, about the size of a pea; and as it

was firmly attached to the second last, there can be no mistake

about it.

The head is 2 feet 53 inches long and 14 inches across at the

widest part; the lower jaw 2 feet 3 inches long and 63 inches high

1870.] MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE ZOOLOGY, 427

behind the tooth. The left tooth measures 6 inches in length, 33

inches in width, and is 1? inch thick. The space between the

teeth measures 77 inches. The limbs are very imperfect ; all the

smaller bones are missing; and there is only a part of one scapula.

I did not find the pelvic bones.

This animal was captured about a year ago, near Lord Howe’s

Island.

8. Zoological Notes of a Journey from Canton to Peking and

Kalgan. By R. Swinuoz, F.Z.S.

On my return from Hainan in April 1868 I visited Canton. In

the market there three species of White Herons (1. alba, H. gar-

zetta, and H. intermedia) were to be seen, with eyelids stitched

together, walking about the counters of the bird shops—the bills of

the first and last in different stages of black and yellow, changing

from the winter to the summer colour—all with the nuptial plumes

fully developed. Parrakeets with red cheeks (Paleornis longicauda?)

were inabundance. The dealers told me that they were brought from

the western portion of the province, down the west river. Polyphasia

éenuirostris was often heard whistling in the neighbourhood. It

has a quick undulatory flight as it flits from tree to tree, and has two

other series of notes besides its ordinary call.

We pulled down the river and went on board a Customs’ revenue

cruizer to call on a Mr. S. Bligh, formerly a naturalist in Norfolk,

who was serving on board. He had a tolerable collection of neatly

prepared skins made on the Canton river. He had fine specimens

of both Herodias alba and H. intermedia; and drew my attention

to the fact that the latter lacked the pink garters which the former

carries on the top of its bare ¢ibiz. He had alsoa large Goose with

flesh-coloured bill and white dertrum and yellowish flesh-coloured

legs ; tail broadly margined with white, and belly blotted with black ;

apparently a race of Anser ferus. He had besides several of Totanus

Juscus, L., which he assured me was very common during winter on

the Pearl River. The best thing I got from him was a solitary spe-

cimen of a new species of Porzana, which I have lately described in

the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History’ (March 1870, p. 173)

as Porzana mandarina. He showed me a Calamoherpe orientalis

(T. & S.), which he said was just beginning to arrive. There were

certainly plenty of Reed-warblers about then ; for the river-bankg re-

sounded with their notes. Mr. Bligh believed that both Anas circia,

L., and Anas zonorhyncha, mihi, breed in the neighbourhood of

Canton.

The Commissioner of Customs at Canton had a nice aviary,

with several birds of interest in it. Of domestic things, the most

curious was a full-grown Duck (cross between a Muscovy and the

common Chinese or Penguin Duck) of a piebald colour, with Sour

legs. The foremost pair were normal ; the hind pair hung obliquely

428 MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE ZOOLOGY. [June 9,

backwards soles upward, and shook up and down with every move-

ment of the bird, having apparently no muscular power. Among

the wild captives were a pair of my Porphyrio celestis from the

Canton neighbourhood, and a Pelican (P. minor, Riipp.) with yel-

lowish bill and legs, which had lived in the aviary for two years or

more but still retained the greyish-brown markings to its feathers.

It sat for the greater part of the day on a perch, with its head back

and its bill on its breast. There was another bird, which interested

me most of all; and that was an Ibis said to have been winged on

the Canton river. I noticed at once that it was my undetermined

friend of Talienwan (Ibis, 1861, p. 261). It was very like [dis relz-

giosa, having, like it, a purplish-black bill, bare head and neck, the

latter not bare to such an extent; entire plumage white, lacking the

black tips to the wings and the desiccated purple plumes that adorn

the back of the other. Its pectoral feathers were long and pointed,

like in Herodias garzetta. It was about the size of J. religiosa, and

had similar legs. I could not handle the specimen, and cannot,

therefore, give measurements. I before supposed the Chinese species

to be the Indian representative of the Egyptian sacred fowl I. mela-

nocephala (Linn.) (P. Z. S. 1863, p. 60); but Jerdon’s description

(B. of I. iii. p. 768) shows that to have black quills. There seems

no doubt, therefore, that our species is a novelty ; and I would pro-

pose to recognize it as Idis propingua. ‘The live specimen in the

aviary at Canton, as I have just noted, did not show the peculiar

dark decomposed scapulars and tertials of the two allied species, nor

did the birds which I saw in Talienwan.

On my way up from Hong Kong to Shanghai, off Video Island

(near Shanghai), I saw (15th May) a Black Petrel the size of a

Duck, and asmall flock of Guillemots. A Swallow followed us for the

greater part of the day; and a Lanius lucionensis, Strickl., flew on

board. In the grounds of the Shanghai Consulate they have a very

fine pair of Grus montignesia, Bp., that have the run of the place.

They are very tame and bold, and have lived there many years. I

saw them on my first visit to Shanghai in 1858. In the bird-shops

of Shanghai there were plenty of White-eyes (Zosterops erythro-

pleurus, mihi), Pihlings (Alauda mongolica, Pall.), and Hwameis

(Leucodiopterum sinense, L.)—also numbers of Suthora webbiana,

G. R. Gray, caged separately and kept for fighting. The domestic

Cormorant was also offered for sale, and the bodies of some small

shore birds, from strings of which I was glad to secure Zgzalites

geoffroyi (Wagler) and 4g. mongolus ( Pall.) in full summer plu-

mage. A friend showed me a collection of fossils purchased at

Shanghai. He had some fine Orthoceratites cbtained from the

curiosity-shops ; the Chinese believe them to be natural photographs

of pagodas. His collection of fossil teeth were procured at the drug-

gists, where they are sold for medicine. Shanghai is a great centre

for this trade; and the raw article can be procured here in quantity.

In other large towns you can only get the prepared drug in a caleined

state. These fossils are called Lungche, or “ Dragon’s teeth ;” and

the idea about them is that in olden time the world consisted of

1870.] MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE ZOOLOGY. 429

monsters who were incessantly fighting and killing one another,

until man came on the scene and initiated a more peaceful state of

things by clearing the country and cultivating it. The monsters

were large and powerful brutes; and in their teeth and bones existed

their strength; hence the remains of these ground to powder and

taken internally must give strength to the weak invalid. For the

same purpose Tiger’s bones are also in favour. Mr. Kingsmill had

managed to get together a very nice series. He had also specimens,

chiefly of fossil plants, of his own collecting.

At Chefoo, on the 21st of May, all the Gulls I saw about the har-

bour were Larus melanurus, Temm. et Schleg.

About Tientsin, on the 25th of May, Swifts were abundant.

On the 27th I arrived at Peking, and learned, to my great annoy-

ance, that Pére David had left the same morning for Tientsin on his

way south. He was bound on a three years’ exploring tour into

Szechuen, bordering Thibet. I had counted on his assistance in

working the northern birds, and his departure was a great blow to

me. I nevertheless lost no time in visiting the Lazarist mission

called Paitang, near the north-west gate of the Tartar city. The

priests were very polite and courteous, and led us to the museum;

but none of them knew any thing about the treasures it contained :

the soul of the place was gone. We were escorted into a building

on the left of the cathedral ; and judge of my surprise when I found

myself in a large room with glass cabinets all round and glass-faced

tables up and down the middle, as neatly got up as in any museum

in Europe. Three sides of the room were devoted to birds and

mammals, the cabinets being divided by horizontal shelves, on which

were placed specimens elegantly mounted on stands. The fourth,

or side through which we entered, exhibited astronomical and-other

instruments, and an assortment of minerals. The tables contained

Butterflies and Beetles pinned and arranged. The zoological speci-

mens were for the most part from the neighbourhood of Peking, and

had been collected by the Pétre Armand David. The zeal and en-

thusiasm of the Abbé for scientific pursuits must indeed be great to

have enabled him to accomplish all we saw before us, in a remote

place like Peking, in the space of four and a half years; and how

commendable the liberality of a religious mission to give so much

space, labour, and money for providing a kind of instruction to the

youths of their school which in England and Europe generally is

considered of a very secondary and even unnecessary character! I

trust many of the Chinese pupils will be won over by the attractions

of the museum to the study of the natural history of their country ;

but | fear itis avain hope. The priests told us that the natives took

very little interest in the prepared specimens. I paid during my

stay in Peking three visits tothe museum. The priests were surprised

at my coming so often; but I could have spent weeks there to advan-

tage. All the species that Pére David had collected were not there.

They told me that he had sent large collections to Paris, and that

none remained but those here exhibited. How I longed for the worthy

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1870, No. XXIX.

430 MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE ZOOLOGY. [June 9,

Father himself to go over his treasures with me. I jotted down a

few notes, which I will here insert.

A very fine series of Eagles and Hawks; and among the former a

large Gypaétus barbatus with pale underparts. A female Cercus

melanoleucus, of a rich brown colour.

Troglodytes europeus (?). Apparently the same as the Japanese

species, 7’. fumigatus, Temm.

Pericrocotus brevirostris, so marked.

A Redbreast with red head and neck, with black line across breast,

grey sides, red tail; Robin green above, with white belly = Lusciola

akahige of Japan.

Lanius excubitor, var., in different stages of plumage.

Lanius phenicurus, with the head dull brownish, forehead grey

= L. lucionensis; and one specimen of the species I have lately de-

scribed from Szechuen as L. waldeni (P. Z. 8S. 1870, p. 131).

A Warbler from Mongolia, like Sylvia curruca, with black ear-

coverts and whitish outer tail-feathers, marked Sylvia cinerea.

Locustella certhiola (Pall.), from the neighbourhood of Peking ;

and a Warbler from the same locality like Nisoria undata, Bp., but

much less banded on the underparts.

Passer ouratensis, with black round the bill and down the threat,

from the Oulashan; also Passer petronius, L.

Mecistura ouratensis. Two young examples from Oulashan.

Parus ouratensis. An ugly dusky-backed species with a black

crown, also from Oulashan (= P. sibiricus).

One specimen of my new Ayialites hartingi (P. Z. 8. 1870,

. 136).

6 Another large Sand-plover, with white head and neck, red breast

succeeded by a black band, white belly; above brown. This I take

to be the full summer plumage of Charadrius veredus, Gould.

The most interesting thing in the collection, of which M. David

had procured but the single example mounted in the Peking Mu-

seum, was a peculiar Swan, bought in the flesh in the market at

Tientsin. M. David did not acquire a duplicate; and it has there-

fore not been forwarded to Paris. The priests at Paitang gave me

permission to describe it; and as it is such a remarkable species I

regard it as a duty to make its existence known to the Society. It is

smaller than Cygnus bewickii, Yarr., with the neck about a third

shorter, is entirely white, with the bill vermilion colour having a

black dertrum, and the legs and feet orange-yellow. Specimens of

C. musicus and C. bewickit were ranged alongside. Its nearest ally,

of course, is C. coscoroba of Chili; but it is larger than that, and has

the wing white throughout. It would appear to be the northern

representative of that curious form of Swan; and I would propose

to name it, in honour of its discoverer, as the Oygnus ( Coscoroba)

davidi, 1. sp.

The mounted Mammals were :—An adult and a younger sample of

a Leopard from the western hills—doubtless the Leopardus chinensis,

Gray, founded on skulls brought from Peking by Dr. Lockhart

(P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 264), which, from skins of old and young brought

1870.] MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE ZOOLOGY. 431

home by myself, I showed to be the same as the L. japonensis, Gray,

P. Z. 8S. 1862, p. 262 (vide P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 4).

Cervus capreolus, L., var. pygargus, Pall. A specimen without

horns, white rump and tail; from Pechili (the province in which

Peking is situated). The French legation had a number of these

alive, and they bred in confinement. The British legation had

a couple of bucks. They are small Deer, of a deep yellowish-brown

colour finely speckled with black, the rump marked as before said.

Their horns are covered on the beam with short spmous processes,

A long-tailed Capricornis from the western hills,

Antilope gutturosa, Pall., from Mongolia.

Lepus tolai, Pall., from near Peking.

Gerboas from Seuen-hwafoo (marked Dipus jaculus, Pall.).

An olive-brown Squirrel (marked Myoxus cinereus).

A Badger very white about the neck.

A small Arvicola, 34 inches long, 1 inch tail; back red, with black

dorsal line; sides and underparts white.

Mustela sibirica, M. foina, and light-brown Mele-rat.

Mus decumanus, M. minutus, and a Hedgehog.

A Spermolegus marked as a Cricetus.

A small short-tailed Fox.

A kind of Wild Cat closely allied to Felis catus of Europe.

And a fine pair of horns of Llaphurus davidianus.

These were all the Mammals exhibited. M. David must have

consigned most of his collections in this branch to the Paris Museum.

The dust and heat were insufferable ; and the great city is of such

a huge extent that there was no getting out of it for a run into the

fields without making a day of it. I was tired of watching the Rooks

and Sparrows disporting themselves among the trees of the legation,

and the myriad Swifts that were constantly skimming the air above,

and of listening to the melancholy moaning of the Pigeons that flew in

flocks round and round. (The Chinese attach little hollow gourds, or

light reed-pipes slit at their tops, to the base of the Pigeon’s tail.

These face the wind and produce zeolian music as the bird flies. In

every flock two or three Pigeons carry these whistles.) Closed in

by its lofty walls, one feels buried in Peking. It requires a gale to

make a free circulation of air; and then the dust overwhelms

you and penetrates every part of your person and every nook of

your house. To lay the dust many of the main thoroughfares are

watered with human urine for lack of water. One longed for wings

to rise above the close and unwholesome atmosphere, and envied the

Swifts.

On the 2nd of July I was enabled to find relief in the western

hills, where large temples abound, situated at all heights, in pictu-

resque places, and where among the trees and grassy slopes the cool

breeze searches you out and makes you feel a different being. The

Europeans in Peking find life insupportable in the city during the

great heat of the summer; and most of them spend the greater part

of that season among these hills—parties of them uniting and fitting

up the native temples. Some go to the nearest hills (twelve miles

432 MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE ZOOLOGY. [June 9

west of the city), others further westward. The diplomatic corps of

the various nations, and even the missionaries, all retreat, the junior

members of the legations taking it in turns to reside in town to

report on occurrences and to keep up communications. Thus by

the end of June the members of the British legation had migrated

to their summer habitat; and I was glad to avail myself of an invi-

tation to follow. The temple I visited on this occasion was the Black-

Dragon Temple, over the first range of hills to the left of the gardens

of the Summer Palace, and about twenty miles from the legation in

Peking. The Black Dragon is the deity the Chinese appeal to on

occasions of great drought ; and such an occasion had occurred before

my arrival in Peking. The mandarins were in great trouble because

the heavens proved obstinate. They prohibited the slaughter of

animals for food and tried every form of prayer, but in vain. At

Jast one of the wise men suggested that the ancient manner of ap-

peasing the wrath of the Black Dragon was to offer him a Tiger’s

skull. Peking was searched for the article ; but the medicine shops

had it only in the form of powdered drug. The Inspector-General

of Customs asked if a Tiger’s skin would do as well, as he had one

which he would sacrifice for the purpose. Nothing but a skull was

acceptable. At last one was secured, and with great ceremony car-

ried to the temple and sunk in the pretty pool overshadowed by

trees within its walls. In the evening clouds began to gather, and

the next day there were copious and refreshening showers. I was in

hopes of finding this skull, as I was very anxious to get a skull of

the northern Tiger in order to determine whether it be the same

species as that of Bengal; but some one had been before me, the

skull was gone.

On our way outside the Tihshing Mén, or “ Gate of Victory’’ (the

gate the British troops occupied in 1860), we came upon a large

patch of reeds and rushes with its noisy inhabitants. ‘They consisted

of two species of reed-birds—the Calamoherpe aédon (Pall.), and a

smaller bird something like our Reed-wren. The latter was very

abundant, chattering in all directions ; but it was not easy among the

reeds to procure specimens. I shot a female; and, judging from

her bare belly and worn appearance, she must just have left the nest.

The male hopped down a rush to look at her; and several others

appeared, to learn the cause of the disturbance. Before I had re-

loaded they had all retired again. I had not more time to devote to

them. The specimen procured is a Reed-wren allied to Calamo-

herpe arundinacea, Gmel., and C. dumetorum, Blyth, in colour, but

may at once be distinguished from the former by the band of dingy

cream-colour that crosses the loral space extending from the nostril

to the eye,—and from the latter by its white throat and breast ; it

has a thicker bill, shorter wing with longer first primary and different

proportions of the other primaries, more graduated tail, and paler

legs. I will introduce it as the

CALAMOHERPE CONCINENS, Sp. nov.

Upper parts olive-brown; lore cream-white ; cheeks and sides of

1870. ] MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE ZOOLOGY. 433

neck light ochreous brown; wings and tail light brown, edged with

reddish olive-brown ; underparts, axillaries, and carpal edge cream-

white; under edges of quills light salmon-colour; tibials and vent

yellowish brown ; bill brown on upper mandible, ochreous on lower ;

legs ochreous flesh-colour, browner on the toes, with brown claws.

Length 5:2 inches. Wing 4°1, first primary measuring *55 in

length and being 8 shorter than the second, which is *2 shorter than

the third, which is ‘05 shorter than the fourth, which is slightly

longer than the fifth and the longest in the wing. Tail 2°3 inches,

much graduated, the outer rectrix being ‘5 shorter than the middle ;

subcaudal coverts fall °85 short of end of tail. Bill in front -45, to

rictus ‘67. Tarse ‘84. Outer toe rather longer than the inner;

middle toe °5, its claw ‘21; hind toe ‘33, its claw ‘25.

On the 2nd of July we walked across the valley to the range of

hills about six miles distant, to a magnificent temple called T'acheo-sze,

where the Prussian legation had temporary quarters. The Lark of

these intermontane valleys is a crested species—the Galerida leautun-

gensis (mihi). They rose on all sides about us, making the country

resound with their short sweet notes. They seldom rose more than

forty or fifty yards from the ground. Their more frequent custom is to

sing on the ground ; and then their notes have quite a ventriloquistie

effect. This was their breeding-season, and they were very merry.

I saw them dusting themselves in the road as Skylarks are wont

todo. The other conspicuous bird of these valleys is the Black

Drongo, Dicrurus macrocercus (Vieill.). The willow is the chief tree ;

and among the groves of them the Black Drongo shares habitancy

with the Sparrow, Passer montanus (L.). A pair of the former had

a nest on the slender top twigs of a willow; one bird was sitting,

and I watched its mate relieve it and take turn. Large numbers of

natives passed, carrying baskets of apricots and peaches; the former

were nearly out of season, the latter just coming in. Damsons

were also appearing. Siskins, (Chrysomitris spinus), were breeding

among the apricot-orchards around Tacheo-sze; and Goldenwings,

Chlorospiza sinica (L.), old and young, were flitting about in small

parties. Ona mound by the side of a trickling stream in the wood

hill-side I noticed a Wood-Wagtail, Nemoricola indica (Gmel.),

pulling at a worm. It would not be disturbed by my approach. I

had several opportunities of watching this bird, as it spends its

summer among these western hills. It raises and depresses its tail

slowly. It sings from the bough of a tree, moving the hinder part

of its body from side to side; its song consists of a long wailing

whistle-note, which it sometimes doubles. In flying it rises up and

down, but utters no note with every jerk as do the true Wagtails.

It is extremely tame. I did not find its nest.

On the 6th of July we visited a large cave about a mile from our

temple. It is on the side of a low hill which stands alone. Its

mouth is about 20 feet in diameter, opening into an abyss floored

with broken rocks, among which water has collected. Its internal

dimensions are large ; but it offers no means of entrance. Along the

434 MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE ZOOLOGY. [June 9,

walls of its interior the rock was broken into shelves ; and here the

Rock-pigeon (Columba rupestris, Bp.) resorted in hosts to rear its

voung, and find a cool retreat from the noonday sun. A shout and

a few stones thrown in brought them out in swarms. The Sparrow,

of course, also availed itself of so satisfactory a site. A pair of

Kestrels had a nest on the cliff overlooking the hole; and several

species of Hawks were about. In this neighbourhood I also observed

Choughs, Fregilus graculus (L.). Their peculiar, loud, discordant

notes were quite enough to inform you of their approach.

On the 7th we got donkeys and crossed the hills, making south-

eastwards to the temple Ling-shan-sze, where the British minister

resided. This is a very fine temple, situated on a lower slope of the

range that faces Peking, and commands a fine view of the plain with

the great city in the distance, and the lower wall to the south of it

enclosing the Nan-Haitsze, or ‘‘Southern-Marsh” hunting-grounds

of the Emperors, celebrated among zoologists as the only known

habitat of the Hlaphurus davidianus. To the north can be traced

the various parks and gardens of the Emperor’s summer abode,

in which are confined the Cervus xanthopygus, M.-Edwards, the

C. mantchuricus, mihi, and the Capreolus pygargus (Pall.). To the

latter Europeans can get admission; but the ‘‘Southern Marsh”

is closed against them: it is of large extent, and has east and west

gates, at both of which troops are quartered. Foreigners have taken

these guardians by surprise, and ridden in before they could close

the gates. But beyond the barracks of the household cavalry there

is nothing to be seen but low woods and marshy places—in fact, a

neglected expanse abandoned to the E/aphurus, some few Cervus mant-

churicus, and Antilope gutturosa, Pall. Being informed of the

interest the Society took in this animal by its indefatigable secretary,

Sir Rutherford Aleock moved one of the high ministers to procure

him some of the fawns alive. Four were obtained, but they were

so shaken by the cart that conveyed them to the legation that one

died. The mandarin sent a fifth. The minister desired me to look

after them, and I had left them in the legation doing well; but the

day after my arrival at Ling-shan-sze word came that another had

died; and on the 9th I was on my way back in a cart to the city,

which I reached after a five hours painful jolting. The young Ela-

phuri were being fed on milk and bran accompanied with fresh-cut

grass; two of the three survivors were suffering from diarrhcea,

and a third died. I was in despair, as the remaining two looked

sickly, At last I observed how fond the two living Capreoli in the

legation were of sprigs of the elm that abounded in the grounds, and

I tried my young charges with that. They enjoyed it and began to

brighten, and I had no more trouble with them. The elm-branches

were given to them as daily dessert ; it was the over-feeding on damp

grass that was killing them. The young Llaphuri came into our

hands when they were about six weeks old. They had a very calf-

like look, and were very unsteady on their legs. Their tails were

not, as in the adult, merely tasselled at the end like a Donkey’s, but

were covered with hair uniformly bushy throughout, Their coats were

1870. } MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE ZOOLOGY. 435

of a deep yellowish brown or fawn-colour, spotted all over with large

spots of white. As they grew older the spots began to disappear, and

the hair to grow longer and browner. When I left Peking in October

scarcely a trace of spots was left, and the animals were steadier on

their legs, but still gawky and awkward. I congratulate the Society

on haying got buck and doe both safe and alive in the Gardens.

Fairs are held twice a week at different temples in the city, and

are attended by large numbers of well-dressed people. The booths

are neatly got up; and there is always a good display of toys, nick-

nacks, and flowers ; but I did not see much to attract in the bird line.

A few of the Chinese pet-birds were offered for sale, and these either

young or in bad plumage. Some are shown in cages, others attached

by a slipstring to a stick with a metal point at its end for planting

in the ground or in a flower-pot. One of their curiosities was an

albino Lanius bucephalus.

On the 25th of July I observed that all the Swifts that were

breeding in the roofs of the various buildings in the legation had

cleared out their young and deserted their nest-holes. In passing

the western gates of the Chinese city, of the thousands that swarmed

like bees round their turrets a few weeks ago not one was to be seen

on the 28th of July. In the morning and evening many still sported

about at this date in the air over the legation grounds. The young

leave their nests without any loitering or trying of wings; but for

some time their parents feed them on the wing. The old birds are

fond of screeching as they fly, especially in cloudy weather. Heavy

rain closed July ; and on the return of fine weather (8th of August)

not a Swift was to be seen; the myriads that swarmed in the air of

Peking during the fearful dry heat of July had all disappeared.

This accounts for my not having met with them on my former visit

to Peking in the autumn of 1860; they had left before we arrived.

No House-martin (Chelidon) frequents the city; and I only once

saw a couple passing over when out on a trip inthe country. H-

rundo gutturalis, Scop., and H. daurica, Pall., are the only Swallows

that court the protection of the Pekinese householders, while Cotyle

riparia (L.) enlivens their river-banks. The Swift is closely allied to

our home friend Cypselus apus, L., but differs sufficiently to be

distinguished as an Eastern race :—

CyPsELUS PEKINENSIS, Sp. nov.

Back, nape, and underparts as in C. apus, the white on the throat

more extended. Crown, rump, tail, and wings light brown with a

slight coppery-pink gloss. Primary coverts, shafts of quills, and

outer webs of wing-primaries blackish. Forehead very pale, with a

whitish upper edge to the black patch in front of the eye.

3. Length 7 inches ; wing 7; tail 3, depth of fork 1; wing reach-

ing beyond tail 1-2. Legs deep purplish brown, with black claws.

Inside of mouth flesh-colour, with a purplish tinge, especially in

lower jaw. Skin round eye and bill blackish brown tinged with

purple. Iris bright brownish black. Judging by the bareness of

the breast and belly, both male and female sit on the nest.

436 MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE ZOOLOGY. [June 9,

On the 9th of August I went out again to the neighbourhood of

the Black-Dragon temple, and the following day started with some

friends for the Meaofungshan, a temple built like a fortress on a hill

1500 feet high. The road lay across the valley and over the range

(1300 feet) on which the Tacheo-sze temple stands, along a plateau

and through an orchard-planted ravine. On the grassy parts of the

hills Emberiza cioides, Brandt, occurred frequently, singing sweetly a

Robin-like song; but about the orchards and plantations of oak

there were few birds. The ear was everywhere deafened by the noisy

Cicadas. In the ravine about the foot of the Meaofung hill the

chief species was a brown Cicada about 13 inch long, known to

Europeans in Peking as ‘‘ Keenlung’s Nightingale.”’ Its cry may be

syllabled ‘* Meao-meao-meao-may .’ It is said by the Chinese

to have been introduced from Jehol into this neighbourhood by the

Emperor Keenlung, who took great pleasure in its note. The noise

it makes is perfectly bewildering, and one cannot but feel pity for

the Emperor’s unaccountable taste. From the small village at the

foot of the hill it was a painfully fatiguing climb up the winding

stone steps to the temple. This temple is considered especially

sacred in the eyes of the Pekinese, and twice each year is visited by

pilgrims, who make the journey, a distance of thirty-five miles from

ekities on foot, prostrating themselves at each step. There were

several kinds of birds about the woods on this hill. Kestrels and

Lrythropus amurensis, Midd., were about in numbers; and in the

pine-trees about the temple I watched with pleasure the movements

of the little Si¢¢a vidlosa, Verreaux, and the Crossbill. The early

morning of the following day was cold, and a high wind was blowing.

Choughs and Kestrels were rising and falling in the air at one another

against the wind. In the wood below, the Hrythropus was feeding

its fledged young on the branch of a tree. On the rocks below the

temple two Squirrels were active, chasing one another and fighting.

I secured one; it was brown, with a long brown bushy tail and

whitish underparts; its ears were rounded, and not plumed; and

its face was more sharp and Rat-like than in ordinary Tree-squirrels.

It resembles in colour the Seiurus chinensis, J. KE. Gray, from Ningpo;

but the latter is a smaller animal, with rounder head, and more ar-

boreal in habits. The Peking Museum had several specimens of the

northern species; and M. A. Milne-Edwards has lately figured it, in

his ‘ Recherches des Mammiféres’ (in course of publication), as the

Sciurus davidianus. We returned by a long circuitous route, which

took us eastward through a long gully to a cul-de-sac among the

hills, to get out of which we had to ascend the Shipa-parh, or

“eighteen flights” of stone steps. The descent took us to the banks

of the Wénho (river). Our course thence lay north-westwards

through the valley to the Black-Dragon temple. It was a long,

fatiguing walk of twenty-eight miles. On our way among the bushes

on the hills we heard the Garrulaz-like note of Pterorhinus davidi,

mihi, and saw small parties of Rhopophilus pekinensis (mihi) flitting

along the tops of bushes singing sweetly.

On the 13th of August we paid another visit to Tacheo-sze (the

1870.] MR. R, SWINHOE ON CHINESE ZOOLOGY. 437

Prussian temple), but beyond Crossbills and Goldenwings we saw

nothing of interest. The Crossbills were usually on the tops of the

pine-trees feeding on the cone-seeds, and twittering in notes much

like those of a Sparrow.

LoxIA ALBIVENTRIS, Sp. nov.

Small ; like in colour to L. eurvirostra, L., but differing from all

the known species in having the abdomen and under tail-coverts

white, the latter with large central arrow-head brown spots. Under

quills whitish.

Length 6 inches; wing 3%; tail 2; tip of wing to end of tail -6.

Iris brown; bill brown, light horn-colour along the tomia. Legs,

toes, and claws blackish brown, washed with pink on the soles.

Called here Keao-tsuy (twisted bill).

On the 14th of August, with two donkeys to carry our baggage,

we walked northwards across the millet-plain twenty miles to Chang-

pingchow, and put up at an inn near the west gate. This town

contains a Taotai, who has charge of the tombs of the Ming Empe-

rors, situated in a neighbouring valley, and called the Shizh-sdn-ling

(or thirteen eminences). In the early morning we got donkeys, and

rode to the celebrated tombs. Two miles of road brings you to the

commencement of the sacred precincts, marked by a high open gate-

way of three arches, whence leads a paved way for a mile to a brick

gateway, also of three arches; a mile further and you reach a single

bronzed arch with a large tablet inside, raised by the Emperor Keen-

lung of the present dynasty, who repaired the tombs; then a series

of animals in stone flank the way on either side, one kneeling and

one standing, of the following in order—the fabulous Kelin, Lion,

Camel, Elephant, Tsowshow (Lion with scales and hoofs), and Horse,

succeeded by two warriors and two statesmen. Three triple arches

are next passed, and you have a cultivated plain before you bounded

by hills, at the feet of which you can count, as you gaze round,

thirteen enclosures of various extent, with what looks like a painted

temple with yellow tiling in each, surrounded by trees. A stream

crosses the plain; and the ruins of a marble bridge show the course

of the road from the arches. The tomb of the Emperor Yunglo was

the largest and best wooded ; so we bent our steps along the broken

stone causeway to that. The porter in charge was called and let us

in. We were led into the hall where the shrine was placed,—an

enormous room 70 paces long by 33 broad, and about 60 feet high -

in the centre, the sides a little lower; the ceiling was chequered

and painted, a good deal like that of the Elgin Gallery in the British

Museum, and supported by huge pillars of single timber, each 12 feet

in circumference, throughout its great length. There were eight of

these pillars. In rear of this large hall is the great mound in which

Majesty’s bones are entombed. After all this the Society will expect

to hear something of the ornithology of the place; but birds were

scarce. ‘Tits (Parus minor, Temm. et Schleg.) and P. hamtschaticus

were commonest ; but I looked in vain for the Crested Cole-tit (P.

438 MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE ZOOLOGY. [June 9,

pekinensis, David). Sitta villosa, Verr., occurred (itself almost a Tit

in habits) running along the slender twigs of the trees and hanging

about the leaves, fighting and pursuing one another, and at times

giving utterance to a lively chatter a good deal like that of Lanius

lucionensis, Strickl. I was enabled to get several specimens. The

males differ from the females in having a black cap. It has a very

close ally in Sitta canadensis, L., of North America. A pair of

Ruticilla aurorea (Pall.) had hatched a brood of young in the

grounds, and were feeding their spotted fledglings on the stone

parapet. The sun was setting, and we were leaving the place annoyed

at our bad luck, when an Owl popped out of its roost in the bosom

of atree. I winged it; and after a hunt we secured a fine specimen

of a Wood-owl, which seems to be the Himalayan race Syrnium ni-

vicolum, Hodgs.— 9. Length 16°5 inches; tail 7°25; wing 11°75;

wing-tip to end of tail 1:75. Inrides black. Skin round eye yellowish

flesh-colour. Bill wax-yellow with tinge of green. Soles of feet

yellow; exposed part of toes greenish yellow, as also are the bases

of the claws, rest of claws blackish brown.

The distance from Changpingchow to the tombs is about nine miles.

On the 19th I crossed the hills and paid another visit to H.M.

Minister at Lingshansze temple. Several temples stand on higher

positions up the hill-side, and many of them were occupied—one by

the American legation, another by the Chaplain to the British lega-

tion, and others by the secretaries and students also of our legation.

These were all attainable by stone steps winding through the ravines

and over the hill-sides. The ravines were well planted with trees,

of which the chestnut-leafed oak was most in abundance; its acorns

support the Pigs, and the acorn-cups yield a black dye. The Keel-

reuteria flata, Bunge, with its popping pods, was also plentiful,

and the Sophora japonica or locust-tree. This last is the commonest

tree in the city of Peking, and is sadly infested with a green Measure-

worm, which developes into a brownish-mottled moth. The tree

bursts into leaf in spring, and in a few weeks stands denuded, every

leaf having been eaten by this caterpillar. It shoots again into leaf,

and is again stripped. Three efforts are made by the tree in the

year, and three times it is robbed of its leaf; and yet the tree is

abundant and does not perish. In Boston, U.S., a similar worm is

said to make great havoc among the locust-trees of that city ; and

to put a stop to it the citizens imported the Sparrow (Passer domes-

ticus, L.); but Passer montanus, L., abounds in Peking; yet the

Measure-worm multiplies in spite of it. A scented Artemisia

spreads everywhere on these hills, scattering a dust-like yellow pollen.

A sprig of this is placed in the headgear between the ears of Mules

and Donkeys to keep off the blood-sucking flies that swarm on the

backs of the ears of the poor beasts. The plant is twisted by the

country people into ropes, which are burned to ward off mosquitoes.

In this neighbourhood the commonest Cicada that deafens you is the

green one of the south, about an inch and a quarter long. It keeps

on crying ‘ Kwai-kwai,”’ &c., for some time, and then finishes with

a prolonged ‘‘sze.’? A second is a large dark-brown species called

1870.] MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE ZOOLOGY. 439

“‘ Knife-grinder,” also of the south, which sustains one note

throughout, sounding like the grinding of a knife on a wheel. A

third is smaller, also dark-coloured, with yellow lines on its face,

and utters a single bell-like sound, heard often at night as well as in

the day. All these three visit the city.

It may be that the presence of so many Europeans with guns had

driven the birds away ; but in the hill-side woods insects seemed to

hold complete sway. In the early morning there were some signs of

feathered life, and a few songs were to be heard ; in the noonday no

life stirred, you felt choked with heat and deafened with Cicadas ;

but the evening came on fast, the Hawk and Crow tribes were ac-

tive, Chukar Partridges might be heard chuckling in the grassy

hills above; and as darkness stole on the Goatsucker would start

into life, with its contiued ‘‘chuck-chuck”’ note, and commence

pirouetting over the trees. I shot one of them on the 31st of

August : it was moulting its quills; but I foundit to be Caprimulgus

jotaka, T. et 8., as I had suspected. Its remarkable note, uttered

at nightfall and the night through, attracts the notice of every visitor

to the hills, and they generally attribute it to an Owl. The Chinese

give no help in explaining what the bird is, as they call it the Teay-

shoo-pe, or “‘ Bark of the Iron-tree,”’ from its bark-like appearance,

I presume, when it lies along a branch at roost during the day. By

the end of the first week of September the Goatsuckers had all dis-

appeared.

On the Ist of September we went out to look after Partridges. We

kept along the plains, and did not see a bird. A Quail or two was

all we saw in the game line. The trees were full of Phyllopneuste

sylvicultriz, mihi, and P. plumbeitarsus, mihi; and some Reguloides

superciliosus (Gmel.) were about. A species of Scorpion was com-

mon under stones, attaining a length of 2 inches. It frequently

finds its way into houses ; and its sting is poisonous. I was told on

good authority that if surrounded by a fire this Scorpion turns its

tail up and stings itself in the head, causing death. I was not in-

quiring enough to try the experiment.

I will here insert the few notes I made on specimens procured in

the hills.

Tchitrea incei, Gould, ¢. Length 9°25 ; wing 3°6 ; tail 5:4, cen-

tral feathers *6 longer than the others ; wing-tip from end of tail 1:1.

Bill, legs, and eyelid fine cobalt blue. Inside of mouth greenish

yellow. Testis very large. Skull large, with difficulty drawn

through the neck. This bird was shot at the end of May, and,

from the state of its nasal organs, was prepared to breed ; and yet the

long feathers of its tail were not developed as in autumn. On the

7th of September I got a full-plumaged bird of the year. It had

the brown bill and feet and light plumage analogous to Tchitrea

principalis in the same stage. The cry of the adult bird is loud

and chattering, similar to many of the notes of Cyanopica cyana

(Pall.).

Caccabis chukar, Gray, 3. Length 12°25 inches ; wing 5°75 ; tail

3°3, of 12 graduated feathers rounding into a semicircle when ex-

440 MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE ZOOLOGY. [June 9,

panded ; tip of wing to end of tail 3:1. Bill and skin round eye

pink or coral-red ; iris red sienna; legs lighter pink red, with pale

soles and brown claws. This bird was shot on tae 5th September.

A party of them were feeding in a millet-field at the foot of the

hills. They, on alarm, at once took to the hills, dispersing among

the rocks, and calling to one another. Their note is a chuckle,

“‘kok-kok-kok,” the syllable constantly repeated. When pursued

they at once run up the hills; and if the hunter wants sport, he

must get above his birds, when they can be made to take wing.

It isa great scramble to catch a wounded bird. ‘The Pekinese

call them shih-ke-tsze, or ‘* Rock-fowl.”

Picus poliopsis, Swinh., 2. Iris bright chestnut-red. Bill

blackish brown, asparagus-green at base, with which colour the

whole of the bill is washed. Legs greenish brown, ashy yellow on

soles ; claws brown, with pale bases. This species appears to be rare

about Peking. I only saw one other specimen of it during my stay.

It is a second species of the subgenus Hyopicus, of which P. hypery-

thrus isthe type. It differs from its Indian ally in having its under-

parts yellowish brown instead of chestnut, the cheeks and sides of

neck being snuff-coloured. The crimson of its ramp mounts to the

belly. It is rather larger in size, and is more banded with white on

the back and scapulars. The white spots on the head of the female

are much larger. I considered it a variety before; I think now, on

seeing a third example, that it is well entitled to specific rank.

Hemichelidon sibirica (Gmel.), bird of the year. Breast and

flanks confusedly streaked and spotted with deep greyish-brown.

Upperparts spotted with pale ochreous, lesser wing-coverts tipped

with the same. ‘Two adult specimens from Siberia of this species,

kindly sent me by Dr. v. Schrenck of St. Petersburg, are paler

than Chinese examples, but otherwise similar.

I will take the opportunity of here introducing two species from

North China in my collection, which appear to be new.

ARUNDINAX FLEMINGI, Sp. n.

The small species of reed-bird that Mr. Fleming, R.A., brought

from Tientsin in 1861 seemed to answer to the description of Sali-

earia cantillans of the ‘Fauna Japonica ;’ and I included it in my

China list under that name. I have now the Japanese species before

me, and find the two birds quite distinct. The wing of our bird

shows a different proportion of quills; the tarsi and hind toe are

much shorter, and the hind claw and toes much weaker. It is

smaller in every way, and differs in its coloration.

Upper parts light brownish olive, eyebrow and cheeks pale ochre-

ous, lore creamy white, with an obscure brown streak between it and

the eyebrow; throat and middle of belly white. Underparts prim-

rose-yellow, tinged with buff, strongly on the vent. Quills and tail

light hair-brown, margined with light brownish olive. Bill brown

on the upper mandible, except its tomia, which, with the lower man-

dible, are ovhreous yellow. Irides blackish brown. Legs and toes

ochreous flesh-colour.

1870.] MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE ZOOLOGY. 441

Length about 4°5 inches; beak in front *35, from rictus *52,

depth at base °13, breadth at base *15; tarse ‘83; middle toe

55, its claw ‘18; hind toe °35, its claw *22; wing 2°35, fourth

and fifth quills equal, sixth a trifle shorter, first 1:1 shorter, second

°35, third *6 ; tail 2:1, of twelve feathers, the penultimate °5 shorter

than the eight centrals, which are equal, outer rectrix in the speci-

men not full-grown.

I have also an Emberiza that Mr. Fleming brought from Tientsin,

which I registered before as HZ. stracheyi, Moore, but wrongly. I

have since procured a specimen from the country near Amoy, shot

in December 1867, which has rather a larger bill ; and I have a bird

from Pére David, taken at Peking on the 12th May 1867, with a

shorter and rather smaller bill. They are all three males. The

Tientsin and Peking birds are in summer plumage, and have the

whole head and throat black, with a broad line of white down the

centre of the crown, a bread white eyebrow, and a broad white

moustache ; on the under neck, below the black throat, a large white

spot occurs ; and again below this comes the rufous pectoral band.

The Amoy bird was shot in winter, but still shows much black on

the throat. I suggest for the species the name

EMBERIZA TRISTRAMI, Sp. nov.

Crown black, dividing at the occiput, and running in a broad line

down each side of nape; at the division on the occiput a large white

spot occurs; and a little olive tips the central crown-feathers, sug-

gesting a central streak, in immature plumage. Eyebrow and long

moustache-streak white, with a splash of yellowish olive, which

marks also the lores. Lores, under the eye, and ear-coverts

brownish olive, a black line running from the hind corner of the eye

round the ear-coverts. Throat yellowish brown, more or less marked

with black. Upper parts light yellowish brown, with an olive tinge ;

the black nape-lines change into deep rust-colour and continue to

the centre of the back ; scapulars and lower back with broad centres

to feathers black, flanked with rust-colour. Rump and upper tail-

coverts bright rust-colour; the two central rectrices brownish

ferruginous ; the fifth and fourth brown, rust-coloured on the outer

web with light yellowish-brown edging; the third of somewhat

lighter brown, with a small white spot on the inner web near the tip,

which is also white ; the second, with half the inner web white, run-

ning from half an inch from the base along the shaft to the tip;

first or outermost feather white, except a brown mark along the outer

web encroaching on the inner towards the tip; all the unmentioned

parts of the last rectrices are brown. Wing-coverts blackish brown,

the lesser broadly margined with light olive-brown, light ochreous at

their tips; the greater edged broadly with brownish ochre, those

covering the tertiaries being rust-colour, with black median mark ;

winglet deep brown, with rusty edges; primaries hair-brown, the

first quill edged with white, the next few with pale yellowish

brown, gradually assuming a rust-colour towards the innermost

442 MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE ZOOLOGY. [June 9,

quills ; tertiaries blackish brown, broadly margined with rust-colour,

which increases inwards until it predominates over the brown.

Underparts.—A white spot succeeds the dark throat. Breast

and flanks rusty buff, with darker median streaks of the same on the

former, and blackish streaks on the latter. Belly, vent, and axil-

laries pure white.

Bill somewhat finch-like, brown on upper mandible and on apical

third of lower ; basal portion of latter flesh-colour.

Legs, feet, and claws yellowish flesh-colour ; the last curved and

sharp.

Length about 5:5; wing 2°9, the four first quills nearly equal

in length; tail 2°85, composed of twelve rectrices narrowing to-

wards their tips ; bill in front *4, depth at base -23; tarse *7, hind

toe *3, its claw °27.

The description is taken from the male procured near Amoy.

We left Peking on the 17th September by the Tihshing gate,

and, passing the towns of Tsingho and Shaho, put up for the night

at Changping Chow, twenty-five miles from town. Before reaching

our resting-place, we strolled under some willows, saw two Orioles

(Oriolus chinensis), and secured a female Turdus pallidus, Gmel.

On Sept. 18th sent our carts on to Shihshanling (Ming tombs),

and walked along the hills at the back of Changping Chow, that

overlook the valley of sepulchres. Sawa flock of Chukar Partridges

jumping up the rocks, and put up two Bush-quails, T’wrnia maculosa,

Temm., in the valley among the beans. Wheat was being sown,

sorghum and other millet being gathered ; buck-wheat was in the

ear; and the small beans planted between the rows of sorghum were

ripening. Large numbers of Kestrels were flying and hovering

about. Their movements struck me as peculiar ; and on shooting a

male we found the species to be a race of Falco cenchris, Naumann.

We procured on this occasion an adult male, and in the Western

Hills a young male. They agree in size and form with F’. cenchris

of Europe; but the adult male has all the wing-coverts grey right

up to the scapulars, most of them narrowly edged with rufous.

The adult has the inner or short primaries broadly bordered at their

tips with whitish, rufous in the immature, and wanting in the Eu-

ropean bird. Both adult and immature have the white on the under

quills 37 inches short of their tips ; in the European bird it advances

one inch nearer the tips. I will note this Hastern race as var. pehi-

nensis. It will probably be the bird that winters in India.

Among the trees of Yunglo’s tomb I was attracted by a loud

shaking cry I had never heard before; and while wondering what it

could be, I saw a bird like an attenuated Jackdaw fly across and fix

on the trunk of a tree. Picus martius, of course! My heart

throbbed violently ; but it was no easy matter to bring him down,

the shot had such little effect on him. One of my comrades helped

me in the pursuit ; and we at last secured the noble fellow: iris red-

dish white. I loitered about till dusk; and when nearly dark,

something flapped violently across the avenue. Crossing under

1870. } MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE ZOOLOGY. 443

the trees, I could just distinguish the outline of a large smooth-

headed owl on a bare branch against the sky. I bowled him

over, and found him to be a Syrnium nivicolum, Hodgs., again—the

species I had got here on my former visit. The other birds pro-

cured were a Green Woodpecker (Picus canus), a Pied Wood-

pecker (Picus mandarinus), a Titlark (Anthus agilis), which was

common about the trees, and a couple of Nuthatches (Sita villosa,

Verr.).

The night of the 19th we passed in a one-roomed cottage, digni-

fied by the name of inn, near Yunglo’s tomb. It was like the stall

of the old cobbler, ‘‘ which served him for kitchen, for parlour, for

all.’ I will say nothing of the horrors of the night, or of our per-

sonal appearance in the morning. What I lamented was the black-

ened state of my specimens from the constant fumigation they were

subjected to. Onrising we were saluted by the notes of a Picus

scintilliceps, mihi, from a neighbouring tree. We had heard talk

of a forest existing over the mountains, and we got a guide to lead

us to it. Unfortunately the term for forest in Chinese means any

thing from a clump of trees to a large expanse of wood ; so that after

clambering about the rocks and wading to our necks in damp grass

for some hours, our guide brought us to a standstill at a group of

firs, and told us that was the largest forest on these hills. We re-

traced our steps in disgust, but not till we had renewed our ac-

quaintance with Rhopophilus pekinensis (mihi). It was whisking

about its long tail on the tops of bushes, uttering a loud whistle.

Its eyelid was madder-red, its iris washed with yellow ; upper man-

dible light brown, lower yellowish white ; legs brownish flesh-colour

tinged with yellow.

From the Ming tombs to the town of Nankow, at the gate of

the mountain-pass which leads through the inner portion of the

Great Wall, there was a good road for the first six miles ; the re-

maining six were fearfully stony and rocky, and the jolting of the

cart endangered one’s bones. A gentleman from California put up

at our inn, and we spent an instructive evening together.

From Nankow, the gate that opens into the pass, to Shato,

beyond the gate at the top of the pass, is fifteen miles ; but the road

is blocked with stones and lumps of rock, and our carts had to be

unpacked and helped through with extra animals and men, while

our goods were transported on donkeys. My two companions and

I walked and rode on horseback. A male Sparrow-hawk (Accipiter

nisus), with clear yellow irides and long yellow toes, was all we

bagged; but we were delighted by witnessing the stoop of an Eagle.

He was flying slowly across at a height over the deep gully through

which we were travelling, when suddenly, like a stone, down he

came and, shooting obliquely, struck a bank within fifty yards of us

behind a cottage. He seized a Leveret ; but the little creature slipped

away from him, and escaped to the ditch below. We were so struck

by the sight that we did not think of seizing our guns till the bird

was out of reach. The wild rocky hills of the gorge draw closer as

we approach the upper wall, that crosses the pass. Another flock

444 MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE ZOOLOGY. [June 9,

of Partridges attracted my comrades; and I sat down to gaze upon

the treeless scene. Something moved to the right, and in an instant

a little Squirrel stood on a rock before me, stroking its whiskers

with its paws, and glancing at me. In another second, and it was

scampering to another rock. I saw several of them, and found it

common enough on our return through this pass. It is a ground-

species, and seems identical with Tamias striatus (Pall.), which

oceurs also in Amoorland. The Great Wall at the upper gate

of the pass is about 25 feet high by 16 broad, with turrets along it at

a distance of every 120 yards; it stretches away along the ridges of

the hills, to the right and left, out of sight. The wall of the enclosure

at the gate was in ruins and deserted, and the pavement under

the gate broken up. Two miles more of broken road brought us

to the almost deserted walled town of Shato, consisting chiefly of

bad inns. We went through it, and put up at an inn of a better

class in the suburbs beyond. The country about was desolate-

looking, composed of sand and gravel, in which some travellers have

found marine shell. Growing out of the side of a cliff was a bushy

tree, in which a pair of Choughs had made their roost. They were

too shy for us; but later on our march we got several specimens, and

found the species to be the European Fregilus graculus, L. (iris

liver brown), called by the Pekinese Hung-tsuy Yatsze (Red-billed

Crow).

In oa afternoon of the 21st we reached Hwailai Hien, the hills

having receded, and the country become more open and better culti-

vated. A small river runs to the south past this city, and is spanned

by what was once a fine bridge of seven arches, leading to a gate in

the city-wall. We dismounted, and walked along the river. We

saw a Heron (Ardea cinerea), some Snipe, Golden Plover, and a large

flock of Rooks (Corvus pastinator, Gould). Passing a mud-walled

city, we continued, along a bad, stony road, to Shaching (or the

Three Cities), where the inns were many and excellent. On the way

we passed dilapidated towns and the ruins of limekilns, among which

pigeons were breeding in very large numbers ina feral state. We

shot several, and found that the reversion was not to the plumage of

the Rock-pigeon of the country, Columba rupestris (Bp.) with a

white bar to its tail, or to the ashy-rumped bird of India, C. inter-

media, Strickland, but to the pure “‘ Rock” of Europe, C. livia (L.).

It must be from Europe, then, that the Chinese derived their breed

of Pigeons. Iris light yellowish-chestnut. From our last roost to

Shaching was reckoned seventeen miles.

On leaving Shaching (22nd September) we made for the N.W.

corner ‘of the hills on our right ; to the left was a cultivated plain,

with the Wenho (river) winding southwards through it, and barren-

looking hills beyond. To the north of the walled town of Keming

Yih a hill rises about 2000 feet, with a temple onitstop. These hills

are very bare of vegetation, covered with broken rock, and yield coal.

Notwithstanding their sterility, the Chukar Partridge found them a

pleasant retreat, and we were constantly breaking from the line of

match to follow the chuckling that burst close above us. Flocks of

1870.] MR, R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE ZOOLOGY. 445

Swallows, H. gutturalis and H. daurica, were constantly seen ; but

passing the Keming Hill another species appeared on the scene. I

detected it at once to be the Cotyle rupestris (Scop.). Its larger

size, greater breadth of wing, and broader rump distinguished it,

while flying, from the C. riparia. It occurred in small parties,

perching and playing about the rocks. We saw them several times

during this expedition. Iris liver-brown; wing extending half an

inch beyond tail. Along the base of this hill-range the road reaches

a gorge made by the hills on the left advancing, with the river

racing through between over rocks and shallows. Emerging from

the gorge, a large hilly patch of sand occurred, sparsely sprinkled

with coarse grass. It was riddled with holes; and little rat-like

creatures were standing on hind legs, or popping their heads out of

the holes, or gambolling after one another, just as I have since seen

the prairie-dogs do on my railway transit across the continent of

America. A shot fired among them, and all disappear like magic.

They move fast, but awkwardly, somewhat like Guinea-pigs. ‘Their

burrows twist and turn in the descent, so that one cannot reach down

with a stick. One came skeltering along, squeaking, with another

in pursuit, on toa grass patch. I secured it. Its irides were brown.

It appears to be the animal that M. Milne-Edwards has figured in

bis outcoming ‘ Recherches des Mammiferes’ as Spermolegus mon-

golicus, and that from Amoorland, figured in Middendorff's ‘Sibirische

Reise’ as Arctomys (Sperm.) eversmanni (Brandt). My specimen

is light brown above, cream-colour below and along the sides. The

tail is short, the first half inch of its length with short reddish

hair, the rest with lengthened hair expanding into a spatula-shape,

rufescent at its roots, a broad black ring on its centre, with broad

creamy tips. Both Middendorff and Milne-Edwards in their figures

convey a good idea of its appearance. A young specimen that I

have trom Peking has the upper parts much darker and ruddier, and

the underparts buff-coloured ; tail rufous, with short hair through-

out. M. Gill, the amateur naturalist attached to the French camp,

procured this animal in 1860 near Peking.

Over some tough stony hills we reach Heangshuypoo, twenty-

three miles from our morning’s start; and as there was still day-

light, we pushed on over worn roads until, benighted, we were obliged

to put up in a filthy cattle-stall at the dirty village of Neho-tsze, six

miles further on. Dozens of carters and country roughs cooked, ate,

smoked, and talked all night in our cabin, while a storm made the

darkness horrible outside. We managed to pig it somehow, and

survived the night.

Next morning (September 23) we trailed through the mud for

the remaining five miles, and put up in an inn in the suburb outside

the wall of Seuenhwafoo, the capital of this prefecture. It rained

all day, and was cold and wretched. At this city the Roman Catho-

lics have a prosperous mission, with European priests resident ; and it

was here that Pere David got a great many of his good things. The

streets were under water; so we had much difficultyin wading through

the town. In one of its thoroughfares some live birds were offered

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1870, No. XXX.

446 MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE ZOOLOGY. [June 9,

for sale; the best were Garrulus brandti, EKophona personata, Leu-

codiopterum sinense, and Acridotheres philippensis (the last two

from the south).

We travelled, on the 24th of September, the remaining twenty

miles and reached Kalgan, or Changchiakow. Near this town the

road again became stony, and the hills closed round to form the

long pass which gradually ascends for thirty miles, until it places

you on the boundless grassy plain of Mongolia. We passed many

parties of Mongols with strings of camels, and driving troops of

ponies, and several of their encampments. Crossing the Tungkeao

(bridge) which spans the stream that runs down from the pass, we put

up at a Mahommedan inn outside the city-wall.

On the 25th our Mahommedan host took us for a walk to show

us the lions. Lower Kalgan, or Hiapoo, is the walled city of Wan-

tseuen Hien. The road leads past this town to Upper Kalgan, or

Shangpoo, about three quarters of a mile distant, at the end of which,

in a short gorge, is the gate of the famous or old Great Wall. Up the

hill on either side runs the wall, or rather its ruined remains—in many

places little more than a line of rubble; but up the mountain and

down into the valley, as far as the sight can strain, it holds its ser-

pentine course. The wall of the Nankow Pass supplements this,

enclosing the prefecture of Seuenhwafoo, which belongs to the Chili

province, but is still often called Mongolia. Our host told the

guard of the gate who we were, and took us outside of China. Be-

yond the gate the pass was divided into two by a lower hill-range,

with roads on eacly side which united further upwards. The roads

were broken and rough in places, made of slabs of stone which had

got displaced ; and the hills were barren and had a scorched look

like those of Aden. We were not tempted to continue our journey

in jolting carts, and preferred spending our few extra days of leave

in returning leisurely by the way we had come. Rooks, Magpies,

and Kites were common about Kalgan, and Reguloides superciliosus

and the Pied Woodpecker were the most frequent birds in the trees

about the gardens in her suburbs. One of the latter I fired at died

clinging to the top bough of a tree, and there was no getting it down.

We spent the morning of the 27th of September strolling about

the neighbourhood of Keming. In the fields towards the river

Rooks and Jackdaws were feeding; all the Rooks appeared to have

feathered chins. Among the willows we found the Barbary Dove

(Turtur risorius, L.). We frequently came across this species in

this prefecture of Seuenhwafoo between the two walls, as also Turtur

gelastes (Temm.). In the neighbourhood of Peking the latter oc-

curred, but not the former; and, indeed, I have never seen the

Barbary Dove in any other part of China. It is a tame, gentle bird,

and easily approached. I procured both full-plumaged young without

the neck-ring and adult birds. Its eyelid is pale yellow, iris chestnut-

red; bill brownish black; legs madder-pink, with black claws.

Turtur gelastes has the eyelid deep madder-pink, iris golden-sienna ;

bill brownish madder, browner on apical half; legs purplish madder,

with black claws. Some little birds among the willows were uttering

1870. ] MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE ZOOLOGY. 447

a plaintive “teo’’ note. I shot one, and found it to be the Regu-

loides proregulus (Pall.). I also shot a Phylloscopus fuscatus

(Blyth) creeping tamely about the grass. Pied Woodpeckers were

common ; and we got several. Snow lay on the distant peaks to the

north-west. We made for the temple-crowned mountain. As we

approached the road under it a flock of Chukars (Caccabis chukar)

flew up from the corner of the stubble and took to the hill. We

pursued, and had some good sport. The Chinese rightly enough name

this the Shihke-tsze, or “ Rock-fowl.’”’ Well up the hill-side a party

of red-tailed birds were disporting, flying from rock to rock with loud

notes. One was shot, and turned out to be a new form of Accentor,

allied to A. alpinus, L. I exhibited it to this Society on the 24th

of February, 1870, and proposed to name it Accentor erythropygius*.

We saw a few of them later in the Nankow Pass. On this hill we

came upon another interesting bird; it was a Sparrow-like species of

Carpodacus, of a sandy-grey colour tinted with rose. There were

two together, of similar colour and form. We secured the male:

iris black ; bill light brownish horn-colour ; legs liver-brown, ochre-

ous on soles, with deep-brown claws.

The museum at Paris has received specimens of this species from

Pére David; but it has been there confounded with the C. obsoletus

(Licht.), a species with a largish black bill (ef Nouv. Arch. du Mu-

séum, t. iii. p. 31). I find its nearest ally to be the C. githagineus

(Licht.) of N.E. Africa, from which, however, it ean at once be distin-

guished by its smaller bill. I will name it

CarPopAcus MONGOLICUS, Sp. NOV.

Male. Upper parts sandy grey, browner on the crown and back ;

feathers of the crown, back, and scapulars with brown centres; wing-

feathers blackish brown, greater coverts broadly margined with rose-

colour, the primary quills more narrowly, and tipped with creamy

white, the brown of each feather paling near. the white ; secondaries

broadly margined with cream and tipped similar to the primaries ;

tail deep brown, whitish on edges of inner webs and broadly edged

on outer with cream-colour ; sides of neck, throat, breast, and flanks

light sandy brown; rest of underparts cream-white. Rose tinges

the sides of the head, forehead, throat, cheeks, breast, flanks, and

rump, brightest on the last.

Length about 5°3 inches ; wing 3°63 ; first quill -05, the longest ;

tail 2°3, forked; centrals -3, shorter than outermost ; upper tail-

coverts extend to °65 from the tip of the tail ; bill -34 in length, -2 in

breadth, *29 in depth ; tarse ‘66; middle toe ‘52, its claw ‘24; hind

toe 26, its claw 26.

Near Shato, on the 28th, a small Owl showed itself on the top of

a ruined brick-kiln, with wings expanded, basking inthe sun. It was

easily bagged. On our way out I had also seen one exposing itself

on a ruin during the day. It turns out to bea new form of Athene,

most nearly allied to 4. glaux (Sav.) of S. Europe, in its pale colour,

but differs from that as well as from A. noctua (L.) of N. Europe, and

* See antea, p. 124, Pl. IX.

448 MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE ZOOLOGY. [June 9,

A. bactriana (Blyth) of Thibet, by its short tarse covered with long

down, and by its well-clothed toes. I propose to distinguish it as the

ATHENE PLUMIPES, Sp. nov.

Throat white, the white extending in crescent-form up each cheek

in rear of ear-coverts (the lower white neck-ring of 4. noctua is

wanting); lores, round eye, and middle of belly also pure white ;

upper parts light reddish brown, with drops of reddish white on the

head, and marked and spotted much as in A. noctua ; underparts,

leg-, and feet-feathers cream-colour, on the breast and flanks broadly

streaked with reddish brown, like 4. glaur (A. noetua being spotted

with white on a dark ground and wanting the white on the centre of

the belly) ; bill yellow tinged with green ; irides light yellow; claws

blackish brown.

Length about 8°5 mches; wing 6-2, of similar-proportioned quills

to those of 4. noctua ; tail 3°6, of twelve equal feathers; tarse to

base of hind toe *85, densely clothed with down-like feathers, °65

long; feet covered with shorter hair-like feathers, just showing

scales at end of toes ; soles bare and yellow.

Towards evening, as we drew near to Shato, very large flights of

Erythropus amurensis (Radd.) and Falco cenchris (Naun.) appeared

in the skies overhead, flying high to and fro and round like Swallows

about the temples in the western hills; they were also to be seen

at this season in large numbers preparatory to their migration.

They must, however, wind away south-westwards, as they_do not

appear on the southern coast of China.

In the Nankow Pass we saw Eagles again, a small number of Uro-

cissa sinensis (L.), and a single Hophona personata (T.&S8.), One

of my comrades shot the last, and had a piece of his finger nearly

bitten out by the formidable mandibles of the bird. I noticed that

the Crows here pursue and torment the Eagles just as fearlessly as

they do the Kites in Southern China.

On the 30th of September we reached Peking just before the shut-

ting of the gates.

In the last visit I paid to the museum I found a native with a live

Nutcracker for sale. I engaged this man to collect for me, and

through him got some very good things. He had worked for Pére

David. It was a pity that I had not got hold of him before, as now

my time was getting short. He brought me three Nutcrackers, all

females, of the European Nucifraga caryocatactes (Pall.), called by

the Chinese the Tsung hwa’rh, or “ Onion-flower.” Inrides dark,

liver-brown, the same colour as the crown of their heads; bill, legs,

and claws blackish brown.

Hawfinch, Coccothraustes vulgaris, 2: iris light yellowish brown

tinged with grey. Zosterops erythopleura, mihi: the female has

less red on the flank than the male; bill light bluish grey, marked

with black on upper mandible; legs deeper bluish grey.

Accipitor palumbarius, 3. Baill brownish black, bluish grey at

base; cere king’s yellow marked with blackish brown, rictus king’s yel-

low ; inside of mouth light purplish blue marked with black ; eyelids

1870.] MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE ZOOLOGY. 449

black, iris fine clear yellow; legs and toes clear yellow, with black

claws.

Left Peking on the 7th of October, and reached Chefoo by steamer

on the 12th, where I spent a day or two. While out for a walk,

put up a Chefoo Hare. This Hare is sent by the European resi-

dents at Chefoo to their friends in the south, and is a great treat

when compared with the small species Lepus sinensis (Gray), which

is the ordinary Chinese animal. It is, when cooked, as fully fla-

voured as the English Hare, and in general appearance greatly re-

sembles it, but is smaller and varies in the colour of its fur from

the brightness of Lepus timidus (L.) to a ruddy cream-colour. I

have several specimens of its skin and skull, and I cannot distin-

guish it from Lepus tolai, Pall. .Pére David procured it in the

neighbourhood of Peking, where I found the smaller and harsher-

haired ZL. sinensis the prevailing species ; and he also reports it

common in Mongolia. My brightest specimen ( 9 ) has the head pale

rufous-brown, deeper on the forehead and crown, and somewhat yel-

lower on the outer surface of the ears, all mottled with black,

the black appearing in an irregular streak or two on the cheeks ;

the upper lips, chin, throat, and circle round the eye produced

backwards in the form of a half eye-brow, are creamy white; mous-

tache-bristles white, some of them brown near their bases; inner

surface of ear rufous cream-colour ; back of ear pale fawn-colour,

with a broad brownish-black tip ; on the hind neck behind the ears

an unmottled light rufous patch occurs ; back yellowish rufous, with

most of the hairs broadly tipped with black ; these hairs are dark

brown towards their bases, with thick brownish-white down; rump and

sides of thighs unmottled creamy rufous ; tail black on upper surface ;

beneath white, as are all the underparts to the fore legs. | Under

neck, chest, sides of body and legs yellowish rufous, the fore legs with

a creamy patch above the paws, and the inner surface of hind legs and

feet creamy white. Long hairs are scattered over the upper parts.

Length from muzzle to root of tail... ............ 19

of tail ciaread ‘75 of mane ven) Pog eRe 3

ofhead.. .. ES PP ee

Se Deen t Dee EE PM |

— of fore leg from shoulder .............. 6°75

of hind leg from hip cia igre oh dks cig BAS

—of skull ..... ES rues see egy OTE

Width of skull (arch to arch) Sites ok Reis Se aes 1°63

——-— between orbits ...........-.... eee eee ln

ToCTUN GE ASA) DOCH Seo ee cere ne Se og gk On

Wilde On ditto .MeHindy =), hea aan fc paler Me OL

= OF TRL By TOMB gc a ake ons cancectnin cece ¢ apap eee

Length of incisive opens eS EACH SO, “88

Width of ditto behind . Sprerices:

Length of the six upper "molar teeth together Lee (Ranges

A second specimen ( 3) is lighter and more cream-coloured, with

450 MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE ZOOLOGY. [June 9,

the light-rufous hairs of the upper parts the same colour through-

out, and only occasionally tipped with black. The ear at the back

has only an apical margin of black; and the animal answers to Water-

honse’s description of L. tolai (Mammalia, vol. ii. p. 48).

A third ( @ ) is paler, duller, and more dingy throughout than the

last, with very little rufous, and its back is more mottled with black ;

but its apical ear-patch is as conspicuous as in the first. All three

are from the same locality, and it cannot be doubted are of the same

species ; yet they vary so much in coloration. Their skulls, more-

over, are of nearly similar form.

I have only fallen across two other mammals (not to speak of

Bats) in North China not alluded to in this paper ; and these are a

Hedgehog and a Mole, which I procured when with the troops

at Peking in 1860. I sent a specimen of each to this Society, and

they were presented to the British Museum. Dr. Gray pointed out

that the Mole was a new species, but did not assign it a name (P. Z. 8.

1861, p. 390). Some years after, the Abbé David sent the Mole

to Paris, and M. A. Milne-Edwards has described it as Scaptochirus

moschutus. The Hedgehog Dr. Gray considered to be Hrinaceus

collaris (Gray) of South India ; but it seems to me to he distinet from

any thing yet described.

Erinaceus dealbatus, sp.n. from Peking. About the size of EF.

europeus, its nearest ally ; much paler; spines shorter and thinner,

and all setting backwards, pale brown, whitish at bases and tips ;

ears shorter, narrower, and more hidden ; hair of underparts

shorter, of a whitey-brown colour, with rufescent down at roots ;

face whitey brown, with brown ears (no black on the muzzle and

round eyes as in E. ewropeus); feet small, pale brownish (and not

black), with horn-coloured short claws.

The skull, which is that of an adult, shows a shorter muzzle; the

molars in both jaws are comparatively smaller ; the fronto-parietal

suture occurs much further back; the frontal bones are longer and

flatter, and the orbital prominence further back; the molar slopes

gradually backwards, making a much less angle at its junction with the

temporal. The skull is too injured to enable me to give measure-

ments; but enough remains to show that it is distinct from that of 2.

européus, with three of which I have compared it.

We left Chefoo by steamer on the night of the 17th October.

The 18th was calm and fine ; and the following birds appeared about

the ship :—1 Asio brachyotus, 1 Skylark, 2 Emberize personate, 1

Calliope, 1 Ianthia cyanura, 1 Ruticilla aurorea, 1 Coccothraustes

vulgaris, 1 Butalis cinereo-alba, 1 Pied Wagtail, and a Thrush.

The last, while following the vessel, fell exhausted into the sea. Four

male Gold-crests came into the ship, and were so tame that they

were easily caught. Bill deep blackish brown; legs yellowish brown,

with much lighter toes. In the older birds the shanks are deeper-

coloured, and the toes light orange-brown with an orange-yellow

wash on soles, the plumage brightens, and the yellowish green on

the back mounts higher up. We were within 100 miles of the

Shantung coast, which was our nearest land ; and it is reasonable to

1870.] DR. J. MURIE ON SAIGA TARTARICA. 451

suppose that the birds wandered to us from there. I have never heard

of the Gold-crest occurring in China; but this will be sufficient

authority to enable us to enrol it on our list. The species is very

close to the European Regulus cristatus ; but Bonaparte separates it

as R. japonicus. It has purer white on the lores and round the eye,

and the hind neck is strongly tinged with grey.

On the 20th October we landed at Shanghai, and so finished our

cruise to Peking and our glimpse at the Northern fauna.

9. On the Saiga Antelope, Saiga tartarica (Pall.). By James

Moris, M.D., F.L.S., F.G.S., &c., late Prosector to the

Society.

In the twelfth fasciculus of the ‘ Spicilegia Zoologica’ of P. S.

Pallas (published at Berlin in 1777—that is, nearly a hundred years

ago) will be found not only an erudite historical and descriptive

account of the Antilope saiga, considered in its external bearings,

but also a very accurate résumé of all the anatomical structures

of value as regards classification. The author likewise has figured

the skull, stomach, and gall-bladder.

Pallas’s observations, to my mind, contain the kernel of all that is

useful for zoological purposes*. As, however, there still remain

points that seem worthy of investigation, I proceed forthwith to

tender, as a communication, notes upon two specimens which have

come under my inspection.

I may crave indulgence, under these circumstances, as, if some

of the data I bring forward are not entirely new, they are doubtless

not generally known. A benefit towards science may result from re-

cognizing the correctness of Pallas’s statements ; whilst a fresh inves-

tigation, entering more into detail in some structures, at least admits

of a reconsideration of the animal’s affinities.

For the latter reason, and because a fuller description of this recent

but ancient-like type of mammal may serve a8 a basis of future compa-

rison to palzontologists as well as zoologists, I have written a lengthy

account of the skeleton, which the naturalist above referred to

briefly sketches rather than describes. The skull, in particular,

offers several points of departure from the Antilopidz, among which

the Saiga is classed; and thus the taxonomic bearings of such aber-

rance is a factor of some importance.

I, Tue SKELETON.

1. Spine and adventitious Bones.

(A) Vertebre.—The spinal column consists of 7 cervical, 13

dorsal, 6 lumbar, 4 united sacral, and 12 caudal elements, in all equal

* Glitsch, I may mention, recently has usefully supplemented Pallas in a

paper on the Saiga, chiefly devoted to its geographical distribution (vide Bull.

Soe. Hist. Nat. Moscou, 1865, pp. 207-245).

452 DR. J. MURIE ON SAIGA TARTARICA. [June 9,

to 42 vertebrae, the last, however, being a mere diminutive ossicle.

Pallas* states that there are 5 lumbar vertebree, without mentioning

how many are in the tail.

In a very complete and excellently mounted skeleton}, in the Col-

lege of Surgeons’ Museum, of an adult Saiga, wild, or procured in

its native haunts, I find that there but 11 caudal vertebre, the final

2, as above, being ossified bodies of very minute size. The other

vertebral regions agree with what has been mentioned as existing in

the Society’s animal.

The cervical vertebrz (fig. 1), possess characters by which in-

dividually they can readily be distinguished the one from the other.

Their long diameters are unequal, as are those of the spinous and

other processes.

Hichd:

The cervical vertebrxe, about one-third their natural dimensions.

I., VIL. First and seventh vertebrae. vf. Vertebral foramen of atlas. pl. Ru-

dimentary pleurapophyses of axis and third vertebra. hyp. Hyperapophyses

or bifid spine-tubercles of second, third, and fourth cervicals, qm. Fourth,

fifth, and sixth metapophysial elements. 7. First rib-facet.

But to proceed seriatim with the Society’s male specimen, the atlas

is remarkable on account of the great lengthening of the tranverse

processes. ‘These are somewhat flattened from above downwards,

directed obliquely outwards and backwards, terminating in a rough-

ened slightly bulbous manner. From tip to tip they measure 33

inches. The spinous process is well nigh obsolete, with deepish

muscular depressions in front; the laminz posteriorly have a low

broad arch. The anterior shallow articulating surface presnts to

the eye a crown-shaped outline, the lower and somewhat obliquely

backwardly descending articulating surface of the concavity being

mesially divided by a sharp ridge, so that the facets move on the

post-basioccipital processes when the head is bent downwards. The

* Op. cit. p. 45.

+ This male skeleton (No. 3729 a, interleaved Catalogue) is stated to have

been obtained in South Russia, and purchased of Herr Méschler, 2nd October,

1867.

1870. ] DR. J. MURIE ON SAIGA TARTARICA. 453

vertebral foramina pierce the sides of the body almost vertically,

close behind the root of the cranial articulating processes. The

postarticular surface of the body is tolerably level and semilunar.

A short knobby sessile projection represents the ventral keel (hypa-

pophysis); it is situated far back.

As regards the antero-posterior diameters of the bodies of the

cervicals, the following numbers express a sufficiently near approxima-

tion to their relative sizes in inches and decimals :—Ist, 1°2; 2nd,

2:3; 3rd, 1:6; 4th, 1°6; 5th, 1°5; 6th, 1:3; 7th, 1:0.

By such it is seen that the axis is the longest of the neck-vertebre,

as, indeed, obtains in many of the Ruminantia, although in the long-

necked Giraffe and Camelidz, where the whole of the cervicals are

subequally long, it is not so obvious. Its neural spine is also by

far the strongest, an inch high, and two antero-posteriorly ; thick

and stout, with an expanded, roughened, free border, cleft behind

(hyperapophyses of Mivart*), but single and produced in front,

where it overlies the posterior incised portion of the laminar arch

of the atlas. The wide foramen for the vertebral artery enters the

spinal canal at the anterior end and upper lateral surface of the

body. The odontoid process is short, gouge-shaped, and surrounded

by a wide, flattened, semilunar articular surface. The transverse

processes are of considerable size, though nevertheless small, as com-

pared with the great wing-like processes of the atlas. Moreover

they disagree with these latter in being concave below and more

convex above, and in their derivative angle from the body being

more acutely backwards. There is only a rudiment of a pleurapo-

physis at the root of the diapophysis. A deepish ventral spine exists

for nearly the whole length of the body. Posteriorly it is bulbous,

but in front of this thin, sharp, and laterally compressed.

The third and fourth vertebrze present characters very much akin

to each other. They agree in the great reduction of the spine,

deeply bifid in both, smallest in the third, but in each only occu-

pying the anterior half of the neural arch-—in the great lateral ex-

pansion, flattening, or even forward concavity of the neural laminee—

in the broadening and more outstanding position of the transverse

processes—in possessing large diapophyses—in the production of

the keel being slightly less than in the axis, and more concavely

marginate.

The distinctive differences are:—in the fourth having the highest

spine; but the third, while less high, has the neural lamine pro-

duced forwards as a low process, which fits into the triangular in-

terspace between the posterior articulating (or zygapophysial) facets

of the axis; in the laminar arch of the third being slightly broader

and less concavely marginal; in there being only an obscure metapo-

physis in the third, whereas it is fairly developed in the fourth ; in the

transverse process and diapophysis of the third running antero-pos-

teriorly almost in the same plane, whilst in the fourth they are at

a distinctly obtuse angle to each other.

The alteration of the configuration of the fifth cervical consists in

* ‘Axial Skeleton in the Primates,” P. Z. S. 1865, p. 576.

454 DR. J. MURIE ON SAIGA TARTARICA. [June 9,

shortening of the body and transverse processes—in the latter being

more bulbous terminally, and slightly upturned—in lengthening of

the spine, which is uncleft—in a gradual increase of laminar arch-

ing—in separative distinctness of a metapophysial projection—in an

alteration of the position of the transverse process to the pleurapo-

physis, so that they begin to be superior and inferior to each other

instead of antero-posterior—in diminution of the ventral keel, which,

however, is more inflated posteriorly.

At the sixth cervical, the inclination of the neck towards the

shoulders is apparent. This vertebra altogether is shortened length-

wise and across; but the elongation of the spinous and pleurapo-

physial elements vastly increases the total depth. The changes ob-

served in the fifth are here continued and augmented : for example,

the neural spine is almost twice as long in the sixth; the inferior

mesial ridge of the body is reduced to a hardly perceptible linear

elevation; the transverse process and pleurapophysis have under-

gone such relations that the latter is absolutely posterior, its incli-

nation is in that direction, and its breadth twice as great as in the

preceding vertebra.

The seventh vertebra, as usual, puts on characters which assi-

milate it to the dorsal series. The most notable of these is the

great elongation and backward direction of the spinous process ;

next, the total absence of pleurapophysis and foramina for the ver-

tebral arteries ; and lastly, the presence of a small costal facet.

Transition to dorsal vertebree, though manifest in the last cervi-

cal, is yet somewhat abrupt, the first dorsal being altogether larger,

with proportionally an enormously developed spine Moreover its

body, as commencing the dorsal region ventrally, is set at an obtuse

angle to those of the neck, the plane of the former being directed

upwards and backwards, the latter upwards and forwards.

The pattern of the bodies of the dorsal vertebree is twofold; but

they run into each other; viz. as far as the 5th or 6th they are

broadish and convex inferiorly, thence to the lumbar region laterally

compressed and slightly carinate.

The laminz throughout correspond to the length and strength of

the spinous process. Where this is long and stout, the laminar

arch is more acute, and, inversely, lower and arciform as the neura-

pophysis shortens.

The spine of the first dorsal is very slightly shorter, and tapers

more than the 2nd and 3rd, and equals the 4th in length, which

latter has a truncate tip. These four spines slant well backwards.

At the 8th or 9th vertebra an alteration is apparent, and, from the

long spatular shape directed posteriorly, the spines become short,

more erect, with an anterior terminal elongation, and at the last

dorsal the change to the lumbar type is complete.

That which appertains as a marked feature of the lumbar verte-

brze is the length of the transverse processes; at least, this is espe-

cially so in the penultimate and two preceding ones. They are thin,

relatively narrow, excepting the first, and each terminates in a

hastate manner. The first and last are shorter than the intervening

1870. ] DR. J. MURIE ON SAIGA TARTARICA. 455

four. The hindermost pair of processes are the most delicate of all.

Metapophysial prominences of moderate elevation rise up from the

root of each transverse process, and they barely pass forwards beyond

the zygapophysial articulation. The spines, nearly uniform in height,

decrease in breadth from the lst to the 7th, the last being less than

half the breadth of the first.

Though the neurapophyses are pretty vertical, they appear to

slant forwards from their anterior extremities being elongated as a

blunt spine. The body of the hindermost lumbar vertebra is the

stoutest and shortest, those in front subequal in long diameter.

Side view of sacrum, caudal vertebra, and pelvis of male Saiga: 3 nat. size.

L.6 & 5. The sixth and fifth lumbar vertebrx, the pointers being directed to

their spines. S. Sacrum. C. 1. First caudal vertebra. a.s.sp. Anterior

superior spine of the ilium. c.¢. Crest of the ilium. 7. sp. Ischial spine.

t.z. Tuber ischii. ¢.sp. External spinous process of ischium. p. sp. Pubic

spine.

The four coalesced sacral vertebrae together present the crucial

figure which usually obtains in Ruminants. The first of the four

vertebral elements, or that which yields the main abutment to the

ilia, is a trifle over $ of an inch lengthwise in body ; but transversely

the diameter from the margin of one sacro-iliac synchrondrosis to

the other is three inches. The pelvic surface is very level and

smooth, and the auricular portion or augmented transverse process

of moderate dimensions. The second, originally separate, element of

the sacrum, here only distinguishable by the presence of the fora-

mina, appears to have a limited share as a buttress against the ilium,

just anterior to the bay of the great sciatic notch. It, along with

the third and fourth segments of ossification, compose the narrow

distal or handle end of the cross-shaped sacrum. The transverse

processes and metapophyses are cemented together, so as to represent

a doubly shelving mass on either side of the bodies. The four neural

spines constitute but one consolidated mass, a couple of inches long,

and dorsally thickened. ;

456 DR. J. MURIE ON SAIGA TARTARICA. [June 9,

The caudal vertebree may conveniently be regarded as consist-

ing of two kinds :—those exhibiting enlarged or moderate-sized,

and those with very diminished or obsolete processes. Of each

there are five or six, according to where the line of demarcation is

fixed ; for the gradation of change is the opposite of abrupt. The

three proximal to the sacrum distinguish themselves by the length

of the neural spine, which runs backwards as a narrow, depressed,

triangular bar, almost touching the root of the spine posterior to it.

The third is rather shorter. The neurapophyses are well developed

in each. In the first the transverse process is broad, assimilating

to the hinder end of the sacrum. In the succeeding two the trans-

verse processes are smaller and slant outwards and backwards from

the distal segments of the body. The fourth, fifth, and sixth ver-

tebree have altogether much shorter processes, dorsal and lateral.

The remaining caudal bodies are more or less expanded at each

extremity. The tail as a whole is feeble, and terminally slender.

(B) Costal Arches and Sternum.—Of the thirteen vertebral *

ribs the anterior eight have sternal attachments, the remainder come

under the heading of floating or free ribs. The front five are more

or less vertically placed, the sixth and those posterior by degrees take

a wider sweep backwards. To the eighth, counting from before

backwards, they progressively increase in length; thence they di-

minish in quicker ratio to the thirteenth. The last and the third

ribs are subequal in length, the first and the second the shortest.

The first costal arch, including its presternal keystone, when exa-

mined in front or from the interior of the thorax, is short and nar-

row; the remainder of the costal cavity by degrees enlarges, and is

absolutely wide at the last ribs.

The first rib, stoutish and with little of a curve, is 43 inches in

its chord of diameter. It is flat, as are all the ribs within, but it is

the most convex exterually. Its angle and capitulum are thick ; and

the sternal end (vide fig. 3) is also much elongated.

These characters are considerably reduced in the 2nd and 3rd.

The 4th, 5th, 6th, and 7th are remarkably thin, and broaden out

distally. The 8th and ribs posterior are much narrower. The

angles in all the ribs are badly defined.

The first sternal rib (Parker), or costal cartilage, abuts against the

uppermost presternum, and is very short. The succeeding four

sternal ribs are each about | inch long; the 6th, 7th, and 8th

lengthen and strengthen considerably, the rest of the free cartilages

(sternal ribs) are wider, but long and styliform.

Seven osseous segments can be traced in the adult sternum (fig.

3); the last three, however, are adnate and interossified, those in

advance have a meagre cartilaginous separation. The preesternum

(p.st.), thick and narrow, is set at an obtuse angle upwards to the

other sternal elements. Viewed ventrally, the 1st mesosternal piece

(m.st.) has a cup-shaped outline, the narrow end forwards; the

* In using the term “vertebral,” in contradistinction to “sternal” rib, I

follow the precise morphological nomenclature of my friend Mr. K. Parker, in

his valuable monograph ‘Shoulder-girdle and Sternum’ (1868).

1870.] DR. J. MURIE ON SAIGA TARTARICA. 457

others behind are subquadrate, increasing consecutively in length

and width, the last being double the width of the first. The xipho-

sternum («) flat, and obliquely downwardly bent, has a broad proxi-

mal base, which narrows suddenly and, becoming spatular, termi-

nates with a slightly expanded tip.

Three-quarters underview of sternum, with cartilages and portion of the ribs

attached. p.s¢. Prxsternum. m. st. Mesosternum. sz. Xiphosternum.

2. Of the Cranial Framework.

(A) Different Aspects of the Skull.—In several particulars the

skull of Saiga tartarica is isolated or unique amongst living Rumi-

nants, though, as will be shown hereafter, one or more ancient

types foreshadowed the peculiarities. Pallas (/. c. tab. iii. figs. 9 &

10) has given reduced figures of it in profile, and in front fore-

shortened; and Dr. Gray, in his ‘Catalogue of Mammalia in the

British Museum,’ 1852 (tab. vi. figs. 1 & 2), has likewise repre-

sented similar views. In those figures, however, the horns and

general outline of the skull seemingly have been more attended to

than definition of the coadapted osseous areas; hence fresh repre-

sentations are, in a great measure, a necessary adjunct to a descrip-

tion of the bony elements of this éizarre Ruminant’s skull. The

skull of the hornless female and the horned male necessarily exhibit

different aspects *.

Dealing with the latter, when looked at sideways (shown in

fig. 5), the prominent features may be summarized as follows :—

* Skeletons of the Swiga hitherto have been rare in this country. Besides

the Hunterian and the present specimen, I only know of one other, which was

obtained some years since by the Museum of the University of Cambridge—

where in addition are two skulls (male and female), all being from wild animals.

Professor Newton obliged me by kindly transmitting the two latter crania for

my inspection. Comparing these with that here described and the College of

Surgeons’ specimen, I detected little differences worthy of special record other

than sexual, 7. e. diminution of osseous sutural ridges and absence of horns in

the female. I may also add that the tympanic bulla in the female were rela-

tively more inflated than in the male; in the latter laterally compressed and

very ovine.

458 DR. J. MURIE ON SAIGA TARTARICA. [June 9,

Ist, the extraordinary shortness of the nasal region, the face, as it

were, being scooped out, leaving only an exceedingly narrow exten-

sion forwards of the maxillary and premaxillary bones; 2nd, the

great vertical depth of the naso-maxillary region; 3rd, the rela-

tively prominent, large, and staring orbit ; 4th, the very small,

shallow zygomatic arch; 5th, the moderate-sized, roundish, occi-

pito-temporal region ; 6th, the long, erect, tapering horns.

In bird’s-eye view, or from above, the skull is elongate, somewhat

diamond-shaped, the palato-maxillary being considerably longer

than the parieto-occipital segments. The orbits form two salient

projections, behind and above which the horns start forth.

Examined in front, or facially foreshortened (as in fig. 4), the

horns appear to slant well backwards, the frontal bone being rather

depressed. The broad orbital rings stand well out. The short nasals

are raised, below which the turbinal bones are exposed ; and beneath

these, between the inner borders of the maxillaries, is an immense

narial vacuity. The irregular-surfaced, long, narrow palato-maxillary

shelf forms the floor of the forwardly jutting nares.

Foreshortened facial view of skull and mandible of the Society’s adult male Suiga.

Fr. Frontal. Na. Nasal. Me. Maxillary. Pima. Premaxilla. Mn. Mandible.

Vo. Vomer. x Points to pit of lachrymal duct.

From behind, the cranium presents superiorly a broad flattened

1870.] DR. J. MURIE ON SAIGA TARTARICA. 459

arch, the orbital plates forming the outer boundary. The horns

issue vertically above the small temporal fossee. The occipital

region is relatively narrow and ovoid ; the semilunar condyles are

no way prominent, and laterally bound a squarish foramen magnum.

The compressed and, in this view, thin, paramastoid processes are

but moderately long and perpendicularly set.

The base of the skull (see fig. 6) is characterized—lIst, by

great orbital breadth ; 2nd, by the molar arch enclosing a rounded

pterygo-malar space, posteriorly limited by a wide glenoid articula-

ting surface; 3rd, the basioccipital region is broad relatively to its

length; 4th, the tympanic bulle of medium size; 5th, the pos-

terior nares very deep and moderately wide; 6th, dental portion

of palate broad, but much narrower in front, slightly concave

from behind forwards and across; 7th, the masseteric portions

of the maxillaries bulge considerably beyond the alveoli; 8th, the

premolar teeth incline inwards, a ridge running on to the premax-

illaries; 9th, the premaxillaries are produced forwards, in a flat-

tened beak-like manner.

I may further add, as a feature of some moment, that when the

skull rests basally on a horizontal surface (the top of a table for

example), the crown and nasals strike upwards, nearly parallel, at

about an angle of 20° to the plane. This, so far as I am aware, is

not the case with any ether living Bovine form; indeed, instead of

the parietals and nasal tops exhibiting parallelism of plane, they

trend downwards at a more or less obtuse angle from each other.

Alces and Rupicapra offer no exception, though the horns of the

latter are well nigh erect.

(B) Individual Bones.—The parietals (Pa.) are short and low-

arched. The coronal suture is strongly marked by two semilunar

ridges, whose concavities are forwards ; and they blend together in a

line with the sagittal suture, and run on in a slight ridge towards

the prefrontal region.

Between the horns, and partly to their rear, the frontal bone

(Fr.) is moderately elevated, with shallow lateral depressions. In

advance of their roots, however, the bone shelves rapidly to a lower

horizontal level, continuous with the nasals. The osseous horn-core

springs obliquely backwards, above and slightly behind the orbit.

A large triangular supraorbital foramen is situate at their base, and

half an inch beyond the outer raised border of the bone terminates

in a small eminence joining the lachrymal. The broad fronto-orbi-

tal plate juts well outwards, producing the greatest cranial breadth

at this part, as it forms the upper and posterior circuit of the orbit.

An irregular bordered wedge-shaped portion of the frontal is in-

serted betwixt the nasal and lachrymal bones, which, however, falls

short of, and is much higher than, the maxillary bone.

The diminishment of the nasals and correlated extensive inter-

maxillary space, or open narial region, are the most extraordinary

features of the skull. The stoutish ossa nasi (a.), l-inch long,

together constitute an almost equal-sided triangle, instead of an

elongate splint of bone surmounting the nasal arch, as in general

460 DR. J. MURIE ON SAIGA TARTARICA. [June 9,

obtains in the Ruminant skull; including the short-nasaled Elk.

As already intimated, they are set in a plane horizontal to the ante-

rior portion of the frontals, though, from the descending sweep which

the maxillaries take, the nasals appear to have a more upward cast

than they in reality possess. Their upper surface is smooth and -

convex, the fronto-nasal suture being nearly transverse. The anterior

free borders are rough for the attachment of the nasal cartilages; and

on each outer corner is a small subquadrangular wing-piece, 0°3 inch

in diameter, which inferiorly is suturally connected with the lachry-

mal. No portion whatsoever of the maxillary or premaxillary bones

is in conjunction with the nasals ; in this respect, therefore, they differ

materially from those of most Ruminants. Even Alces americana,

distinguished by shortened nasals and preemaxillz, does not agree with

Saiga, as its maxille and nasal bones are partially coadapted,

although the preemaxille are widely apart from the latter.

Examined from in front, the ethmoid and turbinate bones are

large and sinuous, the inferior turbinate, especially, being tilted at

an acute angle upwards and forwards. A small portion of their

anterior ends projects beyond the interior border of the lachrymal ;

and to this inferior turbinate portion the upper lateral nasal carti-

lage is partially adherent. In spite of the very diminished length

of the nasals, it is to be observed that their tips reach a point per-

pendicular to the infraorbital foramina or anterior true molar, the

latter, as to a certain extent is the case in the true goats, being

as it were, thrust backwards relatively to the facial region.

The development of the lachrymal bone is peculiar and note-

worthy. In some senses, by its great vertical depth, does it give

that strange aspect in profile to Saiga which elevates, as it were,

the nasal region of the animal; while at the same time, by its more

than ordinary enlargement, the lachrymal entirely excludes the

maxillaries from reaching the nasals, as obtains in all the other artio-

dactyla. In shape, the lachrymal (Z) is irregularly contoured,

though it exhibits a tendency to a quadrate figure, divided, how-

ever, by a portion of the raised thin orbital ring.

The cheek-surface is more or less impressed by three concavities,

the chief of which is the ante- or suborbital fossa. This is obovate,

shallowish, but broad, and lies at the inferior border of the bone;

above it is a small osseous tubercle. The fossa contains the so-called

crumen or suborbital gland. About a sixth share of the ring and inner

orbital plate is constituted by the lachrymal. The foramen for the

lachrymal duct pierces the bone within and just beneath the ante-

orbital angle. The superior border of the lachrymal joins the fron-

tal, and barely touches the middle outer border of the os nasi. Be-

low, the lachrymal intrudes into the maxillary, as in Antelopes and

Sheep, agreeing with the former, however, inthe angular abutment

ofthe piece. To the narial side of the ascending process of the

maxillary an inlaid splint of the lachrymal descends; and the root

of this is pierced by a large foramen (« fig. 4), wherein the lachry-

mal sac is lodged. This opening, in the fresh condition of the parts,

is overlain by the sesamoid nasal cartilage (Ss, fig. 5) ; whilst the

1870.) DR. J. MURIE ON SAIGA TARTARICA, 461

edge of the inferior point of the lower lateral cartilage rests in the

groove in front of the foramen.

The malar or jugal bone (Jw) occupies between a fourth and a

third of the orbital ring ; forms a broad buttress, which rests on the

antrum of the maxillary, and sends back a short narrow spur to join

the zygomatic process of the temporal.

Skull of male Saiga in profile, with nasal cartilages zn sztw.

Na. Nasal. Fr. Frontal. Z. Lachrymal. Mz. Maxilla. Pmzx. Premaxilla.

Pa, Parietal. So. Supraoccipital. Ho. Exoccipital. Sg. Squamosal. Pmd.

Paramastoid. Zy. Tympanic. Aw. Auditory bulla. $7. Styloid. P¢.

Pterygo-palatine. Ju. Jugal. U7, Upper lateral cartilage. L/. Lower

lateral cartilage. f Fibrous cord of nares. Ss. Sesamoid. Sp. Septal

cartilage, its fibrous portion being partially removed.

The premaxillaries (Pmz.), like the nasals, are conspicuous by their

small size or abortive development. Lach is no more than 1? inch

im extreme length, and, unlike that of any other Ruminant, merely

tips the maxillary, without the palatal portion reaching the vomer.

Both limbs of each >-shaped premaxillary are much flattened from

above downwards, the upper stouter one possessing only a very

limited tendency to override the projecting process of the maxilla.

The somewhat scalene-figured cheek-surface of the maxillary bone

(Mz) has a pronounced masseteric ridge, which runs well up to-

wards the orbit. In front of its anterior and lower end, perpendi-

cular to the last premolar, are four large sieve-like foramina; and

through these the thick infraorbital nerves reach the facial region.

I have already spoken of the long nasal or ascending process of the

maxillary which dovetails between the divergent lachrymal pieces ;

but the opposite or rostral portion of the maxilla is equally interest-

ing. This latter anterior segment, which forms the anterior palatine

_roofor prenirial floor, and in a less degree contributes to the outer

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1870, No. XXXI.

462 DR. J. MURIE ON SAIGA TARTARICA. _ (June 9,

prenarial wall, is remarkable on account of its outwardly long cylin-

drical character. In these respects, and in the absolute shearing out

of the upper or nasal border of the maxilla, this bone in the Saiga

is distinguishable from that of every living Ruminant. The antrum

of Highmore, or sinus maxillaris, is very capacious, and the osseous

walls altogether thin. A portion of it projects more than usual into

the pterygo-maxillary and zygomatic fossa ; and this gives, when seen

from the palate, a rounder figure to the fossa than obtains in ovine,

caprine, or cervine forms. In the Chiru, Panthalops hodgsoni, an

analogous inflation and extension of the postmaxilla is observable ;

and it is further curious to note that both the Saiga and the Chiru

are distinguished among antelopes on account of their nasal appen-

dages. Regarding these and the enlarged larynx of Pallas’s A.

gutturosa, Turner remarks (P. Z. S. 1850, p. 168)—‘‘ These seem

to be physiological adaptations, in no case marking a group, and

therefore insufficient to warrant generic distinction, which has been

made in the two latter instances.’’ So far I agree with that meritorious

author ; but had he seen the skulls, be would have found other

distinctions whereon to base separation.

The palatal plate of the palate bone (P/.), pierced by the posterior

palatine foramen, is relatively large fora bovine. Behind it is broad

and widely arching over the rounded front border of the posterior

nares, gives much greater breath to this part than is found in the

Antilopide or even Ovide; with its neighbouring plate of the op-

posite’side, they, together crescentiform, reach forwards mesially

to opposite the middle of the posterior lobe of the penultimate

molars. As far as this latter disposition is concerned, it evinces

leanings towards Sheep and Goats rather than Antelopes ; moreover

in Deer and Cattle these horizontal palatal plates in general pass to

opposite a molar beyond the above. The very thin, moderately broad,

yet remarkably deep, vertical pterygo-palatine plate of the Saiga, as

im other ruminants, mainly forms the inner wall of the sphenomaxil-

lary fossa, being strengthened moreover by the somewhat united

stouter pterygoid process of the sphenoid bone.

The opening of the posterior nares is two inches deep, and about

one inch wide. Its open rounded palatine end is placed some dis-

tance behind the last molar. Thus in position it agrees with its

hitherto believed ally the Chiru Antelope ; but in shape it disagrees,

reverting to the ovine postnarial form. The anterior narial aperture

of the Saiga, compared even with its own large posterior narial pas-

sage, is of excessive proportions, quite 13 inch across, and between 2

and 3 in depth; inferiorly the bone is smooth-surfaced.

The slender columellar vomer (Vo), whilst vertically high, is re-

markably short antero-posteriorly ; and its palatal attachment neither

advances to the anterior narial aperture nor recedes to the posterior

one, The spheno-rostral part, however, is well seen behind; and in

the live animal the anterior bony septal deficiency is made up for by

cartilage and soft membranous substance. It is curious, though,

that, excepting above, the vomer anteriorly is not grooved nor has

everted lips, as is the rule in Ruminants.

1870. ] DR. J. MURIE ON SAIGA TARTARICA. 463

The squamous portion of the temporal bone (Sq) has a low smooth-

surfaced longish elliptical figure, its anterior angle abutting against

the alisphenoid. The zygoma arises by a thin broadish horizontal

piece, scooped out at its root above, and perforated by a wide fora-

men; and as the bone arches forward to unite with and overlie the

jugal, it thickens. The glenoid (g/) or articular surface is pretty

convex, and, with a shallow postglenoid sulcus, much narrower than

in Antelopes generally; and the large postglenoid foramen still

further reduces it. The articular eminence or tubercle is small, but

well marked. The auditory meatus (az) has a moderate diameter,

and is directed very gently upwards and forwards. The styloid pro-

cess or plate is short; and the fossa for the attachment of the arti-

cular portion of the stylohyal is likewise as in Sheep, small.

- The mastoidal eminence is not nearly so full and prominent as in

-most Bovidee ; it nevertheless rises in a pronounced roughened ridge,

which, however, is scooped out towards the root of the paramastoid.

The tympanic bulla (Ty) is rather well developed, and moderately

inflated.

The paramastoid process (Pmd.), one inch long, descends almost

vertically ; seen from behind, it is laterally compressed, with a slight

outward obliquity of the posterior border ; but from the side, is flat

and V-shaped, and partially rests against the tympanic. A wide,

deep excavation intervenes between the paramastoid and the condyle ;

and this cavity narrows to a curved fissure betwixt the tympanic and

basioccipital bones.

A narrow strip of the supraoccipital (So) forms the hinder portion

of the top of the skull. Its lambdoidal suture, in the Society’s male

specimen, runs transversely with a double forwardly convex curve,

this being straighter in the Hunterian skeleton. The superior curved

line describes a full arch, is rough, and only moderately prominent ;

an inferior curved line, less marked, is well nigh obsolete. An external

occipital protuberance is but very partially denoted, although the

spine is broad and well developed.

The hollows to which the long muscles of the neck and the liga-

mentum nuche cranially fix themselves are distinctly and separately

impressed, giving a rugose surface to the occiput, which is altogether

broadly arched. The supraoccipital facies is neither so bulging as

in Antelopes and Goats, nor so perpendicularly scooped as in Deer

It agrees more, therefore, with Sheep, but in the male Saiga has

not such strong ridges and concavities as in the thicker-necked

Ram.

The articular condyles of the exoccipital (Zo) have each a transverse

ungulate figure, which, convex from before backwards and laterally,

is yet less prominent or posteriorly sustained than in the Ante-

lopes, coinciding rather with Sheep and Deer. The nearly circular

or slightly transversely oval* foramen magnum pertains to Ovis in

its moderate diameters. Divergently forwards from the inferior root

of the condyles, two transversely ridged, large-sized eminences stand

out (p.t.), these in disposition and breadth following the type of

* Decidedly ovoid in the Cambridge female skull examined by me.

464 DR. J. MURIE ON SAIGA TARTARICA. [June 9,

Cervus. They correspond to Turner’s* so-called posterior tubercles

of the basioccipital. The basioccipital bone (Bo), an inch long and

very nearly as much broad, is slightly bayed on either side, though

somewhat broader in front; and is furnished with two additional

anterior, externally salient and roughened capitula, Turner’s ante-

rior tubercles (a.¢.). The basioccipital itself is flat, or has only a

yery lightly raised mesial linear ridge ; and in this feature, as well as

continuousf ore breadth, nature of the anterior tubercles, and narrow

fissure between these and the tympanics, decidedly conforms to what

obtains in Ovis.

Base of the skull of the adult male, reduced less than three-sevenths nat. size,

as is fig. 5.

Bo. Basioccipital. p.¢, posterior, and a.¢, anterior tubercle of basiocciput.

Pmd. Paramastoid. Ty. Tympanic. gi. Glenoid. Bs. Basisphenoid.

au. Auditory process. Vo. Vomer. Ju. Jugal. P/. Palatine (horizontal

plate). Mz. Maxilla. Pma. Premaxilla.

The basisphenoid (Bs), unusually wide, flat, or linearly raised

like the basioccipital, diverges at an obtuse angle from that bone,

* P. Z.8. 1850, p. 167.

1870.] DR. J. MUKIE ON SAIGA TARTARICA. 465

and only narrows towards the rostral insertion of the vomer, where

it is convexly ridged. The long lamellar external and internal

pterygoid plates are so closely conjoined as to be with difficulty

recognized as separate elements. The former, lanceolate, and 3 inch

in greatest breadth, springing in front of the sphenoidal foramen,

does not, as in Capra and Ovis, trend so horizontally forwards,

but strikes more obliquely down, and suturally connects itself with

the vertical palatine plate. Its posterior edge agrees with the Ante-

lope’s in being narrow, and not everted, as in Sheep and Goats. The

latter, internal spheno-pterygoid plate is even more delicate at its root,

and arises close to the posterior edge of the pterygo-palatine plate,

thence running backwards at a sharp angle to the external pterygoid

plate, lays like a splint inside it, and again curves forwards, to be

prolonged into a thicker but nevertheless slender rod, terminating

in a short hamular process. The alisphenoids, as in Ovis, present

only a rudiment of that bony plate so conspicuously developed

forwards at the back of the orbit in Pantholops and other of the

Antelopes. The sphenoidal wing in Saiga is altogether small, ob-

liquely ridged, contracted antero-posteriorly, and curved sharply

backwards between the postfrontal and squamo-temporal elements.

The orbito-sphenoid seen from below has a larger superficies than

the alisphenoid, though in itself small. It has a smooth concave

surface, the foramen opticum obliquely penetrating it just above the

root of the internal spheno-pterygoid plate.

bone, when the mandible is placed in natural position, has a moderate —

curvilinear direction upwards and forwards. At the last molar its

vertical depth is 14 inch, but, correspondingly, less than | inch at the

premolar. Anteriorly the diasteme narrows very considerably in a

tapering manner, and then widens into a somewhat scooped or shovel-

shaped symphysial part, 1 inch long and as much wide, into which

the horizontally placed incisors are inserted. A diminutive ridge

runs backwards from each outer incisor towards the molar alveolus.

The mental foramen is situated, outside, immediately behind the

symphysis. The ascending ramus, as mentioned, strikes upwards

at nearly right angles to the dental plane, the angle being produced

as a thin but broad and rounded sweep of bone. The head of the

condyle is short-necked, the articular surface transversely oblong and

very gently concave. The sigmoid notch is shallow and narrow, the

long coronoid process of nearly uniform breadth throughout.

The inferior maxilla in the male measured 73 inches horizontally

from symphysial extremity to ramal angle; and adding an inch for

the niedian incisors, the extreme length would be 8 inches.

(D) Dentition.—In the Society’s adult male specimen the set of

teeth were deficient in the anterior lower premolar and two middle

incisors. I found the skeleton at the College of Surgeons more com-

plete, and answering to Pallas’s brief statement of the dental numbers

in the full-grown animal. The formula, therefore, of the permanent

dentition is that of other hollow-horned Ruminants, to wit :—

pe oy 3-3 3-3

466 DR. J. MURIE ON SAIGA TARTARICA. [June 9,

The above author observes ‘‘ molares utringue 5 in junioribus.”

The extreme length of each series of the grinding-teeth above and

below is 2°7 inches. The palatal breadth or distance between the

two hindermost upper molars is 1°6, and betwixt the opposite ante-

rior premolars 1*1 inch. The pattern of the teeth, as might be

anticipated, is bovine, although they do not strictly conform to any

special genus; for instance, the upper molars are sheep-like, the

premolars rather antilopine, and the incisors a modification of both.

The maxillary premolars are altogether small—the two anterior

particularly so; but the third is somewhat larger. ‘The first is

single-, the second double-, and the third triple-rooted. Measured

serlatim they have individually a breadth of 0-2, 0°3, and 0°4 inch,

and a transverse diameter of 0°18, 0°2, and Q°3inch. Their external

longitudinal enamel ridging is but moderately developed, the third

premolar being comparatively smooth-surfaced, or with only a slight

development of the anterior ridge.

The three true molars behind these together occupy a space of

1°8 iach long; and they increase in size from the first to the third.

As in the Bovide, their antero-posterior is greater than their trans-

verse diameter; in other words, their breadth is greater than their

thickness. Nevertheless they are stout, and relatively and absolutely

thick, indeed much more so than obtains in Antelope-skulls of cor-

responding dimensions. ‘The enamel layers are of considerable den-

sity. The two outer depressions are remarkably shallow and broad,

and the bounding longitudinal enamel ridges very moderately ele-

vated—notably so in the last molar, its anterior ridge alone being

well marked. On the crown the semilunar vertical enamel folds are

simple, with a medium-sized cleft or valley ; no trace of secondary

folds exists. Internal accessory enamel columns, as in the Ox, and

supplemental lobes, are wanting.

The crowns of the three upper molars have the following dimen-

sions :—The anterior 0-5, the penultimate 0°7, and the posterior 0°8

inch broad, and each is about 0:4 inch in greatest thickness or trans-

verse diameter.

The lower incisors and canines closely set together form a fan-

shaped expansion 1:7 inch wide; they are not entirely procumbent,

but rather tilted obliquely forwards and upwards. The canines or

outermost of the four on each side are the smallest ; and the incisors

progressively increase in size from without inwards. Their outer

edges overlap the median incisor, being lowest. The incisors are all

more or less spatulate, with a sharp cutting-edge; their upper outer

border, where the neighbouring tooth overrides, is slightly ridged ;

and from the summit the surface shelves to either side. The largest,

innermost incisor is moderately expanded at the summit, the others

less so.

A long slender diasteme precedes the mandibular molar series.

The first premolar present, situated at the uprising of the ridge, is

almost conical, and very small. No trace of its whereabouts could

be detected in the mandible of the Society’s older animal ; and in the

skeleton of the wild Saiga at the College of Surgeons, on one side it

1870.] DR. J. MURIE ON SAIGA TARTARICA. 467

was very rudimentary ; so that I am inclined to think this tooth is lost

comparatively early in life. The succeeding premolars, 2 and 3, are of

fair size, being a trifle broader, though not quite so thick, as the upper

premolars 1 and 2, with which they come into contact during masti-

cation. These latter are short; and the former accordingly are

lengthened and raised somewhat above the plane of detrition, chiefly

however mesially. The said two hinder lower premolars are each

sinuous in contour, from the tolerably pronounced character of the

enamel ridges and concavities. The last has well-defined lobes, and

is rather larger than that in advance. Together they are 0°6 inch

broad, and about 0°2 thick.

The hindermost inferior true molar, quite 1 inch broad and 0:3

inch greatest thickness, has, as in Bovines, a third posterior lobe, of

larger size. The penultimate molar is 0°6, the antepenultimate 0°5

inch in antero-posterior diameter, and they are each slightly narrower

across than the last tooth of the series.

(E.) Comparison of the Cranium and Dentition —“Sceleton,

maxime quoad cranium, singulare est’”’*. These few words of Pallas

comprehend much. When Dr. Falconer? wrote that “in the Siva-

therium we have a Ruminant connecting the family with the Pachy-

dermata, and at the same time so marked by individual peculiarities

as to be without an analogue in-its order,’’ he was at too remote a

distance from brother naturalists or easy access to libraries; else he

he would at once have recognized in the Antilope saiga certain of

those outré features which he and Captain Cautley so graphically

~ describe in the Murkunda fossil. Other, later writers have not failed

to note resemblances. In the Saiga, unquestionably, we have a re-

petition of the short nasals of the Sivathere, and large size of the

nasal échancrure ; but with these peculiarities further likeness ceases,

unless it may be that the lachrymal and premaxilla bore analogy ;

these, however, the state of the fossil specimens does not admit of com-

paring. The Titanotherium proutii of Professor Leidyt and Mega-

cerops coloradensis of Dr. Linz§, are representative of two ancient

North-American forms which obviously have relations to the above,

inasmuch as thickness and diminished length of nasals predominate.

The form of teeth in the first two of these fossils is unlike that in

Saiga; those of the third are not known. All three, as well as the

allied Bramatherium, are furthermore distinguished from Saiga in

their possessing four horns, the anterior pair prefrontal.

When we come to compare existing Bovide with that under

consideration, none have such short nasals, premaxillaries, and

scooping out of maxille. In these respects there is no connexion

whatever with its associates Gazella, Procapra, Pantholops, and

Cervicapra.

In Pantholops, however, as in Eleotragus and Rupicapra, the

* Op. cit. p. 44.

t Asiatic Researches, vol. xix. (1836), and, with additional MS. notes, in

Dr. Murchison’s collected edition of his works, 1868.

{ The Ancient Fauna of Nebraska, p. 72.

§ Acad. of Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Meeting for Jan. 1870.

468 DR. J. MURIE ON SAIGA TARTARICA. [June 9,

preemaxillee fall short of the nasals ; but in all these Antelopes, the

latter bones abut to a considerable extent against the maxille.

In the limited section of Caprine Antelopes of Gray, Ovine Ante-

lopes of Turner, Capricornis, Nemorhedus and Budorcas, the nasals

are but of moderate length, the premaxillaries do not reach them,

and the maxillz barely coalesce nasally. In some Oxen, Budalus and

Bibos to wit, and also in the aberrant Sheep Ovzbos, the premaxillary

stunting is marked, but the relation of nasals to maxilla is quite

different from the peculiar one in Saiga.

The complementary changed relations of the facial bones of Saiga,

and especially the increased height but antero-posterior shortening

of the lachrymals, differ quite from the modern Ruminant skull,

where, as a rule, the horizontal is greater than the upright breadth

in the latter bone. Besides these major differences, the Saiga re-

cedes from supposed alliance with Gazella and Cervicapra in absence

of suborbital fissure—though, exceptionally, the Chiru agrees with it

in wanting a fissure ; but it differs from each in the very slight im-

press of suborbital fossze.

Indeed, within certain limits, it may be said that the suborbital

fossa of Saiga, though wider, has more the shallow roundish cha-

racter of that of Sheep than Antelopes. The opposite of this remark

applies to the masseteric ridge, as the higher position of the Anti-

lopine orbit gives increased length of ridge, as in the Saiga.

Goats, with their elongate fissure, and Deer, with a most extensive

wide one, and very deep lachrymal fossa, are remote in facial con-

struction from the type in question.

The group which Dr. Gray designates ‘‘ Antelopes of the field,”

including Antilope, Gazella, Tetracerus, Cephalophus, and other

genera, and the same author's ‘‘ Antelopes of the Desert,”’ Alcephalus

&c., have all large, more or less inflated tympanic bulle. Itis to the

former of these groups that the Saiga has been assigned ; and the de-

velopment of its ossa tympani in a fair degree shows derivation from it,

or unity of stock. In the Society’s specimen the bull are rather

more inflated than in the skull at the Hunterian Museum ; and both

are fuller and not quite so laterally compressed as in the so-called

Cervine Antelopes, 4igocerus, &c. The Caprine Antelopes are still

further removed, judged of by this single character ; for in them

the tympanics are moderate and compressed.

The triangular, horizontally elongated and ridged tympanic bones

of the Goats and the Deer even more markedly deviate.

In Sheep, as Turner observes, there is a small auditory bulla; but

I find in Ovis vignet that the bulla is not only of moderate, but

indeed of fair size, and quite equal in relative magnitude to that of

the Saiga, its shape rather more elongated, but not unlike the

latter.

The centre point of the skull, the basioccipital bone, forms a

good diagnostic mark between the Antelope groups, especially when

taken in conjunction with the tympanic elements and disposition of

the facial bones. Usually the basiocciput is longish and narrow,

high, convex, and mesially grooved antero-posteriorly. Continuous

1870. | DR. J. MURIE ON SAIGA TARTARICA. 469

ridges bound the groove; and in front and behind a pair of large

prominences or tubercles are developed. In the true Ovine, Cervine,

and Caprine Antelopes these parts present varied grades of deve-

lopment. The genus Oreotragus alone has a tendency to flattening,

and Nemorhedus evinces relative broadening of the bone.

In the Sheep and the Goats the basilar bone assumes a totally

different form; it is as broad as it is long, widest in front, flat or

slightly concave, the posterior tubercles small, and the anterior ones

extended onwards rather than highly raised. The same bone in the

Saiga, as previously described, essentially resembles these.

The Rocky-Mountain Sheep, Ovis montana, offers analogy to the

Saiga in having an outer mastoidal depression at the root of the

paramastoid. This, partially, is the condition met with in some

Oxen ; but in Goats there is a great mastoidal eminence: in the An-

telopes and Deer it is also convex, but less elevated.

The Saiga, in the backward extension of its horizontal palatines,

width of postero-nares, and long, vertically high spheno-pterygoid

plates, is interesting, as this is not witnessed to the same extent in

living Ruminantia. The short and higher rounding of its skull is

also met with in the Chamois, Aipyceros and Damalis.

There is something peculiar in the dentition; absence of supple-

méntal lobes separate it from the Cervine Antelopes and all Deer ;

but the teeth might belong to the Gazelle group, though as closely

Ovine in character. In its subequal incisors, however, it is unlike the

antilopine section that have the median ones extra large and expanded

at the summit.

Altogether, the cranial anatomy of Saiga tartarica has for its

groundwork a basioccipital derivatively modelled from Sheep-struc-

ture ; to this are added mastoid, auditory, and tympanic elements

modified between those of Antilope and Ovis. The rest of the broad

basis cranii, palatal region, and the foramina are built typical of Sheep,

but correlated with change of cranial form. The upward set of the

basisphenoid and the postcranial contour incline to those of Goats,

though the glenoid articulation and posterior border of the maxilla

are truly Antilopine.

The horns and interfrontals pertain to the latter group in shape ;

but the diaphanous corneous texture, as the older naturalists did not

fail to observe, are restrictedly Bovine. Forasmuch as stout abbre-

viated nasals and preemaxillee indicate family connexion, the Elk and

Oxen show a tendency to agreement with Saiga; but the facial re-

gion, notwithstanding, by no means approximates close, and rather,

in the latter, denotes ancient Sivathere parentage. In fine, the ex-

traordinary-looking soft structures of the nares and the coordinate

adaptation of these with deficiency of osseous framework, as in the

Tapirs and other Pachyderms, point to physiological function of the

nasal region of a kind different in the extreme from the ordinary

living Ruminant type. That in by-goue ages kindred proboscidian

Ruminants were more numerous, and varied concomitantly in cranial

characteristics, the fossil remains attest.

470 DR. J. MURIE ON SAIGA TARTARICA. [June 9,

3. Bones of the Extremities.

(A) Scapula and fore limbs.—Whilst the shoulder-blade shows

no special specific or generic mark, it yet, I would say, is impressed

more with Antilopine than Ovine form. This, I think, is owing to its

somewhat greater length to breadth and upturned axillary border.

Its long diameter is 7, and breadth at vertebral end 33 inches. The

supra- is about a third of the breadth of the infraspinous fossa ;

the spine has a concavity towards the latter; the acromion process is

obsolete, a tubercle of bone alone representing it. There is a well-

marked neck, flattish and widened by a flange of bone at the axillary

border. The glenoid cavity is shallow, incised at the coracoid end,

this process being short and broad. The tricipital border is thick,

wide, and markedly grooved, and towards the vertebral end rises at

a right angle to the plane of the infraspinous fossa in a prominent

strong plate of bone for the attachment of the teres major muscle.

The cartilage at the spinal end was semiossified in the male specimen.

The shaft of the humerus is roundish, but with a tendency to

posterior angularity. Head and neck relatively to the shaft are

massive. The great tuberosity is very broad, strong, and thick,

obliquely salient inwards. The deltoid eminence and elevation for

attachment of the teres major are each well developed. The bicipital

groove is flattish and unusually broad. The articular capitulum is

deflected posteriorly, its upper surface being moderately convex and

broad ; the inferior extremity presents little or no difference from

that of the Sheep.

There is a moderately broad shaft to the radius, which has a slight

bend forwards, and, as usual, is convex in front, but almost flattened

behind. The stout olecranon rises 2 inches above the radius; and

the shaft of the ulna is represented by a slender rod continued to

the short styloid process, where it somewhat widens out.

The carpal bones consist of the usual ruminant number, 6, viz. the

scaphoid, semilunar, cuneiform, and pisiform in the first row, and

os magnum (with united trapezoid) and unciform in the second.

Proximately the scaphoid, lunar, and cuneiform are arranged in a

close-fitting semilune, the pisiform bone being, as it were, accessory,

placed posteriorly and comparatively free. The magnum and unci-

form form an inferior and reduced semilune, modelled accurately to

the upper surface of the metacarpal pillar. A sufficient hollow is

provided behind these bones for the tendons &c. to be bound firmly

by transverse ridges of fascia, and enabling them to play with secu-

rity during the frequent jerking movements of this part of the limb

when in action.

The scaphoid, of good size, has an upper deepish median hollow

which lodges the greater part of the inner facet of the radius. The

said hollow is somewhat laterally constricted, but posteriorly rises as

a tuberosity. The underside of the scaphoid occupies more than

the outer moiety of the connate os magnum and trapezoides. The

uneven outer side of the bone rests in the corresponding rough con-

cavity of the lunare.

1870.] DR. J. MURIE ON SAIGA TARTARICA. 471

The lunare or semilunar bone has a figure-of-eight shape, but

with numerous prominent angular facets. It is smaller than the sca-

phoid. The proximal surface articulates chiefly with the median

fossa of the radius and the crest on the outer border of the inner

facet. Its lateral constrictions are filled by the corresponding emi-

nences of the scaphoid and cuneiform. Distally it presents two small

flattish quadrangular facets, and behind these a couple of grooved

ones ; these coincide with the approximate parts of the magnum and

unciform.

The cuneiform offers two angular faces, which wedge into the

neighbouring concavity of the lunare. Proximally the cuneiform

articulates by a raised portion with a small part of the radius; and

outside this there is a deep oblique groove for the reception of the

styloid process of the ulna. The distal surface rests solely upon the

unciform bone ; a posterior outer and downward process rests in the

fossa on the outside of the unciform.

The long diameter of the pisiform is vertical. It is a rather large,

ovoid, convex, and laterally compressed bone, the inner surface being

deeply grooved for the transmission of tendon.

The os magnum differs from all the bones of the row in being re-

latively thin, flattish, wide and diamond-shaped. The upper surface

is quite level on the outer half for the reception of the scaphoid ;

and on the inner half it presents fore and aft facets, upon which,

as aforesaid, those of the lunare rest. Its articular surface with the

unciform is concave. The metacarpal articular surface is quite a

horizontal plane, except the trapezoidal portion, which is rather more

indented. The homologue of the trapezoid bone is only indicated by

a tuberous condition of the inner posterior angle of the magnum.

The unciform, like the magnum, has a very smooth under surface,

which plays on the proximal end of the fourth metatarsal (7. e. the

outer one present). The upper surface of the bone is uneven, and

possesses several facets at different angles and planes, which articu-

late with parts of the lunare and cuneiform. That fossa outside,

wherein the descending process of the cuneiform lies, is well marked.

The cannon bone is a long and beautifully finished pillar, a slight

mesial groove indicating third and fourth metacarpal elements. A

nutritious foramen penetrates the bone at either end of the said fur-

row. A delicate spicular rod of bone 23 inches long, and represent-

ing a second metacarpal, is seen in the College of Surgeons’ skeleton ;

this must either have been cut away or was absent in the Society’s

specimen. Behind the digital end of the connate metacarpals are

two pairs of large-sized sesamoid bones, each pair appositely placed

with a median groove for the long flexor tendons. Futhermore, in

the Hunterian specimen three additional free and minute ossicula

have been preserved ; of these, two are placed on the inner and one

on the outer side of the metacarpo-phalangial joint.

The phalanges, proximal, median, and distal, are of fair strength,

and, all more or less, laterally compressed. The last or ungual digits

are comparatively short and high. Behind the lower extremities of

the second phalanges two large sesamoids are met with.

Af DR. J, MURIE ON SAIGA TARTARICA. [June 9,

(B) Pelvic arch and hind limb.—In treating of the male pelvis it

may be as well to mention that the left ischium of the Society’s

specimen had sustained a fracture, the parts being reunited in a

contorted manner. The opposite right pelvic moiety, however, was

intact ; and from it and the College of Surgeons’ skeleton the sub-

joined description is taken.

Pelvis of male adult Saiga, its lower aspect: two-fifths nat. size.

LZ. 6. Last or sixth lumbar vertebra. a. s. sp. Anterior superior spinous process.

¢.z. Tuberosity of the ischium. ¢. sp. External spinous process of ischium.

The brim is placed at an angle of about 50° to the long axis of the

lumbar vertebree. Its conjugate diameters are 3 inches ; no marked

inequalities exist, so that its roundish outline is complete. The en-

larged diamond-shaped blade of the ilium is deeply biconcave with-

out for the deep gluteal muscles ; and the sacro-iliac synchondrosis

occupies rather less than half of the antero-inner convex surface.

A remarkably prominent, elongate anterior superior spinous process

(a. s. sp) juts outwards ; and the middle of the crest has also a note-

worthy tuberosity. The acetabulum is narrow, but deep, the notch

large but protected by a thick layer of cartilage. The anterior

1870. ] DR. J. MURIE ON SAIGA TARTARICA. 473

or superior limb of the os pubis is stouter than the posterior one.

The symphysis, roughened and protuberant in front, is continued

backwards, carinate ; the pubic arch is very deep, narrow, and A-

shaped. Each obturator foramen is widely subcirenlar. The body

of the ischium is thin, with a very sharp superior (or posterior)

border, its spine forming a wide upward sweep in the bony curva-

ture. The combined tuber ischii (¢. 7.) and ramus, flattish below and

mesially ridged above, have a reverse plane from the body of the

ischium; namely, they are horizontal and widely expanded in a tre-

foil shape. The inner plate or ramus, the thinnest, joins the pubis ;

the posterior tuberosity is thick and bulbous; and the third outer

spur, which I designate the external tuberosity (e. sp.), has an inter-

mediate thickness and breadth. An angle of 75° approximately gives

the separate plane between the iliac and the ischio-symphysial axes.

From within outwards the neck of the femur is very broad, but

exceedingly short, it and the head being antero-posteriorly flattened.

The articular surtace of the latter, consequently, is of a transversely

oval shape, depressed, and almost at right angles to the axis of the

shaft: a roughening indicates the round ligament. The intertro-

chanteric fossa burrows deeply at the root of the great trochanter,

and from that inwards is more open. The great trochanter is large,

and posteriorly rises ¢ of an inch higher than the head; its gluteal

surface has a long subquadrate outline. Relatively, the trochanter

minor is small, and, as in other Ruminants, a third trochanter is

wanting. The shaft has a slight forward axial bend; and a long but

feebly developed linea aspera descends its whole length on the pos-

tero-outer side. ‘The condyles are large and subequal in size; the

intercondyloid space narrow and shallow.

With reference to the patella, it is short, stout, and of a nearly

equal-sided triangular figure. Its articular surface is but slightly

convex. In the fresh condition of the parts the eminence of the

outer border is heightened by a wall of cartilage: the prominent

ridge thus produced overlaps and grasps the anterior articular rim

of the internal condyle, allowing of an upward and downward gli-

ding movement, and preventing luxation from side to side.

The articular crown of the tibia is heart-shaped, but with a deep

incision for the tibialis-anticus tendon on its outer border towards

the front. This causes the outer, fibular moiety or condyle, which

superiorly is the more convex of the two, to be shorter than the

inner one; whilst it is also the broader, and has a posterior deep-

based margin. The tubercles for the crucial ligaments are well deve-

loped. The anterior tuberosity is large, though laterally compressed,

sharp-edged ; and, from being three-sided and of considerable mag-

nitude above, the shaft narrows and is roundish in its lower two-

thirds. The muscular grooves are well marked.

Nothing can exceed the compact interlocking, yet easy, gingly-

moid movement devised between the distal articulation of the tibia

and caleaneum, all chance of lateral dislocation being prevented by

the strong internal malleolar plate and the guard of the external

side, which is the inferior fibular segment presently to be spoken of.

474 DR. J. MURIE ON SAIGA TARTARICA. [June 9,

The remnant of, or aborted fibula, asin other Ruminants, is repre-

sented by a short stalactic process of bone depending from the

external tibial tuberosity, and by a small subquadrate-shaped bone

impacted along with the tarsal elements at the tibial distal extremity ;

the latter, as above said, takes the place of an outer malleolus.

The tarsus is composed of five separate bones, and a sixth if the

fibular distal appendage or separate tarsal-like end be included.

These altogether are not so stout as in the Sheep or Chamois.

The calcaneum is strong, of moderate length and thickness, and

somewhat more than usually narrowed in cross thickness. It mainly

articulates with the astragalus; but there is a facet which rests upon

the upper surface of the cuboid portion of the combined naviculo-

cuboid bone, and another for the infrafibular ossicle.

The astragalus has the ordinary Ruminant type, but relatively is

of small size, though its ligamentous pits and impressions are deepish.

Its distal articulation is chiefly with the navicular portion of the

scapho-cuboid.

This combined scapho- or navicular cuboid bone is deep compared

with its size. Its upper surface, or face of articulation with the

astragalus, is biconcave and considerably scooped out.

The single metatarsal shows little or no sign of segmentation.

Like the metacarpal, it is of considerable length, but much the more

laterally compressed, or its antero-posterior diameter is the greater.

This fore-and-aft depth decreases from above downwards, and at the

base or distal end becomes altered, so that it is broader across than

from front to back. The upper two-thirds of the posterior surface

is fluted; and at the top of the groove there rests a small sesamoid

bone. The trochlear or digital articular eminences are deep, but not

wide. Two pairs of sesamoid bones, affording pulley-superficies for

the flexor tendons, lie behind the distal enlargement.

As regards length, lateral compression, shape and number, the

digits and phalanges of the hind foot agree closely with those of the

fore foot.

cular structures I may, first, refer to the Table which I have drawn

up to exhibit the comparative lengths of the limb-segments in a

series of Ruminants. (See p. 475.)

Saiga is there placed alongside the Sheep. The numbers attached

to the names refer to the individual skeletons in the College of Sur-

geons’ Museum, from which these measurements were taken. A

single species of each group may serve for comparison, though of

course this implies approximate rather than exact inferences.

With regard to greatest breadth of scapula to its length, allowing

the long diameter to be represented by 100, these are as under-

noted :—

38°1 Giraffe. 59°8 Bull. 68°0 Sheep.

56°4 Goat. 60-0 Saiga. 68°1 Musk-Deer.

59°0 Gazelle. 67°1 Fallow Deer. 69°6 Llama.

These proportions, added to the general appearance heretofore men-

1870.]

DR. J. MURIE ON SAIGA TARTARICA.

aoa RD

Peas Pedra ¢

Cek.8 SCoebas 8

Zepe wee esys

BG) wus E'S FOL es,

Brey ake B®, @5EBs

2 a : © a : 5B

EA. < ari S eo Q

eg 7s

o- : Ester ns: : £

@ : hh ia Hed:

= . —_> - .

5 pea Spe? Petal tees

Michoaiiai A, i2lekied

; Fj AE il iil elles

. . Se fe ab) Sti

: : 3) sore

: » Ss

: 2 syste

: f 2 oe:

wos 3 wouSeSa| Italian Bull (3825, A), =

TA SHNnwosn Bos taurus. g

rwoeisS wt Sm | White-tailed Gnu (3808), 5

BASH WdASASW Catoblepas gnu. thes

HANOI HADI RAT | Beep ete)

SHAS AAIHSSCON| Ovis aries. 2

: a

HOOD HADRARO | Nahura Argali (3779), 3

AwRwWd ANAcwnws | Ovis nahura.

j |

HADI HOMAGE | Saiga (3729, A),

ASHdS BHHOY NN Saiga tartarica.

HOOT HR AID OW Goat (3736), fol

Bod Ko dcmOomorw Capra hircus. A=

MHoSo Hasu]Sss Nepaul Goat (3748), =

AAA ABDASSAIG |] Capra nepalensis. :

wees. wi arSae Equine Antelope (3696),

ARROW WHSowmwos | Aiigocerus equinus. b

cot

mH DAIS OO 109 BD | Gazelle (3648), =

WWIOA WOW SOA | Gazella (Antilope) dorcas. Ss

HOON HOTS | Chickara (3715), 8

ASST KASHI S | Tetracerus quadricornis.

MDOT HEEoaes| Roe Deer (3598),

PE COINS (ps ROS Cres Gi | Cervus capreolus. 5

Does etl ated Sax exer | Fallow Deer (3536), 8

AAW AWSHOHAG | Cervus dama. a

WSS wxartoOoMaAD | Reindeer (3112),

ROW RO GOAT C9 Cu | Tarandus rangifer.

th QD

BSS eo aold SE CEA) ag

WAAR WOAH Camelopardalis giraffa. 8s

HAD Hhamawet Musk-Deer (3490), ES

Bako Owowre Wow Moschus moschiferus. gs &

—= .

~waSsl wN Sy4s Vicugna (3489),

Coa ro WAawn | Auchenia vicugna. 5

comp wo Hone Llama (3482), 5

Sdaw wa CNN! Auchenia llama. 5

_— .

cots mea, ocho, a com Camel (3445),

Sowd HAwo @ w-t Camelus bactrianus.

475

476 DR. J. MURIE ON SAIGA TARTARICA. [June 9,

tioned, characterize the blade-bone as Antilopine rather than Ovine

or Cervine.

It is difficult verbally to define differences in the long limb-bones

of animals disagreeing in size but with such similarity of construc-

tion as obtains in the subsidiary groups of the Bovide. The relation

of the segments to each other possibly is the most satisfactory test.

From such a standard, in Ruminants generally, the following results

appear :-—

Proportion of the radius to humerus, the latter equivalent to 100.

89:4 Musk-Deer. 113°0 Fallow Deer. 119°5 Llama.

101°5 Bull. 114°7 Saiga. 128°2 Gazelle.

103°4 Goat. 116°6 Sheep. 209 9 Giraffe.

The Giraffe towers in radial length. The Gazelle, typical of the

Antelopes, follows, with, however, great diminishment of the radius,

yet considerably removed from Saiga, which, with the Sheep and

Deer, take an intermediate position in the above Ruminant scale.

The aberrant Moschus is in extreme from the equally abnormal

Giraffe.

Proportion of the metacarpal to radius, the latter equivalent to 100.

68°3 Goat. 81°4 Sheep. 90-9 Giraffe.

69°6 Bull. 82:3 Musk-Deer 98°7 Fallow Deer.

80°0 Llama. 88°5 Saiga. 120-0 Gazelle.

As regards proportion of cannon bone to radius, Sheep and the Saiga

again occupy a middle place, and the Gazelle far exceeds these, the

Cervidze, and even the long-fore-legged Camelopard.

Proportion of tibia to femur, the latter equivalent to 100.

92°5 Bull. 111°3 Saiga. 120-2 Sheep.

102'4 Llama. 113°7 Goat. 123-6 Musk-Deer.

108°5 Fallow Deer. 115°3 Giraffe. 128°5 Gazelle.

The Saiga, in its femoro-tibial segments, departs from Ovis, and is

widely separate from Gazella, its alliances, as in the fore limb, being

with Cervus and Capra. The changes in relationship of the Giraffe,

Musk-Deer, and Llama are not a little remarkable.

Proportion of the metatarsal to tibia, the latter equivalent to 100.

53:0 Goat. 65°4 Musk- Deer. 83°3 Fallow Deer.

59°8 Bull. 70°6 Llama. 86°1 Gazelle.

61-0 Sheep. 79°5 Saiga. 113°0 Giraffe.

There is a certain correspondence between the cannon bones of the

hind and fore limbs, contrasted with their osseous pillar above, in

all the Ruminants selected for comparison. The Giraffe, however,

presents the maximum, and not the Gazelle.

Limiting my remarks to the Saiga, it comes out, in whichever

light viewed, that ‘this animal, in the proportional lengths of its

long limb-bones, has much nearer affinities to Sheep than to Ante-

lopes. This with a certainty is the case in the fore leg, though in

the hind leg it has closer agreement with Deer than with either of

the said groups.

1870. DR. J. MURIE ON SAIGA TARTARICA. 477

It is necessary to speak with caution of the inferences deducible

from pelvic formation, as sex, age, &c. render data unstable, unless

an extensive series are studied side by side. The pelvis of the young

female Saiga resembles that of the adult female Red Deer; but the

adult male Saiga’s does not agree with it. The ilia of most Deer are

shorter, the pubic angle wider, the brim is not so round, the sym-

physial ridge and the ischial tuberosities relatively less pronounced.

Sheep contrasted with Saiga have a more oval contour of brim,

their anterior superior spinous processes, external ischial spine, and

postischial tuberosity are, as in it, large, yet less produced ; the

pubic angle is narrow and short. A greater differentiation obtains

in the Goat, Ibex, and Chamois, where the bony processes are less

developed and the pubic angle is wider.

lI. Nasau CHAMBERS AND Myo.oey.

1. The Nares.

Outer aspect.—The organ, par excellence, which first excites at-

tention and gives a peculiar character to the Saiga is its trunk-like

proboscis (fig. 12). No existing Ruminant, to my kuowledge, is

furnished with such an exaggerated nasal apparatus, though some few

have the upper lip more than ordinarily elongated. It is, however, to

the ample soft narial walls that the Pig-like or proboscidean face is

due in Saiga. As in Swine, its extremity is abruptly truncated ; but

it differs very materially from theirs in being soft and flabby, with-

out a discoid fibro-cartilaginous expanse; and the nasal orifices are

very patulous. Neither is the Saiga’s nasal enlargement quite after

the type of the Elephant and Tapir, where the trunk is provided

with a tactile retracting tip. The Horse, again, bears a resemblance to

the Saiga in its greatly dilated nostrils, which, however, are more car-

tilaginous ; and its upper lip is much more callous and prehensile.

Externally and in front the nose and muzzle of the Saiga have a se-

milunar contour, the lip broad, hairy, and mesially grooved, but not

deeply fissured. The nares have an extreme transverse diameter of

2 inches, and each is an inch in depth. Each wide nostril is sub-

oval, and, when dilated, inclines upwards and outwards, where it is

rather wider than at the septum. ‘This latter exteriorly is mode-

rately thick, but thin interiorly for 2 or 3 inches backwards. The

nasal passages are about 4 inches long from the external orifice to

the nasal cartilages, 2 inches deep, the width depending greatly upon

the contraction of the facial muscles ; for the passages themselves are

very lax and pliant in the dead body. The accurate Pallas has not

passed unnoticed that the floor and outer wall are clothed with

longish silky white hairs, and studded with sebaceous follicles, the

septum naked, and that there is a peculiar maxillary sac opening

within the cavity of each naris.

Nasal sac.—This sac possesses much interest, as helping, with

others, to a better understanding of the homology of the Cetacean

nasal sacs, which I have treated upon and compared with this else-

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1870, No. XXXII.

478 DR. J. MURIE ON SAIGA TARTARICA. [June 9,

where. Jn the young female the sac and its opening similarly placed

(see fig. 8, MS) were smaller than in the adult male; but I shall

choose the latter for description. It is placed deeply beneath the

nasal muscles and tissues, above the premaxillary bone, and vertically

under the alar cartilage. It is globular in shape, an inch deep, and

with a large vertical ellipsoidal aperture opening into the nasal

passage below the anterior inferior margin of the alar cartilage.

Interiorly it is lined with an extension of the mucous membrane,

and is studded with glands similarly to the hairy portion of the nares.

The glands secrete abundantly a sebaceous-looking substance which

Pallas says has a rancid goat-like odour; and in this I concur,

though in Sheep the smell from the nares is not dissimilar. The

inferior turbinal bones and mucous lining narrow the nostril behind

the opening of the sac; but it is worthy of notice that a small ver-

tically semilunar depression, } an inch long, exists between them

outside the turbinal and superior to the orifice of the sac. There is

also another much wider fossa or duplication of membrane on the

floor of the chamber mesially and in front of the first-mentioned

premaxillary sac. In fact, a semilunar membranous fold forms a

well-defined step between the raised anterior narial chamber and

deeper posterior nares. The soft membranous postseptum is very

thick compared with the front part; its vessels are arranged in very

numerous obliquely parallel lines.

Fig. 8.

Dissection, head of female Saiga, showing nasal sac and nervous distribution.

ZS. Maxillary sinus, or extra nasal sac; a portion of its outer wall is removed,

and an arrow from the nares shows the connexion therewith; parts of two

other arrows indicate the separate nasal passages. jf. Suborbital fossa or

pit. Na.m. Nasal muscles, reflected and partially cut off. z. Origin and

insertion of zygomaticus. J.0.n. Infraorbital nerves. Fx. § a. Facial

nerve and artery, a dotted line carrying them towards their cranial exit.

P. gl. Parotid gland; and G/.s. Glandula socia. F.v. Facial vem. ‘Sz. d,

Stenon’s duct. Ma’ and Ma?. Superficial and deep layers of the masseter.

Te. Temporalis.

1870.] DR. J. MURIE ON SAIGA TARTARICA. 479

Nasal cartilages.—As has been shown, the lengthened capacious

nasal organ of the Saiga is chiefly built up of soft substances, namely

muscular, fibrous, and fatty structures, with an internal lining of

sensitive, partially hairy, mucous membrane. The cartilages of the

nose take but a minor part in its composition. It may be as well,

however, that I describe these; and in so doing I refer to figure 5.

This will enable the reader to comprehend the relation of the parts at

the root of the nose, when the soft nares are removed, the cartilages

alone remaining in contact with the bones.

The septum narium (Sp) is remarkably long and deep; anteriorly

and superiorly it is membranous, the more solid cartilaginous por-

tion, or septal cartilage, being limited to a lengthened wedge-shaped

splint. This arises from the vomer ; trends forwards and downwards

on the floor of the nares to the anterior median groove separating

the premaxillary bones.

At the summit of the nasal region, above and in front, the septal

narial cartilage projects for about an inch beyond the nasal bones.

It is narrow and acutely wedge-shaped, the basal end but moderately

broad, the point mingling with or being wedged between two elon-

gated fibro-cartilaginous cords (/) presently to be spoken of.

The two upper and posterior luteral cartilages (Ul) have each a

shallow but widish semilunar contour, and partially fill the irregu-

larly margined concavity betwixt the orbito-maxillary and nasal

bones. The anterior horn of the crescent abuts against the median

nasal cartilage, and outwardly is bounded by the alar cartilage. The

post-infero-horn runs down towards the premaxillary, and by a cou-

stricted isthmus joins what appears to represent a sesamoid cartilage,

though in strictness this is little other than an inferior continuation

of the upper lateral cartilage itself. ;

The so-called sesamoid cartilage (Ss) is of small size, narrow, and

arciform, and fits into a deepish pit of the bone at the lachrymo-

maxillary orifice of the nasal duct, see *, fig. 4.

The alar or lower lateral anterior cartilages (Ll) are the largest

and thickest of the three pairs of nasal cartilages. Each possesses

an elongated lozenge-shape, or is irregularly diamond-figured. The

axis of the long diameter passes in a line nearly parallel with that

between the apex of the nasal bones and the inferior border of the

orbit, but is fully 3 an inch in front of these. The upper anterior

angle of the alar cartilage, as has been intimated, is joined by an

anterior slip from the upper lateral cartilage; and the united but

produced portion lying outside the point of the superior portion of

the septum narium is continued onwards. The pair of narrow cords

(f), one on each of the median lines, are fibrous in texture and very

elastic; and they proceed among the tissues of the summit of the

nares, as far almost as the truncated extremity of the uares, laterally

dwindling to a delicate film of glistening fibrous tissue. The infe-

rior angle of the alar cartilage is curvilinear, the concavity forward

and, broadening slightly below, bends inwards towards the nasa

chamber.

480 DR. J. MURIE ON SAIGA TARTARICA. [June 9,

It is difficult accurately to define the margin of each of the

cartilages as they graduate into thickish fibroid tissue at their free

edges. A rough measurement in the male animal gave the following

results :—Alar cartilage 2 inches in long diameter by 3 inch at point

of greatest breadth ; posterior lateral cartilage 13 ‘by 2 inch in the

same diameters, the sesamoid or extension of the last 0°6 long by

0:2 inch at widest.

Separating the alar and lateral cartilages, on both sides of the nares

is an elliptical fossa or shallow depression placed almost perpendi-

cularly to the long axis of the cranium. This depression, indicated

only by a dark shadow in fig. 5, consists of strongish fibrous tissue,

but is filled ordinarily with fatty substance and delicate pale-coloured

muscular fibres. These last, as shall hereafter be more particularly

pointed out, may be homologous with the levator proprius ale nasi

anterior, and levator proprius alze nasi posterior, or the true dilators

of the nares, although here situated far behind the external narial

apertures.

The fibres in question still have the same function in relation to

the cartilages of the nose, namely, movement of the ale. The long

fibrous cords conjointly derived from the alar and postlateral carti-

lages appear to form a superior longitudinal line of support to the

soft nasal walls. They, being highly elastic, permit, and indeed

assist, the muscular coverings in retracting efficiently.

Sense of smell.—Discussing the parts appertaining to the sense

of smell, it here seems appropriate to say a word on such habits of

the animal as bear thereon. The nose of Saiga, I find on good

authority, is an excellent telltale, as the information my esteemed

colleague, Mr. A. D. Bartlett, furnishes me with proves. He says,

“One of the difficulties attendant upon keeping the Saiga in good

health is its daintiness. Not only is it necessary to find suitable

food, but that food must be perfectly fresh and untouched by other

animals ; for if a mouse, rat, or even a sparrow, feed out of the same

trough, or touches the provender, the Saiga will not eat it. So

delicate is the sense of its smell, and so carefully must every particle

be handled, that I regard it as one of the most dainty feeders I have

ever met with among animals during my long experience in these

Gardens.”

Another circumstance tending to show a keen sense of smell is,

that when any disagreeably odorous substance is offered or thrown

to the animal it seems quickly to appreciate its qualities. Although

its curiosity be excited, it does not approach closely and sniff it, as

most Antelopes or Deer would, but remains at a distance inspiring

freely with dilated nostrils.

Muscular and other structures of the face and body generally.

I have explained at length the peculiarities of the internal nares ;

but the structure of the external walls also demands a few remarks.

The soft flabby nature of the proboscis has been alluded to as dif-

1870.] DR. J. MURIE ON SAIGA TARTARICA, 481

fering from that of other animals with a like nasal elongation, as

notably the Pig, Horse, and allied Ruminants. The Tapir probably

presents the nearest resemblance, minus lengthening and tactile

apex; this, as has been shown, is chiefly owing to the shortening of

the nasal bones and cartilages. Proceeding, however, with an enu-

meration of the parts from the superficial towards the deep, I shall

state broadly that the muscles, vessels, and nerves closely assimilate

in their disposition to those in the common Goat and Sheep; but

the development of analogous parts does not quite correspond.

In the Saiga there is a great broad sheet of muscular fibres which

arise from the naso-, orbital, and maxillary regions, and, proceeding

forwards, clothe the entire surface of the unusually vertically deep

nares (vide fig. 8, Na. m). Posteriorly the fibres are thin, but they

acquire bulk as they go forwards and downwards. To the lower

border of the above, and, indeed, intimately connected with it, is a

narrowed but also thick plane of muscular substance, which springs

from the maxillary eminence and goes to the outer inferior side of

the nostrils (z, fig. 8). Its direction is somewhat obliquely up-

wards or convergent to the first named. These two muscles respec-

tively correspond to the levator labii superioris aleque nasi, and

conjoined zygomatict. The lower one may also include the levator

labti superioris proprius, whilst the upper one, in its deep trans-

verse pale-coloured fibres, undoubtedly comprises the homologues of

the pyramidalis nasi, compressor naris, and dilator naris.

The last-mentioned three muscles, though most intimately inter-

woven with the coarser upper layer of the levator labia superioris

aleque nasi; and in a manner inseparable from it, can yet be readily.

distinguished, as they are much paler in colour, finer in texture, and

set obliquely or at right angles outwards to the narial wall. The

alar cartilages, it is true, are situated far back ; nevertheless the pos-

terior portion of the dilator naris (or levator proprius ale nasi pos-

terior) is clearly present, filling the deep fissure between the maxil-

lary bone and the curved tapering alar cartilage. The anterior

portion of the dilator (/evator proprius ale nasi anterior) abuts

against the soft walls of the naris. The depressor ale nasi, and so-

called naso-labialis of human anatomy, cannot be defined.

In the Sheep and Goat the levator labii superioris aleeque nasi 1s

very small compared with the Saiga’s; and the other deep nasal

muscles proper, from the cartilages being carried forwards, are very

diminutive indeed in the former animals, The zygomatic and levator

Jabii proprius muscles, however, are coequal, probably even thicker

in the Goat, which, as a browser, as Ogilby remarks*, uses its upper

lip to a remarkable extent.

The trunk of the Elephant and Tapir, whilst absolutely com-

posed of the same homologous: elements, has quite a different ap-

pearance when cut into, either transversely or laterally. In them

there is a vast accession of prominently marked muscular slips, and

glistening interlacing cross fibres intermingled with large blood-

* Trans. Zool. Soe..vol. ii. p..58.

482 DR. J. MURIE ON SAIGA TARTARICA. [June 9,

vessels, which give the whole quite a banded network character ;

whereas in the Saiga the fibres of the nasal muscles proper and blood-

vessels are so minute as to have more of a glandular aspect.

In the Pachyderms the proboscis is as much an organ of touch

and prehension as of smell. In Saiga undoubtedly touch or the

sense of feeling must be possessed to an unusual degree in this

musculo-sensory nasal apparatus. The increase of powers of smell,

however, seems to be its office; for the Schneiderian membrane is

that which most gains in superficial capacity, the power of retraction

and movement, though ossessed by it, being secondary or adjunct.

The distribution of serves to the outside of this dilated nose-

chamber is peculiar, inasmuch as the facial nerve (F.n.) is enor-

wously developed. Piercing the parotid gland behind the ascend-

ing ramus of the mandible, it traverses, as in Sheep and Goats,

superficially across the masseter to above the angle of the mouth,

then, directed obliquely upwards and formards, splits into a vast

number of thick branches. But the fan-shaped neryous plexus

which spread over the entire face are by no means so few or so

small as in Ovide, compared with which they are of gigantic pro-

portions. While some proceed towards the upper lip, the greater

number pass underneath the zygomatic and |. 1. s. aleeque nasi

muscles, and, piercing the deep nasal muscles, ramify finally on the

fibrous wall of the nares, both laterally and in front. In fact they

similate the nervous distribution on the Pig’s mobile and sensory

snout ; only in Saiga many more go to the lateral aspect of the

nares, and comparatively fewer to the extremity of the nose. In

most Bovines the infraorbital nerves are large relatively to the

temporo-facial ; but in 8. tartarica the reverse obtains (fig. 8, I. 0.7).

This may be accounted for by the upper lip of the former requiring

greater nervo-muscular power; whereas in the latter, as has been

shown, the nose acquires prominence, being the active sensory and

mobile organ.

Among cranio-facial muscles other than those mentioned, the fem-

poralis (Te), as in Ruminants generally, has a small superficial area.

The masseter is double ; its superficial layer (Ma’), broad and thick,

arises by a strong tendon from the maxillary prominence, and by

fibres from the lower edge of the orbit; posteriorly and below it

has a wide insertion into the angle of the mandible. The second,

deeper layer (J/a*) has more vertically directed fibres; they arise

from the anterior half of the zygomatic arch and lower surface of

the orbit, and are inserted into the anterior half of the ascending

mandibular ramus. The 4zccinator is moderately thick, elongated,

and narrowed behind. The inferior labial group of muscles are but

moderate in size.

The sterno-mastoid, as Owen remarks in the Giraffe, is according

to attachment a sterno-maxillaris, each belly posteriorly being in

close union with the sterno-hyoidei, and anteriorly ending by a strong

tendon, which amalgamates with that of the masseter primus, they

together being firmly fixed to the maxillary eminence. This facial

1870. | DR. J. MURIE ON SAIGA TARTARICA, 483

attachment must have a powerful influence in fixing the head upon

the neck.

The pectoralis major is small compared with the p. minor; its

origin reaches only to opposite the fourth rib; and its broad insertion

is round the fleshy parts at the head of the humerus. The pectoralis

minor is much more elongate, triangular, and stronger than the p.

major. It extends backwards to the xiphoid cartilage, and, in partial

union on the side of the chest with the latissimus dorsi, proceeds for-

wards, and is inserted into the head of the humerus above the supra-

spinatus. As in Ungulata, there is a sterno-scapular muscle present.

This, a small fleshy band or slip, arises from the anterior outer side

of the manubrium, and, passing outwards, goes between the sca-

pula and head of the humerus, being lost in the tissues superficial

to the pectoralis minor. A distinct swpracostal, some inches long,

lies upen the first four or five ribs, as in many Ruminants. It is

fleshy to the second rib, and broadly tendinous behind that, inclining

from without inwards. The serratus magnus is both extensive, thick,

and fleshy. It is situated between the seventh rib and the axis, its

subscapular fold covering the bone from the vertebral border to its

middle. The datissimus dorst comes from the tenth rib forward, is

relatively narrow, and joins, as aforesaid, the pectoralis minor, to be

inserted into the humerus.

The diceps is single-headed and strong. The drachialis anticus

has origin from the post-outer surface of the humeral neck, and, with

a moderately fleshy belly, is fixed into the anterior radial head.

The coraco-brachialis is large and fleshy. Origin coracoid process ;

insertion to middle of humerus. The long narrow deltoid stretches

between the lower border of the scapula and the deltoid ridge. The

triceps is four-headed ; and there is, besides, a band-like slip repre-

senting the dorsi-epitrochlear muscle. ‘The scapular head of the

triceps is of enormous bulk; and the dorso-epitrochlear band lies

deeply adherent to it. The supraspinatus has a partially double

insertion on to the head of the humerus, as in the Giraffe.

There is the representative of a cephalo-humeral, which rolls

round the head of the humerus, and is inserted between the biceps

and brachialis anticus and triceps on the shaft of the bone below

the deltoid ridge. The long spinal muscles of the back are remark-

ably broad, well developed, and fleshy ; the psoas and iliacus

moderately so, though wide.

There is a thick layer of firm fat overspreading the entire body,

but only partially so on the limbs; it lies beneath the extensive

muscular panniculus carnosus. The cutaneous panniculus is of mo-

derate thickness, and fleshy chiefly on the side of the body. It sends

a thin slip towards the elbow; and there is a broad attachment, both

into the groin and onwards to the knee-joint.

Other muscles have been described, among the organs of genera-

tion and laryngeal structures. The remainder of them and the

tendons of the limbs were but roughly dissected, as both skeleton

and skin had to be prepared for the British Museum.

484 DR. J. MURIE ON SAIGA TARTARICA. [June 9,

III. Viscerau ANATOMY.

1. Vascular Channels.

The heart, 4 to 44 inches long and 23 inches in diameter at the

base, approaches more to the Antelopes’ and Deer’s in shape than to

that of the Sheep. This arises from its being elongate, pyramidal,

and taper pointed; for in the Sheep the apex is more blunt and

obtuse. The deposition of fat around the basal end and on the

pericardium is limited in quantity. A thin ossicle an inch long and

‘2 inch broad at its middle, lay within the muscular substance,

close to the aortic orifice, in the adult male. ‘The bone, as regards

shape, was not unlike a diminutive broad first rib, one end being

wider and twisted, like the costal head, the opposite extremity

narrower,

Fig. 9.

Bone of the heart-—nat. size.

A single superior vena cava and an inferior one enter the right auricle’

from above and below. The facial veins and arteries (see fig. 8).

follow the distribution met with in Bovidee generally.

That vasculo-glandular reservoir the spleen, as Pallas shows (/. e.

p- 43, tab. iii. fig. 11 e), is adherent to the left upper side of the

paunch, a couple of inches from the cardiac orifice. It is flat and

broad, some 6 by 4 inches in diameter.

2. Genito-urinary Apparatus.

In the female the clitoris, the vagina, and the bicorned uterus,

present no special features worthy of notice. The specimen exa-

mined, a young half-grown animal, had imperfectly developed

mammary glands, upon which were four teats. .

In the male Saiga, Pallas curtly adverts to the testes, penis, and

its preeputium ; but he omits reference to the prostate and Cowper’s

glands, which are present. (Vide fig. 10.)

The scrotum is subglobular, and rather sessile than pendent, As.

Pallas observes, it is large—in the adult examined by me, equalling

a small orange in size, and exteriorly covered by short white hairs.

A considerable quantity of firm fat is imbedded within the scrotal

sac, being deposited in greatest quantity at the root of the testes

and around the cord. It forms indeed a septal division between the

glands, and gives bulk to the scrotum.

The cremaster muscle is developed as a broad band descending as

low as to opposite the globus major. The strongly fibrous tunica

vaginalis (¢. v. reflexa) is semitranslucent ; its visceral portion (t. vag.

propria) is still more delicate, and the lower uniting fold (f) situated

about *4 inch from the inferior end of the globus minor.

1870. ] DR. J. MURIE ON SAIGA TARTARICA. 485

B. Fig. 10. A.

Reproductive Organs of the male Saiga.

A. Reduced sketch of a dissection of the parts, bearing somewhat their natural

relations. #. Rectum. a. Anus, 7’ Left testis mesially bisected; the

right is partially shown with its sac reflected. . ep. Epididymis at globus

minor. ¢.v. Tunica vaginalis dragged backwards; gyri of the spermatic

vein are delineated upon the testicular surface. jf Fold between t. vy. pro-

pria and t. y. reflexa. px. Plexus of spermatic vessels. v. d, v. d*.

Vas deferens; the right tube x has been severed. B. Bladder in its con-

tracted condition. w. Ureters, cut short. P. gl. Prostate gland. C. gi.

Cowper's gland. P. Penis, its sigmoid flexure. p. Preeputium, retrovyerted.

e. s. Terminal lip of the corpus spongiosum ; the urethral orifice opens at

its point. & p. Retractor muscles of penis. &B. ec. Bulbo-cayernosus,

I, c. Ischio-cayernosus, cut from its bony attachment. C. w. Constrictor

urethree.

B. Segment of the urethra and bladder opened from above. w. Orifices of the

ureters. P. gl. Prostate gland. e.d. Hjaculatory ducts. CC. u. Con-

strictor urethra muscle seen in section. c¢.s. Corpus spongiosum. © ¢. ¢.

Corpus cavernosum. c¢.d. Cowper's duets.

Each testicle, with its globus minor, is egg- or, rather, spindle-

shaped, and measures 1? inch long by 1 inch in broadest diameter.

The body of the epididymis is broadish and band-like, the globus

major and minor both being of considerable dimensions. The latter

(ep. fig. 10) descends { of an inch below the gland, and is back-

486 DR. J. MURIE ON SAIGA TARTARICA. [June 9,

wardly protuberant. The white fibrous septum known as the corpus

highmorianum, is linear, rather indistinct, and occupies the mesial

axis. Owen? remarks of the Giraffe, where the septum is similarly

situated, that, as in the Deer and the Antelope, it thus more readily

permits of the expansion of the tubular structures in the rutting-

season.

The sigmoid flexure of the penis(P. )occurs rather behind the middle

or the organ. ‘There are two strong band-shaped retractores penis

(R.p) fixed in front of the bend; but delicate fibres are carried beyond,

as a membranous-looking sheath. The preputium (p) is attached

by a freenum 2 inches behind the point of the penis. The attenuated

glans has an inferior oblique papillar extension of the corpus spon-

giosum (ce. s.), which terminates in a minute orifice, the meatus

urinarius.

Combined bulbo-cavernosus muscles (B. c.) produce a swelling

almost as large as a chestnut. Each ischio-cavernosus (J. c.) is

large and fleshy. The continuous thickish layer of the circular and

oblique muscular fibres of the constrictor urethra (C.u.), 23 inches

long, form a powerful sphincter.

‘Two Cowper’s glands (C-. gl.), each as big as a bean, but pedicil-

late, are situated on the rectal side of the urethra, and immediately

behind the root of the bulb. They are yellow-coloured, moderately

firm, and separated from each other by fatty and fibrous tissues.

_ The vasa deferentia (v. d*.) at the upper end of the neck of the

bladder approximate, enlarge considerably, and form a thick, smooth,

flattened, elongate mass, which fills the superior fissure between a

pair of large glands. These glands, as I have noticed in the ana-

tomy of the Prongbuck, may either represent prostate, vesiculze

seminales, or both. Considered as the homologue of a bifid pro-

state (P.gl.), they each are 1-2 inch long, *7 inch deep, and

together have a breadth of 0°8 in front, and 1°2 inches behind. In

side view they are kidney-shaped, with an inferior mesial indentation.

From above, including the enlargement of the vasa deferentia, they

are somewhat quadrate, narrowing slightly in front. Their surface

is smoothish, with the exception of the indentation above spoken of.

A uipple-like process from the vasa deferentia pierces the compressor

urethra behind ; and the combined secretion of the testes and pro-

state enters the urethra by a double orifice ; ejaculatory ducts (e.d.)

behind the middle of the membranous portion of the urethra.

The kidneys agree with the characters assigned them by Pallas,

namely, subglobularly oval, a shallow hilus, and unsymmetrically

placed in the loins. As he observes, the right one lies near the last

rib, whereas the left one is much nearer the ilium. Both, in the

male Saiga, were enveloped in a large mass of suety fat. They are

smooth-surfaced, without lobulations. The cortical substance is

unusually thick ; and the single deepish sinus has some half dozen

undefined pyramids and infundibula. In the male each kidney

measured 2°8 inches long and 1°6 across.

Pallas notes that the suprarenal bodies are oblong or oval, green-

t Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. ii. p. 239.

1870.] DR. J. MURIE ON SAIGA TARTARICA. 487

ish-yellow, the right placed on the summit of the kidney, the left

nearer the hilus. In one specimen only could I dissect them satis-

factorily ; and in this they were slightly separate from the kidneys.

3. The Alimentary Canal and Accessory Glands.

The cesophagus, 15 inches long in the female and 223 in the male,

has its cardiac orifice opening into the paunch, as sd dees in most ru-

minants; though Hyomoschus* and Tragulust+ offer exceptions in

its directly communicating with the reticulum. Pallas has figured

the four-fold stomach of Saiga tartarica, and beside it has placed

for comparison that of the Antilope gutturosa. His description of

the former agrees in most particulars with what I have- found,

though, as might be predicted, his rigid measurements do not quite

accord with my different-aged specimens.

~ I may reiterate that the paunch is capacious, and bifid at its

greater curvature, the reticulum of moderate size, the psalterium

is comparatively small, and the abomasus of fair dimensions.

It may further be noted that the cuticular papillary villi of the

paunch are short and club-shaped. The cells of the reticulum are

of moderate depth, with rudiments of stellate septa within. The

folds of the psalterium correspond with Pallas’s description, as do

the plications of the abomasus.

The same authority mentions that in the abomasus there are often

found woolly balls incrusted by a blackish tartar, as in the Sheep.

But no such foreign substance was present in the digestive cavity of

the Society’s two specimens.

In our Proceedings for 1865, p. 262, Dr. Edwards Crisp makes the

following statement :—‘‘ 1 supposed, until recently, that only the

Camelidz had water-cavities in the stomachs; but on dissecting an

Antelope from Siberia, the Saiga (Antilope saiga), I was surprised

to find two large water-bags in the rumen.” Unfortunately my eye

did not catch this paragraph until I had thrown away the said por-

tion of the viscera of both animals. But I avow that I cut up in

each Saiga the stomachs throughout their entire course, and aver

that neither my assistant, who was present, nor myself detected such

a structure. Pallas, whose opportunities were numerous, and who

carefully describes the interior of each cavity of the stomach, does

not allude to any such remarkable disposition of the parts.

Having great faith in Dr. Crisp as a careful and conscientious

observer, I felt it but justice to communicate with him previously to

reading this paper. He has been kind enough to reply to me, and

as respects the above says, ‘I cannot find the paper of the dissec-

tion of the Antelope, nor can I lay hands on the dry preparation of

what I supposed to be water-bags in the paunch; but I give you

the size on the other side [alluding to a sketch enclosed]. These

may be abnormal from a lesion, or some other cause ; and if it is the

* Flower, P. Z.S. 1867, p. 957, & fig. 2.

t+ ‘Sur la famille des Chevrotains,’ Monograph by M. Alphonse Milne-

Edwards: Paris, 1864.

488 DR. J. MURIE ON SAIGA TARTARICA. [June 9,

Saiga, and you have found no such protuberances, such is probably

the explanation. However, I am not quite sure as to the species of

Antelope: I think Mr. Bartlett had some doubt about it.”

In the well-conditioned male, as in Pallas’s specimen, the mesen-

tery was loaded with fat, which in great part covered the stomach

and the convolutions of the gut.

As regards the extent of the intestinal tube, itis best expressed in

the subjoined tabular view.

Zool. Soc. specimens.

—— —+—_—_——_. Pallas’s ¢ spec.

ieee ‘ft. pin .dobtt win

Small intestine.. inthe 2 33 2 .. in the ¢ 37 7 39 10

ReeCuMe. .koelis ees eka ene oe Sosan aspenn\ ce Der nan eee

Great ADGESIANE, dee wons Widin Aid ten scphraepowdl Lal, bes ean

The lesser gut is throughout narrow. ‘There is no ileo-colic sac-

culated gland as in the Giraffe; but the ileo-czecal orifice has a

broadish valvular fringe. The ceecum is simple, and neither it nor

the colon is provided with longitudinal fibrous bands. Close upon

two and a half feet of the czecal appendage and the great intestine

have a diameter of about a couple of inches; the remainder of the

tube is of moderate calibre, with a very slight widening towards the

rectum. The intestines describe gyrations and are spirally coiled.

My admeasurement of the intestines do not accurately coincide

with those of Pallas; but this may be accounted for by variation

in the animals’ ages, or, mayhap, by reason of one being wild, the

other confined and fed differently. Assuming that his observations

and those of Cuvier * are correct, the intestinal tract is nearly equiva-

lent to similar-sized Antelopes’ and disagrees with that of the Sheep.

Entire intestine exceeds the body in length :—13°1 times, Stag ;

13°6, Saiga; 14:9, A. cervicapra; 15:0, A. yutturosa ; 28°1, Sheep.

The small intestine is in excess of the great :— L'4 times, Stag ;

2°3, A. gutturosa; 2°6, Saiga; 2°7, A. cervicapra; 3°3, Sheep.

The Sheep-like liver is transversely broad, almost destitute of in-

cisions ; what answers therefore to a large left lobe is medianly imper-

fectly defined. The slight median notch and its round ligament are

close to the fundus of the gall-bladder, thus cutting off from its due

share of the anterior border the homologue of the lobus quadratus;

the latter is moderately wide and triangular. The bayonet-figured

caudate lobe is four inches long, and extends freely beyond the right

border. A lobus Spigelii is but scantily developed. The rela-

tive diameters of the liver in the male Saiga were 10 inches trans-

versely and 6 antero-posteriorly, in the younger female 8 and 43

inches respectively. As in the Bovide, the hepatic substance is soft,

finely granular, and smooth-surfaced.

The short roundish gall-bladder is of moderate dimensions, its

fossa small and shallow; the fundus, as in Bison americanus, reaches

quite beyond the free border of the liver. The cystic duct and

* As given by Meckel, Anat. Comp. vol. viii. p. 446. Meckel’s estimate does

not correspond with the above data caleulated from his table. i

1870.] DR. J. MURIE ON SAIGA TARTARICA. 489

ductus communis choledochus are both narrow, and together over 3

inches long. The latter opens slit-wise into the duodenum, 7 inches

(Pallas notes 10) distant from the pyloric orifice.

The pancreas and mesenteric glands present nothing worthy of

notice.

4, The Mouth and Organs of Deglutition.

In the ‘ Spicilegia’ quoted, the hairy upper lip, premaxillary pad,

conical papillary fuscous buccal region, and livid tungue are briefly

mentioned. I may add, however, a few remarks. There are a dozen

forwardly convex linear and fringed transverse palatal elevations ;

behind these the surface is smooth and somewhat concave from the

-second molar backwards.

The dark coloration of the tongue is limited to its anterior half or

that portion capable of being extended ; the posterior moiety, on the

contrary is very pale-coloured. In the male the gustatory organ

was 6 inches long, and within a trifle of 13 inch broad at root. In

general appearance it is uncommonly like that of a Sheep, much

more so than to an Antilope’s tongue. The root is thick and

convex, the middle considerably narrower ; and forwards from this

it by degrees widens into a broad flat spatulate extremity. The

tip is slightly notched in the median line ; and from this a shallow

furrow runs back for 1} inch. Below there is also a very shallow

medial furrow 3 inch in length. From the freenum lingue the

tongue is free for 13 inch. Between the tip and the anterior por-

tion of the dorsum the surface is comparatively smooth, the filiform

papillee being very short, close, adpressed, and towards the posterior

portion retroverted. Each lateral margin of the dark portion of the

tongue, and an arch 3 an inch deep underneath the tip, are beset with

punctiform flat-topped papille fungiformes.. The conical papille

on the white convex dorsum are of moderate size, and, as in the

Sheep, form a longitudinal ellipse. The papille circumvallatz are

few in number, of small size, and sparsely scattered in parallel lon-

gitudinal rows on the external surface of each side of the dorsum

and root.

The Saiga being a delicate feeder, choosing, like the Goat, aromatic

herbs, may account, physiologically, for vast numbers of gustatory

papillae found at the sides and under surface of the tip of the

tongue.

The velum pendulum palati is a thick and deep fold, narrowing

cousiderably the passage into the pharynx. The arch above is dense

and muscular ; but the free margin is much thinner and membranous.

The two small follicular tonsillary glands are hidden within the pil-

lars of the fauces ; and open into the palatine arch by a narrow orifice

in front of the epiglottis. The mucous membrane around the fauces

is smooth.

The pharynx is a much wider cavity, and is abundantly supplied

with submucous glands: its constrictor muscles have but moderate

thickness.

Of the glands conveying their secretions by ducts into the mouth,

490 DR. J. MURIE ON SAIGA TARTARICA. (June 9,

Fig. 11.

Larynx and Hyoid of the adult male.

A. Profile view of the outside. Z. Thyroid ala, showing its inferior gibbosity.

Cr. Cricoid cartilage. ¢r. Trachea,—l marking its first, broader ring.

Ep. Epiglottis. S.p. Projections over cartilages of Santorini; the arrow

above indicates the upper laryngeal aperture. Sh. Stylohyal. Ch. Cerato-

hyal. Bh. Basihyal. Th. Thyrohyal. H%. Hyo-keratie muscle.

B. Larynx dissected, the side of the thyroid cartilage and tracheal rings re-

moved. Ep. Cartilage of epiglottis. ex. Portion of the hyo-epiglottic

muscle. f. Fat, and fp. fatty projections on sides of glottis: the arrow

points to aperture of the last. Zh. a.1 4° 2. Lower and upper thyro-aryte-

noidean muscles. P.c.a. Part of the posterior cricoarytenoideus. L.c. a.

Lateral crico-arytenoideus. Ar. Arytenoideus muscle, and A. artytenoid

cartilage. S. Cartilage of Santorini. Sp. Projection of Santorinian car-

tilage and fatty tissue.

C. Pharyngeal view, epiglottis and superior aperture of larynx. /.y. Exterior

laryngeal pouch.

D. Partial dissection, displaying from above the false vocal cords and chink.

Cr. Segment of the cricoid. .4. Upper view of arytenoid cartilage. S. p.

Projections of cartilage of Santorini on one side, and fatty covering on

opposite moiety. fp. Anterior fatty prominences bounding (¢) fissure of

the glottis; the tissue on the left side has been cut off.

1870. ] DR. J. MURIE ON SAIGA TARTARICA. 491

the parotid (fig. 8, P. gl.) needs be mentioned, as of very large size,

wide, flat, and coarse in texture, as, indeed, is the case throughout

the larger Bovidee. Stenon’s duct (S¢.d.) is capacious and long,

curves round the mandibular angle in company with the facial vein

(F.v.), dips into the cheek-tissues, and finally opens by a papillary

orifice close behind the angle of the mouth. In the Common Goat

Stenon’s duct opens much further back in the mouth. There is a

small flat glandular mass (fig. 8, G@/. s), spread thinly upon the sur-

face of the buccinator muscle, and entirely separate from the parotid,

though in connexion with the Stenon’s duct. This buccal gland may

be the homologue of the so-called socia parotidis in Man, here

thrown considerably forward, and quite isolated from the parotid itself.

The submaxillary gland appears closely commingled with the pa-

rotid. The sublingual gland is well developed, lies in the usual

situation alongside the tongue, and is very elongate, corresponding

with the shape of the latter organ.

The large dimensions of each and all of these salivary apparatus

is not peculiar to the Saiga; for, as is well known, in the whole of

the ruminants it attains considerable volume.

5. Vocal and Respiratory Tract.

When the pharyngeal wall is cut through and reflected, the upper

laryngeal parts present the following aspect (vide C, fig. 11) :—The

aryteno-epiglottic folds are large, and lie outwards, giving breadth to

the deeply excavated laryngeal opening. The glottis is an elongate

arrow-headed fissure, wide in front and narrowed behind. The

posterior floor or basal end of epiglottis has two parallel longitudinal

narrow ridges, which descend towards the rimal aperture. Outside

the aryteno-epiglottic folds and between them and the thyroid carti-

laginous alee are deep and wide cavities (exterior laryngeal pouch,

l. p), the posterior ends of which curve inwards. Bounding the

narrowed hinder end of the glottis are two long narrow membrano-

fatty projections, which unite behind and thus form a compressed

V-figure ; these (lettered s.p, in cuts A, B, D, fig. 11) are eminences

produced by thickened tissues surmounting the upper border of the

cartilaginous plates of Santorini, or, possibly, combined with these

cuneiform cartilages. With its side folds, the epiglottis looks full, is

somewhat triangular in outline, and less than an inch in its dia-

meters.

A deeper dissection of the upper laryngeal cavity, as in the side

view B and upper view D, shows that this is capacious, and that

the walls, both laterally and in front, are padded with fatty matter

(f). This, with its mucous lining, forms numerous thick longitu-

dinal folds ; and quite in front is a sulcus, which, descending, leads

into a small pouched cavity within the depending globosity of the

thyroid cartilage. This recess, hidden by the folds spoken of, is

slightly locular or gland-pitted within. The chink of the glottis (g),

commencing immediately behind this pouch, has an antero-posterior

diameter of 2 inches. Its anterior half is bounded by two consider-

492 DR. J. MURIE ON SAIGA TARTARICA. [June 9,

able-sized ploughshare-shaped fatty projections (7. p) meeting in

front. External to each fatty mass there is a deep furrow which

tends forwards to the anterior thyroid saculus. . The posterior half

of the laryngeal aperture is walled by the Santorian cartilages (8)

and adipose coverings (s.p), the aryteniod cartilages flanking these.

There are no lateral sinuses or ventricles other than those de-

scribed.

The adjoining lips of the rima glottidis forming the true vocal

cords are continued down from the fatty eminences for the depth of

an inch, and are set at an oblique angle, parallel with, but above the

anterior ring of the cricoid. They are smooth-surfaced, and, in the

relaxed condition of the parts, approximate, leaving but a narrow

fissure. The aperture behind them, at the arytenoid and Santorini

cartilages, is a trifle wider; and from these the inferior cavity of the

laryux descends as a funnel between the vocal cords, the posterior

ericoid shield, and the expanded hinder arch of the uppermost

tracheal ring, to the large tracheal passage itself. Thus, as in Hyo-

moschus*, there is a partially cylindro-tubular passage behind, more

or less divided by the thrust-forward vocal cords from the anterior or

upper thyroid chamber.

Cleared of superincumbent tissues, the thyroid cartilage (7') ex-

hibits two thin but broad and long lamellar alee, and, besides, a

median and very remarkable enlarged gibbosity, This salient infla-

tion inclines towards, but does not reach, the anterior cricoid arch.

The thyro- and crico-hyoid muscles do not cover it, the inner border

of the former filling a shallow valley on either side. There is a

shallow median notch at the anterior border of the cartilage.

Each anterior cornu is about + inch long, moderately narrow, and

composed of thin translucent fibro-cartilage. |The posterior cornua

are much stouter and twice the length of the preceding. The upper

and lower cornual appendages are situated in a line with each other,

though widely apart, and directed contrariwise. At their inner

roots the thyroid border is widely emarginate, the lower deeply so,

through which passes the cricoid ring and crico-thyroid muscle. The

entire surface of the thyroid cartilage is smooth and with no defined

oblique line. In extreme length it is 2} inches, and its greatest dia-

meter 18 inch.

The cricoid (C) is much the stronger cartilage. Its posterior

surface is carinate, the broad upper border being transversly arched

and free from incision; the lower border is thin and terminates in

a spatular cartilage. The anterior segment of the cricoid ring de-

scends obliquely from opposite the postthyroid cornu. At first

broadish, and then gradually narrowing, it meets its fellow of the

opposite side in the form of an inverted gothic arch, which, ex-

panding, overlaps the first and partly the second tracheal rings. The

postero- “cricoid shield is 2-1 inches long,‘and 14 inch broad, and each

moiety of the anterior ring is a couple ‘of inches in length.

Each arytenoid cartilage (4) is about | inch long, and, attached by

a.joint to the upper and outer angle of the cricoid shield, passes

* Flower, P. Z.S. 1867, p. 957.

1870.] DR. J. MURIE ON SAIGA TARTARICA. 493

therefrom in an oblique line cutting the said point and the thyroid

gibbosity. It has an irregular elongate triangular figure, 3 inch

broad behind and narrow in front. Its borders and surfaces are

more or less concave ; and the cartilage altogether is stout, thick, and

from 0°3 inch deep behind lessens considerably forwards. At the

external cricoid joint there is a considerable-sized nodosity ; and the

inner superior margin is crescentically ridged and overtopped by the

cartilage of Santorini.

The latter (S) is a thin falcate lamella of soft yellow fibro-cartilage,

some 0°8 inch long, and above 0°3 inch in extreme depth. It forms

a crest, as said, to the arytenoid, and is itself covered by a fatty

layer, producing those posterior elevations of the postlaryngeal

aperture (s. p) already dilatedon. It may be that these include the

cartilages of Wrisberg, which otherwise are wanting.

The cartilage of the epiglottis has a consistence like the last, is of

obcordate shape when cleaned of investing membrane, and has a re-

troverted broader tip than in the Prongbuck.

As regards the structure of the Saiga’s larynx, it may be regarded as

an intermediate type between the Sheep’s and that of some Antelopes

and Deer. In Ovis we have a rudimentary condition or tendency of

the thyroid cartilage to inferior enlargement. This becomes more

marked in such forms as the Gazella dorcas, G. rufifrons, and

Tarandus rangifer, as Meckel* has noted. In Hyomoschus aquati-

cus this protuberance is increased in dimensions, as Flower + figures,

but is not, as he supposes, peculiar to this Ruminant ; for, as long ago

demonstrated by Pallas, the Antilope gutturosat is notorious and

specifically named on account of its great thyroid development, which

is said, indeed, to produce quite a gular swelling. As figured, this

thyroid inflation is several inches in diameter. The single thyroid

sacculus contained within, doubtless coexists in these latter forms, as

in Saiga, thus differing from several of the Pachyderms’ and other

types, where there are a pair of lateral sacculi. In the Horse, how-

ever, there is a similar recess at the base of the epiglottis.

Concerning the voice of the Saiga, if this be studied not purely phy-

siologically, but as a sign indicating affiliation of stock, it is of some

interest. The tone and manner of utterance is remarkably like that

of a Sheep, to wit, a single full bleat or bay, the shrill treble note

of Goats aud most Antelopes being markedly varied from that of the

above genera. The Deer generally have a more grunting tone, though

extensively modified in different genera, as, indeed, also obtains in the

Antelope section.

Of the muscles connected with the larynx and its bony arch, the

sterno-hyoid and sterno-thyroid, long and fleshy, are united opposite

the posterior end of the thyroid gland on the fourth cartilaginous

ring of the trachea: here they separate ; the former continues in the

middle line to the os hyoides, whilst the narrower sterno-thyroid

diverges slightly outwards, and is inserted by a short broad tendon

into the outer posterior margin of the thyroid cartilage. The crico-

* Anat. Comp. vol. x. p. 604. + Loc. cit. p. 955.

¢ Spice. Zool. tab. iii. fig. 16.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1870, No. XXXIII.

494 DR. J. MURIE ON SAIGA TARTARICA. {June 9,

hyoid has the usual attachments, but is very broad, and obliquely

directed inwards and downwards or backwards.

The thyro-hyoid is a remarkably long, broad, and thin sheet of

muscular fibres: origin, sides of thyroid ale, exterior to the salient

protuberance ; insertion, the whole of the basihyal and the thyro-

hyal cartilaginous rods. A broad portion of the median constrictor

passes on to the thyroid ala beneath it. The stylo-hyoid, fleshy and

strong, pierced by the median tendon of the digastric muscle, is

inserted broadly into the basihyal. I may note also the presence

of a large triangular fleshy muscle, the so-called hyo-keratic of some

authors (iA).

The crico-thyroid is notable by the obliquity of its fleshy fibres.

These meet in the median line, are attached to the upper border of

the cricoid in front, but laterally cover it ; ascending backwards, the

fibres are inserted into the cricoid margin of the thyroid ala. The

posterior crico-arytenoidei (P.¢.a) are large but thin, and fit the

shallow concavity of the cricoid shield. Owing to the oblique down-

ward position assumed by the anterior cricoid ring, only short

narrow wedged-shaped fasciculi of muscle represent the lateral crico-

arytenoidei (Z.c.a). Each arytenoideus muscle (dr) is fairly

developed, and, as usual, fills the post-concavity of the arytenoid

cartilage. The thyro-arytenoidei (7%. a & Th. a. 1 & 2) are great soft

muscular bands imbedded amongst and partially interwoven with fatty

tissue. They take origin within the cavity of the thyroid pro-

minence, and, proceeding backwards and upwards, partly covered by

the cricoid and thyroid alee, are inserted into the root and outer

margin of the arytenoid cartilage.

The bones composing the complex hyoid arch are each relatively

long; but there does not seem to be present such a very elongate

fibro-cartilaginous styloid cord as is figured by Pallas in the male

Antilope gutturosa. In the Saiga, as in it and the Sheep, the basi-

(B h) and thyro-hyals (7' /) thoroughly interblend together and con-

stitute a high arch, from the summit of which three short blunt

processes spring. The middle one, the strongest and most project-

ing, is the rostrum of the basihyal; the outer ones, or wing expan-

sions of the bone, give lateral breadth rather than branch forwards.

From these the styloform thyro-hyals retrograde. The basihyal is

just under 1 inch broad, and each thyro-hyal 13 inch long. The

latter were cartilaginous, the former semiossified in the Society’s

male specimen. The cerato-hyals (CA) have a free articular surface

at each end. The epihyals nearly correspond, though, unfortu-

nately, not defined or lettered in A, fig. 11. They each are less than

an inch long, their ends swollen and body laterally compressed.

The stylo-hyal (SA) is fully 3 inches in length, the body slender, but

the cranial end expanded into a flat somewhat rhomboidal figure.

The upper spur terminates in a small tympanic bulb ; the lower spur

broadly descends, and, with concave antero-posterior margins, bends

forwards in a spine.

Comparing the hyoid of Sazga with the Sheep’s, it is altogether

more delicate, and each bone longer. The spurs of the cranial end

1870. ] DR. J. MURIE ON SAIGA TARTARICA. 495

of the stylo-hyal are much shorter and stouter in the Sheep. The

Antelopes conform more with Saiga in the contour and slenderness

of their hyoidean elements, and more so than do the generality of

the Deer.

Fig. 12.

Head of the male Saiga in its winter coat. From a drawing made under the

author’s supervision while the animal was living in the Gardens*.

The trachea, as noted by Pallas, is large. The cartilaginous rings,

forty-nine in number, are wide, and do not meet behind, the fibrous

* T am indebted to Mr. Glass, the editor of ‘ Land and Water,’ for the use of

. this woodblock. Remarks on the animal, by Mr. Blyth, will be found in that

publication for 14th December, 1867.

496 DR. J. MURIE ON SAIGA TARTARICA. [June 9,

interval being broad. Several of the uppermost rings interdigitate.

In front the first one corresponds in width to the succeeding rings,

but laterally and behind it expands in a broad triangular form, the

anterior or upper margin of which fits into the lower arched border

of the cricoid cartilage.

The lungs agree with Pallas’s description, the left trilobuled, the

right tripartite above, and a large lobe below, with a partial lobule

at its upper and inner corner.

IV. Exterior CHARACTERISTICS.

1, Form and Integument.

Without hesitancy I offer testimony to the unusually lucid and suc-

einct manner in which Pallas sets forth his descriptive remarks of the

external characters of the Antilope saiga; and his illustration of the

animal is equally happy. Wolf’s coloured lithograph in our ‘ Pro-

ceedings,’ 1867, pl. xvii., depicts the species in a different seasonal

dress ; and consequently the neck has a thicker aspect than in the

former author’s figure.

It is in the hornless female that one quickly traces Sheep-resem-

blances, the addition of the erect annulated horns in the male

masking or altering the ovine expression. Seen from above, the

hornless head is long, and, indeed, rather Pig-like, the ears standing

well out, the jaws tapering but slightly towards the broad truncated

nostrils. The capacious, patulous, oval nasal apertures are a most

remarkable feature in the front view when the head is raised.

In the adult male (fig. 12) the prolongation of the nasal trunk is

greatest, and there is a thick tuft of long hair springing from beneath

the eye and overhanging the cheek, besides a fringe of long hair at

the margins of the ear, which heightens the uncouth aspect of the

animal.

As regards bodily dimensions, these have been amply given in the

table (p. 37) of the ‘Spicilegia.’” From my measurements of the

dead bodies it appeared the adult male stood higher at the withers

than at the loins, the reverse being the case in the half-grown

female.

A circumstance is mentioned by Pallas which merits attention as

affording an inkling of affinity. I allude to the fact that the horns

of the Saiga are subject to inconstant abnormalities as regards number.

He says (J. ¢. p. 35), “ Certis testimoniis consentientium venatorum,

quos veraces alias expertus sum, plurium teneo, reperiri interdum

succenturiato ad alterum latus minori cornu fricornes mares; re-

periri zeque raro unicornes, cornu majori, monstroso varieque torto

in media fronte instructos.”’

Among the Deer it is no uncommon thing to find irregularities

or abnormalities in the growth of the horns—for instance, in the pro-

duction of extra snags or non-development of the normal ones. No

Deer, however, to my knowledge, possesses more than two branched

antlers or cervine horns proper; nor do I know of any case where

1870.) DR. J. MURIE ON SAIGA TARTARICA. 497

excess of this number has occurred as a malformation. The fossil

forms, Sivatherium giganteum and others, it is true, may be cited

as an exception, as it unquestionably bore two postfrontal pal-

mated antlers, likewise two infrafrontal or supraorbital horns with

cores.

Again, among the Antelopes the genus Tetracerus is the only

living representative normally carrying four well-pronounced and

separate hollow horns. But neither in Tetracerus nor Sivatherium

do the two supernumerary horns occupy the position assigned by

Pallas to the extra ones of Saiga. With the limitation above men-

tioned the Antilopine, like the Cervine, group present no examples

deviating from the common rule of two horns.

It is, I believe, alone the Ovine family of the Bovide which are

subject to great variation as respects the number of horns; and

hence among sheep one, two, or as many as six postfrontal horns are

not unfrequently met with. Nay, more, there are well-defined breeds

of four-horned Sheep wherein two horns are erect and not unlike

those of Saiga, mayhap less annulated ; whilst the second pair are

broader, flat, and down and inwardly curved. In this respect,

therefore, and in the semitransparency of the corneous texture, Saiga

tartarica gives indications of family relationship rather with Sheep

than with Deer, Antelopes, Goats, or Oxen,

Concerning the structure of the core supporting the horns, this,

on being cut into sections, longitudinal, transverse, and tangential,

was found to consist of osseous substance neither very cellular nor

very solid*. Interiorly throughout almost the entire length of the

core were minute parallel and partially interweaving tubuli or pores.

These were of greatest diameter towards the base; but it was not

ascertained whether they communicated with the frontal sinuses,

though from appearances I presume they did so. The external and

more solid part of the core is finely grooved.

Between the bony horn-core of Antelopes, Sheep, and Goats,

that of Saiga may be placed as intermediate, though as regards

textural fineness it agrees most with the first mentioned. Colonel

Smith’s opinion, endorsed by Dr. Gray and opposed to that of

M. Geoffroy St.-Hilaire, Cuvier, Latreille, and others, is that And?-

lope, Capra, and Ovis assimilate as regards core horn-structure, but

differ from the Bovide in the cancellated tissue being of a closer

consistence.

The nature of the hairy coat and the manner in which it is annually

shed are pertinent as regards affinities.

First, it is well known the animal assumes a summer and a winter

fleece ; that is to say, a periodical shedding takes place. Now this

changing of the Saiga’s coat occurs differently from what is wit-

nessed in Deer and Antelopes, where replacement proceeds hair by

hair, so that no sudden alteration is observed. In Sheep, as is notori-

* The animals examined by me haying been disposed of for skeletons, I had

no permission to cut into their horns or skull; but through the kindness of Mr.

Bartlett an odd horn in his possession was put at my eileen and sliced as

above stated.

498 DR. J. MURIE ON SAIGA TARTARICA. {June 9,

ously the case, the fleece annually is pushed off en masse, or in great

patches, by a more or less uniform fresh growth beneath, and at such

times the alteration of appearance is very marked. The Ovine fashion

is that which S. tartarica follows.

Secondly, the hair of the Saiga has the inherent quality of felt-

ing. This property, opposed to its comparative absence in Anti-

lopidee and Cervidee, is conspicuously prominent in the whole of the

Ovide. The tenuous underwool (fig. 13, B, C) which works out

in flat masses, weaving and binding together the coarser fibres

(the process of felt), is not so fine and delicate as in some rumi-

nants, e.g. the Prongbuck; but its cohesive wool-properties are

undoubted.

aN SS re or ee

—_—s

x125 x 850

Microscopical structure of the Hair and Wool of the Saiga.

A. Portion of a hair-shaft, showing the large cellular medulla and thin cortical

layer.

B. Magnified view of wool; and

C. Portion of the same under a higher power, displaying the central cavity and

pith-cells.

Thirdly, very critical evidence of the consanguinity of Saiga to

Ovis is shown in the microscopic constitution of the hair. Indeed

in this respect it would appear to have affinities or leanings more

towards the Cervine than the Antelope type. The finer filaments,

or wool sui generis, need no further mention ; but the thicker brittle

fibres, or true hair, have relatively and absolutely a very thin cortex,

whilst the medulla is composed of unusually large cells, somewhat

hexagonal in contour, though with evident tendency to a transverse

wide ellipse (fig. 13 A). These characters cling to the hair of all

Sheep, and gradate towards the rather smaller-sized, many-sided,

cellular structure of the Deer’shair. In the Antelope group, A. cer-

vicapra, for example, the cortex is much thicker, the cells extremely

small and so compressed that under low powers they seem as if but

transverse strie. The hair of the mountain-loving Chamois, how-

ever, is well nigh identical with that of Saga. The Goats have hair

which may be said to stand midway between the Antelope’s and

Deer’s, inasmuch as the cells are of diminished size, oval, but consi-

derably compressed in the long direction of the hair; the cortical

layer, moreover, is dense.

Amongst habits peculiar to the Saiga, and which in some senses

1870.] DR. J. MURIE ON SAIGA TARTARICA. 499

appertain to the external characters of the animal, are its modes of

progression, defence, and attack. As Mr. A. D. Bartlett and myself

have noted, its walk is sedate and steady; but when frightened or

pursued, it alters its step and springs with a series of bounds in a

vaulting manner. This movement is very different from that of

Deer or Antelopes (except in few instances), which trot or canter,

two feet touching the ground at the same time, according to the pace

adopted ; whereas, like mountain-Sheep or Goats, the Saiga jumps

elastically, all fours leaving the ground at once. The ischiatic

nerves of the last are of immense calibre; but whether this might

be adduced as a physiological evidence of the above habit I will not

pretend to say.

Pallas appears to think that the ample larynx and respiratory

organs sufficiently account for their great swiftness, and quotes

Cook * in proof of their speed. he latter says they are the finest

runners he ever beheld, at first outstripping a greyhound, though

not holding out so long: their feet seem scarcely to touch the

ground,

When Deer fight they run against each other forcibly or tilt their

horns in a scooping manner. Antelopes use their horns, or charge

with a jerking movement of the head. Goats rear and strike down-

wards. Cattle toss, gore, or bruise with their head. The clashing

butt of Sheep is notorious, as any one is cognizant of when two rams

fight. They rush backwards, and by a run gain impetus, and smash

head onwards with fearful violence. Ihave myself witnessed more

than once an animal killed outright by the shock. The Saiga, as

far as the above habits are concerned, is a true Sheep, and not at

all an Antelope.

2. Cutaneous Glands.

It is well known that the Ruminantia possess cutaneous secretory

structures in various parts of their body. The most obvious of

these are the suborbital glands. Another series, either found on two

or on all four feet, are the interdigital sacs; whilst yet others, of

more inconstant presence and significance, are found in the dermal

substance of the groin, on the tarsal segment of the limbs, or on

the back of the head andrump. This subject has received attention

from Jacob +, Owen ¢, Colonel Hamilton Smith §, Hodgson ||, and

others; but the most critical digest is to be found in the masterly

Essay of the Society’s late and learned Secretary Mr. William

Ogilby q.

In both the male and female specimens of Satya tartarica ex-

amined by me I have found, with a partial variation of the con-

* Voyages and Travels through the Russian Empire (Edinb. 1770), p. 317.

+ Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1834.

¢ P.Z.S. 1836, p. 37.

§ Griffiths'’s Transl. ‘ Régne Animal.’

| Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, 1832, and P. Z. S. 1834, p. 80.

€; “Monograph of the hollow-horned Ruminants,” Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. iii.

p. 33

500 DR. J. MURIE ON SAIGA TARTARICA. [June 9,

dition of the inguinal integument, the same subcutaneous glandular

apparatus extant. A single description, therefore, will suffice for

both. Pallas, it may be remarked, has partially indicated what I

shall describe more in detail.

1. There are two small suborbital glandular sacs, the so-called

crumen, lachrymal sinus, or tearpit of some authors, which yield a

thick whitish or pale-yellow exudation. These are situated in front

of the orbit, and slightly below the median transverse line of the eye.

In the younger female the small external openings of these were

placed 7 of an inch, and in the male 13 inch, in advance of the

orbital ring ; but the sinuses or sacs themselves lay in the broadish

and moderately excavated infraorbital fosse.

2. Each foot, as in the Sheep, possesses an interdigital sac

about 1} inch in depth, and opening by a narrow constricted aper-

ture at its front and upper part. The orifice is hidden by very

short closely placed yellowish hairs, whilst below these the sac is su-

perficially covered by a tuft of much stronger and longer hairs. The

secretion derived from these interdigital bags is yellow and of a

hardish ceruminous character.

3. On the anterior aspect, but slightly to the inner side, of each

fore knee is a small dermal gland, or a thickening of the cutaneous

tissues, covered by a brownish patch of firm hairs.

4. In the inguinal regions of both sexes bare oblong or lozenge-

shaped spaces exist; each of these is 5 inches or more in extreme

long diameter. Upon their inner edges in the female the imper-

fectly developed udders and four teats are situated. There are no

pouches or sacculations in the anterior part of these bare spaces,

as obtains in Cephalophus dorsalis and some other forms, the skin

in the Saiga being dry and nearly void of cuticular secretion ; but at

the postinguinal extremities in both sexes of the latter animal there

are glandular pores. In the male there is a very marked crescentic

skin-fold 2 inch long and about 7 inch deep ; and this interiorly con-

tains abundance of minute pore-like glands and a free secretion.

The odour of the secretion is faint and ceruminous.

The same portion of the postinguinal space in the young female

differed from the male in there being no tegumentary sac or indu-

plication of the tissues; but a smooth-surfaced secretory apparatus

was present, and from this a moist waxy substance exuded.

From what has been detailed above it follows that the true aggre-

gated cutaneous glands of the Saiga Antelope altogether are ten in

number.

Upon my carefully dissecting and reflecting the skin of the groin

beneath these postinguinal pouches or folds, I was surprised to find

that they each possessed a retractor-like muscle. This was a small

flat narrow fleshy band inserted on the middle of the duplicature of

the skin; from this it ran outwards across the posterior end of the

abdominal muscles, and appeared to arise beyond the general open-

ing on the surface of the iliacus and between it and the fibrous ex-

pansion of the external oblique muscle.

The use of this well-defined muscular slip is to draw inwards and

1870.] DR. J. MURIE ON SAIGA TARTARICA. 501

sacculate the glandular portion of the skin of the groin. I am not

at present clear regarding its homology ; but the better to call atten-

tion to the existence of this muscle, I propose temporarily to deno-

minate it the cnvaginator sacculi.

VY. Systematic PosITION OF THE SAIGA TARTARICA,

When what is regarded among zoologists as an exceptional form,

either in a family or genus, is put to the crucial test of anatomical

detail, it is oftentimes hard to assign the creature a definite place,

even when in possession of the more complete data. Such an animal

is the Saiga |

The difficulty in this as in similar cases springs mainly from two

causes. One is the value to be attached to any single character or

set of characters ; for upon this point the most conflicting views are

entertained equally among the younger school of naturalists and

among the older authorities.

The other cause arises out of the circumstance that in most species

such as that under consideration we have what the indefatigable

embryologist Parker very deftly expresses in birds as “a generalized

form,” moulded akin to no special group, but, as it were, a combined

patchwork of varied structural organization.

The characters assigned by Pallas (/. c. p. 14) in his analysis of

the genus Antilope * are, “Ant. saiga (cornibus distantibus, lyratis,

pallido diaphanis, naso cartilagineo ventricoso).”

Setting aside older and subsequent authors, I may mention that

Dr. Gray t, with the addition to the above definition of its cramen

(suborbital gland), distinct and soft fur, generically subdivided

Saiga tartarica among the “ Antelopes of the Fields” in his syn-

opsis of the Bovidae. Mr. Turner}, in grouping the hollow-

horned Ruminants from a study of their crania, unfortunately did not

see a skull of Saiga. Provisionally, from the shape of the horns,

that able anatomist placed it under Gazella, though animadverting

upon Gray’s generic separation because of their pale colour. The

reply of the latter (Cat. B. M. 1852, p. 51) sufficiently answers the

objection. This translucency of the horns, moreover, has even

greater significance than their lyrate, annulated character, and, toge-

ther with their occasional multiple number, decidedly evinces affi-

nities to the Ovine type. Doubtless in size, shape, and position they

conform to the Gazelles. So far, therefore, as outward aspect is

concerned, they belong to the Antelope section, but not necessarily

so; for in the four-horned breeds of Sheep, and even in some of the

two-horned varieties (e.g. the Wallachian Ram), these organs to a

certain extent assume the said peculiarities.

When the skeleton comes to be considered, the skull, as rightly

interpreted by Turner in other Bovidae, affords distinctive marks of

its family relationships. Whilst exhibiting structural formation pe-

* See Ogilby’s critical remarks thereon, Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. iii. p. 38.

+ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (1847), vol. xviii. p. 227.

} P.Z.8. 1850, p. 168.

502 DR. J. MURIE ON SAIGA TARTARICA. [June 9,

culiarly its own, it, at the same time, as the comparison already

entered into has shown, deviates in several characteristics from the

genus Gazella, as indeed it does from all modern Antilopide. Still

though endowed with a basis of Ovine construction, it sheers off from

this group and engrafts itself with the Antelopes. Over and above

it reverts to those strange ancient Deer-like forms of the Tertiary

epoch, though isolated from the recent Cerfs, not excepting the ab-

normal-nosed Elk.

The vertebral column is neither strictly that of an Antelope or

Sheep, but a mixture of both, with a specialized atloid transverse

process. The pelvic arch in the male is nearest allied to that of the

Ram, the scapula to the Antelope’s. In relative lengths of the limb-

bones the fore extremities range with Ovis, the hind legs with Cervus ;

but in fineness of symmetry they have more a Gazelle aspect.

Skeletally there are shades and grades of various groups of Bo-

vide intermixed, truly one of Parker’s “generalized forms,” so in-

terblending by structural ties of families otherwise removed, that

old taxonomic lines of demarcation are resistlessly swept away.

All the habits of Saiga are consistent with those of a Feral Ovis.

As to the fleece, taken in all its bearings, it does not belong to the

Gazelle group nor Antelope proper, but essentially is a slightly

modified species of Sheep’s wool. I should say of the interdigital

sacs, crumen, and knee-patches, that they, in this case, hardly afford

satisfactory grounds to base affinity upon. The remarkable internal

nasal or maxillary sinus, besides the nasal enlargement, nevertheless

leads on apace to Pachyderms, where, as in the Tapir, such maxil-

lary sacs, elongate cartilages, and modified proboscides obtain. The

fact that there is abundant fatty deposition, in the fleshy structures

outside the body as well as viscerally, and in the scrotum, is in

favour of Ovine affinities ; in most Antelopes, and universally among

Goats, fat is developed meagrely on the body and omentum, being

chiefly found ex masse surrounding the kidneys.

The relatively elongate heart is that of an Antelope or Deer; and

the intestinal length conforms with these rather than Sheep.

The final result of all the evidence which can be gathered from the

anatomy of the singular Saiga tar¢arica leaves still doubts regarding

the creature’s place in any one of the present groups of the Bovide.

It cannot be said to be purely an Antelope, though in many particulars

it announces alliance with the genus Gazel/a, among which, how-

ever, I must reject its admission. To the Sheep tribe it is even

more related in a variety of characters ; yet must it be excluded from

either of Gray’s Ovine genera (Cat. B. M. p. 160) Ovis, Caprovis,

Pseudovis, and Ammotragus. Betwixt the above subfamilies or

subtribes the Saiga appears to hover, masking under an Antilopine

aspect much that belongs to Ovine race. Again relations of no mean

kind, whether in a physiological or anatomical point of view, link it

with the ancient quadricorn Siva and Titanotheres.

The non-position, so to speak, of the Saiga among present groups

having been established, the difficult task of assigning a location and

defining systematic characters for it remains; and here the proposi-

1870.] DR. J. MURIE ON SAIGA TARTARICA. 503

tion as to the relative value of these is encountered. If horns are

the test, the place assigned it by Gray and Turner cannot be objected

to. If tried by Ogilby’s standard of the form of the upper lip, and

distribution of cutaneous glands, or Sundevall’s proposed arrange-

ment by hoof-structure, it may claim kindred with several widely

different tribes.

If teeth rule, or visceral structure prevail, it is of alien stock. If

the skeleton, and specially the skull, decide its position, there is still

something equivocal in its kinship.

Thus, what I have said of the Prongbuck is applicable to the

Saiga: both constitute forms of intermediate position, and defy the

mandate of systematists who rigidly circumscribe the boundaries of

groups. They tell in the strongest terms how interblended are

the Ruminant tribes and subtribes. Every fresh fossil remnant,

moreover, proves the truth of this dictum, and makes even the

definition of genera unstable, generic limitation, in the present state

of science, being a manifold convenience.

The Saiga, to all intents and purposes, may be regarded as an

Antilopine Sheep, not absolutely a Sheep, but an offshoot derivative

of the genus Gazella rather than of Turner’s Ovine Antelopes,

Nemorhedus.

With this shifting of tribal alliance, Dr. Gray’s generic rank to it

would remain, with the addition of such anatomical characters as I

have enunciated.

Genus Sarea, Gray.

Horns roundish, lyrate, annulated, translucent. Nose very high

and produced, walls soft, cavities capacious, and orifices patulous.

An internal maxillary sinus or pouch. Crumen, inguinal, and inter-

digital sacs present. Fleece ovine but short. Molars without sup-

plemental lobes; the median incisors only moderately expanded.

Nasals and preemaxille very short and far apart; a wide vacuity

above. Maxillary produced as a shallow rostrum. Lachrymal

higher than broad; no naso-lachrymal fissure ; a shallow impressed

suborbital fossa; masseteric ridge rising before the orbit; basi-

occipital flat, as wide as long, or slightly more expanded in front ;

anterior basilar tubercles well developed, the posterior ones less so,

but not small; auditory bulle moderate, partially inflated ; a mas-

toidal or supraparamastoidal concavity ; spheno-pterygoids high, ap-

proaching the vertical. Horizontal palate-plates reaching far back ;

posterior nares wide and deep. Limb-bones of moderate length, with

Ovine proportions and Antilopine symmetry. Male thyroid cartilage

somewhat gibbous, but no internal laryngeal pouch; thyro-hyals

long. Intestines Antilopine in their moderate length and propor-

tions. A gall-bladder present. A well-developed prostate and

Cowper’s glands ; penis terminating by a short whip-like extension of

the corpus cavernosum.

504 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON THE CRACID&. [June 9,

10. Synopsis of the Cracide. By P. L. Scrarer, M.A.,

Ph.D., F.R.S., and Ospert Sarvin, M.A., F.L.S., &c.

ABSTRACT OF CONTENTS.

Sect. I. Introductory remarks ............ss0:0c20000 p. 504.

» LI. History of the group ..........sccceceeeeeees p. 505.

», LIL. Synopsis of the species .....-...0se ee ceeeeeeee p. 512.

», LV. Geographical distribution...................4- p. 541.

Sect. I. Introductory Remarks.

In his article on the classification and distribution of the Alectoro-

morphe, published in this Society’s ‘Proceedings’ for 1868, Professor

Huxley has clearly pointed out the characters which divide the

Gallinaceous birds into two divisions, the Peristeropodes and the

Alectoropodes. ‘In the former division the foot is pigeon-like, the

long hallux being on a level with the other toes; while in the latter

it is fowl-like, the hallux being short and raised.”’ This difference

in the structure of the feet is accompanied by well-marked osteo-

logical characters, particularly in the form of the sternum, which

Professor Huxley then proceeds to speak of.

The Peristeropodous Gallinze embrace only two families, the Cra-

cide and Megapodide—the former peculiar to the tropics of the

New World, the latter characteristic of the Australian region of the

Old World, whence it extends into the adjacent districts of the

Indian region.

Professor Huxley states that he is unable to discover “any im-

portant osteological differences whatever ”’ between these two families;

and there can be no doubt that as regards the structure of their

osseous skeleton they are very intimately allied. But they are ex-

ceedingly different in other respects, particularly in their nesting-

habits and general mode of life. While the Megapodide spend

their existence on the ground, and lay their numerous eggs in vast

mounds raised for the purpose, leaving them to be hatched out by

solar heat, or by that arising from the decay of vegetable matter,

the Cracide are essentially arboreal, only occasionally descending to

the earth beneath the dense forests in which they dwell. The latter

also are true nest-makers, build these structures upon the branches

of trees, lay but few eggs, and perform the duties of incubation like

orthodox birds.

In continuation of former papers of the same sort upon the birds

of the New World, we have now to offer to the Society a revision of

the species contained in the last-named family. This has been

founded mainly upon the following collections :—(1) the collection

of Messrs. Salvin and Godman ; (2) that of the British Museum ;

(3) that of the Smithsonian Institution, which has been most

liberally sent over to us from Washington for this purpose; (4

and 5) those of the Museums of Paris and Berlin, which have

been examined by Sclater during recent visits to those cities ; and

(6) the living collection in the Society’s gardens, which embraces

twenty-six specimens, belonging to sixteen species. We have likewise

1870.] MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON THE CRACIDA. 505

received great assistance, in answers to numerous inquiries and in

loan of specimens, from Herr v. Pelzeln, of the Imperial Cabinet of

Vienna, from Mr. G. N. Lawrence, of New York, and from Mr.

Moore, Curator of the Derby Museum, Liverpool.

Before commencing our synopsis of the species of Cracide we

will say a little concerning the labours of former workers on this

group, from the days of Linneus.

Sect. II. Brief Chronological Account of the Writings of the

Principal Authorities on the Cracide.

(1766.) Linneeus, in the twelfth edition of the ‘Systema Nature,’

establishes the genus Craz with five species. Of these, C. rubra is

the female of C. globicera, leaving four valid Linnzan species of

this genus. The only Penelopine bird recognized is placed in the

genus Phasianus. It is P. motmot, Linn. (= Ortalida motmot).

(1780, about.) In the ‘ Planches Enluminées,’ published about

this date, four species of Cracide are figured, viz. :—

Pl. 86. Le Hocco: faisan dela Guianne (= Crax daubentoni).

125. Hocco du Pérou (= C. globicera Q).

78. Faisan, le Pierre de Oayenne (= Pauzi galeata).

338. Faisan verddtre de Cayenne (= Penelope marail).

(1783.) Boddaert, in his ‘Table des Planches Enluminées,’ gives

the name Phasianus katraka to Pl. Enl. 146 (which is Ortalida

motmot).

(1784.) Jacquin, in his ‘Beytrige zur Geschichte der Vogel,’ figures

two species of Penelope, Crax cumanensis (t. 19) and C. pipile

(t. 11). These are both probably referable to the same species, viz.

Pipile cumanensis.

(1786.) Merrem, in his ‘Avium Icones et Descriptiones’ (fasciculus

secundus, p. 40), establishes three divisions of Craces :—(1) Craz,

Linneus; (2) Penelope (type P. jacupema) ; (3) Ortalida (type

Phasianus motmot, Linneus). He figures his P. jacupema, which

is probably = P. marail, and his P. leucolophos, which is certainly

= Pipile cumanensis.

(1788.) Gmelin, in his ‘Systema Nature,’ makes no alteration

in Crazx, but adopts Merrem’s genus Penelope with six species.

Three of these are good, viz. (1) P. cristata, (2) P. cumanensis =

Pipile cumanensis, and (3) P. marail. Gmelin’s P. satyra is a

Ceriornis, and his P. vociferans is perhaps one of the Mexican

Ortalide. Phasianus motmot and P. parraka of the same author

are both equal to O. motmot.

(1790.) Latham, in his ‘Index Ornithologicus,’ very little ad-

vances our knowledge. His Craz galeata = Crax pauxi, Lin-

nezeus ; but Linnzeus’s specific name having been made generic by

Temminck, the name galeata must be adopted.

(1802.) Azara, in his ‘ Apuntamientos para la historia natural

de los pajaros del Paraguay,’ gives recognizable descriptions of four

species of this group:—(1) el Yacthi, upon which P. obscura of

506 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON THE CRACIDE. [June 9,

Temminck is founded ; (2) el Yacu-caraguata = Ortalida canicollis

of Wagler; (3) el Yacu-apati = P. jacutinga of Spix ; and (4) el

Mitu, a good species, united by subsequent authors with Craxr

alector, till Mr. Gray named it Craw sclateri.

(1811.) Humboldt, in his ‘ Recueil d’Observations de Zoologie’

(vol. i. p. 4), describes a new Ortalida from the River Magdalena,

and calls it Phasianus garrulus (= Ortalida garrula).

(1815.) Temminck, in the second volume of his ‘ Histoire Na-

turelle des Pigeons et des Gallinacés,’ gives an excellent account of

what was then known of the Cracide, referring them to three genera

of his “ Aves galline,” namely Pauaxi, Crax, and Penelope. The

genus Pauai is here first established for P. galeata and P. mitu. In

Crax Temminck places C. globicera (= C. daubentoni), C. rubra

(= C. globicera 2), C. alector, and C. carunculata, the last species

being now described for the first time. Of Penelope he gives seven

species, two of which are now first established, viz. P. obscura upon

Azara’s “‘ Yacthi,” and P. superciliaris. These both stand good.

Temminck unites Ortalida with Penelope. He also gives good ana-

tomical descriptions and figures of the larynges and tongues of several

of the species of Cracide.

(1823.) In the ‘General History of Birds’ (vol. viii.), Latham

arranges the Cracide known to him in two genera of his Gallinaceous

order, “Guan” and “‘Curassow.” To the former he assigns eleven

species, to the latter eight species. Little original matter is given.

(1823.) Inthe twenty-sixth livraison of the ‘ Planches Coloriées’

Temminck publishes an article on the genus Ourax (= Pauai), and

gives a good figure of Ourax mitu (= Mitua tuberosa).

(1825.) Spix, in the second volume of his ‘ Aves Brasilienses,’

describes and figures seven species of Craxr and seven of Penelope,

eer Of this Synopsis.

C. pinima (°).

Nothocrax urumutum.

Mitua tomentosa.

C. globicera 2 (?).

C. globulosa.

C. carunculata.

Mitua tuberosa.

P. boliviana (°).

P. jacucaca.

P. jacutinga.

(1) Crax fasicolata

(2) C. urumutum

(3) C. tomentosa

(4) C. blumenbachii

(5) C. globulosa

(6) C. rubrirostris

(7) C. tuberosa

(1) Penelope jacuacu

(2) P. jacucaca

(3) P. jacutinga

(4) P. jacupeba P. jacupeba.

(5) P. gacupemba P. superciliaris.

(6) P. guttata Ortalida guttata.

Hw tet We il

(7) P. araucuan O. araucuan.

As is well known, neither Spix’s figures nor his descriptions are very

accurate ; and until the original type specimens have been examined,

some of these determinations must remain doubtful. But Spix has

certainly added greatly to our knowledge of the group. Not less

than three species of Cracine (viz. Nothocrax urumutum, Mitua

1870.] MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON THE CRACIDZ. 507

tomentosa, and Crax globulosa) and five species of Penelopine (viz.

P. jacucaca, P. jacupeba, Pipile jacutinga, Ortalida guttata and

O. araucuan) are due to the researches of his expedition.

(1828.) Lesson, in the second volume of his ‘ Manuel d’Orni-

thologie,’ describes two new species of Guans discovered by Goudot,

one of the travelling naturalists of the Jardin des Plantes, in the

interior of New Granada. These are Penelope aburri (= Aburria

earunculata) and Ortalida goudoti (= Chamepetes goudoti). Lesson

likewise establishes Crax albini, which probably = C. globicera 9°.

(1830.) Wagler publishes a concise but very important paper in

the ‘Isis,’ his “‘ Revisio generis Penelope,” and describes eighteen

species, dividing them into three sections, A, B, & C, corresponding

exactly to the genera Pipile, Penelope, and Ortalida. His excel-

lent diagnoses materially assist us in identifying Spix’s species.

Wagler describes six species as new from the specimens in the Berlin

and Munich museums, upon which he founded his observations.

These new species are P. pi/eata, P. purpurascens, P. albiventris,

P. ruficeps, P. vetula, and P. poliocephala. The last four belong

to the genus Ortalida. He also founds his P. canicollis upon the

“* Yacu-caraguata”’ of Azara, of which, however, he had not seen

specimens. The whole of these seven Waglerian species are valid ;

and this paper may be regarded as the earliest scientific article (in

a modern sense) upon this subject.

(1831.) Yarrell, at a meeting of this Society, describes the trachea

of Crax yarrelli (i.e. Craxv carunculata).

(1832.) Wagler, in an article on new genera and species of Mam-

mals and Birds, published in the ‘ Isis,’ institutes two new genera of

Cracide, viz. Salpiza and Chamepetes. As regards Salpiza, it

seems that the group thus designated ought to be retained as typical

Penelope, because Merrem’s Penelope jacupema certainly belongs to

it ; so that Wagler’s Penelope corresponds to what we call (following

Reichenbach) Pipile, and Wagler’s Salpiza to our Penelope.

(1833.) Prince Max of Neuwied, in his well-known ‘ Beitrage zur

Naturgeschichte von Brasilien,’ describes the four species of Cracide

that he met with in the wood-region of South-eastern Brazil, in his

usual full and accurate manner. These were (1) Craz rubrirostris

(= C. carunculata), (2) Penelope superciliaris, (3) Penelope leu-

coptera (= Pipile jacutinga), (4) Penelope araucuan (= Ortalida

albiventris).

(1835.) Bennett, in the second volume of the ‘Gardens and

Menagerie of the Zoological Society,’ gives articles with woodcut

illustrations on the following species of this group :—

Mr. Bennett’s names. (Of this Synopsis.)

Page 9. Crested Curassow = Craz alector.

65. Galeated Curassow Pauxi galeata.

129. Razor-billed Curassow Mitua tuberosa.

131. Guan Penelope cristata.

325. Red Curassow Crax globicera 2.

227. Red-knobbed Curassow = Crax carunculata 3.

i lll

508 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON THE CRACIDS. [June 9,

The last of these species is here first described as new under the

name Crax yarrelli; but the name had been previously mentioned,

P. Z. 8. 1830-31, p. 33.

(1836.) Johann Miller, in his article upon the different forms of

the penis in the class of birds (Abh. Ak. Berlin, 1836, p. 137), shows

that Crax and Penelope agree with Tinamus in possessing a small

rudimentary penis, which is never found in the ordinary Gallinacee.

(1837.) Swainson, ‘in his ‘ Classification of Birds,’ arranges Crazr

(ranking Penelope and the other genera as its subgenera) as a genus

of his subfamily Megapodine, and family Columbide.

(1844.) Mr. G. R. Gray, in Gray and Mitchell’s ‘Genera of

Birds,’ vol. iii., arranges the Cracide as the first family of his order

GALLIN, and divides them into two subfamilies, Penelopine and

Cracine. The Penelopine contain three genera :—Ortalida, with a

nominal list of fourteen species ; Penelope, with ten species; and

Oreophasis, with one, viz. O. derbyanus, which remarkable bird is

now introduced into science, and very beautifully figured. Mr.

Gray’s second subfamily (Cracine) is divided into two genera, Crax

and Pauzi. An excellent figure is given of the female of Pauai

galeata. Six species are referred to Crax and three to Pauai.

Altogether Mr. Gray enumerates thirty-four species of Cracide as

now known to science ; but it must be born in mind that several of

the names given are merely synonyms. Three subsequently described

species are added to the list in the appendix to this work.

(1844—46.) Tschudi, in his ‘Fauna Peruana,’ gives four species

of Cracine and six species of Penelopine as met with in the wood-

region of Eastern Peru. His identifications of these birds must be

received with caution, being in some cases apparently only founded

on recollection. Crax temminckii, which he describes as new, is

certainly the Central-American C. globicera. Penelope aspersa,

described as new = Ortalida guttata; P. rufiventris = Chamepetes

goudoti. Tschudi, however, gives several interesting anatomical

details, in particular concerning the penis of Penelope, in confir-

mation of Johann Miiller’s discoveries on this subject.

(1846.) The second volume of the ‘ Knowsley Menagerie’ con-

tains four large figures, by Lear, of species of Penelope, viz. :—

Knowsley Menagerie. (Of this Synopsis.)

Pl. 8. P. superciliaris = P. jacucaca.

9. P. pileata = P. pileata.

10. P. pipile = Pipile cumanensis.

ll. P. purpurascens = P. marail.

(1847.) Sir William Jardine, in one of his articles on the birds of

Tobago in the ‘Annals of Nat. History,’ describes Ortalida ruficauda

as a new species from that island, and the following year (‘ Contri-

butions to Ornithology, 1848) figures and describes its trachea.

(1848.) Cabanis, in the ‘ Fauna of British Guiana,’ contained in

the third volume of ‘Schomburgk’s Travels,’ enumerates five species

of Penelopine and four of Cracine as obtained by Schomburgk in

that country. These are all probably rightly determined, except

1870.] MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON THE CRACID. 509

perhaps P. jacucaca, concerning the identification of which we

entertain some doubts.

(1849.) Penelope pileata is figured by Des Murs in the ‘ Icono-

graphie Ornithologique’ from a specimen in the Paris Museum.

(1850.) Fraser, in the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society, describes

two new Cracide from specimens living in the Knowsley collection,

viz. Craxz alberti and Penelope nigra, the latter being our Penelo-

pina nigra. But note that the bird figured as the female of C.

alberti, l. c. t. xxvii. is the female of C. globicera.

(1852.) Reichenbach, in his ‘Avium Systema Nature,’ which

forms a kind of preface to his ‘ Handbuch der speciellen Ornitho-

logie,’ gives a list of genera of this family, mainly in explanation of

the previously published lithographic plates of structural parts. He

establishes two new genera—Penelops for Penelope albiventris of

Lesson (= Ortalida leucogastra), and Aburria for Penelope aburri

of Lesson. The former species is a typical Oréalida ; the latter genus

we adopt.

(1856.) Prince Charles Bonaparte publishes his ‘ Tableaux Paral-

léliques de ’Ordre des Gallinacés’ in the ‘ Comptes Rendus’ of the

Academy of Sciences of Paris. After characterizing two new species

of the group, viz. Pipile argyrotis (= Penelope argyrotis) and

Ortalida montagnii (= Stegnolema montagnii), but so shortly as to

be unrecognizable without reference to the original specimens, in a

table of the Craces, as he calls them, he divides these birds into two

families, Cracide and Penelopide; of the former he enumerates

ten species, of the latter twenty-nine. The synonymy and arrange-

ment of the species are full of errors, and are barely worth criticism,

showing the same marks of haste as most of his later writings. The

genus Pzpile, however, must take date from this paper.

(1856.) Burmeister gives an account of the Brazilian Cracide in the

third volume of his ‘ Systematische Uebersicht der Thiere Brasiliens.’

The general arrangement of the genera and higher groups is very

good ; but the species are not always correctly identified, and there are

some errors in the localities: e.g. Craw blumenbachit, Spix, is united

with Crax rubrirostris (i.e. C. carunculata) and C. fasciolata!

The species met with by Burmeister himself in 8.E. Brazil were only

three, namely, Penelope superciliaris, P. araucuan (i.e. Ortalida

albiventris), and Crax blumenbachii (i.e. C. carunculata). Burmeister

arranges Opisthocomus as an intermediate form between Penelope and

Crax ; but those who do not go so far as to make this wonderful bird

an order of itself (following Huxley) must, we think, at least give it

the rank of a separate family.

(1858.) Von Pelzeln, in one of his articles on new birds in the

Imperial Cabinet of Vienna, describes Penelope cujubi of Natterer’s

MS. and the two other species of the genus Pipile. He gives also

Natterer’s notes and remarks on these three birds.

(1860.) Baird, in his ‘ Birds of North America,’ includes one

member of this group as found on the Rio Grande, within the limits

of the United States, and proposes to call it O. m’calli, the same

bird having been previously referred to O. vetula by Lawrence, and

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1870, No. XXXIV.

510 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON THE CRACID&. [June 9,

to O. poliocephala by Cassin. We have given our reasons below for

considering Mr. Lawrence’s determination as correct.

(1860.) Mr. G. R. Gray publishes a synopsis of the genus of

Penelope in this Society’s ‘ Proceedings,’ giving short Latin charac-

ters of all the species known to him. Four species are described as

RIEMVS RES-== G. R. Gray. (Of this Synopsis.)

P. nigricapilla = P. obscura.

P. bridgesi = P. obscura.

P. selateri = P. sclatert.

P. lichtensteinit = P. argyrotis.

(1860.) Salvin, in the second volume of ‘ The Ibis’ (p. 248), gives

full details of the history of the Oreophasis derbyanus, which was

previously entirely unknown except from Mr. Gray’s figure.

(186-?.) Prof. Reichenbach publishes his ‘ Volistindigste Natur-

geschichte der Tauben und Taubenartigen Vogel,” forming part of

his ‘ Handbuch der speciellen Ornithologie.’ We cannot find any

date attached to any part of this work, and therefore cannot give

the exact date of issue. Reichenbach divides the natural family

Cracide into two groups—Cracine and Penelopine, and, in order to

fill up the voids in the number of his ridiculous quaternary system,

associates with them the Didine and Microdactyline (i.e. the

Cariamas), and constitutes out of this heterogeneous mass his family

“ Alectorine,”’ the fourth division of his ‘ Columbarie.’”’ Reichen-

bach’s account of the genera and species of Cracid@ is, as regards

merit, about on a par with the above-mentioned arrangement of the

higher divisions of the group. It is evidently a wretched compilation,

written mainly without reference to original specimens. No less than

four new species of Craz and one of Penelope are sought to be

established solely upon figures of the older authors; and Cras itself

is subdivided into four subgenera (Crax, Mituporanga, Crosso-

laryngus, and Spherolaryngus), the very distinct Crax urumutum

being left among the typical Craces! Ortalida leucogastra and

O. albiventris are referred to the genus Chamepetes! Penelopsis

(established in the ‘ Avy. Syst. Nat.’ as Penelops) is here transferred,

to become the type of a genus uniting P. rufiventris of Tschudi

and P. adspersa of the same author !

(1866.) Mr. G. R. Gray describes, in this Society’s ‘ Proceedings,’

a new species of Penelope, P. greeyi, from a specimen living in the

Society’s gardens.

(1867.) Mr. G. R. Gray publishes his ‘ List of specimens of Birds

of the Order Gallinz in the British Museum.’ In this important

work the Cracide are arranged as the second family of the order,

the first being the Pteroclide, and the third the Megapodide. This

is no doubt very nearly its natural position, as the Pteroclide are

still more nearly allied to the Columbe than the Peristeropodous

Galline. As in his ‘ Genera of Birds,’ Mr. Gray divides the Cracide

into two subfamilies, Penelopine and Cracine. To the former sub-

family are referred three genera (Penelope, Ortalida, and Oreophasis),

containing altogether thirty-five species represented in the national

1870.] MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON THE CRACID#. 511

collection. The names of ten other species are referred to as perhaps

valid. Six species of this subfamily are here described as new, viz. :

G. R. Gray. (Of this Synopsis. )

Penelope jacquint = Pipile cumanensis.

Ortalida superciliaris = O. superciliaris.

O. bronzina = O. ruficauda.

O. plumbeiceps = O. vetula.

O. wagleri = O. wagleri.

O. cinereiceps = O. cinereiceps.

Mr. Gray’s second subfamily, Cracine, is divided into two genera,

Crax and Pauzt, the former containing seven, the latter three species.

Three species of Craz are likewise mentioned, of which no specimens

are in the national collection. Two species of Crax are described as

new, viz. C. selateri and C. daubentoni. We mainly agree with,

and have very nearly followed, Mr. Gray’s discrimination of the

species of this difficult genus, the principal difference being that we

have restored to the species which he calls C. dlumenbachit what we

have endeavoured to show is its older name, C. globicera.

(1867.) Salvin, in his article on the birds of Veragua, published

in the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society, describes a second species of

the genus Chamepetes, C. unicolor.

(1868.) Prof. Huxley, in his article “On the Classification and

Distribution of the Alectoromorpha and Heteromorpha,” published

in this Society’s “Proceedings,” defines the Alectoromorpha, or

typical Gallinaceous birds, and shows that they are divisible into

two primary groups—the Peristeropodes and Alectoropodes, of

which the former embraces two families, the Cracide and Megapo-

dide. The exact position of the Cracide in the Systema is thus

first accurately determined.

(1869.) Dr. Cabanis, in one of his articles upon the birds of Costa

Rica, describes as new Ortalida frantzii, which, however, =O. cine-

reiceps, G. R. Gray (1867).

(1870.) The third portion of Von Pelzeln’s ‘Ornithologie Bra-

siliens’ contains a most important addition to our knowledge of the

Cracip& in the account of the species of this group collected by

Natterer, altogether 22 in number. Two of these are described as

new; and a third (Craz mikani) is characterized from specimens in

the Imperial Cabinet derived from another source. Descriptions

are likewise given of other, imperfectly known species; and many

important notes are added, taken either from Natterer’s MS. or

from v. Pelzeln’s own observation. The subjoined list will show

the alterations we have ventured to propose in v. Pelzeln’s nomen-

clature :—

Orn. Bras. v. Pelzeln. ’ (Of this Synopsis.)

P. 280. Penelope cristata = Penelope greeyi?

281. P. nigricapilla = P. jacupeba.

283. P. natterert = Pipile cumanensis.

284. P. grayi = P. cumanensis.

285. Ortalida supereiliaris= Ortalida araucuan.

512 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON THE CRACIDS. [June 9,

Orn. Bras. V. Pelzeln. (Of this Synopsis.)

P. 285. O. araucuan = O. albiventris.

286. O. albiventris = O. guttata.

343. Crax mikani 3 = Crazx daubentoni.

» C.mikani 2 = (. alberti.

Sect. III. Synopsis of the Species of Cracide.

The 51 species of Cracidee known to us seem to be naturally

separable into three subfamilies. The external differences between

the first two of these groups, although very appreciable to the eye,

are not easily expressed in strict definition. There can, however,

be no doubt that the Curassows and Guans belong to naturally di-

stinct forms; and Prof. Huxley (P. Z.S. 1868, p. 297) has pomted

out a trenchant difference in the proportions of their pelvis, which

renders their skeletons easily recognizable. In the Penelopine the

“moiety of the dorsal aspect of the pelvis, which is bounded in front

by a line drawn through the acetabula,” or “ postacetabular area”

(as Prof. Huxley proposes to call it), is comparatively broad ; in the

Cracine it is narrow. Combining this osteological character with

a marked divergence in the form of the rostrum of the two sections,

we may divide the subfamilies as follows :—

a. area postacetabulari angusta: rostro superiore altiore

quam latum ; culmine cOMpressO ............eeesseeee ees I. Cracina.

b. area postacetabulari lata: rostro superiore latiore quam

altum : culmine depresso.

a’. vertex plumis obtectus: mesorhinium nudum:

MAVOS PALULES Weseesacsereeevccctaecaastmsscsesarscvses II. PENELopPIn«.

3’. vertex tuberculo osseo munitus: mesorhinium

dense plumosum : nares absconditx ............ TII. OrEorHASINE.

Taking these three subfamilies in order, we propose to arrange

them as follows :—

Subfam. I. Cracinz.

a, rostri cera mollis, plus minusve tumida: nares patule in

Media maxilla posite ..........secssenecscrecneereeeeneensse senses 1. Craz.

b, rostrum usque ad basin corneum, cera nulla: nares ad basin

maxillz posite.

a’. lora nuda, nares patule ..............cecseesesereeeeeees 2. Nothocrax.

b'. lora dense plumosa, nares plumis absconditez.

a'', sexus dissimiles: tuberculum frontale maxi-

TRU: \OVITONIMNG jock orce, ves sese ocr epsteesias es ssios 3. Pausi.

3d". sexus similes: culmen valde elevatum sed

VAKshHDeNclabind le .shs. ccs saewcceseuccorieesdncrets 4. Mitua.

Genus 1. Crax.

Type.

Craz, Linn. S. N. i. p. 269 (1766) ........-.++5- C. alector.

Mituporanga, Reichenb. Tauben, p. 136 (186 ?).... C. globicera.

Crossolaryngus, Reichenb. Tauben, p. 136 (186 1).. C. globulosa.

Spherolaryngus, Reichenb. Tauben, p. 136.(186 ?).. C. alberti.

1870.] MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON THE CRACID&. 513

Clavis specierum.

a. pectore immaculate naigro. !

a', mandibularum caruncula nulla.

Gf LOUIS DLUIN OFA. sana ence iaaassseiesdasanandtareseree’ 1. globicera,

6". loris nudis.

QU} CAGOA LOUA MIST acedesea. caches easscreesanciensscste 3. alector.

Oercaudatallbo termimstay si s..dv..ccivecetasasseucs 3. sclateri.

4'. mandibula carunculata.

c"'. cera flava.

CAUGA LOLA NIGTA.s.....0eecssseersessarecensssr cere 4. globulosa.

eee ADO CEREALNA DBI esscaacsc ceeasasenences er 5. daubentoni.

GEN Cera rubra seek. Pete eee aoe ea ee kee ee ten octet eacnes 6. carunculata.

uM Ghia Coruled Ro. Meette tote eod. del bdeccuedauas nas tetas s 7. alberti,

b. pectore nigro albo transfasciolato ............seessceeeeeceeeneeees 8. pinima.

1. CRAX GLOBICERA.

Crax globicera, Linn. 8. N. i. p. 270 (partim); Taylor, Ibis,

1860, p. 311; Salvin, Ibis, 1861, p. 143; Sclater, P. Z. S. 1860,

p- 253; Lawr. Ann. Lye. N. Y. viii. p. 12, ix. p. 139; Frantz.

J. f. O. 1869, p. 373.

Crax temminckii, Tsch. F. P. Aves, p. 287.

Crax alberti, 2, Fraser, P. Z. 8. 1850, p. 250, tab. xxviii. ( 9 .)

Crax blumenbachii, G. R. Gray, List of Gall. p. 15.

Crax alector, Scl. & Salv. Ibis, 1859, p. 223; Moore, P. Z. 8.

1859, p. 61.

Crax rubra, Linn. 8. N.i. p. 270 (2); Temm. Pig. et Gall. iii.

p- 21 et p. 687( 9); Lawr. Ann. L.N. Y. vii. p.301( 2); Bennett,

Gard. & Men, Z. S. ii. p. 225 (2).

Curasso bird, Edwards’s Gleanings, pl. 295; unde

Crax edwardsi, Reich. Tauben, p. 134.

Craz albini, Lesson, Trait. d’ Orn. p. 484 ( 2 ).

Nitenti-nigra: ventre imo crissoque albis: criste elongate

plumis nigris, apicem versus recurvis: loris plumulosis: cera

tuberculata et rostro ad basin luteis, rostri apice cerulescente :

pedibus cerulescenti-corneis: long. tota 34 poll. Angl., ale

18°5, caude@e 15:°5, tarsi 4°7.

Fem. Castanea, ventre imo cinnamomeo: dorso superiore plus

minusve nigro induto: capite cristato et cervice undique nigris,

albo maculatis: alis extus caudaque nigro et ochraceo plus

minusve variegatis et transfasciatis: rostro nigricante, apice

pallide cerulescente : pedibus corneis.

Hab. Western Mexico (Deppe); Tehuantepec (Sumichrast in Mus.

Smithson.) ; prov. Vera Cruz (Sallé); Guatemala, Vera Paz and

Pacific coast (Salvin); Belize (Leyland); Wonduras (Taylor) ;

Costa Rica (v. Frantz.); Panama (MJ‘Cleannan).

Mus. Brit., Smithson., 8.-G.

Linneus’s Crax globicera is founded mainly upon the Craz curas-

sous of Brisson (Orn. i. p. 300), which is more likely to be intended

for this species than for any other. Brisson mentions the tubercula

ad basin rostri, rotunda, lutea—which excludes every thing except the

present bird and C. daubentoni. And as he says nothing whatever

of the tail being tipped with white, the balance of evidence is in

favour of the former hypothesis. Crax rubra of Linneeus, founded

514. MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON THE CRACIDZ. [June 9,

upon Crax peruvianus of Brisson (J. ¢. p. 305), is, there can be

little doubt, intended for the female of the present bird.

The first author who appears to have correctly identified these

birds as male and female is Tschudi, who, in his ‘ Fauna Peruana,’

accurately describes both sexes under the name Crazx temminckii,

from specimens obtained by Deppe in Western Mexico ; but he is

no doubt in error in supposing that this was the species that he him-

self saw in the wood-region of Eastern Peru.

In our first paper on the Ornithology of Guatemala we errone-

ously called this bird Craz alector. This mistake was subsequently

rectified, and the Central-American bird was referred to Crax glo-

bicera, which name has generally been adopted by more recent writers

for the Central-American bird.

In Mr. G. R. Gray’s ‘ List of Gallinz’ this Curassow is called Craz

blumenbachii, following Spix’s figure (Av. Bras. ii. t. 64). It is

possible Mr. Gray may be correct in this reference, as we have seen

Central-American specimens nearly as dark as represented in Spix’s

figure; but if this be so, it can hardly be true, as Spix states, that

his specimen was obtained from Rio.

This Curassow is the only species of the genus and subfamily met

with in America, north of Panama. We have examined a large

number of specimens from different localities between the isthmus

and Southern Mexico. ‘I'he male is quite constant in colour, except

that in one Panama specimen the tail shows a very narrow margin of

white. The female, on the contrary, is very variable, as we have

already pointed out in our diagnosis. In some specimens the wings

are wholly red, in others much banded with black and cinnamo-

meous; in some specimens also the tail-bands are very slight, and

almost evanescent ; in others they are broad and conspicuous. The

upper portion of the back varies from black to chestnut.

2. CRAX ALECTOR.

Crax alector, Linn. S. N. i. p. 269; Temm. Pig. et Gall. in.

p- 27 et p. 689; Vieill. Gall. Ois. i. p. 6, t. 199; Cab. in. Schomb.

Guian. iil. p. 746; Reichenb. Tauben, p. 130; Bennett, Gardens &

Men. ii. p. 9; Pelzeln, Orn. Bras. p. 286.

Purpurascenti-nigra : ventre imo crissoque albis: criste brevis

plumis nigris, versus apicem recurvis: loris nudis: cera et

rostro ad basin flavis, hujus apice cerulescente: pedibus

cornets : long. tota 35, ale 14°5, caude 13:5, tarsi 4°5.

Fem. Mari similis, sed crista intus albo parce transfasciata.

Hab. British Guiana (Schomb.); Rio Negro, Rio Vaupé, and

Rio Brancho (Natt.).

Mus. Brit., Vindob., 8.-G.

The species most liable to be confounded with the present Curas-

sow are Crax globicera and Crex sclateri. From both of these it is

distinguishable by the purple tinge of its plumage, which is very

noticeable in living specimens, but is also plainly shown in skins.

From C. globicera it is likewise distinguishable by the naked lores

and by the want of the protuberance on the cere ; from C. sclateri

by the absence of the white tips to the tail-feathers and the black

1870.] MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON THE CRACID&. 515

thighs. It differs not only from these, but from almost all other

members of the genus in the sexes being nearly alike.

The patria of C. alector is Guiana and the adjoining districts of

Amazonia up to the Rio Negro. In Upper Amazonia it is replaced

by C. globulosa.

3. CRAX SCLATERI.

Mitu, Azara, Apunt. iii. p. 83. no. 338.

Crax alector, Hartl. Ind. Az. p. 22.

Craz sclateri, Gray, List of Gall. p. 14; Pelzeln, Orn. Bras. p. 287.

Crazx circinatus, Licht. MS. in Mus. Berol. (teste Pelzelno).

Crax discors, Natt. MS. in Mus. Berol. (teste Pelzelno).

Crax azare, Natt. MS. in Mus. Vindob. (teste Pelzelno).

Nitenti-nigra : ventre imo, crisso et caude apice albis: criste

mediocris plumis nigris versus apicem recurvis: loris nudis,

cera et rostro ud basin flavis: pedibus corneis: long. tota 32,

ale 14, caude@ 14, tarsi 4.

Fem. Supra nigra, ochracescenti-albo, nisi in cervice, transfasci-

ata: crista alba, basi et apice nigris: subtus gula et cervice

nigris: abdomine cinnamomeo, pectore nigro transfasciato :

rostri basi obscura, apice cum pedibus flavicantibus.

Hab. Paraguay ( Azara et Page); Mato Grosso (Natterer).

Mus. Brit., Vindob., Smithson., 8.-G.

Azara clearly describes both sexes of this Curassow, which appears

to be the sole representative of the group in Paraguay and the ad-

jacent portion of the Brazilian province of Matto Grosso.

It was, however, confounded with other species, or provided only

with MS. names, till Mr. Gray descibed it in his list of Gallinze in 1867.

As already remarked, the male of this species closely resembles

the corresponding sex of C. alector; it is singular, therefore, that

the females of the two species should be so very different.

Our description of Craz sclateri is taken from Nattererian speci-

mens in the collection of Salvin and Godman ; but we have compared

them with Smithsonian skins collected by Capt. Page in Paraguay,

and find them agree in every respect.

4. CrRax GLOBULOSA.

Craz globulosa, Spix, Av. Bras. i. p. 50, t. 65( 3), 66( 9);

Reichenb. Taub. p. 135.

Craw globicera, Bates, Nat. on the Amazon, il. p. 112.

Nitenti-nigra: ventre imo crissoque albis: crista nigra recurva :

loris plumosis: cera tuberculata et mandibula utrinque ad

basin carunculata flavis: rostri apice nigra: pedibus rubris :

long. tota 36, ale 16, caud@ 14:5, tarsi 4:4.

Fem. Mari similis, sed tuberculo et carunculis rostri nullis:

ventre fulvo : pedibus rubescentibus.

Hab. Upper Amazon (Spizx); Pebas (Castelnau et Deville) ; Rio

Napo (Mus. G. N. L.)

Mus. Brit., Paris., et G. N. Lawrence.

516 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON THE CRACID&. [June 9,

The well-developed yellow caruncles at the base of the mandible

distinguish this species from all its allies except C. daubentoni, in

which the tail is broadly tipped with white. We have only seen

one female of this species—in Mr. Lawrence’s collection. It agrees

with Spix’s figure and description. The variation of the sexes in this

bird corresponds to that which obtains in Craw carunculata, which

has likewise conspicuous caruucles on the base of the bill. It the

latter case, however, the caruncles are red instead of yellow.

5. CRAX DAUBENTONI.

Hocco, Faisan de la Guiane, Buff. Pl. Enl. 86.

Crax aldrovandi, Reichenb. Columb. p. 134?

Crax daubentoni, G. R. Gray, List of Gall. p. 15.

Craw glolicera, ‘Temm. Nat. Hist. des Gall. ili. p. 12 et p, 686;

Reichenb. Taub. p. 133.

Crax mikani 3, Pelzeln, Orn. Bras. p. 343 (2)?

Nitenti-nigra: ventre imo et caude apice albis : criste elongate

plumis nigris recurvis: loris plumosis: cera tuberculata et

mandibula utringue ad basin carunculata flavis: pedibus nigri-

cantibus: long. tota 32, ale 15°5, caude 14, tarsi 4°5.

Fem. Mari similis, sed crista ad basin albo obsolete fasciata :

ventre et tibiis albo transfasciolatis: cera et rostro nigris.

Hab. Venezuela, near Caraccas (Levraud).

Mus. Brit., Paris.

This Curassow was confounded by the older authors with C. glo-

bicera ; and it must always, perhaps, remain somewhat of an open

question to which bird that name is more properly to be applied.

Mr. Gray first recognized the existence of the two species, and in

his ‘List of Gallinee’ gave the name daubentoni to the present

bird, considering it to be that represented by Buffon and Dau-

benton as the Hocco, Faisan de la Guiane in the ‘ Planches Enlu-

minées.’ The two species are certainly close allies, the differences

between them consisting in the present bird having caruncles at the

base of the mandible, and white tips to the rectrices. The former

character, however, is not very conspicuous, nor are these caruncles

represented in the above-mentioned plate.

We were for some time in doubt respecting the correct habitat of

this species ; but during a recent examination of the examples of this

group in the Paris Museum, Sclater found a specimen of it which

had been transmitted from the vicinity of Caraccas by M. Levraud.

This has indicated, what we before suspected, that the true patria

of Crax daubentoni is the littoral of Venezuela and the northern

portions of New Granada, where it takes the place of C. globicera

on the north and C. alector on the south*.

* Since this paper was written, the locality of this species has been further

confirmed by the receipt by this Society of a living pair of this Crax from

Tucacas, in Northern Venezuela (presented by James Wright, Esq., Sept. 29th).

The bird described by Herr v. Pelzeln as the male of his Craw mikani seems

to agree tolerably well with the female of this species.

1870.] MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON THE CRACID. 51

6. CRAx CARUNCULATA.

Craz carunculata, Temm. Pig. et Gall. ili. pp. 44, 690 (1815) ;

Sw. An. in Men. p. 183.

Crax rubrirostris, Spix, Av. Bras. ii. p. 51, t.67; Max. Beitr.

iv. p. 528.

Crax blumenbachii, Burm. Syst. Ueb. iii. p. 345.

Crax yarrellii, Bennett, Gard. and Men. ii. p. 227; Yarrell,

P. Z. 8. 1830-1, p. 33; Sw. An. in Men. p. 188; Jard. et Selby,

Ill. Orn. iv. pl. vi.

Nitenti-nigra : ventre imo crissoque albis: crista nigra, versus

apicem recurva: loris nudis: cere tuberculo parvo et caruncula

utringue ad basin mandibule rubris: pedibus carneis: long. tota

34, ale, 15°5, caude 13°5, tarsi 4.

Fem. Mari similis, sed crista albo fasciolata et ventre imo cris-

soque rufis.

Hab. Wood-region of S.E. Brazil from Rio to Bahia (Maw. et

Burm.).

Mus. Brit.

This Curassow is easily distinguishable by its red bill, and has

therefore been less often confounded with other species than most

of its congeners. Burmeister, however, has united it to Crar blu-

menbachii of Spix, supposing that Spix’s figure (Av. Bras. ii. t. 64)

may represent the female of the present bird. This we cannot agree

to. Spix’s plate obviously represents the female of C. glodicera, or

of some allied species of which we do not yet know the male. If his

locality (Rio) be correct, the latter is probably the case.

7. CRAX ALBERTI.

Crax alberti, Fraser, P. Z. S. 1850, p. 246, t. 27; Gray, List of

Gallinz, p.15; Reichenb. Tauben, p. 136.

Crax mikani Q, Pelzeln, Orn. Bras. p. 343 (?).

Nitenti-nigra: ventre imo, crisso et caude apice albis: crista

brevi, recurva, nigra: loris dense plumosis: cere tuberculo et

mandibul@ carunculis ceruleis: rostri apice corneo: pedibus

plumbeis.

Fem. Nigra: crista albo fasciolata: dorso, alis extus et cauda

albo anguste transfasciatis: remigibus externis et abdomine toto

castaneis: ventre medio crissoque pallidioribus : pedibus pallide

carneis.

Hab. New Granada.

Mus. Brit., Paris., 8.-G.

Mr. Fraser first described this Curassow, which may be readily

known by its densely feathered lores and blue wattles, from a spe-

cimen living in the aviaries at Knowsley in 1850. It is, however,

obvious that the bird described by him as the female of C. alderti is

not the true female of this species, but that of Crazr globicera.

Craz alberti is now not unfrequently brought alive to this country.

There have been of late years several males in the Society’s Gardens ;

and at the present time there is one female. Its correct habitat has

518 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON THE CRACID&. [June 9,

never yet been given; but we have recently obtained abundant evi-

dence that it inhabits New Granada. A female in the collection of

Salvin and Godman was transmitted direct from Bogota by Mr. G.

Crowther. There is a male in the Paris Museum, sent from the

same locality by Dr. Lindig, and a female from Sta. Martha by M.

Bonnecourt.

The bird described by Herr v. Pelzeln as the female of his Crax

mikani seems to be the female of this species.

8. CrAx PINIMA.

Crax pinima, Pelzeln, Orn. Bras. p. 287 et p. 341.

Crax fasciolata, Spix, Av. Bras. ii. p. 48, t. 62, a (?).

Nigra: cristeé plumis recurvis, albis, ad basin et ad apicem nigris :

dorso toto, alis extus et cauda albo transfasciolatis : abdomine

cervino, pectore et lateribus nigro transfasciatis: loris nudis,

aut plumulis paucis obsitis: rostro nigro, ad basin flavo notato :

pedibus rubris : long. tota 29, ale 13°5, cauda 11°5, tarsi 3°7.

Hab. Vicinity of Para (Natt.).

Mus. Vindob.

Natterer obtained a single specimen of the bird described by Pel-

zeln as Crax pinima in the neighbourhood of Para, and, as stated by

vy. Pelzeln, had at first doubts as to its being a valid species. He

remarks in his MS. that the Mutum pinima, as it is called there,

does not differ from the Curassow of Cujaba and Paraguay (i.e.

C. sclateri). Afterwards he appears to have changed his opinion,

and to have designated the present species C’. pinima. Natterer did

not determine the sex of his single specimen ; and it is therefore pos-

sible that it may have been a female. The specimen we have de-

scribed is undoubtedly of that sex, as it was formerly living in the

Society’s collection, and was determined by Mr. Bartlett. Com-

paring it with two undoubted females of C. sclateri, we find it differs

principally in the narrowness of the transverse bars above, in the

sides of the belly being transversely barred with black, and the

broad white tips to the tail-feathers. Pelzeln describes C. pinima

as smaller than C. sclateri; but our specimen is of about the same

dimensions. Nor in the bird we describe is it correct to say “‘ Plume

criste nigre, fasctis solum duabus albis ornate,” as the crest is

white, with the bases and tips of the feathers black.

These differences, however, are of no very great importance ; and,

on the whole, we are of opinion that the Mutum pinima of Para will

be found to constitute a different species from Crax sclateri.

Whether, however, the male will be found to resemble the female,

or the corresponding sex of C. sclateri, remains to be proved. Von

Pelzeln describes what he considers may possibly be the male of this

species, from a specimen formerly living in the Imperial Menagerie

at Schénbrunn, but does not point out how it is to be distinguished

from C. selatert.

There are two birds now living in the Society’s Gardens which

are probably referable to this species. One of them was acquired,

some years ago, along with the bird from which we have taken our

1870.] MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON THE CRACID&. 519

characters, and is identical with it in plumage; the other, which has

been recently purchased from the Jardin d’ Acclimatation, is appa-

rently darker, and has the white bands on the upper surface ex-

tremely narrow.

Genus 2. NorHocrax.

Type.

Nothocrax, Burm. Syst. Ueb. iii. p. 347 ...... N. urumutum.

NoTHOCRAX URUMUTUM.

Crax urumutum, Spix, Av. Bras. ii. p. 49, t. 62; Cab. in

Schomb. Guian. ili. p. 746; Reichenb. Tauben, p. 132; Pelzeln,

Orn. Bras. p. 288.

Urax urumutum, Burm. Syst. Ueb. iii. p. 347.

Rufescens, nigro vermiculata ; pilei cristati plumis elongatis pen-

dentibus nigris: cervice undique et corpore subtus castaneis,

ventre imo in cinnamomeum trahente: cauda nigricante, rectri-

cum pogoniis externis rufescentibus nigro vermiculatis : spatio

oculari late nudo, in ave viva cerulescenti-flavo : rostro rubro:

pedibus corylinis: long. tota 24, ale 12, caude 10, tarsi 2°6.

Hab. British Guiana (Schomb.); Rio Negro (Spix et Natt.) ;

Rio Pastaza, Upper Amazons (Z£. Bartlett).

Mus. Brit., Vindob., Derb.

Genus 3. Paux1.

Type. ;

Pauzi, Temm. Pig. et Gall. iii. p. 683(1815)........ P. galeata.

Ouraz, Cuv. Régn. An. i. p. 440 (1817) .......... P. galeata.

Lophocerus, Swains. Class. of B. ii. p. 353 (1837).... P. galeata.

Uraz, Reichenb. Av. Syst. Nat. p. xxvi (1842)...... P. galeata.

PAaUXI GALEATA.

Crax pauxi, Linn. 8. N. i. p. 270.

Pierre de Cayenne, Buff. Pl. Enl. 78.

Crax galeata, Lath. Ind. Orn. ii. p. 624.

Pauxi galeata, Temm. Pig. et Gall. iii. p. 1 et p. 683; Reichenb.

Tauben, p. 137.

Ourax pauxi, Cuv. Régn. Anim. 1817, i. p. 441; Bennett, Gard.

& Men. ii. p. 65.

Lophocerus galeatus, Swains. Classif. of B. ii. p. 353 et An. in

Men. p. 184.

Ourax galeata, Tsch. F. P. p. 289.

Nigra @neo nitens: ventre imo et caude apice albis: pilei plumis

brevibus, erectis: tuberculo frontali maximo, oviformi, caruleo :

rostro rubro: pedibus carneis: loris dense plumosis: long. tota

34, ale 16, caude, 13, tarsi 4.

Fem. Rufescens, nigro undulata et vermiculata, capite undique

nigro : tectricum alarium et secundariorum marginibus et caude

apice albicantibus.

Hab. Cayenne (Buffon) ; Rio Cassiquiari and Orinoco (Naét.) ;

Venezuela, near Caraceas (Levraud in Mus. Paris).

Mus. Brit., Paris.

520 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON THE CRACID&. [June 9,

Buffon assigns Cayenne as the habitat of this Curassow; but

Schomburgk does not mention it as found in British Guiana. A

more certain locality is the Rio Cassiquiari and Upper Orinoco,

where Natterer, although he did not collect specimens, obtained

certain evidence of its existence (Cf. Von Pelzeln, Orn. Bras. p. 289).

Specimens of this bird in the Paris Museum were transmitted from

Caraccas by M. Levraud. Tschudi states that it occurs in Eastern

Peru. This is possible, but we have never seen it in collections

from the Upper Amazon*,

Genus 4. Mirva.

Type.

Mitu, Less. Trait. d’Orn. ii. p. 485 (1831) .... M. tuberosa.

Mitua, Strickl. Ann. Nat. Hist. vii. p. 36 (1841) M. tuberosa.

Clavis specierum.

a. rostri culmine cultrato: caude apice albo............... 1, M. tuberosa.

®. rostri calmine rotundato: caudex apice rufo ............ 2. M. tomentosa.

1. Mirua TUBEROSA.

Crax mitu, Linn. 8. N. i. p. 270.

Pauxi mitu, Temm. Pig. et Gall. iii. pp. 8, 685.

Mitu brasiliensis, Reichenb. Columb. p. 137.

Ourax mitu, Cuv. Rég. An. 1817, i. p. 441; Temm. Pl. Col.

153; Bennett, Gard. and Men. ii. p. 129.

Urax mitu, Burm. Syst. Ueb. iii. p. 349.

Crax tuberosa, Spix, Av. Bras. ii. p. 51, t. 67 a.

Mitua tuberosa, Bates, Nat. on the Amazon, ii. p. 112.

Urax tuberosa, Burm. Syst. Ueb. iii. p. 348.

Ourax erythrorhynchus, Swains. Classif. of B. ii. p.352, et An.

in Men. p. 187.

Urax eythrorhynchus, Cab. in Schomb. Guian. ti. p. 747.

Nigra, purpurascente perfusa: ventre imo castaneo: caud@ apice

albo : loris dense plumosis: pilei plumis elongatis, retroductis :

culmine valde elevato, antice cultrato, postice et supra nares in-

crassato, rubro: pedibus rubris: long. tota 33, ale 14, caude

12, tarsi 4.

Fem. Mari similis.

Hab. British Guiana (Schomb.) ; Parad, Rio Madeira, Mato Grosso

(Natterer); Rio Tapajos (Bates); Fastern Peru, Chamicurros (£.

Bartlett).

Mus. Brit., Vindob., S8.-G.

2. MiTUA TOMENTOSA.

Crax tomentosa, Spix, Av. Bras. ii. p. 49, t. 63.

Pauai tomentosa, G. R. Gray, Gen. of B. iu. p. 487.

* Since this paper was written, the Society have received two living males of

this species direct from Santa Martha along with a female of Crax alterti. It

is probable, therefore, that Pawat galeata is likewise found in the valley of the

Magdalena.

1870.] MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON THE CRACID&. 521

Urax tomentosa, Cab. in Schomb. Guian. iil. p. 746 ; Burm. Syst.

Ueb. iii. p. 349.

Nigra, purpureo nitens : ventre imo castaneo: caude apice rufo :

pilet plumis subelongatis, paulum exstantibus : loris dense plu-

mosis: rostri culmine elevato, subcompresso, rotundato, rubro,

apice flavicante: pedibus rubris: long. tota 33, ale 15,

caude@ 13°5, tarsi 4°5.

Fem. Mari similis.

Hab. British Guiana (Schomb.) ; Rio Negro (Spix et Natt.) ; Rio

Brancho (Natt.)

Mus. Brit., Vindob., S.-G.

Subfam. If. PenreLorinz.

Conspectus generum Penelopinorum.

a. gule palear medium.

a’. remiges externi angustati sed integri.

@”, gula plumosa .........2..02-seeeseeee saccisSe ulead nae 3 1. Stegnolema.

6". gula nuda,

G//", SCXUS SIMIUES ..........020e000.22s000-ueeates+00 2. Penelope.

GNUNSOXUS) CISSINTOS eaeemccetee sna accssiese disses nes 3. Penelopina.

d’. remiges externi excisi.

Gifee PALEAT DYEVOs .cseenees|s cas denvee sae cecstesscsaessvees cee 4. Pipile.

6”. palear elongatum, lineare .............c0eseeeeeeeees 5. Aburria.

6. gulee palear nullum.

a’. gula plumosa: remiges externi eXCisi .............0....008 6. Chamepetes.

&’. gula nuda, linea media setosa: remiges externi integri. 7. Ortalida.

Genus 1. SreGNoL£Ma™*, gen. nov.

Characteres Penelopes, sed gula summa omnino plumosa, spatio

solum in gula inferiore denudato diversa.

STEGNOLEMA MONTAGNII.

Ortalida montagnii, Bp. C. R. xlii. p. 875 (1856) ; Reich. Taub.

p- 147; Scl. P. Z. S. 1857, p. 19; 1858, pp. 76, 556; 1860,

pp- 63, 72.

Supra olivaceo-brunnea, purpureo subinduta, pileo obscuriore,

capitis plumis albo anguste marginatis: dorso inferiore ferru-

gineo: subtus olivacea, plumis albo marginatis, lateribus et

ventre imo ferrugineo perfusis : rostro obscure aurantiaco, pe-

dibus corylinis : long. tota 20, ale 10°2, caude 9:5, tarsi 2°5.

Hab. Int. New Granada ; Ecuador, Rio Napo (Verreaux); Matos,

Chillanes, Nanegal et Puellaro (Fraser).

Mus. Brit., 8.-G.

Genus 2. PENELOPE.

Type.

Penelope, Merrem, Av. Ic. et Descr. ii. p. 40 (1786) .. P. cristata.

Salpiza, Wagler, Isis, p. 1226 (1832) ............ P. pileata,

* creyvov, tegmen, et aos, gula.

522 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON THE CRACIDH. [June 9,

Clavis specierum.

a, cauda fascia terminali nulla.

a'. secundariis unicoloribus, immarginatis.

a'', abdomine zeneo-viridi. ;

a, pileo immaculato, unicolori.

MARIN ss, was sees ssosesersocnesss- asa 1. purpurascens.

| MNOCIA MR Ret atic temsedetees sc. tet eeeeas 2. marail.

MNINOL Wivceeseseaee ss ce bceee ova Uae ree 3. greeyt.

b'''. pileo albo variegato.

a''"’”. superciliis albis, infra nigro mar-

[Seba AB pened tb Ase some mactasee 4, jacucaca.

6", superciliis distinctis nullis

major, magis viridescens ...... 5. gacupeba.

minor et obscurior ............ 6, obscura.

6". abdomine summo neo, imo rufo.

a'". genis unicoloribus immarginatis

{ major: uropygio ferrugineo......... 7. cristata.

minor: uropygio fuscescente ...... 8. boliviana.

b'", genis argenteo marginatis...........-...+4- 9. sclateri.

c''. abdomine toto castaneo

{ jaa Pe lo) Arsene ndacdabsadasdepecnactis.sqnbo dace 10. pileata.

Pilea UUtescOMtS! Mstsscse-teasteascesseecsarec 11. ochrogastra.

’. secundariis extus rufo marginatis ..........-.eeee0seseee 12. superciliaris.

6. cauda fascia terminali cinnamomea .....e..4-.-..-seeeeeenees 13. argyrotis.

1. PENELOPE PURPURASCENS.

Penelope purpurascens, Wagl. Isis, 1830, p. 1110; Moore,

P. Z. 8. 1859, p. 61; Sclater, P. Z. S. 1859, pp. 369, 391; Sclat.

et Salv. Ibis, 1859, p. 223; G. R. Gray, List of Galline, p. 6.

Salpiza purpurascens, Wagl. Isis, 1832, p. 1226.

ZEneo-olivacea: dorsi superioris, alarum tectricum et corporis

subtus ad medium ventrem plumis albo marginatis : long. tota

35, ale 15°5, caude 15°5, tarsi 4.

Hab. Mexico, Mazatlan (Bischoff in Mus. Siniths.); Tonila

(Xantus) ; Oaxaca (Boucard) ; Jalapa (De Oca) ; Guatemala, Vera

Paz, and Pacific Slope (Salvin) ; Honduras ( Dyson).

Mus. Brit., Smithson., 8.-G.

This is the only species of Penelope we have seen from any part

of America north of Nicaragua. In Costa Rica and Panama it is re-

placed by P. cristata, which is easily distinguished by its deep rufous

uropygium and lower belly.

2. PENELOPE MARAIL.

Faisan verddtre de Cayenne, Buff. Pl. Enl. 338.

Penelope jacupema, Merrem, Av. Ic. et Descr. ii. p. 41, tab. xi. (?)

Penelope marail, Gmel. S. N. i. 734; Wagler, Isis, 1830, p. 1110 ;

Temm. Pig. et Gall. iii. p. 56 et p. 692; G. R. Gray, List of Gall.

p- 6.

Salpiza marail, Wagl. Isis, 1832, p. 1226; Cab. in Schomb.

Guian. ili. p. 745.

Penelope purpurascens, J. E. Gray, Knowsl. Menag. t. 11.

Obscure viridescenti-enea : cervicis supreme et corporis subtus

1870.] MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON THE CRACID&. 523

ad medium pectus plumis albo marginatis : ventre imo paulum

Juscescentiore: long. tota 30, ale 12°5, caude 14, tarsi 3°2.

Hab. British Guiana.

Mus. Brit.

P. marail, though resembling the previous species, is readily di-

stinguishable by its smaller size and darker colour, and by the absence

of white markings on the upper portion of the back. Its range

seems strictly confined to the Guianas.

It must always remain doubtful what species Merrem’s Penelope

Jacupema was intended for; but his description seems more ap-

plicable to the present bird than to P. cristata, to which it is some-

times referred.

3. PENELOPE GREEYI.

Penelope greeyi, G. R. Gray, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 266, t. xxii.

Penelope cristata, Pelzeln, Orn. Bras. p. 280 (2).

Similis precedenti, sed crassitie minore, et colore supra viridi

magis purpurascente, forsan diversa: long. tota 24, ale 11,

caude 10°5, tarsi 2°4.

Hab. Santa Martha, New Granada.

Mus. Brit.

This seems to be a small form of the preceding species. Besides the

type specimen described by Mr. Gray, we have only seen two other

examples, which are now living in the Society’s Gardens.

If Herr v. Pelzeln’s P. cristata be not referable to the present

species it must belong to one which we have not yet come across.

4, PENELOPE JACUCACA.

Penelope jacucaca, Spix, Av. Bras. il. t. 69, p. 53; Wagler, Isis,

1830, p. 1110.

Salpiza jacucaca, Wag). Isis, 1832, p. 1226; Cab. in Schomb.

Guian. ii. p. 745.

Penelope superciliaris, J. HK. Gray, Knowsl. Menag. ii. pl. 8.

Fuliginoso-nigricans, eneo nitens: tectricibus, plumis sincipitis,

juguli, pectoris et epigastrit albo marginatis ; vitta superciliari

nivea, inferius atro marginata : aurium plumis nigris albo vario-

losis : long. tota 30, ale 13. (Wagler.)

Hab. Brazil, prov. Bahia (Spiz) ; British Guiana (Schomd.).

Mus. Derb.

Of this Guan we have only yet met with three specimens, now

living in the Society’s Gardens. They were purchased of a dealer

in Liverpool on the 9th of February last, and were in very bad

plumage when received, though now gradually recovering. We have

little hesitation in referring them to Spix’s species, when explained

by Wagler’s diagnosis, which we have adopted in the absence of spe-

cimens for complete examination.

The ‘‘ Eyebrowed Guan”’ of the Knowsley Menagerie is referable

to this species, though coloured too rufescent in tint. We have exa-

mined the typical specimen now in the Derby Museum at Liverpool.

524 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON THE CRACIDE. [June 9,

This species is included by Schomburgk in his ‘ Fauna of British

Guiana ;’ but it is doubtful whether it really occurs so far north.

5. PENELOPE JACUPEBA.

Penelope jacupeba, Spix, Av. Bras. ii. p. 54, t. 71.

Penelope nigricapilla, Pelzeln, Orn. Bras. pp. 281, 341 (nec

G. R. Gray).

Penelope jacucaca, Gray, List of Gall. p. 8 (nec Spix).

neo-viridis: dorso inferiore et abdomine toto cupreo perfuso :

dorsi superioris, alarum tectricum et corporis subtus ad imum

pectus plumis albo utrinque marginatis: frontis et supercili-

orum plumis argenteo marginatis : long. tota 30, ale 13°5, caude

12°5, tarsi 3°3.

Hab. Brazil, prov. San Paulo (Natt.); Rio (Mus. S.-G.); Para

(Spix).

Mus. Brit., Vindob., 8.-G.

Our characters of this species are from one of the specimens ob-

tained by Natterer at Ytararé, and named by Herr v. Pelzeln P.

nigricapilla. It is not, however, Mr. Gray’s P. nigricapilla, but

agrees perfectly with the specimen in the British Museum referred

to P. jacucaca of Spix. At first we were inclined to accede to the

latter determination, but have recently convinced ourselves that Spix’s

figure and description of P.jacucaca are more satisfactorily appli-

cable to another bird, of which we have given an account above, and

which is distinguishable from the present species by its smaller size

and by the well-defined white superciliary band, bordered (as Wagler

expressly states) by black below. On the other hand, Spix’s figure

and description of P. jacupeba are fairly applicable to the present

bird, except as regards its larger size. But a second skin of an

immature example in the collection of Salvin and Godman is consi-

derably smaller than the Nattererian specimen above described, and

seems to answer to Spix’s bird in every respect ; so that if we assume

that Spix’s type was also not adult (which his figure would seem to

indicate), we have a name provided for this species.

We may remark that Mr. G. R. Gray agrees with us in re-

ferring Spix’s P. jacupeba to the present species, though in our

opinion he has wrongly associated it with P. jacucaca of the same

author.

Penelope jacupeba, as thus identified, is a fine large species of a

general bronzy-green colour, which is somewhat tinged with rufescent

on the rump and tail-coverts and still more so on the belly. The

feathers of the whole top of the head are more or less edged with

silvery grey, particularly on the front and over the eyes, but not so

as to constitute a well-defined superciliary stripe; the ear-coverts are

black. The characteristic white edgings which are found in all the

group are well-defined in this species on the upper back, wing-

coverts, neck, and breast. The outer primaries are attenuated as in

other species of this genus; the fifth, sixth, and seventh are about

equal and longest. The nearest ally of P. jacupeba is P. obscura,

1870.] MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON THE CRACID. 525

from which it is mainly distinguishable by its larger size and gene-

rally greener and lighter colour.

6. PENELOPE OBSCURA.

El Yacthi, Azara, Apunt. iii. p. 72. no. 335.

Penelope obscura, Temminck, Pig. et Gall. iii. p. 68, et p. 693;

Vieill. Nouv. Dict. xxxvi. p. 343, et Enc. Méth. 361; Wagler, Isis,

1830, p. 1111.

Penelope nigricapilla, G. R. Gray, P. Z.S. 1860, p. 269; List of

Gall. p. 7; Reichenb. Tauben, p. 152.

Penelope bridgesi, G. R. Gray, P. Z.S. 1860, p. 270; List of

Gall. p. 7; Reichenb. Handb. Tauben, p. 151.

Obscure eneo-viridis: dorso inferiore et abdomine toto chocola-

tino-brunneis : dorsi superioris, tectricum alarium et corporis

subtus ad medium ventrem plumis albo marginatis : pilei antici

plumis argenteo anguste marginatis: long. tota 25, ale 11°5,

caude 12, tarsi 3.

Hab. Paraguay (Azara); Rio Vermejo et Rio Paraguay (Page) ;

Bolivia (Bridges).

Mus. Brit., Smiths. et 8.-G.

The examination of four skins of this Guan obtained by Capt.

T. J. Page during his expeditions up the Parana and its confluents

in the United-States steamer ‘ Waterwitch,’ and now in the Smith-

sonian Collection, have enabled us to identify it with Azara’s Yacthi,

which has hitherto remained unrecognized. Not only does the bird

agree sufficiently well with Azara’s description, but one of Capt.

Page’s specimens bears a label with ‘‘ Pavo del Monte ” written on it,

the provincial name, according to Azara, of his Yacthi. It follows,

therefore, that we must use for this bird the name obscura, founded

by Temminck upon Azara’s description.

Upon comparing the above-mentioned birds with the types of

Penelope bridgesi and P. nigricapilla in the British Museum we have

no doubt of their identity. The latter has but faint traces of white

markings on the head; but two of Capt. Page’s specimens, which we

consider not quite mature, have likewise but very slight indica-

tions of this feature. Having thus had the advantage of examining

six specimens of this Guan at one time, we see that considerable

variation is shown in the extent of the white markings on the feathers

of the head, a character upon the constancy of which Mr. Gray

seems to have depended too much when differentiating his P. nigri-

capilla and P. bridges.

7. PENELOPE CRISTATA.

Meleagris cristata, Linn. 8. N.i. p. 269 (?).

Penelope cristata, Lath. Ind. Orn. ii. p. 619; Temm. Pig. et

Gall. iii. p. 46 et p. 691; Wagler, Isis, 1830, p.1110; Burm. Syst.

Ueb. iii. p. 339.

Salpiza cristata, Wagl. Isis, 1832, p. 1226; Cab. in Schomb.

Guian. iii. p. 745.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1870, No. XXXV.

526 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON THE CRACID&. [June 9,

Penelope purpurascens, Lawr. Ann. Lye. N. Y, vill. p. 12.

Penelope brasiliensis, Bp. C. R. xlii. p. 877.

Penelope jacuaca, Salvin, Ibis, 1869, p. 317.

The Guan, Bennett, Gardens & Men. Z.S. ii. p. 131.

LEneo-viridis, pileo obscuriore : dorso imo et ventre toto eum crisso

castaneis : corporis subtus plumis albo marginatis : long. tota

35, ale 14°5, caude@ 15, tarsi 3°5.

Hab. Costa Rica (Carmiol) ; Panama (M‘Cleannan); New Gra-

nada (Mus. S8.-G.); British Guiana (Sehomd.).

Mus. Brit., 8.-G.

Whatever the Meleagris cristata of Linnzeus may have been in-

tended for, there seems to be little donbt that the Penelope cristata

of Latham, Temminck, and Wagler refers to this species, which is

readily known by its large size (almost equal to that of P. purpu-

rascens) and the deep chestnut of the lower back and belly.

Mr. Gray considers P. jacuacu of Spix referable to the present

species; but it seems to us that it is much more reasonable to refer

Spix’s figure and description to the next, similar but smaller species,

which is from the very country where Spix discovered it.

‘We have examined specimens of this bird from Costa Rica, Pa-

nama, and New Granada; we have not yet met with Guianan exam-

ples, and it is possible that they may belong to the next species.

8. PENELOPE BOLIVIANA.

Penelope jacuacu, Spix, Av. Bras. ii. p. 52, t. 68 (2).

Penelope boliviana, Reich. Taub. p. 151; Bp. C. R. xiii. p. 877;

G. R. Gray, List of Gall. p. 7 (1867); Pelz. Orn. Bras. pp. 282,

339.

Penelope rufescens, Natt. MS. .

Supra eneo-viridis: dorsi superioris et tectricum alarum plumis

albo marginatis, dorso inferiore fuscescente : subtus, precipue

in ventre, rufescens ; cervicis et pectoris plumis albo marginatis :

long. tota 26, ale 12°3, caude@ 13, tarsi 3°4.

Hab. Solimoens (Spiz); Rio Madeira et Lake Manaqueri, Upper

Amazon (Natterer); Yurimaguas (EH. Bartlett); Rio Huallaga

(Péppig).

Mus. Brit., Vindob., 8. & G.

This Guan most nearly resembles the large species we have called

P. cristata, but is distinguishable by its smaller size, by the lower

back being only slightly rufescent instead of deep chestnut, by the

well-defined white edgings of the feathers of the upper back (which’

are almost, if not quite, absent in P. cristata), and by the rufescent

colour below extending over the lower surface of the breast, though

with a more subdued tint.

Our description is taken from one of Natterer’s Amazonian speci-

mens, which agrees with the bird called P. doliviana in the British

Museum, and with Mr. Bartlett’s skin from Yurimaguas.

There is a living example of this bird now in the Society’s

Gardens. ‘

1870.] MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON THE CRACIDZ. 527

9. PENELOPE SCLATERI.

Penelope sclateri, G. R. Gray, P. Z.S. 1860, p. 270; List of

Gall. p: 7; Reichenb. Columb. p. 181.

Supra fuscescenti-enea, dorso postico sordide rufescente : piler

antici, superciliorum et genarum plumis argenteo limbatis : dorso

superiore et alis extus albo parce flammulatis : subtus magis

brunnescens, pectore albo flammulato: ventre toto crissoque

saturate rufis: long. tota 22, ale 10-2, caude@ 9°8, tarsi 2°35.

Hab. Bolivia (Bridges).

Mus. Brit., Derb.

With this Guan we are only acquainted from inspection of the

typical specimens in the National Collection. It seems to bea well-

marked species, easily recognizable by the silvery white edgings of

its superciliaries and cheeks. In other respects it is somewhat like

Stegnolema montagnii, but has the whole throat nude.

10. PENELOPE PILEATA.

Penelope pileata, Wagl. Isis, 1830, p. 1110; G. R. Gray, List

of Gall. p. 7; Pelz. Orn. Bras. pp. 282, 340; Des Murs, Icon. Orn.

t: 23.

Pipile pileata, Reichenb. Columb. p. 153.

Salpiza pileata, Wagl. Isis, 1832, p. 1226; J. E. Gray, Knowsl.

Menag. t. 9.

Obscure eneo-viridis; pileo albo, postice rufescente ; genis et linea

superciliari nigris: interscapulii et tectricum alarium plumis

albo marginatis: collo undique et corpore subtus castaneis:

ventre albo flammulato: long. tota 29, ale 12, caude 13, tarsi

rae

Hab. Amazonia: vic. of Para (Wagler); Rio Madeira and Rio

Vauta (Natterer).

Mus. Brit.,; Vindob., 8S. & G.

11. PENELOPE OCHROGASTER.

Penelope ochrogaster, Pelz. Orn. Bras. pp. 282, 337.

Supra obscure fusca, uropygium versus rufescens ; dorsi superioris

et tectricum alarum plumis albo marginatis : pileo rufescente,

Jrontis et superciliorum plumis albo marginatis: linea super-

ciliart et genis nigris: subtus castanea, usque ad medium

ventrem albo flammulata: long. tota 29, ale 13°5, caude 14:5,

tarsi 3°5.

Hab. Brasil. int. near Cuyaba (Natt.).

Mus. Vindob., 8. & G.

Obs. Species a precedente simili pileo rufescente et cervice postice

minime castanea distinguenda.

12. PENELOPE SUPERCILIARIS,

Penelope superciliaris, Temm. Pig. et Gall. iii. p. 72 et p. 693

(1815); Wagl. Isis, 1830, p. 1110; Max. Beitr. iv. p. 539; Burm.

Syst. Ueb. iii. p. 337; Gray, List of Gall. p.7; Pelz. Orn. Bras. p. 282.

528 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON THE CRACID&. [June 9,

Salpiza superciliaris, Wagl. Isis, 1832, p. 1226.

Penelope jacupemba, Spix, Av. Bras. ii. p. 55, t. 72.

Supra eneo-viridis, superciliis angustis albis : secundariorum uro-

pygit et caude tectricum plumis rufo marginatis : subtus magis

cinerea, plumis usque ad medium ventrem albo marginatis:

ventre imo et crisso rufescentibus: long. tota 26, ale 9°38,

caude@ 10°8, tarsi 2°7.

Hab. Wood-region of S.E. Brazil (Maz. et Burm.); vic. of

Bahia (Wucherer); provinces of Rio and San Paulo (Natt.).

Mus. Brit., Vindob., Smithson., S. & G.

The rufous edgings to the secondary wing-feathers render this

Guan readily recognizable. The superciliary stripe, although distinct,

is not so broad as in P. jacucaca, nor does it extend across the fore-

head as in the latter species.

There are several examples of this bird now living in the Society’s

Gardens.

13. PENELOPE ARGYROTIS.

Pipile argyrotis, Bp. C. R. xlii. p. 875 (1856).

Penelope montana, Licht. in Mus. Berol. (Nomencl. p. 86); Bp.

C. R. xlii. p. 877 (descr. nulla) ; Reichenb. Tauben, p. 151.

Penelope lichtensteinii, G. R. Gray, P. Z. 8. 1860, p. 269; et

List Gall. p. 7 (1867).

Fuscescenti-eneo-viridis : dorsi superioris, alarum tectricum et

corporis subtus plumis albo marginatis : uropygio et ventre imo

cum lateribus rufescentibus: pileo cuprescenti-eneo, frontis,

superciliarum et genarum plumis albo marginatis: caude@ rec-

tricibus lateralibus eneo-nigris, fascia apicali pollicari cinna-

momea terminatis, mediis rufescentibus apicem versus cinna-

momeis : long. tota 25, ale 11, caud@ 11, tarsi 2°3.

Hab. Venezuela, S. Martha (Verreaux); Caraccas (Mus. Paris.);

Int. of New Granada, Bogota (Mus. S.-G.).

Mus. Brit., Paris., S. & G.

Sclater has examined two skins of this Guan in the Paris Mu-

seum, which are marked Pipile argyrotis in Bonaparte’s own hand-

writing, and has thus determined the species to which the term is

referable. This could hardly have been even guessed at from the

fragment of description attached to the name in the ‘Comptes

Rendus.’

The distinct and peculiar terminal tail-band at once distinguishes

this Penelope from all its congeners.

Genus 3. PENELOPINA. Type.

Penelopina, Reichenb. Columb. p. 152 .......... .. LP. nigra.

PENELOPINA NIGRA.

Penelope nigra, Fraser, P.Z.S. 1850, p. 246, pl. 29; Sclat. et

Salv. Ibis, 1859, p. 224; Salv. P. Z.S. 1867, p. 160.

Penelopina nigra, Reichenb. Tauben, p. 152,

1870.] MESSRS, SCLATER AND SALVIN ON THE CRACIDE. 529

Purpurascenti-nigra unicolor, subtus in ventre magis obscura:

rostro et cum pedibus gula nuda rubris: long. tota 24, ale 9°5,

caude 10°5, tarsi 2°8.

Fem. nigra, rufo frequentissime vermiculata : pectore fere imma-

culato.

Hab. Guatemala, Vera Paz, and Volcanoes of Agua and Fuego

(Salvin).

Mus. Brit., S.-G.

Genus 4. PrriLe. ye!

Penelope, Wagler, Isis, p. 1226 (1832) ...... P. cumanensis.

Pipile, Bp. C. R. xlii. p. 877 (1856)......... P. cumanensis.

Clavis specierum.

a. Caruncula gulari cxerulea ........:.cscsseseseeesceseesseeeeeees 1. P. cwmanensis.

6. Caruncula gulari rubra

Plaga alari alba.....scce..cscesssssecscscssseeescsserennsse 2. P. jgacutinga.

(Lalis nigris, albo striatis .....scsssssscsnsssaeerescsencenes 3. P. cujubi.

1. Prr1LE CUMANENSIS.

Crazx cumanensis, Jacquin, Beytr. t. 10, p. 25 (1784).

Craz pipile, Jacquin, ibid. t. 11, p. 26.

Penelope cumanensis, Gm. 8. N. i. p. 734; Wagl. Isis, 1830,

p- 1109; Léotaud, Ois. de Trin. p. 383; Pelzeln, Sitz. Ak. Wien,

xxxi. p. 330.

Penelope pipile, Temm. Pig. et Gall. iii. p. 76 et p. 694; Cab. in

Schomb. Guian. iii. p. 745; Gray, Knowsley Menag. ii. t. 10;

Sclater, P. Z.S. 1855, p. 163, 1858, p. 76.

Pipile cumanensis, Bp. C. R. xlii. p. 877; Reichenb, Tauben,

p- 154; Sclat. et Salv. P. Z. S. 1859, p. 598.

Pipile nattereri, Reichenb. Tauben, p. 154.

Penelope nattereri, Pelzeln, Orn. Bras. p. 283.

Penelope jacquinii, G. R. Gray, List of Galline, p. 8.

Penelope gray?, Pelzeln, Orn. Bras. p. 284.

Nigra, eneo-nitens : pileo toto cum fronte albis, scapis plumarum

angustissime nigris: tectricum alarium et pectoris plumarum

marginibus cum plaga magna alari albis: genis omnino nudis et

cum caruncula gulari ceruleis: long. tota 27, ale 13, caude

11, ¢arst 2°5.

Hab. British Guiana (Schomé.); Venezuela (Beauperthuy in

Mus. Par.) ; Trinidad (Léotaud); Bogota (Mus. S8.-G.); Mato-

Grosso, Upper Amazon, and Rio Negro (Natt.); Eastern Peru,

Cosnipata valley (Whitely); Bolivia (D’ Orb. in Mus. Par.) ; Rio

Napo (Verreauz).

Mus. Brit., Paris., Vindob., 8.-G.

The specimen in the British Museum distinguished by Mr. Gray

as P. jacquinii (said to be from Peru) seems to us to be hardl

separable from the present species. The shafts of the head-feathers

are dark, and more distinctly marked; the white of the head extends

rather further down the neck, and there is rather more white on the

larger wing-coverts, than in the specimens assigned in the British

530 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON THE CRACIDE. [June 9,

Museum to P. cumanensis; but in other respects the examples of

the two supposed species agree.

Von Pelzeln has named two Nattererian specimens of Pipile from

Mato Grosso (Orn. Bras. p. 284) Penelope grayi, supposing them

to be the P. jacquinii of Gray (nec Reichenbach), but does not ex-

plain how they differ from his P. nattereri, i. e. P. cumanensis.

2. PipILE JACUTINGA.

Penelope pipile, var. a, Temm. Pig. et Gall. iii. p. 76, et p. 69.

Penelope jacutinga, Spix, Av. Bras. ii. p. 53, t. 70 (1825);

Gray, List of Galline, p. 8; Pelzeln, Orn. Bras. p. 283.

Penelope leucoptera, Max. Reise, i.p.139, il. p.110; Beitr.iv.p.544.

Penelope pipile, Wag). Isis, 1830, p. 1109; Burm. Syst. Ueb.

ili, p. 336; Pelzeln, Sitzungsb. Ak. Wien, xxxi. p. 329.

Penelope nigrifrons, Less. Tr. d’Orn. p. 482.

Pipile leucolophos, Bp. Compt. Rend. xlii. p. 877; Reichenb.

Tauben, p. 152.

Pipile nigrifrons, Bp. C. R. xlii. p. 877.

Yacu-apeti, Azara, Apunt. iii. p. 80.

Nigra purpureo-nitens : fronte nigra: pileo cum nucha albo,

scapis plumarum anguste nigris: plaga alari maxima et cervicis

subtus pectorisque plumarum marginibus albis: genis partim

plumosis ceruleis : caruncula gulari rubra: long. tota 28, ale

14, caude@ 12, tarsi 2°6.

Hab. Wood-region of S.E. Brazil (Maz. et Burm.) ; San Paulo

(Natt.) ; Paraguay (Azara).

Mus. Brit., Vindob., 8.-G.

3. PiriLe cusuBI.

Penelope cujubi, Pelzeln, Sitzungsb. Ak. Wien, xxxi. p. 329

(1858); Orn. Bras. p. 284.

Pipile cujubi, Reichenb. Tauben, p. 153.

Brunneo-nigra, nitore violaceo: pileo nigro, plumis albo margi-

natis ; fronte alba, scapis plumarum nigris : tectricibus alarum

albo striatis: caruncula gulari rubra: long. tota 26, ale 12:5,

caude 11, tarsi 2°3.

Hab. Para (Natt.).

Mus. Brit., Vindob., Paris.

There is one specimen of this rare Guan in the British Museum

and one in the Paris collection, both originally from birds living in

captivity. The species may be immediately distinguished by the

want of the conspicuous white wing-patch, which is replaced by

narrow edgings to some of the wing-coverts.

Genus 5. ABURRIA. T

» : ype.

Aburria, Reichenb. Ay. 8. N. p. xxvi(1859) .. A. carunculata.

ABURRIA CARUNCULATA.

Penelope aburri, Lesson, Dict. des Sci. Nat. lix. p. 191; Man.

d’Orn. p. 482; ej. Compl. p. 426; Gray, List of Gall. p. 9. -

1870.] MESSRS, SCLATER AND SALVIN ON THE CRACIDZ, 931

Penelope carunculata, Temm. MS.

Aburria carunculata, Reichenb. Syst. Av. p. xxvi; Tauben, p.141;

Bp. C. R. xlii. p. 877; Sclater, P. Z.S. 1857, p. 19, et 1858, p. 76.

Nigra unicolor, eneo-viridescente induta: gula parce plumosa,

caruncula longa vermiformi ornata; long. tota 29, ale 13:5,

caude 11°5, tarsi 2°'8.

Fem. Mari similis.

Hab. Interior of New Granada ; Valley of Cauca, and Mountains

of Quindiu (Goudot) ; Rio Napo (Verr.).

Mus. Brit., 8.-G.

Genus 6. CHAMZPETES.

Type.

Chamepetes, Wagler, Isis, 1832, p. 1227 ...... C. goudoti.

Clavis specierum.

a. Fuscescenti-olivacea, abdomine castaneO ..........ecsceeeeeeseee 1. C. goudoti.

b. Viridescenti-nigra, UNICOLOL...,........scecssssecnsesteesseseceerens 2. C. unicolor.

1. CHAMPETES GOUDOTI.

Ortalida goudotii, Lesson, Man. d’Orn. ii. p. 217; Dict. d. Se.

Nat. lix. p. 195; Trait. d’Orn. p. 481; Compl. p. 442; Gray,

List of Gall. p. 13.

Chamepetes goudoti, Wagl. Isis, 1832, p. 1227; Reichenb.

Tauben, p. 142.

Penelope rufiventris, Tsch. F. P. Aves, p. 291, t. xxxi.

Ortalida rufiventris, Sclater, P. Z. 8. 1859, p. 147.

Fuscescenti-olivacea, eneo induta: subtus magis grisescens, ab-

domine toto castaneo: facie tota nuda, in ave viva cerulea:

pedibus rubris : long. tota 19, ale 9°5, caude 10, tarsi 2°5.

Hab. New Granada ; Mountains of Quindiu (Goudot); Ecuador,

Pallatanga (Fraser) ; Audes of Peru, alt. 7200 ped. (Tschudi).

Mus. Brit., 8.-G.

Sclater has examined the types of Tschudi’s Penelope rufiventris

in the Neuchatel collection, and is of opinion that, in spite of what

Tschudi affirms, they are the same as Ortalida goudoti.

2. CHAMZPETES UNICOLOR.

Chamepetes unicolor, Salv. P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 159; Lawr, Ann.

N. Y. Lye. ix. p. 139.

Nigra, viridescenti-nitens : abdomine paulo obscuriore : rostro nigro :

pedibus rubris: long. tota 24, ale 11, caud@ 11, tarsi 2°8.

Fem. Mari similis.

Hab. Veragua (Arcé); Costa Rica (Carmiol).

Mus. Brit., Smithson., 8.-G.

Genus 7. ORTALIDA.

: Type.

Ortalida, Merrem, Av. Ic. et Descr. ii. p. 40 (1786). O. motmot.

Penelops, Reichenb. Syst. Av. p. xxvi (1853) .... O. albiventris.

532 MESSRS, SCLATER AND SALVIN ON THE CRACIDE. [June 9,

Clavis specierum.

a, remigibus externis fuscis aut eneo-fuscis.

a', rectricum externarum apicibus castaneis.

a'', pectore fere immaculato unicolori.

a'". rectr. ext. omnino castaneis

major, capite rufo ........ nonemnncnna dls

2. araucuan.

minor, capite fuscescente ........606 .

6". vectr. ext. castaneo terminatis.

GS, GApIiewrTlt Onn cewesgcevadeecerepan sense:

b'"'", capite fusco.

ob!" abd. dilute rufescente

{ pectore cervino...... 5.

pectore cinereo...... 6.

4". pectore albo variegato.

c''', pileo rufescente

hens BDO Havetess svecetaveccvassavceitye

cont

VENLTE CINCLEO ..scccereoerceceeesneveners

d'"', pileo obscure cinereo.

ce", superciliis nullis

major, pectoris plumis an-

PUSh. MATE. ..scccavscccoerees 9.

minor, pectoris plumis latius

ANP: Gans soihbnennatenachiase 10.

d''", superciliis albis...........:.0cseeees 11.

é'. rectricum externarum apicibus albis aut cervinis.

ce’. yentre cervino

major; cauda valde elongata ............46. 12.

MINOL} CAUdA MEIOCI .......cceescsseccsceess 13.

avevitr Oval DOP. exess sk ncmebeegeesex sorsee emacs Sococnnnan 14,

6. remigibus externis castaneis.

e'. rectricum externarum apicibus albidis

CAPILE TULESCOHLO s.cey care suoscnoctss saseinses es eben cemes 15.

{ Capito wnSCesCentel | ecpaWceduerscetsayeranch-cottane cancel 16.

d', rectricum externarum apicibus castaneis ............ pond

1. ORTALIDA MOTMOT.

Phasianus motmot, Linn. 8. N. i. p. 271; Gm. 8. N.

Faisan de la Guiane, Buff. Pl. Enl. 146.

Phasianus katraca, Bodd.

Phasianus parraka, Gm. 8. N. i. p. 740.

. abdomine lxte castaneo. 4,

motmot.

ruficeps.

wagleri.

ruficauda.

canicollis,

. albiventris.

. squamata,

caracco.

guitata.

superciliaris,

poliocephala.

vetula,

leucogastra.

garrula.

cinereiceps.

erythroptera,

i. p. 740.

Penelope parrakoua, Temm. Pig. et Gall. iii. p. 695; Burm. Syst.

Veb. iii. p. 341.

Phasianus parraqua, Lath. Ind. Orn. ii. p. 632.

Penelope motmot, Wagl. Isis, 1830, p. 1111.

Ortalida motmot, Wagl. Isis, 1832, p. 1227; Cab. in Schomb.

Guian. iii. p. 744; Gray, List of Gallinz, p. 10; Pelzeln, Orn. Bras.

p. 285.

Supra @eneo-fusca: alis extus caudaque rectricibus quatuor mediis

magis @neis: capite toto rufo: subtus saturate grisea, ventre

dilutiore: caude rectricibus externis custaneis: rostro plumbeo,

apice flavicante : pedibus carneis : long. tota 23, ale 8, caude 11,

tarsi 2°8.

Hab. Cayenne (Buffon); Brit. Guiana (Schomd.) ; Rio Negro et

Rio Brancho (Natt.).

Mus. Brit., Berol., Vindob., et S.-G.

1870.] MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON THE CRACID&. 533

In one of our skins of this species from the Rio Negro (Natt.),

the three outer pairs of rectrices are wholly chestnut down to the

base ; in a second (from Demerara) there are traces of bronzy green

at the base.

2. ORTALIDA ARAUCUAN.

Penelope aracuan, Spix, Av. Bras. ii. t. 74.

Penelope araucuan, Spix, Av. Bras. ii. p. 56; Wagl. Isis, 1830,

p- 1112.

Ortalida araucuan, Wagl. Isis, 1832, p. 1227; G. R. Gray, List

of Gall. p. 11.

Ortalida superciliaris, Pelzeln, Orn. Bras. p. 285.

Supra eneo-fusca unicolor, pileo parum obscuriore: subtus saturate

grisea, ventro medio dilutiore: rectricibus quatuor mediis eneis,

ceteris castaneis, ad basin eneis : rostro plumbeo, apice flavicante,

pedibus plumbeis : long. tota 16°5, ale 7, caude@ 8, tarsi 1-9.

Hab. Lower Amazonia, prov. Maranham (Spiz) ; vicinity of Para

(Natterer).

Mus. Brit., Vindob., S.-G.

Obs. Similis preecedenti, sed crassitie minore et pileo obscuro nec

rufo facile distinguenda.

This Ortalida must be carefully distinguished from O. albiventris

of S.E. Brazil—a very different species, which has been called O.

araucuan by Max. and Burmeister. O. albiventris is a larger

bird, and has the head and uropygium bright rufous, and the belly

white.

Natterer obtained examples of this bird at Para, the Rio Muria,

and Praia de Cajutaba. One of these is now in Salvin and Godman’s

collection. This species is probably the representative of O. motmot

on the south bank of the Amazons.

3. ORTALIDA RUFICEPS,

Penelope ruficeps, Wagl. Isis, 1830, p. 111.

Ortalida ruficeps, Wag]. Isis, 1832, p. 1227.

Pileo ac nucha rufis: noteo toto olivaceo-fusco: pectore griseo-

olivaceo: gastreo griseo: cristo fuscescente : rectricibus duabus

mediis eneo-fuscis, sequente concolori, apice rufescente: reliquis

prima medietate et ultra e@neo-fuscis: dein cinnamomeo-rufis.

Adult. long. tota 16°25, caude 7°8.

Hab. Brazil.

Mus. Berol.

Obs. Similis P. motmot et P. albiventris : a prima statura minore,

caudze pictura &c., ab altera uropygii, pectoris, caude colore, statura

minore &c., satis distincta. (Wagler.)

We have no examples of this Ortalida ; but Sclater has examined

the type in the Berlin Museum, and believes it to be a good species.

We have copied Wagler’s description of it. It appears to be most

like O. motmot, but is much smaller, and has the basal portion of

the outer tail-feathers eeneous.

534 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON THE CRACTD&. [June 9,

4, ORTALIDA WAGLERI.

Ortalida wagleri, G. R. Gray, List of Gall. p. 11 (1867).

Supra olivacea, pileo nigricanti-plumbeo : subtus cinereo-olivacea,

abdomine, hypochondriis, tibiis et crisso intense rufis : rectricibus

quatuor utringue externis rufo terminatis, reliquis e@neo-viride-

scentibus : long. tota 26°5, ale 10, caud@ 12, tarsi 3.

Hab. Western Mexico, near Mazatlan (Grayson).

Mus. Brit., Paris., Smithson.

The bright red belly renders this fine species almost unmista-

kable, its nearest ally being the following, in which the abdomen is

only slightly rufescent.

The only exact locality we have met with for this species is Ma-

zatlan, in the vicinity of which Col. Grayson obtained two skins,

now in the Smithsonian collection. His notes state that the ims is

dark brown, the feet grey, the bare space round the eye red and blue,

and the bare sides of the throat red.

5. ORTALIDA RUFICAUDA.

Ortalida ruficauda, Jard. Ann. N. H. xx. p. 374 (1847); et

Contr. Orn. 1848, p. 16, t. 4.

Ortalida bronzina, G. R. Gray, List of Gall. p. 11 (1867).

Supra eneo-fusca, pileo fuscescenti-plumbeo: subtus ochracea, gut-

ture et pectore eneo perfusis : subalaribus, hypochondriis et crisso

castaneis : cauda eneo-viridi, rectricibus quinque externis castaneo

terminatis: rostro plumbeo, apice flavicante; pedibus obscure

carneis : long. tota 19, ale 7°8, caude 9, tarsi 2°2.

Hab. Tobago (Kirk); Venezuela (Mus. Berol. et Paris.).

Mus. Brit., Berol., Paris., $.-G.

Two examples of this species in the Berlin Museum from Vene-

zuela were formerly confounded with O. poliocephala. We have taken

our description from one of Kirk’s original specimens, kindly pre-

sented to us by Sir William Jardine. We have compared this with

O. bronzina, and find them identical.

This Ortalida probably also occurs in Trinidad, but is not men-

tioned by M. Léotaud. Specimens in the Paris Museum, transmitted

by M. Beauperthuy, have been likewise erroneously named polio-

cephala.

6. ORTALIDA CANICOLLIS.

Jact caraguata, Azara, Apunt. ili. p. 77 (no. 336).

Penelope canicollis, Wag]. Isis, 1830, p. 1112.

Ortalida canicollis, Wagl. Isis, 1832, p. 1227; Hartlaub, Ind.

Az. p. 22; Pelzeln, Orn. Bras. p. 286.

Supra eneo-fusca, pileo cinereo: subtus magis ochracea, gutture et

pectore eneo perfusis et hoc precipue griseo subobsolete punctatis :

subalaribus, hypochondriis et crisso castaneis: cauda e@neo-viridi,

rectricibus quingue externis castaneo late terminatis : rostro flavi-

cante; pedibus pallide corylinis: long. tota 22, ale 9°8, caude 10-3,

tarsi 2°5,

1870.] MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON THE CRACID&. 535

Hab. Paraguay (dzara); Rio Parana et R. Vermejo (Page) ;

Villa Maria, Upper Paraguay (Natterer).

Mus. Vindob., Paris., et Smithsoniano.

Obs. Similis O. ruficaude, sed pileo pallidiore cinereo, gutture

variegato, et caudze apicibus latius castaneis distinguenda.

We have had some difficulty in finding trustworthy characters

whereby to distinguish this species, of which Herr von Pelzeln has

lent us a specimen from the Imperial Cabinet of Vienna, from QO.

ruficauda of Venezuela. The two birds are very nearly related; but

so far as we can see the points of distinction pointed out above can

be relied on. The specimens belonging to the Smithsonian Insti-

tution, which have also been forwarded to us for comparison, and

which were collected on the banks of the rivers Parana and Vermejo

by Capt. Page, are decidedly smaller in all their dimensions than

the Nattererian example, but do not otherwise differ.

Sclater has examined two skins in the Paris Museum apparently

of this species. One of these, collected by D’Orbigny, has no locality

attached to it; the other was obtained by MM. Castelnau and De-

ville on the Rio Paraguay.

7. ORTALIDA ALBIVENTRIS.

Penelope albiventris, Wagl. Isis, 1830, p. 1111.

Ortalida albiventris, Wagl. Isis, 1832, p. 1227; G. R. Gray, List

of Gall. p. 12.

Ortalida araucuan, Pelzeln, Orn. Bras. p. 285.

Penelope araucuan, Max, Beitr. iv. p. 549; Burm. Syst. Ueb. iii.

p- 340.

Supra @neo-viridis : pileo et uropygio rufis : subtus dilutior, gutturis

et pectoris plumis albo guttatis: ventre toto pure albo: crisso

Sulvescente: subalaribus rufis: cauda eneo-viridi, rectricibus tribus

externis castaneo late terminatis : rostro nigricanti-plumbeo, apice

albo, pedibus plumbeis : long. tota 19, ale 7, caud@é 8'5, tarsi 2°3.

Hab. 8.K. Brazil; Bahia (Wucherer) ; Minas Geraés (Burm.).

Mus. Brit., Vindob., 8.-G.

This species seems to be confined to the vicinity of Bahia and the

adjoining parts of Minas. Pr. Max. tells us it is not found south

of the Rio Doce. It is easily distinguished by its pure white belly,

and red head and lower back. Pr. Max. and Burmeister have called

it O. araucuan; and Spix perhaps united the two species in his de-

scription, though his figure clearly refers to the bird to which we

have retained his name.

8. ORTALIDA SQUAMATA.

Ortalida squamata, Less. Dict. des Sc. Nat. lix. p. 195; Trait.

d’Orn. p. 481; Compl. de Buff. p. 443; G. R. Gray, List of Gall.

p- 10.

Supra brunnescenti-e@neo-viridis : pileo et uropygio rufis: subtus

dilutior, ventre griseo, gutturis et pectoris plumis albescente stricte

marginatis ; hypochondriis et crisso rufescentibus ; cauda eneo-

536 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON THE CRACID&. [June 9,

viridi, rectricibus tribus externis castaneo late terminatis : rostro

plumbeo flavicante terminato, pedibus pallide corylinis: long.

tota 20, ale 8:1, caude 10, tarsi 2°5.

Hab. Brazil, prov. Sta Catherina (?) (Wells in Mus. Smitihs.).

Mus. Brit., Smithson.

The bird we have described above appears to be very closely allied

to O. albiventris, which it probably represents in the more southern

portion of Brazil. Mr. G. R. Gray having named the single specimen

in the British Museum “ O. sqguamata, Lesson,” we have followed

his determination, although Lesson’s description is, as usual, short

and vague, and would be equally applicable to more than one other

member of the genus. Our characters of this species are taken from

a skin belonging to the Smithsonian Institution, which was collected

in Brazil by Mr. Lemuel Wells, probably in the province of Santa

Catarina.

9. ORTALIDA CARACCO.

Penelope, sp., Poeppig, Froriep’s Notiz. 1831, no. 681, Beil, p. 8.

Ortalida caracco, Wag}. Isis, 1832, p. 1111.

Ortalida adspersa, G. R. Gray, List of Gall. p. 13.

Suturate eneo-viridis, fronte albescente : uropygio paulum rufescente

tincto: subtus dilutior, gutturis et pectoris plumis stricte albo

marginatis, abdomine grisescenti-eneo, hypochondriis et crisso

rufescentibus: rectricibus externis castaneis: ceteris eneo-

viridibus: rostro plumbeo, apice albicante; pedibus Juscis : long.

tota 22, ale 9, caude 10, tarsi 2°5.

Hab. New Granada (Mus. Vindob.), Upper Amazonia (Poeppig).

Mus. Brit., Vindob., S.-G.

Similis O. guttate, sed crassitie majore, fronte albicante, et

cervicis plumarum marginibus angustius albis distinguenda.

We have a single specimen of this bird, received in exchange

from the Vienna Museum, under the name we have adopted for it.

It is labelled ‘ Bogota, Boissoneau.” There is a single skin in the

British Museum well agreeing with it, which Mr. Gray has called

Ortalida adspersa; but having one of Tschudi’s type specimens of

O. adspersa, we have been enabled to decide that this name is merely

a synonym of O. guttata.

10. ORTALIDA GUTTATA.

Penelope guttata, Spix, Av. Bras. ii. p. 55, t. 73; Wagl. Isis,

1830, p. 1112; Burm. Syst. Ueb. ili. p. 341.

Ortalida guttata, Wag). Isis, 1832, p. 1227; Sclater, P. Z.S.

1858, p. 76; Scl. et Salv. P. Z.S. 1869, p. 598.

Ortalida adspersa, Tsch. Wiegm. Arch. 1843, p. 363 ; Faun. Per.

Aves, p. 290.

Ortalida albiventris, Pelz. Orn. Bras. p. 286.

Penelope maculata, Natt. MS.

Supra eneo-viridis, pileo nigricantiore : uropygio toto rufescente :

subtus gutturis et cervicis plumis grisescenti-albido guttatis : ventre

1870.| MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON THE CRACIDZ. 537

pallide grisescenti-viridi, hypochondriis et crisso rufescentibus :

cauda eneo-viridi, rectricibus externis pro majore parte castaneis:

rostro plumbeo apice albicante, pedibus corylinis: long. tota 25,

ale 8°5, caude 9°5, tarsi 2°5.

Hab. Upper Amazon (Spir); Bogotd (Mus. S.-G.) ; Rio Napo

(Verreaux) ; wood-region of Eastern Peru (Tschudi); Cosnipata

valley (Whitely) ; Bolivia (Bridges in Mus. Brit.); Mato Grosso

and Rio Madeira (Natterer).

Mus. Brit., Vindob., Smithson., et S.-G.

We have a typical example of Tschudi’s Ortalida adspersa, re-

ceived in exchange from Neuchatel, and have seen a second (from

the same source) in the Smithsonian collection. We regard them

as clearly referable to Spix’s O. guttata. We have also before us

one of the Nattererian skins called O. albiventris by v. Pelzeln,

which is certainly the same bird.

The range of this Guan is therefore widely extended throughout

Upper Amazonia from Mato Grosso to the slopes of the Andes of

New Granada, where it comes within the grasp of the Bogota bird-

hunters.

11. ORTALIDA SUPERCILIARIS.

Ortalida superciliaris, G. R. Gray, List of Gall. p. 10.

Aineo-viridis, fronte et superciliis albescentibus ; subtus magis brun-

nescenti-olivacea, cervicis et pectoris plumis albo marginatis: abdo-

mine grisescente, hypochondriis et crisso rufescentibus: long. tota

16°9, ale 7, tarsi 1°9.

Hab. South America.

Mus. Brit., Derbiano.

The typical specimen of this bird, now in the British Museum,

died in this Society’s Gardens, and its locality is unknown. There

is a specimen in the Derby Museum which we consider referable to

the same species. It was purchased from Mr. Gould in 1846.

This is a small species, of about the same size as O. araucuan, but

distinguishable from that bird by its white eyebrows and spotted

breast. We have some little suspicion that it may be a dwarfed

variety of O. guttata.

12. OrRTALIDA POLIOCEPHALA.

Penelope poliocephala, Wagl. Isis, 1830, p. 1112.

Ortalida poliocephala, Wagl. Isis, 1832, p. 1227; Scl. & Salv.

P. Z. S. 1869, p. 364.

Fuscescenti-olivacea, capite plumbeo: subtus dilutior, gule plumis

obscurioribus sed griseo notatis: ventre medio lactescenti-albo,

hypochondriis et crisso ferrugineo perfusis: cauda @neo-viridi,

rectricibus quinque lateralibus cervino late terminatis: long. tota

24, ale 10°5, caude 11°5, tarsi 3°2.

Hab. Tableland of Mexico, Real Arriba and State of Vera Cruz

(Deppe) ; vicinity of the city of Mexico (le Strange) ; Rio Armeria

and Rio Tupila (Xantus).

538 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON THE CRACID&. [June 9,

We were much puzzled as to the difference between this species

and O. vetula until we had examined the specimens already recorded

as having been obtained by Mr. le Strange in the vicinity of Mexico ;

and our American friends appear to have been in equal perplexity

upon the subject. But upon comparison of examples of the two

species all doubt vanishes, and the accuracy of Wagler’s views

becomes at once apparent. The present bird is at once distinguish-

able from O. vetula by its larger size, its white belly, and especially

by its very long tail.

The Smithsonian collection contains two examples of this species,

obtained by Xantus on the Rio de la Armeria and Tupila River in

1863.

13. OrTALIDA VETULA*.

Penelope vetula, Wag]. Isis, 1830, p. 1112.

Ortalida vetula, Wag). Isis, 1832, p.1227; Lawr. Ann. Lye. N.Y.

v. p- 116; Sclater, P. Z. 8. 1859, p. 391; Moore, P. Z. 8. 1859;

p- 62; Sel. et Salv. Ibis, 1859, p. 224; Taylor, Ibis, 1860, p. 311.

Ortalida poliocephala, Cassin, Illustr. p. 267, t. 44; Sclater,

P. Z. S. 1856, p. 310. |

Ortalida maccalli, Baird, B. N. A. p: 611; Lawr. Ann. Lye. N.Y.

ix. p. 209; Dresser, Ibis, 1866, p. 24.

Ortalida plumbeiceps, Gray, List of Galline, p. 11.

Fuscescenti-olivacea : capite plumbeo: subtus dilutior, ventre medio

ochraceo aut rufescente tincto: cauda ceneo-viridi, rectricibus

quingue lateralibus albo aut cervino terminatis: long. tota 21,

ale 7°7, caude 9:0, tarsi 2°5.

Hab. Texas, on the Rio Grande (M‘Call § Dresser) ; State of

Vera Cruz (Sailé, Boucard); Yucatan, near Merida (Schott) ;

Guatemala, Vera Paz (Salvin) ; Honduras (Leyland).

Mus. Brit., Paris., Berol., Smiths., S.-G.

We have examined a large series of specimens of this Guan, in-

cluding the types of O. maccalli and O. plumbeiceps. We were at

first inclined to allow the latter (established by Mr. Gray upoti

Guatemalan specimens)to be distinct, from its smaller size and from

the fulvous colouring of the terminations of the rectrices. In

northern and central Mexican specimens, including the type of O.

* Next to this species must be inserted a new one, of which a single skin has

lately come into our possession :—

OrvTALIDA RUFICRISSA, 8p. NOV.

Fuscescenti-olivacca, capite plumbeo: subtus dilutior, ventre medio cinerace-

scente ; crisso dilute rufo: cauda eneo-viridi, rectricibus quinque lateralibus

albo late terminatis: long. tota 21:0, ale 7'7, caud@ 9:0, tarsi 2°5.

Hab. Valle Dupar, on south side of the Sierra Nevada of S. Martha, at an

elevation of 400 feet (Joad).

Mus. 8.-G.

Obs. Similis O. vetule, sed crisso rufo et rectricum apicibus latius albis distin-

uenda.

Mr, Joad, F.Z.8., obtained two examples of this Ortalida in December 1863,

during his expedition in the vicinity of S. Martha. Only one skin was preserved,

which is now in the collection of Salyin and Godman.

~ -—'

1870.] MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON THE CRACIDE. 939

maccalli, the ends of the tail-feathers are pure white; but in some

skins from Vera Cruz they are quite as fulvous as in Guatemalan

examples. Again, a skin from Yucatan, obtained by Dr. A. Schott

in 1865, is in our opinion quite undistinguishable from the type of

O. maccalli, so that it is not possible to draw a geographical line

between the two forms. There is also a certain amount of variation

in the ventral plumage in this species, some, particularly those from

Vera Cruz, being strongly tinged with rufous.

Under these circumstances we are compelled to regard O. vetula

as a widely extended and somewhat variable species, ranging from the

Rio Grande on the north over the whole Atlantic slope of Central

America as far as Honduras on the south. On the Pacific slope it

is supplanted by the following species.

14, OrTALIDA LEUCOGASTRA.

Penelope albiventer, Less. 1842, p. 174; Gould, Voy. Sulph.

Zool. p. 48, t. 31.

Penelope leucogaster, Gould, P. Z: S$. 1843, p. 105.

Ortalida leucogaster, G. R. Gray, List of Galline, p. 13; Sel. et

Salv. Ibis, 1859, p. 224; Scl. P. Z.S. 1859, p. 391.

Chamepetes leucogastra, Reich. Tauben, p. 142.

Penelopsis leucogastra, Bp. C. R. xlii. p. 877 (1856).

Bronzino-olivacea, pileo obscuriore ; capitis lateribus et corpore sub-

tus ad medium pectus plumbeis: abdomine toto pure albo: cauda

e@neo-viridi, rectricibus lateralibus albo terminatis : long. tota 16°5,

ale 7°3, caud@ 8, tarsi 2°5.

Hab. Realejo, Nicaragua (Lesson) ; Pacific slope of Guatemala

(Salvin).

This Guan entirely replaces O. vetula on the Pacific slope of

Central America, where, however, so far as we know, its range is

confined between the frontier of Mexico on the north, and Realejo

in Nicaragua on the south. Throughout the Costa Grande of Gua-

temala Salvin found it very abundant on the mountain-slopes from

an elevation of about 3000 feet to the shores of the Pacific Ocean.

__ The pure white of the underparts of this species renders it easily

distinguishable from its neighbouring ally O. vetula, though in

habits no difference was noted. The eggs are white, with the surface

somewhat roughened, as in other members of this family.

15. ORTALIDA GARRULA.

Phasianus garrulus, Humb. Obs. de Zool. i. p. 4.

Penelope garrula, Wag). Isis, 1830, p. 1111.

Ortalida garrula, Wag). Isis, 1832, p. 1227; G. R. Gray, List of

Gall. p. 12.

Cineracescenti-enea, pileo rufo : subtus valde dilutior, abdomine toto

albo : remigibus externis castaneis : cauda obscure enea, rectri-

cibus quatuor extimis albo terminatis: long. tota 21, ale 8°5,

caude 9°5, tarsi 2°8.

Hab. Coast-region of New Granada, Magdalena valley (Hum-

540 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON THE CRACID. [June 9,

boldt) ; Cartagena (Barrot in Mus. Brit.) ; Sta. Martha (Verreaux

in Mus. Brit.).

Mus. Brit., Paris., Berol.

16. ORTALIDA CINEREICEPS.

Ortalida poliocephala, Scl. et Salv. P. Z. S. 1864, p. 371; Lawr.

Ann. Lye. N. Y. vil. p. 333, et ix. p. 139; Salv. P. Z.S. 1867, p.161;

v. Frantzius, Journ. f. O. 1869, p. 332.

Ortalida cinereiceps, G. R. Gray, List of Gall. p. 12; Salvin, Ibis,

1869, p. 318, et P. Z. S. 1870, p. 217.

Ortalida frantzii, Cab. Journ. f. O. 1869, p. 211.

Fuscescenti-enea, pileo cinereo: subtus valde dilutior, abdomine

cineracescenti-albo: remigibus externis castaneis: cauda obscure

e@nea, rectricibus lateralibus pallido cervino terminatis: long.

tota 17, ale 8, caude 8°7, tarsi 2°5.

Hab. Costa Rica (Carmiol et v. Frantzius); Veragua (Arcé) ;

Panama (M‘Cleannan).

Mus. Brit., Berol., Smiths., 8.-G.

Obs. Preecedenti affinis, sed pileo cinereo nec rufescente distin-

guenda.

17. ORTALIDA ERYTHROPTERA.

Ortalida ruficeps, Sclater, P. Z. S. 1860, p. 289.

‘“‘Ortalida erythroptera, Natt.,” Mus. Berol.; Licht. Nomencl.

p. 87 (descr. nulla).

4Eneo-viridis, capite undique cum gula summa, remigibus primariis

et crisso castaneis: subtus cervina, pecture brunnescente, hypo-

chondriis rufescentibus: cauda eneo-viridi, reciricum quatuor

utrinque extimarum apicibus latius castaneis : long. tota 21, ale 8,

caude@ 10, tarsi 2°5.

Hab. in rep. Aiquatoriali occidentali: Babahoyo (Fraser) ; Guya-

quil (Mus. Par.).

Mus. Berol., Paris., et S.-G.

Mr. Fraser obtained four skins of this fine Ortalida at Babahoyo

in 1859; but Sclater incorrectly referred it to O. ruficeps of Wagler,

with which he was not then acquainted.

We were preparing to give it a new name, when Sclater found a

specimen of the same bird in the Berlin Museum with a MS. name

of Natterer’s attached to it. Lichtenstein has given ‘‘ Cumana”’ as

the locality of this example; but Sclater ascertained on inquiry that

the specimen in question had been received alive in one of the Royal

Gardens, and had died in captivity, so that the locality assigned to it

is not reliable.

In the Paris Museum there are two skins of this Guan obtained

at Guyaquil by the expedition of the ‘ Danaide’ in 1843.

Subfam. III. OrrorHasin&.

Genus OREOPHASIS. Type.

Oreophasis, G. R.Gray, Gen. of Birds, iii. p. 485(1844). 0. derbianus,

1870.] MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON THE CRACID, 541

OREOPHASIS DERBIANUS.

Oreophasis derbianus, G. R. Gray, Gen. of B. iii. p. 485, pl. 121;

Reichenb. Tauben, p. 155; Scl. et Salv. Ibis, 1859, p. 224; Salv.

Ibis, 1860, pp. 43, 248.

Penelope fronticornis, Van der Hoev. Naturg. der Wirbelth. ii.

p- 435.

Supra niger chalybeo-nitens: caude medie fascia lata alba: subtus

albus, nigro anguste striatus: gula et ventre imo cum lateribus et

tibiis nigris: rostro flavo: cornu verticali et pedibus rubris:

long. tota 36, ale 16, caude@ 15, tarsi 3°5.

Fem. Mari similis, sed paulo minor, et cornu verticali minore.

Hab. Guatemala, woods of the Volcan de Fuego, alt. 10,000 feet

(Salvin).

Mus. Brit., Vindob., S.-G.

Sect. IV. Geographical Distribution of the Cracide.

The Cracide are strictly confined to the forests of the New World,

and extend from the Rio Grande of Texas on the north to the wood-

region of Paraguay on the south. They do not occur in the Antilles,

with the exception of Trinidad and Tobago, and on the western side

of the Andes do not pass southward of the Gulf of Guayaquil.

Throughout the whole of this vast area the species are thinly distri-

buted, not more than one member of the leading divisions (Craz,

Penelope, and Oréalida) being usually found in the same locality.

This fact of distribution is more strictly true than would appear

from a cursory examination of the subjoined table. For instance,

in Guatemala we find recorded the existence of two species of Orta-

lida. But one of these inhabits the western forests, and one the

eastern ; they are never found together. The same is, we believe,

the case with the three Mexican Ortalide ; and this fact is still more

noticeable in the case of the true Craces, where each species appears

to be confined to its own isolated area.

In the following table, which has been drawn up to show the dis-

tribution of the Cracide, we have divided the whole area occupied

by the family into nine districts. We shall say a few words about

each of them.

1. Mexico and Central America, from the Rio Grande of Texas

down to the Isthmus of Panama.

In the whole of America north of Panama we find but one species

of Crax occurring, viz. C. globicera. Of Penelope there are two

species, P. cristata replacing P. purpurascens of Mexico and Gua-

temala in Costa Rica and Panama. The isolated Penelopina nigra

is only met with in the elevated forests of Guatemala. In the same

way Chamepetes unicolor is peculiar to Costa Rica and Veragua.

Five species of Ortalida are found northwards of Panama; but, as

we have already explained, only one species occurs in each particular

district. Lastly, the Oreophasis offers one of the most extraordi-

nary instances of limited geographical distribution hitherto known,

being absolutely restricted to the forest surrounding a single volcano,

Proc, Zoou. Soc.—1870, No. XXXVI.

542 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON THE CRACIDZ. [June 9;

Of the eleven Central-American species of Cracida, only one (Pene-

lope cristata) is also met with south of Panama.

2. New Granada, 7. e. the forests bordering the Magdalena river

and its confluents and the northern littoral of the republic.

Of the Cracid@ of this district we have, probably, yet more to learn;

but it is certainly rich in this as in other forms of tropical forest-life.

The only Crax we have yet seen from the interior is Crax alberti.

Bogoté collections also occasionally contain specimens of Stegnolema

montagnii, Penelope cristata, and P. argyrotis, Pipile cumanensis,

Aburria carunculata, Chamepetes goudoti, and Ortalida guttata.

Penelope greeyi and Ortalida garrula are, as far as we know, re-

stricted to the lower portion of the valley of the Magdalena*.

3. Forest-region of Western Ecuador.

From Western Ecuador we as yet know of only two species of

Cracide—Chamepetes goudoti and Ortalida erythroptera. It is

quite evident that more remain to be discovered.

4. Northern littoral forests of Venezuela, Trinidad, and Tobago.

Crax daubentoni appears to represent its genus in the littoral

wood-region of Venezuela, whence we have also seen specimens of

three other species of Cracide, viz. Penelope argyrotis, Pipile euma-

nensis, and Ortalida ruficauda. Pipile cumanensis also occurs in

Trinidad ; and as Ortalida ruficauda is found in Tobago, it doubtless

also inhabits the intervening island.

5. Guiana.

Guiana and the adjacent portion of the Amazonian basin as far as

the Rio Negro is prolific in Cracide. The Crawx is C. alector.

Nothocrax urumutum is found on the islands of the Rio Negro.

The two species of Mitua are both recorded by Schomburgk as

found in British Guiana; and Natterer obtained M. tomentosa on

the Rio Brancho. Pauwi galeata is a denizen of the forests of the

Rio Casiquiari and Upper Orinoco. Penelope marail is the only

species of the genus Penelope of the occurrence of which in this

district we have certain evidence; and Ortalida motmot is likewise

the single representative of its kind in this part of the world. Pipile

cumanensis is also found in British Guiana.

6. Lower Amazonia up to Rio Madeira.

The mysterious Craw pinima is the only representative of its genus

hitherto recorded from near Para. Mitua tuberosa was found by

Natterer in the same district. Penelope pileata is the only Lower-

Amazonian species of Penelope of which we can speak with certainty.

Pipile cujubi and Ortalida araucuan in like manner are the sole repre-

sentatives of their respective genera in this district. Altogether there

are certainly five species of Cracide inhabiting Lower Amazonia,

and one (P. jacupeba) is uncertain.

7. Upper Amazonia, embracing the eastern slopes of New Gra-

nada, Ecuador, Peru, and Bolivia.

In Upper Amazonia the recorded number of Cracide is larger,

embracing no less than eight species. Crax globulosa is the Crax

* To these must be now added Pauwi galeata (vide anted, p. 520) and Orta-

“ida ruficrissa (vide antead, p. 538).

", en)

1870.] MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON THE CRACID2®. 543

Lal

Lol

Ls |

Led

Lal

Ls |

ave é

3 a 5} a : . :

33 siqgxr = a1 a) r bles

Gs Aé oe A os) Fs| ae £/68

O4|"SiBa| © | S/RE/PE)"A) 3 a8

I. Cracinz.

1. Crax globicera ......... *

2. plector is; «pina ieee Mtge all area apo |

3. BClALEri «15.0625 pas Mantel y le act Aituceds 1h: cca mbetydaal| shane le

4, —— globulosa......,.. gales elias ek sas *

5. —— daubentoni ...... Ada leer acrieval lage:

6. Garanculatak sisi hete ir. | cee poaan | eee |- ane” [ee

7. —— alberti ............ aE

8. PHIM AG sisea9 ss eae area mecha latest Becred ee:

9. Nothoerax urumutum ate * *

10. Pauxi galeata ......... Ard e's *

11. Mitua tuberosa......... - * | x | *

12, tomentosa ...... *

Il. Penevorine.

13. Stegnolema montagnii| ... | *

14. Penelope Laon *

15, Margili ..cgeteoots ECA Nara peat | are a ae:

16. —— greeyi ............| --. | ¥

ite ACUCULA, seccce- | recol cay locas West cee |) een lt cee |

18. —— jacupeba ......... Stara ea lee fq JOR ec al lence |

19: obscura............ Sr | ore | ar eee keer keel eed Sch aera bes

20, —— cristata............] * | *

21. boliviana ......... =e neem We Sooal Wieser see 4 Lace ble 3

22. sclateri..........0. BEB] eral (acco |-eepeell locate (reel 3

23, pileafar.. <..2.- +. a. Bee Habe mere nce, Wim

24. ch ROpastor sa.seste.ste (esscull ste | coe epeealaeees | cael seal 3e

25, SUIpAReA Arise (7.2) fuer | coast «eay| ox Pean=nl| «= sifpt-asy |) %

26. argyrotis ........| ... | * |... | *

27. Penelopina nigra ...... *

28. Pipile cumanensis ...}... | * | ...] * | * |... | *

Oh ——— STE, ooteee et || dae NP casbl ‘Mebeb\ agaaluexst (naseadeess at %

30. CUTE OU ssc cs 25 reas lmesculll accel linac ale ce <n lp oe

31. Aburria carunculata...| ... | *

32. Chamepetes goudoti..| ... |] x | « |... |... |... | #

| 33. unicolor .........| *

34. Ortalida motmot ...... Sou [es Hl gece |(aeerey ee?

35. araucuan ......... GeetE cack tih seme Wakes” ilisaig: ih oS

36, ruficeps......... melee Gee (eoset est esscl cost | Gost tee me [ee

37. WAPIORT sc s20ss *

38. ruficauda ......... Be WER ee hse

39. canicollis ......... S ud ie ccual eeseailietz sellicacetll Gaslliazere| -arecen mae

40. albiventris ...... ale Ma lence in Secanl ae bol i-cenl ik

41, squamata ......... Perr Ness Alisess ti igae -| uses | crenll ura

42. CATACCO aren enercarcit ca eeseet tasen eee | sees) | oa

43. guttata ............ ee Bc) a ra

44, superciliaris...... SE ds Bid) Saeilese Pes lireaalt gockegar Al eacsolleae

45. poeta. ire *

46, VOuULAR <.s sasvecw a) 0%

47. ruficrissa ......... mee nee

48. leucogastra ...... *

49. Garnula;...cacsscuse ean ae

50. cimereiceps ...... *

51. —— erythroptera...... REPA Mcrae es

ITI. Orroruasinx,

52. Oreophasis derbianus .}_ *

eS 2 Aaa Sate eM ie fee de he

544 LETTER FROM DR. J. ANDERSON. [June 23,

of the district; but two other Cracine (Nothocrax urumutum and

Mitua tuberosa) are likewise met with. The only Penelope we have

seen from the Upper Amazon is P. boliviana; but P. sclateri is

probably from the Bolivian branches of the same river. The widely

spread Pipile cumanensis also occurs in more than one locality in this

region. The Ortalide are O. guttata and O. caracco.

8. Wood-region of South-east Brazil.

In this and the following district, which are closely connected,

and, as we believe, altogether divided from the great Amazonian

forest-region by intervening campos, we meet with an entirely new

set of Cracide. In the wood-region of Brazil, which we are now

considering, Crax carunculata is the sole representative of the Cra-

cine. Three species of Penelope occur—P. jacucaca, P. jacupeba,

and P. superciliaris. Pipile is represented by P. jacutinga—very

distinct from the two Amazonian species. Of Ortalida two species,

at least, are met with :—0O. albiventris, in the vicinity of Bahia ; and

the nearly allied O. squamata, probably in one of the more southern

provinces. Of O. ruficeps, attributed to this district, we do not

know the exact locality.

9, Paraguay and adjoining wood-region of the interior of Brazil,

situate on the Upper Paraguay and Parana.

In this district Craw sclateri, Penelope obscura, and Ortalida cani-

collis represent their respective genera; but Penelope ochrogaster,

discovered by Natterer near Cuyaba, probably also belongs to it.

June 23, 1870.

Professor Flower, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

The following extract was read from a letter addressed to the

Secretary by Dr. John Anderson, C.M.Z.S., dated Indian Museum,

Caleutta, May 4th, 1870 :—

*“When { wrote to you about the Dolphin of the Irawady*, and

mentioned Globiocephalus, I had not examined the specimen atten-

tively, and had been misled by Blyth’s identification of two almost

similar specimens in this museum. But on going into the subject I

found that he had confounded two very distinct forms, and had re-

garded as the young of his Globiocephalus indicus a small full-grown

Dolphin (the Phocena brevirostris of Owen). I have written fully

on this subject in my ‘Mammals of Yunan.’”

Mr. Howard Saunders, F.Z.S., exhibited and made remarks upon

te nestiings of the Booted Eagle (Aguila pennata) from Southern

pain.

Dr. Murie read a memoir on the anatomy of the Walrus (Tri-

* See P. Z. S. anted p. 220.

1870.] MR. HUDSON ON THE BIRDS OF BUENOS AYRES. 545

chechus rosmarus). After a preliminary notice of the labours of

Daubenton, Home, Von Baer, and others, he proceeded to treat

on the outward characteristics of the young male Trichechus which

the Society possessed in 1867. Dwelling respectively on the colour,

general configuration, manner of walking, skin-folds, and head, he

closed this section by a careful study of its pectoral and pelvic limbs

as compared with those of Phoca. With a few remarks on viscera

and genital organs, he more fully described the vascular channels

and the vocal organs, verifying Von Baer’s observation as to the

diminutive size of the epiglottis. Of the myology nothing hereto-

fore has been known save Sir Everard Home’s incidental notice of

the Walrus possessing well-developed interossei. Dr. Murie having

dissected somewhat minutely the fleshy structures, proceeded to

point out that though the genera Trichechus, Otaria, and Phoca

manifest considerable variety in form, gait, and degree of limb-move-

ment, they, nevertheless, muscularly present general agreement. In

the presence of a coraco-brachialis, a flexor brevis manus, a pronator

quadratus, an opponens pollicis, and a palmaris brevis, the Walrus is

differentiated from the Eared and Earless Seals. Though deficient

in concha, the auricular muscles are remarkably large. ‘There is an

external anconeus as in Ofaria; and, as in it and Phoca, there are a

double set of extensors of the manus. Compared with Seals, there

are two extra peronei and a flexor brevis hallucis.

This paper will be published in full in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’

The following (5th and 6th) letters on the ornithology of Buenos

Ayres*, addressed to the Secretary by Mr. W. H. Hudson, C.M.Z.S.,

were read :—

(No. V.)

“ Buenos Ayres, March 22, 1870.

*“« My pear Srr,—In a letter, dated a few days back, I gave you

some account of the Tenioptera varicgata. This bird, a Plover in

habits and a Thrush in appearance, finds a congenial habitat in this

part of the country when the cold compels it to forsake the barren

plains of Patagonia. Before winter sets in, the giant thistles that

cover the plains in summer dry up and crumble to dust, and, the

grass being eaten down very close by the innumerable flocks of sheep,

the earth presents all the smoothness so agreeable and so necessary to

this species. ;

“ Even at night they do not seek for shelter, as do the Trupials,

Anthi, and other passerine birds that roost on the ground, but,

Plover-like, remain on the bare level places they frequent. I do not

recollect ever having met them on the grassy pampas west of the

Buenos-Ayres frontier. As they do not perch on reeds, they would

naturally avoid such places, preferring the inhabited districts. Thus

the settlement of the country has been favourable to this species, as

it has to the Biscacha, the Burrowing-owl, and the Véru-téru.

* For Mr. Hudson’s last letter, see P. Z, 8. 1870, p. 332.

546 MR. HUDSON ON THE BIRDS OF BUENOS AYRES. [June 23,

«The White Teeniopteras perch and roost in reeds and bushes ;

they avoid the open level ground, and frequent rough stubbles, reedy

swamps, and plantations, also plains where the cardoon abounds.

I have been told by old men that the Tenioptera coronata was in

this district a very common bird fifty years ago, when the long

grasses had not been destroyed, and that they bred here. ‘This is easy

to believe ; for as soon as we pass into the long-grass region this bird

becomes quite common. I have met with great numbers of them

200 miles west of Buenos-Ayres city ; and when outside the frontier

I frequently noticed the 7’. coronata gathering from all sides and fol-

lowing our party, probably from curiosity, as human forms must

have been strange to them in such a place.

«« They have no regular migration, as they are seen at all seasons

in the regions they inhabit; but in the settled districts, where there

are none in summer, stragglers are always found in winter. Several

years ago great numbers of them came ; and it was amusing, on still

mornings, to watch the dogs thrown into the greatest excitement by

their long low whistling notes, sounding from all sides. From this pe-

culiar note the bird is commonly called the Buellero (ox-driver).

“The T. dominicana much resembles the last in habits, but in

winter goes in flocks. When flying it is a pretty bird, from the con-

trast of its black wings, tipped with white, with the pure white of

its body. There are dull black and grey markings on the upper

plumage of the young bird; but of all the adults I have shot, both

in summer and winter, the plumage on the body of the male was

entirely white, the upper plumage of the female a light grey. Some

individuals breed in the vast reed-beds along the Plata; but as these

are few, probably most of the flocks seen in winter visit us from

more distant regions.

“ The Tenioptera irupero is smaller and much rarer than either

of the preceding species. From its snowy-white plumage and jet-

black bill, feet, and quill-tips, giving it a mourning appearance, it is

called here Viudita, or ‘ Little Widow.’ With the exception of a

pair of these birds which I discovered last summer, it has always been

in winter that I have met with them. A single individual sometimes

appears in this season, and haunts the same spot during its stay, in-

variably alighting on the same tree or shrub and disappearing at the

approach of spring. Still, I cannot say that it is a winter visitor ; as

it is so rare a bird at all times, it might easily escape observation in

the laying-season without leaving the country.

«The three white Tzeniopteras I have described perch on reeds

and thistles, are fond of isolated shrubs, but avoid trees growing

near together. They resemble each other closely in their feeding-

habits. Like some Flycatchers they watch for insects from a stand,

to which they frequently return after leaving it; but they do not,

like the Flycatchers, watch for their prey in the air above and around

them, but gaze down intently on the ground, as the Kingfisher does

on the water. When they have discovered an insect they dart down

and seize it, and proceed to kill and devour it on the spot, returning

afterwards to their perch. When opened, their stomachs are found

1870.] MR. HUDSON ON THE BIRDS OF BUENOS AYRES. 547

to contain a large proportion of coleopterous insects. I think it

very probable that the vast unexplored regions lying between the

grassy pampas and the Andes will be found to be the native country

of these birds. I haver never met here with any specimens of the

Tenioptera nengeta.

** To see the webs of the Gossamer-Spiders floating in the air is

here an exceedingly common thing. These little aéronauts are so nu-

merous that on any still day in warm weather, if one sits down on

the grass, he will observe numbers of them briskly moving about,

while some, running to the point of a blade or leaf, suddenly dart

out their invisible lines and float off. I recollect once, several years

ago, the sky was for several days full of white masses composed of

these floating webs. But this afternoon, while I was out shooting,

these Spiders and their webs presented an appearance that was alto-

gether new to me. Walking along a stream I observed skirting the

edge of the low wet ground on the opposite side a broad white line.

This I discovered to be caused by the quantities of gossamer that

almost completely veiled the grass and thistles under it. This zone

of gossamer was about twenty yards wide; and outside of it only a

few scattered webs were visible. I did not ascertain its length, but

followed it about two miles without finding its end. I enclose a

small strip of the webs, which could be easily peeled off every object

presenting a smooth surface. I observed many of the Spiders ; in-

deed so numerous were they that they continually baulked each

other in their attempts to rise in the air. There being a breeze

blowing, as soon as one threw out his web it would be entangled in

that of another. Both Spiders would immediately seem to know the

cause of the trouble, for they would run angrily together, each trying

to drive the other off. There appeared to be at least three different

species of Spider. One of these hada round scarlet body ; another,

of a velvet-black, had a square large corslet and small pointed abdo-

men. But the greatest number were of the third kind; they were

all shades of olive colour, from pale green to greenish black, and of

various sizes, the largest being in body a quarter of an inch long.

These Spiders could not have been brought by the wind, as the zone of

webs followed the windings of the stream, but had probably bred

in the low ground along its margin and had now gathered on its

edge ready to migrate.

“27th. On the 25th I went to visit the Spiders I have spoken

about, fully expecting they would be gone, as we have had wind and

rain since I first saw them. To my surprise they were vastly in-

creased in number; on the tops of cardoons they literally were

in heaps. Most of them were large and of the olive-coloured species,

and were floating off in great numbers, the day being calm. I

noticed another kind, of a pale slate-coloured body elegantly striped

with black, and pink legs. On the 26th I went again to see them ;

and the whole army of Spiders, save a few solitary stragglers, had

disappeared. “* Very trulv yours,

«“WitirAm H. Hupson.”

548 MR. HUDSON ON THE BIRDS OF BUENOS AYRES. [June 23,

(No. VI.)

“ Buenos Ayres, April 11, 1870.

“My pear Sir,—The Blackbirds, Pajaro negro (Molothrus

bonariensis), with characteristic irregularity, often leaving us at the

end of March, apparently for good, have again appeared this year in

great numbers. When summer is over these birds congregate in vast

flocks, and are then seen for many days flying north ; but it is not pro-

bable that they migrate to any very great distance. They pass with

a rapid, low, undulating flight, one flock behind the other, their

wings producing a soft and agreeable sound. ‘The Blackbirds feed

on the ground, following the plough in spring to pick up the worms,

and are fond of keeping round cattle in the pasture, frequently

alighting on their backs. The song of the male is, when wooing,

accompanied by strange gestures and actions. Swelling and ruffling

his feathers like a turkey-cock, and frequently suddenly taking wing

and flying directly away from the female, and performing a wide

circuit round her in the air, he sings all the time. The song begins

with remarkable hollow, internal notes, ending with others loud and

clear. The female is homely in appearance in her dull mouse-

coloured suit, and has no song but a low chattering, not often ut-

tered, and always appears very indifferent to the advances of her

beautiful glossy partner. In the evening, when they settle on the

trees to roost, they sing until itis quite dark. From their great num-

bers, their singing at such times often sounds like the rushing of a

strong wind among the trees. When disturbed on their roost at

night the males repeat their song as they take wing; they also settle

on the trees on rainy days to sing, continuing their concert for hours.

One of our marsh-Blackbirds, the Chrysomus frontalis, possesses

this habit of singing while it is raining; its song begins with a low

mourning note, to which succeeds a long, soft, plaintive whistle; this

is followed by others, short and in rapid succession as they rise,

growing longer as they sink again, until they die away. This song

heard in wet and gloomy weather has an indescribably sweet and

melancholy effect. But to return to the common Blackbird; the

most remarkable thing about this bird is its manner of reproduction ;

and this would be a very interesting subject of study to the philo-

sophie naturalist. It is well known that, like the European Cuckoo,

it deposits its eggs in the nests of other birds. But the Cuckoo lays but

one egg ina nest, and its peculiar habit possesses one thing in common

with the instincts of other animals; it is regular and definite, ensures

the safety of the young, and, for all that has yet been established to

the contrary, is unchangeable as are the laws of matter and force.

The instinct of the Blackbird is, on the contrary, unsettled and inde-

finite and truly a ‘monstrosity.’ It is as if the true instinct had

been partially eradicated or disfigured, so that its traces appear in

various modes and degrees of intensity in different individuals—strong

enough, though deformed, in some to secure the safety of the young,

in others so dim and uncertain as to make reproduction impossible.

Had Darwin been well acquainted with the habits of this bird he

1870.] | MR. HUDSON ON THE BIRDS OF BUENOS AYRES. 549

certainly would have given it a distinguished place in the ‘Origin

of Species ;’ and he could not have found any more remarkable case

for illustrating the ‘mistakes and imperfections to which instinct

is liable,’ and which he considers favourable to his theory.

«« There are few small birds here into whose nests the female

Blackbird does not intrude; and great is the domestic confusion in-

troduced by her visits. She does not choose nests for their size or for

their architects being hard or soft-billed birds, but lays her eggs

indiscriminately wherever she can. I have never found her eggs in

the nest of the Churinche (Pyrocephalus rubineus), probably because

that pugnacious little bird remains by it and is able to beat her off.

I have also observed that the Blackbird never lays in domed nests,

though parties of them are constantly seen about the ovens of the

Oven-bird (Furnarius), climbing over, peering into, and even entering

and examining them very curiously. It would be difficult to enumerate

all the little birds who are compelled to rear the young Blackbirds ;

but their favourite nests, probably because easiest discovered, and

undefended against their intrusion, are those of the Cachila (Anthus

correndera), the Chingolo (Zonotrichia pileata), the Jilquero (Chry-

somitris barbata), the Tiyereta (Milvulus violentus), and the Yellow-

breast (Pseudoleistes virescens).

“The nests of the last two are particularly preferred; indeed I

seldom find a nest of either of them but it contains more eggs of the

Blackbird than of the rightful owners, while from one or two to halt

a dozen female Blackbirds are usually to be observed near it.

“« They frequently begin depositing their eges before the nest is

finished, upon which it is generally abandoned ; and often so many

eggs are laid in a nest, that, even if they are set on, few or none of

them can be hatched. The nest of the Tyereta is usually found

with from five or six to a dozen Blackbird’s eggs in it, that of the

Yellow-breast, which is deeper, with from fifteen to twenty ; but

what the nest contains are seldom all the eggs that have been laid

in it; for, by looking on the ground under the tree or bush, many

more will frequently be discovered, thrown down by the female

Blackbird. Another’ destructive habit of this bird (destructive to

its own increase as well as to that of other species) is its habit of

pecking holes in the eggs it finds in the nest where it lays. This

is not a fixed, invariable habit, but irregular, as are its reproducing-

instincts. Sometimes the shells are so broken that the yelk is spilt

in the nest ; at other times they peck small holes in the shells; and

sometimes they strike their bill into one egg and fly away with

it, as a Pigeon does with the shell of an egg it has just hatched.

This I have seen them do; and I have often found an egg with a

hole in it several feet from the nest, doubtless removed in this way.

Some nests are found containing a dozen or twenty eggs, every one

with holes pecked in them. In the laying-season each female is

generally attended by one or two, and sometimes three males, who

quietly remain near while she is on the nest. The Blackbird also

drops its eggs on the ground; and I continually find these lost eges

on ploughed fields, roads, and spots of barren earth.

550 SCLATER AND SALVIN ON MEXICAN ORNITHOLOGY. [June 23,

«I do not know that these birds ever make a complete nest ; but

that they sometimes commence to build one I am certain. I once

observed a flock of seven or eight Blackbirds busily flying to and from

a clump of young giant thistles. On going to the spot, I found they

had begun to build a large nest on a broad, horizontal leaf, very

much exposed to sight. No other bird would have chosen such a

frail foundation to build upon; for, however large and stiff these

leaves are, they rapidly shrink up as the plant grows; and this one

would certainly have dropped its burden within ten or fifteen days.

The nest was made in a very slovenly manner, being composed of

large sticks, rags, and other things, piled without any regularity ;

the birds fluttered round as if anxious for its safety while I examined

it, and resumed their work as soon as I withdrew; but after two

days they suddenly forsook it. I have since observed another flock

of Blackbirds begin a nest, in a poplar tree; but this was also left

unfinished.

«In autumn, when the Blackbirds congregate in flocks of tens of

thousands, so that the ground where they feed seems carpeted with

black, and the trees where they alight to have a black foliage, I

often wonder that the little birds in whose nests they lay do not

become extinct, or all but extinct, by their means. Though I have

been familiar with this bird since I was a child, when I used to find

its ‘lost and wasted eggs’ on the walks, and remove them in pity

from the nests of little birds, I have not yet ceased to wonder at its

habits. How strange that it should be so disorderly in the midst of

the general order of nature! Or must we come to consider these

habits of the Molothrus bonariensis ‘not as especially endowed or

created instincts, but as small consequences of one general law,’

picks

namely, transition ? « Truly yours,

** WittiAmM H. Hupson.”

The following papers were read :—

1. On some recent Additions to the Avifauna of Mexico.

By P. L. Scrater, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., and Osperr

Sarvin, M.A., F.L.8., &c.

A series of birdskins recently submitted to our examination by

M. A. Boucard, of Paris, contains some examples of Mexican birds,

obtained by one of his correspondents in Southern Mexico, which

have not previously come under our notice in collections from that

country. There are five species, concerning which we have the fol-

lowing notes to communicate :—

1. TurDUS FLAVIROSTRIS, Sw.

An adult female of this fine Thrush from San Juan del Rio, a

town in the centre of the state of Oaxaca. It appears to be a western

species exclusively.

1870.] MR. J. BRAZIER ON GRACULA KREFFTI. 551

2. Groruiyris MELANOPS, Baird, B. N. A. i. p. 241.

A fully adult male of this Geothlypis, which Prof. Baird has re-

cently separated from G. trichas. The exact locality of the specimen

is not given. Sclater’s collection contains a similar example from

some part of Mexico, hitherto confounded with G. trichas. There

can, we think, be no doubt of the validity of this species, which (as

Prof. Baird also notes, /. c.) is quite distinct from G. speciosa, Sclater.

Of the last-named bird, Sclater’s typical specimens are still unique.

3. THRYOTHORUS PLEUROSTICTUS, Scl. Cat. A. B. p. 21, pl. iv.

This species has not before been sent from Mexico, and only one

(the type) specimen from Guatemala. Several examples, however,

have been forwarded from Costa Rica during the last few years.

4, CYANOSPIZA LECLANCHERI.

Passerina (Spiza) leclancheri, Lafr. Rey. Zool. 1841, p. 260, et

Mag. de Zool. 1841, Ois. pl. 22.

Spiza leclancheri, Bp. Consp. i. p. 475.

A pair of this charming species from San Juan del Rio; the first

we have vet met with.

Lafresnaye described and figured the male of this Finch from an

example obtained by M. Leclancher, one of the officers of the

‘Venus,’ during the expedition of that vessel, near Acapulco. The

female does not differ materially from the male, except that the

coloration of the plumage is of a less brilliant tint.

5. Morococcyx eryTHropyeta (Less.): Sel. Cat. A. B. p. 322.

One skin of this Cuckoo from San Juan del Rio; the first Mexican

specimen met with, except an example in the Museum of the Aca-

demy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, U.S. A. (examined by

Sclater in 1856), which was procured near Mazatlan by Mr. Bell of

New York.

2. Notes on Gracula kreffti.

By Joun Brazirr.

During my visit to the Solomon Islands along with my friend Sir

William Wiseman in September 1865, we obtained six living examples

of the Grakle recently described by Mr. Sclater (P.Z.8. 1869, p.120)

as Gracula kreffti at Ysabel* or Isabel Island (as some writers please

to callit). This was the only island in the group in which we met with

it. These birds were bought of the natives. On my visit to the

mountains I saw plenty of the same species, but I found it impossible

to get within gun-shot of them. This Grakle isa bird that is almost

always on the wing, and frequents the mountains of the island, never

the lowland. How the natives take them alive is a question. When

in captivity they soon become tame. The natives bring them off

* In Mendana’s ‘ Voyages’ it is called Santa Ysabel.

552 DR. 0. FINSCH ON THE BIRDS OF TRINIDAD. [June 23,

on a hoop tied with a string to one of their legs. When brought

on board they were fed with boiled rice and table-raisins, and throve

exceedingly on their new food. While we remained in the Tropics

the birds were in good health, but when we got into colder latitudes

began to fail. When we arrived in Sydney two were presented to

the Zoological Collection in the Botanic Gardens, but died in

about a week’s time. So far as I can remember, our own all died at

last and were taken to London in skins when the ‘ Curacoa’ returned

to Portsmouth. There has been a specimen of the same bird in the

Sydney Museum for years; but no name nor locality was attached

until this last month or so.

8. On a Collection of Birds from the Island of Trinidad.

By Dr. Orto Finscu, C.M.Z.S.

Mr. Kohlmann, a schoolmaster of Vegesack, has kindly placed in

my hands for determination a collection of birds from the Island of

Trinidad, brought home by a captain of a vessel belonging to this

small port on the Weser.

Though birds of this well-explored island* are rather common in

collections, the first account of its rich avifauna did not appear

before 1864, when Mr. E. C. Taylor (Ibis, pp. 73-97) published

his interesting article (Five Months in the West Indies. Part I.

Trinidad and Venezuela), enumerating 141 species, chiefly belonging

to the Island of Trinidad. Two years later we got a work specially

devoted to the birds of this island from the pen of Dr. A. Léotaud f,

a French ornithologist, whose praiseworthy zeal and intelligence

manifested signs of still greater progress, but who, unfortunately,

died scarcely one year later (vide Ibis, 1867, p. 256). From my

acquaintance with this work, which was “publi¢é par souscription

nationale,” I am enabled to say that it is one of the best of its sort

ever published in a country where the sources of science are more than

usually meagre, and where especially bibliographical material is by no

means near at hand. Nobody, therefore, will feel inclined to criti-

cise the author for being here and there mistaken in the correct

appellation of the species, and still less since the descriptive portion

of the work and the accurate measurements prove him to have been

throughout an excellent practical observer.

Dr. Sclater has already corrected some of the errors in his valuable

remarks on Dr. Léotaud’s book (Ibis, 1867, pp. 104-108) ; and in

the course of the following pages I shall be able to add some further

corrections. The results of my endeavours will be, I believe, of

* A brief sketch of its avifauna has been given already by Dr. Hartlaub; Uber

den heutigen Zustand unserer Kenntniss von Westindiens Ornithologie (Isis,

1847, p. 614).

+ Oiseaux de Vile de la Trinidad (Antilles); par A. Léotaud, Docteur en

Médecine de la Faculté de Paris, Membre Correspondant de Ja Société de Mé-

decine de Gant. Port d’Espagne: Chronicle Publishing Office, 1866,

1870. ] DR. 0. FINSCH ON THE BIRDS OF TRINIDAD. 553

some interest, as I have compared the specimens received from

Trinidad with others from different parts of America, especially of

the neighbouring mainland of Venezuela and Guiana. The total

number of species recognized as found in Trinidad by Dr. Léotaud

is 297—a number evidently too low, because Dr. Léotaud apparently

enumerates only those species met with by himself. If he had had

an opportunity of consulting other reliable works on South-American

ornithology besides the few cited by him, he would have found a

considerable number of species to add to his list. The valuable

Catalogue of American Birds in the collection of Dr. Sclater (1862)

contains thirty species from Trinidad not included in Dr. Léotaud’s

work. Mr. Taylor notices thirteen species more, and I myself am

able to add ten additional species; so that the total number of

species now amounts to about 350. Further investigations will most

probably increase this number; for Trinidad, situated close to the

mainland, and being “nothing more or less than a bit of Venezuela,”

as Dr. Sclater very aptly remarks, undoubtedly becomes visited

accidentally by many birds proper to the continent, besides a portion

of stragglers from the northern parts during the winter season.

The only species peculiar to the avifauna of Trinidad seems to be

Psittacula cingulata.

The collection received by Mr. Kohlmann contains 115 species,

of which the following are new to Trinidad :—Heleodytes minor,

Myiozetetes inornatus, Sturnella hippocrepis, Pseudoleistes mela-

nicterus, Icterus vulgaris, Cardinalis pheeniceus, Sycalis brasiliensis,

Ramphastos erythrorhynchus, Pteroglossus aragari, and Brotogerys

tuipara.

The Catalogue of Dr. Sclater contains the following species marked

with Trinidad :—

Sclater, Cat.

page

Mimus melanopterus, Lawr. .......+. Ko wtoslece 9

ET EsCOMY LES GTISCUS (SW) oie cic ais se a 0\e » & slo, o0/eie 16

Thryothorus rufalousy Datta seat. 2 none ae cs. ole 20

Anthars: breviunguis, SPIX ws. css siee nes ees see 24

Euphona flavifrons (Lath.) 2... 2... ceecsseees ree

Sy iate copana (Ui yout ine ad cekiie sede G2 ve eid OO

ilonagra glaucocolpas, Oa... 4. dedes cs cae cee 79

Arremon silens, Bp. .....-0ececeeee aLdeitiieetns eit

Orchesticus ater (Gml.) ...... LA Ms Ae Re A 98

Emberizoides macrourus (Gml.) .......0- 2 cere ee 118

Chrysomitris cucullata (Sw.) ......eeee.+ec0e.- 123

Sycalis calumatanas Cary. tare sews) ev clletne pte et 126

Teterus auricapillus, Cass. 4 cic etsis's nosees este Sm nical 132

Sturnella meridionalis, Scl. ........ee0e08 cree ee 139

Synallaxis albescens, Temm.........02 0 ede creel LOU

Phacellodomus frontalis (Licht.)........ 000.055 154

Picolaptes squamatus (Licht.).........00.+2++00 166

Pyriglena maculicaudis, Sel... . 2... .226 0s sess cess 185

Ee OUR TU PIPENIIN) VA reat soy > «a v0.0, a9 x00 » 0:00 2

Pyrocephalus rubineus (Bodd.) ....eeceee eee ae 227

554 DR. O. FINSCH ON THE BIRDS OF TRINIDAD. [June 23,

Sclater, Cat,

age

Myiarchus ferow (Gml.) ...... seeeee ee eee sakieiet 933

Pachyrhamphus cinereus (Bodd. de: ca a} un inva eis ees eae 241

Chiroxiphia lanceolata (Wagl. t's Se siuss tra Cee

Buceo bicinctus, Gould . Bh ile oleae Ra ebe® S217/|

Chelidoptera tenebrosa (Pall. 4" syeiain om Sie edie ea ale Ra 275

Florisuga flabellifera, Gould..........00.cs2 000: 295

Goctygus PUM Us, UNG... a.c0- fs Kaas ee nae. 323

Conurus cyanopterus (Bodd.) ..............-.2. 350

CATUSGIER FEMLOE A Ua Vox fe myele v gas v2 soe eet oe a 354

Psittacula cyanoptera (Bodd.) (passerina, L.) .... 357

Mr. E. C. Taylor notices the following species obtained by him-

self in Trinidad :— Taylor, This, 1864. Sclater, Cat.

page page

Tinnunculus sparverius (L.) ...... ve 80 —

Turdus fumigatus, Licht. .......... 80 4

Campylorhynchus nuchalis, Cab, .... 80 17

Chlorostilbon atala (Less.) ........ 92 318

Spermophila intermedia, Cab. ...... 83 103

Phyllomyias semifusca, Scl. ........ 86 214

Camptostoma imberbe, Scl. ........ 86 215

Elainea pagana (Licht.) .......... 86 216

Contopus bogotensis, Bp. .......... 87 231

Pachyrhamphus albogriseus, Scl..... 87 242

Dryocopus erythrops, Valence. ...... 93 333

Chamepelia Peenes, BE Se ecrerr eee 94

Crax dlector, L. .... Suet iors UES

Order ACCIPITRES.

Fam. FaALconip&.

Bureonin&.

1. Hypomorrunus GUNDLACHT, Cab. J. f. Orn. 1854, Extrah.

p. xxx.

Morphnus urubitinga, Lembeye (nec Gmel.), Aves de Cuba, pl. 3.

f. 3 (med.).

Astur unicinctus, Léot. (nec Temm.) p. 44,

One specimen in old plumage,

rostr.

Long. al. caud. (cera excl.) a rict. tars. dig. med.*

15! vi 10!" 13! 19!" gi yi 1! Jo"

Dr. Léotaud erroneously inserts this species as Astur unieinctus,

Temm,, a perfectly distinct species.

Our specimen agrees very well with the description given by Dr.

Cabanis, but is apparently more advanced in age. The whole plu-

mage is dark brownish black ; the feathers on the upper part of the

* The measurements are given in old French inches and lines,

1870.] DR. O. FINSCH ON THE BIRDS OF TRINIDAD. 555

interscapulium are rufous at the base; the upper and under tail-

coverts are margined narrowly with white; the tail has a broad

white cross band, above this is another much narrower and not quite

complete, a third, still narrower and ill-defined, is placed at the base

and hidden by the tail-coverts; the tail-feathers are tipped with

white ; the under surface of the wings shows a white space, formed

by the white basal third of the first four primaries, but this white is

speckled very minutely with greyish black, as in H. anthracinus ; the

secondaries bear on the middle portion of the inner web six or seven

cross bands of pale rufous brown, somewhat ill-defined and mixed

and washed with dark brown, giving a somewhat marmorated ap-

pearance.

This species is closely allied to H. anthracinus, Licht., but may

be easily distinguished by the two white bands on the base of the

tail, besides the white middle cross band.

2. LeucopreRNis ALBICOLLIS (Lath.); Pelz. Geier und Falken

(1862).

Asturina albicollis, Schleg. Asturine, p. 9.

Buteo pecilonotus, Léot. p. 7.

Buteo albicollis, Taylor, l. c. p. 79.

One specimen in full dress, agreeing with the excellent description

given by Dr. Léotaud.

Long. al. cand. rostr. a rict. tars. dig. med, ung.

14! gi 1gi 1si! gi 3 Qi git!

AQUILINE.

3. SpizaAETus ORNATUS (Daud.); Schleg. M. P.-B. Astures, p. 2

(syn. part.) ; Léot. p. 10.

Two specimens of this fine species :—one in the well-known plu-

mage of the old bird, as described by Prince Max, Dr. Léotaud, and

others; the other in the very different plumage of the younger

stage, of which I cannot find any description. I therefore add a

detailed account of this specimen.

Head, neck, upper portion of the interscapulium, and all the under-

parts white, tinged faintly with pale ochre on the sides of the head

and neck; the sides of the belly and the under wing-coverts with

large cordiform black spots, as in the old bird, the feathers on the

femur and tarsus likewise barred transversely with white and black ;

shoulders, wings, and tail dark brown, and marked with darker bars

as in the old bird, but not so distinct; the tail with six broad cross

bands of brownish black; the upper quill-coverts margined with

white at the point, as in the adult; on the occiput there is a consi-

derably long crest, composed of some black, brownish, and whitish

feathers, which are strongly worn off, showing that the bird is not a

very young one; on the hind neck some feathers of a rufous brown,

as in the old bird, which indicate evidently that these parts are

assuming the colouring of the adult.

556 DR. O. FINSCH ON THE BIRDS OF TRINIDAD. [June 23,

Long. al. cand. rost. a rict. tars. dig. med. _—ung.

143! 93" 14!" 19!" 3! gl git oii Qi (ad.)

142 10? 13 20 3.4 De 12 (jun.)

Professor Schlegel is certainly wrong in considering S. braccatus,

Spix (Des Murs, Icon. pl. 67; S. fyrannus, Neuw.) to be “1’oiseau

dans la premiére livrée”’ of S. ornatus.

FALCONINE.

4. Fatco cotumsartus, L.; Schleg. Mus. P.-B. Falcones, p. 19.

Hypotriorchis columbarius, Léot. p. 26.

One male in young plumage, resembling in every respect the

young of our J’. esalon, except that the tail has five rusty cross

bands instead of seven as in F. esalon. The latter species seems to

be also distinguished by having considerably longer wings.

Long. al. caud. rostr. tars. dig. med.

6" JOM A agyt! Be jaf" 13!" (¢ jun., Trinidad.)

.. 4 5 ae 14 14. (¢ ad., N. America.)

8 0 4 10 6 17, 14 (@ ad., Cuba.)

Zt an_7 9g 4" liga 6 65-6 15-16 12-13 (esalon, 3 males.)

5. Fatco sparverivs, L.; Schleg. Falcones, p. 30.

Tinnunculus sparverius, Pelz. Geier und Falken (1863), p. 627;

Taylor, 7. c. p. 80.

A young male agreeing entirely with specimens from Texas and

California (Cape St. Lucas: Xantus).

Dr. Léotaud does not include this widely distributed species ; but

Mr. Taylor notices— Occasionally seen in Trinidad, but much less

common there than in the Antilles Islands.”

6. Harevacus Bipentatus (Lath.); Burm, ii. p. 100; Léot.

p- 28.

An old one and two in change of plumage, having the underparts

white, with longitudinal black shaft-stripes; in one the flanks bear

cordiform brown spots.

ACCIPITRINE.

7. ASTURINA NiTIDA (Lath.) ; Taylor, J. c. p. 80.

Astur nitidus, Léot. p. 46.

One specimen in the very different and curious first year’s plu-

mage, as described by Dr. Léotaud (p. 47).

MILVINe.

8. CyMINDIS CAYENNENSIS (Gmel.) ; Schleg. Mus. P.-B. Pernes,

p. 9; Léot. p. 34.

A young specimen, brown above, below white, with black shaft-

stripes; tail with four black and four brown cross bands.

We possess this species from Brazil and Guatemala.

1870. ] DR. 0, FINSCH ON THE BIRDS OF TRINIDAD. 557

9. CyminpIs unciNaTUS, IIl.; Schleg. Mus. P.-B. Pernes, p. 8;

Léot. p. 36.

One specimen in the dress of the younger bird, as described by

Dr. Léotaud (p. 38).

CyMINDIs pucHERANI, Léot. p. 40.

Very probably this species is identical with Falco vitticaudatus,

Neuw. (Beitr. p. 178; Cymindis vitticaudus, Pelz. i. p. 6), which

Professor Schlegel declares to be nothing more than a black variety

of C. uncinatus (Mus. P.-B. Pernes, p.8). It has certainly nothing

whatever to do with Urubitinga anthracina or U. schistacea, as

Dr. Sclater suggests (Ibis, 1867, p. 107), but is a true Cymindis

(tarsus 133/""!).

10. GAMpsonyx SWAINSONI, Vig.; Burm. ii. p. 114; Léot. p. 41.

Two specimens of this widely distributed species, agreeing with

specimens from Northern Brazil (Ceara).

Fam. STRiGIDz&.

1], ATHENE INFuSCATA (Temm.).

Glaucidium passerinoides (Temm.); Burm. ii. p. 143.

Athene phalenoides, Léot. p. 55.

Glaucidium infuscatum et phalenoides, Cab. J. f. Orn. 1869,

pp- 207, 208.

Glaucidium ferrugineum, Taylor, Ibis, 1864, p. 80.

One specimen, which I am not able to distinguish from Brazilian

specimens.

12. Scors BRASILIENSIS, Briss.

Scops decussata, Burm. ii. p. 126.

Ephialtes portoricensis, Léot. p. 57.

One specimen, agreeing with Brazilian specimens.

13. SyRNruM ToRQUATUM (Daud.).

Athene torquata, Léot. p. 52.

One specimen.

Order PASSERES.

Fam. CapRIMULGIDE.

14, Nycriprus sAMarcensis, Gmel.; Scl. P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 129.

Nyctibius pectoralis (Gould); Léot. p. 70; Taylor, p. 90.

One specimen, tinged more strongly with rufous brown than in a

Brazilian specimen before me, but evidently of the same species,

which varies a good deal, as mentioned by Dr. Sclater.

Long. al. caud, rostr, rostr. a rict. dig. med.

g!! 6" git 63!" 19!" gir

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1870, No, XXXVII.

558 DR. 0. FINSCH ON THE BIRDS OF TRINIDAD. [June 23,

15. Cua#rura potrura (Temm.); Buff. Pl. Enl. 726. f. 2.

Acanthylis brachyura, Sard.

Chetura poliura, Scl. P. Z. S. 1865, p. 611 (syn. part.).

Acanthylis poliurus, Léot. p. 86.

Chetura brachycerca, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1867, p. 758, t. 34

(opt.).

“One specimen, in every respect agreeing with the description and

figure published recently by Dr. Sclater and Mr. Salvin from specimens

sent from Eastern Peru, and supposed to belong to a new species.

In comparing it with the description of A. drachyura, Jard. (Amn.

and Mag. N. H. vol. xviii. 1846, p. 120), I was strongly inclined to

believe in the identity of both “short-tailed Swifts ;”’ but, unfortu-

nately, Sir William Jardine does not mention the colour of the under

tail-coverts. Being, therefore, unable to settle the question by means

of positive evidence, I wrote to Dr. Sclater ; and he most kindly gave

me the following answer :—‘‘ You are right in considering C. bra-

chycerca to be identical with C. brachyura, Jard.; I possess one of

the Tobago specimens. But now I find that it is the true Cypselus

poliurus of Jamaica, founded on Buffon’s Pl. Enl. 726. f. 2; so I

call the species Chetura poliura, while the Brazilian species must be

C. cinereicauda, Cass.” *

C. poliura, as the species must be named, is easily distinguishable

from the nearest allied species, C. cinereicauda, Cass., in having the

upper as well as the under tail-coverts brownish grey; the tail-

feathers darker, the shafts black, projecting about 1!”; the upper

tail-coverts reach nearly to the end of the tail.

Long. al. caud. culm. rict. tars.

TALL moyi att ai Hit

4 d LATE Me 43 vo

Fam. Coractap&.

16. Prionires swarnsoni (Scl.).

Prionites bahamensis, Sw.

Momotus bahamensis, Léot. p. 96.

Momotus swainsoni, Scl, Cat. p. 261; Taylor, Ibis, 1864, p. 88.

One old specimen.

Fam. TRoGoONIDa.

17. TROGON MERIDIONALIS, Sw.; Sclat. Cat. p. 276.

Trogon sulphureus, Léot. (nec Spix), p. 101.

Aganus violaceus (Gmel.), Cab. et Heine, Mus. Hein. iy. p. 190.

Male and female, very accurately described by Dr. Léotaud.

Long. al. caud. rostr. a fron. rosty. a rict. tars.

4 4 4 out Via 103!" 5aMt (Ss)

4 2 4 1 63 10 5 (2)

Dr. Cabanis notices the length of wing 4" 7!"', that of tail 5! 2";

but Dr. Léotaud measures the wings also 4! 3!’

* (Cf. My. Sclater’s remarks on this subject, wtéa p, 829.—Ep.

“siren

1870. } DR. O. FINSCH ON THE BIRDS OF TRINIDAD. 599

18. Trocon viripis, L.; Sel. Cat. p. 275 ; Léot. p. 98; Taylor,

Ibis, 1864, p. 88.

Aganus viridis, Cab. et Heine, Mus. Hein. iv. p. 196.

One specimen, in the plumage of the old male as described by the

Prince of Neuwied and Dr. Léotaud, and agreeing in every respect

with a specimen from Brazil.

Long. al. caud, rostr. vostr.arict. tars.

5 ait 5 yt gui 112" 62!" (Trinidad.)

a7 5 4 82 12 — (Brazil.)

Sew Ferg 9 12 7 (3, Cayenne.)

5 1 579% 83 11 — (@, Cayenne.)

5 2 Hae 9B: 8 114 6 (3, jun. Guiana.)

Both have the six middle tail-feathers of a davk metallic green,

with scarcely any tinge of bluish; the rump and upper tail-coverts

darker metallic green, with bluish reflexions. A young male from

Demerara has the tail-feathers black, only the two innermost with

green reflections on the outer web ; the outer tail-feathers are barred

white and black at the apical half, like those of the female.

We possess an old male from Cayenne, which shows a very pecu-

liar difference (as far as I know, not yet mentioned by any describer),

viz. in having the tail-feathers, instead of green in every light, with

a dark indigo-blue lustre, and the greater part of the uropygium

and upper tail-coverts vivid dark purplish blue. If new, 7’. eyanu-

rus, Hartl.; otherwise it agrees in every respect.

19. TroGon coxxaris, Vieill.; Sel. Cat. p. 276; Léot. p. 103

(deser. opt.) ; Taylor, 7. ec. p. 88.

Trogon curucui (L.); Cab. et Heine, Mus. Hein. iv. p. 176.

One specimen, not different from a specimen from Surinam in the

Bremen collection.

T. curucui, Linné, based upon the description of Marcgrave and

Brisson, is most probably this species, but cannot be made out with

certainty. The white and black bars on the three outer tail-feathers,

as described by Brisson, are very well referable to this species; but

he does not mention the white cross band which separates the

golden green of the jugulum and the scarlet of the breast.

The figure of Trogon curucui by Hahn (Vog. aus As. Afr. Am.

&e, Liefer. vii. t. 3) belongs undoubtedly to this species, and not to

T. melanurus, Sw., as concluded by Dr. Cabanis (Mus. Hein. iv.

p: 201).

Long. al. caud, rostr. a rict. tars.

quai 4! jot Gam git 7" (Trinidad.)

4 6 4 81 6 10 — (Surinam.)

gh, 4 6 64 — — (ap. Léot.)

A very good description of this species is given by Dr. Léotaud.

560 DR. O. FINSCH ON THE BIRDS OF TRINIDAD. [June 23,

T append aremark on Trogon atricollis, Vieill. (Enc. Méth. p. 1361;

Gal. Ois. i. p. 17, t. 31), with which Dr. Cabanis (Mus. Hein. iv.

p- 181) unites 7. chrysochlorus, Natt. (Pelz. Sitzungsb. der math.

naturw. Classe der Kais. Ak. d. Wiss. in Wien, vol. xx. 1856, p. 496),

a species distinguished chiefly by its larger size. The Imperial

Museum of Vienna possesses fifteen specimens of this large form

from Ypanema in Southern Brazil, and nine specimens of the true

T. atricollis from the north of Brazil (Borba, Marabitanas, Barra do

Rio Negro), all collected by the late Johann Natterer. Von Pel-

zeln, in his valuable publication on Natterer’s collections, still insists

on the specific separation of the two species; and, as far as I can judge,

he is right. We possess one specimen of the true 7’. atricollis

from Guiana (Demerara), which is much inferior in size to the mea-

surements noticed of 7. chrysochlorus by von Pelzeln. I therefore

incline to believe that the 7. (Pothinus) atricollis described by

Cabanis belongs to 7. chrysochlorus, as well as T. atricollis of

Neuwied (iv. p. 309) and Burmeister (ii. p. 279). But to settle

this question finally further researches are necessary.

Fam. ALCEDINIDZ.

20. CeRYLE AMERICANA (Gmel.); Léot. p. 112.

Chloroceryle americana, Scl. Cat. p. 265; Taylor, 7. ec. p. 88.

A female of this widely distributed species, agreeing with speci-

mens from New Granada in the Bremen collection.

21. CeryLe superciziosa (L.); Léot. p. 115.

Chloroceryle superciliosa, Scl. Cat. p. 265; Taylor, 7. ec. p. 88.

One specimen.

; Fam. Ca@reBip&.

22. DACNIS ATRICAPILLA (Vieill.).

Chlorophanes atricapilla, Scl. Cat. p. 52; Taylor, 7. ¢. p. 81.

Dacnis spiza, Léot. p. 122.

Chlorophanes guatemalensis, Scl.

Six males and one female.

In comparing these specimens with others from Brazil, New Gra-

nada, and Guatemala (Vera Paz), I must consider them all to belong

to one and the same species, having convinced myself that there is

no real constancy in the characters by which Mr, Cassin separated

four local varieties or races, although there exists a considerable

variability in respect of the green of the plumage, as well as in size.

Two males from Trinidad are as bright green as our Guatemalan

one; and a specimen from South Brazil (St. Catharina), collected

by Burmeister, jun., differs very much less, having the bill nearly as

large as the stout-billed specimens from Guatemala. Columbian

specimens are not distinguishable from Trinidad ones; others from

Trinidad are as dark green as others from Brazil.

1870. | DR. O. FINSCH ON THE BIRDS OF TRINIDAD. 061

Lon caud. rostr. arict. tars.

mg. a

DAL git gi ro 20-29!!! 6- mut 8-92" gitt (3 3, Trinidad.)

BD anF 20 64 8 8 (Q, Trinidad.)

2 74 21 6 74 74 (6, Columbia.)

th — 54 7 — (@, Columbia.)

Bunty 18 SEO pee he 7.4 Ch Benzils)

296 21 63 8 8 (6, Brazil, St. Catharina.)

2 94 22 74 9 8 (6, Guatemala.)

2-8 21 7 84 8 (@, Guatemala.)

23. Dacnis cayana (L.); Scl. Cat. p. 50; Léot. p. 124; Taylor,

le. p. 81.

One specimen in the dress of the old male, not different from

specimens from Guiana (Demerara) and Brazil.

24. C@REBA LONGIROSTRIS (Cab.).

Arbelorhina longirostris, Cab. M. H. p. 96.

Cereba cerulea, Léot. p. 120; Taylor, l.¢. p. 81.

Five males and two females; the latter very well described by

Dr. Léotaud.

aud. rostr. tars.

Long. al. c

Zi yon git 41-12!" =9-10'" §=64" ( g, Trinidad.)

21-2 2 IZ 9-105 7 ( 9-Prinidad.)

2 2 124 74 6 (6, New Granada, cerulea.)

2 2 123 7z 6 (6, Brazil, cerulea.)

The measurements noticed before seem to prove that the bill in

this species is constantly longer, although otherwise there is no dif-

ference from the well-known C. c@rulea from Brazil.

25. Ca@resa cyANEA (L.); Scl. Cat. p. 52; Leéot. p. 118;

Taylor, l.c. p. 81.

Two males, not different from Brazil ones.

Long. al. caud. rostr. tars.

on Sigil itt 15-17!" 6-61!!! 6-64!"

26. CerTHIOLA LUTEOLA, Licht.; Scl. Cat. p. 53; Taylor, lc.

p- 81.

Certhiola flaveola, Léot. p. 126.

Three specimens in old plumage.

Long. al. caud. rostr. tars.

git gum 15! gl! 74

Being engaged in preparing a Monograph of the members of this

difficult group, I keep back ‘the many notes which I have already

collected till Iam able to give a full account, which I hope will be

in a very short time.

562 DR. 0. FINSCH ON THE BIRDS OF TRINIDAD. [June 23,

Fam. TROCHILIDE.

27. PuaiitoRNis MAZEPPA (Less.).

Glaucis mazeppa, Scl. Cat. p. 285; Taylor, lc. p. 91.

Polytmus hirsutus, Léot. p. 139.

Glaucis hirsuta (part.), Cab. Mus. Hein. iii. p. 4.

Two specimens, differing from Brazilian ones only in having the

tail-feathers tipped very narrowly with white; but, as Dr. Cabanis

considers, this character is not constant, varying according to age

and sex.

28. LAMPORNIS GRAMINEUS (Gmel.); Scl. Cat. p. 291; Taylor,

Le.ps 91.

Polytmus dominicus, Léot. p. 132.

An old and a young male, corresponding very well with specimens

from Guiana.

29. Lampornis MANGO (L.); Scl. Cat. p. 290; Taylor, J, c.

p- 91.

Polytmus mango, Leéot. p. 131.

Two females.

30. HetiomaAster Loneirosreis (Vieill.); Sel. Cat. p. 310;

Taylor, 7. c. p. 92. .

Mellisuga longirostris, Léot. p. 147.

One specimen, agreeing with the description of the female by Dr.

Léotaud.

The bill measures 1! 3!",

31. CarysoLtamptis Moscuitus (L.); Scl. Cat. p. 303; Taylor,

loc. p.-92.

Mellisuga moschita, Léot. p. 145.

One female and a young male, as described accurately by Dr.

Léotaud.

32. HemirHyLaca ERYTHRONOTA (Less.).

Saucerottia(?) erythronota, Sel. Cat. p. 315.

Polytmus erythronotus, Léot. p. 137.

Erythronota antiqua, Taylor, l.e. p. 92.

An old specimen.

Fam. CerTHIAD.

33. XENOPS RUTILANS, Licht. ; Scl. Cat. p. 159; Léot. p. 156;

Taylor, /.¢. p. 85.

Aenops heterurus, Cab. M. i. p. 33; Sel. Cat. p. 159.

One specimen, agreeing in respect to the markings of the tail with

the description of X. heterurus, Cab., except that the fourth feather

1870.] DR. O. FINSCH ON THE BIRDS OF TRINIDAD, 563

is black only at the base of the outer web (not wholly), and that the

fifth on the left side only is varied with black, whereas the fifth on

the right hand is uniform rufous like the two innermost. In a

specimen from Bogota, received from J. Verreaux (s. un. littoralis,

Scl.!), the outermost is quite rufous, the second black at the base of

the inner web, the third black on the inner web (except a rufous

apical spot), the fourth wholly black on the inner web, the fifth

black on the outer web. A specimen from Brazil (Canto Gallo) has

the two outer feathers wholly rufous, the third and fourth black on

the inner web, the fifth rufous with black interrupted shaft-stripe.

It is easy to perceive that these differences in the colouring of the

tail-feathers are of no specific value. The colouring of the under-

parts and the extent of the light shaft-spots is also variable, and will

not allow of a specific separation. The Bogota one has the under-

parts more greyish olive-brown with narrow whitish streaks, precisely

the same as in a Brazilian specimen; the other Brazilian one has

much broader shaft-streaks; in the Trinidad bird they are not so

broad, but the colour of the underparts is more rufescent olive.

Long. al. caud. rostr. tars.

Fo gi" fbr! 6" (Trinidad.)

2 6 21 5s 6 (Bogota.)

ZS 23 5 63 (Brazil.)

24 21 e. 5 6 — (Brazil.)

34. THRYOTHORUS RUTILUS, Vieill,; Scl. Cat. p. 21; Taylor,

ic. p. 81.

Troglodytes rutilus, Léot. p. 173.

Two specimens, somewhat smaller than a Brazilian specimen in

the Bremen Collection.

Long. al. rectr. med. —_rostr. tars.

on git 20"! a gir

2.3 203 7 9

2 5 22 7 10 (Brazil.)

35. HeLreopytTes minor, Cab. M. H. p. 80; Scl. Cat. p. 16.

One specimen in apparently old plumage.

Upper surface of head dark brown; nape dark brown, with obso-

lete rufous-brown edgings; back and remainder of the upper parts

uniform rufous brown; the upper tail-coverts with some indistinct

dark-brown bars; from the nostrils above the eye to the sides of

nape a broad white supercilium ; lores white, with a narrow dark

line; behind the eye a broad dark-brown streak to the nape; sides

of head and neck and the whole underparts, including the under

wing-coverts, white, tinged on the flanks and under tail-coverts with

a pale isabelline colour; remiges dark olive-brown, paler on the

‘margin of the inner web, the primaries ou the outer web margined

with reddish brown, the secondaries much broader, and with eight to

ten obsolete dark bars; the tectrices of the primaries brown, those

564 DR. O. FINSCH ON THE BIRDS OF TRINIDAD. [June 23,

of the secondaries rufous brown, with some indistinct dark bars ;

two middle tail-feathers dark brown with numerous (nineteen) black-

ish bars, remainder of the tail-feathers brownish black, with a broad

(5'") white cross band before the narrow dark end; bill black horn-

colour, pale greyish at the base of the lower mandible; legs dark

greyish brown, claws paler.

Long. al. rectr. med. rostr. a rict. tars. dig. med.

aus LY oo vor yi La" 8" (Trinidad.)

3 2 3.2.— 14 12 — (ap. Cabanis.)

Siraiizs 9 3'-38- 3 = — 133-15 8-94 (griseus, ap. Pelz.)

Dr. Cabanis has pointed out the characters of this apparently rare

species, which is not mentioned in the work of Dr. Léotaud, in a very

brief manner; a minute description therefore was necessary. Un-

fortunately I possess no specimen of H. griseus, Sw., which seems to

be sufficiently distinct, not only in being considerably larger (as the

measurements noticed by Von Pelzeln prove), but also in the colo-

ration. Dr. Sclater notices, besides H. griseus, also a H. minor from

Trinidad; but this latter “being so similar to H. griseus in every

respect, except in size, I question whether it may not bea variety

of age or sex of that species” (P. Z.S. 1856, p. 97). HH. minor, as

thus described, may be very probably only a smaller-sized speci-

meu of the true H. griseus.

Fam. Luscrnrapa.

MNIOTILTINE.

36. SyivicoLa astiva (Gmel.).

Dendreca estiva, Scl. Cat. p. 32; Taylor, 7. ¢. p. 81.

Mniotilta petechia, Léot. p. 176.

Six males and two females, not distinguishable from specimens

from the United States. One old male shows very narrow reddish-

brown stripes on the vertex.

Long. al. caud. rostr. tars.

gi inom 52" = 1g3-90!"" 4-4 8" (3, Trinidad.)

2 3 18 4 8 (Q, Trinidad.)

274 18} 4 8 (6, N. America.)

2 5 — e. 5 9 (¢,aureola, Galapagos.)

2 os 222 5 9 (,aureola, Galapagos.)

2 5 22 5 9 (,aureola, Galapagos.)

The male has the head above bright yellow. Dr, Léotaud de-

scribes the Trinidad bird as having the head above ‘jaune orangé

tirant sur le rouge.” Might not this be S. petechia, L., which

Dr. Sclater (Cat. p. 32) considers to be different from S. estiva?

But, as Dr. Léotaud states, S. @stiva arrives only as a winter visitor

in the island of Trinidad. j

Sylvicola aureola, Gould (Voy. Beagle, p, 86, pl. 28), from the

1870. | DR. O. FINSCH ON THE BIRDS OF TRINIDAD. 565

Galapagos, is closely allied to S. estiva, but differs in its larger size.

The male has the head above cinnamomeous orange, the chestnut

blotches on the underparts are very pale and inconspicuous, and the

back shows no traces of reddish brown. The female is quite different

from that of S. estiva.

37. TRICHAS EZQUINOCTIALIS (Gmel.).

Geothlypis equinoctialis, Scl. Cat. p. 27; Taylor, l. c. p. 81.

Trichas velatus, Léot. p. 183.

Two males and a female, agreeing with the characters pointed out

by Dr. Cabanis (Mus. Hein. i. p. 16, note).

Long. al. caud. rostr. tars.

gu yitt 1! 19! 5-52 9_1 QI!"

Dr. Sclater has rectified already (Ibis, 1867, p. 107) the error of

Dr. Léotaud in taking this species for Trichas velatus, Vieill.

38. BastLEUTERUS VERMIVORUS (Vieill.) ; Scl. Cat. p. 34.

Trichas bivittatus, Léot. (nec Lafr.) p. 184.

One specimen, agreeing in every respect with a Brazilian speci-

men. ‘This is a very widely distributed species.

39. SETOPHAGA RUTICILLA (L.); Scl. Cat. p. 36; Léot. p. 248 ;

Taylor, /. c. p. 81.

Two males and a female, agreeing with specimens from the United

States. One old male has the beak black, the other (also a very old

one) only horn-brown, still paler than in the female.

VIREONINE.

40. HyLopuitus tnsuvaris, Scl. P. Z. S. 1861, p. 128, Cat.

p. 45; Léot. p. 186.

One specimen, agreeing very well with the description given by

Dr. Sclater from a specimen from Tobago.

41. Vireo oxtvaceus (L.).

Phyllomanes olivaceus et P. chivi, Cab. M. H. p. 63.

Vireosylvia olivacea et V. agilis, Scl. Cat. p. 43.

Vireosylvia olivacea, Léot. p. 250.

Long. al. caud. rostr. tars.

a 1 19"! eat! 8" (Trinidad.)

2 10 TO 54 7x (Trinidad.)

Sa. 0 ieee a 6 S; (Peru.)

Ore, 1 10 54 8 (N. America.)

ONES) | 1 11 53 7x (N. America.)

2,—8 1 10 5 8 (8S. Brazil.)

Two specimens.

A careful comparison of specimens from Trinidad, the United

566 DR, O. FINSCH ON THE BIRDS OF TRINIDAD. [June 23,

States, Peru (Chamicuros), and South Brazil (St. Catharina), con-

vinces me that I am right in uniting Vireo agilis with V. olivaceus;

for I am not able to find out a single constant character to distin-

guish them. Von Pelzeln already remarked (Orn. Bras. ii. p. 73,

note 1) the only difference might be that /”. olivaceus has the first

primary equal to the fourth, whilst in V. agilis the first is equal

to the fifth; but in my experience these differences are not con-

stant and cannot be considered of specific value. In one North-

American specimen the first quill is equal to the sixth, in the other

to the fifth, as in a Trinidad one; in the other specimen from

Trinidad the first quill is shorter than the fifth, in a Brazilian

one a little longer, and in a Peruvian specimen of an intermediate

length between the fourth and fifth. All the specimens have full-

grown quills. With respect to the coloration, there is not difference

sufficient to distinguish more than one species. ‘The Trinidad skins

agree in every respect with those from North America, as well as with

the Brazilian specimen ; the latter, collected by Mr. Burmeister, jun.,

is in general somewhat darker ; the Peruvian one is duller above, the

under tail-coverts are much paler, showing only a faint tinge of

yellow; but, as we learn from Mr. Cassin (B. N. Am. p. 332), this

is only an individual difference, for in North-American specimens the

under tail-coverts “are sometimes almost entirely white.’ The size

varies much.

As noticed by Professor Reinhardt, this little bird has been pro-

cured once in Greenland. Greenland and the southern portion of

Brazil inhabited by one and the same species is a striking instance

of the very extended distribution of many birds, at which I should

feel much astonished if I had not met with numerous examples of

the same kind in African ornithology.

Fam. ForMICARIID&.

THAMNOPHILINE.

42. CycLtoruis FLAvipectus, Scl. P. Z. S. 1858, p. 448, Cat.

p- 45; Léot, p. 263; Taylor, Z.¢. p. 81.

? Cyclorhis subflavescens, Cab. J. f. Orn. 1860, p. 405.

Three specimens.

This species is closely allied to C. wiedi, Pelz. (Orn. Bras. iii.

p- 1387; T. guianensis, Neuw.; C. viridis, Burm., nec Cab.), from

Brazil; but the head above is more decidedly grey, the rufous frontal

and superciliary stripe broader and darker, and the legs are not lead-

coloured, but light fleshy yellowish, this latter being the chief

character.

Two old specimens have the head grey, only at the occiput washed

with a dull brown; a third one has the whole upper surface of the

head tinged with reddish olive, and the white on the abdomen also

washed with a very faint tint of isabelline colour. ‘This one, being

in moult, is undoubtedly a young bird, and agrees very well with

1870.] DR. O, FINSCH ON THE BIRDS OF TRINIDAD, 567

the description of C. suflavescens, which seems not to be specifically

separable.

Of C. wiedii I have lately received specimens from Ceara, in

Northern Brazil.

Long. al. eaud. rostr. tars.

on git gr oll 7 lo!"

2599 Tipe | tz 10

2 8 2 1 if 10 (wiedi, Brazil.)

43. THAMNOPHILUS MAJOR, Vieill.; Scl. P. Z. S. 1858, p. 209 ;

ej, Cat. p. 172; Taylor, 7. c. p. 85.

Thamnophilus stagurus, Léot. p. 266.

Thamnophilus borbe, Pelz. Orn. Bras. i. p. 140.

An old bird.

This and two specimens from Guiana agree rather with the cha-

racters noticed to be differential by Von Pelzelu in 7. bord@ than

with the true 7’. major, Vieill., of Paraguay. But having before me

a series of specimens from Brazil and Paraguay, I am not able to

distinguish the two species exactly. It is true that specimens from

the northern parts (Guiana) have apparently less white bars on

the tail, which is shorter, but these characters are variable and not

constant.

The Paraguay one has the two outer tail-feathers, except the white

apical margin, with five broad white marginal patches, which on the

outermost runs on both webs, nearly forming cross bands; the pri-

maries have a well-defined white margin on the outer web; on the

upper wing-coverts are two white cross bands, besides a third formed

by the white outer margins of the tectrices of the secondaries. The

Brazilian bird is alike with respect to the markings of the tail-feathers;

but the white margins on the primaries are much less defined, and

nearly all the tectrices are tipped with white (as in Spix’s figure,

t. 32. f.1). It is the same in an old Guiana specimen (Demerara);

but this one wants the white margins on the primaries almost en-

tirely, and the white markings on the tail-feathers are narrower and

on the outermost feather do not run on both webs. The Trinidad bird

agrees with the latter; but it has the two white cross bands on the

tectrices and the white margins on the primaries as strongly marked

as the Paraguay one. In a somewhat younger specimen from

Guiana the white tips on the tectrices are almost entirely absent, as

well as the white margins on the primaries, and the two outer tail-

feathers have seven white spots on the inner web. Two specimens

from Ceara, in North Brazil, just received, agree with the Paraguay

one, but the white on the tail-feathers is more defined and extended,

forming on the two outermost regular bars as broad as the black

between, the fourth and fifth have six white marginal spots, and

the two innermost, instead of being uniform as in the Paraguay and

Guiana birds, have five narrow white marginal spots on both webs,

besides a white apical spot.

568 DR. 0. FINSCH ON THE BIRDS OF TRINIDAD. [June 23,

The measurements appended herewith will show that the size is

also variable.

Long. al. caud. rostr. tars.

3! 6ll! git yy 10" 152!" (3, Trinidad.)

3 8 PRN) 113 15 (3, Guiana.)

35 3. (0 103 14 (3, Guiana.)

3 9 3. oD 11 15 (3, Brazil.)

Da, 3.3 10 154 (6, Paraguay.)

Beas 2 10 10 15 (3, Brazil, Ceara.)

3.5 3. 0 10 14 (3, Brazil, Ceara.)

3 3 ea 10 15 (Q, Brazil, Ceara.)

44, THaMNopHILus poLiATus (L.); Scl. Mon. P. Z. 8. 1858,

p- 217, Cat. p. 175; Léot. p. 264; Taylor, J. c. p. 85.

Male and female; somewhat smaller than Guiana specimens, but

otherwise not different. Dr. Sclater measures the wing 3 inches

(English).

Long. al. caud, rostr. tars.

Bt git UU i Ae 74" 114!" (3, Trinidad.)

2 6 a) —_ 11 (2, Trinidad.)

2.9 ieee 8 114 (¢, Guiana.)

45. THAMNOPHILUS ATRICAPILLUS (Gmel.); Scl. Mon. P. Z.S.

1858, p. 215; Cat. p.174; Taylor, l. c. p. 85.

One specimen, similar to Guiana and Brazilian specimens, but the

back distinct rufous brown without darker dots along the shafts.

In this respect it resembles more 7’. Jeucauchen, Scl. (P. Z. 8. 1855,

pl. uxx1x.), which seems to be closely allied.

This species has been overlooked by Dr. Léotaud, but is noticed

from Trinidad by Mr. Taylor.

ForMICARIINE.

46. FoRMICARIUS HOFFMANNI (Cab.).

Myrmornis hoffmanni, Cab. Journ. f. Orn. 1861, p. 95.

Formicarius crissalis, Scl. Cat. p. 191.

Formicarius hoffmanni, Léot. p. 187.

? Formicivora intermedia, Taylor, /. c. p. 85.

? Myrmoronis crissalis, Cab. J. f. Orn. 1861, p. 96.

Formicarius hoffmanni et F. crissalis, Salvin, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 75.

Two specimens, which prove that J. crissalis is scarcely specifi-

cally different from M. hoffmanni. One specimen has the under

tail-coverts dark chestnut, the other mixed with bright rufous fea-

thers. Dr. Léotaud gives an excellent description of this species.

Long. al. caud. rostr, tars. dig. med.

3! min J! jo" Sy 14l git

3 6 Laged 9 15 8}

It must be remarked that the allied F. analis, D’Orb., is by no

1870.) DR. O. FINSCH ON THE BIRDS OF TRINIDAD. 569

means confined to Bolivia. Natterer obtained specimens at Borba

on the Rio Madeira; and Mr. Salvin got specimens from Costa Rica

and Panama.

FLUVICOLINE.

47. Fiuvicota pica (Bodd.); Scl. Cat. p. 200; Léot. p. 205;

Taylor, J. e. p. 85.

One specimen, not different from Brazilian ones.

Fam. TyRANNID.

48. My1ozEeTreTEs INoRNATUS, Lawr.; Ann. Lyc. New York, ix.

(1869) p. 268.

One specimen, apparently an old bird, agreeing with the descrip-

tion of Mr, Lawrence.

This seems to be a very good species, characterized by having the

whole upper part of head dark brownish black, without a bright

vertical spot; a broad white band covers the forehead and runs

above the eye and temples round the occiput; the feathers on the

occiput are somewhat lengthened, more than usually in this genus.

Long. al. rectr. med. rostr. lat. rostr. tars. dig. med.

3" VL git 5im 33!" 10!" 5lt

2 2

This species is not mentioned by Dr. Léotaud. Mr. Lawrence

describes the bird from Valencia in Venezuela.

There seems to be still some confusion existing about the members

of this difficult group. The short diagnoses given by Dr. Cabanis

in the ‘Museum Heineanum’ are by no means sufficient to distin-

guish the species. The following notes, therefore, will be of some

interest, giving revisional notices of some species.

Myiozetetes similis, Spix (Elainea miles, Burm., nec Neuw.; M.

similis, Scl. Cat. p. 219). ‘The Bremen Collection possesses two

specimens from Brazil, agreeing very well with the description and

figure given by Spix. The back is dirty olive-green, the vertex

bright red ; the remiges and rectrices are edged externally with dull

olive-green ; the remiges are bordered broadly on the basal portion

of the inner web with pale yellowish. lainea cayennensis, described

in the ‘ Fauna Peruana’ (p. 158), is apparently this species.

Myjiozetetes texensis, Giraud. Like the preceding, but the back

darker and more decidedly green, the coronal patch darker red, and

the dimensions rather large. I do not believe that M. columbianus,

Cab., is really separable (vide Journ. f. Orn. 1861, p. 245). This

species is widely distributed from Mexico and Central America to

Bogota, Ecuador, and Venezuela. For its occurrence in Texas

further evidence seems to be necessary; Mr. Baird has not included

this species in his ‘ Birds of the United States.’

Myjiozetetes cayennensis, L. (Scl. p. 219). This species, although

nearly allied to the two foregoing, is very well characterized by having

the remiges on the inner web very broadly margined with rufous ;

the quills and tail-feathers are also externally margined with rufous.

570 DR. 0. FINSCH ON THE BIRDS OF TRINIDAD. [June 23, °

Brisson (Orn. ii. p. 404) in his excellent description mentions this

peculiarity. Dr. Cabanis (Mus. Hein. p. 61) characterizes M. ca-

yennensis as ‘ pileo pulchre flavo ;”” but a specimen in our collection

from Brazil has the vertical patch fiery-red as in M. similis, another

one, from New Granada (Baranquilla), somewhat less bright, and a

third specimen, from Guiana (Demerara), shows only a yellow patch,

this latter being apparently a younger bird. Two specimens from

Ceara, in North Brazil, agree; in one the coronal patch is dark red

as in M. tewensis, in the other much less vivid; both are males. I

believe that M. guianensis, Cab., is not specifically different from

M. cayennensis.

M. icterophrys, Heine (Journ. f. Orn. 1861, p. 197), notwith-

standing Dr. Cabanis’s suggestion that it is nothing else than

M. columbianus in fresh-moulted plumage, I take to be a good spe-

cies, distinguished by the yellowish tinge on the superciliary stripe

and on the chin and throat ; otherwise it resembles MW. terensis, having

also a bright fiery-red patch on the head, and yellowish margins on

the inner web of the wings; but it is considerably smaller. We

possess on old one from Baranquilla, and a young one from Bogoté ;

the latter, being in moult, has no vertical spot, and the yellow on the

belly is brighter yellow. M. granadensis, Lawr, (Ibis, 1862, p. 11),

is identical with this species.

I must, however, remark that Muscicapa trivirgata, Neuw.,

can scarcely be the female of M. similis, because the Prince, a very

accurate describer, as is well known, says “chin and throat yellow,”

and his measurements are much smaller.

latit.

Tong. al, caud. rostr. ad bas, tars. dig. med.

gt Zit ~ gh gtk git gat ogi > Bat (oS stmilis, rag)

a ial 4 54 3 8L 54 (9, similis, Brazil.)

35.9 ey 54 3 8 6 ( 3, texensis, Mexico.)

oa any | 5 32 8£ 5h (8, eayennensis, Brazil.)

3° 3 ld 5 2i 8 5 (d, eayennensis, Bogota, )

Bi 2 6 5 3t 8 -— (6, cayennensis, Brazil, Ceara.)

ae |) BS 52 3 8 5 ( 3, eayennensis, Demerara.)

3 2 2 4 (an) 8 5 (6, ieterophrys, Bogota.)

B10" See 5 3h FL 5 (¢, teterophrys, New Granada.)

49, SAUROPHAGUS SULPHURATUS (L.).

Pitangus sulphuratus, Scl, Cat. p. 222.

Saurophagus sulphuratus, Léot. 1. c. p. 210.

Two specimens.

There is a great variation in the extent of the cinnamon-red

colour on the inner web of the quills and tail. In one specimen the

rufous colour horders only the inner web, is broad on the quills,

narrow on the tail-feathers; in the other one the rufous colour ig

much brighter and much more extended, nearly as much as in 8,

rufipennis, Lafr., a species which Dr. Sclater also notices from Tri-

1870. ] DR. O. FINSCH ON THE BIRDS OF TRINIDAD. 571

nidad (Cat. p. 222). But in our Venezuelan specimens of S, rufi-

pennis the whole of the inner web of the secondaries is rufous,

whereas in this Trinidad one the secondaries are still brown on the

apical third of the feather. The rufous on the imer web of the tail-

feathers is also more extended in S. rufipennis.

The nearly allied S. mawimiliani, Cab. ( pitangua, Neuw.), from

Brazil agrees in size and colours, except in having a broad white

frontal band; whereas in S. su/phuratus there exists only a narrow

frontal line, the feathers of which are white with brownish shafts,

the forehead therefore becoming washed strongly with white.

S. maximiliani I got in a collection of birds from Ceara, in North

Brazil, collected by Mr. Amandus Zietz of Hamburg.

The southern 8S. bellicosus is easily distinguished by the much

larger size. SS. sulphuratus of Burmeister (i. p. 461) belongs to

this latter species, and not to S, maximiliant.

Long. al. —_caud. rostr. lat. rostr, tars, dig. med.

Aron gir yr gant pm yy 8!" (sulphuratus, Trinidad.)

2 ee eae See: aa |p | 5 104 — (sulphuratus, Trinidad.)

4 0 a. EO 4t 10 «6074 (sulphuratus, Guiana.)

4 3 So yk G ra 7 (maximiliani, Brazil.)

44 > pg a beep 2 5 11 7 (mazimiliani, Brazil.)

Lae | ee aie 4 5 14 8 (bellicosus, Paraguay.)

50. MrGarnyNcuus PITANGUUS (L.); Cab. M. H. ii. p. 64.

Megarhynchus pitanguus, mexicanus et chrysogaster, Scl. Cat.

p. 224.

Megarhynchus chrysogaster, Léot. p. 208.

Megarhynchus pitangua, Taylor, l. c. p. 86.

Megarhynchus chrysocephalus, Cab. M. H. p. 65.

Two specimens, agreeing in size and colours with others from

Costa Rica, Guiana, and Brazil.

** The climatic variety or species” from Ecuador, which Dr. Sclater

separated as M. chrysogaster (P. Z. 8. 1860, p. 281), does not

merit a specific denomination. Our Guiana specimen shows the

underparts darker yellow than that from Trinidad and Brazil. MM.

mexicanus, Lafr., said to be larger, is also by no means a distin-

guishable species. Our Brazilian one is as large as that from Costa

Rica. Dr. Sclater himself mentions that Panama specimens (P. Z. 8.

1864, p. 360) are ‘intermediate between M. mexicanus and M.

chrysogaster of Ecuador, showing that these two forms pass into one

another.”

Megarhynchus chrysocephalus (Tsch.), Heine (Journ. f. Orn,

1859, p. 345; Mus. Hein. ii. p. 65), from Venezuela, is, as Dr.

Sclater already noticed, most probably this species, the true M.

chrysocephalus of Tschudi being totally different.

Whether M. ruficeps, Sw., indeed belongs to M. pitanguus, as

usually adopted, seems to be still somewhat dubious. We possess a

specimen having a large bright cinnamon-red patch on the vertex,

without any inclination to yellow or orange.

572 DR. O. FINSCH ON THE BIRDS OF TRINIDAD. [June 23,

Long. al. eaud. rostr. lat.ad bas. tars. dig. med.

4’ 3nr gn yy 13!" ait gi gi (Trinidad.)

4 0 2 9 13 64 9 — (Trinidad.)

4 3 3f2u0 124 7 9 64 (Demerara. )

4 54 3. 2 13 ‘A 9 7 (Costa Rica.)

4 5 a 114 7 9 — (Brazil.) ,

4 2 3. 0 14 h 9 64 (Brazil.)

4 6 3. 2 14 74 9 — (Brazil, Ceara.)

51. TyRANNUS MELANCHOLICUS, Vieill.

Laphyctes melancholicus et L. satrapa, Cab. M. H. ii. pp. 76, 77.

Tyrannus melancholicus et T. satrapa, Scl. Cat. p. 235.

Tyrannus melancholicus, Taylor, 1. e. p. 87.

Tyrannus verticalis, Léot. (nec Say) p. 213.

A younger specimen, without red patch on the crown; the first

primaries not attenuated at the apex.

There is no difference whatever between specimens from Venezuela

(Angostura) and the Argentine republic (Mendoza) ; the separation

into two representative species for the north and south has there-

fore no real value. In contradiction to the views of Dr. Cabanis, I

agree with Von Pelzeln in considering 7’. albigularis, Burm. (Bras. ii.

p- 465), to be specifically different from 7’. melancholicus. A speci-

men from Brazil in the Bremen Museum shows the chin and throat

decidedly white; whereas these parts in 7’. melancholicus are whitish

grey. Four specimens from Northern Brazil (Ceara) all show this

latter character.

lat. rostr.

Long. al. rectr. ext. rect.med. rostr. ad bas. tars.

ay ym gir git gt git gait 5!" 8!" (melancholicus, Trinidad.)

4 3 3.5 29 9 Ht) 8 (melancholicus, Venezuela.)

4-5 3.5 2 9 9 a) 8 (melancholicus, Mendoza.)

4 3 34 o- 0 9 53 — (6, albigularis, Brazil, Ceara.)

3 9 are —— 94 5 — (Q, albigularis, Brazil, Ceara.)

42 3.5 21) 83 45 8 (albigularis, Brazil.)

52, Mitvu.us tyrannus (L.); Léot. p. 217.

Milvulus tyrannus et violentus, Scl. Cat. p. 237.

One specimen not quite in full plumage, and the yellow feathers

on the crown just developing.

The northern and southern forms of this species do not merit a

specific separation ; at least I cannot find any character which proves

to be constant. According to Dr. Cabanis, the Brazilian M, vio-

lentus may be distinguished in having a darker-coloured back ; but

in one specimen from Rio Grande do Sul, on the contrary, I find

the back lighter, whereas in another specimen from the same locality

the back is as dark as in a specimen from Trinidad, which agrees in

every respect with two others from Bolivia. A younger specimen

from Demerara has the upper parts washed with brown.

Milvulus monachus, Wartl., is based upon a young specimen, as

described by Von Pelzeln (Orn. Bras. ii. p. 118, Anmerk. 2). This

1870. | DR. O. FINSCH ON THE BIRDS OF TRINIDAD. 573

last-named ornithologist, having before him twenty-four specimens

from Natterer’s collection, agrees with me in accepting only one

species.

The occurrence of this bird in the United States (New Jersey), as

stated by Audubon, has not yet been confirmed.

The size is variable in a high degree.

Long. al. _rectr. ext. rostr. tars, dig. med.

4" ym — 63! pi 6" (jun. Trinidad.)

3 10 ie OG 7 5 (jun. Guiana.)

3. 6 ge § 7z 5 (jun. Guatemala, type of M.monachus.)

4 3 8 5 (6 8 5 (o¢ ad., Rio Grande do Sul.)

3 11 8 0 6 8 5 (do ad., Rio Grande do Sul.)

4" "4 3 9-9 3 63 8 5-54 (¢ ad., Bolivia.)

Fam. CoTinGcip.

TITYRINZE.

53. PACHYRHAMPHUS NIGER, Spix; Scl. Cat. p. 241; Taylor,

loc. p. 87.

Tityra nigra, Léot. p. 241.

Two males in adult plumage, and one female.

One male black below, only the under tail-coverts being speckled

with grey ; the other has the whole underparts speckled very mi-

nutely with grey on a fuliginous ground. The female agrees very

well with the excellent description given by Dr. Léotaud, but shows

a singular peculiarity in having the six tail-feathers on the left side

with white apical spots, those on the right side with much broader

ochreous ones.

The female described by Dr. Sclater (P. Z. 8. 1857, p. 76), “ rufa,

subtus valde dilutior, ochracescens,”’ does not belong to this species.

Pirrinz.

54. Prpra AURICAPILLA, Briss. ; Scl. Cat. p. 249; Taylor, J. ¢.

p- 87.

Pipra erythrocephala (L.) ; Léot. p. 255.

Twelve old specimens, not different from Cayenne and Demerara

specimens.

Long. al. caud. rostr. tars.

moyeer "ole 1 mt 1 wi we

55. CurromMacu ris MANACUS (L.); Sel. Cat. p. 252; Taylor,

Le. p. 87,

Pipra gutturalis, Léot. p. 252.

Two. males and a female. There is no difference in specimens

from Guiana and Brazil.

Von Pelzeln (Orn. Bras. ii. p. 130) has pointed out very accurately

the distinguishing characters between this species and the nearly

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1870, No. XX XVIII.

574 DR. O. FINSCH ON THE BIRDS OF TRINIDAD. [June 23,

allied C. gutturosa, Desm. The latter we possess from Brazil and

New Granada.

The females of the two species are closely allied ; but the female of

€. manacus may be distinguished by being paler olive-green beneath,

the underpart of the breast and vent especially are pale yellowish

white.

56. CHIROXIPHIA LANCEOLATA (Wagl.); Scl. Cat. p. 251.

Chiroxiphia melanocephala (Vieill.?) ; Bp. Consp. i. p. 172.

Pipra pareola, Hahn, Vog. aus Asien, Afr. &c, Liefer. xvi. f. 4

(opt.).

An old male and a young male. The latter is dull olive-green ;

wings and tail dull olive-brown, with greenish edgings externally ;

the head capped bright scarlet as in the old male; the two middle

tail-feathers already prolonged and lanceolated as in the old male,

put green.

Specimens from New Granada (Baranquilla) are in every respect

like.

“Le Manakin 4 longue queue de Vile de la Trinité”’ (Pipra me-

lanocephala, Vieillot, Enc. M. p. 389) has nothing whatever to do

with this species, and remains doubtful. Dr. Léotaud has omitted

this species.

CoriINGINa,

57. CHASMORHYNCHUS VARIEGATUS (Gmel.); Scl. Cat. p. 257.

Procnias variegatus, Léot. p. 259.

One specimen in change of plumage; upper and under parts like

the female (green) ; rump and upper tail-coverts white; surface of

head brown like the male; some of the remiges already deep black.

Long.al. caud. rostr. rict. lat.ad bas. tars.

5" 10" Bye Btu Sy V6e 63°" 123"

(hh oO) Shai! 8 14 6 13 (3 ad., Venezuela.)

58. CHASMORHYNCHUS NIvEvS (Bodd.); Scl. Cat. p. 258, Ibis,

1867, p. 108; Taylor, Z. c. p. 88.

Procnias nivea, Léot. p. 261.

One young bird in obscure green plumage, without a frontal horn,

agreeing with a specimen from Guiana (Demerara) in the Bremen

Museum.

Long. al. caud. rostr. rict. lat. ad bas. tars.

5" eg gi" Way gt VY Ay 1 (Trinidad.)

jp 310 iz 14 53 12 (Guiana.)

The occurrence of this species in the Island of Trinidad, as stated

by Dr. Léotaud, has been doubted by Dr. Sclater, who believed that

Dr. Léotaud might have been wrong in his determination. As the

specimen belonging to this collection proves, there cannot remain

any doubt that Dr. Léotaud was right in identifying the species.

1870. ] DR, O. FINSCH ON THE BIRDS OF TRINIDAD. 575

Fam. Icrerip2.

AGELAIN#.

59. STURNELLA HIPPOCREPIS, Wagl.

Sturnella hippocrepis, mexicana et meridionalis, Scl. Ibis, 1861,

p- 179; Cat. Am. B. pp. 139, 841, 842, 843.

Sturnella hippocrepis, Gundl. J. f. Orn. 1856, p. 14.

Long. al. caud. rostr. tars. dig. med.

3" ga” ata 13h" 17" 11" ” Chinmoerepis, Trinidad.)

5 ga | 2 6 14 18 113 (Aippocrepis, Venezuela.)

4 9 2 6 123 17 103 (6, magna, California.)

4 3 2 3 13 16 10 (3, magna, California. )

aay 3 0 14 18 123 (N. America.)

One specimen, similar in every respect to one from Venezuela

(Angostura) in the Bremen Collection. Not included in Dr. Léo-

taud’s work.

Whether S. hippocrepis is really a species or not I am unable to

answer with full certainty. The above-mentioned specimen differs

from North-American ones in having the sides, the under and upper

tail-coverts, as well as the ground-colour of the back more decidedly

chestnut reddish ; the neck-gorget is narrower, and the wings are

shorter. But these differences seem to be only in consequence of

age, and referable to the bird being younger. The primaries in both

specimens are just developing, and thus the wing is shorter.

The separation of the Sturnelle into five localized species, as Dr.

Sclater endeavoured to set forth (Ibis, 1861, p. 179), in which he

was followed by Mr. Cassin (Proc. Ac. Phil. 1866, pp- 23, 24),

seems to be inadmissible; nobody can distinguish the so-called

species from the short diagnoses given as above cited. Mr. Baird

has pointed out very minutely the distinctive characters between

the eastern and western S. magna and neglecta (B. N. Am. p. 536);

but having before me both forms, I am unable to find any constancy

of the characters said to be of specific value. A chief character

for S. neglecta, having the yellow of chin and throat extending on

the side of the lower jaw (not confined strictly within the rami of

the lower jaw as in S. magna), is not constant. One specimen from

California shows this peculiarity ; another from the same locality

does not do so.

Dr. Cabanis (J. f. Orn. 1856, p. 14, et 1861, p- 10), after having

examined specimens from North America, Cuba, Costa Rica, Vene-

zuela, and Guiana, comes to the conclusion that there is only one

species; and I believe this opinion is quite right.

60. PsEUDOLEISTES MELANICTERUS, Vieill.

Gymnomystax melanicterus, Scl. Cat. p. 137.

Leistes melanicterus, Cass. Proc. Ac. Phil. 1866, p. 14.

_ One specimen in the old plumage, agreeing with Brazilian spe-

cimens.

This species seems not to have been before recorded from Trinidad.

576 DR. 0. FINSCH ON THE BIRDS OF TRINIDAD. [June 23,

61. Letstes GuraNensts (L.); Scl. Cat. p. 138; Taylor, /.c. p. 84.

Leistes americanus, Léot. p. 279.

Two specimens, not different from others from Guiana.

62. LetsTEs IcTEROCEPHALUS (L.).

Chrysomus icterocephalus, Léot. p. 281.

Xanthosomus icterocephalus, Scl. Cat. p. 136; Taylor, J. c. p. 84.

Leistes icterocephalus, Cass. Proc. Phil. 1866, p. 14.

An old bird, similar to specimens from New Granada.

63. MoLorurus aTRoNItTENS, Cab. in Schomb. Guian. iii. p. 682.

Molothrus bonariensis, Léot. (nec Gmel.) p. 277.

Molothrus sericeus (part.), Scl. Cat. p. 135.

Molothrus atronitens, Pelz. Orn. Bras. iii. p. 200.

Two specimens.

Old; black, the entire upper and under parts of head and body

having a dark purplish-violet lustre, except the middle of the vent

and under tail-coverts, which show a dark metallic-green lustre, like

the wings and tail and the coverts of the primaries and secondaries ;

bill and feet black.

A specimen in the Bremen Collection from Brazil agrees in every

respect.

(vect. med.) altit.

Long. al. caud. rostr. adbas. tars.

3” 9" 7 7B 832" 11'" (ad., atronitens, Cab., Trinidad.)

3. 8 Ee 3 103 (ad., atronitens, Cab., Trinidad.)

3 iat 2 6 7 37 103 (ad., atronitens, Cab., Brazil.)

3.9 2 8 — — 11 (ap. Cabanis.)

=r aa ape | 73 4 123 (bonariensis, Gmel., Brazil.)

Ail 3 10 82 43 13. (¢, cassini, New Granada.)

4 10 | 83 At 13. (6, cassini, New Granada.)

4° <p pe 83 43 13. (6, eassini, New Granada.)

4 4 ait ol 83 43 13° (do, eneus, Wagl., New Granada.)

The description given by Dr. Cabanis, “like donariensis, but much

smaller,” and the measurements given by him, are undoubtedly re-

ferable to this species. The purple-violet lustre on the head and

body is quite the same as in M. bonariensis; but this latter species

does not show the metallic-green shade on the wings and tail so

bright, and wants the green lustre on the vent and under tail-coverts.

It may possibly be that Vieillot’s Passerina discolor is this species ;

but the description not being accompanied by measurements, it

is impossible to refer it with certainty to any of the known spe-

cies of this extremely difficult group. Mr. Cassin, therefore, is

certainly wrong in characterizing M. discolor (=atronitens) as

‘rather larger than M. bonariensis (al. 43-43"),”’ the true M. atro-

nitens being, on the contrary, much smaller. The bird which Mr.

Cassin (Proc. Ac. Phil. 1866, p. 20) describes as M. discolor, from

Trinidad and Cuba, we possess in the Bremen collection from New

1870. ] DR. O, FINSCH ON THE BIRDS OF TRINIDAD. 577

Granada (Baranquilla), s. n. M. robustus, Cab. The colouring is

exactly the same as in DM. atronitens, also the metallic-green lustre

on the vent and under tail-coverts; but the size is constantly much

larger. Having proved that M. discolor of Cassin cannot be either

M. discolor of Vieillot or M. atronitens of Cabanis (a fact which

has been already mentioned by Von Pelzeln, Orn. Bras. iil. p. 200,

note 3), I am justified in giving it a new name—Molothrus cassini,

Finsch. The Molothrus sp.?, described by Dr. Sclater (Cat. pp. 135,

821, note), from Trinidad, belongs apparently to this species. I

must mention that Dr. Gundlach does not notice this bird in his

lists of the birds from Cuba. M. eneus, Wagl. (= robustus, Cab.,

Cass. Proc. Phil. 1866, p. 18), from Mexico and Central America,

we possess also from New Granada. This species is easily distin-

guished from M. cassini, with which it nearly agrees in size; but

those parts which are dark purple-violet in M. cassini, in M. eneus

are black with a silky metallic bronze-like lustre, as described by

Wagler and Cassin. M. purpurascens, Cassin (J. c. p. 20), from

Peru, seems to be nearly allied; also his M. sericeus (J. c¢. p. 21)

from Brazil, which is by no means the species described under this

name by Lichtenstein and Swainson. Xanthornus purpurascens,

Hahn (Vog. aus Asien, Africa, &c. Liefer. v. t. 4), is very probably

not the species described under this appellation by Cassin, but must

be referred to M. bonariensis, Gmel. (Cass. 7. c. p. 19), with which

Icterus sericeus, Licht. (Doubl. Cat. p. 19), and Icterus violaceus,

Neuwied (Beitr. iii. p. 1212), are identical, and, as I am strongly

of opinion, also the Passerina discolor of Vieillot.

CHALCOPHANINE.

64, CHALCOPHANES LUGUBRIS (Sw.).

Quiscalus lugubris, Sw. An. in Menag. p. 299, f. 54 (nec 50) c;

Sel. Cat. p. 141; Taylor, Z. ¢. p. 84.

Chalcophanes jamaicensis et minor, Cab. Schomb. Reise, iil. p. 683.

Chalcophanes lugubris et minor, Cab. M. Hein. p. 197.

Quiscalus barita, Léot. p. 268.

Quiscalus lugubris, Cass. Proc. 1866, p. 408.

Old male; black, with a faint purple-violet lustre, much less de-

cided than in Molothrus bonariensis; quills and tail with a slight

green lustre; the under tail-coverts washed with metallic green ;

bill and feet black. Another specimen is more uniform glossy black,

the purple-violet lustre being scarcely visible. A younger one (or

female) shows no purple or greenish reflection; the underside is

lighter, more dull brownish black ; chin paler brown.

Specimens from Demerara in the Bremen Museum are like.

Long.al. _rectr. med. _ rect. ext. rostr. tars.

Ae bt Br ee 2" 10" ale 13” (¢ ad., Trinidad.)

4 3 an 2h 2 10 11 13. (¢ ad., Trinidad.)

3 11 a2 2.5 10 12. (¢ jun., Trinidad.)

4 3 bey / 2 10 11 14 (6 ad., Guiana.)

3 93 2 11 pa: — 123 (do jun., Guiana.)

578 DR. O. FINSCH ON THE BIRDS OF TRINIDAD. [June 23,

IcTERIN@.

65. Osrinops cristatus (Gmel.).

Ostinops cristatus, Scl. Cat. p. 127; Taylor, 7. c. p. 83.

Cacicus cristatus, Léot. p. 271.

One specimen.

66. Cassicus ICTERONOTUS, Vieill.

Cassicus persicus (L.); Scl. Cat. p. 128; Taylor, 7. ¢. p. 84.

Icterus persicus, Léot. p. 273.

Males and females, very much varying in size. Not different from

specimens from Guiana.

Long. al. rect. med. rostr. tars.

a eg dal IB Cg gl tamdad.)

5 8 yatart 16 15. (do, Trinidad.)

4 gfe rs) 13 13. (9, Trinidad.)

4 10 2.10 14 —,.,¢ 943 Trinidad, )

4 10 3. 4 143 13 (@, Guiana.)

67. Icterus vuLearis, Daud.; Scl. Cat. p. 133.

Two specimens (old males), agreeing with specimens from Cayenne.

One specimen has a white mark on the imner web of the exterior

tail-feathers, but only on those of the right side.

Not included by Léotaud.

Long. al. caud. rostr. tars.

ye a Ede a 14" 14” (Trinidad. )

4 6 SSH get 13 15 (Trinidad. )

4 5 et 125 14 (Cayenne.)

68. IcrERUS XANTHORNUS (L.); Scl. Cat. p. 133; Léot. p. 275;

Taylor, J. c. p. 84.

Two males, similar to specimens from Venezuela and Mexico.

Fam. TANAGRID.

69. EvpHona Triniratis, Scl. P.Z.S8.1856, p. 274; Cat.Am. B.

p: 97.

Euphone chlorotica, Léot. p. 308.

Three males and two females.

This species differs from the near-allied H. chlorotica chiefly in

having a narrow black frontal margin, as pointed out by Dr. Sclater.

Three males show on the two outer tail-feathers a large white median

patch; in another from Trinidad (Bremen collection) this white

patch is much smaller.

The female is exactly described by Dr. Léotaud. It is above

bright olive-green, tinged strongly with yellow; forehead, an indi-

stinct superciliary stripe, and the upper tail-coverts are more decided

yellow ; chin, throat, and sides of the body yellow, brightest on the

under tail-coverts ; remainder of the under parts (throat, breast, and

1870. ] DR. 0. FINSCH ON THE BIRDS OF TRINIDAD. 579

belly) light pearl-grey, inclining to whitish on the belly; quills and

tail brownish black, margined externally with olive yellowish green ;

under wing-coverts white.

Long. al. caud, rostr. tars.

Bi ski" Los! 33" 63'" (6, Trinidad.)

ge 153 33 6 (3, Trinidad.)

1 103 123 3 6 (2, Trinidad.)

pe | 14 3 6 ( d, chlorotica.)

70. EupHona vioLacgEA (L.); Scl. Mon. P. Z. 8. 1856, p. 277,

Cat. p. 58; Taylor, J. c. p. 82; Léot. p. 306.

Phonasca lichtensteinii, Cab. J. f. Orn. 1860, p. 331, 1865, p. 410.

Euphone lichtensteinii, Pelz. Orn. Bras. iii. p. 204.

Eighteen specimens, all males in full dress. The yellow on the

forehead extends to the fore part of the eye; in one specimen it

reaches a little further up. The extension of the white on the inner

web of the two external tail-feathers varies somewhat ; in most of the

specimens the inner web is white, with a dark base, and a narrower

or broader apical margin ; only three specimens of the eighteen show

on the inner web of the third tail-feather a white spot.

Long. a caud. rostr. tars.

2" y"-2" 3” 12-14" =. 34-4" 63-7" (ad., Trinidad.)

2 2 143 33 7 ~~ (ad., Guiana.)

213 143 32 7 ~~ (ad., Brazil.)

There is no difference in specimens from Brazil and Demerara.

E. lichtensteinii, said to be smaller, I am not able to distinguish from

E. violacea, and consider the two, without hesitation, to be identical.

71. EuPHONA NIGRICOLLIS, Vieill.; Scl. Mon. P. Z. 8. 1856,

p- 272; Taylor, 7. ¢. p. 81.

Euphona aureata, Léot. p. 310.

One specimen, an old male, not different from Brazilian specimens.

72. CALLISTE GuTTATA (Cab.) ; Scl. l. c. p. 64; Léot. 2. c. p. 305;

Taylor, J. c. p. 82.

One specimen, not distinguishable from others from Ecuador

(Quito) in the Bremen Museum.

73. CALLISTE VIEILLOTT, Scl. /. c. p. 69; ‘Taylor, l.c. p. 82;

Léot. J. c. p. 303.

Three specimens.

Distinguished from C. flaviventris, Vieill., by the decided yellow

coloration of the under parts; but apparently a well-marked species.

74, CALLISTE DESMARESTI, Gray; Scl. J. c. p. 68; Léot. 2. ¢.

p- 302; Taylor, J. c. p. 82.

Similar to specimens from Venezuela (Caraccas). '

580 DR. O. FINSCH ON THE BIRDS OF TRINIDAD. [June 23,

75. THRAUPIS CANA (Sw.).

Tanagra cana, Scl. Mon. p. 232, Cat. Am. B. p. 75; Taylor, l. e.

p. 82.

Tanagra glauca, Léot. (nec Sparrm.), p. 293.

Two specimens, not differing from one from Brazil in the Bremen

collection.

Long. al. caud. rostr. _- tars.

3" 5 9" 3" 6" g!" (Trinidad. )

S10 24 6 9 (Brazil.)

3 4 23 6 93 (glaucocolpa, Venezuela.)

3 10 2 8 5s 10 = (eyanoptera, Brazil.)

In the Catalogue of Dr. Sclater’s collection (p. 75) there is noticed

from Trinidad Tanagra glaucocolpa, Cab. (Mus. Hein. p. 28), which

is not mentioned by Dr. Léotaud. We possess a specimen of Thraupis

glaucocolpa from Venezuela (Baranquilla); Cabanis notices this

species from Caraccas. Its nearest ally is Th. cyanoptera, Viceill.,

but it is much smaller; breast and sides of the belly bright ultra-

marine-blue, the coverts of the primaries (in Cabanis’s description

erroneously described as “ alula spuria’’) dark greenish blue, forming

a well-defined mark on the wing; under tail-coverts dirty white.

Th. celestis, Spix (Av. Bras. ii. t. 55. f. 2), is by no means the

same as Th. episcopus, L., as Cabanis suggests, but is a well-marked

species, easily distinguished by the broad white apices of the tec-

trices of the secondaries, forming a white band across the wing.

Dr. Sclater has already corrected this in his valuable Monograph.

Th. serioptera, Sw. (An. in Menag. p. 313; Cab. M. H. p. 28),

from Demerara, is undoubtedly the same as Th. episcopus, L., as

the accurate description of Brisson (Zpiscopus avis) shows. We

possess this species also from Demerara.

76. THRAUPIS PALMARUM (Neuwied).

Thraupis olivascens, Licht.

Thraupis melanoptera, Hartl.

Thraupis palmarum et melanoptera, Scl. Mon. pp. 234, 235.

Thraupis melanoptera, Taylor, l. c. p. 82.

Thraupis olivascens, Léot. p. 295.

Three specimens.

Dr. Sclater and Von Pelzeln are of opinion that 7’. melanoptera may

be only a local variety of 7. palmarum, having inspected intermediate

forms from Bolivia and Trinidad (Sclater). Having before me ten

specimens from Brazil, Trinidad, Guiana, and Peru, I am not able

to find out any constant difference, and must declare them all to be

identical, although there exist some differences. The Brazilian bird

has the remiges broadly edged externally with dull olive; in the

Peruvian specimen (type of 7’. melanoptera) only a slight sign of

these olive edgings is visible. These two birds seem to belong to

two well-distinguished species. But there are other specimens from

Demerara and Trinidad so intermediate in this respect that one cannot

1870. } DR. O. FINSCH ON THE BIRDS OF TRINIDAD, 581

say whether they belong best to 7. palmarum or T. melanoptera.

One specimen from Trinidad agrees throughout with the Peruvian

one, the olive edgings being nearly altogether wanting; another from

Demerara shows these edgings a very little defined; a Bahia speci-

men narrower than that from South Brazil. Young birds have the

under parts uniform dull greyish olive-green, without the purplish-

blue tint. In respect of size there is no reason for any separation.

Long. al. caud. rostr. tars.

sir ily ad g'" 53" c. 10" (Brazil. )

38 27 53 9 (Bahia.)

a 89 27 6 9 (Trinidad.)

es 2 6 6 93 (Trinidad.)

a iG 2 6 54 9 (Trinidad.)

hae 2 8 54 94 (Guiana.)

a 6 D7 5 9 (Guiana.)

3.7 2 6 53 93 (Peru.)

77. RAMPHOCELUS MAGNIROSTRIS, Lafr.; Scl. P. Z. S. 1856,

p- 129, Cat. p. 79; Taylor, J. c. p. 82.

Ramphopis jacapa, Léot. p. 288.

Two specimens, old and young.

This species seems to differ from R. jacapa, L., in having the bill

constantly stronger, especially the lower jaw is much broader and

higher at the base; the coloration is quite the same in both species.

rostr. alt.

Long. al. caud. afront. mand. tars.

a0" 2 10” oe ae 10’ (magnirostris, Trinidad.)

3 2 2 0 64 3 10 (magnirostris, Trinidad.)

lel | 2 10 64 22 — (magnirostris, Trinidad.)

3.0 2 8 6 2 9 (jacapa, Demerara.)

2 10 2 28 5F 2 9 (jacapa, Brazil.)

78. PH@NICOTHRAUPIS RUBRA (Vieill.); Scl. Mon. P. Z. 8.1856,

p- 120, Cat. p. 83; Taylor, J. c. p. 82.

Tachyphonus ruber, Léot. p. 297.

One specimen in old plumage, agreeing with a specimen (named 7.

erythrolema, Bp.) from New Granada (Baranquilla) in the Bremen

collection.

This species resembles very much P, rudica et P. ignicapilla, Licht.

(rubicoides !!, Lafr.), but is somewhat smaller, while the tail especially

is shorter; the under parts are brighter and more rose-coloured ;

besides it is easily distinguishable in having the inner web of tie

quills bordered with a clear rose, this bordering being in P. rudica

dirty brownish red, in P. ignicapilla whitish.

Long. al. caud. rostr, tars.

Bd 6" 9" Oy 6" 10" (Trinidad.)

3 33 2 8 6 10 (New Granada.)

37 3 3 63 11 = (rubiea, Brazil.)

3 9 3.5 7 12. (égnicapilla, Guatemala.)

582 DR. 0, FINSCH ON THE BIRDS OF TRINIDAD. [June 23,

79. TACHYPHONUS MELALEUCUS (Sparrm.); Scl. Mon. Tanagr.

P. Z. S. 1856, p. 113; Taylor, J. c. p. 82.

Tachyphonus beauperthuyi (Bp.); Léot. p. 299.

Male and female (dark fulvous, beneath lighter), agreeing in every

respect with specimens from Brazil. There exists a considerable

variability in size in this widely distributed species.

80. TacuypHonus tuctuosus, Lafr.; Sel. Mon. p. 114.

Tachyphonus albispecularis, Léot. p. 300.

One specimen changing the plumage; black, upper and under

quill-coverts white; some of the remiges and the rectrices dark

brown, edged with dirty olive-green on the outer web.

The identity of 7. albispecularis with T’. /uctuosus has been already

pointed out by Dr. Sclater (Ibis, 1867, p. 108).

Fam. FRINGILLIDE.

81. CARDINALIS PH@NICEUS, Gould; Scl. Cat. p. 100.

Two specimens, not differing from a specimen from Honduras in

the Bremen collection.

Not included by Dr. Léotaud. Mr. Taylor doubts the occurrence

of this species in Trinidad (Ibis, 1864, p. 83), which is now confirmed.

82. CyANOLOXIA CYANOIDES (Lafr.).

Guiraca cyanoides, Scl. Cat. p. 101.

Similar to specimens from Cayenne.

This species is also not mentioned in Dr. Léotaud’s work on the

birds of Trinidad.

83. VOLATINIA JACARINA (L.); Scl. Cat. p. 106; Taylor, Ibis,

1864, p. 83.

Tiaris jacarina, Leot. p. 312.

Spermophila splendens et S. lugubris, Hartl. Verz. 1844, p. 81.

Three specimens in old plumage.

There is no difference whatever between specimens from Mexico

and Brazil, which are before me, as Dr. Cabanis has declared already

(J. f. Orn. 1861, p. 2).

84. SpeERMOPHILA MiINUTA (L.); Scl. Cat. p. 104; Léot. p. 322;

Taylor, 7. ¢. p. 83.

An old male, similar to specimens from Cayenne, Guiana, and

Columbia.

85. SPERMOPHILA LESSONI, mihi.

Pyrrhula bouvronides, Less. Tr. p. 450.

Spermophila bouvronides, Scl. Cat. p. 104.

Spermophila bouvronoides, Léot. p. 318.

Three specimens, of which two show an indistinct white line from

1870.] DR. 0. FINSCH ON THE BIRDS OF TRINIDAD. 583

the base of the upper mandible to the middle of the vertex, resem-

bling much S. lineola, L. But in this latter species this white line

is very conspicuous; whereas in S. Jessoni the feathers are white at

the base only, and therefore the white becomes almost hidden.

Dr. Léotaud gives a very good description ; that of Lesson is im-

perfect, the white rump not being mentioned.

A hybrid name so bad as that given by Lesson cannot be admitted ;

therefore I have changed it.

86. OryzoBorvs ToRRIDUS (Scop.); Scl. Cat. p. 103.

Pitylus torridus, Léot. p. 283.

Two specimens in old plumage; agreeing accurately with the de-

scription by Dr. Léotaud. ‘The white speculum is scarcely visible,

the narrow white on the base of the primaries being nearly hidden

and covered by the tectrices of the primaries. Gmelin in his dia-

gnosis (S. N. p. 854), extracted from Scopoli (Annus I. Hist. Nat.

1769, p. 140), does not mention a white speculum; and therefore

this species will be the true O. torridus, with which Lowia nasuta

of Spix is undoubtedly identical, and apparently Lowia torrida of

Neuwied and Burmeister. The two last-named naturalists do not

speak precisely enough in respect to the white speculum to settle the

question definitely.

We possess a specimen obtained from Verreaux (named Sporophila

torrida, from Brazil), wliich I cannot take to be the true S. torrida.

It is an old bird, and agrees in every respect with the specimens from

Trinidad, except that all the primaries are white at the base, form-

ing a conspicuous white speculum, being left uncovered for nearly

3 lines ; besides, this specimen has across the middle of the throat a

conspicuous band of chestnut, and the longest tectrices of the se-

condaries show also a chestnut apical shaft-spot.

I would take it without hesitation for the Coccothraustes rufiven-

tris, Vieillot (Enc. M. p. 1014), who describes the white on the base

of the primaries very well; but he does not say any thing of the

chestnut gular cross band. Having only a single specimen before

me, I feel unable to declare its novelty ; but should these differences

prove to be not accidental, I would propose to call it O. specularis.

rostr. latit.

Long. al. rectr.med. afront. adbas. tars.

i oe Ge es 5x" 7" (torridus, Trinidad.)

2 3 ae RE: 6 52 7 (torridus, Trinidad.)

Auk z 1 54 53 7 ~~ (torridus, Brazil.)

I may be allowed to remark that Amaurospiza cerulatra, Cabanis

(J. f. Orn. 1866, p. 306), from Rio, is synonymous with Sporophila

meesta, Wartl. (Journ. f. Orn. 1853, p. 36). Dr. Cabanis’s descrip-

tion, especially the singular form of the bill, agrees in every respect

with the type in the Bremen Museum, except that he does not say

that the under wing-coverts are partially white, and the remiges have

also a whitish edging on the basal half of the inner web.

584 DR. 0. FINSCH ON THE BIRDS OF TRINIDAD, [June 23,

87. SYCALIS BRASILIENSIS, Gmel.; Scl. Cat. p. 125.

One specimen, agreeing with Brazilian specimens.

Not included by Dr. Léotaud, and never seen by Mr. Taylor (Ibis,

1864, p. 83).

Fam. RAMPHASTIDS.

88. RAMPHASTOS ERYTHRORHYNCHUS (Gmel.); Burm. Thiere

Bras. ii. p. 204, note.

One specimen, not different from Guiana specimens.

The size varies a good deal.

Long. al. caud. rostr. tars.

8” jae 6” 0” 6" gt! 9" Qo" (Trinidad. )

9 0 6 0 6 8 2 0 (Guiana.)

8 3 5 9 5 9 111 (Guiana.)

This species is not included by Dr. Léotaud.

89. RAMPHASTOS VITELLINUS, Licht.; Scl. Cat. p. 325; Léot.

p- 325; Taylor, /.c. p. 93.

One specimen, agreeing with a Guiana specimen in the Bremen

collection.

90. PreroGLossus ARAGARI, L.; Scl. Cat. p. 325.

One specimen, similar to another from Guiana.

Dr. Léotaud does not notice this species from Trinidad. The P.

wiedii, Sturm, is very closely allied, and can be distinguished only

by a slight difference in the markings on the upper mandible, as has

been pointed out very minutely by Mr. Sturm (Monogr. Ramph.

4 Heft). P. aragari is not confined in its distribution to Guiana

and Northern Brazil; for Prof. Burmeister (ii. p. 208) got the true

P. aracari in Minas Geraés. The black stripe along the culmen

varies in extent; in our Guiana specimen it ts 53'” broad, in the

Trinidad one 53'", in the Brazil specimen (P. wiedii) 4'". The size

is also variable.

Long. al. caud, rostr. tars.

5" 6" 6" Qo” 4" 6'" 16" (Trinidad. )

5 7 Lite!) 4 0 17 (Guiana. )

5 10 6 0 3.9 16 = (wiedi, Brazil.)

Dr. Cabanis has separated a conspecies from Venezuela (P. for-

mosus, Journ. f. Orn. 1862, p. 332), said to be different from

wiedii in having the chin and throat dark red-brown, the black stripe

along the culmen narrower, and in its larger size (the measurements

are, unfortunately, not noticed). I doubt whether these differences,

based on a single specimen, are of specific value; the dark reddish-

brown tinge on the ear-coverts, on the chin and throat, is also visible

in our Brazilian specimen, and, as remarked by the Prince of Wied,

is peculiar to the female.

1870.] DR. 0. FINSCH ON THE BIRDS OF TRINIDAD. 585

I may be allowed to append some remarks with respect to the syno-

nymy of two Ramphastide.

RAMPHASTOS PISCIVORUS, L.

Ramphastos carinatus, Sw.; Scl. Cat. p. 324.

From this well-known species are not separable R. brevicarinatus,

Gould (Mon. ed. 2, t. 3), and R. approximans, Cab. (Journ. f. Orn.

1862, p. 333), as already stated by Mr. Salvin (P. Z.S. 1867, p. 156).

A careful comparison between specimens from Guatemala, Costa Rica,

and New Granada has convinced me that Mr. Salvin is quite right,

although Mr. Lawrence (Ann. L. N. H. N. Y. ix. p. 129) holds the

contrary opinion. Our Guatemalan specimen has the yellow on the

jugulum bordered very narrowly with red ; in the New-Granada one

this red bordering is more defined, and in the Costa-Rican bird still

broader. But this is by no means a specific character ; for the figure of

Mr. Sturm, from a Mexican specimen, shows the red band still broader

than those from Costa Rica. The measurements are also variable.

Long. al. caud. culm. tars.

hed 6" 5” 10’” Fit Qo” gam (Guatemala. )

7 0 3°45 42 22 (New Granada.)

7 6 6 0 4 2 21 (Costa Rica.)

8 6 6 9 5 9 22 (6, Mexico, ap. Sturm.)

—_ _ 4°0 — (QQ, Mexico, ap. Sturm.)

RAMPHASTOS AMBIGUUS, Sw.; Scl. Cat. p. 325.

Our specimen from New Granada agrees in every respect with the

description and beautiful figure by Mr. Sturm (Heft iv. t. 1. fig. inf.),

taken from a male specimen from Peru (Tschudi). The separation

of the New-Granada bird (R. abéreviatus, Cab. Journ. f. Orn. 1862,

p- 334) has no grounds in my opinion. The purple-reddish tinge

on the breast, noticed as the chief character for R. abbreviatus, is

not visible in our specimen, and again occurs in Peruvian specimens,

as stated by Mr. Sturm.

Long. al. caud. culm. tars.

Sedtt 5" 6? 6" 0" 24'" (New Granada.)

8 10 — 6 3 — (Peru, ap. Sturm.)

Dr. Cabanis gives the length of bill as only a little more than 43” ;

but it may be remembered that in most of the members of the

Ramphastide the length of bill varies considerably, especially with

respect to the two sexes and the younger birds.

The southern form of R. toco, which Dr. Cabanis named R. albo-

gularis (J. f. Orn. 1862, p. 334), has been declared not specifically

different by Von Pelzeln (Orn. Bras. iii. p. 233, note 2).

Fam. Psirracipz.

91. Conurus PERTINAX (L.); Finsch, Mon. i. p. 506.

One specimen, in the plumage of C. chrysophrys, Sw., and agree-

586 DR. O. FINSCH ON THE BIRDS OF TRINIDAD. [June 23,

ing with the specimen described by me (Pap. p. 512) from Brazil in

Mr. Lawrence’s collection. The olive-brownish feathers on the regio

parotica blend into orange, the bluish feathers on the sinciput are

mixed with some of orange colour, showing again a change from the

plumage of C. eruginosus into that of the true C. pertinaz.

This species and the following are not recorded by Dr. Léotaud.

Mr. Taylor also did not obtain this species in Trinidad (Ibis, 1864,

p- 94).

92. Brorogerys TuIPARA (Gmel.); Finsch, Mon. ii. p. 105.

One specimen, not different from specimens from Guiana, Suri-

nam, and Brazil.

93. Prontas menstruvs (L.); Finsch, Mon. ii. p. 441; Léot.

p. 329.

A younger specimen, in the plumage described as Pionus corallinys,

Bp. (vide J. c. p. 444).

94. PsirracuLa cinGuLata (Scop.); Finsch, ii. p. 677.

Psittacula batavica, Léot. p. 331; Taylor, . ¢. p. 94.

One specimen of this species, which is apparently confined to the

island of Trinidad.

Dr. Léotaud notices only five species of Parrots from Trinidad ;

but I am acquainted with twelve said to come from this island.

They are :—

Sittace macavuana (Gmel.).. Finsch, Papag.i.p.415. Léot. p. 557.

BORNE MSG) cre cate ay on » >» 427. British Museum.

Conurus pertinax (L.)...... 5, » >» 906. British Museum.

cyanopterus (Bodd.) .. ,, a.» 038. Coll, Selater,

Brotogerys tuipara(Gmel.).. —,, » l.p.105. Coll. Kohlman,

Pionias menstruus (L.) .... 5, >» » 441; Jhepatand.

Chrysotis festiva (L.)...... 55 bo DUIs, s Coll -pclater:

amazonica (L.) ...... x 3) 9) 60702 Ps. agitis, Eégot. p.327.

ochrocephala(Gmel.).. ,, » >» 084. British Museum.

Psittacula passerina (L.) .. 4, » 9, 648. Coll. Sclater.

cingulata (Scop.) .... 45 » 9 677. Léotaud.

hueti (Temm.) ...... a >» 9 685. Léotaud,

Fam. Picipz.

95. Picus MELANOLEUCUs, Gmel. ; Sund. Consp. Av. Pic. 1866,

p. 9.

Dryocopus albirostris, Léot. p. 334.

One female, as figured by Malherbe, tab. 4.

96. Prous tinnatus, L.; Sund. J. c. p. 7.

Dryocopus lineatus, Léot. p. 336.

1870. ] DR. O. FINSCH ON THE BIRDS OF TRINIDAD. 587

Male and young male, not different from specimens from Brazil

and Guiana (Demerara).

97. Picus cinNAMOMEUS, Gmel.; Sund. /. c. p. 85.

Celeus cinnamomeus, Scl. p. 336; Léot. p. 338; Taylor, J. ¢. p. 93.

Male and female.

98. Picus ruBiciINosus, Sw.; Sund. l. c. p. 69.

Chloronerpes rubiginosus, Scl. Cat. p. 339 ; Léot. p. 339 ; Taylor,

te. p. 93.

One male, as figured by Malherbe, t. 89. f.4. ‘The measurements

are smaller than those noticed by Dr. Cabanis (Mus. Hein. iv. p. 162).

Tong. al. . caud. rostr.

A gin ale ce. OY

Fam. CucuLip&.

99. CroropHaGa MAsoR, L.; Scl. Cat. p. 320; Léot. p. 358;

Taylor, /. c. p. 93.

One specimen in old plumage, in eyery respect similar to Brazilian

ones.

100. Pyrruococcyx circe (Bp.).

Pyrrhococcyx mehleri, Cab. M. H. p. 84.

Piaya mehleri, Scl. (nec Bp.) p. 322.

Piaya cayana, Léot. p. 340; Taylor, J. c. p. 93.

One specimen, agreeing with a Guatemala specimen in our col-

lection.

101. PyrrHococcyx ruTILUs (Vieill.).

Piaya minuta, Scl. Cat. p. 322; Léot. p. 349.

One specimen, similar to Guiana specimens.

102. DipLoprerus Navius (L.); Sel. Cat. p. 321; Léot. p. 343;

Taylor, J. c. p. 93.

One specimen, not different from Brazilian and Guiana birds.

Order COLUMB.

103. PerisTERA RUFAXILLA (Rich.) ; Léot. p. 371; Taylor, 1. ¢.

p- 94.

Peristera frontalis (Temm.); Burm. 8S. Uebers. iii. p. 305.

One specimen, agreeing with specimens from Brazil and Guiana

(Demerara).

Order GRALLZ.

104. CHARADRIUS VIRGINIANUS, L.; Burm. iii. p. 357.

Squatarola helvetica, Léot. p. 389.

Pluvialis fulous americanus, Schleg. Mus. P.-B. Cursores, p. 53.

588 DR. 0. FINSCH ON THE BIRDS OF TRINIDAD. [June 23,

One specimen in change of the plumage; the under parts being

mixed with large patches of black.

Long. al. caud, rostr. tars. tib. med. dig. med.

6" gr 9" gm g!" 18" g!" 113"

As far as I can judge from a few specimens, the Golden Plover of

Awerica, most nearly allied to the C. fulvus, Gmel., of Eastern

Asia, is a distinct species, characterized by the longer wings. But

whether this character is constant I hesitate to declare with cer-

tainty, not having compared specimens enough.

105. CHARADRIUS SEMIPALMATUS, Bp.

Charadrius brevirostris, Neuw. Beitr. iv. p. 769; Burm. iii.

p- 359.

Charadrius semipalmatus, Léot. p. 392; Schleg. Curs. p. 30.

Three specimens; two in winter dress, the third in full summer

plumage. ‘There is no difference in specimens from Brazil and from

the United States.

(106. Toranus sEMIPALMATUS (Gmel.); Léot. p- 457; Schleg.

Scolopaces, p. 76.

Catoptrophorus semipalmatus, Bp.

One specimen in winter plumage, agreeing with North-American

specimens.

107. Actiris MacuLARIus (L.); Schleg. Scolop. p. 83.

Tringoides macularia, Léot. p. 461; Taylor, Z. ec. p. 95.

One specimen in the dress supposed to be that of the young,

having the under parts uniform white, unspotted, quite the same as

in our 4. Aypoleucus, with which it may be easily confounded at

first sight. But there exists a very good character in the markings

of the outer tail-feather—in A. macularius only the outer web

being distinctly barred with white and black, the inner web obscure

greyish brown, instead of being both barred regularly with black as

in A. hypoleucus.

108. TrInGA SEMIPALMATA, Wils.

Ereunetes petrificatus, Ill.

Tringa pusilla (L.); Schleg. Scolop. p. 55.

Heteropoda semipalmata et H. longirostris, Léot. pp. 477, 480.

Eureunetes mauri et EL. minor, Gundl. J. f. Orn. 1856, pp.419, 420.

One specimen in winter dress, which agrees in every respect with

specimens from Texas, Cuba, and Sitka. The variability in the

length of the bill has been noticed already by Professor Baird (B. N.

Am. p. 725). Our Cuban specimen (7. mauri, Bp.) has the bill

8’ long, like the Trinidad one (8'" Z. minor, Gundl.); in the Texan

specimen the bill measures 9'”; and in the one from Sitka 113'”, as

noticed for 7. mauri by Dr. Gundlach. ‘The existence of inter-

1870.] DR. O. FINSCH ON THE BIRDS OF TRINIDAD. 589

mediate specimens does not allow us to separate the long- and short-

billed specimens as different species.

109. Porpayrio martinica, L.; Burm. Syst. Uebers. iii.

p- 392; Léot. p. 501; Taylor, J. c. p. 96.

Gallinula martinica, Schl. Ralli, p. 38.

An old bird, not different from specimens from Brazil and North

America.

110. Cancroma cocuieEariA, L.; Burm. iii. p. 404; Leéot.

p. 436.

Two specimens in full dress. There exists a considerable varia-

bility in the size of the bill in this species.

rostr. a front. lat. rostr.

30" 20" (Trinidad.)

2 8 18 (Trinidad.)

3, 20 = (Brazil.)

3 3 21. (Mexico.)

111. ArpEA BRASILIENSIS (L.); Burm. iii. p.410; Léot. p. 426.

An old bird, exactly the same as Brazil specimens. Dr. Léotaud

describes this species in an excellent manner, as usual.

112. Arpra scaputarts, Ill.; Burm. iii. p. 411.

Ardea grisea (Bodd.); Léot. p. 421.

? Butorides virescens, Taylor, l. c. p. 95.

One specimen in full dress.

113. ArpEA cz#RULEA, L.; Burm. iii. p. 414; Léot. p. 410;

Taylor, J. e. p. 95.

Florida (!) cerulea, Baird, B. N. Am. p. 671.

Two specimens—one in the slaty-blue plumage of the old bird,

the other entirely white. This latter has no elongated feathers on

the scapulars or the lower neck, and is evidently a young bird.

114. ARDEA LEUCOGASTER, Gmel.; Schleg. M. P.-B. Ardea,

p- 9; Léot. p. 424.

Demiegretta ludoviciana, Baird, B. N. Am. p. 663.

One specimen in the plumage of the young.

Order ANSERES.

115. Denprocyena AvuTuMNALIS (L.); Burm. iii. p. 436,

Anm. 2; Léot. p. 507.

One specimen, agreeing with a specimen from Jamaica in the

Bremen collecticn.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1870, No. XXXIX.

590 MESSRS. DRESSER AND SHARPE [June 23,

4. Notes on Lanius excubitor and its Alhes. By H. E.

Dresser, F.Z.S. &c., and R. B. SHarrs, F.LS.,

Libr. Z.S., &ce.

In examining the European Shrikes with a view to determine the

species which really belong to the European fauna, we have found so

much confusion existing that we have thought it necessary to make a

few remarks on the Great Grey Shrikes and their geographical dis-

tribution ; and we take the present opportunity of adding some

notes respecting all the species of true Lanius allied to our own

Great Grey Shrike (Lanius excubitor). With this view we have

collected together a considerable series of Grey Shrikes from different

parts of the world, and we venture to submit the following observa-

tions for the careful consideration of ornithologists ; and, at the same

time, we shall be extremely obliged for any additions or corrections

to the views expressed by us in the present paper.

The following diagnostic table will show the characters of all those

species which we consider to be fully established :-—

a, scapularibus conspicue albo marginatis.

a'. rostro et pedibus nigris, vel nigricantibus.

a". fascia alari alba duplici distincta ..................00 1. excubitor.

b". fascia alari alba una.

a’. subtus semper vermiculatus ............:ccseeee eee 2. borealis.

b'"'. subtus haud vermiculati.

wit

a’, majores: supra saturate plumbei.

aa, RUbbusPlumaAbeUs itt -ct-eaevcteaes ctanecete ts 3. algeriensis.

66. subtus pulchre roseo indutus ............... 4. meridionalis.

6’”’, minores: supra cinerel.

ec. pedibus gracilibus: secundariorum po-

gonio interno nigricante.................0.0 5. ludovicianus.

dd. pedibus crassis: secundariorum pogonio

NULORNO ALD OW courses canesscensnesteeac ceecs 6. lahtora.

6’. vostro et pedibus pallide brunnescenti-corneis ......... 7. pallidirostris.

8, scapularibus dorso concoloribus.

a’. rectrice extima ommino alba ............0.ceecsseeeseosees 8. minor.

u. rectrice extima versus apiceM Nigra...............seeeeee es 9. excubitorius.

1. LANIUS EXCUBITOR.

Above generally light blue-grey ; forehead, extending backwards

over the eye, pure white; lores, feathers under the eye, and ear-

covers black ; scapularies blue-grey, conspicuously edged with

white; wing-coverts black, the least ones for the most part grey,

the primary coverts and occasionally some of the greater coverts

narrowly edged with greyish white; primaries black, white at the

base on both inner and outer webs ; secondaries black, the outermost

white at the base on both the inner and outer web, thus forming a

double bar on the wing; the secondaries conspicuously, and the

primaries occasionally, tipped with white, the latter sometimes

narrowly edged with the latter colour on the outer web; rump and

upper tail-coverts greyish white ; tail black, tipped with white, the

latter colour gradually predominating towards the outer feathers,

1870.] ON EUROPEAN SHRIKES. 591

the two outermost being almost entirely white; cheeks aud the

whole of the under surface of the body pure white ; legs slender,

dark brownish black ; bill black.

Female. Similar to the male, but the under parts greyish and

exhibiting slight traces of transverse vermiculations.

Young. Much duller in plumage, the black parts being mixed with

brown, the under parts dirty greyish white ; bill and feet brown.

This Shrike appears to vary very much according to age, the

wing-coverts, forebead, and rump being of a much purer white in

some specimens. The slender legs and double bar on the wing render

it easily distinguishable from L. lahtora, which very old and pallid

specimens at a first glance somewhat resemble. From Lanius

borealis it is distinguishable by the absence of vermiculatious on the

breast and the double bar on the wing. The latter character,

indeed, seems to be peculiar to Lanius excubitor alone; but we would

remark that it is only gradually assumed, and, though very distinct

in the adult bird, is only feebly developed and sometimes hidden by

the greater wing-coverts in young specimens. It can, however, be

almost always discovered on close examination.

The range of the present species extends over the northern and

central portions of the Palearctic Region as far north as the birch and

willow are found. In the south of Europe it is only a winter

migrant. To the eastward its range is yet undetermined ; for though

the Siberian travellers record it as being met with throughout Siberia,

we find that the specimens collected on the Amoor and marked

Lanius excubitor by the Russian naturalists are L. lahtora, as here-

after mentioned. The bird which occurs in Central Asia is also of

the latter species.

We have already stated that L. excubitor is migratory in the South

of Europe. Dr. von Heuglin states that it is a rare bird in North-

eastern Africa, but he has only observed it in the winter in Egypt, and

killed it in Arabia Petraea. We fully endorse his opinion, subsequently

expressed, that it is probable that many of the observations as to the

occurrence of the Great Grey Shrike in North-eastern Africa, made

by Brehm, Riippell, and Hemprich and Ehrenberg, refer to some of

the allied species. We are inclined to question Mr. C. W. Wyatt’s

agsertion (‘ Ibis,’ 1870, p. 12) that Lanius excubitor is common in

the Sinaitic peninsula; but as so good an observer as Dr. von

Heuglin expressly states that he has himself shot it in that locality,

we feel bound to admit its range so far south. We are, however,

sceptical enough to be very anxious to see a specimen of true L.

excubitor from the shores of the Mediterranean or North-eastern

Africa,

2. LANIUS BOREALIS.

Lanius borealis, Vieill. Ois. de Y Amér. Sept. pl. 50 (1807);

Swains. Faun. Bor.-Am., Birds, p. 111, pl. xxxiii. (1831); Aud.

Syn. p. 157 (1839); id. B. of A. iv. p. 130 (1839) ; Gray Gen. of

B. i. p. 294 (1847) ; Cass. Proc. Phil. Acad. 1857, p. 212; Jones,

Nat. Hist. of Berm. p. 51 (1857); Max. Journ. f. Orn. 1858, p. 190.

592 MESSRS. DRESSER AND SHARPE [June 23,

Collyrio borealis, Baird, B. of N. Amer. p. 324 (1858) ; Coop. &

Suckl. Pac. R. Rep. xii. pt. 2, p. 188 (1860); Baird, Rev. N. Am.

B. p. 440 (1864) ; Coues, Proc. Phil. Acad. 1866, p. 73; Lord, Nat.

in Vane. Isl. ii. p. 295 (1866); Sam. B. of N. Engl. p. 269 (1867) ;

Gray, Hand-l. of B.i. p. 391 (1869).

Lanius septentrionalis, Bonap. Sp. Comp. p.30 (1827); ¢d. P.Z.8.

1837, p. 112; id. Consp. Gen. Av. i. p. 363 (1850); td. Rev. et

Mag. 1853, p. 294; Cass. Proc. Phil. Acad. 1857, p. 213; Murray,

Edinb. N. Phil. Journ. ix. p. 223 (1859).

Tanius excubitor (err.), Forst. Phil. Trans. Ixii. p. 382 (1772) ;

Wils. Amer. Orn. i. p. 74 (1808) ; td. ed. Jard.i. p. 73 (1832) ;

Aud. Orn. Biogr. ii. p. 534 (1834).

Above French grey, paler on the lower back as it approaches the

rump, which, with the upper tail-coverts, is pure white; a narrow

line of white extends across the forehead; ear-coverts jet-black ;

scapulars pale grey, tipped with white; least wing-coverts grey,

tinged with rusty ; wing-coverts black, the outer ones tinged with

brown; quills dark blackish brown, white at the base of the inner

web, the base of the outer web of the primaries white, showing a

small white alar bar; secondaries tipped with white ; tail black, all

the feathers, except the two centre ones, white at the extreme base,

and all tipped with white, this colour occupying more of the apical

portion of each feather till the outermost, which are white along

the outer edge and for the greater part of the inner web; under

surface dull white, minutely barred with narrow transverse vermi-

culations, which become less distinct towards, and are sometimes

absent on, the lower abdomen and under tail-coverts ; bill dark horn-

brown ; feet black. Total length 9 inches; of bill from front 0-7,

from gape 1'1 ; wing 4°5; tail 4-2; tarsus 09.

Female. Similar to the male, but has all the colours less intense,

and the whole plumage tinged with ashy brown. There is also,

perhaps, not quite so much white on the tail.

This is the most powerful species of the genus Lantus, and possesses

a most extended range, as it is known to inhabit the whole of the

North-American continent from the extreme north down as far south

as the Mississipi and Missouri valleys. With regard to its possible

occurrence in North-castern Asia, we adduce the following facts,

which are likewise referred to by Prof. Baird (Rev. Am. B. p. 442).

Pallas (Zoogr. Rosso-As. i. p. 401) describes a large Grey Shrike

which he obtained on the Lena and Jenesei rivers, and which he

considers to be different from Lanius exeubitor. All ornithologists

seem to coincide in the same opinion, viz. that the Lanius major of

Pallas is only a large race of L. excubitor; but after comparing

skins of the North-American Z. borealis carefully with Pallas’s de-

scription, we think that there is every reason to believe that this

was the bird intended by the above author. Nor is there any

improbability in this supposition ; for the recent observations of orni-

thologists are proving the great similarity of the faune of Eastern

Siberia and North-Western America, and we now know that many

species are common to these two localities. At all events it seems

1870. ] ON EUROPEAN SHRIKES. 593

reasonable to suppose that Pallas had good grounds for the separa-

tion of his Z. major ; and the subject is well worth the investigation

of ornithologists. _We may be allowed to draw particular attention

to the stress which Pallas lays on the conspicuous cross-barring,

which forms so distinctive a character in Lanius borealis.

Radde (Reis. Siid-Ost Sib. ii. p. 274) refers to Lanius major of

Pallas, which he considers to be only L. excubitor. We do not think

he is right here ; for apparently he had no specimens from the locality

where Pallas obtained his bird, and this must be an absolute condi-

tion for the correct settlement of the question. Von Schrenk never

mentions it; and we consider that our suggestion recorded above will

very probably be confirmed by future observation.

3. LANIUS ALGERIENSIS.

Lanius algeriensis, Less. Rev. Zool. 1839, p. 134; Bonap. Rev.

et Mag. de Zool. 1853, p. 293; Tristr. Ibis, 1859, p. 159; Salv.

Ibis, 1859, p. $12; Taczan. J. f. O. 1870, p. 48.

Lanius meridionalis, Malh. Cat. Rais. Ois. de Algérie, p. 9

(1846) ; Drake, Ibis, 1867, p. 425.

Above dark blue-grey, the edge of the scapulars white ; least

wing-coverts grey, the rest jet-black ; primaries black, white at the

base, forming a very distinct white speculum, the secondaries paler

on the inner web, conspicuously tipped with white ; tail black, the

middle feathers just tipped with white, the others black at the base,

but the white predominating towards the external feathers ; a narrow

line over the forehead, loral space and ear-coverts black ; entire

under surface grey, paler on the throat and just under the ear-coverts ;

under wing- and tail-coverts whitish ; bill and feet black.

Although closely allied to Lanius excubitor and Lanius meri-

dionalis, there is no doubt that the present species is quite distinet

from both. The bill is slightly shorter and stouter than in either of

these Jast-named species ; and the general appearance is such that we

had no difficulty in distinguishing old and young specimens of Lanius

algeriensis when mixed indiscriminately with a series of twenty

specimens of Lantus excubitor of all ages. The back of the present

bird is very much darker than that of any Lanius excubitor, while

the uniform light plumbeous colour of the underparts effectually

distinguishes it.

The differences between Lanius algeriensis and Lanius meridio-

nalis we have pointed out in treating of the latter bird.

We have quoted but very few references for this species, as so

much confusion has existed with regard to its distinctness from L.

meridionalis and L. dealbatus; but there is no doubt that Dr.

Tristram and Mr. Salvin (/. c.) refer to the true L. a/geriensis, as

their remarks respecting the geographical distribution of the species

in Algeria are fully borne out by the investigation of subsequent ob-

servers. ‘The present bird seems to be a resident species in Algeria.

Herr L. Taczanowski (/. ¢.) states that L. algeriensis is very

common on a large plain near the Fezzara Lake. In suitable localities

it is found ou the northern slope of the Atlas.

594 MESSRS. DRESSER AND SHARPE [June 23,

4. LANIUS MERIDIONALIS.

Above dark plumbeous; scapulars somewhat lighter and having

the extremities white, which show a distinct white mark when con-

trasted with the dark grey of the upper surface of the body; quills

black, the inner web white at the base, the outer web of the

primaries also white at the base, forming a small white alar bar, the

secondaries tipped with white; tail black, all but the two centre

feathers tipped with white, the latter colour occupying more of each

feather until the two outermost, which have the outer edge of the

feather almost all white as well as the apical half of the feather; a

very narrow line of feathers along the base of the forehead, extending

backwards over the eyes and forming an indistinct superciliary

streak, white; loral space and ear-coverts black, the latter having

the shafts rather distinct, which gives them a somewhat hoary

appearance; cheeks and chin white; rest of the under surface of

the body rose-colour, grey on the flanks ; vent and under wing- and

tail-coverts white ; bill and feet black. Total length 9-2, inches, of

wing 4,2, ; tail 4,8, ; tarsus 1,°,.

The female is precisely similar to the male; but the white ends

to the scapulars are not quite so broad, so that there is not such a

conspicuous white patch on these parts.

Our description is taken from a very fine male lent to us by Lord

Lilford, who procured it in the Coto del Rey, Audalucia, in May,

1869.

This species is nearly allied to Lantus algeriensis, but differs in

many important characters, viz. in the total absence of white over

the eye and on the forehead in the latter species, also in the alar

bar being much smaller in the present bird, and in the breast being

rose-coloured, whereas in L. algeriensis it is plumbeous grey. The

bill of this species is much longer and more slender than in its

Algerian ally.

As far as our investigations have hitherto carried us, we cannot

but consider that Lanius meridionalis is a species confined to the

south of France, Spain, and Portugal, though it may possibly occur

along the northern portion of the Mediterranean basin. Lord Lilford,

who knows the species well, assures us that he shot one specimen

in Corfu (ef. also ‘ Ibis,’ 1860, p. 135) in April 1857, where, how-

ever, it was ‘‘far from common.’ This specimen he no longer

possesses ; and although we have used the utmost exertion to obtain

specimens of the true LZ. meridionalis shot anywhere eastward of

Spain, we have been unable to procure any. Dr. Salvadori kindly

informs us that the bird called Z.meridionalis by him in his ‘Catalogue

of the Birds of Sardinia’ he has since discovered to be only DL. minor

in fully adult plumage ; and he likewise expresses his belief that the

occurrence referred to by Prince Bonaparte of a specimen of LZ.

meridionalis in the neighbourhood of Rome is also open to question.

Dr. von Heuglin doubts the occurrence of this bird in North-

eastern Africa, where it has been accorded a place on the authority

of Von Miiller (Journ. f. Orn. 1855, p. 409); and in this we heartily

coincide with him.

1870. ]} ON EUROPEAN SHRIKES. 595

5. LANius LUDOVICIANUS.

Lanius ludovicianus, Linn.; Baird, Rev. of Am. B. p. 443.

Lanius excubitoroides, Sw. ; Baird, l. c. p. 444.

Lanius elegans, Baird et auct. Amer. (nec Sw.).

Upper parts dark French grey; rump and upper tail-coverts

lighter ; scapulars broadly edged with white ; quills black, the

inner web white towards the base, the basal half of the outer web

of the primaries white, forming a white alar bar ; secondaries broadly

tipped with white; tail black, the central feathers just edged with

white, the next more broadly tipped, this latter colour predo-

minating towards the external feathers, which are almost entirely

white ; a narrow band across the forehead, lores, feathers round the

eye, and ear-coverts jet-black ; whole underparts white, with occa-

sional slight indication of transverse vermiculations ; bill and feet

black.

Professor Baird, in his elaborate ‘ Review of American Birds,’ has

gone very closely into the question of the specific distinctions between

L. ludovicianus and L. excubitoroides ; but we must confess that we

can scarcely agree with even so good an authority on North-American

birds as the learned Professor ; and we base our opinion principally on

the analogous changes of plumage through which all the other Grey

Shrikes appear to pass. We have not, indeed, such an extensive

series for comparison as Professor Baird has at his command in the

Smithsonian Museum, but have no inconsiderable number of speci-

mens before us from various localities in the United States and

Mexico. Amongst these we have thoroughly typical L. excubitoroides

and LZ. ludovicianus (based on Professor Baird’s own descriptions)

from the same locality, viz. Sau Antonio, shot by Mr. Dresser and

Dr. Heermann.

In the British Museum there is a specimen sent to this country

by Professor Baird, under the name of Lanius elegans, from Mexico.

This bird was kindly shown to us by Mr. G. R. Gray; and we were

glad to see it, as it confirms our opinion that the Lanius elegans of

the American authors is nothing more than ZL. ludovicianus.

6. LANIUS LAHTORA.

Collurio lahtora, Sykes, P. Z. S. 1832, p. 86 (deser. orig.) ; id.

Journ. As. Soc. Beng. iii. p. 423 (1834) ; G. R. Gray, Hand-l. of B.

i. p. 391 (1869).

Lanius lahtora, J. E. Gray & Hardw. Ill. of Ind. Zool. ii. pl. 31

(1833) ; G. R. Gray, Gen. of B. i. p. 290 (1847) ; Blyth, Cat. B.

Mus. As. Soc. Beng. p. 151 (1849); Bonap. Consp. Gen. Av. i.

p- 364 (1850); id. Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1853, p. 294; Horsf.

& Moore, Cat. B. Mus. E.-I. Co. i. p. 163 (1854) ; Jerd. B. of Ind.

i. p. 400 (1862); Hartl. Ibis, 1859, p. 342 ; Heugl. Peterm. Mitth.

1861, p. 23; Beav. Ibis, 1865, p. 418; Blyth, Ibis, 1866, p. 367 ;

Finsch & Hartl. Orn. Ost-Afr. p. 327 (1870); Heugl. Orn. N.-O.

Afr. p. 483.

Lanius elegans, Swains. Vaun. Bor.-Am. p. 122 (1831).

596 MESSRS. DRESSER AND SHARPE [June 23,

Lanius burra, Gray & Hardw. Ill. Ind. Zool. pl. 32 (1833).

Lanius excubitor, var. 3, Lath. Gen. Hist. ii. p. 7 (1822).

Lanius minor, Riipp. Neue Wirb. p. 33 (1835, nee Gm.) ; id.

Syst. Uebers. p. 62 (1845) ; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. p. 33 (1856).

Lanius orbitalis, Hempr. & Ebr. in mus. Berol. et Licht.

Nomenel. Ay. p. 12 (1854, ¢este Finsch & Hartlaub).

Lanius collurio (juv.), Heugl. Peterm. Mitth. p. 23 (1861) ; ¢d.

Journ. f. Orn. 1867, p. 285 (err.).

Lanius pallens, Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1851, p. 245 ;

id. Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1853, p. 258, pl. 23 (juyv.).

Collyrio pallens, Gray, Hand-l. of B. i. p. 391 (1869).

Lanius aucheri, Bonap. Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1853, p. 294;

Gray, Hand-I. of B. i. p. 391.

Lanius dealbatus, Defil. Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1853, p. 289 (ad.) ;

Bonap. Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1853, p. 294; Taylor, Ibis, 1860,

p- 199; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. p. 33 (1856); Adams, Ibis, 1864,

p- 27; Tavlor, Ibis, 1867, p. 57; Taczan. J. f. O. 1870, p. 48.

Lanius leuconotus, Brehm, Journ. f. Orn. 1854, p. 147 ; Heugl.

Syst. Uebers. p. 33 (1856).

Lanius hemileucurus, Finsch & Hartl. Orn. Ost-Afr. p. 329

1870).

Collyrio hemileucurus, Gray, Hand-l. of B. i. p. 391 (1869).

Lanius fallax, Finsch & Hartl. Trans. Zool. Soc.

Lanius meridionalis, Tristr. Ibis, 1862, p. 279; id. Ibis, 1867,

p-. 374 (=L. lahtora, juv.)

Lanius excubitor, Taylor, Ibis, 1859, p. 47; Tristr. Ibis, 1867,

p. 364 (=L. lahtora, ad.) ; Wyatt, Ibis, 1870, p. 12. :

Lanius leucopygus, Hempr. & Ehr.; Heugl. Orn. N.-O. Afr.

p- 480.

Head and back pale French grey ; a narrow frontal line, extending

backwards and including the loral space, the feathers above and

below the eye, and the ear-coverts, which are somewhat elongated

and extend on to the sides of the neck, deep black; a faint line on

the forehead above the black line, and extending over the eye, hoary

white; scapulars French grey, broadly edged with white; least

wing-coverts grey ; rest of the wing-coverts black ; primaries black,

slightly tipped with white, the basal half white, forming a distinct alar

bar, secondaries black, broadly tipped, and the whole of the inner web

white; the outermost secondaries narrowly edged on the outer web

with white ; rump and upper tail-coverts white ; two centre feathers

of the tail on each side black, slightly tipped with white, the next

broadly tipped with white, the next still more broadly with white, with

the basal portion and the outer web entirely white, the two exterior

feathers entirely white with black shaft; the whole underparts pure

white ; legs and bill blackish horn-colour.

The above description is taken from a very old bird from the

Punjab, and agrees with an equally old specimen from Algeria (L.

hemileucurus, Finsch & Hartl.) in the minutest particulars. Nor

do these specimens alone coincide; for we have before us a large

series, from localities ranging from Algeria to Palestine, which exactly

1870.] ON EUROPEAN SHRIKES. 597

agree with specimens from different parts of India. The differences

supposed by various authors to be of specific value appear to us to

be nothing more than those caused by the relative age of the bird:

thus L. hemileucurus of Finsch and Hartl. is a very mature bird;

Lanius pallens of Cassin (=L. dealbatus, Defil.) is the ordinary

adult; and LZ. fallax of Finsch and Hartl. is the young. In the

young bird there is no great extent of white on the forehead, scapu-

lars, and rump, nor are the underparts of so pure a tint. Young

birds generally have the underparts tinged with grey.

We should not have ventured thus to unite species which have

been reckoned distinct by some of the first ornithologists of the day,

without sufficient material to warrant us in this determination ;

and we may state that we have examined a numerous series of spe-

cimens from all parts of Algeria, Tunis, Egypt, Abyssinia, Pales-

tine, many parts of India, and even Amoor Land, from our own col-

lections and those of the following noblemen and gentlemen who

have placed their Shrikes at our disposal, viz. Lord Walden, Lord

Lilford, Professor Newton, Rev. Dr. Tristram, Messrs. Sclater, Salvin

and Godman, and Swinhoe, to whom we take this opportunity of re-

turning our best thanks for their courtesy.

From all the other Shrikes this species is preeminently distin-

guishable by the thickset rough leg and white back. The only

bird which at all approaches it is Lanius algeriensis, to which the

young of L. lahtora bear a slight resemblance, but which could

not for a moment be mistaken for it even in that stage of plumage,

owing to the very dark tint of the head and back in Lantus alge-

riensis.

Mr. Swinhoe has very kindly lent us two specimens collected in

the Amoor Land by Dr. Maack, the one adult, the other immature.

The former, on comparison with very adult specimens of the so-

called Lanius hemileucurus from Algeria, and old Lanius lahtora

from the Punjab, is absolutely similar in every respect, while the

young bird from the Amoor Land precisely agrees with a typical

specimen of Lanius fallax from Abyssinia. Pére David, in his list

of Peking birds (Nouv. Archiv. iii., Bull. p. 35) states that he has

obtained a large Shrike, which he calls LZ. major, Pall., rather rarely

in that neighbourhood ; and he also includes another species under

the name of L. meridionalis, Temm., which, however, has been iden-

tified by M. Jules Verreaux as the young of ZL. excubitor. We

think that the birds here mentioned belong to the same species as

the Amoor bird in Mr. Swinhoe’s collection. Pére David says that

the old bird has a tinge of pink on the breast. We have also no-

ticed this in Mr. Swinhoe’s specimen; but as it sometimes occurs

slightly on adult birds from other localities, we do not affix any

specific importance to the fact.

Lanius lahtora has probably the most extended range of any of

the Grey Shrikes, occurring along the southern shores of the Medi-

terranean basin, through the countries bordering the Red Sea, Pa-

lestine, and thence throughout the whole of India extending north-

ward to the Amoor country. We have seen specimens from Central

598 MESSRS. DRESSER AND SHARPE [June 23,

Asia, thus connecting its range from Palestine to India. This spe-

cies is undoubtedly the southern representative of Lanius eacubitor

in the western Palzerctic Region ; but we have not sufficient authority

to state clearly the range of this last-named bird in the eastern por-

tion of the Palearctic Region to give the exact extent in this direc-

tion, so that the point where the two species meet has yet to be

determined. Throughout Northern Africa, from Algiers to Egypt, it

is not uncommon, and in Palestine is the common Shrike of the

country, according to Dr. Tristram (Ibis, 1867, p. 364), who, how-

ever, on this occasion confounded the bird with Lanius excubitor,

as we find from an examination of the specimens collected by him,

and kindly lent to us for the present paper.

In Algeria this species, according to Herr Taczanowski, takes the

place of L. algeriensis on the southern slope of the Atlas and in the

deserts.

We have the advantage of possessing in this country the type

specimen of Lanius elegans of Swainson, which is preserved in the

national collection. On a close examination this bird seems to be

nothing more or less than Lanius lahtora, to which species we have

accordingly referred it. Whether the identical specimen described

really came from the Fur Countries as stated, can only be determined

by further investigation in the locality whence the type specimen

is said to have come; and this question will, doubtless, be set at

rest some day by the American ornithologists. It seems possible

to us that the Shrike in question may have come from some other

locality altogether, or it may be a straggler from Northern Siberia

into North-western America.

Before concluding our remarks on this species we may state that

Dr. von Heuglin in his new work admits Lanius leucopygus, Hempr.

& Ehr., and ZL. lahtora as two distinct species. The former name

he assigns to the bird called L. dealbatus by most ornithologists :

but we must protest against the resuscitation of the name L. leuco-

pygus ; for on turning to the passage quoted (Symb. Phys. d, e)

we fail to find any account of the species, and we cannot allow this

name to take precedence of L. /ahtora, as Hemprich and Ehrenberg

do not seem to be very clear on the subject and evidently regard

their L. leucopygus, whatever it may be, as a hybrid.

7. LANIUS PALLIDIROSTRIS.

Lanius pallidirostris, Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1851,

p- 244; id. Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1853, p. 257, pl. 23.

Collyrio pallidirostris, Gray, Hand-l. of B. i. p. 391 (1869).

Lanius pallidus, Antin, Cat. Coll. Uce. p. 56 (1865).

Head and back pale whitish grey; a line on the forehead and

over the eye white; loral space dusky grey ; ear-coverts black ; sca-

pulars edged with white ; least wing-cuverts greyish white, the rest

black ; quills brownish black, white at the base, the external web of

the primaries at their base white, forming a distint alar bar; rump

and upper tail-coverts greyish white; centre tail-feathers black

tipped with white, the white predominating towards the outermost

1870. ] ON EUROPEAN SHRIKES. 599

feathers, which are almost entirely of the latter colour ; cheeks and

entire under surface of the body white ; bill and feet pale yellowish

horn-colour.

This bird is easily distinguishable from other allied species, not

only by its pale plumage, but more particularly by the light colour

of the beak ; and hence its name.

It was described by Mr. Cassin from a specimen in the Museum

of the Philadelphia Academy, said to have been‘obtained in ‘‘ Eastern

Africa.’ Our description is taken from a specimen in Mr. Sharpe’s

collection from Nubia (Verreaux); and the bird is probably confined

to the Abyssinian subregion. Heuglin says that it occurs in Southern

Nubia, Senaar, Kordofan, on the Nile, and in the warmer portions of

Abyssinia to the Red Sea.

8. LANIUS MINOR.

Adult. Above delicate French grey; wing-coverts black, the least

ones mixed with grey ; quills black, the inner web pure white at the

base ; the outer web of the primaries also white at the base, forming

a broad white alar bar; the innermost secondaries narrowly tipped with

the same colour ; the four centre tail-feathers entirely black, the next

two white at the base and tip, black in the centre of the feather,

the next two similar, but with less black, and the two outer ones on

each are entirely white; a broad black band across the forehead, ex-

tending backwards over the eye to the ear-coverts, which are aiso

black ; entire under surface white, tinged on the breast and sides

of the body with delicate pink ; bill and feet black. Total length

8 inches, wing 4,5, tail 4, tarsus 5%.

The above description is taken from an adult specimen in Lord

Lilford’s collection.

Lanius minor is generally distributed during the summer season

throughout Central and Southern Europe, extending as far north as

the Baltic provinces ; but in winter it migrates to Southern Africa,

whence a great many specimens have been forwarded to England by

the late Mr. C. J. Andersson, principally from Damara Land. To the

eastward it extends into Siberia, having been recorded as occurring

there by Pallas under the name of Lanius vigil.

9, LANIUS EXCUBITORIUS.

Lanius excubitoroides, Prevost et Des Murs, Lefebr. Voy. en

Abyss. p. 99, t. viii. (1849), excubitorius in plate.

Lanius excubitorius, Heugl. Orn. N.-O. Afr. p. 478.

Collyrio ewcubitorius, Gray, Hand-l. of B. i. p. 390 (1869).

Lanius princeps, Cab. Mus. Hein. Th. i. p. 73 (1850).

Lanius macrocercus, Defil. Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1853, p. 290.

Lanius kiek, Vierth. Naum. 1852, pt. 2, p. 7; 1857, p. 103.

Above pale French grey; scapulars black ; both upper and under

wing-coverts black; quills black, the inner web pure white at the base,

the outer web of the primaries also white at the base, thus forming

a conspicuous alar bar; the innermost secondaries faintly tipped with

600 MR. R. SWINHOE ON ASIATIC BIRDS. [June 23,

dirty white ; rump and upper tail-coverts white ; tail-feathers black,

the basal half of all, even the centre ones, pure white; across the

forehead a broad band extending back nearly to the middle of the

head ; loral space and ear-coverts black, this colour extending from

the ear-coverts to the shoulder and forming a continuous black

band ; throat, cheeks, and whole underparts pure white, bill and

feet black.

This bird is nearest allied to ZLanius minor, which it somewhat

resembles from the broad black band on the forehead, but is easily

distinguishable from that and other allied species by the long parti-

coloured tail, which never has the outer feathers pure white, but

invariably deeply tipped with black, and also by its black under

wing-coverts. :

This species, like L. pallidirostris, seems to be confined to North-

eastern Africa. Lord Waldeu has a specimen collected by Petherick

on the White Nile, while our description is taken from a fine speci-

men from North-eastern Africa in Sharpe’s collection.

5. List of Birds collected by Mr. Cuthbert Collingwood

during a Cruise in the China and Japan Seas, with Notes.

By R. Swinnog, F.Z.S.

Mr. Cuthbert Collingwood, the author of the highly appreciated

‘Rambles of a Naturalist,’ brought home from his cruise in the China

and Japan seas a collection of birds, captured for the most part at

sea, and submitted them to Mr. Osbert Salvin. The latter gentle-

man placed them in my hands, and desired me to draw out a list of

them, adding the collector’s notes and any remarks I should like to

make. This I have done, and now offer the results to this Society.

Mr. Collingwood’s notes and numbers are given between inverted

commas.

1. Potrornts ponioGenys (Temm. & Schleg. F. J.).

“ No. 13. Hawk, male. Eye very black; iris yellow. Near

south end of Formosa; seemed to be making a passage; a great

many hovering round about the ship. Small crabs in crop. 26th

March, 18064.

““No. 14. Hawk, female, caught same time as No. 13. Crop

full of remains of shells, insects, and grass. Bird remarkably fat.”

For a similar occurrence of this bird at nearly the same time of

year, see ‘ Ibis,’ 1867, p. 412.

2. ACCIPITER STEVENSONI, Gurney, Ibis, 1863, p. 447, pl. 11.

“No 46. Sparrow-hawk, a male. 11th May, 1866. N. lat.30°50',

E. long. 123° 10!. Coast of China, near Saddle Island. Iris crimson;

narrow belt outside of it under the eyelid; eyeball dark. Back slate-

1870.] MR. R. SWINHOE ON ASIATIC BIRDS. 601

colour; belly and legs mottled. Part of a Swallow in gizzard, and

quantity of grass.”

This specimen was submitted to Mr. Gurney for identification.

3. Bupytes Fuava (L.).

No label. In nuptial dress with grey head, the eyebrow, chin,

and line under ear-coverts being white.

4. CALOBATES BOARULA (L.).

“No. 45. Male. Iris with slight tinge of dark brown. Olive-

green along the back. Breast and belly bright yellow. Tail white

and green. Guizzard full of remains of insects. N. lat. 30° 50’,

E. long. 123° 10'. Coast of China, near the Saddle Islands, 11th

May, 1866.”

5. Turpus Fruscatus, Pall.

“Nos. 53 & 59. Thrushes, both young males. Nagasaki, Japan,

24th February, 1867.”

6. Microscexis amauroris (Temm. & Schleg.).

“Nos. 60 & 61. Nagasaki, Japan, 24th February, 1867.”

7. HirunpDo GuTTURALIS, Scop.

“No. 24. A Swallow, male. Near Quelpart Island, N. lat. 32°,

E. long. 127°, 16th April, 1865.

* No. 39. Female. N. lat. 23° 10!, E. long. 122°5'. East coast of

Formosa. Crop full of remains of insects.”

8. Hrrunpo pavaica, Pall., var saponica, T. & S.F. J.

** Kast coast of Japan, east of Boungo Island.”

9. TconiTREA principals (T. & S. F. J.).

“No. 42. 8th May, 1866. Male. Ring round the eye and cere

and bill hight blue; legs chestnut. N. lat. 25° 10!, E. long. 122° 40’.

Coast of China.”

In the live bird the legs also are blue, but get discoloured almost

immediately after death.

10. Ruricrtia avrorea (Pall.).

“No. 28. Male. Straits of Corea, 9th April, 1865.”

11. CALAMOHERPE ORIENTALIS (Temm. & Schleg. F. J.).

No label.

12, ARUNDINAX CANTURIANS, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1860, p. 52.

“No. 32. Male. Coast of China, off Foochow. N. lat. 25° 30’,

E. long. 120° 10.”

13. LocusTELLA ocHorensis, Midd. Sib. Reise.

“No. 49. Male. 30th August, 1866. Saddle Islands.”

602 MR. R. SWINHOE ON ASIATIC BIRDS. [June 23,

14, Recuuus saponicus, Bp.

“Nos. 20, 21, & 23. Tits or Honey-suckers ; 21 and 22, females,

23, male. Japan Sea and Straits of Corea. 9th April, 1865.”

The special labels are wanting ; so one does not know to which in-

dividuals the numbers refer. All three have pale yellow crests, and

look to be females.

15. TRoGLopyTes Fumicatus, Temm. & Schleg. F. J.

There is unfortunately no label.

16. FRINGILLA MONTIFRINGILLA, L.

“No 27. A male caught on the coast of Corea, N. lat. 34° 40’,

E. long. 130°, 10th April; died 7th May, as we advanced south

towards Hongkong, in N. lat. 27°.

“No. 28. Mountain-finch, male. Eye brown-black ; iris dark

grey. This bird was also kept in a cage, same as No. 27. Caught

on east coast of Japan, N. lat. 39°, KE. long. 142°, 7th November,

1864.”

17. EopHOoNA MELANURA (Gmel.).

“No. 26. Male. Shot, Woosung River, near Shanghai, China,

2nd May, 1865.”

18. Cyanorica CYANA (Pall.).

“No. 25. Male. Woosung River, near Shanghai, China. Crop

full of rice. 3rd May, 1865.”

19. GARRULUS BRANDTI, Eversm.

“Female. Hakodadi, 4th November, 1865.”

20. Turtur GEeLastes, Temm. & Schleg. F. J.

“No. 46. Male. Iris orange. N. lat. 33°, E. long. 127° 30!.

30th October, 1866.”

“No. 56. Female. Nagasaki, 21st February, 1867.”

21. CorurRNIx DACTYLISONANS, Temm.

“No. 47. Male. Iris yellowish brown. N. lat. 33°, E. long.

127° 30'. 30th October, 1866.

“No. 48. Female. Caught the day after No. 47. Numbers of

these birds are met with every year during the latter end of Sep-

tember and all October, making their way to the south.”

The male has the black mark still showing on the throat. The

female has a white throat.

22. Corurnrx saponicus (T. &S. F. J.).

“No. 44. Iris hazel. Very fat when taken. Japan Sea. N. lat.

41°, E. long. 139°. 26th September, 1866.”

The throat red, with no black mark.

1870.] MR. R. SWINHOE ON ASIATIC BIRDS. 603

23. GLAREOLA ORIENTALIS, Lath.

*“No. 17. Male. Iris chestnut ; white semicircle round the lower

eyelid ; eye large and elongated ; under wing-feathers red. N. lat.

19°, E. long. 120°. North end of Luzon, 20th April, 1865.”

24. TRINGOIDES HYPOLEUCUS (L.).

“No. 40. Female. 7th May, 1866. Eyes dark. Crop empty.

N. lat. 24°, E. long. 122°. East coast of Formosa.”

25. Bupuus coromanpvs (Scop.).

“No. 38. Crane, female. 8th May, 1866. Gizzard containing

remains of snails, and worms alive (seeming parasites), of pure white,

about 3 inch in length. Iris bright yellow; eyeball dark blue.

N. lat. 25° 50/, E. long. 122° 50! Coast of China.”

26. PorzaNna ERYTHROTHORAX, Temm. & Schleg. F. J.

“No. 54. Male and female. Iris crimson. N. lat. 32° 20’,

E. long. 125° 80'. Between coast of China and the Corea. Body

literally covered with fat.”

27. PHaLacrocorax carso (L.).

‘No. 45. Cormorant, female. Iris green ; eye dark blue; yel-

Jowish green under the head. Very fat when caught. N, lat. 39°,

E. long. 138°. Japan Sea, October 1866.”

28. Sua Fusca, L.

“No. 15. Gannet, female. Eye black; iris stone-grey. Small

flying-fish in crop. Bird very lean. Feet and bill yellow. N. lat.

20°, E. long. 116°. China Sea. 14th April, 1864.

“No. 26. Gannet, male. 7th May, 1866. Eyeball indigo ; iris

straw-colour ; light blue ring round the eye. N. lat. 24°, KE. long.

- 122°. Kast coast of Formosa.’’

29. Larus MELANURUS, Temm. & Schleg. F. J.

“No. 20. Gull, female. Red circle round the eye. Shotin Hako-

dadi harbour, North Japan, March 1865.

“No. 42. Gull, gender uncertain. Red round the eye and base

of the beak. Hakodadi, June 1866.”

30. STERNA PANAYANA, Scop.

“No. 121. “ Hakodadi. 4th November, 1865.”

Two others without labels. From North J apan one would rather

have expected S. fuliginosa.

31. Anous sroipvus (L.).

“No. 29. Male Noddy. Eye black; iris dark grey. N. lat.

28° 40’, E. long. 129° 30’. Loochoo Islands. July 1865.

** No. 38...) N.-latw23° 16!,. E: long. 122°. North-east coast of

604 DR. J. MURIE ON PHOCA GR@NLANDICA. [June 23,

Formosa. Sterna, a male. Eyeball dark indigo ; iris dark chest-

nut. Gizzard empty, collapsed.”

32. Urra umizusumE, Temm. & Schleg. F. J.

“No.57. Diver, young male. Nagasaki. 24th February, 1867.”

33. PHALERIS TETRACULA (Pall.).

“Male. Eye grey. 19th February, 1865. N. lat. 40°, E. long.

142°. North-east coast of Japan.”

6. On Phoca greniandica, Mill.: its Modes of Progressicn

and its Anatomy. By James Muriz, M.D., F.LS.,

F.G.S., &c., late Prosector to the Society.

(Plate XXXII.)

Propulsion of mammals on land and on different substances, as is

well known, is effected in a variety of ways; and the parts brought

into contact with the solid matter are as diverse. Walking, running,

leaping, bounding, hopping, creeping, &c. sufficiently express widely

dissimilar modes of progression. Some raise the body in erect or

semierect posture, as in Man and Kangaroos ; others, and by far the

greater number, carry the body horizontally above, and support it

by the four feet. Some, as the Sloths, suspend the body, and slowly

move along the boughs by successive clutches.

As regards the parts in opposition with the object moved on, the

palms and soles respectively or together frequently form the fulerum.

The toes of the manus and pes, however, as often alone touch the

ground; but the knuckles, rims of soles, and even tips of claws, as

in the Three-banded Armadillo, are, in certain instances, brought

into requisition as fulera. The tail even assists as an occasional

basis of support, and in such cases as the Spider Monkeys and Merian

Opossum, the body is absolutely hung and swung forwards thereby.

But perhaps the oddest kind of movement, and almost sadly ridi-

culous one, is the shuffling, wriggling, belly-progressive gait of

many of the Seal tribe on terra firma.

Several writers* have called attention to this peculiarity in the

Common Seal, Phoca vitulina, and contrasted it with the very dif-

ferent walk of the other Carnivora. The Sea-lion (Ot¢aria) by the

the old Southern voyagers +, and the Walrus (Zrichechus) by Arctic

travellerst, have each been described as walking waddling-fashion

on all fours; and the living specimens lately in our Gardens have

* See the early Anat. Memoirs of the French Acad. ; also “Sur les organes du

mouvement du Phoque commun,” by Duyernoy, Mém. du Muséum, 1822, p. 52.

+ Capt. Cook, the Brothers Foster, Dampier, quoted by Duvernoy (é.c.

p. 51), Péron & Lesueur, &e., besides Steller, who describes fully the northern

species.

+ Beechey’s Voy. Lamont’s ‘Seasons with the Sea Horses,’ &c.

1870. ] DR. J. MURIE ON PHOCA GRENLANDICA. 605

brought the fact before our eyes. These two kinds of land-motion,

abdominal and quadriplantigrade, are all, to my knowledge, that

“have been recognized among the family of Phocide.

Nevertheless a third sort of land-movement, intermediate between

those mentioned, is the habit of certain Phocine species ; and to call

attention to this is the chief object of the present paper.

A few Greenland Seals (Phoca grenlandica, Mill.) were purchased

by the Society in May 1869; and then for the first time this species

was exhibited in the Gardens to the public. To most observers,

unacquainted with the varieties of Seals, these animals exhibited

nothing to distinguish them from the Common Seal of our coast, if

seen with the skin wet. But when dry they did show, even to the

unpractised eye, a difference, in their whiter coats; and, instead of

minute regular dark spots, irregular bands and slashes of a black hue

intermingled with sparse circular spots arrested the attention. In

some of the specimens, barely adult, at least not old, the broad loin-

patch of a deep blackish shade was moderately developed—this

being the marked external characteristic of the species, and, in fact,

from which the popular names of Harp-seal and Saddle-back are

derived.

Having given attention to the modification of walk and somewhat

vermiform land-action betwixt the Otary, Morse, and the Common

Seal, I was both surprised and delighted to find that the Saddle-back

at times moved on the ground quite differently from either. A good

idea of the difference of attitude of the two latter is best gathered

from the illustration, Plate XXXII. It represents, from sketches

taken of the live P. greenlandica, one of these animals (that in the

foreground) moving in its usual manner, after the fashion of the

-Common Seal—that is, belly-wise, the fore limbs tucked towards the

chest, the hind legs thrust backwards and in apposition.

The remaining four figures, however, vary considerably in attitude ;

and each is characteristic of what I have oft witnessed in the Harp-

seal, and I may add the “‘ Bladder-nose”’ (Cystophora cristata), lately

added to the collection, but never have seen in the Common and the

Ringed Seal (P. fwtida). The Greenland Seal, in fact, very often uses

its fore limbs, placing these on the ground in a semigrasping manner,

and by an alternate use of them drags its body along. The hind

legs meantime are either trailed behind slightly apart, or with op-

posed plantar surfaces slightly raised and shot stiffly behind. On

uneven ground, or in attempting to climb, a peculiar lateral wrig-

gling movement is made; and at such times, besides alternate pal-

mar action, the body and the hind legs describe a sinuous semi-

spiral or wave track, as shown in the figure to the left.

Dr. Pettigrew, in his admirable memoir on the mechanism of

flight*, has carefully analyzed the swimming of the Seal, Sea-bear,

and Walrus; and in my papers on the anatomy of the two latter I

have alluded to their movements on land ; so that further comparison

here is unnecessary.

To the theory of evolution the matter I have been dilating on is

* Trans. Linn. Soe. vol. xxvi. (1867) p. 207.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1870, No. XL.

606 DR. J. MURIE ON PHOCA GRENLANDICA. [June 23,

an accession, inasmuch as gradation of limb-use is most easily traced

throughout the Carnivore series. ‘Take the Common Seal; and its

limb-appendages on land are but of slight subservience to progression,

the fore paws only occasionally being used among rocks. Inthe Harp

and Bladder-nose Seals, the fore legs and paws, and, to a very mo-

derate extent, the hind limbs are freely brought into action. Among

the Otaries there is a very decided plantigrade mode of walk, the

heels, however, being much restricted as to change of position. With

a very similar style of walk and canter, the Walrus has more freedom

of motion, from the extremities being less fixed. It is but an easy

step to the Bears, flat-footed and moderately free-legged. A still

further modification in manner of walk and limb-forms leads on

through the Otters and Binturong to the more agile digitigrades, the

Cat tribe.

For an excellent notice of the variation of colour, geographical

range, migrations, &c. of this species of Seal, see P.Z.S. 1868,

p- 416. ‘The author, Mr. Brown, since the present plate was drawn,

has called my attention to a very characteristic illustration of hun-

dreds of these animals among the pack-ice, in the Swedish Expedition

to Spitzbergen*. I was glad to find the artist has shown that the

attitudes here noticed in confinement are precisely those P. grelan-

dica exhibits in a state of nature. Being ignorant of Swedish, I

unfortunately cannot refer to the text.

It was not until I had well thought over this paw-creeping movement

of the Northern Seal that I fully ‘appreciated an incident related to me

by my friend Mr. Charles Davidson, which he had been witness to in

one of his arctic voyages. At more than a mile distance from their

ship a solitary Seal was noticed lying dosing near an “ escape-hole”’

on the ice. An Esquimaux thereupon, in his seal-skin garment and

hood formed quite like the head of the animal he was in pursuit of,

and with lance and rope-coil, slowly crawled towards the creature.

For a while it apparently took little notice of him, but at last showed

indications of being on the alert. The man by this time was still

far off; but the moment he observed the Seal watching him, he ad-

vanced perfectly Seal-fashion, and whilst it steadily gazed, evidently

mistaking him for one of its species, as he at times imitated to very

life every phocine movement, he approached within a very short

distance. Then suddenly starting up he sent his lance whirling into

the creature’s vitals ere it could scramble in safety to the blow-hole.

Without further digression I may state that from time to time, as

the Greenland Seals succumbed to the changed conditions of con-

finement, I took the opportunity of examining their anatomy. I

particularly made it a point to dissect the fleshy and tendinous struc-

tures, which I thought by organization would explain those pecu-

liarities of land-progression above-mentioned.

I was fortunate in being able to compare, side by side, the bodies

of P. vitulina and P. grenlandica, and also placed before me some

* “ Anteckningar om Djurlifaet i ishafvet snellan Spetsbergen och Gronland.”

Af Aug. Quennerstaedt. Kongl. Svenska Ak. Handl, 1868, Band vii. no. 3,

p. 12, Taf. i. fig. 1.

1870.] DR. J. MURIE ON PHOCA GROENLANDICA, 607

carefully executed drawings of the limb-myology of P. fetida. It

is needless entering into detail ; but the result was that I detected no

special arrangement in the muscles and tendinous distribution, both

of the pectoral and pelvic extremities, which could satisfactorily

account for the powers of grasp and differentiated raised creeping

movements.

In all three forms the flexor and extensor tendons agree in pat-

tern and points of insertion. The small palmar and plantar muscles,

including superficial and deep layers of interossei, are subdivided after

the same fashion. As regards the shoulder and brachial muscles,

there is no alteration in their implantation ; and hence no change in

mode of action is apparent. If any specific difference exists, it must

be in the volume and strength of the individual parts. But this is a

factor which, unless very decided, the eye caunot well appreciate ;

therefore to assume such is all that reasonably dare be ventured.

Physiologically, it may be said there is more innervation ; but that

can neither be seen, weighed, nor measured.

I shall restrict my notes of the internal anatomy to a single spe-

cimen, premising that the differences in the others examined by me

were slight—chiefly relating to partial or deeper segmentation of

the lungs and length of intestine.

Meckel, in his ‘ Anat. Comp.,’ merely incidentally alludes to P.

grenlandica, quoting the ‘ Naturhist. Bemerk. &c.,’ of Thienemann ;

but I regret I have not been able to lay hands on this latter work.

In a young male which died of congestion of the brain the following

admeasurements were taken by me: — Extreme length =4 feet 3 inches.

Of this, regionally, from the edge of the upper lip to the occiput was

3 inches ; from the occiput to the tip of the tail 343 inches; from

the occiput to the tip of the hind flipper 413 inches; the free part

of the fore flipper 73 inches; and the free portion of the hind limb

103 inches.

The body weighed 41 lbs.; the skin when removed 6 lbs. 2 oz.,

and the viscera, including the tongue &c., 5 lbs. 2 oz. ; the brain

with its membranes and blood-vessels (the latter much congested),

8 ounces 2 drachms.

In the specimen under consideration the heart presented a well-

defined bifid extremity, the cleft being almost half an inch deep.

The long diameter of the heart from root to apex was 3 inches, and

the greatest transverse diameter near the base 32 inches. Others of

the Greenland Seals did not show quite so deep an apical incision ;

but in all, traces of separation at the point were discernible. I infer

that in Phoca grenlandica, at a comparatively ripe age, nearly if not

quite adult, this feetal stage of heart-cleft obtains. But latitude must

be given to such a premise; for 1 have observed once in a young

Porpoise, Phocena communis, with a length of body as great as the

Seals, that a distinct division of the apex existed. In the Harp-seal

this cardiac scission is very median in position, as in the Dugong

and Manatee, and not so laterally placed as I found it in the Com-

mon Porpoise.

The right lung was entire or without divisionary lobules; but the

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1870, No. XLI.

608 DR. J. MURIE ON A NEW TAPEWORM. [June 23,

left lung presented a slight incision or was very partially divided into

two lobes.

The tongue, as is usual in the Seals, was terminally split rather than

forked. The dorsal papillee were very numerous and of small size.

The cesophagus had a length of 16 inches. As is the case in the

Common Seal, the rather capacious stomach was cylindroid, and

with the pyloric bend sharp; its long diameter was 11 inches.

The small intestines from the pylorus to the cecum measured

41 feet 5 inches, with an average diameter of } an inch. As in

Phoca generally, the czecal diverticulum is simple, short, and wide.

Including 3 an inch of czecum, the great intestines had a length of

184 inches ; their diameter, ? of an inch at the cecal end, gradually

enlarges towards the vent, and is 1j inch attherectum. The entire

alimentary tube at this stage of growth is therefore about 45 feet

23 inches long.

The deeply divided liver precisely corresponds as to disposition,

number, and size of the lobes, with those of the Ringed Seal (P.

fetida, Mill.) and to the Common Seal (P. vitulina); namely, there

are five large elongate taper-pointed hepatic divisions, and two lobules

—in all, seven lobes. The two to the left are the homologues of the

left half of human anatomy ; and the right half is represented by the

three remaining large lobes; of these three the mesial two are

equivalent to Professor Owen’s cystic lobe. The Spigelian and cau-

date lobules are relatively small. The common bile-duct, derived

from the pyriform gall-bladder, opens into the intestine an inch dis-

tant from the pyloric orifice.

The kidneys are compound or acinate; and externally large veins

ramify superficially upon the renal capsule, as is the case in the Com-

mon Seal.

The generative organs comport to the type of Pinnipedia. The

prostate gland is of moderate size ; Cowper’s glands are absent.

In passing, I may note that the vertebral formula is :—7 cervical,

15 dorsal, 6 lumbar, 4 sacral, and 13 caudal segments, or a total

=45 vertebree. Terminal caudal elements are often lost in museum

skeletons ; but in this case they were counted whilst attached by in-

tervertebral substance and ligament.

7. On a probably new Species of Tenia from the Rhinoceros.

By James Murs, M.D., F.L.S., F.G.S., &c., late Pro-

sector to the Society.

The Cestoida, abundantly numerous among the ruminant section

of the Artiodactyla, are by no means so common or well known in

the non-ruminant division of that group. Regarding the Perisso-

dactyla, its few families and genera have as yet not yielded many

varieties of these Entozoa.

In the very lucid and capitally illustrated ‘Introduction to Hel-

1870. ] DR. J. MURIE ON A NEW TAPEWORM. 609

minthology,’ Dr. Spencer Cobbold says, “The larger Pachyderms

and Solidungulates harbour a few adult forms; but only the larvee

appear to be known in Swine; a true Tenia, however, has been

described as occurring in the aberrant genus Hyraz.’”’ The same

writer, in an examination of 122 different animals, which died in

the Society’s Gardens (1857-60), only came across two supposed new

species of Oysticerci and a Strongylus among the Perissodactyles*.

Rudolphi in his ‘Synopsis,’ Diesing in his elaborate ‘Systematic

Treatise,’ and Dujardin in his ‘ Hist. Nat. Helm.’ make no mention

of Tapeworm frown Rhinoceros.

When Dr. Baird published his ‘Catalogue of Species of Ento-

zoa’ (1853) there were comparatively few species in the series from

the Ungulata; many additions have since been made; but still in

the British-Museum collection at present there is no representative

of Tzeniadz from the Rhinocerotidee.

That gentleman, with his usual urbanity on all occasions, readily

lends assistance when research in his department is sought; and I

take this opportunity of thanking him for his many kindnesses.

A couple of years ago some dozen joints of what I may safely

term an enormous Tapeworm were placed in my hands by Mr.

Bartlett, they having been passed by the young male Rhinoceros in-

dicus in the Gardens. I had drawings made of the most characte-

ristic pieces thereupon, and before shrinkage ensued. These sketches

are reproduced in the accompanying sketch (fig. 1). I searched

carefully among the fragments, but did not discover ahead. The ce-

phalic segment (so essential for the identification of the species) being

wanting, I waited, thinking, perchance, more pieces might after-

wards be thrown out, and it among them. As not only a reasonable

time, but a long period has now elapsed, and nothing further been

obtained from the Rhinocerotes (for I understand the female when

young exhibited symptoms of worms), I have less hesitation in pub-

lishing what I know (though imperfect data) than in postponing a

notice until the teenoid head is forthcoming.

The largest proglottid joint among those obtained is that marked

D in the woodcut; it is 1:6 inch broad and 11 inch long. The

smallest of those figured (4) measures 0°6 across and 0°5 inch in

extreme length. There was still another piece, 0-1 inch less in both

dimensions; but this was put in spirits and shrunk before the

drawing of the others was finished; so I have not thought proper

to include it in the illustrations I now give. Its shape was similar

to 4; and both of these segments possibly were from the front part

of the body. The sizes of different species intermediate between

what I have mentioned are given in the outlines B, C, #, F.

I regard the worm under consideration as belonging to the genus

Tenia, from the position of the genital apertures being lateral or

marginal, and not mesially placed as is the case in Bothriocephalus.

* “List of Entozoa,” P. Z. 8. 1861, p. 117, and also p. 93 (“ Cystic Entozoa”’) ;

but Cobbold since acknowledges that Leuckart has corrected him on the score

of specific difference of one specimen obtained.

610 DR. J. MUKIE ON A NEW TAPEWORM. [June 23,

When more complete specimens are obtained, the characters, if a

new species, may be better defined ; but provisionally, until more is

known, I propose to designate it Tania magna, on account of its

immense size or, rather, breadth.

1 rope

Ato F. Segments of Tenia magna? G. Serrate overlapping margin. H. In-

terior structure of a layer from a large joint. All about natural size.

T@mNIA MAGNA, Sp. 0. ?

Segments of body pale-coloured, unequal in size, and large ; flat,

relatively thick, broader than long, and transversely ribbed or

banded. The larger segments measure fully 13 inch broad and 1 inch

long; the smaller segments have a diameter of an inch lengthwise

and across; the latter with lateral convex margins, and concave at-

tached surfaces ; other pieces are cubical in outline, some parallelo-

piped, but the larger chiefly subquadrate. The free borders of the

bands are wavy, at some points verging towards subcrenation. Here

and there a band presents a partial fold on itself; the outer re-

curved margins of the one band partially overlap that behind, giving

a somewhat lateral serrate character to each segment. Genital out-

let apparently on each band, and opening at the lateral border (?).

Head and neck not known. Body supposed to increase from be-

fore backwards to middle, or beyond, and thence to diminish.

Habitat. Intestines of Rhinoceros (2. indicus).

Specimens deposited in the British Museum.

1870. | DR. J. MURIE ON THE PANOLIAN DEER. 611

8. On a Case of Variation in the Horns of a Panolian Deer.

By James Muniz, M.D., F.L.S., F.G.S., late Prosector

to the Society.

The variability in size, general contour, and number of snags in

the horns of Deer is proverbial. Not only from youth to age do

these change, but in the adult of a single species, as Blyth *, among

others, has shown, the modifications occasionally are not a few,

Notwithstanding the danger of error likely to arise from such an

unstable character as differentiation in horn-contour of the Deer,

numerous instances could be cited where naturalists have formed new

species on such data; paleontologists have not been behind hand

in following their example.

Whilst many supposed laws regarding malformations have from

time to time been enunciated by those studying the subject, there

yet remains much to be done ere the precise relations between mere

variety and so-called abnormalities are cleared up.

For these reasons I have thought it useful to place the subjoined

case on record.

A male Panolian Deer (Cervus eldi +) was presented to the Society

by Mr. Grote through Colonel Phayre.

On the morning of the 28th May, 1868, this animal shed its

-horns. The right horn loosened and fell away from its burr in the

natural manner; but the left one, instead of separating from the

burr, tore this latter and a portion of the osseous cranium right off

with it.

I arrived at the Gardens at an early hour, and found Mr. Bartlett

rather concerned at the occurrence, as from the great hole in the

animal’s skull he feared untoward consequences—the more so as the

loss of such a rare species of Deer would cause a gap in the collec-

tion not easily repaired. Having looked at the horn and its firmly

adherent osseous piece (I confess, with astonishment), Mr. Bartlett

and I proceeded to the enclosure ; and there sure enough was the Deer,

harmless and timid, but jauntily trotting about as if nothing parti-

cular had happened. At once I felt reassured as to a favourable

result on learning little or no bleeding had occurred, though I must

own the great cavity left looked any thing but promising. Both of

us inclined to think that the flies might soon prove a nuisance, and

by clustering into the gap or depositing their eggs, cause much irri-

tation, besides producing evil issue and retardation of the healing-

process. I suggested the application of tar to the part, first, as ex-

cluding air, and, secondly, to keep off the flies. The healing-process

proceeded not only satisfactorily, but far beyond expectation, as

shall further be related.

Prior to comment, I allude to the keeper’s report to our super-

* Notes upon Three Asiatic Species of Deer,” P. Z. S. 1867, p. 835.

+ Figures of this identical specimen in different and intermediate stages of

horn-growths to that here described will be found in a paper in the forthcoming

No. of the ‘ Transactions,’ by Dr. Sclater, pls. xxxvii. & xxxviii.

612 DR. J. MURIE ON THE PANOLIAN DEER. [June 23,

intendent. He stated that on his opening the door of the inner stall

to clean away refuse, the Deer passed quietly out minus its right

horn, and that accidentally it tapped its left horn against the door-

post, which horn thereupon tumbled off, bone and all, as I now

exhibit it. Little or no blood was lost, as I have already mentioned ;

a slight clot formed, but no serious gush of blood took place.

29th May. Animal apparently going on well; no bad symptoms.

End of June. Daily I had locked at the creature, and things

progressed favourably. At this date the right horn had grown as a

good knobby projection. The vacuity in the skull bad filled up;

and indications of the probability of a left horn being developed were

apparent, but not very decided.

During July the beam of the right horn had increased consider-

ably; and ere the month had passed the brow-tyne began to shoot for-

ward. By the middle of the month no doubt existed of a horn coming

forth on the left side; the bony deficiency was complete; and

from the large tuberous mass and velvet covering, a young horn was

distinct. Pedicel and a burr were deficient, the horn springing in an

indefinite manner from the osseous prominence. The end of July

saw a fair-sized horn.

In August considerable growth of both horns took place; the

right was higher and far in advance of the left, which was both lower

set and irregular as to its division. On August 31st, or three months

after the accident, the two horns presented the appearance indicated in

the sketch (4); viz. the right horn had a considerable-sized back-

wardly produced tyne, and an equally well-formed up-curved single

brow-tyne. The tyne of the left horn was shorter than the right

one, and rather expanded terminally ; the brow-tyne was bifid, not

single, the snags each shorter and straighter than on the right side,

and with a horizontal direction.

On the 14th September I noted ‘‘ that since last date the growth

of both horns had gone on steadily, the left making good headway.”

A week after this I made a memorandum that the malformation of the

left brow-tyne was becoming more and more marked, by the snags

being relatively shorter than on the right side ; but the difference of

size of left and right beams was less, though they were still unequal.

An oily-looking perspiration exuded from both horns.

As winter and spring went on the horns attained each a good

size, the malformation of the left, as above described, remaining a

notable feature.

The horns thrown off on the above date (28th May, 1868), which

I now exhibit, were very much alike, but not quite identical in pat-

tern. They approach Blyth’s figure No. 16 (P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 840),

his Pegu and Munipur variety. There are two short terminal bifid

snags, however, on the beam of the right; and what usually is a

vertical snag rising from the root of the beam in the left horn, in

our specimen comes to the inner side and partially from the root of

the brow-tyne. The divisional measurements give 143 inches of

length in the beams, 63 inches for the brow-tynes, right basal snag

1 inch, and left basal snag 23 inches.

1870. ] DR. J. MURIE ON THE PANOLIAN DEER. 613

Attached in a consolidated manner to the left burr is the said

osseous or broken-off cranial piece, the dimensions of which are

above an inch deep and 2°3 inches in antero-posterior diameter. In

the fresh condition the hole left in the skull was indeed a great gap.

Piet

Horns of Panolia eldi, showing different stages of the irregularity of growth.

A, Appearance 31st August, three months after accident. B. Horns sketched

from the dead body, 1868. The x points to the bifurcated left brow-tyne.

I sawed out a wedge piece of the bone and horn, and found that the

line of junction was well defined. A very thin layer of pale-coloured

plastic substance intervened, sufficiently thick to admit the blade of

a penknife in the middle, but towards the exterior much reduced ;

in some places the bone and horn-substance were in perfect co-

alescence, the pale colour and solidity of the latter giving line of

demarcation. Neither was diseased ; the surface torn from the skull

was roughened.

Without premonitory symptoms of illness, the animal suddenly

expired on the 13th November, 1868.

I made careful post-mortem examination of the body, as it was

believed the cranial injury it had received had something to do with

614 DR. J. MURIE ON THE PANOLIAN DEER. [June 23,

the animal’s death; this, however, did not turn out to be the case.

The morbid appearances were shortly as follows :—Intense congestion

and thinning of the walls of the small intestines, these containing a

great amount of flatus. Great intestines perfectly healthy, and loaded

with normal feces. All the other abdominal and the thoracic viscera

were quite sound. The brain and the parts around the left horn-

base, after careful scrutiny, yielded no appearances of disease or

lesion. I considered death to have resulted from acute enteritis.

The woodcut (fig. 1 B) represents the renewed antlers at the time

of death, the animal then being probably over three years old. The

right horn agrees pretty nearly with Blyth’s figure (No. 15). The

left has a more erect beam, and with ‘only rudiments of terminal

snags ; the brow-tyne is represented by two subequal snags. There

is no distinct burr, this horn rising with a large base eine to the

skull. Length of right beam 263, and of left 21 inches. Right

brow-tyne 123 long. Inner snag of left brow-antler 63 inches, tip

inwardly curved ; outer snag 57 inches, and with a slight outward

sweep.

Remarks.—It appears to me a few legitimate deductions may be

drawn from the case I have just related.

1. It proves that the pedicel of a Deer’s horns and portion of the

cranial bones when torn away at the period of shedding are not only

repaired by a fresh irregular osseous mass, but redevelope thereupon

anew horn. From the experience of others, I understand it would

be doubtful, if horns were in an active growing state and such an

accident were to happen, whether they would be renewed again.

2. But a minimum of blood was lost—showing that not only the

vessels to the horn itself but also those of the forehead must have

been in a contracted condition ; else greater hemorrhage would have

resulted.

3. That in this Panolian Deer the horn of succession was mal-

formed, the deviation consisting in an extra development of snag and

diteritiod in direction—this abnormality, when uniform on both

sides, (within certain limits) being considered by some naturalists of

specific value. By such a character and nodulation of the superficies

Dr. Gray separates his Panolia platyceros from his P. acuticornis

=P, eldi.

4. That variation of the reproduced horn was probably coordinate

with, or in fact due to, fissive growth of the blood-vessels. Hence

it follows that a slightly altered blood supply produces corneous

variability, this by inheritance producing the so-called varieties and

ultimate species—7. e. where animals are specifically subdivided by

form of horns, as notoriously is the case among Deer.

5. This multiple reproduction of hornlets is possibly correlated

with similar multifission of the tail of Batrachians and Fishes, which,

as experiment has often shown, produce a double tail on the caudal

appendage being severed.

1870. } MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE MAMMALS, 615

9. Catalogue of the Mammals of China (south of the River

Yangtsze) and of the Island of Formosa. By Rosrrr

Swinuog, F.Z.S.

PRIMATES.

1. Hyionates, sp. (Gibbon.)

A species of black Gibbon is said by the Chinese to exist in the

country west of Canton. It may be the same as the animal found

in Hainan, which I have attempted to identify with the H. pi-

deatus, Gray (see anted, p. 224). The British Museum has a young

specimen of Presbytes maurus (Schreber), and an adult Silenus

veter (Linn.), both presented by Mr. John Reeves, who brought

them with him from China (see List of Mamm. Brit. Mus. 1843).

But it is very doubtful indeed whether either of these species occurs

within our limits; they were probably procured at Canton, whither

merchant ships or junks had brought them. The evidence is not

sufficient to justify our admitting them into the Chinese list of mam-

mals, Friends who have travelled through forests in the mountains

of the Fokien province have informed me that they have seen troops

of monkeys in some places; but I have never had the good fortune

to meet with any of these tree-monkeys.

2. Macacus sancri-JouHAnnis. (St. John’s Monkey.)

Inuus sancti-johannis, Swinh. P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 556.

This rock-monkey is found on most of the small islands about

Hongkong, and is like a Rhesus with a very short tail. The

young specimen taken alive by Commander St. John, R.N., on North

Lena Island, did not live to maturity in the Gardens of the Society ;

and therefore it was not determined at home whether the species is

really a valid one. Dried bodies of this animal split in two are often

exhibited, hanging from the ceiling, in druggists’ shops, in Canton

and Hongkong ; and its bones are used for medicinal purposes. Its

closest ally is the Pig-tailed Monkey (Macacus nemestrinus, Is.

Geoffr.) of Tenasserim ; but it seems to me to be a distinct race.

3. Macacus cycuoris. (Formosan Rock-monkey.)

Macacus cyclopis, Swinh. P. Z. 8. 1862, p. 350, pl. xli.; 1864,

p- 380; Sclater, P. Z.S. 1864, p. 711 (woodcut).

The specimens that were living in the Society’s Gardens have

died, and are now mounted in the British Museum. These adults

are strongly tinged on the upper parts with olive-green, freckled

with darker colour.

The Rock-monkey of Hainan appears to be the ordinary Macacus

erythreus. (See anted, p. 226.)

4, NycTIcEBUs TARDIGRADUS (Linn.). (Slow-paced Lemur.)

Has been brought alive from Canton, and presented to this Society

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1870, No. XLII.

616 MR. R, SWINHOE ON CHINESE MAMMALS. [June 23,

(P. Z. S. 1863, p. 375); is called in Chinese Me-shuy, and said

to come from the south-west part of Kwangtung Province.

CHIROPTERA.

The Bats I procured during my last residence in China I sub-

mitted to Prof. W. Peters of Berlin, who has kindly supplied me

with the names of those known, and with descriptions of the new

species. In the following list Dr. Peters’s notes are placed within

inverted commas.

5, © CyNONYCTERIS AMPLEXICAUDATA, Geoffroy.’ (Flying Fox.)

A female of this frugivorous Bat was brought to me at Amoy in

May 1866. It was dead, but had a live young one still fastened to

its breast. The young animal was more than a third the size of the

mother, covered with soft fine hair on the upper parts, and nearly

naked below; its colour was brown, like that of its parent, but did

not show the nuchal band. I never saw but these two specimens.

6. MreGapreRMA Lyra, Geoffr, (Lyre-nosed Bat.)

A pair of this fine species were captured in an outhouse at Amoy.

I have seen them of a summer’s evening flying very high over the

town of Amoy.

7, “ PHYLLORHINA AURITA, Tomes;” P.Z.S. 1859, p. 76.

(Large-eared Leaf-nose. )

This Large-eared Leaf-nose is common at Amoy in May; and I

have a good series of them. A smaller short-eared species I pro-

cured two of in the celebrated cave at Kelung (N. Formosa), and

sent home in spirits (P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 381).

8. ** PHYLLORHINA SWINHOL, Peters, n. sp.’ (Swinhoe’s Leaf:

nose.) = rT an Owens ee , eo:

“Ph. maxima, auriculis acuminatis, apertura frontali parva, prosthe-

mate ferro-equino multo angustiore, foveis quatuor insigni ; cauda

crure longiore ; supra fusca vel fuliginosa, collo gastr@oque pal-

lidioribus.

“‘ This species is of the same size as, or still larger than Ph. dia-

dema, Geoffr. (= Ph. insignis, Horsf.), but easily to be distinguished

by the form of its upper nose-leaf, which is much narrower than the

horseshoe and the middle nose-leaf.

millims.

« Antibrachium Lou eee ne 84-90

Wubia’ “Sa. 1 Weideah ae ee ee 30-36

1 tsTo) ae, Reet. en Uk one: Beat Sr reed 20”

A. large number of these were taken in summer in a cave near

Amoy.

9. “ MINIOPTERUS BLEPOTIS, Temminck ;’” Tomes, P.Z.S.1858,

p- 121. (Red-and-black Bat.)

A very abundant species in summer at Amoy, found in numbers

gar

1870.) MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE MAMMALS. 617

hidden in caverns. The females and young are reddish-brown, the

adult males black.

10. “‘ VESPERTILIO FIMBRIATUS, Peters, n. sp.’ (Fringed Bat.)

*¢ Closely allied toV. emarginatus, Geoffr. Ears rather more emar-

ginate and more pointed ; tragus straight and shorter; wings extend-

ing to the middle of the metatarsus; margins of interfemoral and

lumbar membranes ciliated.

“Third lower incisor horizontally half as long as the canine.

Upper canine and third premolar closer together than in V. emargi-

natus or V. daubentonit, the second small premolar being situated at

the inner side of the third.

“‘ Above light brown, below ash-coloured, all the hair at the base

slate-coloured.

; millims.

“Poth lenous abone se Se 85

Headset ee fee ee re ee: 18

flout feteth of eae. 8209 PP 28 15

Anterior margin of ear ............ 13

Dass tae ay he eee oe oe age dee ie 7

1 Vy PEC Ae a am pai ea oe ba aides Ge

ibia *:. 3, OPN Tis SY ee Be 16-17

CLE Stes BS RAR a rene ge a eo

A common species at Amoy. Several examples procured; some

are plain brown on the upper parts, others rufescent brown.

11. “ VEsPERTILIO LANIGER, Peters, n. sp.’ (Woolly-faced Bat.)

* Kars, tragus, and face very similar to those of V. mystacinus ;

wings extending to the middle of metatarsus ; point of tail exserted.

“Teeth sinilar to those of the same species, third lower incisor

larger, and lower canines with much shorter points.

** Above dark brown, beneath greyish white. The greater basal

part of the hair slate-coloured.

millims.

‘otal tenethaliont, 25 .0od ese. ces. on 80

Weadses . 8 2 isst Si ora ye: Ss tata ekS

| EE abe e baa eee eS San ee 13

571 lad SC a ere ae ee 6

aren inl 5s aerate craterararsaverl oa, ocd onerd aa 35

Wbias..« i .< Re age rh a 16

1 CT an EO Sat NR a CS Sa 0

This little woolly Bat is comparatively rare at Amoy ; I only pro-

cured three specimens.

12. VesPeERTILIO RUFO-NIGER. (Black-and-Orange Bat.)

Vespertilio rufo-niyer, Tomes, P. Z. 8. 1858, p. 85, pl. Ix.

This Bat was described (/. c.) by Mr. Tomes from a specimen pro-

cured by Mr. Fortune at Shanghai. I have seen it at Tamsuy, N.W.

Formosa (see P. Z. S. 1864, p. 381, Péeropus?). At Takow (S.W.

Formosa) I procured a specimen, a note on the habits of which will

618 MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE MAMMALS. [June 23,

be found in P. Z. S. 1862, p. 356 (species allied to Kerivoula for-

mos).

At Takow, where Bats are very scarce, T was walking on the 5th

July, 1865, under a grove of trees. One tree had large leaves and

lilac-like flowers. Close to a bunch of flowers, between some big

leaves, I observed a cluster of some roundish things which I took at

first for fruit or some kind of gall-nuts. One of the clusters moved,

and I saw that they were the heads of Bats. They were hanging

head downwards from the stem of a leaf in a bunch one against

the other, their heads only showing, their bodies being hidden by

the leaves. There were about ten of both sexes,—one female with a

young one at her breast, and her breasts much swollen. Their

colour was light yellow, the wings being variegated with orange and

brown. I procured several specimens, and sent them to England.

Some of them came into Prof. Peters’s possession ; and he has iden-

tified the species as that described by Mr. Tomes. But surely the

habits of this species would show that it is not a typical Ves-

pertilio!

13. VESPERTILIO CHINENSIS, Tomes, P. Z. S. 1857, p. 53.

Brought from South China by Mr. Fortune.

‘‘ VESPERTILIO DAVIDII, Peters.” (David’s Bat.)

Dr. Peters had this species for examination from the Museum at

Paris. It was sent home by Pére David. It has not yet occurred

in South China, and therefore I do not number it.

14. “ VESPERUGO ABRAMUS (ef AKAKOMULI), Temminck.”’ (Chi-

nese House-bat.)

The female is a rich brown, with lighter and dusky underparts ;

the male is black. I procured the former in Hainan, and the latter

in Canton. They were common in the settlement at Canton of an

evening in April.

15. ‘ VesPERUGO PIPISTRELLUS, Daub.?’’? (Small House-bat.)

Dr. Peters marks my specimen from Formosa with a query. This

is a very common species at Taiwan (capital of Formosa), and thou-

sands may be found clustered together in the old Dutch fort within

the walls of the city. I have no specimen from South China ; but it

doubtless must occur there also.

16. “ VespeRUGO rMBRicatus, Temminck.” (Imbricated

House-bat. )

A common species at Amoy.

17. ‘‘ VESPERUGO PULVERATUS, Peters, n. sp.” (Grizzled House-

bat.)

“In form of ear and tragus similar to V. maurus of Europe, but

the tragus apparently not double-toothed. Wings extending to the

1870.] MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE MAMMALS. 619

base of the toes; point of tail exserted. Base of interfemoral mem-

brane very sparingly furnished with hair.

** Form of teeth similar to those of V. pipistredlus, the first upper

premolar being much larger than in V. maurus.

*‘ Hair black, on the upperside with very short, beneath with

longer brownish-grey tips.

millims.

ee eal Tenet RD ADOREs et. eA sake sd sos 85

lead: sp s. cue camnernenne seis cia ror aonee 18

| AROS oc oo bho aR See 12°5

Te TRIN ety Sn Re IRE. ome eadited 55

MOTLCATING et ee cee en eee 34

Mb laie srt cee ee ete sibs rates = 13

HOGhane) Ge eee ores wie woe es 8”

I have specimens from Amoy taken in August and September.

It is not a common species.

18. ‘‘ VespeRUGO moLossus, Temminck.” (Molossus Bat.)

Dr. Peters has this species from Hongkong.

“ VESPERUS SEROTINUS, Schreber.” (Evening Bat.)

A very common species in summer evenings about the city of

Peking. I do not number it, as I do not know of its occurrence in

South China.

19. ScoropHiLus puMILorpEs, Tomes, P. Z 8. 1857, p. 52.

Brought from South China.

20. “Scoropyitus HEATHU, Horsfield.’’ (Heath’s Bat.)

About five inches in length, with snuff-brown upper and snuff-

yellow underparts; very common in Canton in April and May, fly-

ing about in large numbers over the Foreign Settlement.

21. “ ScoropHitus TemMMINcKI, Horsfield.’ (Temminck’s

Bat.)

Smaller than the last, brown above, much paler below; occurred

in numbers in company with the last, in the same place.

22. Dysorrs (Motossus) rugrPeLIi. (Large-eared Tailed Bat?)

Dysopes (Molossus) riippeliit, Temm. Monogr. de Mammalogie,

i. pl. xviii.

I procured a specimen of a Bat some years ago at Amoy which

greatly resembled Temminck’s figure, though it could hardly be

the same as that species, which is from Egypt. My specimen was

sent to England, and, I believe, is now in the collection of Mr. R.

Tomes. Somes notes will be found on its peculiarities in P. Z. S,

1862, p.11. The animal I speak of was brought to me alive on

the 25th Nov. 1859. It was an adult male, and measured from

snout to root of tail 4°3 inches; tail 1°2; expanse 15°5; ears 1-1,

protruding beyond snout; breadth across the ears 2. Its skin was

620 MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE MAMMALS. [June 23,

soft and mole-like, of a deep brown, with a madder-tint, lighter

on the underparts. The membrane extending from the tail to the

legs was wrinkled, and covered the tail like a glove, so as to slip

up or down as the creature wished to expand or contract its in-

terfemoral wing, or, in nautical language, to shake out or take in

reefs. The toes on each hind foot were five in number, of nearly

equal length, the outer one thicker, all with longish pale hairs,

chiefly at their tips; sides of the upper lip and upper surface of ear

furrowed or grooved. Eyes small, and nearly hidden in the recess

formed by the protruding ears. The living animal carried two

species of parasites, one winged and the other wingless. These have

been described and figured by Mr. H. Giglioli, in the ‘ Proceedings

of the Microscopical Society’ for 1863, as Strebla molossa and Poly-

ctenes molossus.

I have often, on a cloudless evening, at Amoy, seen these Bats

flying along high in the air, being easily distinguished by the nar-

rowness of their wings. When irritated, the creature has a habit of

exposing its tail by the process above described, and of sinking its

eye into the socket, and thrusting it out again.

INSECTIVORA.

23. Tapa insuLARIS. (Formosan Blind Mole.)

Talpa insularis, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1862, p. 10.

Found in the hills of the north end of Formosa. A Mole occurs

about Peking which M. Alphonse M.-Edwards has distinguished

as the Scaptochirus davidianus (Aunales des Sciences Nat. 5° série,

t. 7), anted, p. 450.

24. Tawra, sp.

IT have a Mole from Foochow, China, which resembles the Szechuen

species ; but, owing to the present troubled state of Paris, I have

not been able to compare it.

25. Sorex muriNnus, Linn. (Musk-rat.)

Sorex myosurus, Pall.

S. swinhoei, Blyth, J. A. 8. xxviii. 285.

S. albinus, Blyth. J. A. 8. xxix. 90 (the young).

The Common “ Musk-rat” is found throughout China, Formosa,

and Hainan, in houses in large towns. Has an unpleasant musky

odour, and a peculiar chatter, like the chinking of money (Swinh.

‘ Zoologist,’ 1858, p. 6224; P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 382; P. Z. 8. 1870,

p. 231).

26. Sorex ? (Small Shrew.)

Sorex ?, Swinhoe, P. Z. S. 1864, p. 382.

The two little Shrews I took under decayed dung on a hill at

Tamsuy, Formosa, and mentioned before (/.c.), I sent in spirits

to Paris, but do not at all know what has since become of them.

1870. | MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE MAMMALS. 621

27. ERINACEUS ? (Hedgehog.)

I have heard of Hedgehogs occurring at Taiwan (Formosa), at

Amoy (P. Z.8. 1864, p. 378), and in Hainan (anted, p. 237), but

I have never been so fortunate as to procure a specimen from any

of these localities. They are common about Peking; and I have

lately brought to the notice of this Society the Peking species, and

proposed to name it 2. dealbatus (anted, p. 450).

CARNIVORA.

28. Ursus Tipetanus, F. Cuvier. (Black Bear.)

Helarctos tibetanus, Swivhoe, P. Z. 8. 1862, p. 351.

Ursus formosanus, Swinh. P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 380.

The Tibetan Black Bear is found in the mountains of the Shan-

tung promontory ; and I procured thence a living specimen, which

is now in the Gardens of the Society. But the Black Bear of For-

mosa I long suspected to be distinct ; and a young animal I procured

at Taiwan seemed to confirm my view. It had the face as black as

the rest of the body, instead of brown as in the individual from

Chefoo. The animal from Taiwan also reached England alive, and

may be now seen alongside of the other black Bears. Mr. Bartlett

tells me he can see no distinction between it and the true Tibetan

form. At Taiwan I obtained two flat skins of the Formosan Bear in

the adult state ; and these would show that the animal attains a very

large size, fully equal to the biggest specimens from the Himalayas ;

but my skins exhibit, in addition to the crescentic white patch on

the breast, a large round white spot on the belly. This Mr. Bart-

lett tells me he has also seen in the Bears from India. I procured

a good series of the skull of our Bear from the aboriginal tribes of

the central mountains, who dedicate them to the Great Spirit of the

Chase; and in these I cannot find any noticeable difference from

the skulls of the Himalayan species in the British Museum. We

must allow, then, that the Formosan Black Bear is simply the 'Ti-

betan Bear, which appears also to occur in Hainan, and probably

throughout the mountains of China generally. 1 extract a note on

the Formosan Bear from the ‘ Taiwanfoo Gazetteer’ :—- ‘‘ Bears have

hair stiff as bristles, and their coat is thick and shaggy ; the arrow’s

head cannot pierce the body. Their feet are strong, and with their

claws they can climb trees, on the summits of which they will sit

cross-legged, or they will burrow into the earth and dwell there.

People capture them by stratagem. Before they have carried young

their bellies contain much suet that is eatable ; their paws, however,

are the tit-bits (lit. the one of eight pearls). Hashed and roasted,

these afford a true relish ; but it is no very easy matter to cook them

properly.”

Brown Bears, or ‘‘ Men Bears,”’ as the Chinese call them, are said

by the natives to occur in the mountains of South China ; but I have

never seen any. In North China, I have been informed by friends,

Brown Bears are taken about by showmen, and made to dance and

622 MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE MAMMALS. (June 23,

do various tricks at fairs. These will probably be of the species

acquired by the Society in 1867, and figured in woodcut as Ursus

piscator, Pucheran (P. Z. S. 1867, p. 817).

29. MeLes LEPTORHYNCHUS, Alph. M.-Edwards. (Chinese

Badger.)

M. chinensis, Gray, P. Z.S. 1868, p. 207 (figures of skull).

Of this species “the skull,” remarks Dr. J. E. Gray, “ is so like

that of Meles leueurus from Thibet that I should have regarded

them as the same, if there were not so much difference in the length,

and flaccidness and coloration of the fur, and the abundance of the

under-fur. This may depend on the climate. The shortness and

peculiar colour of the fur are exactly alike in the specimens sent by

Dr. Harland from Hongkong, and by Mr. Consul Swinhoe from

Amoy. I may observe that when Dr. Harland’s specimen was sent

it was regarded as a young Arctonyz collaris.”” (Cat. Mamm. 1869,

Less)

a The first of this species was brought to me at Amoy on the 17th

July, 1867, in so badly wounded a state that it soon died. It was a

male, and measured from the snout to the root of the tail 22 inches:

tail 6; from carpal joint of fore leg to tips of claws 4°75; from

shoulder to carpal joint 8°25; sole of fore foot 22 long, 1:1 broad,

longest claw °6; hind foot 2°8. Length of head 51; tip of nose to

corner of eye 1‘7; from ear to ear across head 2°45; breadth of

ear 1:5; edge of upper lip to base of projecting nose *75.

_ Hair of upper body coarse, about 1°5 inch long. Nose and nails

brownish flesh-colour. Soles of feet pale flesh-colour. Band under

nose brown, with a narrow side border of same to lower lip. A

band of black about an inch wide runs along either side of the head,

from near the snout across the eyes, and terminates broader just

behind the ear. A broad stripe of buff-white runs from the nose to

the occiput, and another of the same colour on either side of the

face (including angle of mouth, with a narrow strip round chin) to

below and beyond the ear; ear black, with a buff-white border to

its upper half. Underparts and limbs black; upper parts some-

what densely clothed with short pale buff woolly under-fur; the

upper-fur long and coarse, and also pale buff with dark centres,

giving a grizzly appearance to the coat. Tail plain light buff. Teeth

somewhat worn. The fur had many lice, but I only detected one

flea.

On the 19th July a male and female were brought to me, the

latter very large and very old, with few teeth remaining, and these

quite worn down. They were both fresh killed. The female had

four teats on the belly, and two on the abdomen, just between the

fore part of the thighs. She measured 31°5 inches, with a tail of

7°25 to its bony tip, and hairs-extending 2:25 beyond ; between ears

across head 2°75. Her hair was much longer, especially on the

tail; and she was much more tawny on the upper parts. Neither of

them had the black and white face-markings so distinct as in the

younger animal of the 18th June.

1870. ] MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE MAMMALS. 623

Later on in the summer I procured several more, and noticed that

in some the white central face-streak gets almost obliterated by

being smeared with black.

In the hills of the Tinggan District, near Amoy, these animals

appear to be common. They lie torpid in their holes during winter,

but in summer come down to the fields of sweet potatoes, which

they root up and eat. The natives call them ‘‘ Sweet-potatoe Pigs,”’

and lie in wait to shoot them with matchlocks. The flesh is not

esteemed by the Chinese, and only the poorest classes eat it.

Our South-China animal, as M. Alphonse M.-Edwards has lately

shown me, is of the same species as that sent to Paris by Pére A.

David from the neighbourhood of Pekin. This Badger, therefore,

must have an extensive range. A second species also occurs near

Pekin, the Meles leucolemus of A. M.-Edwards. M. ankuma,

Temm. & Schleg., is from Nagasaki (South Japan). In Formosa

I noted no Badger.

30. Hexicris Moscuata. (Musky Tree-civet.)

Helictis moschata, Gray, P. Z.S. ii. p. 94; 1865, p. 153; Cat.

Mamm. 1869, p. 142.

Mr. Reeves originally brought this animal from Canton. I have

got it from the neighbourhood of Amoy, and lately found it offered

in the market at Shanghai. The Shangai specimens are more tinged

with orange-yellow on the underparts, and in colouring come near

the Formosan species.

31. Hexicris suBAURANTIACA. (Orange-tinted Tree-civet.)

Helictis subaurantiaca, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1862, p. 355, pl. Ixiv. ;

Gray, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 153; Cat. Mammals, 1869, p. 142.

This species is found throughout the wooded hills of Formosa,

but in the north end of the island it attains its richest colouring.

In the south, near Takow, a specimen was brought to me quite pale,

and scarcely differing in outward appearance from the former species.

Dr. J. E. Gray has pointed out (/. ¢.) the chief characteristics that

distinguish this from its Chinese and Nepaulese allies.

32. Marres FLAvicuta (Bodd.), var. XANTHOSPILA. (Yel-

low-necked Marten. )

This fine Marten was procured by my hunter in the forests of the

central mountains of Formosa. It differs from Himalayan specimens

in the British Museum in having the dark colour of the head less

extended on the hind neck, and grizzied with white on the occiput,

and in having the sides of the neck bright golden yellow. The skull

is unfortunately within the skin, and so is not handy for comparison.

Head purplish brown, grizzled with white on the occiput. Behind

ear and backwards a long broad spot of purplish black. Chin,

upper lips, and in a line backwards to lower edge of ear, throat,

central streak of chest, and a stripe between the hind legs white.

Sides of neck rich golden yellow. Fore part of back and fore

624 MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE MAMMALS. [June 23,

quarters light brown washed with golden. Body above and below

light purplish brown, becoming nearly black on hind quarters, hind |

legs, and tail. The fore legs are deep purplish brown, paler on the

front; claws whitish. The brown of the head ends abruptly back-

wards, with a transverse golden line edging it. Length from snout

to root of tail 20 inches; tail 14°5, with 2 inches of hair beyond.

Length of head 4°25; greatest breadth 2; breadth between ears

1:75. Hind foot from tarsal joint 3°50; sole-pads small; claws

short, deep, and well-curved.

I only-procured the single specimen in Formosa, and have never

heard of its occurrence in South China; but as the Indian animal is,

according to Dr. Jerdon, very widely spread in Hindostan and its

archipelago (Mamm. of Ind. p. 82), this Marten is likely enough

to be found in suitable localities in China also.

33. Musrexa siprrica (Pall.). (Red House-stoat.)

Vison sibirica, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 117; Swinhoe, Zoologist,

1858, p. 6223.

Lives in the walls of houses in most of the towns in China, and

feeds on Rats and Snakes. I have seen them in Tientsin, Amoy,

and Formosa, and have heard of them in most places that I have

visited in China (see anted, p. 238).

The following note was made on a fresh male specimen at Amoy,

about two-thirds grown :—

Length of head 3:2 inches, from its junction with neck to root of tail

10°5 ; tail 9°75 (including 1-2 of hair at tip). Height of ear 1-25 ;

depth of head near ears 1°75 ; breadth between ears 75, between

eyes ‘7; greatest breadth of head 1°75, of nose 4, of eye “4; from

rictus to tip of nose 1°2, to end of lower lip *75.

Hair of a uniform light chestnut throughout, with paler under-

fur, slightly tinged with grey. Chin and round nose white, with

some white on the under neck. Face in front of eyes blackish

brown, with a little brown on the crown. Moustache-hairs brown.

Claws light brown colour.

34. Lurra cHINENsIS. (Chinese Otter.)

Iutra chinensis, Gray, Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist. 1836, p. 58

P. Z.S. 1865, p. 126; Swinhoe, Zoologist, 1858, p. 6224; P. Z.

1861, p. 390; 1864, p. 381.

Found all over South China; frequents the sea-coasts as well as

inland waters. On the 27th January, 1867, some fishermen brought

me a fine male that had crept into their boat to steal the fish. It

was dead, but still warm. I took down the following notes of its

appearance :—

From snout to root of tail 25 inches; tail 16°5, in girth at base

6 inches, tapering to a point, with about 4 length of hair beyond

tip, making a complete point. Ears small and rounded; breadth

between them across head 3°25; length of head 5-25; breadth be-

tween outer angles of eyes 13, between inner angles 2; eye in dia-

1870. ] MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE MAMMALS. 624

meter *5; breadth of muzzle 2°2. Length of fore leg from shoulder

to tip of claws 7°75; of hind leg from hip to tip of claws 9°5. Girth

of neck 10°25, of body 13.

Throat, under neck, and round upper jaw white, with light buff

under-fur. Sides of head and neck between fore legs and on their

underside whitish with brownish under-fur, Breast and_ belly

brownish white, with deep buff-brown under-fur. Upper parts, tail,

between hind legs, and anal region deep glossy brown. Fore feet

with light yellowish buff on the three central toes ; nails flesh-colour.

Nose black; irides dark; lips flesh-red, washed with black ; teeth

white. Feet beneath brownish flesh-colour, with blackish-brown pads.

In the Ichang Gorge, 1110 miles up the river Yangtsze, we came

across a fisherman with a trained Otter. It was very tame and

gentle, but he kept it chained in his boat. To make use of its ser-

vices he would throw his large loose net, weighted at the edges, and

let the Otter into the water fastened by a long string: the Otter

would swim and dive round the outer edge of the net, driving the fish

under the net, which gradually contracted its edges until it was

drawn up. The fisherman would then call the Otter, giving him a

jerk or two, and it quietly returned to its corner in the boat. ‘The

Otter appears also to be used in India for a similar purpose (Jerdon,

Mamm. of India, p. 87).

35. Lurra swinnoe1. (Swinhoe’s Otter.)

Lutra swinhoei, Gray, P. Z. S. 1867, p. 182.

Dr. J. E. Gray has founded this species on the skull taken out of

the skin of a young Otter from Amoy (not Formosa as stated), which

I sent home, in company with a larger one from the same place.

Dr. Gray observes (/. c) that the skull in question “ has a very large

square tubercular grinder, and a very large rounded internal lobe to

the flesh-tooth, as in the second section,”’ which he has called Luéro-

gale. He adds that the species “is easily characterized by the

small size of the upper cutting-teeth, the series forming only a width

of 42 lines; while the series of most other Indian Otters occupy

6 lines (or half an inch), or sometimes rather more.’ The specimen

that was sent to Dr. Gray I had alive at Amoy on the 27th August,

1859. It had been captured at Gawkang, an island close to Amoy.

I judged it to be about four months old. It was very gentle, and

followed me about like a dog ; it delighted in rolling about the floor

seratching and biting itself, or would sleep rolled up on the door-

mat. When left alone it would utter loud cries like that of a young

chicken in distress, and when hungry a long series of sharp jarring

notes. It measured 21 inches, less tail 8; length of head 4, breadth

of head 2°5, across lips 1-7, height of head 2; breadth of eye ‘4, of

nose 6. Fore leg 3°5, across expanded foot 1°3 ; hind leg 3, across

hind foot 2. Upper parts rich dark brown ; under parts yellowish

brown, nearly white on the tips, cheeks, throat, and fore neck. Ears

small, and nearly concealed. Feet well palmated, with bare pinkish-

brown soles and short white nails. Lower bristles over the lips

white, the upper brown.

626 MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE MAMMALS. [June 23,

A species of Aonyx, or clawless Otter, is found in Hainan (see

anted, p. 229); but none of this group has turned up either in South

China or Formosa. Lutronectes whiteleyi, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1867,

p- 181, is a long-tailed species from Hakodadi, North Japan.

36. Fexis Tigris. (Bengal Tiger.)

Felis tigris, Linn.

Tigris regalis, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 263.

Tiger-skins are always purchasable at the fur-shops in Canton ;

and, from their moderate cost, there is no reason to disbelieve the

statements of the dealers, who affirm that they are procured on the

hills to the westward of that city. In 1858 several made their

appearance on the bare hills of the country near Amoy, and com-

mitted much depredation on the live stock of the farms, and in some

instances killed and injured the natives. One of these animals swam

across to Amoy on the 2nd of February, and appeared in the early

morning squatting, cold and exhausted, outside a temple in the lower

part of the town, or suburb of Ey-mun-kang. It was hunted into a

house and locked in. The roof was then partly uncovered, and some

soldiers were called to dispatch it with matchlocks. This they did

by firing down through the roof. The dead beast was suspended to a

bamboo pole, and carried by four men in triumph through the town.

Ihad it brought into my courtyard and examined it. It was a male,

and measured from the snout to the root of tail 64 inches, tail30 ; fore

leg from shoulder 33; circumference of foot 13, footpad 4; length

of head 14, depth of head 9, circumference of head 29 ; space be-

tween ears 9; length of ear 5°5; length of upper canine tooth 2;

circumference of body round thorax 40 ; hind leg 33 ; circumference

of foot 12. Circumference of hind body (round abdomen) 35;

round humerus 18, round femur 19, circumference of tail 9°25. It

weighed 330 Ibs. The skin of this animal was presented to the

temple in front of which the poor beast in life was first sighted, and

was afterwards used as a carpet for the chief idol on the shrine.

The bones were purchased for medicinal purposes by the Taotai,

or Governor of Amoy; and its flesh was sold in the streets at

4s. a pound as a preservative against smallpox. Its stomach was

empty.

Gn, the 11th November of the same year I chanced to meet a

Tiger myself. I was on the shore of the mainland opposite Amoy in

the afternoon looking out for small birds, in company with a friend.

I carried a gun, but had only small shot and one cartridge. Some

villagers came running to us crying “Go and shoot the Tiger.” I

thought they were making game of us, until some of them assured us

that there really was a Tiger in a neighbouring village, and that they

would be much obliged if we would killit. They led us to a village

at the foot of a hill near the shore, where we found men, women, and

children huddled outside in great alarm, many of the men armed

with matchlocks. They desired us to take off our boots, and one

of the men guided us over the roofs of the houses to the last house

near the hill, and, pointing to a large rock, he bade us listen. We

1870. | MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE MAMMALS. 627

could distinctly hear growls, and peering over I saw the lips and

feet of a tiger under the overhanging rock. The house on which

we stood presented a wall facing the rock, and about two yards distant.

We went inside, and I persuaded the owner to make a hole in the

wall. I had no means of drawing the charge of my gun, so rammed

down a cartridge on the top of the small shot in one barrel, and a

few hollow buttons into the other. In the hurry and excitement,

no bullets or iron nails were forthcoming. The Tiger noticed the

hole in the wall, but only growled. I fired the button-barrel first,

aimed at its neck, but he only answered by a growl, and I saw that

the buttons had done no more than turn up the skin, without pene-

trating. His face was full towards me, and I gave him the cartridge

right between the eyes. He gave a furious roar, and bounded into

the garden, where he stood for a few seconds bleeding from the

nose, and with his tongue lolling from his mouth. I had no more

cartridges with me, so I loaded again with the hollow caged buttons

which the villagers tore off their coats for me. The Tiger had

moved away, and I tracked him by his blood into a dilapidated

temple. I looked in at the window, and there stretched beside a

coffin sat the noble beast. He turned his head and growled as he

saw me; and, without a moment’s thought, I raised the barrels

and fired another shower of buttons at his face. I turned and fled ;

but a roar followed which I never shall forget, and I found myself,

breathless, at the bottom of a precipice, with my gun upraised, ex-

pecting to see the angry creature upon me; but, strange enough, he

did not follow. The villagers, who were assembled two hundred yards

away, all ran when I ran ; but seeing the Tiger did not pursue, one of

them came forward and put me on his knees, and patting me on the

back, helped to bring back my breath, which I had lost by the fall.

We crept up to the window again. Every one of the thick wooden bars

had been knocked out by the force of the leap ; but from the blood

only splashing the outside of the window, it was evident the Tiger had

not come out of the building. We looked in at the window, and

just below, outstretched on the floor in a pool of blood, lay the Tiger.

I threw up my hat, and shouted to my friend, who watched the pro-

ceedings at a distance, that the Tiger was dead. At the noise the

Tiger raised his head and growled. He was a Cat, of course, and

had the usual nine lives. I went to the villagers, and proposed a

joint attack, but they would not consent. Some of them ascended

the hill behind, and fired on to the roof of the house in which the Tiger

was sheltered. It was getting dark, so, breathless and hurt, I took

boat and returned to Amoy. A few hours after the Tiger is said to

have moved away ; but whether he died or survived his wounds, I

could never satisfactorily learn, so contradictory were the stories told.

In 1859 and 1860 Tiger-cubs were offered in the market at Amoy

for sale, and one of them was kept alive by a friend for many months.

It eventually died, and I exhibited its skin before this Society on

the 23rd of June, 1863*, comparing it with a skin of a Tiger from

India of about the same age. It differed a little in the markings of

* See P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 237.

628 MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE MAMMALS. [June 23,

its rump and tail, but not more than might be attributable to indi-

vidual variation.

At Foochow and Ningpo Tigers have also shown themselves in

the surrounding country, and the animal is well known to the natives

throughout China as the Lao-hoo.

The Tiger in the north of China grows to a very large size, seven

to eight feet from snout to tail, and is clothed with much longer and

denser hair. Skins of this northern race are brought to the port

of Newchwang from Mantchuria. I exhibited one of them at the

meeting of this Society on the 13th of January, 1870, and pointed

out its peculiarities (see anted, p. 3). This skin is now in the

British Museum ; but it will be necessary to procure a skull to de-

termine whether there really is sufficient difference to justify sepa-

rating the Tiger of the snows from the Tiger of the tropics.

37. Fevis pArDus (Linn.) (Leopard.)

Leopardus pardus, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 263.

Found in various parts of South China. Judging from skins

procured at Canton, the Chinese race is of a much richer yellow

colour, and has the spots larger and blacker than is usually seen in

skins from India.

Leopardus japonensis, Gray, P. Z. S. 1862, p. 262 (L. chinensis,

Gray, P. Z.S. 1867, p. 264), is the representative form in North

China and Mantchuria (see anted, p. 4).

38. Feuis MAcCROCELIS (Temminck). (Clouded Tiger.)

Neofelis macrocelis, Gray, P. Z. S. 1867, p. 265.

Leopardus brachyurus, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1862. p. 352.

The acquisition of a skull and a properly siuffed animal during

my last sojourn in Formosa satisfactorily proves that the insular

form of “ Clouded Tiger” is merely a small race of that of the Con-

tinent. My specimen was a male, and measured from the snout to

the root of the tail 28 inches, tail 23. Its head is small, and its

feet large. It is of a rich buff ochre colour, with deep-black spots

and markings. Underparts nearly white, with large brownish-black

markings.

A large flat skin of a female, brought at the same time, was of a

paler and yellower tinge ; and that of a younger animal was brighter

still, with a green wash over the yellow, the fur being longer and

shaggier than in the two adults.

39. Freuis viverrina, Bennett. (Asiatic Wild Cat.)

Viverriceps bennettii, Gray, P. Z.S. 1867, p. 268, fig. 5 (skull) ;

Swinhoe, P. Z. S. 1862, p. 7.

The flat skin I brought home from Formosa in 1862 was identified

with this species. I have not since succeeded in getting an entire

animal; so it is not certain whether ours is the same as the Hima-

layan species. Flat skins like the Formosan are also procurable in

shops in South China.

1870. ] MR. R, SWINHOE ON CHINESE MAMMALS. 629

40. Fevis curnensts. (Chinese Tiger-cat.)

Felis chinensis, Gray, Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. i. p. 577 (1837);

P. Z. 8. 1867, pp. 274, 400.

Leopardus reevesii, Gray, List of Mamm. Brit. Mus. 1843, p. 44.

Felis javensis, Scl. Cat. of Vert. p. 22 (1866).

This little Tiger-cat is the commonest wild cat in Formosa and

South China. I procured a good skin and skull of an adult and of

a young one in Formosa, and sent thence to the Society a living ex-

ample in 1866, which, however, unfortunately died in the Gardens

soon after landing. I have also flat skins of it from the Fokien hills

and from Shanghai. The British Museum has specimens brought

from Canton by Mr. J. R. Reeves many years ago. It is a forest

species, and is extremely wild and irritable in confinement.

The skull of the Formosan adult female is of a long oval form,

measuring in length 3-4 inches, breadth across malar arches 2°25,

breadth behind orbital spine 1:1; greatest breadth of brain-case,

below, 1:4; orbits imperfect.

Head brownish grey, with more or less rust-colour ; a line over

and under the eye, a patch on each side of nose, cheeks, and chin

pure white. From the white line over the eye runs a black line on

each side over the crown and down the back of the neck; between

these are two other longitudinal black lines, with an indistinct short

one between them; the muzzle is spotted with black, surrounded by

rusty chestnut, and an irregular line of the same runs from the pos-

terior angle of the eye to under the ears, breaking into spots ; another

runs along the cheek, a third shorter one further down, and a fourth

like a long spot on each side of the throat. Moustache-bristles brown

and white. Ear pale in front, black behind, with a white spot. A

black streak of grey marks each side of the hind neck. Underparts,

inner surface of fore legs and of thighs, white, with large brownish-

black oval spots. Upper parts brownish grey, washed between the

shoulders, and less richly along the back, with chestnut-brown ;

shoulders spotted and marked with rich deep chestnut-brown, with

streaks between them of the same colour mixed with black; further

along the back the streaks break up into long oval or oblong black

spots. The spots on the sides of the body and on the legs are

browner. Fur short and somewhat soft; under-fur dusky grey.

Fore feet light yellowish brown, speckled on the outer surface with

chestnut ; under foot dusky. Hind feet the same, without spots.

Tail with longer and woollier hair than the body, more dully

coloured, with large spots of dingy brown.

Head long and narrow, about 4°25 inches; ears short and angular,

1:6 long. Length of body 17, of tail 10°5. Fore leg about 9 ;.

hind leg about 9°7. Fore foot, from carpal joint, 2°8; greatest

breadth 1-2. Hind foot, from tarsal joint, 4; greatest breadth 1-4.

The Formosan kitten, apparently about six weeks old, is similarly

marked on the face, but has the spaces above the nose and under

the eyes much richer chestnut. Its hair is longer and softer, of a

dingy chestnut-brown, with the spots and marks fainter. Tail

630 MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE MAMMALS. [June 23,

thinner and less woolly than in the adult. Underparts white, with

the spots also faint; legs more washed with chestnut.

41, Viverra zisetua, Linn. (Indian Civet.)

Viverra zibetha, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 512.

V.. ashtoni, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 379.

Common in the bamboo-covered hills of South China, from Canton

to near Shanghai, and in the Chusan Islands ; occurs also in Hainan

(see anted, p. 227). I have never detected it in Formosa.

42, ViveRRICULA MALACCENSIS, Gmelin. (Little Spotted

Civet.)

Viverricula malaccensis, Gray, 1. c. p. 513.

Viverra pallida, Gray ; Swinhoe, P. Z.8. 1862, p. 7.

Common in South China, Hainan, and Formosa.

43. PacgumMaLARVATA. (Gem-faced Civet.)

Paguma larvata, Gray, P. Z. S. 1864, p. 359 ; Swinhoe, Zoologist,

1858, p. 6223; P. Z.8. 1864, p. 381.

P. larvata, var. taivana, P. Z. 8. 1862, p. 8.

This tree-loving species is found in the hills of the Kwangtung

and Fokien Provinces and in Formosa,

I kept one alive for some months in 1856, chained in my verandah

at Amoy. It fed on cooked meat in preference to raw, and did not

seem to care much for either fowl’s eggs or small birds. A stuffed

snake threw it at once on its guard, and with a spring it seized it by

the head and shook it. A shrimp was offered to it ; this it smelt,

and then rubbed its head over, first one side and then the other, as

dogs do over carrion; it refused to eat it. When let loose it used to

climb up the doors and legs of tables and chairs, putting one foot on

each side, and pushing up with the hind legs. It walked backwards

and forwards at the length of its chain, shaking the lower jaw, and

would suddenly stand up on its hind legs, giving utterance to a shaking

cry. It snapped at all dogs, and kept them at a distance. It slept

during a great part of the day, but continued lively for the greater part

of the night. The heat affected it a good deal, and made it pant.

The Society’s Gardens have two live specimens of this species

received from Formosa.

44. Urva cancrivora, Hodgs. (Crab-eating Mountain-mun-

goos.)

Urva cancrivora, Gray, P. Z. S. 1864, p. 568. r

A specimen brought from the Fokien hills, near Amoy, agrees

with Hodgson’s specimens in the British Museum, from Nepaul.

Face long and pointed, with the nasal portion recurved; nose

and upper lip with a deep vertical groove. Ears short, broad, and

rounded. Soles of feet and underside of toes quite bare; claws

strong. Fore foot :—first toe very short, second longer than the

1870. } MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE MAMMALS, 631

fifth, the third and fourth subequal ; a basal membrane attaches the

second and third, and a menibrane reaching to end of first joint the

third and fourth. Hind foot: first toe diminutive, and placed well

behind ; third toe longer than the fourth, and united to it by a mem-

brane to the first joint ; second attached to the third, and fourth

to the fifth, by short membranes. Head and feet clothed with short

hair; rest of the body with long coarse and tkick woolly under-fur ;

tail long and bushy, with long very coarse hair.

Nose and edge of lips brownish flesh-colour; iris deep brown.

Hair of muzzle brown; upper lips, chin, throat, and a ridge of

longish hairs extending from under the ears to the shoulder white.

Head with light reddish-brown under-fur, the short hairs cf -the

upper-fur being individually banded with black and white. Ear

with short close-set whitey-brown hair, partly hidden by the hair

of the cheeks. Upper parts of body] with the under-fur brown

at roots, buff above, the Jong hairs of the upper-fur having each a

broad central black band and white tip, giving a hoary appearance to

the coat ; underparts with less black. Fore and hind legs blackish

brown, sprinkled about humeral and femoral parts with buff specks.

Tail buff white, with a few black-banded hairs intermingled.

Length from snout to root of tail 20 inches; tail 12, with an

extra inch of hair at tip. Head 4°75; between ears 2. Palm to

nail-tips 2°50; breadth of palm +75. Sole to nail-tips 2°50 ; breadth

of sole ‘80.

This species has an extensive range in India, being found from

Afghanistan through the Himalayas to Aracan ; and we find it also

occurring in South China.

No typical Herpestes seems to occur in China north of Hainan.

45. NYCTEREUTES PROCyONOIDES. (The Raccoon-like Wild

Dog.)

Nyctereutes procyonoides, Gray, P. Z.S. 1868, p. 522.

Canis (Nyctereutes) viverrinus, Temm. Faun. Jap. ; v. Schrenck,

Amoorland, i. p. 63.

The “ Raccoon or Civet Dog” ranges from Canton into Amoor-

land, and is also found in Japan. I have specimens of it from the

Fokien hills, from Hankow, and from Shanghai; but I have not

met with it in Formosa.

46. VULPES HOOLE, sp. nov. (South-China Fox.)

Vulpes vulgaris, Swinhoe, Zoologist, 1858, p. 6223.

The Fox of the plains and lower hills of South China is in form

and size very similar to that of Europe; but it is paler, wants the

black spot on the sides of the snout, and has the colours of its coat

differently arranged. I have placed in the British Museum an adult

female and two cubs; but as their skulls are within the skins, I have

not been able to remark on them.

Throat, along upper lip, and under neck white, washed with black

on chin, with dusky-grey under-fur. Moustache-bristles black,

Proc. Zooxu. Soc.—1870, No. XLIII.

632 MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE MAMMALS. _ [June 23,

Ear ochreous in front, black behind, with yellowish chestnut at

base. Round eye and on space in front bright rufous. Rest of

head light rufous, grizzled with white on the cheeks and crown.

Upper parts dingy ochreous, with more or less rufous on the hind

neck and shoulders, and brightening into chestnut on the back ;

deep rust-colour near the tail, grizzled with white, the white in-

creasing on the sides of the buttocks; under-fur of the back dusky

grey at base, rust-colour above. ‘Tail rusty chestnut on the

upper surface, with some of the hairs tipped with black ; its sides

and under surface light dingy buff, with the apical half of each hair

black ; its end with a conspicuous white tip. Anterior surface of

fore legs blackish grizzled with white, outer sides rusty grizzled with

yellowish, inner sides buff, under surface and hair between toes

dingy brown. The white on the chest continuous downward in a

line to the middle of the belly. Belly from behind fore legs, on

each side of the white line, chestnut buff. Abdomen whitish buff,

with a faint tinge of purple. Anterior surface of hind legs as of

fore legs; their sides and under tarsi bright rusty chestnut.

Head 7 inches; neck to root of tail 19; tail 13°5, with 3 inches

of hair projecting beyond. Length of ear 3. Length of fore foot,

from carpal joint to tip of nails 3°76; of hind foot 5:5.

The cub about six weeks old is covered with thick downy hair,

with a few long soft hairs intersprinkled. The rufous patch between

the eye and nose is well marked. Upper lip and throat white,

blackish on chin. Chest dingy white. ar yellowish in front,

black behind. Paws and toes blackish on upper surface. Crown

and upper back dingy rust-colour; shoulders and sides of the body

whitish. Tail light dingy, with a rufous wash on the upper surface.

Underparts light dingy rust-colour, with a purplish wash.

This Fox is common on the bare granitic hills of Amoy ; and I

have seen as many as six together at a time. When pursued they

spring with great agility from rock to rock, and soon outrun a Grey-

hound on such rough ground; but on the plains they are no match

for the dog. They descend to the plains at night, and rob the hen-

roosts. I have also seen them in Hongkong island. About Tient-

sin, in North China, Foxes are also common; but I have never

handled a specimen from any northern locality. No Fox has been

found in Formosa.

47. VULPES LINEIVENTER, sp. nov. (South-China Mountain-

fox.)

Two Foxes were brought to me at Amoy in 1867, from the higher

mountains of Fokien. They are very like the Black-bellied Fox of

Europe, V. vulgaris, var. melanogaster, Bp.; but are remarkable

for having a fine line of chestnut on each side of the belly. They

are very brightly coloured, and so differ conspicuously from the last-

described pale species, though in form and size very similar. Un-

fortunately the skulls were not saved.

Head grizzled with white and chestnut, round and under eye rich

chestnut. A broad angular mark of brown from anterior corner of

1870.] MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE MAMMALS. 633

eye to lip. Moustache- and face-bristles black. Snout, under level

of nose, part of cheeks, and throat white. Throat, under neck,

chest, and central underparts black, grizzled with white. Inside of

ear well clothed and cf a lively buff colour, which extends to the

edges; back of ear brownish black. Upper parts buff, many of the

hairs of the hind neck and shoulders being broadly tipped with

black. Crown and hind neck washed with chestnut, which brightens

as it runs down the back ina broad line. Under-fur greyish brown.

Fore legs clothed with reddish-brown under-fur, and covered with

black and white hair, with a broad deep black line running down

their anterior surface to the feet; under carpus and feet fine brownish

chestnut, brown on the hair about the palms. A bright chestnut-

buff line runs down each side of the belly, from the fore leg to the

hind leg, and narrows as it advances down inner side of hind leg,

where it is flanked inwardly with a white line. Thighs grizzled

with black, white, and chestnut. Tail bushy, bright chestnut on

the upper surface; with many of the hairs broadly tipped with black ;

under surface much paler, with more black ; tip white.

Snout to root of tail 32 inches; tail 17, with 2°75 length of hair

beyond tip. Fore leg 11 inches, hind leg 12°5. Ear 2°75 long, 1°75

broad at base.

48. ?OrarIA STELLERI. (Steller’s Sea-bear.)

Otaria stelleri, Temm. & Schleg. Faun. Japon.

I have been informed by the European pilots at Shanghai that

they have often seen Seals basking on some islands called ‘the

Ruggeds,” at the mouth of the Yangtsze. I have not been so for-

tunate as to get a specimen ; but it is not unlikely that they will turn

out to be the same as the animal recorded from South Japan.

RODENTIA.

49. Scrurus CASTANEOVENTRIS. (Chestnut-bellied Squirrel.)

Sciurus castaneoventris, Gray, Ann. N. H. ser. 3. xx. p. 283;

Swinhoe, P. Z.8. anted, p. 231.

Sciurus erythreus, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1862, p. 11.

The Chestnut-bellied Squirrel is found in Hainan, the provinces

of Kwangtung and Fokien, and in Formosa. The finest Formosan

skins are rather larger, with longer tails, are bright deep chestnut on

the underparts, and have broad buff tips to the hair ef the apical

half of the tail. The chin and chest in these is for the most part

not red, but of one colour with the back. As in the Hainan and

Chinese skins, the redness of the underparts is very variable in ex-

tent and intensity ; and so is the. yellowness of the tail. I have

specimens from South Formosa of one colour throughout, and others

with more or less red ; and with a series before me I find it impos-

sible to divide the animals from the different localities even into

races, A fine specimen from North Formosa measures from snout

to root of tail about 9 inches; its tail 9°5, including 2°5 inches of

634 MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE MAMMALS. [June 2:4

hair beyond tip of tail-bone. Sciurus lokriah, Hodgs., Se. lokri-

oides, Hodgs., and Sc. erythrogaster, Blyth, appear to be only

three varieties of this Squirrel, the last very close to the Formosan.

Se. erythreus, Pall., has a fringed ear, and is distinct.

The British Museum has a red-throated Squirrel, marked from

China. It is black on the upper parts and tail, chestnut on the

underparts, fore legs, and hind feet, white on the sides and thighs.

It differs somewhat from an animal also there from Borneo, but is

so much in character with it that it is difficult to believe that it is

really from China. Dr. J. E. Gray has described it as Setwrus rufo-

gularis, in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1842.

50. Sciurus Griserpectus. (Grey-breasted Squirrel.)

Sciurus griseipectus, Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3. xx.

p. 282.

China is given as the habitat of this plain-coloured species ; but

I have not had the good fortune to come across it in that country.

51. Scrurus cuinensts. (Chinese Squirrel.)

Sciurus chinensis, Gray, Ann. N. H. ser. 3. xx. p. 282 (1857).

The Museum has two of this species from Shanghai, brought

home by Mr. John Reeves. They are brown on the breast, upper

parts, and tail; dusky wlute below, from chin to tail. Length of

body about 7 inches, tail bushy and rather longer than the body.

On my journey from Ningpo to Shanghai, overland, I saw many

of this species in groves of trees. It is arboreal in habits.

52. Scrurus M‘cLELLANDI. (M‘Clelland’s Squirrel.)

Sciurus m‘clellandi, Horsfield, P. Z.S. 1839; Swinhoe, P. Z.S.

1862, p. 11.

This small striped Himalayan Squirrel, with tufted ears, is found

in Hainan, the provinces of Kwangtung and Fokien, and in Formosa.

M. A. Milne-Edwards assures me that he has also received it from

Western Szechuen.

53. ScruROPTERUS KALEENSIS. (Small Formosan Flying

Squirrel.)

Sciuropterus kaleénsis, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1862, p. 359.

Mountain-forests of North Formosa. I know no species of this

form from South China.

54. Preromys Granpis. (Large Red Flying Squirrel.)

Pteromys grandis, Swinhoe, P. Z.S. 1862, p. 358, pl. xlv.

Found in the north and central mountain-forests of Formosa. I have

received it from various localities in the wilder parts of that island.

55. Preromys PECTORALIS, sp. nov. (White-breasted Ilying

Squirrel.)

General colour a rich rufous; tail lighter, with brown at tip ;

1870. | MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE MAMMALS. 635

breast and streak down the centre of the belly white. Length from

snout to root of tail 20 inches; tail 15, soft and bushy. The red

fur of the body is sparsely sprinkled with white hairs. The fur is

soft, moderately long, and much in character with that of Pt. gran-

dis ; in some lights it shows very brown.

A specimen of this fine species was brought to me at Takow, S.W.

Formosa, in December 1865. It seems confined to the southern

mountains of Formosa.

66. Mus sanpicora, Bechstein (Linn. Trans. viii. t.18). (The

Bandicoot Rat.)

Mus nemorivagus, Hodgson.

M. setifer, Horsf. Zool. Res. in Java.

I have never observed the Bandicoot in China; but in Formosa,

on the high road from Takow to the city of Taiwan, it was very

abundant, living in holes at the foot of the hedges that line the way.

I have not seen them in the towns. It would appear likely that

this Rat was introduced into Formosa when the Dutch were in pos-

session, in A.D. 1630.

T have the skin and skull of an adult from Formosa; the former

measures from snout to root of tail 11°5 inches, tail 6°75; ear 1:1

in length. The skull agrees with specimens from India.

97. Mus pEcuMANUsS, Pall. (Commercial Rat.)

Mus decumanus, Swinhoe, P. Z.8. 1864, p. 382.

Abundant in all large towns in South China and Formosa.

The white and pied varieties of Mus rattus, L., are to be seen in

cages in the towns; but these are imported.

58. Mus 1npicvus, Geoffroy. (Indian Rat.)

Arvicola indica, Gray ; Hardwicke, Il. Ind. Zool. i. t. 11.

My largest specimen from Formosa is 10°75 in length, tail imper-

fect, ear ‘66. A smaller one, length 7, tail 5°25. Colour above

light chestnut-brown ; most of the hairs broadly tipped with black,

giving in the adult a streaky appearance to the back. Long fine

moustaches on muzzle white, short ones black. Sides of muzzle,

feet, and underparts dingy white, with a tinge of yellow. Tail

sparsely covered with short spinous bristles, brown on the upper,

white on the under surface of the tail.

In the city of Taiwan, Formosa, this large Rat was nearly as

common as the Commercial Rat, and seemed to associate with it.

I have not noticed it in the towns of the Chinese main.

59. Mus aALexanprinvus, Geoffroy. (South-European Rat.)

Adult male measures 8°6, tail 6, ear *7. This species is a good

deal like the ordinary grey Rat, but has longer and richer- coloured

pile, the ear is larger and more oval, the feet smaller, and the tail

proportionately longer, and with much more short hair, especially

near the tip. Upper parts dark yellowish brown, with many of the

636 MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE MAMMALS. [June 23,

hairs on the back and rump broadly tipped with black. Under-

parts dingy, tinged with ochreous. Moustache-hairs long, fine, and

dark. Identified by Dr. Peters.

This Rat is found in country villages and outplaces about Amoy,

and would seem to be an earlier introduction than the M. decumanus,

from the face of which it has probably retired. The latter is the

only species one sees in the town. It is difficult now to discover

what were the House-rats of China before the introduction of the

three last-named species. In villages and country towns, where

the latter have not established a footing, Country-rats, which

often scale trees, are found entering houses and running about

the streets. In Formosa, where the Commercial Rats are not so

widely extended, several species of these Country-rats occur; but in

China I have as yet only noticed the M. rufescens.

0. Mus coxinea. (Spinous Country-rat.)

Mus coxinga, Swinhoe (errore coninga), P. Z. 8.1864, pp. 185, 382.

Most numerous in the north of Formosa, less so in the south-

west. I have not heard of it in China. Does not appear to enter

large towns, but is found abundant in villages of the interior, to

which the bigger Rats have not reached.

61. Mus rurescens, Gray. (Chestnut Country-rat.)

Mus flavescens, Elliot.

This species was determined by Dr. J. E. Gray from specimens

I brought home in 1862. It used to occur in the gardens at Amoy,

and I have several times seen it running up and down trees in the

daytime. I jotted down the following note on a specimen I shot

at Amoy on the 17th May 1859:—Length of body 4:3; tail 3°8;

head 1:5; ear *7, large and oval. Fur short and soft, with a few

long soft hairs interspersed. Moustache formed of long, delicate,

black and white hairs. Upper parts pale reddish brown, ochreous

about the head; underparts whitish; all the under-fur slaty grey.

Tail sealed as usual, and set with many short pointed sete.

This Rat is found also in many parts of India. I have not

noticed it in Formosa.

02. Mus canna, sp. nov. (Silken Country-rat.)

Mus ?, Swinhoe, P. Z. S. 1864, p. 382. no. 26.

3. Length 5°5; tail 5°25; ear bare, 6 high, oblong, rounded at

tip. Hind foot from tarsal joint 1-4. Hair short, soft, and mouse-

like. Front teeth narrow and slender, with orange surface. Upper

parts and legs brown, tinged with light chestnut, more conspicuous

on the head and along the sides; underparts dingy ochreous; tail

light brown, nearly naked, with minute inconspicuous sete. Under-

fur light slaty. It resembles the immature of M. indicus, but has

smaller feet, and a soft silky pelage.

A Rat affecting villages in the country near Tamsuy, Formosa, and

ascending trees.

1870. | MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE MAMMALS, 637

63. Mus Losna, sp. nov. (Brown Country-rat.)

3. Length 6 inches, tail 3°75. Teeth broader than in the last,

and of the same colour. General colcur of upper parts a rich brown,

many of the hairs of the head and upper parts tipped with black,

giving a dark appearance in some lights; fur soft and moderately

long; under-fur dark slate-grey. Underparts dingy whitish ; legs

brown, with a streak of whitish on each edge of fore foot. Ears

moderate, naked. Moustache rather short. Tail brown, with

minute black setze scarcely visible.

This is also a Country-rat at Tamsuy, Formosa.

64. Mus nrnGpoEnsts, sp. nov. (Short-eared Field-mouse.)

Length 3°25; tail 2°75. Lower incisors longo-triangular. Kar °35,

with short hair. Upper coat rich chestnut-brown, with deep slate-

coloured under-fur ; lower parts and feet white. Moustache-bristles

short and very fine. Fore foot minute ; hind foot -7 from tarsal joint.

Tail light brown above, whitish below, with minute scattered white

hairs.

This little creature I picked up at Ningpo, in the consulate

garden. It is a field-mouse; and “is,” says Dr. Peters of Berlin,

‘nearly related to the European short-eared mice, M. agrarius and

M. minutus, being larger than the latter, and without the dark dorsal

streak of the former.”

65. ?Mus saptus, Hodgson. (Long-tailed Field-mouse.)

Mus ?, Swinhoe, P. Z. S. 1864, p. 382. no. 27.

This long-tailed Field-mouse, with chestnut upper and whitish

underparts, allied to M. sylvaticus, L., of Europe, appears to

have a wide range in China, if I am right in identifying the one I

got at Tamsuy with that I saw in Hainan. Unfortunately both the

specimens I picked up were too mangled to preserve. I have

therefore not been able to identify it.

66. Mus arcenteus, T. & 8. Faun. Japon. (Yellow House-

mouse. )

Mr. S. Bligh, at Canton, gave me a small fawn-coloured mouse,

with light under parts and rather long tail, which answers well to

the species described in the ‘ Fauna Japonica.’ I have not seen it

from other parts of China.

-67. Mus muscutus, L. (Common House-mouse.)

Mus musculus, Swinhoe, P. Z.S. 1864, p.382.

Occasionally seen in houses both in South China and Formosa;

probably introduced. Black and white varieties are often kept by

the Chinese ; these are brought from the Straits.

68. Ruizomys cHINENSIS. (Chinese Bamboo-rat.)

Rhizomys chinensis, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1831, p.95; Ill. Ind. Zool. t.

This large Bamboo-rat was procured by Mr. John Reeves at

Canton. I have not heard of it from other parts of South China.

638 MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE MAMMALS. [June 23,

69. Hysrrrx suscRIsTATA, sp. nov. (Suberested Porcupine.)

Hystrix, sp., Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 378.

I had often heard of a Porcupine occurring both at Swatow (pro-

vince Kwangtung) and at Foochow (province Fokien), and knew

that it was an animal well known to the Chinese as the “ Bristly

Pig”? (Court dialect, Haochoo; Amoy, Ho-te); but it was not till

May 1867 that I procured specimens. One of these was brought

to me alive, and I shipped it for the Society; but it got overfed

by the passengers, and died before the vessel left the port. The

other specimen, a skin with skull, I have brought home. The

skull is very similar in form to the two of H. hodgsoni, Gray,

in the British Museum, and is like in form of teeth. It is the

skull-of an old animal, whereas the Museum specimens have open

sutures, and show juvenility. It is larger, and exhibits differences

of detail; but it is questionable whether these may not be attri-

butable to advanced age. Judging from the skull alone, one might

be inclined to identify our animal with the Nepaul species; but the

external form of the Chinese Porcupine displays a conspicuous occi-

pital erest, which is entirely absent in the other. Hodgson and

other zoologists lay great stress on the want of this crest (see Water-

house, Mammalia, iii. 461) ; and the mounted skins in the Museum,

both more than two-thirds the size of my specimens, bear no trace

of it. My specimens, on the contrary, differing in age, inter se,

have each a crest. I follow, therefore, Dr. J. E. Gray’s advice, and

separate the Chinese animal from its Nepaulese ally, though the ques-

tion as to its distinctness will not be satisfactorily determined until

we ascertain either that the Himalayan Porcupine has the crest

when fully adult, or that the Chinese Porcupine is destitute of it in

its younger state.

The following is a description from the living animal, corrected

by help of the skin :—

Snout to root of tail about 28 inches; tail about 5, covered at its

base by the protruding quills of the ramp, and carrying a bunch of

short white truncated quills on pedicles on the apical third of its

length. Palm to end of nails 3 inches ; sole to end of nails 4.

Head brown, with rather bare brownish flesh-coloured cheeks. Iris

deep brown. A few short scattered hairs round eyes. Ears oval,

flesh-brown, sparsely covered with whitish hairs. Nose deep brown.

Muzzle and lips with short brown hairs. General colour light

purplish black, much deeper on the legs ; white on the long hairs of

hind neck, with a crescent-shaped mark of the same colour across

breast. Head, legs, and belly clothed with short stiff bristles ;

neck, anterior half of back, and sides with short furrowed black

spines from 1 to 3 or more inches long, ending in sharp points,

thicker on the back, and tipped with yellowish. From the occiput

spring long stiff black bristles, white ou the apical half; and along

the hind neck runs a bushy ridge of the same from 2 to 5 inches

long, black, with more or less white. Hind part of back with long,

thick, rigid quills, the longest about 9 inches, mostly white at base,

with more or less white at tip; their central portions black, without

1870. ] MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE MAMMALS, 639

the usual white rings; interspersed among these are a few long thin

quills, chiefly white, and reaching a foot or more in length. Skin

below the quills flesh-white, sprinkled with scattered tawny hairs,

which occur amongst the bristles as well. Footpads brown; claws

brownish horn-colour,

The Poreupine occurs in Hainan (see anfea, p. 233), but in For-

mosa I have never detected it. The Taiwanfoo Gazetteer (a Chi-

nese work), however, includes it in its list of the natural productions

of that island. It describes it as ‘‘ covered with arrows like the

quills of the Hedgehog, which make a rustling noise when the

creature walks. ‘These arrows it can dart at people, but not toa

greater distance than from eight to ten feet.”

70. Leeus stnensts. (Chinese Hare.)

Lepus sinensis, Gray, Hardwicke’s Ill. Ind. Zool.; Swinhoe,

P. Z. S. 1862, p. 359.

This small, coarse-haired little Hare is the only species in Formosa

and South China. It is yellowish brown on the upper parts, the

hairs being broadly tipped with black ; a little white occurs above

and behind the eye. Ears about the length of the head, with a

light buff rim, and a blackish-brown apical spot on the hinder sur-

face; a patch of light rust-colour on the hind neck ; legs and flanks

a lighter shade of the same; belly and inside of thighs yellowish

white; tail brown on the upper surface, with a few black hairs inter-

mingled ; its under surface light buff; under-fur of coloured parts

light slate-cclour.

Hainan possesses a Hare of its own, my L. hainanus (see anted,

p. 233, Pl. XVIII.), and North China the Z. ¢olai, Pall., in com-

pany with the species under notice.

Unevunata.

71. Sus teucomystrax. (White-moustached Boar.)

Sus leucomystax, Temm. & Schleg.

In February 1869, Mr. Ludlam, an American gentleman at

Shanghai, shot in the neighbourhood of that settlement two large

wild Boars, and very kindly allowed me to take the skin and skull

of one of them. ‘This animal measured between five and six feet,

and had a thin tail about ten inches in length; length of skull 18;

ear 3°75 in height. The upper parts of its skin are clothed with

coarse black bristles, broadly tipped with light yellowish brown, and

from 4 to 5 inches in length, longest on occiput and along the back ;

the under-fur is yellowish brown, and like tow. Cheeks, under

parts, and legs black ; abdomen, between thighs, anal region, and

tail dingy white, the latter with a black tuft at tip. The moustache-

mark is formed by broad whitish tips to the black bristles of face.

Ear small and pointed, with white-tipped black bristles inside and

on anterior surface, behind with black bristles, on the upper half

forming a low fringe, bare at base and on the portion of the head

where the ear rests. The under-fur on the lower parts is short

and scanty. Nose sprinkled with a few short stiff hairs. The face is

640 MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE MAMMALS. [June 23,

black, with the exception of the moustache-mark ; the top of the

head and upper parts show light yellowish brown, and the under-

parts black.

KNOL

Molar series of Sus /ewcomystax.

The want of warts on the face, the small ear, and the absence of a

beard distinguish this animal at once from Sus scrofa, L, ; the want

of a crest aud beard and the black hoofs from Sus indicus, Schinz,

of India.

This Pig is now abundant, and to be found of fully developed

size, in a country where, before the devastations of the Taiping

rebels, the land was highly cultivated and not a wild pig was known.

The natives declare that they are merely the descendants of the pigs

of their farmsteads, which were abandoned and ran wild.

The skin and skull from Shanghai I have brought home; and

Dr. Giinther was so kind as to help me to compare the latter with

skulls of Sus scrofa, L., of Europe, and 8. indicus, Schinz, of India,

1870. ] MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE MAMMALS. 641

in the British Museum. Sus scrofa was at once distinguished by its

nasal bones exceeding the head in length, and by the comparative

greater distance of the palatal notch from the bulla. The Shanghai

and Indian skulls, all of nearly equal size and age, were then care-

fully compared ; and, with the exception of a rather more convex

vertex in the former, there was no appreciable difference. Dr. Giin-

ther gave it as his opinion that, judging from the skulls, he would

consider the Shanghai and Indian animals to be of the same species.

The authors of the ‘ Fauna Japonica’ consider the Sus leucomys-

tax of Japan the stock of the Japanese domestic Pig, from the

resemblance of the two. The figure given in that work bears a strong

likeness to our Shanghai animal ; but the description of the species

is too scanty for certain determination.

72. Sus TarvANus. (Formosan Wild Boar).

Sus taivanus, Swinhoe, P. Z. S. 1864, p. 383 ; Gray, P. Z.S.

1868, p. 26. .

Porcula taivana, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1862, p. 360.

From the last, or what we take to be Sus lewcumystazx, the di-

stinetion of the Formosan animal is apparent both in skin and skull.

I have the skin and skull of one animal about two-thirds grown from

Tamsuy (N.W. Formosa), and a large series of the skulls of adults

procured in the central mountains of the island from the native

Indians, who use them to ornament their shrines. These skulls

average in length a foot; and in many the disappearance of sutures

and the full development of teeth prove maturity, and show that the

Formosan animal does not attain the great bulk of the larger species.

Dr. Ginther kindly assisted me in comparing the skulls. In general

characters they are allied to those of Sus indicus, but the crown of

the head, or space between the orbits, is on the whole flatter than

in the latter; and, with the exception of the last molar, the molars

(including the premolars) are comparatively larger—indeed, so much

so that their united length (though the skulls are greatly smaller,

as 12 to 17) about equals that of the same in the other. Their

tusks are comparatively smaller and weaker. The females, as a rule,

have the vertex much broader than the males ; but its breadth varies

greatly in both sexes.

The chief difference in its external form appears to be in the shape

of the ear, which is broad, rounded on the edge, and drawn to a

point in the present species. The accompanying figures (1 and 3)

will illustrate this.

In the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Sogiety for 1862, p. 360, and for 1864,

p- 383, I have already described the appearance of this species when

only a few weeks old, and when some months old. I will now de-

scribe the animal about two-thirds grown that I procured at Tamsuy.

Length 3 feet, of tail dinches, of skull 10; height at shoulders

about 21 inches; ear 2°5 long, 1°75 broad. Body sparsely covered

with light yellowish-brown hair, intermingled with black bristles,

which are longer, coarser, and more conspicuous. Ear short and

broad, produced to an apex, with some yellowish hair inside and on

642 MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE MAMMALS. [June 23,

anterior surface, and a few blackish hairs behind, the base of the

hind part being naked, and no hairs overlapping on its upper edge

to form a fringe. From the occiput along the back to beyond its

centre runs a ridge of bristles about 3 inches long, for the most part

Fig. 3.

Molar series of Sus taivanus.

black, forming a dorsal mane. Moustache-streak scarcely visible ;

in the advanced stage of the youngling this is white and conspicuous ;

but the moustache-streak is no specific character, as many species of

Pigs have it more or less. Tail dressed with a few whitish hairs, with

long black bristles at its tip. Hoofs brownish black.

The Taiwanfoo Gazetteer speaks of a much larger Pig inhabiting

the island than the wild species appears to be. But, as in many

other animals he speaks of, the Chinese author either brings his

notions from China, or spices his history with exaggeration. He

says, “the Yay-che (or Wild Pig) has the ears and tail rather small ;

its hair is bristly and of a brown colour; and it differs somewhat

from the domestic Pig. The largest are as big as a cow (meaning,

however, a small Chinese Cow) with enormous tusks projecting be-

yond the lips. It gashes trees and can break them down. Its

1870. } MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE MAMMALS, 643

strength can oppose the Tiger. When enraged it will wound people

with its tusks, abruptly breaking their ribs or goring their bellies.

It rushes on its object like the wind. Hunters dare not shoot them.”’

The Chinese colonists have introduced their black hollow-backed

breed of Pigs from South China ; and among the villages of the plains

you see none but these. At Takow a European imported a large

white English tame boar, and it was allowed freely to cross with the

Chinese Pigs; and an improved piebald breed has been the result,

and has shown itself perfectly fertile when crossed with the sire, with

one another, and with the Chinese Pig.

In Ogilby’s ‘ Atlas Chinensis,’ ii. p. 8, we read that on the ar-

rival of the Dutch in Formosa in the early part of the seventeenth

century, when the Chinese were just beginning to colonize, every

aboriginal ‘‘ woman had commonly a great Pig running after her, as

we use to have a Dog.” Thus before the islanders had intercourse

with the outer world they had a Pig of their own, which is still

found among the tribes of the central mountains. These are curious

animals, of a chestnut-red colour throughout ; but I have occasionally

seen examples patched with white. The young of this breed are

also red, the skin and all the soft and horny parts being stained with

more or less of the prevailing colour. From the form of this Pig

and the small size and shape of its ear, I should think that it is doubt-

less derived from the wild stock of theisland. The traditions of the

natives confirm this impression; and the Pig was the only domestic

animal they were found to possess when the island first came under

European observation. But why should domestication have changed

the animal to a red colour instead of to black and white, the usual

colours that first develope under its influence? As a rule animals

in their variability have a less tendency to erythrism than to either

albinism or melanism ; but domestication in this species has inaugu-

rated change by developing the first in preference to the other two.

The reason why, I cannot divine. I have found this red Pig cross

readily with the Chinese black Pig; and the young in such cases

appeared with indications of the stripes of the young wild Pig. But

this I take to be due to the intermingling of the colours of the

parents, and would probably have been carried into maturity had

the offspring lived. My time was unfortunately too short to con-

tinue experiments of this kind ; so I sent several of the red Pigs to

England in the hope that somebody at home would take the mat-

ter in hand. But my specimens were not hailed with a welcome.

From the savages of the east coast of Formosa I received a pair

of Pigs, black, white, and red, with moderate-sized ears, long face,

and long bristles on the upper parts. These looked very like a cross

between the red Pig and a domestic English Pig ; and it is not im-

possible that some ship may have supplied to the natives on that

coast the progenitors on the one side. The skull, however, of this

Pig shows no great difference from that of the wild stock of the

island, except in having a more prominent forehead and in the greater

length of the bones of the face.

Whilst at Amoy I received from Chefoo (North China) a strange

variety of tame Pig, with a piebald woolly coat, the young of which

644 MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE MAMMALS. _ [June 23,

called to mind some breeds of Rabbits. This Pig also bred freely

with the red Pig, the offspring partaking of the characters of both

parents.

RuMINANTIA.

73. Hyprovotes 1nerMis. (Hornless River-deer.)

Hydropotes inermis, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8.1870, p. 89, Pls. VI. & VII.

This is the hornless so-called Hog-deer that resorts to the islands of

the Yangtsze near Chinkiang, and is sold for venison in the Shanghai

market. I have not noted its occurrence elsewhere in China. M.

Alphonse M.-Edwards has pointed out to me that in the shape of its

skull and form of teeth this animal approaches the fossil Dremothe-

rium feigneuxi, Geoffroy, from the Miocene of France.

Hainan produces a Mouse-deer, which I have made out to be the

Tragulus meminna.

74. CERVULUS REEVESI. (Reeves’s Muntjac.

Cervulus reevesi, Ogilby, P. Z.S. 1838, p. 105; Swinhoe, P. Z.S.

1862, p. 361.

Found from Canton to Ningpo and in Formosa. In Hainan it is

replaced by the allied Indian form, C. vaginalis (Bodd.).

75. Cervus pseupaxis, Eydoux & Souleyet. (The Formosan

Spotted Deer.)

Cervus taivanus, Blyth, J.A.S. xxxix.p.90 ; Sclater, P.Z.S. 1860,

p- 376, et 1862, p. 152, pl. xvi.; Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1862, p. 362.

In the ‘ Transactions ’ of the China Branch of the Asiatic Society at

Hongkong for 1847, the President (Dr. Bowring) is reported to have

said (p. xix) as follows :—“ Keying sent me from Canton an adult

male and female and a fawn of what I had hoped, before they arrived,

might turn out a new species of Deer; but they proved to be iden-

tical with the Fallow Deer which we have at home.” This led me

to suppose (P. Z. S. 1864, p. 169) that the C. dama, L., was also an

inhabitant of China; but I have since visited the Viceroy’s gardens

at Canton, where some of the Deer still remain, and find that all in

those grounds belong to the Formosan species, and have been bred

from individuals introduced from theisland. I was also misinformed

as to the occurrence of Cervus axis in China. The animals of tiis

species in Messrs. Jardine, Matheson, & Co.’s gardens in Hongkong

(P. Z. S. 1864, p. 16) were brought from India, and not from Han-

kow. In Hainan the Panolia frontalis (Hodgson) (Cervus eldi,

Guthrie) is found; but I have not heard of any species of spotted

Deer occurring in China south of the river Yangtsze. The C.

pseudazis is restricted to Formosa; North China produces a larger

allied species (the C. mantchuricus, mihi), and Japan a smaller form

(the C. sika, Temm. & Schleg.).

The Formosan species has now for some years been a constant in-

habitant of the Society’s Gardens, and has bred. Its development

and change of coat have been observed and will shortly be illustrated

by figures in the very excellent paper that Dr. Sclater has given to

1870.] MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE MAMMALS. 645

the ‘Transactions.’ I have only a few notes to offer on the ap-

pearance of some skins that were brought tome at Takow. One was

a stuffed skin of a fawn about 19 inches in length. Its colour was

rich yellowish brown, deeper on the back, and paling on the sides

and legs; face redder, with a blackish-brown forehead, and dark

brown behind the ears. Inside of ears, underparts, inner sides of

legs, and under tail pure white, the throat and neck above being

tinged with red; upper surface of tail red. Two rows of yellowish

spots flank the back on either side, with a few irregular ones out-

lying on the shoulders and hind quarters.

Three skins of adult animals are in different stages of coat :—the

winter, when the hair is brown finely mottled, the list down the back

showing itself in a deep brown line becoming black over the tail, the

underparts a dull white; hair not long and spots scarcely visible.

The autumn dress, evidently of a young male from its shagginess and

coarseness; the list down the back much blacker, the browa tinged

with a rich red, and the white spots beginning to fade. The third

skin shows the appearance of the female in summer—of a rich orange-

buff, browner ou the back, with a deep black dorsal ridge, the white

spots pure and conspicuous with a wavy white line of coalescing spots

below from fore to hind leg, under which the buff again appears, but

very pale, and is succeeded by the white of the underparts. _ In all

three skins the upper surface of the tail and the rump at its base

are black, the lower surtace of the tail and the inner side of buttocks

pure white.

The following Chinese notice on the Formosan Deer from the

Taiwanfoo Gazetteer is perhaps worth recording :—“ The Formosan

hills have no Tigers; hence Deer are very numerous. In former

years the whole ‘island was given up to hunting-ground by the

aborigines ; now it is ploughed and sown by the Chinese settlers, so

that fair fields extend as far as the eye can reach, and the Deer have

betaken themselves to the mountains. They are there hunted and

captured ; but the horns of the Formosan species are thin and soft at

the base, and not equal to the plump branchers from Leaotung Pro-

vince (North China). A hundred pairs when roasted will only pro-

duce about twenty pounds of mediciual glue. Though Deer abound,

you may seek a piece of venison in vain in the markets. At the

winter and spring festivities, however, the natives cut venison up into

square blocks weighing over a pound each, and, after steeping them

in brine, forward them to the departmental and district cities. The

colour of the vension so preserved is black, and its taste changed ;

it is not fit to pick up with chop-sticks ; and yet its price is no trifle.

“‘ Deer by their horns record their years, each fork on the antler

signifying one year, much as the age of horses is recorded by their

teeth. The aborigines shoot Deer for food ; but no one has ever met

a buck carrying’seven or more forks on the ‘antlers. It was declared

in former days that Deer were fairy animals of great longevity ; and

it was stated that at the age of 500 they were white, and at 1000

black. But these stories must be fables ; for the natives at Chuhtsan

shot a small Deer of a pure white with only two forks to its antler.

This albinism cannot, therefore, be otherwise than due to an accidental

646 MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE MAMMAIS. [June 23,

variation in the colour of the hair. Three years after birth the

Deer commences to horn. At the end of the year the horns drop

away as do the milk-teeth of infants. Other horns appear in their

place, which are retained throughout the animal’s lifetime ; but every

year an extra fork is added.

«The teats appear in the doe at the age of four months. Just

before they show she gets extremely fat. When big with young, her

skin is soft, smooth, spotted, glossy, and very lovely. As soon as

the doe has finished suckling and observes her fawn getting te ma-

turity, she deserts it and repairs to other hills, fearing that her own

issue might entertain an improper affection for herself. Animals do

not confuse the ties of consanguinity, the horse excepted. The

stallion, however, when he does commit incest with his mother, soon

after dies. The doe deprives her offspring of the opportunity by

setting a distance between herself and fawn ; for she deserts it and

betakes herself afar.”

I have lately examined the type specimens in the Paris Museum of

Cervus pseudaxis, and I am convinced that they belong to the For-

mosan species.

76. Cervus (Rusa) swinuort. (Swinhoe’s Deer.)

Cervus (Rusa) swinhoii, Sclater, P. Z.S. 1862, p. 152, pl. xvii. ;

Swinhoe, P. Z. S. 1862, p. 364.

In the central ranges of Formosa near Mount Morrison this brown

deer is very common ; and on a visit I paid to the wild tribes of these

parts in February 1866 I found them hunting the Deer with dogs*.

A place is cleared in the forest, where a party of men hide armed with

matchlocks; the dogs yelp after the deer and drive them into the

open, where the hidden sportsmen get easy shots at them. The son

of the chief with whom I was staying had just returned from a suc-

cessful battue with the robust antlers and flesh of a large buck. I

induced him to return for the head, which he had thrown away on

the field. I was thus enabled to secure a fine skull for the British

Museum.

The young of this species about half-grown is reddish brown,

with the tail bushy and black, but reddish at its root. Sides of the

body paler, and the belly blackish brown. Legs pale towards the

hoofs ; the latter black. Under surface of tail, abdomen, and inner

sides of hind legs down to middle of shank yellowish white, the breast

and belly being blackish brown. Under surface of head and neck

mottled whitey brown. Crown of the head with many of the hairs

tipped with black ; from the occiput a dark line runs down to the base

of the tail. Ears blackish brown, tipped and margined with ochreous

white, and whitish on their insides.

The adult, in summer, has its coarse hair deep brown, faintly mot-

tled, rufous on the rump; between the fore legs and the thighs

ochreous white ; tail bushy and dark. In winter it becomes a deeper

brown. The Society’s Gardens have had two or three examples of

* The Dogs in the possession of these aborigines were of the ordinary Chinese

breed procured from the colonists.

1870. ] MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE MAMMALS, 647

this animal alive ; and Dr. Sclater is doing it justice in his paper for

the ‘ Transactions.’ Fig. 5 represents the antlers of a mature indi-

vidual which I procured in South Formosa.

Fig. 5.

Cervus swinhoit.

I have not heard of any species of usa occurring on the main of

China ; but in Hainan the C. hippelaphus appears to abound. From

North China we have the Cervus xanthopygus, A. M.-Edwards, the

Elaphurus davidianus, A. M.-Edwards, and the Capreolus pygargus

(Pall.).

77. CAPRICORNIS SwtNHoII. (Swinhoe’s Goat-antelope.)

Capricornis swinhoii, Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. x.

p- 320; P. Z. S. 1862, p. 263, pl. xxxv.;. Swinhoe, P. Z. S. 1862,

p- 361.

Found throughout the hilly ranges of Formosa.

The young have the ears white on their anterior surface or, some-

times, more or less white throughout. The region of the lips is

whitish ; and the chin and throat light buff, with a brown spot on the

former. The abdomen and between thighs are also light buff, and

the feet lighter red. The hair of the body is shorter; they are

otherwise like the adult.

The adult is of a deep brown throughout, tinged with red. The

crown and a line down the back deep brown. Lips whitish. Chin

and throat chestnut, with a brown patch on the former. Ears light

buff inside, reddish brown behind. Abdomen brownish buff. Feet

deep chestnut ; hoofs black. Hair about 1°5 inch long, thick-set,

harsh, and a little wavy. It does not acquire horns till it is nearly

full-grown.

The nearest ally to this curious Antelope appears to be the Capri-

cornis sumatrensis, of which there is a specimen in the British

Museum.

Capricornis crispus (T. & S.) of Japan appears to have greater

affinity with the newly described C. caudatus, A. M.-Edwards, from

Peking.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1870, No. XLIV.

648 MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE MAMMALS. [June 23,

78. Bos cu1nensis. (South-China Cattle.)

The small Yellow Cow of South China isa peculiar race, combi-

ning, as it séems to do, the characters of Bos indicus of India and

Bos taurus of Europe. It has the head and dewlap in character

with the former, with a small hump, the straight back, and hind

quarters of the latter. Mr. Blyth maintains that it is a cross between

the two; and this opinion may perhaps be borne out by the fact that

the North-Chinese large cattle are certainly like our European ordinary

breed. In the ‘Taiwanfoo Gazetteer’ I read this passage under the

head ‘“‘ Yellow Cow ”’:—“ The neighbouring hills have this animal in

rw V\ Wye

Bos chinensis.

abundance. They are caught and tamed, and are trained for use in

the ploughing of fields and drawing of carts;” and further on,

“Formosa has an abundance of wild cattle, occurring in herds of

hundreds and thousands. When it is desired to capture them, a

wooden stockade is erected with four sides, in one of which is left a

door. The cattle are driven towards it until they all enter, when

the gate is shut on them and they are barred in and left to starve.

They are afterwards by degrees haltered and bridled, and treated to

fodder and beans, until they become not different from domestic

cattle.” Were these wild cattle indigenous to the island, or were

they simply feral descendants of an introduced race? If the latter,

who introduced them? The Chinese, when they commenced to

settle in Formosa, found enormous wild herds already there. The

649

Side view of skull of Bos chinensis.

650 MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE MAMMALS. [June 23,

wild natives did not use them except for food ; and it is not likely

that they could have conveyed domestic cattle in the small canoes

by which they straggled to Formosa. If they had, we should expect

to find some peculiar breed, whereas, as our author tells us, they

‘* were not different from (South-China) domestic cattle.’ Toshow

that they were derived from the Chinese breed, we should have to

believe that the Chinese had earlier communication with the island

than their records declare. I take it, then, that the wild Formosan

Cow was indigenous to Formosa, and of the same species that ranged

throughout South China, from which the present domestic cattle of

the south are derived. I have not heard of its being found wild in

the present day in China; and in Formosa the wild race has almost,

if not quite, disappeared. In the central mountains they are kept ina

semi-wild state, and from there I procured the skulls of an adult male

and female and alive bull. The bull I had photographed and now

exhibit its portrait (fig. 6, p. 648) ; and the skulls are deposited in the

British Museum. The figure shows a better and stronger build than

ordinary South-China Cattle possess, and proves the two to be of the

same race. The Chinese have done little to improve their breed of

cattle ; and you may see this kind in the country from Canton to

Ningpo unchanged in form or shape of horns, but, as a rule, a

little smaller and more degenerate than the wilder animals from the

Formosan mountains. The skull of the bull (figs. 7 & 8) measures

19°5 inches in length; the horns are somewhat conical, measure

8 inches in length each, and stand outwards and backwards. The

animal is a rich chestnut-brown with whitish underparts and feet.

Its horns and hoofs are black.

I have never heard of the Buffalo occurring wild in either China

or Formosa. The domestic variety, used as a beast of burden by

the Chinese, is short-horned and apparently the same breed as

that found in Manilla.

EDENTATA.

79. MANIS DALMANNI, Sundevall. (Scaly Ant-eater.)

Manis (Pholidotus) dalmanni, Gray, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 366;

Swinhoe, Zoologist, 1858, p. 6224; P. Z.S. 1864, p. 381.

In June 1867, at Amoy, I purchased a family of Scaly Anteaters,

consisting of the mother and father and three little ones. The old

ones had dim watery eyes and were rather slow in their movements,

walking on the sides of the hind feet and on the tips of the claws of

the fore feet. The young were brighter-eyed and active, running

about the room in all directions, standing on their hind legs and as-

suming a variety of curious positions; but their habit of walking

was essentially the same asin the adults. I kept them all alive for

some days; but I never heard them utter any cry, not even a moan.

The adult male measured in entire length 33°25 inches; tail 13°5;

tip of nose to upper corner of ear 3°1 ; height of ear 1-1; across head

from ear to ear 2; anterior corner of eye to tip of nose 1°9; breadth

of eye ‘5; breadth of gape °9, of muzzle *7, of nose *5; length of

sole of hind foot 2°4, greatest breadth 1°4; length of middle claw of

fore foot 2°1.

1870. ] MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE MAMMALS, 651

Head, ears, the under and all fleshy parts milk-white, or the

colour of cooked pork, the nose and muzzle having a tinge of purple.

Cheeks, throat, and underparts sprinkled with shortish stiff coarse

hairs of a light reddish sandy colour. A few lighter-coloured bris-

tles project from under the vertex of each scale from the occiput to

the tail. Scales short and broad, and usually purplish brown for

two-thirds of their length, the tip portion yellowish-grey horn-

colour. On the sides of the body, and especially along the legs, the

scales are placed far apart, exposing the white skin. The small

scales on the sides of the fore legs are often sunk beneath the level

of the bulging skin. Besides the basal vertical strize on the scales,

there are often (on the large scales chiefly) two or three transverse

furrows near their bases. The large scales are held to the skin by

a fleshy nipple-like pimple on each side of them adhering to their

basal angles. Claws dingy yellowish.

A young male measured 21°75 in entire length; tail 8°75. Head

comparatively shorter and deeper than in the adult. Face pinkish

white, washed about the muzzle and borders of ears with blackish

grey ; nose and lips purplish grey. Tongue about 2°75 long, *45

broad, narrowing to *2, and rounded at tip ; composed of a vermi-

form centre with fleshy side-rims, gradually flattening towards tip.

Bare parts milky white. Reddish sandy hairs occur about the

lower lobe of the ear (which is shaped something lke the human

ear), the throat, and underparts; in the first two longer and more

numerous than in the adult. Longer and coarser whitey-brown

hairs spring in tufts of five or so from under each scale. Scales more

uniform and compact, even on the legs, than in the adult, more

striated longitudinally and transversely, and much darker in colour,

resembling the side-pieces of an acorn-barnacle (Balanus). Many

of the lateral scales of the neck, body, and legs carinated; general

colour of scales glossy blackish brown with a tinge of sea-green,

sometimes tipped, edged, and marked along the keels with light

horn-colour. The basal pimples that support the scales of the

adult are not apparent in the young animal.

The three young ones differed in size and in the proportional

length of their tails, and, 1 do not think, were of the same birth.

Only one of them was suckled by the mother. They seemed to be

of different ages. A pregnant Manis that I once examined carried

only one young one; and I do not think that they usually have more

than one at a birth.

An adult male from Formosa is about a third larger than the or-

dinary run of Amoy specimens. It has longer, narrower, and darker

scales; and those on the legs are compact and imbricated down to

the toes. I at first thought that this “‘ Tayowan Devil,” so called

by the early Hollanders, was of another species ; but I can detect no

differences in its skull. The size and colour of the scales I find very

variable. The dark colour of the Formosan specimen is like that of

the young Amoy animal. This may be owing to the difference of

the earth in which it lives. The Amoy and Formosan adult skulls

both have complete malar arches; but in the skulls of the Amoy

young ones these gape apart, the unossified cartilage between having

652 MR. R. SWINHOE ON CHINESE MAMMALS. _ | June 23,

been cleaned away. The Formosan Manis is constantly of a much

larger size than the South-China animal; and it is not unlikely that

on further study it will be found to be distinct.

The adult Amoy male above referred to I have placed in the Col-

lege-of-Surgeons, and the rest of my series are in the British Museum.

A note on the behaviour of this animal in confinement will be

found in the ‘ Zoologist’ for 1858 (J, s. ¢.).

The Manis is not uncommon in many parts of Formosa, is

abundant in the neighbourhood of Amoy, Swatow, and southern

parts of China, extending to Hainan. How far it ranges north I

have not ascertained.

CETACEA.

80. De.eHinus (STENO) cCHINENSIS, Osbeck. (South-China

White Porpoise.)

Delphinus (Steno) chinensis, Flower, Trans. Z. 8. vii. part 2,

p- 151; Swinhoe, Zoologist, 1858, p. 6226.

This white Porpoise, which Professor Flower has so ably de-

scribed (7. c.), is to be seen in all the rivers of South China,

and probably extends into the Yangtsze, where white Porpoises

occur as far up as Hankow(750 miles from the sea). Above that port,

and on to Ichang (1110 miles from the sea), we noticed a smaller

and apparently different form, also white in colour. I have been

told that black Porpoises occur at the mouth of the Shanghai river,

and I have myself seen a school of small black Dolphins at sea north

of Amoy (Swinhoe, ‘ North-China Campaign,’ 1860, p. 10); but

beyond their occurrence I know nothing more of them. I have never

seen Porpoises of any kind off the coast or in the rivers of Formosa.

81. BaAL@/NopTERA swinHol!. (Swinhoe’s Fin-whale.)

Balenoptera swinhoti, Gray, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 725.

A large Finner-whale was cast on the sands of Formosa two miles

below the port of Takow in 1862. In 1864 I collected all the bones

of it that remained, and sent them to the British Museum. On view

of these, Dr. J. E. Gray has established this species. Since then

some more remains have been collected and sent home. This Whale

resorts to the Hainan seas in winter, where the Chinese pursue it for

the oil it yields. In summer it occurs in the Namoa straits and off

the Port of Swatow. A party of Americans thought to establish a

fishery at Swatow, but after one or two captures they gave up the

scheme. They found the Whale useless for their purposes.

82. ?MrcarreraA KuziIRA (Temm. & Schl.). (South-China

Small Finner.)

One day at Takow in March 1865 I was roused by the ery of

*‘ Hai-yang’’ (or Whale), and heard that one had just been stranded.

I crossed the harbour and made for the spot. On the road I met

several parties of Chinamen returning laden with portions of the

poor monster. On arriving at the spot I found little left beside the

jaw and a part of the back; and even these were being hacked and

y a

Aes

\fmtern Bros mnp.

GHPod

TOT ATITNTZATICANT TTA

HTT MHA QAM a

cer

GH. Ford.

W,West imp.

1870. ] DR. J. E. GRAY ON NEW TORTOISES. 653

fought over. The creature must have been either sick or foolish ;

for it wandered close to the shore just round the rocks at the en-

trance of the small harbour. A Manillaman observed it, and, getting

a hammer, rushed into the water and struck it a severe blow on the

head. He then hailed some Chinese to assist in getting it ashore.

It measured, I was told on tolerably good authority, about 20 feet,

and had no fin on its back. I saw parts of its belly, and observed

that it was plaited across. Its colour was of a leaden black above,

and whitish beneath. I saw one man carrying away its pectoral

flippers, and two others its tail. I seized a piece of the baleen and

sent it to the British Museum, but it unfortunately never reached

its destination. Viewed exteriorly, it was like a high comb, the

teeth (so to speak) being about 3 inches high and set about one-sixth

of an inch apart, worn into bristles at their tips. Viewed from

inside, you saw nothing but close-set whitish coarse hairs or bristles.

Examined separately, each plate of baleen was shaped like a lob-sided

triangle leaning outwards, coloured blackish blue like ordinary

whalebone, and broken up at the top for about an inch, and to a less

extent along the inner edge, into coarse whitish hair. The width

of each plate at the base was 1°25 inch. There was a sheen of purple

about the dark parts of the animal, especially on the flippers and

tail.

The gunboat ‘Flamer’ came into Takow a day or two after the

occurrence above related ; and her commander, Lieutenant Eaton,

told me that he had met a large number of small Whales between

our port and the Pescadores. He mistook them for a long line of

breakers where the chart showed no shoal. He kept away, fearing

that there might be some mistake in the chart, when some of the

brutes began to throw their tails and cut antics in the water. He

then saw that the danger was nothing more than a school of Whales.

He said there must have been about fifty, most of them averaging

20 feet or more. He did not observe that they had any fin on

the back. They spouted water.

From the nature of the baleen, our species must belong to the

Baleenopteride ; and from the shape of its flippers and want of a

conspicuous dorsal fin it must be a Megaptera. It is probable that

it will be found to be the same species that occurs in the seas of

South Japan.

10. Notes on Tortoises in the British Museum, with Descrip-

tions of some New Species. By Dr. J. E. Gray,

F.R.S. &e.

(Plates XXXIII., XXXIV.)

The genus Peltastes in my paper on Tortoises, read in March 1869 *,

contains many species which are not well defined; and therefore I

* See P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 171.

654 DR. J. E. GRAY ON NEW TORTOISES. [June 23,

have sent to the Society a synopsis of them, founded on the exa-

mination of the specimens in the Museum.

* Dorsal and ventral shields with pale and dark rays ; nuchal

shield none. India.

1. PELTASTES STELLATUS.

Thorax ovate, convex ; dorsal shield grooved, with nine, fifteen,

or more yellow rays; the lateral rays of the costal shields nearly

parallel ; marginal shields with four or more yellow rays ; sternum

black, or dark brown, with numerous nearly uniform yellow rays ;

nuchal plate none.

Testudo stellata, Gray, Cat. Shield Rep. p. 7.

T. elegans, Ginther, Rept. British India, p.4; P.Z.S. 1869.

T. geometrica, Hutton, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vi. 1837, p.689, t.38.

T. megalopus, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. xxii. 1865, p. 624.

Hab. Scinde (Dr. Leith) ; Ceylon; Himalaya (Captain Boys).

Var. 1. actinoides. The dorsal shields more or less convex, with

fifteen or more yellow rays.

Testudo actinoides, Bell, Zool. Journ. vol. iil. p. 419, tab. xiv.,

Testudinata, tab. ; Seba, vol. i. p. 126, t. 80. f. 3.

1. stellata, var., Gray Cat. Shield Rep. p. 7.

Var. 2. elegans. Shields black, with twelve rays ; costal shields

with eight or nine rays.

Young. Areole of shields brown, large, four- or five-rayed ;

sternal shields with a pale areola, and more or less broad black pale-

rayed margin.

Testudo elegans, Schepf, Testud. t. xxv. figs. 1, 2, 3 (copied

Shaw’s Zool. ii. t. vi.) ; Schweigger, Prodromus, p. 86.

T’. stellata, Schweigger, p. 56; Gray, Syn. Rep. p. 12, t. 1. f. 1.

La géométrique, Lacépéde, p. 137, pl. ix.; Seba, Thesaurus, vol. i.

p- 126, t. 80. f. 8.

Hab. Ceylon and Scinde.

Var. 3. maura. Shell very black; costal shields with six or

seven white rays.

Young. Shields black, with a yellow four-rayed cross on the

costal shields. B.M.

Var. 4. sebe. Shell young; shields yellow; areolze large, pale,

with a black spot on the upper and lower margins and a long spot

on the side margin over the suture between the shields; marginal

shields pale, with a very narrow dark front margin.

Seba, Thesaurus, vol. i. tab. 79. fig. 3.

Schweigger changed the name of the species because he did not

believe that the Tortoise figured by Seba was the young of the same

species. See ‘ Prodomus,’ p. 86.

The specimens with many and with fewer rays are very distinct

from each other ; and I have not found any specimens which seem to

1870.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON NEW TORTOISES. 655

unite them. I was at one time inclined to regard them as species ;

but in the British-Museum series of the species are specimens of

both varieties sent by the same persons from Ceylon, Himalaya,

and Scinde, which makes it appear as if they were found intermixed

together.

Schweigger did not consider Schcepf’s specimen of the young

animal (which is very characteristic of the fewer-rayed variety) the

same as the specimen which he described ; and therefore he changed

the name to stellatus. Dr. Giinther refers to Schcepf’s figure with-

out doubt, and to Schweigger’s Testudo stellata with doubt (R. B.

I. p. 4).

** Dorsal shields with pale and dark rays; ventral shields not

rayed ; nuchal shield none. India,

2. PELTAsTES PLATYNOTUS. (Plate XXXIII.)

Thorax oblong, flat, with six broad uniform pale rays; areolz

uniform pale brown ; marginal shields with a brown marginal areola,

and two pale rays; sternum yellow, varied with black near the front

or hinder margin of the shields, not rayed; underside of marginal

shields with a very small marginal spot on the front edge.

Testudo platynotus, Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. xl. pp. 70-79;

Theobald, Proc. Linn. Soc.

T. elegans, var., Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 5.

Hab. Burmah.

Blyth describes the flatness of the back as a peculiar character of

the species ; but it is only to be observed in one out of the three

specimens in the British Museum ; and he does not mention the plain

underside, which is found in them all.

*** Dorsal shields pale- and dark-rayed ; nuchal shield distinct.

Africa.

3. PELTASTES GEOMETRICUS.

Thorax oblong, dorsal and upper edge of marginal plates black ;

areolee small, of costal plates submarginal ; costal plates with ten or

more white rays; upperside of marginal plates with three or more

white rays; sternum brown-varied, of the older specimens more or

less pale-rayed on the lateral margins; underside of marginal plates

pale, with a black streak on the front edge; nuchal shield elongate,

slender ; the vertebral plates more or less convex, sometimes ele-

vated, tent-shaped.

Testudo geometrica, Gray, Cat. Sh. Rep. p. 8.

Peltastes geographicus, Gray, P. Z. S. 1869.

Var. 1. Shields conical, prominent.

Testudo geometrica, var. tentoria, Gray, Cat, Sh. Rep. p. 8 (not

Bell). B.M.

Var. 2. The margin of the sternal shields black, yellow-radiated.

Hab. South Africa, Cape of Good Hope.

656 DR. J. E. GRAY ON NEW TORTOISES. [June 23,

4, PELTASTES TENTORIUS.

The back of the shell black, with twelve or more narrow rays;

underside white, with a large brown spot occupying the middle of

the whole length of the sternum ; underside of anterior and lateral

marginal plates white, with a black anterior ray ; posterior marginal

shields all white; nuchal plate very small.

Testudo tentoria, Bell, Zool. Journ. iii. p. 420, t. xxiii. & xxiv. ;

Testud. t.

T. geometrica nigriventris, Gray, Cat. Sh. Rep. p. 8.

Hab. South Africa.

5. PELTASTES VERREAUXII,

Shell depressed, chestnut-brown, broader and slightly dentated

behind ; dorsal shields with narrow black-edged radiating streaks ;

areola small, black, and pale-varied; sternum brown, especially

in the middle of its length; sternal shields with diverging pale rays,

especially on the margin; nuchal shield small.

Testudo verroxii, Gray, Cat. Sh. Rep. p. 8.

Hab. South Africa.

6. PELTASTES SEMISERRATUS.

Thorax oblong, the hinder margin more or less serrated ; dorsal

shields black, deeply concentrically grooved ; areola pale, large, sub-

central, with a pale-brown broad radiating band, which sometimes

becomes very wide, and often divides into two near the margin of

the plates; the central ray of the vertebral and costal plates forms

an uninterrupted streak on the back and sides ; the marginal shields

with one or two broad pale rays; the sternum white, with a few very

broad black rays ; nuchal plate elongate, triangular.

Young. Hinder edge very acutely serrated.

Var. Back depressed.

Testudo semiserrata, Gray, Cat. Sh. Rep. p. 9.

Hab. South Africa.

*kEE Dorsal shields horn-coloured, black-varied ; nuchal plate

distinct.

7. PELTASTES ELONGATUS.

This Tortoise is very variable in colour; some older shells are

nearly uniform in colour, some others are nearly black, with a more

or less pale edge to the dorsal and ventral shields; others are pale

whitish, with a more or less broad black ring round the areola.

Testudo elongata, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1856, p. 181, t. 9, and 1861,

p- 139; Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1861, p. 218; Giinther, Rep.

Brit. India, p. 8; Blyth, Journ. As. Soc. vol. xxii. p. 639, xxiv.

pp- 7-12, xxv. p. 448, xl. p. 75; Theobald, Journ. Linn. Soe. Zool.

vol. x. p. 6, 1868.

Hab. India.

1870.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON NEW TORTOISES. 657

8. PELTASTES? MARGINATUS.

Testudo marginata, Gray, Cat. Sh. Rep. p. 11.

Peltastes? marginatus, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 173.

Var. melas, or male.

Testudo marginata, Schcepf’s Testudin. tab. xi. & xii.

A very fine and adult specimen in the British Museum, obtained

from Mr. Parry, from Greece, is oblong, very solid, black, with more

or less large white spots on the areola of each plate, and a triangular

spot on the hinder upper half of the lateral marginal plates, more or

less white-varied ; the hinder marginal plates are very broad, ex-

panded, and spread out behind ; the underside of the marginal plates

is white, those of the front and hinder margins are edged with black ;

the sternum is concave in the middle and shelving on the sides, more

or less varied with white, white towards the hinder edge ; the hinder

lobe is narrow, square, notched out behind; the anal plates nearly

as wide as the abdominal ; the front lobe is small, semicircular ; the

gular plates thick, white, slightly notched in front; the humeral

plates very convex, swollen; the pectoral plates rather narrow, with

the front edge nearly straight, and the hinder concave on the sides.

Length over the back 12 inches; caudal and the other posterior

marginal plates 13 inch wide ; the sternum 183 inches long; hinder

lobe 3 inches wide. Adult male.

Testudo marginata (specimen a), Gray, Cat. Sh. Rep. p. 11.

Hab. Greece.

There is a second specimen, without the sternum, with the hinder

margin not so much produced, and the white on the lateral marginal

plates more distinct. This specimen is something like Testudo greca,

Linn., Scheepf, Testud. t. ix., but it is not quite so yellow.

Var. whitei, or female.

Testudo whitei, Bennett in White’s Selborne.

A fine adult shell, with the hinder margin moderately expanded,

and the caudal shield bent down and slightly inflexed; the sternum

flat, the hinder lobe tapering behind, the anal shields being not more

than two-thirds the width of the shields before them ; the pectoral

shields very short, not above one-fourth the length of the abdominal

shields on the inner half, the outer half about double the width and

square ; the dorsal shields black; the areola varied with yellow ;

the hinder upper half of the marginal plates varied with yellow; the

underside yellowish white, with a few irregular unequal-sized black

spots. Adult female. The Tortoise described in White’s ‘ Selborne,’

and presented to the Museum in 1858 by Mrs. Christopher, niece of

Mr. White.

9. PELTASTES LEITHII.

Testudo leithii, Giinther, P. Z. S. 1869, p. 164.

Hab, Scinde.

Ican see no difference between this and a young specimen of

Peltastes marginatus in the British Museum, except that the shield

is lighter-coloured; but the specimen of the latter was in confine-

658 DR. J. E. GRAY ON NEW TORTOISES. [June 23,

ment. I keep them distinct because it is possible the adult may be

different, as Dr. Leith assures me that he never saw a Tortoise in

Sindh like the adult 7. marginatus from Greece.

10. PELTASTES GRECUS.

Testuda greca, Gray, Cat. Sh. Rept. p. 10.

Petastes grecus, Gray, P. Z. S. 1869, p. 173.

Hab. Shores of the Mediterranean ; Italy, Greece, &c.

***£* Dorsal shields horn-coloured ; nuchal shield none. Africa.

11. PELTASTES SULCATUS.

Testudo sulcata, Gray, Cat. Sh. Rept. B. M. p. 9.

Peltastes sulcatus, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1869, 173.

Hab. Central Africa.

TEsTUDO HORSFIELDII, Gray, Cat. Sh. Rept. p. 7, t. 1, has been

referred to the genus Homopus, and noticed under the name of Ho-

mopus burnesit by Blyth, because it has four claws on each foot ;

but it has not the alveolar surface of the jaws ; and the general form

of the shell is very like that of the genera Testudo and Peltastes,

and very unlike that of the true Homopus; therefore I have found

it necessary to form for it a new genus named Testudinella.

TESTUDINELLA.

Head covered with large thin plates on the nose and crown, with

small polygonal scales over the orbits, nape, and temples. Horny

sheath of the upper jaw rather high, with a deep broad notch in the

upper edge of the front for the nose-disk, keeled in front. The

dental edge acute, with a notch on each side and an acute keeled

central lobe. Lower jaw rather strong, with a sharp denticulated

dental edge and a rounded prominence in front. Alveolar surface

with a small pit in front and a deep groove parallel to the whole

outer margin; of the lower jaw with a distinct and narrow ridge on

the inside, extending nearly the whole length of the outer margin of

the jaw. Skull witha slender, short, scarcely prominent zygomatic

arch, much narrower than the orbit or the tympanum. Thorax

hemispherical, with a distinct nuchal shield. The fore legs covered

with thick, large, triangular scales. Toes 4.4.

Homopus, sp., Blyth.

1. TresTUDINELLA HORSFIELDII.

Testudo horsfieldii, Gray, Cat. Sh. Rept. p. 7 (1855).

Homopus burnesii, Blyth, Journ. As. Soe, xxii. p. 641 (1853).

Hab. Hindostan,

RHINOCLEMMYS.

In the Proe. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 189, I described two distinct

species of this genus, divided into two sections. I have lately re-

ceived from M. A. Sallé a very distinct species belonging to the first

1870. j MR. J. BRAZIER ON NEW LAND-SHELLS, 659

section of the genus, distinguished by the general pale colour of the

shell and animal, the very slight indication of the dorsal keel, and

by the peculiar distribution of colour on the crown of the head.

Rhinoclemmys mexicana.

1. RHINOCLEMMYS MEXICANA.

Thorax oblong, slightly and bluntly keeled only in front, over the

vertebral plates, dark brown, slightly mottled ; dorsal and marginal

shields thin; the first vertebral shield nearly square, four-sided,

the second and third oblong, transverse, six-sided ; sternum slightly

raised on the sides, truncated in front and notched behind; dark

brown, with an irregular yellow margin; head brown; throat and

sides of the head yellow, black-spotted ; crown dark brown, with a

narrow white streak over the nostrils towards the orbits, with a broad

white lunate band behind, with its front edge just even with the

eyes, and with an indistinct broad pale streak on each side of the

occiput.

Hah. Mexico; San Juan del Rio (Rébouch).

CHELODINA.

CHELODINA EXxPANSA, Gray. (Plate XXXIV., young.)

This species was first described in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’

for 1856 (p. 370), and the young shell was described and was in-

tended to have been figured. The engraving was made of it at the

time, but not published ; it is therefore appended to this paper.

11. Descriptions of Ten New Species of Land-shells, collected

by Mr. W. F. Petterd, of Hobart Town, Tasmania. By

Joun Brazier, C.M.Z.S.

1, Hetix (CHAROPA) CURAGOA, Nn. s.

Shell rather widely umbilicated, depressed, thin, very closely and

finely plicately ribbed, interstices smooth, white, not shining; spire

660 MR. J. BRAZIER ON NEW LAND-SHELLS. _ [June 23,

depressed, suture rather deep ; whorls 43, rapidly increasing, convex,

last large, rounded, not descending in front, base convex, ribbed the

same as the upper surface ; umbilicus perspective ; aperture oblique,

roundly lunate; peristome simple, thin, acute, columellar margin

slightly reflected.

Diam. maj. 0°25, min. 0°20, alt. 0°13 une.

Hab. Near Mount Wellington, Tasmania (Coll. Brazier).

This fine species I have named in honour of Her Majesty’s steam-

ship ‘ Curagoa.’

2. Hexix (CHAROPA) RICEI, n. 8.

Shell umbilicated, depressed, thin, very finely and regularly

striated, interstices decussated, white, not shining; spire depressed,

suture moderately deep ; whorls 4, convex, last large, rounded, base

convex, striated the same as the upper surface; umbilicus large,

funnel-shaped ; aperture ovately lunate; peristome simple, acute,

margins distant, basal slightly reflected over the umbilicus.

Diam. maj. 0°18, min. 0°14, alt. 0°11 une.

Hab. Foot of Mount Wellington, Tasmania (Coll. Brazier).

This species comes very close to Helix curagoe; it differs from

that species by its peculiar funnel-shaped umbilicus and the regular

silky appearance of the striz.

3. Hexirx (CHAROPA) ROTELLA, 0. s.

Shell with a deep umbilicus, orbicularly depressed, rather thin,

shining, closely and finely striated, interstices decussated, rusty

brown; spire slightly raised, suture deep; whorls 43, convex, last

rounded, not descending in front, base convex, closely and finely

sculptured, excavated round the umbilicus ; aperture roundly lunate ;

peristome simple, margins distant, columellar margin not reflected.

Diam. maj. 0°19, min. 0°15, alt. 0°10 une.

Hab. Foot of Mount Wellington, Tasmania (Ooll. Brazier).

4, Hextix (CHAROPA) ONSLOWI, 0. 8.

Shell umbilicated, orbicularly depressed, very finely and closely

plicately striated, covered with a brownish epidermis, under the

epidermis white, not shining ; spire moderately flat, suture grooved ;

whorls 44, convex, last slightly descending, base convex, sculptured

the same as the upper surface and running into the umbilicus, which

is large, almost perspective; aperture roundly lunate; peristome

simple, columellar margin not reflected at the base.

Diam. maj. 0°16, min. 0°15, alt. 0°10 une.

Hab. Mount Wellington, Tasmania, under leaves (Coll. Brazier).

5. Hextrx (CHAROPA) NEGLECTA, 0. 8.

Shell umbilicated, depressedly convex, thin, obliquely faintly

and irregularly striated ; whorls regularly marked above with alter-

nate light-red and brown segments; whorls 43, convex, excavated

at the suture, the last not descending, base convex, brown; umbi-

1870.] MR. J. BRAZIER ON NEW LAND-SHELLS. 661

licus deep ; aperture roundly lunate; peristome thin, acute, margins

nearly approximating, columellar margin not reflected.

Diam. maj. 0°13, min. 0°11, alt. 0°08 unc.

Hab. Knocklofty; also the Old Mill, Hobart Town, Tasmania,

under logs (Coll. Brazier).

This species comes near to H. tasmanie, Cox, from Mount Wel-

lington—a rare shell to obtain; whereas H. neglecta is a very

common species in the localities I have given.

6. Hretrx (CHAROPA) AMMONITOIDES, 0. s.

Shell umbilicated, flatly discoid, not shining, finely and promi-

nently irregularly ribbed, the interstices with very fine striz, white

beneath a thin brownish epidermis; spire flat, suture slightly im-

pressed; whorls 34, very regularly increasing, last rounded above

and below, base convex, with striz the same as on upper surface ;

umbilicus large, with the bottom flat, not very deep; aperture ob-

lique, roundly lunate ; peristome simple, the thin epidermis covering

it, margins approximating.

Diam. maj. 0°11, min. 0°10, alt. 0°5 une.

Hab. Mount Nelson, Tasmania, under stones in moist places

(Coll. Brazier).

This little species has the appearance of an Ammonite in form ;

but it must not be confounded with Helix ammonitoides of Reeve,

which is only a synonym of Helix omicron, Pfr.

7. Heirx (?CHaARoPA) DISPAR, 0. 8.

Shell umbilicated, depressedly convex, arcuately, coarsely, and

sharply ribbed, interstices with very fine radiating striz, bright,

horny; spire conoidly obtuse, suture depressed; whorls 5 to 53,

convex, last rounded, not descending, base convex, with radiating

striee descending into the deep umbilicus ; interior of the aperture

with a little oblong white prominent callous tooth nearly on the

base ; aperture vertical, semilunar ; peristome simple, acute, margins

joined by a thin callus (in some specimens prominent), basal

margin not reflected.

Diam. maj. 0°13, min. 0°11, alt. 0°11 une.

Hab. Mount Wellington, Tasmania, under leaves (Coll. Brazier).

This species is the only one I know of in Tasmania with the small

tooth in the interior of the aperture. We have H. biscutata, said

to come from the same locality, but none so small as the present

little species, which is somewhat like a small species that I have

from Norfolk Island.

8. Heirx (HYALINA) NELSONENSIS, 0. s.

Shell umbilicated, depressed, very thin, shining, pellucid, obliquely

and finely striated; spire slightly elevated, obtuse; whorls 34, last

increasing, convex, slightly depressed above at the mouth, base

convex, faintly marked with indistinct strize of a reddish horn-colour ;

umbilicus moderately large; aperture nearly diagonal, slightly

662 MR.J. BRAZIER ON AUSTRALIAN LAND-SHELLS. [June 23,

ovately lunate ; peristome thin, simple, margins approximating, co-

lumellar very slightly dilated above.

Diam. maj. 0°15, min. 0°11, alt. 0°06 unc.

Hab. Mount Nelson, Tasmania (Coll. Brazier).

9. Hexiix (ViIpDENA) KINGI, n. s.

Shell umbilicated, convexly depressed, rather thin, very closely

and irregularly finely striated and decussated, not shining, horny

brown; spire conoidly convex, obtuse at the apex, impressed at the

suture ; whorls 53, convex, last large, depressed in front, somewhat

angled at the periphery, base rounded and marked with decussating

strize; umbilicus deep, subcompressed; aperture slightly oblique,

lunately oval; peristome simple, margins approximating, columellar

margin expanded and reflected.

Diam. maj. 0°37, min. 0°29, alt. 0°30 unc.

Hab. Ringarooma, Tasmania, under logs (Coll. Brazier).

10. Hexrx (HeEemrIPLecta) FORDE, 0. s.

Shell perforated, convexly depressed, thin, closely, finely, ob-

liquely, irregularly striated, horny green ; spire slightly raised, acute ;

whorls 4, convex, increasing, last large, grooved at the suture, keeled

at the periphery, base convex, moderately smooth ; aperture oblique,

lunately rounded; peristome simple, margins distant, columellar

margin dilated and reflected, almost covering the small perforation.

Diam. maj. 0°30, min. 0°22, alt. 0°16 une.

Hab. Springs, Mount Wellington, Tasmania (Coll. Brazier).

This species approaches in miniature Helicarion sophia, Gaskoin,

from Lord Howe’s Island.

12. Notes on two Australian Land-shells.

By Joun Brazier.

Herrix (GALAXIAS) MEADEI.

Helix edwardsi, Cox, Mon. Austr. Land-shells, p. 109, pl. 19. f. 3.

Hab. The banks of the Liverpool River, Arnheim’s Land, North

Coast of Australia (Coll. Brazier).

The specific name is altered, because Mr. Bland described in 1858

an American species under the name of H. edwardsi.

Heurx (PaTuLA) STELLATA.

Helix (Discus) similis, Cox, Mon. Austr. Land-shells, p. 23, pl. 12.

Pe bea

Hab. Mount Wellington, Tasmania (Masters and Petterd).

The change in the specific name is necessary, as C. B. Adams

described a Jamaican Helix similis many years ago.

1870.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 663

November 1, 1870.

Professor Newton, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following reports on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the months of June, July, August, and

September, 1870 :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of June 1870 was 195, of which 47 were by

birth, 31 by presentation, 84 by purchase, 13 by exchange, and 20

were animals received on deposit. The total number of departures

during the same period, by death and removals, was 121. Amongst

the additions the most remarkable were :—

1. Two Australian Sacred Ibises (Idis strictipennis, Gould, B.

Austr. vi. pl. 46), purchased June 13th.

The acquisition of these two birds is of much interest, as enabling

the naturalist to compare together living examples of the four closely

allied forms of Sacred Ibis—Jbis ethiopica of Africa, I. bernieri of

Madagascar*, J. melanocephala of S. Asia, and I. strictipennis of

Australia.

2. A male Leonine Monkey (Macacus leoninus), purchased June

14th from a London dealer.

In July 1869 we obtained by presentation from Capt. R. A.

Brown, as already recorded in these ‘ Proceedings’ (1869, p. 467),

a female Macaque Monkey, which had been brought by H.M.S.

‘ Vigilant’ from the Andaman Islands. In a notice of the habits of

this Monkey, published in ‘Land and Water’ of July 24th, Mr.

Bartlett, considering the species to be undescribed, proposed to call

it Macacus andamanensis (Land and Water, viii. p. 57), which name,

I observed in my above-mentioned notice of it in the Society’s

‘ Proceedings,’ “‘ would stand if the validity of the species should

be confirmed by future researches.” ‘Andaman Jenny,”’ as this

Monkey was called, has attracted considerable attention amongst the

visitors to the Society’s Gardens by smoking pipes anid playing other

extraordinary tricks, of which Mr. Bartlett has given an account in

the article above referred to. Her fame having reached as far as the

islands from which she was brought, Capt. Hamilton, commanding

a detachment there, was induced to write to Dr. E. Hamilton, F.Z.S.,

to inform him that it was an error to suppose that “Andaman Jenny”’

was really a native of these islands, she and several companions

of the same species having been brought over to Ross Island, one of

the Andamans, from the adjacent mainland of Burmah+. ‘Thus it

appeared that, even if Mr. Bartlett was right in referring this

Monkey to a new species (of which, I confess, I had at the time

serious doubts), his name would require alteration. The matter

stood thus until June last, when Mr. Bartlett informed me one

* On the distinctness of this form from L. ethiopica, see my remarks, P, Z. 8,

1870, p. 381,

+ Cf. P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 220.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1870, No. XLV.

664 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [ Nov. 1,

morning with great satisfaction that he had secured for the Society

on approval a male of the so-called “Andaman Monkey,” and that

there could be no longer any doubt of its being a most distinct spe-

cies, and quite new to us in this country. On visiting the Gardens

next day to examine our new acquisition, I found that Mr. Bartlett’s

statement was amply justified by the facts. ‘The male Monkey was

certainly of a species quite new to myself and others, and one of

which there was no specimen in the British Museum. But on

showing it to Mr. Blyth, his experienced eye at once detected that

it was of a species which had been received in Calcutta from Aracan

in 1844, and, after several attempts to refer it to described species,

had been named by him Inuus leoninus.

I now exhibit a drawing by Mr. Wolf of this remarkable addition

to our series of living Quadrumana. The species, as has been already

observed, is no doubt most nearly allied to the Pig-tailed Macacus ne-

mestrinus, but is at once recognizable by the peculiar crescent-shaped

arrangement of the elevated hairs forming the crest on the head, the

more vivid colouring, and the longer tail. An exact description

must be deferred until the decease of the animal; but the accom-

panying figure (Plate XXXV.) will render it easily recognizable.

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of July 1870 was 199; of these 27 were by

birth, 31 by presentation, 121 by purchase, 1 by exchange, and 19

were received on deposit. The total number of departures during

the same period, by death and removals, was 168.

The most remarkable additions during the month of July were :—

1. Three Trumpeter Swans (Cygnus buccinator), hatched on the

Three-island Pond in the Society’s Gardens on July 6th, being the

first instance of this American species having bred in the Society’s

Gardens, and, as far as it is known, in Europe.

The Cygnets of the Trumpeter Swan are of a uniform ashy grey

in their first plumage, darker than in the corresponding plumage of

C. olor. They are now moulting, and seem to be whiter on the breast

and darker on the back than the Common Swan at the same period.

On the same day also (July 6th) a large and valuable collection

of living animals, sent from the Zoological Gardens of Santiago, in

Chili, under the care of Mr. Albert Weisshaupt, arrived in the

Society’s Gardens. Of these the following selection, embracing

exainples of all the best species, was acquired for the sum of £462 :—

MamMALs.

*2 Chilian Skunks ......0...0. Mephitis chilensis.

*2 Magellanic Jackals .......... Canis magellanicus.

3 Patagonian Cavies ..........Dolichotis patachonica.

3: Chinthillasonseae 8. 08 .... Chinchilla lanigera.

2 Coypas swans wee. ... Myopotamus coypus.

t Macacus nemestrinus, Blyth, J. A. 8. B. xiii. pt. 1, p. 478. “ Inwus are-

toides, Is. Geoffr. ;’ Blyth, ibid. xvi. pt. 2, p. 731. Jnwus leoninus, Blyth, Cat.

Mamm. Mus. As. Soc. Beng. p. 7. Hab. Aracan.

uth

MACACL

ad }

(§NHanhart mp

1870.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 665

Birps.

3 Patagonian Conures.......... Conurus cyanolyseos.

1 Slight-billed Parrakeet ...... Henicognathus leptorhynchus.

1 Condor. seeeees ee Sarcorhamphus gryphus.

*8 Black- winged Dowesd -oasoase Metriopelia melanoptera.

6 Spotted Doves . ..eeaeee Columba maculosa.

*5 Auriculated Doves .. wee.» Zenaida auriculata.

3 Black-faced Ibises .......... Ibis melanopis.

3 Cayenne Lapwings .......... Vanellus cayennensis.

*3 Burmeister’s Cariama ........ Chunga burmeisteri.

4 Black-necked Swans.......... Cygnus nigricollis.

*2 Coscoroba Swans............ Cygnus coscoroba.

*6 Rosy-billed Ducks .......... Metopiana peposaca.

¥8.Chilian Pintails » cdots es. da Dafila spinicauda,

*6 Chiloe Widgeons ............ Mareca chiloensis.

REPTILES.

1 Annulated Terrapin.......... Geoclemmys annulata,

1 Large-footed Land-tortoise .... Testudo elephantopus.

*2 Chilian Land-tortoises........ Testudo chilensis.

It will be observed that the whole of this collection consisted of

animals of great interest, no less than 11 out of the 22 species

(those marked *) having never been previously received alive by the

Society. Those more especially calling for remark are :—

2. Mepuirtis CHILENSIS.

This is a smaller species of Skunk than any of which we have

hitherto received living examples. Our pair, which seem to be adult,

measure only 9 inches, and the tail 64 inches; total, from nose to

end of tail, 155 inches in length. The male and female are nearly

alike, black, with a narrow white lateral stripe on each side, nearly

joining on the forehead. This stripe is more elongated in the male.

There are traces of white hairs at the base of the tail. The animal

seems to agree best with the Conepatus nasutus, var. 3. chilensis, of

Dr. Gray’s Catalogue of Carnivora (p. 135). But the confusion

amongst the different species of Skunks is very great.

These animals are very tame, and allow themselves to be handled

with impunity.

3. Canis MAGELLANICUS, Gray; Waterhouse in Zool. Voy.

Beagle, ii. p. 10, pl. 5.

A pair of this fine and distinct species of Canis, of which we have

never before received living examples. The pupil is round in this

species.

4. The specimen of the Condor (Sarcorhamphus gryphus) received

in the present collection is ps remarkable for the enormous deve-

lopment of the wattles on the head and throat, and resembles the

figure of this bird given in Temminck’s Pl. Col. 494, from a speci-

men formerly in the Leverian Museum.

666 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [ Nov. |

5. CHUNGA BURMEISTERI. (Plate XXXVI.)

The acquisition of living examples of this recently discovered

second form of the peculiar Neotropical family Cariamede is of spe-

cial interest.

Burmeister’s Cariama was discovered by the eminent naturalist

whose name it bears in the provinces of Catamarca and Tucuman, in

the north of the Argentine Republic, in 1859, and was first described

by Dr. Hartlaub in this Society’s ‘ Proceedings’*. Soon afterwards

Reichenbach+ gave the species the generic rank which it seems

entitled to, and called it Chunga burmeisteri. As this remarkable

bird is very little known, and specimens of it are very rare, the ac-

companying drawing (Plate XXXVI.) will be acceptable. We may

hope that at a later period some one will undertake a special com-

parison of its structure with that of Cariama, which has been so

well worked out by Burmeister ¢.

6. Cygnus coscorosa, Mol.; Gray and Mitchell, Gen. of Birds,

iii. pl. 166.

These are the first examples of this beautiful little Swan that have

reached us alive. They were in poor condition when they first

arrived, but are now in good health, and may, we hope, breed next

spring; so that there is some chance of the introduction of this fine

species into our ornamental waters.

7. Meropiana PEposaca§. (Plate XXXVII.)

A single male of this fine Duck was received in 1867]. From the

present collection we have obtained three pairs, so that there is

every hope for the continuance of the species.

8. DAFILA sprnicauDA. (Plate XXXVIITI.)

There has been a good deal of confusion about this elegant species

of Pintail, of which we have now for the first time received living

specimens. Dr. Burmeister has been inclined to consider that there

were two allied species—D. spinicauda, from the east of the Argen-

tine Republic, and D. oxyura, from Mendoza, Chili, and Peru (La

Plata-Reise, ii. p. 515); but, as Mr. Salvin and I have already

stated (P. Z. S. 1869, p. 157), we believe that he has been in error

upon this point. D. spinicauda is closely allied in shape and form

to the so-called Bahama Duck (D. bahamensis), which has long been

an inhabitant of the Society’s Gardens, but is readily distinguishable

~ by its yellow-marked bill and other peculiarities. The species,

which has never been figured, is well represented in the accompany-

ing drawing (Plate XXXVIII.).

* P. Z. 8. 1860, p. 335.

+ Handb. d. Sp. Orn. Tauben, p. 159.

+ “Beitriige z. Naturgeschichte d; Seriema,” Abh. Nat. Ges. Halle, i. p. 11

1854).

‘ § Anas peposaca, Vieill. Enc. Méth. p. 357. Metopiana peposaca, Scl. et Salv.

P. Z. S. 1868, p. 146.

|| See P. Z. S. 1867, p. 687.

44 Apr

I&N Hannart

a aaa

d. omb Lith

aL.

[STE

CHUNGA BURME

pa}

)

—s

Dm)

exe

1870.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 667

9. MareECA CHILOENSIS (King).

The Chiloe Widgeon also, although well known in collections, is

new to our series of living Anatide, and forms a fine addition to

them. It is sufficiently well figured by Eyton in his ‘ Monograph’

(pl. 31). The sexes (contrary to the usual rule in this section of

the Anatide) are coloured nearly alike.

10. GeocLemMMys ANNULATA, Gray.

This Tortoise was described and figured by Dr. Gray in our

‘Proceedings’ (1860, p. 231, t. 29), from specimens obtained by

Mr. Fraser on the coast of Ecuador. The present example was

probably brought to Santiago from the coast of Peru or Ecuador, as

Gay (Fauna Chilena, ii. p. 8) and other authorities assure us that no

species of Chelonian is found in Chili.

11. Tesrupo ELEPHANTOPUS, Harlan.

Dr. Gray has identified one of the two Tortoises which we obtained

in the present coilection with the above-named species, originally de-

scribed by Harlan as coming from the Galapagos Islands. The present

individual was probably imported into Chili from the same quarter as

the Geoclemmys annulata, as Mr. Cope (Pr. Ac. Sc. Phil. 1868, p. 96)

has recorded the occurrence of the species on the coast of Ecuador.

12. Testupo curLensis, Gray.

Testudo (Gopher) chilensis, Gray, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. vi.

p. 190.

Dr. Gray has lately described this Land-tortoise, of which we re-

ceived two specimens, as a new species, and has proposed to call it

Testudo chilensis. I do not profess to be specially acquainted with the

Testudinata; but I must observe that, if this species be really new,

Dr. Gray has chosen a most unfortunate name for it ; for, as already

above mentioned, the best authorities deny the existence in Chili of

any animals of this order; and, as we know several other species in

the present collection were imported from different parts of the

South-American continent, it is, of course, obvious that the same

may have been the case with the present animals. Now Duméril and

Bibron (Erpétologie Générale, ii. p. 74) record the occurrence on the

Rio Negro, in Northern Patagonia, of a species of Tortoise ( Testudo

stellata), to which the present animal, according to Dr. Gray, is very

nearly allied; and Burmeister (La Plata-Reise, ii. p. 521) tells us

that this 7’. stellata is common in the vicinity of Mendoza and all

over the neighbouring pampas of the Argentine Republic. I have

no doubt whatever, therefore, that the present Tortoises are from

La Plata, and belong to the species called Testudo stellata by D’Or-

bigny and Burmeister. It is very probable that Dr. Gray may be

right in separating the species from 7. stellata of Africa; but it

would have been better to have called it by some other name*.

* For further remarks on this Tortoise, see Aisn. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. vi.

p- 470.

668 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [ Nov. 1,

13, A Spider Monkey brought home from Trinidad, and presented

to the Society by the Hon. Arthur Gordon, C.M.Z.S. and lately

Governor of that colony, on the 14th of July. Mr. Gordon informs

me, in reply to inquiries, that this Monkey was obtained for him by

one of his correspondents from the upper part of the Caura River, a

southern confluent of the Orinoco, and was considered to be a very

rare species. I was inclined to refer it to Ate/es belzebuth of Geot-

froy St.-Hilaire (Ann. d. Mus. vii. p. 271), and have inserted it in

the Register under this name. But the animal having unfortunately

died, and having been sent to the British Museum, is, as I am in-

formed, considered by Dr. Gray to be probably a female of his

Ateles bartlettii (P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 992, pl. xtvit.).

I do not think this is probable. I take Dr. Gray’s Ateles bart-

lettit to be the same as déeles variegatus of Wagner (Schreb. Suppl.

i. p. 313, et Abh. Acad. Munich, v. p. 120), which was discovered

by Johann Natterer on the Upper Rio Negro in 1831. Now

Wagner’s description of dA. variegatus (which agrees exactly with

A. bartlettii) was, as he informs us, taken from a temale; so that in

this species the sexes must be nearly alike*.

14. A young Hornbill, of a species closely allied to Buceros cylin-

dricus, Temm.,—of which the bill only is figured in ‘ Planches Colo-

riées’ (Pl. Col. 521), but the bird itself is described by Hartlaub

(Orn. Westafr. p. 162),—and to B. fistulator, Cassin.

As, however, it is not identical with either of these species, I

subjoin a short diagnosis of it, which, together with the accompany-

ing figure, taken from the living bird, will, I think, render it easily

recognizable :—

BUCEROS SUBCYLINDRICUS, Sp. nov. (Plate XXXIX.)

Niger cristatus: capitis plumis albescente cinereo variegatis ;

dorso postico, campterio alari et alarum dimidio apicali albis,

remigibus tribus externis exceptis nigris: subtus niger ; ventre

imo, tibiis et crisso albis; cauda alba: rectricibus duabus in-

termediis totis, nist ad ipsum apicem, et rectricum lateralium

SJascia lata basin versus nigris ; rostro et pedibus nigris ; rostri

culmine elevato, valde compresso, cultrato, arcuato: iridibus

rufis: long. tota 24, ale 11°5, caude@ 10), rostri a rictu 4, poll.

Angl. et dec.

Hab. Africa occidentalis.

Obs. A B. eylindrico, capite maculato et rectricibus mediis nigris,

a B. fistulatore capite maculato et secondariis omnino albis distin-

guendus.

15. A rare Southern Asiatic Blindsnake (Typhlops nigro-albus,

Dum. et Bibron; Ginther, Ind. Rept. p. 172), purchased July 19th.

The species was identified for us by Dr. Giinther, to whom the

Society is greatly indebted for the determination of the Reptiles in

their living collection.

16. A second example of the new Kangaroo which I described

* Cf. Ann, Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. vi. p. 472.

MigiKeulemans lh M &N Hanhart imp

BUCEROS SUBCYLINDRICUS

aoe

1870.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 669

and figured at a recent Meeting of this Society as the Roan Kan-

garoo (Macropus erubescens, P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 126, Pl. X.). The

receipt of this animal, which is a male, like the former one, is of great

interest, as confirming the validity of this fine species.

17. Two male Galeated Curassows (Pauai galeata), brought to

this country from the port of Santa Martha, New Granada, in com-

pany with a female of Crax alberti, This Curassow is very scarce

in living collections, and appears not to have been exhibited in the

Society’s Menagarie since 1830.

18. A Lemur of a species quite new to the Society’s collection,

purchased July 29th. This animal died, unfortunately, soon after

its arrival, and upon being taken to the British Museum for exami-

nation proved to be, in Dr. Gray’s opinion, a large specimen of

Hapalemur olivaceus, 1. Geoffr. Cat. de Mamm. p. 75*.

19. A male specimen of the Ethiopian Ant-bear (Orycteropus

@&thiopicus of Sundevall). This animal has been placed in the Gar-

dens in company with the Cape Ant-bear (0. capensis), received

Urycteropus ethiopicus.

18th June, 1869. The two animals, although both males, live

sociably together, and enable a comparison to be made between the

external appearances of these two disputed species. Duvernoy has

already enlarged upon the differences between the skeletons of the

* Dr. Gray has, however, more recently described it as a new species ( Hapa-

lemur simus), P. Z. 8. Dee. 6, 1870.

670 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. | Noy. 1,

two forms (Ann. Sci. Nat. ser. 3, vol. xx. p. 181); and, as will be

allowed by every body, the comparison of the living specimens serves

to confirm their distinctness. The chief noticeable differences in

the living animals are the more hairy body, especially on the lower

back and flanks, the shorter, thicker tail, and the shorter head and

ears in the 0. capensis. The insides of the nostrils at their openings

are thickly covered with hair in O. eapensis, which is not nearly so

much the case in O. ethiopicus.

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of August 1870 was 179 ; of these, 5 were by

birth, 37 by presentation, 49 by purchase, and 88 were received on

deposit. The total number of departures during the same period,

by death and removal, was 96. The most noticeable of the addi-

tions were :—

1. A Pluto Monkey (Cercopithecus pluto) from West Africa,

purchased August 3rd. This is a scarce species which was de-

scribed and figured by Dr. Gray in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ as

long ago as 1848 (ef. P. Z. S. 1848, p. 56, Mamm. pl. m1.). Tam

not aware that there has ever been a second living example in the

Society’s Menagerie. The Pluto Monkey is perhaps most closely

allied to C. albogularis, Sykes.

2. Two Pheasants of a species allied to Phosianus colchicus, de-

posited by Mr. J. J. Stone on the 14th of August. These Pheasants

had arrived from one of Mr. Stone’s Chinese collectors in company

with specimens of Thaumalea amherstia, and were doubtless from

the same locality—that is, from the slopes of the Yung-ling moun-

tains beyond T'a-kien-leu, on the Chinese confines of Thibet. Mr.

Elliot has lately described this species (Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. vi.

p- 312), and proposed to call it Phasianus elegans,

3. Three Roseate Spoonbills (Platalea ajaja), purchased August

14th, being the first examples of this species ever received alive by

the Society.

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of September 1870 was 76; of these, 4 were

by birth, 53 by presentation, 10 by purchase, 3 by exchange, and 6

were received on deposit. The total number of departures during

the same period, by death and removal was 133.

Amongst the additions the most remarkable were :—

1. A Red-necked Bustard (Hupodotis rujficollis), purchased Sep-

tember Ist, having been imported from Natal by Capt. A. Davis.

This large Bustard has never been previously exhibited alive in the

Society’s Gardens.

2. Two female Dorsal Squirrels (Scivrus dorsalis, Gray), received

from the Jardin d’Acclimatation of Paris on the 7th of September,

and making with the two males already in the Society’s Gardens two

pairs of this beautiful Squirrel. Sciurus dorsalis was first described

by Dr. Gray in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ in 1848, from specimens

obtained by M. Sallé in Nicaragua (ef. P. Z. 8. 1848, p. 148, Mamm.

1370.] MR. HUDSON ON THE BIRDS OF BUENOS AYRES. 671

pl. viz.). The locality there given by Dr. Gray is erroneously stated

to be Caraceas. More recently several examples of this species have

been brought to Europe, and shows that this Squirrel, like several

of its congeners, is very variable in its colouring, some of them

being nearly wholly rufous, whilst others are white except on the

dorsal streak, as shown in Dr. Gray’s figure (cf. Gray, Synopsis of

American Squirrels, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. xx. p. 422).

3. A pair of Daubenton’s Curassows (Crax daubentoni, G. R.

Gray), presented on the 29th of September by James Wright, Esq.,

having been received by that gentleman from 'Tucacas, a port in

Northern Venezuela. This addition is of importance, as the species

has not been previously received alive by the Society, and its exact

locality was a little uncertain.

A seventh letter* on the Ornithology of Buenos Ayres, by Mr.

W. H. Hudson, C.M.Z.S., was read :-—

* Buenos Ayres, April 23, 1870.

“In my last letter I described the common Blackbird of this

country (Molothrus bonariensis), but omitted some interesting par-

ticulars, which I now furnish. I have found it most common in the

vicinity of Buenos Ayres city, becoming rarer the further we go from

it. It is fond of cultivated districts, but is oftener met with in open

plains than in woods. Its eggs are not often found in the nests of

birds that breed in wild forests—never in the nests of the Cuckoos

and Thrushes.

*‘T have never seen it attack any bird to get into its nest, and

believe its eggs are invariably laid in the absence of the true pro-

prietor. The Tijereta (Milvulus violentus), that constautly attacks

and beats off birds of prey, would not be easily driven off by a female

Blackbird ; and yet the Tijereta is the most imposed upon of any ;

while, on the other hand, the Blackbird’s eggs are never found in

the nests of some species that are not at all pugnacious, such as that,

for example, of Serpophaga nigricans.

‘A very remarkable circumstance is that the eggs of the Black-

bird differ as much in form, size, and colour as its habits are irre-

gular. Some are perfectly round, others oval, pointed, or elliptical.

The commonest colours are pure white with very small pink spots

thinly distributed, and reddish white thickly covered with brownish-

red spots, the form of the spots on those darkly mottled being on

different eggs round, oblong, and irregular.

**Can it be possible that an imperfection of the sexual organs,

producing this diversity in the eggs, causes also that looseness in

its breeding-habits which makes this species so different from others ?

According to Wilson, the Molothrus pecoris of the United States of

North America lays but one egg in a nest, and lays its eggs all alike.

The idea is perhaps fanciful, but has occurred to me, that all the birds

I am acquainted with that build elaborate ingenious nests lay eggs

* See Mr. Hudson’s previous letters:—No. I., P. Z. 8S. 1870, p. 87; II., ibid.

p. 112; IIL, ibid. p. 158; IV., ibid. p. 832; V. and VL, ibid. p. 545.

672 MR. HUDSON ON THE BIRDS OF BUENOS AYRES. [Nov. 1,

perfectly alike; while the eggs of Molothrus badius, as well as those

of M. bonariensis, show great diversity in size, shape, and markings,

and there is a corresponding irregularity in the breeding-habits of

the birds. But I will say no more on this subject now, as I desire to

give you a fuller account of the Molothrus badius.

“«‘ This bird is here called ‘Ala-canela,’ and by casual observers is

frequently taken for the female of the M. bonariensis, resembling it

much in size and colour; but it is a much prettier bird. It inva-

riably goes in small flocks of about ten or fifteen individuals, and

remains with us the whole year, but in the cold season travels about

a great deal from place to place. It is fond of keeping about houses,

if trees are near them, and is frequently seen clinging to and pecking

fresh meat hung out of doors. Its language is varied; and it has

different notes to call its companions, to express alarm, and when

about to fly or sing. When flying it utters frequently a peculiarly

long, loud, and melodious note, that may be heard half a mile off on

still days. Its song is low, sweet, and varied ; and all the individuals

of the flock sing together.

“They have a pleasant habit in winter of gathering on the sunny

side of a woodpen, outhouse, or other sheltered place, and singing

often for an hour or more without ceasing.

“* Few birds affect concealment and fear of man less than this

species. It is seldom quiet, and never alone, sociability being its

predominating trait. But in other species this quality, however

strong, is during the breeding-season overcome by the more powerful

attachment of the sexes; in the Ala-canela, as far as my observa-

tions extend, the first is almost, and often quite, as strong as the

last; and this circumstance introduces no little confusion into its

breeding-habits. It often happens that the flock does not break up

in spring, and on such occasions they entertain a promiscuous sexual

intercourse. Sometimes they pair and construct a nest of slender

sticks lined with hair, rather high up in the smaller branches of a

tree, and lay four or five mottled eggs. A pair of them will some-

times seize the nest of the Lerratero (Anumbius acuticaudatus), and

either lay in it or build their own nest on the top of it.

«‘T once observed a pair of them incessantly fighting for several

days with a couple of Lerrateros for the nest of the latter. After

they had got possession of it, I found under the tree five dead half-

fledged young Lerrateros, cast out by the merciless intruders: con-

sidering the narrow entrance and great depth of the nest, this could

not have been an easy feat. Another time I observed a flock of

eight or ten individuals take possession of a nest, and build one of

their own on the top of it, though no larger than for a single pair.

They appeared to live very amicably together ; and after a few days

I took fourteen eggs from the nest. The birds manifested great

anxiety while I was in the tree; but the eggs were perfectly cold ;

probably more would have been laid. The erratic habits of this

bird are very puzzling, and will, perhaps, afford a fertile theme to

the pens of future naturalists.

«IT once observed a pair of young Ala-canelas following a Yellow-

1870.) | PROF. W. PETERS ON THE GENUS PECTINATOR. 673

breast (Leistes anticus) from tree to tree clamouring for food;

they were fed many times by their foster-mothers while I watched

them.

“It is very probable that they occasionally deposit their eggs in

the nests of other birds.

*T remain, very truly yours,

“ Wiiiiam H. Hupson.”

A communication was read from Mr. W. Vincent Legge, F.Z.S.,

containing notes on a bird of the Malurine group inhabiting Ceylon.

Mr. Legge stated that the bird had the generic character of Prinia,

but appeared different from P. soczalis, the only species given as

inhabiting Ceylon. A full description of the bird, its nest, and eggs

were appended. The nest was stated to be a loosely made and care-

less structure, very different from that of P. socials.

A communication was read from Professor W. Peters, F.M.Z.S.,

entitled “‘ Contributions to the Knowledge of Pectinator, a genus of

Rodent Mammalia from Eastern Africa.” ‘This memoir was based

upon five specimens in spirits, one imperfect skeleton, and one skin

of the Pectinator spekii obtained by Mr. W. Jesse, Zoologist to the

Abyssinian Expedition, between Zoulla and Senafé. After describing

the external characters, anatomy, and osteology of this animal, and

discussing the opinions of preceding authorities, Dr. Peters arrived

at the following conclusions on this subject :—

1. Pectinator differs from Ctenodactylus not only in the greater

number of teeth and in its longer tail, but also in the different

structure of the ears and of the skull.

2. The Ctenodactyli (Ctenodactylus and Pectinator) cannot be

associated with the Dipodes, their affinity with the latter being not

greater than that of the Chinchilla, Octodontes, and Echinomyes.

3. They show in nearly every part of their structure their near

relationship with the last-named groups, and deviate from them only

in a very few points (the form of the hyoid bone, of the sacral and

caudal vertebral column, of the development of the.crest of the hu-

merus and femur), in which, however, they do not show any in-

clination towards the Dipodina, but rather some affinity with the

Murina.

4, They form a peculiar group of the Hystricide, as understood

by Waterhouse, which in some points is more allied to the Chin-

chille, in other points to the Octodontes.

5. Petromys is not to be associated with the Ctenodactyli, but

with the Octodontes.

This paper will be printed in full in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’

Prof. Newton, V.P., exhibited an example of the chick of the rare

and remarkable wader dnarhynchus frontalis, Quoy and Gaimard,

sent to him from New Zealand by Dr. Hector, F.R.S., who had

674. MR. THEOBALD ON CERTAIN SPECIES OF TORTOISES. [ Nov. 1,

received it from Mr. Thomas H. Potts of Canterbury. The bird,

though only a few days old, had its bill very distinctly bent to the

right side, quite as much so in proportion to its size as the adult.

f¥ Sy

S Fy EF ae

Bill of Anarhynchus frontalis, pullus. Natural size.

Prof. Newton remarked on the great increase in our amount of

information respecting this very singular form within the last few

years, chiefly owing to the pains taken in Europe by Mr. James

Edmund Harting, F.Z.S. (Ibis, 1869, p. 304, pl. 8), and Dr. Hart-

laub, F.M.Z.S. (P. Z. S. 1869, p. 433)—but most of all to the

investigations in New Zealand carried on by Mr. Potts, who had had

ample opportunities of studying the habits of the bird, and had

contributed an interesting note respecting them to the ‘Transactions

and Proceedings of the New-Zealand Institute’ (vol. ii. pp. 68, 69),

besides a fuller account read before the Wellington Philosophical

Society on the 25th of June last, which would, no doubt, appear in

the same journal in due time. Of this last a copy had been

obligingly sent to Prof. Newton by Dr. Hector.

The Secretary read a paper by Mr. W. Theobald, of the Geolo-

gical Survey of India, containing ‘ Observations on a Paper by Dr.

J. E. Gray, entitled ‘ Notes on the Families and Genera of Tortoises’

&e.,”’ which had been communicated to the Society by Mr. W. T.

Blanford, C.M.Z.S.

After some preliminary observations, in the course of which it was

stated that the author’s personal acquaintance with some of the spe-

cimens referred to in Dr. Gray’s paper might be held to qualify him

to make critical remarks on the subject, Mr. Theobald proceeded to

treat of certain species of Tortoises mentioned in Dr. Gray’s paper

(P. Z. S. 1869, p. 165 et seg.) in the following order :—

1. Testrupo inpica (Gray, /. ¢. p. 168).

As regards this species, Mr. Theobald insisted that it was time

that the error which, in his opinion, was conveyed by the trivial

name indica as applied to this species should be abandoned in scien-

tifie works, since not a single species of the group containing 7’. in-

dica (if the aberrant 7’. phayrei, Blyth, be excepted) was known to

occur either in India proper or in Burmah.

2. Tesrupo (ScAPIA) FALCONERI (Gray, J. c. p. 169).

This species, Mr. Theobald observed, had been based by Dr. Gray

upon a skull “ received in Dr. Falconer’s collection and presented to

the British Museum by his brother on his death.” The locality

“India” given by Dr. Gray, Mr. Theobald considered must be in-

correct, as the only species of Testudo inhabiting India proper was

1870.] MR. THEOBALD ON CERTAIN SPECIES OF TORTOISES. 675

T. stellata, of which T. megalopus, Blyth, was a synonym (vide

J. A.S. B. xxxii. p. 83). In Burmah two other species occurred,

T'. elongata, Blyth, and T. platynotus, Blyth. The latter species

was closely allied to 7’. stellata of India, and replaced it throughout

the countries east of the Bay of Bengal. The third species of Tes-

tudo from Burmah was 7’. phayrei, Blyth (J. A. 8. B. xxii. p. 639),

of which Mr. Theobald considered 7. falconeri, Gray, to be a mere

synonym. An excellent description of this species had been given

by Blyth (/. ¢.), founded on two stuffed specimens presented by

Captain Phayre, the largest of which measured 20 inches in a straight

line, or 223 over the curve, the second specimen being slightly

smaller, though more aged. In his ‘ Catalogue of the Reptiles in

the Museum of the Asiatic Society of Bengal’ Mr. Theobald had

entered inadvertently the larger or type specimen of 7. phayrei as

‘*T. indica,” whilst the smaller specimen (which was in a very di-

lapidated state) had been entered as Manouria emys. Both these

mistakes Mr. Theobald attributed to his own culpable haste, as the

type was easily recognizable, and had been at once detected by Dr.

Anderson, the present curator. However, it required only a glance

to see that Dr. Giinther had erred in uniting 7. phayrei, Blyth,

with Manouria, inasmuch as, though 7’. phayret possessed a divided

caudal plate, yet its pectoral shields united to form a suture, as in

true Testudo, and bore no resemblance to those plates in Manouria.

The smaller and more aged specimen above alluded to had been ori-

ginally stuffed, but when examined by Mr. Theobald was found to

be in a very fragmentary condition. On inquiries being made how

it had come into this state, Mr. Theobald had been informed that

the specimen in question had been taken away by Dr. Falconer

(when engaged in preparing his Catalogue of the Asiatic Society’s

Sewalik fossils) and buried, in order to separate the bones. The

dermai plates were now consequently entirely separated from the

skeleton, most of them, together with the skull and most of the

limb-bones, being missing. The skeleton itself bore the names of

the different bones written upon them in ink either by Dr. Falconer

himself or by Dr. Walker, who had assisted him in the preparation

of the above-named catalogue. As the skull in question had not, as

it seemed, ever been restored to the Indian Museum through the

inadvertence of Dr. Falconer when returning the rest. of the speci-

men, it was but reasonable to conclude that it had remained in his pos-

session, and had eventually thus passed into the British Museum.

In default, therefore, of more exact information, Mr. Theobald held

that the evidence before him pointed to the conclusion that the

skull whereon 7’. falconeri, Gray, had been based was no other than

the identical skull of 7. phayrei, Blyth, missing from the Calcutta

Museum.

3. Testupo ELonGATA, Blyth (Gray, /. c. p. 171).

This was the type of Dr. Gray’s genus Peltastes, a name, as Dr.

Stoliezka had pointed out to Mr. Theobald, preoccupied by Rossi in

1807 for a Hymenopteron, by Agassiz in 1838 for an Echino-

676 MR. THEOBALD ON CERTAIN SPECIES OF TORTOISES. [ Nov. 1,

derm, and by Fischer in 1839 for an Orthopteron. The habitat of

this species was given by Dr. Gray as “India,” but should stand

“from Arakan to Mergui”’ as already stated by Blyth (J. A. S. B.

XXxil. p. 83).

4, CycLemys orpicuata (Gray, l. c. p. 178).

Mr. Theobald repeated the observations made by him with regard

to the synonymy and sternal suture cf this species in Journ. Linn.

Soc. Zool. vol. x. p. 12, 1869.

5. KacuuGa PeGuEnsis (Gray, l. c. p. 200).

The habitat of this species was given by Dr. Gray as “ India ;’’ but

the specimen had probably come from Pegu. Mr. Theobald, how-

ever, could confidently say that he had brought home no heads of

Tortoises from Pegu of which the “thorax ”’ was ‘‘ unknown ;”’ and

his impression was that this species had been founded on a skull

(possibly aberrant) of either Tetraonyx lessoni or Batagur trivittata. ©

6. ‘ KacuuGa TRILINEATA, Theobald” (Gray, J. c. p. 209).

Mr. Theobald denied that he had either named, described, or

so much as admitted any Kachuga trilineata. The habitat was

said to be “India;’’ but Mr. Theobald had brought home no skull

of a three-streaked Emys from India, though he had brought some

from Pegu. In 1867 Mr. Theobald had brought home specimens

of two species of three-streaked Emydes, and had exhibited them

to Dr. Gray at the British Museum. These were, according to Mr.

Theobald’s identification, Hmys duvaucelii, Dum. & Bibr., from the

Ganges, and &. trivittata, Dum. & Bibr., from the Irrawaddy ; of

the latter he had brought home many skulls, including that of a

fine female now in the British Museum. This skull differed greatly

from that of the male, which was a smaller and more finely coloured

animal, and would therefore probably prove to be that upon which the

species called Kachuga trilineata by Dr. Gray had been established.

7. KacHuGa OLDHAMI (Gray, l. c. p. 200).

This species, from Pegu, Mr. Theobald considered to be likewise

very doubtful, being based on a skull only, upon the distinctness

of which Mr. ‘Theobald had no confidence whatever.

8. KacHUGA BERDMORET, Blyth (Gray, 7. c. p. 204).

Dr. Gray had rightly admitted this species (which had been

wrongly identified by Dr. Giinther with the very distinct Z. ocel-

lata, Dum. & Bibr.), but had left the habitat unknown, although it

had not only been given by its describer, Mr. Blyth (J. A. S. B.

xxvii. p. 281), but likewise by the author in his ‘Catalogue of the

Reptiles of Pegu’ (p. 12), and although there were specimens of it

in the British Museum both from Pegu and the Tenasserim pro-

vinces, where it was abundant. JZ. ocellata, of which Mr. Theo-

bald believed there was no specimen in the British Museum, was

strictly confined to the region of the Ganges, just as ZL. berd-

1870.] SURGEON F. DAY ON ANDAMAN-ISLAND FISHES. 677

morei was to that of the Irrawaddy. The author finally repeated

the statements, as regards the synonymy of this species, which he

had published already in Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. vol. x. p. 16, and

in his Catalogue before referred to.

The following papers were read :-——

1. On the Fishes of the Andaman Islands.

By Francis Day, F.Z.S. & F.L.S.

Having been directed by the Government of India to examine into

and report upon the capabilities of the fisheries of the Andaman

Islands, I propose detailing in the following paper the result of my

investigations into the ichthyology of that penal settlement *.

These rocky islands are surrounded to a great extent by coral

reefs, whilst the waters are beautifully clear, except during the stormy

raonths of the year. The inquirer is consequently enabled with the

greatest facility to perceive, even at considerable depths, the move-

ments of the fishes, crustaceans, and other animals which inhabit

those regions. Due most probably to this clearness of the water,

the coloration of the fish is much more vivid than along the coasts of

India ; and other curious results appear to be consequent on the same

cause.

Siluroids are very rare; the feelers useful in muddy waters do not

appear to be here required ; in fact, the only situations where they

were at all common were up creeks and in brackish pieces of water.

Sea-snakes seemed to be entirely absent.

In those inland portions of the islands investigated by us, the

freshwater streams (except during the rainy seasons) are insignifi-

cant, whilst large natural tanks are unknown. The aborigines,

however, assert that a fine freshwater lake exists a few days’ journey

inland in the South Andamans. As might be anticipated, the

varieties of freshwater fishes are few.

The period of the year I was at the Andamans was from December

29th, 1869, to January 24th, 1870, during which brief stay TI re-

ceived every assistance from the officials in procuring all the various

species of fish which could be captured. I likewise went for eight

days’ fishing with the aborigines, when I was accompanied by Mr.

Homfray, their energetic protector, and was fortunate in procuring

many species at this time which I did not otherwise obtain.

Even during my brief sojourn, I observed the apparent migration

of one species of fish, the beautiful Acanthurus lineatus, Linn., which

was abundant on my arrival, but could not be obtained at the period

I left.

I have included a few species obtained at the Nicobars by a

native collector, who was kindly lent to me for that purpose by Dr.

Stoliczka.

* For an account of the aborigines of the Andamans, see the author’s article,

Trans. As. Soc. Beng. 1870.

678 SURGEON F. DAY ON ANDAMAN-ISLAND FISHES. [Nov. 1,

Family Percipa.

1. LAaTES CALCARIFER, Bloch. Jo-dah, Andamanese.

Cee. pyl. 3.

This species was apparently rare.

2. SERRANUS HEXAGONATUS, Forst.

Cee. pyl. 32.

Common, and takes a bait very freely.

3. SERRANUS SUMMANA, Forsk.

A common species.

4. Serranus pontoo, C. & V. Rou-je-dah, Andamanese.

Common, one specimen 24 inches long.

5. SERRANUS ARGUS, Schn.

Cee. pyl. &.

Usually found with the S. hevagonatus, and taken in the same way.

6, SERRANUS SUILLUS, C.& V. Rab-na-dah, or O-ro-tam-dah,

And.

Comparatively rare.

7. SERRANUS DISPAR, Playfair.

Very common.

8. SERRANUS GLAUCUS, Sp. nov.

Biya. D. A115, P17. NV. 1/5. A.3/8. 19. Cac. py,

13-14.

Length of head 2, of caudal ;%,, height of body 4 of the total

length.

Eyes. Diameter 7 of length of head, 13 diameter from end of

snout, 1 diameter apart.

Preopercle serrated, having three strong denticulations at its angle.

Teeth villiform in jaws, vomer, and palate, with one or two canines

on either side of the upper jaw.

Fins. Third dorsal spine rather the longest ; second anal spine

strongest, third slightly the longest ; caudal lunated.

Colours greyish, becoming dirty white alongthe abdomen. Head

and body rather closely covered with large yellow spots. Pectoral,

dorsal, anal, and caudal also spotted. Dorsal, ventral, anal, and

caudal with a black margin edged with white.

Hab. Andamans, where it is not uncommon.

9. SERRANUS HOMFRAYI, sp. nov.

B. Vis DORE. Uae Ved) 5~:08. 3/9, ane

Length of head +, of caudal 2, height of body } of the total

length.

1870.] SURGEON F. DAY ON ANDAMAN-ISLAND FISHES. 679

Eyes. Diameter nearly j of length of head, 1 diameter from end

of snout.

Angle of preopercle slightly rounded and finely serrated.

Teeth villiform, canines small.

Fins. Last dorsal spine longest. The pectoral reaches to above

the commencement of the anal. The second anal spine the longest,

and much the strongest.

Colours. Whitish, and covered with roseate spots, well defined

upon the head, and a few dark ones also along its upper surface.

A moderately broad black band over the free portion of the tail, just

behind the posterior margin of the dorsal fin, and extending laterally

to one-third of its depth. Dorsal and anal fins spotted with red,

having a broad margin of the same scarlet colour, edged with white.

Caudal with more red than the dorsal or anal, and a very dark mar-

gin along its upper portion.

Hab. Port Blair. One specimen obtained, 6 inches in length.

I have named it after J. Homfray, Esq., of the Andamans, who

greatly assisted me in my inquiries.

10. SERRANUS CYANOSTIGMATOIDES, Blkr.

Cee. pyl. 16.

11. GRAMMISTES ORIENTALIS, Bl. Schn.

12. GENYOROGE MARGINATA, C. & V.

13. GENYOROGE CHRULEOPUNCTATA, C. & V.

14. GenyOROGE AMBOINENSIS, Bleeker.

Bova, DU /liaeer. 17. V.1/os. Av 3/8... Gk... els a3 70.

Cee. pyl. 0.

The black lateral blotch in this species at the Andamans is a post-

mortem appearance.

15. GENYOROGE GRAMMICA, Sp. Nov.

Vis... 00/14. sPokie. Vis 0/5. . A377... CilZ : T1545.

Cee. pyl. v.

Length of head ;4,, of caudal 1, height of body } of the total

length.

ies Diameter ? of length of head, 13 diameter from end of

snout, 1 diameter apart.

Preopercle with a deep emargination, serrated on both vertical

and horizontal margins, the latter being the coarsest. Interopercular

knob well developed.

Teeth villiform, with very small canines in the upper jaw.

Fins. Dorsal spines moderately strong, the third to the sixth

being the longest. Pectoral pointed, reaching to above the front

margin of the anal. Second anal spine longest and strongest, its

length nearly equalling that of the rays. Caudal lunated.

Colours. Yellow, with five blue lines on the body, the three upper

going to the dorsal fin, the fourth to the middle of the caudal, and

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1870U, No. XLVI.

680 SURGEON F. DAY ON ANDAMAN-ISLAND FISHES. [Nov. 1,

the fifth to the end of the base of the anal. Four blue lines on the

head : two from the eye join second and third body-lines ; two from

the snout become fourth and fifth on the body. A black finger-

mark exists on and above the lateral line, opposite the commence-

ment of the soft dorsal fin.

Hab. Andaman Islands, where it is not rare.

16. Mrsorrion RUSSELLI, Blkr.

Cec. pyl. 4-6.

17. Mesorrion pecussatus, C. & V. Jeu-win-dah, And.

Cee. pyl. 3.

This is identical with the species I described as M. therapon, as

pointed out to me by Dr. Giinther.

18. MESOPRION BLEEKERI, Giinther.

19. Mesoprion rANGUS, C. & V. To-go-re-dah, And.

20. MrsoprRion CHIRTAH, C. & V. An-na-kah-ro-dah, And.

Many of the young (M. annularis) were captured, and a few adults

(M. chirtah).

21. MEsoprRION sILLaoo, C. & V.

22. MrsOprion jounu, C. & V.

23. MESOPRION MULTIDENS, Sp. nov.

B. vii. D.10/l1. P.16. V.1/5. A.3/9. ©.15. 1.1. 52.

L. tr. 7/17. Ceee. pyl. 5.

Length of head 2, of caudal 7, height of body 7 of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter nearly } of length of head, 1 diameter from end

of snout, 14 diameter apart.

The distance between the eye and the angle of the mouth equals

that of three-fourths of the diameter of the orbit. Seven rows of

scales exist between the eye and the angle of the preopercle, which

is serrated along both vertical and horizontal margins. Preorbital

two-thirds as high as the orbit. Maxilla reaches to below the ante-

rior margin of the orbit.

Teeth. Six canines in the lower jaw, two large and some smaller

ones in the upper jaw; villiform on vomer and palate.

Fins. Dorsal spines slender, the fifth the longest, and nearly one-

half as long as the height of the body below it. Pectoral reaching

to above the posterior margin of the base of the anal. Last dorsal

and anal rays elongated. Ventral spine two-thirds as long as the

first ray. Caudal deeply forked. Second anal spine strongest, third

the longest.

Colours. Rosy, with about six longitudinal yellow bands along the

body, and one golden one from the anterior inferior angle of the eye

to the snout, and another across the forehead,

Hab. Andamans, where it is common, growing to a large size,

and being highly esteemed as food.

1870.] SURGEON F. DAY ON ANDAMAN-ISLAND FISHES. 681

24. AMBASSIS UROTANIA, Blkr.

L. 1. 26. LL. tr. 4/10.

Found at the Andamans and Nicobars.

25. AMBASSIS DUSSUMIERI, CO. & V.

Taken in salt water.

26. AMBASSIS MACRACANTHUS, Blkr.

Dees Vyas, Aa Re

Length of head 2, of caudal 2, height of body + of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter 4 of length of head, 4 of a diameter from end of

snout. Anterior margin of orbit serrated, two spines at its posterior

superior angle; preorbital serrated. A double serrature at the pre-

opercle. Subopercle with four teeth at its angle. The maxilla

extends to below the anterior third of the orbit.

Teeth villiform.

Fins. Second dorsal spine one-half the length of the body ; third

anal spine the longest in that fin.

Lateral line ceases after a few scales.

Colours. Silvery, without any lateral stripe, except in preserved

specimens. Second dorsal spine of a brilliant orange, the interspace

between it and the third black.

Hat. Andamans, in the estuaries.

27. APOGON MULTIT&NIATUS, Blkr.

le Pilon Vile. A os, Oat. L128, W. tr, 2k.

Length of head 3, of caudal 3, height of body above 3 of the total

length.

Eyes. Diameter ? of length of head, 1 diameter from end of snout,

? of a diameter apart.

Lower limb of preopercle crenulated.

Teeth large and widely set ; also villiform on vomer and palate.

Fins. Second dorsal spine not 4 of height of body below it.

Caudal forked. :

Colours. Greyish, with nine dark brown longitudinal bands, three

times as wide as the ground-colour, extending from the head nearly

to the tail, which has a dark spot at its base. First dorsal black.

Ventral nearly black, other fins red. Dorsal, caudal, and anal with

dark margins.

28. Apocon HYALOSoMA, Blkr.

D.6|5. P.15.. V.1/5. A. 9/8. .C.17.. 1. 1. 24.1. te 2/82.

Very common. Specimens captured up to 6 inches in length.

29. Apocon orsicuLaris, Kuhl & V. Hasselt.

Di6 Fe Pol2. Ved SSP Ae 2/9. C.F. LA 25, Ls te. 7

Colours. Olive; a dark zone round the body in front of the first

682 SURGEON F. DAY ON ANDAMAN-ISLAND FISHES. [Nov. 1,

dorsal fin. Head spotted with black. A cloudy band below the

second dorsal. Free portion of tail, anterior to the base of the fin,

spotted. First dorsal spotted with black; base of second dorsal

cloudy. Ventrals nearly black.

30. Arocon Frasciatus, White.

Andamans and Nicobars.

31. ApoGon cHRysoTz&NIA, Blkr.?

D.7|3. P.17. V.1/5. A. 2/8. ©.17. L.1.26. L. tr. 6/8.

Length of head 2, of caudal 2, height of body ? of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter 2 of length of head, 3 a diameter from end of

snout.

Third dorsal spine longest.

Colours. Brilliant golden, with a black head. A silvery-white

median band exists along the top of the head, which divides, one

branch proceeding along the back on either side to the upper half of

the tail ; a second goes from above the orbit to the middle of the tail,

a third through the orbit to the lower half of the tail, and a fourth

from the angle of the mouth to below the base of the pectoral.

Fins orange.

This fish is very common amongst the coral-reefs on the Andaman

Islands. As soon as the water is splashed they all rush to the coral,

concealing themselves amongst its sticks, probably afraid that a large

fish is coming to devour them. It is also found at the Nicobars.

32. APOGONICHTHYS AURITUS, C. & V.

B. vii. D.7|j. A. 2/7. L.1. 23.

Length of head 3, of caudal 2, height of body 3 of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter ? of length of head, 3 a diameter from end of

snout.

Opercles entire. Maxilla reaches to slightly behind the posterior

margin of the orbit.

Teeth villiform on jaws, vomer, and palate.

Fins. Caudal rounded. Third dorsal spine the longest. Lateral

line ceases under the middle of the soft dorsal fin.

Colours. Body and head spotted and marbled all over with brown.

A round black spot on the opercles having a white lower edging.

Hab. Andamans and Nicobars.

33. CHEILODIPTERUS QUINQUELINEATUS, C. & V.

D. 6/5. P.15. V.1/5. A. 2/9. L.1. 25,

Colours. Five black bands along the sides. A black spot at the

root of the caudal, with a bright yellow ocellus around it.

Hab. Nicobars.

34. Dues Taniurus, C. & V.

1870.] SURGEON F. DAY ON ANDAMAN-ISLAND FISHES. 683

Family PRisTIPOMATIDZ.

35. THERAPON SERVUS, Bloch.

36. THERAPON THERAPS, Cuv. & Val.

37. Pristipoma HASTA, Bl. Oo-rug-nud-dah, or Koor-koo-to-

dah, And.

38. Prist1POMA MACULATUM, Bl. Oor-ung-dah, And.

39. PRisTIPOMA ARGYREUM, Cuv. & Val.

D. 12/13. V.1/5. A.3/7. L.1. 45.

Length of head 3, of caudal 2, height of body 3 of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter 3 of length of head, } a diameter from end of

snout.

Angle of preopercle slightly produced, and more coarsely serrated

than the other portion.

Fins. Third dorsal spine longest, being ¥ of height of body.

Second anal spine strong, its length equal to that of the first ray.

Caudal cut square.

Colours. Silvery ; a dark blotch on opercle. Membrane of first

dorsal fin darkish.

40. DiaGRAMMA NIGRUM, Cuv. & Val.

41. D1AGRAMMA PUNCTATUM, Cuv. & Val.

Biviz, -D.9/25e. Pol fe) Nel (oem As /7k Ce 17.2. th; Io Gh:

In examining the Andamanese with the Red-Sea specimen in the

British Museum, the differences were but slight.

42. LosoTes suRINAMENSIS, Bl. Bur-dd-lah, or Ar-aig-dah,

And.

Cec. pyl. 4.

Not common.

43. Sco.opsis crLiatus, Lacép.

Cee. pyl. 5.

Colours. Greenish olive, becoming lighter on the abdomen. A

silvery-white line extends from between the lateral line to the com-

mencement of the soft dorsal. Scales below the lateral line have a

golden central spot. Fins reddish.

Three specimens up to 73 inches in length.

44, ScoLopPsiIs BILINEATUS, Bl. ;

Bove .Th10/9.; Poi7.. Viale. A. 3/7.) Ci if TAG,

L. tr. 4/15. Czee. pyl. 5.

45. ScoLopsis CANCELLATUS, Cuyv. & Val.

The foregoing three species of this genus took a bait very readily.

684 SURGEON F. DAY ON ANDAMAN-ISLAND FisHES. [Nov. 1,

46. Denrrex (SYNAGRIS) NOTATUS, sp. nov.

D.10/9. P.15. V.1/5. A.3/7. ©.17. 1.1.48. L. tr. 3/10.

Length of head above i, of caudal above 4, height of body above

z of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter 2 of the length of head, 1 diameter from the end

of snout and apart.

Preopercle crenulated. Three rows of scales on the cheeks ; lower

limb of preopercle scaleless. Preorbital higher than the eye.

Teeth. Four canines in the upper, and six in the lower jaw.

Fins. Fifth and sixth dorsal spines the longest, and nearly one-

third as long as the head. Third anal spine longest, and interme-

diate in length between the second and the first ray. Caudal forked,

upper lobe the longest, the fin covered with small scales.

Colours. Rosy, with a dark brilliant spot on the first five scales

below the lateral line, the upper half red, the lower bright yellow.

Five or six yellow longitudinal bands below the lateral line, and

three silvery-white ones. A broad purplish band below the eye

leading to the shoulder-mark. A yellow band along the base of the

dorsal and anal fins.

Hab. Andamans. Only one specimen captured.

Family Scr#n1pm.

47. CorvINA BELENGERI, Cuy. & Val.

48. OroxitHus ANnrvus, Bloch. Chal-burn-dah, And.

Family Sparipx.

49. LerHriInus HARAK, Forsk. Po-tang-dah, And.

Several specimens were obtained by the Andamanese, who shot

them with their arrows.

50. LeTHrRINUS XANTHOTANIA, Blkr.

51. Curysopurys CALAMARA, C.& V. Moo-roo-hee-dah, And.

52. PIMELEPTERUS CINERASCENS, Forsk.

Common.

Family PotyNeMiIp&.

53. PoLYNEMUS TETRADACTYLUS, Shaw. 70-bro-dah, And.

Not common.

Family MuLiivz.

54. UPENEUS BARBERINUS, Lacép.

Common.

55. UpENEUS spILuRUS, Bleeker.

Eyes. Diameter § of length of head, 33 diameters from end of snout.

Interorbital space convex.

Scales ctenoid.

1870.] SURGEON F. DAY ON ANDAMAN-ISLAND FISHES. 685

56. Urrneus 1npicus, Shaw.

57. UrENEOIDES TRAGULA, Richardson.

Cee. pyl. 6.

Barbels of a brilliant orange-colour. A dark streak along the

sides, which are spotted. Both caudal lobes barred.

58. Upeneorpes sivittatus, C.& V. Chah-ti-ing-ud-dah, And.

59. MuLtorpeEs FLAVOLINEATUS, Lacép.

Family Nanpipa.

60. PLestops CORALLICOLA, Bleeker.

Colours brownish, each scale with a blue centre. Opercles with

a large black ocellus.

Andamans and Nicobars.

Family ATHERINIDZ.

61. ArHERINA FoRSKALII, C. & V. Ko-re-dah, And.

Very numerous.

Family Mueinip.

62. Muein macrocui.vs, Blkr.

The Andamanese procured large numbers of these Mullets, shoot-

ing them with bows and arrows. They are more esteemed as food

than any other description of fish.

63. Mueiu watrerensis, C. & V. Do-dah, And.

Not uncommon.

64. Mueit sontan, Cuv. & Val. Pa-ld-ke-dah, And.

Seven long cecal appendages.

65. Mucin sunDANENSIS, Q. & G.

66. Mucit C&RULEO-MACULATUS ’, Bleeker.

These specimens agree with Bleeker’s description, except that the

pectoral fin is not quite so long as the head, instead of being some-

what longer.

Family TrRacHINIDzE*.

67. PERCIS HEXOPHTHALMA, Ehrn.

D.io/2io Eps Voll aan hse ete ae LOD.) Le te. Bek.

Cee. pyl. 3.

A beautiful specimen, 3 inches long, was taken at Port Blair.

* A specimen apparently of the Pseudoplesiops typus, Bleeker, placed by myself

in the British Museum, differs from the original description, its ventrals being

thoracic and not jugular.

686 SURGEON F. DAY ON ANDAMAN-ISLAND FISHES. [Nov.],

68. S1tLaGo stHAMA, Forsk. Thol-o-dah, And.

Cee. pyl. 4.

69. PseupocHROMIS XANTHOCHIR, Bleeker.

L. 1. 45.

Family CrirRHITIDE.

70. CrRRHITES FORSTERI, Bl. Schn.

Only one specimen was captured.

Family ScorPZNID2&.

71. Prerots vouitans, Linn. Cheeb-ta-ta-dah, And.

This fish is much dreaded, on account of the severe nature of the

wounds inflicted by its spines.

Family Corripz.

72. Apistus (PRosopopasys) nicER, C. & V. Pom-tho-cho-

rogue-dah, And.

Wounds from the spines of this fish are likewise greatly feared.

73. PLATYCEPHALUS NEGLECTUS, Trosc.

74. PLATYCEPHALUS INSIDIATOR, Forsk. A-ra-wud-dah, or

Chou-ur-dah, And.

Family Berycrp.

75. HoLocENTRUM ANDAMANENSE, Sp. Nov.

Be vis. “Dich 14. Po aN YF, Ac4/9. Oe Qlon deeds

L. tr. 3/73.

Length of head nearly 3 (74), of caudal 1, height of body nearly

3 (34) of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter ? of length of head, 1 diameter from end of snout,

? of a diameter apart.

Jaws of equal length, vertical and horizontal margins of preopercle

rather finely serrated, having a long smooth spine at the angle, the

length of which equals that of the diameter of the eye. Opercle

with two flat spines, the upper being the longest, and twenty-nine

denticulations below; sub- and interopercles serrated. Preorbital

with a strong spine descending downwards. Posterior process of

intermaxillaries extends backwards to opposite the anterior third of

the orbit; the maxilla extends to below the same spot. Shoulder-

scale serrated.

Teeth villiform.

Fins. The third to the fifth dorsal spines the longest. Ventrals

do not reach nearly to the anus. Third anal spine long and strong,

equalling one-sixth of the total length. Caudal forked, lobes of

equal extent.

1870.] SURGEON F. DAY ON ANDAMAN-ISLAND FISHES. 687

Scales serrated posteriorly, and holes like pin-marks all over them.

Colours. Uniform rosy scarlet.

Length of specimen 8 inches.

Hab. Port Blair.

Family SquaMiPinnEs*,

76. CH£TODON vAGABUNDUS, Linn. Pah-noo-dah, And.

77. CuztTovon pictus, Forsk.

78. CH&ZTODON PLEBEJUS, Gmel.

D.14/17. A. 4/16. L.1. 50.

Colours. Yellow. Ocular band black, with a white edge. Ocellus

at base of caudal black, with a white margin.

79. CHzTopON pizosTER, CO. & V.

This species was from the Nicobars.

80. Heniocnus mAcrotepipotus, C.& V. Pah-no-dah, And.

81. ScatorpHacus areus, Linn. Po-ra-dah, And.

Cece. pylori 18.

82. Epuippus orsis, Bl. Kol-lid-dah, And.

Cee. pylori 4.

83. DrepPaNE puncTatTA, Linn. Gun-na-to-dah, And.

84. Toxores sacuLaTor, Pall. Chdé-ra-wud-dah, And.

One specimen was 9 inches in length.

Family TrvTHipa.

85. Truruis virgata, C.& V. Tah-meer-dah, And.

D139 /10. PU ae, A, 7/900% Iz.

Colours. Upper two-thirds of body coppery yellow, covered with

* I obtained some specimens at Madras, 14, inch long, of a fish which appears

to me to belong to the genus termed Tholichthys by Dr. Ginther, but which

seems to be the young form of a genus of this family. I have placed one, how-

ever, in the British Museum as 7! osseus.

D. 12/25. P.15. V.1/5. A.3/19. C.17. L.1. 41.

Length of head nearly 3, of caudal 3, height of body } of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter 4 of length of head, 1 diameter apart. :

Mouth small. Suprascapular considerably dilated; preopercular angle en-

larged, reaching to the ventral fin. Suborbital ring enlarged, descending as low

as the gill-opening, and its lower edge with five denticulations.

Lateral line ceases opposite to the middle of the soft dorsal.

Scales ctenoid, none on the head.

Fins. Dorsal notched, third spine the longest. Second anal spine longest and

strongest. Ventrals rounded. Caudal cut square.

IT cannot resist considering this to be one of the Sguamipinnes, probably a

young Chetodon or Holocanthus, and, I believe, a Tholichthys of a more adult

age than Dr. Giinther’s types.

688 SURGEON F. DAY ON ANDAMAN-ISLAND FISHES. [Nov. 1,

round blue spots, and having blue lines on the head. A brown band

as wide as the orbit extends from before the dorsal fin, through the

eye, to below the jaws, a second from sixth and seventh spines to

base of pectoral fin, whilst both are edged with blue. Fins yellowish.

86. TreuTuis vermicuuaTa, C.& V. Chow-lud-dah, And.

87. TruTHIS CONCATENATA, C.& V. Thar-oar-dah, And.

Colours. Dark greyish brown, covered all over with light orange

spots larger than the interspaces, but decreasing in size towards the

abdomen. A blue band extends from below the orbit to the angle

of the mouth, whilst another passes along the preopercle.

88. TreuTHis MARMORATA, Q. & G.

89. Teutuis gAva, Linn. Thar-oar-dah, And.

90. TEUTHIS LABYRINTHOIDES, Bleeker.

91. TEUTHIS ALBOPUNCTATA, Schleg. ?

The spots in this species were blue.

Family ACRONURID.

92. ACANTHURUS CTENODON, Cuv. & Val.

D. 8/29. A. 3/26.

Colours. Lineated all over with blue and yellow lines, the latter

somewhat the widest. Numerous red spots about the head, more

especially around the eyes. Dorsal and anal fins lineated.

Several specimens taken up to 8 inches in length.

93. ACANTHURUS TRIOSTEGUS, Linn.

Many specimens obtained up to 53 inches.

94, ACANTHURUS LINEATUS, Linn.

The coloration in Bennet’s ‘ Fishes of Ceylon’ very correctly re-

presents this species, of which many were taken up to 10 inches in

length.

95. ACANTHURUS ANNULARIS, Cuv. & Val.

Large specimens of this fish were obtained, which induces me to

believe that Cuvier was correct in considering it a distinct species,

and not the young of 4. java, which latter form was not taken.

Family CARANGID2.

96. CaARANX HIPPOS, Linn.

An apparent variety of this species was covered with scattered

black spots over the upper half of its body and its sides.

97. CaARANX MELAMPYGUS, Cuv. & Val.

1870.] SURGEON F. DAY ON ANDAMAN-ISLAND FISHES. 689

98. CarRaAnx BLocatI, Cuv. & Val.

99. CaRANX CALLA, Cuv. & Val.

100. CarANx DsJEDDABA, Forsk.

101. Caranx MATE, Cuv. & Val.

Colours. Deep slate-colour, silvery below. A well-defined oper-

cular spot. Axil not black.

102. CARANX COMPRESSUS, Sp. nov.

D. 8|5. P. 21. V. 1/5. An 2\5. G21, L113.

Length of head 3, of caudal 4, height of body ? of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter ; of length of head, 14 diameter from end of

snout, and 1 diameter apart.

Body oblong, compressed, equally convex along both profiles.

Occipital crest well developed.

The posterior extremity of the maxilla extends to below the ante-

rior edge of the orbit.

Teeth. Villiform in the upper jaw, and in a narrow band in the

lower jaw; also present on vomer, palate, and tongue.

Fins. Pectoral elongated and falciform, reaching to above the

ninth anal ray. Dorsal rays, first two elongated, decreasing as far

as the twelfth. First three anal rays likewise somewhat elongated.

Scales present on the chest.

Lateral line forms a slight curve anteriorly, ending opposite to

the tenth dorsal ray ; it is strongly raised on the free portion of the

tail, where only plates exist.

Colours. Silvery. A small black opercular spot. A black band

along the vertical margin of the preoperele.

Hab. Andamans.

103. CarRANx CILIARIS, Bl.

104. Caranx specriosus, Forsk.

105. Caranx ostoneus, Cuv. & Val. Ro-thul-dah, And.

106. Cuorinemus TALA, Cuv. & Val.

107. CHorINEMUS LYSAN, Forsk.

108. CHoRINEMUS TOOLOO, Cuv. & Val.

A large specimen was taken absolutely covered with parasites.

109. TracHyNortus ovatus, Linn.

110. Pserrus ARGENTEUS, Linn. Oo-chra-dah, And.

111. Equuta FascraTa, Bl.

112. EauuLa pussumIERI, Cuv. & Val.

113. Eavura rivuxata, Schleg.

690 SURGEON F. DAY ON ANDAMAN-ISLAND FISHES. [Nov. 1,

114. EquuLa GERROIDES, Bleeker.

115. EquuLa sPLENDENS, Cuv. & Val.

116. Gazza EquULz¥FoRMISs, Riipp.

Two small specimens were captured.

117. PLATAX VESPERTILIO, Bl.

Copper-coloured, having a brown ocular band reticulated with

black. Pectoral and caudal white, except their bases, which are

brown. Ventral with dark edges.

Specimens up to 34 inches in length.

118. PuatTax TERA, Bl.

Family ScomBripz*.

119. ScoMBER REANI, sp. nov. = mp crdtijicd bFacg

B.vi. D.6|5,v. P.19. V.1/5. A.1/11. C.19. Vert. 9/22.

Length of head 3, of caudal 1, height of body of the total length.

Eyes with wide adipose margins. Diameter ? of the length of

head, 1 diameter from end of snout, 14 diameter apart.

The maxilla extends to opposite the posterior margin of the orbit.

Snout pointed ; opercles scaly.

Fins. A groove along the base of the first dorsal fin, extending

halfway to the base of the second dorsal. Caudal deeply forked, a

keel along either side of its base.

Air-bladder present.

Ceca pylori numerous.

Colours. Back bluish green, becoming silvery white along the

abdomen. A darkish longitudinal band along the lateral line, three

above it, and two yellow ones below it.

Hab. Andamans, where it is very common up to 12 inches in

length. It is said to refuse all baits.

* CUBICEPS INDICUS, sp. NOY.

D.10|=. P.22, V.1/5. A.8/15. C.15. L133,

Length of head nearly 4 (,3;), of caudal —2,, height of body nearly 4 (2) of the

total length.

Eyes. Diameter 2 of length of head, 3a diameter from end of snout, nearly

1 diameter apart.

Body compressed. Snout rather obtuse. Maxilla extends to below the ante-

rior margin of the orbit. Preopercle crenulated.

Teeth in a fine single row in either jaw.

Fins. Dorsal spines feeble. Pectoral not elongated, its length being rather

less than that of the head. Caudal slightly emarginate.

Scales cycloid.

Lateral line consisting of small scales in upper fourth of body.

Colours silvery.

Hab. Several specimens up to 3 inches long were taken at Madras along with

the species of Tholichthys(?) previously adverted to. I have placed one in the

British Museum.

1870.] SURGEON F. DAY ON ANDAMAN-ISLAND FISHES. 691

120. ScomBer KANAGURTA, Cuv. & Val. Look-wa-dah, And.

Not so numerous as the last species.

121. Ecureneis REMORA, Linn.

122. Srromateus nicGER, Bl. Ko-lig-dah, And.

This fish is rare at the Andamans. On showing one to a convict

employed on the fisheries, he stated it was the first that he had seen.

Family Gopiipz.

123. Gosrus Gruris, Ham. Buch. Poo-dah, And.

Small specimens were taken in the fresh and brackish waters.

124. Gosius ALBoPUNCTATUS, Cuv. & Val.

125. Gosius acutipinnis, C.& V. Mang-moo-goo-da-lah-dah,

And.

126. Gosrus VIRIDIPUNCTATUS, Cuv. & Val.

127. GoBrus ORNATUS, sp. nov.

HeGlo Bl, Vo 1/5. Agta Calan Lels 265» Led:

Length of head 7, of caudal 1, height of body 1 of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter 3 of length of head, 1 diameter from end of snout,

3 of a diameter apart.

Body elongated and compressed; snout obtuse. Head rather

broader than high. Jaws of equal length, the posterior extremity

of the maxilla extending to below the anterior margin of the orbit.

Fins. Pectoral extends to opposite the end of the ventral, its

eight upper rays are silk-like. First dorsal much lower than the

second, the posterior rays of which reach the caudal fin. Anal of

the same character as the second dorsal. Caudal rounded, central

rays somewhat the longest.

Scales in parallel rows ; seven between the second dorsal and anal

fins. They extend anteriorly as far as the orbit; none on cheeks

and opercles.

Colours. Light brown, with three or four horizontal rows of black

oblong blotches along the sides, and same fine yellow dots in the

centre of some of the scales. Dorsal fin with three black bars or

blotches. Second dorsal and anal with many small dots.

Hab. Andamans.

128. Gosrus ANDAMANENSIS, sp. nov.

B.iv. D.6|5. P17. V.1/5. A.10. C. 11. L.1. 26-29.

Length of head 2, of caudal nearly 3, height of body 2 of the

total length.

Eyes. Diameter 7 of length of head, 14 diameter from end of

snout, ? of a diameter apart.

692 SURGEON F. DAY ON ANDAMAN-ISLAND FISHES. [Nov. I,

Upper profile of head rounded, a great rise from the mouth to

opposite the upper margin of the orbit; head two-thirds as wide as

long.

The posterior margin of the maxilla extends to under the middle

third of the orbit.

Teeth villiform ; small canines.

Fins. All the dorsal spines flexible and elongated, the first three

being the longest. The posterior rays of the second dorsal pro-

longed, reaching beyond the base of the caudal, which latter is

pointed. Posterior anal rays resemble the posterior dorsal ones.

Pectoral reaches to beyond the front margin of the anal; the ventral

does not extend so far.

Scales ctenoid, nine rows between the commencement of the second

dorsal and anal, none before or between the orbits; they are small-

est near the nape.

Colours. Olive, spotted all over with rusty. Rays yellow, barred

and dotted with purplish red, which, however, in the anal are placed

transversely, whilst it has a yellow margin.

Hab. Brackish waters in the Andamans.

129. Gosius GoBropon, Day.

130. GoBIus STOLICZKA, sp. nov.

DAG so Bils.s VekyS. :AdL) tbo Liked8:

Length of head 3, of caudal 7, height of body 2 of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter 4 of length of head, 2 diameters from end of

snout, 1 diameter apart.

Head broader than high, and longer than broad. Snout rather

long, and a considerable rise from it to the orbits, which are near

the summit of the head ; upper jaw longest.

Teeth. Canines absent.

Fins. First dorsal somewhat lower than the second. Caudal cut

square. Upper pectoral rays silk-like, the base of the fin not fleshy ;

the fin reaches to above the commencement of the anal. Membrane

of ventral fin well developed.

Scales strongly ctenoid, slightly smaller on the nape than on the

body. Fourteen rows between the second dorsal and the anal fins.

Cheeks and opercles scaled.

Colours. Olive, marbled with darker. Head spotted with black

and marked with short black lines. Both dorsals spotted. A jet-

black mark at the posterior portion of the first dorsal fin. Caudal

barred. A black mark at the upper part of the base of the pectoral.

Hab. Andamans, in brackish water.

This species is allied to G. grammepomus, in which latter, how-

ever, the head is scaleless, and the lower jaw somewhat the longest.

I have named it after my esteemed friend Dr. Stoliczka.

131. APOCRYPTES LANCEOLATA, Bl.

132. ApocRYPTES MACROLEPIS, Blkr.

1870.] SURGEON F. DAY ON ANDAMAN-ISLAND FISHES. 693

133. ApocRYPTES CANTORIS, sp. nov.

DvG/27. Pe tS. A. 262. Cr

Height of body 4, length of caudal 2, of head 2 of total length.

Eyes situated in second fifth of the head, 2 of a diameter apart.

The maxilla extends to below the middle of the orbit.

Teeth. The anterior in the upper jaw enlarged, whilst those in the

lower jaw are horizontal. A pair of canines at the symphysis.

Fins. Ventral disk not adherent to the abdomen. First dorsal

some distance from the second ; its first three rays rather elongated.

Second dorsal with only a notch between it and the caudal, which

latter is pointed. Base of pectoral rather fleshy.

Scales very minute, most visible in the posterior part of the body.

Colours. Olive. First dorsal dark, with three black bands along

it. The upper portion of the caudal dark and spotted. Cheeks and

under surface of the head with black spots.

134. EucTENOGOBIUS ANDAMANENSIS, sp. nov.

Boav,, D=6lis. 2, lo: VG. Ae is. G, to. oh. 2, about 60.

Length of head 4, of caudal 2, height of body + of the total

length.

Eyes rather elevated. Diameter + of length of head, 14 diameter

from end of snout.

Cleft of mouth oblique. The posterior extremity of the maxilla

extends to beneath the middle of the orbit. A longitudinal crest on

the nape leads towards the commencement of the dorsal fin.

Teeth conical and fixed, in a single row in the jaws; fine canines

in the lower jaw.

Anal papilla present.

. Scales largest posteriorly.

Fins. Pectoral pointed, and reaching to above the commencement

of the anal. Dorsal spines flexible and elongated. Caudal pointed.

Ventrals not adherent to the abdomen. A notch between the two

dorsal fins.

Colours. Dark green, with a dark mark at the base of the caudal.

Fins darkish.

Length of the longest of the three specimens captured 4 inches.

Hab. Andamans, in brackish water.

135. PERIOPHTHALMUS K@LREUTERI, Schn. Chood-mud-dah,

And.

136. BoLEOPHTHALMUS BODDAERTI, Pall.

137. Exrorris stnEnsis, Lacép.* _ Lee-mee-jo-do-dah, And.

On opening a specimen 43 inches long, its stomach was found to

be full of small crabs. This species lives in brackish water.

* In the ‘Proceedings’ of this Society for 1869, p. 517, I made a few short

remarks upon Eleotris scintillans, Blyth, observing its apparent analogy to the

Eleotris ophiocephalus, C. & V., or £. cantoris, Giinther, but not redescribing

694 SURGEON F. DAY ON ANDAMAN-ISLAND FISHES. [Nov. 1,

138. Exxotris Fusca, Bl.

139. ELEoTRIS CAPERATA, Cantor.

Dis) 3h -Ba2la \Vigs oA: Ge de 80,

Length of head ?, of caudal =2,, height of body % of the total

length.

Eyes. 1 diameter from end of snout.

Supraorbital margin serrated, likewise a serrated ridge on either

side of the posterior limb of the intermaxillary.

Teeth villiform, outer row rather the largest.

Fins. Upper pectoral rays silk-like. Dorsal and anal rays rather

produced. Central caudal rays the longest.

Scales ctenoid, nine rows between second dorsal and anal.

140. Exeorris opHiocepHatus, C. & V. A-rig-dah, or Mu-

took-dah, And.

D. 6|35 P.16. V.1/5. Az C.15. L. 1.35. Ome. pyl. 2.

This species is very common in the brackish and fresh waters of

the Andamans. I had a very fine specimen, 94 inches long, collected

for me by Lieut. Protheroe, and which I have placed in the British

Museum. Its appearance is very like that of an Ophiocephalus ;

whilst what is more remarkable is that both have two cecal ap-

pendages.

141. AMBLYOPUS HERMANNIANUS, Lacép.

142. GOBIODON QUINQUESTRIGATUS.

Family OpH10CEPHALIDZ.

143. OpHiocEPHALUS GACHUA, H. B. Chad-dah, And.

Family BLENNIIDZ.

144. Savartias Fasciatus, Bl. Cha-la-ta, And.

the species, the type being too damaged for that purpose. However, since then

I have obtained at Akyab a fine specimen 3 inches long.

D. 6| =. P15.) A{8) "0,489 2047:

Length of head nearly 4 (4), of caudal 4, height of body 2 of the total length.

Eyes. Diameter 3 of length of head, 14 diameter from end of snout and apart.

Head rather obtuse, superiorly flattened ; lower jaw longest. Cleft of mouth

extends to below the posterior third of the orbit.

7 ra in villiform bands, with the outer row in the lower jaw somewhat en-

rged.

Scales ctenoid, those on the upper surface of the head and chest smaller than

those on the body. The rows are irregularly arranged; there are thirty-four

between the snout and the base of the first dorsal, they extend to before the eyes ;

there are fifteen rows between the second dorsal and anal.

ee Brownish; dorsal, caudal, and anal spotted all over, their edges

white.

1870.] SURGEON F. DAY ON ANDAMAN-ISLAND FISHES. 695

145. Savarias ruscus, Riipp.

Nicobars.

146. SaLarras BELLUS, Giinther.

147. Savarias Linegatus, Blkr.

148. SaLarias pussumiERy, Cuv. & Val.

149. ANpamiA Expansa, Blyth.

Andamans and Nicobars.

Family SpHyR&NID#.

150. Spoyna@na JELLO, C. & V. Thal-lib-dah, Aud.

Family TricH1urIp&.

151. Tricarurus HAUMELA, Forsk. Pa-pa-dah, And.

152. Trrcururvus savaLa, Cuv. & Val.

Family FisruLarip2&.

153. Fisruvaria serrata, Bl.

This fish appears to delight in living m the mud.

Order ACANTHOPTERYGII PHARYNGOGNATHI.

Family PoMACENTRID&.

154. AMeHIPRION BIFASCIATUS, Bloch,

This species was captured in the same localities as the next.

155. AMPHIPRION PERCULA, Lacép. d-ole-jo-do-dah, And.

The literal translation of the Andamanese name is Turtle’s sto-

mach. It is generally to be found alive and well inside large speci-

mens of Actinie, which latter are supposed to be the stomachs of

turtles.

156. AMPHIPRION AKALLOPISUS, Bleeker.

157. AMPHIPRION EPHIPPIUM, Bloch.

Andamans and Nicobars.

I possess a fine series of this species, leading up from the immature

Amphiprion tricolor of Giinther, with its pearl-coloured band, to the

adult A. ephippium, in which the band has become completely obso-

lete. In this series there are the whole of the intermediate colorations.

158. DascyLuus ARUANUS, Linn.

159. PoMACENTRUS BIFASCIATUS, Bleeker.

160. PomacenTRUS TRIMACULATUS, Cuv. & Val.

Proc. Zoor. Soc.—1870, No. XLVII.

696 SURGEON F. DAY ON ANDAMAN-ISLAND FISHES. [ Nov. 1,

161. PoMACENTRUS TRILINEATUS, Cuv. & Val.

Nicobars.

162. PomacentrRvus punctatus, Q. & G.

163. PomMACENTRUS BANKANENSIS, Bleeker.

Andamans and Nicobars.

164. GuyPpHIDODON sorDIDUS, Forsk. Chdék-mud-dah, And.

This fish was very common, and frequently shot by the Anda-

manese.

165, GLYPHIDODON cocHINENsIS, Day.

166. GLYPHIDODON AFFINIS, Giinther.

167. GLYPHIDODON BENGALIENSIS, Cuv. & Val.

168. GLYPHIDODON ANABATOIDES, Blkr.

Die 2 1. V. 1/o) tM 2/80. OF 07: 7 Ae eee

Length of head 3, of caudal 7, height of body 2 of the total length.

Eyes 34 a diameter from end of snout.

Width of preorbital + of that of orbit; suborbitals very narrow.

Colours. Olive; each scale on the head, along the back, and on

the upper half of the sides with a brilliant green-blue centre. Pec-

toral with a black spot superiorly.

Lives around the coral, hiding itself amongst its branches when

in fear.

169. GLYPHIDODON ANTJERIUS, Cuv. & Val.

170. GLyPHIDODON MopesTus, Schleg.

171. GuYPHIDODON BATJANENSIS, Blkr.

D. 12/15. A. 2/13.

Family Lasrip”.

172. Cua@roprs ANCHORAGO, Bl.

Colours. Yellow; cheeks with large scarlet spots. A black ver-

tical band extends from the interspace between the fourth dorsal

spine and sixth dorsal ray to the middle of the body, divided ante-

riorly from another by a whitish ground-colour, whilst nearer to the

head exists a third dark band. Dorsal and caudal fins margined

with orange.

173. CHEILINUS CHLORURUS, Bl.

174, LABRICHTHYS BICOLOR, sp. Nov.

DOM By ls: Wolo A. 3/10, C. 15.1, 1296. Le te (12:

Length of head nearly }, of caudal 4, height of body + of the total

length.

1870.) SURGEON F. DAY ON ANDAMAN-ISLAND FISHES. 697

yes. Diameter ¢ of length of head, 14 diameter from end of

snout, 1 diameter apart.

Teeth in a single row; no posterior canines.

Fins. Posterior dorsal spines the longest. Caudal cut square.

Scales. About three rows of very small ones on the cheeks, and a

few on the upper part of the opercles.

Colours. All that portion of the body behind a line from the com-

mencement of the dorsal to the base of the anal dark violet, some of

the lower scales being blue-spotted ; anterior to this nearly white

below, but darker along the top of the head, whilst most of the

scales have more or less dark spots.

Length nearly 4 inches in the single specimen obtained.

175. EprpuLus sTRiaTus, sp. nov.

Dogo. Eola vation A. tise abel. 1, ir. 2/7.

Length of head above ?, of caudal 2, height of body 2 of the

total length.

Lyes. Diameter ? of length of head, 1 diameter from end of snout

and apart.

The extremity of the lower jaw reaches to opposite the posterior

margin of the orbit, and the posterior process of the intermaxillary

to opposite the last third of the orbit.

Fins not elongated.

Lateral line interrupted opposite the middle of the soft dorsal.

Colours. A white line between the orbits, and two more on the

head, the first of which runs from the eye to the snout ; the second

descending from the orbit meets with the one from the opposite

side. Body greenish brown, with five narrow milk-white vertical

bands: the first runs from the opercles to before the ventral fin;

the second from the second dorsal spine to the end of the ventral

fin; the third from the centre of the dorsal spines to the base of the

anal; the fourth from the end of the dorsal fin to the end of the

anal; and the fifth round the base of the caudal. Soft dorsal and

termination of anal white.

Length of single specimen 1,5, inch,

176. HemigyMNuS MELANOPTERUS, BI.

The coloration of the caudal fin was darker in the Andamanese

specimens than shown in Bleeker, and the scales were dotted with

blue.

177. STETHOSULIS STRIGIVENTER, Bennett.

178. PLaryGLossus scaruLaris, Bennett.

179. PLatyGLossus LEPARENSIs, Blkr.

Andamans and Nicobars.

180. PLaryGuossus notopsis, K. & y. H.

698 SURGEON F. DAY ON ANDAMAN-ISLAND FISHES. [Nov. ],

181. Junis punaris, Linn.

This fish is easily taken by a bait; and the natives appear rather

to esteem it as food.

Colours. Pectoral spot reddish violet. Head violet, with several

oblique reddish bands. Body green; each scale with a vertical red

streak, forming bands. Dorsal fin red, with a blue and yellow mar-

gin. Anal violet, with a yellow edge. Caudal yellow, its base and

lobes green.

182. GompHosvus MELANOTUS, Blkr.

D..8/13., Polh. Vi 1/5. A Qt C15. Tal, 26.71; dre

Caudal fin cut square in this specimen.

Colours. Upper part of head and back deep brown, becoming

lighter on the sides; each scale darkest at its base; cheeks pinkish.

Pectoral yellow. Vertical fins dark-coloured, becoming deep brown

externally, with a very narrow light edge; caudal the same, with

black margin, and a rather wider white edging. Ventrals whitish,

the outer ray brown.

183. CALLYODON VIRIDESCENS, Riipp.

Common.

184. Psruposcarus rivuuatus, C. & V. Ar-dah, And.

D.9/10. P.14. V.1/5. A. 2/9. L.1.22. L. tr. 2/73.

This beautiful fish is mostly taken near coral-reefs.

185. PsEUDOSCARUS TROSCHELLI, Blkr. Poo-eo-dah, And.

Very common, and eaten by the aborigines.

Family GerriID&.

186. GerrRes FILAMENTOSUS, C. & V. Po-ro-chab-dah, And.

187. Gerres poet, C. & V.

188. Gerres acinaces, C. & V.

189. GeRREs ABBREVIATUS, Blkr.

One specimen 6 inches long.

Order ANACANTHINI.

Family PLEURONECTID2.

190. PstuporHomBus arstus, H. B.

191. PseupoRHOMBUS RUSSELLII, Gray. Ky-tha-thong-dah,

And.

In some examples of this common species the body and fins were

covered with fine black spots.

1870.] SURGEON F. DAY ON ANDAMAN-ISLAND FISHES. O99

192. RHOMBOIDICHTHYS LEOPARDINUS, Giinther.

D. 80. A. 68. L. 1. 76.

193. ParpacuiRrus PAVONINUS, Lacép.

Order PHYSOSTOMI.

Family Srrurip#,

194. Pxiorosus canius, H. B. Lee-mee-dah, or Bon-dah, Aud.

Found in the muddy estuaries in considerable numbers.

195. PLorosus anGeuiLuaRis, BI.

Found in the same localities as the last species.

196. Arius suMATRANUS, Bennett.

Several specimens of this fish were obtained.

197. ARIUS ANDAMANENSIS, sp. nov. -roung-ud-dah, And.

Wea.) Pose -V. 7; As 16. C717.

Length of head nearly 4, of caudal {, height of body nearly + of

the total length.

Eyes. Diameter of length of head, 1} diameter from end of snout

in the young, but greater in the adult.

Head slightly broader than high. The median longitudinal groove

does not extend so far as the base of the occipital process, which last

is once and a half as long as it is broad at its base, and strongly

keeled ; basal bone narrow. Upper surface of head granulated. The

maxillary. cirri extend to a little beyond the base of the pectoral fin,

and the external mandibular ones to its base.

Teeth. Villiform in both jaws and palate, in which latter situation

they form a triangular band on either side, converging anteriorly,

but slightly separated down the median line.

Fins. Pectoral and dorsal spines serrated on both sides, the former

as long as the head without the snout, the latter somewhat longer.

Upper lobe of caudal the longest.

Colours. Silvery ; the fins stained darker, and a black spot on the

adipose dorsal,

Hab, Andamans, where this fish attains a large size, but 1s far

from being common.

198. Ketrencus typus, Blkr.

Family ScopeLip&.

199. SauripA ToMBIL, Cuv. & Val.

Family ScomBreEsocip&.

200. BeLone cAupimacutatTa, C. & V. Thook-o-doo-noo-dah,

And.

700 SURGEON F. DAY ON ANDAMAN-ISLAND FisHES. [Nov. |,

201. BeLonr cHoram, Forsk.

Colours. In a young specimen brown, with eleven dark vertical

bands narrower than the ground-colour, also a dark band through

the eye.

A common species, growing to a large size.

202. HemirAmpuus Burronts, C. & V. Koo-door rock-o-dah,

And.

Common.

203. Hem1rRAMPHUS UNIFASCIATUS, Ranz.

Very common.

“Family CypRINODONTID&.

204. HapLocuiLtus pANCHAX, H. B. Cho-to-dah, And.

This fish grows to a magnificent size at the Andamans, compared

with what it attains in India.

Family Cyprinipa*.

As far as my investigations extended, I was unable to obtain any

specimens of true Carps on the Andamans.

Family Crurerp#.

205. ENGRAULIS RUSSELLI, Blkr. Zoo-roo-cart-dah, And.

206. ENGRAULIS MALABARICUS, Bl. O-pul-dah, And.

207. ENGRAULIS B@LAMA, Forsk.

PP T4 > “AS98308 ML 1236.

Eight spinate scales before, and seven behind the ventral fius.

A golden spot behind the opercles.

Large quantities of these fish are captured, dried, and sold; still

no one could be found who had ever heard of any deleterious or

poisonous results following their employment as food.

208. Enerauris TeLarA, H. B.

209. Cuatorssus cuacunpna, H. B. Kore-paig-dah, And.

* In the ‘Proceedings of the Zoological Society, 1865, p. 296, I described

the genus Platacanthus as new amongst the Loaches; however, the specimen sub-

sequently turned out to belong to a known genus. Since then I described another

species (1867, p. 941), as Platacanthus maculatus. As the genus Platacanthus

is considered a synonym of Lepidocephalichthys, it becomes necessary to define

and name the genus to which the latter specimen belongs.

Genus JERDONIA, gen. noy.

Body elongated. Barbels eight, one rostral, two maxillary, and one mandi-

balar pairs. A free bifurcated suborbital spine. Dorsal fin elongated (thirty

rays). Internal pectoral ray osseous. Origin of anal slightly posterior to the

termination of the dorsal.

1870.] SURGEON F. DAY ON ANDAMAN-ISLAND FISHES. 701

210. CLupea NEoHOwILI, C. & V.

This species of Sardine existed in abundance at the Andamans ;

and on sending out four convicts at Port Mouat with cast-nets to

obtain them, they captured 260 lb. weight in four hours, and then

had to return, as their boats could hold no more. They asserted

they could continue fishing at this rate for months, had they a market

for their captures. I tried making oil from these Sardines, but did

not succeed ; the reason of which I discovered subsequently at Calicut,

on the Malabar coast. There the oil is prepared after the breeding-

season of these fishes (namely June and July), subsequent to which

period they become fat, and about August are suited for the manu-

facture of oil, and continue so for four months. Unless the livers

are fat, no oil can be made; and it is either prepared from that gland

alone or from the entire fish*.

211. CLrupEA MELANURA, C. & V.

I found this species pretty abundant, but not so much so as the

last ; they seem to prefer more sheltered localities.

212. Petitona pitcHoa, C.& V. Poo-nd-no-dah, And.

213. Dussumreria acura, C.& VV, O-pul-lah, And.

214, DussuMIERIA ELOPSOIDES, Blkr.

215. Exors saurvus, Linn.

216. MrcGators cyprinoipes, Brouss. O-pul-dah, And.

Family Mura&nip&.

217. ANGUILLA LABIATA, Ptrs. Pa-lug-dah, And.

It is remarkable that this species, hitherto recorded from the east

coast of Africa, should be found in the Andaman Islands.

218. ANGUILLA BICOLOR, M‘Clell.

In possessing this East-Indian species, the Andamans show their

similarity to the continent of Hindoostan and the Burmese territory.

219. ANGUILLA VIRESCENS, Ptrs. Jee-tah-dah, And.

The same remark applies to this East-African species as already

made on the A. labiata.

220. MurR&NESOX TELABON, Cuv.

921. MurR2&NICHTHYS SCHULTZI1, Blkr.

222. OpHICHTHYS COLUBRINUS, Bodd.

* See my paper on “Turtle- and Fish-oils” (Madras Monthly Journal of

Med. Science, April 1870).

702 SURGEON F. DAY ON ANDAMAN-ISLAND FISHES. [ Nov. 1,

223. Mur&na rUpPevLuit, M‘Clell.

This pretty species of Banded Eel was brought to me by the An-

damanese as the only sort of Sea-snake existing there.

224. Mur@na TESSELLATA, Rich.

225. Mura&na TiGRINA, Riippell.

226. Murana unpbuata, Lacép.

227. Murana picta, Ahl.

228. Murana nesucosa, Ahl.

229. Mura&Na MAcRURUS, Blkr.

Specimen 36 inches long. Another specimen exists in my col-

lection from Madras.

230. Mur&NA FLAVOMARGINATA, Riipp.

231. MuURZNA NIGRA, sp. nov.

Length of head 7 of body, tail nearly 4 of the total length.

Eyes small, diameter half that of the snout.

Body and tail slender.

Posterior nostril a circular patent opening ; anterior nostril tubular.

Gill-openings narrow. Cleft of mouth extending to some distance

behind the orbit.

Teeth generally obtuse; the maxillary ones pointed and in two

rows; the intermaxillaries in several obtuse rows; the palatines

rounded and biserial.

Fins. Dorsal and anal moderately developed; the former com-'

mencing just behind a vertical line from the gill-opening, and half as

high as the body.

Colour uniform black.

This specimen, 16 inches long, was discovered under a large stone

at low water at Port Blair.

Family PeGasipz.

232. PrGasus praconts, Linn.

This specimen was given me by Dr. Rean; a convict picked it up

on the shore. I twice saw, but did not obtain, what appeared to be

this fish whilst at the Andamans.

Order LOPHOBRANCHII.

Family SyNGNATHID.

233. SYNGNATHUS SPICIFER, Riipp. Hd-de, or Lah-d-thd-dah,

And.

Microphis tenuis, Blyth.

The native name of this species signifies a Turtle’s tail, which the

Pipefish is considered to resemble.

1870.] SURGEON F. DAY ON ANDAMAN-ISLAND FISHES. 703

234. GASTROTOKEUS BIACULEATUS, Bl.

The tail of the specimen obtained by me at the Andamans has

been injured, as pointed out to me by Dr. Giinther.

235. Hippocampus comes, Cantor.

This specimen was given me by Dr. Rean.

to)

Order PLECTOGNATHI.

Family ScLERODERMI.

236. TRIACANTHUS BIACULEATUS, Bl. Ko-tuh-thoo-lay-po-dah,

And.

Very common.

237. BALISTES VIRIDESCENS, Bl. Schn.

Colours. A light ring round the muzzle, joining one from below, and

dividing the black lip from a black band on the forehead. Body

brownish olive, each scale darkest in the centre. A wide blackish

band proceeds from the eye to the base of the pectoral fin. Vertical

fins yellowish, with dark margins. Large blue blotches on the first

dorsal fin.

238. BALISTES FLAVIMARGINATUS, Riipp.

239. BaisTES ACULEATUS, Linn.

Some beautiful specimens of this fish were brought me by the

aborigines, who obtained them with their bows and arrows.

240. BaLisres unpuLatus, Mungo Park.

241. ANACANTHUS BARBATUS, Gray.

242. OsTRACION TRIGONUS, Linn.

This specimen was given to me by Dr. Rean.

Family GyMNODONTES. ,

243. Terropon LuNARIS, Bl. Schn. Cha-mo-dah, And.

The aborigines use both this and other species of Tetrodon as

food ; but it was observed to me that their intestines will assimilate

any thing.

244, TeETRODON TESTUDINEUS, Linn.

245. TrTRODON ImMACULATUS, BI. Schn.

246. TeTRODON SIMULANS, Cantor.

247. TeTRODON ReETICULARIS, Bl. Schn. Mo-pud-dah, And.

704 SURGEON F. DAY ON ANDAMAN-ISLAND FISHES. [Nov. |,

Subclass CHONDROPTERYGII.

Order PLAGIOSTOMATA.

Family Carcuariip&.

248. CARCHARIAS WALBEEHMII, Blkr. Hi-dah, And.

249. CARCHARIAS MELANOPTERUS, Q. & G.

This is the species from the liver of which most of the medicinal

fish-liver-oil is prepared in the Government factory at Calicut. No

livers are accepted under 40 1b., and one was received of 290 |b.

weight.

The presence or absence of the large marine Plagiostomes on the

coasts of India greatly depends on the whereabouts of the Oil-

Sardines and other shoals of Clupeide and Scombride. This is the

chief reason why the western coast and Ceylon have so many more

Sharks and Sawfishes than the eastern, where the Clupea neohowit

and shoals of Clupeide and the Scomber kanagurta are comparatively

rare. The Andamans, abounding in fish, possess their full comple-

ment of Sharks. Where small fish are in plenty as food, the Sharks

appear to prefer them to human beings.

250. ZyG@NA BLOCHII, Cuv.

Family Pristipz.

251. Prisris cuspiDATUS, Latham.

The livers of this fish are useful for medicinal oil; a female Saw-

fish at Calicut, 14 feet long, had one of these glands weighing 183 Ib.

Family RainoBpaTip&.

252. RHYNCHOBATUS DJEDDENSIS, Forsk.

253. RHINOBATUS GRANULATUS, Cuv.

Family TryGonip2.

254. TRYGON UARNAK, Forsk.

Family MyLioBatTipz&.

255. AETOBATIS NARINARI, Euphr. 2d-td-charm-dah, And.

The foregoing list of 255 species of fish is interesting as demon-

strating the enormous numbers of sorts which resort to the almost

unfished grounds off the Andaman Islands, where the sea appears

alive with the finny tribes. Here the Sharks and Sea-perches find

abundance of food ; and the aborigines are able to sustain themselves

by procuring fish from the sea, merely by the use of spears and

bows and arrows.

It must also be remarked that the time I spent there was very little

above three weeks; and though it is true that I had every assistance

from the local authorities and the aborigines, and spared no personal

1870.| MR. C. DARWIN ON THE PAMPAS WOODPECKER. 705

exertion, still very many species must have escaped me. However

that may be, I am unaware of such a large number of marine species

having been collected anywhere in such a short period.

As far as possible the foregoing fish have, when a doubt has

arisen, been examined with the specimens at the British Museum,

for facilities of doing which, and also for personal assistance, I have

to express my obligations to Dr. Giinther.

I have placed a considerable number of duplicates in the British

Museum, retaining, however, my own large collection intact in this

country until such time as I again return from India, when I trust I

shall bring with me further additions to it.

2. Note on the Habits of the Pampas Woodpecker (Colaptes

campestris). By Cuartes Darwin, F.R.S.

In the last of Mr. Hudson’s valuable articles on the Ornithology

of Buenos Ayres*, he remarks, with respect to my observations on

the Colaptes campestris, that it is not possible for a naturalist ‘ to

know much of a species from seeing perhaps one or two individuals

in the course of a rapid ride across the Pampas.’ My observations

were made in Banda Oriental, on the northern bank of the Plata,

where, thirty-seven years ago, this bird was common; and during

my successive visits, especially near Maldonado, I repeatedly saw

many specimens living on the open and undulating plains, at the

distance of many miles from a tree. I was confirmed in my belief,

that these birds do not frequent trees, by the beaks of some which I

shot being muddy, by their tails being but little abraded, and by

their alighting on posts or branches of trees (where such grew) hori-

zontally and crosswise, in the manner of ordinary birds, though, as

I have stated, they sometimes alighted vertically. When I wrote

these notes, I knew nothing of the works of Azara, who lived for many

years in Paraguay, and. is generally esteemed as an accurate observer.

Now Azara calls this bird the Woodpecker of the plains, and re-

marks that the name is highly appropriate; for, as he asserts, it

never visits woods, or climbs up trees, or searches for insects under

the bark+. He describes its manner of feeding on the open ground,

and of alighting, sometimes horizontally and sometimes vertically,

on trunks, rocks, &e., exactly as I have done. He states that the

legs are longer than those of other species of Woodpeckers. The

beak, however, is not so straight and strong, nor the tail-feathers so

stiff, as in the typical members of the group. Therefore this spe-

cies appears to have been to a slight extent modified, in accordance

with its less arboreal habits. Azara further states that it builds its

nest in holes, excavated in old mud walls or in the banks of streams.

I may add that the Colaptes pitius, which in Chile represents the

Pampas species, likewise frequents dry stony hills, where only a few

bushes or trees grow, and may becontinually seen feeding on the ground.

According to Molina, this Colaptesalso builds its nest in holes in banks.

* P.Z.S. 1870, p. 158. + Apunt. 1. p. 311 (1802).

706 DR. J. E. GRAY ON NEW TORTOISES. [Nov. 1,

Mr. Hudson, on the other hand, states that near Buenos Ayres,

where there are some woods, the Colaptes campestris climbs trees and

bores into the bark like other Woodpeckers. He says, ‘‘ it is some-

times found several miles distant from any trees. This, however, is

rare, and it is on such occasions always apparently on its way to

some tree in the distance. It here builds its nest in holes in trees.”

I have not the least doubt that Mr. Hudson’s account is perfectly

accurate, and that I have committed an error in stating that this

species never climbs trees. But is it not possible that this bird may

have somewhat different habits in different districts, and that I may

not be quite so inaccurate as Mr. Hudson supposes? I cannot

doubt, from what I saw in Banda Oriental, that this species there

habitually frequents the open plains, and lives exclusively on the

food thus obtained. Still less can I doubt the account given by

Azara of its general habits of life, and of its manner of nidification.

Finally, I trust that Mr. Hudson is mistaken when he says that any

one acquainted with the habits of this bird might be induced to

believe that I “had purposely wrested the truth in order to prove”

my theory. He exonerates me from this charge; but I should be

loath to think that there are many naturalists who, without any evi-

dence, would accuse a fellow worker of telling a deliberate falsehood

to prove his theory.

3. Notes on three Species of Tortoises living in the Society’s

Gardens. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &c.

(Plates XL. & XLI)

There are at present living in the Society’s Gardens two species

of Land-Tortoises and one of the more terrestrial Terrapins, which

Mr. Bartlett assures me came direct from Chili. They are very

interesting as containing at least one species of Testudo not as yet

recorded in the catalogue. The other Tes/udo appears to be T. ele-

phantopus, or the “ Elephant-Tortoise of the Galapagos” of Mr.

Harlan, which has hitherto been confounded with 7. indica.

The more terrestrial Terrapin is Rhinoclemmys annulata, described

in the Proc. Zool. Soc. 1860, p. 231, t. 29 (Geoclemmys annulata),

as coming from Ecuador; so it must extend over a large part of

South America. The animal has not been before described. It is

black. The fore legs are covered with very large, convex, unequal

scales ; scales black, tipped with white, forming an interrupted band ;

toes very short, scarcely produced, covered with two or three convex

band-like scales above; claws short, thick, black, white at the tip;

hind feet with short, thick, black claws; scales of the soles of the

feet large, convex, black, varied with white.

The others are :—

1. Tesrupo (Goruer) cuiLensis. (Plate XL.) B.M.

Testudo suleata, D’Orbigny, Voy. dans ? Amévr. Mer. Rept. 6;

Burmeister, Reise durch die La Plata-Staaten, ii, 52).

"SISUSTIYO Opnyzse]

dun org wiequty

Pau HS)

tion e

WI Sap Sar a ae

sel AE Rae OP aS Ae ey

‘sndojueydets opnysay,

‘duit o1g miaquyy

“PeLH DO

ee Ld -OLOL SZ

Se oe a

ha. ? ms ke —

7 = — ree oa 7

-_ ood, A

y ae , , ey REY es “al >,

> y *?* * * bs

1870.] DR. J. FE. GRAY ON NEW TORTOISES. 707

Testudo mauritanica, Démoussy, Deser. de la Confédération Ar-

gentine, ii. 38.

Hab. Chili (Weisshaupt); N. Patagonia (D’ Orbigny) ; Mendoza

and the Pampas (Burmeister) ; Monte Video and Buenos Ayres

( Démoussy). ;

Beak keeled in front and strongly bidentate. Shell depressed,

oblong; middle of the back rather flattened, dirty yellow; areola

central; nuchal plate distinct ; marginal plates shelving, with a very

short keel; front and hinder marginal plates reflexed, making a ser-

rated edge ; head with one pair of supranasals ; a hexangular (central)

and two triangular frontal plates between the eyes, with some small

shields between them and the supranasals, and a pair of elongated

occipital plates ; fore legs with a large spur at the elbow-joint, and

numerous conical spines on the underside of the thighs, two of which

are larger than the rest. The scales in front of the fore legs very

large, unequal, convex.

This species is very like T. suleata from Abyssinia in colour and

general appearance ; but the shell is much more depressed, and the

marginal shields, which in that species are very high, with a sharp,

narrow keel beneath, are in this species only moderately high and

very sharply keeled. The pectoral plates are narrow towards the

centre, and gradually spread out in a triangular shape, one-third

from the centre; while in 7’. swl/eata these plates are narrow and

linear for two-thirds of their width and then suddenly expand into a

pentangular disk. In this species the last vertebral shield is the

width of the caudal, and one-half of the last and one-half of the last

but one of the hinder marginal shields, whereas in 7. suleata it is

only the width of the caudal and one-half of the last hinder marginal

shields.

The reception of specimens of Testudo elephantopus and T. chi-

lensis direct from South America, and the power of comparing them

with specimens of Testudo indica from Seychelles and other localities

in the Old World, and with Testudo sulcata from Africa, have been

very important, as by the comparison of the actual specimeus of these

animals together it has been distinctly proved that, instead of the

same species inhabiting the Old and the New World (which was an

anomaly among the Testudinata), these species, which have been re-

garded as the same, are perfectly distinct ; indeed Testudo sulcata

from Africa is not only distinct from 7. chilensis, but the two species

belong to two different subgenera, the one belonging to the Old and

the other to the New World. The only other instance, of which I

am aware, of a land-Tortoise being supposed to be common to the

two continents, is a species of Kinizys, which was first received from

Demarara and Guadeloupe, but which is now known to be an African

genus ; and the specimens must have been taken to Demarara by some

ships from Africa; for I am informed that it is not even colonized,

much less naturalized, in that country ; but it is probable that some

of the negroes who are fond of living animals may have taken them

with them.

708 DR. J. E. GRAY ON INDIAN TORTOISES. [Nov. 1,

2. TEsTUDO ELEPHANTOPUS. (Plate XLI.) B.M.

Testudo elephantopus, Harlan, Journ. Acad. Nat. Se. Phil. v.

284, t. xi. (bad).

Testudo planiceps, Gray, P. Z. 8.1853, p.12; Cat. Sh. Rept: p. 6.

Testudo californica, Férussac, Bull. Sci. Nat. 191.

Testudo nigra, Quoy & Gaim.; Frey. Voyage Zool. i. 174, pl. 40 ;

Meyen, Nov. Acta Akad. Leop. Carol. xvii. 188, t. xiii.

Geochelone schweiggeri, Fitzinger, Wiener Sitzungsberichte, x. 403

(1853). These are probably all synonyms of this species.

Shell and animal black. Head with one pair of frontal and a

square crown-shield, with a flat crown. Thorax oblong, rather de-

pressed, black; shields irregularly concentrically grooved ; areola

central. The beak slightly keeled in front and slightly bidentate.

The fore legs covered with rather large scales, with a spur-like

tubercle on the inner side of the elbow-joint ; hind legs covered with

numerous small scales, with larger scales on the soles, those on the

hinder margin being prominent; fifth vertebral shield as broad as

the two caudal and two hinder marginal shields.

This species is exceedingly like Testudo indica, but is distinguished

from it by the flatness of the crown and the absence of a nuchal

plate. Length over the back 10 inches; width 93 inches. The

sternum truncated in front; gular plates small; pectoral plates

narrow ; anal plates small, notched behind.

There are two young specimens and several shells of a black

Tortoise in the British Museum without any nuchal plates, which

have hitherto been recorded as varieties of 7. indica. They are all

without any special habitat, and therefore may be from Chili.

This species is probably the Elephant-Tortoise of the Galapagos

Islands, Testudo elephantopus, Harlan, who described his specimen

as having “‘ twenty-three marginal scutes—that is, having eleven on

each half of the shell and a single one posteriorly.”’ I also think,

from the flatness of the head in the living animal, that the skull I

figured under the name of 7 planiceps is of this species. This I

formerly doubted, because there was a specimen in the Zoological

Society’s Gardens, said to come from the Galapagos Islands, which

had a very convex forehead, like the Indian specimens ; but perhaps

the habitat in this case was a mistake, or might not have belonged

to the example which I examined.

4. Descriptions of two new Tortoises from India, in the Col-

lection of T. C. Jerdon, Esq. By Dr. J. E. Gray,

F.R.S. &e.

Mr. T. C. Jerdon has kindly sent me for examination the Tortoises

which he collected in various parts of India. The collection consists

of :—I|st. Batagur thurgi; showing that the shell of this Tortoise,

which has usually been classed with Hmys, has a contracted front

and hind margin of the cavity of the shell, as well as the masticating-

1870.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON INDIAN TORTOISES. 709

surface of the typical Batagurs. 2nd. A series of the Pangshura

flaviventris of Giinther, from Delhi, where it is common; but all

the specimens, like the one we recently received from Cuttack from

Mr. Day, have the sternum spotted, varied with black like the other

species of the genus; the specimens only vary in some having the

first vertebral more or less distinctly urn-shaped or contracted on the

sides than others. 3rd. Two adult specimens of Pangshura smithii

from Punjab, where it is abundant, which show the permanence of

the characters assigned to this species.

Besides these it contains two species which had hitherto not

occurred to me :—

1. PANGSHURA SYLHETENSIS, Jerdon, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng.

1870, p. 69.

Shell olive-brown, strongly and sharply dentated behind. The

sides of the back shelving, but ventricose and with a central dorsal

prominence. First vertebral plate five-sided, truncated behind,

rather produced in front, with a blunt keel ending in a tubercle be-

hind; the second broadly hexangular ; the third elongate, narrowed

Pangshura sylhetensis.

710 DR, J. E. GRAY ON INDIAN TORTOISES. [Nov. I,

and produced behind, with a very prominent keel ending in an acute

point behind ; the fourth much elongated, narrow and produced in

front, with a narrow, sharp keel more prominent behind ; the fifth

pentangular, longer than broad, the hinder sides being as wide as

three of the marginal plates. Underside pale black, varied.

Hab. Sylhet, at the foot of the Khasia hills, in running streams.

The young specimen has the two front shields rather broader com-

pared with the length than the others; and the largest specimen has

the fourth vertebral shield rather irregular-shaped. This species

differs from P. flaviventris in the keel of the first three shields being

pale and not black, and much more indistinctly marked than in P.

tectum; but is at once known by its strongly dentated margin and

by the three hinder marginal plates on each side only occupying the

hinder margin of the fifth vertebral plate. In all the other Pang-

shure the hinder margin of the fifth plate only occupies the width

of two and a half or two and a quarter marginal plates.

2. PANGSHURA VENTRICOSA, Suppl. Cat. Sh. Rept. p. 60.

The shell dark brown, oblong, and ventricose above, reddish yel-

Pangshura veutricosa.

ee ‘SINMONEY SAWNHHOTHO

—

ee St | he

me la OLOL S72 d

1870. | DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE DERMATEMYD&. 711

low, varied with black beneath; the hinder margin entire. Vertebral

plates bluntly keeled in front; the first pentangular, twice as loug

as broad, narrow in front, and gradually narrower and truncated be-

hind ; the second elongate, suddenly narrowed and produced behind

and rounded at the end; the third smaller than the second, pent-

angular, notched in front, narrow, acute, with a sharp prominent

keel behind ; the fourth elongate, oblong, twice as long as broad,

six-sided, suddenly contracted and produced in front.

Hab. Assam.

This species is most like Pangshura tecta; but the shell is much

more ventricose, and the first vertebral plate is much narrower and

longer compared with its width, and the second vertebral plate is

very differently shaped, as is also the fourth; but this may be an

unusual variation. But the lightness, thinness, and ventricose cha-

racter of the shell marks it as a peculiar species. The fourth, sixth,

eighth, and especially the tenth marginal shields have the upper edge

produced and more or less extended up between the sutures of the

eostal shields.

5. On the Family Dermatemyde, and a Description of a living

Species in the Gardens of the Society. By Dr. J. E.

Gray, F.R.S. &e.

(Plate XLII.)

Mr. Bartlett has sent to me to-day (August 6th) four living fresh-

water Tortoises to examine and name, recently purchased for the

Society’s collection, which, I am informed, came from the Laguna

de Terminos in Yucatan.

They consist of two specimens of Cinosternon with a black head

and a yellowish spot over the nose (but as yet I must own I do not

know the characters of the species of this genus), an adult spe-

cimen of Hmys ornata (the latter animal would not extend its neck,

so that I could not see the colour of his head and neck; but it

snapped most furiously at every thing that came within a few inches

of it, and as rapidly withdrew its head), and a young specimen of

what I take to be Dermatemys abnormis of Mr. Cope, which has not

before come under my observation.

In the ‘ Proceedings’ of the Society for 1847, p. 55, I described

the shell of a large freshwater Tortoise which had been presented

to the Society by Lieut. Mawe, R.N., who found it in ‘South

America”’ in 1833, under the name of Dermatemys mawii. It is

peculiar, having the sterno-costal suture covered with four large

distinct plates ; and I stated that it in this respect agreed with Pla-

tysternon, but that it had a very differently formed shell and had

much the external appearance of Phrynops geoffroyi, but there was

no appearance of any scar on the inner surface of the sternum for

the attachment of the pelvis, and that it had no intergular plate.

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1870, No. XLVIII.

712 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE DERMATEMYD&. [ Nov. 1,

The shell here described was presented to the British Museum by

the Zoological Society, and is figured in the ‘Catalogue of Shield

Reptiles in the British Museum,’ tab. 21.

In the ‘ Catalogue of Tortoises in the British Museum,’ and in the

‘Catalogue of Shield Reptiles,’ I formed a particular section in the

family Emyde for Platysternon and Dermatemys, because they had

these additional plates on the sterno-costal suture. The group con-

tains two families: the Dermatemyde are essentially water Tortoises,

with broadly webbed feet ; the Platysternide are amphibious, and

they have strong narrowly webbed toes and the front of the fore

legs covered with large plates.

M. Auguste Duméril, in the ‘Catalogue Méthodique des Reptiles’

described, in 1851, a species under the name of Emys berardii from

two specimens in the Museum of Paris, said to have come from South

America, In the ‘ Archives’ of the museum, vol. vi., for 1852, he

redescribes and figures the species, observing that one of the speci-

mens in the Museum was received from “ Lieut. Maw.” This must

have been obtained from the Zoological Society, and is doubtless a

fellow specimen to the one I described, and is said to have come from

South America without any special habitat; and the other was

brought by Captain Berard directly from the fresh waters of “ Vera

Cruz, Mexico.” This species is very briefly and indistinctly de-

scribed in both works, and the figure is by no means good. Probably

M. Berard’s specimen must be in a bad state; for the shell is

described as covered with fine “irregular rugosities.” The indi-

cations of division of shields, especially the dorsal ones, are very

indistinct.

He figures the mouth, showing the alveolar surfaces of both jaws

(t. xv. f. 4), but does not describe it. In the form of the mouth and

the obscure streak from the back of the head, and the gular plate

showing no indications of a central suture, it agrees with the speci-

men now in the Zoological Gardens, but is evidently an old specimen,

while that which we have is young. M. Duméril does not take any

notice, either in the description or figure, of the existence of any

sterno-costal shields; indeed the sutures of them seem to be en-

tirely obliterated in the aged specimen he figures; and he separates

it from the Emys trivittata (that is, au Indian Batagur) by the ab-

sence of the three black bands and the difference of its origin.

Professor Owen in 1853, in the ‘ Monograph of the Fossil Chelo-

nians of the Wealden Clay and Purbeck Limestone,’ published by

the Paleontological Society, published a genus under the name of

Pleurosternon, which he characterizes thus :—‘‘ Testa depressa, lata,

complanata; sternum integrum, ossibus undecim compositum, per

ossicula marginalia cum testa conjunctum, scutis submarginalibus

inter scuta axillaria et inguinalia positis.”” He does not make any

reference to my genus Dermatemys; but the character here given is

the exact counterpart, though in other technical terms, of that genus

which was published four years previously; but in the description

of one of the species he observes :—

“In addition to the axillary and inguinal plates there are three

1870. ] DR. J. E, GRAY ON THE DERMATEMYD. 713

scutes, and the under borders of the fifth, sixth, and seventh mar-

ginal scutes 5 these superadded scutes I propose to call ‘submar-

ginal scutes. The Platysternon megacephalum, or large-headed

Terrapin of the Chinese swamps, presents a corresponding but

single supplementary ‘submarginal seute upon the under part ot

each lateral production of the plastron.’’ ‘This statement about Pla-

tysternon is entirely erroneous; for that genus, as well as Derma-

temys and Pleurosternon, has three small “submarginal scutes ”’

between the abdominal and marginal plates (see Proceedings of the

Zoological Society, 1831, p. 106, where the genus was originally de-

scribed, and the ‘ Catalogue of Shield Reptiles,’ p- 49). The Pleu-

rosterna are found in the freshwater limestone of Purbeck; and

Professor Owen divides them into four species. I am still inclined

to retain the genus, and I think that probably, when we have more

materials, we shall find that the fossil genus will form a distinct

group of the family.

Mr. Agassiz, in his ‘Contributions to the Natural History of the

United States,’ published in 1857, probably misled by Duméril’s

figure, observes: —‘ Hmys berardi, Dum. et Bib., seems also to belong

to this genus (Ptychemys), judging from the description and figure

of the jaws uct an by A. Duméril, ‘ Archives du Museum,’ vol. vi.

p. 251, t. 15” (vol. i. p. 434).

The British Museum having received from Mr. Salvin a specimen

of Dermatemys, which he obtained in Guatemala, I published in the

* Proceedings of the Zoological Society,’ 1864, p. 125, a history of

the genus and a description of the animal, which, unfortunately, was

not in a very good state, as it had accidentally got dry through the

evaporation of the spirit and had again been placed in spirit.

In the ‘ Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences’ for

1868, p. 119, Mr. Cope describes a new species under the name of

D. abnormis, from the Belize River, Yucatan, sent by Dr. Parsons,

which differs in having the gular plates united and the vertebral

plates broader than long. He observes that one species of Derma-

temys, the D.mavei, is recognized by Dr. Gray as inhabiting Venezuela

and Mexico. The same species, according to the same author, has

been subsequently named Hmys berardii by Prot. Duméril; and he

further remarks, “‘I have not had an opportunity of seeing South-

American specimens; but the excellent figure and descriptions of

Gray render it certain that the individuals from that country, on

which the species are based, really belong to another species from

those of Mexico. The collection of the Smithsonian Institution

furnishes another species from Belize, which I have hitherto identified

as the same; the species may be thus distinguished.” — In a table

he gives the characters by which he proposes to discriminate three

species, D. abnormis, D. berardii, and D. mavei.

I do not know why he described his second species under the

name of D, erardii ; for none of the characters which he gives to his

species are to be found either mentioned in M. Duméril’s descriptions

or shown in M. Duméril’s plate. I have no specimen possessing

such characters as he gives to the species.

714 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE DERMATEMYD. [Nov. 1,

I believe that the genus Dermatemys will be the type of a new

family, which may be called Dermatemyde, and thus characterized.

Fam. DERMATEMYD.

Skull :—the head moderate, rather high, covered with a thin,

soft, continuous skin ; temples with small polygonal shields; zygo-

matie arch distinct ; tympanum large, covered with a granular skin.

Eyes lateral ; iris circular, narrow. Nose produced, conical ; nostrils

apical, flesh-coloured. Beak strong: upper beak coloured like the

skin of the head, hard ; lower beak strong, hooked in front. Alveolar

surface of the upper jaw with a triangular ridge parallel to the outer

edge of the jaw, and with a short separate transverse ridge in front,

separated from the front of the beak by a deep pit. Lower jaw with

three or five strong teeth in front, which fit into the pit in front of

the upper jaw. The alveolar surface flat, with a deep central groove

along each side. Chin not bearded. Thorax oblong, the hinder

edge expanded and slightly reflexed, covered with very thin, mem-

branaceous shields, which have the areola in the young animals on

the hinder margin. Sternum flat, united to the margin by a bony

symphysis, rounded in front and notched behind. Sternal shields

twelve, very thin, membranaceous. The gular plates small, trian-

gular, sometimes united into a single plate, with three additional

intramarginal plates on the suture between the triangular axillary

and the band-like inguinal plates between the small abdominal and

marginal plates. The cavity of the shell scarcely contracted at the

opening. The legs short, fringed on the outer side, granular. Toes

weak, broadly webbed. Tail short, thick, angular, with ridges of

spines and a horny tip.

The head of these animals has much the appearance of Batagur,

and the shell has a certain resemblance to those of that genus.

The form of the sternum might be mistaken for that of an Hy-

draspis ; but it will be found that what looks like the intergular

plate is, in fact, the small gular plates, which are sometimes separate,

but usually united together, there being only six pairs of plates,

without any anterior additional one.

Synopsis of the Genera.

1. Dermatemys. Crown flat. Vertebral shields elongate, the first

the shortest. The gular plates separate or united.

2. Cutoremys. Crown convex. Dorsal shields wider than long.

The gular plates united.

1. DERMATEMYsS.

Head flat above, rather keeled on the sides. The crown narrow

and produced behind. Temples with small polygonal shields.

Thorax convex. Nuchal shield distinct, short. First vertebral

plate as broad as long; second, third, and fourth longer than broad ;

the fifth narrow and produced in front, broad behind. Gular plates

1870. ] DR. J, E. GRAY ON THE DERMATEMYD. 715

small, separate or united together into one plate. Intramarginal

plates three on each side; the hinder in contact with the abdominal

and femoral plates. Abdominal plate long. Axillary plate distinct.

Tail conical, with a central ridge of spines on its upper surface, and

some scattered tubercles on the sides converging towards the point.

1. DERMATEMYS MAWII.

Gular plates very small, separate.

Dermatemys mawii, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1847, p. 56; Cat. Shield Rept.

p. 49, t. xxi.

Dermatemys mavei, Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Se. Phil. 1868,

p- 120.

Hab. South America (Mawe). B.M.

2. DERMATEMYS SALVINII.

The gular plates united into a single narrow triangular plate ; sides

of the head and neck and upper surface of the feet olive, darker-

spotted. In spirits.

Dermatemys salvinii, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 126 (animal).

Hab. Guatemala (Salvin). B.M.

I cannot see any other difference between these two species ex-

cept the form and union of the gular plates. I believe this is per-

manent ; but we require more specimens to establish the fact. The

head and sides of the neck of Mr. Salvin’s specimen, in spirit, are

pale olive with numerous darker spots ; aid the feet have some simi-

lar spots. There is a little difference in the size of the intermar-

ginal plates of the two specimens, but not more than shown on the

two sides of Mawe’s original specimen.

Mr. Cope describes his 7’. berardii thus :—* One gular, and an in-

tergular behind it ; four or five inner marginals, the posterior in con-

tact with femoral and abdominal; when only four, the median elon-

gate ; vertebral scuta much longer than broad; no dorsal keel; ab-

dominal scuta equal or broader than those adjoining.’ I suppose

that this character is from a Mexican specimen. M. A. Duméril’s

plate does not show any of them. The existence of any gular plate

would indicate an irregularity in the specimen, or a structure which

has not hitherto occurred to me, and, if normal, would remove the

species to Hydraspide.

2. CHLOREMYS.

Head rather convex above. Thorax rather depressed, broad.

Nuchal shield distinct and short. Vertebral plates keeled ; the first

as broad as long; the second, third, and fourth broader than long ;

the fifth rather narrowed in front. The gular plates small, united

into one narrow triangular shield. The intramarginal plates three

on each side; the hinder largest and not, or only slightly, in contact

with the femoral plate. Axillary plate triangular. Inguinal band-

like, transverse. Tail conical, very short, granular.

716 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE DERMATEMYD&. [ Nov. 1,

The intramarginal plates are sometimes divided in halves on one

or both sides.

CHLOREMYsS ABNORMIs. (Plate XLII.)

Animal and shell olive above and white below; upper part and

sides of the head and neck blackish olive, with a pale streak from

the back of the eye, over the ear, along the side of the neck.

Dermatemys abnormis, Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. 1868,

p. 120.

Hab. “Yucatan, Belize River (Dr. Parsons).”’

Mr. Cope’s, as well as the one in the Gardens, is a young speci-

men; but he observes, “I cannot suppose the vertebral sentes be-

come as narrow or the carapace as fully ossified in maturity as in

the other species.”” In the colouring of the head it resembles the

figure of M. Auguste Duméril, but not in any other character.

The young living specimen in the gardens of the Society,

about 4 inches long, is dull olive-brown above, and pale yellowish

beneath. The lower surface of the marginal plates olive, the

sternal and submarginal shields being uniform white. ‘he tail

is very short, conical, rudimentary. Head black-olive; the end

of nose red; the upper beak is of the same colour as the head,

and looks as if covered with skin; but this is not the case, for

it is very hard. The lower beak paler. There is a very in-

distinct, broad, rather irregular pale streak from the back edge of

the eye along the back of the neck. The nuchal plate very small.

Dorsal scutes very thin. The areolz large, granular; those of the

vertebral plates in the middle of the hinder margin of the shield ;

those of the costal plates rather above the middle of the hinder

margin of the shield; of the margmal plates on the hinder outer

margin of each shield as visible below as above, rather on the outer

edge of the middle of the hinder part of the sternal plate, and quite

on the hinder outer margin of the intramarginal plates. The skin

of the neck and feet covered with small scales. The outer edge of

the legs with a well-marked fringe; the front edge of the fore legs

with numerous, very narrow, slightly curved band-like shields. The

toes slender, covered above with narrow band-like plates, very

broadly webbed to the claws. Claws 5 .4, black, slender, and acute.

Pupil black, surrounded by an olive iris, without any black spot on

the side asin American Terrapius. The submarginal plates seem

liable to vary in form and number; for in this specimen they differ on

the two sides. On the right side there are seven: the first, which is

probably an axillary plate, is small; then follow three moderate-

sized, the middle one of which is divided across (this is clearly an

accidental division) ; then there is a small triangular plate between

the last and the transverse band-like inguinal plate. On the left

side, which I should say had the normal structure, there is a rather

larger axillary plate: three submarginal plates, the hinder being

the largest, and a transverse band-like inguinal plate. i

th A oY hh et tee bee ee ee Ee ee SS eT

“I

“Ni

1870.| DR. J. EB. GRAY ON CYCLANOSTEUS SENEGALENSIS.

6. Notes on a Specimen of Cyclanosteus senegalensis living 0

the Society’s Gardens. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S.

(Plate XLIII.)

The Society acquired by purchase, from a London dealer, on the

30th August, a fine living specimen of Cyclanosteus senegalensis,

Gray (P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 21), which is certainly the first I have ever

seen, and, I believe, the first seen alive in Europe; and it is a very

interesting animal, as it has the form of the freshwater Tortoise

with all the other characters of the Mud-Tortoises or Soft-shield

Turtles (Trionychide).

The specimen must be nearly adult; but it is not quite so large

as the dorsal shield with its margin which the British Museum re-

ceived from the Earl of Derby, who obtained it from his collector,

Mr. Whitfield, from Gambia, which is figured under the name of

Cyclanosteus petersii in the ‘Catalogue of Shield Reptiles,’ tab. 29.

It has all the sternal callosities developed as in that figure; but the

hinder pair, instead of being round and small, are considerably larger

and oval. The odd or nuchal bone is placed in the margin of the

cartilaginous shield, and separated from the front of the dorsal bony

disk by a broad flexible space.

The animal is ovate, depressed; the back is convex, like a large

Batagur or Emys, with a very broad, hard, cartilaginous margin,

which is thin, but rounded on the edge; the hinder part of the

margin is very broad and expanded, slightly concave on its upper

surface, and bent up like that of several of the freshwater Tor-

toises. The whole upper surface is covered with a thick, smooth,

blackish-olive skin, which completely hides the rugosities on the

bony disk, and gives the animal the appearance of the skin of a por-

poise or dolphin. The under surface is covered with a similar skin,

but of a pure white colour, the white on the underside of the

margin forming a narrow edge to the dorsal disk; the underside is

equally smooth as the back, except over the callosities, which are

tuberculated in concentric circles. The skin between the odd bone

in the margin and the front of the bony dorsal disk is concentrically

wrinkled. The head is rather large, olive or blackish, with pale

spots on the upper part of the sides. The nose produced, black ;

nostrils flesh-coloured, small, circular, separated by a broad septum,

and with a small internal lobe on the outer side of each. Eyes

lateral ; pupil small, black; iris greyish, without any spot on the

sides; the lower eyelid larger, thin, pellucid, whitish, The hinder

part of the fore feet very broad and expanded, lobulated on the edge,

and folded together when contracted, with the three claws on the

front part of the foot. The front of the sternum and its flaps as

broad and of the same shape as the dorsal disk; the hinder part

of the sternum broad ; the lateral flaps large and separated from

the hinder soft part of the sternum by a deep notch on each side.

This animal is interesting as being intermediate in form between

718 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE GENUS BARTLETTIA. _[Noy. 1,

the usual flat-backed Mud-Tortoises and the very convex Emyde of

the Indian tanks, which have a series of marginal bones in the mar-

gin of their cartilaginous dorsal shield.

7. Notes on Bartlettia, a new Species of Freshwater Tor-

toises belonging to the Family Peltocephalide. By

Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e.

It has been well observed that after the greatest care some new

fact in the structure of an animal that has been often observed will

occur. I have been for several years collecting together the species

of Tortoises, and more especially studying the osteology, and parti-

cularly the skulls of the Testudinata; I have published several

papers on them, and have collected these papers together, with many

additional observations and descriptions, as a ‘Supplement to the

Catalogue of Shield Reptiles in the British Museum,’ which is

printed and ready for distribution ; and yet, before it has actually

been published, an accidental circumstance has revealed to me that

a series of specimens that I believed were all of one species, coming

from nearly the same locality, consists of two most distinct species,

belonging to two most distinct genera, marked by very great dif-

ferences in the form of the alveolar process, which has been con-

firmed by the examination of the skulls or heads of a series of speci-

mens of each species of different ages.

Mr. Edward Bartlett, during his excursion to Brazil for the

purpose of collecting objects of natural history, sent to the Museum

a series of specimens of a freshwater Tortoise which he obtained in

the freshwater lakes in the region of the upper Amazons. They

were considered to be half-grown examples of Podocnemis expansa,

which they greatly resemble in all external characters; but on

Mr. Edward Gerrard, junior, preparing a skeleton of one of

them for the collection, it was discovered that it possessed a very

different alveolar surface of the upper jaw; and on examining the

jaws of the other specimens, they were all found to have the same

peculiar character; therefore I have described and figured these

jaws; and to point out, in the shortest manner, the differences

between it and the other genera of the family, I have formed a

tabular distribution of them.

PELTOCEPHALID&.

Peitocephalide, Gray, Suppl. Cat. Sh. Rept. p. 82.

In the skulls of all the genera in this family the vomer is not

ossified, and the internal nostrils of the skull are not divided by a

septum, but leave a large open aperture in the front of the palate.

The bony vaulted arch that covers more or less completely the de-

pression on the side of the skull for the temporal muscle, is entirely

formed, according to Prof. Owen, of an extension of the parietal bone.

1870.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE GENUS BARTLETTIA. 719

In my paper on the genus Podoenemis in the ‘ Proceedings’ of

the Society | pointed out that the Podocnemis expansa of Wagler

and the Emys ewpansa of Cuvier, which had been considered the

same species, had very different skulls, and I entered into the details

of the differences between them.

In my paper in the ‘ Proceedings’ of the Society for 1864, p. 133,

I formed them into separate genera.

Iu Bartlettia and Podocnemis expansa both the ischiadic and

iliac bones are affixed by a bony suture to the sternum.

The thorax of the animals of this family has the cavity con-

tracted, like the shells of the greater part of the Bataguride of

India. Ina very large specimen of Podocnemis expansa the front

contraction is separated from the margin of the cavity by a con-

siderable space, and may be so in younger specimens; in the genus

Bartlettia it is continuous with the margin of the cavity, as in all

the Batagurs I have examined.

Tribe I. PELTOCEPHALINA.

The head high, subcompressed ; parietal bone entirely covering

the temporal muscle. Nose produced, rounded above, without any

longitudinal groove.

1. PELTOCEPHALUS.

P. rracaxa, Gray, Supp. Cat. Sh. Rept. p. 84. B.M.

Tribe II. PopocnemMINa.

Head depressed ; parietal expanded, covering the upper part of

the temporal muscle, leaving a broad rounded notch in the skull,

between the end of the maxilla and the tympanic bone. Nose flat-

tened, with a deep longitudinal groove.

2. CHELONEMYS.

Head elongate ovate; the alveolar surface of the upper jaw rather

sinuous, convex in front and shelving behind, with two diverging

ridges, separated by a broad longitudinal depression, the inner one

low and indistinct. Lower jaw with a sharp outer edge and a deep

longitudinal concavity, the inner margin elevated, divided by a cen-

tral longitudinal groove into two ridges; the central notch pro-

duced forward between the under margin towards the apex of the

central beak. (Cuvier, Oss. Foss. v. part 2, pl. 11. figs. 11, 12.)

C. puMERILIANA, Gray, Suppl. Cat. Sh. Rept. p. 83. B.M.

3. PopoCcNEMIS.

Head short and broad; alveolar surface of upper jaw flat, with

three diverging ridges, separated by a flat rugose space in the middle,

the inner one low and distinct ; lower jaw with a sharp outer edge,

a deep longitudinal concavity, the inner margin elevated, divided

720 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE GENUS BARTLETTIA. [Nov I,

by a central longitudinal groove into two ridges; the central notch

not produced forward. (Gray, Cat. Sh. Rept. tab. 37. f. 1.)

The young animal is black, the head ornamented with large white

spots.

P. expansa, Gray, Suppl. Cat. Sh. Rept. p. 83. B.M.

4, BaRTLETTIA, 2 *<*° /pecued

Head short and broad; alveolar surface of the upper jaw flat

in front, shelving and concave behind, with a very indistinct, short,

subcentral ridge parallel to the outer margin; alveolar surface of

the lower jaw with a slightly raised ridge on the outer edge, narrow,

slightly concave in front, the inner edge obliquely raised into a sharp

ridge, which is wide behind and narrow in front, with a rounded

depression in the centre of the hinder edge (fig. 1). The central

ridge in the horny beak of the upper jaw more distinct than in the

skull.

The skull (fig. 2, p. 721) is short and depressed, the eyes sepa-

rated, forehead convex; the head covered with hard shields, the

crown-shield rounded in front, temporal shields large; chin with

a single central beard ; the cheek-shield covering part of the tem-

poral muscle not covered by the bone. The animal olive, and the

head not spotted.

Fig. I.

Lower jaw of Bartlettia pitipii.

BARTLETTIA PITIPII. B.M.

Shell olive-brown, ovate, hinder margin greatly expanded; the

head olive above, rather paler below ; the second and third vertebral

1870. ] DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE GENUS BARTLETTIA. 721

shields bluntly keeled, the keel most elevated on the suture between

these two shields.

The sternum paler; the limbs, in spirit, pale yellowish white.

pene Lakes of the Upper Amazons (Edward Bartlett): called

** Pitipii.”

Skull of Bartlettia pitipii.

There are four specimens in the British Museum, the largest being

13 inches by 11 inches, and one has been prepared as a skeleton.

The shell is very like that of Podoenemis expansa; but the largest

specimen we have of the latter is 31 inches long by 23 inches.

I have named this genus alter Mr. Bartlett, the Superintendent of

the Gardens of the Zoological Society, who has published several

excellent papers on the manners, and habits, and growth of the

animals under his care. It is only to be regretted that he has not

printed more of his notes ; for observations on these subjects from a

person who has the power of accurately observing and duly estimating

the importance of the facts observed, as Mr. Bartlett has shown

that he possesses, are most valuable for science; such observa-

tions can only be made by one who has the animals constantly under

his supervision, while the separation of the species, and the syste-

matic zoological characters, are able to be best eliminated in extensive

collections in museums.

722 DR. J. E. GRAY ON SPECIES OF RHINOCLEMMYS. _ [ Nov. 1,

8. Notes on the Species of Rhinoclemmys in the British

Museum. By J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e.

Having received two or three specimens of this genus, with the

heads in a good state, I have been induced to compare the heads of

all the species, as I believe that the colouring of this part affords

good specific characters. I append a short description of the

head of each species, and a figure showing the character of the

markings.

Rhinoclemmys melanosterna.

RHINOCLEMMYS MELANOSTERNA. (Fig. 1.)

Head black ; crown deep black, with a narrow, opaque, white

streak from the nostrils over the eyes to the upper part of the tem-

ples, a broad, pale, indistinct streak from the middle of the orbit to

the front of the tympanum, and a small spot beneath it on the hind

edge of the orbit.

Rhinoclemmys scabra,

RuaINOCLEMMYS SCABRA. (Fig. 2.)

Head black above; a round white spot on each side of the nose

in front of upper edge of the orbit, with a white diverging streak on

each side of the crown, commencing even with the middle of the

upper part of the orbit, and extending to the temple, and with a small

white spot on each side of the occipital edge of the crown; temples

with a white streak from the middle of the back edge of the orbit,

another from the lower part of the back edge of the orbit, both

extending towards the ear, with two or three small spots between

them; a third larger streak from the underside of the orbit, which

is forked behind, one branch ascending and the other descending to the

edge of the lower jaw, and with a round spot behind the fork ; the

chin white; the sides of the neck with numerous black and white

streaks; the fore legs black, with a broad white streak down the

1870.] DR. J. E. GRAY ON SPECIES OF RHINOCLEMMYS. 723

middle of each series of scales, extending along the upperside of

each toe.

Rhinoclemmys scabra, var.?

RuINOCLEMMys scaBra, var.’ (Fig. 3.)

With all the marks of the preceding; but the spots on the front

of the eye are smaller, and the two diverging streaks are united to-

gether by a broad cross band on the front of the crown, just level

with the back edge of the eye; the spots on the occiput are larger

and longer, forming short streaks; the marks on the temple are

similar, and not quite like the former.

There are two very young specimens of this variety in spirits,

which are quite alike as regards the bands on the crown; but they

differ a little in the distribution of the streaks on the sides of the

temples.

Rhinoclemmys mexicana.

RHINOCLEMMYS MEXICANA. (Fig. 4.)

Head brown; crown with a broad, uniformly wide, semicircular

band over the eyes; the sides of the head varied with yellow, and

dotted with black ; the chin and throat yellow, black-dotted.

RHINOCLEMMYS ANNULATA. (Fig. 5.)

Crown white, varied with black, forming rather a radiating sym-

metrical figure on the back of the crown, and with a white cross

band on each side of the occiput; the temples with a broad white

streak from the back edge of the orbit, and another from the front

edge of the orbit, which are united together on the tympanum by a

perpendicular streak behind, and then give off a streak that is con-

tinued along the side of the neck ; the sides and back of the neck

black, with several broad white streaks, one arising from the centre

724 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LePIporTERA. {[ Nov. 1,

of the occiput, another wider from the outer margin of each side of

the occiput ; two narrow indistinct streaks in front of the orbit, on

the upper edge of the side of the nose; fore feet with two white

streaks.

Rhinoclemmys annulata.

9. List of Diurnal Lepidoptera collected by Mr. Spaight in

Northern India. By Arruur G. Butter, F.L.S. &e.

The Rev. A. B. Spaight, late Missionary to Moultan, has for-

warded to me a small collection of Butterflies taken by himself in

the district of Jhelum on the Punjab. Although this collection

consists of only 25 species, it represents all the 5 families of Diurnal

Lepidoptera, in the following proportions :—

Nymphalide ...... 3 subfamilies, 5 genera, 7 species.

Erycinide l “5 l os 1 rs

DCCA ns wie as l a 1 ss ame

Papilionide........ 2 3 Same sy te a

Hesperide ..... i l 3 ] -

8 ” 16 ” 24 ”

The collection is accompanied with exact localities and a few

notes on habits, &c.

Family Nympuarip&, Westw.

Subfamily Danarn #, Bates.

Genus Danais, Latreille.

1. DANAIS CHRYSIPPUS.

Papilio chrysippus, Linn. 8S. N. ii. p. 767 (1766).

«Taken on flowers in Government garden at Gujerat.”’

1870.] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA. 725

2. DANAIS PHILENE.

Papilio philene, Cramer, iii. pl. 275. figs. A, B (1782).

“In garden of lime- and orange-trees at Cheta, about 20 miles

from Murri.”’

3. DANAIs LIMNIACE.

Papilio limniace, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. 59. figs. D, E (1779).

“On blue flowers in gardens at Gujerat and Cheta.”

In consequence of the exaggerated colouring of some of Cramer’s

figures, I mistook the species represented on pl. 59 for another

common insect inhabiting nearly the same districts, but identical

with the Euplwa hamata of M‘Leay; I therefore redescribed the

true P. limniace in my Monograph (P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 52) as Danais

leopardus, with a query as to whether it was a variety of D. lim-

niace. As the number of examples taken by Mr. Spaight show no

variation in pattern or coloration, we may conclude that the two

species are distinct.

Subfamily Saryrin%, Bates.

Genus Letuer, Hubner.

1, LETHE DyRTA.

Debis dyrta, Felder, Reise der Novara, iii. p. 497. n. 860

(1867).

** Murri.”

As I have not examined the type of ZL. drypetis, I feel uncertain

as to whether Z. dyrta is or is not a slight variety of that species.

Our specimens agree best with Dr. Felder’s description; and therefore

T adopt his name.

Subfamily NympHatin#, Bates.

Genus Pyramets, Hiibner.

1. PYRAMEIS CARDUI.

Papilio cardui, Linn. 8. N. ii. p. 774. n. 157 (1766).

*« Jhelum (town), on flowers, and at Murri.”

Genus Arcynnis, Fabricius.

1. ARGYNNIS NIPHE.

Papilio niphe, Linn. 8.N. ii. p. 785 (1766).

“ On flowers in garden at Gujerat.”’

Genus Atretxa, E. Doubleday.

1. ATELLA PHALANTHA.

Papilio phalantha, Drury, Ill. i. pl. 21. figs. 1, 2 (1779).

« Murti.”

726 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA. [Nov. ],

Family Erycinrp, Westwood.

Subfamily LipyrHern2#, Bates.

Genus LisyTHea, Fabricius.

1. LipyTHEA LEPITA.

Libythea lepita, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C.i. p. 240. n. 519 (1857).

« Murri.”

Family Lycanipa#, Stephens.

Subfamily Lycanin#, Butler.

Genus Lycana, Fabricius.

1. LyC@NA KASMIRA.

Lycena kasmira, Moore, P. Z. 8. p. 503, pl. 31. fig. 1 (1865).

“ Murri.”’

2. Lycana, sp.? (near L. laius, Cr.).

“© Murri.”

Family Papitionip&, Doubleday.

Subfamily Prerinx, Bates.

Genus Syncuuoék, Hiibner.

1. SYNCHLOE GLICIRIA.

Papilio gliciria, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 171. figs. E, F (1779).

« Taken on flowers at Gujerat.”

2. SYNCHLOE NEPALENSIS.

Pieris brassicae, var. nepalensis, G. RK. Gray, Lep. Ins. Nepal,

p- 9, pl. 6. figs. 1 & 3 (1846).

“On flowers at Gujerat.”

Genus Bevxenors, Hiibner.

1. BELENOIS MESENTINA.

Papilio mesentina, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 270. figs. A, B

(1782).

**On flowers at Gujerat.”’

Genus TrRACcOoLus, Swainson.

1. TERACOLUS ETRIDA.

Anthocharis etrida, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 576 (1836).

« Murri.”’

Genus Co tas, Febricius.

1. CoLias FIELDII.

Colias fieldii, Ménétriés, Enum. Corp. Anim. i. pl. 1. fig. 5 (1855).

1870.] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA. 727

2. CoLiAs SIMODA.

Colias simoda, De VOrza, Lép. Jap. p. 10. n. 21 (1869).

I think it doubtful whether this is more than a modification of

C. hyale.

3. CoLIAS HYALE.

Papilio hyale, Linneus, S. N. ii. p. 764. n. 100 (1766).

« Murri.”’

Genus Catuipryas, Boisduval.

1. CALLIDRYAS CATILLA.

Papilio catilla, Cramer, Pap. Ex. iii. pl. 229. figs. D, E (1781).

* Gujerat ; always settles on a wild plant, which (with its wings

closed) it exactly resembles.”’

2. CALLIDRYAS PYRANTHE.

3 var. Papilio ilea, Fabricius, E. 8. Suppl. p. 421. n. 587, 588

(1798).

“On flowers in Government garden at Gujerat.”

Genus GoNEPTERYX, Leach.

1. GONEPTERYX RHAMNI.

Papilio rhamni, var. nipalensis, G. R. Gray, Lep. Ins. Nepal,

pl. 5. fig. 1 (1846).

“« Murri.”

This only differs from the European G. rhamni in the more

deeply sinuated anal margin of the hind wings.

Genus TrerrAs, Boisduval.

1, TERIAS HECABE.

Papilio hecabe, Linneus, S.N. ii. p. 763 (1766).

“In garden at Gujerat.”’

2. TERIAS BLANDA.

Terias blanda, Boisd. Sp. Gén. Lép. p. 672. n. 32 (1836).

“In garden at Gujerat.”

Subfamily PariLionin#, Bates.

Genus Papinio, Fabricius.

1. PAPILIO ERITHONIUS.

Papilio erithonius, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iil. pl. 232. figs. A, B

(1782). .

“Common on flowers at Gujerat and at Cheta, about 20 miles

from Murri.”’

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1870, No XLIX.

728 REY. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. [Nov.],

Family Hesrerip&, Leach.

Subfamily PaMPHILIN&.

Under this heading I would include all the genera having a short

thick club of the Pamphila type to the antenne, and terminating

at a right angle in a short pointed hook, such as Proteides, Carystus,

Pamphila.

Genus Pampuita, Fabricius.

1. PAMPHILA MATHIAS.

Hesperia mathias. Fabricius, E. 8. Suppl. p.433. n. 289, 290 (1798).

* Gujerat, on flowers.”

10. On some new Genera and Species of Araneidea.

By the Rev. O. P. Camsriner, C.M.Z8.

(Plate XLIV.)

Among the Spiders described in the present paper are several of

the greatest possible interest to the scientific arachnologist. We

find one (Stenochilus hobsonii) presenting the almost unique cha-

racter of possessing but ¢wo spinners* ; another (Aphantochilus

rogersii), from Minas Geraes, Brazil, appears to be entirely without

the /abium, a portion of structure the absence of which is, I believe,

unknown in any genus of Araneidea at present characterized. The

resemblance of this Spider to some of the large-headed, horny, spine-

bearing Ants of South America is very striking, and forms an un-

mistakable instance of similarity between individuals of two very

widely separated groups of the Articulata. This similarity no doubt

carries with it some advantage to one or the other—probably to the

Spider, as being the most likely of the two to derive advantage from

such a resemblance—which doubtless sums up a long succession and

progress of small advantages. It is unfortunate that the term

mimicry should have been given to this and other like curious re-

semblances, since that term seems to many naturalists to imply con-

sciousness or volition on the part of the creature supposed to be the

one which resembles another; and this certainly unfounded impli-

cation casts discredit upon the deep natural truth which the resem-

blance embodies.

Another of the Spiders (Moneta spinigera) described below, is

interesting as affording a tolerably certain clue to the family affi-

nities of a small group (Scytodes and Omosita) which has ap-

peared to me widely separated hitherto from the Theridides, with

which family the genus Moneta seems to connect it. I observe,

however, that in a work on European Spiders just published, Dr. T.

Thorell, of Upsala, places this group side .by side with the family

* Another instance of this peculiarity is found in the genus Palpimanus

(Dufour).

Species of Araneidea.

New Genera &

ac L

AE Holinck Gelt et Jith

1870. | REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. 729

Theridivide, in the suborder Retitelaria, which substantially accords

with my own present view of its systematic position. Several others

of the genera now characterized it is exceedingly difficult to assign

with certainty to any family groups hitherto established: a know-

ledge of their habits would, of course, be a great assistance in rele-

gating them to their proper groups, though even this is not always

to be relied upon as conclusive in determining the family of a Spider

(see remarks on nov. gen. RAion, posted, p. 742). In none of those

now described, however, is any thing known, either of habits or

habitat, beyond the mere locality in which they were captured; we

have therefore nothing but structure to guide us; and the general

form resulting from their structure is in several of the present species

very far removed from the typical forms of the families to some recog-

nized genera of which they seem in other respects to be related. It

is unnecessary to enter into details in this short introductory notice,

as remarks on the above point will be found appended to the descrip-

tions of such as appear to be doubtful in their systematic allocations.

It is, perhaps, only necessary to add here that, of the Spiders forming

the ten new genera now proposed, siz were received from Messrs. J.

Nietner and G. H. K. Thwaites, of Ceylon, one from Bombay, from

Major Julian Hobson (H.M. Staff Corps), one from Natal, and

two from Sta. Fé, Minas Geraes (captured there by Mr. Henry

Rogers, of Freshwater, Isle of Wight, and his son, now on a collecting

expedition in Brazil).

Fam. Drassipes?

Nov. gen. SrENOCHILUS (orevds, narrow, xetQos, lip, labium).

Characters of the Genus.—Cephalothorazx elongate-oval, or, rather,

somewhat attenuated diamond-shaped, strongly emarginate or in-

dented on the lateral margins.

Eyes eight, very unequal in relative size, situated in two transverse

rows at the fore extremity of the caput, curved away from each

other, but forming a compact and almost circular group.

Mazille constricted at their base, enlarged in a circular form at

the middle on their outer sides, and curved over and inclined towards

the labium, over which their pointed extremities almost touch each

other; they are also indented or impressed somewhat transversely

near their middle. 7

Labium long, narrow, sharp-pointed at its apex, and a little wider

near the middle than at the base.

Legs rather short, and differing but little in relative length, which

appears to be 4, 1, 2, 3; each tarsus ends with two longish curved

claws, minutely pectinate towards their base, and springing from a

sort of heel or minute supernumerary joint.

Abdomen narrow, elongate-oval ; spinners two only, short, rather

strong, and biarticulate.

STENOCHILUS HOBSONH, n. sp. (Plate XLIV. fig. 1.)

Male adult, length 22 lines, of cephalothorax 13 line.

730 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. _[Nov. 1,

An immature male (owing to the greater length of the abdomen)

measured 33 lines in length.

The cephalothorax has the upper marginal profile line, of both

the caput and thorax, level; the normal indentations are strong and

form the emarginate appearance of the lateral edges; its colour is a

bright orange-red; it is thickly impressed with minute punctures,

and furnished thinly with fine greyish hairs.

The eyes are eight in number; the two outer ones of each row

are contiguous to each other, and thus the eight form four pairs oc-

cupying the four corners of the ocular area; the two central eyes of

the hinder row are the largest of the eight; they are of an oval

shape, grey in colour, and separated from each other by the space

of an eye’s diameter; the two fore centrals are next in size, round

in form, dark-coloured, and not more than half an eye’s diameter

apart from each other; the four lateral eyes are the smallest, nearly

equal in size, and of a pearly white lustre ; the height of the clypeus

(z. e. the space between the lower margin of the fore central eyes

and the insertion of the falces) is rather more than the diameter of

one of those eyes.

Legs: those of the first and second pairs are much the strongest

(especially the coxal and femoral joints); their colour is orange-

yellow, and they are furnished only with fine hairs.

Palpi short, similar in colour and armature to the legs; humeral

joints much bent; cubital and radial joints short, about equal in

length and strength; the latter (radials) are very slightly produced

in a pointed form at their outer extremities; the digital joint is

rather large, suffused with a brownish hue, and of an oval form.

The palpal organs are neither very prominent nor complex; they

consist of simple corneous lobes or processes, with a rather strongish

prominent point near their centre.

Falces moderately long, not very strong; they are of a conical

form, vertical in position, and furnished at their extremities with a

weakish curved fang; their colour, together with that of the mazille

and Jabium, is similar to the colour of the cephalothorax.

Sternum oval, with indented margins, and with a small, narrow,

somewhat oblong production at its hinder extremity ; in colour it is

similar to the maxille and labium.

Abdomen long, narrow-oval in form, and moderately convex above ;

it is of a warm pinkish-red colour, and rather thickly clothed with

short hairs of a dull brownish yellow ; an apparent pedicle, which,

however, is only the prolongation of the hinder extremity of the

cephalothorax, connects it with that part ; the spiracular plates are

yellow, and the spinners two only.

An adult and an immature male of this species were contained in

a collection of Spiders most kindly made for me in Bombay, in 1863,

by Captain (now Major) Julian Hobson (of H.M. Staff Corps),

after whom I have great pleasure in naming it. It is a remarkable

Spider, not only from the form of the cephalothorax, maxille, labium,

and position of the eves, but especially from the possession of but

two spimners, in which, as also in the form of the maxille and the

1870.] REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. 731

greater relative strength of the coxal and femoral joints of the fore

legs, it shows an evident affinity to Spiders of the genus Palpimanus

(Duf.), although differing from them remarkably in the contour of the

cephalothorax and some other characters. I have placed the genus

Stenochilus provisionally, though doubtfully, in the family Drassides.

Fam. AGELENIDES.

Subfam. Lacnestna* (Cambr.)

Nov. gen. Cyprpprx (nom. propr.).

Characters of the Genus.—Cephalothorax oval, broader behind

than before; caput full and bluff before, sloping forwards and round-

ing off to the clypeus, which is of considerable height.

Eyes eight, small, and not differing much in size, situate on the

fore slope of caput in three transverse lines (2, 2, 4). Those con-

stituting the first two rows form nearly a square, whose foremost

side is rather wider than its hinder one; the third row consists of

four eyes in a very slightly curved line (the curve directed forwards)

greatly exceeding the other two lines in length; the figure thus

formed by the eyes is somewhat of a T shape.

Legs strong and moderately long, their relative length being

4, 3, 1, 2; between 1 and 2 there is but little difference in length ;

each tarsus ends with ¢hree curved claws, of which the upper ones

are the largest, and have some strong pectinations underneath towards

their base.

Mazille short, strong, greatly enlarged at their base, curved, and

inclined towards the /abiwm, which is broader at its apex than at the

base, its upper half being nearly semicircular.

Sternum short, broad, and somewhat heart-shaped.

CypIPPE UNGUICULATA, nov. sp. (Plate XLIV. fig. 2.)

Male adult, length 43 lines, length of cephalothorax 22 lines.

The cephalothoraz is much narrower before than behind, but has

no sudden lateral compression at the caput; its colour is a dark

shining chestnut-brown ; and it is clothed with a very few fine hairs

and bristles, chiefly on the caput; the normal furrows and indenta-

tions are distinct though slight, that at the junction of the caput

with the thoracic segments being the deepest ; the profile line shows

a wider depression about the middle; otherwise the surface of the

cephalothorax is smooth, even, and generally rounded off.

The eyes form three transverse rows about equidistant from each

other ; the two foremost of these rows are short, and consist each

of two eyes; the hinder one is long and consists of four eyes; those

of the foremost row are the largest, and the two centrals of the

hinder row the smallest of the eight ; the eyes of the first two rows,

together with the two hind central eyes, form two nearly straight

* Subfam. Lachesina comprises the genera Lachesis (Savign.), Storena (Walck.),

and Cydippe (Cambr.).

732 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. _[Nov. 1,

equally divided longitudinal lines, which converge as they run back-

wards. The height of the clypeus exceeds by a little the length of

these lines ; the lateral eyes ot the hinder row are widely separated

from the central pair, and are situated a little further backwards,

forming a longer line than the longitudinal ones above mentioned.

The legs are of a dark yellowish-brown colour, tinged with olive-

green, the femora and the undersides of the tibize being the darkest ;

they are furnished with hairs and spines varying in length and

strength, mostly on those of the two hinder pairs; the tarsi termi-

nate with three claws.

The mazille, labium, and sternum (whose form and structure are

given in the generic characters) are of a yellow-brown colour, the

maxille being tinged with olive.

The palpi are short and strong; the humeral joints are much

enlarged, or tumid beneath and on the outer sides of their hinder

part ; the cubital and radial joints are equal in strength, the former

being rather the longest ; these two fit closely to each other, and

the latter has a bifid prolongation at its outer extremity ; the upper

limb of this prolongation is much the longest, and its point is cor-

neous, bluntish, and bent downwards; the digital joint is strong

and rather long, exceeding in length the radial and cubital joints

together ; it has a slight lobe at its hinder extremity on the outer

side, close beneath the projection on the radial joint; it is thinly

furnished with fine hairs, and has at and near its extremity several

strong curved claws or talons of different sizes; in colour the palpi

resemble the legs, the digital joints being of a deep chestnut-brown

approaching to black. ‘he palpal organs are well developed, but

not complex, consisting of a long, oval, corneous lobe, divided lon-

gitudinally by a deep cleft near its outer margin.

The faices are long, strong, and conical, a little inclined backwards

to the labium, furnished with short hairs, and similar in colour to

the sternum.

Abdomen oval, very convex above, and greatly projecting over the

base of the cephalothorax; it is clothed sparingly witb hairs; its

sides and underside are nearly black ; almost the whole of the upper

side is occupied by a broad pale orange-yellow band, somewhat

indented or irregular on its outer margins, enlarging about the

middle and narrowing towards the spinners; the yellow band is

charged with a longitudinal somewhat oval patch of blackish colour

on its fore part, and this is followed by several transverse curved

dusky bars between the blackish patch and the spinners; these

latter (six in number) are short and not very strong, those of the

superior pair being the strongest.

An adult male received from Natal, Africa.

This genus, founded on the very distinct and fine Spider above

described, is closely allied to Lachesis (Savigny) and Storena

(Walck.), but may be easily distinguished by the position of the

eyes, which differs remarkably from that of those genera. As a

species it is strongly characterized (in the male sex at least) by the

1870. | REV, 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDKEA. 733

peculiar and almost unique powerful claws or talons at the extremity

of the digital joints of the palpi.

Fam. THERIDIDES.

Nov. gen. SpHECOZONE (097, a wasp, Cwvn, waist ).

Characters of the Genus.—Cephalothorax separated from the ab-

domen, to which it is joined by a distinct stem or pedicle; caput

rather elevate; clypeus impressed below the eyes.

Legs long and slender ; relative length 4, 1, 2, 3,—4 and 1 being

nearly equal; each tarsus ends with three claws, the palpus in the

female being without any terminal claw.

Eyes not very unequal in size, situated in two transverse curved

rows (or four pairs) on upper fore margin of caput ; those of each

lateral pair are contiguous to each other and seated on a slight tu-

bercle; those of the two central pairs form an oblong figure, whose

fore side is much the shortest.

Mazille moderately long, nearly straight, but considerably in-

clined towards the labium, dilated at their bases, and somewhat

pointed at extremities on inner side.

Labium short, small, and apparently nearly semicircular in form.

SPHECOZONE RUBESCENS, n. sp. (Plate XLIV. fig. 3.)

Male adult, length 14 line; female adult, 2 lines.

The cephalothoraz, falces, maxille, labium, sternum, and part of

the femora of the legs are of a bright red-brown, tinged with orange ;

the rest of the legs, the palpi, and (in the female) the caput, falces,

maxillz, and labium are strongly suffused with black. The abdo-

men is of a bright pinkish or cinnamon-red, the colour of the

petiole by which it is joined to the cephalothorax being similar to

that of this latter part; the abdomen is oblong-oval in the male,

but shorter and more convex in the female ; it is glossy, sparingly

clothed with fine hairs, and has 4—5 slender, pale angular lines or

chevrons in a longitudinal series, spanning the hinder half of the

upperside; these lines are probably very indistinct, even if visible at

all, when alive, but are sufficiently well-marked when in spirit of

wine; the hinder extremity of the abdomen is tipped with black ;

and the spinners are of a dusky yellow-brown colour, suffused with

blackish ; the form of the cephalothoraz is oval, the caput being

raised above the level of the thorax ; the clypeus is high, its height

considerably exceeding the length of the space occupied by the four

central eyes, and nearly (if not quite) equal to the length of the line

formed by the first row.

The legs are sparingly furnished with hairs and a few slender

nearly erect. bristles.

The palpi are moderate in length, the humeral and cubital joints

being slender, the latter short ; the radial joints are large and of very

peculiar form, difficult to describe and best conceived from the

figures ; they are of an irregular cup- or calyx-shape, with the digital

734 REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. ([Nov. I,

joint springing from the centre of its hollow; this latter (digital)

joint is large and of oval form, with an elongation behind, by which

it seems to adhere to the radial joint. The palpal organs are well

developed, but not very complex; they consist of two largish lobes,

with one or two corneous processes or spines at their extremity.

The falces are moderately long and strong, a little divergent at

their extremities, enlarged or prominent in front on the outer sides ;

they terminate with a not very strong curved fang, and are armed

with several sharp teeth near their extremities on the inner side.

Sternum broad, convex, heart-shaped, and glossy, furnished with

a few longish erect bristly black hairs.

The adult female is larger than the male, but resembles it in

colour, excepting the dark caput, falces, and maxillze ; the epigyne is

also of a deep reddish brown, nearly black.

Two adult females and an adult male of this Spider were lately

received from near Sta. Fé, Minas Geraes, Brazil, where they were

captured by Mr. Henry Rogers. Had it not been for the excessive

slenderness of the legs, and the distinct joint or petiole by which the

cephalothorax and abdomen are connected, this species could hardly

have been excluded from the genus Evigone (Savig.), to which in

other respects it bears the closest resemblance.

It must be exceedingly Ant-like when alive; and in general form

it bears considerable resemblance to certain of the genus Micaria

(fam. Drassides) ; but the difference in the form of the caput and

other characters separate it easily from that genus.

It is evidently allied to ‘“‘ Formicina”’ (Canestrini), but differs

in the petiole and relative lengths of the legs, as well as in other

particulars.

As far as my own experience goes, this Spider is more nearly

allied to the almost exclusively northern genus Hrigone than any

other known tropical Spider; and possibly it may prove to be the

type of a more or less numerous closely allied exotic group. Its

bright colours contrasted with the black caput and tip of the abdo-

men, together with its slender legs and waist, make it a very striking

and pretty species.

Noy. gen. CEPHALOBARES (xepadi, head, Sapus, heavy).

Characters of the Genus.—Cephalothorar short, nearly round at

its lower margins; caput large, abnormally elevated and convex,

rounded on all sides, and projecting greatly over the falces.

Eyes not very unequal in size, forming four pairs on the fore part

of the caput; the four centrals form a large square, whose fore side

is the shortest ; and on either side of the lower part of the square are

the two lateral pairs, the eyes of each of which are contiguous to

each other, and seated on a very slight tubercle.

Legs short, moderately strong, not greatly unequal in length ; rela-

tively 1, 4, 2,3; the tarsal claws three in number and very minute.

Falces small, moderately long, straight.

Mazille moderate in length and strength, slightly inclined to the

1370.] REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. 739

labium, rounded off on their outer and pointed on their inner extre-

mities.

Labium very short, broad, and somewhat semicircular in form.

Sternum of a somewhat triangulated heart-shape.

Abdomen oval, cylindrical; its upper extremities projecting over

the spinners.

CEPHALOBARES GLOBICEPS, 0. sp. (Plate XLIV. fig. 4.)

Male adult, length 17 line.

The cephalothoraz, falces, maville, and labium are of a brown

colour tinged with yellowish; the former is clothed with a few pale

hairs; and the normal grooves and indentations are amost obsolete,

the caput being apparently the elevation of almost the whole cepha-

lothorax ; in fact this part seems to have run entirely to caput,

which is broad, rounded, and so considerably elevated and promi-

nent that the clypeus is overhung and partly underneath the fore

part of the caput; the cephalothorax thus reminds one of some of

the species of Hrigone (Walckenaera), especially W. humilis (Bl.)

and W. affinitata (Cambr.).

The eyes occupy a large area, being spread out over the fore part

of the caput in the form stated in the “generic characters’’ above ;

those of the fore central pair are dark-coloured and slightly the

largest of the eight ; those of the lateral pairs are the smallest, and

with those of the hind central pair are pearly white.

Legs pale yellow, broadly banded with bright orange-red, and

furnished sparingly with short hairs.

Palpi short, ot a yellow-brown colour, except the digital joints,

which are dark brown; the cubital is shorter than the radial joint,

which is large, expanding forwards, and somewhat produced at its

upper extremity over the base of the digital joint, which last is of a

short oval form ; the palpal organs are well developed, but not very

complex, being very similar in general form and structure to those

of many typical species of “‘ Theridion.”

The abdomen is of an oblong or somewhat oval-cylindrical form,

and does not project over the base of the cephalothorax ; it is spa-

ringly clothed with hairs, and is of a pale yellowish-white colour ; the

upperside has an indistinct pattern, and the sides are also marked

with longitudinal striations of a deep brown colour ; the hinder part

of the abdomen is bluff and abrupt, and projects over the spinners ;

this bluff portion has four rather conspicucus dark shining tubercular

patches forming nearly a square, whose area is tinged with pinkish

red ; the underside and around the spinners are also strongly tinged

with the same colour.

An adult male of this Spider was contained in a fine collection of

Araneidea kindly made for me in Ceylon by Mr. G. H. K. Thwaites,

during the past year. Although generically closely allied to Theri-

dion, it was impossible to include it satisfactorily in that genus; the

shortness of the legs, the extraordinary form of the caput, as well as

differences in the structure of the more ordinary generic parts, made

it necessary to construct a new genus for its reception.

736 REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. [Nov. 1,

Fam. THERIDIDES.

Subfam. Scyrop1ina* (Cambr.).

Nov. gen. Moneta (nom. propr.).

Characters of the Genus.—Cephalothorax rather elevated or gib-

bous at the thoracic part, lower and flattened before ; of a short

oval form, narrowest in front, with but a very slight lateral com-

pression at caput.

Abdomen somewhat of a quadrangular form, broader behind than

before, with a median cylindrical prolongation from its hinder ex-

tremity, terminating with the spinners.

Eyes eight, rather unequal in size, in two nearly straight parallel

rows, spanning the greater part of the width of the caput, and having

a prominent but flattened clypeus; the exterior eyes on either side

are seated on a strongish tubercular elevation.

Mazille rather long, strong, enlarged at the base, curved and in-

clined over the labium, and rounded(?) at the extremities.

Labium short and somewhat semicircular in form.

Sternum rather long, and much resembling the form of a kite with

its sharp end truncated.

Legs long, slender, furnished sparingly with hairs and slender

bristles ; the tarsi (which are very short) terminate with three claws ;

relative length of the legs 1, 4, 2, 3.

MoneETA SPINIGERA, n. sp. (Plate XLIV. fig. 5.)

Female adult, length 13 line.

The thoracic portion of the cephalothorax is slightly humped or

gibbous, and the caput depressed; its colour is a clear yellow-

brown, with the margins, a series of irregular patches just above

them, anda median longitudinal line of brown-black ; the clypeus is

prominent.

The eyes are placed in two transverse parallel rows of equal length,

or in four pairs; those of the two central pairs form very nearly a

square ; those of the fore central pair are very small and the smallest

of the eight, and are a little further apart than those of the hind cen-

tral pair, but nearer to each other than each is to the lateral one on

its side; those of the lateral pairs are seated respectively on the

outer side of a strong and somewhat geminated tubercle, and, as

well as those of the hind central pair, have bright pink-red margins ;

the lateral eyes appeared to be the largest of the eight.

Legs longish and slender, those of the third pair very much the

shortest, all with unusually short tarsi; they are of a yellowish

colour, tinged with brown, marked and faintly banded with darker

brown; the legs generally are very thinly furnished with hairs,

perhaps rubbed off ; but the tarsi, especially those of the hind pairs,

have a distinct row of bristles bearing somewhat of a “calamistrum”’

appearance.

* Subfam. Scytodina includes the genera Seytodes (Latr.), Omosita (Walck.),

and Moneta (Cambr.).

1870.] KEV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. 737

Palpi moderate in length, similar in colour to the legs, and ter-

minating with a rather conspicuous, curved, but simple black claw.

Falces neither very long nor strong; they present no peculiar

features, and, together with the maxillz, labium, and sternum, are

rather lighter-coloured than the cephalothorax, the falces being also

marked near their base on the inner sides with black.

The abdomen is of a very peculiar form, somewhat quadrate, or

rather subtriangular, the hinder part being much wider than the

fore part (which forms the apez of the triangle and is truncate) ; the

hinder part has a sort of cylindrical median prolongation ; the abdo-

men is of a dull brown above, marked with darker, and with whitish

cretaceous spots disposed chiefly in two irregular longitudinal lines ;

the sides and hinder part are black, and the underside is of a pale

dull brown ; the cylindrical prolongation is also of a pale dull brown,

with a fine median longitudinal black line, giving off several oblique

lateral whitish lines; the spinners terminate this prolongation, and

appear to have nothing remarkable in either their size or structure ;

in the transverse line of the widest part of the abdomen, and in the

median longitudinal line of the upperside, is a single, curious, pro-

minent, sharp, but short, beak-like spine directed backwards.

An adult female of this Spider was received in 1869 from Mr.

Nietner, from Ceylon, and another in the same year (also from

Ceylon) from Mr. Thwaites ; it is an interesting species, and appears

to furnish a link between the Scytodides and Theridides. The genus

Moneta might thus either come at the head of the Theridides proper,

followed by the genus Pholcus, or terminate the subfamily Scytodina ;

the former, however, seems to be its more proper place. Dr.

Thorell includes the genus Pholeus with Scytodes in a subfamily of

Theridides ; but Pholcus appears to me to be too decidedly belonging

to the family Theridides, as formerly constituted, to be placed in the

same restricted group as Seytodes.

Fam. Epreirives.

Nov. gen. Corizoores (xwpifw, to divide; dy, wes, the eyes).

Characters of the Genus.—Cephalothorax short, nearly square,

with the corners rounded off; the caput occupies almost the whole

of the cephalothoracic area, and is very broad and much elevated,

the occiput being the highest and most prominent part.

The abdomen is short, broad, and nearly as high as long ; it is

bluff and a little larger behind (where it has some small subconical

eminences) than before.

Eyes eight ; four in a small quadrangular figure in front of the

caput, and a pair on each side, far removed from the central four,

and close upon the lateral margin of the caput.

Legs short, moderately strong; relative length 4, 1, 2, 3, but

very little difference between them; tarsal claws three in number,

small, and toothed at their base ; opposed to them are some super-

numerary pectinated ones.

738 REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. _[ Nov. 1,

Mazille rather strong, greatly bent (in an almost angular form)

over the labium.

Labium of a somewhat triangular form, broader in the middle than

at its base, and pointed at the apex.

CHORIZOOPES FRONTALIS, n. sp. (Plate XLIV. fig. 6.)

Female adult, length 13 line.

The general form and structure of this Spider have been sufficiently

described above. The caput has the occipital portion prominent on

either side, and a depression where it joins the thoracic part; the

normal furrows and indentations are obliterated owing to the abnor-

mal development of the caput, which usurps almost the whole cepha-

lothorax.

The cephalothorax is sparingly clothed with pale grisly hairs of a

more or less dark yellow-brown colour; the region of the occipital

prominences being palest.

The eyes do not differ greatly in size: the upper ones of the central

quadrangular group are the largest, and those of the lateral pairs the

smallest of the eight ; the eyes of each of these latter pairs are nearly

contiguous, and of a pearly white colour; the others are darker.

The legs are of a pale yellow, banded with yellow-brown, and are

furnished sparingly with short hairs.

Palpi small, short, furnished with short hairs and a very fine,

black terminal claw.

Falces large and strong, rather prominent in front and on the

sides, and curved when looked at from before; towards the inner

extremity of each is a prominence with a curved margin armed with

a sort of comb of close-set longish teeth; the colour of the mazille

is a pale yellowish brown; that of the labcwm and sternum being

darker.

The abdomen is sparingly clothed with very short hairs ; it is of

a short-oval form and very convex above, bluff and abrupt behind,

where it has four, small, bluntish or subconical eminences, arranged

in a transverse diamond shape, spanning the whole width of the ab-

domen ; it does net project over the base of the cephalothorax ; and

its colour is a dull yellowish with a brown tinge, marked with deep

black-brown and white, forming a regular pattern, difficult to describe

and best seen in the figure; two small white spots (followed by

several more minute ones) are rather conspicuous on the upperside ;

between the spinners and each of the lateral eminences, and not far

from the former, is a large, conspicuous, round, black blotch. The

epigyne and the orifices of the spiracles are of a deep red-brown

colour; the spinners are short, six in number, and not very strong

nor conspicuous.

Adult females of this Spider were contained in collections of

Spiders from Ceylon, in 1869, both from Mr. Nietner and Mr.

Thwaites. I have included it in the family Epeirides, with Spiders

of which it is evidently connected, though in the form of the max-

illee and labium it bears strong affinity to the Theridides ; in what-

ever family, however, it may finally be placed, there seems to be no

1870.] REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. 739

present genus to which it can be referred. Nothing is known of its

habits ; the wide separation of the three groups of eyes, with the

very peculiar form of the cephalothorax and the structure of the

maxille, make it a remarkable species, and one which, when looked

at from in front, might easily be mistaken for a four-eyed Spider.

Nov. gen. Gira (nom. propr.).

Characters of the Genus.—Cephalothorax rather depressed above,

and rounded on the outer margin ; caput broad, flattened, and pro-

duced in front into three prominent productions, all in the same

plane; the central prominence bears the four central eyes at its ex-

tremity in the form of a quadrangle, and each of the lateral promi-

nences a lateral pair of eyes.

Abdomen oval, pointed behind, not very convex above, armed on

the upperside with tuberculiform spines, mostly surmounted with

long and strongish bristles.

Legs rather long, slender, armed tolerably thickly with hairs and

long spine-like bristles ; tarsal claws three in number, toothed, and

with some supernumerary opposed pectinated ones beneath ; relative

length of legs 4, 1, 2, 3.

Mazille strong, moderately long, inclined towards the labium,

and obliquely truncate, rather on the outer sides, at their extremi-

ties ; inner extremities pointed.

Labium short, broad, and apex curved.

(Era spinosa, n. sp. (Plate XLIV. fig. 7.)

Male adult, length 13 line.

The cephalothoraz has the thoracic region of a yellow colour ; the

normal grooves and indentations are fairly marked ; the caput is of a

deep brown, softening into a pale yellow-brown on the lower mar-

gins, and furnished with long bristly hairs; the two lateral projec-

tions at its fore extremity are rather pointed, of considerable length,

divergent from and rather longer than the central prominence, which

is, however, the strongest of the three, obtuse, and slightly impressed

at its extremity.

Eyes eight, not very unequal in size ; two contiguous to each other

are placed at the extremity, on the outer side of and beneath each

lateral prominence of the caput; a pair almost (but not quite) con-

tiguous at the base on the upperside of the central prominence, and

another pair at its extremity, much wider apart than those of the

pair at its base, and, in fact, occupying its fore corners; these four

form an oblong rectangular figure whose fore side is much the

widest. Except those at the base of the central prominence, which

are pearly white, the eyes are of a somewhat amber-colour of different

shades.

The colour of the legs is pale yellow.

Palpi short, of a yellowish colour; the cubital, radial, and digital

joints are dark brown; the cubital is short, pointedly prominent

above, and has a long and somewhat sinuous dark spiny bristle

740 REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. [Nov. ],

issuing from its most prominent part; the radial is large, very pro-

minent and obtuse above, somewhat blunt-conical in form, and armed

with hairs, long spines, and strong spiny bristles ; the digital joint is

small, oblong-oval; the palpal organs are well developed and com-

plex (though compact), with small corneous processes and spines ;

these organs are directed outwards and are jammed up against the

radial joint, seeming as though issuing from or articulated to it.

The falces are set back rather far beneath the fore part of the

caput, the clypeus being low and retreating, owing to the promi-

nence of the upper fore part of the caput; they are inclined back-

wards towards the maxillee, moderate in length and strength, very

slightly divergent and armed near their inner extremities with a

row of curved spiny bristles, apparently in place of the teeth usually

occupying that situation; the colour of the falces is yellow, tinged

with brown, and that of the mawille, labium, and sternum is yellow ;

the form of the sternum is heart-shaped, rather pointedly produced

behind.

The abdomen is of an oval form, pointed behind; it is of a dull

yellow colour, mottled (chiefly on the sides) with cretaceous white ;

the fore part of the upperside has a broad marginal dark-brown

band of a somewhat horseshoe form with bold nail-like points of

yellow distributed along it; between the extremities of this band and

about the centre of the upperside of the abdomen is a large roundish-

oval blotch of the same colour, also charged with some similar

yellow nail-like dots; another blackish patch follows each extremity

of the horseshoe band, and behind each of these again is another

dark dot; from allof these dark markings spring some strong, erect,

bluntish spines, varying a little in length and strength, and sur-

mounted with long tapering bristles directed backwards ; the spines

which issue from the patches immediately succeeding the horse-

shoe band are the strongest, blackest, and most conspicuous ; these

are obtuse at their extremities and devoid of a terminal bristle, per-

haps accidentally broken off (7).

An adult male of this puzzling Spider was contained in a collection

of Spiders received from Mr. Nietner, from Ceylon, in 1869. Iam ;

inclined to think that it should be included in the family Epeirides,

although the slenderness and armature of the legs, as well as the form

of the maxillz, connect it closely with the Theridides; the form of

the cephalothorax and the tarsal claws, however, seem to connect it

more nearly with the former; in which family I have now provi-

sionally included it. Nothing is known of its habits.

Family ——?

Nov. gen. Ruron (nom. propr.).

Characters of the Genus.—Cephalothorazx short, rather flattened

above, rounded on hinder margin, and a little compressed laterally

at the caput, which is broadish and truncated before.

Eyes six in number, rather large and not greatly unequal in size ;

1870. ] REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. 741

four form nearly a straight row across the upperside of the fore part

of the caput ; and in front of each lateral eye of this row is another

nearly contiguous to it, and about an eye’s diameter from the lower

margin of the clypeus.

Legs neither very long nor strong; relative length 1, 2, 4, 3, be-

tween 2, 3, and 4 there is but very little difference; the metatarsi

of the hinder pair are furnished on the outer sides with ‘ calamistra,”’

and the tarsi end with three curved strongly pectinated claws, of

which the lower one only appeared to differ from the upper ones in

size.

Mazille strong and rather long, curved and inclined towards the

labium, of nearly equal breadth throughout, and rounded at their

extremities.

Labium moderately long, broader near its base than at the apex,

which is truncated. A supernumerary mamillary organ, or pair of

short united spinners, is situated beneath, or in front of, the usual

ones, which are rather strong, prominent, and are projected in the

same plane as the abdomen.

RHION PALLIDUM, n. sp. (Plate XLIV. fig. 8.)

Male adult, length ? of a line.

The general colour of this interesting little Spider is a pale amber-

yellow, marked and mottled with cretaceous white; the colour of

the cephalothorax is rather deeper and brighter than that of the

abdomen, the upperside of which last is almost entirely suffused

with white, longitudinally and transversely intersected with yellowish

lines ; the sides of the cephalothorax are slightly radiated with dusky,

the white being principally in the median line.

The four eyes of the hinder row are nearly of the same size, the

two centrals being nearer to each other than each is to the lateral on

its side; the two eyes forming the front row are the largest of the

six and widely separated from each other; each is almost, but not

quite, contiguous to the hind lateral on its side, with which it is

seated apparently on a small common tubercle.

The legs are furnished with hairs only; the ‘‘calamistra’’ on the

metatarsi of the hinder pair are formed by fine hairs not very thickly

set, nor very conspicuous.

The palpi are short; the radial is shorter than the cubital, and

not quite so strong; it has near its upper extremity, rather on the

outer side, a small but short, conspicuous, bluntish-pointed, promi-

nent black spine; the digital joint is longer than the radial and

cubital together, it is oval in form and produced at its extremity

like the digital joints in the palpi of some species of Tegenaria; the

palpal organs are well developed but simple in structure, consisting

apparently of a corneous lobe with a roundish surface, and furnished

with a slender black filiform spine, which issues from near their

inner extremity, and, curving round on the inner side of the digital

joint, terminates in a fine point near their base on the outer side.

Falces moderate in length and strength, and of the ordinary form.

Sternum heart-shaped.

742 REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. _[Nov. l,

Abdomen short, oval, rather suddenly narrowing near the hinder

extremity ; it is moderately convex above, and projects slightly over

the base of the cephalothorax ; some short black bristles are thinly

dispersed on its sides, and a few flattened erect ones on its upper-

side; of these several in a compact bunch or small group occupy the

median line of the fore part; the outer side of each of the superior

pair of spinners is black.

A single adult male of this minute Spider was contained in the

collection before alluded to, received from Mr. Thwaites of Ceylon.

I can hardly venture to pronounce upon its family affinities. It

appears to be related to Tegenaria, as well as to Uloborus, Mithras,

and Miagrammopes ; its habits are unknown; but the number and

disposition of its eyes and its general characters are interesting, and

seem to remove it still further from the family Epeirides than the

last three genera above mentioned. These genera, indeed, appear to

be attached to that family chiefly, if not entirely, by their common

habit of spinning a more or less orbicular snare ; this is a character

which will, I think, eventually prove of too slender importance, taken

by itself, to weigh against strong structural differences. In a most

able and important work (before alluded to), ‘On the Genera of Eu-

ropean Spiders,’ by Professor Thorell of Upsala, this author consti-

tutes Uloborus and Mithras a subfamily (Ulodorine) of the family

Epeirides. The distinguishing characters given of the subfamily are

strong; and that which unites it to the principal family, being

only the form of the snare, seems to me likely to prove untenable.

The comparative unimportance of this character is shown by its

entire absence in an undoubted Epeirid lately received from New

Zealand, from Dr. Llewllyn Powell, M.D., who kindly favoured me

with a sight of some interesting drawings of its snare: this, so far

from being in any way geometric or orbicular, greatly resembled that

of Dictyna benigna (Bl.), but was simpler and more artless. Dr.

Powell’s Spider is of the genus Arachnura (Vins.), a genus of

which the typical species is said to weave a geometric snare.

Family TuomisipEs?

Nov. gen. Paycus (nom. propr.).

Characters of the Genus.—Cephalothorax small, broad-oval ;

caput large and elevated.

Eyes eight, large, seated in two transverse curved rows and oc-

cupying the whole width of the upper fore part of the caput, form-

ing somewhat of a crescent whose horns point backwards.

Abdomen large, short, oval or, rather, heart-shaped, being broad

in front and going off on either side in a gradual convex line to a

point at the spinners ; it is rather convex above, and projects greatly

over the base of the cephalothorax, so that the fore margin of the

abdomen almost touches the hinder row of eyes, where both it and

the cephalothorax are in close contact with each other.

Legs short, strong, tapering, armed with hairs and long slender

spines and bristles. Each tarsus ends with three claws.

1870.] REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDFA. 743

Mazville moderately long, strong, rounded at their extremities, a

little curved, and greatly inclined over the /abium, which is small,

short, and subtriangular or somewhat semicircular, with the apex

slightly pointed.

Puycus BREVIS, n. sp. (Plate XLIV. fig. 9.)

Female, immature, length | line.

The general aspect of this Spider is remarkable, owing to its short

hunched appearance, the caput being large and elevated, while the

cephalothorax, as a whole, is small, sloping rapidly and continuously

in a slightly hollow line from the summit of the caput to its hinder

margin; its colour is deep brown, and the caput is furnished with

long curved spiny bristles.

The eyes are rather large, nearly equal in size, and form a large

crescent ; the clypeus is high, slightly prominent below, and exceeds

in height the greatest breadth of the crescent formed by the eyes;

they are seated on black tubercles, those of the lateral pairs are

contiguous to each other; those of the two intermediate pairs form

very nearly a square, the fore side being slightly the shortest. The

eyes of the hind central pair are rather further from each other than

each is from the lateral on its side; those of the front row are equi-

distant from each other, and apparently larger than those of the

hinder row.

The legs are short, strong, tapering, and laterigrade; the differ-

ence in their relative length is very little ; those of the fourth pair ap-

peared to be slightly the longest, and those of the third pair slightly

the shortest, while those of the first and second pairs were almost, if

not quite, equal. The colour of the legs is pale yellow, conspicuously

blotched and banded with black; they are furnished with hairs,

bristles, and long slender spines ; and each tarsus ends with three

curved black claws.

Palpi short, similar in colour and armature to the legs, and ter-

minating with a curved black claw.

Falces rather small, but strongish, vertical and conical ; their colour

is yellow-brown, banded with a darker hue towards their extremities.

The maville and labium are similar in colour to the cephalothorax,

as also the sternum, which is heart-shaped, rather convex and glossy.

Abdomen large, convex above, broad and rounded in front, pointed

behind, and projects greatly over the base of the cephalothorax ;

the texture of the cuticle is strong ; it is of a metallic silvery nature

on the upperside; the sides, as also the fore and undersides, are

deep brown; the underside has a central somewhat cruciform sil-

very patch ; the upperside is charged with a large elongate-triangular

deep brown marking, which does not quite touch the brown fore side,

its margins are irregularly notched or dentate, and its acute point

terminates just above the spinners; this marking is mottled with

minute silvery dots behind, and has an inverted T-shaped metallic

silvery marking on its fore part; on either side of the brown trian-

gular marking are a few small dark brownish elongate spots. The

whole of the upperside of the abdomen is thinly covered with small

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1870, No. L.

744 REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. _ [Nov. 1,

reddish-brown shining tubercles ; some of those on the fore side have

long curved pale spine-like bristles issuing from them ; and probably

similar ones had been rubbed off from the rest. Spinners short, and

devoid of any specially distinguishing feature.

A single female of this curious Spider was received from Mr.

Thwaites in the Ceylon collection before mentioned ; it appears to

belong to some hitherto uncharacterized genus, and to be of the

family Thomisides. Although not quite adult, it had the appearance

of being nearly full-grown; nothing is known of its habits.

Family MyrMECIDEs.

Nov. gen. APHANTOCHILUS (8 priv. gaivw, to appear, and xetXos,

the lip).

Characters of the Genus.— Cephalothoraz long, broader in front

than behind, divided into quasi-segments by strong constrictions, and

armed with some longish pointed corneous projections; clypeus

large, somewhat quadrate, and prominent.

Abdomen short, broad, oval, united to the cephalothorax by a

cylindrical pedicle.

Eyes eight, small and unequal in size, situated in two quadrangular

groups of four each; the groups widely separated from each other

on the highest part of the caput.

Legs moderately long and strong; relative length 4, 1, 2, 3, those

of the first three pairs being very nearly, if not quite, equal in length ;

each tarsus ends with two curved pectinated claws.

Mazille long, straight, and strong, very wide at their bases, the

inner edges of which are contiguous, as also are their inner edges

near their extremities; these are a little enlarged and rounded on

their outer, and obliquely truncated on their cxner sides.

Labium obsolete.

Sternum apparently duplicate; the fore one narrow, somewhat

oblong-oval, deeply emarginate or indented on the edges opposite to

the legs of the first three pairs, and terminating in a point between

those of the third pair; between this point and the coxe of the legs

of the fourth pair (which are in contact with each other) is a very

small second or rudimentary sternal plate, round, and quite separate

from the fore one.

APHANTOCHILUS ROGERSII, n. sp. (Plate XLIV. fig. 10.)

Female adult, length 5 lines.

‘The cephalothorax is more than double as long as it is broad, and

strongly constricted in two places—behind the caput, and between

the third and fourth pairs of legs; the caput is a little higher than

the rest of the cephalothorax, and forms a sort of elevated transverse

ridge, on the extremities of the highest part of which the eyes are

placed ; these extremities are prolonged in a lateral direction on either

side into a longish strong horn-like process pointed at its extremity,

slightly curved and directed forwards; the centre of the thorax is

1870. REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. 745

also elevated into a similar horn, straight, sharp-pointed, and in-

clining backwards; the surface of the cephalothorax is black; it

reflects green and golden tints in a strong light, and is uniformly

granular over the thorax; the caput is strongly and thickly punc-

tured, and has a bright red-brown hue between the eyes; the cly-

peus, which is of remarkable size, and wider than the upper part of

the caput, is about double as broad as it is long; it is rounded on

the dateral, and hollow on the fore margin ; the latter projects con-

siderably over the base of the falces, and is armed along its edge

with a row of small spines.

The eyes may be described either as in two widely separated

groups of four each, or in two nearly concentric long curved rows,

the curve directed forwards, and the hinder row the longest. The

external eyes of each row are larger than the centrals, and the space

between each of the centrals of either row is equal; these four eyes

thus form a transverse parallelogram, whose length is more than

double its breadth ; the two hind central eyes are the smallest of the

eight; the two laterals on either side spring (one before and the

other behind) from the base of the two horns above mentioned.

Legs black, furnished with a very few small spines, fine bristles,

and hairs; those of the first three pairs seemed to have little or no

difference in their relative length, those of the fourth pair being

considerably the longest ; each femoral joint is prolonged on its

upperside into a strong bluntish spur; a somewhat bent and long

narrow cream-yellow stripe is conspicuous on the uppersides of the

metatarsi of the first two pairs of legs, and a smaller one on those of

the third pair. The tarsi as well as the fore extremity (on the un-

derside) of the metatarsi are thickly furnished with hairs; and beneath

the two terminal claws is a scopula, or brush of close-set hairs.

Palpi short, strong, and tapering; they are similar to the legs in

colour; the radial and digital joints are closely united and look

almost like one joint, the latter are thickly furnished on their under-

sides with short papillaform hairs. No terminal claw was visible ;

but possibly a very minute one may be concealed by the hairs with

which the extremity is furnished.

Falces short, strong, conical, and nearly vertical; they are set

back beneath the prominent lower margin of the clypeus; their

colour is a brightish yellow, with the extremities dark red-brown ;

and their upper surface is furnished with spiny bristles.

The mazille, sternum, aud connecting pedicle between the abdo-

men and cephalothorax are black.

The abdomen is short, broad-oval or roundish, and a little pointed

behind, moderately convex above, somewhat rugulose, longitudinally

on the sides, and transversely below; it is sparingly clothed with

short hairs and a few pale bristles, and is of a dull greyish olive-green

hue, broadly darker along the median line of the upperside; on either

side of this, and not very far from the centre of the abdomen, is a not

very conspicuous circular impressed eye-like marking of a deep

brown colour. The spiracular plates form one large deep-black-

brown shining coriaceous area enclosing the epigyne, the aperture of

746 REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW ARANEIDEA. [Nov. 1,

which is of a semicircular or crescent shape. The spinners are short,

strong, and compactly grouped, the four forming the superior and

inferior pairs completely concealing (if they existed) the normal

third pair.

An adult female of this most remarkable Spider was received lately

from Santa Fé, Minas Geraes, Brazil, where it was captured by Mr.

Henry Rogers, after whom I have great pleasure in naming it. The

absence of a /abium stamps it at once as unique among our yet re-

corded Araneidea.

Some systematists might consider this character of sufficient im-

portance to warrant the foundation of a separate family ; but, consi-

dering it only of generic value, I have based upon that and other

strong positive characters the present new genus. The Ant-like

appearance of this species has already been remarked upon (introd.

supra). The great development of the clypeus, with the two horns

on the caput, give it a very striking appearance, much resembling

the broad muzzle and head of a Bull.

An adult female of a very closely allied (if not identical) species is

in the British Museum, captured at Ega, Brazil, by Mr. Bates; it

is, however, smaller, and may possibly prove to be distinct.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLIV.

Fig. 1. Stenochilus hobsonii, 8, p. 729.

a. Profile of cephalothorax.

6. Underside of cephalothorax.

c. Fore right view of eyes and falces.

d,. Extremity of tarsus.

e, f. Palpus in two positions.

g. Natural length of Spider.

2. Cydippe unguiculata, $, p. 731.

a. Profile of cephalothorax.

4. Underside of cephalothorax.

c. Fore right view of eyes and falces.

d,. Extremity of tarsus.

e. Natural length of Spider.

Ff, g. Palpus in two positions.

. Sphecozone rubescens, g, p. 733.

a. Profile of cephalothorax.

4, Fore right view of eyes and falces.

c. Underside of cephalothorax.

d. Extremity of tarsus.

e. Natural length of Spider.

Ff, g. Palpus in two positions.

4. Cephalobares globiceps, 3, p. 735.

a. Profile of cephalothorax.

6, Underside of cephalothorax.

e. Fore right view of eyes and falces.

d. Extremity of tarsus.

e. Natural length of Spider.

Ff, g. Palpus in two positions,

5. Moneta spinigera, 2, p. 736.

a. Profile of cephalothorax.

6. Underside of cephalothorax.

ce. Fore right view of eyes and falces.

d, Natural length of Spider.

(a)

1870. ] DR. J. MURIE ON MANATUS AMERICANUS. 747

Fig. 6. Chorizoopes frontalis, 2, p. 738.

a. Profile of cephalothorax.

6. Underside of cephalothorax.

c. Fore right view of eyes and falces.

d. Extremity of tarsus.

e. Natural length of Spider.

7. Gta spinosa, 3, p. 739.

a. Profile of cephalothorax.

6. Underside of cephalothorax.

c. Fore right view of eyes and falces.

d, e. Palpus in two positions.

J. Natural length of Spider.

8. Rhion pallidum, 8, p. 741.

a. Profile of cephalothorax.

6, Fore right view of eyes and falces.

ce. Underside of cephalothorax.

d. Extremity of tarsus.

é. Natural length of Spider.

f, g. Palpus in two positions.

9. Phycus brevis, 2, p. 743.

a. Profile of cephalothorax.

6, Fore right view of eyes and falces.

e. Underside of cephalothorax.

d. Extremity of tarsus of first and second pairs of legs.

e. Natural length of Spider.

10. Aphantochilus rogersii, 2, p. 744.

Profile of cephalothorax.

. Underside of cephalothorax.

Fore part of cephalothorax (upperside viewed from behin«).

. Portion of leg.

Natural length of Spider.

SAS Ha

November 15, 1870.

Professor Flower, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

Mr. Sclater exhibited a specimen of the new Australian Mud-fish,

recently described in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ (1870, p. 222) by

Mr. Gerard Krefft, C.M.Z.S., under the name of Ceratodus forstert.

For this valuable specimen Mr. Sclater was indebted to the kindness

of Mr. E. P. Ramsay, of Dobroyde, N.S. W. The fish had been

procured by Mr. Ramsay’s agent in Queensland from a branch of

the Mary River, on Eootaley Station, having been captured by hook

and line by some blacks in the employ of Mr. D. Helsham. In

letters to Mr. Sclater, Mr. Ramsay stated that he had made arrange-

ments to have a large water-hole in the same neighbourhood dragged,

and was therefore expecting a further supply of specimens, which he

hoped to be able to forward, along with some remarks upon the

habits of this fish, at an early opportunity.

Dr. J. Murie read a memoir on the form and structure of the

748 . LETTER FROM MR. W. H. HUDSON. [Nov. 15,

Manatee (Manatus americanus), as deduced from a fresh specimen

of this animal forwarded to this Society in a living state by Mr.

G. W. Latimer, of Porto Rico, C.M.Z.S., in April 1866, but which

had unfortunately died just before reaching Southampton.

This paper will be published in full in the Society’s ‘Transactions.’

The following (eighth) letter on the Ornithology of Buenos

Ayres, addressed to the Secretary by Mr. W. H. Hudson, C.M.ZS.,

was read :-— Buenos Ayres, May 19, 1870.

Dear Sir,—While you are just beginning to experience and ob-

serve the reviving influences of spring, the bitter weather of the last

few days ‘‘feelingly persuades” us that the cold season has come to

Buenos Ayres. We have already had enough of rain, wind, frost,

and cloudy days to make this May one of unusual gloom. The

wild and melancholy notes of Winter Snipes and Plovers, that are

always most numerous in severe seasons, are constantly heard, while

of the summer visitors not a solitary straggler is to be seen, and

the trees, that according to some theorists have no business to

be growing on the Pampas, are fast losing their few remaining

leaves.

It is interesting to observe the effect of the cold weather on some

of our resident birds—for example, the Urraca (Cyanoeoraz pileatus),

to which probably the first Spanish settlers gave this name from a

fancy that it resembles the Magpie of Europe. ‘The long tail of the

Urraca, so awkward in windy weather, its slow laborious flight,

scanty plumage, and climbing feet, in all things so different from

the true Pampas birds, prove it to have been adapted to a hot celi-

mate in a country abounding in forests. It is, [ believe, common in

South Brazil, Paraguay, and the Chaco. The manner in which many

species inhabiting these regions reach and become natives of this

country I have tried to explain in former letters. The Urraca

and birds like it with short wings, that obtain their food in woody

districts, could only have extended so far into a country ill adapted

to them by gradually advancing along the unbroken line of woods

that border the Plata and its tributaries. In this littoral forest the

wUrraca is most numerous, becoming rarer the further we advance

west from it; but though it feeds much on the ground, it is never

seen far from the vicinity of trees, except, as happens with the

Pampas Woodpecker (Colaptes campestris), when passing from one

isolated wood or plantation to another.

The Urraca is in winter a miserable bird, and appears to suffer

more than any other creature from cold. In the evening the flock,

usually composed of from ten to twenty individuals, gathers on a

thick branch of a tree sheltered from the wind, the birds crowding

close together for warmth, and some of them roosting perched on

the backs of their fellows. I once saw six birds roosting in this

manner—two of them resting on the tree, perched on the branch, and

one on their backs, so that they formed a perfect pyramid. But

1870.] LETTER FROM MR. W. H. HUDSON. 749

with all this a heavy frost is sure to prove fatal to one or more birds

in the flock, and sometimes several individuals that have dropped

from the branches stiff with cold may be found under the trees where

they have roosted. In the morning, if fair, the flock betakes itself

to some large tree on which the sun shines, and settle on the outer-

most twigs on its eastern side, each bird with its wings drooping and

its back turned towards the sun. In this attitude, so spiritless, but

denoting such great sagacity, they spend an hour or two warming

their blood and drying the dew from their scanty dress. During the

day they bask much in the sun, and towards night may be again

seen on the sunny side of a hedge or tree warming their backs in

the last rays. It is owing, I think, to its fecundity and to an abun-

dance of food that the Urraca is able to maintain its place in our

fauna; otherwise the cold, its only enemy, would surely prove fatal

to it.

With the return of warm weather it becomes active, noisy, and

the gayest of birds ; the flock constantly wanders about from place to

place, the birds flying in a scattered desultory manner one behind the

other, and incessantly uttering, while on the wing, a querulous, com-

plaining cry. At intervals through the day they utter a species of

song, composed of a number of long modulated whistling notes, the

first powerful and vehement, and becoming at each repetition lower

and shorter, then suddenly ending in a succession of hoarse internal

notes resembling the heavy breathing or snoring of a man asleep.

When approached, the whole flock breaks out into a chorus of alarm,

with notes so aunoyingly loud, shrill, and sustained, that the intruder,

be it man or beast, is generally glad to quit their vicinity. As the

breeding-season approaches, they are heard, probably the males, to

utter a variety of low aud soft chattering notes ; they then separate

in pairs and grow more silent, becoming also very circumspect in

their movements. The nest is usually built in a large thorn tree,

and is composed of rather stout sticks; these are sometimes so

rudely put together that the eggs fall from it. Other nests are

found more ingeniously constructed, deep, and lined with fibres of

weeds, dry or green leaves. ‘The nest usually contains six or seven

eges, but often more; and I have once found one with fourteen. It

seems incredible that one bird should have laid all these eggs, the

eggs being so very large in proportion to the bird’s size ; yet there was

but one pair of Urracas in the neighbourhood of this nest, for I had

watched them from the moment they began to build. The eggs,

when fresh, are very beautiful, being of a rich sky-blue, thickly spotted

with white. The white spots are composed of a soft calcareous sub-

stance, apparently deposited on the surface of the shell after its com-

plete formation. When the egg is newly laid, they may be easily

washed off with water, and are so extremely delicate that their purity

is lost on the egg being taken into the hand. The young birds

hatched from these lovely eggs are proverbial for their ugliness, Pichon

de Urraca being an epithet commonly applied here to a person re-

markable for want of comeliness. They are as filthy as they are

ugly, so that the nest, generally containing six or eight young,

750 MR. MORTON ALLPORT ON THE [Noy. 15,

is pleasant neither to sight nor smell. But there is something ex-

tremely ludicrous in the notes of these young birds, resembling,

as they do, the shrill half hysterical laughter of a female exhausted

by over indulgence in mirth.

A few summers ago there was a brood of young Urracas in a

tree close to my house. Every time we heard the parent bird hur-

rying to her young with food in her beak we used to run to the

door to hear them. As soon as the old bird reached the nest

they would burst forth into such wild extravagant peals, and con-

tinue them so long, that we could not but think it a rich amuse-

ment to listen to them. When taken young, Urracas become very

tame and make bold, noisy, mischievous pets, fond of climbing

over and tugging at the clothes, buttons, and hair of their master

or mistress. Though somewhat fierce-looking, the Urraca is the

most peaceable of birds, never quarrelling with his fellows. Their

food, like that of the Cuckoos, consists principally of large insects ;

they also prey on mice and small reptiles, and in winter and

spring may be seen following the plough to pick up worms in

company with the Blackbirds, Gulls, and other species widely differing

in their natures. I am, yours &e

’ Whey

Wituram H. Hupson.

The following papers were read :—

1. Additional Notes on the Introduction of Salmonide into

Tasmania. By Morron Axzrort, F.Z.S., F.L.S.

Dr. Giinther has written informing me that the Salmonoid sent

to England at the end of last year, and referred to in my former

paper*, was an example of Sea-trout (Salmo trutta). This determina-

tion of the species would have sufficiently proved the success of the

experiment as to one of the migratory Salmonidee, had not Dr. Giinther

added the following remarks :—‘“‘I am informed that a lot of Sea-

trout eggs were forwarded to Tasmania several years ago and hatched

in May 1866. If you never on any other occasion received eggs

of Salmo trutta, it would follow that this example is three and a half

years old, and consequently a what may be called stunted individual,

as a fish of that age ought to have attained to a larger size, and to

exhibit a certain development of the sexual organs, of which no trace

could be discovered in the individual sent. As it often, almost

always, happens that individuals from the same lot of eggs are very

unequally developed, the condition of this individual does not prove

that its brethren are in an equally undeveloped state ; others may

have attained to the normal size and weight.”

Having carefully watched the progress of the fish in Tasmania, I

am unable to reconcile this assumption, that the specimen sent to

England must necessarily be 33 years old, with the facts.

The Tasmanian Salmon Commissioners received but one shipment

* P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 14.

1870. | INTRODUCTION OF SALMON INTO TASMANIA. 751

of the ova of Salmo trutta, which arrived in April 1866. These ova

were kept in a separate hatching-box, and hatched in May following.

Part of the fry were placed in the same pond with the Salmon-fry

hatched that year; the residue were placed in a separate pond and

rill constructed for them. In October 1867, more than half of the

fry in the Salmon-pond assumed the smolt dress and went to sea,

the gratings being purposely removed. In October 1868, all that

were left of the fry in the Salmon-pond put on the smolt scales and

left for sea.

Of the fry placed in the other pond, a number assumed the smolt

dress in October 1867, but were purposely kept back, in the hope

that spawn might be obtained without the usual migration seawards.

The smolts became very restless ; several threw themselves on to the

banks and were destroyed; others died, and amongst them one

which I preserved and have forwarded by this mail for preservation

to the Society.

In October 1868, all the fishes that were left in the separate pond,

and which had not become smolts the year before, put on the bright

scales and exhibited the usual restlessness. Again several died, and

before the commencement of winter, in May 1869, the Commissioners

lowered the water to make certain alterations in the pond, and found

the fishes reduced in number to twelve, all of which were handsome

silvery fishes, without the slighest trace of parr markings, and varying

in weight from nearly half a pound to more than a pound. During

June and July 1869, five spawing rids were constructed by these fishes

in the rill attached to their pond. . The old fishes were then shut off

from the rill bya fine wire grating, to prevent their interfering with the

ova, which commenced hatching in September. In December 1869,

500 of the fry from these ova were set at liberty in the River Huron,

the remainder being retained to increase the breeding stock, and to

ascertain whether the migratory instinct would recur in these fish.

The fry so retained are now, at eight months old, the picture of

health, and exhibit the brilliant orange fin from which the trivial

English name of the parr of Salmo trutta is derived. One of these

parr I have also forwarded for preservation to the Society.

From the foregoing details it is manifest that, if the specimen sent

to England was hatched from ova received in April 1866, that fish

must have left our pond as a smolt in October 1868, and remained a

year, either in the river or in the sea, without adding one inch to its

length, or one ounce to its weight, while its brethren, unnaturally

detained in fresh water, not only increased in size, but arrived at

sexual maturity and deposited healthy ova.

From Dr. Giinther’s letter it is clear that, if he had received the

fish sent from a Scotch instead of a Tasmanian river, he would have

pronounced it a healthy fish, as it might then have been a smolt of

either 15 months or 27 months old without presenting any abnormal

conditions ; and is it not quite possible that a few pairs of the

smolts which went to sea in October 1867 may have returned to

the river (as many British authorities hold they do) in the February

following as breeding fish, which would deposit ova in June or July

792 PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON ZLURUS FULGENS. [Nov. 15,

1868, which ova would, in October 1869, have furnished fishes in the

yery condition of the specimen sent?

The circumstances of the capture of the two smolts strongly con-

firm this last view; for since the commencement of the experiment, the

sea-beaches on which they were caught have been persistently fished

with seine nets and rewards have been offered to the fishermen for any

unknown fishes captured; yet out of about 4000 Salmon-smolts

which went to sea during 1864 and 1865, and about 6000 which went

during 1867 and 1868, not a single specimen was caught, while

(if the fish sent was 34 years old) out of about 200 Salmon-trout

smolts liberated in 1867 and 1868, two have been taken; for the

second specimen, though larger than that sent, and caught in a

separate locality, is identical in species and condition, and therefore

equally abortive. It is, moreover, difficult to believe that abortive

fishes would voluntarily travel more than 30 miles in obedience

to an instinct given them to perfect those very organs which in their

case are absent. Unless the Salmon-trout, have bred in Tasmanian

waters, the doctrine of chance has been strangely overridden in this

case.

It may be urged that, as none of the fishes retained in the breeding-

pond spawned in the winter of 1868, it is unlikely that any of those

liberated did so; but may not the unnatural detention in fresh water

have retarded the development of the fishes in the pond? A great

majority of the Common Trout (Salmo fario) hatched in September

1866, spawned in June and July 1868; and some of those Salmon-

trout which went to sea may well have attained sexual maturity in

the same period.

About six weeks after the capture of the two smolts before referred

to, a much larger specimen was caught on one of the same sea-beaches.

This fish is exactly what would be called in many English rivers a

Sprod ; and, after carefully comparing it with the written descrip-

tions of Yarrell and Dr. Giinther, I can only conclude it is a true

Salmo salar. This last specimen I have also forwarded for presen-

tation to the Society, in the hope that some competent authority

may examine and report upon it *.

2. On the Anatomy of Alurus fulgens, Fr, Cuv.

By Witt1am Henry Frower, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., &e.

The animal which forms the subject of the present communication

was first brought under the notice of zoologists by General Hard-

wicke, in a paper read before the Linnean Society, Nov. 6, 1821,

entitled “‘ Description of a new Genus of the Class Mammalia, from

the Himalaya chain of Hills between Nepaul and the Snowy Moun-

tains.” The publication of this paper was unfortunately delayed for

* Dr. Gimther has examined this specimen, and has found that it presents

the usual characters by which Salmo salar is distinguishable from its nearest

allies.—Eb.

1870.} PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON 4ZLURUS FULGENS. 753

about six years *, when the name by which the author had charac-

terized the animal was withdrawn in favour of Arrurust, bestowed

upon it by Fr. Cuvier, who in the meantime had received a specimen

from M. Duvaucel, and given a coloured figure of the entire animal,

and a full description of its external characters, in the fiftieth number

of the ‘Histoire Naturelle des Mammiféres’ (vol. iii.), June 1825.

M. Cuvier uses the word “ Panda” as the trivial name, and proposes

the generic term dilurus ‘A cause de sa ressemblance extérieure avec

le Chat.” This was not a very happy choice, as in all structural cha-

racters indicative of true affinity it is almost as widely removed from

the true Cats as any member of the group of terrestrial Carnivora.

With the skin sent to the Paris Museum by M. Duvaucel were the

jaw-bones and teeth, wanting the posterior molars, and also the bones

of the feet. These are the only fragments of the osteology of lurus

figured or described in De Blainville’s ‘ Ostéographie.’

For further information upon the habits and structure of the

“ Panda,” or “ Wah,” as it was now called, we are indebted to a paper

by Mr. Bryan H. Hodgson in ‘ Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal,’ vol. xvi.

p- 1113 (1847). Unfortunately, at the time of writing this notice,

Mr. Hodgson’s original manuscript, containing, as he says, “a full

and careful description of the habits aud of the hard and soft ana-

tomy of Ailurus,”’ had been lost, and consequently the anatomical

description, as published, is exceedingly meagre and unsatisfactory.

It constitutes, however, the whole of the information possessed at

at present upon the subject. The paper is illustrated by slight

sketches of the external appearance of the animal in several attitudes,

and of the base of the skull and the mandible, with much-worn teeth.

Woodcuts of the side view of the skull and palate are given in

Dr. Gray’s “ Revision of the Urside” (P. Z. S. 1864, p. 708).

Although of no use for details of structure, they serve to show the

general outline of the cranium and the peculiar form of the mandible.

On the 22nd of May 1869, a living specimen of Mlurus (the first

which had reached Europe) arrived at the Society’s Gardens, having

been presented by Dr. H. Simpson. It was captured in the neigh-

bourhood of Darjeeling. Notices relating to this specimen will be

found in P. Z. S. 1869, p. 278, ibid. p- 408, with a woodcut-illus-

tration from life, ibid. p. 507. Pl. xur. of the same volume

contains a coloured lithograph of the animal drawn from life t.

* Trans, Linn. Soc. vol. xv. 1827. Tab. ii. contains figures of the feet and teeth.

It is scarcely necessary to remark that the truncation of the cusps of the molar

teeth, attributed by Hardwicke to original structure, and as such carefully de-

scribed among the generic characters, is certainly due to attrition from use. In

the present example, as well as in that figured by De Blainville, the apices of

these cusps are perfect.

+ Modified by Van der Hoeven (Handbuch der Zoologie) into Hlurus.

{ Mr. Hodgson remarks that he never observed the specimens of Aluri kept

alive by him “ employ the hands, as the Raccoons and Coatis and Bears do, to

facilitate the process of eating.” Bearing this remark in mind, it may be

noticed with surprise that, in the figure alluded to above, the animal is repre-

sented as holding a bunch of fruit in its fore paw; but this was a circumstance

so constantly noted during its residence in the Zoological Gardens, that it was

thought worth while to commemorate the habit in the portrait. (See Mr. Bart-

lett’s “ Remarks on the Habits of the Panda in Captivity,” P. Z. S. 1870, p. 769.)

754 PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON ZLURUS FULGENS. [Noy. 15,

On its arrival it was in an extremely feeble and emaciated condi-

tion, though, under the careful treatment of the Superintendent of

the Gardens, it gradually recovered health and strength ; but, while

apparently in excellent condition, it died suddenly in the night of

December 12, and was sent to the Royal College of Surgeons on the

following morning.

Unfortunately my other engagements were then so numerous that

I was not able to undertake as complete an examination of the ana-

tomy of this interesting animal as I could have wished, and I have

not since had time or opportunity to make such a detailed comparison

of its structure with that of allied forms as may be desirable. As,

however, the opportunity of dissecting an 4lurus may not occur

again for some time, I think it right not to withhold any longer

from the Society such notes as I have made, especially as they relate

to most of the essential points required to determine the affinities and

position of the genus.

The animal was a male, and of full size, though incomplete union

of the epiphyses of some of the larger limb-bones, and the unworn

condition of the teeth (of which the permanent set were all in place),

showed that it had but just attained to adult age.

It was in exceedingly good condition—the subcutaneous tissue and

the mesentery and subperitoneal tissue being loaded with fat. The

only morbid appearances observed throughout the dissection were

certain hemorrhagic spots, presently to be described, in the intestinal

canal ; but after the preparation of the skeleton it became evident

that the bones generally were soft and spongy in texture, a condition

not unusual in animals which die under the abnormal or unhealthy

circumstances to which they are subjected in captivity.

The weight of the animal was 93 lbs. It measured from the end

of the nose to the root of the tail 24"; the tail was 17" long with-

out the hair, or, to the end of the hairy tip, 193!. These dimensions,

as well as the weight, slightly exceed those given by Hodgson for a

mature male animal.

The external characters of lurus are too well known to need

further description ; but some details regarding the structure of the

limbs may be noted. Amid the dense woolly covering of the under

surface of the feet, the merest rudiments of naked pads can be de-

tected by separating the hairs under the prominences formed by the

articulation between the second and third phalanges of each digit ;

and there is a larger, transversely oval, bare space °4"' across, covered

by piuk, soft skin, and scarcely forming any prominence, in the place

of the usual palmar or plantar pad.

The claws are of nearly equal size, and semiretractile on both fore

and hind feet. When allowed to take their natural position, the

middle phalanx is bent down nearly at a right angle with the proximal

phalanx, but the terminal phalanx projects forwards, so that the end

of the claw is always exposed, extending distinctly beyond the dense

hairy clothing of the foot. There is a strong elastic ligament to

maintain this position. The claws are very sharp, moderately curved

and much compressed, *75" long, measured in a straight line from

base to tip, and 35" deep at the base.

1870.] PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON EZLURUS FULGENS. 75d

The feet are very broad, and evenly rounded in front. The fol-

lowing table * shows the relative length of the five digits of each

foot, measured from a common base-line, the hinder edge of the palm

or sole, as the case might be, to the tip of each claw :—

Manus. Pes.

Tet digit... same erage ra 375"

Onde %. c.eemete tes a 2°9 4°3

Brd’ o.,5 anions Ber eee 33 4°6

AGI (th oe) alee t 2 tytn eens, ol 4:4

Sth 3, Peete eke oles eta Pug 4°]

Tue Brain.

The general form of the brain, and the arrangement of the sulci

and gyri of the hemispheres, are shown in figs. 1, 2, and 3. The

length of each cerebral hemisphere was 2°2", and the greatest width

of the entire brain near the posterior part of the hemispheres 1:8".

The cerebral capacity, taken from a cast of the interior of the skull,

was 3 cubic inches.

Both the form of the hemispheres and the disposition of the gyri

upon their surface are eminently characteristic of the arctoid group

of the Carnivora, as pointed out in P. Z.S. 1869, p. 482. They

resemble very closely those of Procyon. It should be remarked that

there is a noticeable want of exact bilateral symmetry.

The sylvian fissure (S) is situated rather behind the middle of the

side of the hemisphere, and inclines upwards and backwards, being

nearly *6" long. The internal gyrus (77), which immediately sur-

rounds it, has the anterior limb munch narrower than the posterior ;

the angle at which the gyrns is folded on itself above is very acute ;

the lower part of the posterior limb is broad, and indented by a

short sulcus descending from the middle of the sylvian fissure, and

which is not found, or is only slightly indicated, in Ursus, Procyon,

and Nasua.

The middle gyrus (m m) is of nearly uniform thickness throughout,

is marked by a few secondary sulci, and surrounds the internal gyrus

in the whole of its extent.

The superior gyrus (ss) is large and complex. Commencing in

the supraorbital region, close to the root of the olfactory lobe, it

passes forwards and inwards, and winds round the supraorbital sulcus

(O); then it bends outwards round the strongly marked crucial

sulcus (C), behind which it is very broad, and almost divided into

two by a well-marked longitudinal sulcus. In the middle of the

hemisphere, above the apex of the sylvian fissure, it is narrower and

straight. Posteriorly it winds round the middle gyrus, and forms the

hinder margin of the hemisphere, being distinctly divided from the

middle gyrus almost as far as the lower border of the temporal lobe.

On the left side, however, there is a bridging convolution (*) between

these two gyri, wanting on the right.

* From notes kindly taken for me by my friend Mr. John C. Galton, M.A.

756 PROF. W. W. FLOWER ON ZLURUS FULGENS. [Nov. 15,

Fig. 1.

Upper surface of the brain; natural size.

€. Crucial sulcus. S. Sylvian fissure. s. Superior external gyrus. 7. Middle

external gyrus. 7@. Inferior external gyrus. The cerebellum is rather more

exposed in these figures than when the brain was 7» situ.

Side view of the brain; natural size.

S. Sylvian fissure. C. Crucial sulcus. O, Supraorbital suleus. s. Superior

external gyrus. mm. Middle external gyrus. 7. Inferior external gyrus.

k. Hippocampal gyrus.

1870.] PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON ZLURUS FULGENS. 757

Fig. 3.

Inner surface of left cerebral hemisphere; natural size.

CMS. Calloso-marginal suleus. C. Crucial suleus. s, Superior external

gyrus. h. Hippocampal gyrus.

On the inner side of the hemisphere, the crucial sulcus (C) is

strongly marked, running obliquely backwards. The horizontal

portion of the calloso-marginal sulcus (C’ M8) is short, not extending

further forward than over the middle of the corpus callosum ; so that,

anteriorly to this spot, the internal or hippocampal gyrus (/) is not

distinguishable from the superior (s). Posteriorly the sulcus bends

downwards and forwards at a sharp angle, separating the hippo-

campal gyrus in front from a broad descending portion of the su-

perior gyrus (s) behind. ‘The latter is divided by a strongly

marked suleus, lying parallel with the descending portion of the

calloso-marginal sulcus, into two parallel portions of nearly equal

breadth.

The corpus callosum is *9" in length.

The cerebellum is 1°3! broad, and projects by nearly half its

antero-posterior length behind the posterior margin of the cerebral

hemispheres. It appeared to present no notable difference in form

from that of other allied species.

Mourn, Toneur, AND LARYNX.

The mucous membrane lining the buccal cavity is smooth, and of a

pale pink colour, but black at the edges, especially upon the inside

of the upper lip. The gums surrounding the incisors, especially the

upper series, are mottled with black.

The palate is of very peculiar form ; it is concave immediately be-

hind the incisor teeth, then becomes convex between the posterior

premolars, and is hollowed again between the. true molars. The

ridges are not very prominent or regular; those placed most ante-

riorly form a wide curve with the concavity backwards, extending

completely across the palate, though slightly broken in the middle

line ; they gradually slope more and more backwards at their outer

ends. Behind the seventh there are two or three not quite symme-

758 PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON ZLURUS FULGENS. [ Nov. 15,

trical, and not passing across the middle line. Beyond the posterior

molar teeth the palate is quite smooth, and the cavity of the mouth

becomes narrow and tubular, the soft palate terminating by a thin

straight edge, without uvula, rather more than an inch behind the

end of the middle line of the hard palate.

On each side of the fauces, opposite the root of the tongue, tlie

tonsils appear as very distinct, longitudinally disposed, saccular de-

pressions, 7 inch in length, the inferior margins of which are

everted, hard, and tumid, and form conspicuous elongated fusiform

elevations.

The tongue appears to have no special extensibility. It is rather

thick and fleshy in its posterior half. Its dorsal surface is flat

anteriorly. From the base it slightly widens forwards to the middle,

then gradually narrows towards the apex, which is somewhat ab-

ruptly truncated. It is 3" long from base to tip, 1*1" in greatest

breadth, *5'' wide close to the tip; the apex projects ‘8! beyond the

freenum.

The papille are small and soft, consisting of numerous small,

rounded ‘conical ’”’ papillee (which are longer and more pointed at

the base and edges than elsewhere), scattered ‘‘ fungiform ”” papillae—

and an irregular V-shaped group of “circumvallate”’ papilla, of

which there are seven on the left and but four on the right side ;

two of the latter, however, are of double the size of any of the others,

and oval in shape.

At the base of the freenum is a small flattened, bilobed sublingual

process, *2” in width.

The lower border of the parotid gland is nearly straight, 2" from

before backwards ; above, the gland is divided into two portions, one

rising in front of, the other behind, the meatus auditorius ; the

latter is twice the size of the former. The duct leaves the anterior

inferior angle of the gland, and runs directly forwards across the

masseter muscle, and enters the mouth opposite the hinder edge of

the third premolar. The submaxillary gland is small and oval,

broader behind than in front, somewhat compressed, 1" in length,

*5' in greatest thickness, with a small accessory gland composed of

very loosely connected lobules lying at the upper anterior border,

and which has a distinct duct which joins the main duct of the sub-

maxillary half an inch from the principal gland. The conjoined

duct, 2 inches in length, terminates in an orifice at the under surface

of the sublingual process.

The epiglottis is in the form of an equilateral triangle, each side of

which is 3 long. The apex is scarcely at all rounded. Both upper

and lower vocal cords are very distinct, with a well-marked ventricle

between them. The upper or false cords are very thin, but promi-

nent, ridges; the bower or true vocal cords are flattened bands,

with the upper edge the most distinct. The thyroid cartilage is

very narrow fromm above downwards, measuring but 15" in the

middle of each ala. Anteriorly it has a deep median notch in the

inferior border. Near the external end of the same border is a well-

tharked triangular eminence, projecting forwards and outwards, to

which the sterno-thyroideus muscle is attached. The posterior

border is convex, and elongated to the length of half an inch from

above downwards by the development of the superior and inferior

cornua. ‘he cricoid cartilage is continuous across the middle line in

front, but very narrow (not more than ‘1'') from above downwards ;

posteriorly it widens to *4!’; it is convex externally at the sides, the

upper and lower margins being much everted.

The thyroid bodies are each of a flattened, irregular oval form,

lying on the sides of the trachea, extending from the lower edge of

the cricoid cartilage to the sixth tracheal ring, and connected together

below by a long and narrow band, which passes across the front of

that ring. The greatest length of each of these bodies is ‘7", the

greatest width -5''; and the band which connects them is *5" in

length.

The hyoid bones (fig. 4) consist of a basihyal (4/), forming a

broad arch, deeply emarginate behind, °4! wide from side to side.

The anterior cornu has three bones in close contact. The stylo-hyals

(sh) are slender, -6" long, and very slightly curved. The epihyals

(eh) are shorter and broader, especially at the lower ends, where they

Fig. 4.

to)

~ bh

Anterior view of hyoid bones; natural size.

sh. Stylo-hyal. eh. Epihyal. ch, Cerato-hyal. bh. Basihyal. th. Thyro-hyal.

are expanded and flattened ; they are*4" long. The cerato-hyals (ch)

are nearly as broad as long, with a strong crest on the anterior su-

perior border. The thyro-hyals (¢) are compressed, broad at their

basal and narrow at their thyroidal extremity, slightly curved up-

wards, and °45" in length.

Tsoracic VIscERA.

The trachea is 43" in length, and 3" in average width. It has

thirty-eight cartilaginous rings. The musculo-membranous space

behind the ringsis 2" wide. It divides into two short bronchi, each

of which divides again into an upper and lower branch as it enters

the root of the lung to which it is destined; the left bronchus

is slightly longer, and not so capacious as the right.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1870, No. LI.

760 PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON ALURUS FULGENS. [Noy. 15,

The left lung (fig. 5) consists of two triangular lobes (Z' and L*),

separated almost completely by a horizontal fissure. One of the

main divisions of the bronchus enters into each. The upper lobe is

slightly smaller than the lower one.

Fig. 5.

Anterior surface of the lungs; two-thirds the natural size.

tl, Right upper lobe. £?. Right middle lobe. £3. Right lower lobe.

A, Azygous lobe. L'. Left upper lobe. L?. Left lower lobe.

The right lung has an upper (2') and lower lobe (R*) correspond-

ing closely in size and form with those of the left lung ; and, in ad-

dition, a small middle lobe (R*) between the two, and a pointed

“azygous” lobe (A) lying in front of the inner edge of the lower

lobe. The two latter receive bronchial branches from the lower

main division of the right bronchus, the upper division being con-

fined in its distribution to the upper lobe of the lung. All four lobes

are slightly connected together by lung-tissue at their base.

‘The thymus is very conspicuous. It is an oblong compressed,

or rather trihedral, body, with one edge turned forwards and to the

right and one surface backwards, and of a pale flesh-colour. Its

length is 1°5", its greatest thickness °5”. It lies in front of the

upper part of the heart and great vessels—its lower end, which is

rounded and rather larger than the upper, lying over the anterior

surface of the right ventricle, and the upper end in front of the first

1870. | PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON 4 LURUS FULGENS. 761

ascending branch of the aorta, reaching as far as the origin of the

right subclavian.

The pericardium is loaded with fat. The heart is rather a nar-

row cone in form, with a rounded apex. Its length is 2"; its

greatest thickness from side to side 1°5", from before backwards

£3!"

The aorta gives off two main branches. The first, or innominate,

ascends for 11", when it gives off the right subclavian; after a

further course of °3" it bifureates into the two carotids. The left

subclavian is given off from the aorta ‘1 beyond the innominate.

The red blood-corpuscles were measured by Mr. Gulliver, who

ascertained that their average diameter was ;~;; of an inch, thus

nearly corresponding with those of Procyon, Nasua, and Meles*.

ABDOMINAL VISCERA,

On opening the abdominal cavity, no portion of the liver was

visible below the margins of the ribs. The stomach was highly

distended with gas; its lower border was 6 inches below the inferior

extemity of the sternum. The omentum extended to halfway be-

tween the lower border of the stomach and the pubis, and was

loaded with fat, disposed in ribbon-like flakes, filling up the sulci be-

tween the intestinal convolutions. The tongue-shaped extremity of

the bright-red spleen was seen applied to the lower part of the left

side of the stomach. The nearly empty bladder, with the urachus,

could be seen at the lower extremity of the abdominal cavity; the

space between this viscus aud the lower border of the stomach was

occupied by the intestinal convolutions. The subperitoneal fat was

very abundant, especially at the posterior portion of the abdominal

cavity in the lumbar region below the kidneys.

The stomach (fig. 6), when moderately distended was in the form

of a short oval, with the greatest diameter about the middle. The

fundus was not very large, the cesophagus entering near the cardiac

extremity. The pyloric portion was narrow and tubular, marked by

a slight constriction from the main part of the viscus, and sharply

bent upwards and to the left; being held by a peritoneal fold close

to the upper border (or lesser curvature) of the main part of the

stomach. The pylorus is thus brought very near to the cesophagus,

and turned directly upwards. The walls of the stomach were

thin, except at the pyloric end, where the circular muscular fibres

were strongly developed.

The duodenum, at its commencement, was 4 inch in diameter, but

rapidly widened to linch. The entire length of the intestinal canal

from pylorus to anus was 8 feet 8 inches. There was no cecum or

any perceptible distinction externally between ileum and colon, as

the calibre of the tube gradually diminished from the end of the

duodenum to the commencement of the rectum, where it was again

slightly enlarged. The descending colon passed almost straight to

the rectum, inclining slightly from the left to the mesial line of

* See P. Z.8. 1870, p. 94.

762 PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON &LURUS FULGENS. [ Nov. 15,

the body. Numerous hemorrhagic blotches on the mucous mem-

brane of the upper portion of the intestine were the only pathological

changes observed in any of the viscera of the animal. Some blood

had been extravasated into the intestinal canal. The villi of the

upper part of the small intestine are long, delicate, and close-set. In

the middle part of the canal they are smaller and less numerous, the

lining membrane being quite smooth at many places ; but towards the

Fig. 6.

Anterior view of the stomach; half the natural size.

o. (sophagus. p. Pylorus. d. Duodenum. $d. Biliary duct.

lower end they become very abundant, though comparatively short

and thick. They entirely and suddenly cease 9 inches above the

anus; and thenceforth the mucous membrane is smooth, though

thrown iuto longitudinal rugee. There are only three distinct Peyer’s

patches, all nearly circular: the first, 7 inch in diameter, is 18 inches

below the pylorus, the second, about twice the size, 39 inches from

the pylorus, and the third, as small as the first, 13 inches lower.

The liver (figs. 7 & 8) consists of three main divisions :—1. The

left lobe (Z) is simple, flattened, with a thin free border, notched in

several places, and a rounded outline ; on its inferior surface, close to

the transverse fissure, is a small tongue-shaped accessory lobule (a), of

which there was no trace in Proteles (P.Z.S.1869,p.489)*, and above

this a deep straight horizontal fissure an inchin length. 2. The middle

or cystic lobe, the lateral margins of which overlap both left and

* This lobule is slightly indicated in Nasua.

1870. | PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON ZLURUS FULGENS. 763

Fig. 7.

Upper surface of liver; half the natural size.

R. Right lobe. A. Accessory right (or caudate) lobe. M1, M?, and M3, Divi-

sions of the middle lobe. L. Left lobe. S, Spigelian lobe. B. Gall-bladder.

vc. Vena cava inferior. wu. Round ligament, or remains of umbilical vein.

Fig. 8.

Under surface of liver; half the natural size.

L. Left lobe. a. Accessory left lobe. M1, M2. Divisions of middle lobe (1/3

is concealed by Z). &. Right lobe. A. Accessory right (or caudate) lobe.

B. Gall-bladder. S. Spigelian lobe. Aa. Hepaticartery. vp. Vena porte.

ve, Vena cava.

764 PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON A‘LURUS FULGENS. [ Nov. 15,

right lobes, is deeply divided by the fissure, through which the round

ligament (u) passes, into a left and right portion ; the former (1°)

is subtriangular, with a pointed free extremity, and not further sub-

divided ; the latter (JZ') is rather the larger of the two, and, very

near its left border, has a deep cleft in which the gall-bladder (B) is

situated, the fundus being visible on the upper surface of the liver in

this cleft. There is thus a distinct, narrow, tongue-shaped lobule

(A) between the umbilical and the cystic fissures*. 3. The right

lobe (A) is rather smaller, though thicker, than the left, and of a sub-

quadrate form. It has the usual two accessory lobules on its under

surface—the pyramidal pointed Spigelian lobule (S), and a remarkably

large caudate lobule (4), grooved above for the inferior vena cava,

and projecting beyond the right lateral margin of the main superior

division of the lobe 7+.

The inferior vena cava (vc) perforates the upper or posterior border

of the right lobe, running for a distance of an inch and a half under

a bridge of the hepatic substance, at its emergence from which it is

joined by the hepatic veins.

The gall-bladder is of the usual pyriform shape. The commence-

ment of the duct is sharply bent upon the neck of the bladder, and

it makes another sharp bend in the contrary direction at the junction

of the hepatic ducts. Its fundus (B) appears on the upper surface

of the liver in the cleft between the divisions of the lobe marked M’

and M? in the figure. It also displaces the substance of M’ a short

distance to the right of the fissure, and appears on the surface only

covered by the external capsule of the liver.

The spleen is elongated and perfectly simple, without any notch or

fissure, rather broader at the lower than at the upper end. Its length

is 57", and its greatest breadth 1”.

The right kidney is placed very slightly higher than the left.

‘These organs are perfectly simple, having no indications of division

into lobuli on their surface. The length of each is 1:9", its greatest

breadth 1:1".

The suprarenal bodies are placed close to the upper end of each

kidney ; they are small, oval, and somewhat flattened, = 30 itl

greatest length.

Pexivic VIscERA.

Organs of generation.—Externally the generative organs are

small and inconspicuous (see fig. 9). On the hinder part of the

under surface of the abdomen, 23 inches in front of the anus, is a

short conical prepuce, directed forwards, and projecting scarcely

more than 4 inch above the level of the surrounding skin ; it is

nearly naked, and pale-coloured, but it has a few long stiff hairs

growing around the orifice on its summit. Behind this the penis

forms scarcely any appreciable median prominence. There is no

proper scrotum; but the testes form distinct rounded prominences,

about 3} inch in diameter, under the skin, with a flat interval of

* In Nasua this is of relatively larger size.

+ In Nasua the proportions of these lobules are very similar,

1870. | PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON ZLURUS FULGENS. 765

1 inch between them; they are placed rather nearer to the orifice

of the prepuce than to the anus.

Side view of pelvic viscera; three-fourths the natural size.

t. Testicle. wd. Vas deferens. wb. Urinary bladder. w. Ureter. 7. Rectum.

ep. Erector penis muscle. 7p. Retractor penis. Ja. Levator ani. . Anal

gland.

The middle of the perineum is more scantily clothed with hair

than the rest of the under surface of the body. There is a distinct

muscular sphincter beneath the skin around the orifice of the

prepuce.

The penis is rather small, being 2" in length from the junction of

the crura to the end of the glans. The latter, when in the non-erect

condition, appears to consist (as in the allied genera) of little more

than the bone, covered by a delicate lax integument. ‘The orifice of

the urethra is rather large, and has a prolonged bilobed inferior lip.

The os penis (fig. 10) is 9" long, curved, with the convexity down-

wards or towards the urethra, slender but thicker behind than in

766 PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON £LURUS FULGENS. {[ Nov. 15,

front, rounded posteriorly, compressed in the middle, where it is

triangular in section, broad above and narrow below, the sides being

longitudinally grooved, and rather depressed and spatulate at its an-

terior extremity *.

a b

Bone of the penis; natural size.

a. Iorsal surface. 4. Side view.

The portion of the urethra between the urinary bladder and penis

is fusiform, the walls being thickened, but presents no distinct salient

prostate gland. The vasa deferentia enter near the middle of this

portion ; and there are neither vesiculze seminales nor Cowper’s glands,

—-Alurus agreeing in all these respects with the other aretoid carni-

vores. ‘The testes are ‘8’ in length, and °5” in greatest thickness.

Anal glands +.—In the usual position, on each side of the termina-

tion of the rectum, is an oval or, rather, pyriform body (g), with its

broadest end directed forwards, °8” in length and *5” in greatest

thickness. It has a thin muscular covering developed out of the

sphineter ani, and which is prolonged backwards as a strong muscular

hand, encireling the anus posteriorly, and in front is inserted into

the under surface of the penis at the junction of the ecrura. The

levator ani (/a) is inserted just above the sphincter, in the fissure

between it and the muscular coat of the rectum. The retractor penis

(vp) arises from the anterior surface of the reetum, just below, or

external to, the anterior portion of the sphincter.

Each gland is a very thin-walled capsule, with a smooth, rather

shining, lining membrane, and was filled with a soft, cheesy, yel-

lowish-white substance. Its orifice is placed rather in front of the

middle of the sae, and opens just within the lateral margin of the

anus.

A circle, an inch in diameter, areund the anus is quite free from

hair, and covered with a soft, pale-coloured, corrugated skin, with

numerous large sebaceous glands. There is no supra-anal follicle

or group of glands.

* Jn the relative size and form of the os penis, 4/wrus rather resembles the

true Bears than the typical Procyonide, in all of which animals this structure

is very greatly developed and usually bilobed anteriorly. In Procyon it is 4" in

length, in Naswa 5" to 24", and in Bassaris 2”.

+ The existence of these glands is denied by Hodgson, Joe. cit. p. 1124. The

same author remarks that /urus is free from all offensive odour ; but Dr.

Simpson (P. Z. 8.1869, p. 507) says that it has “ the. power of emitting a strong

odour of musk when excited.”

1870. | PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON ALURUS FULGENS. 76

“MI

CONCLUSION.

With reference to the skeleton, I must content myself on the pre-

sent occasion with noting that the vertebral formula is C. 7, D. 14,

L. 6, 8. 3, C. 18*, that there is no trace of a clavicle, and that the

humerus has a supracondylar perforation.

It will be seen from the foregoing notes that, in all essential points

of its structure, 4/urus conforms to the other arctoid or bear-like

carnivora, a group comprising the Urside, Procyonide, and the Mus-

telida. The question remains whether it can be included in either of

those three families, or whether it must constitute a family for itself.

In the structure of the viscera, the minor modifications from the

general type characteristic of the section have not yet been studied

with sufficient attention, or ina sufficient series of species, to be made

use of in dividing the families or genera. This, however, is a subject

to which the attention of systematic zoologists will naturally be more

closely directed when the consideration of the external and more easily

accessible characters becomes exhausted, or fails to supply the re-

quired information.

In the mean time, the dental characters, and more especially the

number and form of the true molars, are generally relied on as, at

all events, the most convenient for diagnosis. All the known

Urside have 2 of these teeth on each side, all the known Procyo-

nide 2, and all the known Mustelide 4, or in one case but 1,

The Urside are characterized by the greatest development of the

molar series backwards ; for not only is there an additional molar in

the lower jaw, wanting in all the other forms, but the posterior molar

in the upper jaw is a very large tooth ; and in all the most typical,

or, rather, most specialized, Bears (Ursus proper) it is actually longer

from before backwards than the tooth in front of it. In Melursus,

and the section of Ursus called Helarctos, this tooth is scarcely, if at

all, longer than the one in front of it; and the same is the case in the

very generalized extinct Hyenarctos. In the Procyonide, on the

other hand, it is always smaller than the tooth in front of it, thus

indicating a transition to the condition of total absence met with in

all the Mustelide.

The existing Urside also differ, not only from the Procyonide,

but from all other Carnivora, in the structure of the last upper pre-

molar, or “‘sectorial tooth”? of the more typical members of the

order. ‘This tooth usually consists essentially of a more or less

compressed and cuspidated ‘‘ blade”’ supported on two roots, and an

inner lobe (almost always near the anterior end of the blade) sup-

ported by a distinct root. In the Urside alone the third root is

wanting, and the inner lobe is either absent or quite at the posterior

end of the blade, supported on a thickening of the posterior root +.

* Hodgson gives thirteen dorsal and five lumbar vertebri, but states that he

had not a perfect skeleton by him to refer to while writing.

t In a specimen of Melursus labiatus in the Museum of the Royal College

of Surgeons there is a small third root on the inner side of the last upper pre-

molar, but this is confined to the tooth of one side of the jaw only.

768 PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON ZLURUS FULGENS. [Nov. 15,

The tooth is also, relatively to the others, much smaller than in the

rest of the Carnivora. In the Procyonide the sectorial has a very

broad inner lobe, usually with an anterior and a posterior cusp, and 1s

supported by a distinct third root, median in position as regards the

blade. In Alurus the inner lobe is still larger, having, besides the

two cusps, a more internal one upon the cingulum, and is supported

by a large antero-median third root. Even the tooth in front of this

has a large inner lobe, apparently supported on a third root, which

exists in no other carnivore; but this is in conformity with the

general characteristic, viz. great transverse breadth, of the whole

molar series.

Although the molar teeth of Zlurus, at first sight, appear so dif-

ferent from those of any other carnivore, a close examination shows

that they are essentially formed upon the same plan as those of Pro-

cyon, the differences arising from the sharper and more pronounced

condition of the cusps, and the greater development and cuspidation

of the external and, especially, the internal cingulum. These differ-

ences are certainly less than many which occur in different genera of

other recognized families, the Mustelide or Viverride for example ;

and it would be difficult to formulate them as family characteristics,

especially if the equally aberrant Cercoleptes has to be included in

the definition of the Procyonide.

The presence or absence of a bridge of bone on the outer side of

the pterygoid plate of the alisphenoid, forming an “alisphenoid

canal,’ through which the external carotid artery passes, has been

shown to be remarkably constant in the different minor groups or

families of the Carnivora *, all the true Urside having this canal,

and all known Procyonide and Mustelide, without exception, want-

ing it. Alurus in this respect agrees with the Urside, and is sepa-

rated from the Procyonide; and though this character must have

some importance, it may fairly be considered questionable whether

alone it is sufficient to constitute a family distinction.

The exceptional habitat of 4/urus may also be taken into account,

all the true Procyonide being confined to the New World; but al-

though it would be more satisfactory in some respects to find strue-

tural characters agreeing with geographical distribution, there are

too many cases of the contrary to lay much stress upon this cireum-

stance. Both the nearly allied families Urside and Mustelide are

very widely distributed, the latter being almost cosmopolitan ; and

there is no @ priori reason, except paucity of species, why the Pro-

cyonide should not be so also.

Of the general affinities and position of A/urus, I do not doubt

that they are indicated by the place I assigned to it in the dia-

gram of the relations of the existing Carnivora in a former communi-

cation (P. Z. 8.1869, p.37). The only question is whether, as a

matter of convenience, we should draw the line which includes the

Procyonide round this Asiatic genus also, or whether, as in that

diagram, we should keep Zlurus outside that group, as a member of

* See H. N. Turner, P. Z. 8. 1848, p. 63; and also W. H. Flower, ibid.

1869, -p. 4.

1870.| MR. A. D. BARTLETT ON THE HABITS OF THE PANDA. 769

a closely allied but distinct family. This is a point which may still

be left open for discussion. Some light will probably be thrown upon

it when details are published of the structure of a remarkable new

mammal lately obtained in Eastern Thibet by M. P Abbé David, and

briefly noticed by M. Alphonse Milne-Edwards under the name of

Ailuropoda*. This is a creature as large as some of the smaller

species of Bear, but with the dental formula of the Procyonide, and,

as far as can be judged from a slight sketch of the skull kindly seut

to me by M. Milne-Edwards, not very distantly related to the animal

now under consideration.

The drawings which illustrate this communication have been made

from preparations of the viscera of Mlurus, which, together with

the skeleton, are preserved in the Museum of the Royal College of

Surgeons.

3. Remarks on the Habits of the Panda (4lurus fulgens) in

Captivity. By A. D. Barrierr, Superintendent of the

Society’s Gardens.

On the 22nd of May 1869, the subject of this notice was received

at the Gardens. I found the animal in a very exhausted condition,

not able to stand, and so weak that it could with difficulty crawl

from one end of its long cage to the other. It was suffering from

frequent discharges of frothy, slimy feecal matter. This filth had so

completely covered and matted its fur, that its appearance and smell

was most offensive.

The instructions I received with reference to its food were, that it

had had about a quart of milk per day, with a little boiled rice and

Tass.

e It was evident that this food, the change of climate, the sea voyage,

or the treatment on board ship had reduced the poor beast to this

pitiable condition.

My first object was to endeavour to support the little life that

remained by a change of food. I first tried raw and boiled chicken,

rabbit, and other animal substances, all of which it refused to eat.

I found, however, it would take arrow-root, with the yelks of eggs

and sugar mixed with boiled milk; and in a few days I saw some

improvement in its condition. I then gave it strong beef-tea well

sweetened, adding pea-flour, Indian-corn flour, and other farinaceous

food, varying the mixture daily. The fondness of the animal for

sweet food was remarkable ; and by adding a little sugar to the meat

that had been boiled to make the beef-tea, it was induced to eat it

freely.

Finding a great improvement in the strength of the Panda, and

the weather being fine, I gave him his liberty, by letting him out of

his cage into the garden in front of my house (having a boy to see that

he did not escape); he soon began to eat a few leaves and the tender

* Annales des Sciences Naturelles, 5° séries, vol. xiii. (1870) p. 18.

770 MR. A.D. BARTLETT ON THE HABITS OF THE PANDA. [ Nov. 15,

shoots of the roses, and, finding some unripe apples that had fallen

from the trees, greedily devoured them. I had a fear they might

disagree with him ; this, however, was not the case, for he rapidly

improved in condition. At night his usual supply of beef-tea &e.

was given to him in his cage; and this was always consumed by

morning.

We have in the Gardens two or three trees upon which grow

bunches of yellow berries (Pyrus vestita). Upon giving some of

these to the Panda, I noticed his fondness of chem He would

grasp the bunch in his paw, holding it tightly, and bite off these

berries one by one ; so delighted with this food was he, that all other

food was left as long as these berries lasted. I have every reason

to believe that berries, fruit, and other vegetable substances consti-

tute the food of this animal in a wild state.

It was upon this food the animal became more vigorous, and the

old ragged and matted coat was thrown off, and the beautiful new

fur began to grow rapidly. One important operation was performed

almost every morning, that of a shower-bath, administered by means

of a garden-syringe; this was done before letting him out of his

cage; it induced him to bask in the sun, to clean and dry himself.

The biting, scratching, and shaking to get rid of the old and clotted

fur was a sure sign of good health. Animals recovering from sick-

ness show signs of improvement by their attempts to clean them-

selves ; and it is of the utmost importance to aid them, by judi-

cious means, to accomplish this object. Many valuable animals are

lost in consequence of their neglected condition ; they fret and die

more on account of the filth about them than from actual disease,

although disease is a sure attendant upon animals allowed to become

filthy.

This individual was not disposed to become a pet; for, notwith-

standing every attempt to induce it to be caressed, it continued to

exhibit a rather fierce and angry disposition—probably only an

individual peculiarity, and not at all characteristic of the species.

When offended, it would rush at me and strike with both feet,

not, like a cat, sideways or downwards, but forward, and the body

raised like a bear, the claws projecting, but not hooked or brought

down like the claws of a cat ; for although the claws are partly re-

tractile, the animal cannot use them in that manner. At the moment

of making the attack, it would utter a sharp spitting hiss; this,

and a weak, single, squeaking call-note, are the only sounds I ever

heard it utter.

Its mode of progression on the ground corresponds with that of the

Kinkajou, Otter, and Weasel—running on all fours, or jumping with

a kind of gallop, its back rather arched. In climbing, the Panda

is not quite so expert in trees as the Kinkajou, the prehensile tail of

which renders that animal much assistance in swinging from branch

to branch. The Kinkajou has also a far higher intelligence,

In forming an opinion of the affinities of the Panda from its general

appearance and habits, as far as it is possible to judge of these by

observing an animal in captivity, I am led to remark the strong

1870.] MR. A. D. BARTLETT ON THE HABITS OF THE PANDA. 771

resemblance to the Kinkajou in its movements, running, walking,

climbing, mode of feeding, and its food.

In drinking, it inserted the lips, and would suck up the fluid

after the manner of Bears; it does not lap like the Dog or Cat.

At the same time the fur of the Panda, not only in quality but

also in the colour and marking, especially that of the tail, exhibits a

remarkable affinity to the Coati, Raccoon, and Binturong.

I am, however, more inclined to think its affinities are greater with

the Kinkajou than with any other animal. The Coati and Raccoon

are far more carnivorous than the Panda, Kinkajou, or Binturong ;

they are also less nocturnal than these last mentioned species.

In the use of the front paws the most perfect of the animals

alluded to in this paper is perhaps the Raccoon, of which the naked

toes form a strong contrast with the thickly muffled foot of the

Panda—the fur covering the whole of the underside of the foot of

this animal, except a space about the size of a small pea in the

middle pad. ‘This thick clothing of the paw would lead one to doubt

whether the Panda would grasp with its paw as firmly and perfectly

as I have seen it do.

The eyes of the Panda are small and Bear-like. It does not

appear to have the power of smelling well developed, like the Coati

or Raccoon ; it is also much slower in all its movements than those

animals.

I must not omit to remark that the voice of the Panda, Kinkajou,

Otter, and Coati are wonderfully alike, especially the short faint

squeak, or call-note.

Tat

BEN HEER RAG!

Fig. 1. Hair and wool of Ursws piscator, magnified. .

2. Hair and wool of Cercoleptes caudivolvulus, magnified. ;

3. Hair and wool (two varieties of) of Ailwrus fulgens, magnified.

I have submitted a small portion of the hair or fur of the Panda

to my friend Mr. Richter, in order to have it examined under the

microscope, and to obtain his opinion.

I will read an extract from his letter, which was accompanied by

the drawing which I now exhibit.

772 DR. J. E. GRAY ON THE DELPHINOID WHALES. [Nov. 15,

“T have examined the hair of the Panda, and compared it with

that of some of the Bears. I send you a sketch of some of these

hairs. The Panda is evidently a more woolly animal than most of

the Bears, and its hair shows a larger development of the medullary

cells; but these differences are of very slight consequence, so little,

indeed, that that they might only signify a mere specific distinction.

If the hair of the Panda were to grow a little harsher, and include

rather less wool, it might, as to construction, be that of a true Bear.

You say that the Bear grows its hair in tufts; this is certainly the

case with the Panda. The hairs of the Panda are quite simple, like

those of any other mammal, and each one proceeds from its own

follicle ; but the follicles being collected into groups, and not evenly

dispersed over the surface, the tufted appearance is caused at once.

‘I do not know if this is the case with the Kinkajou. I think

the Panda’s hair is more like that of a Bear than the Kinkajou’s.”

4. Notes on the Arrangement of the Genera of Delphinoid

Whales. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &c.

The Delphinoidea, or Toothed Whales, which have teeth in both

jaws and a single crescent blower, have been divided by the shape of

the skull; and in the ‘Catalogue of Seals and Whales’ I have at-

tempted to divide them into sections according to the form of the

pectoral fin. But the imperfect materials at my command did not

enable me to carry out the plan to my satisfaction.

The description of the skeletons of several genera which were before

unknown, as that of Steno by Mr. Flower, Pontoporia by Dr. Bur-

meister, and the examination of several skeletons which I had not

before seen, have enabled me to carry out this plan on a more secure

basis; and the result of the examination may be condensed into the

following disposition.

Pontoporia, which has the head like Inia and Steno, has a short

fin truncated at the end, like Plantanista and Catodon, and differs

from all these in having linear longitudinal nostrils: Orca, for ex-

ample, which has a skull like many of the other Dolphins, but is so

much more ferocious, has a short, broad, rounded fin; and Beluga

and Monodon are peculiar for having a small ovate pectoral fin.

I. Pectoral fin elongate, faleate, acute; hand longer than the arm-

bones; fingers very unequal, the second and third being much

longer than the other three.

A. Pectoral fins from the sides of the body ; the second and third

fingers of six or eight phalanges; the head beaked. Iniadze and

Delphinidee, including the genera Steno, Sotalia, Delphinus,

Clymenia, Delphinapterus, Tursio, Eutropia, Orcaella, Elec-

tra, Leucopleurus, Lagenorhynchus, Feresa, Pseudorca, Pho-

cena, Acanthodelphis, and Neomeris.

1870.] MR. W. HARPER PEASE ON THE GENUS TRIPHORIS. 773

B. Peetoral fins low down on the sides of the body, narrow and

elongate ; second and third fingers very long, of nine or ten

phalanges; head swollen, subglobular. Globiocephalidee :

Grampus, Globiocephalus, Spherocephalus.

II. Pectoral fin short, broad, rounded or truncated at the end, shorter

than the arm-bones ; second finger rather the longest, the rest

gradually shorter, second finger with six or eight phalanges.

1. Orcadee: Orca, Ophesia. 2. Belugidee: Beluga, Monodon.

3. Pontoporiidee : Pontoporia.

5. Remarks on the Genus Triphoris (Desh.), with Descrip-

tions of new Species. By W. Harper Pease, C.M.ZS.

Fighty-eight species of the above genus are known (including the

following), distributed as follows:—East Indies and Polynesia, seventy-

three; Australia, six; Panama, one; West Indies, four ; Mediterranean,

two ; localities unknown, two.

Of the species described by M. Deshayes inhabiting the island of

Bourbon, two are synonyms of Polynesian species ; two of those de-

scribed by Prof. Adams from Panama are synonymous, and the re-

maining one a Cerithiopsis*. I also exclude several described

under the above genus, which prove to belong to Bittium.

Mr. Hinds having collected a large number of species during the

voyage of the ‘Sulphur,’ classified them according to shape. A more

natural and certainly more distinct arrangement would be according

to sculpture, with which the disposition of colours also agrees, Of

one section, the species are encircled by two or three rows of granules

or beads, and the colours regularly disposed ; the other, those which

are smoothly keeled, colours mottled.

Colours in this genus, and their arrangement, are constant, and

may be relied on as a specific guide.

With few exceptions, the specimens from which the descriptions

heretofore published have been drawn up were imperfect or imma-

ture. In consequence, probably, of greater advantages in collecting,

I have obtained perfect specimens of thirty-six species, and of a large

number in all stages of growth. The spire becomes developed early

snd remains constant ; the last whorl and outer lip pass through se-

veral stages of growth. The young are planulate at base, the shell

of a pyramidal form; as the last whorl is developed and assumes its

normal form, the outer lip unites at base with the whorl and is pro-

duced in the shape of a tubular canal ; posteriorly a perforation is

formed at its junction with the body-whorl, though frequently only

a broad sinus is left. The edges of the perforation are generally

slightly everted ; and on four species only, so far as I am aware, it

is produced in tubular shape, similar to the basal canal, viz. T. mira-

* Teste Carpenter, P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 350.

774 MR. W. HARPER PEASE ON THE GENUS TRIPHORIS. [Nov. 15,

bilis (Ad.), T. mirificus (Desh.), T. perfectus (Pse.), and -T. cylin-

dricus (Pse.). Judging from the names attached to the two former

species, they were considered of abnormal form; they present,

however, the characters of the genus fully developed. The figures

in the ‘ Voyage of the Samarang’ illustrate fairly the different stages

of growth; two are mature, viz. figs. 28 and 37.

The following I suppose to be new.

1. TriIpHORIS SIMILIS.

T. turrita, vie subulata, nitida; anfractibus duodecim, seriebus

tribus granorum cingulatis, seriebus granulisque equalibus et

regularibus ; sutura sulcata; canali basali brevi, verticali ;

apertura oblique ovata, superne acute angulata ; flavescente,

serie superna granorum rubida.

Long. 5, diam. 1? mill.

Hab. Insl. Kauai.

The above may be distinguished from bicolor (Pse.) and also eingu-

liferus (Pse.), to both of which species it is allied, by the upper row

of granules only being red. It also differs in sculpture.

2. TrRiIPHORIS MINIMUS.

T. subulato-turrita, nitida, tenuiuscula, omnino rosacea; anfra-

ctibus decem, biseriatim equaliter granulosis, interstitis linea

granulosa cingulatis; canali basali brevi; apertura subcirculart.

Long. 3, diam. 1 mill.

Hab. Insl. Howland, Insl. Kauai.

The smallest of the genus, so far as known.

3. TRIPHORIS PALLIDUS.

T. elongato-cylindracea, nitida, omnino albida; anfractibus nu-

merosis, triseriatim granulosis, serie mediana minore ; sutura

lirata; canali basali brevi, recurvo; apertura parva, oblique

ovata.

Long. 7, diam. 2} mill.

Hab. Insl. Kauai.

A slender species without any peculiar character.

4, TripHoRIS SULCOSUS.

T. elongato-turrita, nitida; anfractibus tredecim, triseriatim

equaliter granulosis, longitudinaliter tenuiter striatis ; sutura

late suleata; canali basali recurvo; apertura subcirculari,

fere verticali; alba, serie superiore granorum fusca, sutura

interdum fusca.

Long. 73, diam. 23 mill.

Hab. Insl. Kauai.

5. TrRIPHORIS GRACILIS.

T. subulata, solida ; anfractibus quatuordecim, biseriatim equa-

liter granulosis ; interstitiis linea tenui granulosa cingulatis,

1870.] MR. W. HARPER PEASE ON THE GENUS TRIPHORIS. 775

et tenuissime striatis ; canali basali brevi, recurvo ; apertura

fere circulari; rubida, serie inferiore granorum cerea.

Long. 8, diam. 23 mill.

Hab. Ins. Kanai.

The striking contrast between the circle of waxen-coloured beads

on a dark red renders the above species conspicuous and easily re-

cognizable.

6. TRIPHORIS PERFECTUS.

T. turrita, tenuiuscula, nitida ; anfractibus decem, cingulis dua-

bus granorum ornatis, serie inferiore majore, moniliformi ; su-

tura sulcata; canali basali oblique recurvo; canali posteriore

tubulato, elongato, clauso, repando; apertura circulari; alba,

serie superiore granorum rufescenti-fusca.

Long. 4, diam. 13 mill.

Hab. Ins. Kauai.

I have attached the above name to this species, as it represents

the genus fully developed.

T. mirabilis (C. B. Ad.) and T. mirificus (Desh.) are of the same

type.

7. TRIPHORIS PUNCTATUS.

T. elongato-turrita, solida; anfractibus quatuordecim, tricari-

natis, carina mediana multo minore, interstitiis valde punctatis ;

sutura sulcata, levi; apertura subcirculari; alba, pallide

Susco et rosaceo irregulariter maculata.

Long. 9, diam. 2? mill.

Hab. Ins. Annaa.

The above may be recognized by the deep punctures between the

spiral keels, and smooth sutures.

8. TRIPHORIS COSTATUS.

T. subulata, solida, transversim costata, costis equalibus, regula-

ribus, contiguis, subgranosis, planulatis ; sutura incerta; canali

brevi, recurvo; apertura subcirculari; basi albida, spira cinereo-

Susea.

Long. 8, diam. 24 mill.

Hab. Ins. Annaa.

This species is made up of a series of equal-sized ribs, closely con-

tiguous, rather plane, and somewhat granose; I have not been able

to determine where the suture runs.

9. TRIPHORIS ROBUSTUS.

T. abbreviato-subulata, solida; anfractibus decem, biseriatim

equaliter granosis, longitudinaliter tenui-striatis ; interstitiis

suturaque linea subgranulosa spiraliter cingulatis ; canali basali

brevi, recurvo ; apertura subcirculari; seriebus granorum al-

bido, fusco et flavo maculatis ; sutura lata, rosacea.

Long. 6, diam. 2} mill.

Hab. Ins. Makaimo.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1870, No. LIL.

776 MR. W. HARPER PEASE ON THE GENUS TRIPHORIS. [Nov. 15,

10. TRIPHORIS CYLINDRICUS.

T. elongata, gracilis, cylindracea, solida ; anfractibus numerosis,

triseriatim granulosis, serie mediana minore, transversim tenu-

issime striatis, ad basin punctulatis; canali basali brevi, re-

curvo, canali posteriore apertura clausa, tubulato, subcirculari ;

omnino alba.

Long. 12, diam. 23 mill.

Hab. Ins. Apaiang.

An elongate slender shell, the only one of large size, of which

the posterior canal is closed and produced in tubular form.

11. TrRIPHORIS GRANOSUS.

T’. elongato-subulata, solida; anfractibus biseriatim cequaliter

granulosis, interstitiis linea granulosa cingulatis ; canali basali

brevi, valde recurvo; apertura subcirculari; pallide fusca,

granulis albis.

Long. 6, diam. 1? mill.

Hab. Ins. Tahiti.

12. TRIPHORIS TUBERCULATUS.

T. subulata, solida; anfractibus duodecim, triseriatim granulo-

sis, serie mediana paulo minore, canali basali brevi, recurvo ;

apertura subcirculari; fusco alboque irregulariter maculata.

Long. 8, diam. 2+ mill.

Hab. Ins. Kauai.

This is the only granulated species I have met with on which the

colours are not regularly disposed.

13. TRIPHORIS ORYZA.

T’. abbreviato-subulata, robusta, solida; anfractibus decem, tri-

seriatim equaliter granulosis; canali basali brevi, recurvo ;

apertura subcirculart ; apice acuto; lutescens, serie superiore

granorum alba ; basi fusco bilineata.

Long. 4, diam. 14 mill.

Hab. Ins. Kauai.

14. TRIPHORIS PUSTULOSUS.

T. elongata, cylindracea, solida; anfractibus tredecim, triseri-

atim granulosis, serie inferiore minore, longitudinaliter subcos-

tatis, costis supra suturam continuis ; sutura concavo-sulcata ;

lutescens, granis albidis, interstitiis granorum rubidis.

Long. 11, diam. 23 mill.

Hab, Ins. Kauai.

The interstices between the granules being stained with red gives

the shell a pustulated appearance.

The granules follow each other in regular succession, one under

the other, and connected with each other, and over the suture as

well, by a slightly elevated rib.

1870.] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON ACRHA ANDROMACHA. 777

15. TrrepHoRIs MACULATUS.

T. subulata, robusta, solide; anfractibus decem, triseriatim

granulosis, serie superiore multo majore, serie mediana lineari ;

eanali basali brevi, recurvo; apertura subcirculari; serie su-

periore granorum lutescente, seriebus inferioribus fuscis, albo

irregulariter maculatis.

Long. 7, diam. 24 mill.

Hab. Ins. Kauai.

16. TrRIPHORIS BRUNNEUS.

T. subulata, solida; anfractibus duodecim, triseriatim granu-

losis, interstitiis suturaque punctulatis, serie granorum me-

_ diana paulo minore ; canalt basali oblique producto; apertura

obliqua, late ellipsoidea; serie superiore granorum fusca, serie-

bus inferioribus cineraceis.

Long. 7, diam. 2} mill.

Hab. Ins. Apaiang.

17. TRiPpHORIS GRACILIS.

T. elongato-cylindracea, solida, nitida; anfractibus quatuorde-

cim, longitudinaliter irregulariter costulatis, triseriatim spi-

raliter granulosis, granis equalibus, longitudinaliter costulis

convexis ; canali basali brevi ; rosacea, serie superiore granorum

pallida.

Long. 7, diam. 1? mill.

Hab. Ins. Kauai.

6. Note on Abnormities in the Neuration of the Hind Wings

in Acrea andromacha. By A. G. Buruer, F.L.S.

I have recently had occasion to look into the structural characters

of the butterflies constituting the subfamily Acreeine, and whilst so

doing I have discovered a fact of great interest and some importance

with regard to the neuration of Acrea andromacha, Fabr.

I have carefully examined eighteen specimens of the above species,

and found aberrant characters in three of them; they differ from

each other and from the typical form as follows :—

1. Differs from typical form in the possession of a short spur,

about 5), of an inch in leggth, emitted from the inner edge of the

first subcostal branch of hind wing at about 4 of its length from its

origin ; only occurs on the left-hand wing.

2. Differs from preceding in the length and position of the spur,

which measures about 4 of an inch, and is emitted at about +of the

length of the subcostal from its termination.

3. Differs from first form in the possession of a spur about 4

of an inch in length emitted from inner edge of subcostal in right-

hand wing and in a position exactly corresponding to the spur of

the left-hand wing.

778 DR. A. GUNTHER ON A NEW INDIAN LIZARD. [Nov. 15,

When I first observed a spur from the subcostal in form 1 of

the above species, I supposed that it was an ordinary monstrosity ;

but finding that exactly one-sixth of the specimens in the Museum

collection possessed the same character, more or less developed

from the same nervure, I thought it a fact of some significance

and worthy of being recorded. It is well known that the greater

number of the genera of diurnal Lepidoptera are founded upon neural

characters, and in the genus Jéhomia the species are separated chiefly

by slight modifications in the venation of the hind wing. If, then,

any species can be proved to exhibit inconstancy in the venation of

its hind wings, it must, at the least, cast the shadow of a doubt

upon the value of species which are precisely alike in every character

but this.

Secondly. I think the above modifications interesting, as showing

how characters do occur which, if of any advantage to the species,

may be further developed by natural selection, and thus result in

forming distinct genera. Ina paper which I have recently published

upon the genera of the Pierinz (a subfamily which I maintain to be

most constant in neuration) I have found it necessary to divide the

genera into three groups, distinguished from each other by the num- .

ber of branches to the subcostal nervure in the front wings; an

additional branch to the subcostal in the hind wings would be quite

as important a character, and would have the effect of widely sepa-

rating two genera, otherwise allied, in any systematic arrangement

founded upon structural characters. ;

7. Description of a New Indian Lizard of the Genus Calotes.

By Dr. A. Gtnrner, F.Z.S. &c.

(Plate XLV.)

Mr. Jerdon has brought home with him a considerable number of

examples of Khasyan Calotes, and has convinced me that two spe-

cies have been hitherto confounded under the name of Calotes maria

(Gray). The one has the scales of the throat of rather small size ;

the supertympanic series of spines is at a distance from the tym-

panum; the nuchal spines are narrow, slender, very rigid, and not

flexible ; besides, this form has never a black streak through the eye.

To this form belongs the largest of the four typical examples of

Calotes maria, which name, therefore, must be retained for it. Mr.

Blyth’s diagnosis of his Calotes platyceps agrees entirely with this

form, and not with the next, as supposed by Mr. Jerdon (Proce. As,

Soc. Bengal, 1870, p. 77).

The second form, Mr. Jerdon informs me, remains always of

smaller dimensions; the nearly perfect identity of coloration of cer-

tain specimens with others of C. maria is a very surprising fact, the

differences from this species being solely structural. Its gular scales

are large; the supertympanic series of spines is immediately above

GH Yord Nintern Bro* amp

A.Calotes jerdonii,; mar B. Calotes marieé. male

M&N Hanhart mp

| wL

naAC

(YS SNA

LeeLee

1870.] ON VENEZUELAN BIRDS. 779

the tympanum ; the nuchal spines are low, broad, triangular, strongly

compressed laminze ; specimens with black radiating streaks through

the eye are very common. ‘his form requires to be named; and I

have great pleasure in dedicating it to Mr. Jerdon, who of late years

has worked so successfully to supplement and correct the observations

made by him many years ago. This species will stand as Calotes

Jerdoni.

For the accompanying illustration (Plate XLV.) I have chosen

specimens with different ornamental colours, the bright coloration of

the head of the male of C. maria being peculiar to this sex during

the breeding-season.

8. On Venezuelan Birds collected by Mr. A. Goering. By

P. L. Scuater, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., and Oszert Savin,

M.A., F.L.S.—Part [V.*

(Plates XLVI., XLVIL.)

In our last article on Mr. Goering’s collections we spoke of his

intended expedition into the Sierra Nevada of Merida. ‘The col-

lection made by Mr. Goering during this journey has lately been re-

ceived in this country, and we now proceed to give an account of it.

As we have already stated, Mr. Goering reached Merida by way

of the Lake of Maracaibo and Zuliar, arriving in that city on the

5th of April, 1869. From that date until the following August the

weather was unusually dry.

From Merida Mr. Goering made excursions to the Paramos de la

Culata, which lie on the ridges to the north of the city, and also to

the Sierra Nevada, which overhangs it on the south. He also visited

the Laguna de Urao, or Natron Lake, which lies some miles to the

west of Merida, and the Puente Natural, or Natural Bridge, of Copas,

north-west of Merida on the River Copas, which flows into the Lake

of Maracaibo, where there is a nesting-place of Steatornis caripensis.

Leaving Merida on the 30th of October, 1869, Mr. Goering set

out to return by land to Puerto Cabello, intending to collect en route.

But on reaching Carache a revolution broke out, which rendered it

necessary for him to retreat to the Lake of Maracaibo, and so by

sea to La Guayra.

In Megida and its vicinity Mr. Goering formed a collection of

135 specimens of birds, which are referable to 106-species. Amongst

these, as will be seen by the subjoined list, are many of great interest

to the naturalist, and not less than nine which appear to have been

hitherto undescribed+. This is hardly to be wondered at when we

* See Part I., P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 165; Part IL., P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 626; and

Part III., P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 250.

+ Setophaga albifrons. Ochthoéca superciliosa.

Diglossa gloriosa. nigrita.

Chlorospingus goeringi. Conurus rhodocephalus.

Buarremon meride. Urochroma dilectissima.

Grallaria griseonucha,

780

consider that no zoological collector has, so far as we are aware,

previously visited Merida, although certain well-known botanists

(Messrs. Linden, Funk, and Schlim), in search of Orchids, devoted

a certain amount of attention to the 77ochilid@ of that district, and

discovered several brilliant new species of this group, which have

MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN [Nov. 15,

been described by Bourcier, Parzudaki, and other authors.

We now give a complete list of the species obtained by Mr.

Goering, to which are added descriptions of the new species, and

remarks upon such of the known ones as call for observation.

The nomenclature adopted is, as in former papers, that of Sclater’s

Catalogue of American Birds.

*1, Turdus albiventris, Spix. ..........+. Merida.

*2. Turdus serranus, Tsch...........-.++- Merida.

Fam. CINcLID.

#3. Cinclus leuconotus ......0.0.0.eeeec0ee Merida.

Fam. TRoGLODYTID.

¥4, Heleodytes Griseus .......0..0.ceesee eee S. E. of Merida.

*5, Henicorhina leucophrys.........0.+.+ Merida, Upper wood-region.

Fam. Moraciuuip.

6. Anthus bogotensis .............00ee00s Upper Paramo region, Merida.

Fam. MnioTitrip£.

Ts Mntotilia 0020 fan wecsdneeoseoee™ <2 South of Merida.

8. Dendreca blackburnt@ ......+..6.04++ Lower wood-region, Merida.

9. BCMA Toa ecme te tatee este Merida.

10. Protonotaria CUmned™ . eecagecssove one South of Merida.

11. Bastleuterus bivittatus ........06.005- Merida.

12. TAGTUCTUSLOLUS | sisnnenhaseWases a2 Merida.

3. Setophaga ruticilla .........0cceeeee Merida.

*14 UGUTONSARPe ls Vsosccsecessce7 Upper wood-region, Sierra Nevada.

Fam. C@reBiD&.

15. Diglossa albilateralis ............+00++- Lower wood-region.

SIG: GlOriOsd, BP. N. veeeeeecseseeeees . Paramo de la Culata.

17. Conirostrum sitticolor .....0....02.05 Paramo de la Culata.

Fam. TANAGRIDA.

18. Chlorophonia pretrit .........00.00.00 Merida.

19. Euphonia nigricollis ...........-.....- South of Merida.

QOS DUG WASSOTE ts. cw senentcese sen geteeee ss High wood-region of Merida.

21. Pipridea venezuelensts ......1..102+-- Merida.

22. Callisteicayana, si. .eacs-d=<essce- 0 Merida.

23. CY CULELCO ES ota -na Saat ae de South of Merida.

24. Pecilothraupis lacrymosa............ Merida.

25. Tanagra auricrissa ............22.05- Merida.

26. Ramphocelus dimidiatus ............ South of Merida.

27. Nemosta ruficeps ie.ctei-s.....0 2-00 South of Merida.

28. Chlorospingus albitemporalis ...... Merida, high wood.

29. —— xanthophrys .........ccccsceeeeee Merida.

BBO) —————jSQNOUAUBS Lees ens oes ese es Paramo of Merida.

*31 GOCFIRO CAND Bisiarcs ce vicis ve cite Paramo of Merida.

Fam. Turpip&.

1870.] ON VENEZUELAN BIRDS. 781

*32. Buarremon merida, sp. D. .....006 Merida,

. Upper wood-region of Paramo de

Bos ———— SC PISLACEUS, 5). cu. data rwosee secs { leg Ghalatot

Fam. FRINGILLID.

"34. Phrygilus*umicolor.............-+2-++-- Paramo of Merida.

*35. Chrysomitris xanthogastra ........- Merida,

SIG: CICLEIUS GUT AQUdt......<tado-sodabenicek «5. Merida.

37. Dolichonyx oryzivord ..e...e0ees sees Merida.

Fam. Corvip&.

*38. Cyanocitta armillata......-..cesceeeee Paramo of Culata.

39. Cyanocorax affinis, Pelz. ............ S. E. of Merida.

Fam. DENDROCOLAPTIDZ.

#4O. Cinclodes fUSCUS.......ccc0ccsesceceeees Paramo of Merida.

41. Synallaxis castanea, Scl. .........-.. Forest of Sierra Nevada.

42. PUNOIES aia, s0dclrs aelcis aah iets ee snes Upper wood-region of Culata.

43. Pseudocolaptes boissoneauti ......... Upper wood-region of Sierra Nevada.

44. Margarornis squamigera ............ Paramos of Merida.

45. Xiphocolaptes promeropirhynchus . Upper wood-region of Merida.

46. Dendrornis triangularis .......0.+.. Upper wood-region of Merida.

47. Picolaptes lacrymiger ................ Merida.

Fam. ForMIcARUD.

48. Grallaria ruficapilla..............4++- Upper wood-region of Merida..

*49, griseonucha, Sp. D. ........000s Paramo of Culata.

Fam. TyRANNIDZ.

50. Ochthoéca fumigata ...............04- Upper wood-region of Merida.

*51. -—— superciliosa, sp. 0. .....2...4+ Paramo of Merida.

D2) SS diademat ois) icstaachab eRe Upper wood-region.

#53. —— nigrita, SP. N. ..eeecceeeereeees Merida.

54. SHLOPRAGOLAES. w.- sna. desew pape’ Paramo of Merida.

55. Serpophaga cinerea .........0..0.000 Higher mountain-region.

56. Tyranniseus nigricapillus............ 8S. of Merida.

57. PSP. TET w.co-ect Mesesiecs seas S. of Merida.

DS: Aland. SPs AGOET cases vslnaeceeoseanses Merida.

59. Myiobius flavicans...............00008+ Merida.

60. Contopus brachytarsus ..........0066 Merida.

61. Mytochanes ardesiacus ..........++++ Merida.

62. Myiodynastes chrysocephalus ...... Merida.

Fam. CoTInGip.

63. Pipreola melanolema .....6....0000% Upper wood-region.

64. Ampelio arcuatus .......c.cecsceeeeeee Upper wood-region.

65. Heliochera rubro-cristata .,......-4.+ Paramos of Culata and Merida.

Fam. ALCEDINID2.

66. Ceryle QMAZONG ............00e reece eee Merida.

Fam. Bucconip.

GTP Buco lPufiColes sa. .cceee eee bee neaat S.E. of Merida.

68. Chelidoptera tenebrosd .......01.000- S.E. of Merida.

t Since described, infra p. 841, as T. improbus.

t+ Since described, infra p. 833, as EB. pudica.

782 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN [Nov. 15,

Fam. TROGONIDZ.

69. Trogon personatus.....ccccseccseeeenes Merida.

70. Pharomacrus antisianus ......0++++- Merida.

71 GUILCOPSIA.» 55 seaete eee Sede See Merida.

Fam. CAPRIMULGIDZ.

72. Stenopsis ruficervte ....0..0seceecenee Merida.

4d. Alydropsalis Ud sasve-.csnee<evessss: Merida.

74. Nyctidromus albicollis ........+.++++- S. of Merida.

Fam. TROCHILIDE.

75. Campylopterus lazulus ...... 2.00004 Merida.

¥76. Diafresnayd, Qayt... a0. .-snce-saeqar-oms Merida.

77. Acestura heliodori .........0++0..20000 Merida.

78. Oxypogon Uindent .........100.cecse 00 Merida.

79. Metallura tyrianthina .....-.......+- Merida.

80. Chrysolampis moschitus ......00+.+. Merida.

81. Petasophora andis ......+60.-.0.000-0+- Merida.

82. CUCMOLEB He iaae. se Sosee cette gsc Merida.

83. Bourcieria conradi ..........0200.00 Merida.

84. Heliangelus spencit .......0.202-0000s Merida.

85. Eriocnemis vestita .............sc000--- Paramo of Merida.

86. Chrysuronid @NOne .........0eeeeeees Merida.

87. Panychlora stenura (Cab. et Hein.) Merida.

Fam. CucuLipz.

88. Piay a (hd... oscscn dunes -seete-e ae Merida.

Fam. RAMPHASTIDZ.

89. Aulacoramphus albivittis ............ Merida.

Fam. Picip2.

90. Chloronerpes rubiginosus .........-.. Merida.

Ql. Colaptes 71v0ltt. -*. cece ssecn-snsces- a Paramos of Merida.

Fam. Psirracip2&.

#92. Conurus rhodecephalus, sp. n....... Merida.

*93. Urochroma dilectissima, sp. n....... S. of Merida.

Fam. STRIGID.

94. Syrnium hylophilum (Temm.) ... Merida.

95. Scops brasilianus (Gm.) ...........- Merida.

Fam. FaLconip2.

96. Accipiter bicolor (Vieill.) ..........-. Merida.

*97. wentralis, Sel. ...ceccecsseeeeees Merida.

98. Tinnunculus sparverius, L. ........- Merida.

99. Buteo pterocles (Temm.) ..........++ Andes of Merida.

Fam. CoLUMBIDz.

100. Zenaida ruficauda, Bp...........-...- Merida.

101. Leptoptila verreauxi, Bp..........-+. Merida.

102. Geotrygon linearis (Prevost) ...... Upper wood-region of Merida.

1870.] ON VENEZUELAN BIRDS. 783

Fam. SCOLOPACID.

103. Actiturus bartramius (Wils.) ...... S. of Merida.

104. Tringotdes macularia (Vieill.)...... 8. of Merida.

*105. Gallinago frenata (Max.)............ 8. of Merida, Lagoon of Urao.

Fam. PopiciPiTip&.

106. Podiceps dominicus (L.) ..+...+++.-. Lagoon of Urao, S. of Merida.

1. TURDUS ALBIVENTRIS, Spix; Scl. et Salv. Ex. Orn. p. 147,

t. 64.

A young male of this Thrush from Merida. ‘Iris clear brownish

yellow.”

2. TurpDUs SERRANUS, Tsch.; Wiegm. Arch. x. pt. 1, p. 280

(1844), et F. P. Aves, p. 186.

Merula atrosericea, Lafr. R. Z. 1848, p. 3.

Turdus atrosericeus, Scl. P. Z. S. 1859, pp. 136, 333, et Cat.

Am. B. p. 5.

M. Coulon having been kind enough to send us from the Neuf-

chatel Museum the type specimen of Turdus serranus of Tschudi for

comparison, we have been enabled to ascertain that this obscure

bird is no other than the female or young of the Blackbird hitherto

usually called 7’. atrosericeus. Tschudi’s type is rather more deeply

coloured than a female of the same species in Sclater’s collection from

Ecuador. There are also some lighter shaft-stripes on the head and

wing-coverts, showing indications of immaturity.

The range of this species, therefore, extends over the highlands of

Venezuela, Columbia, and Ecuador, into the Sierra region of Peru.

3. CrncLus Leuconotus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 10, t. 2; Salv.

Ibis, 1867, p. 122.

The occurrence of this bird in the vicinity of Merida proves a

further northern extension of its range than was previously known.

Hitherto we have only met with it in Bogota collections; but De-

lattre obtained specimens near Pasto (cf. Lafr. R. Z. 1847, p. 68),

and Sir William Jardine has an example in his collection which was

transmitted to him by Prof. Jameson from the vicinity of Quito.

4. HELEODYTES GRISEUS, Sw.

The single specimen of this species differs from the Venezuelan

example in Sclater’s collection in having the brownish black of the

head extending over the upper portion of the back and the wing-

feathers. The secondaries and wing-coverts are edged with coffee-

brown of the same shade as the lower back, and rather deeper in hue

than the corresponding parts of the Venezuelan specimen. Baird

(Rev. Am. B. p. 96) appears to have described a similar specimen

from Bogota in Mr. Lawrence’s collection. The differences are not,

in our opinion, of sufficient importance to warrant the separation of

this race as a distinct species.

784 MESSRS, SCLATER AND SALVIN [ Noy. 15,

5. Henicorwina Leucornurys (T'sch.).

See Salvin’s remarks on this species, anfed, p. 181.

14, SETOPHAGA ALBIFRONS, Sp. nov.

Supra schistacea, alis caudaque nigricantibus : pileo et lateribus

capitis nigris, crista verticali cinnamomeo-rubra, plumis nigro

terminatis: fronte, loris et regione oculari pure albis: subtus

aureo-flava, tectricibus subalaribus et subcaudalibus et rectrici-

bus duabus utrinque externis pro majore parte albis: rostro et

pedibus nigris: long. tota 5*5, ale 2°5, caud@e 2°6 poll. Angl.

Hab. Upper wood-region of Merida (Goering).

Of this distinct species of Setophaga Mr. Goering sends us two

skins, both obtained in the upper wood-region near Merida. Both

are males; but the sexes in this group hardly differ. The iris in

one is marked “ brown,”’ and in the other “clear brown.”

The nearest ally of this new species is S. ruficoronata of Kaup,

from Ecuador; but in the present bird the front and orbital region

are of a pure white instead of a golden yellow.

16. DiGLossa GLoriosa, sp. nov. (Plate XLVI. fig. 1.)

Nigra, uropygio in cinereum trahente, abdomine medio castaneo :

tectricibus alarum minoribus et superciliis indistinctis ceru-

lescenti-canis : rostro nigro, pedibus corneis: long. tota 5-2,

ale 2°5, caude 2°2.

Hab. Paramo de la Culata, north of Merida (Goering).

Obs. Affinis D. brunneiventri ex Peruvia, sed minor et gutture

cum pectore superiore nigro differt.

Mr. Goering obtained a single specimen of this distinct new spe-

cies of Diglossa on the Paramo of La Culata, to the north of Merida,

where he says it is rare. It is a male, and the iris is marked “ dark

brown.”

30. CHLOROSPINGUS IGNOBILIS.

Sphenops ignobilis, Sclater, P. Z. S. 1861, p. 379, et Cat. p. 160.

Sphenopsis ignobilis, Sclater, Cat. Errata, p. xvi.

Chlorospingus oleagineus, Sclater, P. Z. S. 1862, p. 110.

An accurate examination has satisfied us that Sclater’s Sphenops

(sive Sphenopsis) ignobilis is founded on a somewhat immature skin

of this Tanager. The tail is imperfect, and the bill slightly dis-

torted, which led Sclater to place it among the Dendrocolaptida!

Mr. Goering sends us one skin of this species from the Paramo of

Merida. The iris is marked “clear brown.”

31. CHLOROSPINGUS GOERINGI, sp. nov. (Plate XLVI. fig. 2.)

' Saturate schistaceus, alis caudaque obscurioribus ; pileo et capitis

lateribus nigris, superciliis elonyatis albis: subtus castaneus,

lateribus et ventre imo fuscescentioribus : rostro plumbescente

nigro, pedibus pallide corylinis : long. tota 6, ale 2°5, caude

Ope taree lol.

1870.] ON VENEZUELAN BIRDS. 785

Hab. Paramos of Merida (Goering).

Obs. Affinis OC. castaneicolli, Sclater, et ejusdem forme, quamvis

robustior, sed dorso schistaceo et superciliis distinctis, necnon gula

tota castanea distinguendus.

Mr. Goering obtained a single male specimen of this fine new

species near the boundary of the upper wood-region of the Paramos

of Merida. The iris is noted as ‘‘dark brown.’ The contents of

the stomach were “small fruits.” The bird is said to be ‘‘ very rare.”

32. BUARREMON MERIDA, Sp. nov.

Supra olivaceus, alis caudaque intus fuscis: pileo toto et nucha

castaneis: lateribus capitis nigris: vitta mystacali utrinque

alba, a gula linea angusta nigra divisa: subtus lete flavus,

lateribus et ventre imo in olivaceum trahentibus: rostro nigro,

pedibus obscure corylinis: long. tota 6°5, ale 2°8, caude 3:2,

tarsi |.

Hab. Merida (Goering).

Obs. Proximus B. albifrenato, sed gula flava nec alba, et fronte

pileo concolori, nec nigro, diversus.

But one example of this apparently new Buarremon is in Mr.

Goering’s collection, obtained near Merida in July 1869. It is

marked ‘‘ male; iris reddish brown.”

34. PHRYGILUS UNICOLOR (Lafr. et D’Orb.).

Phrygilus unicolor et P. geospizopsis, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 110.

Chlorospiza plumbea, Ph. et Landb. Wiegm. Arch. 1864, p. 67.

Mr. Goering sends us a pair of this species from the Paramos of

Merida. Upon comparing them with a series of eleven specimens in

Sclater’s collection from various parts of the highlands of Columbia,

Ecuador, Peru, and Bolivia, and also with Chilian specimens obtained

in the Cordillera of Santiago and transmitted by Herr Landbéck as

typical of Chlorospiza plumbea, we are of opinion that these birds

are all referable to one species, as Sclater has already hinted (J. s. e.

and P. Z. 8. 1857, p. 322).

35. CHRYSOMITRIS XANTHOGASTRA, Du Bus, Bull. Ac. Brux.

xxi. pt. 1,.p..152 (1853).

Chrysomitris bryanti, Cassin, Pr. Ac. Se. Phil. 1865, p. 91;

Lawr. Ann. L. N. Y. ix. p. 104.

This Finch was originally described from examples procured near

Ocana in Columbia, not far distant from Merida. We have likewise

met with it in Bogota collections ; and in Sclater’s cabinet is a skin

of the same species obtained by Mr. David Forbes, F.R.S., in Bo-

livia. Moreover, on comparing it with Costa-Rican examples of C.

bryanti in Salvin’s collection we cannot discover any differences, so

that it is evidently a species of wide range, though, apparently,

nowhere very common.

38. CyANOCITTA ARMILLATA (G. R. Gray).

Two examples of a Cyanocitta, obtained in May 1869 in the

786 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN [ Nov. 15,

Paramo of Culata, must, we think, be referred to C. armillata, a

species well known in Bogota collections.

It is, however, slightly larger than Bogota skins, and the blue

colouring is of a deeper hue, particularly on the upper surface of

the tail and wings, which in Bogota skins have somewhat of a green-

ish tinge. Mr. Goering notes the legs and bill of this bird as being

of a shining black, and the iris as ‘‘ dark brown.”

40. CincLopEs Fuscus (Vieill.).

Cinclodes fuscus et C. albidiventris, Scl. Cat. A. B. p. 149.

After examining Sclater’s present series of skins of this bird from

Ecuador, Peru, Bolivia, and La Plata, and comparing them with a

specimen obtained by Mr. Goering from the Paramo of Merida, we

have come to the conclusion that they are all referable to one species,

which will include Sclater’s C. albidiventris. The La Plata speci-

mens (C. fuscus verus) are less rufescent above, and have the tail

rather greyer.

49. GRALLARIA GRISEONUCHA, Sp. nov.

Supra rufescenti-brunnea, alis intus nigricantibus, loris et nucha

lata obscure griseis: colli luteribus et corpore subtus intense

Serrugineis, lateribus obscurioribus: cauda brevissima, subcau-

dalibus abscondita: rostro et pedibus obscure corneis: long.

tota 6, ale 3:5, caude 1, tarsi 1°9, rostri a rictu 1.

Hab. Paramo of La Culata, north of Merida (Goering).

Obs. Habitus generalis G. brevicaude, sed rostro paulo fortiore et

crassitie majore: quoad colorem ab omni specie diversa.

Mr. Goering obtained a single specimen of this new Grallaria

on the Paramo of La Culata in September 1869. It is marked

“male, iris clear brown ; very rare.”

51. OCHTHOECA SUPERCILIOSA, sp. nov.

Murino-brunnea, alis caudaque nigris: superciliis latis, maculis

tectricum majorum alarium terminalibus, et secundariorum

marginibus externis cum subalaribus et abdomine toto ferru-

gineis; rectricis unius utrinque extime pogonio externo et

crisso albis: rostro et pedibus nigris: long. tota 6, ale 3°2,

caude 2°7.

Hab. Paramos of Merida (Goering),

Obs. Proxima O. fumicolori ex Columbia, sed superciliis et abdo-

mine ferrugineis dignoscenda.

‘Two examples of this species are sent by Mr. Goering. Both are

females, and were obtained in the Paramos of Merida. The iris in

one is marked “clear brown,”’ in the other ‘ brown.”

Besides O. fumicolor, O. cenanthoides (Lafr. et D’Orb.) of Bolivia

and O. polionota (Scl. et Salv, P. Z.S. 1869, p. 599) of Peru belong

to this group of the genus Ochthoéca. But both the latter species

have the superciliaries white.

1870. ] ON VENEZUELAN BIRDS. 787

53. OcHTHOECA NIGRITA, Sp. Nov.

Cinerascenti-nigra, unicolor ; superciliis albis: rostro et pedibus

nigris: long. tota 5'2, ale 2°6, caude@ 1°8.

Hab. Merida (Goering).

Obs. Habitus O. albidiematis et O. citrinifrontis, sed corpore

unicolori ab omnibus diversus.

Mr. Goering sends a single skin of this new species, obtained near

Merida. Itis marked “male; iris brown.’ The specimen is evi-

dently a bird of the year.

76. LAFRESNAYA GAYI.

Trochilus gayi, Bourc. et Muls. Ann. des Sc. Nat. de Lyon, 1846,

. 325.

F Lafresnaya saule, Gould, Lutr. Troch. p. 70.

A single specimen of this Humming-bird, sent by Mr. Goering

from Merida, has the tips of the otherwise white rectrices bronzy

green, and not black as in the majority of Ecuadorean examples

usually called Z. gayi. Judging from Mr, Gould’s remarks (Mon.

Troch. t. 86, et Intr. p. 70), we much doubt if this slight distine-

tion is sufficiently constant to render specific separation justifiable.

But should such be the case, the species from Ecuador must bear

the name of LZ. saule, and the present bird that of L. gayi. De-

lattre and Bourcier’s type of Trochilus saule (R. Z. 1846, p. 310)

was obtained by the former in the environs of Quito. Though no

locality is assigned to L. gay?, the description is strictly applicable

to the present bird.

Out of the thirteen species of Humming-birds collected by Mr.

Goering in the vicinity of Merida, it will be observed that no less

than five (viz. Lafresnaya gayi, Oxypogon lindeni, Bourcieria con-

radi, Heliangelus spencii, and Panychlora stenura) are never met

with in the large collections of these birds that are constantly being

forwarded from the vicinity of Bogota. These five species there-

fore, together with others not yet obtained by Mr. Goering, must

be considered peculiar denizens of this branch of the Andean chain ;

the remainder (eight) of Mr. Goering’s species being either of wide

range or well-known members of the ordinary avifauna of New Gra-

nada, as illustrated by Bogota collections.

92. CoNURUS RHODOCEPHALUS, Sp. Nov.

Lete viridis: remigibus intus nigricantibus, extus caerulescenti-

bus ; pileo roseo-rubro: ventre medio et cauda tota rubiginoso-

rufis: tectricibus subalaribus viridibus: rostro albicante: pe-

dibus obscure corneis : long. tota 9, ale 5:2, caude@ rectr. med.

4-5, ext. 2°6.

Hab. Vicinity of Merida (Goering).

Of this new Conurus Mr. Goering obtained two male specimens

near Merida. One of these, described above, appears to indicate a

species most nearly allied to C. roseifrons (Finsch, Papag. i. p. 534),

but differing therefrom in the want of the red rump and brown

788 MR. H. ADAMS ON NEW SHELLS FROM THE RED SEA. [Nov. 15,

throat. The second specimen agrees with the first, except in having

the coverts of the primary quill-feathers white. This, however, we

regard as probably due to incipient albinism, as one of the primaries

in the left wing is also partially white, and there are likewise traces

of the same colour on the under wing-coverts.

93. URocHROMA DILECTISSIMA, sp. nov. (Plate XLVII.)

Lete viridis, pileo cyanescente: maculis tribus frontalibus et una

utrinque postoculari, cum tectricibus alarum externis pro ma-

jore parte et campterio toto coccineis: subalaribus flavissimis :

gula flavicante: caude rectricibus aureis, harum lateralibus

viridi limbatis et terminatis; intermediis ad apices nigro late

transfasciatis: primariorum tectricibus et remigum omnium

superficie superiore nigris, primariis supra viridi extus limbatis,

infra fere omnino viridescentibus: rostro flavicante, ad basin

plumbeo: pedibus obscure plumbeis: long. tota 6°3, ale 4°5,

caude 2, tarsi 0°4.

Hab. South of Merida (Goering).

Mr. Goering has, unfortunately, sent us but one skin of this beau-

tiful new Parrot. It is most nearly allied to U. hueti, but distin-

guishable at once from that and every other member of the genus

by the scarlet outer wing-coverts, which remind one of the Crimson-

winged Parrot of Australia (Platycercus erythropterus). ‘The three

frontal spots in this species are likewise peculiar. Mr. Goering

notes the iris as “‘ bright brownish yellow.”

97. ACCIPITER VENTRALIS, Sclater, P. Z. S. 1866, p. 303; Scl.

et Salv. Ex. Orn. p. 25, t. 13.

A single adult male example from Merida; agrees with Bogota

skins of A. ventralis in Salvin’s collection, and is apparently quite

distinct from the species obtained by Mr. Goering in his second

collection (cf. P. Z. S. 1868, p. 632). It is not quite so rufous

below as the bird figured in ‘ Exotic Ornithology.’ Mr. Goering

notes the irides as yellow.

105. GaALLINAGO FRENATA (Max.); Sel. et Salv. Ex. Orn. p. 196.

The only Snipe sent by Goering (obtained near the Lagoon of

Urao) agrees with Brazilian skins of G. frenata.

9. Descriptions of twenty-six new Species of Shells collected

by Robert M‘Andrew, Esq., in the Red Sea. By Henry

Apams, F.L.S.

(Plate XLVIII.)

Mirra (Cancitya) antoni®, H. Ad. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 1.)

M. testa subsolida, elongato-fusiformi, costis obtusis, minoribus in-

tervenientibus, et striis longitudinalibus insculpta, albida, fasciis

duabus pallide rubris, et super costas punctis fulvo-rubris ornata ;

P 278, ero Pi ALVIN .

———_—___j

20w 206

1B Sowerby lth Mé&N Hanhart mip

NEW EXOTIC SHELLS.

1870.] MR. H. ADAMS ON NEW SHELLS FROM THE RED SEA. 789

spira turrita, apice acuto, rubro; anfr. 9, convexiusculis, ultimo

antice paulum attenuato ; apertura angusta, dimidiam longitudinem

@quante ; columella 4 plicata; labro acuto, sulculato.

Long. 19, lat. 6 mill.

CorsBULA ERYTHR#ENSIS, H. Ad. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 2.)

C. testa solida, ovato-triangulari, subequilaterali, valde inequivalvi,

concentrice conferte costata, costis postice obsoletis ; umbonibus

submedianis, tumidis ; extremitate antica ovali ; extremitate po-

stica truncata; margine ventrali subarcuato.

Long. 84, alt. 74, lat. 5} mill.

Evcuaris ancurata, H. Ad. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 3.)

E. testa solida, triangulari-ovata, convexa, valde inequilaterali,

concentrice rugoso-plicata, alba; umbonibus parvis, ad sextan-

tem anteriorem sitis; latere antico brevi, subtruncato; latere

postico acuminato, superne convexo ; margine ventrali arcuato ;

declivitate umbonali valde carinata.

Long. 13, alt. 9, lat. 8 mill.

Newzra (Carpiomya) puLtcHELLA, H. Ad. (Plate XLVIII.

fig. 4.)

N. testa ovato-pyriformi, ventricosa, tenui, costis 16-18 radian-

tibus ornata, anterioribus confertis, posterioribus distantibus ;

umbonibus medianis, tumidis, approximatis ; extremitate antica

ovali, postica valde rostrata, rostro paulum reclivi; margine

dorsali convexo ; margine ventrali arcuato.

Long 10, alt. 6, lat. 63 mill.

This species approaches in form to N. gouldiana, Hinds, but is

more ventricose, and the dorsal margin is convex instead of being

nearly straight as in that species. It differs from N. singaporensis,

Hinds, in being more ovate, in the rostrum being less produced, and

in the radiating ribs being stronger.

Tevuina (PERONZODERMA) sIMPLEX, H. Ad. (Plate XLVIII.

fig. 3.)

T. testa tenui, acuminato-ovali, compressa, subequilaterali, sub

lente radiatim minutissime striolata, albida; umbonibus subme-

dianis, parvis, prominulis ; latere antico ovali; latere postico

subtriangulari ; margine ventrali arcuato; flerura haud con-

spicua.

Long. 14, alt. 103, lat. 43 mill.

TreLLina (PeronmA) puRA, H. Ad. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 6.)

T. testa tenui, transversa, acuminato-ovata, inequilaterali, concen-

trice striata, in medio striis obliquis decussata, albida ; umbonibus

parvis, vie prominulis ; postmedianis ; latere antico ovali ; latere

postico breviore, subtriangulari; margine ventrali arcuato; flexura

conspicua.

Long. 18, alt. 11, lat. 5 mill.

790 MR. H. ADAMS ON NEW SHELLS FROM THE RED SEA. [Nov. 15,

Tena (Peron#a) scituta, H. Ad. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 7.)

T. testa tenui, ovato-trigona, convewiuscula, subequilaterali, con-

centrice concinne striatula, albida vel luteo-albida; umbonibus

parvis, prominulis, submedianis ; latere antico ovali ; latere po-

stico subtriangulari, subcompresso ; margine ventrali lente arcuato ;

flexura valida.

Long. 17, alt. 11, lat. 5 mill.

TeLiina (PERON#A) ERYTHR#ENSIS, H. Ad. (Plate XLVIII.

fig. 8.)

T.. testa tenuiuscula, transversa, convexiuscula, inequilaterali, con-

centrice et oblique lirata, pallide carnea; umbonibus postme-

dianis, parvis; latere antico ovato; latere postico breviore,

compresso, antice oblique truncato; margine ventrali antice arcu-

ato, postice fere recto; flexura valde distincta.

Long. 16, alt. 93, lat. 6 mill.

TreLLinaA (PERON#ZA) TRIRADIATA, H, Ad. (Plate XLVIII.

fig. 9.)

T. testa tenui, transversa, elongato-ovata, inequilateralt, concentrice

conferte striata, albida, radiis rubris tribus picta ; umbonibus ad

trientem posticalem sitis ; latere antico ovato; latere postico

breviore, subacuminato, ad apicem oblique subtruncato ; margine

ventrali arcuato ; flexura satis distincta.

Long. 114, alt. 6, lat. 4 mill.

TrLuLINA (PERON#A) LactreEa, H. Ad.

T. testa tenuiuscula, transversa, valde inequilaterali, concentrice

striata, striis posticis lamellosis, et partim oblique striata,

lactea ; umbonibus parvis, prominulis, ad quadrantem posticum

sitis ; extremitate antica semiovali ; extremitate postica brevi,

valde arcuata, infra angulata; margine ventrali rectiusculo ;

flexura mediocri.

Long. 10, alt. 6, lat. 3 mill.

Tevuina (ArcopaatA) tssevI, H. Ad. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 10.)

T. testa tenuiuscula, suborbiculari, convera, equilaterali, striis

lamellosis numerosis concentricis ornata, pallide lutea, radiis

rubris picta ; latere antico rotundato ; latere postico subangulato ;

flexura inconspicua.

Long. 11, alt. 10, lat. 5 mill.

This species very much resembles 7. balaustina, Linn. ; but the

posterior side is somewhat more angulated, and the concentric strize,

which are less numerous, are much stronger.

TeLvtrna (ArcopactaA) savicnyl, H. Ad. (Plate XLVIII.

fig. 11.)

T. testa tenuiuscula, subovata, convexa, subequilaterali, concentrice

conferte slriata, striis postice fere obsoletis, albida; umbonibus

1870.] MR. H. ADAMS ON NEW SHELLS FROM THE RED SEA. 791

submedianis, parvis ; latere antico ovali; latere postico acumi-

nato ; margine ventrali valde arcuato, postice subsinuato; flexura

distincta.

Long. 10, alt. 8, lat. 5 mill.

A species closely allied to 7. robusta, Hanley. It is, however,

smaller, less convex, thinner, and more ovate than that species,

Corauiopuaca striotata, H. Ad. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 12.)

C. testa tenui, subdiaphana, oblongo-ovata, valde inequilaterali,

compressa, area mediana striis elevatis, arcuatis, radiantibus

ornata, pallide virente ; umbonibus antemedianis, parvis, proxi-

mis ; margine dorsali antice declivi, postice subrecto ; margine

ventrali arcuate; latere antico rotundato; latere postico sub-

truncato.

Long. 9, alt. 5, lat. 3 mill.

Lucina rretpiner, H. Ad. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 13.)

L. testa solida, rotundata, convexa, subequilaterali, concentrice

conferte tenuilirata, radiatim subtilissime striata, alba, umboni-

bus parvis, submedianis, acutis ; lunula convexa ; latere antico

subangulato, latere postico circulari.

Long. 15, alt. 14, lat. 82 mill.

Lucina concrnna, H. Ad. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 14.)

L. testa solidula, rotundata, convewa, subobliqua, radiatim costis cre-

bris, in medio fere obsoletis, et concentrice lirulis confertis in-

sculpta, albida ; umbonibus submedianis, prominentibus ; lunula

magna, lanceclata, vix circumscripta ; margine crenulato.

Long. 93, alt. 9, lat. 6 mill.

Lucina Evecans, H. Ad.

L. testa tenui, subrotundata, modice convexa, equilateral, striis

minutis, confertis, radiantibus, et lirulis subdistantibus concen-

tricis insculpta, alba; umbonibus medianis, prominulis, acutis ;

lunula parva, cordata, excavata ; latere antico subcirculari ; latere

postico subtruncato ; margine crenulato.

Long. 7, alt. 7, lat. 42 mill.

Lucia (Cycxas) macanpre», H. Ad. (Plate XLVII. fig. 15.)

L. testa solida, rotundata, e@quilaterali, ventricosa, costis arcuatis

numerosis, radiantibus, divaricantibus, et sulcis concentricis sul-

irregularibus insculpta, costis extra marginem in Spinas terminan-

tibus ; umbonibus medianis, acutis, anteversis ; lunula elongato-

cordata, prominente, via circumscripta.

Long. 16, alt. 16, lat. 10 mill.

Mysra tumipa, H. Ad. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 16.)

M. testa oblique rotundata, tumida, tenui, inequilaterali, striolis

confertis radiantibus et concentricis obsolete decussata ; umboni-

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1870, No. LIII.

792 MR.H. ADAMS ON NEW SHELLS FROM THE RED BEA. | Nov. 15,

bus antemedianis, tumidis, prominentibus ; regione postica paulum

latiore ; margine ventrali oblique arcuato.

Long. 12, alt. 11, lat. 8 mill.

Lorires picta, H. Ad.

L. testa tenui, orbiculari, ventricosa, equilaterali, sub lente concen-

trice obsolete striata, albida, strigis pallide fulvis, interruptis

radiatim ornata; umbonibus medianis, elevatis ; margine dorsali

antice subconcavo, postice fere recto; peripheria reliqua subcir-

culari ; regione postica latiore.

Long. 11, alt. 10, lat. 7 mill.

Crenewua (Mopronarta) viriputa, H. Ad.

C. testa ovata, tenui, compressa, viridula ; umbonibus parvis, sub-

terminalibus ; extremitate antica ovali; extremitate postica ro-

tundata ; margine dorsali et margine ventrali arcuatis, paulum

divergentibus ; areis lateralibus costulis confertis radiantibus, area

mediana striis concentricis fere obsoletis insculptis ; marginibus

internis antice et postice crenulatis.

Long. 8, alt. 4, lat. 2 mill.

Crenewia compra, H. Ad. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 17.)

C. testa tenuiuscula, rhomboidali, striis radiantibus numerosis et

lamellis concentricis, acutis, subdistantibus decussata, pallido-fulva,

viridi marmorata; umbonibus terminalibus, prominentibus; dorso

gibboso ; extremitate antica acuminata ; extremitate postica lata,

obtusa; margine ventrali vix excavato; margine interno cre-

nulato.

Long. 6, alt. 4, lat. 4 mill.

CRENELLA GIBBA, H. Ad.

C. testa tenuiuscula, ovato-rhomboidali, striis elevatis, minutis,

confertis, radiantibus, et lamellis acutis numerosis concentricis

decussata, albido-flava ; umbonibus terminalibus, tumidis ; dorso

gibboso, elevato, ad marginem posticum compresso ; extremitate

antica acuminata; extremitate postica ovali; margine ventrali

Sere recto ; margine interno crenulato.

Long. 53, alt. 3, lat. 4 mill.

Axina (PEcTUNCULUS) ARABICA, H. Ad.

A. testa solida, trigono-ovata, ventricosa, subequilaterali, albida,

interdum pallide rubra, maculis vel strigis brevis, rufo-castaneis

picta, epidermide tenui, pilosa, fulgido-castanea induta ; valvis

radiatim costatis (costis posterioribus fortioribus) ; costis et in-

tervallis longitudinaliter costulatis, utrisque lirulis concentricis,

tenuissimis decussatis ; umbonibus submedianis, tumidis; area

cardinali brevi, angulata ; latere antico rotundato ; latere postico

angulato ; margine dorsali postice declivi; margine ventrali valde

arcuato ; margine interno crenulato.

Long. 18, alt. 18, lat. 12 mill.

1870.] MR. H. ADAMS ON NEW EXOTIC SHELLS. 793

This species is well figured by Savigny in the ‘ Description de

lEgypte,’ pl. 10. fig. 4, but is not described.

Nucuta 1nconsprcua, H. Ad.

N. testa subovato-triangulari, solidiuscula, concentrice irregulariter

sulcata, radiatim obsolete conferte striata, flavido-alba, glabra ;

umbonibus posticis ; extremitate antica subangulata, postica ovali ;

margine interno simplict.

Long. 3, alt. 23, lat. 2 mill.

Ravura renuts, H. Ad. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 18.)

R. testa tenui, oblique ovata, albida ; disco liris minutis, confertis,

radiantibus, ad latera distantioribus, ornata; apicibus acutis,

elevatis, levibus ; margine byssali subangulato, modice hiante.

Long. 8, alt. 10, lat. 43 mill.

Rapvuta (Limatuta) pusitya, H. Ad. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 19.)

R. testa tenuiuscula, elongato-ovali, equilaterali, radiatim costis

(in medio fortioribus), et concentrice striis minutissimis, subim-

bricatis, creberrime ornata, alba; apicibus tumidis, prominulis ;

auriculis inequalibus ; margine byssali declivi, recto; margine

ventrali crenulato.

Long. 34, alt. 5, lat. 3 mill.

Note.—I described, in a former paper (P. Z. S. 1869, p. 274), a

Turbonilla from Vigo under the name of 7’. speciosa. As I find that

name to be preoccupied, macandree may be substituted for it. The

same remark applies to a Tellina from the Red Sea, which I desig-

nated (P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 6) 7. virgulata, and which may be called 7.

erythreensis.

I may add, that among the shells recently brought by Mr.

Swinhoe from the interior of China is one which I consider to be

a variety of Helix maacki, Gertsf., but which differs sufficiently to

render the following description of it desirable :—

Hewrx (Camana) MAACKI, Gertsf.

Var. 6. uN1zoNALis. Spira anfractibus minus convexioribus, an-

fractu ultimo majore, fascia una castanea ad peripheriam ornato.

Hab. Ichang gorge, China (Mr. Swinhoe).

10. Descriptions of two new Genera and five new Species of

Shells. By Henry Apams, F.L.S.

(Plate XLVIIL.)

Genus Puanera, H. Ad.

Testa imperforata, trochiformis ; spira anfractibus paucis, ultimo

carinato, expanso, basi depresso ; apertura ampla, rotundata, an-

794 MR. H. ADAMS ON NEW EXOTIC SHELLS. _[Nov. 15,

tice subsinuata, intus margaritacea ; columella revoluta, acuta ;

perist. simplex, rectum.

PuHANETA EVERETTI, H. Ad. (Plate XLVIII. figs. 20, 20a, 206.)

P. testa depresso-trochiformi, tenuiuscula, albida, epidermide pallide

fulva tenui induta ; spira convexo-conica, apice obtuso, sublate-

rali, sutura distincta ; anfr. 3, convexiusculis, rapide accrescenti-

bus, striis obliquis obscuris, et striis nonnullis spiralibus, irregu-

laribus ornatis, ultimo acute carinato, basi subconcavo, regione

columellari excavato, concentrice conferte striato.

Diam. maj. 8}, min. 73, alt. 6 mill.

Hab. Siniwan River, Borneo ; attached to submerged logs (coll.

H. Ad.).

For a knowledge of this very distinct form of fluviatile mollusca

we are indebted to Mr. A. Everett, who collected it in the neighbour-

hood of Sarawak, Borneo. It appears, so far as can be judged from

the shell alone, to be allied to the Valvatidee, in which family, there-

fore, it may be provisionally placed. The two land shells below de-

scribed were also found by Mr. Everett in the same locality.

Macrocuuamys cuTrer!, H. Ad. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 21.)

M. testa anguste perforata, depressa, tenui, politissima, lucida, vi-

renti-cornea, supra medium fascia lata fusco-rubra ornata ; spira

brevissime conoidea, sutura anguste marginata; anfr. 5}, con-

vewiusculis, regulariter accrescentibus, ultimo non descendente, ro-

tundato ; apertura parum obliqua, rotundato-lunari ; perist. sim-

plici, recto, marginibus convergentibus, columellari arcuatim de-

scendente, superne breviter reflexo, perforationem semitegente.

Diam. maj. 15, min. 13, alt. 95 mill.

Hab. Busan, near Sarawak, Borneo (coll. H. Ad.).

Axuycaus GLososus, H. Ad.

A. testa perforata, ovato-globosa, tenui, costulis tenuissimis nume-

rosis longitudinaliter ornata, pallide fulva; spira turbinata, apice

obtusiusculo, sutura valde impressa ; anfr. 44, conveais, ultimo tu-

mido, antice paulum ascendente, 2 mill. pone aperturam constricto,

tubulum suturalem brevissimum gerente; apertura subobliqua,

circulari ; perist. duplicato ; interno continuo, breviter porrecto ;

eaterno patente, ad anfr. contiguum interrupto, supra perforationem

angulatim producto et valde reflexo, perforationem fere occultante.

Diam. maj. 5, min. 33, alt. 4 mill.

Hab. Busan, near Sarawak, Borneo (coll. H. Ad.).

Genus HarGravesia, H. Ad.

Testa subovata, polita, callo nitido obducta; apertura circulari ;

perist. simplex, subincrassatum, margine dextro juxta insertionem

canaliculato.

In this genus, which is in other respects similar to Pupina, the

canal in the columellar margin is absent.

1870.] MR. H. ADAMS ON NEW EXOTIC SHELLS. 795

Hareravestia pouita, H. Ad. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 22.)

H. testa imperforata, ovato-acuminata, solidula, levigata, polita,

flavo-fusca ; spira convexo-conica, apice acutiusculo, sutura cal-

losa, leviter impressa ; anfr. 6, convexiusculis, ultimo basi at-

tenuato, spiram equante ; apertura circulari, sursum spectante,

callo parietali linguiformi, subobliquo, margine dextro approximato

munita; perist. paulum incrassato, ad parietem aperturalem

adnato.

Long. 93, diam. 6 mill., apert. diam. 3 mill.

Hab. Solomon Islands (Mr. Hargraves).

PacHYCHEILUS JANSONI, H. Ad.

P. testa elongato-fusiformi, solidiuscula, sub lente minutissime spi-

raliter undulato-striata, epidermide nigro-fusca induta; spira

subconvexo-turrita, apice eroso, sutura viw impressa; anfr. 6,

subplanatis ; apertura acuminato-ovali, teste fere dimidium

@quante, postice angulata, antice paulum producta, intus livido-

fusca; columella arcuata, albida; callo parietali tenui; labro

crassiusculo.

Long. 36, lat. 15 mill.

Hab. Province of Chontales, Nicaragua (Mr. H. M. Janson),

This species is related to P. ¢uradi, Villa; but the aperture is

longer, and the whorls of the spine are nearly flat instead of being

convex as in that species.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XLVIII.

Fig. 1. Mitra (Canciila) antonie, p. 788.

2. Corbula erythreensis, p. 789.

3. Eucharis angulata, p. 789.

4, Negra (Cardiomya) pulchella, p. 789.

5. Tellina (Peroneoderma) simplex, p. 789.

6. Tellina (Peronea) pura, p. 789.

7. Tellina (Peronea) scitula, p. 790.

8. Tellina (Peronea) erythreensis, p. 790.

9. Tellina (Peronea) triradiata, p. 790.

10. Tellina (Arcopagia) isselt, p. 790.

ll. Tellina (Arcopagia) savignyt, p. 790.

12. Coralliophaga striolata, p. 791.

13. Lucina fielding, p. 791.

14, Lucina conecinna, p. 791.

15. Lucina (Cyclas) macandree, p. 791.

16. Mysia tumida, p. 791.

17. Crenella compta, p. 792.

18. Radula tenuis, p. 793.

19. Radula (Limatula) pusilla, p. 793.

20, 20 a, 206. Phaneta everett, p. 794.

21, 21 a. Macrochlamys cutteri, p. 794.

22. Hargravesia polita, p. 795.

796 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [| Dec. 6,

December 6, 1870.

R. Hudson, Esq., F.R.S., in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the months of October and November,

1870 :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of October was 71, of which 2 were by

birth, 47 by presentation, 5 by purchase, 4 by exchange, and 13

were animals received on deposit. The total number of departures

during the same period, by death and removals, was 108.

The more remarkable animals among the acquisitions were :—

1. Two Red-tailed Guans (Ortalida ruficauda) from Tobago,

received October 4th, having been presented to the Society by the

Hon. W. J. Buhét, M.D., M.R.C.S., of that island. These are

the first examples of this Guan ever received alive by the Society,

but were in very poor condition when they arrived. One has since

died ; but the other seems likely to recover.

2. A fine specimen of Geoffroy’s Cat (Melis geoffroii), purchased

October 10th of Capt. E. Hairby, by whom it was brought from

Buenos Ayres, with the information that it had been obtained from

Paraguay. On the arrival of this animal I identified it from memory

with a specimen I had seen in the British Museum, upon which Dr.

Gray had established his Leopardus himalayanus (List of Mamm.

in B. M. p. 44), and of which he afterwards made a new genus

and species under the name Pardalina warwickii*. Mr. Bartlett,

having examined the specimen in the British Museum, confirmed

my opinion; and I accordingly entered the animal on the register as

Warwick’s Cat (Felis warwickiit).

The so-called Felis warwickii being now dead, I have been able

to examine it more carefully, and find it to belong to a well-known

South-American species—Felis geoffroti of D’Orbigny and Gervais.

This Cat was discovered by D’Orbigny on the Rio Negro, and is well

figured and described in the ‘ Magasin de Zoologie’ (1844, Mamm.

pl. 57), and in D’Orbigny’s ‘ Voyage’ (Mamm. p. 25, tab. 14). In

the latter work the skull is also figured (pl. 13. figs. 1, 1*). Bur-

meister (La Plata-Reise, ii. p. 397) tells us that it is found all over

the Argentine Republic in the more wooded districts. The native

name is ‘“‘Gato montese’’—the Felis pajeros, which we have also

lately received alive (cf. P. Z. S. 1868, p. 530) being designated as

the ‘‘Gato de la pampa.”

I have now also myself compared our specimen with the original

of Pardalina warwickii in the British Museum, and have no doubt

of their belonging to the same species. ‘The skull of our specimen,

which was a young although fully grown animal, does not, however,

* Cat. Carn., Pach., and Edentate Mamm. p. 14 (1869).

t See ‘Field’ for 22nd October, 1870, p. 349.

1870.| THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 797

quite agree with the skull of Felis warwickii, which is that of a very

old individual, being rather shorter (total length from end of pre-

maxilla to occipital foramen 3:7 inches instead of 4 inches) and con-

siderably narrower in proportion (being only 2°6 inches in extreme

width of the zygomata instead of 3:1 inches). But I believe there

is considerable variation in the skulls of most species of the genus

Felis.

Felis geoffroii seems to be nearly allied to the Ocelot (Felis par-

dalis); and I cannot understand what claims it has to be regarded

as forming a distinct genus.

Dr. Gray refers to his “ Pardalina warwickii”’ Sir William Jar-

dine’s figure of Felis himalayanus in the ‘ Naturalist’s Library’

(vol. xvi. pl. 24*), stating that the figure in question was taken

‘from the specimen in the Surrey Zoological Gardens.” But Sir

William Jardine expressly says that his figure of “‘ Felis himalayanus”

is a copy of a drawing by Mr. Lear, taken from a “skin received

from the Himalayan district of India ;’’ and there can be no doubt, I

think, that it represents the Viverrine Cat (Felis viverrina, Bennett)

of India, of which it is, indeed, a very fair representation.

3. Two Spider Monkeys, purchased October 14th, and stated to

have been brought from Nicaragua. One of these belongs to the

species called in the Catalogue of Vertebrates (ed. iv. p. 8) Ateles

Srontatus, Gray +t, which we have more than once received from

the same localityt. The second Spider Monkey, which has since

died, and of which I now exhibit the stuffed skin, is apparently of

a different species, and unknown to me. There is, however, a

similar example in the British Museum, which is, as I am informed

by Mr. Gerrard, the type of a proposed new species of Dr. Gray

(Ateles ornatus), to be described in a forthcoming Catalogue of the

Quadrumana.

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of November was 32, of which 1 was by

birth, 16 by presentation, 7 by exchange, and 8 were animals re-

ceived on deposit. The total number of departures during the same

period, by death and removals, was 118.

Amongst the acquisitions the only animal worth remark was a

female of the Antarctic Wolf (Canis antarcticus), received Novem-

ber 8th. Mr. H. Byng, the acting colonial secretary of this colony,

kindly forwarded a pair of these animals as a present to the Society’s

Menagerie; but one only survived to reach the Society’s Gardens.

Mr. Byng states that, as Mr. Darwin (Zool. Voy. Beagle, ii. p. 10)

prophesied would probably be the case, this animal, formerly so

common, has now become almost extinct in the Falklands, the de-

predations it commits upon the Sheep having rendered its extirpation

necessary. The only previous specimen of this animal, as far as I

know, was that brought home by Lecomte in 1868 (see P. Z. S.

1868, p. 529).

+ Brachyteles frontatus, Gray, Voy. Sulphur, Mamm. p. 9, pl. 1.

t See P. Z. 8. 1862, p. 186.

798 LETTER FROM MR. W. H. HUDSON. [Dec. 6,

In concluding my report for these last two months, I must not

omit to record the existence in the Gardens during a part of that

period of an example of the Ka-ka-po, or Night-parrot of New Zea-

land (Strigops habroptilus). On the 20th of September Mr. G. 8.

Sale deposited in the Society’s care a specimen of this most interest-

ing bird, and removed it on November 3rd, after some unavailing

attempts to come to terms with us as to its price. A good illustration

of the Kakapo, taken from this bird, was given in the ‘Field’ for

15th October, 1870 (p. 328); and at p. 411 (November 12th) will

be found a notice of its habits by the owner.

The Secretary read the following extract from a letter addressed

to him by Dr. R. C. Cunningham, C.M.ZS., concerning a specimen

of the Manatee (Manatus americanus) kept alive in captivity :—

“The specimen of the Manatee observed by me at Rio in 1867

and 1869 had been procured, as I was informed, from the Amazons,

and was kept in a strip of artificial water in the Passao Publico

(Public Gardens) of the city, which was tenanted also by two young

Jacares and a variety of water-fowl. It measured, as nearly as I

could calculate, between 4 and 5 feet in length. In general it could

only be recognized as an inky shadow moving along at some distance

below the surface of the water. It evinced a curious predilection

for the society of a white Swan, following this bird, which was not

at all alarmed by its associate, from place to place, so that we found

that the presence of the Swan on any particular spot on the water

was a guide to that of the Manatee, or ‘Cow-fish’ as it is generally

termed by the inhabitants of Rio. It was very tame, often pro-

truding its curiously fringed lips above the surface of the water to

take bunches of grass from the hands of the bystanders ; and several

times I observed it grazing on the short herbage at the sides of the

water. This it accomplished by raising its head and shoulders above

the surface, and maintaining itself in this position by means of one

pectoral fin placed on the top of the low stone ledge or parapet which

separated the water from the adjoining turf, while it slowly moved

along sideways in this position, cropping the grass as it went.”

The following (ninth) letter upon the ornithology of Buenos

Ayres, by Mr. W. H. Hudson, C.M.Z.S., was read* :—

“ Buenos Ayres, June 20th, 1870.

<¢ We are now near the winter solstice, and the weather has become

exceedingly mild. This short period of pleasant weather in mid-

winter is called in Buenos Ayres ‘Veranillo de San Juan,’ and is

experienced here almost every season. So warm have the last few

days been, that the Dusky Thrush (Turdus leucomelas) has been

heard frequently, though his full delightful song is never put forth till

September; but the Cardinal, Black-headed Finch, and Calandria

have been singing as if it were really spring.

* For Mr. Hudson’s last letter see antea, p. 748.

1870.) LETTER FROM MR. W. H. HUDSON. 799

“I have only been able to obtain three specimens of the Molo-

thrus rufo-axillaris since receiving your letter asking for some skins

of that species: they all proved males; so I shall keep them for you

until I have samples of both sexes. I am not yet very well ac-

quainted with the breeding-habits of this bird, but, from what I have

observed, strongly suspect that it is polygamous. If this is true, it

is a wonderful circumstance that the three Molothri of Buenos Ayres

should differ from almost all other birds in their weakness or total

want of sexual attachment. I hope in summer to be able to dis-

cover some additional facts concerning the M. bonariensis, also to

collect for you some of their eggs, which I am sure you will think

interesting curiosities.

“Winter and resident game birds are uncommonly plentiful this

season, affording me a good opportunity for securing specimens and

observing their habits. As I am fond of gunning, the Duck and

Snipe families are favourites. Of the Scolopacide family I am ac-

quainted with twenty species. Seventeen of these are well known to

naturalists, or at least have had their affinities determined ; but

before writing much about them I should like to become more fami-

liar with some of their habits, especially the times of their arrival

and departure, also the nidification of the resident species. The

other three are perhaps not known, or not considered natives of this

region. I have formerly shot, but never preserved, specimens of two

of them. But I will say no more at present about these birds, as

memory is not a faithful guide in such matters, and some favourable

chance may bring them in my way again.

“It is a remarkable circumstance that the three birds that possess

perhaps the widest range of all the species belonging to the fauna of

Buenos Ayres should have been uncommonly abundant this autumn.

These birds are the Himantopus nigricollis, a native of both Ame-

ricas; the Otus brachyotus, called here ‘Lechuson,’ and known, I

believe, in Asia and Europe as well as in America; and the Glossy

Ibis (Ibis falcinellus), a bird possessing a still wider range. The

Black-necked Himantopus, though almost unfailingly found wherever

much water occurs on the pampas, is not a numerous species ; but at

present they are extremely abundant, and quite familiar even in cul-

tivated fields near the farmhouses, flocks of them being seen wherever

little pools of water have been formed by the rains. At some future

time I will communicate all I have learned from personal observation

respecting its habits. Whether the habits of a species (like this bird)

distributed over an entire continent become modified by circum-

stances in the widely separated regions they frequent, or not, must

be an interesting subject of inquiry to naturalists.

“The Glossy Ibis is very common all over the State of Buenos

Ayres. They appear in spring; but as their movements are very

irregular, and many individuals remain through the winter, their

migrations are probably not altogether dependent on atmospheric

changes. They have a graceful flight; and when migrating, the

flocks are seen to succeed each other in rapid succession, each flock

being usually composed of from fifty to a hundred individuals, but

800 LETTER FROM MR. W. H. HUDSON. [ Dec. 6,

sometimes of a much greater number. A body of these birds on the

wing is a most interesting sight—now soaring high in the air, dis-

playing the deep chestnut hue of their breasts, now descending with

a graceful curve towards the earth, as if to exhibit the beautiful

metallic green of their upper plumage. The flock is in the mean

time continually changing its form or disposition, as if at the com-

mand of a leader. One moment it spreads out in a long straight

line; suddenly the birds scatter in disorder, or throw themselves

together like a cloud of Blackbirds; as suddenly they again re-form

and proceed in the figure of a phalanx, half-moon, or triangle. The

fanciful notion will scarcely fail to suggest itself to the beholder’s

mind, that the birds go through these unnecessary evolutions intel-

ligently to attain greater proficiency in them by practice, or merely

to make a display of their aérial accomplishments. The Ibis has

another remarkable habit while flying; it is not, however, a habit

exclusively confined to this species. The flock is sometimes seen as

if seized with sudden frenzy or panic, every bird rushing wildly away

from its fellows, and descending with a violent zigzag flight; in a

few moments the mad fit leaves them, they rise again, reassemble in

the air, and resume their journey.

‘“‘T should like to know if any thing has been recorded concerning

the nidification of this bird. Having the four quarters of the globe

for an habitat, perhaps it is in no country more common than in

this ; yet its only breeding-place here that I have yet heard of is the

Gualicho, a marshy district about 170 miles south of Buenos Ayres

city. I have not visited this place in the breeding-season, but have

been told by people living in its vicinity that the Ibises breed there

in great numbers, and make their nests close together. The nest is

made of dry grass on the ground; the eggs are blue, and three in

number. Baird, in his ‘Synopsis of North-American Birds,’ says

nothing is known of its nidification; but this may refer to the bird

only in North America. I hope from my own observation to find

out something more of its breeding-habits in this country. The

Lechuson (Otus brachyotus), though, like the preceding species,

pretty generally distributed over the pampas, was, until within the

last three years, rather a scarce bird. It breeds on the ground,

makes no nest, but merely clears and presses a circular spot on the

ground among the loose tussocks of long grass, and lays four white

eggs of a slightly oval form. Near sunset the Lechuson is seen

quitting its concealment and sitting perched upon a thistle or other

eminence, or sailing above the ground with a slow Heron-like flight ;

at intervals while flying it strikes its wings together under its breast

in a very sudden, quick manner. It is not at all shy, the intrusion

of a man or dog at evening in the field it frequents appearing greatly

to excite its indignation. An imitation of its ery will attract num-

bers of them about a person; the report of a gun has the same

effect. The language of this species has considerable variety ; when

alarmed or angry they utter a loud sharp hiss, and at times a sudden

shrill laugh-like ery. They have also a dismal hollow scream, not

often heard, and at twilight hoot—this part of their vocal perform-

1870.] LETTER FROM MR. W. H. HUDSON. 801

ances sounding not unlike the distant. baying of a ‘deep-mouthed’

watch-dog.

“The late great increase of the large Owls in this neighbourhood

can only be ascribed to the recent cultivation of the plains near the

city. Within the last six years a great extent of hitherto bald shel-

terless grounds have been enclosed, and are now yearly planted with

wheat and maize; in the fields the Owls find shelter, and their

favourite food in abundance, Mice, Partridges, &c.

‘The Lechuson frequenting open plains in preference to woods,

and hiding by day on the ground, has the colour of its plumage

adapted to a country like the desert pampas, rough with a brown

vegetation. But the introduction and increase of Sheep quickly

changed the aspect of a vast extent of the plain; the long brown

grasses disappeared, their place being taken by a tender herbage,

short and brilliant green; the country was thus unfitted for their

pasturage. All the wild animals have, no doubt, been greatly

affected by this sudden change in vegetation and total destruction of

cover. But cultivation has now partially restored the physical con-

ditions necessary to the preservation and increase of many species

like the Lechuson. In future descriptions I shall frequently refer

to these changes on the pampas.

“The gradual increase or diminution eonstantly going on in many

species about us is little remarked; but the sudden appearance in

vast numbers of a species not usually common is regarded by all with

interest and wonder. When, owing to a season favourable to pro-

pagation, a small species multiplies greatly (as often happens here

with Mice, Toads, Crickets, &c.), we may confidently look for the

appearing of multitudes of those birds that subsist on them. Thus,

in the year 1856, when the earth swarmed with Mice, vast numbers

of the then scarce Lechuson, and flocks of the Great Adjutant Stork

(Mycteria americana) also appeared. Armies of these majestic

white birds were seen stalking over the grass on all sides, or at the

close of day winging their flight to the distant watercourses in a

continuous flock ; while the night air resounded to the solemn hoot-

ings of the innumerable Owls. However simple may be the cause

of the first phenomenon (the sudden great increase of a Species in-

capable of migration but exceedingly prolific), the attendant one

appears to have been remarked with astonishment from very early

times, and to have given rise to many conjectures. Pliny, if I re-

member right, relates that one season in some part of Asia Minor

the Mice increased in an extraordinary manner, but soon appeared

‘an army of strangely painted birds’ and devoured them all. Birds

of prey and those that subsist on large insects, and possess great

powers of flight, without being strictly migratory, when not occupied

with the business of propagation, are incessantly wandering in quest

of food. They often fly high, and traverse vast distances. When

the natural food of any one of such species abounds very much in a

particular region, all the birds that discover it remain in it and

continually attract to them all of their kind passing over them. It

802 DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF OTARIA JUBATA. [Dec. 6,

thus happens here with the large Owl, the Adjutant, and other spe-

cies that fly singly or in small flocks: a few first appear like harbin-

gers; these are soon joined by new comers in considerable numbers ;

and before long they are in myriads. Inconceivable numbers of

birds are, no doubt, continually passing over us unseen. It was once

a matter of wonder to me that flocks of Swans should almost always

appear flying past after a shower, even when none had been visible

for a long time before, and when they must have come from great

distances. But the simple reason soon occurred to me, that after

rain a Swan may be visible at a vastly greater distance than during

fair weather, the sun shining on its snow-white plumage against the

dark background of a cloud rendering it very conspicuous. The

fact of Swans being seen almost always after a rain is only a proof

that they are almost always passing. Whenever we are visited by a

great dust-storm, myriads of Gulls appear flying before it; this is

invariably the case even when not a Gull has been visible for months.

A dust-storm is always preceded by long drought, so that from the

watercourses being all dry the Gulls could not well have subsisted

in the region over which it passes. Yet in seasons of drought Gulls

must be incessantly passing over us, visible only when driven toge-

ther and forced towards the earth by the violence of the storm.

The bird I allude to is the Black-headed Gull (Larus cirrhocephalus).

In seasons when Grasshoppers abound very much, flocks of these

birds also appear, often in such multitudes as to free entire districts

from the devastating swarms of the hated insects. It is a fine sight,

and a welcome one as well, to see a flight of these birds settle on the

afflicted district ; at such times their mode of proceeding is often so

regular, that a body of them well deserves the appellation of ‘an

army of birds.’ They come down with a swift graceful flight, and

settle on the earth with loud joyful cries, but do not abandon when

the work of devouring has begun the order in which the flock was

disposed. It often presents a front of several thousand feet, with a

breadth of but sixty or eighty; all along this line of battle the ex-

cited cries of the innumerabie birds produce a loud, incessant noise.

Every bird is incessantly on the move—some skimming along the

ground with half expanded wing, others pursuing the fugitives

through the air; and all the time the hindmost birds are flying over

the flock and alighting in the front ranks ; so that the whole body is

steadily advancing, and leaving the earth over which it passes free

from the pest. The Black-headed Gull is one of our most common

birds, and has many very interesting habits; I hope before long to

make it the subject of another letter.

« T remain, Sir,

«Truly vours,

“W. H. Hupson.”

Dr. J. Murie read the second part of his memoir on the Anatomy

of the Sea-lion (Otaria jubata). The present portion treated of the

skeleton and nervous system, vascular and respiratory organs, di-

1870.] MR. J. GOULD ON TWO SPECIES OF HUMMING-BIRDS. 803

gestive system, and urino-generative organs of this animal, as ob-

served in the male specimen which died in the Society’s Gardens in

1870*.

This paper will be published in the Society’s ‘Transactions.’

Mr. Gould brought under the notice of the Meeting two species

of Humming-birds, which he believed to be new to science, and for

which he proposed the names of Chetocercus bombus and Tha-

lurania hypochlora. They formed part of a collection made by Mr.

W. Buckley in the temperate parts of Ecuador during the autumn

of the present year, 1870. This collection was remarkable for the

absence of many of the species, and even of the forms, inhabiting the

high lands around Quito, and for the presence of others which are

mostly found in Venezuela, Veragua, and Costa Rica.

The collection comprised about 130 specimens of thirty species,

of which the following was a list, with the localities wherein they

were obtained :—

Cynanthus cyanurus.. 1... eee evens Bajos

EARS 8 Sieg RE econ ieee Banos.

Panoplites flavescens ........++ s+ Citado.

PUNEUEE shy eth Ach sens wenn LADOR.

Pheolema equatorialis .......- me +2 Citado,

Phaéthornis yaruqui .....-++-..... Banos,

syrmatophora ....0e..+eeeree. Ulva.

Heliotrypha parzudakii ......-++++. Banos.

Docimastes schliephackei, Heine f.t .. Bajos.

TREUGLIRED COATT OTE an 0 woos win ole, > ohn sag Citado.

CT OME Eo EERIE ena eae Canelos.

Helianthea lutetia ...... 010s. eesee Ulva.

Petasophoratolata@ 0.50. dons es ne Bajos.

CUPETLOCER ene aN eae s aera at age Si a acai Banos.

aeiplinae™®. .. Saws eee ces s« s+» Citado,

Bourcteria torquata.. 2.80... Se 3: Baios.

Lampropygia celigena.. ......++.... Ulva.

Urochroa bougieri (2) ....66. eses+- Banos.

Metallura tyrianthina.........++++. Ulva.

Adelomyia maculata ........ 000+ 0 Ulva.

Heliodoxa jamesoni? (young) ...... Citado.

Spathura melananthera .......+++5+ Citado.

eT ee. 2) Se St. Ines.

Pyrrhophena riefferi ... 0.6... cone Citado.

OUlDBVCORUErSEAs O20 Vine ses oon 6 bee Citado.

Chlorostilbon chrysogaster .......+.. Citado.

Heliomaster longirostris (?).......... Citado.

Thaumantias viridiceps .....+++.... Citado.

Thalurania hypochlora, n. sp......+.. Citado.

Chetocercus bombus, n. sp... «+++. ++ Canelos.

Mr. Gould eulogized the zeal and perseverance displayed by Mr.

* See P. Z. S. 1867, p. 243. + Journ. f. Orn. 1863, p. 215.

804 MR. J. GOULD ON TWO SPECIES OF HUMMING-BIRDS. [Dec. 6,

Buckley in having collected so many species during the very short

time he had been in the country, and gave the following descriptions

of the two new species :—

CH#TOCERCUS BOMBUS, Sp. Noy.

This species must be classed with the most diminutive of the

Trochilide. In its general appearance and in its coloration it

strongly reminds one of Chetocercus rose, while, in some parts of

its structure, particularly in the form of its two hair-like outer tail-

feathers, it resembles Acestrura mulsanti; its wing is even smaller

and shorter than that of the little 4. heliodori. It must, however,

be placed, as I believe it is correctly, in the genus Chetocercus.

The following is a more minute description and admeasurement of

this little bird.

Male. Crown of the head, upper surface, and abdomen bronzy

green ; throat brilliant crimson-red, nearly surrounded by a mark of

buff, forming a conspicuous band across the chest, a feature distin-

guishing it from Chetocercus rose, in which the band occupying

the same space is white; wings purplish black; the tail-feathers

the same, with the exception of the third or longest on each side,

on which there is a very narrow edging of buff near the base of the

inner margin; the two outer tail-feathers very fine and hair-like;

the four central ones extremely small, so much so as to be hidden

beneath the tail-coverts ; bill and legs black.

‘ Total length 21 inches; bill 9, wing +, longest tail-feathers ?,

arsi 3.

Female. Larger than the male. Crown and upper surface green ;

throat and under surface chestnut-brown ; tail, which is extremely

short and even, deep chestnut-brown, banded with black across the

centre of each feather.

Total length 23 inches; bill 3, wing 13, tail 3, tarsi 3.

Hab, Citado in Ecuador.

THALURANIA HYPOCHLORA, Sp. nov.

The nearest ally to this new species is Thalurania verticeps ; but

from this it differs in having the entire under surface green instead

of having a blue abdomen.

Male. Frontal three-fourths of the crown of a beautiful green,

which also pervades the entire under surface of the body ; all the

upper surface deep grass-green, with a lovely patch of blue on the

shoulder, extending for a short distance on to each side of the breast ;

under tail-coverts blackish blue, edged with white; bill black ; feet

brownish black.

Total length 4 inches ; bill 2, wing 23, tail 13.

Female. All the upper surface grass-green ; throat, abdomen, and

under tail-coverts grey, darker and inclining to green on the flanks ;

tail purplish black, slightly tipped with white, the white tipping

being of lesser extent on the central than on the outer feathers.

Size rather less than that of the male.

Hab. Citado in Ecuador.

1870.] MR.J,. B. PERRIN ON BALZNOPTERA ROSTRATA. 805

The following papers were read :—

1. Notes on the Anatomy of Balenoptera rostrata. By J. B.

Perrin. (Communicated by Prof. Frower, F.R.S.,

iV 2°A:S:)

A young female specimen of this species, captured in April 1870,

at Weymouth, was purchased by Mr. Gerrard of Camden Town,

and removed to the dissecting-room of the Zoological Society, where,

by permission of the Council and through Professor Flower’s kind-

ness, I had the opportunity of dissecting it. With his valuable

assistance have I been enabled to make the observations embodied in

the following communication.

The anatomy of this species has been so fully described in the

Monograph of Carte and Macalister * that it will be only necessary to

mention certain peculiarities which this specimen presented.

The following are the principal external measurements :—

Measurements. ee

Total length of animal from point of snout to extremity of

tail, measured along the dorsal curvature ............ 13.82

Ditto; in straight-line 2. ~. . \ye.,6o%:-- eaten alates nie 13 5

From point of snout to base of flipper ................ 4 1

From point of snout to base of dorsal fin .............. 9 14

From anterior part of dorsal fin to the extremity of the tail 4 7

From point of snout to anterior extremity of blow-hole.... 1 10

Ponti, civblewaholes) ig....isow ches wae was ans ietacts f ADE D

Length of median sulcus between blow-holes.......... «stale dl

From point of snout to anterior angle of eye ............ 2; aft

Length of long axis of ocular aperture ................ 0 2

Length of long axis of palpebral fissure................ 0 5

From posterior extremity of median basal groove to the eye 1 13

Length of upper maxilla from point of snout to posterior

extremity of intermaxillary groove.-................ 3 323

Lower jaw measured from apex to the same point........ 3 63

Length of flipper along ventral border, from commencement

Ba iinmeemer hy. 2) Joe S35 0 bis wos hae adi Chow 2 23

Length along dorsal border from axillary fold .......... 1 9

Girth of flipper at base ....... bdr ncyaal« ctrmsnebaad= detec 11g

Girth of flipper at the distal point of termination of the

white zone ..... ey. Ete TEL a x BE ieraibiahe 1, 02

Anus is situated at a point corresponding to the posterior

part of the ridge at the base of the dorsal fin.

The mammilla is situated above the anus .............. 0 32

From anus to the bottom of the fissure in the tail........ 3 64

From annstojtheendyof, fhe, tails 6:59.05 :chsr0 ia. 5,cy Jes years 3 8

Brom, anpa:to. they umabilleus by re sige cet > «en aiars eens tehnn 2 4

Petree width oftallen cf 3 sath Geant ytd aprirenee si iawal 2o: oe

* Philosophical Transactions, 1868, p. 201.

806 MR. J. B. PERRIN ON BALENOPTERA ROSTRATA. [Dec. 6,

ft. in.

From termination (apex) of dorsal spinous epics to the apex

ofreach lateralshalf offal. yo555% 36,07 deren mh ae oem ay 1A

Denth-of fissare tarball 25 «oie ofa .ss 0:4 peninna Taam aingegeis 0 14

Extreme breadth of tail ................ Stage avs Suan sy ig te

Width of dersal-Gavat tis base... «, siis\-elvcteate.cuctinae ee

Extreme dength.of dorsal fin .:s,.:0 eait/ait:¢, cis tee «5 sites, toe Quid

Height of dorsal fin from apex to posterior basal ridge. 0 6

Girth of trunk opposite the bases of the flippers (underneath

iGirthdin front ef. GOrsne any 2 ni3 ct fe oieca estrus 2 nnin hie ein 5 0

Girth) foot-from bare alGall ooo 5. asi ais, cinlaipia <= es aie 2 8

Girth 2 feet in front of dorsal fin, 7. e. about midway be-

tween dorsal fin and flipper....... 5 1l

Length of baleen, measured along its outer side (from ‘base

to point of termination in median line in front)........ 2 7

(Greatest wide Of Dalen se) ec wis.'ms vin’ ayn 8 oun fein oun =, ee te 0 37

DGANt; WAGE) OF NEACEIN cre cakes alain a, 6 Oe eles cers, o Sian 0

Number of plates in each lateral half of baleen 330 ; total 660.

A line drawn transversely across between the anterior angles

of the eyes crosses the summit of forehead 2} inches from

posterior extremity of median nasal groove.

Distance from posterior extremity of blow-hole to this trans-

BORE VEE Se a ek ohn nite iet weciets ira a Canine a oe (O. sae

Width framege FOC ybl 2s. cas 670. . see bie whee eis, 2 Were ee ee

The groove between the blow-holes measured 7 inches, projecting

an inch in both the anterior and posterior directions beyond the

blow-holes. In the specimen described by Carte and Macalister

the nasal groove commenced an inch in front of the anterior com-

missures of the blow-holes, and fell short of their posterior com-

missures by about the same distance. The posterior extremity of

each blow-hole was wider than the rest of the groove, and the mar-

ginal commissures in this situation were marked by rugze or folds.

No hairs were discernible on the nasal commissures. ‘There were, -

however, two small hairs on the integument covering the apex of the

lower maxilla, which could be distinctly seen. The auditory aper-

tures could not be found.

The palpebral fissure extended for a considerable distance both

forwards and backwards beyond the ocular aperture, the anterior

portion extending a little more than 2 inches, the posterior a little

less than | beyond it.

The lower jaw projected 1? inch more forward than the upper

on snout.

The integument covering the whole of the dorsal surface of the

animal was of a dusky black, whilst that of the ventral surface was

white intermingled with pink, the latter approaching here and there

to an almost red colour. This was probably due to exposure to the

air. This difference in colour of the integuments on the two sur-

faces of the body gave a remarkably beautiful appearance to the

1870.] MR. J.B. PERRIN ON BALHZNOPTERA ROSTRATA. 807

animal, which was still further increased by the ribbed arrangement

of the skin on the anterior half of the ventral aspect. This ribbed

arrangement was produced by numerous longitudinal furrows or

sulci, which penetrated fully a quarter of an inch in depth into the

skin, and ran in a more or less regularly parallel manner from before

backwards, thus dividing the integument into striz. These striz

were limited laterally by a line drawn from the angle of reflection of

the jaws to the base of the flippers, in which situation they were

short and somewhat arched. The strizee commenced in front at the

lower jaw, extending its whole length. They were wider both at

their commencement and at their termination than in the rest of

their course. The median strize were smaller than the lateral, and

more uniform in width throughout their entire length, measuring

about half an inch, and sometimes a little more or less; whereas

the lateral strie at origin and termination measured from 1} to

ii inch. Posteriorly they terminated in a radiate manner, those in

the middle line of the ventral surface being the longest, the remainder

gradually shortening as they approached the lateral aspect of the

trunk. The sulci or grooves in the median line presented some

difference from those more laterally situated. Thus the former

terminated more gradually than the latter, and resembled a cut made

into the skin by an inexperienced operator; the lateral sulci termi-

nated sharp and abruptly. These plicze or folds did not decussate,

or decrease in number in their transit from before backwards, as

mentioned in Carte and Macalister’s specimen ; they were continuous

and well marked throughout. The sulci were wedge-shaped, and

not quadrilateral as shown diagrammatically by Hunter; no doubt,

if the integument were considerably distended they would present

that appearance.

The flipper was traversed about the middle of its entire cireum-

ference by a zone of white, which contrasted strongly with the slaty

black which extended along its basal extremity for about eight inches,

and for the same distance along its distal end. This white zone at

the basal end was limited by a sharp and abrupt line of termination

directed obliquely from before backwards. Distally it terminated in

a radiate manner, the white becoming gradually lost in the black.

The ventral surface of the tail was likewise covered with white

integument, except at the margins, where the white and black gra-

dually merged into each other.

The Cranio-mandibular Articulation.—This articulation presented

several remarkable and interesting features. It was effected by

means of a huge fibro-elastic mass, spheroidal in shape and closely

adherent by both of its extremities to the squamosal posteriorly,

and the condyle of the mandible anteriorly. A small portion, how-

ever, of the concavity of the squamosal was free, the cartilage being

unattached, as ascertained by making an artificial opening ; the finger

could be readily passed for a short distance underneath. There

was not the slightest trace of a synovial membrane even here; and

the close adherence of the elastic mass to the rest of the squamosal,

on the one hand, and the globular head of the mandibular arch on

Proc. Zooxu. Soc.—1870, No, LIV.

808 MR. J. B. PERRIN ON BALZNOPTERA RosTRATA. [ Dec. 6,

the other, altogether precluded the possibility of such a membrane

existing in these situations. The object of the laxity of the fibro-

cartilage at the squamosal concavity was evidently to allow of the

passage of a strong ligamentous band from the under surface of the

cartilage to the depression in the squamosal, also to allow of the

transmission of vessels.

On the inner side the elastic fibro-cartilage projected beyond the

squamosal, and was firmly attached to a strong zone or belt, of a

more dense fibro-cartilaginous material, which surrounded the tym-

panic bone, affording to them an efficient retentive as well as pro-

tective nidus. On removing the articular mass, the tympanic zone

could be well seen; it was broader on the inner than on the outer

side of the ossicle, and broader behind than in front. In the former

situation it measured 2} inches from before backwards; in the latter

2 inches, whilst its width on the inner side was only one inch. In

the centre of this nidus the oval under surface of the tympanic bone

could be seen to the extent of two and a quarter inches, measured

in its long axis, and one inch and three-quarters measured trans-

versely.

The superficial or circumferential fibres of the articular cartilage

at the maxillary end were prolonged forwards on to the circum-

ference of the mandibular condyle, forming a capsular-like belt of

attachment, thereby materially adding to the fixity of the cartilage.

‘The fibro-elastic cartilage was still further protected by a dense liga-

mentous band which passed, from the squamosal to the maxillary

condyle, along its under surface. Surrounding it was a dense mass

of connective tissue, in which ramified an intricate plexiform net-

work of vessels and nerves. Imbedded in this connective tissue, on

the inner side, was a small wedge-shaped muscle, about 33 inches

long, arising tendinous from the osseous ridge leading from the con-

dyle to the inferior dental foramen. It was about half an inch wide,

and terminated in a fascial expansion which was inserted into the

fibro-cartilage upon its upper and inner side. The action of this

muscle seems to have been to draw the articular mass forwards and

inwards, thereby limiting the outward tendency it would otherwise

have when the lower jaw was approximated to the upper, and also

concentrating the cartilage in the axial line of the mandible during

that movement.

The cartilage weighed, when removed, 2 lbs. Its cireumference

measured 173inches. Its maxillary extremity measured transversely

4 inches, and 2? inches from above downwards. Its squamosal end

measured 5 inches laterally, and 43 from above downwards. It

presented the well-marked shape of the squamosal articular surface,

namely concavo-convex, the concavity being situated antero-inter-

nally, the convexity postero-externally. Its length was 43 inches.

This articulation is a true amphiarthrosis, exactly analogous to

that between the vertebral segments of the human subject, minus

the pulp.

The muscles of mastication were moderately well developed, being

short, thick, and strong, and so closely approximated to the articular

1870.] MR. J. B. PERRIN ON BALZNOPTERA ROSTRATA, 809

cartilage as to afford a still further protective shield to it. ‘These

muscles presented no difference from the very accurate description

given of them by Carte and Macalister, except that the internal

pterygoid was present, arising posterior and internal to the external

pterygoid, and inserted anterior and internal to it, thus closely imi-

tating the disposition of the corresponding muscle in the human

subject. It was thin and small comparatively to the external ptery-

goid.

The Pelvic Bones.—These were two in number, both in a cartila-

ginous condition, situated immediately above and on each side of the

anal aperture, the inner extremity of the base of each being distant

only an inch and three-quarters from it ; they were asymmetrical, the

right being a quarter of an inch longer than the left, owing to its an-

terior extremity being more pointed and prolonged a little more for-

wards. Both presented two flattened surfaces, two borders (an in-

ternal, concave, and an external, convex at its upper and concave at its

lower part), and two extremities (an anterior pointed, and a posterior

broad and directed obliquely from without downwards and inwards

towards the anal aperture). At the summit of the outer convexity

there was a small rough fibrous mass, about the size of a pea, in

which were imbedded a number of very small cartilaginous plates.

This is evidently the rudimentary representative of the femur, It

is an easy matter to overlook this little mass, if attention is not par-

ticularly directed to it.

Both of these cartilaginous pelvic bones were enveloped in a dense

fibrous capsule, which, stripped off, exhibited about the middle a

prominent pinkish-red spot, studded over with minute puncta vas-

culosa. In the left one only was there a decided centre of ossifica-

tion. The right was entirely cartilaginous.

Both of these rudimentary pelvic bones were imbedded in a mass

of muscular tissue, so that care was required to detect them.

The heart and great vessels, except that the former was more

median in position and flattened, presented a similar disposition to

those of the human subject. The weight of the heart was about

100 oz. The walls of the left ventricle were an inch and a quarter

thick, whilst those of the right ventricle were only about half an inch.

In the right ventricle there was a very prominent fleshy column,

situated on its inner wall, and about half an inch thick. It traversed

the long axis of the ventricular cavity. From the middle of this

column a second or transverse one arose, which crossed the middle of

the cavity to the right wall, where it divided into a number of smaller

columns, continuous with those on the posterior wall. The pulmo-

nary artery was very large; its diameter measured 37 inches in the

interior, readily admitting a circular disk of this size without any

distention. Its walls, however, were very thin in comparison with

those of the aorta.

The pulmonary semilunar valves were large. The right one had

a small nodule of Arantius, the rest being destitute of it.

The aorta, at its origin from the left ventricle, was two inches in

diameter. As it approached the part from which the innominate

810 MR. J. B. PERRIN ON BALENOPTERA ROSTRATA. [ Dec. 6,

artery was given off, it underwent some increase in size, and became

diminished again below the origin of the left subclavian.

The diameter of the interior of the artery measured only an inch

and a quarter, the remaining three quarters of an inch being occu-

pied by the walls.

The inferior wall of the aortic arch presented a remarkable in-

crease in thickness from that of the rest of the tube, at the point

opposite the orifice of the innominate artery, being fully half an inch

in thickness. The thickness is obviously to prevent yielding at this

part, which otherwise would be a weak point, and liable to aneurismal

dilatation from the constant shocks which would be communicated to

it by the pressure from the recoil of blood from the right aortic wall.

The posterior wall of the arch of the aorta was traversed by nume-

rous irregularly longitudinal strie, which extend as far as the origin

of the left common carotid artery. From these strize it can be easily

inferred that the aorta is subjected to considerable dilatation at each

ventricular systole.

The Lungs.—The left lung measured, in its long axis, 23 inches,

the right 21 inches. The left lung weighed 64 lbs, the right 5 lbs.

Both lungs were very much congested, especially the left one.

Neither presented any lobular divisions.

The trachea was remarkably short, but very wide and flattened.

It gave off a small additional bronchus on the right side, to the

the upper part of the right lung.

Alimentary Canal.—The stomach consisted of four irregular ca-

vities. The outward configuration of each varied considerably, espe-

cially of the first and second. The former presented a fusiform

shape, being much wider at the centre than at its apex and cesopha-

geal extremities. It measured, when moderately distended with

water, 22 inches in its long diameter, and 11 inches transversely at

its widest part. The cesophagus entered the upper part of its dorsal

aspect, the upper end projecting upwards beyond the point of junc-

tion of the gullet, and formed a continuous fence or band with the

second stomach. Below it tapered to a blunted point.

The second stomach was cylindrical in shape, being directly con-

tinuous at its anterior part with the first stomach, the two being

united at an acute angle, and forming a V-shaped figure, the apex

being directed upwards towards the diaphragm, and then the two di-

verging away from each other, the latter, or second stomach, project-

ing somewhat beyond the first, and presenting a more regular calibre

throughout its entire length, terminating, however, below in a blunted

and somewhat rounded point. It measured in its long diameter, from

the angle of junction between it and the first stomach, 17 inches.

The third stomach was smaller than either of the preceding, and

directed more obliquely. It was attached to the middle of the right

side of the second stomach, and presented an elliptical shape. It

measured 13 inches in its long diameter. It was connected with the

second stomach by a strong band of fascia, which passes between

the adjacent sides of the second and third stomachs.

The fourth stomach was directed more horizontally than the pre-

1870.] MR. J.B. PERRIN ON BAL-ENOPTERA ROSTRATA, 811

ceding, and was of a rounded or globular shape. It measured 6 inches

in its long diameter, or somewhat less than half the diameter of the

third stomach. It had, arising from the middle of its dorsal aspect,

in an infundibuliform manner, the duodenum, or commencement of

the small intestines.

The girth of the first stomach at its middle or widest part mea-

sured 30 inches, that of the second 22 inches, the third 21 inches,

and the fourth 184 inches.

On opening the stomachs there was found in the first ten small

pebbles, and in the second also ten others. All the stomachs were

perfectly empty in other respects.

The mucous membrane presented different characters in each of

the four stomachs. In the first it was of a pearly pinkish-white

hue, complexly convoluted, the convolutions being continuous from

the longitudinal rugze of the cesophagus. In the second stomach the

colour of the mucous membrane was pale brown, the rug running

in a transverse direction, and in the upper and lateral walls present-

ing large and small alternations, the large ones projecting very

prominently in the interior of the cavity. At the distal end the

rugee were almost absent.

In the third and fourth stomachs the mucous membrane was of

a pale creamy-yellow colour; the rugze scanty and irregular

The aperture between the first and second stomachs is very large,

and readily allows of the passage of materials from one to the other.

The aperture between the second and third stomachs is circular, and

guarded by an annular, prominent valve. The diameter of this

opening is about two inches, the canal afterwards becoming con-

voluted, and, at its entrance into the third stomach, again undergoes

dilatation. The latter aperture is also guarded by an annular

valvular fold. The length of this canal is about 24 inches long.

The aperture between the third and fourth stomachs is small and

semilunar, and directed transversely. The fourth stomach passes

directly into the intestine, the only lines of demarcation between the

two being the abrupt termination of the large calibre and the pre-

sence of valvulz conniventes.

The intestines measured 72 feet 2 inches from the commencement

of the duodenum to the cloaca. The large intestine occupied only

5 feet 4 inches of the length. From the commencement of the

duodenum to the first diverticulum, a little sac-like dilatation of the

small intestine, measured 43 feet 5 inches.

Kidneys :—Weight=2 lbs. 1 0z.; length 15 inches; width across,

or transverse measurement, =5 inches; shape fusiform. Surface

mapped out into comparatively regularly polygonal-shaped spaces,

giving to the kidney a beautiful lobulated character. The diameter

of the lobules varied from £ to an inch. The lobules could be

readily isolated, being connected together by a very thin, delicate

areolar tissue. The liver was similar in every essential particular to

that of Carte and Macalister’s specimen.

Muscles of the Shoulder and Extremity.—These presented some

few differences from those described by Carte and Macalister.

812 MR. J. B. PERRIN ON BALEZNOPTERA ROSTRATA. [Dec. 6,

Lat. Dor. Latissimus dorsi.

Tr. Mg. Teres major.

Ext. Com. Digt, Extensor communis digitorum.

Muscles of the dorsal surface of the fore limb of Balenoptera rostrata.

Inf. Sp. Infraspinatus.

S. Sp. Supraspinatus.

Tr’, Tr’, External and long heads of the triceps.

Dita. Deltoid cut through.

1H Se

813

MR. J. B. PERRIN ON BALZ NOPTERA ROSTRATA.

1870.)

Muscles of the palmar surface of the fore limb of Balenoptera rostrata.

Sb. Sep. Subscapularis. _O. Hd. Omo-hyoid. 8S. 8. N, Suprascapular notch. S. Sp. Supraspinatus. C. B. Coraco

Subscapularis, and Pz. Accessory aponeurotic attachment. Zr. Mg. Teres major. Lt. Dr. Latissimus dorsi.

Fle. Ul. Digt. Radial and ulnar portions of the flexor profundus digitorum, Jr, Carp. Ul. Flexor carpi ulnaris.

digitorum. I, II, III, IV. Index, middle, annular, and little digits, respectively.

-brachialis. Sb. Sep.

Fx. Rad. Digt. and

Fl, I. Flexor sublimis

814 MR. J. B. PERRIN ON BALEZNOPTERA ROSTRATA. [ Dec. 6,

The teres major was not inseparably connected at its origin with

the serratus magnus, but arose independently of it. It extended

almost the whole length of the postaxial border of the scapula.

The muscle, prior to its insertion, was joined along its upper border

by a fascial process from the capsular ligament (ventral surface)

(fig. 2, Pé).

The teres minor was absent.

The subscapularis (fig. 2, Sb. Sep.) presented more of the character

of the muscle (described by Carte and Macalister) of the Globioce-

phalus svineval. It was very large, occupying the whole of the sub-

scapular fossa. Its surface was traversed by seven tendinous inter-

sections, which divided the muscle into eight nearly equal-sized fleshy

slips. Its tendon of insertion was broad and moderately thick ; its

deeper portion was inserted into the neck of the ventral surface of

the humerus, immediately below the head of that bone. Its super-

ficial fibres were prolonged across the ventral surface of the humerus,

forming a dense investment to it, on to the bones of the forearm, —

along which it was further continued, previously acting as the ante-

rior connecting ligament, along with other tendinous expansions

(viz. those of the pectoral and masto-humeral, which it joined), to

the humero-cubital articulation.

The coraco-brachialis (fig. 2, C. B.).—This muscle presented no

differences in origin from that described by Carte and Macalister.

But its insertion differed materially from that found by them, both

in the Balenoptera and Globiocephalus. Its tendon of insertion,

opposite the upper border of the distal attachment of the latissimus

dorsi and teres major, divided into two tendons. The anterior tendon

passed along the ventral aspect of the insertion of the latissimus as

far as its lower border, where it terminated, being partly inserted into

the humerus and partly joining the tendinous expansion of the masto-

humeral. The posterior tendon passed behind the insertions of the

latissimus dorsi and teres major, giving off a slip of attachment

to the humerus immediately behind the upper part of the insertion

of the latter muscle; the remainder of the tendon was prolonged

downwards and backwards, spreading gradually out into an expan-

sion three quarters of an inch wide, which joined the external head

of the triceps to be inserted along with that muscle. The distal

division of this muscle may be regarded as a tendency towards the

formation of a second coraco-brachialis, as occasionally found in

the human subject; and its passing behind the latissimus favours

this view materially.

Lxtensor communis digitorum (fig. 1, Ext. Com. Digt.) arose, by a

strong flat tendon, from the dorsal surface of the distal extremity of

the humerus, immediately above the articulation. It passed down

in the interval between the radius and ulna, lying in the interosseous

space, in which situation it received additional fibres of attachment.

It was crossed on its dorsal aspect by a strong fibrous band, and by

its ventral aspect lay in contact with an imperfect interosseous mem-

brane, thus being situated, as it were, in a membranous or aponeu-

rotic tunnel, About three inches above the lower end of the radius

1870.j MR.J. B. PERRIN ON BALEZNOPTERA ROSTRATA. 815

it gave off a tendon to the index digit. From this tendon an addi-

tional one was given off to the dorsal carpal fascia and the base of

the middle metacarpal bone. Besides these it gave off three other

tendons respectively to the second, third, and fourth digits.

This muscle presented a few differences from the corresponding

one described by Carte and Macalister, namely :—

1. It attained a humeral attachment, whereas Macalister’s spe-

cimen had only a radio-ulnar attachment.

2. Its indicator tendon gave off an additional slip to the metacarpus.

3. It was well developed, Macalister’s specimen being a mere

rudimentary fasciculus.

The flexor muscles are three in number—namely, flexor carpi

ulnaris, flexor sublimis digitorum, and flexor profundus digitorum.

The flewor carpi ulnaris (fig. 2, Flx. Carp. Ul.) arose from the

olecranon, its ventral aspect, and was inserted into the ventral border

of the lower end of the ulna.

The flewor sublimis digitorum (fig. 2, Fl. I.) was a small and bi-

" penniform muscle, occupying the interval between the ulnar and radial

divisions of the profundus flexor. It arose from the distal end of the

humerus, immediately below the insertion of the latissimus dorsi, and

behind the aponeurosis from the masto-humeral. Its muscular fibres

soon terminated in a long slender tendon, which passed downwards

in the interval between those of the deep flexor tendons. Opposite

the lower end of the radius it divided into’ two tendons: the radial

tendon was short, and joined a corresponding tendon from the ulnar

portion of the deep flexor; the ulnar tendon was also short, and

terminated in the palmar carpal fascia. Between the divisions

the radial tendon of the ulnar portion of the deep flexor passed,

forming a rudimentary condition of perforatus and perforans.

The flexor profundus digitorum (fig. 2, Flx. Rad. Digt., Flx. Ul.

Digét.) consisted of two distinct portions, separated by the flexor sub-

limis. The ulnar portion was fan-shaped, arising by fleshy fibres

from the anterior surface of the distal end of the humerus, from the

adjoining surface of the ulna and its olecranon, from the upper part

of the shaft of the ulna and the strong fascia which covered it. It

terminates in a strong flat tendon, fully half an inch wide, about the

middle of the shaft of the ulna, and opposite the lower end of that

bone divided into four tendons. The radial one passed through the

two divisions of the flexor sublimis, joining the radial one, already

described, to be inserted into the radial tendon of the deep flexor.

The three remaining tendons were prolonged to the distal extremities

of the phalanges of the second, third, and fourth digits respectively,

imbedded in aponeurotic canals. The radial portion of the deep flexor

was much smaller than the preceding: it arose from the upper two-

thirds of the anterior surface of the shaft of the radius, and from the

membrane occupying the interosseous groove. Its fleshy fibres ter-

minated in a strong tendon, which was joined opposite the carpus by

the conjoined tendon formed by the radial divisions of the sublimis

and ulnar portion of the deep flexor tendons. The resulting tendon

was finally inserted into the distal extremity of the first digit.

816 MR. J. B. PERRIN ON BALENOPTERA ROSTRATA. [ Dec. 6,

This arrangement differs somewhat from that described by Carte

and Macalister.

There was no palmaris longus.

The suprascapular ligament is triangular in shape, 2} inches

long, and attached by its base to the upper border of the scapula,

reaching as far outwards as the coracoid process. The omo-hyoid

muscle is attached to the whole length of this ligament.

The suprascapular notch was oval in shape, the long axis of the

ellipse running parallel with the supraspinatus muscle, measuring

2 inches ; its vertical axis measured 14 inch. It transmitted the

large suprascapular nerve, and was closed in posteriorly by the

supraspinatus muscle.

The Scapulo-humeral Articulation.—This articulation is a perfect

enarthrosis, provided with a complete capsular ligament, stronger on

the ventral than the dorsal aspect of the joint. It is not perforated

by the tendon of the subscapularis muscle, as described by Carte

and Macalister in their specimen. Although the tendon of the

subscapularis lies in close contact with it, it could be readily de-

tached by careful dissection, without any appearance whatever of

perforation.

The capsular ligament was strengthened on its dorsal aspect by a

strong ligamentous band, which was attached proximally by a broad

expansion to the margin of the glenoid and the adjoining surface of

. the base of the coracoid; from this wide attachment the ligament

rapidly narrowed to a strong and thicker band, about one quarter of

an inch wide, which passed across the capsular ligament to be in-

serted into the humerus immediately to the ulnar side of the infra-

spinatus tendon, and behind the tendon of insertion of the deltoid.

This articulation has a large and somewhat loose synovial membrane,

which could be readily demonstrated by dissection.

From the ventral aspect of the capsular ligament a strong ten-

dinous process, about an inch and a quarter wide, arose, passing

behind the subscapular muscle, and joined the upper fibres of inser-

tion of the teres major muscle (fig. 2, P#). No distinct muscular

fibres could be detected in this fascial process, though it is evidently

homologous to a peculiar muscle which is occasionally found in the

human subject.

The humero-cubital articulation is formed by the direct apposi-

tion of the slightly convex and transversely flattened distal extremity

of the humerus with the flattened and but slightly concave proximal

ends of the radius and ulna, the latter bone having on its postaxial

border its cartilaginous olecranon prolonged backwards on to the

humerus somewhat beyond the remainder of the bone. There was

but very slight movement in this articulation, the greatest extent

being allowed at the point of the recurvation of the olecranon, and

the direction of the movement from before backwards. There is a

distinct synovial membrane, though extremely thin, but capable of

demonstration, especially at the postaxial side of the joint, where the

greatest movement was found. There seem to be no distinct and

separate ligaments, the place of the latter being supplied by the

M & N.Hanhart imp

J. Symt hth.

LOBIOSPIZA NOTABILIS

1870.] MESSRS. HARTLAUB AND FINSCH ON LOBIOSPIZA. 817

fibrous expansions from the humeral muscles, more especially the

great pectoral, masto-humeral, the subscapularis, the infraspinatns,

and deltoid.

2. On Lobiospiza notabilis, a remarkable new Finch from the

Navigator’s Islands. By Dr. G. Harrzavs, F.M.Z.S.,

and Dr. O. Finscn, C.M.Z.S.

(Plate XLIX.)

In a collection of birds sent for determination from the private

museum of Messrs. Johann and Cesar Godefroy of Hamburg, we

received a little Finch, which proves to be new to science. The single

specimen was collected by the well-known explorer of the Central

Pacific Islands, Dr. Eduard Griiffe, in the island of Upolu.

We congratulate the indefatigable traveller upon this discovery, it

being the more important and interesting inasmuch as, until now,

among the extensive series of Fringilline birds no member has been

found having the gape ornamented with wattles. The ‘“ Wattled

Finch,” therefore, merits, in our opinion, to rank as the type of a

new genus, which we propose to call

Losrospiza, gen. nov.

Char. gen.— Rostrum robustum, integrum, rotundatum, basi dilatato-

incrassatum, culmine rotundato ; naribus occultis ; rictu caruncu-

lato, caruncula rotundata, verrucis duabus obsita.

Ale longiuscule, remigibus tertio et quarto equilongis; primo

brevissimo (3'"')

Cauda brevior, mollis, attenuata; rectricibus augustatis, debilibus,

apicibus subacuminatis.

Pedes majusculi, graciles ; tarso caligato ; digito interno et externo

e@quilongis ; unguibus acutis, compressis, valde arcuatis.

The most striking feature in this singular genus is, as already

mentioned, the presence of wattles. These are composed by the

margins of the angle of the mouth, which are swollen and prominent,

forming a rounded leaf-like small caruncle, which is besides

ornamented with two small prominent granule-like verrucee. These

caruncles resemble those of Heteralocha; but in the latter they are

considerably further extended, and smooth. The remaining generic

characters agree with those of the nearest ally, Amblyura, Reichb.,

except in having the bill proportionally stouter and more fornicated.

LosBiosPIZA NOTABILIS, sp. nov. (Plate XLIX.)

Diagn.—Tota obscure et obsolete cerulescens, plumis basin versus

nigricantibus : subius pallidior ; remigibus et rectricibus nigris,

cerulescente marginatis ; caude tectricibus superioribus fusce-

scentibus ; plumulis supranasalibus conspicue nigricantibus ; rostro

flavida, apice nigricante ; pedibus infuscatis.

818 REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON SINAITIC SPIDERS. [Dec. 6,

Uniform dull blue, in a certain light with a faint shadow of greenish

blue; the base of the feathers blackish, giving a somewhat mottled

appearance, especially on the head; lores blackish; underparts

somewhat lighter blue than the back ; the feathers on the vent with

very indistinct whitish bars; remiges brownish black; primaries

with narrow, secondaries with broad margins of dull blue along the

outer webs; under wing-coverts pale isabelline ; upper tail-coverts

dirty brownish; tail-feathers blackish brown, narrowly margined

externally with greyish brown.

Bill hornish yellow tipped with blackish ; on the gape a naked

oval caruncle, also yellow, with two blue verrucze ; legs and feet pale

brownish.

Long. rostr. alt. rost.

tot. long. al. caud. afr. rictus. abas. tars. dig-med. ung.

1 Lr Ld ma ws =I 3M mr ler wu

32 2" 3 12 5 5 37 8 D3 24

The unique specimen described above was preserved in spirits, and

is evidently a young bird. The coloration of the old bird may very

probably differ a good deal, as is the case between old and young

specimens of both species of Amblyura. Analogously to the latter,

it might be suspected that the dirty brownish tinge on the upper

tail-coverts would change to red.

Unfortunately no notice is given of the habits, or the colours of the

naked parts alive. The stomach contained small seeds and grains.

3. Notes on a Collection of Arachnida made by J. K. Lord,

Esq., in the Peninsula of Sinai and on the African bor-

ders of the Red Sea. By the Rev. O. P. Camsrinegez,

M.A., C.M.Z.S.

(Plate L.)

The above collection contained two species of Scorpionidea (upon

the specific identity of which I am unable at present to offer any

reliable opinion), two species of Solpugidea, and nineteen species of

Araneidea. The Scorpions belong, I believe, to the genera Tele-

gonus and Androctonus (Koch); the Solpugidea were the Solpuga

araneoides (Oliy.) and the Solpuga melana (Savign.) (Rhax melana,

Koch). Of the former there were several examples, captured in the

Wady Ferran, peninsula of Sinai; it is an abundant species in

Upper Egypt, as well as in the plains of the Jordan, lurking by day

under the stones and among the débris of old ruins, and at night

running abroad with great activity and swiftness: of the latter

species (S. melana) there was but one example, captured also in the

Wady Ferran ; its dark colour and short legs serve to distinguish it

readily from the former. Both are described and figured by Savigny

in his great work (Egypte, Arachnides, pl. 8. figs. 7-9).

The following is a list of the Araneidea, which comprised three

AT Aollick del et Lith

New Spiders from Sinai and Massow

Acti.

W West imp

1870.| REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON SINAITIC SPIDERS. 819

species apparently new to science, and of which descriptions and

figures are added below.

1. Segestria perfida, Walck. Ins. Apt. i. 267.— Wady Gher-

andel, pen. Sin.

2. Drassus listeri, Savign. Egypte, Arachn. p. 155, pl. 5. fig. 4.—

Convent gardens and back of Mount Sinai.

3. Pholeus rivulatus, Savign. Egypte, Arachn. pl. 3. fig. 12.—

Convent gardens and back of Mount Sinai.

4. Latrodectus hamatus, Koch, Die Arachn. vi. tab. cevi. figs.

507, 508.—Convent gardens and back of Mount Sinai.

5. Argiope aurelia, Savign. Egypte, Arachn. pl. 2. fig. 5.—

Inland from Massowah.

6. Argiope lordii, Cambr., n. sp.—Inland from Massowah.

7. Argiope sericea, Savign. Egypte, Arachn. pl. 2. fig. 6.—

Convent gardens and back of Mount Sinai.

8. Epeira opuntie, Dufour; Walck. Ins. Apt. ii. p. 140.—

Inland from Massowah.

9. Epeira solers, var.’, Walck. Ins. Apt. ii. p. 41.—Jebel Musa,

pen. Sin.

I am not satisfied about the specific identity of this Spider ; it is

similar to several examples captured by myself in Egypt and in Pa-

lestine ; and when the adult male is discovered, possibly it may prove

to be undescribed; at present, only having seen the female (in

which no structural difference is observable, though it differs some-

what in colours and integument), I include it as a variety of Z. solers.

10. Gasteracantha lepida, Cambr. n. sp.— Mangrove-swamps ;

African border of Red Sea.

ll. Sparassus linnei, Savign. Egypte, Arachn. p. 160, pl. 6. fig. 2.

—Hot springs, Pharaoh’s Baths, Cairo.

Mr. Lord assures me that he captured this species (of which

several examples were contained in his collection) in the water of the

above baths, into which they voluntarily plunged. Independently of

the high temperature (157° Fahr.) of these waters making this a

remarkable fact, it is the first species of this family of Araneidea

(Thomisides) in regard to which, as far as my knowledge goes,

aquatic habits have been observed.

12. Sphasus alexandrinus, Savign. Egypte, Arachn. p. 142, pl. 4.

fig. 1.—Jebel Musa, pen. Sin.

13. Pasithea viridis, Blackw. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 3rd ser.

vol. i. no. 6, p. 427.—Jebel Musa, pen. Sin.

14. Lycosa pilipes, Lucas, Explor. en Algérie, Arachnides, p. 109,

pl. 2. fig. 8—Wady Gherandel, pen. Sin., Nasb, Genneh, Jebel

Musa, and at Pharaoh’s Baths, Cairo.

15. Lycosa prelongipes, Cambr., n. sp.—Wady Nasb, Genneh,

Jebel Musa, pen. Sin.

820 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON SINAITIC SPIDERS. _[{ Dec. 6,

16. Lycosa tarentula apulie, Walck. Ins. Apt. tom. i. p. 281.—

In an old wall, Wady Ferran, pen. Sin.

17. Salticus vaillantii, Lucas, Explor. en Algérie, Arachnides,

p- 136, pl. 5. fig. 2.—In an old wall, Wady Ferran, pen. Sin.

18. Attus sanguinolentus, Walck. Ins. Apt. tom. i. p. 473.—

Convent gardens and back of Mount Sinai.

19. Eresus acanthophilus, Duf.; Walck. Ins. Apt. tom. i. p. 399.

—Wady Nasb, Genneh, Jebel Musa, and Convent gardens, back of

Mount Sinai. .

Descriptions of new Species.

Genus ArGrore (Savign.).

ARGIOPE LORDII, n. sp. (Plate L. fig. 1.)

Female adult, length 83 lines.

Cephalothorax flattened, oblong oval, strongly compressed late-

rally at the caput, which is rather produced; the normal furrows

and indentations are well marked ; the colour is deep brown, with a

broad yellow thoracic margin, and reddish-yellow patches or suffu-

sions at the junction of the caput and thorax; the brown portions

are thickly clothed with a short adpressed light grey pubescence,

among which are some short erect dark bristles.

Eyes eight, not very unequal in size, in four pairs near the

extreme upper fore margin of the caput; those of the two central

pairs form an oblong figure, the eyes of the fore side being the

largest of the eight, and slightly nearer together than those of the

hinder side, though, owing to their larger size, they form a line of

equal length; the eyes of each lateral pair are contiguous, placed

obliquely on a small tubercle, and are more nearly in a straight line

with the eyes of the fore than of the hind central pair.

Legs long and strong, of a deep red or chestnut-brown colour,

with bands of short light grey hairs, furnished, not very thickly,

with hairs, bristles, and small spines; each tarsus ends with three

claws, the two superior ones strongly pectinated ; and beneath them

are some supernumerary opposed ones.

Palpi yellowish, clouded and striped with red-brown, furnished

with hairs, coarse bristles, and fine spines; and each ends with a

curved pectinated claw.

Falces moderately long, strong, vertical, conical; of a deep brown

colour, slightly tipped with yellow.

Maville short, strong, enlarged near their middle, round at the

extremities; of a rich black-brown colour, broadly terminating at

the upper extremities with yellow.

Labium short, broad, and subtriangular; it is of a black-brown

colour at the base; and the apex, which is blunt in form, is yellow.

Sternum heart-shaped, slightly indented on its edges; it is of a

deep brown colour charged with a large and somewhat cruciform

yellow marking ; and the whole is thinly clothed with fine grey hairs.

Abdomen large, of an oblong-oval form, flattened but irregular on

1870. | REY. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON SINAITIC SPIDERS. 821

its upper surface, and projecting over the base of the cephalothorax ;

its fore margin is truncate ; the rest is considerably indented, forming

strong lobes all round, especially towards the hinder part, which is

somewhat transversely rugulose; its colour on the upperside is

yellow, strongly marked with a complex zigzag or dentated pattern

of a deep brown, which it is impossible to describe accurately and

intelligibly, though easily seen in the figure. The yellow portions

are more or less clothed with a silky white pubescence ; the lateral

lobes are yellow, and each is divided by a broad deep-brown band

which runs over them from the upper- to the underside; the fore

part of the abdomen is rather thickly furnished with short erect

dark spiny bristles; the sides are yellow, striated with deep brown ;

and the underside is deep black-brown with yellow blotches and

markings; the spiracular plates are of a reddish-brown colour,

margined before and inside with yellow.

An adult female of this fine species, which I believe to be un-

described, was captured by Mr. Lord inland from Massowah ; and I

have great pleasure in naming it after its captor, by whose kindness

I am able to describe and figure it.

N.B.—In describing the pattern on the abdomen of this (and

other intricately marked) species, the dark colour might be taken

as the ground-colour; but I have above assumed the lighter colour

to be so.

Genus GASTERACANTHA.

GASTERACANTHA LEPIDA, n. sp. (Plate L. fig. 2.)

Female adult: length of abdomen 3 lines, breadth 5} exclusive of

the spines; length of the Spider 43 lines, breadth to extremity of

the lateral spines 8 lines.

The cephalothoraz is similar in general form and appearance to

that of many other allied species ; the caput is elevated, the occiput

being the highest part, and its high transverse ridge is divided

across the middle by a notch or groove into two quasi-segments ;

its colour is a deep rich chestnut-brown ; the falces are rather

deeper in colour, and the legs (which are moderately strong, not

very long, and furnished with hairs and slender bristles) are of a

rich deep brown colour ; the palpi are similar in colour.

The mazille, labium, and sternum are normal in structure and

of a jet-black colour: the eyes also are normal in position ; four

form a small trapezoid, of which the fore side is the shortest, and are

seated on a tubercle near the middle of the lower fore margin of the

caput; and on either side is a lateral pair widely removed from the

central square; the eyes of these lateral pairs are contiguous to

each other, and each pair is seated on a strong lateral tubercular

prominence of the fore corner of the caput.

The abdomen is of the usual horny texture; its breadth is double

its length; and it is armed with six prominent sharp spines of

different lengths, none being very long; two spring from the ends

of the fore margin, and are directed a little forwards; behind each

of these is another (the longest of the six) very slightly curved, and

whose direction is in the least possible degree backwards: the

822 REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON SINAITIC SPIDERS. (Dec. 6,

remaining two issue from the hinder portion of the abdomen ; they

are about the length and strength of the two foremost, and are

rather divergent from each other ; all of them have a slight tendency

upwards and are furnished rather thinly with bristly hairs: the

fore margin, between the two foremost spines, is curved and in-

dented in the middle; parallel with it is a row of the usual ten

round impressed punctures, two others are behind each of the

intermediate spines, a transverse row of five occupies the hinder

margin, and four in a trapezoid, widest behind, occupy the centre ;

the upperside is of a bright rich orange-yellow, with two broad

parallel transverse bands of blood-red tinged with carmine, con-

necting each of the fore pairs of spines in which they meet, the

spines being strongly suffused with deep red-brown; one indistinct

narrow transverse bar of cinnabar-red connects the hind marginal

row of impressed spots ; and the bases of the two hinder spines, with

a considerable portion of the immediately surrounding surface, are

also of the same blood-red colour. The abdomen might almost be

described as alternately barred, on the upperside, with transverse

bars of red and yellow; the underside is bright yellow, strongly

striated and intersected with black, going off into red near the

spines ; the spinners are black ; and between them and the epigyne

is a conical, prominent, corneous-looking, shining prominence which

is also of the same colour.

A single example of this species was captured in a geometric web

in a mangrove-swamp, inland from Massowah; it is allied closely

to Gasteracantha sanguinolenta (Koch), but may easily be distin-

guished by the greater proportional breadth of the abdomen and

the greater length of the spines with which it is armed.

Family Lycosiprs.

Genus Lycosa.

Lycosa PRELONGIPES, n. sp. (Plate L. fig. 3.)

Male adult, length 33 lines, length of a leg of the posterior pair

nearly 12 lines.

This Spider is almost entirely of a brightish sandy-yellow colour ;

the cephalothorax has two broad longitudinal lateral brown bands

having a yellow lateral margin on each side, and a broad central one ;

the last strongly constricted or indented near the middle at the

junction of the caput and thorax, and enlarged at the middle of the

thoracic portion, narrowing again at its posterior extremity ; the

region of the eyes is blackish, and the whole of the cephalothorax is

thinly furnished with greyish hairs ; the form of the cephalothorax

is peculiar, the normal, lateral, oblique indentations which indicate

the junction of the caput and thorax being very strong and forming

a marked constriction, the thoracic portion being rounded (and,

indeed, somewhat gibbous) in consequence, and leaving a dip or

hollow between its highest point and the ocular region.

The four hinder eyes are unusually large, and form very nearly a

square, the two foremost being the largest ; the two centrals of the

1870.] REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON SINAITIC SPIDERS. 823

lower row are larger than the laterals, and each is further from the

other than from the lateral on its side; the four form a curved line

of less length than that formed by the two large eyes above them,

from which they are separated by half a large eye’s diameter, and from

the lower margin of the clypeus by rather more than that space.

The legs are very long, moderately strong, and furnished with

hairs, bristles, and long slender spines. Some of the legs were a good

deal fractured ; but their relative length appeared to be 4, 3, 1, 2;

those of the fourth pair greatly exceeded the rest, which did not

seem to vary much in their relative length ; the femora were marked

on the uppersides with stripes and irregular bands of brown.

The palpi are short and moderate in strength; they are similar

in colour and armature to the legs; the cubital joint is shorter but

a little stronger than the radial; the digital joint is not large, it is

about equal in length to the radial and cubital together, and it is of

a yellow-brown colour ; the palpal organs are neither very prominent

nor complex, they have a sharp projecting corneous prominence at

their outer extremity.

The mazille are not very long or strong ; but they incline towards

the Zabium, which is broad, somewhat quadrate, rather narrower at

its apex than at its base; its colour is yellow-brown, the apex sandy

yellow. The s¢ernum is very short, heart-shaped, pointed. behind,

and hollow on its fore margin.

The abdomen is small and of an oval form; in the example

described it was much shrunk and shrivelled; but it appeared to

have an irregular dark yellow-brown longitudinal band on either side

of the median line, leaving a broad central longitudinal strongly

dentated yellow band terminating just above the spinners.

An adult male of this Spider was obtained by Mr. Lord in a wady

near Jebel Musa, Sinai. The length of the hinder pair of legs, and

the constricted form of the cephalothorax, constitute very strong

specific characters in this apparently hitherto undescribed species of

a now numerous genus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE L.

Fig. 1. Argiope lordit, 2, p. 820.

a. Fore right view of cephalothorax and falces.

6. Profile, without legs.

ec. Under. side, without legs.

d. Natural length.

2. Gasteracantha le pida, 2, p. 821.

a. Fore right view of cephalothorax and falces.

b. Profile, “without legs.

Cc. Underside, without legs.

d, Natural size (length and breadth).

3. Lycosa prelongipes, g , p. 822

a. Fore right view of cephalothorax and falces.

6. Underside of cephalothorax.

ce. Palpus.

d. Tarsal and metatarsal joints of leg of first pair.

e. Profile of cephalothorax, without legs.

J. Natural length.

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1870, No. LY.

S24 DR. A. GUNTHER ON LATES CALCARIFER. [Dec. 6,

4. On the Occurrence of Lates calcarifer in Australia.

By Dr. A. GtntueEr, F.Z.S.

Mr. Sclater has received several specimens of a Perch from Mr.

E. P. Ramsay, C.M.Z.S., of Dobroyde, Sydney, N.S.W. They

were obtained from salt water at the mouth of the Fitzroy River,

Queensland. At the first glance, I believed them to be the Austra-

lian Psammoperca waigiensis ; but on a closer inspection I found that

they had the lower limb of the preeoperculum armed with four

strong spines, and that they were of a species of Lates not distinguish-

able from the Indian ZLates calearifer. ‘This species is known to

mhabit fresh and brackish waters, and probably also enters the sea.

The British Museum possesses a series of examples, with perfeetly

reliable information as regards the localities where they were

obtained :—one example from the coast of North-western India

(Playfair), several from the Ganges (Hamilton-Buchanan &c.),

one from Amoy (Swinhee), several from China (Reeves), one from

North China (Jamrach). Bleeker records specimens in his collection

from Java, Madura, Banka, Borneo, and Celebes. The second

Australian species of Lates (apparently limited to this continent) is

Lates colonorum.

The pseudobranchie of Lates ealcarifer are an extremely narrow

strip of very short laminze, and easily overlooked.

5. Description of an Adult Skull of Eupleres goudoti.

By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e.

(Plate LI.)

Flacourt, in his book on Madagascar, describes an animal under

the name of Falanouc, which Doyére thinks he has identified with

a young animal from Madagascar, sent to the Jardin des Plantes by M.

Goudot. He described it under the name of Eupleres goudotii; but

Schlegel, in the Ned. Tydschr. Dierk. vol. i. p. 292, in his list of

Madagascar mammalia, observes it is not at all proved that the Fa-

lanouc of Flacourt (p. 154) is the Hupleres goudotii of naturalists.

Eupleres goudotii is described by M. Doyeére, in the Ann. des Se.

Naturelles, 1835, vol. iv. p. 281, tab. xviil., from a very young

animal preserved in spirits, and its skull. He describes the fur as

very dark brown, with a fulvous under-fur, and two black streaks

across the shoulders. The same skull is figured in Blainville’s

‘Ostéographie’ as Viverra goudotit, tab. vili., and also the bones of

the feet and other parts of the same.

I am not aware that the adult animal of this species has been

observed. MM. Pollen and Van Dam do not appear to have observed

it; at least it is not so stated in M. Schlegel’s list of their animals,

nor is it figured in their work.

The British Museum has lately received a large cat-like animal,

_ 2

ci Lr 2

jam =

x B

= =

». 18

ren

Smit

1870. | DR. J. E. GRAY ON EUPLERES GOUDOTI. 825

with a very small head and extremely slender and long nose and a

long cylindrical and bushy tail, from Madagascar, under the name of

Falanaka, which I was inclined to think might be the adult state of

the Lupleres goudotii of M. Doyére. But it has no appearance of

the black bands across the shoulders which he describes and figures,

and therefore I doubted the identity. But the examination of the

skull has entirely set all doubts at rest, for it is certainly the adult

state of the skull figured by M. Doyére with its milk-teeth; and

therefore I suspect that the existence of the black bands mentioned

in his description and shown in the figure may be caused by the

manner in which the hairs clustered together when the animal was

taken out of spirit and put in position, as they sometimes will do ;

or it may be that the young animal may be so marked; but I do

not think that this is likely.

As the genus has only been described from a young specimen, I

send a description of the adult skull and teeth.

Euperes, Doyére.

Skull very elongate, narrow, nearly three times as long as broad ;

the brain-case ovate; zygomatic arch long and very slender ; orbit

large, oblong, very imperfect behind, quite open to the temporal

cavity, without any processes either above or below; nose very

slender, as long as the breadth of the broadest part of the brain-

cavity ; nasal bones very slender, elongate ; maxillary bones high ;

interorbital foramen large, inferior; the nose divided in the middle

about one third of its length; palate narrow, rather wider behind,

rather concave in the middle of its length, truncated behind, the

opening of the internal nostril, some distance behind the last

grinder, elongated, with nearly parallel sides.

Lower jaw very slender, light, with a long produced subcylindri-

cal angle behind, narrow and rather flattened in front, with a rather

elongated symphysis. Cutting-teeth $; the upper small, truncated,

forming a close arched series, the outer on each side being rather

the largest; the lower smaller, forming a much smaller arched

series, the outer on each side being the largest.

Canines }.1; the upper small, conical, and much compressed and

recurved, not quite so large as the first false grinder, and placed at a

small distance from the outer cutting-tooth ; the lower very small,

close to and of the same form and size as the outer cutting-tooth.

Grinders &.¢; the upper false grinders three on each side, com-

pressed and very far apart; the first very like and a very slight

distance from the canine, and, like it, recurved ; the second separated

by an equally broad space from the first ; and the third is compressed,

with a recurved tip and an acute compressed lobe on the hinder

edge ; the third close to the flesh-tooth, forming with the other three

hinder grinders a connected series like the preceding, but wider,

with a very obscure process on the front edge, a broad compressed

one on the hind edge, and a central conical recurved process. ‘The

flesh-tooth like the preceding, but with a subtriangular crown

826 DR. J. E. GRAY ON EUPLERES GOUDOTI. [ Dec. 6,

produced by a subanterior lobe on the inner side, and a more

distinct lobe on the front edge, and a larger one on the hinder edge.

The first tubercles triangular, nearly equilateral, with three blank

tubercles on the outer side of the crown, and a larger tubercle on the

anterior internal process. The second tubercular grinder smaller,

triangular, rather wider than long, with concave arched sides.

The three lower false grinders separated from each other by equal

spaces like the upper ones; the first conical, compressed, some

distance from and twice the size of the lower canine, which it

resembles in shape; the second larger, compressed, with a very

slight lobe on the front and a more distinct lobe on the hinder edge,

and a high central cone; the third somewhat like the second but

larger, with a more distinct anterior and a large posterior lobe. The

lower carnivorous tooth oblong, with three anterior lobes placed in a

triangle, and a large posterior one; the tubercular grinder similar

to the preceding, but much larger and with larger anterior lobes,

having a small lobe in the centre between the other three, and a

very large hinder portion with a tubercle on the hinder margin.

Head elongate ; nose very much produced, elongate, conical, acute,

rounded beneath, with a very narrow central groove; whiskers

slender, moderately long ; muzzle bald, cartilaginous; nostrils open

on the side; lower jaw narrow in front ; ears rounded, hairy on the

outside. Body elongate, rather slender, closely covered with hair ;

legs moderate, of equal length. Soles of the feet with 6 pads, one

central ; toes 5.5, buried in the skin to the claws; the front toes 4,

with elongated arched compressed claws, the inner toe shorter ;

claws of the hind feet short, of the inner toe abortive; the hinder

side of the tarsus hairy; the tail rather shorter than the body,

cylindrical, truncate, covered with abundance of hair, which is rather

longer than that on the back.

I believe the adult animal and its skull show that I placed the

genus in its correct position in the ‘ Proceedings’ of the Society

in 1864, and in the ‘Catalogue of Carnivorous Mammalia in the

British Museum,’ when I arranged it near Crossarchus, in the family

Rhinogalide. M. Doyére considered it an insectivorous animal,

regarding the front double-rooted tooth in the lower jaw as a

canine; but Blainville properly regarded it as more allied to the

Viverride. And this decision is proved by the examination of

Blainville’s figure of the young skull, tab. xii., and the examination of

our older skull, both of which show that the small tooth in the upper

jaw, which I have called the canine, is placed just behind the suture,

between the maxillary and intermaxillary bones, which is the normal

situation of the canine.

It differs from the other genera of the family in the smallness of the

head, the great slenderness of the nose, and in the small size of the

canine teeth; and for this reason I think it ought to form a separate

tribe of the family Rhinogalide, which would be called Euplerina.

The head of the animal, and also the skull, becomes longer and

more slender in comparison with its breadth as it arrives at the

adult age ; and the great distance of the false grinders from each

1870. ] DR. J. E. GRAY ON EUPLERES GOUDOTI. 527

other and the similarity of the first to the canine, as well as their

recurved tips, are peculiar to this genus.

== Sa Se

Skull of Eupleres qoudoti.

Fig. 2.

Upper and lower jaws of Eupleres goudoti.

Evurieres Gouporir. (Plate LI.) B.M.

Fur clive, minutely punctulated with yellow; cheeks, temples,

chin, throat, belly, inside of limbs, brownish white; underside of

the base of the tail paler than the upperside.

Eupleres goudotii, Doyére, Ann. Sci. Nat. 1835, iv. p. 281, t. 18

(animal and skull) ; Gray Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 578; Cat. of

&28 DR. J. E. GRAY ON HAPALEMUR SIMUS, [Dec. 6,

Carnivorous Mamm. Brit. Mus. p. 177; De Blainville, Ostéogr.

Viverra, tab. viii. (skull), xi., xii. (other bones).

Falanaka, Gray, Ann. & Mag, Nat. Hist. 1870, vol. vi. p. 424.

Length of body and head 22 inches, tail 103 inches, =323 inches.

Hab. Madagascar.

6. Notes on Hapalemur simus, a new Species lately living

in the Gardens of the Society. By Dr. J. E. Gray,

F.B.S. &e.

(Plate LIL.)

Every day, as the osteology of the species is more studied, brings

to our knowledge the fact that Mammalia which are so alike in

external appearance as not to be distinguishable, prove on the

examination of the bones, and especially of the skulls, ta belong to

very distinct species ; and some even, as in the leaf-nosed Bats and

American Tapirs, prove to be very distinct genera. The animal I

am about to bring before the Society is an example of this kind

among the Lemuride.

Mr. Bartlett during the autumn brought to the British Museum a

Lemur which had died in the Society’s Gardens to be determined,

that its name might be entered in the list of recent accessions ; and I

agreed to purchase it for the collection. On the casual inspection of

the animal in its dead state I believed it to be a large specimen of

Hapalemur griseus. The preserved specimen and skull were exhi-

bited on November the Ist. On examining the animal before it was

placed in the public room of the British-Museum collection, I was

convinced that it was of a very distinct species from Hapalemur gri-

seus, then in the Museum, and | have therefore sent to the Society

the following notes showing the distinctions of the two species.

I. Nose tapering, narrow in front. Skull—nose tapering, narrow in

front; palate dilated behind ; series of grinders converging in

front ; lower jaw broad and strong in front, with a long

symphysis. LAPALEMUR.

HAPALEMUR GRISEUS. B.M.

Hapalemur griseus, Sclater, Proce. Zool. Soc. 1863, p. 181;

Mivart, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864, p. 613, fig., skull (copied, Catal.

Monkeys Xe. in B. M. p. 77).

Il. Nose broad and truncated. Skull—nose very broad, square,

truncated in front ; palate scarcely wider behind ; series of

grinders wide apart and nearly parallel ; lower jaw weak

and narrow in front, with a short symphysis. PROLEMUR.

HApALEMUR SIMUS, sp. nov. (Plate LII.) B.M.

Back iron-grey, with a rufous tinge; the hairs black, with a sub-

70. DRE: HAPALEMUR SIMUS.

1870 R. J. E. GRAY ON HAPALE 829

apical rufous band, and the lower part lead-coloured ; throat whitish ;

spot on rump at base of tail yellowish.

Hab. Madagascar.

This may be Hapalemur olivaceus; but that species is very

imperfectly described, and it is said to have a different form of the

hinder part of the lower jaw; but what the difference is, is not

mentioned, and I do not see any difference in the hinder part of the

lower jaws of the two species. The front of the jaw in A. griseus

is very much more slender and weak than in H. simus.

Hapalemur simus.

Fig, 2:

Hapalemur simus.

The skull rather solid; nose broad, truncated in front; palate

slightly concave, nearly as broad before as behind, the teeth-series

being nearly parallel: cutting-teeth 4; the upper subcylindrical,

close by the front side of the canine; inner rather the smallest ;

lower Bpelvate: in two groups, the four inner much compressed :

canines +.1; upper triangular, conical ; lower rather compressed,

with a conical lobe on the front edge.

The animal on which this species is established is full-grown ; but

830 DR. J. E. GRAY ON HAPALEMUR SIMUS. [Dec. 6,

Fig. 3.

Hapalemur simus.

Fig. 4.

Hapalemur simus,

1870. ] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON NEW TYRANNID. 831

the state of the hinder grinders shows that it had not reached adult

age ; it shows no sign of sexual organs, but is most probably a female.

It died soon after its arrival at the Gardens, and unfortunately had

not had time to recover the effects of its confinement on the voyage.

The tips of the long hairs of the fur of the greater part of the body

have been worn off, leaving only a lead-coloured cottony wool. The

head, neck, and outside of limbs, where the tips of the long hairs

remain, are exactly the same colour as the fur of the British- Museum

specimen of Hapalemur griseus, not showing the slightest reason

for believing that one would be called H. griseus and the other H.

olivaceus.

I have retained the name of H. griseus for the specimens we re-

ceived from Dr. Meller, which Mr. Sclater determined in the ‘ Pro-

ceedings’ of this Society to be of that species, but which have the

fur much more fit to be called olivaceous than grey.

P.S.—I have to-day (Dec. 9th) been able to obtain from the

Society Pollen and Van Dam’s ‘ Faune de Madagascar ;’ and I see

clearly that the animal that I have described as Hapalemur simus is

the Hapalemur griseus of those authors (p. 6, tab. ii.) ; for at tab. vii.

fig. 4 they figure the skull, showing the truncated form of the nose

and the wide palate. They consider it the same as the Hapalemur

griseus of Geoffroy St.-Hilaire, and also Hapalemur olivaceus of

Isidore Geoffroy, observing, ‘‘ Le crane avec ses dents ne s’éloigne

en aucune maniére de celui du soi-disant Lemur griseus; mais cette

partie présente, suivant les individus, des différences trés-sensibles par

la forme des orbites, tantdt orbiculaires, tantét un peu elliptiques,

par les nasaux tantdt saillants, tantét rentrants, par le manque ou

existence d’incisive 4 la machoire supérieure, et par d’autre traits

de moindre importance.”

I had no doubt of H. simus being quite distinct from what we

had called H. griseus in England. The upper cutting-teeth of the

Museum skull of H. simus are as distinct as they are in H. griseus.

7. Descriptions of three apparently new Species of Tyrant-

birds of the Genus EHlainea, with Remarks on other

known Species. By P. L. Scuarer, M.A., Ph.D.,

F.R.S.

1, ELaInga GiGas, sp. nov. (Fig. 1, p. 832.)

Elainea albiceps, Scl. P. Z. S. 1860, p. 71, et Cat. A. B. p. 217

(nec Lafr. et D’Orb.).

Supra fuscescenti-olivacea, uropygio paulo dilutiore: pilet medii

plumis ad basin late albis, fusco terminatis: alis caudaque

fuscis, alarum tectricibus et secundaris albido marginatis :

remigibus primariis et rectricibus olivaceo anguste fimbriatis :

subtus pallide grisea, subalaribus, remigum marginibus internis

832 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON NEW TYRANNID#. [Dec. 6,

et ventre medio cum crisso flavido indutis: rostro pallide

corneo, mandibula albicantiore, pedibus fuscis : long. tota 7°5,

ale 3°7, caude 3°1, tarsi 0°8, poll. Angl.

Hab. Respubl. Aquator. in ripis fl. Napo.

Obs. Sp. crassitie majore et pilei plumis late albis ab Z. pagana,

cui forma similis, distincta.

Elainea gigas.

I formerly referred this Elainea to the Muscipeta albiceps of

Lafr. et D’Orb., but discovered my error on obtaining specimens of

the latter bird from Eastern Peru (see P. Z. S. 1868, p. 174). #.

gigas, as I now propose to call it, is the largest species of the genus

that I am acquainted with, slightly exceeding in size even E. obscura.

It is not unlike the latter species generally, but has a large and

conspicuous white crest, the feathers of which are margined with the

colour of the head.

2. ELAINEA FALLAX, sp. nov. (Fig. 2, p. 833.)

Elainea, sp. ex Jamaica, Sclater, P. Z. 8S. 1860, p. 314.

E. fallax, Sclater, P. Z. S. 1861, p.407, et Cat. Am. B. p. 217

(deser. nulla! ).

Supra obscure olivacea, capite nigricantiore, pilet medii plumis

ad basin albis: alis extus nigricantibus, tectricibus albo

terminatis, secundariis hoc colore extus marginatis ; primariis

extus olivaceo anguste fimbriatis: cauda fusca, rectricibus

extus olivaceo anguste fimbriatis: subtus pallide flavida, sub-

alaribus flavidis, remigum marginibus internis albescentibus :

1870. } MR. P. L. SCLATER ON NEW TYRANNIDA. 833

rostro corneo, mandibula ad basin pallide carnea, pedibus

Fuseis : long. tota 5°2, ale 2°5, caude 2°4, tarsi 0°6.

Hab. ins. Jamaica.

I find I have accidentally omitted hitherto to give a description of

this species of Elainea, of which I obtained two skins some years

ago along with a large series of other Jamaican birds.

Fig. 2.

Flainea fallax.

Mr. March (Pr. Ac. Phil. 1863, p. 290) suggests that this bird

may be the young of EZ. cotta. But this cannot be the case, I think,

as I have young and old of the latter. J. fallax belongs to the

section with a concealed white crest, and has the wing-coverts ter-

minated with white. #. cotta (¢) has a bright yellow crest (see

Gosse’s figure, Ill. B. Jam. pl. xlv.), which is deficient in the female

or young, and has plain unspotted wings. I have no doubt of the

distinctness of the two species.

3. ELAINEA PUDICA, sp. nov. (Fig. 3, p. 834.)

Supra obscure olivacea unicolor; alis caudaque nigricantibus,

alarum tectricibus albido terminatis, fascias duas alares ev-

hibentibus ; secundariis quoque extus albido late marginatis :

cauda olivaceo extus anguste fimbriata : subtus pallide flavida,

ventre medio dilutiore, gutture et pectore toto griseo perfusis :

subalaribus et remigum marginibus internis pallide flavidis :

rostro brevi, angustato, nigricante ; mandibula, precipue ad

basin, carneo: pedibus obscure corneis: long. tota 5'5, ale

2°8, caude 2°5, tarsi 0°6.

Hab. Respubl. Colombica, Bogota (Mus P. LL. S.); Chiriqui

(4rcé) ; Venezuela, prope Merida (Goering)-

I have long had two Bogota specimens of this Elainea in my

collection under the MS. name now published, and have lately

obtained a third skin of it from Mr. Goering. From Arcé Salvin

has recently also received a single example, apparently of the same

species, and I was consequently in some hopes of being able to

recognize in it one of the Central-American Elainee lately described

834 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON NEW TYRANNIDA. [ Dec. 6,

by Mr. Lawrence. Failing to do this I have resolved to describe it

as new.

Fig. 3.

Elainea pudica.

This Hlainea belongs to the third section of the genus as arranged

in my “Index generis Elaineze”’ *, having no vertical spot whatever.

It is remarkable for its short and compressed bill.

I add a list of, with a few remarks on, the species of this very

puzzling genus of Tyrannide represented in my collection.

Sect. a. Species capitis subcristati plumis intus albis.

1. E. pagana (Licht.); Sel. Cat. A. B. p. 216.

Under this name I now believe we shall have to reunite the

species separated by me as FE. subpagana and LE. semipagana, and

thus recognize one rather variable species extending from Southern

Mexico to the wood-region of 8.E. Brazil. I have now fifteen skins of

this bird from various localities, and so have a better opportunity of

judging of them than formerly. It should be mentioned, however,

that there is much more white in the crests of northern specimens

than in those from S.E. Brazil.

2. H. riisii, Scl.; Cat. A. B. p. 217, ex ins. 8. Thomas.

I am now a little doubtful about the validity of this species also.

t may turn out to be only the same as the former; but more

specimens are required, especially from the intervening islands

between S. Thomas and Tobago.

3. E. albiceps (Lafr. et D’Orb.).

T am now disposed to unite under this name the specimens from

E. Peru, Chili, and Buenos Ayres usually called E. modesta (Tsch.),

and birds from Western Peru called 2. albiceps by Mr. Salvin and

myself (P. Z. S. 1868, pp. 174 et 568), although the latter are un-

usually large in size, and of a rather purer white on the throat. If

this view be correct, the range of this species will be a wide one, from

* P. Z. 8. 1861, p. 406.

1870. ] ON BIRDS FROM HONDURAS. 835

Eastern Peru to Buenos Ayres on the eastern side of the Andes, and

Western Peru to Chili on the western side. I have also typical

specimens of , cristata and E. albivertex of Pelzeln (Orn. Bras.

p- 177), and am rather inclined to consider these also inseparable

from Z. albiceps. I have already pointed out that my ZL. griseigu-

laris is the same bird (see P. Z. 8S. 1867, p. 327).

4. HE. gigas, sp. nov., ex reip. Hquator. reg. orient.

5. E. pallatange, Scl., ex. reip. Aiquat. reg. occ.

6. E. fallax, sp. nov., ex Jamaica.

Sect. B. Sp. capitis subcristati plumis interne flavis.

7. E. placens, Scl., ex Am. Centr. a Mexico usque ad isthmum

Panamensem, et reip. Aquat. litt. occident.

We have now traced the species down to Panama, and I consider

my E. implacens (ex rep. ASquator.) no longer tenable.

8. H. subplacens, Scl., ex reip. Aiquator. reg. occ.

9. EH. cotta, Gosse, ex Jamaica.

10. £. elegans, Pelzeln, ex Amazonia, Columbia et Guiana.

11. £. caniceps, Sw., ex Columbia et Peruvia.

Sect. c. Sp. paleo unicolori.

12. #. obscura (Lafr. et D’Orb.), ex Brasil. merid.

Under this (older) name I now unite the specimens arranged in

my catalogue under ZL. olivacea and E. rustica. I have additional

skins from Ypanema (Natterer), and Lagoa Santa (Lund).

13. HE. mesoleuca, Cab. et Heine, ex Brasil. merid.

14. £. frantzii, Lawrence, Ann. L. N.Y.vii. p.173, ex Costa Rica.

15. E. pudica, Sclater, ex Columbia et Chiriqui.

16. HL. afinis, Burm. Syst. Ueb. il. p. 147; Pelz. Orn. Bras.

p- 191, ex Brasil. int.

8. On Birds collected by Mr. George M. Whitely on the

Coast of Honduras. By P. L. Scrarer, M.A., Ph.D.,

F.R.S., and Osperr Satvin, M.A.

Mr. George M. Whitely went out to Honduras in the autumn of

1869 in company with the contractors engaged upon the first

section of the Interoceanic line, and remained about six months in

that country. Mr. Whitely’s health unfortunately gave way; and

he was consequently obliged to return home with much smaller col-

lections than would otherwise have been the case. But we think it

nevertheless expedient, in the interests of geographical distribution,

to place on record an exact list of the species of birds obtained in

836 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN [ Dec. 6,

this district, to which we have added a few notes where such

explanations are called for.

The previous authorities on the birds of the Republic of Honduras

are two only. :—

1. Mr. Moore’s list of Leyland’s collections in Honduras, Belize,

and Guatemala, given in P. Z. 8. 1859, p. 50.

2. Mr. G. C. Taylor’s articles on the birds collected and observed

during his journey across the isthmus from Fonseca Bay to Omoa in

1857-8, published in ‘The Ibis’ for 1860.

Mr. Whitely’s series of about 520 skins was obtained in the

vicinity of Puerto Cabello, Julian, Medina, and San Pedro. The

three latter places are situated in the low forest-lands on the Chame-

licon river, San Pedro, the furthest inland being not more than 30

miles from Puerto Cabello, the Atlantic terminus of the proposed

railway. These specimens are referable to 135 species, of which

the list is subjoined, the nomenclature, as usual, being that of

Sclater’s ‘ Catalogue of American Birds.’

Fam. TuRDID&. Fam. 'TANAGRIDA.

*1. Turdus tristis. 21. Euphonia hirundinacea.

Re grayi. 22. Calliste larvata.

3. Galeoscoptes carolinensis. 23. Tanagra diaconus.

24 abbas.

Fam. TroCiopwatnar. 25. Ramphocelus sanguinolen-

4. Campylorhynchus capistra- tus.

tus. 26. —— passerinii.

5. Thryothorus maculipectus. 27. Pyranga estiva.

) modestus. 28. Phenicothraupis ruficoides.

Fim Siedeaston 29. Eucometis spodocephala.

eas : 30. Saltator atriceps.

7. Henicocichla auricapilla. 31; grandis.

8. noveboracensis. 32. magnoides.

9. Helminthophaga peregrina. 33. Pitylus poliogaster.

10. Dendreca coronata.

1. caerulea. Fam. FRINGILLID#.

12. pennsylvaniea. 34. Hedymeles ludovicianus.

Hes estiva. 35. Guir t

14. Geothlypis trichas peak sr welreata | eagle

. ¥. : 36. Spermophila moreleti.

Fam. VirEONID. 37. -——— corvina.

38. Volatinia jacarina.

39. Cyanospiza ciris.

40. ——- cyanea.

41. Huspiza americana.

15. Icteria viridis.

16. Vireosylvia olivacea.

17. Hylophilus decurtatus.

Fam. HiruNDINIDZ.

18. Progne leucogastra. Fam. loreRips.

: 42. Ocyalus wagleri.

Fam. Ca@resip&. 43. Ostinops montezume.

19. Coereba cyanea. 44. Cassiculus prevosti.

20. Chlorophanes guatemalensis. 45. Icterus baltimorensis.

1870.]

*46. Icterus mesomelas.

47. prosthemelas.

48. spurius.

49. Quiscalus macrurus.

*51

Fam. Corvin.

. Cyanocorax guatemalensis.

. Psilorhinus mexicanus.

Fam. DENDROCOLAPTID.

. Synallaxis erythrothoraz.

. Dendromanes anabatinus.

. Dendrornis eburneirostris.

#55.

nana.

. Picolaptes compressus.

Fam. FoRMICARIID&.

ON BIRDS FROM HONDURAS.

Fam. Momorip».

83. Momotus lessoni.

84. Humomota superciliaris.

Fam. ALCEDINID.

85. Ceryle torquata.

86. cabanisi.

87. superciliosa.

Fam. GALBULID&.

88. Galbula melanogenia.

Fam. TRoGONID2.

89. Trogon melanocephalus.

Fam. CarpRIMULGID.

90. Nyctidromus albicollis.

. Thamnophilus melanocris-

SUS.

affinis.

. Cercomacra tyrannina.

. Formicivora boucardi.

Fam. TyRANNIDZ.

. Attila citreopygius.

. Todirostrum cinereum.

. Mionectes assimilis.

. Elainea subpagana.

. Myiozetetes texensis.

. Myiodynastes luteiventris.

. Rhynchocyclus cinereiceps.

. Megarhynchus mexicanus.

. Pitangus derbianus.

. Contopus virens.

. Empidonaz flaviventris.

minimus.

. Myiarchus lawrencii.

cooper.

. Tyrannus melancholicus.

pipiri.

Fam. CoTINGID2.

. Tityra personata.

Sraseri.

. Hadrostomus aglaie.

. Heteropelma vere pacis.

. Pipra mentalis.

. Chiromacheris candai.

94.

95.

*96.

a7:

98.

99:

Fam. TrocHiLip&.

. Lampornis prevosti.

. Florisuga mellivora.

. Petasophora delphine.

Fam. CucuLip.

Crotophaga sulcirostris.

Piaya melheri.

Coccyzus minor.

Fam. RAMPHASTID.

Ramphastus carinatus.

Pteroglossus torquatus.

Aulacorhamphus prasinus.

Fam. Picip&.

. Dryocopus scapularis.

. Celeus castaneus.

102. Centurus santacruzt.

103 pucherani.

*104. Picumnus olivaceus.

Fam. PsiTTAcip&.

105. Conurus astec.

106. Chrysotis guatemale.

autumnalis.

. Caica hematotis.

. Pionus senilis.

838 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN [ Dee. 6,

ACCIPITRES. 126. Leptoptila albifrons.

110. Polyborus tharus. 127. plumbeiceps.

111. Iéycter americanus. Cale

112. Herpetotheres cachinnans. : ’

113. Spizaétus tyrannus. 128. Cras globicera.

114. Urubitinga anthracina. 129. Ortalida vetula.

115. Geranospiza nigra. TINAMID.

116. Accipiter bicolor.

117. Mierastur guerilla.

118. Asturina plagiata. Lim Ico...

sae einen 131. Agialites vociferus.

120. Cymindis cayennensis. ‘ ; c, eae

121. Tinnunculus sparverius. 132. Rhyacophilus solitarius.

122. Hypotriorchis rufigularis. RALuIp&.

133. Aramides albiventris.

134. Heliornis fulica.

LARID&.

130. Crypturus boucardi.

CoLUMB.

123. Columba rufina.

124. Melopelia leucoptera.

125. Chamepelia rufipennis. 135. Anous stolidus.

On looking through this list it becomes apparent that the orni-

thology of this part of Honduras, so far at least as is shown by Mr.

Whitely’s collection, differs in hardly any respect from that of the

lowlands of Vera Paz, which has been already thoroughly explored.

Out of these 135 species there are only three (Dendrornis nana,

Coccyzus minor, and Picumnus olivaceus) that have not been ob-

served in the above-named department of the adjoining Republic of

Guatemala. Of these three exceptions, Coccyzus minor is of wide

distribution and may likewise occur in Guatemala; but the other two

are southern species which appear here at the most northern limit

of their range.

We subdjoin a few remarks upon such of the above-mentioned

species as require notice.

1. Turpvus Tristis, Sw. ; Scl. et Salv. Ex. Orn. p. 145.

Out of three skins in Mr. Whitely’s collection one belongs to the

ashy-backed variety (T. leucauchen, Sclater); the other two are

intermediate between this and the Mexican form 7’. assimilis, Cab.

This confirms us in our opinion (expressed Ex. Orn. p. 145), that

the two species may be safely reunited under Swainson’s older name.

See also Mr. Salvin’s remarks on this Thrush (P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 132).

46. IcrerUs MESOMELAS, Wagler.

Mr. Cassin, in his study of the Icteride (Pr Ac. Se. Phil. 1867,

p- 51), has separated the southern form of this bird as J. salvini,

distinguishing it by the absence of the narrow external yellowish

margin of some of the secondaries, and its larger size. We do not

consider this proposed species to be well founded. In the present

examples some possess the yellow margin, but others not. In a

1870.] ON BIRDS FROM HONDURAS. 839

Bogota skin in Sclater’s collection this character is present. Nor

can we find much difference as regards size, in specimens from

different localities—Mexico, Honduras, Panama, and Bogota.

51, PstLorHINUS MEXICANUS (Riipp.).

Mr. Whitely’s skins belong, like Mr. Taylor’s and all others from

southern localities, to the white-tailed form. See our remarks,

P. Z. S. 1869, p. 363.

55. DENDRORNIS SUSURRANS (Jardine).

Dendrocolaptes susurrans, Jard. Ann. N. H. xix. p. 81.

Dendrornis susurrans, Eyton, Contr. Orn. 1852, p. 23; Sclater,

Cat. A. B. p 165; Scl. et Salv. P. Z. S. 1868, pp. 167, 627, et 1869,

. 252.

F Nasica susurrans, Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1850, p. 425; Léotaud, Ois.

de Trin. p. 160.

Dendrornis nana, Lawr. Ibis, 1863, p. 181 (7).

Dendrornis nana, Sel. et Salv. P. Z. S. 1864, p. 355; et Salvin,

P. Z. S. 1870, p. 193 (certé).

After comparing Mr. Whitely’s specimen of this Dendrornis with

fifteen others from various parts of the Central-American isthmus

(Costa Rica, Veragua, and Panama), which we have hitherto called

D. nana (ex Lawrence), and with Venezuelan, Trinidad, and Tobago

skins of D. susurrans, we have come to the conclusion that they all

belong to one species. Upon one of the smaller-sized individuals

Mr. Lawrence appears to have established his D. nana; and we are

inclined to suppose that the birds called D. guttatus (Ann. L. N. Y.

vii. p. 292) and D. pardalotus* (ibid. viii. pp. 4, 180, and ix. p. 107)

likewise belong to this same species.

We have never met with more than three other species of this

genus of Dendrocolaptide from any district north of Panama.

These are : —

1. D. eburneirostris. Mexico, Guatemala, and Honduras.

2. D. lachrymosa. Nicaragua, Costa Rica, Veragua, and Panama.

3. D. erythropygia. Southern Mexico down to Panama.

We are not acquainted with D. mentalis, recently described by

Mr. Lawrence from Northern Mexico (Ann. viii. p. 48).

96. Coccyzus MINOR (Gm.).

See Sclater’s remarks on this species, P. Z. S. 1870, p. 166.

104. Prcumnus oxtvacevs (Lafr.).

This is the most northern locality yet recorded for any species of

this genus. The specimens agree with Bogota skins, and with those

from Veragua received by Mr. Salvin (cf. P. Z. S. 1870, p. 212).

No other Picumnus is known from north of Panama.

* A skin in the collection of Dendrocolaptide belonging to the Smithsonian

Institution now under Sclater’s examination, which is marked D. pardalotus in

Mr. Lawrence’s handwriting, certainly belongs to D. suswrrans.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1870, No. LVI.

840 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN [ Dec. 6,

9. Descriptions of five new Species of Birds from the United

States of Columbia. By P. L. Scrarur, M.A., Ph.D.,

F.R.S., and Osserr Satvin, M.A., F.L.S.

(Plate LIL.)

1. PHEUCTICUS UROPYGIALIS, Sp. nov.

Pheucticus aureoventer, Sclater, P. Z. 8. 1855, p. 154.

Supra niger; rectricum alarium fasciis duabus cum speculo atari

albis ; wropygit plumis flavis nigro terminatis : subtus ad medium

pectus niger, abdomine flavo, lateribus nigro variegatis ; tectricibus

subalaribus flavis : cauda nigra, rectricibus lateralibus albo ter-

minatis: rostro nigro ad basin plumbeo, pedibus nigris: long. tota

8, ale 4°5, caude 3°7 poll. Angl.

Hab. In int. Columbia.

Mus. P.L. S. et 8.-G.

Obs. Similis P. aureoventri, Lafr. et D’Orb., ex Bolivia, sed

uropygio flavo diversus.

We found this species on a ‘‘ Bogota”’ skin in Sclater’s collection.

Mr. C. Wyatt has lately obtained a specimen of the same bird in

the Sierra Ocafia of Columbia. It is probable that Fraser’s skins

from Riobamba, Ecuador, referred by Sclater (P. Z. S. 1858, p. 551)

to P. aureoventer may belong here ; but the specimens are not adult,

and show no black on the throat. We may also remark that they

have the crissum white, and not yellow as in the Bogota bird.

There are likewise Bogota skins of this species in the collection of

Messrs. Salvin and Godman, and in the British Museum.

There appear to be now known five species of this form, viz. : —

(1) P. chrysopeplus (Vig.). From Western Mexico ; lately dis-

criminated by Finsch, Abh. Nat. Ver. z. Bremen, 1870, p. 339,

(2) P. tibialis, Lawr. Ann. Lye..N. Y. viii. p. 478. From Costa

Rica and Veragua.

(3) P. chrysogaster (Less.); Sel. Cat. Am. B. p. 100 (syn.

excl.). From Ecuador and Venezuela.

(4) P. uropygialis. From the highlands of Columbia.

(5) P. aureiventris, Lafr. et D’Orb. From the highlands of Bo-

livia.

2. SYNALLAXIS WYATTI, sp. nov.

Supra fusca, nigro striata: tectricum alarium marginibus et remigum

macula magna basin occupante cum subalaribus rufis: subtus pal-

lide ochracea, pectore paulo obscuriore et punctis paucis nigris

asperso, gula alba flavicante tincta: caude rectricibus duodecim,

tribus lateralibus rufis, scapis nigris, ceteris nigricantibus rufo

paulum variegatis : rostro elongato, acuto, corneo, ad basin palli-

diore : pedibus fuscis : long. tota6, ale 2, caude rectr. lat, 1°6,

med. 2°, rostri a rictu 0°7.

Hab. Paramo of Pamplona, New Granada (Wyaét).

Mus. P. L. 8.

JSmit lith

hor

ie)

CINEREIC

IMPROBUS

M & N Hanhart imp

1870. | ON NEW COLUMBIAN BIRDS, 841

Obs. Proxima S. anthoidi, sed striis dorsi angustioribus et cre-

brioribus, et rectricibus externis rufis distinguenda.

3. TYRANNISCUS LEUCOGONYS, sp. nov. (Plate LITI. fig. 1.)

Tyranniscus, sp., Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 216. no. 1320.

Supra olivaceus ; pileo toto dilute cinereo, fronte et capitis lateribus

albo variegatis ; alis caudaque fusco-nigricantibus, alarum tectri-

cibus et remigibus flavicanti-olivaceo marginatis, rectricum mar-

ginibus olivaceo stricte fimbriatis : subtus pallide limonaceo-flavus,

subalaribus limonaceo-flavis : maxilla cornea, mandibula alba, pe-

dibus corneis : long. tota 4, ale 2:4, caud@e 1*7, rostri a rictu 0°5.

Hab. In int. Columbia.

Mus. P.L. 8.

Two Bogota skins of this small Tyrant are in Sclater’s collection,

one having been purchased from Bell of New York in 1856, and the

second more recently obtained from the Maison Verreaux.

The species is of about the same size and general appearance as 7’.

cinereiceps, Scl., but wants the conspicuous black ear-coverts and the

broad whitish spots on the wing-coverts which distinguish that spe-

cies. It is likewise of a much paler yellow below. The wings

are rather long and pointed, the second, third, and fourth primaries

being nearly equal and longest.

4, TyRANNISCUS IMPROBUS, sp. nov. (Plate LIII. fig. 3.)

Supra olivaceus ; capite obscuriore, frontem versus nigricante; fronte

ipsa et regione oculari utrinque albicantibus ; loris nigris ; alis

caudaque nigricantibus, alarum tectricibus et secundariis flavo

anguste limbatis ; rectricibus extus olivaceo fimbriatis : subtus

dilute flavidus, gula et pectore superiore albicantibus, cinereo sub-

lavatis ; subalaribus et campterio alari flavidis : rostro et pedibus

nigris: long. tota 4°5, ale 2°2, caude 1°9, rostri a rictu 0°5.

Hab. In Andibus Venezuelz et Columbiz.

Mus. P.L.S.

Obs. Sp. Tyrannisco vilissimo, ex Guatemala, maxime affinis, sed

pectore flavidiore et pileo nigricantiore, ut videtur, diversus.

The first specimen of this Tyranniscus which occurred to us was

obtained near Merida by Mr. Goering *, but we did not venture to de-

scribe it from a single specimen. More recently in Mr. C, Wyatt’s

collection we found a second example, which was obtained by that

gentleman in the Sierra Ocafia.

5, TyRANNISCUS GRISEICEPS, Sp. nov.

Tyranniscus, sp., Scl. Cat. Am, B. p. 216. no. 1318 ; Sel. & Saly.

P. Z. S. 1869, p. 252. ye

Supra dilute olivaceus, pileo cinereo ; fronte et capitis lateribus albo

mixtis: alis caudaque fusco-nigricantibus, alarum tectricum et se-

cundariorum marginibus in olivaceum trahentibus, rectricum mar-

ginibus externis dorso concoloribus : subtus limonaceo-flavus, gut-

* See anted. p. 78.

842 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN [ Dec. 6,

ture albicante, subalaribus flavidis ; rostro dilatato, corneo, pedi-

bus obscuris : long. tota 4, ale 2, caude \°9.

Hab. Western Ecuador, Pallatanga and Babahoyo (fraser) ;

Venezuela, Lake of Valencia (Goering).

Mus. P.L.S.

We base this species upon two skins obtained by Fraser in Ecua-

dor, which have hitherto stood in Scelater’s collection under a MS.

name. The single specimen, above referred to, obtained by Mr.

Goering nearly agrees with these, and belongs, we have little doubt,

to the same species.

The bill is rather flatter and broader at the base than in other spe-

cies of the genus Tyranniscus, the wings rather shorter, and the tail

somewhat longer. The margins of the wing-coverts, instead of being

distinctly defined as in 7. vilisstemus and its two allies T. parvus and

T. improbus, are not nearly so bright and conspicuous. The second,

third, fourth, and fifth primaries are nearly equal and longest.

The three species above described increase the number of the

members of this obscure genus to nine, which may be arranged as

follows :—

Clavis generis Tyrannisei.

a. tectricibus alarum nigris, albo terminatis.

‘regione auriculari olivacea: pileo nigro ............... 1. nigricapillus,

i regione auriculari nigra: pileo cinereo ................-- 2. cinereiceps.

. tectricibus alarum fuscis, flavo distincte marginatis.

a', pileo dorso concolori: fronte aurea.................04+4 3. chrysops.

é'. pileo cinereo: fronte albida.

a’. gutture albo aut grisescente.

major: pectore grisescente ...............-+ 4. vilissimus.

major: pectore flavidescente ............... 5. improbus.

minor: pectore albicante.................00+ 6. parvus.

b". gutture flavido perfuso.

{ major: mandibula albicante ............... 7. leucogonys.

| minor: mandibula nigra..........e0.. cee 8. gracilipes.

¢. tectricibus alarum fuscis, olivaceo obsolete marginatis ... 9. gréseiceps.

The synonymy and localities of these nine species are as follows :—

(i) TyRANNISCUS NIGRICAPILLUS.

Tyrannulus nigricapillus, Lafr. Rey. Zool. 1845, p. 341; Sclater,

P. Z.S. 1860, p. 93.

Tyranniscus nigricapillus, Cab. et Hein. Mus. Hein. ii. p. 57 ;

Sel. Cat. Am. B. p. 216.

Hab. Ecuador, Puellaro (Fraser); Bogota (Mus. P. L.S.).

(2) Tyranniscus cinereicers. (Plate LIII. fig. 2.)

Tyrannulus cinereiceps, Sclater, P. Z. 8. 1860, p. 69.

Tyranniscus cinereiceps, Sel. Cat. Am. B. p. 216.

Hiab. Pallatanga, Eeuador (Fraser) ; Bogota (P. L. 8.).

(3) TyRANNISCUS CHRYSOPS.

Tyrannulus chrysops, Sclater, P. Z. 8.1858, p. 458, 1859, p. 144,

et 1860, p. 93.

1870. ] ON NEW COLUMBIAN BIRDS. 843

Ty anniscus chrysops, Sclater, Cat. Am. B. p. 216.

Tyrannulus flavidifrons, Scl. P. Z.S. 1860, p. 69.

Tyranniscus flavifrons, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 216; Cab. et Wein.

Mus. Hein. ii. p. 56 (1859).

Hab. Ecuador and Bogota (P. L. 8S.) ; Sierra Ocaiia (Wyatt).

(4) TyRANNISCUS VILISSIMUS.

Elainea vilissima, Sclat. et Salv. Ibis, 1859, p. 122, pl. 4. f. 1;

Salvin, Ibis, 1860, p. 194.

Tyranniscus vilissimus, Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 216.

Hab. Guatemala.

(5) TyRANNISCUS IMPROBUS.

Hab. Venezuela, Merida (Goering) ; Sierra Ocaiia (Wyatt).

(6) TyRANNISCUS PARVUS.

Tyranniscus parvus, Lawr. Ibis, 1862, p. 12; Ann. N. Y. Lye.

vii. p. 473; Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1864, p. 359; Salv. P. Z. S. 1867,

p. '47.

Hab. Panama (M‘Lennan) ; Veragua et Costa Rica (Aree).

(7) TyRANNISCUS LEUCOGONYS.

Hab. Bogota (P. L. S.).

(8) TyRANNISCUS GRACILIPES.

Tyranniscus, sp. 1317, Scl. Cat. A. B. p. 216.

Tyranniscus gracilipes, Sclater, MS.; Sel. & Salv. P. Z. 8. 1867,

p- 981.

Mytopatis pusilla, Pelz. Orn. Bras. p. 106.

Hab. Fastern Peru, Pebas (Hauxwell).

(9) TyRANNISCUS GRISEICEPS.

Hab. Ecuador ; Babahoyo and Pallatanga (Fraser).

6. TROGON CHIONURUS, sp. noy.

Trogon viridis, Scl. et Salv. P. Z. S. 1864, p. 364; Lawr. Ann.

L. N. Y. vii. p. 290.

Similis T. viridi, sed maris rectricibus externis fere omnino albis, ita

ut cauda clausa omnino alba esse videtur. Femina etiam rectricum

externarum apices late albos ostendit.

Hab. Panama (M‘Leannan).

Mus. 8.-G. et G. N. Lawrence.

We have examined numerous specimens of this Trogon from

Panama, and have hitherto referred it to 7. viridis. We convinced

ourselves some time ago, on examining an example from Mr. Law-

rence’s collection, that it was not really 7’. viridis, but were then

doubtful whether it might not be 7’. venustus, Cab. et Hein. Mus.

Hein. ii. p. 194. On going into the question again, aided by addi-

tional skins of 7’. viridis from various localities, we feel convinced that

844 MR. GULLIVER ON THE ANATOMY [ Dec. 6,

T. venustus (as characterized, 7. ¢. s.) cannot be considered really di-

stinct from 7’. viridis. We have specimens of this bird now before

us from Rio, Bahia, Matto Grosso, Eastern Venezuela, and Bugotd,

and can find no constant differences amongst them, although there

is considerable diversity of tint in the colour of the lower back, and

some specimens approach to what Dr. Finsch has recently proposed

to call T. eyanurus (P. Z.8. 1870, p. 559).

On the other hand three Panama skins (in Mus. S.-G.) present

the remarkable character of the outer tail-feathers above mentioned.

The first outer pair are all pure white except a narrow basal patch

concealed by the tail-coverts. Of the second pair, considerably more

than the apical half is white. In the third pair the white apices

measure 2 in. in length. When the tail is closed the under surface

appears perfectly white. We therefore call this bird 7. chionurus.

We have seen other examples of this Panama species in Mr. Law-

~rence’s and Mr. Gould’s collections.

10. On certain points in the Anatomy and Economy of the

Lampreys. By Grorcre Guitiver, F.R.S.

BLOOD-CORPUSCLES.

Red Corpuscles.—For the discovery of the now well-known cir-

cular shape of the red blood-corpuscles of the Lamprey, we are

indebted to that eminent physiologist Rudolph Wagner. He

likened them, as biconcave disks and otherwise, to those of Man and

Mammalia; and as his figures and descriptions of those of the

Lamprey are the only ones with which I am acquainted, it seems to

me that a further account of them is yet desirable.

The majority of them are circular; only a few assume a slightly

oval form, just as some circular red disks appear among the far

greater number of the regular oval or suboval ones of osseous fishes.

The red corpuscles of the Lamprey are but rarely or exceptionally

biconcave disks, and then only from irregular or unequal depressions

on the surfaces, scarcely ever from those two syinmetrical concavities

which are so truly characteristic of the blood-disk of Apyrenaematous

vertebrates. On the contrary, the red blood-corpuscles of the

Lamprey are regularly either flat or slightly biconvex (fig. 1, a and 4);

but this form is liable to much variation from one or more dents

caused by puckering or contractions inwards either of the surface

or of the margin of the soft disk ; often a depression on one side and

projection of the other produces a concavo-convex form; and, as a

rule, the disk is proportionally and absolutely thicker than that of

Apyrenzematous vertebrates.

The nucleus (fig. 2) is very distinct, either circular or suboval, and

sufficiently thick to prevent two such central depressions on the faces

of the red corpuscle as would make it a symmetrical biconcave disk.

Hence the comparison of the blood-disks of the Lamprey to

1870. | AND ECONOMY OF THE LAMPREYS. 845

those of Man, so commonly adopted, after Wagner, seems to demand

reconsideration. Notwithstanding their correspondence in the cir-

cular outline, they differ essentially in structure and size, in which

respect the Lamprey’s red corpuscle truly conforms to the pyrenz-

matous type. No blood-disks of any Apyrenzematous vertebrate are

known to be either regularly nucleated, so large, or so thick as those

of the Lamprey ; nor is the flat or slightly biconvex form of this

fish’s blood-disks the regular shape of those of the Apyrenzemata.

But though the size may and does, so far as is yet known, thus afford

a good diagnostic of existing vertebrates, it does not necessarily follow

that Mammalia have never lived with much larger red blood-cor-

puscles than any ever seen in this class. For, after my proofs that

the Edentata are truly characterized by the largeness of these cor-

puscles (Lecture ii. Med. Times and Gaz. Sept. 13, 1862; Proc.

Zool. Soc. Feb. 10, 1870), it seems highly probable that the huge

and extinct species of this Aprenzematous order had blood-disks quite

as large as those of the Lamprey.

Pale Globules, fig. 3.—Of this fish these globules are of the same

shape, size, and structure so well known in other vertebrates; and

hence, while in Apyrenzmata the pale globules are commonly larger

than the red corpuscles, in the Lamprey and other Pyrenzemata

the pale globules are generally more or less smaller than. the red

corpuscles.

4000 ths. 4 =— es ofaninch.

Of the above woodcut, fig. 1 represents the red corpuscles of

Petromyzon planeri as seen in the liquor sanguinis—a, 6, corpuscles

of regular shape seen edgewise; fig. 2, red corpuscles with their

nuclei exposed by the action of sulphurous acid; and fig. 3, pale

globules of the blood. They are all drawn, like the engravings re-

ferred to in the Proc. Zool. Soc. Feb. 10, 1870, to a scale of which

each division stands for one four-thousandth of an English inch.

Size of the Corpuscles.-—In the following measurements are given,

in vulgar fractions of an English inch, the average dimensions of the

corpuscles of the blood of Man and of the Lampreys (Petromyzon

planeri, P. fluviatilis, and Ammocetes branchialis). ‘There is so

little difference between the blood-copuscles of these fishes that one

description may serve for all three of them. Formerly I accidentally

846 MR. GULLIVER ON THE ANATOMY [ Dee. 6,

noted a measurement of small corpuscles of Ammoccetes for an

average.

Man; diameter ofthe disk”... 277 oo coe. oe as

Sunthickness:ofbhedisk:.sShcy<aiidiecons chearet ae TEabi

», diameter of pale globules........ sana

Lamprey, diameter Obst esaiskce oc4-bescicks sheets ah

: a :

5 thickness of the disk............ Eva a

= 1

3 diameter of pale globules .. sain

Fins.

Fin-rays.—The Lampreys, under the head of Dermopteri, are

usually described as “ without fin-rays;’’ see, for example, Mr.

Couch’s recent ‘History of the Fishes of the British Islands,’ vol. iv.

p. 385, and the still later ‘Comp. Anatomy of Vertebrates,’ vol. i.

p. 7. Yet these rays are plainly visible in more than one species of

Lamprey, and so thickly set in the dorsal fin that it might be diffi-

cult to count them; and according to Prof. Huxley (Introduction

to the Classification of Animals, 8vo, London 1869, p. 63), ‘it is

questionable whether any fish exists altogether devoid of the system

of median fin-rays.’’ They are easily shown in the Lampreys, espe-

cially when the fin-skin is removed by hot water; and, when a

portion of the living fin is cut off, the skin will so contract after

death as to leave the divided ends of the rays projecting from the

cut surface.

In Petromyzon planeri the fin-rays at their middle have a mean

diameter of about 51, of an inch, often much more or less ; that from

which the drawing (fig. 8, p. 848) was taken was scarcely half as thick ;

they are most of them split towards their tips; and, like the endo-

skeleton, are cartilaginous; the cells of the cartilage compose the

whole thickness of the fin-ray, are of a somewhat polygonal shape,

mostly oblong, closely packed together, with their long axes across the

ray, and each cell is about 3,455 of an inch in diameter. Each fin-

ray has a sheath of longitudinal fibres that have elongated nuclei.

Marginal Papilia, fig. 7, p. 848.—The free edge of the dorsal fin

has a pretty fringe of a single row of conical papillae. In Planer’s

Lamprey they have an average length of about 5{; of an inch, and

half that breadth ; and they are thickly sprinkled with black pigment-

granules. In P. fluviatilis the marginal papille are smaller and

fewer than in P. planeri.

Eye.

Lens-fibres.— Since the discovery, by Brewster, of the deeply in-

dented and interlocking edges of these fibres in the Cod, this has been

adopted as a common character of fishes. But the indentations and

the diameter of these fibres are so different in diverse species as to

afford valuable taxonomic characters in the class. Thus, e. g., while

1870.) AND ECONOMY OF THE LAMPREYS. 847

of Alosa finta, Mugil capito, and most other osseous fishes the ex-

ternal lens-fibres are so deeply indented as to be well represented in

that philosopher’s engraving from the Cod, these fibres in the Eel

have merely a slight serrature or unevenness at their margins, the

jaggedness not more distinct than in the same part of various higher

vertebrates, as the English Batrachians, and the Rook and Rat ; nor

in many cartilaginous fishes is the marginal denticulation of the lens-

fibres much more marked, as may be witnessed in Acipenser sturio,

Galeus vulgaris, Raia microcellata, and numerous others.

And in the Lamprey even this feeble serrature of the edges of

the lens-fibres disappears so completely that they are quite smooth

and entire, except a very faint roughness towards the ends of the inner

fibres near the poles of the lens. And the kernel of the lens is not

so hard, tough, and difficult to be teazed out as in osseous fishes ;

while in these last the lens-fibres are commonly much broader than

those of the Lampreys ; as may be seen engraved (Monthly Journ.

Microsc. Science, April 1869) from the River-lamprey, the Eel, and

the Pike.

OrGANS OF GENERATION.

External Genital Papille, figs. 4 and 5, p. 848.—Some notices of

these parts occur in the books of systematic ichthyology. Thus

Yarrell says that ‘the roe, in both sexes, escapes by a small mem-

branous sheath, which has internally at its base five apertures, one

leading upwards to the intestine ;” and Couch describes, in the Silver

Lamprey, “a process which perhaps appears only at the time of the

shedding of the spawn, and may be confined to one sex only.”

Wagner mentions ‘‘conical and often elongated structures, resembling

intromittent organs, in Syngnathus, Gobius, Lepadogaster, Blennius,

and also Petromyzon;” but as of the genital papillee and their tu-

bular canal in both sexes of the Lampreys no notice is given either

in the ‘Cyclopzdia of Anatomy,’ the ‘Comparative Anatomy of

Vertebrates,’ or Max Schultze’s elaborate memoir on Petromyzon

planeri, I have drawn up the following descriptions from this species.

Penis or Genital Papilla of the Male, fig. 4.—This is very con

spicuous during the height of the spawning-season in spring, and

when flaccid is about an eighth of an inch long, a thirtieth thick,

and of a conical shape. On the 20th of April, my son, while

examining dead specimens of this fish under water, found that

abundance of semen issued in a jet through the papilla, as from a

syringe, when the abdomen was pressed between his thumb and

finger ; and that this seminal outlet was a central and perfect canal,

or longitudinal tube, through which either air or a fine probe could

readily be passed from the peritoneal cavity. When the semen was

pressed out in a full stream along this canal, the penis was elon-

gated and somewhat distended and erected, like an intromittent part

for copulation. The organ has numerous minute blood-vessels, and

is composed of a dense connective tissue with numerous connective-

tissue corpuscles.

Female Genital Papilla, or Vulva, fig. 5.—At the same time we

848 MR. GULLIVER ON THE ANATOMY [ Dec. 6,

saw that those females which were distended with eggs had a similar

genital papilla, only shorter and with a wider canal than in the male.

Through this vulva the eggs, each about a fortieth of an inch in dia-

meter, readily escaped in single file. The intimate structure of the

organ is the same, and the tube a genito-urinal outlet, in both sexes.

From the above descriptions, it appears that during the spawning-

season, the peritoneum of the Lamprey is not in either sex a shut

sac, for it opens outward by the tubular canal, through and along

the centre of the genital papillee of the male and female—and that

in each sex the genital outlet is single, with its external opening in-

dependent of and separate from the so-called cloaca.

Spermatic Filaments, fig. 6.—These were extremely abundant.

3 . 1 . : 1 :

Their mean length is ooo) and their thickness Len of an inch.

Though but little acted on by acetic acid, they do not preserve their

shape well in drying.

Indeed the effect of this acid seems to indicate different chemical

characters of the spermatozoa of different animals. While it has no

effect on those filaments of most mammalia, it dissolves or destroys

very quickly the spiral spermatozoa of birds; and yet the club-

shaped spermatozoa of this class resist its action like those of mam-

malia, as more particularly noticed in the ‘ Proceedings’ of this

Society, July 26, 1842.

ary

AAO WY

In the above woodcut, figs. 4 and 5 show the genital papillee of

the natural size—tig. 4 of the male, and fig. 5 of the female; in each

1870. | AND ECONOMY OF THE LAMPREYS. 849

the bristle @ a is passed from the peritoneal sac, through the

tubular genital outlet which perforates lengthwise the centre of the

papilla; the bristle 6 6 is passed along the inside of the intestine,

and out at the anus. In the female, fig. 5, some ova are seen free

in the abdomen, and others passing and passed through the canal

ef the vulva. Fig. 6, spermatic filaments, magnified about 700

diameters. Fig. 7, marginal papilla of the dorsal fin, magnified

about 75 diameters. Fig. 8, a bit of fin-ray, its cartilage-cells and

sheath-fibres, magnified about 600 diameters. Fig. 9, brain-worm,

enlarged about 60 diameters. All the figures were taken from

Planer’s Lamprey.

Abundance of Ova.—The females of Planer’s Lamprey are much

distended with eggs in the spring. Ina specimen of Petromyzon

fluviatilis caught on the 20th December, 1868, eighteen inches long

and six and a half ounces weight, I counted no less than 51,220

eges, none of which were then detached from the ovary into the

peritoneal cavity. Their average diameter was qs of an inch; and

394 of them, after having been drained of extraneous moisture,

weighed one grain.

PETROMYZON PLANERI.

I have seen this species in abundance at Dundrum in the north

of Ireland ; and it is remarkably plentiful in the river Stour at Can-

terbury. During the spawning-season, which occurs here from the

end of March until June, this Lamprey is so common in the shallow

streams, and so intent on the procreative business, as to be taken in

numbers by hand, much to the amusement of the idle boys, who

indulge then in this simple and primitive sort of piscatorial sport.

After June or July, these Lampreys entirely disappear, so that not a

single specimen can be found, though the larval Ammocete is then,

as before, to be caught. During the height of the spawning-season,

Planer’s Lamprey takes so little food that none is found in the

alimentary canal, which is then contracted to a mere thread, while

the Ammocete feeds freely and has its intestine distended accord-

ingly.

Entozoa.

It is remarkable that a fish with its brain-case occupied by a mass

of living worms equal to that of the cerebral substance should

appear in perfect health and activity, exercising its generative

functions with the greatest vigour ; yet such is the case with

Planer’s Lamprey.

In the course of last spring my son was examining the brain of

this fish, and found it infested by great numbers of what seemed to

helong to the tribe of parasitic “ platyelminthes.”” Of a single fish

the entire brain was not larger than the aggregate bulk of the

whole of these worms. On pursuing the inquiry, it was found that

every Planer’s Lamprey taken for us that season Poin the Stour

river at Canterbury was thus infested; not a single specimen exa-

mined was exempt from these brain-worms. ‘Their future career and

850 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [ Dec. 6,

final destiny might afford important information for helminthology ;

and the investigation would be easy now we have learned this station

and phase of the worm. Hence | have given the sketch (fig. 9,

p. 848), and hope soon to examine more fully the anatomy of this

entozoon in fresh specimens.

The average length of each worm was 7; of an inch; its shape

oval with two projecting papille ; the integument distinct and com-

posed of two coats, the body filled with pale round corpuscles and

many oval ones. There seemed to be a mouth with a feeble current

setting into it; but neither hooklets, spines, nor vibratile cilia were

visible. The motions by contraction and expansion of the worm were

very remarkable; and this evidence of its vitality continued two or

three days after the death and putrefaction of its host.

11. On the Myology of Chameleon parsonii.

By Sr. Grorce Mivart, F.R.S.

The singular modifications of the appendicular skeleton of the

Chameleon, and the remarkable resemblances which exist between

its pectoral and pelvic portions, naturally suggest that its myology

cannot be other than interesting.

An unusually good opportunity of investigating that myology

having, through the kindness of my friend Professor Flower, pre-

sented itself, I beg to bring before the Society the results of the

dissection of a magnificent specimen of the above-named large

Chameleon of Madagascar,

AXIAL MUSCLES.

I. Musctes or THE HEAp.

Mylo-hyoideus anterior (figs. 1 and 3, M’). This muscle forms,

as usual, a delicate layer which arises inside the ramus of the

mandible, meeting and joining its fellow of the opposite side beneath

the throat. Its fibres pass downward and backward; and its

posterior portion overlaps and is superficial to the antero-inferior

part of the posterior mylo-hyoid.

Mylo-hyoideus posterior (figs. 1 and 3, M*). A considerable

but delicate muscular lamella arises from the inner side of the

suspensorium of the mandible, and, passing downwards beneath the

throat, meets its fellow of the opposite side. It is immediately

superficial to the genio-hyoid, but anteriorly it passes above the

anterior mylo-hyoid, so that the fibres of the latter are superficial to

it. Posteriorly this muscle gradually loses itself in the delicate fascia

investing the muscles of the chest.

Above, this muscle is closely connected with a thin muscular

layer which springs from the dense fascia binding down the muscles

of the occipital crest, and which ends in the fascia which encloses the

levator clavicule.

1870.] MYOLOGY OF CHAM4LEON PARSONII. 851

A double-bellied muscle (fig. 1, Z), which might be called a

superficial temporal, arises posteriorly from the anterior border of

the suspensorium. It here forms a delicate sheet of fibres which

converge and are implanted into a tendon which passes beneath the

strong zygomatic ligament which connects the posterior margin of

the orbit with the lower end of the suspensorium. Anteriorly

other muscular fibres spring from the upper border of the mandible,

and passing backwards are inserted into the tendon before mentioned.

Temporalis * (fig. 6, T’). This muscle is of prodigious size ; and

it would be interesting to know what is the use to the Chameleon of

so singularly voluminous a temporal. It springs from the whole

surface of the temporal fossa, and from the occipital crest, where it

appears on the back of the head, having the most anterior part of

the longissimus dorsi on its inner side, and the complexus on its

outer side. It is inserted into the upper border of the mandible,

between the coronoid process and the articular surface. I did not

find any distinct masseter +.

The depressor mandibule (figs. 1 and 6, D), or digastric, arises

from the postero-external margin of the singular occipital crest and

of the suspensorium. It is inserted into the posterior end of the

mandible.

The pterygoids t (figs. 1, 3, and 5, Pt.) are closely united.

The external pterygoid is thick and large, arising from the inner side

of the much downwardly prolonged pterygoid, and being inserted into

the adjacent side of the mandible, between the coronoid process and

the angle of the jaw.

The internal pterygoid is much smaller, and passes from the

outside of the pterygoid to the posterior part of the mandible.

II. Muscues or THE Hyo1p.

The genio-hyoid § (figs. 3, 6, and 7, G. H.) arises from the hinder

side of the mandible, at and near its symphysis. Passing backward

it ends in a delicate fascia (closely connected with the under surface

of the basihyal), which also receives the fibres of the sterno-hyoid,

the two muscles thus forming a sheet only interrupted by fascia.

The cerato-mandibular || (figs. 3, 6, and 7, C. M.) arises in common

with the last, of which it may be considered a differentiation. It

is inserted into the summit of the thyro-hyal or posterior cornu.

Levator arcuum (fig. 7, 4). A small muscle may perhaps be |

thus named which springs from the summits of the hyoidean cornua

and loses itself in fascia within the lower jaw.

Cerato-hyoideus (fig. 7, H). This is a small but thick muscular

* See Cuvier, ‘Lceons d’Anat. Comp.’ 1835, 2nd edition, tome iv. premiére

partie, p. 137.

t This agrees with Meckel’s observations. Anat. Comp. traduit par Sanson

et Schuster, 1838, tome viii. p. 113.

t Cuvier, 7. c. p. 140; Meckel, 7. c. p. 115.

§ Cuvier, /. ¢. p. 531; Meckel, 7. c. p. 141.

| Cuvier, Zc. p. 531; Meckel, /.c. p. 141.

MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE

$52

Fig. 2.

ILC.

Superficial muscles.

AB. Supracaudal. 2B. Biceps femoris. D'. Gluteus primus. D*. Gluteus

secundus. E. L. Extensor longus digitorum. E. O. External oblique. He:

F3, Rectus femoris. J/. C. Tio-caudal. ZO. Internal oblique. J.P. Iio-

peroneal. L?, 2. Longissimus dorsi. P. Peroneus. S. Sacro-lumbalis.

T. Transversus perinei, J”. E. Vastus externus. X. Gluteus maximus.

He |

EPR Se eel) ee al es el Irene

1870. | MYOLOGY OF CHAMZLEON PARSONII. 843

Fig. ‘1.

Superficial muscles.

B. Biceps. B.A. Brachialis anticus. C. Complexus. D. Digastric. D1, D°.

Deltoid. £9. Small extensor 9. _Z. O. External oblique. £. R. B. Ex-

tensor radialis brevior. £. 2. L. Extensor radialis longior. E, U. Exten-

sor ulnaris. F.U. Flexor ulnaris. G.H. Genio-hyoid. ZL. Levator cla-

vicule, £.D. Latissimus dorsi. M1. Mylo-hyoid anterior. M2. Mylo-

hyoid posterior. O.H. Omo-hyoid. P. Pectoralis. Pt. Pterygoid. §},

S*, Suprascapulars. §. H. Sterno-hyoid. 8. Z. Supinator longus. 7.

Triceps. Zr, Trapezius. Z. Superficial temporal.

854 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [Dec. 6,

mass which arises from the basihyal within the cup-like cartilagi-

nous expansion of the lower end of the anterior cornu. Passing

upwards in front of and within the posterior cornu, it is inserted

into the summit of the latter.

A muscle, which can only improperly be termed the genio-glossus,

(fig. 7, G. G.), springs from the inside of the anterior part of the

mandible, but posterior to the origin of the cerato-mandibular.

Passing backwards, it meets its fellow of the opposite side at the

hinder end of the dorsum of the tongue.

Sterno-hyoid* (figs. 1, 3, 6, and 7, S. H). This arises from the

sternum, between the sternal ends of the second and third sternal

ribs, coming out, as it were, from a little muscular pouch formed on

the inner side by the anterior end of the rectus, and on the outer

side by fibres of the internal oblique, or external intercostals. Passing

forwards and broadening, it is inserted into fascia closely connected

with the ventral surface of the basihyal, opposite the insertion of

the genio-hyoid.

The sterno-thyroidy (figs. 6 and 7, T. H.) springs from the

sternum, and, expanding anteriorly, is inserted into the summit of

the thyro-hyal. As it passes forward it is embraced externally by

the omo-hyoid, which dips in between it and the sterno-mastoid.

Omo-hyoidt. This is an exceedingly slender and delicate muscle

(figs. 6, 7, and 13, O. H.), which is so bent upon itself that, while

its hyoidean portion runs upward and forward, its scapular part

runs upward and backward, the bend taking place where it passes

beneath the sterno-mastoid. The muscle is thus an elevator of the

hyoid, instead of, as is generally the case, a protractor.

It springs from the upper anterior part of the basihyal, close to

the insertion of the sterno-hyoid. Passing upward outside the

sterno-thyroid, it dips in between the latter and the sterno-mastoid.

It then passes superficially to the deltoids and lower part of levator

claviculz, and is finally inserted into the outer surface of the scapula,

just between the summit of the anterior suprascapular and the insertion

of the levator claviculz.

III. Muscies or THE TRUNK.

Longissimus dorsi (figs. } and 2, L’ and LZ’). This muscle is

exceedingly large in Parson’s Chameleon, much larger, relatively as

well as absolutely, than in the common Chameleon. ‘The large

development of this muscle might be anticipated from an examination

of the skeleton ; for not’ only are the neural spines much prolonged,

but the articular processes (zygapophyses) are so produced as to

simulate (if they are not rather homologous with) the metapophyses

of the Mammalia.

This large muscular mass is pretty clearly divisible into a larger

upper and a smaller inferior portion.

* Cuvier, J. c. p. 582; Meckel, 7. c. p. 186.

+ Cuvier, J. ¢. p. 532; Meckel, 7. ¢. p. 136.

{ Cuvier, 7. c. p. 532; Meckel, 7. c. p. 136.

1870. ] MYOLOGY OF CHAMELEON PARSONIT. 85!

Superficial muscles of ventral aspect.

B. Biceps. B.A. Brachialis anticus. C.M. Cerato-mandibular. FE. 0. Bx-

ternal oblique. G.H. Genio-hyoid. M'. Mylo-hyoid anterior. 1/2,

Mylo-hyoid posterior. P. Pectoralis. P¢. Pterygoid. FR. Rectus. S.H.

Sterno-hyoid.

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1870, No. LVII.

856 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [ Dee. 6,

Fig. 4.

Superficial muscles of ventral aspect on the right side. On the left the trans-

versus perinei is cut and reflected, and the ischio-caudal shown by the sepa-

ration of the adjacent muscles.

C.D. Infero-caudal. #. O. External oblique. *’, F'?. Rectus femoris. _ G.

Gracilis. JZ. Iliacus. 7. C. Ischio-caudal. Z. C. Cloacal muscle. &. Ree-

tus. S. Tibial adductor. 7. Transversus perinei.

1870.] MYOLOGY OF CHAMALEON PARSONII. 857

The upper part (Z’) cecupies the groove between the neural spines

and the zygapophyses. It is bound down by a dense tendinous fascia,

and shows tendinous thickenings passing downward and slightly for-

ward, from the summits of the spines to the articular processes.

The lower part (ZL?) occupies the groove between the zygapo- .

physes and the transverse processes, and consists of a number of

cones, with the muscular apices posterior and the tendinous apo-

neuroses anterior. Thus the muscle on being cut exhibits a number

of aponeurotic layers placed one within the other, and shows exter-

nally tendinous thickenings, passing backward and very slightly

downward, from the zygapophyses to the ends of the transverse

processes.

Complexus major. This is merely the most anterior portion of

the upper part of the longissimus dorsi. Passing to the back of the

skull, internal to the postero-superior part of the temporal, it is

deeply inserted into the side of the cranium, beneath the projecting

occipital crest.

The complerus minor (figs. 1, 6, and 7, C’) is the most anterior

Deepest muscles of ventral aspect of neck.

L. Levator clavicule. P¢. Pterygoid. I?.A Rectus anticus. Sc. Scalenus,

S. M. Sterno-mastoid.

853 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [ Dee. 6,

portion of the lower part of the longissimus dorsi. Diverging

outward it is implanted into the postero-internal aspect of the

suspensorium, and into the back of the skull. At its insertion this

muscle has the postero-superior part of the temporal at its inner

side, and the upper part of the depressor mandibule at its outer side.

It is also implanted above and internal to the attachment of the

sterno-mastoid.

Sacro-lumbalis (fig. 2, S). This muscle arises from the dense

fibrous tissue in which the ilium is more or less imbedded. Thence

its fibres pass forward, being conterminous below with the origin of

the external oblique, and conterminous above with the inferior

margin of the lower part of the longissimus dorsi. Anteriorly this

muscle becomes very indistinct, being with difficulty separable from

the similarly directed fibres of the external intercostals. Passing

forward beneath the latissimus dorsi, the trapezius, and the levator

clavicule, it ends by constituting the muscle next described.

Cervicalis ascendens (fig. 7, C. A). This is the continuation for-

ward of the sacro-lumbalis. It is connected with the ribs and

transverse processes of the more anterior vertebrze, and is inserted

into the atlas.

Scalenus (figs. 5 and 7, Sc.). This lies immediately on the

ventral side of the cervicalis ascendens. It arises from the side of

the atlas, and, passing backward between the complexus minor and

rectus anticus, is inserted into the first rib which is elongated but

does not reach the sternum.

The sterno-mastoid * (fig. 5, S. M, and figs. 6 and 7, St. JZ) is

short, and is directed strongly upward as well as forward. It arises

from the antero-external part of the coracoid groove of the sternum,

and is inserted into the postero-internal aspect of the suspensorium.

It is in close proximity to the sterno-thyroid; but the narrow omo-

hyoid passes between.

External oblique + (figs. 1, 4,5, 6, and 7, £. O). This muscle is

not largely developed. It arises by delicate fascia from the outside

of the ribs (beginning with the first elongated one), at the line of

fascia which bounds infero-externally the sacro-lumbalis. Anteriorly

the origin of the muscle is less than half an inch above the angles of

the ribs; posteriorly it is more than half an inch above them.

The muscular fibres do not nearly reach the inferior middle line of

the body, but end in a delicate aponeurosis. Posteriorly this

muscle ends in a well-marked border (concave backwards), thus

allowing the tendon of origin of the internal oblique to come into

view behind and within it. The converging fibres in part unite with

the rectus, and in part are inserted into the fascia binding down the

muscles of the thigh. Anteriorly the external oblique is overlapped

by the latissimus dorsi above, and is somewhat blended with the

pectoralis below.

* Meckel, 7. c. p. 282.

t+ Meckel (7. c. p. 287) says the abdominal muscles of the Chameleon are ex-

ceptionally feeble and simple. ‘They are so; but in C. parsonii they are more

developed (relatively as well as absolutely) than in the common Chameleon.

MYOLOGY OF CHAMALEON PARSONII. 859

1870.]

‘pioukyy-ouay yi ‘snwedeay, “uz styeaodumay, (7 “Ployseut-outayg ‘yy 7g¢ “SNUB BUI snyBdteg “Py gy “PIOAY-oUayg

‘AS stejnduosvadng “24 ‘97 ‘sipeysoontdng “Qq ‘syetojg ‘q “ploky-omg "AY"Q “Isdop snuuissqyeyT “7 Li é

‘anbyqo jRudayay "9 ‘7 “prokq-otmen “yy “enbygo [euleyxy “OY “ployed WT “olysesuy

-jurol-capnoys oy} MOTEq JfO Jno uAAB ZqSIA oN} foepis 4I[sIA Fo seposnut codoacy

IOPVAVT “7

“BNOLARTO

ssnxepduicy “9

860 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [ Dee. 6,

The internal oblique (figs. 2, 6, and 7, I. O) arises by a very

strong tendon from the anterior margin of the ilium ; thence radia-

ting, it passes upward beneath the sacro-lumbalis to the lumbar

transverse processes, and there, as well as downward and forward,

it is undistinguishable from the external intercostals, and so con-

tinues fleshy to the ventral middle line.

From its origin, it is more or less separable into a dorsal and a

ventral portion. The dorsal part somewhat resembles a quadratus

lumborum, except that it is on the dorsal side of the transversalis

fascia.

Transversalis. This muscle arises as a very delicate fascia ex-

tending downward, inside the body-wall, from the dorsal region.

Its fibres seem to form the internal intercostals, the abdominal

nerves passing between this layer and the internal oblique.

Deepest muscles of right side; the scapula removed.

C. Complexus. C.A. Ceryicalis ascendens. C.M. Cerato-mandibular. D,

D>, Deltoid. E£. O. External oblique. G.H. Genio-hyoid. G. G. Genio-

glossus? H. Cerato-hyoideus. JZ. O. Internal oblique. ZL. Levator clavi-

cule. O.H. Omo-hyoid. PP. Pectoralis. P.C. Supracostalis. Sc. Sca-

lenus. S.H. Sterno-hyoid. S.M/. Serratus magnus, S¢, /, Sterno-mas-

toid. 7. H. Sterno-thyroid.

1870. | MYOLOGY OF CUAMALEON PARSONII. 861

External intercostals, These muscles seem to be formed by the

internal oblique, from which they are undistinguishable.

The internal intercostals are formed, as above said, by the trans-

versalis.

Rectus * (figs. 3 and 4, R). This muscle is interrupted by the

ventral ribs, which its several portions connect together. Considered

as one whole, it springs from the pubic symphysis, and is inserted

anteriorly into the posterior margin of the sternum, its anterior end

being enclosed between the posterior origins of the two sterno-

hyoids.

The parts between the ventral ribs are with difficulty separable

from the internal oblique, so that they might be regarded as thick-

ened fasciculi of the mid-ventral portion of that muscle.

The rectus anticus (fig. 5, R. A) is the only subvertebral

muscle, there being no retrahentes costarum. It springs from the

ventral aspect of the bodies of about the first 8 or 9 vertebre,

and it is inserted into the side of the occipital part of the basis

eranil.

Supracostalis (figs. 6 and 7, P. C). This is a fleshy band which

passes upward and forward from the third sternal rib to the first

elongated rib, which is in front of the first sternal rib. At its in-

sertion it is conterminous with the most ventral part of the origin of

the serratus magnus.

The sterno-hyoid and sterno-thyroid have been noticed amongst

the muscles of the hyoid.

The pectoralis, latissimus dorsi, and sterno-coracoid will be de-

scribed amongst the appendicular muscles.

IV. Muscues or THe Tatu.

Supracaudal. The muscles which occupy the upper half of

the caudal surface are the direct continuations backward of the

longissimus dorsi. The continuation is direct, because the ilium

does not divide them, but is superficial to them.

The upper part (figs. 2 and 27, A) occupies the greove between

the spines and zygapophyses, like the upper part of the longissimus

dorsi.

The lower part (figs. 2 and 27, B) occupies the groove between

the zygapophyses and the transverse processes, like the lower part of

the longissimus dorsi. These muscles are continued to the end of

the tail.

The ilio-caudal (figs. 2 and 27, I/. C) seems to more or less

continue backward the sacro-lumbalis, though it is not uninterrupt-

edly connected with it, but springs from the sacro-iliac attachment

and the hinder side of the sacral transverse process. It runs

backward above, below, and between the caudal transverse processes,

and is indistinctly subdivisible into two or more longitudinal muscles,

It seems to answer to the ilio-caudal of the Uredelat. It runs

* Meckel, /. c. p. 287.

+ See P. Z. S. 1869, pp. 268 and 463.

d62 _ MR. ST, GEORGE MIVART ON THE [ Dec. 6,

backward to the end of the tail, and, except toward the root of that

organ, furms fully half of each lateral caudal mass.

Fig. 8.

Inner side of right pectoral limb.

B. Biceps. B. P. Flexor brevis pollicis, C.B, Coraco-brachialis. C.S, Costo-

coracoid ligament. . P. Flexor longus pollicis. /. R. Flexor radialis.

F.U. Fexor ulnaris. JL. Levator clavicule. JZ. D. Latissimus dorsi.

M. P. Extensor metacarpi pollicis. P.7. Pronator teres. S', S?. Subsca-

pularis. S$... Serratus magnus. S¢, S. Sterno-coracoid. 7. Internal

part of triceps.

Transversus perinei (figs. 4 and 27, 7’). A muscle may perhaps

be thus named which meets its fellow of the opposite side in the

subeaudal middle line, behind the cloacal opening. Anteriorly it

blends with what I provisionally distinguish as the gluteus maximus ;

posteriorly it loses itself in a delicate fascia enclosing the infero-

caudal,

Infero-caudal (figs. 4 and 27, C. D). This muscle runs along the

middle of the under surface of the tail for its whole length, passing,

anteriorly, above the transversus perinei, and beside the cloacal

aperture internal to the ischio-caudal. It ends on the postero-ex-

ternal wall of the cloaca.

The ischio-caudal (figs. 4 and 27, I. C) springs from the

under part of the postsacral caudal vertebrae (from about the fourth

to the twelfth), side by side with its fellow of the opposite side of the

tail. . Passing forward within the cloacal muscle, it is inserted into

the tuberosity of the ischium.

The cloacal muscle (figs. 4 and 27, L. C) arises from beneath

the tail, about the twelfth postsacrai vertebra. It passes forward

1870. | MYOLOGY OF CHAMLEON PARSONII. 863

above the infero-caudal, outside the ischio-caudal, but within the

lateral caudal. It is inserted into the hinder lip of the cloaca.

The femoro-caudal will be described amongst the muscles of the

pelvic limb.

Fig. 9.

Radial side of right arm.

A’, Adductor digiti terti. 44 Adductor digiti quarti. B. Biceps. B', B?, B3.

Extensores phalangorum. £°%, #4, #5. Extensores metacarporum. £. R. L,

Extensor radialis longior. .&. Flexor radialis. MM. P. Extensor meta-

carpi pollicis, P. 7. Pronator teres. S. Z. Supinator longus.

APPENDICULAR MUSCLES.

I. Muscues or THE PECTORAL Limp.

Pectoralis* (figs. 1, 3, and 13, P). This rather narrow but

fleshy muscle arises from the sternum (partly within but mostly

behind the origin of the sterno-mastoid), from the third sternal rib,

and from the fascia of the external oblique. It is inserted into the

anterior aspect of the radial tuberosity of the humerus, just

external to the tendon of the biceps. Its most anterior part is

superficial to the infero-median portion of the subclavius or epicoraco-

humeral.

The trapezius + (figs. 1, 6, 13, Tr.) is an exceedingly small

muscle, which arises from a strong fascia attached to the neural

spines, from about the fifth to the seventh. Narrowing downward,

* Meckel, /. c. p. 344. + Meckel, 7. c. p. 310,

864 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [ Dec. 6,

it is inserted into the anterior part of the outer surface of the

scapula, near its summit, between tbe insertions of the levator

claviculz and posterior suprascapular.

Latissimus dorsi (figs. 1, 6,8, L. D). This rather large muscular

sheet springs from the strong fascia which binds down the erector

spinee, and from the vertebral portions of the third and fourth of

those ribs which extend to the sternum. Its origin extends for-

ward beneath the trapezius, which thus overlaps it. It is inserted

into the ulnar side of the upper part of the humerus, a little distance

below the insertion of the subscapularis. No tendon passes down on

its inner side, as it does in the Iguana.

Serratus magnus * (figs. 6, 7,8, & 13,8. MZ). This is much di-

vided, consisting of one large and three smaller portions. The first

springs from about the angles of the first three ribs which join the

sternum, and is inserted into the posterior margin of the scapula.

The other three parts spring, two from the first rib, and one from the

second, above their angles, and are inserted into the inner side of the

upper part of the scapula and into its posterior margin.

Anterior suprascapular (figs. 1, 6, & 13, S'). A muscle which

may perhaps be conveniently thus distinguished springs from the

anterior part of the outside of the scapula, and is strongly inserted out-

side the head of the humerus, behind the subclavius, and in front of

the insertion of the deltoid. It has the levator clavicule and omo-

hyoid in front, the posterior suprascapular behind.

The posterior suprascapular + (figs. 1, 6, 13, S*) is a thick fleshy

muscle, which arises from the posterior part of the outer side of the

scapula, and is inserted into the humerus just above (behind when

the humerus is vertical) the insertion of the deltoid.

The deltoid appears to consist of two parts. The upper or pos-

terior portion (tigs. 1, 6, 7, & 13, D") arises from the inner end of the

ventral margin of the coracoid groove of the sternum, just external

to the origin of the second part of the deltoid, and internal to and

overlapped by the sterno-mastoid. Some fibres arise from the spur

of the epicoracoid. Passing down superficially to the subclavius, it

is inserted into the head of the humerus, between the insertions of

the pectoralis and of the second part of the suprascapular.

The second, lower or anterior part of the deltoid (figs. 1, 6, 7, &

13, D®) arises from the innermost part of the ventral margin of the

coracoid groove of the sternum, just within the origin of the first

part of the deltoid. It is inserted into the humerus above the sum-

mit of the brachialis anticus, and on the antero-inferior side of the

insertion of the first part of the deltoid. It is superficial to part of

the subclavius ; and its antero-inferior margin is conterminous with

the upper border of the most anterior part of the pectoralis.

Omo-hyoid. This muscle has been described amongst the others

which belong to the hyoid.

Subscapularis (fig. 8, S'& S*). This large muscle consists of two

distinct parts. One arises from the whole costal surface of the ossi-

fied part of the seapula, between the insertions of the levator clavi-

* Meckel, 7. c. p. 313. + Meckel, 7c. p. 542.

1870. | MYOLOGY OF CHAM4LEON PARSONII. 865

culse and serratus magnus. The other part arises from the whole

inner surface of the coracoid. Both parts have a common insertion

into the ulnar tuberosity, which is close to the head of the humerus.

Deeper muscles of flexor aspect of right forearm, the flexor wlnaris and flexor

radialis being cut and reflected.

B. Biceps. HE. U. Extensor ulnaris. FD. Flexor profundus digitorum. F’ P.

Flexor longus pollicis. #. 2. Flexor radialis. /. U. Flexor ulnaris. M. P.

Extensor metacarpi pollicis. P.A. Pronator accessorius. P. 7. Pronator

teres. 7. Triceps.

Sterno-coracoid (fig. 8, St.S). A muscle, asin the Iguana, takes

origin from the inside of the sternum, and is inserted, very strongly,

into the antero-internal angle of the inner surface of the precoracoid,

just external to its articulation with the sternum.

A dense membrane is attached, on the one hand, to the anterior

margin of the first rib, on the other hand into the angle of the an-

terior margin of the shoulder-girdle, between the two parts (fig. 8,

C. 8) of the subscapularis. This sheet of membrane appears to re-

present the costo-coracoid muscle of the Iguana.

The levator clavicule (figs. 1, 5, 6, 7, 8, 13, L) is a very volu-

minous and more or less double mass. It arises from the basiocci-

pital, and is inserted into the anterior margin of the scapula,

overlapped by the omo-hyoid, and conterminous behind with the

suprascapular.

Subclavius (fig. 13, 8. C). This muscle, which I before named *

epicoraco-humeral, but which Professor Rolleston considers to be the

subclavius, springs from the whole anterior border of the coraco-epi-

coracoid. Passing downward and backward beneath the deltoid, it

is inserted into the great tuberosity of the humerus, immediately in

front of (above, the humerus being vertical) the insertion of the pec-

toralis, which muscle is superficial to it. The subclavius itself is

superficial to the antero-external part of the short coraco-brachialis,

with which (especially toward its hinder part) it is closely connected.

* P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 778.

866 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE | Dee. 6,

Deeper muscles of extensor aspect of right forearm, the extensores radiales

longior and breyior being cut and reflected.

B. Biceps. E4-E%, Extensores metacarporum. ZL. R. B. Extensor radialis bre-

vior, E.R. LZ. Extensor radialis longior. #. U. Extensor ulnaris. Ff. U.

Flexor ulnaris. M/, P. Extensor ossis metacarpi pollicis. P. @. Pronator

quadratus. S.Z. Supinator longus, TZ. Triceps.

Coraco-brachialis* (fig. 8, C.B). This muscle consists of two

parts :-—

1. The first of these, or shorter portion, is a broad muscle like that

of the Iguana. It arises, by muscular fibres, from the whole outer sur-

face of the coracoid. It is inserted into the radial tuberosity of the

humerus, and into about the upper two-fifths of the shaft of that

bone, ending below in a point which extends between the innermost

origin of the brachialis anticus and the most antero-external origin

of the external part of the triceps.

2. The second, longer portion, arises by a strong but rather deli-

cate tendon from the outer margin of the posterior end of the

sternal groove of the coracoid. Long and slender, it passes down-

ward, and is inserted, by muscular fibres, into the internal con-

dyle.

Triceps + (figs. 1, 8, 10, 11, & 13, 7, TI, T*). This muscle only

consists of three parts; and the second and third of these are very

closely united.

* Meckel, /. c. p. 346. + Meckel, /. c. p. 365.

1870. | MYOLOGY OF CHAM4LEON PARSONII. 867

Deepest muscles of extensor surface of right forearm.

M. P. Extensor metacarpi pollicis. P.A. Pronator accessorius. P. Q. Pronator

quadratus. SS. Z. Supinator longus.

1. The first part (fig. 13, 7") arises from the axillary margin of.

the scapula, just behind (when the humerus is horizontal, above) the

glenoid surface. This answers to both of the first two parts (exter-

nal and internal long heads) of the triceps of the Iguana; and a

strong tendon on its inner surface indicates the part answering to

the internal long head of that muscle in the last-named animal.

2. The second part arises from the whole posterior surface of the

humerus and part of its outer and inner surfaces. Its origin extends

upward (the humerus being placed vertically) to just below the head

of the bone, and above the insertion of the second part of the deltoid.

Inwardly it extends to just behind the insertion of the latissimus

dorsi. Externally (fig. 13, 7”) it reaches the posterior border of the

brachialis anticus.

3, The third part (fig. 8, 7’. Z) is much the smallest, and is closely

connected with the second part. It springs from the inside of the

humerus, its origin rising to the level of the upper limit of the inser-

tion of the latissimus dorsi.

These three parts unite together, and are inserted in common into

the proximal end of the ulna, a large sesamoid ossicle being situated,

behind the elbow, in the tendon of insertion.

The biceps (figs. 1, 8, 9, 10, 11, 13, 15, & 16, B) has a single ori-

gin, by a long and strong tendon, from the coracoid, just external to

its sternal groove. This tendon is at first covered by fibres of the

subclavius, and then passes over the short coraco-brachialis. De-

scending in front of the insertion of the pectoralis, it there becomes

fleshy, and becomes more or less divisible into two bellies, which em-

brace the brachialis anticus in front, but leave part of the latter vi-

sible within and without the arm. _It ends in two tendons, one for

each belly (fig. 16, B), which, by their divergence, expose the bra-

chialis anticus in the middle of the lower part of the upper arm. One

of these tendons is inserted into the ulnar side of the front aspect of

the radius, at the place of the tubercle; the other is inserted into

the ulna, in front of its articular surface for the humerus.

868 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [ Dec. 6,

The brachialis anticus (figs. 1, 13, 16, B.A) occupies the whole

antero-external aspect of the humerus, extending upward as far as

the insertion of the deltoid. On its outer side it has the external

head of the triceps; and on its inner side it has the biceps, the short

part of the coraco-brachialis, and the insertion of the pectoralis.

Passing downward (and much uniting on its ulnar side with the

biceps, which wraps it round anteriorly) it is inserted into the flexor

surface of the ulna, just below its articular surface for the humerus,

and between the tendons of insertion of the biceps. Its insertion

is conterminous (fig. 16) with the upper part of the ulnar origin of

the flexor longus digitorum.

Supinator longus * (figs. 1,9, 11,&15,8.LZ). This muscle is

very large, but not so distinctly double as in the Iguana. Its more

superficial portion arises from the external condyle, and is inserted

into the outer side of the radius for almost its whole length. Its

deeper portion springs from quite the lower end of the humerus, ex-

ternal to its articulation with the radius. It is inserted into the upper

half of the extensor surface of the radius.

The superficial part is closely connected, toward and at its origin,

with the extensor carpi radialis longior, but is separated from it dis-

tally by the extensor ossis metacarpi pollicis. Ulnad it is con-

terminous with the insertion of the pronator teres. The deeper part

is not only intimately united with the extensor carpi radialis longior,

which covers it, but also with the long part of the extensor ossis me-

tacarpi pollicis.

Outer surface of right scapula and upper arm.

B. Biceps. B.A. Brachialis anticus. D! & D®. Deltoid. LZ. Levator clavi-

cule. O.H. Omo-hyoid. P. Pectoralis. S! & S?. Suprascapuiars. 8. C.

Subelavius. S. W/. Serratus magnus. 7. & T*. Triceps. Zr. Trapezius.

Extensor carpi radialis longior t (figs. 1, 9, & 11, H.R. L). This

muscle arises by tendinous fibres from the outer surface of the exter-

nal condyle superficially to the long portion of the supinator longus,

* Meckel, /. c. p. 367. t Meckel, 7. c. p. 381.

1870. ] MYOLOGY OF CHAMZLEON PARSONII. 869

with which, for some distance, it is very intimately connected. Pass-

ing distad, and quite separating from the extensor carpi radialis bre-

vior, it is inserted into the distal part of the dorsum of the third

metacarpal bone.

The eatensor carpi radialis brevior (figs. 1 & 11, £. R. B) arises

from the lower end of the external condyle, and from the humerus,

quite close to the articular surface for the radius, and outside the

origin of the deeper part of the supinator longus, with which, for some

distance, it is intimately connected. Passing distad, and diverging

from the extensor carpi radialis longior, it passes under a very strong

‘tendinous arch (which extends from the lower end of the ulna to the

radius), and is inserted into the ulnar side of the distal part of the

dorsum of the fourth metacarpal.

Extensor carpi ulnaris * (figs. 1,10, &11,#.U). This arises by

a tendon which is common to it and to the larger (or radial) portion

of the flexor carpi ulnaris. ‘This tendon is attached (beneath the

tendon of insertion of the triceps) to the back of the humerus, almost

at its distal extremity. The muscle ends distally ina strong tendon,

which, dipping down beneath that of the flexor carpi ulnaris, is.in-

serted into the proximal part of the palmar surface of the fifth meta-

carpal and of its externally projecting process.

Pronator teres t (figs. 8, 9, 10, 14, & 15, P. 7’). The round pro-

nator is very large, and arises by a strong tendon from the internal

condyle, close to the insertion of the long part of the coraco-bra-

chialis. It is inserted into about the lower four-fifths of the radius,

/ toward its outer border.

The flewor carpi radialis (figs. 8, 9, 10, & 14, F. R) has a double

origin. One tendon is from the internal condyle immediately below

the origin of the pronator teres. The other tendon of origin springs

from near the same spot as the first, but separated from it by the

summit of part of the flexor profundus digitoram, which is thus em-

braced between these two tendons. ‘The inner tendon is also much

connected with the capsule of the joint between the humerus and

ulna, so that it has the appearance of bifureating. The muscle ends

below in a strong tendon, which, passing down, with the flexor

sublimis of the palm superficial to it, is inserted into the proximal

end of the palmar surface of the first metacarpal, and thence runs on

to the same part of the fifth metacarpal, thus constituting a palmar

arch, beneath which the long flexor tendons run.

Pronator accessorius (figs. 10, 12, 14,15, &16, P. 4). A thick mus-

cle, which seems to answer to the muscle I have thus named in the

Iguana{, arises from the internal condyle, immediately beneath and

within the humeral origin of the flexor profundus digitorum. It also

arises from the radial border of the ulna and from the interosseous

ligament, coming into view, when the deepest layer of the extensor

surface is exposed (fig. 12), above the short pronator quadratus. It

is inserted into rather more than the lower two-thirds of the flexor

aspect of the radius (between the insertions of the pronator teres and

* Meckel, /. c. p. 383. t+ Meckel, /. c. p. 368.

t See P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 784.

870 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [ Dec. 6,

the pronator quadratus), and into the radial carpal ossicle, into which

are especially inserted the fibres from the interosseous ligament.

Pronator quadratus* (figs. 12 & 15, P. Q). This is small, and

confined to the lower part of the forearm. It springs from the

radial aspect of the ulna and from the lower part of its flexor surface,

with the pronator accessorius superficial to it on the flexor aspect of

the arm. It is inserted into the flexor aspect of the radius for about

its distal fourth, but it does not go to the radial ossicle. It is alto-

gether a transverse layer running directly from the ulna to the

radius.

Flexor carpi ulnaris (figs. 1, 8, 10, & 11, F.U). This muscle is

much more distinct from the flexor carpi radialis than it is in the

Iguana. It has a double origin—one from the internal condyle, the

other (by a tendon common to it and the extensor carpi ulnaris) from

the lower end of the back of the humerus. Passing downward, the

two parts unite, but, before doing so, leave exposed one part of the

flexor profundus digitorum, as another part of that muscle comes to the

surface between the flexor ulnaris and flexor radialis. It is inserted

into the palmar ossicle, and therefore superficially to the tendon of

the extensor carpi ulnaris.

Deeper flexor surface of right forearm.

F. D. Flexor profundus digitorum. /. P. Flexor longus pollicis, FR. Flexor

radialis. P.A. Pronator aecessorius. P. 7. Pronator quadratus.

Flexor longus pollicis (figs. 8, 10, & 28, F. P). This large mus-

cle has three distinet origins. The first is from the internal condyle,

between the two tendons of origin of the flexor carpi radialis. ‘The

second is from the internal condyle, below the first head of origin.

These two parts soon unite to form one belly. The third head of

origin springs from the olecranon and the radial aspect of the upper

part of the ulna. It unites with the other belly about the middle of the

forearm (where the ulnar nerve comes out over it), and passing distad

ends in a strong tendon which divides into four, one division going to

each of the three radial digits (pollex, index, and mid digit), and the

fourth division uniting with that tendon of the flexor profundus

digitorum which goes to the fourth digit.

* Meckel, /.c. p. 369.

1870. ] MYOLOGY OF CHAMALEON PARSONII. 871

The flexor profundus digitorum (figs. 10, 14, 15, 16, & 28, F. D)

takes origin by only two heads. The first of these arises from the

internal condyle in union with the similarly arising head of the flexor

longus pollicis, and similarly embraced by the tendons of origin of

the flexor carpi radialis. The second head springs from the

radial side of the olecranon, and from the radial aspect of the

ulna for about its upper three-fourths, its summit being con-

tiguous (fig. 16) to the ulnar side of the insertion of the brachialis

anticus.. The two parts of the muscle having united about the

middle of the forearm, it extends distad, and ends ina strong tendon

which passes in a deep groove at the distal end of the ulna, and side

by side with the tendon of the flexor longus pollicis. The tendon

then bifurcates. The radial bifurcation very soon receives a short

slip from the ulnar bifurcation, then a long slip from the flexor

longus pollicis (its fourth and most ulnad tendon), and finally a long

and very delicate slip, one more from the ulnar bifurcation. It then

goes to the fourth digit. The ulnar bifurcation gives first a very

short, and then a long and very delicate slip to the radial bifurcation,

and then goes to the fifth digit.

Deepest flexor surface of right forearm.

B. Biceps. F.D. Flexor profundus digitorum. PP. A. Pronator accessorius.

P.Q. Pronator quadratus. P.T. Pronator teres. S.Z, Supinator longus.

Lumbricales (fig. 28). There are three lumbrical muscles in the

hand.

The first of these arises from the ulnar side of the long flexor

tendon of the fourth digit, and goes to the same side of the same digit.

The second arises from the radial side of the long flexor of the

fourth digit, and goes to the same side of the same (fourth) digit.

The third arises from the ulnar side of the long flexor tendon of

the third digit, and goes to the same (ulnar) side of the same (third)

digit.

Foor brevis digitorum. This muscle is confined entirely to the

hand. It springs from the annular ligament which passes from the

first to the fifth metacarpal, and is inserted into the digits, the long

flexor tendons passing between its fibres.

Flexor brevis pollicis (fig. 8, B.P). A thick, short muscle

which may perhaps be thus named arises from the palmar ossicle

and annular ligament, and is inserted into the radial margin of the

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1870, No. LVIII.

872 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [ Dec. 6,

pollex distad and radiad of the insertion of the extensor ossis meta-

carpi pollicis.

Flexor brevis minimi digiti. Another small muscle arises from

the ulnar side of the palmar ossicle, and is inserted into the ulnar

side of the fifth digit.

Adductor digiti tertii (fig. 9, A). This springs from the liga-

ment connecting the third and forth metacarpals, and is inserted into

the ulnar side of the third digit.

Adductor digiti quarti (fig. 9, M+). Another small muscle arises

from the same ligament, connecting the third and fourth metacarpals,

and is inserted into the radial side of the fourth digit.

The extensores metacarporum are very numerous, but are all short

muscles, except the one which goes to the pollex.

Lxtensores I. and II. or extensor ossis metacarpi pollicis* (figs.

8, 9, 10, 11 & 12, M.P). This is a very large and even a double

muscle, like the homotypal muscle of the pes. The longer part arises

(in intimate connexion with the deeper part of the supinator longus)

from the lower end of the humerus, close to its articulation with the

radius. Passing downward, it joins the shorter part a little above

the wrist. This shorter part springs from the radiad aspect of the

ulna for its whole length. Passing downward and radiad, it unites

with the longer part, and the united muscle is inserted into the

radial aspect of the dorsum of the distal end of the first metacarpal

bone.

Fig. 16.

Part of deepest flexor surface of right forearm.

B. Biceps. B.A. Brachialis anticus. FD. Flexor profundus digitorum.

P. A, Pronator accessorius. P. Q. Pronator quadratus.

Extensor m. III. (fig. 9, E*). This little muscle arises from the

extensor aspect of the styloid process of the radius, and is inserted

into the distal part of the dorsum of the first metacarpal.

Extensor m. IV. (figs. 9 & 11, £*). This takes origin just be-

neath and beside the last-described muscle, and is similarly inserted

into the second metacarpal. ’

The extensor m. V. (figs. 9 & 11, E°) arises just beneath and be-

side the last described, and is similarly inserted into the third meta-

carpal. A few of its fibres take origin from the ulnar carpal ossicle.

The extensor m. VI. (figs. 9 & 11, £°) springs from the central

carpal ossicle, and from the dorsum of the first three metacarpals.

* Meckel, 7. c. p. 382.

1870. | MYOLOGY OF CHAMAILEON PARSONII. 73

It is inserted into the base of the fourth metacarpal. This muscle is

overlapped by the extensores m. III., 1V. & V., and appears super-

ficially (its fibres running in a contrary direction to those of the ex-

tensores last named) between the insertions of the extensor carpi

radialis longior and the extensor carpi radialis brevior. :

Extensor m. VII. (fig. 11, #7). This is exceedingly small, and

arises from the dorsal surface of the central carpal bone and passes to

the fifth digit.

Extensor m. VIII. (fig. 11, F*). This muscle springs from the

extensor surface of the ulnar carpal bone and passes to the dorsum

of the fifth metacarpal.

Extensor m. IX. (figs. 1 & 11, #9). A rather larger muscle

takes origin from the ulnar side of the projecting styloid process of

the ulna, and is inserted into the dorsum of the fifth metacarpal, side

by side with the extensor m. VIII.

Beside these extensors of the metacarpal bones, there are five

extensors of the phalanges, extensores phalangorum (fig. 9, B‘, B*

& B*). Each of these passes from the dorsum of one of the meta-

carpals to the ungual phalanx of the same digit.

Interosset. Beside the small muscles which have been described

as flexores breves and adductors, there are other small muscles, which

may be termed interrosseous, and which pass from the palmar sur-

face of the metacarpal bones to the sides of the digits.

Il. Muscues or THE Petvic Lime.

Gracilis (figs. 4, 18, 19, 23, & 24, G). By this name it is con-

venient to still designate the muscle which I have already so named

in the Iguana, Menopoma, and Menobronchus. Nevertheless Pro-

fessor Rolleston is very possibly right in deeming it not to be the

homologue of the human gracilis; yet I cannot but remark its great

resemblance to the muscle I have called gracilis of the Echidna,

though freely admitting that I may have been wrong in so calling

the muscle in question in that Monotreme. Whatever should be its

true designation, it is very large and stout in Parson’s Chameleon.

It arises from the whole pubo-ischiatic symphysis, and is inserted

into the tibial side of the the tibia, just below and within the inter-

nal lateral ligament.

The ¢ibial adductor (figs. 4, 18, 19, 21, 23, & 24, S) arises by a

rather strong tendon from the brim of the pelvis, just internal to the

iliacus and a little distance from the anterior end of the pubic sym-

physis. Continuing distad, it bifurcates just above the semitendi-

nosus. The smaller part goes (in common with, but above, the

semitendinosus) into the tibial aspect of the interarticular cartilage.

The larger part goes (in common with the tendon of the semimem-

branosus) into the antero-peroneal aspect of the head of the tibia,

passing, from behind forwards, between the tibia and fibula.

Semimembranosus (figs. 17, 23, & 24, S.M). A muscle (which

seems to answer to the second part of the muscle I have called semi-

membranosus in the Iguana) arises from the postero-inferior aspect

874 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [ Dec. 6,

of the tuberosity of the ischium, close to the origin of the semitendi-

nosus, which is superficial and posterior to it. It is inserted by a

long and strong tendon (in common with the peroneal part of the

bifureating tibial adductor) into the antero-peroneal aspect of the

head of the tibia.

Pie. /.

{

| ae

Deeper muscles of outer aspect of right pelvic limb; the ilio-peroneal cut

and reflected.

A, Adductor. B. Biceps. D'. Gluteus primus. D?. Gluteus secundus. D%.

Gluteus tertius, #.Z. Extensor longus digitorum. F'? & F3, Rectus fe-

moris. F.C. Femoro-caudal. F. D1. Flexor longus digitorum. F. D°.

Flexor tertius digitorum. G. Gracilis. G.#. Gastrocnemius externus.

I. P. Tlio-peroneal. P. Peroneus. 8S. Tibial adductor. S. Mf, Semimem-

branosus. V.Z. Vastus externus. XX. Gluteus maximus. y. Tendon of

femoro-caudal.

Semitendinosus (figs. 18, 19, 23, & 24, S. T.). This springs, in

common with the biceps, close to the tuberosity of the ischium, from

the tendinous ilio-ischiatic arch, just behind the origin of the semi-

membranosus. Crossing beneath the tibial adductor, it is inserted

into the tibial aspect of the interarticuiar cartilage, in common with

(though below) the smaller (tibial) branch of the bifureating tibial

adductor. ‘This may, perhaps, be the muscle which Professor Rol-

leston considers to be the gracilis.

Biceps (figs. 2, 17, 18, 23, & 24, B.). This muscle takes origin

from the before-mentioned ilio-ischiatic tendinous arch, close oppo-

site to and more or less continuous with the gluteus maximus.

Passing downward to the calf of the leg, itis inserted, by a tendon,

1870. | MYOLOGY OF CHAMLEON PARSONII. 875

between the distal ends of the gastrocnemii, into the peroneal aspect

of the plantar ossicle. It has the gastrocnemius internus superficial

to it, and is itself superficial to the gastrocnemius externus.

Fig. 18.

Inner side of right pelvic limb.

£. Biceps. £.L. Extensor longus digitorum. £' & E?. Extensores metatar-

sorum. /. O. External oblique. #! & F?. Rectus femoris. F.D!. Glu-

teus primus. G. Gracilis. G.E. Gastrocnemius externus. J. Iliacus.

S.T. Semitendinosus. 7. 4. Tibialis anticus. V.Z Vastus internus.

The zlio-peroneal (figs. 2, 17, 19, 20, 23, & 24, I. P) arises from

the outside of the ilium, just behind and more or less beneath the

origin of the third part of the rectus femoris. Passing distad, and

greatly expanding, it is inserted outside the leg into the posterior

margin of the fibula between the peroneus and the tibialis posticus.

It covers in the great sciatic nerve.

The iliaeus (figs. 4, 18, 19, 21, & 22, I, I’, I*, I*) is more or

less divisible into three parts.

The first part takes origin from the inside of the ilium, below the

tendon of origin of the internal oblique.

The second part extends far back, springing from the inside of the

ischium.

The third and smallest part arises from just inside the pubis, but

only extends a very little on the visceral surface of the pelvis.

These three parts join together, and are inserted together into the

876 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [ Dec. 6,

upper part of the shaft of the femur, passing beneath what I have

distinguished as the first part of the gluteus medius, and just below

and slightly tibiad to the insertion of what I have called gluteus

minimus.

Deeper muscles of inner aspect of right pelvic limb.

A, Adductor. B. Biceps. E' & E?. Extensores metatarsorum. £. L. Extensor

longus digitorum. F' & F?. Rectus femoris. /. D'. Flexor longus digi-

torum. G. Gracilis. G.#. Gastrocnemius externus. G.J. Gastrocne-

mius internus. JZ. Iliacus. J. P. Ilio-peroneal. iS. Tibial adductor. S. 7.

Semitendinosus. TZ. A. Tibialis anticus. V+. Vastus internus.

Gluteus maximus (figs. 2, 17, & 27, X). This name has been

applied by me in the Iguana*, Menopomat, and Menobranchusf, toa

muscle which, on further consideration, seems to me can have little

claim to it. On the other hand, I think that the muscle which I

called pyriformis in the Iguana §, answers to the one I am now about

to describe in the Chameleon, and which has a considerable resem-

blance to that which I designated as gluteus maximus in theEchidna|.

It arises, in Parson’s Chameleon, from the transverse processes of the

more anterior caudal vertebrz, and is inserted into the tendinous

arch which passes from the posterior margin of the ilium to the

tuberosity of the ischium. It is blended posteriorly with the trans-

versus perinei, and, but for the tendinous arch, would be continuous

with the biceps, thus strongly resembling the gluteus maximus of the

Echidna.

* P.Z.S. 1867, p.-791. t P.Z.S. 1869, p. 270.

¢ P.Z.8. 1869, p. 464. § P.Z.S. 1867, p. 793, fig. 15, P. f.

|| Trans, Linn. Soe. vol. xxv. 1866, p. 391, pl. 53. figs. 2, 9, mx.

1870. ] MYOLOGY OF CHAMZLEON PARSONII. 877

Femoro-caudal (figs. 17, 24, & 27, F.C & y). This is large

and fleshy, and arises beneath the transverse processes of the four

caudal vertebree behind the sacral vertebree. The anterior and

smaller part of this muscle is somewhat separate, and folded over

the hinder and larger part. The muscle is in part inserted into the

Fig. 20.

Deep muscles of back of right leg.

£. B, Extensor phalangorum. F. D?. Flexor tertius digitorum. FH. Flexor

hallucis. G. Gracilis. G.Z. Gastrocnemius internus. J. P. Tlio-peroneal.

P. Peroneus. PP. Popliteus. P. 7. Peroneo-tibial. TP. Tibialis pos-

ticus.

posterior aspect of the great trochanter; in part it ends in a very

delicate tendon (y), which runs along the outer edge of the semi-

membranosus, the great sciatic nerve crossing it superficially on its

outer side. The tendon dips down beneath the head of the flexor

tertius digitorum on one side, and the tendon of the gastrocnemius

externus and the head of the flexor longus digitorum on the other.

It is inserted into the posterior aspect of the interarticular cartilage,

which is placed between the femur and the tibia.

Three muscles, which I cannot at present accurately determine,

but which I provisionally designate as gluteus primus, gluteus

secundus, and gluteus tertius, pass from the ilium to the outside of

the femur.

Gluteus primus (figs. 4,17, & 21, D'). This seems to answer to

the muscle I have called gluteus medius in the Iguana*. It arises

between two heads of the rectus femoris, from the lower part of the

outer side of the ilium. Passing downwards, just in front of the

gluteus tertius, and beneath the third part of the rectus femoris, it

is inserted into the middle of the outer side of the shaft of the femur,

between the forked origin of the vastus externus.

The gluteus secundus (figs. 17, 22, & 27, D’) springs from the

postero-external surface of the ilium, having the femoro-caudal con-

* P. ZS. 1867, p. 791.

878 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE (Dec. 6,

tiguous to it behind, and the ilio-peroneal in front. It is inserted

into the postero-external side of the great trochanter, immediately in

front of the insertion of part of the femoro-caudal, and conterminous

with the hinder border of the gluteus primus.

Gluteus tertius (fig. 17, D*®). A small and delicate muscle, which

I thus distinguish, arises from a small portion of the lowest part of

the posterior margin of the ilium, beneath the origin of the gluteus

secundus. It is inserted into the outer side of the great trochanter,

just below the insertion of the last-named muscle, and conterminous

with the upper end of the insertion of the gluteus primus.

Pectineus? A very small and delicate muscle lies hidden between

the gluteus tertius and the insertion of the iliacus. It arises, just

behind the brim of the pelvis, from the lowest part of the outer side

of the ilium, below the origin of the gluteus primus. It is inserted

into the outer side of the upper part of the femur, beneath the

gluteus tertius, of which, indeed, it may be but an accessory portion.

Fig. 21.

Front view of right thigh.

C, Crureus. D!. Gluteus primus. £"', F?, & F%. Rectus femoris. J. Tliacus.

O. Obturator externus.

Adductor (figs. 19, 23, & 24, 4). This thick muscle arises from

the pelvis, at and near the ischiatic symphysis. Passing down, it is

inserted into rather the outside of the shaft of the femur, below the

insertion of the femoro-caudal and below and outside the inser-

tions of the obturators. It is obscurely divided into a longer and

more slender posterior part, and a thicker, shorter, more anterior

portion.

1870. ] MYOLOGY OF CHAMELEON PARSONII. 879

The quadratus femoris (fig. 22, Q) arises from the postero-superior

side of the tuberosity of the ischium, and is inserted into the summit

of the head of the femur, above the great trochanter, but more in

front (i. e. on the extensor aspect) of the femur.

Obturator externus (fig. 21, O). This muscle arises from the

outer surface of the ischium, and is conterminous with the quadratus

femoris. It is inserted all along the great trochanter, on the inner

side of the femoro-caudal.

Fig. 22.

Inner side of right half of pelvis.

D°, Gluteus secundus. J', 2*, 73. Tiacus. 0.1. Obturator internus.

@. Quadratus femoris.

Obturator internus (fig. 22, O. I). This muscle arises inside the

pubis, conterminous with the inner margin of the origin of the third

part of the iliacus. Passing downward (through the obturator

foramen, and thus becoming superficial to the second part of the

iliacus), it is inserted into the femur along its posterior side down to

the summit of the insertion of the adductor.

Rectus femoris (figs. 2,4, 17, 18, 19, & 21, F', F’, & F’). Three

distinct muscular parts seem to belong to the category to which the

rectus femoris of Mammals belongs. One of these parts seems to

represent that which I have called rectus femoris in the Iguana*,

and the other two parts to answer to what I have called gluteus

maximus in the. Iguanart.

The first part (J) arises by a very strong tendon from the mar-

gin of the acetabulum.

The second part (#”) springs from the anterior margin of the

ilium, in common with the tendon of the internal oblique.

The third part (F”) takes origin from the posterior margin of the

ilium, between the origins of the gluteus primus and the ilio-peroneal.

Passing downward these three parts unite with the deeper exten-

sor muscles of the thigh.

Vastus externus (figs. 2& 17, V. #). This muscle arises from

the lower half of the outer side of the femur. Distally it fuses with

the other extensors.

* P.Z.8. 1867, p. 791. t Ibid.

880 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [ Dee. 6,

The vastus internus (fig. 19, V. £) is a rather small muscle arising

from the inside of the shaft of the femur, almost down to the distal

end of the bone. It blends below with the other extensors.

Back view of right leg.

B. Biceps. B.H. Flexor brevis hallucis. B.M. Flexor brevis minimi digiti.

F. D'. Flexor longus digitorum. J’. D*. Flexor tertius digitorum. G. Gra-

cilis. G.#. Gastrocnemius externus. G.Z. Gastrocnemius internus. J. P.

Tlio-peroneal. P. Peroneus. S. Tibial adductor. iS. Mf. Semimembra-

nosus. SS. Z. Semitendinosus. 7. A. Tibialis anticus. 7! P. Tibialis pos-

ticus. y. Tendon of femoro-caudal.

Crureus (fig. 21, C). This is very large, but with difficulty sepa-

rable from the two preceding muscles. It arises from the extensor

surface of the femur, its origin extending upward to the neck of the

bone on its inner aspect (passing up on the inner side of the insertion

of the iliacus); fusing with the other extensors, it is inserted with

them into the patella.

The gastrocnemius externus (figs. 17, 18, 19, 23, & 24, G. EF)

arises by a long and strong, but delicate tendon from the postero-

peroneal aspect of the interarticular cartilage. This tendon passes

down between the flexor longus and flexor tertius digitorum. Rapidly

broadening downward (as a fleshy mass having the gastrocnemius

internus superficial to it), it is inserted into the plantar ossicle.

The gastrocnemius internus (figs. 18, 19, 20, 23, & 24, G. I) does

1870.) MYOLOGY OF CHAMALEON PARSONII. 881

not take origin either from the femur, as in the Iguana*, or from

the interarticular cartilage, but from the posterior aspect of the tibia,

partly within the internal lateral ligament. Passing downward

obliquely to the peroneal side of the foot, it is inserted (close to and

superficial to the insertion of the biceps) into the peroneal side of

the plantar ossicle.

At its origin this muscle has the insertion of the gracilis on its

inner side, that of the semitendinosus on its peroneal side.

_ Deeper muscles of back of right leg.

B. Biceps. F.D'. Flexor longus digitorum. /. D?. Flexor tertius digitorum.

G. Gracilis. G.E. Gastrocnemius externus. G.J. Gastrocnemius inter-

nus. J.P. Ilio-peroneal. P. Peroneus. SS. Tibial adductor. S. M. Se-

mimembranosus. S&S. 7. Semitendinosus. 7. A. Tibialis anticus. 7. P.

Tibialis posticus. y. Tendon of femoro-caudal.

Flexor longus digitorum (figs. 17, 18, 19, 23, 24, & 29, F. D’).

Just reversing the condition of the gastrocnemius externus, this

muscle is very broad above, but becomes tendinous below. It arises,

by muscular fibres, from the femur, above the peroneal condyle (just

above the femoral origin of the flexor tertius), also from the fascia

behind the peroneal part of the interarticular cartilage, and, thirdly,

from the hinder side of the fibula, below its summit. Passing down-

ward it suddenly contracts to a delicate tendon placed between the

tendons of the flexor hallucis and flexor tertius. It is inserted into

the third and fourth, its tendon bifureating. The branch to the

fourth digit receives a slip from that tendon of the flexor tertius

which goes to the fifth digit. The branch to the fourth digit

receives two slips, one from the flexor tertius, the other from the

flexor longus hallucis.

Flexor longus hallucis (figs. 20, 26, & 29, F. H). This muscle is

placed very deeply (between the tibialis posticus and the popliteus),

* P.Z.8. 1867, p. 795.

882 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [ Dee. 6,

arising from the front of the fibula. On the extensor surface of the

leg this part is covered by the peroneus, and itself covers the popli-

teus. The muscle also takes origin from the tibial aspect of the

fibula, from its summit down to the origin of the tibialis posticus.

Passing downward it ended in the right foot of the specimen in a

delicate tendon, which bifurcated for the first and second digits, and

also gave off a very delicate tendon joining the long flexor tendon of

the third digit. On the left side there were two tendons, one bifur-

cating for the first and second digits, the other dividing into three

for the three tibial digits.

Flexor tertius digitorum (figs. 17, 20, 23, 24, & 29, F. D*®). This

muscle has three origins. The first is from the femur, above the

peroneal condyle, just below the origin of the flexor longus digi-

torum. The second is from behind the summit of the fibula. The

third is from behind the fibula lower down, just tibiad of the inser-

tion of the ilio-peroneal. Suddenly contracting (like the flexor

longus digitorum), it ends in a delicate tendon, which gives off two

very delicate slips, one joining that tendon of the flexor longus digi-

torum which goes to the third digit, the other joining that tendon

of the flexor longus which goes to the fourth digit. The tendon

then continues on as the long flexor tendon of the fifth digit.

Fig. 25.

Front view of right leg.

E’ & E*, E® & E’, HE, £%. Extensores metatarsorum, F.H. Flexor hallucis.

P. Peroneus. 7. A. Tibialis anticus.

These deep and long flexor tendons pass in a groove at the back

of the tarsus, which groove is covered by the fascia in which the

1870.] MYOLOGY OF CHAMZLEON PARSONII. 883

gastrocnemii are inserted, and which gives origin to the flexor brevis

hallucis. The tendons, however, are superficial to the insertion of

the tibialis posticus.

Lumbricales (fig. 29). There appear to be four of these.

The first from the tibial side of the fifth flexor tendon to the

peroneal side of the fourth digit.

The second from the tibial side of the fourth flexor tendon to the

tibial side of the fourth digit.

The third from the peroneal side of the third flexor tendon to the

peroneal side of the third digit.

The fourth from the tibial side of the third flexor tendon to the

tibial side of the third digit.

Tibialis posticus (figs. 20, 23, & 24, T. P). This arises, by mus-

cular fibres, from the postero-tibial aspect of the fibula below the

origin of the flexor longus tertius, tibiad of the insertion of the ilio-

peroneal, and within (7. e. peronead) and partly above the origin of

the peroneo-tibial. Passing downward, its strong wide tendon lines

the groove, behind the tarsus, in which the flexor tendons run. It

is finally inserted into the postero-inferior margin of that cup for the

front of the central tarsal bone which is formed by the proximal

ends of the fourth and fifth metatarsals. The tendon of insertion

passes superficially to the very strong ligament which binds together

the second and fifth metatarsals.

Deeper front view of right leg.

B3-B°. Bxtensores phalangorun. E' & LE, E®, Extensores metatarsorum. HH. L.

Extensor longus digitorum. F.H. Flexor hallucis. P’. Peroneus. PP.

Popliteus. P. 7. Peroneo-tibial. 7. A. Tibialis anticus.

884 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [ Dec. 6,

The popliteus (figs. 20 & 26, P P) arises from the tibial side of the

head of the fibula so far forwards that it is visible on the front of

the leg when the covering summit of the flexor longus hallucis is

removed. Passing downward it is inserted into the peroneal and

posterior surface of the tibia for rather more than its upper two-~

thirds.

Peroneo-tibial (figs. 20 & 26, P. T). This muscle springs from

the lower half of the peroneal surface of the fibula, and is inserted

(its upper fibres descending and its lower fibres passing transversely)

into the lower third of the peroneal border of the tibia, and into the

peroneal side of its anterior surface. It appears on the front of the

leg when the first part of the extensor brevis of the hallux is removed.

Behind, it is covered by the tibialis posticus.

Peroneus (figs. 2, 17, 20, 23, & 24, P). This is a very large

muscle, which is only imperfectly to be divided into two parts.

The first part arises from the front of the fibula, the origin

extending from in front of the bottom of the insertion of the ilio-

peroneal, upwards and tibiad, over the front of the fibula to a level

with the top of the insertion of the ilio-peroneal. It also arises by

fascia from the peroneal side of the upper part of the tibia, beneath

the origin there of the extensor longus digitorum, and almost as

high up as the summit of the origin of the tibialis anticus. Passing

downward, it is inserted into the dorsum of the fifth metatarsal.

Fig. 27.

Caudal muscles.

C.D. Infero-caudal. D*. Gluteus secundus. F.C. Femoro-caudal. Z C. Ischio-

caudal. J/.C. Uio-caudal. LZ. C. Cloacal muscle. TJ. Transversus perinei.

X, Gluteus maximus. y. Tendon of femoro-caudal.

The second part springs from the peroneal border of the fibula,

beneath the insertion of the ilio-peroneal, and intimately connected

1870. | MYOLOGY OF CHAMZLEON PARSONII. 885

with the first part. It is inserted into the enlarged base of the fifth

metatarsal on its peroneal side, and into the fascia passing from that

bone to the plantar ossicle.

Tibialis anticus (figs. 18, 19, 20, 23, 24, 25, & 26, T. A). This

muscle is placed quite on the inner aspect of the leg. It arises from

the front of the tibia as high up as immediately beneath the origin

of the extensor longus digitorum—also from the inner border of the

tibia, from the bottom of the internal lateral ligament down to the

summit of the inner malleolus, and a little even from the lower part

of the posterior surface of the tibia, below the bottom of the insertion

of the popliteus. It is inserted into the tibial side of the distal part

of the dorsum of the first metatarsal.

The extensor longus digitorum (figs. 2,17, 18, 19, 25, & 26, #. L)

is a thick and fleshy mass passing down the middle of the front of

the leg. It arises by a strong though narrow tendon from the front

of the femur, just tibiad of the peroneal articular surface—also by

muscular fibres from the front of the tibia, just peronead of the

origin of the tibialis anticus. It is inserted into the distal part of

the dorsum of the third metatarsal.

Fig. 28. Fig. 29.

ill

rz FD wrpF7

Fig. 28.—Diagram of flexor tendons of right manus.

F.D. Flexor profundus digitorum. F. P. Flexor longus pollicis.

1-5. Tendons to the five respective digits.

Fig. 29.—Diagram of flexor tendons of right pes.

F. D'. Flexor longus digitorum. F. D?, Flexor tertius digitorum. F. H. Flexor

hallucis. 1-5. Tendons to the five respective digits.

Flexor brevis digitorum. This muscle springs from the promi-

nent part of the first metatarsal, and, thence’ radiating (with the

886 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [ Dec. 6,

flexor brevis hallucis superficial to it), goes to the three peroneal

digits with three delicate tendons. It forms a fleshy mass, which is

superficial to the long flexor tendons.

Flexor brevis hallucis (fig. 23, B. H). A short thick muscular

mass arises from the plantar ossicle, and from the ligament which

connects together the tibial and peroneal margins of the tarsus on

its plantar aspect. It is inserted into the tibial aspect of the hallux,

distad and tibiad to the insertion of the tibialis anticus.

Flexor brevis minimi digiti (fig. 23, B. M). This arises from the

peroneal aspect of the plantar ossicle, and is inserted into the same

side of the fifth digit down to (including) the penultimate joint of

that digit.

Adductor digiti secundi. A muscle springs from the ligament

which connects the second and third metatarsals, and is inserted into

the peroneal side of the second digit.

Adductor digiti tertii. Another muscle similarly springs from the

same ligament, and is inserted into the tibial side of the third digit.

The extensores metatarsorum are very numerous ; but all are short

muscles, except the one which goes to the hallux.

Extensores I. and II. (fig. 18, 19, 25, & 26, #. 1&2). The

extensor of the second digit is double, like that of the pollex.

The larger and longer part arises from the front of the fibula

(covered by the peroneus and extensor longus digitorum) for nearly

its lower two-thirds. Passing downward, it is inserted by tendon

into the distal part of the dorsum of the second metatarsal. The

second part, much smaller, takes origin below the first part, and,

joining it, is inserted together with it.

Extensor III. A very small muscle springs from the fascia in

front of the central tarsal ossicle, and is inserted into the dorsum of

the first metatarsal.

Extensor IV. A similarly small muscle, similarly arising, but

inserted into the dorsum of the second metatarsal.

Extensor V. Another small muscle arising similarly is inserted

into the dorsum of the third metatarsal, passing out between the

extensor longus digitorum and the extensores I. and II.

Extensores VI. and VII. (fig. 25, Z.6 & 7). These two small

muscles have again a similar origin, and are inserted into the distal

parts of the upper surfaces of the fourth and fifth metatarsals.

Extensor VIII. (fig. 25, E.8). This is a somewhat larger muscle.

It arises from the lower end of the peroneal border of the fibula.

Passing downward, it is inserted into the distal end of the dorsum

of the fifth metatarsal.

The extensor LX. (figs. 25 & 26, #. 9) springs from the distal

end of the fibula and from the peroneal tarsal bone. Passing down-

ward, and radiating in a fan-like manner, it is inserted into the dor-

sum of the fifth metatarsal.

Beside these extensores of the metatarsal bones, there are five

extensores of the phalanges, extensores phalangorum (fig. 26, B. 3,

B.4, & B.5). Of these each passes from the dorsum of one of the

metatarsals to the ungual phalanx of the same digit.

1870.) MYOLOGY OF CHAMZLEON PARSONII. 887

Interossei. Those in the pes are substantially similar to those of

the manus.

APPENDICULAR NERVES.

The brachial plexus seems to be formed by three spinal nerves,

and gives off the subscapular nerve from its posterior part. There

is one great limb-nerve, which includes both the median and the

ulnar nerves in it.

The median. This great nerve perforates the coraco-brachialis

(i. e. passes between the long and the short coraco-brachialis), and

runs down between the postero-internal border of the brachialis

anticus and the inner part of the triceps. At the bend of the elbow

it perforates the pronator teres, and dipping down continues on

between the last-named muscle and the flexor carpi radialis, the pro-

nator accessorius, and the upper and larger condyloid belly of the

flexor longus pollicis.

The ulnar nerve accompanies the median till it has perforated the

pronator teres, thus passing allogether in front of the elbow-joint.

Then, leaving the median, it dips down between the pronator acces-

sorius and the large inner condyloid head of the flexor longus

pollicis. It continues along on the surface of the last-named

muscle, and at the wrist is superficial to its tendon, but covered by

the flexor ulnaris. It passes to the palm in the region of the fifth

digit.

The posterior interosseous nerve quits the median a little below

the spot where the ulnar nerve leaves it. Passing down between the

radius and the head of the pronator accessorius, it runs down the

extensor surface of the arm upon the pronator quadratus, and

covered by the extensor ossis metacarpi pollicis. It supplies the exten-

sores metacarporum,

The lumbar plexus is formed of two spinal nerves, as also is the

sacral plexus. A short lumbo-sacral nerve connects the poste-

rior root of the lumbar plexus with the anterior root of the sacral

plexus.

The anterior crural nerve is formed by the union of the two

lumbar nerves, and descends in front of the anterior margin of the

ilium at the outer border of the iliacus, which is supplied by a branch

from it.

The great sciatic nerve, formed by the union of the two sacral

nerves, passes out very near to the anterior crural, being only sepa-

rated from it by the breadth of the ilium. Covered by the ilio-

peroneal, it passes down between the adductor and the biceps. A

large branch is given off which is covered by the femoro-caudal, and

passes round the head of the femur to near the origins of the semi-

tendinosus and semimembranosus.

The posterior tibial nerve, the continuation of the great sciatic,

dips down between the peroneus and the flexor longus digitorum.

It then crosses to the inner side of the leg beneath the gastrocnemius

externus,

Proc. Zoox. Soc.—!870, No. LIX.

888 MR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [ Dec. 6,

The musculo- cutaneous (7) nerve descends between the flexors and

the tibialis anticus, becoming superficial at the ankle.

The anterior tibial nerve quits the one last noticed, and dipping

between the popliteus and the flexor longus hallucis, comes out on

the front of the leg above the peroneo-tibial, supplying the extensors.

SERIAL HoMOLoGy OF THE APPENDICULAR MUSCLES.

The question of the serial homology of the limbs has been lately

considered by Professor Flower in his first course of Hunterian

lectures*. He there followed out and developed certain views which

I suggested in 18667, and which had more or less commended

themselves to Professor Rolleston¢. I allude especially to the

notion that the gluteus medius and minimus are the serial homo-

logues of the subscapularis, and that similarly the iliacus is the serial

representative of the supra- and infraspinatus.

Against this Professor Humphry has quite recently raised some

objections §, principally opposing any supposed rotation of the ilium

similar to that which the whole pelvic limb undergoes during its

development. ,

But in reply it may be said that a rotation of the ilium or scapula

is by no means necessary to the view I before advocated. In speak-

ing of such a possible rotation in connexion with the Echidna, I

did so in deference to the authority of Professor Humphry, who

had said|| of the ilium and scapula, “it is probable that they also

participate, to some extent, in the rotation which the limbs undergo.”

All that is necessary to conceive is that bony ridges are developed

in one case which are suppressed in another, not that there is any

rotation. This wasin my mind when I said {, “on the whole, I am

inclined to believe that extended investigations will show that the

scapula and ilium may most conveniently be regarded as, so to speak,

essentially columnar bones, such as we find them in Chelonians, and

serving to give origin to muscles inserted into the proximal bone of

each limb, but varying in shape and size, and developing ridges or

processes according to the exigencies of each case.” For this it is

not necessary to suppose any alteration in the ventral parts of the

limb-girdles.

The singular limb-structure of the Chameleon, and the more than

usual resemblance between the ilium and the scapula, made me

look forward with great interest to the investigation of its myology.

* See also his paper in the ‘Cambridge Journal of Anatomy and Physiology ’

for May 1870, p. 289, and his recent ‘Introduction to the Osteology of the

Mammalia,’ chapter xx. p. 326.

+ Trans. Linn. Soe. vol. xxv. p. 395.

t Trans. Linn. Soe. vol. xxvi. p. 620.

§ ‘Cambridge Journal of Anatomy’ for Noyember 1870, p. 67.

|| “ Observations on the Limbs of Vertebrate Animals” (1860), communicated

to the Cambridge Philosophical Society.

€ Trans. Linn. Soe. vol. xxv. p. 401.

1870.] MYOLOGY OF CHAMELEON PARSONII. 859

Not that it could be expected, @ priori, that serial muscular homo-

logies would in it be reduced by any means to their simplest ex-

pression ; for not only is the pronation of the forearm and manus

extreme, but the pes is also twisted in a most exceptional manner,

so that the tibialis anticus is in part on the back of the leg, and so

that, when the elbow and knee are placed outward in their primi-

tive embryonic condition, the palmar surface looks mainly outward

with the pollex posterior, while the plantar surface looks mainly

inwards with the hallux anterior. Nevertheless the correspondence

between many of the muscles is striking; and I have endeavoured

to express below the various serial relationships as they have

struck me—some being of course very doubtful, but others tolerably

certain.

The muscles outside the scapula seem to me to answer to those

outside the scapula of Man, and the subscapularis of the Chameleon

to his subscapularis. If this is so, the muscles arising outside the

ilium I have named glutei; but Professor Rolleston* will possibly

object to this. If they are the glutei, then the “ideal vertebral

surface’? + must be conceived to be suppressed in the Chameleon’s

ilium, and its external surface must correspond to the inner surface

of its scapula. If they are not glutei, but serial homologues of

suprascapular muscles, then the ideal preaxial surface must be

deemed to have increased to the annihilation of the ideal postaxial

one. On the latter hypotheses, the outside of the ilium will answer

to the outside of the scapula, and there will be no glutei but the

gluteus maximus—the subscapulares being thus without a homotype

in the pelvic limb.

The following list, as suggested by the Chameleon’s muscles, is

offered for inquiry :—

Gluteus maximus -+ biceps.

Gluteus medius and minimus.

Iliacus.

Obturator externus + adductor.

Obturator internus.

Extensores femoris.

Semitendinosus + semimembra-

nosus + sartorius.

Tlio-peroneal.

Gastrocnemius internus.

Gastrocnemius externus.

Tibialis anticus.

Extensor longus digitorum.

Peroneus.

Flexor longus digitorum + flexor

longus hallucis.

Flexor tertius digitorum.

* L.c. p. 629

Latissimus dorsi+ flexor ulnaris.

Subscapularis.

Supra + infraspinatus + deltoid.

Coraco-brachialis.

Deepest part of coraco-brachialis.

Triceps.

Biceps + brachialis anticus (?).

Scapular head of triceps.

Supinator longus.

Pronator teres (?).

Extensor carpi radialis longior.

Extensor carpi radialis brevior.

Extensor ulnaris.

Flexor longus pollicis.

Flexor longus digitorum.

+ Prof, Flower’s ‘ Osteology,’ p. 335.

890

Extensores metatarsorum I. & II.

Popliteus.

Tibialis posticus.

Peroneo-tibial.

Gracilis.

Pectineus.

ON THE MYOLOGY OF CHAMELEON PARSONTI.

[ Dee. 6.

Extensor ossis metacarpi pollicis.

Pronator accessorius.

Flexor carpi radialis.

Pronator quadratus.

Pectoralis.

Subclavius.

891

APPENDIX.

LIST OF ADDITIONS TO THE SOCIETY’S MENAGERIE

DURING THE YEAR

1870.

[N.B. Notes on all the more remarkable additions will be found in the body of

the ‘ Proceedings’ at the pages referred to after each of their names. ]

Jane IB:

1 Bonnet Monkey (Macacus radiatus), 3. Presented by R. S.

Kirby, Esq.

4, 1 Pig-tailed Monkey (Macacus nemestrinus), $. Presented by

11.

12.

14,

15.

20.

22.

24,

Lieut. Codrington Hall, R.N.

1 Guinea Baboon (Cynocephalus papio), S$. Presented by Mr.

Hart.

ball Stump-tailed Lizard ( Trachydosaurus rugosus). Presented by

Dr. E. L. Mosse, R.N.

. 1 Temminck’s Tragopan (Certornis temminckii), Deposited by

R. Swinhoe, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Great Northern Diver (Colymbus glacialis), Presented by

A. R. Hunt, Esq. (vide antea, p. 86).

. 1 American Bison (Bison americanus), 3. Deposited by Wm.

C. Herring, F.Z.5.

1 Javan Chevrotain (Tragulus javanicus), 3. Presented by

H. H. Gideon, Esq.

1 Long-eared Owl (Otus vulgaris). Presented by W. Unwin,

Esq.

2 Puff-Adders (Clotho arietans). Presented by Capt. Thomas

Waite.

3 pairs of Wigeon (Mareca penelope). Purchased.

1 Great Eagle Owl (Bubo maximus). Presented by C. Bamford,

1 Weot-dat (Syrnium aluco), Presented by R. E, L. Wade, Esq.

1 Common Kestrel (Tinnunculus alaudarius). Presented by

R. E. L. Wade, Esq. :

1 Little Armadillo (Dasypus minutus). Purchased. From near

Mendoza (v. a., p. 86).

1 Tufted Duck (Fuligula cristata). Purchased.

5 Brown Tritons (Geotriton fuscus)._ Purchased. From Italy

(near Spezia) (v. a., p. 86).

12 Smooth Newts (Triton punctatus). Purchased. From Italy

(near Spezia).

2 Stock Doves (Columba enas). Presented by C. L, Sutherland,

Esq.

892

Jan, 24,

APPENDIX.

1 Wood-Pigeon (Columba palumbus). Presented by C. L.

Sutherland, Esq.

1 Griffon Vulture (Gyps fulvus). Deposited by J. Dow, Esq.

From Mount Lebanon.

1 Grey Ichneumon (Herpestes griseus). Presented by Capt.

Jennings.

1 Potto (Perodictieus potto), Q. Purchased (v. a., p. 86).

1 Snowy Egret (Egretta candidissima). Purchased.

1 Upland Goose (Chloéphaga magellanica), Q. Received in

exchange.

1 White-throated Sapajou (Cebus hypoleucus). Deposited by

Lieut.-Col. Addison.

. 4 Pine Grosheaks (Corythus enueleator), 2 g and 29. Pur-

chased.

. 2 Chinese Pigs (Sus scrofa, var. sinensis), 9. Presented by Alf.

G. Stagg, Esq.

2 Summer Ducks (4%x sponsa). Purchased.

. 1 Spotted Cavy (Celogenys paca). Presented by E. C. Moore,

Sq.

5 Moridutin Ducks (Aix galericulata). Purchased.

2 Mocking Birds (Mimus polyglottus). Purchased.

1 Black-sided Hang-nest (Icterus abeillei). Purchased.

1 Cat Bird (Galeoscoptes carolinensis). Purchased.

1 Solitary Thrush (Petroeincla cyanea). Purchased.

7 Ruddy Finches (Carpodacus erythrinus). Purchased.

. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), Presented by T.

Douglas Murray, Esq.

1 Bonnet Monkey (Macacus radiatus). Deposited by Lieut.-Col.

Addison.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus). Deposited by Lieut.-

Col. Addison.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus). Deposited by Capt.

Winefield.

. 1 Hog-Deer (Cervus porcinus), g. Born in the Menagerie.

1 Harnessed Antelope (Ziagelaphus scriptus), 2. Received in

exchange.

1 Brown Hyena (Hyena brunnea). Received in exchange

(v. a@., p. 125)

. 1 Cape Grass-Owl (Scelostrix capensis). Received in exchange

(v. a., p. 125).

1 Cape Eagle Owl (Bubo capensis). Purchased (v. a., p. 125).

1 Lacertine Snake (Celopeltis laeertina). Purchased.

1 West-African Python (Python sebe). Presented by W. C.

Small, Esq.

3 White-fronted Guans (Penelope jacucaca). Purchased.

. 2 Mandarin Ducks (Aéz galericulata), §. Purchased.

1 Lapland Bunting (Centrophanes lapponica), Presented by

Frederick Bond, Esq., F.Z.S.

2. 4 Barred-tailed Pheasants (Phasianus reevesti), 1 g and 3 9.

Deposited by Her Majesty the Queen.

. 2 Petz’s Conures (Conurus petzi). Received in exchange.

1 Arabian Baboon (Cynocephalus hamadryas), 3. Presented by

H. Duncan, Esq.

. 2 European Sousliks (Spermophilus eitillus). Purchased.

1 Garden Dormouse (Myoxus nitela). Purchased.

1 Hamster (Cricetus vulgaris). Purchased.

“pal —e Ibis (Ibis rubra). Deposited by the Viscount Hill,

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 893

Feb. 24, 1 Banksian Cockatoo (Calyptorhynchus banksii), 2. Purchased.

Mar.

. 2 Swinhoe’s Pheasants

1 Maholi Galago (Galayo maholi), 2. Presented by Lieut.

A. J. Hepper, R.E.

» 1 Common Camel (Camelus dromedarius), 3. Deposited by

Mr. Sanger.

1 Hairy-nosed Wombat (Phascolomys latifrons), 9. Purchased.

1 Roan Kangaroo (Macropus erubescens), g. Purchased (v. a.,

. 125).

26. 1 Fieldfare (Turdus pilaris). Purchased.

1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus radiatus), $. Presented by B. L.

Cumberland, Esq.

. 1 Collared Fruit-Bat (Cynonycteris collaris), Born in the Me-

nagerie (v. a., p. 125).

. 2 Little Armadillos (Dasypus minutus), ¢ and 9. Presented

by C. D. Rowe, Esq.

1 Rufous-vented Guan (Penelope boliviana). Presented by Capt.

Symon.

. 2 Vulpine Phalangers (Phalangista vulpina), 2. Born in the

Menagerie.

1 Lemurine Douroucouli (Nyctipithecus lemurinus), 2. Pre-

sented by Mr. C. Gilman.

3 Whydah Birds (Vidua paradisea), 3. Presented by Dr. F.

Wickstead.

1 Red-headed Cardinal (Paroaria larvata), Presented by Dr.

EF. Wickstead.

. 1 Crested Agouti (Dasyprocta cristata). Purchased.

1 Bearded Lizard (Amphibolurus barbatus). Purchased.

1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus radiatus), $. Presented by H. 8.

Carline, Esq.

. 1 Grey Ichneumon (Herpestes griseus), g. Presented by W.

Wiggins, Esq.

1 Hairy-nosed Wombat (Phascolomys latifrons), $. Purchased.

Euplocamus swinhowi), and 2. De-

posited by J. J. Stone, Esq., F.Z.S.

2 Silver Pheasants (Euplocamus nycthemerus), 3. Deposited

by J. J. Stone, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Pallas’s Eared Pheasant (Crossoptilon auritum). Deposited by

J. J, Stone, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina). Presented by Capt.

J. N. Smart.

2 Senegal Touracous (Corytharx persa), g and 9. Purchased.

1 Rose-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua moluccensis). Presented by

Arthur Lewis, Esq.

1 Marimonda Spider Monkey (Ateles belzebuth), Purchased.

4 Triangular Spotted Pigeons (Columba guinea). Purchased.

6 Manyar Weaverbirds (Ploceus manyar). Purchased.

. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), §. Deposited by

Mrs. Brownlow. i

1 Great Kangaroo (Macropus giganteus), 2. Born in the Me-

nagerie.

. 1 Rabbit-eared Perameles (Perameles lagotis). Presented by

Dr. F. yon Mueller, C.M.Z.S.

1 Blossom-headed Parrakeet (Paleornis bengalensis). Deposited

by Lieut.-Col. Seymour, F.Z.S.

1 Ring-necked Parrakeet (Paleornis torquata). Deposited by

Lieut.-Col. Seymour, F.Z.S,

3 Angora Cats (Felis domestica, var. angorensis). Deposited hy

Lieut.-Col. Seymour, F.Z.S.

894

Mar. 11.

16,

APPENDIX.

1 Tawayt Eagle (Aquila nevioides). Presented by KE. L. Layard,

Esq., F.Z. ;S. From the Cape Colony.

3 Plumbeous Finches (Spermophila plumbea). Purchased.

. 1 Sclater’s Impeyan (Lophophorus sclateri), 3. Presented by

Major Montagu, Bengal Staff Corps (2. a., p. 219).

1 Blyth’s Tragopan (Cert vornis blythit), §. Presented by Major

Montagu, Bengal Staff Corps (v. a., p. 219).

. 1 Common Seal (Phoca vitulina), 8. Purchased.

. 1 Indian Brush-tailed Porcupine (Atherura fasciculata). Pre-

sented by Dr. Jerdon. From Sylhet.

1 Peacock Pheasant (Polyplectron chinguis). Purchased.

1 Ring-necked Parrakeet (Palcornis torquata). Presented by

Mrs. Eldred.

' 2 Fat-tailed Sheep (Ovis aries), g and Q. Presented by Capt.

18,

19.

Parker.

2 Plicated Hornbills (Bzceros plicatus), ¢ and 2. Purchased

(v. a, ae 220).

1 Slender Hornbill (Buceros gracilis). Purchased (v. a., p. 220).

1 pes ite Hornbill (Buceros bicornis). Purchased

(v. a,

1 pair of Oe eforoctailed Pheasants (Euplocamus erythrophthal-

mus). Purchased.

1 Indian Antelope (Antilope cervicapra), 8. Presented by Col.

H. J. Smythe.

2 Concentric Terrapins (Emys concentrica). Presented by Henry

Arthur, Esq.

1 Snow-Bunting (Plectrophanes nivalis), Presented by Frederick

Bond, Esq., VAS

1 White-headed Sea-Eagle (young) (Haliaétus leucocephalus).

Presented by A. G. Yeatman, Esq.

1 Teeuexin Lizard ( Zezus teguevin). Presented by George Wilks,

Ksq., C.M.Z.8. From Buenos Ayres.

2 Weasel-headed Armadillos (Dasypus sexeinctus), ¢ and 9.

Presented by George Wilks, Esq., C.M.Z.S. From Buenos

Ayres,

1 Violaceous Night-Heron (Nycticorax violaceus). Presented by

George W ilks, Esq., C.M.Z.S. From Buenos Ayres.

2 Burrowi ing Owls (Pholeoptynx cunicularia). Presented by

George W ilks, Esq., C.M.Z.S. From Buenos Ayres (7. a,

220).

igh

21, 1 Green Monkey (Cercopithecus callitrichus), 8. Deposited by

Lady Wilmot.

1 Marsh Ichneumon (Herpestes paludosus), ¢. Purchased.

1 Caracal (Felis caracal). Purchased.

. 2 Aoudads ( Ovis tragelaphus), $. Born in the Menagerie.

1 Grey Wagtail (Motacilla boarwa). Purchased.

sp Blue-bonnet Parrakeet (Psephotus hematogaster). Received

in exchange.

3 Golden-eyes (Clangula glaucion), 2 $ and1 9. Purchased.

1 Tufted Duck (Fuligula cristata), ¢. Purchased.

1 Wood-loving Antelope (Cephalophus sylvicultrix). Received

in exchange (2. @., p. 220).

1 Red-headed Fruit-Pigeon (Treron calva), Received in ex-

change.

5. 2 Lions (Felis leo), g and 9. ey by Capt. Newman.

1 Indian Ratel (Mellivora indica), g. Presented by Dr. Ander-

son, F.Z.8.

. 1 Ocelot (Felis per dalis), 9. Presented by Vice-Admivral Sir 8S.

Dacres, K.C.B

Mar. 29,

Apr. 1

aon

13.

14,

16.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 895

1 Biack Bear ( Ursus americanus), 3. Presented by Col. Jenyns

and the Officers of the 13th Hussars.

1 Puttin (Fratereula arctica). Received in exchange.

1 Side-striped Jackal (Canis lateralis). Purchased. From the

Gaboon (v. a., p. 279).

2 pairs of Lovebird Parrakeets (Agapornis pullaria). Purchased.

1 King Parrakeet (Aprosmictus scapulatus), 8. Presented by

John Biffen, Esq.

2 Hybrid Ibex (between Capra megaceros g and C. ibex 2)

Born in the Menagerie.

1 Canada Lynx (Felis canadensis), g. Purchased.

1 Smew (Mergus albellus), $. Purchased,

2 Pintails (Dafila acuta), $. Purchased.

- L Indian Python (Python molurus). Deposited by the Hon. B.

Fitzpatrick.

. 1 Black-fronted Lemur (Lemur nigrifrons). Deposited by

Lieut.-Col. Addison.

6 Cuming’s Octodons ( Octodon cumingi). Born in the Menagerie,

. 1 Spotted Hyzena (Hyena crocuta). Born in the Menagerie.

» 1 Sloth Bear (Melursus labiatus). Presented by Capt. D. P.

Murray.

1 Lanner Falcon (Falco lanarius). Purchased.

1 Capistrated Squirrel (Sciwrus capistratus). Purchased.

1 Grey Squirrel (Secwrus cinereus). Purchased.

. 1 Kinkajou (Cexcoleptes caudivolvulus). Deposited by the Rev.

C. Kingsley.

2 Derbian Wallabies (Halmaturus derbianus), 3 and 2. Pre-

sented by H. W. Peek, Esq., M.P., F.Z.S.

1 Sociable Vulture (Vultur auricularis). Presented by J. Mon-

teiro, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Egyptian Sand-Lizard (Uromastix spinipes). Presented by

F. Bond, Esq., F.Z.S.

» 1 Red-legged Partridge (Caccabis rufa). Purchased.

1 Marmoset Monkey (Hapale jacchus), 3. Presented by Lady

Louisa Dillon.

1 Philippine Deer (Cervus marianus), 9. Purchased (v. a,

279

1 Sooty Crow Shrike (Strepera fuliginosa). Purchased (v. a.,

280

2 Black-billed Gulls (Larus melanorhynchus). Purchased. From

New Zealand.

2 Bronze-winged Pigeons (Phaps chalcoptera). Purchased.

5 Maugé’s Doves (Geopelia maugei). Purchased.

1 Great American Egret (Egrettaleuce). Purchased. From Siam.

2 Common Cassowaries (Casuarius galeatus). Presented by Ad-

miral Sir H. oe K.C.B.

1 Bengalese Leopard Cat (Felis bengalensis). Presented by Ad-

miral Sir H. Keppel, K.C.B.

1 Himalayan Bear ( Ursus tibetanus). Presented by Admiral Sir

H. Keppel, K.C.B. From Eastern Siberia.

3 Tibetan Wolves (Canis laniger). Born in the Menagerie.

1 Talapoin Monkey (Cercopithecus talapoin), 2. Purchased.

1 Ursine Colobus (Colobus ursinus). Purchased.

1 Red and Blue Maccaw (Ara macao). Presented by Mrs. Coffin.

1 Entellus Monkey (Semnopithecus entellus). Purchased.

1 Cretan Goat (Capra beden). Born in the Menagerie.

1 Mouflon (Ovis musimon). Born in the Menagerie.

8 Common Hares (Lepus ewropeus). Purchased,

27.

30.

AFPENDIX.

. 1 Axis Deer (Cervus axis). Born in the Menagerie.

2 Cretan Goats (Capra beden), 3. Born in the Menagerie.

2 Many-coloured Parrakeets (Psephotus multicolor). Purchased.

. 1 Moutlon (Ovis musimon). Born in the Menagerie.

. 1 Bengalese Leopard Cat (Felis bengalensis). Purchased.

. 2 Brazilian Caracaras (Polyborus brasiliensis). Presented by G.

Wilks, Esq., C.M.Z.S. From La Plata.

1 Chimango (Milvago chimango). Presented by G. Wilks, Esq.,

C.M.Z.S. From La Plata.

1 Chilian Sea-Eagle (Geranoaétus aguia). Presented by G.

Wilks, Esq., C.M.Z.S. From La Plata.

1 Rose-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua moluccensis). Presented by

Dr. R. 8. Peart.

1 Indian Python (Python molurus). Presented by Mr. E,

Climpson.

. 1 Guatemalan Amazon (Chrysotis guatemale). Purchased.

1 Angulated Tortoise (Chersina angulata), Purchased (wv. a.,

p- 280).

. 1 Stanley Crane (Tetrapteryx paradiseus). Deposited by E. O.

Blake, Esq.

2 Secretary Vultures (Serpentarius reptilivorus). Deposited by

E. O. Blake, Esq.

. 1 Cretan Goat (Capra beden), §. Born in the Menagerie.

1 Mouflon (Ovis musimon), 2. Born in the Menagerie.

. 1 Arabian Baboon (Cynocephalus hamadryas). Presented by

Charles Booth, Esq.

2 Senegal Parrots (Paocephalus senegalensis), 9. Purchased.

. 2 Derbian Wallabies (Halmaturus derbianus), g and 9. Pre-

sented by the Rev. J. Climenson, F.Z.S.

1 Maugé’s Dasyure (Dasyurus maugei). Presented by Mrs.

Buckland.

. 1 Indian Python (Python molurus). Received in exchange.

1 Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua galerita), Pre-

sented by Mrs. Blatchley.

1 Masked Parrakeet (Pyrrhulopsis personata). Purchased.

1 Ocelot (Felis pardalis), 8. Presented by Capt. Bevis.

1 Vulturine Guinea-fowl (Numida vultwrina). Presented by Dr.

J. Kirk, C.M.Z.8.

2 Vulpine Phalangers (Phalangista vulpina), 2. Presented by

Miss A. Absolon.

2 Lesser Black-backed Gulls (Larus fuscus). Presented by J. W.

Vines, Esq.

2 Porpoises (Phocena communis). Presented by Dr. L. Ormerod.

12 Short-nosed Sea-horses (Hippocampus brevirostris), Pur-

chased.

. 1 Cretan Goat (Capra beden). Born in the Menagerie.

1 Pig-tailed Monkey (Macacus nemestrinus). Presented by V. H.

Straker, Esq.

1 Balearic Crowned Crane (Balearica pavonina). Presented by

Master G. B. Campbell.

1 West-African Tantalus (Tantalus ibis). Presented by Master

G. B. Campbell.

1 Orange-headed Conure (Conurus yendaya). Purchased.

1 St.-Helena Seed-eater (Crithagra butyracea). Presented by

James Dixon, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Common Canary (Crithagra canariensis). Presented by James

Dixon, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Pin-tailed Whydah-bird (Vidua principalis). Presented by

James Dixon, Esq., F.Z.S.

May

He OO

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 897

1 Diamond-Snake (Morelia spilotes). Purchased.

1 Long-necked Chelodine (Chelodina longicollis), Purchased.

1 Black-necked Stork (Xenorhynchus australis). Purchased.

2 Variable Lizards (Trapelus ruderatus), Presented by E. C.

Taylor, Esq., F.Z.S. From Egypt.

6 Cuming’s Octodons ( Octodon cumingi). Born in the Menagerie.

1 Bennett’s Wallaby (Halmaturus bennettii). Born in the Me-

nagerie.

. 1 Sooty Monkey (Cercocebus fuliginosus), g. Purchased.

. 1 Australian Thicknee (dienemus grallarius). Purchased.

4 Scarlet Ibises (Ibis rubra). Presented by A. Blumenthal, Esq.

2 White-throated Seed-eaters (Crithagra albogularis), Pur-

chased.

. 1 Prince Alfred’s Deer (Cervus alfredi), $. Deposited by the

Duke of Edinburgh (v. a., p. 880).

1 Fat-tailed Sheep (Ovis aries, var.), g. Deposited by the Duke

of Edinburgh.

1 Great Eagle Owl (Bubo maximus). Deposited by the Duke

of Edinburgh.

2 Sarus Cranes (Grus antigone). Deposited by the Duke of

Edinburgh.

. 1 Greenland Seal (Phoca grenlandica), §. Purchased.

3 Bladder-nosed Seals (Cystophora cristata), 2 Sg and1?. Pur-

chased (v. a., p. 381).

1 Yellow-footed Rock-Kangaroo (Petrogale xanthopus), 9. Born

in the Menagerie.

5 Chestnut-breasted Finches (Donacola castaneothorar), Pur-

chased.

4 Australian Quails (Synacus australis), 1 Q and3 $. Purchased.

3 Laughing Kingfishers (Dacelo gigantea), Purchased.

2 Emus (Dromeus nove hollandie). Purchased.

1 Pademeleon Wallaby (Halmaturus thetidis), 3. Purchased.

. 2 Verreaux’s Guinea-fowls (Mwmida verreauvi), g and 9.

Purchased (v. a., p. 383).

7 Pin-tailed Sand-Grouse (Pterocles alchata), 2 $ and 5 9.

Purchased.

1 Siamese Pheasant (Euplocamus prelatus), 8. Purchased.

1 Canada Crane (Grus canadensis), Purchased.

2 Bernier’s Ibises (bis berniert). Purchased (v. a., p. 383).

1 Black-headed Conure (Conwrus nandaya). Purchased (v. a.,

. 383).

1 Vartie Conure (Conurus versicolor). Purchased.

2 Vinaceous Pigeons (Columba vinacea). Purchased.

1 Javan Peafowl (Pavo muticus), . Returned from the Acclim,

Soe. of Paris.

1 Red-throated Francolin (Francolinus rubricollis), Presented

by Dr. John Kirk, C.M.Z.S.

2 Brown-headed Parrots (Paocephalus fuscicapillus), Presented

by Dr. John Kirk, C.M.Z.S,

3 Half-collared Doves ee aes semitorquatus). Presented by

Dr, John Kirk, C.M.Z.S.

2 Bronze-spotted Doves (Chalcopelia afra). Presented by Dr.

John Kirk, C.M.Z.S.

. 6 Upland Geese (Chloéphaga magellanica). Hatched in the

ardens,

. 1 Redwing (Turdus iliacus), Presented by Frederick Bond,

1 Black-backed Porphyrio (Porphyrio melanotus). Presented

by A. Houlden, Esq.

898

May 9.

13.

18.

19.

. 2Tu

APPENDIX.

8 Dwarf Chameleons (Chameleon pumilus). Deposited by the

Lady Cust.

. 2 Garganey Teal ( Querquedula circia), . Purchased.

1 Common Teal ( Querquedula crecca), 9. Purchased.

. 4 Ruddy-headed Geese (Chloéphaga rubidiceps). Hatched in

the Gardens.

2 Cape Hyraces (Hyrax capensis). Purchased.

feercaieted izards (Iguana tuberculata), Presented by F.

Graham Briggs, Esq. From the Island of Nevis, W. I.

2 Graceful Ground-Doves (Geopelia cuneata). Purchased.

1 Adorned Terrapin (Emys ornata). Purchased. From Grey-

town, Nicaragua.

1 White-mouthed Mud-Terrapin (Cinosternon leucostomum).

Purchased. From Grey-town, Nicaragua.

1 Tropical Squirrel (Sewrus estuans), Purchased. From Pa-

nama.

1 Brown Capuchin Monkey (Cebus apella). Purchased.

1 Crab-eating Raccoon (Procyon cancrivorus). Purchased.

1 Guiana Partridge (Odontophorus guianensis), Purchased.

1 Keeled Boa (£picrates angulifer). Presented by Mr. J. L.

Symon.

. 1 Grey Ichneumon (Herpestes griseus). Presented by Mrs.

Brown.

. 2 Tigers (Felis tigris). Born in the Menagerie.

. | Himalayan Bear (Ursus tibetanus), d. Presented by Mrs.

Nourse.

1 Great Wallaroo Kangaroo (Macropus robustus), 3. Purchased

(v. mes 383).

1 White-footed Wolf. Presented by C. Messiter, Esq. From

the Rocky Mountains.

. 1 Himalayan Bear (Ursus tibetanus). Presented by Com. Mo-

lyneux, R.N.

1 Huia Bird (Heteralocha gouldi). Purchased (v. a., p. 383).

1 Hyacinthine Maccaw (Ara hyacinthina). Purchased.

7 Ruddy Sheldrakes ( Tadorna rutila). Hatched in the Gardens.

4 Turquoisine Parrakeets (Euphema pulchella). Purchased.

1 Black-faced Spider Monkey (Ateles ater). Presented by John

Templeton, Esq.

2 Australian Sacred Ibises (Jbis strictipennis). Purchased.

1 Ocelot (Felis pardalis). Deposited by C. F. Oxley, Esq.

. 2 Grey-headed Parrakeets (Agapornis cana). Deposited by Herr

Hagenbeck.

2 Green-winged Doves (Chalcophaps indica). Presented by Col.

G. W. Walker.

1 Bladder-nosed Seal (Cystophora cristata). Presented by Capt.

D. Herd, C.M.Z.S.

1 Tuatera Lizard (Sphenodon punctatum), Purchased (v. a.,

p. 383).

. 8 Egyptian Geese (Chenalopex egyptiaca). Hatched in the Gar-

ens,

. 1 White-backed Piping Crow (Gymnorhina leuconota). Pre-

sented by J. F. Blackmore, Esq.

1 Naked-throated Bell-bird (Chasmorhynchus nudicollis). Pur-

chased.

1 White-crested Touracou (Corythaix albo-cristata). Purchased.

7 Dufresne’s Waxbills (Estrelda dufresnii). Purchased.

1 South-African Fire-finch (£strelda rubricata). Purchased.

5 Long-tailed Weaverbirds (Chera progne). Purchased.

2 Red-shouldered Weaverbirds (Euplectes axillaris), Purchased.

May 23.

24.

25.

26,

June 1.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 899

2 Common Crowned Pigeons (Gowra coronata), 3 and Q. Pur-

chased.

2 Red-tailed Finches (Zstrelda bella). Purchased.

1 Yarrell’s Curassow (Crax carunculata), 2. Purchased.

1 Razor-billed Curassow (Pauai mitu), @. Purchased.

1 Globose Curassow (Crax globicera), 2. Purchased.

1 Sclater’s Curassow (Craz sclatert), 2. Purchased.

1 Prince Albert’s Curassow (Craw alberti), 2. Purchased.

2 Cinereous Sea-Eagles (Haliaétus albicilla). Presented by the

Hon. A. C. Littleton.

1 Spotted Ichneumon (Herpestes auropunctatus). Purchased.

3 Buff Laughing Kingfishers (Dacelo cervina). Purchased (v. a.,

. 383).

a wea Sheldrakes (Tadorna variegata). Hatched in the

Gardens.

2 Peacock Pheasants (Polyplectron chinguis). Hatched in the

Gardens.

2 Common Partridges (Perdix cinerea). Presented by Miss

Puddick.

10 Summer Ducks (Azz sponsa). Hatched in the Gardens,

2 Red-breasted Guans (Penelope pileata), Purchased.

. 1 Grey Ichneumon (Herpestes griseus). Presented by Capt.

Crozier.

. 1 Black-striped Wallaby (Halmaturus dorsalis). Presented by

G. M. Roberts, Esq.

» 1 Eyed Lizard (Lacerta ocellata). Presented by Wm. Tait, Esq.

1 Turnstone (Strepsilas interpres). Presented by Wm. Tait, Esq.

1 Whimbrel (Wumenius pheopus). Presented by Wm. Tait, Esq.

1 Common Otter (Lutra vulgaris), g. Presented by Capt.

De Winton, F.Z.S.

1 Tiger (Felis tigris), $. Presented by C. A. Goodfellow, Esq.

- 1 Markhoor (Capra megaceros), Born’in the Menagerie.

1 Ashy-black Ape (Macacus ocreatus). Purchased (2. a., p. 383).

1 Marsh-Ichneumon (Herpestes paludosus). Purchased.

2 Great Eagle Owls (Bubo maximus). Deposited by Major

Howard Irby.

1 Common Wolf (Canis dupus), $. Deposited by Major Howard

Irby.

1 Booted Eagle (Aguila pennata). Presented by Major Howard

Irby. From Spain.

2 Pike (Lsox lucius). Presented by Alfred G. Kemp, Esq., F.Z.8.

1 Slender-billed Cockatoo (Iicmetis tenuirostris), Presented by

Mrs. Taplin.

J Senegal Touracou (Corythatx persa). Purchased.

1 Marsh-Ichneumon (Herpestes paludosus). Purchased.

- 2 Common Trumpeters (Psophia crepitans). Presented by Capt.

Francis A. Ball.

1 Yellow Snake (Chilobothrus inornatus). Presented by J oseph

Smith, Esq.

- 2 Peacock Pheasants (Polyplectron chinquis). Hatched in the

Gardens.

3 Java Sparrows (Padda orizivora). Purchased.

2 Spotted-sided Finches (Amadina lathami), Purchased.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus). Deposited by F. 0,

Webb, Esq.

. 1 King Parrakeet (Aprosmictus scapulatus). Presented by Mrs.

Hughes.

1 Common Bluebird (Sialia wilsoni’). Hatched in the Gardens.

900

June 4,

10,

11.

13,

14,

15.

16.

APPENDIX.

1 Sun-bird (Eurypyga helias). Hatched in the Gardens.

1 Domestic Goat (Capra hircus). Born in the Menagerie.

1 Common Heron (Ardea cinerea). Presented by Capt. Salvin.

1 Martinique Water-hen (Porphyrio martinicus). Purchased.

1 Common Rhea (Rhea americana). Purchased.

1 Tuberculated Lizard (Iguana tuberculata). Purchased.

1 Banded Woodpecker (Centurus tricolor). Purchased.

6 Short-nosed Sea-horses (Hippocampus brevirostris). Received

in exchange.

15 Alpine Newts (Triton alpestris). Purchased.

25 Marbled Newts (Triton marmoratus). Purchased.

1 Bimaculated Sucker (Lepidogaster bimaculatus). Purchased.

1 Blessbok Antelope (Damalis albifrons). Deposited by E. O.

Blake, Esq.

1 Solitary Thrush (Petrocincla cyanea). Deposited by Miss

Forbes.

1 Occipital Lizard (Cyclodus occipitalis). Presented by the

Director of the Botanic Gardens, Adelaide. From South

Australia.

2 Australian Sacred Ibises (Zbis strictipennis). Presented by the

Director of the Botanic Gardens, Adelaide. From South

Australia (v. a., p. 663).

2 Black and White Geese (Anseranas melanoleuca). Presented

by the Director of the Botanic Gardens, Adelaide. From

South Australia.

1 Raven (Corvus corax). Presented by the Rev. J. H. Gosset.

1 Lanner Falcon (Falco lanarius). Deposited by J. H. Gurney,

Esq., jun., F.Z.8.

3 Hybrid Foxes (between C. argentata g and C. vulpes 2). Born

in the Menagerie.

1 Nicobar Pigeon (Calenas nicobarica). Hatched in the Gardens.

1 Leonine Monkey (Macacus leoninus), g. Purchased (v. a,

. 663).

1 Philantomba Antelope (Cephalophus mazxwellit), Presented

by John Reeves, Esq., F.Z.8.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), Q. Presented by

John Reeves, Esq., F.Z.8.

1 Maned Goose (Bernicla jubata). Purchased.

1 Chestnut-breasted Duck (Anas punctata). Purchased.

1 White Goshawk (Astur nove hollandie). Purchased.

1 Short-eared Phalanger (Phalangista canina). Purchased.

1 Red Kangaroo (Macropus rufus). Purchased.

1 Lacertine Snake (Celopeltis lacertina), Purchased.

1 Viperine Snake (Tropidonotus viperinus). Purchased.

2 Horseshoe Snakes (Zamenis hippocrepis). Purchased.

1 Hooded Snake (Coronella cucullata). Purchased.

2 Ocellated Sand-Skinks (Seps ocellatus). Purchased.

3 Greenish Sand-Skinks (Seps viridanus), Purchased.

1 Fan-footed Gecko (Ptyodactylus gecko). Purchased.

3 Aldrovand’s Lizards (Plestiodon auratum). Purchased.

1 Jelerang Squirrel (Sciurus bicolor). Purchased.

3 Horned Lizards: (Phrynosoma cornutum). Presented by the

Rey. L. Glynn. From Indianola, Texas.

2 Mulita Armadillos (Dasypus hybridus). Presented by Mrs.

Mackinlay.

1 Lunulated Monkey (Cercocebus lunulatus). Presented by F.

Van Zeller, Esq.

5 North-African Jackals (Canis anthus). Born in the Gardens,

4 Black-breasted Peewits (Sarciophorus pectoralis). Purchased.

June 16.

18.

20.

21.

23.

27.

28.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 901

2 Common Chameleons (Chameleon vulgaris). Purchased.

1 Squirrel Monkey (Callithrix sciureus), Presented by C. W.

Newall, Esq.

. 1 Black-faced Kangaroo (Macropus melanops). Born in the

Menagerie.

5 Barred-tailed Pheasants (Phasianus reevesii), Hatched in the

Gardens.

2 Purple Kaleeges (Euplocamus horsfieldii). Watched in the

Gardens.

3 Black-backed Kaleeges (Zuplocamus melanotus). Hatched in

the Gardens,

1 Yellow-billed Duck (Anas xanthorhyncha). Watched in the

Gardens.

1 Grey Ichneumon (Herpestes griseus), 9. Purchased.

1 Yellow-footed Rock-Kangaroo (Petrogale xanthopus). Born

in the Menagerie.

1 Teguexin Lizard (Tetus teguevin). Purchased.

1 Common Bluebird (Sialia wilsonii). Hatched in the Gardens.

1 Red Ground-Dove (Geotrygon montana). Watched in the

Gardens.

5 Forster’s Milvagos (Milvago australis). Purchased. From

the Falkland Islands.

1 Forster’s Milvago (Milvago australis). Pyesented by Capt.

Macey. From the Falkland Islands.

1 Indian Crow (Corvus splendens).~ Purchased.

2 Water-Ouzels (Cinclus agquaticus). Presented by George

Taylor, Esq.

1 Turquoisine Parrakeet (Euphema pulchella). Received in ex-

change.

. 1 Cape Buffalo (Bubalus caffer), ¢. Purchased.

1 Eland (Oreas canna), 2. Deposited by E. O. Blake, Esq.

2 White-tailed Guus (Catoblepas gnu), $. Deposited by E, O.

Blake, Esq.

8 Wigeon (J/areca penelope). Watched in the Gardens.

4 Hybrid Ducks, Hatched in the Gardens.

. 2 Jerboas (Dipus egyptius), 8 and 2. Received in exchange.

1 King Vulture (Gyparchus papa). Purchased.

1 Manx Cat (Felis domestica, var.). Presented by W. H. All-

chin, Esq.

4 Banded Grass-Finches (Poéphila cincta), $ and 2. Received

in exchange.

1 South-American Rat-Snake (Spilotes variabilis). Purchased.

1 White-fronted Guan (Penelope jacucaca). Purchased.

1 Rufous-vented Guan (Penelope boliviana). Purchased.

1 Tiger (Felis tigris), $. Presented by Major Chaffey (5th

Roy. I. Lancers) and Capt. Daniell and Officers of 102nd

Fusiliers.

1 Wood-Owl (Syrniwm aluco). Presented by Thos. Collbran, Esq.

1 Water-Chevrotain (Hyomoschus aquaticus). Purchased.

2 Wigeon (Mareca penelope), and 9. Presented by Wm.

Lawson, Esq.

2 Herring-Gulls (Larus argentatus). Presented by Wm. Lawson,

Ksq.

2 Analects Ducks (Ax galericulata). Bred in the Gardens.

2 Undulated Grass-Parrakeets (Melopsittacus undulatus). Bred

in the Gardens. ‘

2 Peacock Pheasants (Polyplectron chinguis). Bred in the Gar-

dens.

902

June 29.

July 2,

APPENDIX.

1 Guinea Baboon (Cynocephalus papio), 2. Presented by P. D.

Hadow, Esq.

2 Angolan Vultures (Gypohierar angolensis). Purchased.

2 White-eyebrowed Wood-Swallows (Artamus superciliosus).

Hatched in the Gardens.

2 Common Paradoxures (Paradoxurus typus), Presented by

P. C. Lovett, Esq.

20 Spotted Salamanders (Salamandra maculosa). Purchased.

. 2 Stock Doves (Columba enas), Purchased.

. 1 Schlegel’s Dove (Peristera puella). Presented by Capt. Butler.

1 Hybrid Cat, ¢. Presented by S. E. B. Pusey, Esq., F.Z.8.

. 1 Sooty Monkey (Cercocebus fuliginosus), $. Purchased.

1 Bahama Duck (Pecilonetta bahamensis). Hatched in the

Gardens.

2 Trumpeter Swans (Cygnus buccinator). Hatched in the Gar-

dens (v. a., p. 664).

2 Coypus (Myopotamus coypu). Purchased.

3 Patagonian Cavies (Dolichotis patachonica). Purchased.

83 Chinchillas (Chinchilla lanigera),1 ¢ and 292. Purchased.

2 Chilian Skunks (Mephitis chilensis), $ and 2. Purchased

(v. a., p. 665).

2 Chilian Jackals (Canis magellanicus), § and 2. Purchased

(v. a., p. 665).

1 Annulated Tortoise (Geoclemmys annulata). Purchased (v. a.,

. 667).

1 Leander ( Testudo elephantopus). Purchased (v, a., p. 667).

2 Argentine Tortoises (Testudo chilensis), Purchased (v. a,

. 667).

3 Patagetien Conures (Conwrus cyanolyseos). Purchased.

1 Slight-billed Parrakeet (Henicoynathus leptorhynchus). Pur-

chased.

1 Condor Vulture (Sarcorhamphus gryphus), 8. Purchased

(v. a, p. 665).

3 Burmeister’s Cariamas (Chunga burmeistert). Purchased (v. a.,

3 rt ore Ibises (bis melanopis). Purchased.

8 Black-winged Doves (Metriopelia melanoptera). Purchased.

6 Spotted Doves (Columba maculosa). Purchased.

5 Zenaida Doves (Zenaida auriculata). Purchased.

3 Cayenne Lapwings ( Vanellus cayennensis). Purchased.

6 Rosy-billed Ducks (Metopiana peposaca), 3 6 and 39. Pur-

chased (v. @., p. 666).

8 Chilian Ducks (Defila spinicauda), Purchased (v. a., p. 666).

6 Chiloe Wigeon (Mareca chiloensis), 3 3 and3 9. Purchased

(v. a., p. 667),

2 Chilian “oni (Cygnus coscoroba). Purchased (v. a., p. 666).

4 Black-necked Swans (Cygnus nigricollis), Gand 2. Purchased

(v. a., p. 666).

. 1 Coati (Nasua nasica), 2. Presented by Mr. J. Taylor.

1 Barred-tailed Pheasant (Phastanus reevesit), Hatched in the

Gardens.

83 Japanese Pheasants (Phasianus versicolor). Tatched in the

yardens.

1 African Leopard (Felis varia), $. Presented by IF. H. Oliver,

sq.

1 Naked-throated Bell-bird (Chasmorhynchus nudicollis), 3.

Received in exchange.

July 8.

. 5 Shovellers (Spatula clypeata). Watched in the Gardens.

. 1 Indian Cobra (Nata tripudians). Purchased.

18.

19.

23.

27.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 903

3 Chestnut-backed Weaverbirds (Hyphantornis castaneofuscus).

Purchased.

1 Common Otter (Lutra vulgaris). Presented by Viscount Hill,

FE.Z8.

. 7 Variegated Sheldrakes (Tadorna variegata). Watched in the

Gardens.

1 Common Quail ( Coturnix communis). Deposited by Mrs. Todd.

1 Moorish Magpie (Pica mauritanica). Presented by A. E. Guest,

Esq.

2 Varied Turnix (Hemipodius varius), and 9. Purchased.

. 1 Variegated Spider Monkey (dfeles variegatus), 9. Presented

by the Hon. A. H. Gordon, C.M.Z.S, From the Upper Caura

River, Venezuela (v. a., p. 668).

. 1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina), 8. Presented by

W. L. Crowther, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Black and Yellow Cyclodus ( Cyclodus nigro-luteus). Presented

by W. L. Crowther, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Persian Deer (Cervus maral), . Born in the Menagerie.

1 oh ate, 608 Hornbill (Buceros subcylindricus). Purchased

v. a., p. 668).

1 MSA RES MMdechp (Cercopithecus cephus), 6. Presented by

Major-Gen. Gambier.

1 Black and White Blind Snake (TZyphlops nigro-albus). Pur-

chased (v. a., p. 668).

1 West-African Python (Python sebe). Deposited by Mr. Sanger.

. 1 Bateleur Eagle (Helotarsus ecaudatus). Purchased.

1 Common Adder (Pelias berus). Presented by Capt. Bryan

Cooke.

1 Roan Kangaroo (Macropus erubescens), §. Purchased (v. a.,

. 1 Common Kestrel (Tinnunculus alaudarius), 8. Presented by

Mrs. Goodman.

. 1 Rattlesnake (Crotalus durissus). Presented by T.S. Townsend,

sq.

a ee Fox (Canis vulpes), 9. Presented by Ingram Chap-

man, Esq.

1 Blue-hended Pigeon (Starnenas cyanocephala). Hatched in

the Gardens.

1 Black-headed Lemur (Lemur melanocephalus), 9. Purchased.

1 Common Wombat (Phascolomys wombat), 3. Purchased.

2 Angola Vultures (Gypohierax angolensis). Purchased.

. 1 Deep-nosed Pipetish (Syngnathus typhle). Presented by Mr.

Penny.

3 Fifteen-spined Sticklebacks (Gasterosteus spinachia). Pre-

sented by Mr. Penny.

1 Parasitic Anemone (Actinia parasitica). Presented by Mr.

Penny.

1 Common Genet (Geneta vulgaris), ¢. Presented by Capt.

W. B. Drinan.

1 Red and Yellow Macaw (Ara chloroptera). Deposited by

Mr. Jerber.

1 Water-Chevrotain (Hyomoschus aquaticus). Purchased.

3 Jerboas (Dipus egyptius). Presented by Capt. Weeks.

1 Japanese Deer (Cervus sika). Born in the Menagerie.

1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus radiatus), . Presented by G. I.

Herring, Esq.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1870, No. LX.

904

July 27.

28.

30,

Aug, 1.

10.

APPENDIX.

1 Weasel (Mustela vulgaris). Presented by Capt. Salvin.

1 Hawk’s-billed Turtle (Caretta imbricata), Presented by Mr.

T. J. Quelch.

1 Common Boa (Boa constrictor). Presented by Mr. J. L.

Symon.

1 Ocelot (Felis pardalis), 2. Purchased.

1 Prince Albert’s Curassow (Craw alberti), 2. Purchased.

2 Globose Curassows (Crax globicera), G and Q. Purchased.

2 Galeated Curassows (Pazaz galeata). Purchased (v. a., p. 668).

2 Banded Toucans (Pteroglossus torquatus). Purchased. From

Panama.

1 Lemurine Douroucouli (Nyctipithecus lemurinus). Purchased.

29. 1 Blunt-nosed Lemur (Hapalemur simus). Purchased (v. a.,

p. 668).

2 White-fronted Lemurs (Lemur albifrons), ¢ and 9. Pur-

chased.

3 Giraffes (Camelopardus giraffa), 3. Deposited by Mr. Rice.

1 Athiopian Ant-Bear (Orycteropus ethiopicus), ¢. Purchased.

From Upper Nubia (7. a., p. 668).

1 Marimonda Spider Monkey (Ateles belzebuth), 9. Purchased.

1 Burchell’s Zebra (Equus burchellii), 3. Bornin the Menagerie.

1 Bare-faced Fruit-Pigeon (Treron calva). Purchased.

1 Variegated Sheldrake (Zadorna variegata). Hatched in the

Gardens.

1 Tiger Bittern (Tigrisoma brasiliense), Presented by Capt.

hf A. Perry.

2 cmt Monkeys (Hapale edipus). Deposited by Mr. J. L.

mon.

1 Pinche Monkey (Hapale edipus). Received in exchange.

1 Common Kestrel (Zinnunculus alaudarius), Presented by D.

M‘Donnell, Esq.

1 Greater Spotted Woodpecker (Picus major). Purchased.

4 South-African Partridges (Francolinus afer). Purchased.

3 White-winged Whydah-birds ( Vidua albonotata). Purchased.

1 Two-spotted Paradoxure (Nandinia binotata). Purchased.

2 Quebee Marmots (Arctomys empetra), 6 and 2. Purchased.

. 1 Pluto Monkey (Cercopithecus pluto), 3. Purchased (wv. a.,

. 670).

1 Blown Capuchin Monkey (Cebus apella), 9. Presented by

J. D. Gibb, Esq.

1 Guinea Baboon (Cynocephalus papio). Presented by Mrs.

Smethurst.

1 Caracal (Felis caracal), Presented by Kirby Green, Esq.

1 Andalusian Hemipode (Hemipodus tachydromus), Presented

by Kirby Green, Esq.

4 aay Pigeons (Columba corensis). Deposited by G. G. Browne,

sq.

1 Zenaida Pigeon (Zenaida amabilis). Deposited by G. G.

Browne, Esq.

. 1 Green Monkey (Cercopithecus callitrichus). Presented by C.

Allan, Esq.

. 4 Gold Carp (Cyprinus auratus), Presented by E. P. Williams,

sq.

2 Prussian Carp (Cyprinus gibelis). Presented by E. P. Williams,

sq.

2 Serboas (Dipus egyptius), Presented by Rev. J. Climenson,

E.Z.8.

Aug. 10

13,

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 905

. 1 Hawk-headed Parrot (Deroptyus accipitrinus). Presented by

J. G. Sawkins, Esq.

6 Chameleons (Chameleon vulgaris). Purchased.

4 Pantherine Toads (Bufo pantherinus). Purchased.

4 Passerine Owls (Athene passerina). Purchased.

. 3 Cuming’s Octodons (Octodon cumingii). Born in the Mena-

gerie.

1 Bennett’s Gazelle ( Gazella bennetiii). Presented by H. Holmes,

sq.

. 2 White-mouthed Box-Terrapins (Cinosternon leucostomum).

Purchased. From the Laguna de Terminos, Yucatan.

1 Adorned Mud-Tortoise (Zmys ornata). Purchased. From

Laguna de Terminos, Yucatan.

1 Mexican Tortoise (Dermatemys abnormis). Purchased. From

the Laguna de Terminos, Yucatan.

1 Mexican Porcupine (Cercolabes mexicanus). Presented by

Capt. J. C. Hobbs.

2 Barred-tailed Pheasants (Phasianus reevesii). Deposited by

J. Stone, Esq., F.Z.S.

2 Amherst’s Pheasants (Zhawmalea amherstie). Deposited by

J. Stone, Hsq., I°.Z.8.

2 Elegant Pheasants (Phasianus elegans). Deposited by J.

Stone, Esq., F.Z.S. (v. @., p. 670).

10 Pallas’s Sand-Grouse (Syrrhaptes paradoxus). Presented by

Lieut.-Col. C. Napier Sturt, M.P., F.Z.5S.

3 Roseate Spoonbills (Platalea ajaja), Purchased (w. a., p. 670).

1 Crested Guan (Penelope cristata). Purchased.

1 Caspian Emys (Emmys easpica). Presented by Heathcote Long,

14, 4 Egyptian Mastigures (Uromastix spinipes). Received in ex—

change.

3 Egyptian Sand-Lizards (Psammosaurus griseus). Received in

exchange.

15. 2 Temminck’s Tragopans (Certornis temminckii), 8. Deposited

16.

18.

by Robert Swinhoe, Esq., F.Z.S.

6 Amherst’s Pheasants (Thaumalea amherstie), 4 g and 2 9.

Deposited by Robert Swinhoe, Esq., F.Z.8.

6 Barred-tailed Pheasants (Phastanus reevesit). Deposited by

Robert Swinhoe, Esq., F.Z.8.

3 Pucras Pheasants (Puerasia macrolopha),1 3 and2 9. De-

posited by Robert Swinhoe, Esq., F.Z.8.

2 Lions (Felis leo), ¢ and Q. Presented by G. W. Duff

Assheton Smith, Esq.

1 Viverrine Cat (Felis viverrina), 2. Presented by G. W. Dulf

Assheton Smith, Esq.

1 Dingo (Canis dingo), §. Presented by G. W. Duff Assheton

Smith, Esq.

1 Black Bear (Ursus americanus), 2. Presented by G. W.

Duff Assheton Smith, Esq.

1 Horseshoe Snake (Zamenis hippocrepis). Purchased.

2 Clifford’s Snakes (Zamenis cliffordii). Purchased.

1 Dark-green Snake (Zamenis atrovirens). Purchased.

2 Shielded Eryx (Eryx thebaicus). Purchased.

1 Green Monkey (Cercopithecus callitrichus), 8. Presented by

W. K. Taunton, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Kingfisher (Alcedo ispida). Presented by E. H. Reynard, Esq. .

1 Golden Eagle (Aguila chrysaétos). Deposited by Lieut. W.

H. J. Logan Home, R.E.

906

Aug. 18.

19.

20.

21.

23,

24,

26.

27.

Sept. 1.

11.

15.

14.

APPENDIX.

2 Green Monkeys (Cercopithecus callitrichus), 3. Presented by

Graham Briggs, Esq. From the Island of Nevis, W. I.

2 Tuberculated Lizards (Iguana tuberculata). Presented by

Graham Briggs, Esq. From the Island of Nevis, W. I.

1 Hen Harrier ( Circus cyaneus). Presented by Major Stapylton.

1 African Leopard (Felis varia), Q. Presented by F. E. Thomp-

son, Esq., R.N.

1 Common Adder (Pelias berus). Presented by A. H. Matthews,

Esq.

if Gincsfal Ground-Dove (Geopelia euneata). Tatched in the

Gardens.

1 Red Ground-Dove (Geotrygon montana). Hatched in the

Gardens.

1 European Bearded Vulture (Gypaétus barbatus). Purchased.

From Spain.

1 Ganga Cockatoo (Callocephalon galeatum). Purchased.

1J 7 cae glandarius). Presented by F. H. T. Streatfield,

sq.) F.Z.S.

1 Jackdaw (Corvus monedula). Presented by F. H. T. Streat-

field, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Barred-tailed Godwit (Limosa lapponica). Presented by H. M.

Upcher, Esq., F.Z.S.

2 Kappler’s Armadillos (Dasypus kappleri). Purchased.

1 Eroded Kinixys (Kinixys erosa). Purchased.

8 Blue-shouldered Tanagers (Tanagra cyanoptera). Purchased.

. 1 Common Cuckoo (Cuculus canorus). Presented by Dr. Salter,

F.Z.8.

4 White Fruit-Pigeons (Carpophaga bicolor). Purchased.

8 White-cheeked Rails (Gallinula javanica). Deposited.

1 Jambu Pigeon (Ptilonopus jambu). Deposited.

. 1 Maholi Galago (Galago maholi). Presented by Dr. Aldridge.

2 Common Cormorants (Phalacrocorax carbo). Deposited by

Capt. Salvin.

1 Senegal River-Tortoise ( Cyclanosteus senegalensis). Purchased.

1 Derbian Sternothere (Sternotherus derbianus). Purchased.

4 Crocodiles (Crocodilus, sp.?). Purchased.

1 Red-necked Bustard (Eupodotis rzficollis). Purchased (v. a,

p. 670).

. 2 Egyptian Mastigures (Uromastix spinipes). Received in ex-

change.

. 1 Leucoryx (Oryz leucoryr), 2. Purchased.

2 Dorsal Squirrels (Sciwrus dorsalis), 2. Purchased (v. a.,

p- 670).

.2Gannets (Sula bassana). Presented by W. H. Scratten,

sq.

1 Roseate Cockatoo (Cacatua roseicapilla). Presented by W.

Stuttle, Esq.

. 2 Sloth Bears (Melursus labiatus), § and 9. Presented by Capt.

J. C. Hicks.

1 Rhesus Monkey (Macaecus erythreus), 8. Presented by W.

Heath, Esq.

1 Common Adder (Peltas berus). Presented by E. Aldis, Esq.

1 Arabian Baboon (Cynocephalus hamadryas), 8. Presented by

the Non-commissioned Officers and Sappers of the llth

Conipany Royal Engineers.

1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus radiatus), Q. Presented by 8. T.

Holland, Esq.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 907

Sept.15, 1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina), §. Presented by

Oct.

WG.

20.

21.

22.

26.

30.

Lieut. Daly.

2 Yellow-rumped Caciques (Cacicus persicus). Purchased.

1 Blue-bearded Jay (Cyanocorax cyanopogon). Purchased.

1 Teguexin Lizard (Tetus teguerin). Purchased.

1 Tuberculated Lizard (Iguana tuberculata). Purchased.

1 Red-crested Cardinal (Paroaria cucullata). Presented by Mrs.

Mackinlay.

2 Marmoset Monkeys (Hapale jacchus). Presented by Mrs.

Mackinlay.

1 Virginian Eagle Owl (Bubo virginianus). Presented by Dr.

Palin.

1 Collared Peccary (Dicotyles tajacu). Presented by Mrs. Guy.

1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandii), 2. Presented by

Robert Aytoun, Esq.

1 Ground-Parrot (Strigops habroptilus). Deposited.

5 American White-winged Crossbills (Loxia leucoptera), Pur-

chased.

1 Crested Pigeon (Ocyphaps lophotes). Hatched in the Gardens,

1 Yellow Wagtail (Motacilla flava). Purchased.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), $. Presented by

Savill Smith, Esq.

1 Marmoset Monkey (Hapale jacchus), 8. Presented by Gen.

Sir B. T. Phillips, K.C.B., F.Z.S.

1 Black-eared Marmoset (Hapale penicillata), 2. Presented by

Gen. Sir B. T. Phillips, K.C.B., F.Z.S.

1 Bare-faced Fruit-Pigeon (Treron calva). Presented by Gen.

Sir B. T. Phillips, K.C.B., F.Z.S.

1 Common Kingfisher (Alcedo ispida). Purchased.

3 Undulated Grass-Parrakeets (Melopsittacus undulatus), Hatched

in the Gardens.

. 1 Common Barn-Owl (Strix flammea). Presented by Mrs. Ferret.

1 Hawk’s-billed Turtle (Caretta imbricata). Presented by R.

Bellamy, Esq.

1 Smaller Grackle (Gracula religiosa). Presented by J. Ri-

chardson, Esq.

. 2 Red and Blue Macaws (Ara macao). Presented by James

Wright, Esq. From Tucacas, Venezuela.

2 Daubenton’s Curassows (Crax daubentoni), g and 9. Pre-

sented by James Wright, Esq. From Tucacas, Venezuela

(2. a, eae

1 Ground-Hornbill (Buceros abyssinicus), $. Received in ex-

change.

1 Sooty Monkey (Cercocebus fuliginosus). Presented by General

Osborne.

. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus erythreus), 8. Presented by Ar-

thur Rood, Esq.

. 6 Sand-Lizards (Lacerta agilis). Presented by T. Coleman, Esq.

4 Spotted Salamanders (Salamandra maculosa). Presented by

T, Coleman, Esq.

4 Edible Frogs (Zana esculenta). Presented by T. Coleman, Esq.

. 1 Anubis Baboon (Cynocephalus anubis), 8. Presented by M.

Olivier.

1 Pig-tailed Monkey (Macacus nemestrinus), 9. Presented by

M. Olivier.

. 2 Red-tailed Guans ( Ortalida ruficauda), Presented by the Hon.

W. J. Buhét, M.D., M.R.C.S. From Tobago (v. a., p. 796).

APPENDIX.

4, 1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina). Born in the Mena-

erie.

5. 5 Speckled Terrapins (Clemmys guttata). Presented by J. H.

Thompson, Esq.

1 Painted Terrapin (Clemmys picta). Presented by J. H.

Thompson, Esq.

3 North-American Box-Tortoises (Terrapene carinata). Pre-

sented by J. H. Thompson, Esq.

1 Alligator Terrapin (Chelydra serpentina). Presented by J. H.

Thompson, Esq.

6. 1 Common Kingfisher (Alcedo ispida). Presented by E. I.

Reynard, Esq.

8. 1 Australian Thicknee (Gdicnemus grallarius). Presented by

Joshua Duke, Esq.

10, 1 Sun-bird (Lurypyga helias). Deposited by Miss Attwood.

2 Scarlet Ibises (iis rubra). Deposited by Miss Attwood.

1 Geoffroy’s Cat (Felis geoffroyii), ¢. Purchased. From Pa-

raguay (v. a., p. 796).

11. 1 Common Badger (Meles taxus), d. Presented by J. B. Green,

Esq.

2Common Chameleons (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by

F. M. Hayward, Esq.

14, 1 Black-handed Spider Monkey (Ateles melanochir), g. Pur-

chased (v. a., p. 797).

1 Brilliant Spider Monkey (Ateles ornatus), g¢. Purchased

(v. a, p. 797).

1 Golden Agouti (Dasyprocta aguti), Purchased.

1 Cape-Buffalo (Bubalus caffer), 2. Received in exchange.

15. 2 Blaubocks (Cephalophus pygmeus), 3. Presented by Dr. John

Kirk, C.M.Z.S. From Zanzibar.

2 Argus Pheasants (Argus giganteus), g and 9. Deposited by

Messrs. Smith, Fleming, and Co.

17. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), ¢. Deposited by

Miss Montgomery, F.Z.S.

18. 1 Carpet-Snake (Morelia spilotes), Presented by T. H. Vasey,

Esq.

1 Meivet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandii), §. Deposited by

C. P. Serocold, Esq., F'.Z.S.

1 Black Bear (Ursus americanus), 3. Presented by Col. Camp-

bell and Officers of the 100th Regiment.

19. 1 Common Barn-Owl (Striv flammea). Deposited by Lucius

Fitzgerald, Esq.

1 Common Heron (Ardea cinerea). Presented by A. Yates, Esq.

1 Pigeon-Hawk (Hypotriorchis columbarius). Presented by

Capt. David Herd, C.M.Z.S.

23. 1 Syrian Fennec (Canis famelicus), 3. Presented by Mrs. Rochat.

25, 1 Peregrine Falcon (Falco peregrinus). Presented by W. D.

Dugdale, Esq.

1 European Tortoise (Testudo greca). Deposited.

2 Caspian Emys (Emys caspica). Deposited.

1 Derbian Sternothere (Sternotherus derbianus). Received in

exchange.

1 Le Conte’s Rattlesnake (Crotalus lecontii). Received in ex-

change.

26. 1 Spotted Cavy (Celogenys paca). Purchased.

1 Coati (Nasua nasica). Presented by Stanley Lucas, Esq.

1 Yellow-footed Rock-Kangaroo (Petrogale xanthopus), 2. Born

in the Menagerie.

Oct. 26

D7,

22.

28,

29.

30.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 909

1 Prince Albert’s Curassow (Crax alberti), 8. Deposited by

the Zoological Society of Amsterdam.

1 be Goose (Chloéphaga magellanica), 9. Received in ex-

change,

1 Common Barn-Owl (Strix flammea). Presented by E. Jones,

Esq.

1 Egyptian Ichneumon (Herpestes ichneumon), g. Presented

by R. P. Carrington, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Cape Crowned Crane (Balearica regulorum). Presented by

H. S. Mackenzie, Esq.

1 ees Owl (Scops senegalensis), Presented by the Rev. W. E.

elson.

. 1 Grey Francolin (white var.) (Francolinus ponticerianus). Pre-

sented by Capt. M. Fitzgerald. From Bangalore, India.

1 Coati (brown var.) (Nasua nasica). Presented by Lieut. James

Le Heane, R.N. From Acapulco, west coast of America.

. 1 Moustache-Monkey (Cercopithecus cephus), 3. Presented by

Mr. F. Barnett.

1 Patas Monkey (Cercopithecus ruber), 2. Deposited by H.

Burmester, Esq.

1 Antarctic Wolf (Canis antarcticus), Q. Presented by H.

Byng, Esq. From the Falkland Islands (v. a., p. 797).

1 Javan Chevrotain (Tragulus javanicus). Born in the Mena-

erie.

. 1 Grey Parrot (Psittacus erithacus). Received in exchange.

6 Mandarin Ducks (Aix galericulata), Received in exchange.

. 1 Red-sided Green Lory (Eelectus polychlorus). Deposited by

Mrs. Arscott.

1 Common Buzzard (Buteo vulgaris). Presented by W. Jones,

sq.

. 1 Water-Rail (Rallus aquaticus). Presented by C. Chignall,

Esq. Captured at sea.

. 2 Malabar Squirrels (Sciwrus purpureus). Presented by G. S.

Rodon, Esq. From Malabar.

1 Wanderoo Monkey (Macacus silenus). Presented by J. W.

Busteed, Esq.

1 Proteus (Proteus anguinus). Presented by T. Threlfall, Esq.

From the Cave of Adelsberg.

. 2 Bennett’s Wallabies (Halmaturus bennettir). Presented by

Jas. Campbell, Esq.

1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandii), §. Presented by

John Bruce, Esq. From Eastern Africa.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), ¢. Deposited by

Dr. Douglas.

2 Barred-tailed Pheasants (Phasianus reevesit), ¢ and 2. De-

posited by R. Swinhoe, Esq., F.Z.5, d

1 Derbian Wallaby (Halmaturus derbianus), 2. Deposited by

F. S. Blunt, Esq.

1 Grey Ichneumon (Herpestes griseus), 2. Presented by Capt.

C. Rooke.

1 Bengalese Ichneumon (Herpestes malaccensis), Presented by

Capt. C. Rooke.

1 Chaema Baboon (Cynocephalus porcarius). Presented by W.

F. Harold, Esq. : ;

1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandix), 2. Deposited by Sir

A. K. Macdonald.

APPENDIX.

2. 2 Gray’s Jerboa Kangaroos (Bettongia grayi). Deposited.

1 Upland Goose (Chloéphaga magellanica), $. Presented by

H. W. Peek, Esq., M.P., F.Z.S.

1 Green Monkey (Cercopithecus callitrichus), 2. Deposited.

5. 1 Great American Egret (Egretta leuce). Purchased.

1 Dingo (Canis dingo), ¢. Presented by C. H. Wigram, Esq.

1 Yellow-winged Conure (Conurus virescens), Presented by

Mrs. Grant Duff.

3 Maugé’s Dasyures (Dasyurus mauget),1 g and 29. Pre-

sented by Capt. Thacker.

6. 1 Garden Tree-Boa (Corallus hortulanus). Purchased.

1 Say’s Snake (Coronella sayz). Purchased.

1 Three-toed Amphiuma (Amphiuma tridactylum), Purchased

(v. P. Z. S. 1871, p. 36).

1 Bateleur Eagle (Helotarsus ecaudatus). Deposited by T. G. H.

Price, Esq.

8. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by

Capt. G. F. Parsons.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by

Capt. J. W. Sherwood.

10. 1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandix), g. Presented by

Rd. Jeffs, jun., Esq.

13. 1 Cinereous Sea-Eagle (Haliaétus albicilla). Presented by Earl

De Grey and Ripon, K.C.B.

1 Praslin Parrakeet (Coracopsis barklyi). Received in exchange

(v. P. Z. 8. 1871, p. 36).

14, 2 Common Wild Ducks (Anas boschas), § and 9. Deposited.

1 Peregrine Falcon (Falco peregrinus). Presented by James

Weller, Esq.

15. 7 Siskins (Fringilla spinus). Purchased.

1 Mountain-Finch (Fringilla montifringilla). Purchased.

16. 1 Brazilian Tortoise (Testudo tabulata). Purchased.

3 Long-tailed Box-Tortoises ( Cinosternon longicaudatum). Pur-

chased.

1 One-bearded Podocnemis (Podocnemis unijilis). Purchased.

From Purus, Upper Amazon.

1 Expanded Podocnemis (Podocnemis expansa). Purchased.

From the Lower Amazon.

17. 1 Erxleben’s Monkey (Cercopithecus erxlebenr). Purchased (v.

P. Z. 8. 1871, p. 36).

1 Pluto Monkey (Cercopithecus pluto). Purchased (v. P. Z.S.

1871, p. 36).

1 Malbrouk Monkey (Cercopithecus cynosurus). Purchased.

20. 1 Virginian Eagle Owl (Bubo virginianus). Deposited.

1 Piping Guan (Pipile cumanensis). Purchased. From the Rio

assiquiare (v. P. Z. S. 1871, p. 36).

21. 1 Red Kangaroo (Macropus ru,us). Born in the Menagerie.

23. 2 North-American Tortoises (Testudo polyphemus). Purchased.

2 Wrinkled Terrapins (Emys rugosa). Purchased.

4 American Box-Tortoises (Terrapene carinata). Purchased.

2 Blue-beaked Grossbeaks (Spermospiza hematina), g and 9.

Purchased.

28. 1 Azara’s Opossum (Didelphys azare). Purchased.

29. 1 Striped Hyena (Hyena striata). Presented by Dr. Waghorn.

From Arabia.

Abrornis

albogularis, 132.

castaneiceps, 132.

fulvifacies, 132.

Aburria

carunculata, 507, 530,

531, 542, 548.

Acanthocheilonema

dracunculoides, 10, 52.

Acanthodon

petitit, 107.

Acanthurus

annularis, 688.

ctenodon, 688.

lineatus, 677, 688.

triostequs, 688.

Acanthylis

brachyura, 329, 558.

cinereicauda, 329, 330.

oxyura, 330.

poliurus, 558.

Accentor

alpinus, 125, 447.

altaicus, 125.

erythropygius, 124,

447

montanellus, 125.

nipalensis, 124, 125.

Accipiter

bicolor, 215, 782, 838.

fuscus, 216.

nisus, 445.

palumbarius, 448.

stevensoni, 600.

ventralis, 782, 788.

Acestura

heliodori, 782.

Acestrura

heliodori, 804.

mulsanti, 804.

Acipenser

sturio, 847.

Acreea

andromacha, 777.

INDEX.

Acridotheres

philippensis, 446.

Acronotus

lunatus, 80.

Actinopus

tarsalis, 103.

Actitis

hypoleucus, 588.

macularius, 588.

Actiturus

bartramius, 783.

Adelomyia

maculata, 803.

Aédon

pena, 142, 143.

AXgialites

cantianus, 138, 1389.

curonicus, 137.

dealbatus, 138, 139.

geoffroyt, 136, 141, 428,

hartingi, 136, 430.

hiaticula, 137.

intermedius, 137.

minor, 1387, 139,

minutus, 188.

mongolus, 140, 141,

428.

niveifrons, 139.

nivosa, 139.

perronit, 139,

semipalmata, 323,

tricollaris, 136, 137.

veredus, 141.

vociferus, 186, 187,

219, 838.

AEgithalus

consobrinus, 133.

pendulinus, 133.

ALgocerus

equinus, 475.

/®lurus

fulgens, 752, 769, 771.

Aétobatis

narinart, TOA.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1870, No. LXI.

Aganus

violaceus, 558.

viridis, 559.

Agapornis

roseicollis, 146.

Alauda

leucoptera, 53.

mongolica, 428,

sibirica, 52, 53.

Alcedo

capensis, 65, 66, 69.

ispida,280,281,282,283.

javana, 65.

javanica, 64.

leucocephala, 64, 65.

melanoryncha, 62.

vintsioides, 398.

Alces

americana, 460.

Alosa

Jinta, 847.

Alyczeus

globosus, 794.

Amathina

trigona, 251.

Amaurospiza

cerulatra, 583.

Amazilia

riefferi, 210.

Ambassis

dussumier?, 681,

macracanthus, 681.

thomassi, 369.

urotenia, 681.

Amblyopus

hermannianus, 694.

Amblyrhamphus

holosericeus, 114.

Amblystoma

punctatum, 272.

Ammoccetes

branchialis, 845.

' Ammonoceras

thomasi, 375.

912

Ampelio

arcuatus, 781.

Amphiprion

akallopisus, 695.

bifasciatus, 695.

ephippium, 695.

percula, 695.

tricolor, 695.

Anabates

lophotes, 88.

Anabazenops

lineatus, 192.

subalaris, 192.

variegaticeps, 192.

Anacanthus

barbatus, 703.

Anarhynchus

frontalis, 673, 674.

Anas

circia, 427.

melanotus, 401.

peposaca, 666.

zonorhyncha, 427.

Andamia

expansa, 695.

Anguilla

bicolor, 701.

labiata, 701.

virescens, 701.

Anodonta

(Lamproscapha) ¢ene-

bricosa, 376.

Anous

stolidus, 603, 838.

Anser

ferus, 427.

Anthocephala

castaneiventris, 206.

Anthocharis

etrida, 726.

Anthus

agilis, 443.

bogotensis, 780.

breviunguis, 553.

correndera, 87, 549.

Antilocapra

americana, 334, 338,

840, 360.

Antilope

cervicapra, 488,

498.

gutturosa, 345, 431,

434, 462, 487, 488,

493, 494.

paleindica, 354.

saiga, 451, 467, 487,

496, 501.

Antrostomus

carolinensis, 203.

nigrescens, 203.

saturatus, 176, 203.

INDEX.

Anumbius

acuticaudatus, 672.

Aonyx

horsfieldi, 229.

indigitata, 230.

leptonyx, 229.

Aperostoma

bartletti, 375, 380.

Aphantochilus

rogersit, 728, 744, TAT.

Apistus

(Prosopodasys), 2iger,

686.

Aploceros

americanus, 363.

Aplysia

melanopus, 173, 174.

Apocryptes

cantoris, 693.

lanceolata, 692.

macrolepis, 692.

Apogon

chrysotenia, 682.

fasciatus, 682.

hyalosoma, 681.

multiteniatus, 681.

orbicularis, 681.

Apogonichthys

auritus, 682.

Apteryx

australis, 334.

Aptornis

defossor, 128.

otidiformis, 128.

Aquila

barthelemyi, 80, 81.

chrysaétos, 81,

Sulvescens, 5.

hastata, 5.

nevia, 5.

nevioides, 4, 5.

pennata, DAL.

vindhiana, 5.

Ara

militaris, 218.

Aramides

albiventris, 838.

Arbelorhina

longirostris, 561.

Arctomys

(Sperm. )eversmanni,445.

Arctonyx

collaris, 622.

Ardea

brasiliensis, 589.

cerulea, 218, 589.

cinerea, 444.

grisea, 589.

herodias, 328.

leucogaster, 589.

scapularis, 589.

| Ardetta

sturmi, 150.

Argiope

Side 819.

lordii, 819, 820, 823.

sericea, 819.

Argynnis

niphe, '725.

Arius

andamanensis, 699.

sumatranus, 699,

Arremon

aurantiirostris, 188.

silens, 558.

Artamia

leucocephala, 389,

viridis, 389.

Arundinax

canturians, 601.

flemingi, 440.

Arvicola

indica, 635.

Ascaris

nigrovenosa, 12.

Asio

brachyotus, 450.

Astur

atricapillus, 384,

nitidus, 556.

unicinctus, 554.

Asturina :

albieollis, 555.

brachyura, 215.

magnirostris, 215.

nitida, 556.

plagiata, 838.

ruficauda, 215, 838.

Ateles

bartlettiz, 668.

belzebuth, 668.

Ffrontatus, 797.

ornatus, 797.

variegatus, 668.

Atella

phalantha, 725.

Atelornis

pittoides, 398.

Athene

bactriana, 448.

glaux, 447, 448.

anfuscata, 557.

noctua, 447, 448.

phalenoides, 557.

plunipes, 448.

torquata, 557.

Atherina

forskalii, 685.

Atthis

heloise, 208.

Atticora

albiceps, 291.

Atticora

albiscapulata, 290.

cyanoleuca, 184.

—,var. montana, 184.

cypseloides, 313.

fasciata, 287.

riseopyga, 313.

—. 288, 311.

holomelas, 288.

melbina, 3138.

nigrita, 304.

nitens, 291.

obscura, 288, 289.

pristoptera, 290.

Attila

citreopygius, 837.

sclateri, 196.

Attus

sanguinolentus, 820,

Auchenia

llama, 475.

vieugna, 475.

Aulacoramphus

albivittis, T82.

ceruleogularis, 211.

prasinus, 837.

Automolus

pallidigularis, 192.

rufescens, 329.

Axinza

(Pectunculus) arabica,

792.

Badis

~ buchanani, 370.

dario, 870.

Bagrus

malabaricus, 370.

montanus, 370.

Balnoptera

musculus, 330.

rostrata, 805, 812, 813.

swinhoti, 231, 652.

Balistes

aculeatus, 708.

flavimarginatus, 703.

undulatus, 703.

viridescens, 703.

Barbatula

leucolema, 119.

Barbus

carnaticus, 3738.

conirostris, 373.

dubius, 378.

mosal, 372, 373.

mysorensis, 373.

tor, 372, 373.

(Barbodes) carnaticus,

373

(

(——) yerdoni, 372.

) controstris, 373.

INDEX.

Barbus

(Barbodes) mosat, 372.

(

(Capoeta) amphibius,

373.

) pulchellus, 372.

(——) arulius, 373.

(Puntius) puntio, 100.

Barilius

canarensis, 374.

gatensis, 373, 374.

rugosus, 373.

Bartlettia

pitipii, 720, 721.

Basileuterus

bivittatus, 780.

culicivorus, 183.

melanogenys, 183.

melanotis, 188.

mesochrysus, 188.

nigricristatus, 780.

uropygialis, 183.

vermivorus, 565.

Bassaris

astuta, 95,

Batagur

thurga, 708.

trivittata, 676.

Bathmidurus

variegatus, 118.

Belenois

mesentina, 726.

Belone

caudimaculata, 699.

choram, 700.

Bernieria

crossleyi, 392.

Bessornis

heuglini, 148.

Biensis

madagascariensis, 400.

Bison

americanus, 488.

Bithynia

robusta, 8.

Boleopthalmus

boddaerti, 693.

Bos

chinensis, 648, 649.

indicus, 648.

taurus, 80, 475, 648.

Bourciera

fraseri, 375.

Bourcieria

conradi, 782, 787.

torquata, 803.

Brachypteracias

leptosomus, 398.

pittoides, 398.

Brachyteles

frontatus, 797.

) stevensonii, 100.

913

Brachyurus

ouacari, 1,

Brissonia

nigerrima, 396, 397.

Brotogerys

tovi, 214.

tuipara, 553, 586.

Buarremon

albifrenatus, 785.

brunneinuchus, 189.

chrysopogon, 189.

crasstrostris, 188.

meride, 779, 781,

785.

schistaceus, 781.

Bubalus

caffer, 80.

Bubo

capensis, 125,

maximus, 2.

virginianus, 216.

Buccanodon

anchiete, 118."

duchaillui, 120.

Bucco

bicinctus, 554.

dysoni, 201.

ruficollis, 781.

Buceros

bicornis, 220.

cylindricus, 668.

Jistulator, 668.

gracilis, 220.

plicatus, 220.

subcylindricus, 668.

subruficollis, 220.

Budorcas

taxicolor, 163.

Budytes

Slava, 601.

Bufo

hematiticus, 401.

Bulimulus

damarensis, 9.

pygmeus, 9.

tauricus, 9.

Bulimus

oblongus, 375.

san-christovalensis, 172.

Buphus

coromandus, 603.

Butalis

cinereo-alba, 450.

Buteo

albicaudatus. 215.

albicollis, 555.

borealis, 215.

brachyurus, 215.

pennsylvanicus, 215.

pecilonotus, 555,

pterocles, 782.

914

Buthraupis

arcei, 176, 187.

Butorides

Javanicus, 323.

virescens, 218, 589.

Caccabis

chukar, 124, 439, 447.

Cacicus

eristatus, 578.

microrhynchus, 190.

Cactornis

abingdoni, 328, 326.

assimilis, 323.

pallida, 323, 327.

scandens, 323, 327.

‘aica

hematotis, 837.

Calamoherpe

aédon, 432.

arundinacea, 432.

concinens, 432.

dumetérum, 482.

Sumigata, 244,

orientalis, 427, 601.

subflavescens, 243, 244.

Calicalicus

madagascariensis, 390.

Calidris

arenaria, 323.

Callichrous

bimaculatus, 870.

Callidryas

catilla, 727.

pyranthe, 727.

Calliste

cayana, 553, 780.

cyaneicollis, 780.

desmaresti, 579.

dowii, 187.

flaviventris, 579.

francisce, 187.

guttata, 187, 579.

gyroloides, 186.

acterocephala, 186.

larvata, 836.

vietlloti, 579.

Callophis

annularis, 368.

bivirgatus, 368, 369.

, var. tetratenia,

368, 369

calligaster, 368.

gracilis, 368, 369.

intestinalis, 868, 369.

, var. malayana,

€

4 var. melanotenia,

368.

, var. philippina,

INDEX.

Callophis !

miclellandii, 368.

maculiceps, 368.

nigrescens, 368.

trimaculatus, 368.

Callyodon

viridescens, 698.

Calobates

boarula, 601.

Calotes

jerdoni, 779.

maria, 778, 779.

platyceps, 778.

versicolor, 240.

Calotragus

campestris, 338.

Camarhynchus

habeli, 823, 325.

prosthemelas, 328, 325,

326.

psittaculus, 323, 325.

variegatus, 323, 324.

Camelopardalis

giraffa, 475.

Camelus

bactrianus, 475.

dromedarius, 80.

Campephaga

anderssoni, 69, 70.

cana, 389.

Srenata, 69, 70.

Campephilus

hematogaster, 212,

malherbi, 212.

Camptostoma

flaviventre, 197.

imberbe, 197, 554.

Campylopterus

hemileucurus, 205.

lazulus, 782.

Campylorhynchus

capistratus, 836.

nuchalis, 554.

Cancroma

cochlearia, 218, 589.

Canis

adustus, 280.

antarcticus, 797.

familiaris, 79.

lateralis, 279.

magellanicus, 664, 665.

mesomelas, 279.

(Nyctereutes), viverri-

nus, 6:

Capito

bourciert, 212.

Capra

egagrus, 80.

hircus, 80, 475.

megaceros, 342,

nepalensis, 475.

| Capreolus

pygargus, 434, 647.

Capricornis

caudatus, 647.

crispus, 647.

sumatrensis, 647.

swinhoit, 647.

Caprimulgus

jotaka, 439.

madagascariensis, 397.

Caprovis

argali, 80.

Caranx

blochii, 689.

calla, 689.

ciliaris, 689.

compressus, 689.

djeddaba, 689.

hippos, 688.

mate, 689.

melampygus, 688.

oblongus, 689.

speciosus, 689.

Carcharias

melanopterus, TO4.

walbeehmii, '704.

Cardinalis

pheniceus, 553, 582.

Cardita

qar, 61.

Carpodacus

githagineus, 447.

mongolicus, 447.

obsoletus, 447.

Casiornis

rubra, 57.

Cassiculus

prevosti, 190, 836.

Cassicus

tcteronotus, 578.

persicus, 578.

Cassidix

oryzivora, 191.

Catharus

fuscater, 180.

griseiceps, 179.

mexicanus, 179.

Catoblepas

gnu, 80, 475.

gorgon, 80.

Catoptrophorus

semipalmatus, 588.

Ceblepyris

major, 389.

Cecropis

abyssinica, 319.

alpestris, 314,

boissoneauti, 306.

capensis, 318.

filicauda, 312.

gordoni, 317.

Cecropis

melanocrissus, 315,

316.

riocouri, 305.

rufifrons, 309.

rufula, 314.

senegalensis, 316,

striolata, 319.

Celeus

castaneus, 837.

cinnamomeus, 587.

Centrites

niger, 87, 333.

Centropus

superciliosus, 145, 149.

Centurus

pucherani, 837.

santacruzi, 837.

tricolor, 213.

Cephalobares

globiceps, 735, 746.

Cephalophus

dorsalis, 500.

sylvicultrix, 220.

Cephalopterus

glabricollis, 201.

Ceratodus

Sorsteri, 221, 222, 747.

Ceratophrys

iguana: 401.

Cercoleptes

caudivolvus, 95, 771.

Cercomacra

tyrannina, 195, 837.

Cercopithecus

albogularis, 670.

pluto, 670.

Ceriornis

blythii, 162, 163, 164,

219.

caboti, 163, 164.

melanocephala, 164.

satyra, 164.

temminckii, 162, 163,

164.

Certhidea

fusca, 323, 324.

olivacea, 323, 324,

Certhiola

flaveola, 561.

luteola, 185, 561.

Cervulus

recvesi, 92, 644.

Cervus

affinis, 115.

alces, 80, 93.

antisiensis, 116.

aristotelis, 115.

axis, 115, 381, 644.

barbarus, 115.

campestris, 116.

INDEX.

| Cervus

canadensis, 116.

capreolus, 80, 431, 475.

, var. pygargus,

431

cashmeerianus, 115.

chilensis, 116.

columbianus, 116.

dama, 80, 475, 644.

davidianus, 115.

duvaucelli, 115.

elaphus, 80, 115, 341.

eldi, 115, 611, 644.

equinus, 115.

gymnotis, 116.

hippelaphus, 647.

kuhlii, 115.

leucurus, 116.

macrotis, 80, 116.

mantchuricus, 115, 434.

644.

maral, 115.

marianus, 115, 279.

melanoleucus, 430,

mexicanus, 116.

moluccensis, 115.

nemorivagus, 93, 94,

116

paludosus, 116.

peronit, 115.

porcinus, 115, 279.

pseudaxis, 644, 646.

pudu, 116.

rufinus, 116.

rufus, 116.

rusa, 115.

savannarum, 116.

schomburgki, 115.

sika, 115, 644.

swinhoti, 115, 647.

taévanus, 115.

taivanus, 644.

toltecus, 116.

virginianus, 116.

xanthopygus, 115, 434,

647

(Rusa) swinhoii, 646.

Ceryle

amazona, 201, 781.

americana, 560.

cabanisi, 201, 837.

maxima, 149.

stellata, 280, 281, 282,

283.

superciliosa, 560, 837.

torquata, 837.

Cheetocercus

bombus, 803, 804.

ros@, 804.

Cheetodon

dizoster, 687.

915

Cheetodon

pictus, 687.

plebejus, 687.

vagabundus, 687.

Cheetura

brachycerca, 329, 558.

brachyura, 558.

cinereicauda, 329,

cinereiventris, 204,

fumosa, 176, 204.

poliura, 329, 330,

558.

rutila, 204.

spinicauda, 204.

zonaris, 204,

Chalcophanes

Jamaicensis, 577.

lugubris, 577.

minor, 577.

Chamzleon

parsonit, 850, 858.

Chamepelia

albivitta, 554,

rufipennis, 217, 838.

Chamzpetes

goudoti, 507, 508, 531,

542, 543.

leucogastra, 539.

unicolor, 217, 511, 531,

541, 543,

Charadrius

asiaticus (caspius), 140.

brevirostris, 588.

curonicus, 137.

fulvus, 588.

hiaticula, 137.

indicus, 137.

minutus, 137.

mongolicus, 140,

mongolus, 140.

perronii, 139,

pyrrhothorax, 140.

semipalmatus, 588.

veredus, 141, 430.

virginianus, 587.

Chasmorhynchus

niveus, OT4.

tricarunculatus, 200.

variegatus, 574,

Chatoessus

chacunda, 700.

Cheilinus

chlorurus, 696.

Cheilodipterus

quinquelineatus, 682.

Chelidon

albigena, 292, 320.

leucosoma, 3809.

pristoptera, 290.

urbica, 292, 320.

916

Chelidoptera

tenebrosa, 554, 781.

Chelodina

expansa, 659.

Chelonemys

dumeriliana, 719.

Chettusia

leucura, 307.

Chinchilla

lanigera, 664.

Chione

pulchella, 7, 9.

Chiromacheris

aurantiaca, 176, 200,

207.

candei, 200, 837.

gutturosa, 574.

manacus, 573, 574.

vitelline, 200,

Chiroxiphia

lanceolata, 200, 554,

574.

melanocephala, 574,

Chloremys

abnormis, 716.

Chloroceryle

americana, 560.

superciliosa, 560.

Chlorolampis

assimilis, 211.

Chloronerpes

aurulentus, 212.

caboti, 212.

callopterus, 213.

canipileus, 212.

cecili@, 213.

rubiginosus, 587,

782.

simplex, 176, 212,

Chlorophanes

atricapilla, 560.

guatemalensis, 185, 560,

836.

Chlorophonia

calophrys, 185.

pretrit, 780.

Chlorospingus

albitemporalis, 188,

780.

castaneicollis, 785.

goeringt, 779, 780,

784

hypopheus, 176, 188.

caches 780, 784.

oleagineus, 784.

punctulatus, 176,

188.

canthophrys, 780.

Chlorospiza

plumbea, 785,

sinica, 433.

INDEX.

| Chlorostilbon

atala, 554.

chrysogaster, 803.

Cheerops

anchorago, 696.

Chordeiles

popetue, 203,

Chorinemus

tala, 689.

tooloo, 689.

Chorizoopes

frontalis, 738, 747.

Chrysococcyx

auratus, 145.

cupreus, 145,

Chrysolampis

moschitus, 562, 782.

Chrysomitris

barbata, 549.

bryanti, 785.

columbiana, 190.

cucullata, 553.

mexicana, 190.

spinus, 433.

aanthogastra, 781,

785.

Chrysomus

frontalis, 548.

icterocephalus, 576.

Chrysophrys

calamara, 684.

Chrysoptilus

chlorozostus, 158.

Chrysotis

amazonica, 586.

autumnalis, 837.

diademata, 214.

festiva, 554, 586.

guatemale, 214, 837.

ochrocephala, 586.

Chrysuronia

elicie, 211.

enone, 782.

Chunga

burmeisteri, 665, 666.

Ciccaba

nigrolineata, 216.

virgata, 216.

Cinclodes

albidiventris, 786.

Ffuscus, 338, 781, 786.

Cinclus

aquaticus, 384.

leuconotus, 780, 783.

Cirecaétus

cinerascens, 149.

zonurus, 149.

Cireus

hudsonicus, 216.

Cirrhites

forsteri, 686.

Cisticola

madagascariensis, 391.

Cistothorus

elegans, 182.

palustris, 182.

Clais

guimeti, 209.

merritti, 209.

Clausilia

(Nena) epistomium,

375.

(Phedusa) bensoni,

378, 380.

Clavatula

gracilior, 254.

taxus, 254. .

tumida, 253.

Clinotarsus

robustus, 401.

Clupea

melanura, 701.

neohowii, 701, 704.

Clytoctantes

alixti, 242.

Clytorhynchus

pachycephaloides, 242.

Cnipolegus

cmmereus, 58,

Cobitis

carnaticus, 370.

Coccothraustes

rufiventris, 583.

vulgaris, 448, 450.

Coceygus

cinereus, 169.

erythrophthalmus, 168.

melanocoryphus, 168.

minor, 166.

Coccyzus

americanus, 165, 166.

bairdii, 165, 166.

carolinensis, 165.

cinereus, 88, 165, 169.

dominicus, 166.

erythrophthalmus, 168.

ferrugineus, 165, 167.

helviventris, 166.

landsbergi, 169.

melanocoryphus, 168,

169.

minor, 165, 166, 168,

837, 838, 839.

nesiotes, 165, 166, 167.

pumilus, 169, 554.

pyrrhopterus, 165.

seniculus, 165, 166,

168.

Ceereba

cerulea, 561.

carneipes, 185.

cyanea, 561, 836.

~— —

Ceereba

longirostris, 561.

lucida, 185.

Colaptes

campestris, 112,

706, 748.

pitius, 705.

rivalis, 782.

Colias

Jieldii, 726.

hyale, 727.

simoda, 727.

Collurio

lahtora, 595.

Collyrio

borealis, 592.

hemileucurus, 596.

pallens, 596.

pallidirostris, 598.

Columba

albilinea, 217.

intermedia, 444.

livia, 444.

maculosa, 665.

nigrirostris, 217.

rufina, 217, 838.

rupestris, 434, 444.

speciosa, 217.

subvinacea, 217.

Colymbus

glacialis, 86.

Conepatus

nasutus, var. chilensis,

665.

Conirostrum

sitticolor, 780.

Contopus

bogotensis, 554.

borealis, 199.

brachytarsus, 199, 781.

richardsont, 199.

virens, 837.

Conurus

@ruginosus, 586.

astec, 837.

chrysogenys, 214.

chrysophrys, 585.

cyanolyseos, 665.

cyanopterus, 554, 586.

hoffmannit, 214.

nandaya, 383.

ocularis, 214.

pertinax, 214, 585, 586.

rhodocephalus, 779,

782, 787.

roseifrons, 787.

cantholemus, 214.

Conus

acutangulatus, 257.

aplustre, 109.

cooki, 109.

705,

INDEX.

Conus

corrugatus, 257, 259.

delessertianus, 256.

floridensis, 256, 259.

gemmulatus, 257, 259.

gilvus, 110.

infrenatus, 109.

laterculatus, 255, 259.

mitreformis, var. pu-

peformis, 256, 259.

planiliratus, 255, 259.

precellens, 257.

princeps, 109.

rarimaculatus, 257,

259.

rossiteri, 109.

semisulcatus, 257, 259.

sowerbyi, var. subequa-

lis, 257, 259.

submarginatus, 255,

259.

suffusus, 255, 259.

tegulatus, 256, 259.

tenuisulcatus, 256, 259.

turritus, 256, 259.

verrucosus, 257.

Copsychus

pica, 395.

Coralliophaga

striolata, 791, 795.

Corbula

erythreensis, 789, 795.

suleulosa, 6, 9.

Corethrura

cinnamomea, 400.

insularis, 400.

Corvina

belengeri, 684.

Corvus

pastinator, 444.

Coryphistera

alaudina, 57.

Corythornis

cristata, 398.

vintsioides, 898.

Cossypha

heuglint, 148.

Cotinga

amabilis, 200.

Coturnix

dactylisonans, 602.

histrionica, 147.

japonicus, 602.

Cotyle

borbonica, 295.

cahirica, 301.

cincta, 297, 298, 320.

eques, 297, 320.

fuligula, 229, 309, 303,

320.

littoralis, 296.

917

Cotyle

minor, 303, 320.

obsoleta, 301, 302, 320.

paludibula, 301, 302,

303.

paludicola, 302, 303,

320.

palustris, 301, 302, 303.

riparia, 287, 296, 298,

303, 320, 435, 445.

rupestris, 299, 300, 301,

302, 320, 445.

torquata, 298.

Coua

cristata, 399.

Crassatella

crebilirata, 249,

foveolata, 249.

subquadrata, 249.

suleata, 249,

Crax

alberti, 509, 512, 513,

517, 520, 542, 543,

669.

albini, 507, 513.

aldrovandi, 516.

alector, 506, 507, 512,

518, 514, 515, 516,

542, 548, 554.

azare, 515.

blumenbachii, 506, 509,

SLT ols; OLA as.

carunculata, 506, 507,

509, 516, 517, 543,

544,

circinatus, 515.

cumanensis, 505, 529.

curassous, 518.

daubentoni, 505, 506,

511, 512, 513, 516,

542, 543, 671.

discors, 515.

fasciolata, 506,509,518.

galeata, 505, 519.

globicera, 505, 506, 507,

508, 509, 511, 512,

518, 514, 515, 516,

517, 541, 548, 838.

globulosa, 506, 507, 512,

515, 542, 5438.

mikant, 511, 512, 516,

517, 518.

mitu, 520.

paurt, 505, 519.

peruvianus, 514.

pinima, 506, 518, 542,

543

pipile, 505, 529.

rubra, 505, 506, 513.

rubrirostris, 506, 507,

509, 517.

918

Crax

selateri, 506, 511, 514,

515, 518, 548, 544.

temminckiz, 508, 513,

514.

tomentosa, 506, 520.

tuberosa, 506, 520.

urumutum, 506, 510,

519.

yarrellit, 507, 508, 517.

Craxirex

galapagoensis, 323.

Crenella

compta, 792, 795.

gibba, 792.

(Modiolaria) viridula,

792.

Crex

jardinei, 400.

Cricetus

nigricans, 331, 332.

vulgaris, 332.

Crithagra

canariensis, 884.

Crossocheilus

reba, 372.

Crossoptilon

drouynii, 129.

Crotophaga

ani, 211.

major, 587.

sulcirostris, 211, 837.

Cryptobranchus

japonicus, 261, 274,

278.

Crypturus

boucardi, 838.

meserythrus, 218.

Cubiceps

indicus, 690.

Cuculus

canorus, 399.

erythrophthalmus, 168.

himalayanus, 399.

melanorhynchus, 168.

minor, 166.

rochii, 399.

seniculus, 166, 168.

Cursorius

tsabellinus, 141.

Cyane

blandiana, 376, 380.

Cyanocitta

armillata, 781, 785,

786.

Cyanocorax

affinis, 191, 781.

guatemalensis, 837.

pileatus, 748.

Cyanoloxia

eyanotdes, 582.

INDEX.

Cyanopica

cyana, 439, 602.

Cyanospiza

ciris, 190, 836.

cyanea, 190, 836.

leclancheri, 551.

Cyanthus

cyanurus, 803.

mocoa, 803.

Cyclanosteus

petersit, 717.

senegalensis, 717.

Cyclemys

orbiculata, 676.

Cyclophorus

crosseanus, 8719.

Cyclorhis

Jlavipectus, 566.

subjlavescens, 184, 566,

567.

viridis, 566.

wiedi, 566, 567.

Cyclostoma

brazieri, 85.

Cyclotus

taivanus, 378, 380.

Cydippe

unguiculata, 731,

746.

Cygnus

bewickii, 430.

buccinator, 664.

coscoroba, 430, 665,

666.

davidi, 430.

musicus, 430.

nigricollis, 665.

olor, 664.

(Coscoroba) davidi,

430.

Cyllene

rubro-lineata, 251.

Cymbilanius

lineatus, 194.

Cymindis

cayanensis, 216, 556,

838,

pucherani, 557.

uncinatus, 557.

vitticaudus, 557.

Cynonycteris

amplexicaudata, 616.

collaris, 127.

Cypselus

abyssinicus, 292.

apus, 435.

pekinensis, 435.

pelasgius, 329.

poliurus, 329, 558.

Cystignathus

teniatus, 401.

Cystophora

cristata, 381, 605.

Dacelo

cervina, 383.

gigas, 280, 281, 282,

283

madagascariensis, 398.

Dacnis

atricapilla, 560.

cayana, 185, 561.

spiza, 560.

ultramarina, 185.

venusta, 185.

Dafila

bahamensis, 323, 666.

oxyura, 666.

spinicauda, 665, 666.

Dama

vulgaris, 364.

Damalis

lunatus, 354.

pygarga, 357.

Damophila

amabilis, 211.

Julie, 211.

Danais

chrysippus, 724.

leopardus, 725.

limniace, 725.

philene, 725.

Danio

alburnus, 374.

malabaricus, 374.

micronema, 374.

Dascyllus

aruanus, 699,

Dasypus

minutus, 86.

Dasyrhamphus

adelie, 322.

herculis, 322.

Debis

durta, 725.

Defrancia

secta, 254.

Delphinus

globiceps, 76.

orca, 71, 76.

rissoanus, 128.

(Steno) chinensis, 652.

Demiegretta

ludoviciana, 589.

Dendrocolaptes

sancti-thome, 193.

susurrans, 839.

Dendrocygna

autumnalis, 589.

Dendreeca

estiva, 183, 564,

836.

Dendrceca

aureola, 323.

blackburnie, 183, 780.

cerulea, 183, 836.

coronata, 836.

pennsylvanica, 182,

836.

striata, 780.

virens, 182.

Dendromanes

anabatinus, 192, 887.

atrirostris, 193.

homochrous, 1938.

Dendrornis

eburneirostris, 837,

839

erythropygia, 193, 839.

guttata, 839.

lacrymosa, 193, 839.

mentalis, 839.

nana, 198, 837, 838,

839,

pardalotus, 839.

susurrans, 839.

triangularis, 781.

Dentex

(Synagris) xotatus, 684.

Dermatemys

abnormis, 711, 713,

716

mavei, 713, 715.

mawit, 711, 715.

salvinii, 715.

Dermatochelys

coriacea, 409

Diagramma

nigrum, 683.

punctatum, 683.

Dicranoceros

furcifer, 361.

Dicrurus

?, 148.

forficatus, 390.

macrocercus, 433.

Dictyna

benigna, 742.

Didelphys

philander, 80.

Diglossa

albilateralis, 780.

baritula, 185.

brunneiventris, 784.

gloriosa, 779, 780,

784 :

plumbea, 185.

Dinornis

casuarinus, 54.

crassus, 54.

curtus, 128.

didiformis, 54.

elephantopus, 54.

INDEX.

Dinornis

giganteus, 54,

maximus, 5D.

robustus, 54.

Dioplodon

sechellensis, 426.

Diplommatina

braziert, 84.

wisemant, 84,

Diplopelma

pulchrum, 412.

Diplopterus

nevius, 211, 587.

ipus

jaculus, 431,

Discognathus

lamta, 85.

Diva

vassori, 780.

Docimastes

schliephackei, 803.

Dolabrifera

braziert, 250.

Dolichonyx

oryzivora, 781.

Dolichotis

patachonica, 664.

Doricha

bryante, 209.

Draco

sp. ?, 240.

Dracunculus

ethiopicus, 14.

loa, 14.

medinensis, 14.

Drassus

listeri, 819.

Dreissena

swinhoei, 879, 380,

Dremotherium

Seigneusi, 644.

Drepane

punctata, 687.

Drymeeca

ellisii, 391.

madagascariensis, 391.

morelii, 392.

Dryocopus

albirostris, 586.

erythrops, 554.

lineatus, 586.

scapularis, 837.

Dryodromas

jflavidus, 391.

Dules

teniurus, 682.

Dussumieria

acuta, 701.

elopsotdes, 701.

Dysithamnus

semicinereus, 194.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1870, No. LXII.

919

Dysopes

(Molossus) rueppelli,

619. :

Eburna

canaliculata, 252.

formose, 252.

perforata, 252, 259.

spirata, 252.

Echeneis

remora, 691.

Echimys

cristatus, 2.

Egretta

candidissima, 218.

Elainea

affinis, 835.

albiceps, 831, 834,

835.

albivertex, 835.

caniceps, 835.

cayennensis, 569.

cotta, 838, 835.

cristata, 835.

elegans, 835.

fallax, 832, 833, 835.

frantzit, 197, 835.

gigas, 831, 832, 835.

griseigularis, 835.

implacens, 835.

mesoleuca, 835.

miles, 569.

modesta, 884.

obscura, 832, 835.

olivacea, 835.

pagana, 554, 834.

pallatange, 835.

placens, 197, 835.

pudica, 781, 833, 834,

835.

riisii, 834.

rustica, 835.

semipagana, 134.

subpagana, 197, 834,

837.

subplacens, 835.

vilissima, 843.

Elanoides

furcatus, 216.

Elaphis

teniurus, 411.

Plaphurus

davidianus, 357, 431,

, G47.

Elaps

thepassit, 368.

Elenchus

dilatatus, 251.

Eleotris

cantoris, 695.

caperata, 694.

920

Eleotris

Fusca, 694.

ophiocephalus, 693,

694

scintillans, 693.

sinensis, 693.

Ellisia

madagascariensis,

typica, 391, 392.

lops

saurus, 701.

Emberiza

calcarata, 53.

chrysophrys, 135.

cioides, 486.

elegans, 134, 135.

elegantula, 133.

nivalis, 538.

personata, 450.

pusilla, 53.

rustica, 53.

stracheyt, 441.

tristramt, 441.

Emberizoides

macrourus, 553.

Embernagra

striaticeps, 190.

Empidagra

suiriri, 57.

Empidonax

atriceps, 176, 198.

bairdi, 198, 199.

flavescens, 198.

jlaviventris, 199,

837.

minimus, 837.

Emys

berardiz, 712, 713,

715.

berdmorei, 676, 677.

duvaucelii, 676.

flavipes, 1.

ocellata, 676.

ornata, 711.

trivittata, 676, 712.

Engyraulis

belama, 700.

malabaricus, 700.

russelliz, 700.

telara, 700,

Ennea

cyathostoma, 380,

(Gonospira) ringens,

379, 380.

Eophona

melanura, 602.

personata, 446, 448.

Epeira

opuntia, 819.

solers, 819,

INDEX.

Ephialtes

portoricensis, 557.

Ephippus

Ome 687.

Epibulus

striatus, 697.

Equula

dussumieri, 689.

fasciata, 689.

gerroides, 690.

rivulata, 689.

splendens, 690.

Equus

asinus, 80.

caballus, 80.

mulus, 86.

onager, 40.

Eremias

argus, 410.

Eresus

acanthophilus, 820.

Hreunetes

mauri, 588,

minor, 588.

petrificatus, 588.

Erinaceus

collaris, 450.

dealbatus, 450, 621,

europeus, 450.

Eriocnemis

vestita, 782.

Eroessa

tenella, 390, 391.

Erythronota

antiqua, 562.

nireiventris, 210.

Erythropus

amurensis, 436, 448.

Erythrura

trichroa, 158.

Estrelda

minima, 143.

Etroplus

maculatus, 370.

suratensis, 370.

Eucharis

angulata, 789, 795.

Eucometis

cristata, 188.

spodocephala, 188,

836.

Euctenogobius

andamanensis, 693.

Eumeces

modestus, 410.

Eumomota

superciliaris, 837.

Eupherusa

egregia, 176, 210.

eximia, 210.

nigriventris, 210.

Euphona

aureata, 579.

flavifrons, 553.

nigricollis, 579.

trinitatis, 578.

violacea, 579.

Euphone

chlorotica, 578.

lichtensteinii, 579.

Euphonia

anne, 186.

crassirostris, 186.

elegantissima, 185.

gouldi, 186.

gracilis, 186.

hirundinacea, 836.

luteicapilla, 186.

minuta, 186.

nigricollis, 780.

Eupleres

goudotit, 824, 825, 827.

Euplea

hamata, 725.

Eupodotis

ruficollis, 670.

Eurocephalus

anguitimens, 143.

Eurypyga

major, 218.

Eurystomus

glaucurus, 897.

madagascariensis, 397.

margaritaceiventris, 57.

sguamicristatus, 196.

Euspiza

americana, 190, 836.

Eustephanus

stokesi, 206.

Eutoxeres

aquila, 204.

salvini, 204.

Falco

@salon, 556.

candicans, 384.

cenchris, 442, 448,

columbarius, 556.

islandicus, 384.

sacer, 384,

sparverius, 556.

vitticaudatus, 557.

Felis

catus, 431.

chinensis, 629.

geoffroit, 796.

guitata, 14.

himalayanus, 797.

Javensis, 629.

macrocelis, 228, 237,

onga, 79.

oe a

Felis

pajeros, 796.

pardalis, 797.

pardus, 628.

tigris, 3, 626.

viverrina, 628, 797.

warwickit, 796, 797.

Filaria

mygaloides, 103.

Fistularia

serrata, 695,

orida

cerulea, 589.

Florisuga

Slabellifera, 554.

mellivora, 837.

Fluvicola

albiventris, 118.

pica, 569.

Formicarius

analis, 568.

cerissalis, 568.

hoffmanni, 195, 568.

Formicivora

boucardi, 195, 837.

“ intermedia, 568.

Fregilus

graculus, 434, 444.

Fringilla

canariensis, 53.

citrinella, 53.

montifringilla, 602.

nivalis, 53.

affinis, 219.

Funingus

madagascariensis, 399.

Fusus

rubro-lineatus, 252.

ventricosus, 110.

Galbula

melanogenia, 201, 837.

Galeoscoptes

carolinensis, 836.

Galerida

leautungensis, 433.

Galeus.

vulgaris, 847.

Gallinago

bernieri, 399.

frenata, 783, 788.

wilsoni, 219

Gallinula

martinica, 589.

Gambetta

melanoleuca, 219.

INDEX.

Gampsonyx

swainsoni, 557.

rrulus

brandti, 440, 602.

Gasteracantha

lepida, 819, 821,

823.

sanguinolenta, 821.

Gastrotokeus

biaculeatus, 703.

Gazella

cuvierit, 341.

dorcas, 80, 345, 493.

rufifrons, 493.

Pe gl doreas, 475.

papery orn 690.

Gecko

japonicus, 239, 411,

412.

Genyoroge

amboinensis, 679.

ceruleopunctata, 678.

grammica, 679.

Geochelone

schweiggeri, 708.

Geoclemmys

annulata, 665, 667.

Geospiza

dentirostris, 323.

fortis, 323.

fuliginosa, 323.

parvula, 323.

strenua, 323.

Geothlypis

equinoctialis, 565.

melanops, 551,

speciosa, 551.

trichas, 551, 836.

Geotriton

Ffuscus, 86.

Geotrygon

chiriquensis, 217.

linearis, 782.

montana, 217.

Geranospiza

abbreviatus, 698.

acinaces, 698.

JSilamentosus, 698.

poeti, 698.

Glareola

orientalis, 603.

Glaucidium

Serrugineum, 557.

infuscatum, 557.

passerinoides, 557.

phalenoides, 217, 557.

Glaucis

hirsuta, 562.

921

Glaucis

mazeppa, 562.

ruckeri, 204.

Globiocephalus

indicus, 220, 221

rissoanus, 128.

svineval, 814.

Glossoliga

potreti, 272.

Glyphidodon

apiinis, 696.

anabatoides, 696.

antjerius, 696.

batjanensis, 696.

bengaliensis, 696.

cochinensis, 696.

modestus, 696.

sordidus, 696.

Glyphorhynchus

pectoralis, 192.

Gobiodon

quinguestrigatus, 694.

Gobius

acutipinnis, 691.

abopunctatus, 691.

andamanensis, 691.

giuris, 691.

gobiodon, 692.

grammepomus, 692.

ornatus, 691.

stoliczke, 692.

viridipunctatus, 691.

Gomphosus

melanotus, 698,

Gonepte:

rhamne, T21.

Gouldia

conversi, 208, 803.

Gracula

kreffti, 551.

Grallaria

brevicauda, 786.

griseonucha, 779, 781,

786.

guatemalensis, 196.

perspicillata, 196.

princeps, 176, 196.

ruficapilla, 781.

Grallaricula

costaricensis, 196.

Grammistes

orientalis, 679.

Grampus

gladiator, 71.

Grus

montignesia, 428,

Guiraca

concreta, 189, 836.

eyanoides, 582.

glauco-cerulea, 114.

922

Gymnocichla

chiroleuca, 195.

nudiceps, 195.

Gymnomystax

melanicterus, 5795,

Gypaétus

barbatus, 430.

Gypohierax

angolensis, 146.

Hadrostomus

aglaie, 837.

Heematopus

palliatus, 323.

Halcyon

amauroptera, 63.

brunniceps, 66.

capensis, 65, 66, 67.

gurial, 66, 67.

Javana, 64, 65.

javanica, 65.

leucocephala, 64.

leucocephalus, 65, 66, 67.

melanorhyncha, 62.

senegalensis, 145, 149.

Halmaturus

bennettii, 40.

ruficollis, 40

Halys

blomhoffii, 412.

Hapalemur

griseus, 828, 829, 831.

olivaceus, 669, 829, 831.

stmus, 669, 828, 829,

830, 831.

Hapalocercus

pectoralis, 57.

Haplochilus

panchax, 700.

Hargravesia

polita, 794, 795.

Harpagus

bidentatus, 556.

Hartlaubia

madagascariensis, 396.

Hedymeles

ludovicianus, 189, 836.

Helarctos

tibetanus, 621.

Heleodytes

i 5538, 564, 780,

783.

preaes 553, 563, 564.

Heleotragus

reduncus, 80,

Heliangelus

spencit, 782, 787.

Helianthea

lutetie, 803.

Helicarion

sophie, 662.

INDEX.

Helicina

Josephine, 250.

mangoensis, 250.

(Oligyra) rotunda, 876.

zephyrina, 376.

Helictis

moschata, 228, 237,

623.

subaurantiaca, 628.

Heliochera

rubro-cristata, 781.

Heliodoxa

Jjacula, 207.

jamesoni, 803.

Heliomaster

longirostris, 210, 562,

803.

Heliornis

Sulica, 838.

Heliothrix

auritus, 803.

barroti, 209, 210,.803.

violifrons, 210.

Heliotrypha

parzudakii, 803.

Helix

allecta, 81.

ammonitoides, 661.

antelata, 83.

appendiculata, 170.

ardua, 82.

biscutata, 661.

chancei, 171, 172.

coniformis, 171.

convicta, 171, 172.

curacoe, 660.

depsta, 84.

edwardsi, 662.

exagitans, 83.

helva, 82.

ineei, 170.

Japonica, 378.

lizardensis, 82.

louisiadensis, 171.

macgregori, 171, 172.

mitchelle, 170.

neglecta, 661.

nove-georgiensis, 170,

172.

omicron, 661.

patescens, 84,

polygyrata, 171.

guintale, 82.

rainbirdi, 170, 172.

retardata, 84.

sansitus, 83.

sculpturata, 379.

similis, 662.

sororia, 83.

tasmanie, 661.

thatcheri, 170, 172.

Helix

tutuille, 83.

vanne-lave, 82.

wanganensis, 82.

(Acusta) brevispira,

377, 380.

( ) nora, 377, 380.

(Cameena) hainanensis,

(any maacki, 793.

(

380,

) constantie, 378,

(Charopa) ammoni-

toides, 661.

( ) euragoe, 659.

(——) dispar, 661.

(——) neglecta, 660.

(——) onslowi, 660.

(——) ricei, 660.

) rotella, 660.

(Gorilla) damarensis,

379, 380.

(Discus) similis, 662.

(Galaxias) meadei, 662.

(Hemiplecta) forde,

662.

(Hyalina) nelsonensis,

661.

(Patula) stellata, 662.

(Plectotropis) chris-

tine, 377, 3880.

ca mariella, 377,

(Sauna albida, 378,

380.

(Videna) king?, 662.

Helminthophaga

chrysoptera, 182.

peregrina, 182, 836.

Hemicecrops

dimidiata, 310.

leucosoma, 309.

scapularis, 310,

Hemichelidon

sibirica, 440.

Hemigymnus

melanopterus, 697.

Hemiramphus

buffonis, 700,

unifasciatus, 700.

Hemithylaca

erythronota, 562.

Henicocichla

auricapilla, 183, 886.

ludoviciana, 183.

noveboracensis, 183,

836.

Henicognathus

leptorhynchus, 665.

Henicorhina

leucaphrys, 181,780,784.

Henicorhina

leucosticta, 181.

Heniochus

macrolepidotus, 687.

Herodias

alba, 427.

garzetta, 427, 428.

intermedia, 427.

Herpestes

sp. ?, 228.

rutilus, 228.

Herpetotheres

cachinnans, 214, 838.

Hesperia

mathius, 728.

Heteralocha

gouldi, 383.

Heteropelma

verepacis, 200, 837.

Heteropoda

longirostris, 588.

semipalmata, 588.

Himantopus

melanopterus, 147.

nigricollis, 323, 799.

Hippocampus

comes, 703.

Hippopotamus

amphibius, 80.

Hirundo

abyssinica, 319.

a 309, 319,

aDbiguit, 308.

albigularis, 308, 309,

319, 320.

alfredi, 298, 294.

alpestris, 314.

anchiete, 312.

angolensis, 307, 320.

atro-cerulea, 312, 320.

boissoneauti, 306, 307.

borbonica, 295, 388.

cahirica, 249, 305, 307.

capensis, 304, 318.

cincta, 297.

cucullata, 318, 319,

320.

daurica, 314, 445.

—, var. gaponica, 601.

dimidiata, 304, 310,

311, 319, 320.

domicella, 315, 319,

320,

fasciata, 287.

filicauda, 312.

filifera, 304, 312.

fuligula, 299, 302.

fuscicapilla, 312.

gordoni, 817, 319, 320.

griseopyga, 318, 320.

INDEX,

Hirundo

gutturalis, 435, 445.

601.

holomelena, 290.

holomelas, 288, 311.

horreorum, 184, 307.

hyemalis, 299.

leucosoma, 809, 310,

319, 32 20,

lucida, 308, 310, 820.

lunifrons, 293,

melanocrissa, 315, 317,

319, 320.

melbina, 318.

monteiri, 316, 319,

820.

nigrita, 303.

obscura, 288.

oxyura, 829,

paludicola, 302.

palustris, 302.

pristoptera, 290.

puella, 319, 320.

riocourt, 247, 305, 306,

307, 320

ruficeps, 312.

rufifrons, 308, 309.

rufula, 304, 314, 315,

316, 320.

rustica, 244, 246, 247,

249, 297, 304, 305,

306, 307, 312, 320.

—, var. orientalis, 306.

—, var. savignii, 306.

savignit, 305, 307.

scapularis, 310, 311.

siti 317, 319,

320.

senegalensis, 316, 319,

320.

smithiiz, 312.

spilodera, 293, 294.

striolata, 319,

torquata, 297, 298.

urbica, 292, 2938.

velocissima, 312.

Holocentrum

andamanense, 686.

Homo

sapiens, 79.

Homopus

burnesit, 658.

Hyena

brunnea, 125.

striata, 79.

Hydrochelidon

Jissipes, 147.

Hydromys

chrysogaster, 26.

Hydrophis

cyanocincta, 411.

923

Hydropotes

inermis, 90, 92, 644.

Hydropsalis

lyra, 782.

Hyelaphus

poreinus, 89.

Hyla

aurea, 402.

chinensis, 241.

coriacea, 401.

Hyleaon

melanoryncha, 62.

Hylobates

hoolock, 86.

lar, 86.

pileatus, 224, 225, 615.

Hylophilus

decurtatus, 184, 836.

insularis, 565.

ochraceiceps, 184.

viridifiavus, 184.

Hylophorba

ruticilla, 390,

Hylorana

macrodactyla, 412,

Hyomoschus

aquaticus, 345, 493.

Hyopicus

hyperythrus, 440,

Hypermitris

hemichrysus, 198.

Hyphantornis

cincta, 144.

Hypomorphnus

anthracinus, 555.

gundlachi, 554.

Hypotriorchis

columbarius, 215, 556.

deiroleucus, 215.

rufigularis, 215, 838.

Hypsipetes

ourovang, 385.

urovang, 385.

ss Soncihy

chinensis, 411.

enhydris, 411.

plumbea, 411.

Hyrax

capensis, 95.

Hystrix

iodpans. 233, 638.

subcristata, 638.

Tanthia

eyanura, 450,

Tapalura

swinhoti, 411.

ethiopica, 381, 382,

663.

berniert, 381, 382, 663.

924

Ibis

falcinellus, 799.

melanocephala, 428,

melanopis, 665.

ropingua, 428.

Ese 381, 428.

strictipennis, 663.

Ibycter

americanus, 214, 838.

Icteria

viridis, 836.

Icterus

auricapillus, 553.

baltimorensis, 190, 836.

giraudi, 190, 781.

mesomelas, 837, 838.

persicus, 578.

prosthemelas, 837.

pyrrhopterus, 88, 89.

salvini, 838.

sericeus, 577.

spurius, 837.

violaceus, 577.

vulgaris, 553, 578.

svanthornus, 578,

Ictinia

plumbea, 216.

Tdiops

- aculeatus, 102.

blackwalliz, 154, 157.

fuscus, 102, 103, 105,

107.

kochit, 102, 103, 154,

156, 157.

meadii, 152, 155, 156,

157.

aac 102, 103, 107,

108.

sigillatus, 105, 152,

155, 157. Mees

syriacus, 103, 107,

157.

thorellit, 156, 157.

Iguana

tuberculata, 413.

Tnuus

arctoides, 664.

leoninus, 664.

sancti-johannis, 615.

Trrisor

erythrorhynchus, 149.

Ischnosceles

niger, 216.

Ispidina

. madagascariensis, 398.

Ithaginis

geoffroyi, 129, 164.

Julis

lunaris, 698.

INDEX,

Kachuga

berdmorei, 676.

oldhami, 676.

peguensis, 676.

trilineata, 676.

Kerivoula

formosa, 618.

Ketengus

typus, 699.

Labeo

neilliz, 99.

nigrescens, 371.

Labrichthys

bicolor, 696.

Lafresnaya

gayi, (82, 787.

seule, 787.

Lagomys

alpinus, 80.

Lagonosticta

minima, 143.

Lampornis

gramineus, 562.

manga, 207, 562.

prevosti, 207, 837.

veraguensis, 207.

Lampropygia

celigena, 803.

Laniarius

icterus, 148, 149.

monteiri, 148, 149.

Lanio

leucothoraz, 188.

Lanius

algeriensis, 590, 598,

594, 597, 598.

aucheri, 596.

borealis, 590, 591, 592,

593.

bucephalus, 435.

burra, 596.

collurio, 596.

dealbatus, 5938, 596,

597, 598

elegans, 595, 598.

excubitor, 430, 590,

591, 592, 598, 596,

597, 598.

excubitorius, 590, 599.

excubitoroides, 595,

599.

fallax, 596, 597.

hemileucurus, 596, 597.

kiek, 599.

eres 590, 591, 595,

596, 597, 598.

leuconotus, 596.

leucopygus, 596, 598.

lucionensis, 131, 428,

438.

Lanius

ludovicianus, 590, 595.

macrocercus, 599.

madagascariensis, 390.

magnirostris, 131.

major, 592, 593, 597.

meridionalis, 590, 5938,

594, 596, 597.

minor, 590, 594, 596,

599, 600.

orbitalis, 596.

pallens, 596.

palidirostris, 590, 598,

600.

pallidus, 598.

phenicurus, 430,

princeps, 599.

septentrionalis, 592.

vigil, 599.

waldent, 131, 430.

Laphyctes

melancholicus, 572.

satrapa, 572.

Larus

cirrhocephalus, 802.

Suliginosus, 323.

melanurus, 429, 603.

Lates

calcarifer, 678, 824.

colonorum, 824.

Latrodectus

hamatus, 819.

Leda

trradiata, 250.

Legatus

albicollis, 197.

Leistes

americanus, 576.

anticus, 673.

guianensis, 176, 191,

576.

icterocephalus, 576.

melanicterus, 575.

superciliaris, 333.

Lemur

nigrifrons, 40.

santhomystax, 40.

Leopardus

brachyurus, 4, 628.

chinensis, 430.

himalayanus, 796.

japonensis, 4, 431, 628.

macrocelis, 4, 228.

pardus, 628.

reevesii, 629,

varius, 228, 237.

Lepidocephalicthys

balgara, 370.

thermalis, 371.

Lepidocolaptes

atripes, 113.

Lepidosiren

annectens, 221.

Leptodera

appendiculata, 12.

Leptopogon

amaurocephalus, 197.

pileatus, 197.

poliocephalus, 197.

superciliaris, 197.

Leptopterus

viridis, 389.

Leptoptila

albifrons, 838.

cassini, 217.

plumbeiceps, 838.

verreauxi, 217, 782.

Leptosoma

discolor, 398.

Leptosomus

afer, 398.

Leptotriccus

superciliaris, 176, 196.

Lepus

sp. ?, 80.

hainanus, 233, 235,

639.

nigricollis, 236.

palustris, 80.

peguensis, 235.

ruficaudatus, 235.

sinensis, 233, 234, 449,

639

timidus, 234, 449.

tolai, 431, 449, 450,

639.

Lethe

drypetis, 725,

dyrta, 725.

Lethrinus

harak, 684.

«xanthotenia, 684.

Leucodiopterum

sinense, 428, 446,

Leucopternis

albicollis, 555.

ghiesbreghti, 215.

Libythea

lepita, 726.

Lima

pectinata, 7, 9.

Limnzus

peregra, 36.

Limnornis

curvirostris, 1138.

Limopsis

coneinna, 7, 9.

Liolepis

guttatus, 240,

Lipaugus

holerythrus, 199.

unirufus, 199.

INDEX,

Lobiospiza

notabilis, 817.

Lobotes

surinamensis, 683.

Locustella

certhiola, 430.

ochotensis, 601.

Lophocerus

galeatus, 519.

Lophophorus

impeyanus, 163.

sclateri, 162, 163,

219.

Lophornis

adorabilis, 176, 207.

delattrii, 207, 208.

helene, 907, 208.

magnifica, 207.

Lophostrix

Sack andi 216.

Loripes

decussata, 7, 9.

picta, 792.

Loris

gracilis, 224.

Loxia

albiventris, 437.

curvirostra, 437.

nasuta, 583.

torrida, 583.

Lucina

concinna, 791, 795.

elegans, 791.

fieldingi, 791, 795.

(Cyclas) macandree,

doleigo

Lucinopsis

(Lajonkairia) elegans,

6, 9.

Lusciola

akahige, 430,

Luscioniola

eS 221.

peeks 228, 229, 230,

624.

indica, 228.

indigitata, 229.

leptonyx, 230.

swinhoei, 625.

Lutronectes

whiteley?, 626.

pe 819.

ard at 819, 822,

tarentula apulie, 820.

Lytoria

aurea, 402.

925

Mabouia

chinensis, 239, 410.

Macacus

andamanensis, 220.

cyclopis, 226, 615.

yp Fichty, 226, 297,

leoninus, 663.

nemestrinus, 615,

664.

ocreatus, 383.

sancti-johannis, 615.

Macrochlamys

cutteri, 794, 795.

Macrones

armatus, 370.

Macropus

erubescens, 126, 127,

669.

major, 127.

melanops, 126, 127.

rufus, 126.

Malacoptila

costaricensis, 201.

inornata, 201.

panamensis, 201,

poliopis, 201.

verepacis, 201.

Manatus

americanus, 748,

798.

Mangelia

clavata, 254.

gracilis, 254.

Manis

dalmanni, 236, 650.

(Pholidotus) dalmanni,

650.

Manouria

emys, 675.

Mareca

chiloensis, 665, 667.

Margarornis

brunnescens, 192.

squamigera, 781.

Marginella

obtusa, 254.

Martes

flavigula, var. xantho-

spila, 628.

Mauremys

laniarva, 1.

Mecistura

ouratensis, 430.

Megacerops

coloradensis, 467.

Megaderma

lyra, 615.

Megzerophis

flaviceps, 368, 369.

926

Megalixalus

infrarufus, 150.

Megalops

cyprinoides, 701.

Megaptera

kuzira, 652.

Megarhynchus

chrysocephalus, 571.

chrysogaster, 571.

mexicanus, 571,

837. i

itangua, -

Taiiaiae, 571.

Melanerpes

chrysauchen, 176, 213,

330.

cruentatus, 213.

flavifrons, 213.

flavigularis, 213.

formicivorus, 213.

pulcher, 330.

rubrifrons, 213.

Melaniella

brevicula, 379, 380.

Melanoides

swinhoei, 8, 9.

Meleagris

cristata, 525, 526.

Meles

ankuma, 623.

chinensis, 622.

leptorhynchus, 622.

leucolemus, 623.

leucurus, 622.

taxus, 791.

Melierax

monogrammicus, 150.

Mellisuga

longirostris, 562.

moschita, 562.

Melopelia

leucoptera, 838.

Melursus

labiatus, '767.

Mephitis

chilensis, 664,

665.

Merops

egyptius, 145.

chrysocercus, 145.

superciliosus, 145,

397.

Merula

atrosericea, 783.

Merulaxis

griseicollis, 182.

Mesoprion

annularis, 680.

bleckeri, 680.

chirtah, 680.

decussatus, 680.

INDEX.

, Mesoprion

Johnii, 680.

multidens, 680.

rangus, 680.

russelliz, 680.

sillaoo, 680.

therapon, 680.

Metallura

castaneiventris, 206.

tyrianthina, 782,

803

Metopiana

peposaca, 665, 666.

Metriopelia

melanoptera, 665.

Metula

trifasciata, 254.

Micrastur

guerilla, 216, 838.

semitorquatus, 216.

Microchera

albo-coronata, 207.

Micronisus

Microphis

tenuis, 702.

Microscelis

amaurotis, 601.

Milvago

chimachima, 214.

Milvulus

tyrannus, 199,

violentus, 549.

Milvus

monachus, 572, 573.

tyrannus, 572.

violentus, 833, 572,

71.

Mimus

calandria, 89.

melanoptérus, 553.

melanotis, 323.

Miniopterus

blepotis, 616.

Mionectes

assimilis, 887.

oleagineus, 196.

olivaceus, 196.

Mitra

corbicula, 258.

dimidiata, 259.

intersculpta, 258.

interstriata, 259.

mediomaculata, 255.

pretexta, 258.

rugosa, 258.

umbonata, 259.

(Cancilla) antonie,

788, 795.

Mitrephorus

aurantiiventris, 198.

monogrammicus, 150.

Mitu

brasiliensis, 520.

Mitua

tomentosa, 506, 507,

520, 542, 543.

tuberosa, 506, 507, 520,

542, 548, 544.

Mniotilta

petechia, 564.

varia, 182, 780.

Molothrus

e@neus, 191, 576, 577.

atronitens, 576, 577.

badius, 671.

bonariensis, 333, 548,

550, 576, 577, 671,

672, 799.

cassini, 576, 577.

cericeus, 576, 577.

discolor, 576, 577.

pecoris, 671.

purpurascens, 577.

robustus, 577.

rufo-axillaris, 799.

Momotus

bahamensis, 558.

lessoni, 201, 837.

martit, 201.

swainsoni, 558.

Mone

ta,

spinigera, 728, 736,

746

Monocondylexa

(Pagiodon) tsocardi-

oides, 376

(——) semisulcata,

376, 380.

Morchia

obvoluta, 5.

Morococeyx

erythropygia, 551,

Morphnus

urubitinga, 554.

Moschus

moschiferus, 80, 90, 93,

alba, 121, 130,

——, var. paradoxa,

123,

albeola, 130.

dukhunensis, 121, 130.

felix, 121, 122, 124,

129.

——, var. sechuenensis,

123, 124.

flaviventris, 395.

Francisi, 123, 124,

frontata, 129.

japonica, 130.

Motacilla

leucopsis, 121, 124.

lugubris, 129.

luzonensis, 120.

maderaspatana, 129.

ocularis, 129, 130.

personata, 123.

sulphurea, 395.

vidua, 148, 148.

Mugil

bontah, 685.

ceruleo-maculatus, 685.

capito, 847.

macrochilus, 685.

sundanensis, 685.

waigiensis, 685.

Mulloides

flavolineatus, 685.

Murena

flavomarginata, 702.

macrurus, 702.

nebulosa, 702.

nigra, 702.

picta, 702.

rippellii, 702.

tessellata, 702.

tigrina, 702.

undulata, 702.

Murznesox

telabon, 701.

Murenichthys

schultziti, 701.

agrarius, 637.

alexandrinus, 635.

argenteus, 637.

badius, 233, 637.

bandicota, 635.

canna, 686.

coxinga, 636.

decumanus, 233, 431,

635, 636.

Slavescens, 636.

indicus, 635, 636.

losea, 637.

minutus, 431, 637.

musculus, 637.

nemorivagus, 635.

ningpoénsis, 637.

rattus, 635.

rufescens, 636.

setifer, 635.

sylvaticus, 637.

Muscicapa

icterophrys, 570.

trivirgata, 570.

Muscipeta

albiceps, 832.

mutata, 389.

Muscivora

mexicana, 198.

INDEX.

| Mustela

foina, 481.

sibirica, 238, 431,

624.

Mutum

pinima, 518.

Mycteria

americana, 800.

Myiadestes

melanops, 180.

Myiarchus

cooperi, 837.

ferox, 554.

lawrencii, 837.

magnirostris, 323.

nigricapillus, 199.

panamensis, 199.

Myiobius

atricaudus, 198.

erythrurus, 198,

flavicans, 781.

nevius, 198.

sulphureipygius, 198.

Myiochanes

ardesiacus, 781.

Myiodioctes

pusillus, 183.

Myiodynastes

chrysocephalus, 781.

luteiventris, 837.

nobilis, 198.

superciliaris, 198.

Myiopatis

pusilla, 843.

Myiozetetes

cayennensis, 569, 570.

columbianus, 197, 569.

granadensis, 570.

guianensis, 570.

inornatus, 553, 569.

similis, 569, 570.

texensis, 569, 570,

837.

Myopotamus

as 664.

Myoxus

cinereus, 431.

Myrmeciza

immaculata, 195.

Myrmornis

crissalis, 568.

hoffmanni, 568.

Myrmotherula

menetriesi, 195.

Mysia

tumida, 791, 795.

Mystacornis

crossleyi, 392, 393.

Nannophryne

variegata, 401, 402.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1870, No. LXIII.

927

Nasica

susurrans, 839.

Newxra

(Cardiomya) pulchella,

789.

Nectarinia

gutturalis, 142.

souimanga, 387.

Nelicurvius

pensilis, 395.

Nemacheilus

sinuatus, 371.

Nemoricola

indica, 433.

Nemosia

ruficeps, 780.

Neoctantes

niger, 243.

Neofelis

macrocelis, 228, 628.

Neomorpha

gouldi, 383.

Nereis

dumeriliz, 12.

Nesta

candida, 5, 9.

Newtonia

brunneicauda, 392.

Nisoria

undata, 430.

Nothocrax

urumutum, 506, 519,

542, 543, 544.

Notornis

mantelli, 128.

Nucifraga

caryocatactes, 448.

Nucula

inconspicua, 793.

Numenius

hudsonicus, 323.

Numida

cristata, 383.

tiarata, 399.

verreauri, 383.

vulturina, 280.

Nyctereutes

procyonides, 237,

631.

Nyctibius

cornutus, 203.

jamaicensis, 203,

557.

pectoralis, 557.

Nycticebus

tardigradus, 615.

Nycticorax

pauper, 323, 327.

Nyctidromus

albicollis, 782, 837.

guianensis, 204.

928

Ochthoéca

albidiema, 787.

citrinifrons, 787.

diadema, 781.

fumicolor, '786.

fumigata, 781.

nigrita, 779, 781,

787.

enanthoides, 786.

polionota, 786.

setophagoides, 781.

superciliosa, 779, 781,

786.

Ocyalus

wagleri, 190, 836.

Ocydromus

australis, 117.

Odontophorus

guttatus, 218,

leucolemus, 217.

marmoratus, 218.

Cita

spinosa, 739, 747.

Oncostoma

cinereigulare, 196.

olivaceum, 196.

Ophichthys

colubrinus, 701.

Ophiocephalus

aurolineatus, 99.

diplogramme, 370.

gachua, 694.

marulius, 99.

Ophiogyra

entodonta, 375.

Orca

brevirostris, 71.

capensis, 70, '71, 73, 75,

76, 77.

gladiator, 71, 76.

intermedia, 71, 77.

latirostris, '76, 77.

magellanica, 76.

pacifica, 71, 76, 77.

Birth as eres

74, 7

(Ophysia) capensis, 76.

Orchesticus

ater, 553.

reophasis

derbianus, 510, 540,

541, 543.

Oreopyra

calolema, 205, 206.

castaneiventris, 205,

206.

cinereicauda, 205, 206.

leucaspis, 205, 206.

venusta, 206:

Oriolus

chinensis, 442.

INDEX.

Oriolus

larvatus, 148.

rolleti, 148.

Ortalida

adspersa, 536.

albiventris, 507, 509,

510, 512, 531, 533,

535, 536, "543, 544.

araucuan, 506, 511,

512, 533, 535, 537,

542, 543,

bronzina, 511, 584.

canicollis, 506, 534,

543, 544.

caracco, 5386, 543,

21%, O11,

cinereiceps,

erythroptera, 540, 542,

543,

franizii, 511, 540.

garrula, 539, 542,

543.

goudoti, 507, 531.

guttata, 506, 507, 508,

512, 536, 537, 542,

543, 544.

leucogaster, 539.

leucogastra, 509, 510,

539, 543.

maccalli, 538, 539.

montagnii, 509.

motmot, 505, 581, 532,

533, 542, 543.

plumbeiceps, 511, 538.

poliocephala, 217, 510,

a 537, 538, 540,

543.

ruficauda, 508, 511,

534, 535, 542, 543,

796.

rues 533, 543, 540,

ee 538, 542,

543.

rufiventris, 531.

squamata, 535, 536,

543, 544.

superciliaris, 511, 533,

537, 543.

vetula, 509, 511, 588,

539, 543, 838.

wagleri, 511, 534, 543.

Ortygometra

angolensis, 147.

Orycteropus

ethiopicus, 669, 670.

capensis, 93, 94, 699,

e he

ee orus

unereus, 189.

| Oryzoborus

torridus, 583.

Osparius

canarensis, 374.

malabaricus, 373,

374.

Osphranter

robustus, 388.

Ostinops

cristatus, 190, 578.

montezume, 836.

Ostracion

trigonus, 703.

Otaria

Jubata, 802.

stelleri, 638.

Otidiphaps

nobilis, 4.

Otolithus

aneus, 684.

Otostomus

(Drymezus) saccatus,

375.

(——) similaris, 375.

) strigatus, 375.

(Leiostracus) gueinzii,

375.

rectilinearts, 875.

Otus

brachyotus, 799, 800.

capensis, 2.

galapagoensis, 323.

Ourax

erythrorhynchus, 520,

galeata, 519.

mitu, 506, 520.

pauxi, 519.

Ovis

ammon, 841.

aries, 80, 475.

montana, 469.

nahura, 475.

vignet, 468.

Oxylabes

madagascariensis, 386,

aot

Oxypog:

Haden, 782, 787.

Oxyrhynchus

g vs 194.

Pachycheilus

jansoni, 794.

hians, 374.

Pachyrhamphus

albogriseus, 199, 554.

cinereiventris, 199.

cinereus, 554,

niger, 578.

Paguma

larvata, 630.

Paguma

larvata, var. taivana,

630.

Paleornis

longicauda, 427.

Palapteryx

ingens, 54.

Pamphila

mathias, 728.

Pangshura

flaviventris, 709, 710.

smithii, '709.

sylhetensis, 709.

tecta, 711.

tectum, 710.

ventricosa, 710.

Panolia

acuticornis, 614.

eldi, 613, 614.

frontalis, 644.

platyceros, 614,

Panoplites

flavescens, 803.

mathewsi, 803,

Panthalops

hodgsoni, 462.

Panychlora

stenura, 782, 787.

Papilio

cardui, 725.

catilla, 727.

chrysippus, 724.

erithonius, 727.

gliciria, 726

hecabe, 727.

hyale, 727.

ilea, 727.

limniace, 725.

mesentina, 726.

niphe, 725.

phalantha, 725.

philene, 725.

rhamni, var. nipalensis,

727.

Pardachirus

pavoninus, 699.

ardalina

warwickii, 796, 797.

Parra

africana, 150.

gymnostoma, 218.

hypomelena, 218.

intermedia, 218.

melanopygia, 218.

Parula

gutturalis, 182.

inornata, 182.

Parus

insperatus, 133.

kamtschaticus, 437.

minor, 1388, 437.

INDEX.

Parus

monticola, 133.

ouratensis, 430.

pekinensis, 438.

sibiricus, 430.

venustulus, 133.

Pasithea

viridis, 819.

Passer

diffusus, 143.

domesticus, 438.

montanus, 433, 438.

ouratensis, 430.

petronius, 430.

simplex, 143.

swainsoni, 148.

Passerina

discolor, 576, 577.

(Spiza) leclancheri, 551.

Pauxi

guleata, 505, 506, 507,

508, 519, 520, 542,

543, 669.

mitu, 506, 520.

tomentosa, 520.

Pectinator

spekit, 673.

Pegasus

draconis, 702,

Pelargopsis

amauroptera, 63, 67,

69.

burmanica, 66, 67, 69.

floresiana, 68, 69.

Fraseri, 65, 66, 69.

gouldi, 63, 69.

ie 63, 66, 67, 68,

leucocephala, 64, 69.

leucocephalus, 67.

malaccensis, 67.

melanoryncha, 62, 69,

Pelecanus

Javanicus, 173.

mitratus, 173.

onocrotalus, 173, 409,

sharpei, 173, 409.

Pellona

ditchoa, 701.

Peltastes

elongatus, 656.

geographicus, 655,

geometricus, 655.

grecus, 658.

leithii, 657.

marginatus, 657.

platynotus, 655.

semiserratus, 656.

stellatus, 654.

sulcatus, 658.

tentorius, 656,

929

Peltastes

verreaucit, 656.

Penelope

aburri, 507, 509, 530.

adspersa, 510.

albiventris, 507, 509,

533.

araucuan, 506, 507,

509, 533, 535.

argyrotis, 509, 510,

528, 542, 543.

aspersa, 508.

boliviana, 506, 526, 543,

544.

brasiliensis, 526.

bridgesi, 510, 525.

canicollis, 507, 534.

carunculata, 531.

cristata, 505, 507, 511,

521, 522, 523, 525,

526, 541, 542, 543.

cujubi, 509, 530.

cumanensis, 505, 511,

529, 530.

fronticornis, 541.

grayt, 511, 529, 530.

garrula, 539.

greeyt, 510, 511, 528,

542, 543.

guttata, 506, 536.

Jacquini, 511, 529, 530.

Jacuaca, 526.

Jacuacu, 506, 526.

jacucaca, 506, 507, 508,

509, 523, 524, 528,

543, 544.

Jacupeba, 506, 507, 511,

524, 544.

Jacupema, 505, 507,

522, 523.

jacutinga, 506, 530,

544.

leucogaster, 539.

leucoptera, 507, 530.

lichtensteini, 510, 528.

maculata, 536.

marail, 505, 508, 522,

523, 542, 543.

montana, 528.

motmot, 582, 533.

natterert, 511, 529,

530.

nigra, 509, 528,

nigricapilla, 510, 511,

524, 525.

nigrifrons, 530.

obscura, 505, 506, 510,

524, 525, 548, 544.

ochrogaster, 527, 543,

544.

parrakoua, 532.

930

Penelope

pileata, 507, 508, 509,

521, 527, 542, 543.

pipile, 508, 529, 530.

poliocephala, 507, 537.

Se ber 507, 508,

522, 526, 541, 543.

rufescens, 526,

ruficeps, 507, 533.

rufwentris, 508, 510,

531

sclateri, 510, 527, 543,

544

superciliaris, 506, 507,

508, 509, 528, 527,

548, 544.

vetula, 507, 538.

Penelopina

nigra, 509, 528, 541,

543

Penelopsis

leucogastra, 589.

Percis

hexophthalma, 685.

Pericrocotus

brevirostris, 430,

Perilampus

canarensis, 374.

malabaricus, 374.

Periophthalmus

kelreuteri, 693.

Peripia

peronti, 239.

Peristera

afra, 150.

cinerea, 217.

frontalis, 587.

rufaxilla, 587.

Perna

fulgida, 7, 9.

Perodicticus

potto, 86.

Petasophora

anais, 782.

cabanisi, 210.

cyanotis, 210, 782, 803.

delphine, 210, 803,

837.

iolata, 803.

Petrochelidon

lunifrons, 286.

melanogaster, 293.

spilodera, 286, 298, 320.

Petromyzon

TS 845, 846,

849.

planeri, 845, 846, 847.

Pezopetes

capitalis, 189.

Phacellodomus

frontalis, 553.

INDEX.

Phseochroa

cuvieri, 205.

roberti, 205.

Phzeolema

equatorialis, 803.

Phaéthornis

emilie, 205.

longirostris, 205.

syrmatophora, 803.

yaruqui, 803.

Phaétornis

mazeppa, 652.

Phalacrocorax

brasilianus, 219.

carbo, 603.

Phaleris

tretracula, 604.

Phaneta

everetti, 794, 795.

Pharomacrus

antisianus, 782,

auriceps, 782.

costaricensis, 202,

mocinno, 202.

Phasianus

colchicus, 136, 404, 408,

670.

decollatus, 135, 404,

408.

elegans, 670.

formosanus, 406, 408.

garrulus, 506, 589.

insignis, 403, ‘404, 406,

408

katraca, 532.

leucolophus, 505.

marail, 505.

mongolicus, 136, 404,

405, 406, 408,

motmot, 505, 532.

parraka, 505, 532.

parragua, 532,

shawtt, 403, 404,

408

sladeni, 404, 408.

torquatus, 135, 186,

404, 407, 408

versicolor, 1386, 404,

409.

Phedina

borbonica, 295, 320,

388,

madagascariensis, 295,

820,

sptlodera, 293.

Pheucticus

aureiventris, 840.

aureoventer, 840.

chrysogaster, 840.

chrysopeplus, 840.

tibialis, 189, 840.

Pheucticus

uropygialis, 840,

Philepitta

castanea, 396.

geoffroyi, 396.

jaa, 396.

sericea, 396.

Philydor

columbianus, 329.

consobrinus, 328,

panerythrus, 329,

turdinus, 829.

Phoca

fetida, 605, 607,

608.

grenlandica, 604, 606,

607.

vitulina, 604, 605, 606,

608.

Phocana

brevirostris, 544,

communis, 607.

Pheenicothraupis

ignicapilla, 531.

rubica, 187, 581.

rubicoides, 58, 836.

rubra, 581.

vinacea, 187.

Pholeus

rivulatus, 819,

Pholeoptynx

cunicularia, 220.

Pholidotus

dalmanni, 236.

Phonasca

lichtensteinii, 579.

Phonipara

pusilla, 190,

Phrygilus

geospizopis, 785.

unicolor, '781, 785.

Phrynops

tas: 711.

cus

brevis, 743, 747.

Phyllomanes

olivaceus, 565.

Phyllomyias

semifusca, 554,

Phyllopneuste

plumbeitarsus, 439,

sylvicultrix, 439,

Phyllorhina

aurita, 615.

diadema, 615.

insignis, 615.

swinhott, 615.

Phylloscopus

frcttees 447.

Physalus

antiquorum, 380.

Piaya

cayana, 587.

mehleri, 211, 587,

837.

melacorypha, 168.

minuta, 587, 782.

Picolaptes

affinis, 193.

compressus, 193, 837.

lacrymiger, 781.

lineaticeps, 193.

sguamatus, 553.

Picumnus

granadensis, 212.

olivaceus, 212, 837.

Picus

canus, 443.

cinnamomeus, 587.

Jardinit, 212.

lineatus, 586.

mandarinus, 443.

martius, 442.

melanoleucus, 586.

mixtus, 158.

poliopsis, 440.

rubiginosus, 587.

seintilliceps, 443.

Pieris

brassice, var. nepa-

lensis, 726.

Pimelepterus

cinerascens, 684.

Pionias

menstruus, 586,

Pionus

corallinus, 586.

menstruus, 214.

senilis, 837.

Pipile

argyrotis, 509, 528.

cujubt, 529, 530, 542,

543.

cumanensis, 505, 508,

511, 529, 542, 543,

544,

jacupeba, 542, 543.

jacutinga, 507, 529,

543.

leucolophus, 530.

natterert, 529.

nigrifrons, 530.

pileata, 527.

satyra, 505.

vociferans, 505.

Pipra

auricapilla, 573.

cyaneocapilla, 200.

erythrocephala, 573.

gutturalis, 573.

leucocilla, 200.

leucorrhoa, 200.

INDEX,

Pipra

melanocephala, 574,

mentalis, 200, 837.

pareola, 574,

Pipreola

melanolema, 781.

Pipridea

venezuelensis, 780.

Pitangus

derbianus, 837.

rufipennis, 553.

sulphuratus, 570.

Pithys

bicolor, 195,

Pittasoma

michleri, 196.

Pitylus

poliogaster, 836.

torridus, 583.

Planorbis

(Helisoma) peregrinus,

375

tenagophilus, 375.

(Spirorbis) anatinus,

375.

Platacanthus

maculatus, 700.

Platalea

aaja, 670.

Platax

teira, 690.

vespertilio, 690.

Platycephalus

insidiator, 686.

neglectus, 686.

Platycercus

erythropterus, 788.

Platydactylus

japonicus, 413.

Platyglossus

leparensis, 697.

notopsis, 697.

scapularis, 697.

Platyrhynchus

albogularis, 196.

superciliaris, 196.

Platysternon

megacephalum, 713.

Platysternum

megacephalum, 409.

Plesiops

corallicola, 685.

Pleurodeles

waltlit, 269, 276.

Pleurotoma

albicarinata, 253.

laterculata, 253.

latifasciata, 258.

oxytropis, 253.

Ploceus

pensilis, 395.

Plotosus

anguillaris, 699.

canius, 699.

Plotus

anhinga, 219.

Pluvialis

Sulvus americanus,

Podiceps

dominicus, 219, 783.

nigricollis, 147.

Podilymbus

podiceps, 219.

Podoces

panderi, 334.

Podocnemis

expansa, 718, 719, 720,

721.

Peecilothraupis

lacrymosa, 780.

Polioptila

superciliaris, 182.

Poliornis

poliogenys, 600.

Polyborus

tharus, 838.

Polyctenes

molossus, 620.

Polynemus

tetradactylus, 684.

Polyphasia

tenuirostris, 427.

Polytmus

dominicus, 562.

erythronotus, 562.

hirsutus, 562.

mango, 562.

Pomacentrus

bankanensis, 696.

bifasciatus, 695.

punctatus, 696.

trilineatus, 696.

trimaculatus, 695.

Pomus

columbiensis, 375.

columellaris, 375.

spixit, 375.

Poospiza

albifrons, 113.

nigro-rufa, 113.

Poreula

taivana, 641.

Porphyrio

ete 428.

martinica, 589.

minor, 428.

Porzana

carolina, 219.

erythrothorax, 603.

mandarina, 427.

spilonota, 323.

932

Pratincola

albofasciata, 394.

borbonica, 394.

hemprichi, 394.

indica, 394.

pastor, 394.

rubicola, 394, 395.

sibylla, 394, 395.

sybilla, 394.

Presbytes

maurus, 226, 615.

Prinia

socialis, 673.

Prionites

bahamensis, 558.

swainsonii, 558.

Prionops ;

talacoma, 148.

Pristipoma

argyreum, 683.

hasta, 583.

maculatum, 683.

Pristis

cuspidatus, 704.

Pristoptera

typica, 290.

Procapra

gutturosa, 80.

Procnias

nivea, 574.

variegatus, 574.

Progne

leucogastra, 836.

Propithecus

damanus, 112.

Proteles

cristatus, 9.

Proto

cathedralis, 60.

maraschinis, 61.

Protoma

knockeri, 59, 60.

Protonotaria

citrea, '780.

Prototroctes

marena, 152.

oayrhynchus, 152.

Psalidoprocne

albiceps, 290, 291, 320.

cypselina, 288.

holomela, 288.

holomelena, 288, 289,

291, 320.

nitens, 291, 320.

obscura, 289, 290, 291.

pristoptera, 290, 291,

320.

Psammoperca

waigiensis, 824.

Psettus

argenteus, 689.

INDEX.

Pseudochromis

xanthochr, 686.

Pseudocolaptes

boissoneauti, 176, 192,

781.

Pseudoleistes

melanicterus, 558, 575.

virescens, 549.

Pseudoplesiops

typus, 689.

Pseudorhombus

arsius, 698.

russelliz, 698.

Pseudoscarus

rivulatus, 698.

troschelli, 698.

Psilorhinus

mecxicanus, 837, 839.

Psittacula

batavica, 586.

cingulata, 553, 586.

eyanoptera, 554.

hueti, 586.

passerina, 554, 586.

roseicollis, 146.

Pterocyclos

hainanensis, 8, 9.

Pteroglossus

aragari, 553, 584.

erythropygius, 211.

formosus, 584.

frantzii, 211.

torquatus, 837.

wiedit, 584.

Pterois

volitans, 686.

Pteromys

grandis, 634, 635.

pectoralis, 634.

Pteropus

medius, 128.

poliocephalus, 128.

Pterorhinus

davidi, 436.

Ptilogonys

caudatus, 185.

Ptilopus

madagascariensis, 399.

Pudu

humilis, 90.

Pulsatrix

torquata, 216.

Pyrameis

cardut, 725.

Pyranga

estiva, 187, 836.

bidentata, 187.

rubra, 187.

testacea, 176, 187.

Pyriglena

maculicaudis, 553.

Pyrocephalus

nanus, 323.

rubineus, 333, 549,

553.

Pyrrhococcyx

poe 587.

mehleri, 587.

rutilus, 587.

Pyrrhophena

riefferi, 803.

Pyrrhula

bouvronides, 582.

erythrina, 53.

Python

molurus, 241.

Querquedula

discors, 219.

Quiscalus

barita, 577.

lugubris, 577.

macrurus, 191, 837.

Radula

tenuis, 793, 795.

(Limatula) pusilla, 793,

795:

microcellata, 847.

Rallus

bernieri, 400.

gularis, 400.

madagascariensis, 400.

Ramphaleyon

amauroptera, 63.

capensis, 67.

gurial, 66, 67.

javana, 65.

melanorhyncha, 62.

Ramphastos

abbreviatus, 585.

alboqgularis, 585.

ambiguus, 585.

approximans, 585.

brevicarinatus, 585.

carinatus, 211, 585.

erythrorhynchus, 553,

584,

piscivorus, 585.

tocard, 211.

toco, 585.

vitellinus, 584.

Ramphocenus

rufiventris, 195.

semitorquatus, 195.

Ramphocelus

magnirostris, 581,

Ramphoccelus

dimidiatus, 187, 780.

passerinit, 185,

836.

Ramphocelus

sanguinolentus, 836.

Ramphopis

jacapa, 581.

Rana

esculenta, 241.

gracilis, 241, 412.

silvatica, 412.

Rangifer

tarandus, 80.

apa

bulbiformis, 252.

Recluzia

hargravesi, 172.

Reguloides

proregulus, 447.

superciliosus, 439,

446,

Regulus

ceristatus, 451.

Jauponicus, 451, 602.

Rhamphastus

carinatus, 837.

hax

melana, 818.

Rhinobatus

granulatus, 704.

Rhinoceros

bicornis, 80.

indicus, 609, 610.

simus, 80.

Rhinoclemmys

annulata, 706, 723,

724.

melanosterna, 722.

mexicana, 659, 728.

scabra, 722.

—-, var. ?, 723.

Rhion

pallidum, 741, 747.

Rhizomys

chinensis, 687.

Rhodinocichla

rosea, 180.

Rhomboidichthys

leopardinus, 699.

Rhopophilus

pekinensis, 436, 443.

Rhyacophilus

solitarius, 219, 838.

Rhynchea

capensis, 399.

variegata, 400.

Rhynchobatus

djeddensis, 704.

Rhynchocyclus

brevirostris, 197.

cinereiceps, 837.

flavo-olivaceus, 198.

griseimentalis, 197.

mesorhynchus, 197.

INDEX.

Rhynchocyclus

sulphurescens, 197.

Rougetius

bernieri, 400.

Rumina

(Opeas) euencana, 375.

(——) mera, 375.

(Subulina) Zeres, 8, 9.

Ruticilla

aurorea, 438, 450,

601.

Saccophorus

borealis, 80.

Saiga

tartarica, 80, 451, 457,

469, 475, 487, 497,

498, 499, 501, 502.

Salamandra

maculata, 272.

Salarias

bellus, 695.

dussumieri, 695.

fasciatus, 694.

Fuscus, 695.

lineatus, 695.

Salicaria

cantillans, 440.

Salmo

?, 37.

cambricus, 37, 39, 44.

carpio, 37.

farto, 19, 23, 25, 26,

27, 29, 39, 44, 752.

fario ausonii, 37.

— gaimardii, 37.

lacustris, 37, 50.

lemanus, 37.

nigripinnis, 43, 44, 45,

rapt, 37.

salar, 14, 19, 30, 31,

32, 38, 34, 36, 37,

38, 43, 44, 46, 47,

48, '752.

trutta, 23, 29, 30, 37,

750, 751.

Salpiza

cristata, 525.

Jacucaca, 523.

marail, 522.

pileata, 527.

purpurascens, 522.

Saltator

atriceps, 836.

grandis, 836.

asthmicus, 189.

magnoides, 189, 836.

Salticus

vaillantii, 820.

Sapphironia

ceruleigularis, 211.

933

Sarcidiornis

africana, 401.

Sarcorhamphus

gryphus, 665.

Sarkidiornis

africana, 401.

Saucerottia

erythronota, 562.

Saurida

tombil, 699.

Saurophagus

bellicosus, 571.

maximiliani, 571.

pitanga, 571.

rufipennis, 570, 571.

sulphuratus, 570, 571.

Saxicola

arborea, 392.

torquata, 394, 395.

Scaptochirus

davidianus, 620.

moschatus, 450.

Scatophagus

argus, 687.

Scelostrix

capensis, 125.

Sciuropterus

kaleénsis, 634.

Sciurus

estuans, 79.

aureogaster, 79.

castaneiventris, 231,

633.

chinensis, 436, 634.

davidianus, 436.

dorsalis, 670.

erythreus, 231, 633,

634,

erythrogaster, 634.

griseipectus, 634.

lokriah, 634.

lokrioides, 634.

miclellandi, 232, 634.

rufogularis, 634.

(Tamias) lysteri, 79.

Sclerurus

mexicanus, 191.

Scolopsis

bilineatus, 683.

cancellatus, 688.

ciliatus, 688.

| Scomber

kanagurta, 691, 704,

reant, 690.

Scops

brasilianus, 216, 782.

brasiliensis, 557.

decussata, 557.

menadensis, 399.

nudipes, 216.

rutilus, 399.

934

Scotophilus

heathii, 619.

pumiloides, 619.

temminckii, 619.

Segestria

perfida, 819.

Selasphorus

ardens, 176, 209.

flammula, 208, 209.

platycercus, 208, 209.

scintilla, 208, 209.

torridus, 176, 208,

209.

Selenidera

spectabilis, 211,

Semele

macandree, 6, 9.

Semiplotus

modestus, 101.

Serisomus

cristatus, 399.

Serpopha

een Tale

nigricans, 671.

Serranus

argus, 678.

bontoo, 678.

cyanostigmatoides, 679.

dispar, 678.

glaucus, 678.

hexagonatus, 678.

homfrayi, 678.

suillus, 678.

summana, 678.

Setophaga

albifrons, 779, 780, 784.

aurantiaca, 183.

ruficoronata, 784.

ruticilla, 183, 565, 780.

verticalis, 183.

Silenus

veter, 615.

Sillago

sihama, 686.

Simia

melanocephala, 2.

Simotes

oligodon, 240.

Siredon

mexicanus, 160, 161.

Sitta

canadensis, 438.

villosa, 436, 438, 443.

Sittace

hahni, 586.

macavuana, 586.

Sittasomus

olivaceus, 192.

sylvioides, 192.

Sivatherium

giganteum, 497:

INDEX.

Solariella

undata, 251.

Solaropsis

castelnaut, 375.

Solenella

cumingii, 250.

norissit, 250.

subequalis, 250, 259.

Solpu,

ieee ee 818.

Sorex

albinus, 620.

murinus, 620.

myosurus, 231, 620.

swinhoei, 620.

Sparassus

linnei, 819.

Spathura

melananthera, 803.

peruana, 803.

Spelerpes

rubra, 262, 264, 265,

272, 273, 274, 276.

Spermolegus

mongolicus, 445,

Spermophila

collaris, 189, 190.

corvina, 836.

fortipes, 189, 190.

hicksi, 189, 190.

intermedia, 189, 554,

lessont, 582, 583.

lineola, 583.

lugubris, 582.

minuta, 582.

moreleti, 836.

semicollaris, 189, 190.

splendens, 582.

Sphasus

alexandrinus, 819,

idiops, 103.

Sphecozone

rubescens, 733, 746.

Sphenodon

punctatum, 383.

Sphenops

ignobilis, 784.

Sphenopsis

tgnobilis, 784.

ena

jello, 695.

Spiza

leclancheri, 551.

Spizaétus

braccatus, 556.

ornatus, 215, 555, 556.

tyrannus, 215, 556,

838.

Sporophila

muesta, 583.

torrida, 583.

Squatarola

helvetica, 587.

Squilla

mantis, 3.

Stactolema

anchiete, 118, 119.

Steatornis

caripensis, 779.

Stegnolema

montagnii, 509, 521,

527, 542, 543.

Stelgidopteryx

Sulvigula, 184.

Sulvipennis, 184.

uropygialis, 184.

Stenochilus

hobsonii, 728, 729, 746.

Stenopis

cayennensis, 176, 204.

rujicervix, 782.

Stephanophorus

leucocephalus, 114.

Sterna

fuliginosa, 603.

panayana, 603.

Stethojulis

strigiventer, 697.

Strebla

molossa, 620.

Strepera

anaphonensis, 280,

Suliginosa, 280.

graculina, 280.

Strepsilas

interpres, 323.

Strigops

habroptilus, 798.

Strix

punctatissima, 328.

Stromateus

niger, 691.

Strombus

mirabilis, 257, 258,

259.

vittatus, 258.

Sturnella

hippocrepis, 553, 575.

ludoviciana, 191.

magna, 575,

meridionalis, 553, 575.

mexicana, 575.

neglecta, 575.

Succinea

elongata, 375.

Sula

fusca, 503.

Sus

indicus, 640, 641,

leucomystax, 236, 639.

640, 641

scrofa, 640, 641.

Sus

taivanus, 641, 642.

Suthora

webbiana, 428.

Sycalis

brasiliensis, 553,

584

columbiana, 553.

Sylvia

cinerea, 430.

curruca, 430.

Sylvicola

estiva, 564, 565.

aureola, 564.

petachia, 564.

Synallaxis

egithaloides, 113.

albescens, 113, 558.

anthoides, 841.

castanea, 781.

erythrops, 191.

erythrothorazx, 837. °

gularis, 781.

rufigenis, 191.

wyatti, 840.

Synchloé

gliciria, 726.

nepalensis, 726.

Ss athus

aeaafeh 702.

nium

hylophilum, 782.

nivicolum, 488, 443.

torquatum, 557.

Systomus

carnaticus, 373.

Tachydromus

septentrionalis, 410.

Tachyphonus

albispecularis, 582.

beauperthuyt, 582.

chrysomelas, 176, 188.

delatirii, 188.

erythrolema, 581.

luctuosus, 188, 582.

melaleucus, 582.

nitidissimus, 176, 188:

ruber, 581.

Tenia

magna, 610.

Teenioptera

coronata, 333, 546.

dominicana, 333, 546.

irupero, 333, 546.

eta, 547.

warbte, 333, 545.

Talpa

insularis, 620.

Tamias

striatus, 444.

INDEX,

Tanagra

abbas, 836.

auricrissa, 780.

cana, 580.

cyanoptera, 114.

diaconus, 187, 836.

glauca, 580.

glaucocolpa, 553, 580.

Tapirus

roulini, 51.

Tarandus

rangifer, 345, 475, 493.

Tchitrea

holosericea, 389.

ince?, 439.

mutata, 889.

pretiosa, 389.

principalis, 439, 601.

Telephonus

cucullatus, 307.

Tellidora

burneti, 6.

erystallina, 6.

pusilla, 6, 9.

Tellina

balaustina, 790.

erythrensis, 793.

robusta, 791.

virgulata, 793.

(Arcopagia) isselz, 790,

795.

oer savignyt, 790,

(ee all ees

( ) lactea, 790.

(—) ura, 789, 795.

Cae scitula, 790,

ms triradiata, 790,

795

ee ceeedateay stm-

plex, 789, 795.

(Tellinella) virgulata,

6, 9.

Teracolus

etrida, 726.

Terebra

tenuisculpta, 252.

Terias

blanda, 727.

hecabe, 727.

Terpsiphone

mutata, 389.

Testudinella

horsefieldii, 658.

Testudo

angulata, 280.

californica, 708.

chilensis, 665, 667, 707.

elegans, 654, 655

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1870, No. LXIV.

935

Testudo

elephantopus, 665, 667,

706, 707, 708.

elongata, 656, 675.

falconeri, 675.

geometrica, 654, 655.

— nigriventris, 656.

, var. tentoria, 655.

greca, 657, 658.

horsfieldii, 658.

indica, 674, 675, 706,

707, 708.

letthii, 657.

marginata, 657.

—, var. white’, 657.

marginatus, 658.

mauritanica, TOT.

megalopus, 654, 675.

nigra, 708.

phayrei, 675.

planiceps, 708.

platynotus, 655, 675.

semiserrata, 656.

stellata, 654, 655, 667,

675.

—, var. actinoides,

654.

—, var. elegans, 654.

—, var. maura, 654.

—, var. sebe, 654.

sulcata, 658, 706, 707.

tentoria, 656.

verroxii, 656.

(Gopher) chilensis, 667,

706

(Scapia) falconeri, 674.

Tetracerus

quadricornis, 475.

Tetrao

medius, 40,

Tetraogallus

himalayensis, 403.

Tetraonyx

lessoni, 676.

Tetrodon

immaculatus, 703.

lunaris, 703.

reticularis, 703.

simulans, 703.

testudineus, 703.

Teuthis

albopunctata, 688.

concatenata, 688.

Java, 688.

labyrinthoides, 688.

marmorata, 688.

osseus, 687.

vermiculata, 688.

virgata, 687.

Thalurania

hypochlora, 803, 804.

936

Thalurania

venusta, 207.

verticeps, 804.

Thamnistes

anabatinus, 194.

Thamnophilus

affinis, 194, 837.

argentinus, 113.

atricapillus, 568.

borbe, 567.

bridgesi, 194.

doliatus, 194, 568.

guianensis, 566.

immaculatus, 176,

194

leucauchen, 568.

major, 567.

melanocrissus, 837.

punctatus, 194.

radiatus, 194.

stagurus, 567.

Thaumalea

amherstie, 111, 128,

70.

Thaumantias

chionurus, 210,

viridiceps, 803.

Therapon

servus, 683.

theraps, 688.

Thinocorus

rumicivorus, 338.

Thraupis

celestis, 580.

cana, 580.

cyanoptera, 580.

episcopus, 580.

glaucocolpa, 580.

melanoptera, 580, 581.

olivascens, 580.

palmarum, 580, 581.

serioptera, 580,

Thryothorus

albipectus, 328.

castaneus, 181.

fasciatoventris, 180.

galbraithi, 328.

leucotis, 328,

longirostris, 828.

maculipectus, 836.

modestus, 181, 836.

nigricapillus, 181.

rufalbus, 181, 553.

rufiventris, 328,

rutilus, 181, 563.

semibadius, 176, 181.

pleurostictus, 551,

Tiaris

Jacarina, 582.

Tigris

regalis, 626.

INDEX.

Tigrisoma

cabanisi, 218.

Tinamus

robustus, 218.

Tinnunculus

sparverius, 215, 554,

556, 782, 838.

Titanotherium

proutii, 467.

Tityra

fraseri, 199, 837.

niger, 573.

personata, 199, 837.

Toccus

melanoleucus, 149,

monteiri, 144,

Todirostrum

cinereum, 196, 837.

Tomopterna

labrosa, 401.

natalensis, 401.

Tornatellina

(Leptinaria) antilla-

rum, 375.

Totanus

brevipes, 325.

fuscus, 221, 427.

semipalmatus, 588.

Toxotes

jaculator, 687.

Trachynotus

ovatus, 689.

Trachyphonus

cafer, 120.

margaritatus, 118, 119.

purpuratus, 118, 119,

20.

Tragulus

Javanicus, 98, 94.

meminna, 94, 644.

stanleyanus, 94,

Treron

calva, 147.

Triacanthus

biaculeatus, 703.

Trichas

equinoctialis, 565.

bivittatus, 565.

velatus, 565.

Trichechus

rosmarus, 5A.

Trichiurus

haumela, 695.

savala, 695.

Trigonocephalus

mucrosguamatus, +11,

Trimeresurus

erythrurus, 412.

mucrosguamatus, £11,

Tringa

mauri, 588,

Tringa

minutilla, 323.

pusilla, 588.

semipalmata, 588.

Tringoides

hypoleucus, 603.

macularia, 588, 7838.

Triphoris

bicolor, 774.

brunneus, 777.

cinguliferus, 774.

costatus, 775.

eylindricus, 774,

776.

gracilis, 774, 777.

granosus, 776.

maculatus, 777.

minimus, 774.

mirabilis, 773, 774,

775

mirificus, 774, 775.

oryza, 776.

pallidus, 774.

perfectus, 7, 774.

punctatus, 775.

pustulosus, 776.

robustus, 775.

similis, 774.

sulcosus, 774.

tuberculatus, 776.

Triton

cristatus, 267, 272.

palmatus, 269, 276.

Trochilus

castaneiventris, 206.

colubris, 208.

ayt, 787.

ao 787.

Troglodytes

euvropeus, 430.

fumigatus, 430, 602.

rutilus, 563.

Trogon

atricollis, 202, 560.

aurantiiventris, 202.

bairdi, 202.

caligatus, 202.

chionurus, 848.

chrysochlorus, 560,

clathratus, 202.

collaris, 559.

curucut, 559.

cyanurus, 559, 844,

massena, 202.

melanocephalus, 837.

melanurus, 559.

meridionalis, 558.

personatus, 782,

puella, 202,

sulphureus, 558.

venustus, 8438, 844.

Trogon

viridis, 559, 848,

844

(Pothinus) atricollis,

560.

Tropidonotus

guincunciatus, 411,

stolatus, 241, 411.

Trygon

uarnak, 704.

Turbonilla

speciosa, 793.

Turdus

albiventris, '780, 783.

assimilis, 180, 838.

atrigularis, 53.

atrosericeus, 783.

Alavirostris, 550.

fumigatus, 554,

Suscatus, 601.

goudoti, 386.

gray, 180, 836.

leucauchen, 180,

838.

leucomelas, 798.

nigrescens, 180.

obsoletus, 180.

pallidus, 442.

rufiventris, 89.

serranus, 780, 783.

tristis, 180, 836,

838.

Turnix

maculosa, 442.

Turritella

cathedralis, 60.

excavata, 252, 259.

exoleta, 258.

puncticulata, 253.

Turtur * ain

erythrophrys, 150.

pee 446, 602.

risorius, 446,

eduard?, 385, 386.

Typhis

arcuatus, 251.

duplicatus, 251, 259.

Typhlops

ped alae 668.

Tyranniscus

chrysops, 842, 843,

cinereiceps, 841, 842.

flavifrons, 848.

gracilipes, 843,

griseiceps, 841, 843.

wmprobus, 781, 841,

842, 8438.

leucogonys, 841, 843.

nigricapillus, 781,

842.

INDEX.

Tyranniscus

parvus, 197, 842, 843.

vilissimus, 841, 842,

843.

annulus

ae 842.

cinereiceps, 842.

flavidifrons, 843.

nigricapillus, 842.

Tyrannus

albigularis, 572.

aurantio-atro-cristatus,

113.

melancholicus, 118,

199, 572, 887.

pipiri, 837.

satrapa, 572.

verticalis, 572.

Ubromitrus

Jilifera, 312.

Upeneoides

bivittatus, 685.

tragula, 685.

Upeneus

barberinus, 684.

indicus, 685.

spilurus, 684.

Urax

tomentosa, 521,

tuberosa, 520,

Uria

umizusume, 604,

Urochroa

bougieri, 803.

Urochroma

dilectissima, 779, 782,

788

hueti, 788.

Urocissa

sinensis, 448.

Urolabes

palustris, 14,

Ursus

formosanus, 621.

malayanus, 230.

piscator, 622, 771.

tibetanus, 230, 621.

Urubitinga

anthracina, 215, 557,

838.

schistacea, 557.

Urubitornis

solitaria, 176, 214.

Urva

cancrivora, 630.

Vanellus

cayennensis, 665.

Vanga

pollent, 386.

937

Vanga

xrenopirostris, 242.

Varanus

dracena, 239.

Vespertilio

chinensis, 618.

davidii, 618.

daubentonii, 617.

emarginatus, 617.

Jimbriatus, 617.

laniger, 617.

lucifugus, 2.

mystacinus, 617.

rufo-niger, 617.

Vesperugo

abramus, 227, 618.

akakomuli, 618.

akokomali, 227.

imbricatus, 618.

maurus, 618, 619.

molossus, 619.

pipistrellus, 618, 619.

pulveratus, 618.

Vesperus

serotinus, 619.

Vibex

(Dorissa) aguatilis,

374.

Vidua

decora, 144.

principalis, 144, 149.

Vireo

agilis, 566.

olivaceus, 565, 566.

Vireolanius

pulchellus, 184,

Vireosylvia

flavifrons, 184.

flavoviridis, 184.

olivacea, 565, 836.

philadelphica, 184.

Vison

sibirica, 624.

Viverra

ashtoni, 6380.

goudotit, 824.

pallida, 630.

ztbetha, 227, 237,

630.

Viverriceps

bennettii, 628.

Viverricula

indica, 237.

malaccensis, 227,

6380.

Volatinia

Jacarina, 190, 582,

836.

Voluta

cae 108, 109.

punctata, 109.

938

Voluta

(Aulica) wisemani,

Vulpes

hoole, 681.

lineiventer, 632.

vulgaris, 631.

—, var. melanogaster,

632.

Walckenaera

affinitata, 735.

humilis, 735.

Waldenia

nigrita, 303, 304, 320.

Xanthornus

purpurascens, 577.

INDEX.

Xanthosomus

ieterocephalus, 576.

Xenops

heterurus, 192, 562.

mexicanus, 192.

rutilans, 562.

rutilus, 192.

Xiphocolaptes

promeropirhynchus,

781

Xiphorhynchus

procurvus, 193.

pusillus, 193.

trochilirostris, 198,

194.

Xylobucco

duchaillut, 119.

scolopacea, 119, 120.

THE END.

Zenaida

auriculata, 665.

galapagoensis, 323.

ruficauda, 782.

Zenaidura

carolinensis, 217.

Zonotrichia

albicollis, 52.

pileata, 190, 549.

Zosterops

madagascariensis, 390.

erythropleura, 448.

erythropleurus, 428.

simplex, 132.

subroseus, 182.

Zygena

Foch, 704.

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

LIST OF THE PUBLICATIONS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

TuE scientific publications of the Zoological Society are of two

kinds — “ Proceedings,” published in an octavo form, and

“Transactions,” in quarto.

According to the present arrangements, the “ Proceedings”

contain not only notices of all business transacted at the scien-

tific meetings, but also all the papers read at such mectings

and recommended to be published by the Committee of Pub-

lication. From forty to fifty coloured plates and engravings

are attached to each annual volume of the “ Proceedings,” to

illustrate the new or otherwise remarkable species of animals

described in them. Amongst such illustrations, figures of the

new or rare species acquired in a living state for the Society’s

Gardens are often given.

The “ Proceedings” for each year are issued in three parts,

in the months of May, October, and March, the part pub-

lished in March completing the volume for the preceding year.

They may be obtained with black or coloured illustrations.

The “Transactions” contain such of the more important

communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society

as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate

them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form.

The numerous papers of Professor Owen on the Anthropoid

Apes, and on the various species of Dinornis, all form part of

this series.

Fellows, and Honorary, Foreign, and Corresponding Members,

upon payment of a Subscription of £1 1s. before the day of the

Anniversary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive all the

Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise entitled

to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per cent. less

than the price charged for them to the Public. A further re-

duction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of Publications

issued prior to 1861, if they exceed the value of five pounds.

The following is a complete list of the publications of the

Society already issued. They may be obtained at the Society’s

Office (11, Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Longmans’ the

Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.), or through any

bookseller :—

{April, 1871.]

PROCEEDINGS OF THE COMMITTEE OF SCIENCE AND CORRE-

SPONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

8vo. 2 vols.

To Fellows. To the Public.

Part 2L,. Mss0=S10) TvolfSvort. dis <chcnec. Price 4s. 6d. fs GS:

Pe i ale Fee eee ne 8 SS #486 oe oebs:

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON,

8vo. 15 vols. and Index. (First Series.)

Price to Price to the Price to Price tothe

Fellows. Public. Fellows. ublie.

Part I. 1833. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. ... 6s. Part IX. 1841. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. ... 6s.

x II. 1834. ¥ 4s. 6d. ... 6s. ‘5 X. 1842. ¥ 4si6d. «.. 6s.

> JEL«1835: 33 4s. 6d. ... 6s. ie Saas: . 4s. 6d. ..<-68.

3) 6 LVe. 8386, Ps 4s. 6d. ... 6s. » XII. 1844. . 4s. 6d. ... 6s.

a V. 1837. 3 4s. 6d. ... 6s. 53 TTS B45: % 4s; Gd.....°6s.

3 | VEER TS3B3 “ 4s. 6d. ... 6s. > ALV. 1846. 5 As, 6d. ... 6s.

» VII. 1839. (out of print) 4s. 6d. ... 6s. XV. 1847. i 4s. 6d. ... 6s.

» VIII. 1840. ey 4s, 60te. 6s. || Index 1830-47. a As) 60.>..-.08;

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

8vo. 13 vols. and Index. (Second Series.)

Without Illustrations. With Illustrations.

To Fellows. To the Public. To Fellows. To the Publie.

us. Wee #£ s. d.

Part XVI. 1848.1 vol. 8vo.4s. 6d. ... 6s. :.. Price 1] 1 O Is pe Ms:

» XVII. 1849. _ AS hOdbem 20) KOS eshte, ea ey Pas;

>» AVIII. 1850. Pi FeeOWe ant) OSs (hes. Ke fee 118 0

a XIX. 1851. £ 45, Odie Meco) LOSE ee ORIG AO f=) AO

5 XX. 1852. F ASG. SOG aL: OMG IO t <0

sf eG, 1854. x SONU danse a OS oct)” Vol he Oe 6-0

3 MAMET. 855: - AS iGO mccce NOS: nok) nosy alae t. 18540

> XXIV. 1856. = ASN Od uke OS:, wee. ae. oy LO t 7-36

Sut Ve LBD. A 45005 ee Ge. COA Fe Lea 12 756

>» XXVI. 1858. a3 AsiGd- I eh Gssee we W120 2. (2-40

>» XAXVII. 1859. if AS Odie 168 een tan pl 120 oe 2 A)

» XXVIII. 1860. Le ASNOUS cca) OS ee eee ele Looe O 2 Do a

Index 1848-60. ae AS GOs sac OSs ae 0 4 6 0 6 0

ILLUSTRATIONS TO THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL

SOCIETY OF LONDON, 1848-60. 8vo. 6 vols.

To Fellows. To the Public.

Recs Lend ;

Mammalia ............ 1 vol., containing “ Plates|.... Price 2.8 0... 5a ae

AVES “Es. doc esazavteses 2 vols., - 5 =p Sapna San sper) GrG="0

Reptilia et Pisces 1 vol., ra i s ef i 3 0 1106

Mollusca..ik....-...00 1 vol., a Slee. ae is, WE Mar 20 TL t0"46

Annulosa et Radiata 1 vol., 6 Si = ae = to) RAC 3 3 0

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF

THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 8vo.

Complete. Letterpress only. Illustrations only.

‘0 To the To To the To To the

Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public.

USGls cloth S28 5047S. ecewse ASS Gd ge cacoveaO8 aid sehaxs 21 Si OGncsennt cds,

LSO2;, 2b.) 2 Bose. ATS. statvess 48 56d.c 86.5) OS qvieces DP SACs. vietere 41s.

SGS5 5, S2Siaecesase Al Svacwanevs AS. Oil ce caceres OScbe cece Zi sI0d ee. 0.0548:

USGS resin BRSh. 3.83 Als. coeacs Ass Odicis iis sd Gstioceeens PERO 6. veins Als.

WSG55 oy) busts see AY SX cen sae, OC Se eactce Osea sce: DS 001s ces

USGGiees = ss cere ATS ngscuss AS Os dece ce. USuns <cvese DiSROGseveseces 4ls.

With [lustrations With Illustrations

Uncoloured. Coloured.

To Fellows. To the Public. To Fellows. To the Public.

ESG7giGlOUD: | <ccccascesmapneee Is6dn-n, 4s. 6d. -2..028. 6d... 4ysn aa:

leet ef ee ey kere ench rok lls. 6d. .:. 14s. 6d;... 32s. 6d. -:. 4/s. Gd.

URSA O fy Dal gl SAE Si iceeomeatd Ils. 6d: %. 14s: Gds 24328! 6d %.. 47s:/6d.

HS7O-.- gmt saat DS Gdeses WAS Oden oos. Oise 4/S.160-

TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF

LONDON. 4to. 6 vols. and Five Parts.

To Fellows. To the Public.

ist Fd: EY eo)

Vol. I., contaiming 59 Plates... »sebrice 3°13"! 697...) 418000

Nola it; = fl Wes a cee js AS OO RSG 86

Vole Til., ~ 6a Bae See th SELSIG 1 AAD KO

Vol! iv .; $9 lichen A we eps, OND Ogres HS 2iG

Vol. V., 3 62045 “a eh br IG! es, IG wOUO

Vol. VI., is Ota 3 «a woe 3) LL S58 (ORR ap eno” 10

Vol. VIL, Part I. Gi 4; ae eet DEL SONG ti tl GENO

Vol. VT. Part TE 12°", or a) eh a aG 1 1020

Vol. VIE; Part LI. 4" ,, aes Pewee SIMD? 9G TALOMEO

MoliVill ParteLVe) so, aes ae seer y 40 116 0

Mol? Vil Part.V. 9 23 5, ee eA nent eae a 1 13)-40

The following are the contents of the most recently published

Parts of the “ Transactions ”’:—

Vol. VII. Part 4. Price 36s. “On a collection of Birds from North-

eastern Abyssinia and the Bogos country,” by Otto Finsch, Ph.D.,C.M.Z.S.

With notes by the collector, Wiliam Jesse, C.M.Z.S., Zoologist to the

Abyssinian Expedition.

Vol. VII. Part 5. Price 44s. “On certain Species of Deer, now or

lately livmg im the Society’s Menagerie,” by P. L. Sclater, F.R.S.

(Twelve Coloured Plates.) ‘On Dinornis (Part 15): containing a de-

scription of various bones of Aptornis defossor, Owen, from near Oamaru,

Middle Island, New Zealand : with Additional Observations on Aptornis

otidiformis, on Notornis Mantellii, and on Dinornis curtus,’ by Professor

Owen, F.R.S. (Five Plates.) ‘On Dinornis (Part 16): containing

notices of the Internal Organs of some species, with a description of the

Brain and some Nerves and Muscles of the Head of the Apteryz australis,”

by Professor Owen, F'.R.S. (Three Plates.) “Contributions to the knowledge

of Pectinator, a genus of Rodent Mammalia from North-Eastern Africa,”

by Professor W. Peters. (One coloured, and Two uncoloured Plates.)

A LIST OF VERTEBRATED ANIMALS LIVING IN

THE GARDENS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON (Fourth Edition), 1866.

This List contains the scientific and vernacular names of all the species

of Vertebrates in the Society’s Collection arranged in systematic order,

and forms a complete record of all the specimens that have been exhibited

alive in the Society’s Gardens in the years 1863, 1864, 1865, and 1866.

The total number of the species is as follows: —Mammals 339, Birds 721,

Reptiles 73, Batrachians, 25 Fishes 54; total 1212. Price 1s. 6d.

Now ready, price £25, in two volumes, bound in half-morocco,

containing 100 coloured plates,

ZOOLOGICAL SKETCHES

By JOSEPH WOLF.

MADE FOR

THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON,

FROM ANIMALS IN THEIR VIVARIUM.

EDITED, WITH NOTES,

By PHILIP LUTLEY SCLATER, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S.,

SECRETARY TO THE SOCIETY.

Tuts series of Drawings was undertaken with the object of preserving a

faithful record of the living characters of the most rare and interesting

Animals in the Vivarium of the Zoological Society of London.

In selecting the subjects, particular regard has been paid to those species

which exhibit aptitude for acclimatization, either as objects of economic

value, or simply as additions to the Exotic Animals which are now so

frequently seen in the parks and on the ornamental waters of Europe.

The Drawings have been executed in Water Colours, after most careful

study, by Mr. Worr, who may be fairly said to stand alone in minute

knowledge of the habits and forms of Mammalia as well as of Birds; and

the Lithographic copies, partly printed in colour and then finished by hand,

are in such exact fac-simile as to be scarcely distinguishable from the ori-

inals.

‘ The Letterpress, prepared by the Editor, embraces all particulars of in-

terest relating to the general history, habits, distribution, and use of the

Aninais illustrated in the Plates.

Price 6d., Sewed,

A GUIDE TO THE GARDENS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Twenty-third Edition, corrected according to the present Arrange-

ment of the Gardens,

By PHILIP LUTLEY. SCLATER, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S.,

SECRETARY TO THE SOCIETY.

London: Brapsury AND Evans, 11, Bouverie Street; and at the Society’s

Gardens in the Regent’s Park.